PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

Academy of Natural Sciences

OF

PHILADELPHIA

Volume LVI

1904

philadelphia :
The Academy of Natural Sciences

LOGAN SQUARE
1904-1905

The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,

Febeuary 1, 1905.
I hereby certify that printed copies of the Proceedings for 1904 have been
mailed as follows : —

Pages 1- 32 mailed February

33- 64..

65-112..
113-160.,
161-208..
209-256..
257-320..
321-400..
401-432..
433-464..
465-512..
513-560..
561-576..
577-600..
601-632..
633-680..
681-744..
745-760..
761-824..
825-840..

February

March

March

March

April

May

May

June

June

July

August

August

October

October

November

December

January

January

February

EDVVARD J. NOLAN,

Recording Secretary

1904.
1904.
1904.
1904.
1904.
1904.
1904.
1904.
1904.
1904.
1904.
1904.
1904.
1904.
1904.
1904.
1904.
1905.
1905.
1905.

PUBLICATION committee:

Henry Skinner, M.D., Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D.,

Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., Witmer Stone,

Edward J. Nol.an, M.D.,
The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., ex-officio.

EDITOR : Edavard J. Nolan, M.D.

1 I 1 L

CONTENTS.

For Announcements, Reports, etc., see General Index,

Banks, Nathan. The Arachnicla of Florida (Plates VII, VIII), 120
Brown, Arthur Erwin. Post-glacial Nearctic Centers of Dis-
persal for Reptiles, 464

Casteel, Dana Brackenridge, Ph.D. The Cell-Lineage and

Early I^arval Development of Fiona marina, a Nudi-

branchiate Molliisk (Plates XXI-XXXV), 325

Chamberlin, Ralph V. New Chilopods 651

Chapman, Henry C, M.D. Observations on Tupaia, with

Reflections on the Origin of Primates (Plates IX, X), . 148

Observations on Hyrax, 476

Cockerell, T. D. a. The Roses of Pecos, New Mexico, . . . 108

Fielde, Adele M. Three Odd Incidents in Ant-Life, .... 639
Fielde, Adele M., and George H. Parker. The Reactions of

Ants to Material Vibrations, 642

Fowler, Henry W. Notes on the Characinidse, 119

New, Little Known and Typical Berycoid Fishes, .... 222
Description of a New Race of Notropis chalybseus from New

Jersey (Plate XVII), 239

Notes on Fishes from Arkansas, Indian Territory and

Texas, 242

New, Rare or Little Known Scombroids, No. 1 (Plate LI), . 757
GuLiCK, Addison. The Fossil Land Shells of Bermuda (Plate

XXXVI), 406

Harshberger, John W., Ph.D. The Comparative Age of the

Different Floristic Elements of Eastern North America, 601

Heath, Harold. The Larval Eye of Chitons, 257

Keeley, F. J. A Spencer Objective, 475

Keller, Ida. Summer Activity of ^ome Spring Flowers, . . 481
Monks, Sarah P. Variability and Autonomy of Phataria (Plate

XLII), 596

11

Montgomery, Thomas H., Jr., Ph.D. Descriptions of North
American Aranese of the Families Lycosidse and Pisauri-

dffi (Plates XVIII, XIX, XX), . .' . 261

The Development and Structure of the Larva of Paragordius

(Plates XLIX, L), 738

Moore, J. Percy, Ph.D. New Polychseta from California (Plates

XXXVII, XXXVIII), 484

Sexual Polymorphism in Annelids, 685

Description of a New Species of Earth-worm from Georgia, 803
Moore, J. Percy, Ph.D., and Katherine J. Busch. Sabcllidifi

and Serpulidse from Japan (Plates XI, XII), .... 157
Nelson, James A., Ph.D. The Early Development of Dino-
philus: A Study in Cell-Lineage (Plates XLIII-

XLVIII), 687

Oberholser, Harry C. A Monograph of the Genus Dendro-

cincla Gray, 447

PiLSBRY, Henry A., Sc.D. New Japanese Marine Mollusca:

Gastropoda (Plates I- VI), 5

New Japanese Marina Mollusca: Pclecypoda (Plates

XXXIX, XL, XLI), 550

New Clausiliidse of the Japanese Empire, X (Plates LII-

LVII), 809

Pilsbry, Henry A., Sc.D., and Y. Hirase. Descriptions of New

Land Snails of the Japanese Empire, 616

Pilsbry, Henry A., Sc.D., and E. G. Vanatta. On Certain
Rhachiglossate Gastropoda Eliminated from the Aquil-

lidffi, 592

Rehn, James A. G. Studies in the Orthoptcrous Family Phas-

midse, 38

A Study of the Mammalian Genus Chilonycteris, . . . . 181
A Study of the Bats of the Genus Dermonotus (Pteronotus

auct.), 250

A Revision of the Mammalian Genus Macrotus, 427

Notes on Orthoptera from Northern and Central Mexico, . . 513
Notes on Orthoptera from Arizona, New Mexico and Colo-
rado, 562

Studies in the Orthopterous Subfamilies Acrydiinee (Tetti-

ginae), Eumastacinse and Proscopina?, 658

Rehn, James A. G., and Morgan Hebard. The Orthoptera

of Thomas County, Georgia, and Leon County. Florida. 774

Ill

Sharp, Bexjamin, and Hexry W. Fowler. The Fishes of Nan-
tucket, 504

Stevens, N. M. On the Germ Cells and the Embryology of

Planariasimplissima (Plates XIII-XVI), 208

Stone, Witmer. Notes on a Collection of Calif ornian Mammals, 586

Stone, Witmer, and A. S. Bunnell. On a Collection of Birds

and Mammals from Mount Sanhedrin, California, . . 576

Wetherill, Henry Emerson, M.D. A New Centrifuge, . . . 685

Some Practical Color-Tests, 772

PROCEEDINGS

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

PHILADELPHIA.

1904.

January 5.
Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Eleven persons present.

The Council reported that the following Standing Committees had
been appointed to serve during the ensuing year :

Library. — Dr. C. N. Peirce, Thomas A. Robinson, Henry C. Chap-
man, M.D., George Vaux, Jr., and Benjamin Sharp, M.D.

Publications. — Henry Skinner, M.D., Henry A. Pilsbry, D.Sc,
Phihp P. Calvert, Ph.D., Witmer Stone, and Edward J. Nolan, M.D.

Instruction and Lectures. — Benjamin Smith Lyman, Henry A.
Pilsbry, D.Sc, Charles Morris, Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., and Dr. C. N.
Peirce.

Finance. — Isaac J. Wistar, William Sellers, John Cadwalader,
Edwin S. Dixon and the Treasurer.

Committee of Council on By-Laws. — Isaac J. Wistar, Arthur
E. Brown, Thomas H. Fenton, M.D., and John Cadwalader.
1

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.

Henry C. Chapman, M.D., presented a coinniunication entitled
"Observations on Tupaia ferruginea, "with reflections on the Origin of
Primates."

The PubHcation Committee reported that the following communi-
cations had been received:

"Studies in the Orthopterous Family Phasmidse," by James A. G.
Rehn. (December 12, 1903.)

*'A Collection of Fishes from Sumatra/' by Henry W. Fowler.
(December 23, 1903.)

"The Roses of Pecos, New Mexico," by T. D. A. Cockerell. (Decem-
ber 24, 1903.)

The following were accepted for publication:

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

NEW JAPANESE MARINE MOLLUSCA : GASTROPODA.

BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

The new species of Gastropoda contained in recent sendings from
Mr. Y. Hirase are herein described. The material studied contains
a large number of species previously not known from Japanese waters,
which I hope to enumerate in a future paper.

Some shells from a collection made in Sagami Bay for the Academy,
by Miss A. C. Hartshorne, are also included in this account.

TEREBRID^.
Terebra hedleyi n. sp. PI. I, figs, l, la.

Shell slender, the length about 05 times the diameter, solid, whitish,
marked sparsely with brown dots on the cinguli and with streaks below
them, the last whorl with some dots or spots in a circular row on the
base.

Sculpture consisting of a wide above a narrower tuberculate cord,
occupying somewhat more than half the total width of the whorl,
below these cinguli there are four small equal spiral cords, the lowest
one partly covered at the suture. On the last whorl these cords gradu-
ally diminish downward, those on the periphery and base being small
and very low or subobsolete. The growth-strise are oblique on the
cinguli, arcuate on the cords below them. WTiorls 15J, the first large
and globose, first l-i- smooth and gray-white. The last whorl abruptly
contracts below, and is produced in a short anterior canal. Aperture
small, irregularly rhombic, the outer lip thin and sinuous, columella
vertical, abruptly bent to the left below, covered with a glossy white
callous, which extends over the parietal wall.

Length 33.6, diam. 6 mm.; length of aperture 6 mm.; diam. of the
first whorl 1 mm.

Hirado, Hizen. Types No. 85,946, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,412 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

This species is related to T. serotina A. and R., and the closely allied
or identical T. mariesi Sm., but it is not costate below the tuberculate
bands, and the protoconch is very much larger. Named in honor of
Charles Hedley, of the Australian Museum.

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Terebra Mzenensis n. sp. PI. I, figs. 2, 2^.

Shell slender with straight lateral outlines, wliite, lustcrless. Whorls
15|-, nearly flat, the first two smooth, the first whorl rather globose and
convex. Sculpture of ratlier strong, even, slightly arcuate rounded
ribs, about 21 in number on the last whorl, and nearly as wide as their
intervals. These ribs are cut but not interrupted by a spiral groove
defining a subsutural fasciole, the groove being deeper in the inter-
stices. Below the groove or furrow there are 6 to 8 spiral cords, low
on the summits of the ribs, stronger in the intervals; and above the
furrow there are 4 or 5 finer spiral threads. The suture is rather deeply
impressed. The small aperture is irregularly trapezoidal; columella
vertical; canal recurved. Length 26, diam. 6, longest axis of aperture
6 mm.

Hirado, Hizen. Types No. 85,993, A. X. S. P., from Xp. 1,529 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

Similar to T. suhtextilis Smith in color and sculpture, but in speci-
mens of the same length this species is broader with a larger aperture.

Terebra awajiensis n. sp. PI. I, figs. 3, 3a.

Shell straightly acuminate, rather slender, the diameter contained
about 4f times in the length. The upper half of each whorl is brownish
cream-tinted, the lower half purplish or reddish-brown, usually paler
or fading toward the suture below. The last whorl has a supra-
peripheral purple-brown band, sharply defined on its upper edge, paler
and fading below, where it is interrupted by light streaks. It extends
as far as the basal contraction, but just below the periphery is divided
by a narrow whitish spiral band. Sculpture of rather acute, nearly
vertical riblets, which bend forward a little below, and on the last
whorl are distinctly bent forward, and gradually diminish do'wnward,
disappearing at the subperipheral' light band. The ribs are pale and
interrupt the dark band. The intervals are concave and wider than
the ribs, without spiral striation, but the whole surface shows faint
growth-lines. Slightly below the upper third each whorl is cut by a
spiral furrow interrupted by the ribs, leaving an oblong pit in each
interval (but in some specimens the furrow is continuous though weak
over the ribs). The pits are first developed on the 8th or 9th whorl,
those above having no trace of the sulcus. "WTiorls about 18, the first
3 smooth, the apical whorl purple-black and having a diameter of
about .3 mm.; subsequent whorls nearly flat, parted by a narrow,
impressed suture, the last whorl rounded peripherally, strongly con-
tracted below. Siphonal fasciole short and convex, bounded above
by a low and inconspicuous ridge. Aperture a little less than one-

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5

fourth the length of the shell, acuminate above, with a deep'and wide
basal channel. Columella browTi, with a low, wide and very indistinct
basal fold, below which it is bent somewhat to the left. Parietal wall
covered with a thin transparent varnish.

Length 37, diam. 8 mm. ; length of aperture S.8 mm. ; 21 ribs on last
whorl.

Length 35, diam. 7.3 mm.; length of aperture 8.7 mm.; 25"ribs on
last whorl.

Fukura, Awaji. Types No. 86,004, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,352 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

This species is close to T. nitida Hinds in sculpture, but it is less
slender, and the last whorl is more swollen peripherally and more
contracted beneath. It differs from T. lischkeana in the smooth inter-
costal spaces.

Parviterebra paucivolvis n. sp. PL I, fig. 4.

Shell lanceolate, moderately solid, white with four spiral series of
squarish red-brown spots, the upper series bordering the suture below,
two others at the periphery, and the fourth on the base. The suture
is widely gray-margined by transparence. Sculpture of close, fine,
rounded longitudinal riblets, as wide as their intervals, and on the
last whorl much smaller, almost obsolete. These are crossed by spiral
subpunctate impressed lines, which are rather widely spaced. W^iorls
7, but slightly convex, the last, as seen from the front, longer than
the spire, gradually tapering dowmward. Aperture lanceolate, the
columellar margin but slightly concave.

Length 12, diam. 3.4 mm.

Length 11.5, diam. 3 mm.

Yakujima, Osumi. Types No. 86,133, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,419
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This species seems most closely related to the Australian Euryta
hrazieri Angas, which, however, has a larger aperture. Also to E.
pulchella Angas (Terebra angasi Try on) and E. trilineata Angas, both
of which differ in details of form and coloration. The small Japanese
T. tantilla Smith is diversely sculptured and belongs to a different
section. The Australian species mentioned are placed in the sub-
genus Euryta by Angas and Tryon, but they are not related to the
tj^e of Euryta (now Mazatlania). I propose for them the genus
Parviterebra, characterized by the small number of whorls, absence
of any groove defining a subsutural band, and by the long, gradually
tapering body-whorl without a differentiated siphonal fasciole at the
base, the columella straight to its abrupt truncation below. This

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

genus is not closely related to Terehra or the subgenus Mazatlania,
but seems to belong to the Terebridce. The Japanese species defined
above is the t3'pe of this group.

CONIDuE.
Conus dorinitor n. sp. PI. I, figs. 9, 9a.

Shell rather narrow and long, the diameter somewhat more than ^
the length, the spire elevated, concave-sided, \ the length of the shell.
The apex is broken off, 11 whorls remaining, the peripheral angle of
each projecting above the sutiu'e. The last 2^ are even at the periphery,
but tho^e preceding are nodulose. The concave, steeply sloping
upper surface of each whorl is closely and regularly, finely costulate,
the riblets arcuate, and decussated by several unequal spiral shallow
grooves. The last whorl has almost straight lateral outlines, and is
sculptured with closely punctate spiral grooves, very faint near the
angle of the whorls, but becoming stronger and closer toward the base.
The siphonal fasciole is closely spirally striate, not punctate. The
aperture is long, narrow, and of equal width throughout.

Length 44, diam. 16 mm.; aperture 34 mm. long.

Kikai, Osumi, in a deposit probably Pliocene. Types No. 85,950,
A. N. S. P., from No. 1,552 of IMr. Hirase's collection.

This cone is related to C. acutangulus Lam., but is longer than that
species. C. aculeiformis Rve. is similar in shape, but differs in sculp-
ture. The specimens show no color.

Conus kikaiensis n. sp. PI. I, figs. S, 8a.

Shell long and narrow, the diameter al^out one-third the length,
the elevated and slightly concave-sided spire one-fourth the length.
Whorls remaining 10, nearly fiat and steeply sloping, the smooth
peripheral angle projecting a little alcove the suture, the surface above
it sculptured with 3 to 5 low, unequal spiral cords, and fine, arcuate
growth-lines. I^ateral outlines of the last whorl nearly straight.
Sculptm^e of regular, rather strong, narrow spiral grooves, which are
somewhat striate across, weaker aljove. There are 23-25 of these
grooves alcove the convex siphonal fasciole, which is indistinctly finel}-
striate spirally. In some specimens the ffat intervals between the
grooves are divided in the middle b}- a smaller groove.

Length 40-41, diam. 13 mm.

Kikai, Osumi; fossil in a Pliocene (?) deposit. Types No. 85,948,
A. N. S. P., from No. 1,553 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This species is not unlike C. dormitor and C. aculeiformis in general
shape, but it differs essentially from both in the sculpture of the spire.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 7

The outer lip is a good deal damaged in lioth of the specimens

received.

Conns gratacapii n. sp. PI. I, figs. 10, 10a.

Shell_ slender and lengthened, the diameter somewhat exceeding
one-third of the length, the high straight-sided spire occupying two-
fifths the length of the shell. Apex broken. 12 whorls remaining are
fiat, with the smooth peripheral angle immediately above the suture,
but scarcely projecting, a little more prominent on the upper than on
the lower whorls. The surface of each whorl is a trifle concave, and
sculptured with about 6 low, unequal spiral cords. Below the periph-
eral angle the last whorl is sculptured with about 25 spiral grooves,
weaker above, stronger and closer below; and the growth-striae curve
strongly backward near the angle. The aperture is very narrow, and
of equal width throughout, and two-thirds as long as the shell.

Length 30, diam. 11 mm.; length of aperture 20 mm.

Length 31, diam. 11.5 mm.; length of aperture 20.3 mm.

Kikai, Osumi, in a Pliocene (?) deposit. Types No. 85,947,
A. N. S. P., from No. 1,554 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This peculiar species resembles C. kikaiensis in sculpture, but is
unlike that in form. It is named for Mr. L. P. Gratacap, of the Ameri-
can Museum of Natural History.

PLBUROTOMID^.

Drillia streptonotus n. sp. PI. Ill, figs. 18, 18a, 186.

Shell slender and turrite, solid, light brown with an obscure band
below the suture and another on the base. Sculpture of regular,
subvertical rounded folds as wide as their intervals, about IS in num-
ber on the last whorl, wdiere they disappear a short distance below the
periphery. These are crossed by numerous spiral threads, alternately
larger and smaller, but on the lower, contracted half of the last whorl
the spirals are regular and equal. Under a strong lens the whole sur-
face is seen to be covered with densely crowded rows of minute
papillae. Whorls 9^, strongh^ convex. The first wiiorl is smooth and
rounded; then an acute peripheral keel begins, and a whorl and a
half later low radial sculpture and fine papillae appear. The first two
or three sculptured whorls are angular, the keel persisting to the end
in the peripheral thread. Aperture flask-shaped, wider above, the
outer lip with about 6 small teeth within, arranged in pairs; deeply
excised above, and produced in a short recurved spout at the anal sinus;
contracted below to form a short siphonal canal.

Length 8.8, diam. 2.8 mm.; length of aperture 3 nun.

S PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Length 6.9, diam. 2.3 mm.

Hirado, Hizen. Types Xo. 86,128, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,4166
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

Distinct by its turrite shape, convex whorls and spout-like anal sinus,
and the beautiful minute sculpture, hardly visible without a compound
microscope.

Drillia albiguttata n. sp, PI. III. fig. 19.

This species, of which only more or less beach-worn specimens have
been received, is extremely similar to D. zebra Lam. of the West Indies.
It is somewhat more slender. The ground color is chocolate. The
sculpture consists of thick longitudinal ribs, 12 on the last whorl, each
with a white spot at the shoulder, another below the middle of the last
whorl, and there is a white band around the siphonal fasciole. There
is a seam-like welt below the suture, and the unworn intervals between
the ribs are scul]'>tured with alternately large and small spiral cords.
Whether these pass over the ribs or not cannot be ascertained from
the examples examined. The lip and anal sinus are like those parts
in D. zebra.

Length 11, diam. 4.5 mm.

Seto, Kii. Types Xo. 86,122, A. N. S. P., from Xo. 1,349 of Mr.
Hirase's collection.

Daphnella radula n. sp. PI. II, figs. 17, 17a.

Shell fusiform, rather solid, pale brown, indistinctly mottled with
white and marked with short brown lines on the larger spiral cords,
a series of alternately white and brown squarish spots below the
suture. Surface sharply sculptured with alternate spiral cords and
threads, about 52 in all on the last whorl, intersected by fine raised
longitudinal threads, prominent where they cross the spirals. The
lower edge of the anal fasciole is defined by a sulcus slightly unlike the
other intervals, where the growih-lines bend abruptly backward.
Wliorls 8, the first two brown, with the usual diagonallj^ intersecting
grooves of Daphnella, the next whorl with three spirals. Last whorl
long, tapering above and below. Aperture more than half the shell's
length. Outer lip thick but beveled to an edge, obHquely and
deeply excised above, a little sinuated near the base. The anterior
channel is short and rather shallow.

Length 13.5, diam. 5 mm.; length of aperture 7.7 mm.

Hirado, Hizen. Types Xo. 85,965, A. N. S. P., from Xo. 903a of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

The shell of this species is thick, like that of Daphnella maculosa

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 9

Pse.; but it is noticeably wider than that, with a more ample aperture
and entirely different coloration.

Mangilia pura n. sp. PI. II, figs. 15, 15a.

Shell fusiform, rather thin, cream-white, indistinctly stained wdth
brown in some places below the suture. Sculpture of curved, sHghtly
sinuous, rounded longitudinal ribs, slightly narrow^er than their con-
cave intervals, and about 21 in number on the last whorl; the last rib
much larger, forming a stout lip-varix. These are crossed by many
spaced spiral threads passing over ribs and intervals, and about 30
in number on the last whorl. The intervals between these threads
are sometimes divided by a secondary threadlet ; and there is through-
out a very minute, even and regular granulation produced by the inter-
section of spiral and longitudinal striae . Whorls about 8, the first
two rounded, and Avith delicate spaced costulae, forming a trochoidal
nucleus; the last whorl slightly ascending in front. Aperture long and
narrow, obtuse at the ends, smooth within, slightly retracted above.

Length 13, diam. 4.7 mm. ; length of aperture 7.7 mm.

Length 9.8, diam. 3.8 mm.

Hirado, Hizen. Types No. 85,974, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,527 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

This species seems to be similar to M. cylindnca Reeve, but that
shell is more slender.
Mangilia semicarinata n. sp. PI. II, figs. 16, 16a.

Shell fusiform-turrit e, white with some brown stains beloAv the suture
and a brown spot at the middle of the lip-varix; rather thin. Sculp-
ture of many slightlj^ oblique and arcuate longitudinal riblets about
as wide as their inter^-als, and sixteen in number on the last whorl.
These are crossed by spaced spiral threads, about 18 from the shoulder
down on the last whorl, a little widened where they pass over the rib-
lets. The spaces between the threads and above the shoulder are
very finely striate spirally. Whorls 7, the first 1^ rounded, radially
weakly costulate, several whorls following convex, rounded, the last
2 or 3 whorls angular at the shoulder. The last whoii bears a narrow,
elevated, arcuate lip-varix. Aperture narrow, both lips slightly arcu-
ate; blunt at the ends, smooth within. Anal sinus rather deep and
rounded, the varix curving back of it.

Length 7, diam. 2.7 mm.; length of aperture 2.7 mm.

Hirado, Hizen. Types No. 86,124, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,520 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Mangilia kamakurana n. sp. PI. II, figs. 11, lla.

Shell very small, white with a brown spot in the middle of the lip-
varix, the spire terraced, lower half conic. Sculpture of slightly
(;urved obliquely longitudinal ribs. 11 on the last whorl, the last one,
behind the lip, much larger. These are crossed by spaced spiral
threads, with smaller threads between them, the intervals still more
finely striate spirally. Whorls 5 (the embryonic ones broken off),
strongly angular near the middle, flattened and sloping above the
angle, contracting below it; the last whorl similarly angular, convex
below the angle, contracted near the base. Aperture oblong, the
columellar margin concave above the middle. Outer lip thick, with
a moderately deep rounded sinus above; smooth within.

Length 4.7, diam. 2 mm.

Kamakura, Sagami. Type No. 70,940, A. N. S. P. No. 71 ,025, from
Japan, \\dthout exact locality, is the same species.
Mangilia cinnamomea peraffinis n. subsp. PI. II, fig.?. 12, I2a.

Shell stoutly fusiform, gloss}^, purple-brown, becoming flesh-colored
at the anterior end, with a broad white band at the periphery, and
three indistinct, equally spaced whitish bands on the sloping surface
below it. Sculpture of longitudinal ribs about half as wide as the
concave intervals and 9 in number on the last whorl. Whorls 7,
those of the spire subangular in the middle, the first two whorls having
delicate widely spaced riblets. The last whorl is widest above but
not angular, and tapers regularly downward. The aperture is rather
narrow, l^lunt at both ends. The outer lip is slighth* retracted above
and below, and has about 9 small teeth within, those in the middle
rather indistinct. The columella has about S slightly larger short
transverse wrinkles.

Length 7, diam. 3 mm.

Hirado, Hizen. Types No. 85.952, A. N. S. P., from No. 1.519 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

This pretty Ci/thara corresponds fairly well with M. cinnamomea
Hinds^ except in color. It differs from M. planilabrum Reeve- in having
no angular projection of the lip above.
Mangilia (Cythara) hirasei n. sp. PI. II, figs. 13, 13a.

Shell irregularly biconic, resembling M. decussata Pse. and delacour-
iana Cr. in shape; thick and solid; whitish, indistinctly marked with
about 4 yellowish spots on the front slope of each rib, and correspond-
ing brown spots on the lip-varix, and with a band composed of 4 to 6

1 Zool. Voy. "Sulphur;' PI. 9, fig. 1.
- Conch. Icon., Mangelia, PI. 6, fig. 43.

1904.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11

purple-brown lines below the suture. Sculpture of longitudinal
rounded ribs parted by wider conca^^e intervals, and 10 or 11 in niun-
ber on the last whorl. The last rib is much larger and forms the
lip-varix. About 30 spiral threads, on the last whorl, cross the ribs
and intervals, sometimes with minor threads between them. The
spaces between these threads are evenly granulose by the decussation
of growth-lines and spiral striae, there being about four spiral series
of granules in each interval. Whorls 7+, the first 2\ smooth and
romided, the rest subangular in the middle, the last whorl shouldered
above, the shoulder rounded. Aperture narrow. Outer lip nearly
straight, with about 8 white teeth within; columella white, with four
or five small entering folds, increased to S or 10 at the margin, and
with several on the parietal wall.

Length S, diam. 3.6 mm.

Length 7, diam. 3 mm.

Hirado. Hizen. Types No. 85,975, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,516 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

This species differs from ill. decussata and dciacouriana in its minute
sculpture of regular, squarish granules.

Clathurella chichijimana n. sp. PI. I, figs. 7, 7a, 76.

Shell small, solid, fusiform, gray- white with five black-brown and
the same number of white longitudinal stripes on the ribs, sometimes
continuous, sometimes dislocated. Sculpture of 10 strong longitudi-
nal ribs crossed by spiral threads which swell into tubercles on the
ribs, and are 9 or 10 in number on the last whorl. Whorls 7, the first
2h yellow, rounded, forming a trochiform protoconch, sculptured with
vertical riblets decussated by delicate, obliquely forward-descending
strise. The junction of the protoconch and the sculptured shell is
very obliciue and sharply defined.

Aperture narrow, with a deep sinus above. Outer lip with four
small teeth within.

Length 4, diam. 1.7 mm.

Chichijima. Ogasawara. Types No. 86,127, A. N. S. P., from No.
1,439 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This species of the group of i^. tincta is closely related to C. maculosa
Pse., but differs in having the spirals conspicuously swollen where they
cross the ribs. C. dichroma Sturany is very similar, but whether it
agrees in minor details cannot be known from the brief description,
Clathurella centrosa n. sp. PI. I, figs. 6, 6a.

Shell small, fusiform, solid, white with a series of brown spots below
the suture on alternate ribs, and a brown band on the base. Sculpture

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

of numerous longitudinal ribs slightly narrower than their intervals,
and about 13 in number on the last whorl. These are crossed by
spiral cords, narrower than their intervals, of which there are 6 on the
last whorl, followed by a costate space, as though a cord had been
omitted, and then 4 more l^eaded, oblique cords on the narrow, lower
part of the whorl. Apex broken off, 4h whorls remaining, the last
with a thick varix behind the outer lip. Aperture narrow with two
low teeth within the outer lip; anal sinus deep and rounded.

Length 4, diam. 1.9 mm.

Hahajima, Ogasawara. Types No. 86.125. A. X. S. P., from No.
1,384 of ^Ir. Hirase's collection.

Clathurella lischkeana n. sp. PI. II, figs. 14, 14a.

Shell turrite with rather Avide spire, solid and strong, orange-colored,
with a black band below the suture terminating behind the lip-varix.
and an ill-defined brown band below the periphery. There is also a
black spot on each side of both the anal and the siphonal sinus. Sculp-
ture of strong, rounded longitudinal ribs about as wide as their con-
cave intervals, strongest on the periphery and above, diminishing
rapidly on the contracting base, and 9 in number on the last whorl,
the last one much higher, more prominent and longer below, forming
the lip-varix. Rather coarse spiral cords pass over these ribs and
their intervals, 4 or 5 of them visible on the penultimate whorl.
Wliorls about 6 besides the nucleus, which is broken from the speci-
mens before me. They are convex and separated by a deep suture.
Aperture small, widest in the middle, with a deep rounded sinus above,
which is cut into the thick liiD-^'arix a short distance below the suture.
The outer lip has a large black-brown spot within below the sinus and
another near the base, and there are several (usually 3) low teeth
within.

Length 5.8, diam 2.5 mm.

Hahajima, Ogasawara. Types No. 85,957, A. N. S. P.. from No.
1,388 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This little orange-and-black species resembles Reeve's figure of his
Pleurotoma nassoides, but it is only half the size of that, and is a con-
spicuously thick and solid shell, not, ''thin as though pellucid" or
"semitransparent,"' as Reeve states of his nassoides.

MITRID^.

Mitra Mrasei n. sp. PI. Ill, figs. 21, 2la.

Shell thick-fusiform, solid, lusterless, or with two broad spiral
bands and some longitudinal streaks of rose, the paler ground-color

1904,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13

showing only in an ill-defined median band and some pale streaks.
Sculpture of narrow spiral ridges parted by wider intervals, and alter-
nately smaller, the penultimate whorl with about 5 such primary
spirals, last whorl with about 17 primary or larger and an equal number
of smaller spirals (counted on the outer lip from suture to channel).
There are also some much finer spiral threads. Longitudinal sculp-
ture of rather wide-spaced grooves, cutting the spirals and intervals.
The larger spiral ridges are marked with a stippled or articulated line
of brown. Embryonic whorls wanting; subsequent whorls 7, convex,
the last tapering to the base. Aperture narrow, smooth inside;
columellar side nearly straight, with 5 plaits.

Length 27, diam. 11 mm.; length of aperture 17 mm.

Hirado, Hizen. Types Xo. 85,994, A. N. S. P., from Xo. 902 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

This species may be closely related to Mitra helvacea Phil. (Zeitschr.
/. Malak., 1851, p. 84), but that species has not been identified or
figured in more than half a century since its pubhcation, and the
description is not conclusive. M. pretiosa is a somewhat similar spe-
cies with a much larger spire. M. rufilirata A. and E,., Zool. "Scmia-
rang," Moll., p. 26, PI. 10, fig. 26, is also very closely related, but it
differs, apparently, in the more finely sculptured intervals between
the spiral cords.
Thala ogasawarana n. sp. PI. Ill, fig. 22.

Shell very small, slender and fusiform, brown with a series of ill-
defined whitish spots at the periphery. Surface evenly cancellate, there
being about 6 spirals on the penultimate, 14 on the last whorl, crossed by
longitudinals of the same size and spacing; the lower 4 spirals nearly
continuous. Whorls 5^; sutiu-e rather superficial, rising a little, near
the aperture. Aperture about half the total length, narrow throughout
but sHghtly wider above. Outer lip thick, finely denticulate within,
with a shght sinus above. Columella with 4 strong, transverse plaits.

Length 6, diam. 2 mm., aperture 3 mm. long.

Chichijima, Ogasawara. Types Xo. 86,000, A. X. S. P.. from Xo.
1,436 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

Few of the species of this genus have been adequately described
or illustrated. T. exilis (Rve.) seems related to this species. It is
more tapering anteriorly and "pale violet-purple."

COLUMBELLID^.
Columbella turturina borealis n. subsp.

Smaller and less inflated than typical turturina Lam., and with the
aperture narrower. Yellowish-chestnut-brown, with some bands of

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

white dots, and with ahernate snowy and dark-brown spots below the
suture, the former raised into low nodules in places. Base spirally
striate. Lips lilac-tinted, the outer lip with about 8 tubercles within.
Columella with the usual two folds, and a row of small tubercles.

Length 7, diam. 4.5 mm.

Length 6.5, diam. 3.8 mm,

Hacliijojima, Izu. Types No. 86,002, A. X. S. P., from No. 1,391
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

C. deshayesii Crosse, C. palumbina Gld. and C. sandwichensis Pse.,
probably all one species, are larger than the aboA'e race, and more striate
on the back,
Columbella albinodulosa var. ogasawarana n. subsp. PI. Ill, fig. 23.

Shell [fusiform, solid, gray-white, closely lineolate vertically with
brown, the lines irregular, and interrupted by two spiral belts of irregu-
lar brown and snowy dots and fretwork, and with two transverse chest-
nut spots or short bands upon the terminal varix; the brown lines
sometimes partially coalescent, and the pattern interrupted in some
specimens by a few broad snowy stripes. .Some of the whorls of the
spire are usually weakly nodulose below the suture, the nodules white.
Whorls about 9, nearly fiat, the last slightly convex, contracted below,
and ver};- weakly striated spirally on and near the short siphonal
fasciole; expanded in a low rounded varix behind the outer lip.
Aperture white, toothed within, there being about 7 teeth within the
outer lip, 4 or 5 on the columellar margin, with a low, oVjtuse fold within.

Length 8.7, diam. 3.3 mm.; length of aperture 4 mm.

Hahajima, Ogasawara. Types No. 86,003, A. N. S. P., from No.
1,468 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This form differs from C. cdbiJ^oduJoso as figured by Reeve^ and by
Fischer* in coloration, and in lacking spiral striation on the lower part
of the body-whorl. It is also a smaller form, and very likely will
prove to be specificalty distinct.

C. albinodulosa seems, from the figures, to approach some forms of
C. varians Sowb.
Columbella liocyma n. sp. PI. Ill, fig. 24.

Shell obesely fusiform, rather thin, rose-red with snow-white dots at
rather wide intervals below the suture on the spire, and a whitish band
there on the last whorl, where there are also several white dots along
the border of the siphonal fasciole, which is dark brown tesselated with
white. Sculpture of numerous smooth, rounded longitudinal ribs a

3 Conch. Icon., PI. 23, fig. 138.

* Journ. de Conchjl., 19U1, p. 101, figs. 3-G.

1904 ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15

little wider than their intervals, the contracted base and fascicle spirally
lirate. Whorls 6-7, convex, the last convex below the suture and
peripherally, contracted below, the longitudinal ribs absent on its
last half, which is smooth except for a small rounded varix behind the
hp, marked with a large white spot above and another in the middle.
Both lips are dentate within, the outer margin with about 8 teeth,
the upper ones, in the middle of the lip, stronger; inner lip with five
weak teeth. Columella with one deeph^ placed basal fold.

Length 5, diam. 2.6 mm.

Length 5.7, diam. 2.8 mm.

Types No. 85,961, A. N. S. P., from Xo. 1,392 of Mr. Hirase's
collection.

A beautiful rose-colored, smooth-waved little species.

Columbella somnium n. sp. PI. Ill, figs. 28, 29.

Shell stoutly fusiform, solid and strong, variously colored: (1) pink,
sprinkled with white dots, with a white band maculate with brown
below the suture, and a peripheral line of white dots, the swollen
lip-varix w'hite with several brown spots, or (2) white with longitudinal
ragged brown markings, mingled with a clear gray reticulation on the
back of the last whorl. Surface glossy and nearly smooth, there being
a few very low and inconspicuous nodules below the suture on the
back of the last whorl, and 2 or 3 spiral cords above the short, convex
siphonal fasciole, which is spirally coarsely striate. Spire with slightly
convex lateral outlines; apex obtuse. Whorls 7, but slightly convex,
the last broadly gibbous, varixed behind the outer lip. Aperture
half the shell's length, the outer lip straight, hlac-tinted, with 8 teeth
within, columella with a single broad, low, deeply placed fold, and a
series of 8 teeth at the edge, which is lilac-tinted and distinct but not
elevated.

Length 11.7 to 12.7, diam. 5 mm.

Yakujima, Osimii. Types No. 86,129, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,424
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This beautiful species resembles C. dunkeri Try on, but differs in the
straightened outer lip, heavier varix and narrower mouth with stronger
teeth.

Columbella hahajimana n. sp. PI. Ill, fig. 25.

Shell very minute, obesely fusiform, moderately solid, yellowish
marked with some faint angular brown lines or with wiiite belts at
suture, periphery and base, and marked with angular brown lines, and
a row of oblong spots above the middle. Sculpture of many close,

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

small longitudinal folds which do not extend below the periphery,
the narrow part of the base spirally striated. Aperture white, about
half the length of the shell, narrow and sinuous, the outer lip toothed
within, the columellar lip very minutely so.

Length 2.8, diam. 1.3 mm.

Hahajima, Ogasawara. Types No. 85,960, A. X. S. P., from No.
1,387 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This small Seminella reseml^lcs C. troglodytes Souv. and C. sinejisis
Sowb., but the longitudinal plication is finer than in either. C. sinensis
has been taken in Tokyo Bay.
Columljella divaricata n. sp. PI. Ill, fig. 26.

Shell fusiform, rather thin, not glossy, light olive-brown, marked
with red-brown spiral lines ivhich slowly converge fonoard from above and
below, meeting in acute angles just below the periphery. About 5 of these
lines may be counted in any one place on the penultimate whorl.
Suture bordered below with a snow-ivhite band which ascends the spire
Surface smooth except on the contracted base which is spirally hrate.
Whorls about 6, nearly flat, the last without noticeable varix behind the
acute lip. Aperture narrow and long, not dentate within, the colu-
mella only slightly concave.

Length 6, diam. 2 mm.

Hirado, Hizen. Types No. 85,972, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,411 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

This beautiful species is colored somewhat like C. digglesi Braz.,
which in other respects is totally unlike. I know of no related form.

MURIOID^.

Coralliophila Jeffreys! var. hiradoensis nov. PI. Ill, fig. 27.

The shell in this form is fusiform, with the aperture noticeably longer
than the spire. There are 7 or 8 strong folds on the last whorl, most
prominent at the periphery. The w^hole surface is closely lirate
spirally, the cords densely roughened with suberect scales. There are

17 primary cords on the last whorl above the prominent siphonal fas-
cicle, not counting 4 or 5 smaller ones interpolated in the subperipheral
region. The aperture is white within, with a dark-brown marginal
border which is deeply sulcate. There are a few acute cords making
the throat sulcate.

Length 29, diam. 15.5 mm. ; length of aperture 16.5 mm.
Hirado, Hizen. Types No. 85,981, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,407 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

In C. jeffreysi Smith the aperture is smaller.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17

Ocinebra monoptera n. sp. PI. IV, figs. 32, 32a.

Shell small, solid lusterless, ashy-gray. Sculpture of numerous
small longitudinal folds, about 12 on the penultimate whorl, becoming
obsolete below the periphery on the last whorl, crossed by numerous
unequal, scaly spiral cords, about 20 on the last whorl. Whorls
6, the first rounded, forming a smooth mammillar protoconch, the
rest angular in the middle, the last angular peripherally, flat and
sloping above, convex below the angle, contracted downwards; ex-
panding behind the lip in a very broad wing-like varix, triangular in
section. Aperture oval, the outer lip built forward in a thin rim, and
with two low fold-like teeth within. Anterior canal closed, tubular.

Length 12.5, diam. 7.2 mm.

Hirado, Hizen. Types Xo. 86,121. A. X. S. P., from Xo. 1,522 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

This peculiar little species resembles the larger 0. nassoides Reeve,^
but the wing is wide below, not notched there, and the longitudinal
ribs are weaker. 0. japonica Dkr. is a much larger and multivaricose
shell, but seems to be related to this. Reeve's Triton nassoides has
been referred to Nassaria, but it has little resemblance to the type of
that genus.

Purpura tosana n. sp. PI. Ill, fig. 30.

Shell small, imperforate, fusiform, solid, gray-white with an inter-
rupted black-brown band below the suture, another below the periphery
and a less distinct one at the base. Sculpture of numerous longitudinal
rounded folds or waves, many of them followed by a raised line marking
a former peristome. These folds are more distinct on the spire than
on the last whorl, w^here there are 10 to 15 of them. The folds are
crossed by numerous strong, rounded spiral cords, which are often
weakly striate in the same direction, are wider than their deep intervals,
and pass equally over folds and valleys. There are about 10 of these
spiral cords on the last whorl, besides some small ones below the suture
and in the intervals of the large cords on the basal slope. The inter-
stices in well-preserved shells are delicately, closely lamellose. The
spire is rather slender and acute. There are about 7 whorls in perfect
shells, the first two forming a smooth, bulbous, shortly cylindric
nucleus. Subsequent whorls are somewhat concave below the suture,
then convex. The last whorl is inflated peripherally, contracted
below, with a plicate basal fasciole. The aperture is slightly more
than half the length of the shell, dark purplish-bro^Ti with light bands

^ Conch. Icon., II, Triton, PI. 20, fig. 96.

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

within. Outer lip whitish, beveled, and furnished with 3 to 6 small
tubercles within. Basal canal short and open.

Length 14, diam. 7.3 to 7.7, length of aperture S mm.

Kashiwajima, Tosa. Types No. 85.991, A. N. S. P., from Xo. 1.375
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This small species, unusually slender for a Puiyura, seems to have
no near relatives in the Orient.

Sistrum (Ricinula) morus var. borealis n. v. PI. III. fig. 31.

Shell biconic-oblong, faintly pink-tinted white, the mouth lilac-
tinted. The whole shell is longitudinally costate, the ribs rounded,
as wide as the intervals, and continuous from whorl to whorl. These
are crossed by two strong ridges on the whorls of the spire, one immedi-
ately below, one just above the suture, rising into short spines or points
at the intersections. On the last whorl there are 4 or 5 prominent
spiral ridges, the first close to the suture, the next and most prominent
at the angular shoulder; all are spinose where they cross the longitudi-
nal ribs. Between these principal spirals there are spiral cords
throughout. The siphonal fasciole is prominent, leaving an umbilical
crevice. There are 5 teeth within the outer hp, the upper two large,
the others small.

Length 14, diam. S.5 mm.

Length 12.5, diam. 8 mm.

Hachijojima, Izu. Types No. S5.9S2, from No. 1,401 of Mr. Hirase's
collection.

The biconic form, pale color and rough sculptm'e differentiate this
from all forms of the polymorphic morus group known to me; and it
Avill probably prove to be constantly distinct enough for specific rank,
though in view of the variability of R. morus I have considered this
northern form to be a sulDspecies of the tropical morus.

FUSIDJE.
Tusus suboblitus n. sp. PI. I, fig. -5.

Shell fusiform, widest in the middle, whitish with a brown band
below the suture and another below the periphery, the anterior canal
in part brown; there are also some indistinct l^rown longitudinal
streaks. Sculpture of numerous longitudinal folds, strongest on the
convexity of each whorl, disappearing on the base and near the suture,
12 in number on the last whorl. Each rib bears about six compressed
tubercles, as though crossed by coarse spiral cords, which are reduced to
narrow threads in the intervals, but are prominent on the ribs. The
whole surface has a finer sculpture of spaced spiral threads with

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19

numerous unequal spiral striae between them, all slightly crenulated
by the close, fine gro'v\i:h-stri8e. The high and rather slender spire
is composed of 6 verj' convex whorls, the apical ones being broken off
in the type specimen. The suture is deeply constricting. The last
whorl is convex, rapidly contracting below, and produced in a long,
slender and nearly straight anterior canal. Aperture ovate, hardly
longer than the narrow canal at the base. The outer lip is thin, and
retracted in a broad shallow posterior sinus. Length 36.5. diam. 12.5
mm. ; length of aperture with anterior canal 20 mm.

Japan, exact locality unknown. Type No. 70,941, A. X. S. P.

This peculiar Fusoid species has been in the collection of the Acad-
emy for a good many years, during which time I have not seen any-
thing much like it. It ma}' possibly belong to the Pleurotomidoe.

BUCCINID^.

Tritonidea tosana n. sp. PI. IV, fig. 33.

Shell wide-fusiform, solid; brown, closely marked with many narrow
black bands. Sculpture of numerous small longitudinal folds, which
are nearly obsolete on the last whorl, disappear on its last third, and
elsewhere do not pass below the periphery. There are about 15 rather
acute, black primary spiral cords on the last whorl, the intervals
between them densely striated with similar l)ut smaller spirals of two
or three sizes. Whorls nearly 7, slightly convex, the last inflated in
the middle, contracted below. The convex, moderately prominent
siphonal fasciole is sculptured like the rest of the shell. Aperture
blue-white and indistinctly sulcate within, the throat smooth; pos-
teriorly it is acute and slightly channelled, there being a small callous
pad on the inner lip. Outer lip sulcate within, Ijevelled to an acute
edge, which is tessellated with black and yellowish. Columella concave
above, oblique and straight below, the white columellar callous showing
several inconspicuous transverse plicae near the edge.

Length 22.5, diam. 12 mm. ; aperture 14 mm. long.

Kashiwajima. Tosa. Types No. 85.990, A. N. S. P.. from No. 1.462
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This species is most nearly related to T. undulata Schepman, but
differs from that in the much smaller and more numerous longitudinal
folds.
Cyllene japonica n. sp. PI. IV, fig. 34.

Shell fusiform; flesh-tinted, indistinctly marbled and mottled with
white and irregularly speckled with brown; vertically rather weakly
striate and spirally grooved, the grooves narrow, separated by flat in-

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

tervals. There are four or five grooves on the penultimate and next
earlier whorls, with a smooth space one-third or one-half the exposed
width of the whorl between the lowest groove and the suture. This
smooth area extends upon the front of the last whorl. The back of
the last whorl is grooved throughout, the grooves more widely spaced
in the peripheral region. The outer lip is swollen outside as usual,
and lirate within. The rounded, callous columella is closely obliquely
sulcate as usual. There are 5 whorls, the apical one smooth, obtuse
and rounded, the rest, fiat, parted by a channelled suture; the last
whorl is a little concave below the suture.

Length 11.8, diam. 5.5 mm.

Hirado, Hizen. Type No. 82,144, A. N. S. P.

This species may be near the insufficiently described, unfigured
C. gibba A. Ad., but in the absence of measurements or adequate
description no comparison with that form is possible. It differs from
the other species in the absence of longitudinal ribs. In the young
stages the whorl is smooth on the median convexity, but spiral grooves
set in there on the last whorl.

NASSID^.
Nassa semiplioata hiradoensis n. subsp. PL IV, figs. 35, 35a.

Shell ovate-turreted, solid and thick, lusterless, variousl}^ colored :
(1) Yellow with the intervals betw^een the ribs black, the mouth and
outer lip banded with black; (2) dull blackish-brown, uniform or with
a yellow or white peripheral band, mouth banded ; (3) uniform cream-
tinted, the mouth white. Sculpture of strong, rounded longitudinal
folds as wide as their intervals, 11 or 12 in number on the last whorl,
the last one much larger, forming a prominent, rounded, swollen varix
behind the lip, usually preceded by a much smaller fold. Over the
folds and intervals run coarse spiral cords, rounded or flattened, as
wide as their intervals or wider, and either of even strength or weaker
in the valleys. On the last whorl there are 9 to 11 of these cords.
Some shells show a very minute and superficial spiral striation through-
out. Whorls about 7 (the apex broken), strongly convex, the last
rounded at the periphery, sloping below, with a moderately deep
basal sulcus. Aperture ovate; outer lip with 7 or 8 teeth within, the
lower 4 usually larger, the others small. Colimiella calloused, white,
with 3 small transverse wrinkles. A callous cord near the posterior
angle defines a small posterior sinus.

T^ength 16, diam. 8.5 mm. ; length of aperture 7 mm.

Length 15.5, diam. 8 mm.; length of aperture 7 mm.

1904,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21

Hirado, Hizen. Types No. 85,999, A. N. S. V., from No. 8436 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

This form is smaller than N. semiplicata and has stronger spiral cords
throughout. It is related to N . incrassata and N. festiva.

Another form of the same species, from the same locality, is smaller,
with more numerous, weaker folds, about 15 on the last whorl, and 9
spiral cords.

Length 13, diam. 6.8 mm.

Length 12, diam. 6 mm.

At Fukura, Awaji, there is another form referable to hiradoensis, but
more elongate, with smaller folds, 15-17 on the last whorl, or obsolete
on its later half, the teeth within the lip smaller. The shell is of a dull
dirty yellow tint externally, the mouth yellowish-brown or chestnut-
tinted within.

Length 19, diam. 9 mm.; aperture 8 mm. long.

This race looks a good deal like some forms of A^. mendica Gld.
The operculum is smooth-edged.

Nassa semiplicata Mzenensis n. subsp. PI. IV, figs. 36, 36a.

Much smaller than hiradoensis, with the folds small and close, but
not strong on the spire, weak or obsolete on the last whorl. There are
weak spirals above and below on the last whorl, obsolete in the periph-
eral region. Whorls about 7, of which the first H are smooth, forming
" bulbous, elevated protoconch. Teeth within the outer lip weak.
Color purple-black, reddish-brown or olive, sometimes with a light
band.

Length 10 to 11, diam. 5 mm.

Hirado, Hizen. Types No. 85,996, A. N. 8. P., from No. 843c of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

This form differs from N. teretiuscida A. Ad. by its spiral sculpture.

AQUILLIDyE.

Tritonidce and Tritoniidce of authors.

Lampusidce R. B. Newton, Cat. Brit. Eoc. and Oligoc. Moll. Edw. Coll.,

p. 145 (1891).
Lotoriidci' Harris, Catal. Tert. Moll., I, Australasian, p. 185 (1897). Kesteven,

Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales for 1902, p. 443.
SeptidcE Dall and Simpson, Moll. Porto Rico, p. 416 (1902); Nautilus,

XVII, p. 55 (September, 1903).

The preoccupation of the name Triton resulting in a search for other
names available for the molluscan group has led to some diversity in
modern usage. The earliest available name for the group, so far as I
have been able to learn, is Aquillus of Montfort. This name, as John-

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [Jan.,

son has pointed out,® precedes Lotorium in the Conchyliologie Sys-
tematique. Its resemblance to Aquila is no bar to acceptance because
the Latin word aquillus or aquilusj signifying dark or water-colored,
is different from aquila. an eagle. In this connection it may be noted
that Montfort used "Avatery" names for his other genera of Tritons.^
The genera of AquiUuJcc may therefore stand thus:

I. — Aquillus Montf., Conch. Syst., II. 578. Type cutaceus L.

(Includes the sections Lampusia Schum, 1817, type pilearis L.;
Lotoriimi Monti., 1810, type L. Iotor = femoralis L.; Mono-
plex Peny, 1811. type cynocephalus Lam.)
Subgenus Septa Perry, 1811. Type S. ruhicunda Perry (=aus-

tralis Lam.).
(Includes Triton Montf. and Tritonium Cuv.)
II. — Distortrix Link, 1807. {Distorsio auct.)
III. — Priene H. and A. Ad.

IV. — Cohihraria, Schimi.. 1817. Type maculosa Gmel. {Epidromus
Klein of authors).
Subg. Cmnia. Bivona, 1838. type lanccolata ]\Ike.
V. — Apollon Montf., 1810 { + Gyrina Schum., 1817).
VI. — Gyrineum Link, 1807.

(Including Biplex Perry, Buffo Montf., Bufonaria and Lampas
Schum., etc., some of which are available for subgeneric
and sectional divisions.)

Some authors recognize mo]-e than one genus among the forms
referred above to AquiUvs, but when a wide range of species is exam-
ined, the subgenera seem to merge pretty thoroughly together. Indeed
Septa is n.ot very distinct, except in the typical species. This subject
has been ably discussed l^y Kesteven, with whose conclusions I fully
agree. It seems to me that he has shown conclusively the untenability
of Ranularia, Lampusia, Lotorium, etc., as generic divisions. Colu-
braria stands apart from all the other genera, and the examination of
its dentition is a desideratum. It may possibly be Rhachiglossate.
The subgenus Cumia includes small [Mediterranean and Antillean
species. A series of Antillean and Pacific species referred to this

« Nautilus, XVII, p. 24 (June, 1903).

' Both spellings are given in dictionaries consulted. The etymology suggested
by Herrmannsen is obscure and more than doubtful.

* Harris (t. c, p. 186) rejects Aquillus because (1) its etymology is uncertain, and
(2) if emended sufficiently it can be made identical with Aquila Brisson. It seems
scarcely necessary to reply that uncertain etymology is not usually considered
ground for rejection of a name, and no authorization of such a course can be found
in the British Association or any later code. And to the second objection it
may be urged that l)y a similar process of emendation about half the names in
use might be changed. Harris is wide of the mark in citing Mure.T lotorium as
the type of Lotorium Montf. It is rather hard to see how such a mistake could
be made. Montfort's engraving is a characteristic representation of the common
Murex fern oralis L.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23

division by Trvon and others, of which decapitatus Reeve and hracteattis
Hinds are typical, belongs to the Rhachiglossa, as Mr. A'anatta and
the writer will elsewhere show. ]\Ir. Kesteven has shown that Triton
speciosum Angas is a Trophon.

Aquillus labiosus (Wood).

Murex labiosus "Wood, Index Testae. Suppl., p. 15, PI. 5,^fig. ISo (1828).

Triton labiosus of authors.
Triton exaratum Reeve, Lischke, Jap. Meeres-Conch., II, p. 35; III, p. 30,

PI. 2, figs. 15-17. Not of Reeve!
Tritonium excavatum Reeve, Pilsbry, Catal. Mar. Moll. Jap., p. 47.

Hirado, Hizen (Hirase, No. 911).

This species has been erroneously described and figured as T.
exaratum Reeve, an Australian form, which I have determined by com-
parison of numerous Australian specimens to be distinct from the
Japanese species. Aquillus exaratus (Rve.) has a much more highly
conic nucleus with more whorls; the postnepionic whorls have a
flatter shoulder, and coarser secondary spiral striation. It should be
deleted from the Japanese list.

There is no trustworth}' or authentic West Indian record for Aquillus
labiosus. The specimens so marked which I have seen are from shell
dealers, who, like many others, have not always been careful about
localities.

NATICID^.

Folinices sagamiensis n. sp. PI. IV, figs. 37, 37a.

Shell obliquely hemispherical, solid and heavy, smooth; chestnut-
brown, with the spire, a band below the suture, and an area at the base,
the umbilicus and aperture white. The spire is very small, short and
low, though slightly conic. Whorls 5, the last one very rapidly enlarg-
ing, globose, narrowly roimded at the base, where it curves into the
umbilicus. The suture is superficial. The very oblique aperture is
half round and pure white, the columellar side straight. The posterior
angle is filled with a very heavy convex callous. At the middle of the
columellar margin a large, rounded, flat-topped lobe projects into the
umbilicus, terminating a very large spiral cord which nearh' fills the
axial cavity, leaving a crescentic umbilical furrow, overhung on the
convex arc by a heavy rounded rib which forms the outer margin of the
umbihcus.

Leng-th 32.5, diam. 35 mm.

Hayama, a place on Sagami Bay, about 4 miles from Kamakura.
Type No. 85,956, A. N. S. P., collected by Miss A. C. Hartshorne.

This is the species I listed as a form of P.powisianusxar. draparnaudii

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Recluz, in the Catal. Mar. Moll. Jap., p. 72. having before me then a
single specimen obtained by Mr. Frederick Stearns, now in his collec-
tion in Detroit. I at that time noted the differences between the speci-
men and .V. draparnaudii Reel., but thought the former might be
abnormal. The large size of the umbilical lobe and the strong cord
around the umbilical crescent readily distinguish P. sagamiensis from
draparnaudii, effusa Swains., powisianus Reel., cumingianus Reel, and
other species of that group.

CALYPTR^ID^.
Ergaea walshi (' Herm.' Rve.).

This name Ergcea was originally proposed for a subgenus of Crepidula
(Crypta), comprising the species C. plana Ads. and Rve. (not Say) and
C. ivalshi 'Herm.' Rve. It was J. E. Gray in 1867 who raised the
group to. generic rank, explained its morphology, and showed that it
is related to Calyptrwa. Gray's half-contemptuous estimate of the
inability of his conchological contemporaries to appreciate morpho-
logical problems, expressed in his paper of '67,^ has been amply justified
by the history of this genus; for in the latest works it still remains
included in Crepidula.^° Having reached the same conclusion inde-
pendently before reading Gray's paper, it was with some surprise that
I found that he had exposed the facts in the case.

Ergcea is the end of a line of differentiation from Cahjptra:a, parallel
in its evolution to that phjdum of Crepidida represented by the flat
white slipper-limpets of the group of Crepidula crepidula Linne (C. un-
guiformis Lam.) and C. plana Say. The two groups, arising from
diverse ancestors, have reached a superficially similar appearance,
by adaptation to growing inside other shells.

Ergcea walshi ('Herm.' Rve.) has been taken by Mr. Hirase at
Fukura, Awaji Island (No. 1,443 of Hirase's register), and by Miss
Hartshorne at Hay am a, on Sagami Bay.

Amalthea conica Schum. Essai, p. ISl, PI. 21, f. 4(1817).

Patella cassida Dillwj'n, Catal. II, p. 1,037 (1817).

Hippony.t australis Lam., Quov and Gaim., Vov. Astrolabe, III, p. 434,
PI. 72, figs. 25-34 (1834). Not Patella australis Lamarck.

This abundant and widespread species has been called Hipponi/x
australis by writers on the Japanese fauna. Hedley has recentl}"
shown that the Lamarckian species is a South Australian Capuliis, a

* Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1867, p. 740.

i»Tryon, Manual of Conchology, VIII, p. 130 (1SS6); Fischer, Majiu el de Co n-
chyliologie, p. 758 (1885).

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 25

conchision borne out by the specimens before me. Mr. Hirase has
sent Amalthea conica from Riiikiu, Hirado, Hizen, and Fukm-a, Awaji.
I am unable to see any differences between the shells of this species
from South Australia. Japan. Mauritius, etc. Though individually
variable, there seems to have been no racial differentiation. Tryon
adds the following names to the synonymy of this species : Hipponyx
acuhis and sitturalis Q. and G.. cornucopuca Hutton, orientalis Dufo.

OERITBIID^.
Cerithium trailli kikaiensis n. subsp. PI. IV, fig. 3S.

Shell with the lateral outlines nearly straight alDOve, convex in the
lower half; cream-white, sparsely dotted with brownish-yellow on the
spiral threads, and with beads of dull violet sparsely and irregularly
scattered along the spiral cords.

Sculpture of three rather weakly tul^erculate spiral cords on each of
the intermediate whorls of the spire, the upper one close to the suture,
the intervals between them spirally striate, there being about 4 threads
in each interval, the median one largest. The upper whorls have alter-
nate cords and threads, crossed by close longitudinal waves. On the
last whorl there are about 8 principal tuberculate cords, the intervals
finely, unevenly striate. The later whorls have swollen varices at
intervals of aliout half a whorl, but they become closer above, about
one-third of a volution apart. Whorls about 10. The ajjerture is
ovate, with a sinus above defined by a cord on the inner lip. The outer
lip is strengthened by a small varix, and is sulcate within, there being
usually a pair of lirae between the terminations of two spiral cords of
the exterior. The throat is smooth and white, showing some blackish
dots through. The basal channel is very short and oblique. The inner
lip is coated with a rather thick deposit of a deep purple color.

Length 15, diam. 7 nmi.

Kikaiga-shima, Osumi. Types No. 86,001, A. N. S. P., from No.
1,503 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

Compared with C. trailli Sowb. from Singapore, this is a very much
smaller form, paler, with more numerous varices and a purple columella.

Cerithium subscalatum n. sp. PI. IV, fig. 39.

Shell small, turrite; brown, the spiral cords paler, the intervals
darker. Sculpture of longitudinal waves or folds, about 12 on the
penultimate whorl, and with one rounded varix on the last whorl oppo-
site the aperture. The folds do not extend below the periphery on
the last whorl, where they are also much weaker. Spiral sculpture
of many crowded, smooth cords, three of which are larger, two near

26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

the periphery and one at the middle of the base. There are three
smaller cords between the upper and middle enlarged ones, and five
between the middle and the basal cord, which is largest of all.
Sometimes only the median and lower cords are enlarged. AVhorls
about 9, those of the spire angular at the lower third. Aperture ovate
with a short, deep anterior canal, the outer lip strengthened by a
moderately strong, rather narrow varix.

Length 7.5, diam. 3.2 mm. ,

Length 8.3, diam. 3.7 mm.

Hahajima, Ogasawara. Types Xo. 86,130. A. X. S. P., from Xo.
1,466 of ]\Ir. Hirase's collection.

This peculiar little Cerite is very closely related to Bittluin oosimense
Watson, but differs by the number of whorls and the details of the
spiral sculpture, as may be seen on comparison Avith Watson's excellent
description and figure. It may perhaps be identical Avith Bitthim
scalatum Dimker. That species has been described too briefly to
decide with any certainty, and it has not been figured. The species
before me, however, is a true Cerithium, not a Bittium.

RISSOID^.
Rissoa tokyoensis n. sp. PI. IV, fig. 40.

Shell very small, regularly tapering from the last whorl, bright chest-
nut colored, the very thick peristome white. Sculpture of 8 spiral
cords on the last whorl, the upper four rather coarsely regularly tuber-
culate, those below less so, the lower two smooth. The spire and upper
portion of the last w^horl are indistincth' plicate longitudinally, the
tubercles on the spirals being at the points of intersection. W^horls 5,
convex, the first one smooth, the last whorl with a heavy white varix
behind the lip. Aperture oval, the outer lip sinuous, advanced belov.-.

Length 2.3. diam. 1.2 mm.

Tokyo Harbor. Types Xo. 70,910, A. X. S. P.

Rissoa ogasawarana n. sp. PI. IV, fig. 41.

Shell ovate, with a rather short, straightly conic spire. Cream-
white, with some indistinct brown spots below the suture. Sculpture
of rather small close longitudinal riblets, which on the last w'horl do
not pass below the periphery. These are crossed by about 11 spiral
cords on the last whorl. There are about 5 or bh slightly convex
whorls, the last one with a broad rounded but rather low varix a short
distance behind the thin outer lip. Aperture ovate, entire below.

Length 2.2, diam. 1.2 mm.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27

Hahajima, Ogasawara. Types Xo. So, 951, A. X. S. P., from Xo.
1,385 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

Eissoina rex n. sp. PL IV, figs. 42, 42a.

Shell solid, the lower two-thirds slowly tapering, somewhat cylindrie,
the upper third more rapidly tapering to an acute apex; not glossy;
white. Sculpture of regular longitudinal rounded ribs, as wide as
their intervals and about 19 in number on the penultimate whorl, and
not extending upon the base of the last one. These ribs are crossed
by numerous unequal fine spiral threads. AVhorls 10, moderately
convex, parted by a deeply impressed suture, the last whorl swollen
behind the outer lip. Aperture small, ovate, vertical, hardly chan-
nelled below.

Length 14, diam. 4.8 mm.

Hirado, Hizen. Types Xo. 85,949, A. X. S. P., from Xo. 753 of Mr.
Hirase's collection.

This large Rissoina seems to be rather abundant. With the type
lot there was a specimen of a I'eddish-brown color with a small white
basal tract and a light band above. The ribs are more numerous,
25 on the penultimate whorl, and there arc 4 broad varices on the last
3 whorls, while the type has only 1 at the end of the last volution. The
shape is also less cylindrie than in the type. More material is needed
to determine the status of this form.

Eissoina materinsulae n. sp. PI. V, figs. 43, 43a.

Shell oblong-acuminate, the outlines of the spire convex ; solid, white.
Sculpture of many small straight, crowded, roimded,low longitudinal
riblets, the intervals transversely striate. The apex is wanting, about
6 whorls remaining. These are slightly convex and separated by a
shallow, linear suture. The last whorl is swollen into a wide roimded
varix behind the outer lip, the fine riblets of the rest of the surface
being developed also upon it. The aperture is semioval, the thick outer
lip a little advanced below; columellar margin, moderately concave,
truncate below b}' the shallow, rounded basal channel.

Length 5, diam. 2 mm.

Hahajima, Ogasawara. Types X^o. 85,976, A. X'. S. P., from X^o.
1,390a of Mr. Hirase's collection.

Eissoina (Eissolina) laevicostulata n. sp. PI. V, fig? . 44, 44a.

Shell narrowly ovate-acuminate, regularly tapering from the last
whorl, white, with a red-brown blush on the back of the last whorl,
moderately solid. Sculpture of about 20 rounded, obliquely longitudi-
nal, slightly sinuous ribs about as wide as the intervals, both ribs and

28 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

intervals smooth. Whorls about S, moderately convex, the last with
a very strong, heavy varix behind the outer lip, and with a convex
siphonal fasciole at the base, bounded above by a groove and regularly
plicate, the ribs passing over it. Aperture semioval. the outer lip
thick and sinuous, columellar margin but slightly concave, a shallow
but distinct channel at its base in the basal margin.

liCngth 4.8, diam. 2 mm.

Kamakura, Sagami. Types No. 70,906, A. N. 8. P. It also occm's
at Hahajima, Ogasawara, No. 1,3906 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This form is related to R. costulata Dkr., but differs by its more num-
erous ribs. R. plicatula Gld., an unfigured species, also seems to be
related.

Kissoina (Zebina) tridentata (Michaud).

Rissoa tridentata Michaud, Descript. nouv. esp. Rissoa (p. 6) in Ann. Soc.

Linn, de Lyon, I, 1836.
Rissoina curta Sowb., Schwartz, Monogr. Rissoina, p. 107 (1860).
R. bidentata Phil., Archiv. f. Naturg., 1845, p. 64 (^Friendly Is.).
R. eulimoides A. Ad., P. Z. S., 1851, p. 279 (Capul, Philippines).
Eidima dentiens Dkr., Malak. Bl., XVIII, 1871, p. 152 (Viti Is.).
Rissoa crassilabnnn Garr., Proc. Cal. Acad., I, 1857, p. 102 (Hilo).
Rissoina coronata Reel., Schwartz, Monogr. Rissoina (1860), p. 109 (Mauri

tius) .

Kikai-ga-shima, Osumi, typical specimens of this species, which has
not before been reported from the east coast of iVsia. The synonymy
as given by Tryon" requires some emendation in the light of the large
series of specimens now available for study. The following forms,
united with R. tridentata b}'' him, are, in my opinion, perfectly distinct
species :

Rissoa semiglabrata A. Ad., P. Z. S., 1851, p. 279.

Rissoa semiplicata Pse., P. Z. <S., 1862, p. 242 : Ainer. Jour, of Conch.,
Ill, p. 295, PL 24, fig. 29.

The former of these differs from all forms of tridentata in the more
acuminate spire and the sculpture. The latter, of which specimens
from Pease are before me, is a yQYj much smaller species, with more
of the spire plicate. I add to the synonymy of R. tridentata the Eidima
dentiens of Dunker, of which authentic specimens are before me. It
is absolutely identical with tridentata Mich. R. crassilabrum Garrett
is also a typical tridentata, with teeth, and 8 mm. long.

Whether the toothless form coronata ' Reel.' Schwartz is varietally
separable is doubtful, but the series before me shows that toothless
individuals occur with normal tridentata. The size varies a good deal:

Length 5.3, diam. 2.3 mm. (Schwartz, type of R. coronata).

" Man. Conch., IX, p. 389.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29

Length 6. diam. 2.6 mm. (Schwartz, type of R. eidimoides).

Length 6.5. diam. 2.S mm. (Schwartz, type of bickntata).

Length 7. diam. 3.7 mm. (Hawaiian Islands specimen).

Length 8. diam. 4 mm. (Michaud, R. tridentata).

Length 8. diam. 4 mm. (Viti Islands specimen).

Length 9, diam. 5 mm. (Viti Islands specimen).

Length 10, diam. 5.3-5.7 mm. (Kikai-ga-shima specimens).

Length 10.5, diam. 4.8 mm. (Viti Islands specimen).

The sizes from 5.5 to 10.5 mm. long are represented by specimens
before me. Rarely there is a varix on the penultimate whorl. The
larger shells are generally somewhat distorted, and are then extremely
like Eulima. Indeed, the whole genus or subgenus Zebina is exces-
sively Eulimoid in structure of the shell, so much so as to suggest that
the Eulimidce may have had a Rissoinoid progenitor. Probably the
Gymnoglossa , even as restricted by Fischer, is not a natural group.

To the distribution of R. tridentata indicated alcove should be added
the Red Sea localities given by Sturany^- in his valuable report on the
"Pola" gastropods. With the Japanese locality here recorded, this
gives the species an enormous range in the Indo-Pacific life-area.

TURBONILLID^.
Turbonilla hiradoensis n. sp. PI. V, fig. 45.

Shell very slender, the length 5 times the greatest diameter; glossy;
white, encircled by two brown lines, of which one is at the periphery of
the last whorl and ascends the spire a little below the middle of the
whorls, and the other revolves below the periphery of the last whorl,
its upper edge being barely visible above the suture of the preceding
whorls. Sculpture of nearly vertical, slightly arcuate rounded riblets,
as wide as their intervals, extending from suture to suture on the
spire, and on the last whorl they gradually decrease below the
periphery, becoming obsolete around the axis, where the base is
nearly smooth ; over all there is an excessively fine, minute, dense spiral
striation. On the last whorl there are 29 riblets. There are 12 convex
whorls in addition to the smooth, planorboid, upturned nuclear whorl;
sutures deeply impressed.

Length 8.3, diam. 1.7 mm.

Hirado, Hizen. Types No. 85,986, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,517 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

'^ "Gastropoden des Rothen Meeres" (p. 56), in Denkschr. K. Akad. Wissensch.,
LXXIV, p. 264.

30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

This species differs from T. hicinda A. Ad. by the absence of spiral
lirae on the base.

A variety may be called T. hiradoensis var. hadia. It is of a dark
reddish-brown or purplish-ljrown color throughout. The specimens
occurred with T. hiradoensis.

Turbonilla (Cinguliua) terebra Dkr. Pi. V, fig. 46.

Shell slender, its length four times the diameter: lateral outlines
straight; white; faintly marked with groTv-th-lines. Sculpture of 3
spiral grooves on each whorl, the spaces between them equal, the lowest
groove smaller than the others, a narrow space between it and the
suture. Last whorl with the third groove nearly peripheral, several
narrower grooves below it on the convex base. Whorls 11, besides
the upturned planorboid nucleus. They are moderately convex and
separated by deep sutures.

Length 8, diam. 2 mm.; aperture 2 mm. long.

Hirado, Hizen. No. 922& of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This species tapers more rapidly than T. triarata, and the 3 spiral
grooves are parted by 2 equal spaces. The space above the upper
groove is more convex than the others. In immature shells the base
has numerous spiral engraved striae, closer near the axis, but in the
largest shells they become fainter.

This species must be closely related to Cingulina subulata Clessin,"
described from Macao; but the whorls are more convex, and there
are spiral grooves on the base of the last whorl, which in subulata is
said to be "nach unten gerundet, glatt." The spiral grooves are more
emphatic in T. spina C. and F., of New South Wales and South Ails-
tralia, and which has also been reported from Karachi by Melvill,
Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901. p. 395.

The following species of the sul^genus Cingulina have been reported
from Japan :

C. dngulata Dkr., Moll. Jap., p. 16.

C. terebra Dkr., Moll. Jap., p. 16.

C. circinata A. Ad., A7in. Mag., 1860, \T, p. 414.

C. japonica Clessin, Conchylien Cabinet, Eulimidce, p. 223.

None of them have been adequately described or figured.
Turbonilla (Cingulina) cingulata (Dkr.). PI. V, fig. 47.

In this species there are three deep eciuidistant spiral furrows, some-
what narrower than the intervening cords, on each whorl. Of the four
cords, the upper three are equal, the lower one narrower. On the base

^■'' Conchylien Cabinet, Eulimidce, p. 223.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31

there are several spiral o:roo\'es, and some finer strite near the axis. A
well-grown specimen measures, length 10.5, diam. 2.5 mm. There are
about 13 postnepionic whorls. The shell figiu-ed is from Hirado, Hizen.
Dimker's type was from Deshima (near Nagasaki), also in southwestern
K\'ushu.

This species is apparently close to C. circinata A. Ad., the type of
Cingulina, found at Awa-shima, which is known to me by Adams' brief
description onh".
Turbonilla (Cingulina) triarata n. sp. PL V, fig. 4S.

vShell very slender and long, the leng-th about four times the greatest
diameter; lateral outlines straight. White, glossy, slightly marked
with growth-lines. Sculpture of three spiral grooves on each whorl, the
lowest one at the suture below, the other grooves defining three nearly
flat spaces, the upper one narrowest, lower widest. Last whorl with
the third groove at the periphery, the base convex, very minutely and
closely striate spirally. Whorls 13, besides the elevated planorboid
nucleus whi'.h stands on edge at the summit. Suture channelled.

Length 0.5. diam. 2.3 mm.; length of aperture 2.1 mm.

Hirado, Hizen. Types Xo. 85,977, A. X. S. P.. from Xo. 1.005 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

This form must stand near Cingulina japonica Clessin." but agrees
with neither the description nor figure. Clessin states that his species
has a single line running below the suture, the rest of the whorl being
smooth, but he figures two more spiral lines ; and the last whorl, which
he says is subangular below, the base smooth, is figiu-ed with 5 spiral
lines. The proportions, 11 x 1.9 mm., are more slender than T. tria-
rata. One becomes accustomed to such discrepancies in Clessin's
work. His ideals of descriptive zoology are not lofty.

TURBINID^.
CoUonia rosa n. sp. PI. VI, fig. 53.

Shell obliqueh' globose-turbinate. narrowly umbilicate, rose-red,
with two apical whorls yellow. Sculpture of somewhat unequal spiral
cords, about as wide as their intervals, and 25 to 27 in niunber on the
last whorl. Several of the cords, at unequal inter\'als. are slightly larger
than the others, and all are nearly smooth except near the suture and
umbilicus, where there are short radial folds. Spire short, conic.
Whorls about 4, convex. Aperture but slightly oblique, circular, white,
smooth and pearly within. Inner margin of the peristome thick and
white. A slightly sinuous cord ascends almost vertically into the

'* Conchylien Cabinet, Eulimida, p. 223, PL 36, fig. 3.

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

umbilicus, on the side opposite the aperture. The margin of the
umbiHcus is more or less distinctly crenulate.

Alt. 5.5, diam. 6 mm.

Tanabe, Kii. Types No. 85,992, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,457 of Mr.
Hirase's collection. Also from Tokyo Bay.

In some of the specimens, especially those not ciuite mature, there is
some white mottling in the peripheral region, and a white area around
the umbilicus. The specimens from Tokyo Bay w^hich I provisionally
refer to this species want the subsutural and umbilical plication.

PHASIANELLID^.
Phasianella tristis Pils. PI. VI, fig. 64.

Nautilus, XVII, 69 (October, 1903).

Rishiri, Kit ami.

TROOHID^.
Trochus Mrasei n. sp. PI. V, figs. 52, 52a.

Shell imperforate, pyramidal, with the outlines slightly convex below
and noticeably concave along the upper half of the spire; base flat.
White, with bold radial stripes of blood-red or purplish-red on the later
whorls, the spire ver}' minutely and copiously speckled with olive-green
and red, the latter color predominating on the spiral cords. Base
whitish, tessellated with blood-red ol^long spots on the spiral cords.
The upper half of the spire is sculptured with short obliquely vertical
waves on the lower third of each whorl, terminating in nodes above
the suture; above these waves there are several low, weakly granose
spiral cords. The waves gradually diminish on the penultimate
whorl and are nearly obsolete on the last, and the spiral cords increase
in number and strength. The periphery is acutely angular in front
but in fully adult shells becomes blunt behind the lip. The fiat
base is sculptured with about 12 ver}^ low and smoothish circular cords.
The aperture is smooth and silvery within. The columella bears an
acute lobe above, separated from the iDase b}^ a deep incision, and it
terminates below in an oblong, whitish tubercle. The umbilical
region is pearly as usual.

Alt. 50, diam. 45 mm.

Tanal^e, Kii. Types No. 82,104, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,295 of Mr.
Hirase's collection.

Trochus Mrasei differs from T. conus Qm.}'^ in its wider base, acutely

'^ The synonymy of this species, which is commonly known by the non-binomial

name given by Chemnitz, is as follows:

Trochus conus Gmel., Syst. Nat. (13), p. 3,569 (1790), based upon

Trochus acutangulus, etc., Chemnitz, Conchyl. Cab., V, p. 81, PI. 167, fig}. 1,610

(1781).

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33

angular periphery and flat lower surface. It holds a relation toward
T. conus somewhat similar to that existing between T. maximus Koch
and T. niloticus L.

This form seems to be identical with 7\ turris Philippi, Zeitschr. /,
Malak., 1846, p. 102 {preoc.) = T. alius Phil., Conchyl. Cab., p. 217, PI.
32, fig. 7 (not of Perry, 1811). The habitat of Philippi's species was
unknown, but Dunker has reported it from the Inland Sea of Japan.

Four recent species of the typical section of Trochus are now known :
T. niloticus, T. maximus, T. conus and T. hirasei.
Chlorostoma rugatum Gld.

Gld., Otia Conch., p. 158.

C. turhinatum A. Ad., Pilsbry, Catal. Mar. Moll. Jap., p. 94, PI. 6, figs. 9, 10.
Not of A. Adams.

I formerly figured this under the erroneous name C. turhinatum, but
Adams described that species as umbilicate, while this is imperforate.
The figures cited above are from specimens from Hakodate, the type
locality. The species extends down the ocean coast of Nippon to
Sagami Bay, where it has been found at Hayama, near Kamakura, by
Miss A. C. Hartshorne.
CMorostoma rugatum sublaevis n. subsp. PI. V, fig. 50.

Shell imperforate but with a rather deep pit in the place of the filled
umbilicus, shaped like C. rugatum or more depressed, slate-black or
purplish-black. Upper surface free from oblique corrugation, or with
it only weakly indicated in places. Base weakly sculptured with low
spiral cords. Axial callous white, or sometimes green-tinted and with
an orange outer border.

Alt. 21, diam. 26 mm. (Kamoito, Teshio).

Alt. 26, diam. 32 mm. (Afun, Teshio).

Kamoito and Afun, Teshio, in Yesso, the types No. 80,388,
A. N. S. P., from the former place.
Clanculus hizenensis var. fraterculus n. v. PI. VI, fig. .54.

The shell is trochiform with flattened base, straightly conic spire
and rounded periphery. On a nearly white ground it is radially macu-
late with browTi on the upper surface, with smaller spots interposed
between the others at the peripheral region. The base has paler small
spots on the ribs, sometimes partially arranged in radial stripes. The
apical H whorls are uniform, the next whorl irregularly dotted with
pink on a pale buff-brown ground. The 5 J or 6 whorls are convex and
parted by a narrow, deep suture.

Trochus alfus Pern-, Conchologij, PI. 47, fig. 3 (ISll).
Trochus elotus Lamarck, An. sans Vert., VII, p. 21 (1822).
Trochus senatarius Philippi, Conchyl. Cab., Trochus, p. 324, PI. 46, fig. 7.
3

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

The sculpture is of closely beaded spiral cords, of \'\'hich there are
five on the penultimate and next earlier whorls, the upper three small,
the lower two much larger and wider spaced. On the last whorl there
is a group of three large cords in the peripheral region, three smaller
ones above them; the intervals being densely obliquety striate, with
no trace of spiral strise or secondary threads. The base, which is slightly
convex, has eight subequal spirals, which are smaller and less deepl}^
cut into beads than those above them. The intervals throughout are
about equal in width to the adjacent spiral cords.

The aperture is very oblique, sulcate within, with 8 to 10 lirce, the
bevelled edge fluted. The oblique columella has a low nodule above
and a strong tooth at the base. Its edge is flanged outwardly. The
rather narrow umbilicus is guarded by about four teeth.

Alt. 5.3, diam. 5.8 mm.

Alt. 4.5, diam, 4.5 mm.

Riukiu. Types No. 85,980, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,451 of Mr.
Hirase's collection.

This form is closely related to C. hizenensis Piis. from Hirado, Hizen,
from which it differs chiefly in the smaller size, different coloration
and the splitting of the subsutural bead-cord into two.

Clanculus gemmulifer pallidus Pils. PI. VI, fig. 63.
Nautilus, XVII, 71 (October, 1903).

Kashiwajima, Tosa.

Gibbula vittata Pils. PI. VI, fig. 59.

Nautilus, XVII, 69 (October, 1903).
Riukiu Island.

Gibbula incarnata Pils. PI. VI, fig. 62.
Nautilus, XVII, 70.
Kumihama, Tango.

Monilea (Rossiteria) nucleolus Pils. PI. VI, figs. 58, 5Sa.

Nautilus, XVII, 70.
Euchelus liscbkei n. sp. PI. VI, fig. 55.

The shell is globose with conic spire and narrow umbilicus, moder-
ately solid, and of a uniform purple-brown color. There are about 5
convex whorls parted by a narrow channelled suture.

The sculpture is of closely beaded spiral cords parted b}^ intervals
of 'about their own width. On the last whorl there are 11 of these
primary cords, with, in full-grown shells, a small secondary cord in
each interval. The earliest sculptured whorl has three large cords,
this number being soon doubled by intercalation of new ones. The
intervals are more or less strongly latticed across by threads continuous

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35

with the beads on the spirals. The round, oblique aperture is closely
lirate within. The columella is noticeably .concave, and bears a weak
tooth below. The narrow umbilicus is bounded by a white cord.

Alt. 7.5, diam. 6.5 mm.

Hachijo-jima, Izu. Types No. 85,979, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,395 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

This species, in form and sculpture, is much like E. atratus (Gm.) on
a diminutive scale, but the columellar tooth is far weaker. E. ruber
A. Ad., E. gemmatus (Gld). and other small granose species also have
a much stronger columellar tooth.
Euchelus hachijoensis n. sp. PI. VI, fig. 56.

Shell glolDOse, with short spire and narrow mnbilicus ; spirally
granose-lirate ; coral-red, sparsely dotted with darker red, usually on
alternate spirals above and on all the basal spirals. Whorls 4, convex,
the first 1 smooth.

Sculpture of crowded, closely granose or beaded spirals, 12 or 13
in number and subequal on the last whorl, the granules weakly
connected across the intervals. On the penultimate whorl the spirals
usually alternate in size, as is ordinarity the case in shells where they
increase in number by intercalation. The subcircular, obhque aper-
ture is smooth or at least not distinctly sulcate inside. The columella
is slightly concave and terminates in a very weak tubercle. The
umbilicus is bounded by a white rib.

Alt. 4, diam. 4.5 mm.

Hachijojima, Izu. Types No. 85,978, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,3956
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This small red species has an unusually weak columellar tubercle.
I do not know of any closely related form.
Euchelus (Hybochelus) cancellatus orientalis n. subsp. PI. VI, figs. 57, 57a.

Shell similar to E. cancellatus of South Africa in form, but differing
in having more large spiral cords, 10 at the beginning of the last whorl,
each interval bisected by a small thread. Near the end of the whorl
some of these threads become nearly as large as the primary cords, and
minute threads of a third order appear in some of the intervals. In
E. cancellatus there are only 8 primary cords at the beginning of the
last whorl, the intervening threads are much larger, and additional
threads are intercalated sooner and more numerovisly. The pits
produced by oblique riblets are much narrower in orientalis, the upper
series in each pair of intervals are usually subdivided, while in E.
cancellatus the pits are regular and uniform.

Alt. 13, diam. 15 mm.

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Kashiwajima, Tosa, Type No. 85,954, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,475
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

SIPHONARIIDu^.
Siphonaria subatra n. sp. PI. VI, figs. 61, 61a, 616.

Shell oval, thin, with subcentral apex, nearly straight slopes and
strongly projecting "siphon." Dark ashy-brown where eroded in
the middle, blackish around the border, and gray or banded with black
in the intervening zone; the interior intense black-brown with short
white marks at the terminations of the ribs. Sculpture of nimierous
rather coarse, unequally spaced radial ribs, projecting at the edge, with
much finer radial threads between them, several in each interval.
The siphonal groove usually continues weakly past the apex of the
cavity, its end curving forward.

Length 16-17, widtli 13-14.5, alt. 4 mm.

Chichijima, Ogasawara. Types No. 86,132, A. N. S. P., from No.
1,482 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

*S. atra, of the South Pacific, is a much heavier and larger shell, more
strongly serrate at the edge. S. amara Nutt. is a higher species, with
the siphonal projection less conspicuous.
Siplionaria rucuana n. sp. PI. VI, figs. 60, 60a, 606.

Shell small, thin, steeply conic, with subcentral summit. The apex
is brown, smooth and glossy, Crepichda-^\\SL\)Qd, the tip curving back-
ward and to the left. The sculpture is of 20 to 25 uneciual rounded
radial ribs, of which about half do not extend to the apex. The ribs
are whitish-gray, the intervals generally dusky. The ribs irregularly
denticulate the margin. The siphonal rib projects moderately, and
shows a rather faintly impressed line along its ridge. The interior
is deep-brown or even black-brown within the muscle-impression, and
usually striped with brown to or nearly to the edge, between the
white rib rays.

Length 8, width 6.5 to 7, alt. 3.3 mm.

Length 8.5, width 7, alt. 4 mm.

Riukiu Island. Types No. 86,131, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,364 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

This small form is unlike any of the region, and seems faii'ly constant
in a number of specimens.

TORNATINID^.
Tornatina insignis n. sp. PI. V, figs. 49, 49a.

Shell cylindric, white, marked with slight growth-lines only. Spire
rather long and slender; whorls 4 after the up-tilted nucleus, very

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37

convex, the suture deep but not in the least channelled, the shoulder of
the last whorl rounded. Aperture of the usual shape, the thin outer
lip ^rched forward in the middle, moderately retracted above. Colu-
mella concave, with a very inconspicuous fold above.

Length 4.7, diam. 2 mm.

Hirado, Hizen. Types Xo. 85,984, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,271a of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

Remarkable for the total absence of a channel at the suture.

Tornatina decorata n. sp. PI. V, fig. 51.

Shell straightly cylindric, white under a pale yellow cuticle, which
is closely decorated with red-brown spiral lines; sculptured with
slight gro\\'th-Unes only. Spire short. Postnuclear whorls about 3^,
parted by a deeply channelled suture, which does not descend much
except at the last whorl. Aperture of the usual shape, the outer lip
moderately arched forward in the middle and retracted above, deeply
slit at the suture. Columella callous, flattened, slightly concave, with
a low fold above.

Length 6.8, diam. 3.9 mm.

Hirado, Hizen. Types No. 85,985, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,235 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

Readily known by the brown lineolation and short spire when in
good condition; but the color is solely cuticular. No similar species
has been reported from the northwest Pacific.

38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan..

STUDIES IN THE ORTHOPTEKOUS FAMILY PHASMID5:.
BY JAMES A. G. REHN.

The material treated in the following pages is almost wholly from the
collections of the Academy, the U. S. National Museum, and the col-
lection of Mr. Morgan Hebard, of Chestnut Hill, Philadelphia.

The localities represented by large series are as follows:

Costa Rica (various localities). Schild and Burgdorf collection.
[U. S. N. M.]

Mombasa, East Africa. [Collection of Morgan Hebard.]

South Africa. [A. N. S. Phila.]

Trong, Lower Siam. Dr. W. L. Abbott. [U. S. N. M.]

Goenong Soegi, Sumatra. A. C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller.
[A. N. S. Phila.]

Obi, Moluccas. [Collection of Morgan Hebard.]

The author wishes to thank Dr. William H. Ashmead, of the National
Museum, and Mr. Hebard for many kindnesses rendered during the
preparation of this and other papers.

Subfamily LONCHODIX.E.
Genus MYRONIDES St^l.
1875. Myronides Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, III, pp. S and 63.

Included M. pfeifferop (Westwood) and M. kaupii Stal, of which the
former may be considered the type.
Myronides ashmeadi n. sp.

Type.— d' ; Trong, Lower Siam. (W. L. Abbott.) [Cat. No. 6,974,
U. S. N. M.]

Apparently related to M. filum Sharp^ from New Britain, but readih^
separated by the absence of pronounced cephalic and metathoracic
tubercles, the comparatively greater length of the limbs, and the single
tooth on the apical portion of the femora.

I take pleasure in dedicating this very distinct species to my friend,
Dr. William H. Ashmead, of the United States National Museum, as
a token of personal esteem and regard for his pronounced scientific
ability.

1 Willey's Zoological Res^ats, Part I, p. 81, PI. VII, fig. 1.

1904,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39

Form very slender. Head moderately elongate, subequal; eyes
subovate, projecting considerably beyond the head ; antennse with the
basal joint longer than broad, depressed, subequal in width. Prono-
tiim about twice as long as broad. Mesonotum very elongate, sub-
equal, surface with but few small tubercles. Metanotum (with median
segment) not quite three-fifths the length of the mesonotum; median
segment about two-fifths the metathoracic length. Abdomen slender,
elongate, exceeding the thoracic segments in length ; ninth dorsal seg-
ment tectate, compressed, apex very deeply and narrowly emarginate;
supra-anal plate not visible; cerci of moderate length, subequal, in-
curved; subgenital plate short, not extending beyond the base of the
supra-anal, apex very broadly and evenly rounded. Limbs very slen-
der, the anterior and posterior pair subequal in length, median pair
shorter. Anterior femora equal to the pronotum, mesonotum and
metanotum (without median segment) in length, depressed, rectangular
in section, supplied with a median subbasal dentiform process on the
inferior surface; tibise very slightly exceeding the femora in length,
subtrigonal in section ; metatarsi about equal to the remaining tarsal
joints in length. Median femora slightly exceeding the mesonotum in
length, subtrigonal in section, inferior surface with a median subbasal
process as on the anterior femora, genicular lobes acute; tibiae very
slightly exceeding the femora in length, subtrigonal in section. Pos-
terior femora slightly exceeding the middle of the fourth abdominal
segment,^ sectionally subquadrate, the usual subbasal process present;
tibise exceeding the femora by about the length of the median segment,
sectionally subtrigonal; metatarsi equal to the remaining tarsal joints
in length.

General color dull brownish-green, becoming rather pale green on
the limbs; head, antennse, pronotum, under surface of the abdominal
segments, and the genicular regions very dull obscure claret. Pu-
bescence on the tarsal joints golden yellow.

Measureynents.

Total length, 71 mm.

Length of pronotum, 3.5

Length of mesonotum, 16.5 ''

Length of metanotum (with median segment) 9

Length of abdomen, 38.5

Length of anterior femora, 23.5

Length of anterior tibise, 25.5

Length of median femora, 16.5

Length of posterior femora, 23

' Not including the median segment.

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Two additional male specimens have been examined, one a topo-
type, the other from Khow Sai Dow, Trong, 1,000 feet elevation, taken
in 1899.

Myronides porus (Westwood)?

1859. Lonchodes Porus Westwood, Cat. Orth. Ins. Brit. Mus., I, p. 42,
PI. VII, fig. 9. [East Indies.]

One female; Khow Sai Dow, Trong. Lower Siam, 1,000 feet. Janu-
ary-February, 1899. (Dr. W. I.. Abbott.) [U. S. N. M.]

While the female of this species has never been described, the present
specimen is in such condition that the more important characters
cannot be critically examined. For this reason some uncertainty
exists as to the correctness of the determination.

Genus PHRAORTES Stal.
1875. Phraortes Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, III, pp. 8 and 64.

Type. — Phasma elongata Thunberg.
Phraortes mikado n. sp.

Type. — ? ; Yokohama, Japan. (Loomis.) [A. N. Caudell.]

Allied to P. elongatus (Thunberg) {= Phasma ■niponense De Haan),
but differing in the character of the lamellar expansions on the median
and posterior femora, the carination of the anterior femora, and the
non-gibbous sixth abdominal segment.

Form slender, elongate. Head moderately long, considerably wider
anteriorl}'- than posteriorly; eyes circular, moderately prominent; occi-
put bearing a pair of acute conical spines, equal in height to the depth
of the eye. Pronotum rectangular, longer than Inroad, surface with
slightly marked longitudinal and transverse depressions. JMeso-
notum over foiu* times the length of the pronotum, suliequal except
posteriorly, median longitudinal depression well marked. Metanotum
(with median segment) about four-fifths the length of the mesonotum,
suljequal except for the gradually expanded ]Dosterior portion, median
segment about one-fourth the length of the metanotum alone. Abdo-
men considerably exceeding the head and thoracic segments in length,
the greatest width l^eing at the third and fourth segments; ninth dor-
sal segment tectate, carinate, lateral margins sinuate, the apex with a
median triangular emargination which exposes the truncate extremity
of the tectate and carinate supra-anal plate; subgenital plate scoop-
shaped, compressed, carinate. Limbs \-ery slender, the anterior pair
exceeding the others in length. Anterior femora exceeding, by more
than the length of the median segment, the combined length of the
head, pronotum and mesonotum, subtrigonal in section, superior ex-

1904.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41

ternal and inferior margin sparsely serrulate, lower surface with a
carina which is internal proximally but median distally; tibiee exceed-
ing the length of the femora by over the length of the head, pentagonal
in section. Median femora comparatively short, not quite equal to
the length of the mesonotum, subtrigonal in section, the superior
surface narrowly flattened, lower margins slightly expanded basally
and provided with several dentiform serrations, lower surface with the
weak median carina elevated apically and bearing several rather
slight dentiform processes, genicular lobes acute. Posterior femora
considerably exceeding the pronotum and mesonotum in length,
general structure identical with that of the median femora except
that the external inferior margin alone is expanded and developed into
but ofie dentiform serration; tibiae slightly exceeding the femora in
length, pentagonal in section, median inferior carina evenly elevated
in the proximal portion.

General color greenish-brown, paler anteriorly and posteriorly.

j\lcasurcmcnts.

Total length. 104.5 mm.

Length of pronotum 3.5 "

Length of mesonotmn 21 "

Lengthofmetanotum (wit li median segmeiii) 17 "

Length of abdomen. 57 "

Length of anterior femora. 32 ''

Length of anterior tibiae. 38 "

Length of median femora 20 "

Ijength of posterior femora 25.5 "

Genus DIXIPPUS StM.
1875. Dixippus Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, III, pp. 9 and 66.

Included crawangcnsis (Haan). nodosus (Haan), and uniformis

(Westwood). of which the first may be selected as the type.

Dixippus sumatranus (Haan).

1842. P[hasma] sumotrcmian Haan, Natuur. Gesch. Neder. Overzeesche
Bezitt., Plaaten, tab. 13, fig. 6. [Batang Singalang, Sumatra.]

One male; Goenong Soegi. Lampong, Sumatra. (A. C. Harrison,
Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller.) ^ [A. N. S. Phila.]

As Kirby has shown,^ this form is no doubt distinct from imdosus.
with which Haan confused it in his text, after having separated and
applied a name to it on his plate. Kirby's male specimen and the one
before me carry out the characters of the female figured l)y Haan. and

^ Trans. Linn. Soc. London, zool. ser., VI, 2d ser., pp. 458, 459.

42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

accordingly prove that the very different looking nodosus is something
quite distinct.

The male specimens from Baram, North Borneo examined by Kirby,
may prove to be a closely allied but distinct species, as the measure-
ments given are very much larger than those of the Sumatran individual
examined. The dimensions of the Goenong Soegi specimen are as
follows :

Total length . . 66 mm.

Length of pronotum, 2.7 "

Length of mesonotum 16 "

Length of metanotum (with median segment) 13 "

Length of abdomen, 33 "

Length of anterior femora (approximately), 13 ♦ "

Length of anterior tibia^ 12 "

Length of median femora, 9 "

Length of posterior femora, 11 "

Dixippus uniformis (Westwood).

1848. Phasma (Lonchodes) uniforme Westwood, Cabinet Orient. Entom.,
PI. XXXIX, fig. 3. [Prince of Wales' Island, Malacca.]

One male; Khow Sai Dow, Trong, Lower Siam, 1,000 feet elevation.
January-February, 1899. (Dr. W. L. Abbott.) [U. S. X. M.]

This specimen has the mesothorax and the metathorax each with a
broad median transverse band of rich grass green.

The distribution of the species is supposed to cover ^lalacca.
Sarawak and Amboina or Ceram.

Genus CARAUSIUS StM.
1875. Carausius Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, III, pp. 8 and 64.

Li eluded C. stncmosus and C. macer Stal, of which the former may
be considered the type.

Carausius bracatus n. sp.

Type.— 9 ; Trong, Lower Siam. (Dr. W. L. Abbott.) [Cat. No.
6,979, U. S. N. M.]

Apparently not closely allied to anj- of the previously known species
of the genus.

Size rather large; form elongate, subequal; surface of the head
and body nodulose. Head subequal in width; interspace between
the eyes bearing a transverse fold, which is crossed by a slight
median longitudinal sulcus, and developed into slight elevations
laterally; posterior part of the head with four slight transversely dis-
posed tubercles; eyes circular, moderatel}^ prominent; antenna? witli

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43

the first joint depressed, elongate-ovate in outline, second joint monili-
form and about one-third the length of the first. Pronotum about a
third again as long as broad ; posterior margin arcuate ; median trans-
verse sulcus arcuate, longitudinal sulcus much less distinct. Meso-
notum about four and one-half times the length of the pronotum, sub-
equal in width (except at the posterior articular portion). Metanotum
(with median segment) about twice the length of the head and pro-
notum; median segment equal to one-half of the metanotum alone.
Abdomen exceeding the head and thoracic segments in length, subequal
in width, apical segments wdth a median longitudinal carina, which
become more distinct as the apex is approached ; ninth dorsal segment
apparently tectate in life,* apex slightly sinuate; supra-anal plate
produced, acuminate, tectate, the apex triangularly emarginate; sub-
genital plate rugulose, carinate, apex with a distinct finger-like median
process. Limbs of moderate length, all compressed, the anterior pair
exceeding the others in size. Anterior femora slightly over twice the
length of the head and pronotum, compressed trigonal in section, each
margin with a foliaceous carinate ridge, lower surface with the median
carina prominent proximally, and bearing several dentiform serrations
distally; tibise equal to the femora in length, strongly compressed, the
dorsal portion bearing a marked foliaceous ridge, inferior surface
widely and deeply sulcate; metatarsi equal to the remaining tarsal
joints in length, superior portion strongly cristate; remaining tarsal
joints small, the apical one equal to the second and third in length.
Median femora equal to about two-thirds the length of the meson otum,
compressed, dorsal portion strongly carinate ; tibise equal to the femora
in length, pentagonal in section, external inferior carina with a basal
arcuate expansion; metatarsi equal to the second, third and fourth
tarsal joints together, dorsal surface not expanded. Posterior femora
two-thirds the length of the meson otum, compressed, dorsal aspect
carinate, genicular lobes subacuminate, internal inferior carina api-
cally expanded and bearing three distinct teeth; tibise equal to the
metanotum and median segment in length, pentagonal in section, dor-
sal surface sulcate, basal portion of the inferior median and the apical
portion of the dorsal carina roundly expanded ; metatarsi but slightly
longer than the terminal tarsal joint, dorsal surface not crested.

General color .-ed-brown, becoming dull umber on the limbs and
ashy-brown on the head.

* Distorted in the dried specimen.

44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Measurements.

Total length 125.5 mm.

Length of pronotum. 6 "

Length of mesonotum, 2S "

Jjength of metanotum (with median segment). 22 "

Length of abdomen 65 "

T^ength of anterior femora. 24 "

Length of anterior tibiae. 24.2 "

Length of median femora, LS "

Length of posterior femora,, 20 "

Carausius mammatus n. sp.

Type.— 9 ; Island of Obi, Moluccas. [A. N. S. Phila., presented bj^
Mr. Morgan Hebard.]

This new and interesting form exhibits some relationship with C.
mercurius Stal,^ from an unknown locality, but differs in the form of
the apical segments of the abdomen and the character of the expan-
sion of the anterior tibise. Kirby's Dixippus (?) insidaiis'^ from Thurs-
day Island appears to be related to the new form, but can be separated
by a number of characters.

Size rather large; form moderately slender; surface evenly rugulose.
Head slightly contracted posteriorly; interocular region with a trans-
verse ridge, incised centrally and laterally developed into acute erect
dentiform processes; eyes rather small, subovate; tubercles on the
posterior half of the head arranged in distinct longitudinal series ; an-
tennae not quite equal to half the length of the body, the basal joint
depressed, subovate, expanded, second joint half the length of the first.
Pronotum subequal in width, the anterior and posterior margins sub-
truncate, transverse median sulcus short. Mesonotum slightly ex-
panded posteriorly, a fine median carina present and extending a con-
siderable distance on the abdomen. Metanotum (with median seg-
ment) equal to two-thirds the length of the mesonotum, subequal in
width ; median segment slightly more than two-thirds the length of the
metanotum alone. Abdomen with the three basal segments longi-
tudinal, subequal in width; fourth segment with slight lateral expan-
sions on the apical half, slightly exceeding the basal segments in width ;
fifth segment strongly expanded and moderately inflated, the expansion
greatest on the apical portion, dorsal surface with a pair of median
transversely disposed mammillate tubercles ; sixth segment equal to the
first in width, in length equal to the fifth, both segments being some-
what shorter than the basal ones; seventh, eighth and ninth segments

^ Annales Soc. Entom. Belg., Comp.-rend., XX, p. Ixxii.
^ Trans. Linn. Soc, 2d ser, zool., VI, p. 460.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45

siibeqiial in width, tectate, the seventh ahiiost equal to the other two in
length, apical margin with the median portion truncate; supra-anal
plate moderately produced, truncate,, rounded; cerci very short, hardly
visible ; subgenital opercule equal to the apex of the supra-anal plate
in length, compressed, keeled, the posterior portion of the carina
irregularly dentate. Anterior femora slightly shorter than the meso-
notum in length, compressed, the superior margin considerably ex-
panded basally and undulate, inferior external margin apically with
two distinct teeth, external genicular lobes acute ; anterior tibiae about
equal in length to the femora, compressed, the superior margin with a
continuous foliaceous expansion which develops a slight premedian
lobe; metatarsi ecjual in length to the remaining tarsal joint, superiorly
with a foliaceous expansion equal in height to that on the tibiae ; fifth
tarsal joint almost equal in length to the second to fourth inclusive.
Median femora equal to the metanotum (with median segment) in
length, slightly compressed, the internal inferior margin armed apically
with two dentiform processes, external genicular lobes acute ; median
tibiae shorter than the femora and equal to the fifth and sixth abdomi-
nal segments in length, inferior median carina with a low basal expan-
sion/the superior carina with an apical bullate expansion of about equal
height; metatarsi not equal to the length of the remaining joints,
without any foliaceous expansion; fifth tarsal joint shorter than the
second to fourth inchisive. Posterior femora not quite reaching the
middle of the third abdominal segment, moderately compressed, sul-
cate above, internal genicular lobes acute, lateral inferior margins
armed apically with two spines, those on the internal margin prominent ;
posterior tibiae exceeding the femora and almost equal to the meso-
notum in length, median inferior carina with a low elongate foliaceous
expansion at the extreme base, apex with a bullate expansion similar
to the median tibiae; metatarsi about equal to the remaining tarsal
joints in length, fifth tarsal joint equal to the second and third in
length.

General color wood-brown, finely flecked with blackish, becoming
semi-ochraceous on the anterior limbs and antennae, the latter with
regiilarly disposed, usually incomplete annuli of blackish.

Measurements.

Length of body, 110 mm.

Length of pronotum, .... * 4.5 "

Length of mesonotum, 24.5 "

Length of metanotum (with median segment) 17 "

Length of median segment, 7.5 "

46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Measurements.

Length of abdomen, 59 mm.

I.iength of anterior femora, 22 "

Length of anterior tibiae, 23 ''

Length of median femora, 17 ''

Length of posterior femora, 19.5 "

Carausius obiensis n. sp.

Type. — ? ; Island of Obi, Moluccas. [A. N. S. Phila., presented by
Mr. Morgan Hebard.]

Allied to C. mammatits, but differing in the non-nodose fifth ab-
dominal segment, the absence of large spines in the head and foliaceous
expansions on the anterior metatarsi.

Size medium; form elongate; surface irregularly granulose. Head
rather short, subequal in width; interspace between the eyes with a
few rather large granules, but no distinct spines; eyes moderately
large, circular; antennae not equal to half the length of the body, basal
joint rather elongate, twdce as long as broad, depressed, second joint
not quite half the length of the first. Pronotum longitudinal, somewhat
compressed posteriorly; anterior margin truncate, posterior l^roadly
arcuate; median transverse sulcus short. Mesonotum slightly less
than half the length of the abdomen, a median longitudinal carina pres-
ent and continued to the apex of the al^domen. Metanotum (including
median segment) two-thirds the length of the mesonotum ; median seg-
ment tw^o-thirds the length of the metanotum alone, anterior margin
obtuse-angulate. Abdomen with supplementary lateral carinae in the
apical portion; five basal segments longitudinal, subequal in lengih;
sixth segment slightly shorter than the fifth ; seventh, eighth and ninth
segments together about equal to the sixth in length, subequal in width,
tectate; eighth and ninth segments transverse, each shorter than the
somewhat longitudinal seventh; supra-anal plate tectate, carinate,
the apical margin rounded; cerci depressed, broad, subacuminate,
not equalling the apex of the supra-anal plate in length; subgenital
opercule cymbiform, keeled, of moderate size, apex subacuminate but
not exceeding the apex of the supra-anal plate, the median carina api-
cally undulate. Anterior femora equal to five-sixths the length of the
mesonotum, moderately compressed, superior carina slightly expanded
and undulate basally, external inferior carina bearing two preapical
dentiform processes; anterior tibiae equal in length to the femora,
compressed, superior carina developed into a rather low even lamellate
ridge which divides apically and encloses a comparatively broad
shallow sulcus, inferior median carina developed similar to the superior

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47

carina; metatarsi equal to the remaining tarsal joints in length, Init
slightly dilated superiorly; fifth tarsal joint equal to the second to
fourth inclusive in length. Median femora almost equal to the meta-
notum (with median segment) in length, external inferior margin
armed apically with two dentiform processes; median tibia? slightly
shorter than the femora, apically with a slight tumidity, the inferior
median carina with a low triangular basal expansion; metatarsi not
quite equal to the remaining tarsal joints in length, not dilated; fifth
tarsal joint about equal to the second to fourth joints inclusive. Pos-
terior femora reaching to the base of the third abdominal segment,
slightly compressed, internal inferior margin apically with two denti-
form processes, internal genicular lobes spiniform; posterior tibia>
equal to five-sixths the length of the mesonotum, slightly tumid at the
apex, inferior median carina with a low triangular l^asal lobe ; metatarsi
equal to the remaining tarsal joints in length, not dilated; fifth tarsal
joint equal to the second and third in length.

General color ochraceous-brown streaked with wood-brown, a line
of the latter tint following the central line of the body, and reinforced
on the metanotum and abdomen by lateral lines of the same tint.
Antennae ochraccous with usually imperfect annuli of blackish. Limbs
mottled with blackish-brown on the anterior pair, and rather solid
purplish-brown on the posterior pair.

Measurements.

Length of body, 83 mm.

Length of pronotum, 3.5

Length of mesonotum, 19.2

Length of metanotum (including median segment), . . . 13.5 "

Length of median segment, 6

Length of abdomen, 44.5

Length of anterior femora, 17

Length of anterior tibiae, 17

Length of median femora, 12.5

Length of posterior femora, 14.5

Subfamily HETERONEMIN^ {Bacunculince) .

Genus HESPEROPHASMA Rehn.

1872. Phantasis Saussure, Miss. Scient. Mexiq. TAmer. Cent., Orth., p. ISS.

(Not of Tliomson, 1860.)
1901. Hesperophasma Rehn, Canad. Entom., XXXIII, p. 271.

Type. — By selection, Phasma plamdum Westwood.

Hesperophasma planulum (Westwood).

1859. Phasma planulum Westwootl, Catal. Orth. Ins. Brit. Mus., I, p. 34,
PI. 1, fig. 7. [San Domingo.]

One female; no data. [A. N. S. Phila. »

48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Genus CEROYS Serville."
1S39. Ceroijs Serville, Orthopteres, p. 262.

Inchided perfoliatus Gray and multispiiiosus Serville, of which the
former may be considered the type.
Ceroys bigibbus n. sp.

Type.— 9 ; Nicaragua. [Cat. Xo. 6,973, U. S. N. M.]

Apparently closer related to C. rabdota Westwood than to any other
species of the genus. From this it may be separated by the spinose
mesonotum, the comparatively shorter limbs, the absence of any very
marked appendages to the basal abdominal segments, and the very
different character of the apical segments of the abdomen.

Size medium; form rather elongate; surface rugulose, lobate and
spinulose. Head longitudinal; occiput with a pair of prominent ear-
like processes, the extreme posterior margin with a pair of blunt spini-
form processes; eyes subspherical, moderately prominent; antennse
about equal in length to the pronotum and mesonotum, basal joint
strongly depressed. Pronotum slightly longitudinal, saddle-shaped;
surface strongly tuberculate, a distinct paired series extending on either
side of the faint median longitudinal sulcus; anterior margin with a
pair of medium size, rounded tubercles; posterior margin with a pair
of very jDrominent spinous processes. Mesonotum about four times
the length of the pronotum, somewhat constricted anteriorly, slightly
expanded centrally ; median portion with a pair of low transverse carini-
form lobes; posterior margin with two small pairs of median rounded
lobes; lateral borders with a row of low rounded fold-like tubercles.
Metanotum (with median segment) two-fifths the length of the meso-
notum, immediately anterior to the median segment two low rourded
lobes are developed; median segment very small, not one-fifth the
length of the whole segment ; supra-coxal region of the metathoracic
segment margined by a saw-like series of rounded lobules. Abdomen
slightly exceeding the thorax in length, the six basal segments all trans-
verse or subtransverse, each segment with the posterior margin with
two median pairs of lobules; sixth dorsal segment depressed, laterally
supplied with rounded foliaceous expansions; seventh and eighth seg-
ments somewhat compressed, subcarinate, the posterior margins irregu-
larly sinuate and serrate ; ninth segment strongly depressed posteriorly,
tuberculate, apex with the median portion sinuate; supra-anal plate
produced, convex, apex narrowly rounded ; subgenital opercule reaching
slightly beyond the apex of the supra-anal plate, longitudinally striate,

' Stal's Caulonia {Recensio OrthojAerorum , III, p. 74, 1875) is apparently
nothing more than a synonym of Serville's genus.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49

lateral borders emarginate, apex rectangulate. Limbs rather short; all
lobato to a greater or lesser extent. Anterior femora three times the
length of the pronotum, basal flexure occup^ang almost half the entire
femur, superior margin with an apical dentate foliaceous lobe; tibiae
about equal to the femora in length, superior margin with four rounded
lobes, decreasing in size toward the apex; metatarsi short, exceeded in
length by the terminal tarsal joint and about equal to the second and
third together. Median femora about equal to the anterior femora in
length, posterior superior margin with a large bidentate apical lobe and
several smaller ones distributed between the large one and the proximal
extremity, anterior superior margin wdth several low rounded lobules,
inferior margins with several low lobules and a median bidentate apical
lobe; tibiae about equal to the femora in length, the superior margin
with three lobules decreasing in size toward the apex ; metatarsi as in
the anterior limbs. Posterior femora equal to the four basal joints of
the abdomen in length, the superior margin with three large subpyrami-
dal lobes, the largest being bilobate and placed at the distal extremity,
several small lobules are located between the larger lobes, inferior
margins with several small low^ lobules, the apical larger than any of the
others and strongly bilobate; posterior tibiae exceeding the femora
by half the length of the fifth abdominal segment, superior surface
with three rounded lobules, decreasing in size toward the distal
extremity; metatarsi as in the anterior limbs.

General color brownish-black, becoming reddish-brown toward the
apex of the abdomen ; antennae with the three terminal segments pale
ochraceous.

Mcasiirouenfs.

Total length, 78 mm.

Length of pronotum, 5.5 ''

Length of mesonotum, 22 "

Length of metanotum (including median segment), . . . 9.5 '"

Length of median segment L9 '"

Length of abdomen 39 '"

Length of anterior femora, 14.8"

T>ength of anterior tibiae, 15.5 '"

Length of median femora 12.5 '"

Length of posterior femora, 16

There is a small female specimen from Tueurrique, Costa Rica, in

the U. S. National ]\Iuseum collection, Avhich resembles very much

the type of bigibbus. A number of points of difference, however, exist.

but as these conditions in the specimen may be due to immaturity. I

4

50 PROCEEDINGS OF TFIE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

have provisionally determined it as this species. The following is a
brief diagnosis :

Size small; form somewhat slenderer than in the type, but otherwise
similar. Head with the auricular appendages very prominent, the
margins sinuate, about reaching the posterior margin of the head;
eyes ovate. Mesonotum with the median processes as in the type, but
more pronounced; a distinct longitudinal median carina developed.
Metanotum with a distinct median carina; lateral margins with
distinct sinuous carinse. Abdomen as in the type, but all of the
longitudinal plicae exaggerated; lateral lobes of the sixth dorsal
segment not differing materially from that of the other specimen;
seventh dorsal segment about equal to the sixth in length, tectate,
strongly carinate; eighth and ninth segments subequal in length,
supplied with a number of sinuous longitudinal rugse, the eighth
apically supplied with a median pair of low rounded lobes, the ninth
with the apical margin truncate; supra-anal plate moderately pro-
duced, rounded, hirsute ; cerci very short, simple, not extending beyond
the apical margin of the ninth dorsal abdominal segment; subgenital
opercule extending slightly beyond the apex of the eighth dorsal seg-
ment, carinate, apex rectangulate ; terminal ventral segment rectangu-
late; apex narrowly incised. Limbs as in the type but stouter.

Measurements.

Total length, 46 mm.

Length of pronotum, 3.5 "

Length of mesonotum, 12 "

Length of metanotum (with median segment), 6 "

Length of median segment, 2.1 "

Length of abdomen, 2.3 "

Length of anterior femora, 9 "

Length of anterior tibiffi, 8 "

Length of median femora, 6.5 "

Length of posterior femora, 9.5 "

Genus DIAPHEROMERA Gray.
1S35. Diapheromcra Gray, Synops. Pliasm., pp. 13 and IS.
Type. — Diaiphcromera sayi Gray = Spectrum jemoratum Say.

Diapheromcra calcarata (Burmeister).

1S3S. B\acteria\ (Bacvnculus) calcarata Burmeister, Handb. d. Entom.
II, p. 56G. [Mexico.]

Four specimens, two males and two females : Alta Mira, Tamaulipas,
Mexico, Jime 28, 1903. (M. E. Hoag.) [A. X. S. Phila.] Guaymas.
Sonora, Mexico. [U. S. N. M.]

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51

The iTi,ale of this species is, as noted by Saussure,* ahiiost identical
with that of D. femorata, but the female can readily be distinguished
by the comparatively robust limbs and short conoid cerci. The
female from Alta Mira is interesting, as it possesses two short spinous
interocular processes, but is in every other detail perfectly typical of
the species. The male from Guaymas has the right anterior limb
aborted. Saussure has recorded this species from near Tampico.

Genus SERMYLE Stai.^
1875. Sermyle Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, III, pp. 23 and 76.

Type. — As restricted,*** Acanthoderus mexicanus Saussure.
Sermyle physconia n. sp.

Types. — c^ and 9 ; Piedras Negras, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burg-
dorf.) [Cat. No. 6,975, U. S. N. M.]

Allied to S. mexicana (Saussure), but differing in the female in the
reduced expansion of the fifth abdominal segment, the much longer
sixth, and the less compressed seventh, eighth and ninth segments. As
the male of mexicana has been imperfectly described, comparison is
hardly possible. From S. cetolus (Westwood) it can readily be dis-
tinguished by the smaller size and shorter genital opercule.

d^ . — Size medium ; form elongate ; surface subglabrous. Head rather
elongate, but slightly expanded anteriorly; interspace between the
eyes with a pair of erect dentiform tubercles; eyes subcircular, de-
cidedly prominent; antennae over twice the length of the anterior fem-
ora, basal joint depressed. Pronbtum longitudinal, over half again as
long as broad, median transverse sulcus deeply impressed. Mesonotum
slender, two and a half times the length of the head and pronotum
together, subequal (except posteriorly), rounded. Metanotum (with
median segment) equal to three-fourths the length of the mesonotum,
similar in shape to the mesonotum but more robust ; median segment
subquadrate, equal to one-fifth the length of the metanotum alone.
Abdomen slender, elongate, all segments longitudinal; seventh seg-
ment compressed, but apically dilated; eighth segment slightly longi-
tudinal, apically compressed, practically fused with the seventh;
ninth segment slightly over half the length of the seventh, bullate,
moderately expanded, apical margin with a comparatively deep median

^ Miss. Scientifiq. Mexiq., Orth., p. 165.

' The genus Pseudosermyle, created by Caudell {Proc. U. S. Nat. Mas., XX^T,
p. 867), includes the forms having trifid cerci in the male. The Mexican Bac-
teria tridens Burmeister is accordingly a member of the genus Pseudosermyle.
No such foliaceous lobes are developed in this genus as are found in true
Sermyle.

'» Vide Caudell, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, p. S67.

52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

emargiiiation ; cerci very slightly incurved, apically decurvecl^ internal
inferior margin with a blunt basal tubercle, surface strongly hirsute ; first
segment of the genital opercule bearing a recurved claw-like process
immediately before the apex; second segment of the opercule hastate.
Limbs slender, without distinct foliaceous expansions. Anterior
femora half again as long as the mesonotum, trigonal in section ; tibiae
slightly exceeding the femora in length, quadrate in section ; metatarsi
considerably exceeding the remaining tarsal joints in length. Medi-
an femora equal in length to the mesonotum, slightly curved, sub-
quadrate in section, genicular lobes triangular; tibise equal to the
femora in length, compressed; metatarsi slightly shorter than the
remaining tarsal joints. Posterior femora reaching to the middle of
the fifth abdominal segment, equal to the head, pronotiun and meso-
notum in length, slightly curved, subquadrate in section; tibise slightly
longer than the femora; metatarsi slightly longer than the remaining
tarsal joints.

General color greenish-brown; limbs annulate with pale ochraceous.

9 . — Form elongate, moderately robust; size medium; surface gran-
ulose. Head somewhat elongate, strongly tuberculate; interspace
between the eyes with a pair of erect foliaceous lobes, the margins of
which are irregularly crenulate ; eyes subcircular, moderately promi-
nent; antennae over twice the length of the anterior femora, basal joint
depressed. Pronotum longitudinal, slightly expanded posteriorly;
median transverse sulcus distinctly marked. Mesonotum about twice
as long as head and pronotum together, subequal; median longitudinal
carina distinctly marked, subobsolete posteriorly. Metanotum (with
median segment) about three-fourths the length of the mesonotum,
subequal ; median segment about one-third as long as the metanotum
itself, transverse. Abdomen exceeding the head and thoracic seg-
ments in length, subequal in width, surface longitudinally striate as
well as tuberculate ; fifth segment with the median portion of the apical
margin bearing a pair of small converging foliaceous lobes; sixth seg-
ment equal to the fifth in length, subequal to the latter in width ;
seventh and ninth segments subequal in length, eighth trans-
verse, apical margin of the ninth segment obtusely produced and
with a broad V-shaped median emargination ; styles broad, de-
pressed, somewhat produced apically; subgenital plate produced,
reaching to the posterior margin of the eighth dorsal segment,
carinate, apex subacuminate with a narrow triangular median emargi-
nation. Limbs of rather slender build and but moderate length.
Anterior femora exceeding the length of the mesonotum by the length

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHL\. 53

of the median segment, compressed in the apical two-thirds, subquad-
rate in section ; tibiae exceeding the femora by almost the length of the
pronotum, quadrate in section; metatarsi very considerably exceeding
the remaining tarsal joints in length. Median femora slightly exceed-
ing the metanotnm (with median segment) in length, subquadrate in
section, inferior margins with an irregularly rounded prebasal lobe,
genicular lobes acuminate; tibiae subequal to the femora in length,
quadrate in section; metatarsi considerably shorter than the remain-
ing tarsal joints. Posterior femora slightly exceeding the second to
fourth abdominal segments in length, subquadrate in section; tibiae
slightly longer than the femora in length, quadrate in section; meta-
tarsi but slightly shorter than the remaining tarsal joints.

General color yellowish-brown (green in life?), becoming yellowish-
green on the limbs.

Measurements.

& ?

Total length, 63 mm. 76.3 mm.

Length of pronotum, 2.6 " 4 "

Length of mesonotum, 14.5 " 16.5 "

Length of metanotum (with median

segment), 12 " 12.5 "

Length of abdomen, 33 " approx. 48 **

Length of anterior femora, .... 20.5 " 18.1 "

Length of anterior tibiae, 22.5 " 21.5 "

Length of median femora, 15 " 14.2 "

Length of posterior femora, .... 19.5 " 20 "

One additional female specimen from the type locality has also been
examined. It is considerably smaller than the type, but otherwdse
perfectly identical.

Genus HETERONEMIA Gray."
1835. Heteronemia Gray, Synopsis Spec. Ins. Fam. Phasm., pp. 13 and 19.
Type. — H. mexicana Gray.

Heteronemia yersiniana (Saussure).

1868. Bacteria Yersiniana Saussure, Re\aie et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser.,
XX, p. 65. [Porto Rico.]

One male; Utuado, Porto Rico, April 6, 1900. (Dr. C. W. Rich-
mond.) [U. S. N. M.]

^^ There seems no escape from the substitution of this name for the species to
which the time-honored name Bacunculus has been applied. Gray's name has
three years' priority, and though based on partially abnormal characters, its true
position has been definitely shown by Westwood (Cat. Orth. Ins. Brit. Mus., I,
pp. 25-26).

54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Heteronemia ignava n. sp.

Types. — c? and 9 ; Piedras Negras, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burg-
dorf.) [Cat. No. 6,976, U. S. N. M.]

Apparently closely related to H. mexicana Gray and H. striata (Bur-
meister), but differing from the former in the stouter body, longer limbs
and different abdominal appendages in the male; and from striata in
the shorter seventh abdominal segment in the male, and the different
proportions of the three terminal segments in the female. From H.
festuca (GigHo-Tos), another ally, it can readily be .separated by the
character of the female subgenital opercule, which is tridentate in
festuca.

(S". — Size rather small; form moderately slender, subequal; surface
chiefly glabrous. Head subequal, dorsal aspect bearing about fom-
longitudinal rows of minute blunt tubercles; eyes very prominent;
antennse rather robust, about equal to half the entire length, basal
joint somewhat depressed, the greatest width basal. Pronotum sub-
equal in width, over half again as long as broad. Meson otum very
slightly expanded posteriorly, equal to the median femora in length.
Metanotum (with median segment) al^out three-fourths the length of
the mesonotum; median segment slightly transverse, about one-fifth
the total length of the metanotum. Abdomen with the segments
longitudinal, but about equal in width to the mesonotum; seventh
dorsal segment slightly bullate apically and fused with the short eighth
segment, the Hne of demarcation being hardly visible; ninth dorsal
segment operculate, somewhat bullate, the apical margin with a deep
V-shaped median emargination ; cerci but slightly shorter than the
ninth segment, compressed, slightly decurved and provided with a
dentiform point at the lower angle of the apical margin; subgenital
opercule with the apical margin rounded, and provided with an acute
ungual preapical hook. Limbs rather short, femora and tibiae sub-
quadrate in section, all unarmed. Anterior femora and tibiae each
equal to the pronotum, mesonotum and half of the head in length;
metatarsi equal to the remaining joints in length. Median femora
and tibiae equal to the mesonotum in length; metatarsi considerably
shorter than the remaining tarsal joints. Posterior femora reaching
to the apex of the fourth abdominal segment; tibiae slightly exceeding
the femora in length; metatarsi about equal to the remaining tarsal
joints in length.

General color pale greenish-yellow, becoming brownish on the limbs
and apex of the abdomen; head with faint longitudinal bars of dull
brown.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55

$ . — Size rather small ; form slender, thoracic width greater than
the abdominal wdclth; surface very sparsely and minutely tuberculate.
Head subequal in width, slightly larger than the pronotum, surface
bearing longitudinal rows of minute tubercles; eyes prominent; an-
tennae exceeding half the length of head and body, basal joint slightly
depressed, subequal in width. Pronotum subequal in width, twice as
long as broad. Mesonotum equal in length to the posterior femora,
subequal in width, bearing a faint longitudinal carina which extends to
the apex of the abdomen. Metanotum (with median segment) about
three-fourths the length of the mesonotum; median segment subquad-
rate, equal to one-fifth the length of the metanotum alone. Abdomen
with the segments strongly longitudinal, not equalling the thoracic seg-
ments in width, seventh dorsal segment tectate, about equal in length
to the eighth and ninth together; ninth segment strongly tectate,
carinate, the apical margin with a small triangular emargination ;
styles projecting beyond the ninth dorsal segment by slightly OA'er
half the length of the latter, compressed, apex rounded; subgenital
opercule slightly exceeding the apical margin of the eighth dorsal seg-
ment in length, apex subacuminate, the preapical portion with a short
ungual process. Limbs rather short, the femora and tibiae sub-
equal in length. Anterior femora equal to the pronotum and meso-
notum in length; metatarsi exceeding the remaining tarsal joints in
length. Median femora slightly longer than the metanotum (with
median segment); tibiae slightly shorter than the femora; metatarsi
not quite equal to the remaining tarsal joints in length. Posterior
femora reaching to the middle of the fourth abdominal segment; meta-
tarsi about equal to the remaining tarsal joints.

General color dull olive-brown, the limbs obscurely annulate with
very dull ochraceous; tubercles on head and thoracic segments milk}'
white.

MeasiiremerUs.

Total length 50.5 mm. 54 mm.

Length of pronotum, 2.2 " 2.5 "

Length of mesonotum, n.5 " 12.2 "

Length of metanotum (including median seg-
ment), " 9 '' 10 "

Length of abdomen, 26 " 28.5 "

Length of anterior femora. ....... 15.5 " 14.5 "

Length of anterior tibiae, 15 " 14 . "

Length of median femora 11.2 " 10.5 "

Leng-th of posterior femora, 13.5 " 12.5 "

Three female topotypes of this forin a.s:roe perfectly with the type,

56 PROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

except that two of them are shghtly hghter in color, much as in the
male. This is, of course, of little consequence, being due entirely to
the condition of the specimen. A smaller female from Atcnas, Costa
Rica, is greenish-white in color, but otherwise is perfectly typical.

Genus OREOPHOETES n. gen.12

Allied to Heteronemia, but distinguished by the peculiar structure
of the apical abdominal segments and the shape of the pronotum.

Pronotum slightly longitudinal, the anterior angles considerably
produced, rounded; median transverse suture very distinct; postero-
lateral angles depressed. Abdomen comparatively short, the basal
segments but slightly longitudinal; sixth dorsal segment compressed,
carinate ; seventh dorsal segment very slightly shorter than the sixth,
carinate, rather bullate apically; eighth segment slightly longer than
the sixth segment, slightly depressed, carinate ; ninth segment trans-
verse, apex with broad triangular emargination ; cerci subequal in
width, slightl}^ longer than the ninth dorsal segment. Sixth ventral
abdominal segment compressed, carinate; seventh compressed, cari-
nate, about half the length of the sixth ; eighth segment about half the
length of the seventh, compressed but not carinate; subgenital oper-
cule bullate, equal in length to the eighth dorsal segment, apex rotun-
dato-truncate, apical margin strongly reflexed, forming a yexy distinct
rim. Limbs elongate, unarmed.

Type. — Bacteria peruana Saussure.

Oreophoetes peruana (Saussure).

1868. Bacteria Peruana Saussure, Re^^.le et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser.,
XX, p. 65. [Peru.]

One -male; Piches and Perene A'alleys, Peru, 2,000-3,000 feet.
(Soc. Geog. de Lima.) [U. S. N. M.]

This species has been recorded by Saussure from the plateau of
Peru, beside the very broad type locality.

Genus DYME StSl.

1875. Dyme Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, III, pp. 24 and 77.

Type. — Di/me hify^ons Stal.

Dyme bifrons StM?

1S75. D[i/7ne] bijrons Stal, Recen.<io Orthopterorum, III, p. 77. [Peru.]

One male; Piches and Perene Valleys, Peru, 2,000-3,000 feet.
(Soc. Geog. de Lima.) [U. S. N. M.]

While this specimen is but two-thirds the size of the type male of
bifrons, the proportions are about the same. The eighth dorsal

^'^ ovpso(l)<)iTnr, mounfoin nym ph. in allusion to the locality of the type species.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57

abdominal segment exhibits no such character as "anguhs posticis in
dentem sat longum productis instructo/' and for that reason I have
queried the determination, ahhough the specimen fully agrees other-
wise.

Genus CALYNDA Stdl.
1875. Calynda Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum. Ill, pp. 24 and 78.
Type. — C. bicuspis Stal.

Calynda bicuspis StM.

187.5. C[alynda] hicuspis Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, III, p. 78. [Chi-
riqui.]

One female; Tucurriciue, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burgdorf.)
[U. S. N. M.]

This specimen is considerably larger than Stal's type, but agrees
absolutely with the diagnostic characters given by him. A character
apparently overlooked by Stal is the presence of a rounded foliaceous
lobe on the basal portion of the inferior lateral carinas of the median
femora.

Genus BOSTEA StM.

1875. Bostra Stal, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handlingar, bd. 2,
No. 17, p. 6.

Type. — Bacteria turgida Westwood.
Bostra incompta n. sp.

Type. — d^; San Carlos, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [Cat.
No. 6,977, U. S. N. M.]

Apparently closer related to B. turgida (Westwood) than to B. dor-
suaria Stal, From turgida it differs in the very much greater size and
the shape of the terminal abdominal segments. From dorsuaria it
can readily be distinguished by the unarmed head and smaller size.

Size large; form very slender and elongate ; surface glabrous. Head
rather short, very slightly longer than the pronotum, subequal in
width ; eyes circular, not prominent ; antennae about equal to the body
in length, basal joint oblong, scarcely depressed. Pronotum subequal
in width, half again as long as broad. Mesonotum slightly shorter than
the median femora, slender and subequal except for a slight posterior
expansion. Metanotum (with median segment) not cjuite three-
fourths the length of the mesonotum, scarcely wider than the meso-
notum; median segment equal to over two-thirds the length of the
metanotum itself. Abdomen with the six basal segments elongate,
all at least three times as long as broad, the length of segments decreas-
ing toward the apex; seventh dorsal segment somewhat bullate.

58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan..

slightly longer than broad; eighth segment equal to the seventh in
length, compressed, lateral portions produced inferiorly, the margins
roimded except the posterior angle which is slightly acuminate; ninth
dorsal segment very slightly longer than broad, somewhat bullate.
apical margin truncate with a very broad shallow median emargination ;
cerci rather small, slightly clavate, curved ; subgenital opercule not quite
equalling the apex of the eighth dorsal segment, large, compressed, tec-
tate, apical portion with a longitudinal keel which develops a blunt
point below and slightly posterior to the superior margin. limbs
very slender and elongate, carinate, unarmed. Anterior femora equal
to the head, pronotum and meson otum in length; tibise exceeding the
femora by the length of the head and pronotum; metatarsi slight!}-
exceeding the remaining tarsal joints in length. Median femora equal to
the mesonotum in length ; tibia exceeding the femora by the length of
the pronotum; metatarsi equal to the remaining tarsal joints in length.
Posterior femora reaching to the apex of the fourth abdominal segment :
tibiae exceeding the femora by about half the length of the first
abdominal segment ; metatarsi slightly exceeding the remaining tarsal
joints in length.

General color brownish-olive, dark in the genicular regions and pale
on the head, pronotum, apex of the abdomen and proximal portions of

the femora.

Measurements.

Total length, 107^ mm.

Length of pronotum 3.7

Length of mesonotum, ,27

Length of metanotum (with median segment), .... 20 "

Length of abdomen, 56 "

Length of anterior femora 34.5 "

Length of anterior tibiae, 42 "

Length of median femora, 28 "

Length of posterior femora, 33.5 "

Two additional specimens of this species have been examined, one
a topotype, the other from Piedras Negras, Costa Pica. They agree
perfectly with the type in structure and coloration.
Bostra remiformis n. sp.

Type. — 2 ; Piedras Negras, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burgdorf.)
[Cat. No. 6,978, U. S. N. M.]

Apparently not allied to the only species of the genus, B. turgida
Westwood, known from the female. It does not appear to be the
female of any of the species based on the opposite sex. From the female
of B. turgida it differs in the non-spinous body, the triangularly emar-

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59

ginate apex of the ninth dorsal abdominal segment, the very different
cerci, and the unarmed limbs.

Size medium; form very slender and elongate; surface subglabrous.
Head rather elongate, narxowed posteriorly; eyes subcircular, not
prominent; antennae slightly exceeding half the length of the body,
filiform, basal joint moderately depressed. Pronotum about twice as
long as broad. Mesonotum about equal in length to the posterior
femora. Metanotum (with median segment) not quite three-fourths
the length of the mesonotum ; median segment two-thirds the length of
the metanotum itself. Abdomen with six basal segments subequal
in length; seventh, eighth and ninth segments sharply tectate. the
seventh slightly exceeding either of the others in length, ninth with the
apical margin with a liroad rounded median emargination, exposing
the rounded apex of the supra-anal plate; cerci elongate, depressed,
paddle-shaped, slightly exceeding the ninth segment in length, apex
rounded; subgenital opercule short, not reaching to the apical margin
of the eighth dorsal segment, apex triangular produced, the preapical
portion developing a recurved ungual process. limits of moderate
length, strongly carinate and compressed. Anterior femora slighth^
exceeding the mesonotum in length ; tibise slightly exceeding the fem-
ora in length; metatarsi slightly exceeding the remaining tarsal joints
in length. Median femora about five-sixths the length of the meso-
notum ; tibiae about equal to the femora in length ; metatarsi equalled in
length by the remaining tarsal joints. Posterior femora equal to three
and a half of the fourth basal abdominal segments; tibise equal to the
four basal segments; metatarsi exceeding the remaining tarsal joints
in length.

General color yellowish-brown (probably green in life), very pale on
the anterior limbs.

Measurefnents.

Total length, 78 mm.

Length of pronotum 3 "

Length of mesonotum, 18.1 "

Length of metanotum (including median segment), . . . 13.5 "

Length of abdomen (including cerci), 41.2 "

Length of anterior femora, 20 ''

Length of anterior tibise, 21.5 "

Length of median femora, 15.5 "

Length of posterior femora, 19 "

Genus ONCOTOPHASMA n. gen.

Type. — Bostra martini Griffini.

Body of medium build ; pronotum for the greater part slenderer than
the abdomen. Metathorax strongly inflated and rugose; the tumid

60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

section involving the pleura as well as the dorsal portion, but not the
metasternum, which is, however, strongly rugose; anterior portion
of the nietathorax not inflated. Median segment half again as long as
broad, about equal to half the length of the metanotum itself. Ante-
rior and median limbs without prominent spines, except the genicular
lobes of the median femora which are spiniform, and two median
apical spines on the inferior surface of the same limbs. Posterior
femora inflated, armed along the median inferior carina with seven or
eight distinct spines, the apical ones of large size, genicular lobes spini-
form; tibise with the carinse serrulate, the inferior pair also provided
with dentiform spines.

This genus is near Bostra, but can be separated by the swollen
metathorax and enlarged and strongly armed posterior femora. It
will include Bostra podagrica Stal,^^ which has all the characters of
Oncotophasma except the swollen metathorax, the character of which
Stal does not mention. The two genera may be separated as follows:

Males.

A. — Posterior femora unarmed ; intermediate femora not spined

apically, Bostra Stal.

AA. — Posterior femora strongly spinose ; intermediate femora apically
bispinose, Oncotophasma Rehn.

Oncotophasma martini (GrifEni).

1896. B[ostra]]Mar(ini Griffini, Bollettino del Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia
comparata, XI, No. 236, p. 10, fig. [Forests by the lagoon of Pita,
Darien, Colombia.]

One male; San Carlos, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S.

N. M.]

Genus CLONISTSIA Stil.

1875. Clonistria Stal, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handlingar,
Band 2, No. 17, p. 6.

Type.^ — Clonistria hartholomaa Stal.

Clonistria linearis (Drury)?

1770. [Mantis] linearis Drury, III. Nat. Hist. Exot. Ins., I, p. 130, and
Append., PI. L, fig. 3. [Antigua.]

One male; Jamaica. [U. S. N. M.]

As considerable uncertainty has prevailed regarding the identity
of Drury's linearis, a question which cannot satisfactorily be settled
without a study of Antiguan material, I have queried the determi-
nation.

The specimen in hand has the under surface of the head marked with

^^ Recensio Orthopterorum, III, p. 79

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61

blackish, while the whole upper surface is dull greenish more or less
distinctly overcast with brownish.

J Subfamily BACTERIN^ {PalopUnce Kirby").
Genus CLADOMORPHUS Gray.
1835. Cladomorphus Gray, Synop. Ins. Fam. Phasmid., p. 15.
Type. — As restricted by Serville, C. phyllinus Gray.^^

Cladomorphus phyllinus Gray.

183.5. C[ladomorphtis] phyllinus Grav, Syiiop. Ins. Fam. Phasmid., p. 15
[Brazil.]

One female; San Antonio dc Jesu, Brazil. [A. N. S. Phila.]
This specimen is equal to the measurements given by Saussure.^®
I have adopted the above generic and specific names in preference to
Phihalosoma lepeletierii, agreeing with Kirby" that page prioritj'
should be applied to this case, regardless of usage as to one sex having
a systematic value superior to the other.

Genus PTERINOXYLUS Serville.
1839. Pterinoxylvs ServiUe, Orthopteres, p. 226.
Type. — P. difformipes Serville ( = Haplopus eucnemis Burmeister).

Pterinoxylus eucnemis (Burmeister)?

1838. H[npJopus\ eucnernis Burmeister, Handb. d. Entom., II, p. 577.
[Interior Brazil.]

Three specimens, all immature ; two males, one female ; Tucurrique
and Turrialba, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. N. M.]

This series, while all immature, range in size from 46 to 93 millimeters
in total length, and agree perfectly with each other in the character
of the lobes and nodes. The figure of Burmeister's type given by
Westwood^^ appears to represent a form having the lobes more rounded
and not so distinctly acuminate as in the Costa Rican individuals.

Genus BACTERIA Lepeletier and Serville.
1827. Bacteria Lepeletier and Serville, Encj'clop. Method., Ins., X, p. 445.
Type. — Mantis ferula Fabricius { = arumatia Stoll)."

^* As T have not had the opportunity to examine more than a single specimen of
the genera which Kirby (Trans. lAnn. Soc. London, 2dser., VI, p. 464) transferred
to tlie Heteronemince {Bacunculince Auct.), I have not accepted his action. It is
very evident that Bacteria at least is closely related to the Heteronemince, but
Kirby's remarks are so brief that we glean little regarding the characters on
which he proposes the removal.

^^ Of the four original species of the genus but one (perfoliatus) has been
removed, and that to Ceroys by Serville in 1S39.

'* Recerch. Zool. I'Amer. Cent., Mexiqne, Orth., p. ISO.

'' Proc. Royal Dublin Soc., n. s., VI, p. .571.

'« Cat. Orth. Ins. Brit. Mus., I, PI. XXXVI, fig. 1.

'* The name Bacteria was first used in the Latin form by Lepeletier and Ser-

62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Bacteria cubensis (Saussure).

1S6S. Phyhalomma Cvbensis Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e
ser., XX, p. 67. [Cuba.]

One female; Baracoa, Cuba, February 4, 1902. (William Palmer.)
[U. S. N. M.]

As the female of this species has never before been recorded, a
description may prove of interest.

Size medium; form elongate; surface smooth. Head somewhat
longitudinal, depressed, posterior portion constricted; interocular
region with several transverse depressions; occiput with a fine longi-
tudinal sulcus; eyes globose, very prominent; antennse not quite half
as long as the body, basal joint elongate-depressed. Pronotum longi-
tudinal, almost twice as long as broad ; transverse median depression
slightly in ad^^ance of the middle ; anterior portion with a transverse
depression immediately posterior to the anterior margin ; longitudinal
median carina slight. IMesonotum nearly six times as long as the
pronotum, subequal in width except for a shght anterior constriction
and a moderate expansion in the supra-coxal region. Metanotum
(with median segment) three-fifths the length of mesonotum; median
segment occupying about three-fifths the length of the whole segment.
Abdomen about equal to the thorax in length; four basal segments
longitudinal, equal in size; fifth dorsal segment somewhat inflated
apically; sixth segment compressed, tectate, carinate, slightly shorter
than the preceding segments in length ; seventh and eighth segments
subequal in size, tectate, carinate, the posterior portion of the carina
produced into a small rounded process ; ninth segment about equal to
the eighth in length, tectate, carinate, the lateral aspects each
bearing a low boss-like rounded swelling, apical margin with a very
shallow emargination, exposing the extreme tip of the supra-anal
plate ; cerci not half the length of the ninth dorsal segment, acuminate ;
subgenital opercule elongate, attenuate, apex decidedly acuminate,
reaching to the apex of the ninth dorsal segment. Anterior femora
and tibiae compressed, each almost equal to the mesonotum in length;
metatarsi equal to the remaining joints in length, superior surface
with a distinct foliaceous crest. Median femora and tibise somewhat

ville, but is usually credited to Latreille. liatreille (Fam. Nat. Regn. Anim., p,
412, 1825) published simply the French form Bacterie, and included no species
under it. In 1807, Latreille (Gen. Crust, et Insect., Ill, pp. 87-88) divided the
stnus Phasma into two sections, the first of which he subdivided, and it was on
tlie second division of tlie first section that Lepeletier and Serville based their
genus. This division included three species, all of Fabricius, filiformis, ferula
and calamus. As the identification of these names is rather uncertain, I have
selected ferula as the type, as it is usually considered a synonym of arumatia
Stoll. wliich is based on a figure.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63

compressed, each slightly exceedmg the metanotum in length; meta-
tarsi about as long as the remaining tarsal joints, not cristate.
Posterior femora somewhat compressed, equal to the three basal
abdominal joints in length; tibiae equal to the first three and half of the
fourth basal abdominal segments; metatarsi slightly exceeding the
remaining tarsal joints in length.

General color gray-brown, the pronotum grayish ochraceous, head
with an indistinct blackish postocular bar.

Measurements.

Total leng-th, 82.5 mm.

Length of pronotum, 3.5 "

Length of mesonotum, 23.7 ''

Length of metanotum (with median segment), .... 14 "

Length of median segment, 8 "

Ivength of abdomen, 38

Length of anterior femora, 22.1

Length of anterior tibise, 22

Length of median femora, 14.5 "

Length of posterior femora, 17.9

Genus APLOPUS Gray.

1835. Aplopus Gray, Synop. Ins. Fam. Phasmid., p. 34.

Type. — A. micropterus (Lep. and Serv.) ( = Phasma angulata Stoll).

Aplopus oytherea Westwood.

1859. Haplopus Cyiherea Westwood, Cat. Orth. Ins. Brit. Mus., I, p. 86,
PL XVIII, fig. 5. [San Domingo, Haiti.]

Two specimens, male and female; "West Indies." [U. S. N. M.]
As the female of this species was previously unknown, a description
of the same is here appended.

Size large; form elongate; surface of the thoracic segments sparsely
spinous. Head with the pair of occipital spines very prominent, the
left considerably smaller than the right; eyes globose; antennee equal
to the head and thorax in length, basal joint of comparatively small size.
Pronotum shghtly longer than broad, in general shape similar to the
male, the anterior pair of spines reduced in size and hardly larger than
a posterior pair. Mesonotum about four times the length of the pro-
notum, rather narrow anteriorly, very gradually expanding posteriorly;
spines disposed as in the male, but much less salient ; mesosternum with
an armature of obsolete spines disposed as in the male. Metanotum
shghtly more than half the length of the mesonotum. Tcgmina slightly
more than one-third the length of the mesonotum, ovate, coriaceous,
with the venation very distinct and irregularly disposed ; median pro-

64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jail..

tiiberance longitudinal; rounded. Wings almost twice the length of
the tegmina; costal and discoidal regions coriaceous and subreticulate
as in the tegmina. Abdomen with the segments distinctly longitudinal ;
sixth dorsal segment some^^'hat expanded; seventh segment com-
pressed, almost equal to the sixth in length; eighth and ninth segments
subequal in length and width, together but slightly longer than the
seventh segment, the ninth carinatc and with the apex sinuate ; supra-
anal plate small, transverse, subtriangular, not half the length of the
ninth dorsal segment; cerci short, conoid, not as long as the supra-anal
plate; subgenital plate cyml^iform, carinate, elongate, exceeding the
apex of the supra-anal plate by the length of the fifth and sixth abdomi-
nal segments, apex narrowly rounded. Anterior femora three-fourths
the leng-th of the mesonotum, basal flexure sharp; tibise slightly longer
than the femora; metatarsi somewhat shorter than the remaining tar-
sal joints. Median femora equal to the anterior femora in leng-th.
inferior surface with three spines on the apical portion of the mediai:
line, the anterior and posterior margins each apically with a single
spine; tibia? about equal to the femora in length; metatarsi hardly
more than half the leng-th of the remaining tarsal joints. Posterior
femora exceeding the other femora and equal to the first, second and
half of the third basal abdominal segments in length, anterior inferior
margin with two apical spines, median line of the inferior surface witl>
three spines, posterior inferior margin with a single apical spine; tibia-
slightly exceeding the femora in length; metatarsi but slightly shorter
than the remaining tarsal joints.

General color (from spirits) vinaceous brown, metathorax with thi
pleura bearing a longitudinal whitish bar, a style of coloration alsr<
found on the lateral portions of the base of the subgenital opercule.

Measurejnents.

Total length, 128 ^ mn:

Length of pronotum, 5.7 '"

Length of mesonotum, 27.5 ''

Length of metanotum (including median segment), . . . 15.7 "

Length of tegmina, 10 '"

Length of wings, 12.5 '"

Length of abdomen (including subgenital opercule), ... 79 "

Length of subgenital opercule, 27.5 ''

Length of anterior femora, 19.5 ''

Length of anterior tibiae, ' 20.5 ''

Length of median femora, 19 '"

Length of posterior femora 23

1904.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65

Aplopus similis n. sp.

Types. — c? (immature) and 9 ; Swan Island, Caribbean Sea. [Cat.
No. 7,343, U. S. N. M.]

Closely allied to A. ligia Westwood,^''' but differing in the much
shorter antenna, longer mesonotum and posterior limbs, the different
character of the lateral expansions of the sixth abdominal segment, and
the decidedly shorter subgenital opercule.

c?. — Size medium; form rather elongate. Head slightly longitudi-
nal; occiput with two large acute spines of Avhich the right is the larger,
posterior margin of the head with a pair of small median spines ; eyes
subglobose; antennae stout, somewhat depressed, slightly exceeding in
length the head, pronotum and mesonotum, basal joint oblong, strongly
depressed. Pronotum slightly longitudinal, anterior margin concave,
posterior margin convex, lateral margins with a very prominent and
deep semicircular emargination ; transverse sulci two in number, one
prominent and immediately posterior to the anterior margin, the other
submedian and shallower in character ; anterior half of the pronotum
with two pairs of spines, the anterior of which is more distinct than the
posterior, the remaining portion of the surface granulate. Mesonotum
equal to the three basal abdominal segments; anterior portion con-
stricted, gradually expanding to near the median portion, which is
equal to the posterior width ; surface with five pairs of irregularly placed
spines, two pairs being very close to the anterior margin, while more
than the posterior third of the whole surface is free from spines ; lateral
margins with an even row of low tubercles ; mesothoracic pleura w^ith
a number of subobsolete protuberances ; mesosternum with four pairs
of low evenly placed tubercles. Metanotum about two-thirds the length
of the mesonotum, median segment occupying very slightly more than
half the length; metasternum with a few very obsolete tubercles.
Tegmina and wings not developed, the rudiments very small. Abdo-
men considerably exceeding the head and thoracic segments in length:
five basal segments longitudinal, simple, the fourth and fifth slightly
shorter than the first to third; sixth segment longitudinal, slightly-
shorter than the fifth in length, the posterior lateral portions developed
into smaller triangular lobes; seventh segment slightly shorter than
the sixth; eighth and ninth segments smaller than the preceding seg-
ments, equal in length, both carinate, apical portion of the ninth
truncate and with a distinct thickened elevated rim; cerci short, thick
and rounded, but slightly exceeding the apex of the ninth segment;
subgenital opercule large, slightly exceeding the eighth dorsal segment

20 Catul. Orth. Ins. Brit. Mus., I, p. 89, PI. XI, figs. 1 and 2.

66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

in length. Limbs distinctly carinate. Anterior femora equal to the
metanotum and half of the first abdominal segment in length, basal
flexure very marked, median line of the inferior surface with two apical
spines; tibiae very slightly shorter than the femora, the superior sur-
face with a slight distal swelling ; metatarsi but little shorter than the
remaining tarsal joints. Median femora somewhat shorter than the
anterior femora, superior margins each with a slight preapical Idbe,
anterior and posterior inferior margins serrulate, the former with two
preapical spines, the latter with one, inferior median line with four
evenly distributed spines; tibiae not quite equalling the femora in
length, distinct subbasal and preapical swellings developed; meta-
tarsi about half the length of the remaining tarsal joints. Posterior
femora but slightly shorter than the mesonotum in length, slight
superior preapical lobes developed as in the anterior limbs, spine
arrangement as in the median limbs except that the median line bears
five spines; tibiae equal to the femora in length, the swellings of the
median limbs but slightly represented ; metatarsi about two-thirds the
length of the remaining tarsal joints.

? . — Size large; form elongate. Head slightly ovate; occipital pro-
cesses acute, much as in the male, but large and distinct ; spines on the
posterior margin of the head small but acute; eyes subglobose; an-
tennae about equal to the thoracic segments in length, filiform, basal
joint depressed and with the lower surface concave. Pronotum about
equal to the head in length; margins as in the male; spines numerous
and rather regularly distributed, of moderate height, the anterior
pair slightly exceeding the others in size. Mesonotum slightly exceed-
ing the three basal joints of the abdomen in length, general shape very
similar to that of the male ; surface with numerous spines of not very
regular distribution, a defined lateral row of evenl}^ sized spines being
present; mesothoracic pleura well spined; mesosternum with over
twelve rather low spines. Metanotum not quite equal to the two basal
abdominal segments in length; median segment equal to the first
abdominal segment in length; metathoracic pleura with a longitudinal
row of about nine rather even spines. Tegmina rather more than
half the length of the metanotum (including median segment), ovate,
coriaceous; median protuberance low, rounded; venation very appa-
rent, subreticulate. Wings equal to the tegmina in length, costal and
discoidal areas subreticulate as in the tegmina. Abdomen with the
segments all more or less longitudinal; five basal segments subequal
in length; the first, second and third with a median pair of small
spiniform processes placed close to the apical margin; sixth. segment

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67

slightly shorter than the fifth, slightly amplicate, the lateral margins
gently rounded; seventh segment compressed, equal to the sixth in
length ; eighth and ninth segments together about equal in length to the
preceding segment, the ninth with the apical margin rectangulate, the
apex with a triangular emargination exposing the rectangulate and
carinate apex of the supra-anal plate ; cerci very stout and short, de-
pressed, not exceeding the apex of the ninth dorsal segment, subgenital
opercule very long, exceeding the tip of the supra-anal plate by the
length of the seventh and eighth segments, hastate, carinate, apex
rectangulate. Anterior femora three-fourths the length of the meso-
notum, basal flexure decided; tibiae equal to the femora in length;
metatarsi not quite as long as the remaining tarsal joints. Median
femora equal to the first two basal segments of the abdomen in length,
anterior and posterior inferior margins as in the male, the inferior
median line with five or six spines ; tibiae equal to the femora in length,
the structiu"e similar to that of the male but less apparent ; metatarsi
but little more than half the length of the remaining tarsal joints.
Posterior femora equal to the first two and a half of the third abdominal
segments, the margins as in the male, the inferior median line with five
or six spines ; tibiae equal to the femora in length and with the structure
very similar; metatarsi shorter than the remaining tarsal joints.

General color (from spirits) dull ochraceous, the nine prominent
spines tipped with black; tegmina with the venation dull cream on a
blackish ground; wings with the costal and discoidal areas similar to
the tegmina, posterior field pearl-white with the nerves purplish-
black.

Measurements.

6" 9 ■

Total length, 78 mm. 134 mm.

Length of pronotum, 4 " 6.5 "

Length of mesonotum, 17.5 " 29.5 "

Length of metanotum (including median seg-
ment), 11.5 " 17 "

I^ength of median segment, 6 " 9.5 "

Length of tegmina, 10 "

Length of wings, 10 "

Length of abdomen, 42 " 82 "

Length of anterior femora, 14 '' 21.5 ''

Length of anterior tibiae, 13.7 " 22.5 "

Length of median femora, ' 12.7 " 18.7 "

Length of posterior femora, 15.5 " 24.5 "

Length of subgenital opercule (from extreme

base), 28.5 "

68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Aplopus achalus"' n. sp.

Type.— d" ; Acljuntas, Porto Rico, April 12, 1900. (Dr. C. W. Rich-
mond.) [Cat. No. 7,344, U. S. N. M.]

Compared with jamaicensis Drurj^, the closest allied species, this new
form may be separated by the unarmed head and mesonotum, the
longer tegmina, the slenderer and weaker Hmbs, and the coloration. It
appears very unhkely that this is the male of angulata St oil {=mi-
cropterus Lep. and Serv.), as the female of that species has very promi-
nent cephahc spines, and in all respects resembles the females of other
species of the genus, the known males of which are very different from
this in structure. Stoll's species was recorded from Porto Rico by
Haan,22 but there appears no likelihood that this new form is at all
closely allied to it.

Size rather small; form moderately elongate; surface subglabrous.
Head ovate, depressed; occiput without spines; eyes subglobose.
Antennse equal to the head, thorax and tegmina in length, robust, fili-
form, basal joint depressed, the inferior siu-face concave. Pronotum
subquadrate, somewhat constricted posteriorly, anterior margin con-
cave, the posterior convex; transverse anterior sulcus obsolete cen-
trally, transverse median sulcus distinct, strongly impressed,
longitudinal median sulcus slight, not extending the whole
length of the pronotum. Mesonotum slightly over three times the
length of the pronotum, gradually expanding posteriorly, surface with
several irregular obsolete tubercles. Metanotum equal to the meso-
notum in length; metathoracic pleura and metasterniun rugulose;
the whole metathorax depressed. Tegmina equal to the mesonotum
in length, acute-oVate; median protuberance somewhat longitudinal,
acute. Wings long, reaching to the seventh abdominal segment.
Abdomen with all the segments more or less longitudinal, gradually
decreasing in size from the base to the sixth segment ; sixth and follow-
ing segments distinctly carinate and tectate; seventh and eighth seg-
ments of the same general form, the latter slightly the shorter; ninth
segment slightly shorter than the eighth segment, somewhat con-
stricted toward the apex, apical margin subtruncate with a very broad
and shallow median emargination ; cerci about two-thirds the length,
subequal, apex blunt ; subgenital opercule very slightly exceeding the
apical margin of the eighth dorsal segment, cymbiform, carinate, apex
rounded with a narrow median triangular emargination. Anterior
femora equal to the pronotum and mesonotum in length, basal flexure

21 axay^og, i.e., unarmed.

^'^ Verhandl. Natuurl. GescMed. Nederl. Overzeesche Bezitt., Orth., p. 103, 1842.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 69

strongly marked; tibise slightly shorter than the femora; metatarsi
but slightly more than half the length of the remaining tarsal joints.
Median femora a trifle longer than the tegmina, anterior inferior margin
with two and the posterior inferior margin with one apical spine,
median line with one spine which is more or less obsolete ; tibiae con-
siderably shorter than the femora and almost equalling the mesonotum
in length; metatarsi equalled in length by the second and third tarsal
joints. Posterior femora equal to the first, second and half of the third
abdominal segment, anterior inferior margin with two and the posterior
with one apical spine, median line with two subapical spines; tibiae
about three-fourths the length of the femora; metatarsi equal to the
second, third and fourth tarsal joints in length.

General color pale yellowish-green, "washed with brownish on the
head, pronotum and mesonotum; tegmina and wings with the veins
darker than the basic color, costal margin of the tegmina and the base
of the same region of the wing opaque-white, discoidal area of the teg-
mina smoky-brown, posterior field of the tegmina milky- white; an-
tennae and an obscure postocular bar pale purplish; marginal femoral
spines black.

Measurements.

achalus jamaicensis

& d

Total length, 61.5 mm. 65 mm.

Length of pronotum, 3 " 3 "

Length of mesonotum 9 " 9.5 "

Length of tegmina, 10 " 8.2 ''

Length of wings, 39 " 36.5 "

Length of anterior femora, 11.8 " 11.5 "

Length of anterior tibiae, 10 " 10 "

Length of median femora, 11 " 10 "

Lengthof posterior femora, 14.8 " 13.5 "

Genus ISCHNOPODA Grandidier.

1869. Ischnopoda Grandidier, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser., XXI,
p. 293. •

Type. — /. reyi Grandidier.

Ischnopoda phillipsi Kirby.

1897. Ischnopoda Phillipsi Kirby, Trans. Linn. Soo. London, 2d ser., VI,

p. 467. [Somaliland.]
1901. Palophus reyi Rehn (not of Auct.), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1901,

p. 288. [Somaliland or Gallaland ; no exact data.]

The individual recorded by the author in the above-mentioned paper
is seen on second examination to be distinct from reyi, and appears to
be identical with Kirby's phillipsi. A few discrepancies exist, how-

70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

ever, in the measurements, the posterior femora of the type being
eleven millimeters shorter than that of the specimen collected by Dr.
A. Donaldson Smith, in the collection of the Academy.

Genus BACTRODODEMA St&l.
1859. Bactrododema Stal, Ofver, K, Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandl., 1858, p. 308.
. Type.— 5. tiarata Stales

Bactrododema miliaris Bolivar?

1890. B[actrododema] miliaris Bolivar, Jornal Sci. Math. Phys. Nat. Acad.
Real Sci., Lisboa, 2a ser., I, p. 87. [San Thom^, West Africa.]

One female; Gaboon river. West Africa. (Dr. Henry A. Ford.)
[A. N. S. Phila.]

This specimen does not wholly agree with Bolivar's description of
the species, differing in the bowed median and posterior femora, in
which respect it approaches B. welwitschi Bolivar (ibid., p. 88) from
Golungo Alto, but from that is separated by the character of the ceph-
alic spines and the longer wings. Westwood's cestuans appears to be
a very distinct form.

Genus TIRACHOIDEA Brunner.

1893. Tirachoidea Brunner, Ann. Mu^. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, 2a ser., XIII,
p. 83.

Included Phibalosoma cantori Westwood, Ph. Mjpharpax Westw., Ph.

tiarchus Westw. and Cyphocrania tamyris Westw., of which the first,

cantori, may be taken as the type, as both sexes are known.

Tirachoidea cantori (Westwood).

1859. Phibalosoma Cantori Westwood, Cat. Orth. Ins. Brit. Mus., I, p. 74,
PI. XXXVII, fig. 1 (J'), and PI. XXXVIII, fig. 1 ( ? ). [Malacca.]

One male ; Trong, Lower Siam. (Dr. W. L. Abbott.) [U. S. N. M.]
This specirnen agrees perfectly with Westwood's figure, except that

the ninth abdominal segment is very slightly shorter and the two arms

of the same less curved.

23 As some orthopterists do not recognize this genus as distinct from Palophus
Westwood, and both names being ostensibly published in 1859, the author ex-
amined the works containing each, to ascertain, if possible, which had priority.
St&l's work was presented for publication in 1858, but obviously did not appear
until 1859, the copy of the work in the librarj^ of the Academy having been re-
ceived May 22, 1860 ; and while the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Lon-
don give no clue as to the date of receipt of the 1858 volume, the 1859 volume is
stated to have been received during 1860. Assuming the numbers to have a))-
peared regularly, this would place the 1858 portion as appearing during 1859.
Westwood's work, bearing the date June 1, 1859, on the Preface, was received
at the Academy January 10, 1860, but is not mentioned in the Proceedings of
the Entomological Society of London until August 6, 1860. In the Proceedings of
the. Boston Society of Natural History, the 1858 Ofversigt is entered as received
between April and June 30, 1860. From the above it will be seen that the dates
of publication are very close, and the question of priority is one I am unable to
settle at present.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 71

Genus ORXINES Stil.
1875. Orxines Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, III, pp. 43 and 87.
Included Phasma (Lopaphus) macMottii Haan, Anophelepis xiphias
Westwood, and Necroscia zeuxis Westwood ; of which xiphias may be
selected as the tj^pe, as Westwood has given good figures of both sexes.

Orxines xiphias (Westwood).

1859. Anophelepis Xiphias Westwood, Cat. Orth. Ins. Brit. Mus., I, p. 71,
PI. IV, fig. 4 (cJ*) and fig. 5 ($). [Amboina.]

Foiu' specimens; one male, three females; Island of Obi, Moluccas.
[Coll. of Mr. Morgan Hebard and Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.]

These specimens differ slightly from Westwood's figures, the meso-
notum and metanotum (without the median segment) being slightly
longer, but the discrepancies are so slight it would be very difficult to
satisfactorily differentiate them from the Amboina form.

Subfamily NECROSCIN^.

Genus SOSIBIA Stai.

1875. Sosibia Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, III, pp. 42 and 87.

Type. — S. nigrispina Stal.

Sosibia nigrispina StM.

1875. S[osihia\ nigrispina Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, III, p. 87.
[Malacca.]

One female; Trong, Lower Siam. (Dr. W. L. Abbott.) [U. S,
N. M.]

This specimen, which otherwise agrees very well with Stal's descrip-
tion, has the cephalic spines with more greenish than blackish colora-
tion. The median tibia? are exceptionally short, but Stal makes no
mention of this rather striking condition.

Genus CALVISIA StM.
1875. Calvisia Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, III, pp. 42 and 87.
Included Necroscia sangariiis, medora, virhius and hcmus Westwood,
of wliich the first can be selected as the type.

Calvisia viridilineata (Bates).

1866. Necroscia viridilineata Bates, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XXV, p. 352.
[Ceram.]

One female; Island of Obi, Moluccas. [Coll. of ^Morgan Hebard.]

This agrees perfectly with Bates' description, except that the general

tint of the limbs is more brownish than greenish, but this of course may

be due to drying. SthVs 'maculiceps and thishe from the PhilipiDines^*

appear to be closely related to this species.

2* dfversigt af K. Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandlingar, 1877, No. 10, p. 42.

72 PIIOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Calvisia graminea (Bates).

1SG6. Necroscia graminea Bates, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XX\', p. 356.

fBatchian.] ($)
1866. Necroscia smaragdula Bate.?, Trans. Linn. Soe. London, XX^', p. 357.

[Gilolo and Batchian.] ( J^)

Eight specimens; four males, fom- females; Island of Obi, Moluccas.
[A. N. S. Phila. and collection of Morgan Hebard.]

It appears to me that the above names were based on different
sexes of the same species. The specimens examined agree almost
absolutely with the descriptions, and such characters as the annulation
of the antennse and the structure of the pronotum and the head, as well
as the extent of the rugosity of the mesonotum, are identical in the two
sexes. Bates says the tegmina of the male "are of a yellowish colour,
brown towards their tips, but sometimes uniform 3'ellow." All the
four males examined have tlie coloration uniform.

The rugosity of the mesonotum of both sexes is distinctly more pro-
nounced anteriorly, which also holds true regarding the mesosternmn.

The rangf^ of this species now covers Gilolo. Batchian and Obi, of
the MoJuccan grou]).

Calvisia maculicollis (Westwood).

1848. Phnsma {Necroscia) macidicollis Westwood, Cabinet Orient. Entom.,

PI. XXXVIII, fig. 2. [Assam and Sylbet.]
1893. Cialmsict] airosignata Brunner, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Geneva,

XXXIII, p. 85, tab.' Ill, fig. 27. [Bhamo, Burma and Meetan, Tenas-

serim.]

One female ; Trong, Lower Siam. (Dr. W. L. Abbott.) [U. S. N. M.]
After critically examining the figures of Westwood's maculicollis
and Brunner's atrosignata, there appeals to be no doubt but that they
are based on the same species. Brunner's specimens are described as
being more uniform in the coloration of the costal portion of the
wings, l^ut the Trong specimen agrees exactly with Westwood's figure.
This species has been recorded from Java by Westwood and Sumatra
by Brunner, as well as from the localities mentioned above.

Calvisia nigrofasciata (Haan).

1842. P[hasma] (Necroscia) nigrofasciatuni Haan, Verliandel. Xatuurlijke
Geschied. Nederl. overzees. Bezitt., Orth., p. 122. [Batang Singalang.]

One male ; Goenong Soegi, Lampong, Sumatra. October-November,
1901. (A. C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Ililler.) [A. N. S. Phila.]

This specimen agrees very well with Haan's very brief description.
A pecuhar coloration not noticed in the original diagnosis is the longi-
tudinal black and greenish-white lined limits and antenna.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73

Genus MARMESSOIDEA Brunner.

1893. Mannessoidea Brunner, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, XXXIII,
pp. 84 and 85.

Included marmessus Westwood and ruhescens Saussure, of which

the former was considered the type by Brunner {vide supra, p. 86).

Marmessoidea marmessus (Westwood).

1859. Necroscia Marmessus Westwood, Cat. Orth. Ins. Brit. Mus., I, p. 149,
PI. XIX, figs. 1 and 7, PL XXIX, fig. 4. [Malacca; Sarawak, Borneo;
Sumatra.]

Four specimens; two males, two females; Trong, Lower Siam. (Dr.
W. L. Abbott.) [U. S. N. M.] Goenong Soegi, Ijampong, Sumatra.
October-November, 1901. (A. C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller.)
[A. N. S. Phila.]

The male from Sumatra has the maculations of the tegmina circular,
as in the form provisionally named euryhates by Westwood. The two
Trong specimens are both typical individuals.

Marmessoidea cercyon (Westwood).

1859. Necroscia cercyon Westwood, Cat. Orth. Ins. Brit. Mus., I, p. 146,
PI. XXXIV, fig. 1. [Pulo Penang, Malacca.]

One female; Khow Sai Dow, Trong, Lower Siam (1,000 feet). Janu-
ary-February, 1899. (Dr. W. L. Abbott.) [U. S. N. M.]

As the female of this species has never been described, a few notes on
the abdominal appendages and the measurements may be of interest-

Ninth dorsal segment strongly tectate, the median ridge very promi-
nent, apex bluntly angulate. Cerci subequal, apically blunt, very
slightly exceeding the apex of the subgenital opercule. Subgenital oper-
cule cymbiform, acmninate ; apex very deeply and narrowly emarginate.

jMeasurements.

Total length, 76.3 mm.

Length of pronotum, 4 "

Length of mesonotum, 13.5 "

Length of abdomen, 41 "

Length of tegmina, 7.2 "

Length of wings, 44 "

Length of anterior femora, 21 "

Length of anterior tibiae, 22 "

Length of median femora, 13.5"

I^ength of posterior femora, 19.5 "

Marmessoidea pMuctainoides-^ n. sp.

Types. — (J and $ ; Yokohama, Japan. (Rev, H, Loomis.) [Coll.
A, N. S. Phila. (types) and A. N. Caudell.]

^» c>?^vKTaivoEL6?/(^ i.e.. pimpU^.

74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.^

Allied to M. sumatrensis Brancsik^^ from Sumatra, but differing in
the shorter mesonotum, the compressed ninth abdominal segment, the
non-annulate antennae and the different color pattern of the tegmina-
Brancsik's Necroscia papuana from Xew Guinea and Westwood's
ismene from Borneo are apparently related to phluctainoidcs , but very
distinct species.

d*. — Size rather small; form slender; surface of head subgiabrous,
of thoracic segments granulose. Head rather large, moderately de-
pressed, somewhat inflated, the posterior portion subequal in width,
occiput with a faint median sulcus; eyes ovate, prominent; basal joint
of the antennae slightly depressed, longer than broad, second joint
longer than broad and not equal to the basal joint in size, total length
of the antennae about equal to that of the abdomen. Pronotum quad-
rate, with a fine median longitudinal sulcus and a well-marked trans-
verse sulcus which is placed before the middle. Mesonotum somewhat
over three times the length of the pronotum, subequal anteriorly,
slightly expanded posteriorly, very distinct median and lateral carinae
present, all becoming rather evanescent posteriorly, surface rugoso-
tuberculate. Tegmina short, subtruncate apically, raised portion of
moderate elevation, rounded. Wings large, damaged in the type,
but apparently reaching the apex of the abdomen in the perfect speci-
men. Abdomen slender, the six basal segments longitudinal and
slightly decreasing in length apically; eighth segment slightly longer
than the seventh, both carinate, the seventh slightly expanded apically,
the eighth slightly compressed; ninth segment about equal to the sev-
enth in length, compressed, subtectate, apex truncate when viewed
from the dorsum; cerci about reaching to the apex of the ninth seg-
ment, subequal, slightly incurved; supra-anal plate absent; subgenital
opercule reaching to the apex of the eighth dorsal segment, rotundato-
truncate. Anterior femora somewhat exceeding the pronotum and
mesonotum in length, considerably curved basally; tibiae slightlj'-
shorter than the femora; metatarsi very slender, equal to the remaining
tarsal joints in length. Median and posterior limbs absent.

General color purplish-brown, rather pale on the proximal portion
of the anterior femora. Tegmina with the elevation black, bordered
laterally by a longitudinal bar of pinkish-white, which extends to the
apex of the tegmina. Wings pinkish-purple.

? . — Size medium ; form rather robust ; surface of mesonotum and
tegmina rugose. Head inflated, slightly elongate; eyes ovate, mod-

2® Jahresheft des Naturvnssenschafilichen Vereines des Trencsener Comitates,
XIV-XV, p. 201, tab. xi, fig. 11 (J').

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75

eratety prominent; antennte slightly exceeding half the length of the
body, basal joint longitudinal and considerably depressed, second joint
cylindrical, considerably smaller than the basal joint. Pronotiim
quadrate, very slightly constricted posteriorly, anterior margin with
a shallow emargination, median sulcus not marked posteriorly, the trans-
verse ante-median sulcus very distinct. ]\Iesonotum ec|ual in length
to the posterior tibiae, rather broad, gradually expanding posteriorly;
median and lateral carinse very distinct; surface rugoso-tuberculate.
Tegmina short, subquadrate; apex subtruncate; elevated point slight,
low and rounded. Wings short, reaching to the apex of the third
abdominal segment, width about three-fourths of the length; costal
area coarsely reticulate ; radial vein furcate. Abdomen somewhat in-
flated, the six basal segments all transverse and subequal in length, the
second and third of the greatest and the sixth of the least width ; seventh
and eighth segments tectate, subequal in length ; ninth segment slightly ,
longer than the eighth, the apex somewhat produced, truncate and with
a slight triangular median emargination; supra-anal plate with the
apex alone visible; cerci straight, reaching to the apex of the ninth
segment; subgenital opercule tectate, acuminate, the tip acute and
reacliing to the apex of the eighth segment. Egg almost ready to
deposit in position in oviduct, general shape apparently oval, surface
rugose. Limbs short, terminal tarsal joint of each foot provided with
a large arolium. Anterior femora slightly exceeding the mesonotum
in length, basal section strongly bowed ; tibiae sHghtly shorter than the
femora; metatarsi slightly shorter than the remaining tarsal joints.
Median femora and tibiae short, the former slightly longer than the
latter, neither exceeding the length of the two basal segments of the
abdomen; metatarsi considerably shorter than the remaining joints of
the tarsi. Posterior femora but slightly shorter than the pronotmn and
mesonotum together; tibiae shghtly shorter than the femora; meta-
tarsi much shorter than the remaining tarsal joints, the second joint
alone being half the length of the metatarsus.

General color grass-green, most intense on the mesonotum, tegmina
and costal region of the wdngs. Antennae dull purplish, pale basally;
eyes wood-brown, with a narrow longitudinal bar of darker brown;
postocular region with a faint line of yellowish. Mesonotum with the
lateral carinae chrome-yellow. Tegmina with the chrome-yellow line
of the mesonotum continued to the apical margin, flanked internally
by a line of blackish. Wings with the posterior portion roseate-
pink.

76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Measurements.

Total length, 40 mm. 50 mm.

Length of pronotiim, 1.7 " 2.5 "

Length of mesonotmii, 7 " 10 "

Length of tegmma, 2.5 " 3 "

Length of wmgs, 19+ " 16.5 "

Length of abdomen, 22.5 " 26.5 "

Length of anterior femora. 11 " 11.5 ''

Length of anterior tibise, 9.5 '' 9.5 "

Length of median femora, 7.5 "

Length of posterior femora, 11.7 "

This species is based on a series of sixteen individuals, fifteen of which
are females. No appreciable difference exists in all the series, except
in the intensity of the green coloration of the body, which is clearly due
^ to the fading of the natural tint.

Genus SIPYLOIDEA Brunner.

1893. Sipyloidea Brunner, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Xat. Geneva, XXXIII,
pp. 84 and 86.

Included Necroscia chlorotica Serville, TV. sipyhis, samsoo, sarpedori
and pancetius Westwood, of which Brunner selected sipylus as the type.

Sipyloidea sipylus (Westwood).

1859. Necroscia Sipylus Westwood, Cat. Orth. Ins. Brit. Mus., I, p. 138,
PI. XVIII, fig. 4. tAssam; Java.]

Three specimens; one male, two females; Trong, Lower Siam. (Dr.
W. L. Abbott.) [U. S. N. M.]

This species has been recorded from Bhamo and Carin Cheba, Burma,
Assam, Malacca, Sumatra, Java and Borneo. The form from the latter
island was provisionally separated by Westwood as ivarasaca.

Sipyloidea scabra (StS.])?

1877. N[ecroscin] scabra Stal, Ofversigt af K. Vetensk.-Akad. Forhand-
lingar, 1877, No. 10, p. 43. [Philippines.]

Two males; Island of Obi, ^^loluccas. [Coll. of Morgan Hebard
and A. N. S. Phila., presented by Mr. Hebard.]

These specimens agree fairly Avell with Stal's very brief description,
but that individuals from the two localities are identical is, to say the
least, doubtful. A very peculiar feature of these individuals is the
continuous ventral line extending from the prosternum to the apical
portion of the abdomen. Several other species related to tliis form are
sarpedon and samsoo Westwood, and possibh' jamis Bates and ceramia
Westwood.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 77

Sipyloidea poeciloptera-' n. sp.

Types.— d^ and 9 ; Island of Obi, Molucca^. [A. N. S. Phila., pre-
sented by Mr. Morgan Hebard.]

As this species does not appear to be closely related to any of the
previously known species, I have compared it with the type of the
genus. The new form differs from S. sipylits in the smaller size, the
very weak character of the granulations on the mesonotum, the some-
what slenderer and less coriaceous tegmina, the blunter character of
the apex of the ninth dorsal abdominal segment and the more acumi-
nate apical portion of the subgenital opercule.

cJ*. — Size mediiun; form elongate; surface smooth. Head slightly
oblong, dorsal surface flat, the occiput wdth a slight median longi-
tudinal sulcus; eyes ovate, prominent; antennae slightly exceeding the
body in length. Pronotum longitudinal, about twice as long as broad,
subequal in width, transverse sulcus in advance of the middle. Meso-
notum about three and a half times the length of the pronotum, very
slender, very slightly constricted centrally ; surface with a few obsolete
granulations and a weak longitudinal median carina. Tegmina ovate,
the apex sub-truncate, median protuberance of medium height and
rather blunt. Wings equal to the mesonotum and about two-thirds the
abdomen in length. Abdomen with the seventh and eighth segments
subequal in length, and exceeding the ninth, which is somewhat tectate
and apically subtruncate with a very shallow median emargination ;
cerci short, stout, subequal, extending but slightly beyond the ninth
dorsal segment; subgenital opercule not quite reaching the apex of the
eighth dorsal segment, moderately compressed, apex rather broadly
rounded. Limbs very slender. Anterior femora equal to about half
the length of the abdomen, basal flexm-e slight; tibiae about equal to
the femora in length; metatarsi considerably exceeding the remaining
joints in length. Median femora equal to the mesonotum and tegmina
in length; tibiae shghtly shorter than the femora in length; metatarsi
very shghtly longer than the remaining tarsal joints. Posterior femora
about equal to the anterior femora in length; tibiae equal to the femora
in length; metatarsi exceeding the remaining tarsal joints in length.

9 . — Size medium. Head suboval, not constricted posterior to the
eyes; occiput with a distinct longitudinal median sulcus; eyes ovate;
antennae about two-thirds the length of the body. Pronotum as in
the male, but the transverse sulcus is not so anterior in position.
Mesonotum three times the length of the pronotum, slightly expanding
posteriorly, median carina very fine, subobsolete. Tegmina ovate,

^^ TvoLKi'AoTTTepoq — variegated wings.

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

the apex somewhat truncate; costal region very broadly arcuate;
median protuberance longitudinal, low and rounded. Wings equal
to the abdomen in length; when in repose the tips are distinctly acumi-
nate. Abdomen with the seventh, eighth and ninth dorsal segments
subequal in length, the latter subtectate and distinctly" acuminate;
subgenital opercule acuminate, reaching to the middle of the ninth dor-
sal segment. Anterior femora slightly compressed, almost equal to
the head, pronotiun and mesonotum in length; tibiae slightly shorter
than the femora. Median femora equal to the mesonotum and half
of the pronotum in length; tibia3 about five-sixths the length of the
femora; metatarsi but slightly shorter than the remaining tarsal joints.
Posterior femora about as long as the head, pronotmii and mesonotum;
tibiae equal to the femora.

General color pea-green, dark dull in the female. Antennae greenish-
brown, with the base of each joint encircled by a narrow whitish annu-
lus, this latter character more apparent in the male than in the female.
Pronotum in the male flecked with small circular blotches of cream.
Tegmina and costal region of wings pea-green, in the female the tips
of the latter touched with rosy red ; posterior field of the wdngs pale
pinkish. Apex of the abdomen and portions of the limbs in the female
washed with rosy red.

Measurements.

liength of body, 57 mm. 73 mm.

Length of pronotum, 3 '" 4 "

Length of mesonotum. 10.5 " 12.5 '"

Length of abdomen, 35 *' 44 "

Length of tegmina, 3.5 " 5.5 "

Length of wings, .30 '' 44.5 "

Length of anterior femora 19.2 " 19 ''

Length of anterior tibia?, . 18.2 " 18.5 "

Length of median femora, -.13 '' 15 "

Length of posterior femora, 18 '' 19.5 "'

Genus ARUANOIDEA Brunner.

1893. Arunnoidea Brunner, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Xat. Genova, XXXIII,
p. 84.

Included salmancizar, oruana and osmylus of Westwood, of which
aruana may be considered the type.

Aruanoidea aruana (Westwood).|

1859. Necroscia Aruana Westwood, Cat. Orth. Ins. Brit. Mus., I, p. 134,
PI. XXXIX, fig. 4. [Aru Islands.]

Fifteen specimens; eleven males, four females; Island of Obi, "Mo-
luccas. [Coll. of j\Ir. ^lorgan Hebard and A. N. S. Phila., presented
ty Mr. Hebard.]

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79

This species has two well-marked color phases, one pea-green, the
other dull wood-brown. The males all belong to the latter phase, and
have the internal edge of the tegmina and the internal edge of the basal
portion of the wings with a rather broad longitudinal bar of dull
3^ellowish.

The following description is of the male, which appears never to have
been recorded.

Size medium; form elongate; surface granulosc. Head somewhat
depressed, posterior portion of subequal width; occiput with a very
deep longitudinal sulcus ; eyes subovate ; ocelli distinct; antennae equal
to the body in length. Pronotum distinctly longitudinal, twice as long
as broad ; anterior margin broadly emarginate, posterior margin broadly
arcuate, lateral margins bearing a rather acute process anteriorly;
transverse sulci two in numl3er, one immediately posterior to the ante-
rior margin, the other just anterior to the middle. ]\Iesonotum dis-
tinctly tuberculate (a condition shared by the meso- and metasternum
and pleura), slender, subequal; median carina rather broad, low.
Tegmina subpyriform, apex obliquely truncate; costal field subequal
in width; median protuberance very distinct. Wings about twice the
length of the head, pronotum and mesonotum together. Abdomen
with the seventh and eighth dorsal segments subequal in length, cari-
nate, the ninth shghtly shorter than the eighth, apical emargination very
deep, expanded, the lateral portions incurved and enclosing the expanded
sinus; cerci subequal in width, not quite equal to the ninth segment in
length; subgenital opercule reaching to the tip of the eighth dorsal seg-
ment, cymbiform, apex narrowly rounded. Anterior femora with the
basal flexure moderately distinct, equal to the head, pronotum, meso-
notum and tegmina in length; tibiae equal to the femora in length;
metatarsi nearly twice as long as the following tarsal joint. Median
femora equal to the pronotum and mesonotum in length; tibiae some-
what shorter than the femora ; metatarsi about equal to the remaining
tarsal joints in length. Posterior femora and tibiae about equal to the
anterior in length; metatarsi slightly longer than the remaining tarsal
joints.

General color dull wood-brown, blotched and suffused with dull
ochraceous, the limbs obscurely annulate. Tegmina with a spot on
the median protuberance and the internal border as well as the adjoin-
ing portion of the wings dull yellow; posterior field of wings vinaceous.
Antennae dull brownish-ochraceous with obsolete annuli of a dark
l^rown.

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Measurements.

Total length, 61 mm.

Length of pr on otum, 3.5 "

Length of mesonotum, 10 "

Length of abdomen, 38 "

Length of tegmina, 4 "

Length of wings, 34 "

Length of anterior fem( )] a , 19.5 "

Length of anterior tibia^ 19.5 "

Length of median femoia 13.5 "

Length of posterior femoia 18.5 "

This locality extends the range of the species considerably to the
westward.

Aruanoidea punctata (Gray).

1835. Platycrana punctata Gray, Synopsis Phasm., p. 37. [East Indies.]
Two males ; Trong, Lower Siam. (Dr. W. L. Abbott.) [U. S. N. M.]
These specimens are identical in the pattern and intensity of the

coloration.

SubfamUy CLITUMNIN^.
Genus MACELLA Stil.
1875. Macella Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, III, pp. 13, 70.

Included Bacillus souchongia Westwood and Macella deniata Stal.
of which the former may be considered the type as it is well figured.
Macella caulodes-^ n. sp.

Types.— d" and 9 ; Trong, Lower Siam. (Dr. W. L. Abbott.) [Cat .
No. 7,345, U. S. N. M.]

Apparently not closely allied to any of the previously known species
of the genus ; the unarmed character of the eighth abdominal segment
and the rather straight cerci are very distinctive.

c^. — Size rather small; form elongate; surface subsericeous. Head
elongate, somewhat depressed, evenly constricted posteriorly; eyes
subglobose, rather prominent; antenna? with the first joint elongate-
ovate, depressed, median longitudinal portion rounded, half the length
of the linear second joint. Pronotum longitudinal; anterior margin
broadly emarginate; posterior margin truncate; lateral margins with
the anterior half broadly and evenly emarginate, median longitudinal
carina distinct. jNIesonotum over five times the length of the prono-
tum, very slender, median carina distinct anteriorly. JMetanotum
(with median segment) about three-fourths the length of the meso-
notum; median segment very short, transverse. Abdomen with the
28 /caii/wJ/;r, i.e., resembling; a stem.

1904.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81

first to sixth segments distinctly longitudinal; seventh dorsal segment
not more than two-thirds the length of the sixth; eighth segment
tectate, shghtly shorter than the seventh, lateral portions with the
posterior angles sim.ple and not developed into distinct spines; ninth
segment slightly shorter than the eighth, fornicate, apically truncate
and with a transverse costa, median carina narroAV and distinct; cerci
about ecjual in length to the ninth dorsal segment, and inserted near
the apex of the latter, slender, hardly curved ; subgenital opercule not
quite reaching the apical margin of the eighth dorsal segment, apex
broad, truncate. Limbs very slender. Anterior femora but slightly
shorter than the mesonotum and metanotum together, basal flexure
slight; tibiae slightly longer than the femora, very slender; metatarsi
nearly three times the length of the remaining joints of the tarsi.
Median femora slightly exceeding the pronotum and mesonotum in
length, slightly bowed, tibiae slightly longer than the femora, meta-
tarsi about half again as long as the remaining tarsal joints. Posterior
femora ec{ual to the five basal abdominal segments in length, slightly
bowed ; tibise exceeding the femora by about the length of the first
abdominal segment; metatarsi considerably over twice as long as the
remaining tarsal joints.

? . — Size rather small; form moderately slender; surface generally
subsericeous, rather granulose on the mesonotum. Head elongate,
depressed, very slightly compressed posteriorly, posterior margin with
a distinct narrow median depression ; eyes subglobose ; antenna) almost
equal to the head and pronotum in length, basal joint as in the male,
the second joint rather stout. Pronotum similar to that of the male.
Mesonotum slightly more than four times the length of the pronotum,
very slightly and very gradually enlarging posteriorly ; median carina
anteriorly distinct, but very narrow, and becomes obsolete posteriorly.
Metanotum (with median segment) two-thirds the length of the meso-
notum; median carina as in the mesonotum; median segment very
short, decidedly transverse. Abdomen ecpial to the head and thorax
in length, median carina distinct and becoming quite prominent pos-
teriorly, where the segments are decidedly tectate; first to sixth seg-
ments longitudinal, the length increasing from the base; seventh seg-
ment longitudinal, the apical portion considerably expanded; eighth
segment somewhat transverse, carina not very distinct; ninth segment
moderately produced, strongly carinate, apical margin with a median
triangular emargination, which exposes the acuminate apex of the supra-
anal plate; cerci acuminate, extending beyond the ninth dorsal seg-
ment by about two-thirds the length of the latter; subgenital opercule
G

S2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

I'eaching to the apical margin of the eighth dorsal segment, apex rotim-
clato-truncate. Anterior femora equal to the head, pronotum and
mesonotum in length, moderately compressed, basal flexure distinct;
tibiae slightly shorter than the femora ; metatarsi about three times the
length of the remaining tarsal joints. Median femora almost equal to
the pronotum and mesonotum in length; tibiae slightly exceeding the
femora in length; metatarsi not quite twice the length of the remain-
ing tarsal joints. Posterior femora exceeding the four basal segments
of the abdomen in length, somewhat bowed; tibise shghtly longer than
the femora; metatarsi twice as long as the remaining tarsal joints.

General color dull ochraceous-bro"wn, deeper in the male than in the
female and also exhibiting some trace of greenish. Head with a post-
ocular streak of blackish-brown more or less evident.

Measurements.

Total length, 51 mm. 54 mm.

Length of pronotum, 2 " 2.2

Length of mesonotum, 12 " 13

Length of metanotum (including median seg-
ment), 9.5 '' 9

Length of median segment, 1.2 " 1.5

Length of abdomen, 25.5 " 26.2

Length of anterior femora, 21.7 '' 17

Length of anterior tibige, 22.7 " 16.5

Length of median femora, 14.5 " 12.2

Length of posterior femora, 18 " 14.2

Another Trong specimen, a female, I have provisionally referred to
this species. However, it exhibits several discordant characters, as
the antennse beyond the second joint are slenderer, the terminal seg-
ments of the abdomen are supplied with longitudinal rugse, and the
size is greater.

Genus GRATIDIA Stll.
1875. Grntidia Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, III, pp. 14, 70.

Type. — Graiidia sansibara Stal.

As the material studied in this connection was quite limited, no
attempt has been made to determine the propriety of uniting Clonaria
with Gratidia, as Karsch has proposed to do in his paper on this genus.^^
The relegating of Paraclonaria to the synonymy seems unwarranted,
in spite of the arguments Karsch advances in defense of his action.
The structural characters of Paraclonaria are of sufficient importance

29 Entojn. Nachrich., XXIV, pp. 370-380.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83

to place it on an equal footing with many recognized genera of

Phasmidse.

Gratidia natalis (Westwood).

1859. Bacillus Natalis Westwood, Cat. Orth. Ins. Brit. Mus., I, p. 6, PI.
XXIII, figs. 7 and 8. [Port Natal.]

One female ; Zulu Mission, South Africa. [A. N. S. Phila.]
This specimen is from alcohol, and in consequence badly shriveled
and distorted.

Gratidia inclinata Karsoh.

1898. [Gratidia] inclinata Karsch, Entom. Nachrich., XXIV, pp. 372, 375.
[Darema, Usambara, German East Africa.]

Three males; Mombasa, British East Africa. [Coll. of Morgan
Hebard.]

These specimens have been badly broken, but they appear to be
clearly referable to this species.

Genus PARACLONARIA Sehulthess-Schindler.

1893. Paraclonaria Brunner, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, XXXIII,
p. 89. [Name untenable, as no included species are cited.]

1898. Paraclonaria Sehulthess-Schindler, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova,
XXXIX, p. 182.

Included P. longelaminata, affinis and hamuligera Schulthess, the
first of which was removed to Phthoa by Karsch. Of the remaining
forms hamuligera may be selected as the type.

Paraclonaria postrostrata (Karsch).

1898. [Gratidia] postrostrata Karsch, Entom. Nachrich., XXIV, pp. 373,
378. [Mombasa, East Africa.]

Two males; Mombasa, British East Africa. [Coll. Morgan Heb-
ard.]

These specimens agree very well with Karsch's description, except
for the fact that he gives the length of the anal segment as 7.5 milli-
meters, while in the specimens examined the plate itself is considerably
shorter than the type measurements. Possibly personal equation or
a different comprehension of the " analsegment " may be responsible
for the difference, as the structure and other proportions agree
perfectly.

Genus MARANSIS Karsch.

1898. Maransis Karsch, Entom. Nachrich., XXIV, pp. 365, 381.
Type. — Bacillus mozamhicus Westwood.

Maransis rufolineatus Schulthess.

1899. M[aransis] rufolineaius Schulthess, Bull. See. Vaudoise Sci. Nat.,
Lausanne, XXXV, p. 200, PL VII, fig. 4. [Delagoa.]

Five specimens; two males, three females (two immature); Zulu
Mission, South Africa. [A. N. S. Phila.]

84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Genus PARAPACHYMORPHA Brunner.

1S93. Parajpachymorjpha Brunner, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Geneva,
XXXIII, p. 95.

Included P. nigra and spinosa Brunner.

NEOHIRASEA »> n. subgen.

Allied to Parapachymorpha s.s., but differing in the greater size of
the second antennal joint, the unarmed limbs, the transverse first
abdominal segment, the emarginate ninth dorsal segment, as well as
the accentuated character of the major body spines and the compara-
tive suppression of the minor ones.

Type. — Phasma (Acanthoderus) japonicum Haan.

Parapachymorpha (Neohirasea) japonica (Haan).

1842. Phasma {Acanthoderus) japonicum Haan, Verhandel. Natuurlijke
Geschied., Orth., p. 135, tab. 12, fig. 4. [Japan.]

Three females; Kyoto, Japan. (Y. Hirase, No. 48.) [A. N. S.
Phila.]

Nikko, Japan. [U. S. N. M.]

The Nikko specimen, while badly broken, represents an individual
considerably bulkier than either of the Kyoto specimens.

Subfamily ACROPHYLLIN.^.^i

Genus DIMORPHODES Westwood.

1859. Dimorphodes Westwood, Cat. Orth. Ins. Brit. Mus., I, p. SO,

Type. — D. prostasis Westwood.

Dimorphodes mancus Bates.

1856. Diryiorphodes mancus Bates, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XXV, p. 345,
PI. XLIV, figs. 3 and 8. [Batchian and Ternate.]

Thirteen specimens; eight males, five females; Island of Obi,
Moluccas. [Coll. of Morgan Hebard.]

In this fine series of specimens two individuals, one a male and the
other a female, are decidedly more spinosc than the remainder of the
series. This is almost wholly due to the development of the low
tuberculous excrescences of the other specimens into distinct spines,
and may be considered a purely individual feature. Considerable
discrepancy exists in the length of the anterior limbs, two undoubtedly

^° Dedicated to Mr. Y. Hirase, of Kyoto, Japan, who has devoted a great amount
of time and labor to collecting representatives of the Mollusca and Orthoptera
of his native land.

^' As Kirby has already noticed (Proc. Royal Dublin Soc, n. s., VI, p. 573\
Acrophylla and Diura are directly synonymous. The former name was proposed
to replace the latter, which is preoccupied. Accordingly the use of the names as
distinct genera is a gross error.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 85

adult individuals showing the range of variation in the length of the
femora to be 4.5 millimeters.

Genus GEAEFFEA Stil.
1875. Graejfea Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, III, pp. 40, 85.
Type. — Lopaphus coccophagus Westwood ( = Alopus cocophages
Newport).

GraefFea cocophages (Newport).

1841. Alopus cocophages Newport, Philosoph. Trans. Royal See. London,
1844, Pt. I, p. 288, PI. XIV, fig. 4. [Navigator's Island.]

Three specimens; one male, two females; Savaii, Samoan Islands.
(Sir Charles Ehot.) [U. S. N. M.]

This species has also been recorded from the Tonga group, the Fee-
jees, and Rotuma near the latter group. The Loyally Islands possess
another species of the genus, lifuensis Sharp, and possibly fulvescens
Saussure, from the Marquesas, may be distinct, as the cerci of the
female are subspatulate instead of acuminate or terete, as in the other
two forms of the genus.

Genus ARRHID.a:US Stil.

1875. Arrhidceus Stal, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., Bd. 2,
No. 17, p. 15.

Type. — Necroscia styxius Westwood.

This genus contains a number of Oriental and Papuan species, a
list of which may prove of service:

Arrhidceus styxius (Westwood). Philippines.

Arrhidceus palinurus (Westwood). Philippines.

Arrhidceus nigricornis Stal. Philippines.

Arrhidceus stali Kirby. Albay, N. E. Luzon, Philippines.

Arrhidceus capita (Westwood). Sarawak, Borneo.

Arrhidceus longiceps (Bates). Kaioa Island, near Batchian.

Arrhidceus apalamnus n, sp. Obi.

Arrhidceus roseus (Stoll). Amboina and Ceram.

Arrhidceus cephalotes (Bates). New Guinea.

? Arrhidceus vittatus (Serville). Java.
Arrhidaeus apalamnus '■'- n. sp.

Types.— c? and ? ; Island of Obi, Moluccas. [A. N. S. Phila.,
presented by Mr. Morgan Hebard.]

Near longiceps Bates,^^ but differing in the longer pronotum, shorter
tegmina and wings, distribution of the femoral spines and coloration

32 airakafivogj i.e., helpless.

33 Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XXV, p. 350, PI. XLV, fig. 6.

86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Stoll's description of rosea,^^ from Amboina is so brief that even with
the aid of his figure Httle can be made out of it. It is very apparent,
however, that it has much longer wings than apalamnus, which latter
has very short wings in both sexes.

(^. — Size rather small; form moderately elongate; surface glabrous.
Head very large, almost twice the width of the pronotum, oblong,
slightly and evenly constricted in the posterior portion; occiput with
a broad shallow longitudinally disposed sulcus, another of similar
character extending posteriorly from the eye and another on the side
of the head; oceUi obsolete; eyes hemispherical; antennae slender,
filiform, about equal to the anterior femora in length. Pronotum
oblong, about twice as long as broad, very sUghtly broader anteriorly
than posteriorly, transverse sulcus centrally placed, lateral portions
with a broad shallow longitudinal depression extending almost the
entire length. Mesonotum slender, slightly expanding anteriorly and
posteriorly, over tliree times the length of the pronotum, surface obso-
letely tuberculate; median carina replaced by a very weak sulcus.
Tegmina ovate; apex rounded; median protuberance extremely low;
venation very irregular and somewhat reticulate in character. Wings
short, not reacliing to the middle of the third abdominal segment;
costal and mediastinal regions with the transverse nervures distinct
and parallel. Abdomen bacilliform; eighth dorsal abdominal segment
shghtly longer than the seventh, both of which are somewhat tectate;
ninth segment compressed, carinate, apical incision deep and circular,
the inferior lateral lobes strongly dentate; cerci about equal to the
ninth segment in length, fihf orm, apex acuminate ; subgenital opercule
reaching to the tip of the eighth dorsal segment, cymbiform, the apex
moderately acuminate. Limbs rather slender. Anterior femora equal
in length to the head, pronotum, mesonotum and tegmina, basal flexiu-e
slight, apical portion of the inferior surface with four spines; tibiae
shghtly longer than the femora; metatarsi half again as long as the
remaining tarsal joint. Median femora equal to the mesonotum and
haK of the pronotum in length, apical spines four in number, three
placed anteriorly, one posteriorly; tibiae equal to the femora in
length; metatarsi shghtly longer than the remaining tarsal joints.
Posterior femora slightly shorter than the four basal abdominal seg-
ments, the apical spines six or seven in number, one at the extreme
apex placed posteriorly; tibiae shghtly longer than the femora; meta-
tarsi about equal to the remaining tarsal joints in length.

^* NcUuurlijke Afbeeldingen en Beschrijvingen, Spooken, pp. 13 and 76, PI. V,
fig. 17.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87

General color sea-green, prothoracic and mesothoracic pie lira and
lines on the anterior and median coxae, as well as the posterior part of
the prosterniim black. Eyes wood-brown with a longitudinal bar of
blackish which is continued to the posterior margin of the head. Teg-
mina with the median protuberance pale ochraceous. Wings with the
venation of the costal and mediastinal regions of the general tint on a
smoky ground; posterior field vermillion.

9 . — Size medium. Head much as in the male, but the sulci less
distinct; antennae very slender, not more than two-thirds the length of
the anterior femora. Pronotum half again as long as broad, subequal
in width; three moderately distinct transverse sulci in the anterior half.
Mesonotum four times the length of the pronotum; median carina
replaced by a very fine longitudinal sulcus. Tegmina subovate, apex
roimdcd; median protuberance not perceptible. Wings extremely
short, not quite reaching the apex of the first abdominal segment;
costal and mediastinal regions with the apex subacuminate. Abdomen
with the eighth dorsal segment considerably longer than the seventh;
ninth segment shorter than the seventh, apex broadly acuminate;
cerci not equalling the ninth segment in length, depressed, acumi-
nate; subgenital opercule compressed, scoop-like, extending to the
middle of the ninth dorsal segment, apex narrowly emarginate^
surface subcoriaceous. Limbs with the femoral spines much as in the
male, but much weaker. Anterior femora equal to the mesonotum and
wings in length, basal flexure slight ; tibiae about equal to the femora
in length; metatarsi half again as long as the remaining tarsal
joints. j\Iedian femora and tibiae subequal and each somewhat shorter
than the mesonotum. Posterior femora slightly longer than the four
basal joints of the abdomen; tibiae exceeding the femora by half the
length of the four abdominal segments; metatarsi slightly exceeding
the remaining tarsal joints in length.

General color pale yellowish-green, becoming ochraceous on the
abdomen. Head glaucous-green, with two longitudinal stripes of
chrome-yellow which extend from the basal antennal joints back along
the lateral margins of the pronotum and mesonotum; a postocular
streak of darker green is faintly indicated. Mesonotum and pronotum
scrumbled with wood-I^rown, the mesothoracic pleura longitudinally
lined with chrome-yellow. Tegmina viridian-green, the mediastinal
region chrome-yellow. Wings with the apex of the costal and discoidal
region smoky-brown, with the venation rich verdigris-green; posterior
field vermillion. Limbs dull yellowish lined with blackish, which also
suffuses the coxae.

o

74.2]

tim

4.1

16.5

4.7

10

39.5

28.5

11 •

29

15

19.5

o8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

MeasuremenU.

Total length, 5.3.5 mm.

Length of pronotum, 3

Length of mesonotnm, 10.5

Length of tegmina, 4

Length of wings 14. 9

Length of abdomen 30.5

Length of anterior femora, 21.5

Length of anterior til)ia3, 22.1

Length of median femora, 12

Length of posterior femora, 16

Genus ANCHIALE Stal.
1S75. Anchiale Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, III, pp. 36 and S4.

Type. — Anchiale maculata (Olivier) {=Phasnia 7iecydaloides Stoll
[not of Linn.] and Phasma nccvimn Lichtenstein).

Anchiale nsevia (Lichtenstein).

1787. [Phasma] necydaloidcs Stoll, Xatuurli.ike Afbeeldingen en Beschry-
vingen, Spooken, pp. 8, 10 and 76, PI. Ill, fig. 8, PI. IV, fig. 11. [Am-
boina.] (Not Gryllus (Mantis) necydaloidcs Linnceus.)

1792. Mantis maculata Olivier, Encvcl. l\Iethod., Ins., VII, p. 636. [Am-
boina.]-^^ (Not of Thunberg and Lundahl, 1784.)

1802. [Phasma] noevium Lichten.stein, Trans. linn. Soc. London, \l, p. 13.
[Amboina.p^

Two rather immature females: Island of Obi, Moluccas. [Coll. of
Morgan Hebard.]

One of these specimens has the right anterior liml) regenerated, the
whole leg not equalling the normal left femur in length. The sjm-
onymy of this species is very much involved, but after considerable
study 7icevia seems to be the correct name.

Sharp^'^ has given some space to a discussion of the names of the
species of the genus, but as he did not have the Moluccan form, the
question as to a name for it was left unsettled. The nominal species
known to date are as follows :

Anchiale nccvia (Lichtenstein). Aml^oina and Obi.

Anchiale stolli Sharp. New Britain.

Anchiale confusa Sharp. New Britain (Westwood credits this form,
which he calls maculata, to the Sandwich Islands).

The insect figured and described by Blanchard^' from "Warou, on the
coast of Ceram, may represent a distinct form.

•'^ Based on Stoll's figures.

^« Willev, Zoological Results, I, p. 90.

2' Voi/a'ge aii Pole Hud., ZooL, IV, p. 358, Orth., PL I, fig. 8.

1904 ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89

Subfamily HETEROPTERYGIN.E {Cladomorphime Brunner).

Genus HETEROPTERYX Gray.

1835. Heteropterijx Gray, Synopsis Spec. Ins. Phasm., pp. 13 and 32.

Type. — Phasma dilatatum Parkinson.

Heteropteryx dilatata (Parkinson).

1798. Phasma dilatatum Parkinson, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, IV, p. 190,
tab. IS. [Asia.]

Two specimens, male and female; Trong, Lower Siam. (Dr. W. L.
Abbott.) [U. S. N. M.]

The male of this species has never been described, and appears
to be remarkable for the great length of the tegmina and wings.
It resembles the male of mulleri Haan closer than any other species the
male of which is known. From mulleri it can readily be distinguished
by the shorter mesonotum, the longer tegmina (55 mm.) and wings
(70 mm.), and the more ample lateral flaps of the seventh and eighth
abdominal segments.

The range of the genus Heteropteryx covers Malacca and Trong (dila-
tata, castelnaudii, rollandi), Sumatra (mulleri), Java (rosenbergi) ,
Borneo (grayii, dehaanii and dilatata), Celebes (westwoodii) and Aus-
tralia (austrcdis).

Genus DATAMES StM.
1875. Datames Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, III, pp. 51 and 93.

Type. — Acanthoderus oileus West wood.
Datames sequalis ^ n. sp.

Type. — ? ; Island of Obi, Moluccas. [A. N. S. Phila., presented by
Mr. Morgan Hebard.]

Closely allied to D. mouhotii Bates^^ from Cambodia, but differing in
the peculiar form of the ninth dorsal abdominal segment, and the almost
entire absence of oblique ridges on the abdominal segments. The
Javan and Malaccan oileus West wood, rather curiously, is not at all
closely allied.

Size small; form elongate, tectatc, sul^equal; surface obscurely
tuberculate. Head subequal in width, slightly longitudinal; occiput
elevated and bearing two converging cristate crenulate ridges, which,
when united posteriorly, form a jagged projecting lobe; interocular
region with a structure somewhat similar to that found on the occiput,
but on a smaller scale, the ridges not meeting posteriorly and being
trituberculate, the anterior tubercle developed into a distinct curved

^* In allusion to the uniform breadth of the thoracic and abdominal segments.
^^ Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XXV, p. 342.

90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan..

claw-likc spine; lateral aspect of the head with a distinct longi-
tudinal rounded ridge passing through the eye; eyes globose, rather
small; antennae equal to the mesonotum and metanotum in length,
basal joint triquetrous, sul^concave, rectangular, the external margin
with a distinct submedian and apical spine, second joint longitudinal,
depressed. Pronotum slightly transverse, anterior margin concave,
posterior margin truncate ; median portion with a pair of longitudinal
tuberculous ridges; lateral portions with a broad distinct continuous
ridge. Mesonotum two and one-half times the length of the pronotum ;
median carina sprinkled with tubercles, the anterior and posterior
portions each bearing a distinct symmetrically disposed pair; lateral
ridge distinct, gently curved upward in the supra-coxal region. Meta-
notum (including the median segment) two-thirds the length of
the mesonotum and similar in structure, except that the anterior por-
tion of the median carina is without tubercles; median segment slightly
more than one-fourth of the whole metanotal length. Abdomen
almost equal to the head and thorax in length, subequal in width, all
segments transverse, the oblique lateral lines present in the other
species of the genus subobsolete; median carina very distinct on the
fourth and eighth segments, bifurcate on the former, cristate on the
latter; ninth dorsal abdominal segment basally rectangular, the pos-
terior median portion produced into a subtriangular process, the apex
of which is truncato-emarginate; subgenital opcrcule reaching to the
apex of the eighth dorsal segment, carinate, produced, the apex
rounded. Limbs short and stout. Anterior femora about three-fourths
the length of the mesonotum, basal flexure slight, but occupying
half the entire length, dorsal carina high; tibiae slightly shorter than
the femora; metatarsi not exceeding the succeeding joint in length.
Median femora slightl}^ shorter than the metanotum in length, superior
margin obscurely trilobate; tibise slightly shorter than the femora;
metatarsi not different in character from the succeeding joint and but
very slightly longer. Posterior femora equal to the median segment
and first and second abdominal segments in length, suiDerior margin
trilobate, the third low and subobsolete in character; tibiee slightly
shorter than the femora in length; metatarsi as in the median limbs.

General color ochraceous and wood-brown, the two tints irregularly
intermingled, and distinctly contrasted in but few places.

Measurements.

Total length, 44 mm.

Length of pronotum 3 "

Length of mesonotum 9.1 ''

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91

Measurements.

Length of metanotum (including median segment), ... 6 mm.

Length of abdomen, 21.5 "

Length of anterior femora, 7

Length of anterior tibia?, 5.8 "

Length of median femora, 6 ''

Length of posterior femora, 7 "

Subfamily ANISOMORPHIN.E.
Genus DECIDIA StM.
— 1875. Decidia Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, III, pp.- 57 and 96.
Type. — Phasma soranus Westwood.

Decidia soranus (Westwood)?

1859. Phasma Soranus Westwood, Cat. Orth. Ins. Brit. Mus., I, p. 127,
PI. XVII, fig. 3. ["In Colombia regione frigida Quindensi."]

One immature female; La Paz, Bolivia. [A. N. S. Phila.]
This specimen shows rudiments of the tegmina and wings, and while
resembling Westwood's figure of soranus very closely in general ap-
pearance, it is much smaller {circa 45 mm.) than even the immature
condition of the specimen would seem to warrant. The metatarsi are
much shorter than in the figure of soranus, and the probabilities are
that mature Bolivian specimens will show the existence of a form
distinct from the type species.

Subfamily PSEUDOPHASMIN.E.*«
Genus STRATOCLES Stai.
1875. Stratocles Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, III, pp. 57 and 96.

Type. — Stratocles cinctipes Stal.
Stratocles multilineatus n. sp.

Type. — d^ ; San Carlos, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [Cat.
No. 7,347, U. S. N. M.]

Near S. forcipatus Bolivar," with which it agrees fairly well in general
measurements, but is separated by a number of other characters.
Some slight resemblance appears to exist to the insufficiently described
Phasma hennettii Gray.

Size small; form moderately elongate. Head slightly depressed,
subequal in width; ocelli large; eyes ovate, prominent; antennae
somewhat exceeding the body in length, basal joint subquadrate,
second joint cylindrical, equal to the basal joint in length. Pronotum

^ I have followed Kirby (Trans. Linn,. Soc. London, n. ser., VI, pp. 473-474)
in using this name for the Phasmidce of Brunner.
" Adas Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat., XXV, p. 11 .

92 PROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

equal to the head in length, longitudinal, sul:)equal except for a slight
anterior constriction; anterior and posterior margins subtruncate;
cruciform longitudinal and transverse sulci finely marked, but dis-
tinctly visible; anterior angles rotundato-emarginate; posterior half
with four more or less distinct raised longitudinal ridges. JMcsonotum
slightly longer than the pronotum, longitudinal, subequal in width,
posterior portion considerably but gradually inflated, surface with
four longitudinal rows of small tubercles, which posteriorly fuse into
rough ridges; mesopleura smooth, with a longitudinal low ridge; meso-
sternum smooth, rounded. JMetanotum twice as long as the meso-
notum; metasternum plane. Tegmina ovoid, not half the length of
the metathorax, discoidal protuberance rather sharp, longitudinal;
apex rather narrowly rounded. Wings large, reaching to the apex of
the seventh abdominal segment, slightly over twice as long as wide.
Abdomen about half again as long as the head and thorax; the six basal
segments longitudinal, gradually decreasing in length toward the apex;
seventh dorsal segment transverse, not quite half the length of the
sixth; eighth segment about twice the length of the seventh, very much
inflated apically; ninth dorsal segment bullate, bearing a shallow me-
dian depressed area which gives the plate a bimammillate appearance,
apical margin subtruncate ; cerci not quite equal to the ninth dorsal seg-
. ment in length, subequal and slightly depressed l^asally, acuminate
apically; subgenital opercule but slightly shorter than the eighth dorsal
segment, and exceeding the apical margin of the same, apical margin
evenly rounded with a very slight shallow median emargination.
Limbs very slender, the anterior and posterior femora subequal to their
respective femora in length. Anterior femora slightly exceeding the
entire thorax in length, basal flexure hardty visible; metatarsi very
slightly shorter than the remaining tarsal joints. Median femora equal
to the mesonotum and metathorax in length ; tibise somewhat shorter
than the femora; metatarsi slightly shorter than the remaining joints
of the tarsi. Posterior femora reaching slightly beyond the apex of
the fourth abdominal segment; metatarsi slightly shorter than the
remaining tarsal joints.

General color of the upper surface slate-black lined and spotted with
emerald-green; head with seven distinct longitudinal lines; pronotum
with two large irregular blotches on the anterior half, four longitudinal
lines on the posterior part, and the entire margins of the same green tint ;
mesonotum with the lateral ridges and the four distinct rows of tuber-
cles of the overlying tint; tegmina with the basic color sohd except in
the discoidal and basal regions which are ochraceous-rufous, A-eins of

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93

the costal and posterior fields emerald-green ; wings with the costal and
discoidal of the same color scheme as the tegmina, posterior field smok}'-
hyaline, the veins distinctly blackish, the basal portion whitish; abdo-
men with the upper surface blackish, touched with ochraceous toward
the apex. Under surface pale ochraceous, touched ■v\dth reddish
anteriorly and posteriorly. Antennae blackish with very minute whit-
ish annuli at the apex of each segment, the terminal joint ochraceous-
rufous; eyes mottled wood-brown. Limbs with the femora blackish,
lined along the carinse with emerald-green, the proximal portion with
the latter color predominating; tibia? dull blackish-ochraceous: tarsi
ochraceous.

Measurements.

Total length, 46 mm.

Length of pronotum, 3 "

Length of mesonotum, 3.7 "

Length of metathorax, 7.8 "

Length of tegmina, 4.5 "

Length of wings, 29.5 "

Length of abdomen, 29 "

Length of anterior femora 15 "

Length of anterior tibise, 14.5 "

Length of median femora, 12.5 "

Length of posterior femora, 15.5 "

Stratocles costaricensis n. sp.

Type.— 9 ; Costa Rica. (Schild and Biu-gdorf.) [Cat. No. 7,346,
U. S. N. M.]

Apparently related to Phasma perspicillare Stoll,^ from which it
differs in the longer limbs and rather different color pattern, which,
however, resembles perspicillaris closer than any other species.

Size medium; form elongate subfusiform; surface generally veluti-
nous and evenly pilose on the pronotum, mesonotum, limbs and ven-
tral surface. Head suborbicular when viewed from the dorsum, con-
siderably broader than the pronotum; occiput rounded; ocelh of
mediiun size; eyes ovate, moderately prominent; antennae exceeding
the body by over half the length of the latter. Pronotum longitudinal,
about twice as long as wide, subequal; anterior and posterior margins
subtnmcate ; cruciform depression very slight. Mesonotum shorter than
the pronotimi, posterior half sharply yet evenly elevated, width sub-
equal and shghtly narrower than the pronotum. ]\letathorax consider-
ably longer than the prothorax and mesothorax; metasternum plane.
Tegmina rather short, irregularly elongate-ovate ; costal area large and

« NatuvrJ. Afbeeld. Bparh., Spooken, pp. 67 and 77, PI. XXIIT, fig. 86.

94 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

distinctly emarginate apically ; discoidal area \Yith the tubercles com-
pressed, longitudinal, triangular in outline. Wings ample, reaching to
the apex of the abdomen in repose, almost twice as long as broad; apex
rather narrowly rounded. Abdomen with the six basal segments longi-
tudinal, decreasing in size toward the apex; seventh and eighth dorsal
segments each about three-fourths the length of the sixth segment, tec-
tate; ninth segment tectate, slightly shorter than the preceding segment,
apex obtuse wdth a slight median emargination exposing the triangular
apex of the supra-anal plate ; cerci slender, simple, extending but a slight
distance beyond the tip of the ninth segment; subgenital opercule large,
cymbiform, extending to the apex of the ninth dorsal segment, apex
produced, rectangulate. Limbs moderately slender. Anterior femora
injured; tibiae somewhat shorter than the thorax; metatarsi shorter
than the remaining tarsal joints. Median femora equal to the meso-
thorax and metathorax in length; tibiae distinctly shorter than the
femora ; metatarsi about two-thirds the length of the remaining tarsal
joints. Posterior femora equal to the four basal segments of the
abdomen; tibiae equal to the femora in length; metatarsi equal to the
remaining tarsal joints in length.

General color dull black, becoming brownish-black on the abdomen
and limbs; mesonotum, mesopleura, mesosternum, metapleura and
metasternum with several obscure lines of dull ochraceous. Femora
each with several very obscure annuli of dull ochraceous. Tegmina
ochre-yellow, suffused on the apical portion of the discoidal and pos-
terior fields with pale glaucous-green; longitudinal veins of the dis-
coidal and posterior fields apically, and the posterior margin entirely
lined with black. Wings with the costal and discoidal regions pale
ochre-yellow, fading into pale glaucous-green apically ; anterior margin,
a spot before the base and the veins of the discoidal area blackish;
posterior field with the disk very pale clay color, the periphery and
apex dark smoky-hj-aline.

Measurements.

Total length, 52.2 mm.

Length of pronotum, 3.7

Length of mesonotum, 3

Length of metathorax, 9

Length of tegmina, 6.7

Length of wings, 39

Length of abdomen, 31

Length of anterior tibiae, 16.5

Length of median femora, 13.1

Length of posterior femora 18

1904.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95

Genus PSEUDOPHASMA Kirby { P hasm a Auct.). «
1S96. Pseudophasma Kirby, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 2cl ser., VI, p. 473.

Type. — Gryllus necydaloides Linnaeus (=phthisicus Linnseus).

After examining the literature on the subject, I fully agree with
Kirby as to the necessity of a new name for the Phasma of most authors.
Pseudophasma phaeton n. sp.

T}T)e. — S ; San Carlos, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [Cat.
No. 7,348, U. S.N. M.]

Closely related to P. urazi Bolivar^* from the Rio Atalapo, but differ-
ing in the hyaline posterior field of the wings, the longer mesonotum,
and the different proportions of the limbs.

Bolivar's P. perezi*^ from Coca, Ecuador, also appears to be an allied
species.

Size rather large; form very slender and elongate. Head consider-
al^ly longer than the pronotum, very slightly constricted posteriorly;
eyes ovate; antenna3 with each joint somewhat thickened apically,
basal joint oblong, slightly depressed. Pronotum not quite half the
length of the mesonotum, almost twice as long as broad, subequal,
anterior and posterior margins subtruncate; anterior angles with a
slight emargination caused by a distinct spiraculous aperture; cruci-
form depression slightly marked. Mesonotum rather elongate, sub-
equal in width ; lateral margins each with a distinct longitudinal carina ;
median portion with a constant slight longitudinal sulcus ; surface of the
anterior three-fifths sprinkled with rounded tubercles, surface of the
])osterior two-fifths smooth; mesosternum obscurely tuberculate with
a distinct, though irregular, longitudinal carina. Metathorax equal to
the mesothorax in length; metasternum strongly longitudinal, and
l)caring a distinct, but very narrow, median sulcus. Tegmina slightly
over three-fourths the length of the mesonotum, subrectangular, the
apical margin obliquely truncate; costal margin arcuate; anal margin

^" The name Pseudophasma was proposed almost simultaneously by both
Kirby and Bolivar, the former to replace Phasma of authors, the latter to desig-
nate a new genus near to the one Kirby renamed. Considerable trouble was
experienced in ascertaining the exact dates of the respective papers. Kirby's
article (supra, pp. 447-475) was read December 5, 1895, and in the contents of
the volume the date July, 1896, is given. Bolivar's paper (Adas Soc. Espan.
Hist. Nat., XXV, pp. 11-18) was presented January 8, 1896, and the date of
publication of the part is given on the cover sheet as September 30, 1896. From
the Zoologischer Anzeiger (Bibliographia Zoologica, I, pp. 552 and 650) we learn
that Kirby's paper was received first, and this no doubt has priority of a month
at least. Accordingly Bolivar's Pseudophasma requires another name, and I
propose Ignacia, as a "slight tribute to the worth of a master mind.

" Actas Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat., XXV, p. 13.

^^ An. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat., X, p. 479.

96 PROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan..

strai^o-ht; median tubercle elongate and relatively low; venation, ex-
cept for the principal longitudinal veins, irregularly reticulate. Wings
reaching to the middle of the fifth abdominal segment, slightly less than
twice as long as broad ; marginal costal field with the transverse veins
irregularly disposed, all other cross veins (except those of the posterior
field) regularly disposed. Abdomen with the six basal segments dis-
tinctly longitudinal, the sixth about two-thirds the length of the fifth;
seventh segment about two-thirds the length of the sixth, and with the
eighth and ninth strongly compressed and distinctly tectate; eighth
and ninth segments subequal in length, the latter with the apical mar-
gin trimcate ; cerci equal to the ninth dorsal segment in length, elongate
fusiform; subgenital opercule slender, reaching to the middle of the
ninth dorsal segment, apex very strongly acuminate. Limbs slender,
and relatively small. Anterior femora equal to the head, pronotum
and mesonotum in length ; basal flexure distinct and occupying slightly
more than the basal third; tibise equal to the femora in length.
jNIedian femora two-thirds the length of the anterior femora; tibiae
about three-fourths the length of the femora; metatarsi about half
as long as the remaining tarsal joints. Posterior femora slightly
exceeding the apex of the second abdominal segment; tibise about
four-fifths the length of the femora; metatarsi about three-quarters
the length of the remaining tarsal joints.

General color mars-brown, closely and almost uniformly sprinkled
with minute specks of vandyke-brown. Head with a distinct post-
ocular streak of ecru-drab, which is bordered superiorly and interiorly
by a line of blackish, genae ecru-drab; eyes vandyke-brown; antenni^e
with each joint bearing a distinct apical blackish annulus. Pronotum
with a few subobsolete blackish blotches. IMesonotum with the ground
color of the anterior tuberculous portion dull cinnamon, several of the
larger tubercles blackish, posterior smooth portion suffused with green-
ish-blue ; lateral carinse dull cinnamon bordered inferiorly by a line of
blackish. Metapleura and metasternum dull whitish. Tegmina with
an irregular longitudinal blackish line passing to the exterior of the
median tubercle. Wings with the costal and discoidal fields of the
general color; posterior field hyaline. Limbs irregularly and rather
obscurely annulate with mummy-brown on a ground of wood-brown.

Measurements.

Total length, 79 mm.

Length of pronotum 3.5 "

Length of mesonotum 9 "

Length of metathorax, 11 "

1904.] NATURAL SCIENXES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97

Measurements.

Length of tegmina 6.5 mm.

Length of wings, 48 "

Length of abdomen, 49.5 "

Length of anterior femora L5 "

Length of anterior tibia^ 15.5 "

Length of median femora, 11 "

Length of posterior femora, 16 "

Pseudophasma phthisioum (Linnaeus)?

1758. [Gryllus (Mantis)] phthisicus Linnspus, Syst. Nat., X ed., p. 425.
["Inlndiis."]

One male; Carrillo, Costa Rica. [Coll. Morgan Hebard.]

This specimen appears to be referable to this species, though differing

considerably in coloration from the descriptions. The S-shaped mark

on the tegmina is but little crved, while the posterior part of the

tegmina is as black as the general color of the insect. The wings also

carry a longitudinal dull ochraceous line along the greater portion of

the discoidal region, in continuation of the median line on the

tegmina.

The following measurements may be of interest :

Total length, 55.5 mm.

Length of pronotum, . 4 "

Length of mesonotum 4.7 "

Length of metathorax 9.1 "

Length of tegmina ' 6.5 "

Length of wings, 38.5 "

Length of abdomen 33 "

Length of anterior femora 17.5 "

Length of anterior tibia^, 17.5 "

Length of median femora, ]5.8 "

Length of posterior femora 20 "

Pseudophasma menius (Westwood).

1S59. Phafitna il/emws Westwood, Cat. Orth. Ins. Brit. Miis., I, v. US, PI.
XVII, fig. 2. [Colombia.]

Twelve specimens, all males; Carrillo, Costa Rica. [Coll. ]\Iorgan
Hebard.] Carrillo and San Carlos, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burg-
dorf.) [U. S. N. M.]

This scries ranges from mars-Ijrown to seal-brown in general color,
while the posterior field of the wings shows all intermediates between
ecru-drab and cinnamon. Size, according to the series examined,
appears to be. subject to but little variation. StaP® has recorded this
species from Chiriqui, and Griffini^^ has mentioned a female specimen

** Recensio Orthopterorum, III, p. 97.

^' Bollet. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp., Torino, XI, No. 23G, p. 2.

7

98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

from the vicinity of the Rio Cianati, Darien, locahties which connect
those above mentioned and that of the type.
Pseudophasma cryptochlore ^^ n. sp.

Type. — c? ; San Carlos, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [Cat.
No.V,349, U. S. N. M.]

Apparently closely allied to P. gambrisius (Westwood),^^ from Vene-
zuela, but differing in the structure of the apex of the abdomen, the
shorter mesonotum and quite different coloration. Relationship also
exists with prasinum (Serville) and pholcus (Westwood).

Size small; form slender. Head slightly longitudinal, subequal,
considerably wider than the pronotum ; occiput with several fine longi-
tudinal lines; ocelli very distinct, the anterior one considerably in
advance of the others; ej'es subglobose, very prominent; antennae
equal to the body in length, first and second joint cylindrical, the latter
considerably smaller and shorter than the basal joint, third joint equal
to the fourth and fifth together. Pronotum about two-thirds the length
of the mesonotum; anterior and posterior margins subtruncate; cruci-
form impression slight, the transverse arm toward the lateral margins
deflected posteriorly; anterior angles normal though spiraculiferous.
]\Iesonotum rather short and slender, slightly and evenly constricted
toward the middle; surface sparsely granulate; median longitudinal
sulcus slight but distinct ; mesosternum rugulose with a distinct, though
somewhat irregular, median carina. IMetathorax al)out equal to the
prothorax and mesothorax in length, beneath with a slight median
sulcus. Tegmina not more than half the leng-th of the metathorax,
ovate ; median tubercle low and somewhat elongate ; longitudinal veins
rather regularly disposed, transverse A'eins irregularly placed and pro-
ducing a reticulate effect. Wings almost equal to the body in
length, twice as long as broad; costal area with the transverse veins
rather regularly disposed. Abdomen with the six basal segments
longitudinal, very gradually decreasing in size toward the apex; sev-
enth and eighth segments subequal in length, each shorter than the sixth ;
ninth segment rather shorter than the eighth, apically subtruncate ; cerci
rather short, terete, slightly curved; subgenital opercule slightly ex-
ceeding the apex of the eighth dorsal segment, cj^mbiform, the margin
rounded, but de^'eloped into a distinct lip or rim. Limbs of moderate
length, the anterior and median femora consideral^ly exceeding their
respective tibiip in length. Anterior femora equal to the pronotum,

*^ Kpv-ro^j hidden, and ;i'/w/)oc, green, in allusion to the green of the ventral
surface.

« Catal. Orth. Ins. Bra. Mus., I, p. US, PI. XIV, fig. 2.

1904.] NATURAL SCONCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99

mesonotum and tegmina in length; metatarsi slightly shorter than
the remaining tarsal joints in length. Median femora about equal to
the pronotum and mesonotum in length; metatarsi equal to the three
succeeding joints in length. Posterior femora not quite reaching the
apex of the third abdominal segment; tibiae sHghtly shorter than the
femora; metatarsi about equal to the remaining tarsal joints in length.
General color above dull blackish; eyes umber; ocelli dull luteous;
antennae blackish, toward the apex bearing two broad annuli of obscure
. whitish, which is almost entirely due to the silvery pubescence. Teg-
mina with the principal longitudinal veins lined mth pale greenish ; wings
with the costal and discoidal areas blackish, the longitudinal veins of
the lateral regions lined with apple-green, posterior field of the wings
blackish-hyaline, clear whitish basally, the area of the latter tint being
comparatively small. Abdomen blackish, becoming dull brownish
on the anterior portion of the ventral surface. Ventral and pleural
surfaces of the thoracic segments apple-green. Limbs apple-green
with the distal portion of each joint blackish, this color on the anterior
limbs being very extensive and considerably limiting the greenish area.

Measurements.

Total length, 40 mm.

Length of pronotum, 2.5 "

Length of mesonotum, 4 "

Length of metathorax, 6.1 "

Length of tegmina, 3.5 "

Length of wings, 28 "

Length of abdomen, 25.5 "

Length of anterior femora, 10.5 "

Length of anterior tibise, 7 "

Length of median femora, 6.5 "

Length of posterior femora, 10 "

A paratype male has also been examined.

Pseudophasma cyllarus (Westwood).

1859. Necroscia Cyllarus Westwood, Catal. Orth. Ins. Brit. Mus., I, p.
155, PI. XIII, fig. 2, PI. XIV, fig. 5. [Jamaica.]

One male; Ivingston, Jamaica. (T. D. A. Cockerell.) [U. S. N. M.]
This species falls quite naturally into this genus, but that it is very
aberrant there can be no doubt.

Genus PLANUDES StSl.
1875. Planudes Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, III, pp. 59 and 98.
Type. — P. perillus Stal.

100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Planudes crenulipes n. sp.

Type. — ? ; Tiicurrique, Costa Rica. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [Cat.
No. 7,350, U. S. N. M.]

Allied to P. paxillus (Westwood)^" and P. periUus Stal.^^ From the
former it differs in the absence of distinct spines on the head, the more
ovate tegmina, the much longer wings, the slightly longer mesonotum
and the lobate posterior femora. From the latter it differs in the larger
tegmina and wings, the rather different coloration of the wings, the
smaller size, and apparently in the lobate posterior femora, although
Stal does not state the condition of the limbs in the specimen examined.

Size medium; form elongate; surface rugoso-tuberculate. Head
longitudinal, equal in width and not broader than the pronotum;
occiput with the tubercles rather low and grouped into longitudinal
series, the median pair of which diverge posteriorly; eyes globose,
rather small, prominent; antennae slightly exceeding the head and
thorax in length, basal joint rather oblong, slightly depressed. Pro-
notum slightly longer than the head, subequal; anterior and posterior
margins truncate; tubercles of even size, disposed in distinct longitudi-
nal series ; longitudinal sulcus very slight, transverse sulcus broad and
shallow, but very marl^ed. Mesonotum slightly over twice the length
of the pronotum, gradually expanding posteriorly, surface rugoso-
tuberculate ; metapleura finely rugulose ; metasternum with an irregu-
lar median longitudinal carina. Metathorax about as long as the meso-
thorax, rather si3arsely tuberculate. Tegmina elliptical; veins irregvi-
larly reticulate; median protuberance high, blunt, the posterior portion
curved inward toward the anal margin. Wings four times as long as
the tegmina, reaching to the middle of the fourth abdominal segment,
not quite twice as long as wide; venation rather regular proximally
becoming subreticulate distally. Abdomen over half again as long as
the head and thorax, the six basal segments longitudinal, the first and
second shorter than the succeeding divisions; seventh segment sub-
quadrate; eighth and ninth segments distinctly transverse, the latter
shorter than the former, and with the apical margin subtruncate and
distinctly crenulate; cerci very short, slight and simple, lateral in
position; subgenital opercule short, reaching the apex of the seventh
dorsal segment, carinate, apex acuminate. Limbs short. Anterior
femora about equal to the mesonotum in length, margins crenulate;
tibice slightly shorter than the femora, margins crenulate; metatarsi
not more than half as long as the remaining tarsal joints. Median femora

so Catal. Orth. Ins. Brit. Mus., I, p. 127, PI. XI, fig. 5.
" Rec. Orthopt., Ill, p. 98.

1904.] XATURAT. SCIE.N'CES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101

slightly shorter than the anterior tibiso in length, margins very slightly
crenulate; tibiae slightly over two-thirds the length of the mesonotiim,
margins moderately and irregularly crenulate; metatarsi less than
half the length of the remaining tarsal joints. Posterior femora about
equal to the mesonotum in length, superior margins dentato-crenulate,
the anterior one with the processes very large, inferior margins with
distinct rounded foliaceous lobes ; tibiae slightly shorter than the femora,
the superior margins wdtli distinct hemispherical lobes; metatarsi about
half as long as the remaining tarsal joints.

General color olive, irregularly blotched and sprinkled with patches of
wood-brown and bearing a very pale suffusion of pea-green on the wings
and tegmina. Wings with the base of the costal and the whole dis-
coidal area suffused with a wash of vinaceous pink; posterior area pale
smoky-hyaline, the veins pale brownish, the whole surface bearing an
indefinable bloom of pinkish vinaceous, best seen by viewing the wing
obliquely.

Measurements.

Total length, 63 mm.

Length of pronotum, 4 "

Length of mesonotum, 8 "

Length of metathorax, 8.5 "

Length of tegmina, 7 "

Length of wings, 26 "

Length of abdomen, 40 "

Length of anterior femora, 9.5 "

Length of anterior tibiae, 8.5 "

Length of median femora, 7 "

Length of posterior femora, 8 "

Genus XEROSOMA Serville.
1831. Xerosoma Serville, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 01.

Type. — Xerosoma canaliculatum Serville.
Xerosoma glyptomerion ^- n. sp.

Types. — d' ; San Carlos, Costa Rica. (Schiid and Burgdorf.) [Cat.
No. 7,351, U. S. N. M.] 9 ; Carrillo, Costa Rica. [A. N. S. Phila.,
presented by Mr. Morgan Hebard.]

Apparently closer allied to senticosa StaP^ than any other member of
the genus, Ijut still very distinct. It can readily be separated by the
absence of distinct spines on the pronotum, the greater number of
cephalic spines, the shorter mesonotum of the female and a number of
other characters.

52 ylvnro^, sculptured, and MP'm>, thigh.
*' Recensio Orthopterorum, III, p. 99.

102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

d^. — Size rather small; form elongate; surface generally rugulose.
Head moderately elongate, subequal; occiput with four distinct spini-
form processes; interocular region with three triangularly disposed
rather blunt processes, the anterior one smaller than the other two,
and bearing upon their summits the ocelli; eyes subglobose, very
prominent; antennae equal to the body in length, first and second joint
about equal in length, the basal joint somewhat depressed; whole sur-
face with a number of evenly distributed spiniform tubercles. Pro-
notum about equal to the head in length, rather narrower than the
head, subequal in width, anterior angles with a slight projecting pro-
cess; anterior and posterior margins truncate; cruciform depression
with the transverse arm stronger than the longitudinal branch. Meso-
notum about twice the length of the pronotum, subequal in width,
somewhat elevated posteriorly; median longitudinal sulcus very dis-
tinct posteriorly, obsolete anteriorly; surface rugoso-tuberculate, four
spiniform symmetrically disposed tubercles flank the median line ; meso-
sternum rugose. Metathorax about equal to the pronotum and meso-
notum in length, metapleura and the metasternum sparsely and weakly
tuberculate. Tegmina about equal to the metathorax in length,
cylindrical-ovate in outline, the base and apex produced and angu-
late; median protuberance very distinct, high, rounded, compressed;
veins subreticulate, surface rather coriaceous. Wings extending to
the middle of the sixth abdominal segment, twice as long as broad;
apex subrectangulate. Abdomen with the six basal segments longi-
tudinal, decreasing in length distally; seventh dorsal segment two-
thirds the leng-th of the sixth; eighth segment considerably shorter
than, and ninth about equal to, the seventh segment, the latter com-
pressed, subrostrate and vnih the apical margin with a shallow median
^'-shaped emargination ; cerci slender, straight and equal to the ninth
dorsal segment in leng-th; subgenital opercule slightly exceeding the
apical margin of the eighth dorsal segment, basally bullate, apical por-
tion compressed, rather rostrate, the apex itself with a shallow trian-
gular emargination. Limbs slender and simple; tibiae about equal to
their respective femora in length. Anterior femora equal to the teg-
mina, mesonotum and half of the pronotum in leng-th, basal flexure
marked; metatarsi slightly shorter than the remaining tarsal joints.
Median femora about equal to the pronotum and mesonotum in length ;
metatarsi slightly shorter than the remaining tarsal joints. Posterior
femora reaching to the middle of the third abdominal segment ; meta-
tarsi very slightly shorter than the succeeding joints.

General color dull paris-green and prout's-brown intermingled.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENXES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103

Head with the spines clear green ; eyes wahiut-brown ; antennae green-
ish, each segment with a narrow apical annulus of brown. Mesonotum
with the larger spines tipped with clear brown. Tegmina with the
median protuberances clear green. Wings with the costal and discoidal
regions bearing strongly contrasted blotches of the two colors washed
with an ochraceoiis tint; posterior field smoky-hyaline. Limbs with
the usual coloration, but the tibiae have the green clear and vitreous.

? . — Size medium ; form moderately elongate ; surface rugosc-
tuberculate. Head somewhat longitudinal, subeciual in width; occi-
put bearing about twelve formidable spines ranged in four longitudinal
series, of which the median pair contain the greatest number of spines
and the posterior ones of which are recurved and considerably larger
than any of the others ; interocular region with the ocellar spines much
reduced, the anterior one practically obsolete, the ocellus but slightly
raised above the surrounding surface; eyes subglobose, moderately
prominent; antennge wdth the basal joint strongly depressed; entire
dorsal surface sprinkled with small spiniform tubercles. Pronotum
slightly shorter than the head, very strongly emarginate over the ante-
rior coxae; anterior margin broadly and evenly emarginate, posterior
margin truncate ; median line flanked by a longitudinal row of several
short spines. Mesonotum not quite twice the length of the pronotum,
subequal in width ; no median carina or sulcus present ; surface strongly
rugoso-tuberculate ; mesopleurse and mesosternum rugoso-tuberculate,
the lower margins of the former and the lateral borders of the latter
bearing distinct tuberculous ridges. Metathorax slightly longer than
the other thoracic segments together; metasternum obsoletely tuber-
culate ; metapleurte bearing along their lower margins a series of four
distinct rounded tubercles. Tegmina equal to the head, pronotum and
mesonotum in length, elongate-elliptical; apex narrowly romided;
tubercle placed distinctly anterior to the middle, high, roimded, com-
pressed; surface coriaceous, subreticulate, and bearing a number of
small node-like projections. Wings about equal to the abdomen in
length; costal and discoidal areas with the transverse nervures rather
regular in character. Abdomen depressed, each segment with the
lateral margins developed into a more or less crenulate foliaceous flap ;
the five basal segments longitudinal, the fifth broader than the others;
sixth segment quadrate; seventh, eighth and ninth segments trans-
verse, decreasing in length distally, median carina present on the sev-
enth and represented by two parallel ridges on the eighth, ninth seg-
ment crcnulato-truncate; cerci slender, almost equal to the ninth dor-
sal segment in length, apex blunt ; subgenital opercule rather short,

104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

reaching to the middle of the eighth dorsal segment, V-shaped in sec-
tion, the apex subtrmicate with a triangular median projection.
Limbs rather short j-^* tibiae about equal to their respective femora in
length; femora with nearly all their carinse bearing distinct subdenti-
form lobes, those of the superior carinse being the more prominent;
tibiae with superior margins only bearing such lobes. Anterior femora
almost equal to the tegmina in length, basal flexure distinct and
strongly bowed, superior external margin bearing five lobes, ^^ superior
internal margin four lobes, the inferior internal margin none, the in-
ferior external margin ten; tibise bearing four very large and distinct
lobes on the external margin, internal margin with four smaller lobes
placed in juxtaposition to those of the external margin; metatarsi
considerably shorter than the remaining tarsal joints, and bearing
several small jagged lobes on its superior surface. ]\Iedian femora
equal to the mesonotum and half of the metanotum in length, superior
margins with five lobes placed in juxtaposition, inferior margins with
four distinct lobes placed as on the superior carinse, median carina of
the lower surface with several obsolete lobes; tibise with five more or
less distinct lobes placed as on the anterior limbs; metatarsi not
exceeding the second and third tarsal joints in length, unarmed.

General color olive and drab, intermingled and suffused on the head,
portions of the thorax and anterior limbs with very pale cinnamon.
Eyes walnut-brown. Tegmina pale paris-grcen, which becomes rather
clear and subvitrcous on the protuberances.

Measurements.

. 6" 9

Total length, 54 mm. 65 mm.

Length of pronotum, 2.G " 3 "

Length of mesonotum, 6.2 " 6.5 "

Length of metanotum, 8.1 " 11

Length of tegmina, S " 14 "

Length of wings, 33 " 50 ''

Length of abdomen, 33 " 49 "

Length of anterior femora 14.5 " 13 "

Length of anterior tibia?, 14.5 " 12 "

Length of median femora, 8.5 " 8 "

Length of posterior femora, 12 "

Further study may possil^ly show that the two sexes here described
as one species represent two forms. In such a case the name can ]jc
restricted to the male.

^* Posterior pair missing in the type.

^^ As the left leg appears abnormal in a number of ways, these figures have been
taken from the riglit limb.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105

Genus METRIOTES Westwood.
1859. Metriotes Westwood, Catal. Orth. Ins. Brit. Mus., I, p. 15S.
Type. — Metriotes diodes Westwood.^''

Metriotes agathocles St&l.

1875. M[etriotes\ Agathocles Stal, Recensio OrthopteroruDi, III, p. 100.
["Australia? Sine dubio species americana."]

One female; Costa Rica. (Schild and Burgdorf.) [U. S. X. M.]
This specimen fully agrees with the very insufficient description of
the specimen Stal had in hand, but unfortunateh' the anterior limbs
are missing, and a portion of Stal's diagnosis treats of these append-
ages.

Genus PRISOPUS St. Fargeau and Serville.

1825. Prisopus St. Fargeau and Serville, Encj'c. ]\Iethod., Insect., X, p. 444.

Included Prisopus draco Olivier (=Phasma nym.'pha St oil) and
sacratus Olivier { = Phasma flabelliformis St oil).

Prisopus berosus Westwood.

1859. Prisopus Berosus Westwood, Catal. Orth. Ins. Brit. Mus., I, p. 168,
PI. XX, fig. 7. ["Litt. occid. America septentrionalis. Panama."]

Two specimens; cT and immature female: X'icaragua. [U. S. X^. M.]
Carrillo, Costa Rica. [Coll. Morgan Hebard.]

Subfamily PHYLLIN.E.
Genus PHYLLIUM lUiger.
1798. Phyllium lUiger, Verzeichniss Kafer Preussens, p. 499.

Type. — Mantis siccifolia Fabricius = Gryllus (Mantis) siccifolius
LiimjEUS.

The three species treated below all belong to GrifRni's subgenus
Pulchriphyllium.^^

^^ Westwood's genus included the following species:

stollii.

blanchardi.

santara — Isagoras Stal, 1875.

bubastes — Isagoras Stal, 1875.

obscura — Isagoras Stal, 1875.

dictys — Prexaspes Stal, 1875.

myrsihis.

diodes.

venosa.

acuticornis.

serrillei — Prexaspes Stal, 1875.

brevipennis.

rugicollis.
Of these diodes can be selected as the type.
^' Bollettino Mttsei Zool. ed Anat. Co7tip.', Torino, XIII, Xo. 312, p. 2.

106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Phyllium bioculatum Gray.

1832. [Phyllium'] hioculatmn Gray, in Griffith's Anim. Kingdom. X^^ p. 191,
PI. 63, fig. 3. [Locality unknown.]

One female; Seychelles. (Dr. W. L. Abbott.) [U. S. N. :\I.]
This specimen is of a very pale yellowish-green color.
WestwoocP^ states regarding this species that the "male seems to
me scarcely to differ materially from that of Ph. Scythe." Such is
by no means true of the female, as this sex of the two species presents
very different appearances.

Phyllium pulchrifolium Serville.

1839. Phyllium piilchrifolium Serville, Orthopteres, p. 292. [Java.]

Three specimens ; tw^o adult females, one immature male :

Java. [A. N. S. Phila.]

Near Buitenzorg, Java, July, 1897. (D. G. Fairchild.) [U. S. N. I\I.]
"Collected on leaves of Nephelium lappaceiim."

The female from Buitenzorg has the tegmina and limbs Vv'ood-brown,
while the body is faded greenish. Information with the specimen
states the color is due to imperfect drying. Wliile this is ciuite likely
true of the body, it is hardly probable that the tegmina have changed.
In the event of the specimen having possessed brown tegmina, it would
approach the brown variety described by Lucas^^ from Batavi-i.

Phyllium scythe Gray.

1843. Phyllium Scythe Grav, Zoologist, I, p. 122, figure (on page 121).
[Sylhet.]

One female; Trong, Lower Siam. (Dr. W. L. Abbott.) [U. S. N.
M.]

This spcciiTicn differs slightly from the figure given by West wood, ^^
the apex of the abdomen being more constricted, in fact somewhat
approaching -pulclirijolium in this respect. After carefully examining
the literature, it a]3pears very much as if the scythe and pidchrijolimn
were simply geograj^hic races of the same species, the Trong specimen
being a direct intermediate, both structurally and gcographicalh-.
Gray's reference of Haan's figure^^ of pulchrifolimn to scythe appears
erroneous, as the form of the abdomen and almost all the acces-
sory lobes of the limbs rei^resent true pulchrijolium. The Trong
specimen has the right posterior limb regenerated and alDout one-fifth
the normal size.

58 Catol. Orth. his. Brit. Mus.. I, p. 175.

'■>^ Bull. Soc. Ent. France (5), VII, p. xxxiii.

«<> Cntal. Orth. Ins. Brit. Mus., I, PI. XXXI, fig. 2.

^1 Natuurl. Gesch. Xederl. Ocerzeesche Bezitt., Insecta, PI. XV, fig. 6.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107

Another specimen, a very immature female, from Khow Sai Dow,
Trong, collected in January or February, 1899, by Dr. Abbott, may
be referable to this species, but considering the condition of the
specimen a positive determination is impossible.

Remarks on the General System of the Family.

While not prepared to bring forward any very radical departures
from Brunner's table of the divisions of this group,^^ it may not be out
of place to mention the impressions received while studying the
material herewith recorded. Brunner's Lonchodidce, Bacunculidce and
BacteridcB appear to be much closer related than his arrangement would
lead one to suppose. The Heieronemince (Bacunculidce Brunner) is
very close to the Bacterince; in fact, it is extremely difficult to settle
into which division to put certain genera, and this is so marked that
Kirby has transferred some genera placed by Brunner in the Bacunculidce
to the Bacterina;.

The genera Phyllium and Chitoniscus are such extremely aberrant
types that the division including them should have higher taxonomic
rank than generally accorded to it.

Laying aside the question as to whether the divisions should be of
family or subfamily rank, it appears evident that Brunner's Lon-
chodidce, Bacunculidce and Bacteridce are simply divisions of a group
not exceeding in rank the well-marked Necroscidce. Again, the
Phyllidoe should have a rating practically equal to the other members
of the "Phasmodea," a position warranted by its extreme differentia-
tion.

«2 Ann. Mus. Civ. Star. Nat. Cenova, XXXIII, pp. 79-81.

108 PROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

THE KOSES OF PECOS, NEW MEXICO.

BY T. D. A. COCKERELL.

Pecos, New Mexico, is on the upper Pecos river, about 6,800 feet
above sea level and no A^ery great distance from Santa Fe. It has
essentially the flora made familiar to botanists everywhere by the
collections of Fendler and Heller, the cafion a few miles above the
village furnishing Galpinsia fendleri (Gray), Cerens triglochidiatus En-
gelm., Sphceralcea fendleri Gray, Viola neomexicana Greene, Berberis
fendleri Gray, Linum aiistrale Heller, L. puherulum (Engelm.), Ver-
bena macdougali Heller, Philadelphus microphyllus Gray (the flowers
of which have an odor like that of spoiled oranges), Salix irrorata
Anders., Sidalcea neomexicana Gray, etc., etc. The bottom land
through which the Pecos river flows is thickly wooded for a few miles
on the Kin Kale Ranch, the trees being Popidus angusUfolia James,
with a mixture of willows, Alnus tenuifolia Nuttall, and on the out-
skirts Quercus novomexicana (A.DC), Q. leptophylla Rydberg (new to
New Mexico), etc. Under the shade of the trees it is cool and moist,
so that members of the Canadian zone flora are able to grow, while a
fcAv hundred yards away the dry bluffs possess a typically austral and
xerophytic assemblage of plants. As a result of these conditions the
locality, taken as a whole, is remarkably rich in species of both plants
and animals. The roads and cultivated fields are skirted by oak-
bushes, including the peculiar Quercus havardi Rydberg, only known
previously from Texas. Roses are abundant, and a few species of
climbing plants {Clematis ligusticifolia Nutt., Humulus lupidus neo-
mexicanus Nelson and CklL, Parthenocissus quinquefolia (L.) Planch)
are very conspicuous. The common weeds include Grindelia inorrmta
Greene, Lathyrus decaphyllus Pursh, Argentinia anserina (L.), Vicia
americana Muhl., Salsola tragus L., Anogra coronopifoUa (T. and G.),
Verbascum thapsus L., Erodium cicutarium (L.), Physalis pubescens L.,
Allionia viscida {Oxybaphus angustifolius var. viscidus Eastwood, Pr.
Cal. Ac. Sci., 1896, p. 313), Solanum jamesii Torrey, Helianthus petio-
laris Nutt., H . annuus L., etc. Quite a surprise was the discovery of
a -large quantity of Chrysanthemum leucanthemum in a field on the Kin
Kale Ranch, this plant being hitherto unknown in New Mexico. The
austral Solanum ekeagnifolium was seen growing near Harrison's Store,

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109

while Sophia halidorum Ckll. (with the beetle PhyUotreta pusilla Horn,
living upon it), occupied the roofs of adobe houses in the village. At
the Old Pecos Pueblo, a few miles to the south, we found Astragalus
simulans Ckll., hitherto only known from Las Vegas. Malvastrwn
cockerelH A. Nelson, was very common on the Kin Kale Ranch; so
also was the beautiful Touterea rushyi (Wooton). Fallugia acuminata
(F. paradoxa acuminata Wooton) and F. acuminata micrantha {F.
micrantha Ckll.) formed large patches, and were very attractive to
insects. The scarlet Castilleia Integra Gray, with the large-bracted
form intermedia Ckll., were very conspicuous. A single plant of Datura
tatula L., is worth recording; it is, of course, an accidental introduc-
tion. Onosmodium thurberi Gray, grew in some quantity by the Pecos
river.

Spending a summer in this beautiful place, I took the opportunity
to study the native roses. The result of this study is here presented,
not because I have reached any final or dogmatic opinions, but because
it seems that field-study in many different localities is the only method
whereby the species of the group Cinnamomese will ever be understood.
When we have accumulated a sufficient number of observations on the
living plants, some talented botanist may find himself able to tell us
what they all mean; but for the present observations are perhaps of
more consequence than deductions.

A large part of the material studied was collected and brought to
me in the living state by Dr. M. Grabham, of Jamaica, who spent part
of the Slimmer at Pecos. I was able to distinguish three main forms,
two of which are here introduced as new. While it is difficult, if not
impossible, to state definitely how many valid species exist among the
Cinnamomese, it seems much better to designate the recognizable forms
by name, than to lump them indiscriminately under the few specific
titles. It is just this process of lumping which has made so much con-
fusion, the same name being applied to a different plant by each of
several authors. The characters of the three forms referred to may
best be set forth in parallel columns.

no

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Jan.,

Rosa arkansana Porter,
var. a.

Low bush.

Flowers about 45 mm.
cliam., pink, petals
white at base.

Flowers many together.
Anthers longer.

Stigmas pinkish in bud,
without any pink in
open flower.

Sepals foliolar-tipped,
narrow, with woolly
edges, entire, with
many reddish stout
gland-hairs beneath
and on the sides of tlie
apical half.

Sepals very long (up to 21
mm.), projecting far
beyond bud.

Fruit (Aug. 13) smooth,
globose, neckless, the
sepals erect.

Buds very glandular.
Peduncles glabrous^
shining.

Prickles slender and scat-
tered on stems ; few and
scattered on flowering
branchlets; straight.

Infrastipular spines none,
or not distinguishable
from tlie others.

Stipules broad (diam.
about 12 mm.), resin-
ous, not villous.

R. ■prcetincta, n. sp. {ov R. pecosensis, n. sp. (or
var.?). var.?). ^

Rather low bush.
Flowers pale pink.

Flowers usually in threes
(2-1-1), sometimes 2
only, sometimes 4.

Stigmas deep red in bud,
pale pinkish in open
flower.

Sepals quite glandular,
the outer with linear
lobes.

Sepals short (up to 13
mm.), not projecting
much beyond bud.

Fruit globose.

Buds glandular.

Prickles on old growth
few and straight;
green parts unarmed.

No infrastipular spines.

Sitpules often narrow.

Usually high bush.

Flowers about 50 mm.
diam., deep crimson,
petals white at base.

Flowers in pairs, or often
single. Anthers shorter.

Stigmas pinkish in bud,
pale yellow in open
flower.

Sepals foliolar-tipped,
narrow, with woolly
edges, with linear lat-
eral lobes, and wholly
without reddish gland-
hairs.

Sepals medium (up to
about 15 mm.), pro-
jecting moderately be-
yond bud.

Fruit gloliose, S mm. di-
ameter, with hardly
any neck; sepals per-
sistent, erect, but re-
flexed immediately af-
ter flowering

Buds minutely pubes-
cent, not glandular.
Peduncles sparsely sub-
lanate with scattered
hairs.

Prickles slender and scat-
tered on stems ; few and
scattered on flowering
branchlets, where they
are more or less hook-
ed.

Infrastipular spines ab-
sent, or sometimes
present in pairs, all on
same branch.

Stipules narrow (diam.
about 6 mm.), sparing-
ly villous Ijeneath, not
glandular.

1904.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Ill

Rosa arkansana Porter, R. prcetincia, n. sp. (or R. pecosensis, n. sp. (or
var. a. var.?). var.?).

Petioles glabrous, with
numerous knobbed

gland-hairs.

Leaflets 7 on flowering
branches, 9 on new
shoots from base.

Leaflets mostly smaller
and broader, e.g., 20
mm. long, 16 broad;
lateral leaflets almost
sessile, except on basal
shoots; midrib beneath
glabrous, with numer-
ous short red gland-
hairs ; serrations mi-
nutely serrulate, with
numerous small knob-
bed glands.

Leaflets commonly only
5, often 7, often 5 +
an odd basal one.

Leaflets unusually long
and narrow, e.g., 25
mm. long, 13 broad;
cuneate at base; resin-
dotted beneath, mid-
ribs witliout obvious
gland-hairs ; serrations
deep and simple, mar-
gin without gland-
hairs.

Petioles minutely pubes-
cent, not glandular.

Leaflets 7, sometimes 9,
sometimes 5, with an
odd basal leaflet mak-
ing 6.

Leaflets mostly larger
and narrower in pro-
portion, e.g., 33 mm.
long, 20 broad; lateral
leaflets distinctly petio-
lulate; midrib beneath
lanulate with short
hairs, not glandular ;
serrations simple,
sharp, margin minutely
hairy, not glandular.

All these plants have dull green foliage, not shiny, as Elias Nelson
describes R. woodsii. This also separates them from R. neomexicana
Ckll., of southern New Mexico, described in Entomological News, Febru-
ary, 1901, p. 41.^ This Rosa neomexicana is further distinguished by
the oblong fruits, which are small and scarlet, with persistent erect
sepals. It also has normally pairs of infrastipular spines, and mostly
solitary flowers.

Rosa pecosensis is one of the most beautiful roses known to me. The
type was collected by my wife and Dr. Grabham, about six miles up the
cafion above the Kin Kale Ranch, June 1, 1903; but the j^lant is also
common down as far as the village of Pecos. When the flowers first
open the petals are depressed, so that they lie below the plane, the
surface of the flower becoming convex. A curious character observed
is the presence of a deep notch in one petal only, always an inner one.
The flowers vary in size down to about 42 mm. diameter, or occasion-
ally only 37 mm.

If the three roses described above always held their characters, tliere
would be no hesitation about regarding them as distinct species. Speci-
mens occur, however, which vary in different wa3'S, and some of them

^ The article containing this description was intended for Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., but was transferred to the News, for which it is altogether too botanical.

112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

appear to connect the main types. It is possible that this may in part
be the result of hybridization, but we are not entitled to assume this
without better evidence. The observed variations are as follows:
Bosa peoosensis.

(1) Upper Pecos-town, June 19. Flowers very fragrant, about 37
mm. diameter; sepals entire, rarely with linear lobes; leaflets minutely
resin-dotted beneath; leaflets on basal sheets sometimes eleven. In-
fested sparingly by Eidecanium.

(2) Kin Kale Ranch, June 21 (Grabham). Flowers bright pink, not
so dark as some; 45 mm. diameter; no strongly notched petal; sepals
rarely with linear lobes ; stipules 5 mm. broad or rather more ; leaflets 7.

(3) Kin Kale Ranch, June 21. (Grabham.) As usual, except that
the sepals sometimes show some marginal red knobbed gland-hairs.

(4) Kin Kale Ranch, June 21. (Grabham.) Flowers very deep
red; outer sepals with cjuite a numl^er of red gland-hairs; midribs of
leaflets beneath with scattered very short and minute red gland-hairs;
leaf-margins inclined to be doubly serrate, the secondary serrations
gland-tipped; leaflets almost sessile; flowers single. This is in many
respects like the R. arkansana var. o, and could be a hybrid, if hybrids
occur.

(5) Kin Kale Ranch, June 21. (Grabham.) Typical, but stipules
variable up to 8 mm. broad.

(6) Kin Kale Ranch, June 21. (Grabham.) Flowers paler, rose-
pink, about 36 mm. diameter; leaves unusually large (upper lateral
leaflets up to 33 mm. long); midribs of leaflets lanulose beneath, with
only rudimentary gland-hairs; leaflets deeply and simply notched;
sepals lanulose, not glandular, with linear lateral lobes; flowers solitary
or in pairs; stigmas yellowish in rather advanced bud. This is essen-
tially pecosensis, the only material difference l^eing in the paler flowers.
Seen from a distance, the flowers of R. pecoscnsis always appear single,
as one bud of a pair comes out before the other. The plants are some-
times infested by prickly leaf-galls, of the species Rhodites spinoselliis
Ckll.

Rosa prsetincta.

No varieties were found. In Watson's table this species runs to R.
hlanda, except that the sepals are not entire. In Crepin's table it also
runs to blanda, except that the flowers are comparatively small. There
is no R. blanda in New ^lexico, however.
Rosa arkansana var. a.

I had considered this to be the true R. fendleri of Crepin, not of 8.
Watson. Dr. Rydberg, to whom I sent a copy of my description, wrote

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113

that he could not agree with this, but that I apparently had the long-
lost R. arkansana Porter, only certainly known bj^ the original col-
lection by Brandegee. As this seems reasonable, I provisionally call
my plant arkansana, the more willingly since the name has priority over
jendleri, supposing them to refer to one species. The material described
above grows by a small irrigation ditch in open unshaded groimd, which
except for the ditch is very drj^ On August 13 a fruiting bush of the
same species was found close to the Pecos river, more or less in the
shade. It possessed the following characters :

Fruit very shiny, smooth, globose (long. 9^, lat. 9, to long. 12, lat.
10 mm.), slightly longer than broad, without the slightest indication of
a neck. Sepals erect, 15 mm. long, some with linear lobes ; the margins
woolly, the dorsal sm-face with loose arachnoid hairs and scattered
gland-hairs. Peduncles perfectly glabrous and somewhat glaucous,
5-10 mm. long. Infrastipular spines variable, present or absent.
Spines on flowering branchlets straight. Stipules very narrow, diam-
eter 2-4 mm., beneath with loose arachnoid hairs and short reddish-
gland-hairs; petioles minutely pubescent, with scattered short red
gland-hairs; leaflets 7 to 9, rather narrow {e.g., long. 23, lat. 12^ mm.),
resin-dotted beneath, simply toothed, edges not glandular, lateral
leaflets briefly petiolulate. A low bush.

It will be seen that this in many respects approaches R. pccosensis.
R. arkansana, var. a, was infested by an aphid, which appears to be
identical with Myzus rosarum Walker.

In order to appreciate the characters of the Pecos roses, it is neces-
sary to review the described North American species of the same group,
and also certain forms occurring in other parts of Xew ^lexico.

The Described Species.
(1) Rosa grosseserrata E. Nelson.

Bot. Gaz., August, 1900, p. 119.

Type from the Yellowstone Park, collected in fruit. I am indebted
to Prof. Aven Nelson for a specimen. This is quite like typical R.
pecosensis in the serrations and pubescence of the leaves ; the serrations
are long and pointed, perfectly simple and not glandular. The stipules
are broader than in pecosensis. The fruit is considerably larger, about
12 mm. diameter. The author of this species-name thinks the plant
is intermediate between R. pisocarpa and R. icoodsii, and I believe
that it is not so close to pecosensis as the resemblance of the leaves
might suggest. The absence of paired infrastipular spines or prickles
seems to remove R. grosseserrata from the vicinity of R. pisocarpa and
S

114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

woodsii, but I am convinced that the value of this character has been
much exaggerated. Crepin in liis table (1896) indicates the variabilitj^
of pisocarpa in this respect.

(2) E. arkansana Porter.

Much emphasis has been placed upon the statement in the original
description that the sepals are reflexed in fruit. This seems to dis-
tinguish my plant from the true arkansana (the fruit was miknown
whemi consulted Dr. Rydberg), but I strongly suspect that, as is usual
in the group, the sepals are more or less reflexed at first, but ultimately
erect. Another discrepancy is in the leaflets, which are 9 to 11 in true
arkansana, but 7 to 9 in my plant. The other characters seem very
similar in both plants.

(3) R. fendleri Crepin.

I regret very much that I cannot make sure of fendleri, but this is
perhaps not surprising, as Crepin himself did not know what to do with
it twenty years after its description. Dr. Rydberg writes: ''My idea
ofJRJfendleri is a low shrub with evident infrastipular spines, and with
stipules, petioles and peduncles glandular." No such rose as this was
founcljat' Pecos. Rehder's account of R. fendleri (in Bailey's Cyclo-
pedia of American Horiicidture) indicates a totally different plant from
that indicated by Dr. Rydberg, much more in the manner of R. peco-
sensis. However, the sepals are said to be quite entire, and the flowers
normally in clusters.

(4) R.'^gymnocarpa Nuttall.

Easily separated from ours by the deciduous sepals.

(5) R. neomexicana Ckll.
Fruits oblong; sec above.

(6) R. aciculata (Ckll.).

Wet Moimtain Valley, Colorado. Described as R. blanda var.
aciculata in Science Gossip, 1SS9, p. 18S. Type at Kew; photographs
distributed to several herbaria. This has the flowers not very large,
bright pink; prickles straight, slender, pale; sepals entire, hispid;
stipules dilated, entire or slightly toothed at apex; leaflets 5 to 7, broad-
oval, simply'serrate, pale beneath. There are no paired infrastipular
prickles. This appears to bo allied to R. sayi, which occurs in the same
vicinity, but the leaves arc very much smaller, and their marginal
teeth are normally simple.

(7) R. sayi Schwein.

Low, with large, thin, doubly-serrate leaflets; grows in moist places,
and occurs as far south as Beulah, New Mexico. Just how far the char-

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115

acters of this rose result directly from its surroundings is perhaps an
open question. If it could be transferred to a dry sunny place the
result might be something not very different from aciculata; but this
is mere guessing. The type locahty of sayi is somewhere near the
British boundary.

(8) R. engelmanni S. Wats.

Rehder gives this and sayi both as varieties of R. acicularis Lindley,
but this seems imreasonable. I have foimd R. engelmanni abundantly
near the Halfway House on Pike's Peak, Colorado, and it seems very
distinct by its greatly elongated fruit.

(9) R. pratincola Greene.

The prairie species, formerly confused with arkansana. It is only
one or two feet high, and has 7 to 11 leaflets. The stipviles are only
softly pubescent.

(10) R. suifulta Greene.

A low form of open gromid, described from Las Vegas, New Mexico,
where I have collected it. I found it many years ago at Ula, Colorado,
and described it in MS. as a new variety of R. arkansana, but the de-
scription was not published. My specimen is at Kew, The flowers
are quite large, 66 mm. across, the petals pale, and often inclined to be
streaked.

(11) R. manca Greene.

W, Mancos Cafion, S. Colorado, at 10,000 feet. Another of the small
species, about a foot high. The recurved prickles, small flowers, very
narrow stipules, etc., distinguish it.

(12) R. macounii Greene.

Assiniboia to Cheyenne, Wyoming. A low shrub of dry elevated
plains ; leaves wholly glandless, leaflets mostly 9 or 11 ; flowers solitary,
small and rather pale ; fruits depressed-globose.

(13) R. woodsii Lindley.

A northern species, apparently not found in New Mexico. Accord-
ing to Watson, it is distinguished by the presence of infrastipular spines
and laterally lobed outer sepals, and is usually a low bush, not over
three feet high. Rydberg {Flora of Montana) states that the R. fendleri
of Watson and Coulter is the true R. woodsii, and remarks that the
character of lobed sepals is inconstant, and that in Lindley's original
description they are said to be entire. The fruit is small and red, and
the leaves are nearly glabrate, and according to E. Nelson shiny,
those of R. fendleri being dull. Rehder in his table says the sepals of
R. pisocarpa and fendleri are quite entire, while those of woodsii are

116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

lobed; in this he doubtless merely follows Watson. He suggests,
however, that pisocarpa and fendleri may be varieties of woodsii.
Cr^pin, in 1896, dismissed woodsii as a doubtful species. Lindley, in
his first description, said the prickles were scattered, becoming paired
(under the stipules) toward the extremities. In Bot. Reg., XII, PI. 976,
lie figured them as quite regularly paired, both on the branches and
floriferous branchlets; the leaflets are represented as oboval and attenu-
ate at base, with simple teeth. It will be apparent from all this that
B. woodsii is not well understood, but it seems to be a low northern
form allied to the R. neomexicana of New Mexico, and not to any of
the Pecos roses.

There is in the Kew herbarium a rose labelled R. arkansana, from
]\Iedicine Hat, June 1, 1894, John Macoun, 4,567. It has the leaflets in
sevens, pale, more or less cordate or truncate, varying to more rounded,
sharply serrate ; flowers rather small, corymbose ; sepals reflexed after
flowering, without lateral lobes. This is certainly not R. macounii, nor
can it very well be the real cvkansana; may it be the genuine ivoodsii ?

(14) R. maximiliani Nees.

A species of western Nebraska, differing from ivoodsii by its larger
yellow fruit and more pubescent leaves.

(15) R. blanda Aiton. ,

A smooth, slightly prickly rose of Hudson's Bay and Newfoundland.
Various Rocky Mountain plants have been confused wdth it.

(16) R. acicularis Lindley.

An Arctic species of the Old World (Siberia and northern Europe),
said by Watson to occur in northern Alaska. It has oblong fruit;
leaves with five leaflets, with simple teeth and not glandular beneath.
The Rock}' Mountain representative is R. engelmanni.

(17) R. californica C. and S.

This Californian rose is represented in the Rocky ^Mountains b}^ var.
vltramontana Watson, which Crepin thought rather a variety of R.
pisocarpa. Dr. Rydberg, after seeing my description of R. pccoscnsis,
suggested that it might be ''R. californica idtramoniana, a good species
not closely related to R. californica, and growing in Utah, Wyoming
and Colorado." However, when this suggestion was made the fruit
of R. pecosensis had not been discovered.

(18) R. pisocarpa Gray.

A species of Oregon, with oval leaflets, stipules and bracts entire,
small flowers and small globose fruits. Extends northward to Pritisli
Columbia.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117

(19) R. nutkana Presl.

Alaska to Utah, but there is no evidence that it occurs as far south as
New Mexico. Rydberg says : " Recognized by its large flowers,, stout
spines, doubly serrate firm leaves and large fruit." This suggests
sayi, but the latter has thin leaves, and lacks the infrastipular spines
of nutkana.

(20) R. macdougali Holz.

A species of the northern Rocky ^Mountains, distinguished from
nutkana by the densely bristly peduncles, and the infrastipular spines
much smaller.

(21) R. melina Greene.

A Colorado species confused with nutkana, but distinct by its small
glabrous foliage, short and hooked prickles, and sepals neither long-
attenuate nor glandular on the back. The fruit is very large, somewhat
obpyriform, nearly 1^ inches in diameter. Perhaps the Utah '' nut-
kana" will also be found to belong here.

There are still other species of Cinnamomese, but from their distri-
bution and characters they do not require consideration here. It is
hoped that the above summary will facilitate the identification of
Rocky Mountain roses.

Some New^ Mexico Roses.

(1) Manzanares Valley, New Mexico (Mary Cooper). A rose with
large leaves, having the characters of R. sayi, but the serrations only
very slightly compound. Inflorescence one-flowered, flowers bright
pink. A moderate number of prickles on flowering branch. The
lateral leaflets are about 30 mm. long and 20 broad. I refer this to
R. sayi, variety.

(2) Santa Fe, New Mexico (Cockerell) ; in herb. N. M. Agric. College.
Flowering stems with numerous slender straight prickles; stems not
dark; leaflets often in elevens, cmieiform with broadly rounded ends,
very slightly inclined to be doubly serrate, about 28 mm. long and 18
broad, color on both sides nearly the same ; sepals narrow, covered with
large Icnobbed gland-hairs; fruit red, rather large, obpyriform, almost
globular; sepals persistent. This runs to R. arkansana in Cr^pin's
table ; it is nearly the same as R. suffulta, differing by the very obtuse
leaflets and more glandular sepals. Can this be the genuine R. fendleri?

(3) White Mountains, New Mexico (Turner) ; in herb. N. M. Agric.
College. This was found labelled "fendleri," but it is very different
from the Santa Fe plant by its dark flowering sterns^ with few but

118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Straight and strong ochreous spines; leaves pale beneath, leaflets 5 or
7; flowers bright pink, not large. This is R. neomexicana.

In 1895 Prof. Wooton collected a rose on Wliite Mountain, New
Mexico, with corymbose flowers and very long and narrow leaflets
having very long sharp teeth. The stem is dark, with rather numerous
light ochraceous slightly curved prickles. This is much like an Illinois
specimen of R. hlanda, and requires further investigation.

1904.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 119

January 19.
The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.

Twenty-two persons present.

The Publication Committee reported that the following. papers had
been received for publication: —

"Observations on Tupaia, with Reflections upon the Origin of
Primates," by Henry C. Chapman. (January 5.)

"New Japanese Marine Mollusca," by Henry A. Pilsbry. (Jan. 9.)

"The Arachnida of Florida," by Nathan Banks. (January 12.)

" Sabellidse and Sorpulidse from Japan," by J. Percy Moore. (Janu-
ary 18.)

" New Japanese Marine Mollusca : Pelecypoda," by Henry A. Pilsbry.
(January 18.)

A paper entitled "A Collection of Fishes from Sumatra," by Henry
W. FoAvler, had been accepted for publication in the Journal and
would conclude the twelfth volume.

Note on the Characinidce.—MR. Henry W. Fowler desired to place
on record the following :

EucYNOPOTAMUs uom. nov.

Evermannella Eigenmann, Smithsn. Miscel. Coll., XTA', December 9, 1903,
p. 146 (biserialis).

Mr. Fowler was indebted to Mr. E. L. Goldsborough, of the United
States Fish Commission, for calling attention to the name Evermannella,
which has recently been employed by Dr. Eigenmann for a genus of
Characinidce. The speaker had previously applied the name to the
Odontostomida;} {Eu, properly; xuw^, dog; Ttozand^, river.)

The following were ordered to be printed :

' Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., LIII, 1901 (1901-2), p. 211.

120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

THE ARACHNIDA OF FLORIDA.
BY XATHAX BANKS.

For about the past twelve years I have l^een receiving spiders from
Florida, and now have accumulated a larger mumber of species than
from any other State, except where collected for years by an arachnolo-
gist. From time to time I have published descriptions of the new
species, so that there are feAv new forms to record now. However, it
will be interesting to publish the entire list of Floridan spiders, as a
means of comparing the fauna with that of other portions of the United
States.

The list is, of course, incomplete, yet it is doubtless a fair represen-
tation of the arachnid fauna, since the materials have come from
widely separated parts of the State. NortliAvestern Florida is, however
not represented. Various writers have questioned the propriety of
including subtropical Florida as a faunal part of the State. Similar
reasoning would throw out portions of many States; therefore I accept
political boundaries. The collections upon which this list is based were
made by the following persons, at the places noted :

Mrs. Annie T. Slosson: Punta Gorda, Palm Beach, Biscayne Bay,
I.ake Worth.

Mr. Philip Laurent: j\Iiami, Jacksonville, Enterprise.

Mr. A. Dobbin: Altoona.

Prof. C. M. Weed: Citrus county.

Nathan Banks: Runnymede.

Others: a number of Chernetidce have been taken by Mr. H. G.
Hubbard, and several others have sent me one or two species apiece.

In this list are enumerated 211 spiders and G8 other arachnids, a
total of 279 species. The spiders are arranged in 21 families, 7 of them
being represented by but one species. The Epeiridae stands highest
in point of numbers, 45 species being included in it; the Theridiidse
follow with 44 species, and the Attidse with 38 species. The Lycosidce
have but 19 species and the Thomisidse the same. In many localities
these families equal or surpass the Attidse in number. The collection
is more brightly colored than one from the Northern States, and con-
tains manv more bizarre forms. Of the arachnids other than spiders.

1904.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121

the mites have 35 species and the Pseudoscorpions 16 species; there
are 6 daddy-long-legs.

The affinity of the fauna is with that of the general coast fauna of
the Southern States; the southern tip shows relation to the Wee^t
Indies. Few species are abundant in specimens, but there are many
genera represented. The Pseudoscorpions are more abundant than
anywhere else in our country. All but about twenty species are in
the writer's collections; these few exceptions being chiefly species
recorded by Dr. Marx.

Of noteworthy mention, one ma}^ refer to three species for the first
time recorded from our country: Theridium volatile Keys., previoush'
knowTi from northern South America; Cupiemiius sallei Keys., known
from IMexico and Central America, and Wala grenada Peck., recorded
from several West Indian localities. Several other spiders which have
a tropical distribution have previously been recorded from southern
Florida. Characteristic ones are Wagneria tauricorms, Epeira spini-
gera, E. undecimtuherculata, Leucauge argyra, Hcteropoda venatoria and
Opisthacanthus elatiis. The occurrence of a Gamasid mite of the cosmo-
tropical genus Megisthanus is also of much interest. Other rare and
curious forms are Gamasomorpha floridana, Didyna floridana, Kaira
alba and Phidippus pidcherimmus. Thirteen species are described as
new — eight spiders, three mites and two scorpions.

In 1892-93 Dr. Einar Tonnberg visited Florida and made a small
collection of spiders, chiefly from Orange county. Dr. Albert Tullgren
has reported on this collection, describing eleven species as new. They
are as follows :

Aysha orlandensis = Anyphcena gracilis Hentz.

Lycosa angusta = Lycosa lenta Hentz.

Lycosa alhopuncta = Lycosa riparia Hentz.

Lycosa (Pirata) loennbergi=Sosippus floridanus Simon. •

Lycosa {Pirata) transversolineata — unknown to me.

Pardosa bilohata = Pardosa milvina Hentz.

Pardosa longispinata — unknown to me.

Oxyopes laminaius = Oxyopes scalaris Hentz.

Phidippus clarconensis — Phidippus insoleiis Hentz.

Phidippus oaklandensis = Phidippus cardinalis Hentz.

Phidippus bilincatus — unknown to me, but I think it can scarcely be
new.

122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Order ARANEIDA.

FILISTATID^.
Filistata hibernalis Hentz.

A'arious specimens from Pimta Gorda, Jan.; Altoona, June; and
Miami, April. It is one of the most common species in buildings in
the South.

CECOBIID^.

Thalamia parietalis Hentz.

A few specimens from Punta Gorda, Jan.
Thalamia floridana Banks.

Two specimens from Lake Worth, the types, all that are known.

SOYTODID^.
Loxosceles rufescens Lucas.

Young specimens from houses at Runnymede.

OONOPID^.
Gamasomorpha floridana Banks.
Two specimens from Punta Gorda, Febr. and April.

DYSDERID^.
Ariadne bicolor Hentz.

Recorded by Dr. Marx from the State.

PHOLCID^.
Pholcus phalangioides Fuess.

One 3^oung specimen from Lake Worth.

DRASSID^.
Micaria punctata Banks.

A specimen from Punta Gorda, Febr., and others from Lake Worth;
it is the smallest of our species.

Micaria agilis Banks.

A few from Palm Beach, March.
Sergiolus variegata Hentz.

Recorded by Dr. Marx from the State.
Sergiolus cyaneoventris Simon.

Several examples from Runnymede, Biscayne Bay, April, and
Enterprise, April (Laurent). A male from Punta Gorda, Febr. This
is more slender than the female, but similar in appearance.

Cephalothorax bright yellowish-red; sternum pale yellowish, also

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123

legs, but darker on tarsi; a white band across base of abdomen, beyond

shining brown till the middle wdiite band, then iridescent black or

greenish to tip; venter bluish-black, pale at base; spinnerets black.

No spines under tibia I except at tip; one pair under metatarsus I;

hind legs more numerously spined; mandibles small; sternum very

long.

Gnaphosa sericata Koch.

Specimens from Biscayne Bay, and from Runny mede.
Silica bicolor Banks.

A few from Punta Gorda, Febr., and Biscayne Bay, March and April.
It looks much like the next species.
Callilepis imbecilla Keyserling.

From Lake Worth; Punta Gorda, April, and Palm Beach, ]\Iarch.

Prosthesima depressa Emerton.

One from Palm Beach.
Prosthesima ecclesiastica Hentz.

From Lake Worth, and Punta Gorda, April. One specimen is
suffused \viih reddish throughout.
Prostliesima floridana Banks.

One female from Punta Gorda, Febr., the type.

CLUBIONIDiE.
Clubiona tibialis Emerton.

One from Runnjmiede, Nov.
CMracanthium inclusa Hentz.

Many specimens from Runnymede, Nov.; Punta Gorda, Jan.;
Altoona, Jime; Enterprise, April (Laurent), and Miami, April.
Extremely common on herbage.
Chiracantbium albens Hentz.

One male of this rather rare species from Punta Gorda, April.
Anypbasna velox Becker.

Many examples from Lake Worth; Punta Gorda, Febr.; Biscayne
Bay, March and April; Palm Beach, March; Enterprise, April (Lau-
rent); and Miami (Laurent). It is abundant in south Florida, but
much rarer north.
Anyphaena fallens Hentz.

From Punta Gorda, Jan.
Anyphaena gracilis Hentz.

Immature example from Rimnymcde.

124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Anyphaena fragilis Banks.

Type specimen from Jacksonville, April (Laurent).
Anyphaena floridana Banks.

One from Lake Worth, the type.
Gayenna parvula Banks.

One female from Rmmymede, Xov. ; sweeping heritage.
Thargalia crocata Hentz.

From Punta Gorda, Febr. ; and Altoona, July. This is the true T.
crocata of Hentz, and is not his T. descriptus, a very different form.
Thargalia floridana Banks.

Cephalothorax brownish-red, femora and patellse similar, but a little
paler, tibiae very pale, metatarsi and tarsi darker; sternum like cepha-
lothorax; mandibles a darker brownish-red; coxse pale; abdomen
brown above and below, sides almost black, without particular marks
except some faint transverse lines near the tip, partly clothed with
white hair. Cephalothorax rather slender ; A.j\LE. fully diameter apart,
plainly closer to larger A.S.E., P.M.E. one and one-half diameters
apart, about diameter from equal P.S.E., quadrangle of M.E. much
higher than broad, and a little broader behind than in front, a long
black bristle under each A.S.E., and one at outer corner. Legs slender,
one spine under middle of tibise I and II, two pairs under these meta-
tarsi. Abdomen scarcely longer than cephalothorax, truncate at base,
broadest behind middle; spinnerets not very ])rominent.

Length 6 mm.

One specimen from Punta Gorda, Febr.

Thargalia longipalpis Hentz.

Recorded by Dr. Marx from the State.

AGALENID^.
Agalena naevia Hentz.

Common from Punta Gorda, April; Altoona, July; Citrus comity
(Weed) ; and Jacksonville, April. This spider is not nearly so abundant
in Florida as it is in the North.
Tegenaria derhami Scopoli.

A feAv from Punta Gorda, March; probably introduced.
Hahnia sp.

One young specimen from Punta Gorda, April.

DICTYNID^.
Dictyna foliacea Hentz.

From Punta Gorda, April. Species of this genus are not common

in Florida.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125

Dictyna sublata Hentz.

From Punta Gorcla, April, and Palm Beach, March.

Dictyna floridana n. sp.

Cephalothorax and mandibles reddish ; legs, sternum and spinnerets
j-ellowdsh ; abdomen gray, mottled with white. Legs and l3ody evenly
clothed with dark hairs. Head in male elevated, the ]\I.E. subeqiial,
they form a quadrangle broader than high. In the male there is a
strong tooth-like process on the outer base of each mandible. The
male palpi are peculiar; the patella is large, swollen, globular; the
palpal organ has a long slender process that, arising from the base,
extends up one side, across the tip of palpus and down the other side,
where its end is curved. This process has a groove on outer side, in
which rests the long style. At the base on the outer side is a bifid
black process, and two curved broad white hooks. Elsewhere the
species is of the usual structure.

Length 2.4 mm.

One pair from Lake Worth (Slosson). Readily known from all other
Dictynas by the globose patella of the male palpus.

ULOBORID^.

TJloborus plumipes Lucas.

Several from Lake Worth, Biscayne Ba}', !March and April.
Dinopsis spinosus Marx.

A few examples from Palm Beach. ]\Iarch, and ]\Iiami, April.

THBRIDIID^].

Theridium studiosum Hentz.

Quite common, from Runnymede, Xov. ; Punta Gorda, Jan.; Bis-
cayne Bay, March and April; Levy county, April (Laurent), and Lake
Worth. The most common Thcridium in Florida.

Theridium volatile Keyserling.

A cou})le from Runnymede, Nov. It was not jDreviously known from
the United States; but these specimens agree with the description and
figures of the South American form.

Theridium floridensis Banks.

Theridium Jura Keys. nee. Hentz.

From Runnymede, Nov.. and Lake Worth, Fel^r. ; not known outside
of the State.
Theridium differens Emerton.

One specimen from Punta Gorda.

126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Theridium inornatum Banks.

One from Runnymede, Nov.; described from Louisiana.
Theridium globosum Hentz.

Several from Runnymede, Nov., and Pimta Gorda, March and April;
some swept from herbage.
Theridium tepidariorum Koch.

In houses at Runnymede, Nov. It has not been sent in by any of the
collectors, so cannot be common.

Theridium pictipes Keyserling.

Recorded by Dr. Marx from the State.

Theridium amputatum Keyserling.

Described from the State.

Theridium punctosparsum Emerton.

Recorded by Dr. Marx from Florida.

Theridium immaculatum Emerton.

Recorded by Dr. Marx from the State.
Theridium sp.

A small male from Punta Gorda, Febr., of an unknown species.
Theridula sphaerula Hentz.

Several from Rmmymede, Nov. ; not as common as the next species.
Theridula quadripunctata Keyserling.

Several from Runnymede, Nov.; Jacksonville, April; and Enter-
prise, April.

Argyrodes globosum Keyserling.

One specimen from Pmita Gorda, Febr.
Argyrodes trigonum Hentz.

One from Runnymede, Nov.; swept from herbage.
Argyrodes nephilse Taczanowski.

Several from Runnymede, Nov., from their own webs on the porch
of a house.

Argyrodes floridana Banks.

Two females from Punta Gorda, Febr. Readily known by the pecu-
har shape of the abdomen.

Eomphea fictilium Hentz.

One specimen from Runnymede, Nov.; swept from herbage.
Spintharus flavidus Hentz.

Recorded by Dr. Marx from the State.
Bellinda cancellata Keyserling.

Recorded from Florida bv Dr. Marx.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127

Gaucelmus augustinus Keyserling.

Described from the State.

Tllesanis americana Emerton.

Recorded by Dr. Marx from Florida.
Euryopis argentea Emerton.

Recorded b}^ Dr. Marx.

Mysmena bulbifera Banks.

From Runnymede, Nov.; Biscayne Bay, March and April; and
Lake Worth. They make webs in low plants.

Mysmena quadrimaculata Banks.

Two specimens from Punt a Gorda, April.

Lathrodectus mactans Koch.

Common from Rmmymede, Nov.; Punta Gorda, Jan., April; Al-
toona, July; Palm Beach; Biscayne Bay, April; and Citrus county.
Abundant throughout the State.

Dipoena crassiventris Keyserling.

Two females from Punta Gorda, April.

Lithyphantes fulvus Keyserling.

Three specimens from Citrus county.

Lithyphantes 7-macuIatus Keyserling.

Several from Punta Gorda, Jan., Febr.; Palm Beach; and Biscayne
Bay, April. A handsome and characteristic Floridan spider.

Asagena americana Emerton.

One male from Palm Beach, March.

Mimetus interfector Hentz.

A few examples from Runnymede ; and Altoona, July.

Histiagonia rostrata Emerton.

Several specimens from Punta Gorda, March and April; Palm Beach;
and Biscayne Bay, April.
Ceratinella emertoni Cambridge.

A few examples from Punta Gorda, ^larch and April; Palm Beach;
and Lake Worth.
Ceratinopsis similis Banks.

Described from Runnymede, Nov.. under fallen leaves.
Grammonota maculata Banks.

A few pairs from Runnymede, Nov.. among dead leaves.
Tmeticus tridentatus Emerton.

One male from Palm Beach.

128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

LinypMa communis Hentz.

Recorded from the State by Dr. ]\Iarx.

Frontina cocoinea Hentz,

Moderately common from Pmita Gorda, ]\Iarc]i and April; Palm
Beach, April; and Enterprise, April.

Coleosoma floridana Banks.

Coteosoma blanda Keyserling nee. Cambridge.
One male from Punta Gorda., April.

Chrysso albomaculata Cambridge.

Several specimens from Runnymede, Nov. ; and Lake Worth.
Bathyphantes micaria Emerton.

A few from Palm Beach, ]\Iarch.

Bathyphantes anglicanum Hentz.

Common from Rimnymede, Nov.; Pmita Gorda, Jan.. Feb.; Bis-
cayne Bay, March and April ; and Palm Beach, April. A characteristic
Southern spider.

Bathyphantes floridana Banks.

A few from Runnymede, Nov.; and Punta Gorda, April; the former
among dead leaves.
Bathyphantes sp.

One female of a l^rown, unmarked species from Enterprise, April 15.

EPEIRID^.
Gastercantha cancriformis Linn(«

Quite common from Punta Gorda, Jan.; Altoona, June; Citrus
county; and Miami, Febr.
Acrosoma rugosa Hentz.

Recorded by Dr. ^larx from Florida.
Acrosoma spinea Htntz.

A few from Palm Beach, ]\Iarch; and Punta Gorda, April.
Mahadeva verrucosa Hentz.

From Palm Beach, ]\Iarch.
Wagneria tauricornis Cambridge.

Two specimens from Miami.
Gea heptagon Hentz.

Several from Runn^miede; and Palm Beach, ]\Iareh. •
Plectana stellata Hentz.

Rather common from Runnymede; and Altoona, July.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129

Plectana venusta Banks.

A few examples from Piinta Gorda, Febr., April; and Biscayne Bay,
]\Iarch.
Epeira domiciliorum Hentz.

Quite common at Punta Gorda, ]\Iarch; and Altoona, June and
July.
Epeira trivittata Keyserling.

Common from Punta Gorda, Jan., Febr.; Miami, ]\Iarch; Biscayne
Bay, April; Jacksonville, April (Laurent); and Enterprise, April.
Epeira strix Hentz.

A few specimens from Punta Goi'da, Jan., Febr.
Epeira labyrintliea Hentz.

Common from Runnymede; Lake Worth; Punta Gorda, Febr.; and
Altoona, July.
Epeira wittfeldae McCook.

Quite common at Runnymede; also at Biscayne Bay.
Epeira thaddeus Hentz.

Recorded from Florida by Dr. Marx.
Epeira pratensis Hentz.

A few specimens from Palm Beach, March; and Altoona.
Epeira balaustina McCook.

Several specimens from Pimta Gorda, Febr.; Altoona; Biscayne
Bay, April; Miami, March; and Enterprise, April. Young specimens
are often strikingly marked with yellow.
Epeira gigas Leach.

A few specimens from Altoona and Punta Gorda.
Epeira septima Hentz.

One from Punta Gorda, Febr.; a species nearly related to E. gigas,
but distinct by shape and sexual characters.

Epeira globosa Keyserling.

Quite common from Altoona, July; Biscayne Bay, March and April;
and Miami, April.
Epeira floridensis n. sp.

Cephalothorax pale 3-ellowish, Avithout markings, mandibles and
sternum same color, legs rather paler, faintly darker at tips of the tibise.
Abdomen covered with silvery irregular areas; two black dots, widely
separated, on the posterior part ; between them sometimes two gray
curved lines reaching toward the tip; sometimes the basal part of the
abdomen is covered with a large reddish-brown mark, darker in middle,
9

130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

more reddish on the humps, and enclosing behind two ol^long yeUow
spots; venter silvery white. Similar in shape to E. scutulata. The
humps are rather more prominent and sharp-pointed ; the legs long and
slender; the epigynum shows a short median finger M'ith upcurved
end, each side is a dark circular cavity.

Length 2.8 mm.

Three specimens from Miami, in March (Laurent); readily distin-
guished from E. scutulata by its much smaller size, as well as different
markings.

Epeira fuscovittata Keyserling.
Cyclosa thorelli McCook.

Recorded by ]\IcCook from the State.
Epeira scutulata Hentz.

Several specimens from Punta Gorda, April.
Epeira juniperina Emeiton.

A number of examples from Altoona, iji July,
peira spinigera Cambridge.

Two from Lake Wortli and Biscayne Bay; also recorded by McCook.
Epeira undecimtuberculata Keyserling.

One male from Punta Gorda, in April; this and the preceding species
are representatives of the tropical fauna.
Kaira alba Hentz.

One from Runnymede, Nov. ; beaten from shrul^s
Vixia infumata Hentz.

One male from Punta Gorda, ]^Iarch and April.
Eustala prompta Hentz.

A common species at Runnymede, Punta Gorda, Miami, Palm Beach,
Altoona, Jacksonville and Enterprise. Adults were taken in March,
April, Jiuie and July. It ^'aries extremely in markings, more so than
in northern localities
Acacesia foliata Hentz.

From Biscayne Bay, ^Lirch and Ai^ril ; and Miami, April.
Mangora placida Hentz.

A few specimens from Palm Beach; Enterprise, A])ril; and Miami,
March.

Mangora gibberosa Hentz.

Recorded from the State by Dr. ^larx.
Singa maculata Emerton.

Recorded bv Dr. ]\larx from Florida.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 131

Singa nigripes Keyserling.

Recorded by Dr. Marx.

Singa floridana Banks.

A few from Punta Gorda, April.

Singa modesta Banks.

A few specimens from Lake Worth, and Punta Gorda, April.

Singa pratensis Emerton.

A few examples from Palm Beach, April ; and Biscayne Bay, in March
and April.

Cyclosa bifuroa McCook.

(Jne specimen from Citrus county (Weed).

Carepalexis tuberculata Keyserling.

One from Miami, Febr. ; recorded by Dr. Marx under the genus
Cyrtofhora.
Argiope argentata Fabriclus.

A few specimens are from Altoona, July.

Argiope aurantia Lucas.

I have seen specimens at Runnymede, Nov.

Argiope trifasciata Forsk.

Epeira fasciata Hentz.
Argiope transversa Emerton. 1

Several specimens from Punta Gorda, Febr. ; and Altoona, June and
July.
Nephila plumipes Koch.

A few from Citrus county: and Punta Gorda, March; and Miami,
Febr.
Leucauge hortorum Hentz.

Specimens from Punta Gorda; Jacksonville, April; and Enterprise,
April.
Leucauge argyra Walckenaer.

•A few examples from Biscayne Bay, April. It is a tropical species.
Both this and L. hortorum were formerly placed in Argyroepeira, but
Mr. Cambridge has shown that this is the same as White's earlier genus,
Leucauge.

Larinia directa Hentz.

Several from Rimnymede, Nov.; oblique webs in grass.

Theridiosoma argentea Keyserling.

One female from Runnymede, Nov.

132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ' [Jan.,

TETRAGNATHID^.
Tetragnatha grallator Hentz.

Several from Punta Gorda, in Jan.; Jacksonville, April; and Enter-
prise, April.

Tetragnatha laboriosa Henta.

Common, Punta Gorda; Lake Worth; and Enterprise, April (Lau-
rent).
Tetragnatha banksi McCook.

A few specimens from Runnymede, Nov. ; swept from herbage.
Eugnatha pallida Banks.

A few examples from Palm Beach, Runnymede Nov., and Enter-
prise, April.

Eucta caudata Emerton.

Not rare at Runnymede, Nov.; also from Punta Gorda, in Jan.
and Febr. ; beaten from grass.
Pachygnatha sp.

Two young specimens from Punta Gorda, in April.

THOMISID^.
Xysticus cunotator Thorell.

A few specimens from Runnymede.
Xysticus floridanus Banks.

One pair from Punta Gorda, ]\Iarch and April.
Coriarachne versicolor Keyserling.

From Runnymede, Nov.; Biscayne Bay, March, April; and Punta
Gorda, April.
Coriarachne floridana Banks.

Only the type from Punta Gorda, Febr.
Oxyptila floridensis Banks.

One specimen from Punta Gorda, March.
Synaema bicolor Keysserling.

Recorded from the State by Dr. Marx.
Runcinia aleatoria Hentz.

A few from Altoona, July, and Jacksonville, April.
Misumena spinosa Keyserling.

Several specimens from Runnymede and Punta Gorda, April
Misumena rosea Keyserling.

Very common, from Runnymede; Altoona, July; Punta Gorda;
Palm Beach; Biscayne Bay, April; and Enterprise, April.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133

Misumena oblonga Keyserling.
A few specimens from Piinta Gorda, Jan.

Misumena bellula Banks.

A few examples from Punt a Gorda, Fcbr., April.
Misumena viridans Banks.

A few specimens from Punta Gorda, April.
Tibellus duttoni Hentz.

A few from Runnymede and Enterprise.
Tmarus floridensis Keyserling.

Not rare at Runnymede, in long moss; also Enterprise and Miami,
April.

Tmarus caudatus Hentz.
A few specimens from Palm Beach, March.

Tmarus grissus Keyserling.
Recorded by Keyserling from the State.

Philodromus vulgaris Hentz.
Not rare, from Rmmymede; and Altoona, July.

Philodromus ornatus Banks.

Several from Punta Gorda, Feb., April; and Enterprise, April.

Philodromus floridensis n. sp.

Head pale grayish, behind with a white V-mark; sides of cephalo-
thorax broadly dark brown, leaving a large median pale area; legs
brownish-yellow; darker at tips of femora, and near middle of femora
II and III; sternum white; abdomen pale brownish-yellow with a
dark brown spear-mark in middle of anterior part, margined on its
posterior sides by a narrow white line, and posterior part of abdomen
covered by a large dark brown spot with oblique anterior margins and
containing two rows of indistinct pale dots each side ; venter pale, with
three pale brown stripes. Second pair of legs plainly longer than
the first. Tibia I with two pairs of spines below, metatarsus I also
with two pairs. P.S.E. larger than the others, which are subequal;
A.M.E. four diameters apart, two diameters from A.S.E., latter two
diameters from P.M.E., and these three diameters from the P.S.E.
Cephalothorax broad and flat; abdomen truncate at base, broadest
behind the middle.

Length 4 mm.

One female from Lake Worth.

134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

SPARASSID^.
Selenops aissa Walckenaer.

Recorded by Dr. Marx from southern Florida.

Heteropoda venatoria Linn^.

Taken at Runnymede; Jacksonville; Altoona, June, and Miami.

LYCOSID^.

Lycosa carolinensis Walckenaer.
L. carolinensis Hentz.

One specimen from Punta Gorda, Febr.

Lycosa helluo Walckenaer.

L. babingtoni Blackwall.

A few from Punta Gorda, April; they do not differ from northern
specimens.
Lycosa riparia Hentz.

Common from Pimta Gorda, April; Palm Beach; and Enterprise,
April (Laurent).
Lycosa lenta Hentz.

Several specimens from Altoona, July; and Runnymede. Nov.; L.
ruricola Hentz is, I think, the male of L. lenta.
Lycosa floridana Banks.

A few from Punta Gorda, Febr., the types.
Lycosa erratica Hentz.

Taken at Enterprise, April (Laurent).

Lycosa posticata n. sp.

Cephalothorax red-brown; a narrow median pale stripe from eyes
to tip, and a pale stripe on each side ; a pale spot each side of clypeus ;
mandibles dark red-brown ; leg IV wholly pale yellow ; other legs heav-
ily mottled with brown; the femora beneath almost wholly dark, above
with two pale bands; patella pale, -v^dth a middle dark band; tibia
dark, with pale band at base and one on middle ; metatarsi dark, tarsi
pale. Stenurm rather reddish, uniform, Coxse and maxillae yellowish.
Abdomen black, with a pale stripe each side on base reaching halfway
back, and thence broken into spots. Venter gray.

Length 10 mm.

Two specimens from Miami (Laurent). Readily distinguished from
all other Lycosas known to me by the pale hind legs, in contrast with
the darker other pairs.
Lycosa punctulata Hentz.

Several from Punta Gorda, April.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHlLADELrHIA. 135

Lycosa rabida Walckenaer.
L. scutulata Hentz.

Many specimens from Altoona, in June.
Lycosa hentzi n. sp.

Cephalothorax pale brownish-yellow; eyes on black band; a brown
stripe extending back from each posterior eye, its upper edge definite,
its lower edge fading off into the paler sides, between these is a brighter
yellow streak, extending forward between the eyes, but much nar-
rower. ]\Iandibles scarcety darker than cephalothorax; sternum pale;
abdomen pale, the upper sides streaked and spotted with brown, indi-
cating toward middle two brown streaks, leaving a broader yellowish
median stripe, sometimes broken up behind by brown chevi'ons;
venter pale, unmarked; legs pale, the tarsi more red-brown. First
eye-row practically straight, as long as second row, its eyes subequal ;
second and third rows about equal in size, and the third row scarcely
broader than the second. Head rather high, and square in front;
abdomen rather longer than usual, tapering behind. Legs quite
slender; three pairs of spines under tibia? I and II, two pairs under
these metatarsi; metatarsi and tarsi weakly scopulate. Tarsus I of
male not curved.

Length 12 mm.

Several specimens from Altoona, July; also from Covington, Louisi-
ana. It looks like L. rabida, except for pale median stripe on abdo-
men, and pale anterior legs of male.
Trochosa cinerea Fabricius.

A few from Lake Worth, Palm Beach, March, and Altoona, July.
Trochosa floridana Banks.

Several from Punt a Gorda, April; and Palm Beach, ^larch.
Sosippus floridanus Simon.

Not rare at Runnymede; and Altoona, July.

AUocosa funerea Hentz.

Not rare, Punta Gorda, March; Biscayne Bay, March; and Palm
Beach, !March.

Fardosa milvina Hentz.

Quite common, Punta Gorda, April; Runnymede, Nov.

Pardosa saxatilis Hentz.

One specimen from Lake Worth, Febr.

Pardosa venustulata Hentz.

One from Biscayne Bay, April.

136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY V_)F [Jan.,

Pardosa minima Keyserling.

One male from Lake Worth. Febr., agrees with northern examples.

Pardosa floridana n. sp.

Cephalothorax ^'•ellowish, head black, a broad brown stripe from
each posterior eye to the hind margin, and the lateral margins nar-
rowly brown. The pale median area is l^roadest in front, and there
indents the black head with a narrow projection each side. Abdo-
men black, with numerous small white dots; a basal spear-mark, and
four pairs of geminate patches follow the spear-mark, each is separated
by a narrow transverse line; venter yellow, with a few black spots in
three lines; sternum yellow, with a median black stripe forked on
anterior half, and three black dots each side; coxib yellow, with black
marks above; clypeus yellow, with two black spots; mandibles yel-
lowish, with a black line in front. Legs yellow, more reddish toward
tip, faintly marked with black on femora and base, middle and tip of
tibia and metatarsus.

Length 6 mm.

One female from Enterprise, April 22. A paler specimen, with legs
scarcely marked, but with a dark sternum, comes from Punta Gorda,
Febr.

PISAURID^
Bolomedes sexpunctatus Hentz.

One specimen from Lake Worth.
Dolomedes albineus Hentz.

One female from Altoona, July. It is easily recognized l)y the
j^ellow ventral stripe. The head is much elevated in this species.
I have a spider from Punta Gorda which agrees with Micromata pini-
cola Hentz; it is immature, and, I think, the young of D. albineus.
Pisaurina undata Hentz.

Several sjjecimens from Punta Gorda. April.
Maypacius floridanus Simon.

Described from the State; I have not seen it.

Thanatidius dubius Hentz.

A young specimen from Punta Gorda, April; it is adult in late
summer.

CTENID^.

Cupiennius Sallei Keyserling.

One specimen from Lake Worth. This is the first time this Mexican
spider has- been recorded from the United States.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137

OXYOPID^.

Peucetia viridans Hentz.

Common, Rmmymede; Jacksonville; Biscayne Ba}', April; and
Altoona, Jmie and July. Usually on large shrubs.
Oxyopes salticus Hentz.

A few from Jacksonville, April, and Enterprise, April.
Oxyopes scalaris Hentz.

Several from Punta Gorda, April, and Altoona, July.
Hamalatiwa grisea Keyserling.

Taken at Jacksonville, April; Altoona, Jime and July; Enterprise,
April; and Runny mede.

Phidippus cardinalis Hentz.

Several from Biscayne Bay, in ]\Iarch, and Punta Gorda and Enter-
prise, A])ril.

Phidippus variegatus Lucas.
Phidippus otiosus Hentz.

Two specimens from Levy county, April (Ijaurent).

Phidippus rufus Hentz.

From Runnymede, Nov., and Punta Gorda, Febr., April.
Phidippus pulcherrimus Keyserling.

One female from Biscayne Bay, in March. I have not seen it before,
and evidently is quite rare.
Phidippus miniatus Peckham.

Many specimens from l^unta Gorda, Jan. ; Citrus county (Weed) ;
Jacksonville, May; Enterprise, April; and Levy county, April (Lau-
rent).
Phidippus audax Hentz.

Attus tripunctalus Hentz.

A few specimens from Runnymede, Nov., and IMiami, April.
Phidippus insolens Hentz.

Recorded by Dr. Marx in his Catalogue as from the State.
Philaeus militaris Hentz.

A few from Palm Beach, March.
Philaeus rimator Walckenaer.

Recorded from Florida b}" Prof. Peckham.
Dendryphantes octavus Hentz.

Common from Runnymede, Nov.; Punta Gorda, Jan.; Jackson-
ville, April; Fernandina, April (Laurent), and Enterprise, April.

138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jail.,

Dendryphantes floridanus n. sp.

Cephalothorax reddish; eyes on black spots; mandibles reddish-
brown; sternum pale 3^ellowish; legs similar, first pair rather more
reddish-brown, the patella and tibia tipped with a dark spot on inner
side; abdomen pale yellowish, with some small scattered brown spots,
behind with a larger brown spot, pointed in front (sometimes blunt),
indented each side, and with a brown patch each side in front of it.
This spot is sometimes broken up into smaller spots. Venter pale,
spinnerets a little darker. Male is similar, but more reddish-brown.
Tibise I and II have three pairs of spines beneath, two pairs under
these metatarsi; hind tibise with many spines, especially at tip. Tibia
of male palpus has a short tooth on outer side at tip. Similar in
structure to Z). octavus Hentz.

Length , 9 , 7 to 8 mm. ; c?, 5 mm.

Several examples from Altoona, July.
Thiodina retarius Hentz.

Many specimens from Punta Gorda, April; Biscayne Bay, April;
Enterprise, April; ]\Iiami, April, and Lake Worth, Febr. A very
common species in the South.

Plexippus paykuUi Aud. and Sav.

Specimens from Punta Gorda, March and April; Palm Beach, March ;
Biscayne Bay, April; Runnymede, Nov.; .Altoona, May and June;
Miami, April. A very common spider in Florida.

Tapinattus melanognathus Lucas.

A pair from Rmmymede, Nov., and others from Ft. Drum.

Wala palmar um Hentz.

Specimens from Pimta Gorda, Palm Beach, Biscayne Bay and Enter-
prise, in Jan. and April.
Wala grenada Peckliam.

A few specimens from ]\Iiami, April. Not before recorded from the
United States.

Wala mitratus Hentz.

A few examples from Palm Beach, March; and Biscayne Bay. ]\Iarch.

Icius wickhami Peckham.
Icius fioridana Banks.

A few from Palm Beach, ]\larch; and Punta Gorda. April.

Icius pleuralis Banks.

One female from Punta Gorda, April.
Icius elegans Hentz.

Two from Punta Gorda, in Jan.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139

Fuentes lineata Koch.

One from Rimnymede, Nov.

Marpissa undata De Geer.

Attus familiaris Hentz.

From Citrus county (Weed); and Punta Gorda, Jan., April.

Hyctia pikei Peckham.

From Runn3aTiede, Nov.; Palm Beach, March; and Lake Worth,
Febr. Occurs on marsh grass.
Maevia vittata Hentz.

Several examples from Runnymede, Nov., and Enterprise, Aj^iil
(Laurent).
Metacyrba taeniola Hentz.

Rather common; Rmmymede, Nov.; Biscayne Bay, March; Punta
Gorda, Febr. ; and Lake Worth.
Prostheclina aurata Hentz.

Not uncommon; Punta Gorda, April; and Biscayne Bay, April.
Pellenes cristatum Hentz.

From Punta Gorda, a few specimens,

Pellenes peregrinum Peckham.

One male from Punta Gorda, April.

Pellenes viridipes Hentz.

A few examples from Palm Beach, in March, and Biscayne Bay
«
Pellenes brunneus Peck.

Described from Florida.

Habrocestum pulex Hentz.

A few from Punta Gorda, in Febr.

Zygoballus sexpunctatus Hentz.

Several from Runnymede, Nov.; Palm Beach, April; Punta Gorda,
April, and Jacksonville, April.

Zygoballus parvus Hentz.

A few from Biscayne Bay, March.

Zygoballus bettina Peckham.

One from Enterprise, April.

Homalattus cyaneus Hentz.
A few from Palm Beach, March and April.

Salticus albocinctus Koch.
From Biscayne Bay, March; and Punta Gorda, April.

140 PROCEIODIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Synemosyna formica Hentz.

Ono from Runny mede, Nov.
Lyssomanes viridis Hentz.

From Runn3-mede; Punta Gorda, April; Palm Beach, March; Bis-
cayne Bay, AjDril; and Altoona, Jnh'. Not uncommon sweeping.

Order PHALANGIDA.
Mesosoma niger Say.

Common at Punta Gorda, in Feb., March and April.

Liobunum vittatum Say.

From Punta Gorda, Febr. and April; Palm] Beach, April; and Bis-
cayne Bay, April.

Liobunum bicolor Wood.

A few from Rimnymcde, Nov., and Punta Gorda, Febr.

Liobunum formosum Wood.

A few from Punta Gorda, April.
Cynorta ornata Say.

Common; Runnymede, Nov.; Punta Gorda, Jan.; Biscayne Bay,
March; and Lake Worth.
Scotolemon spinigera Pack.

A couple of specimens from Biscayne Bay.

Order PSEUDOSCORPIONiri,\.
Chelifer floridanus Banks.

One specimen from Biscayne Bay (E. A. Schwarz).
Chelifer biseriatum Banks.

Many specimens from Punta Gorda, Febr. ; and from Lake Poinsett
(Hubbard).

Chelifer muricatus Say.

A'^arious examples from Punta Gorda, Jan.; also St. Lucie and Sand
Point (Hubbard), and Citrus county (Weed).
Chelanops oblongus Say

Many specimens from Lake Worth; Biscayne Bay, March; and
Punta Gorda, Febr., March and April.
Chelanops latus Banks.

A few from Runnymede, Nov. ; and Lake Worth.
Chelanops floridse Balzan.

A few from Punta Gorda, Febr., IMarch and April; and Biscayne Bay,
April.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141

Chelanops dentatus Banks.

One specimen from Florida, without more definite locality (Hub-
bard).
Chelanops latimanus Banks.

One specimen from Punta'Gorda.

Chelanops affinis Banks.

The type is from Crescent City, from a burrow of the gopher (Hub-
bard).

Chelanops tumidus Banks.

Several specimens from under logs on the sea beach at Indian River
Inlet, April (Hubbard).

Garypus floridensis!Banks.

Collected under driftw^ood on ocean beach near St. Lucie river, April,
by the late H. G. Hubbard; Miami, March (Laurent).

Obisium parvulum Banks.

One specimen from Florida, without more definite locality (Hub-
bard).

Atemnus elongatus Banks.
A . floridanus Tullgren.

Specimens from Lake Worth; Biscayne Bay, April; Punta Gorda,
Febr. and April. Mr. Hubbard took it at St. Lucie river. Sand Point
and Enterprise.

Olpium obscurum Banks.

One from Runnymede, one from Punta Gorda and several from Palm
Beach, April.

Chthonius pennsylvanicus Hagen.

A few^ specimens from Punta Gorda, Febr. ; one from Lake Poinsett
(Hubbard).

Chthonius spinosus Banks.

Several from Citrus county. (Weed).

Order SCORPIONIDA.
Centrums gracilis Gervais

From Citrus county (Weed) ; Miami. April ; and Punta Gorda. Fairly
common.

Centrurus carolinianus Beauvois.

From Citrus county (Weed) and Miami, March. The most common
scorpion in the State.

142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Centrurus hentzi n. sp.

This is similar in most points to the preceding species, and may be
but a variety of it, yet as the color differences are so constant I give it
a separate name. The legs are marm orate with blackish; on the
pedipalpi the tip of femur is blackish, the apical half of the tibia is
marked with black, and also the outer side of the hand. The tail is
marked with black below, leaving elongate pale spots, the basal joint
only slightly marked. The stripes on the dorsum are very broad, leav-
ing only a narrow white line between them. There is no median pale
spot on anterior margin, which is seen in C. carolinianus.

Specimens from Runnymede, Oct., and Fort Reed.
Centrurus margaritatus Gervais.

From Biscayue Bay, several specimens, mostly immature.

Isometrus maculatus De Geer.

Dr. Marx had this species from Key West.
Tityus floridanus n. sp.

Dark red-brown; cephalothorax strongly granulate in fj-ont; an
interrupted median ridge on the abdomen, and each segment with a
curved middle row of granules each side, and the posterior margin
granulate. Last segment of abdomen with the submedian ridges reach-
ing nearly to base, the side ridges not half so far; below with four
ridges, the side ones the longer. Tail with ten ridges on the first seg-
ment, eight on two, three and four ; fifth segment with a median ridge
below, as also on the last; a few lateral granules on these segments.
Sting long and curved, the tooth beneath acute, but short. Pedipalpi
long and slender; the femur subparallel, angular, with six ridges, a
median one on inner side; tibia with two submedian ridges on inner
side, a basal granule larger than others; tibia but slightly swollen.
Hand swollen on base inside, not plainly angulate ; the fingers longer
than the hand.

Length 70 mm.

One male specimen from Key West. It has much resemblance to
Centrurus gracilis, but the palpi are more slender and the segments
of the tail are heavier.
Diplocentrus lesueurii Gervais.

(Jne from Key West; the type was probably from Florida.
Opisthacanthus elatus Gervais.

Dr. Marx distributed specimens as coming from Southern Florida.

Order PHRYNIDA.
Admetus fuscimanus Koch.

From Runnymede, Nov.; and Punta Gorda, Febr. and April.

li)!)4.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF I'HILADELPHIA. 143

Order THELYPHONIDA.
Mastigoproctus giganteus Lucas.

From Runnymede, Punta Gorda, Jan.; and Altoona, July.

Order SOLPUGIDA.
Ammotrecha cubae Lucas.

Specimens from "southern Florida/' without further locality.

Order ACARINA.

TROMBIDIDiE.
Trombidium sericeum Say.

A few from Punta Gorda, in April.
Ottonia trombidioides Banks.

Several from Punta Gorda, April.
Ottonia granulosa Banks.

Several from Pvuita Gorda, April.

RHYNOHOLOPHID^.
Rhyncholoplius maculatus Banks.

Several from Punta Gorda, Febr., April; Palm Beach.
Rhyncholophus longipes Banks.

From Palm Beach, March.
Rhyncholopbus floridanus Banks.

Specimens from Punta Gorda, April.

Rhyncholophus simplex Banks.

Several from Punta Gorda, April; and Palm Beach, April.
Rhyncholophus punctatus n. sp.

Dull bluish gray, with a number of scattered small black spots above ;
legs paler. Body sparsely clothed with short erect hair, all of one
kind. Body elliptical, rather broader before third legs. Palpi short
femora slightly swollen, penultimate joint ends in a single claw; the
thumb but little swollen, and projecting beyond the claw, clotlied with
short hair. Legs slender, with short erect hair; leg I nearly as long
as body, last joint swollen, two-thirds as long as penultimate joint:
leg IV about as long as leg I, but the tarsus is not so much swollen
and is barely more than one-half as long as penultimate joint.

Length 1 mm.

Several specimens from Palm Beach, in Aiiril.
Smaris australis Banks.

One from Punta Gorda, April, the type.

144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

ER YTHR^ID^ .
Actineda agilis Banks.

From Punta Gorda, in March and April.
Erythraeus sp.

One specimen from Palm Beach of an unknown species.

BDELLID^.
Bdella cardinalis Banks.

Several from Punta Gorda, Febr., April; and Palm Beach, March.

EUPODID^.
Tydeus gloveri Ashmead.

Not luicommon on oranges; it preys on the scale insects, but is not
sufficiently numerous to do any great good.

TETRANYOHID^.
Tetranychus mytilaspidis Riley.

This bristly species occurs throughout the State on orange leaves.
Tetranychus sexmaculatus Riley.

This species is also common in Florida on oranges.

Tetranychus tumidus Banks.

Taken at Eustis, on the leaves of the water-hyacinth (AVebber).
Tetranychus bimaculatus Harvey.

Specimens from Punta Gorda, Key Largo and Eustis, on egg-plant
and watermelon.

Stigmaeus floridanus Banks.

Described from Florida, living in colonies upon the imbricated leaves
of the pineapple.

IXODID^.
BoopMlus annulatus Say.

The Texas cattle tick has been recorded from Florida.
Ixodes scapularis Say.

A few from Lake Worth; Palm Beach, March; Punta Tiorda, April;
and Enterprise, April.
Dermacentor americanus Linn.

One from Miami, ALarch (Laurent).
Amblyomma tuberculata Marx.

Described from Florida, as parasitic on the ''gopher." I have
several specimens from Enterprise.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145

GAMASID^.
Macrocheles sp.

Two specimens of a large dark species from Pimta Gorda, April.

Gamasus sp.

Various specimens of a species much like G. coleoptratus, and possibly
identical, from Punta Gorda.

Lselaps sp.

A few specimens from Biscayne Bay, April.

Uropoda sp.

Specimens from Punta Gorda, April, and Biscayne Bay; probably
representing more than one species.

Megisthanus floridauus n. sp.

Reddish-brown. Body egg-shaped; above smooth and shining, a
few short hairs in front, and four longer ones on the anterior margin.
Mandibles large, acute at tip. Leg I slender, about as long as wddth
of body, with many short hairs ; legs II and III short and stout, the
femur tuberculate on one edge, each tubercle tipped by a stout bristle,
long hairs near tip of tibia III, leg IV heavy, but longer than others,
femora in front tuberculate and with bristles, behind with three rather
blunt teeth, long hairs near tip of tibia; all legs, except I, end in a
sucker, but apparently without claws.

Length 2.8 mm.

One specimen from Enterprise. This is the first record of this
cosmotropical genus in the United States. It is a remarkable geiuis,
readily known by the small size of the claws, the teeth on hind femora,
and position of male genital orifice.

ORIBATID^.
Galumna emarginata Banks.

Appears to be conmion at Punta Gorda, April, and Lake AVorth.

Eremaeus floridanus n. sp.

Pale yellowish-brown; al^domen smooth, polished, venter the same.
Abdomen but little longer than broad, moderately high, no suture
between it and so-called tectal plate; inferior and superior bristles
very long and straight; set® of moderate length, clavate; legs not very
long, with many short hairs, all inserted on sides of body; coxal plate
of two anterior pairs shows a line each side not reaching the middle,
suture between third and fourth coxae not reaching the middle ; genital
opening small, fully twice its diameter in front of the nuich larger anal
10

146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

opening. In general appearance it looks like Galmnno. affitiis, but
there is no trace of wings.

Length .6 mm.

One specimen from Punta Gorda, April.

I use the genus Ercmccus for Oppia and Orihatnla of Berlese.

Liacarus concolor Banks.

Several specimens from Punta Gorda, April, This species has about
20 or 24 short hairs on dorsum of abdomen, arranged in about 4 longi-
tudinal rows. There is a short oblique ridge above the posterior cox£e
extending up to cephalothorax.

Oribata floridana Banks.

A few specimens, the types, from Punta Gorda; it was described
under the genus Bclha. The type of this genus is miknown, but it
must be very similar to the type of Damceus, which is congeneric
with the type of Oribata. In place of the Oribota of authors I use
the next name, Galumna. Notaspis, by the process of elimination,
rests upon that genus for which Oudemans has proposed the name
of Kochia. I deplore greatly the transference of the name Oribata,
but it is a perfectlj^ plain case; and since several European authors
have adopted it, I accept it for the sake of uniformity.

Neoliodes concentricus Say. '•

A few specimens from Runnymede, Nov., and Enterprise.

Neoliodes floridensis Banks.

A number of examples from Palm Beach, and Lake Worth, in March.

TYROGLYPHID^.
Tyroglyphus sp.

I have seen a species taken by Hubbard among scale insects on the
orange trees. It is, I think, undescribed.

ERIOPHYIDiE.
Iriophyes oleiovorus Ashmead.

The rust mite of the orange occurs commonly in most sections of
Elorida.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147

Explanation of Plates VII and VIII.

Plate VII, Fig. 1. — Pardosa flor'idanus, epigynum.
Fig. 2. — Dendryphantes floridensis, palpus.
Fig. 3. — Sergiolus cyaniventris, palpus.
Fig. 4. — Sergiolus cyaniventris, palpus.
Fig. 5. — Epeira floridensis, epigynum.
Fig. 6. — Dendryphantes floridensis, epigynum.
Fig. 7. — Tityus floridanus, peclipalp.
Fig. 8. — Tityus floridanus, sting.
Fig. 9. — Philodromus floridensis, epigynum.
Fig. 10. — Dictyna floridana, palpus and epigynum.
Fig. 11. — Thargalia floridana, epigynum.
Fig. 12. — Mysmena bulbifera, palpus.
Fig. 13. — Mysmena bulbifera, palpus.

Plate VIII, Fig. 14. — Sergiolus cyaniventris.
Fig. 15. — Pardosa floridanus.
Fig. 16. — Lycosa hentzi, palpus.
Fig. 17. — Lycosa hentzi, epigynum.
Fig. 18. — Eremceus floridanus.
Fig. 19. — Anyphcena velox, palpus.
Fig. 20. — Megisthanus floridanus.
Fig. 21. — Pliilodroinus floridensis.

1^8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

OBSERVATIONS ON TUPAIA, WITH REFLECTIONS ON THE ORIGIN OF

PRIMATES.

BY HENRY C. CHAPMAN, M.D.

According to many anatomists, "the Twpaice possess a large
coeciim."^ It appears Avorthy of mention, therefore, that on opening
recently the abdominal cavity of a specimen of Tupaia ferruginca
from Borneo not a trace of a coecum was to be seen (PI. IX, fig. 1),
confirming the statement recently made by the writer^ that the coecum
was not invariably present in that Insectivore, nor was it present
in a recently examined specimen of T. pictum. It may be stated,
in a general way at least, that in mammals in Avhicli the stomach is
large the coecum is small, and vice versa. This inverse relation of
the stomach and coecum as regards size appears to be conditioned by
the fact that in cases where gastric action is limited by the small size
of the stomach, the lack of digestion is made up by the digestive action
that goes on in the coecum. It is not to be supposed, howeA'er, that
the coeciun secretes a digestive juice like that of the stomach, but
rather that the proteid elements of the food and the acids developed
from the latter by fermentation act upon the residue of the food in
the coecum like the pepsin and hydrochloric acids of the gastric juice.

In cases, therefore, in which the stomach is large, as in that of the
Tupaia examined, it might be expected that the coecum would l^e found
to be small, or even altogether absent". As a matter of fact, in the
specimen of Tupaia dissected the stomach was relatively large, meas-
uring in its long diameter 5 cent. (2 inches), the animal itself, from the
vertex to the root of the tail, measuring only 20 cent. (S inches).

The stomach was found disteraded to its utmost capacity, presenting
an almost globular form, and filled with what ay)peared to be princi-
pally the remains of vegetal^lc food, though some remains of insects
were present. As gastric digestion appeared to be largely accom-
plished by the stomach in the case (",f the Tupaia examined, the
entire absence of a ca'cum becomes, after what has just been said,
intelligible. The intestine, measuring 71.2 cent. (28.5 inches), ex-
hibited throughout a luiiform diameter, and was loosely suspended
from the duodenum to the rectum by a continuous fold of peritoneum.

1 Huxley, Anat. of Vertebrated Animals, 1872, p. 383; Carus, Zoologie, 1868-
75, S. 89.

^ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phlla., 1902, p. 249.

1904.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

149

The liver was divided into four lobes, the gall bladder lying as if
in a hole in the cystic fissure.^ The common bile duct passed into the
intestine .5 cent, (one-fifth of an inch) from the pylorus, that of the
pancreas about an equal distance from the orifice of the bile duct.

As Tupaia is usually regarded as being in its affinities the most
lemurine of the Insectivora, and Tarsius the most insectivoroiis
of the lemurs, the alimentary canal of Tarsius spectrum recently
dissected by the author (PI. IX, fig. 2) is submitted for comparison
with that of Tupaia. It will be observed that in Tarsiiis a distinct
coecum is present, though not large, and that the stomach is very
small.

In previous communications made to the Academy, the author called
attention to the affinities of Chiromys and the Rodentia,* Galeopithecus
and the Chiroptera.^ If the structure of these animals has been cor-
rectly interpreted, and it be further admitted that Tarsius stands in
a similar relation to the Insectivora, and Loris (Stenops) to the Simiae,
the phylum of these various orders would be related to each other
somewhat as follows :

Homo

Gorilla

Chimpanzee Pithecanthropus

Gibbon

Orang

CatarrhinsE

Arctopitheca

Platyrrhinae

Rodentia Chiroptera

.1 I

Chiromys Galeopithecus Loris

Insectivora
Tarsius

Lemuravidse

Adapidse
Hyopsodinje

' Hunter, Essays and Observations on Nat. History, edited by Owen.
^Proc. of Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900.
s Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1902

150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jail.^

If speculation be fui'ther indulged in as regards the manner in which
the descendants of cretaceous or eocene lemurs could be transformed
into Platyrrhine monkeys like those living at the present day, it is
readily seen, as suggested by Leidy,® ''that but little change would be
necessary to evolve from the jaw and teeth of Nothardus that of a
modern monkey. The same condition which would lead to the sup-
pression of a first premolar in continuance would reduce the fangs of
the other premolars to a single one. This change with a concomitant
shortening and increase of depth of the jaw, would give the character
of a living Cebus. A further reduction of a single premolar would give
rise to the condition of the jaw in the Old World apes and man." In
the imion of the rami of the jaw at the symphysis, in the small size of
the condyle, in the number of the incisors, canines and true molars,
nearly alike in their constitution and in their crowded condition, the
lower jaw of Nothardus resembles most strikingly that of a Platyi'rhine
monkey. Like Leidy, both Cope and Marsh regarded the Platyrrhine
monkeys, on the one hand as the descendants of extinct lemurs, and,
on the other, as the ancestors of the Catarrhinse.

Thus Cope,^ basing his \dew upon the structure of Tomitherium,
offered as a possible phylum the following:

Homo

I
Sitniidae

1
Cebus

I
Hapale

I
Lemur

Tomitherium

though later, as we shall see presently, he modified the above view^
somewhat, finally regarding man and the anthropoids as having
probably descended directly from extinct lemurs hke Anaptomorphus.
By similar reasoning from the study of closely affiliated, if not identical,
Lemuroid genera: Limnotherium (Tomitherium), Antiacodon (Anapto-
morphus), Marsh,® in referring to the origin of the Primates, was
led to the conclusion that "we may justly claim America for the birth-
place of the order."
Why the Old World apes, when difterentiated, did not come to the

s Extinct Vertebrate Fauna, 1873, p. 90,

' Mammalia Educabilia, Am. Phil. Soc, 1873.

.*' Lemuroidea, etc., American Naturalist, 1885, p. 467.

^ Vertebrate Life in America, 1877, p. 52.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151

land of their earlier ancestry is readily explained by the then inter-
vening oceans, which likewise were a barrier to the return of the horse
and rhinoceros. Man, however, came doubtless first across Behring's
Straits, and at his advent became part of our fauna as a mammal and
primate.

As a confirmation of the view that the Platyrrhinse have descended
from monkeys, it may be mentioned that while the remains of Cebus,
Mycetes, Callethrix, and Hapale have been found, according to Ame-
ghino,^" in the Pleistocene strata of Brazil, extinct lennn-s, such as
Notopithecidffi and Homunculidge, have been discovered recently,
according to the same high authority, in the eocene deposits of South
America." Indeed, according to Ameghino," the Homunculidce are
to be regarded as the ''ancetres de tous les singes du nouveau que de
I'ancien continent les lemurs excepte." Cope appears to have taken
the same view as that expressed by Ameghino. In speaking of certain
extinct forms of monkeys found in Patagonia, he remarks that they
''appear to be ancestors of the existing South American monkeys
(Cebidffi), and possibly of the Old Yvorld m.onkeys also."^^

It should be mentioned, however, that these fossils are regarded
by some paleontologists as being rather the remains of Platyrrhine
monkeys than lemurs. Should such prove hereafter to be the case, it
will not weaken the argument, since in that case the forms in question^
if not lemurs, would be intermediate in character between the latter
and Platyrrhine monkeys. The remains of Catarrhine monkeys, such
as Papeo, Macacus, Semnopithecus, and possibly even of the chimpan-
zee and orang, have been found in the Pliocene deposits of India."

Such facts are, however, not inconsistent — indeed, have little or no
bearing upon the question of the derivation of Catarrhine from Platyr-
rhine monkej^s — since the only assumption that would be necessary
would be to suppose that the Platyrrhine ancestors of the fossil Plio-
cene Catarrhines existed once in India or elsewhere. It may be said,
however, that this is assuming the very question at issue, a case of
petitio principii; but the reverse proposition, that the Platyrrhine
have descended from the Catarrhine monkeys, is untenable, being incon-
sistent with the w^ell-established fact that the more ancient members of
a group of animals had always more teeth than the later more recent

1" Adas Sciencia.'i Cordoba, T. VI, 1S89, p. 101.
" Bol. Acad. Nac. Buenos Aires, T. XVII, 1902, p. 7.
12 Op. cif., T. XIII, 1902, p. 265.
" Organic Evolution, 1896, p. 154.

1* Flower and Lyddeker, Mammals Living and Extinct, 1891, pp. 723, 727
738.

152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

members of the same. Thus among the Prosimige, for example, the
oldest members of the group, the Hyopsoclinse, possessed 44 teeth =
3 ' I ' ^ 3 in each jaw, the more recent Adapidae 40 teeth = | ' i\' ^,
the most recent LemuridjB 36 teeth = |^ ^ | |, the Platyrrhin^e 36 teeth

with the exception of the Arctopitheca 32 teeth = ^ 132' ^'^^^ filially
the Catarrhinse, including the anthropoid apes and man, 32 teeth =
g ' ^ ' ^ 3. It is highly improbable, if not impossible, therefore, to say
the least, that Platyrrhine monkeys with 36 teeth should have descended
from Catarrhine ones i^rovided with only 32; that 4 premolar teeth,
absent in the ancestors, once lost, should reappear again in their de-
scendants— an objection that ecjually applies to Cope's derivation of
Cehus with 36 teeth from Hapale with 32, as previously mentioned.

Further, the Platyrrhine monkeys resemble lemurs in many more
respects than in the mere number of the teeth, thus showing their
inferior position in zoological rank as compared with the Catarrhines.
Thus, for example, the oblique ridge extending from the anterior in-
ternal cusp (protocone) to the posterior external cusp (metacone) of
the upper molars in Ateles and Mycetes, and many other South Ameri-
can monkeys, is present in certain lemurs, such as Nycticehus, Ardo-
cebus, Loris, as also in anthropoid apes and man, though absent in the
remaining Catarrhines.^^ Now the presence of this oblique ridge in
the upper molars of lemurs, apes and man was regarded by so high an
authority as Cope as such an important feature in their structure that
it largely influenced that great paleontologist in suggesting the view,
already alluded to, that man and apes are the direct descendants of
lemurs rather than of Catarrhines.

It is obvious, however, that if Cope's argvmient is of any force in the
above instance, it must be of even greater cogency in showing that
Platyrrhine monkeys have descended from lemurs, since lemurs and
Platyrrhina? not only exhibit the "oblique ridge" in their molars, but
possess many other structiual features in common, whereas lenuu's are
relatively so low in the zoological scale that they are not regarded liy
most anatomists as being primates at all. Indeed, Cope might just
as well have argued that man has descended from a Platyrrhine monkey
as from a lemur, the evidence adduced being about as good for the one
view as the other; for even if the "centre of motion" of the vertebral
column and the " anticlinal vertebra, " the number of vertebrae entering
into the formation of the sacrum, etc., are only the same in man,
anthropoids and Nycticebidce,^^ nevertheless in other respects — in fact,

1^ Tomes, Dental Anatomy, 1876, pp. 7, 370.

1® Flower, Osteology of Mammalia, 1870, pp. 47, 24, 60.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 153

in the totality of tlieir organization — man and anthropoids resemble
the Catarrhine monkeys far more than lemurs. Had Cope, at the time
he described Anaptomorphus, been aware that the placenta of Tarsius,
a closely affiliated lemur, was discoid in form and highly complex in
structure rather than diff\ise and non-deciduous, as in other lemurs,
his view of the lemuroid descent of man would have been strengthened
l^y an argument of far more weight than one based upon the presence
of an oblique ridge on certain teeth and the number of sacral vertel^rse,
which vary even in different individuals of the same or closely allied
species. Apart from the number of the teeth being the same in Platyr-
rhines and lemurs, the lemuroid character of dentition of the former is
clearly manifested by the long narrow inferior incisors of the South
American Saki (Pithccea).

Further, in all Platyrrhine monkeys, as in most lemurs, the base of
the petrosal bone is excavated by that part of the lateral cerebral venous
sinus terminating at the postglenoicl fossa. Similarly in both lemurs
and Platyrrhines the malar bone is perforated by that branch of the
facial nerve known to the classical anatomist as the "nervus sub-
cutaneus malse." Again, in many Platyrrhines — as, for example, in
Cebus, Ateles, Nyctipithecus — a small unossified vacuity is exhibited in
the bony plate separating the orbital from the temporal fossa, evidently
the relic of the space by which the two fossa freely communicate in
the lemurs.

In all the South American monkeys the tympanic bone retains more
or less its primitive ring-like form, the cavity of the tympanum lying-
close to the external wall of the cranium, its inferior surface, together
with that of the anchylosed penotic bone, exhibiting a very swollen
appearance. In this respect the Platyrrhine monkeys agree with the
lemurs, in which the inferior surface of the tympanum presents a large
rounded bulla, and differ from all Old World monkeys, in none of which
an auditory bulla is ever present. The otosteals of the Platyrrhines
resemble those of lemurs more than those of Catarrhines, monkeys,
apes or man.

It is an interesting fact, also, that while the macula lutea is present
in the eye of man, apes and Catarrhines, it has never been found, so
far as known to the writer, in any Platyrrhine or lemur.

As reference has been made to the character of the vertebrae in man
and Nycticebidffi, it may be as well mentioned in this connection tliat
in the lemur Galago the posterior edges of the spinous processes of the
lumbar vertebra3 present a pair of processes which, projecting back-
ward, clasp the anterior edges of the succeeding spinous process, and

154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan..

that similar processes, though not so well developed as in Gcdago, are
present in certain species of South American monkeys, as, for example,
in Lagoihrix and Mycetes. The presence of these processes is quite
as strong a proof that Platyrrhines have descended from lemurs as
are the peculiarities in the vertel^ral column already referred to that
man has descended directly from a lemur. It is well known that
while the supracondylar perforation of the humerus is not found in
any Old World monkey, nor in Hapale, Ateles or Mycetes among those
of the New World, nevertheless such perforation is found in the Cebida3
and most of the lemurs. It would be tedious to show in farther
detail that, as regards the muscular system, the character of the brain,
the larynx, the alimentary canal, and in many other respects, the
Platyrrhine monkeys are less specialized than the Catarrhines, whicli
has induced the majority of anatomists to regard the New World
monkeys as of higher rank zoologically than the lemurs, but lower in
the scale of life than the Catarrhines, occupying an intermediate posi-
tion between the two. This is consistent with the view that they
are the descendants of the one and the ancestors of the other.

This conclusion has l^een confirmed in late years by the remarkable
researches of Selenka," Strahl,^" and others, who have shown, in a
general way at least, that the transitory stages through wdiich the
placenta of man and anthropoids pass are permanently retained as
the placenta of certain marsupials, lemurs, Tarsius, Platyrrhines,
Catarrhines, illustrating the law that in the development of the
placenta the ontogeny is as elsewhere the epitome of the phylogeiiy.

Thus while in marsupials like Macropus the allantois remains free,
as first shown by Owen," and nearly fifty years afterward by the writer ,^°
in Perameles and Deisyunis the allantois, it is said, adheres to the
mucous wall of the uterus, forming at least the beginning of a placenta,
without, however, a decidua or chorionic villous process being devel-
oped. In lemurs, while no decidua is as yet developed, the chorion
exhibits villous processes which insinuate themselves into the mucous
wall of the uterus. In Teir-sius, however, the allantois begins to form a
true disk-like placenta with a veritable decidua — "nicht eine lockere
gross zottige diffuse Placentation wie Lemur und Nycticebus sondern
eine hoch komplicirte und diskoide Placenta besitzt."^^

^' Selenka, Studien iiber Entwickelungsgeschichte der Tiere, 1900, S. 176. '
'^ Strahl, in O. Hertwig's Entivickelungslehre der Wirbeltiere, Dritte Lieferung,
1900, S. 235.

19 Phil. Trans., 1834, 27.

^°Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1881.

-1 HuBRECHT, Die Keimblase von Tarsius, 1896, S. 15.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 155

The placenta of the New World monkeys exhibit a step further in
advance the difference from the placenta of Tarsius, being however,
one of degree raiher than of kind.

In the Old World monkeys the allantois forms a double placenta, a
primary large dorsal one and a secondary small ventral one (Plate X).
While this appears to be normally the case, it should be mentioned
that the writer observed but one placenta in the case of a pregnant
female of Macacus cynomolgus examined by him, though the preg-
nancy was far advanced in both instances. ^^ n ^m j^q observed that
in the case of the Macacus (Plate X), the two placentas are not
entirely separated as is usually the case in Catarrhines, being joined
by a small body of tissue.

It is also a significant fact that while two umbilical veins and two
umbilical arteries are always present in the umbilical cord of the New
World monkeys, but one umbilical vein is present in that of the Old
World ones. Finally, the placenta of the anthropoids agrees essentially
with that of man.

In the opinion of the writer, therefore, the phylum submitted at
p. 149, essentially that of Haeckel," expresses about the truth as to
the descent of man, etc., so far as can be learned at present from the
facts of palaeontology, comparative anatomy and embryology, that
bear upon the question. That the ancient Prosimise, Hyopsodinse,
Adapida?, etc., have descended from some ungulate type of life is
manifested by their affinities with the latter group of mammals.
Indeed, Cuvier described .4c/apis as "un autre genre de pachyderme
— et que je nommerai provisoirement Adapis,"^* while, according to
Leidy, Notharctus tenebrosus was "a, small extinct pachyderm, re-
sembling that of some of the existing American monkeys quite as much
as it does that of any of the living pachyderms. "^^

It is quite possible that future researches may show that there is
no genetic connection between Chiromys and the Rodentia, but that
the rodent-like teeth of the former and of the wombat may have been
acquired independently by a process of natural selection, it being easy
to see, according to Tomes,^^ ''how a rodent type of dentition is bene-
ficial to its possessor by rendering accessible articles of food wholly
unavailable for creatures which have no means of gnawing through' a

" Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. PMla., 1879, p. 146.
^^ Anthropogenie, Zweiter Band, 1903, S. 650.
^■^ Ossemens Fossiles, Tome 5"'', 1S35, p. 460.
^^ Leidy, op. cit., pp. 86, 89.
2« Op. cit., p. 249.

156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

shell or other hard body," the theory being, according to Darwin,
that a small variation arising in the dentition through some nutritive
change, and being of advantage in the struggle for life, would be
intensified in successive generations until, in the end, a type of tooth
would be evolved such as is presented in the case of the wombat,
Chiromys, and Rodentia living in far distant parts of the world.

Finally, in the judgment of the writer, man cannot have descended
from either the gorilla, chimpanzee, the orang or gibbon, since, apart
from the structural difference between any one of them and man being
too great to warrant such an hypothesis, the three great anthropoid
apes are obviously degenerates leading to no higher form of life, but
ra]3idly dying out, as shown by the fact that these apes resemble man
much more when Yevj young than when adult. While it is true that
the gap between man and the gibbon is greater than between man
and the remaining apes, nevertheless, as Pithecanthropus erectus,
whatever its real nature may be, is something more than a gibbon, and
yet something less than a man — more ape-like than any man, and more
man-like than any ape ^^ — by a method of exclusion the conclusion is
reached that the man and gibbon are related in some way.

It must iDe admitted, nevertheless, that the question of the exact
origin of man is largely as yet one of speculation, and that future re-
searches may show that our ancestors may have been extinct Catar-
rhine or Platyrrhine monkeys or even lemurs.

-' E. Dubois, Pithecanthropus Erectus, 1894.
O. C. Marsh, On the Pithecanthropus, etc., 1895.

ScHWALBE, Studien iiber Pithecanthropus erectus, Zeits. fiir Morph. v.
Anthr., 1899, S. 16.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157

SABELLID5: AND SERPULIDJE FROM JAPAN, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW
SPECIES OF SPIRORBIS.

BY J. PERCY MOORE and KATHARINE J. BUSCH.

In these Proceedings for 1903 was published a paper describing
most of the Polychseta taken in Japanese waters and elsewhere in the
North Pacific in the spring of 1900 by the U. S. F. C. steamer Albatross.
The present paper is a continuation of that contribution, and is based
on the same collections. A third part will some time deal Avith a num-
ber of species belonging to various families, the descriptions of which
are withheld until some desirable comparisons can be made. Among
the species previously described a considerable admixture of circum-
boreal forms was found, most of them from the more northern stations.
That none such is found among the Sabellidee and Serpulidse probably
results from the fact that all of the species described in this paper came
from the southeastern coast of Honshu, and especially from Station
3,707, on a sandy and gravelly bottom in Suruga Bay. Saint-Joseph's
revision of these families was largely used as a guide in the generic
references, but even with this help much difficulty was found in satis-
factorily placing several of the species, and it will be noticed that some
of them, and particularly Sabella japoiiica and Pomatoceras aurituhis,
depart widely from the generic types in some respects. In the enu-
meration of segments the collar setse have been counted as belonging
to the first of peristomial somite.

I take this opportunity to state that Maldane coronata and Axiothea
campanulata of my former paper are synonyms respectively of M.
gotoi and Cbjmene harai Izuka. Although Izuka's paper was pub-
lished some months before mine it was not seen by me luitil after
the correction of the final proofs.
Sabella japonica n. sp. (PI. XI, fig.s. l, 2; PL XII, figs. 39, 40.)

Without the branchiie the type specimen has a length of 25 mm.,
of which the thorax takes 5 mm., and is 2.5 mm. in diameter; the de-
tached branchia? are 7.5 mm. long. A second specimen without bran-
chiae is 23 mm. long. As the branchiae are detached some doubt
attaches to them. They are much twisted, with 15 pairs of rather
short, thick radioles slightly coiled inward at the ends; the barbs are

158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

double-ranked, veiy close together, and have a nearly uniform length
of 1.3 mm. to the end of the radioles. No eyes are visible. The second
radiole from the dorsum of the right side terminates in a membranous
vesicle which is probably pathological, but which would act much like
the operculum of Apomatus. The branchial lobes are slightly involute
ventrally. The collar is stiff and erect, separated by the entire width
of the body dorsally, but prolonged ventrally as a pair of abrupt promi-
nent narrow lobes in contact at the base. Except for very slight
lateral emarginations the margin is entire. The thoracic region is
nearly terete, the abdominal somewhat depressed and of a uniform
width except at the tapering caudal end. There are 8 setigerous
thoracic and 55 or 56 abdominal somites, mostly distinctly marked
and uniannulate. Thick and very distinct ventral plates occupy the
neural third of the boch^ Those of the thorax are tmce as wide as
long and undivided, except the first, or peristomial one, which is as wide
as long and of a sugar-loaf shaped outline. The first abdominal ])late
is pentagonal, the others are divided into two equal squares by the
fffical groove which is very distinct ventrally, but, after turning to the
right in the fiu'row '^/ x, and bending forward on IX, disappears totally
on the side of the latter below the setse. There is no trace of the dorsal
groove. The setigerous and uncinigerous tori are strictlj' lateral and
not elevated above the general surface of the body; the latter diminish
in size caudally. The body cavity is filled with rather large eggs.

All of the setse (PI. XI, fig. 1) are of the winged capillary type, but
differ considerably in length, slenderness and width of the wing. They
are very nearly straight, ver}^ acute, and, although obliquely striated, the
wings have entire margins. Both avicular and pick-shaped micini
occur on the thoracic, the former only on abdominal somites. Their
number is alwa5^s small — e.g., 27 of each on III, 21 on VI, and 20 on
Vm, while never more than 18 of the avieukie only occur on abdominal
somites. In both regions they rapidly diminish in size from the end
of the tori nearest to the setae, the smallest in the abdominal tori
not exceeding ^ the size of the largest. In the thoracic region the
same statement applies to the pick-shaped hooks. The thoracic
avicular uncini (fig. 39) have elongated bodies, about eciualling the
elevated neck and head, the posterior process slender and produced,
and the breast small, but abrupt and strongly convex. The neck
meets the body nearty at a right angle, is high and erect, and curves
broadly and regularly into the stout tapering beak \\dthout any dis-
tinct enlargement into head or crest. The crest is represented by a
fine striation near the vertex without anv elevation or free teeth. The

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159

sinus is very open with nearty straight parallel sides. On the abdomi-
nal somites these iincini (fig. 40) differ in the much reduced posterior
I^rocess, the deeper, more sloping breast and the more wedge-shaped
sinus. The figure is, however, somewhat foreshortened. The smaller
imcini (fig. 2) have a peculiar form, which is transitional between the
avicular and the usual pick-shaped uncini. The slender stem or body
is bent strongly and slightly thickened, but lacks a distinct breast.
The head is slightly enlarged with a very short, stout, slightly de-
curved beak and a prominent cap-like crest, much subdivided; from
the base of the beak projects a slender angulated filament. In the
form of the small uncini this species departs widely from the typical
Sabellce.

Suruga Bay, 3,707, 63-75 fms. Type and one other.

Potamilla acuminata n. sp. (PI. XI, figs. 3-6; PI. XII, fig. 41.)

This species is elongated and slender, a complete example having a
total length of 56 mm., of which the branchise are 20 mm. and the
thorax 5 mm., the diameter being 1.9 mm.

The branchiffi are more than ^ of the total length, and when retracted
into the tube are not at all or very slightly twisted and coiled. Two
specimens have 19 radioles on the right, 17 on the left, the other having
15 and 16 respectively. They are straight, slender, of nearly uniform
diameter, without eye-spots, and bear barbs nearly or quite to the tips
in the dorsalmost radioles, but have a free end devoid of barbs and of
considerable length in the ventral ones. Most of the radioles are pro-
vided with a short membranous wing on the inner side of the base, but
there is no trace of a connecting web. The barbs have the usual
biserial arrangement and equal or exceed the diameter of the body,
with little diminution toward the distal end. The bases are entirely
simple.

The collar is scarcely evident dorsall}', but becomes prominent
opposite to the dorsal setse line, just below which is a barely distinguish-
able fold. On each side of the median ventral line is a broadly roiuided,
flat, somewhat tliickened process, about as long as the first somite.
In the retracted specimens these overlap medially. The entire ventral
portion of the collar, except the ventral lobes, is extremely thin and
delicate.

Between the bases of the branchise is a small roimded prostomial
lobe, from which a broad folded memibrane extends laterally around
the mouth and joins the bases of the branchise. Connected with the
inner side of the latter also are the so-called tentacles, consisting of a
pair of processes about twice as long as the second somite, with the

160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

leaf-like basal part folded longitudinally to form a groove, and the
terminal ^ attenuated.

The complete specimen has 8 setigerous thoracic and 68 abdominal
somites. The body is nearl}' terete throughout and has a nearly uni-
form diameter, except at the posterior end. Anteriorly the parapodia
are not at all elevated, but become rather prominent posteriorly.
Except the peristomeum all somites have sharply defined ventral
plates. In one specimen all, and in the others all but the first 8, are
divided into 2 equal squares by a ventral groove. The pygidium has
the form of a slightly oblique welt-like fold, which bounds the anus
dorsally and laterally. The fsecal groove is well-marked ventrally from
the anus to the somite IX, on which it passes caudad of the ventral plate
to the right and then bends sharply forward and passes obliquely
anterior to the seta bmidle to the dorsum, where it disappears.

All of the setae and uncini are of a pale glistening yellow color and
have the arrangement usual in the genus. The seta^ of II are all of
the winged capillary type, but differ in length, width of wing and degree
of curvature or bending. The more slender and regularly curved ones
are dorsal. The 7 succeeding thoracic somites bear both ca]>illary in
the dorsal and paddle-shaped setse in the ventral part of the bundles.
The former (fig. 3) have the characters just described, but the more
ventral ones exhibit transitions toward the broad form in the tendency
of the wing to widen and split into two divergent symmetrical plates.
The two kinds are, however, always distinct. The paddle-shaped
setse (fig. 5) are arranged in a short, close phalanx. They have rela-
tively stout, shghtly tapering, striated stems, with the short, broad
wings together forming a thin ovate expansion which tapers distall}'
into a mucronate tip, whose length equals the greatest Midth of the
blade and which is bent out of the plane of the latter. On the abdomi-
nal somites only capillary setae (fig. 4) again occur, and in graduallv
diminishing number. The more slender, elongated, nearly wingless
ones are usually paired with shorter broader ones.

On the thoracic segments the uncinigerous tori are flush with the
surface of the body and bear the two kinds of uncini in parallel vertical
rows, the aviculae being anterior. On somite III there are 44 of each,
on VI 32, and a further reduced number on VIII. The avicular uncini
(fig. 41) have the slender posterior process aiid the erect portion equal
and meeting at a right angle; the breast nearly hemispherical; the
neck erect and straight; the beak moderately long, acute and straight.
and inclined sharply downward with the lower margin ])arallel to the
breast; the crest elevated and much subdivided, with about .5 distinct

3904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 161

teeth along the profile. The pick-shaped imcini (fig. 6) are more char-
acteristic. They have slender, slightly curved stems, shghtly increasing
in diameter toward the distal end, and exceed the total length of the
avicular uncini. The head is small, with a rounded back, and a short
blunt beak, enclosed in a delicate and transparent hood, the base of
which is often inflated, and the distal part prolonged at right angles
to the stem into an exceedingly delicate and attenuated process, which,
though varying considerably in length, always much exceeds the length
of the head of the avicular uncini. The latter only occur on the ab-
domidal somites, where they form short vertical series of from 12 to 18.
Except that the upper outline of the breast is more sloping, they have
exactly the form of the thoracic ones.

In the form of its setse this species closely resembles Sahella {Pota-
■milla?) assimilis Mcintosh, but the pick-shaped uncini of that species
have not been described. It was dredged by the Challenger in 600
fathoms off Buenos Ayres. It also agrees fairly well with the Pota-
milla torelli of Marenzeller and Langerhans, but not with JMalmgren's
original description.

The tube is circular and tortuous, of a tough cartilaginous consistency,
covered evenly with very fine sand and has a clear line, evidently of
attachment, along one side.

Sagami Bay, 3,698, 153 fms., 2 specimens and fragments of a third,
with tubes.

Hypsicomus lyra n. sp. (PI. XI, figs. 7-13; PI. XII, fig. 42.)

The type is very long and slender, having a total length of 84 mm.,
the thorax 6 mm. and the gills 20 mm. ; the diameter is 1.6 mm.

As seems to be usual in the genus, the basal lobes of the gills are
quite prominent, about equalhng the length of the first 3 somites,
and their somewhat membranous dorsal and ventral margins overlap
in the middle line. The distal end is strietl}^ transverse and even, so
that the radioles all arise from the same level. The radioles are long,
slender, straight, not winged, and united by a web for the basal |.
The double-ranked barbs are very numerous, slender and long, their
length about equalhng the diameter of the bod}^, l^ut diminishing some-
what before the short, naked tip of the radiole is reached. A con-
spicuous zone of reddish-brown eye-spots occupies about the third -^-^
of the branchiae, though they exhibit much irregularity in arrangement,
and seldom occupy this entire distance on individual radioles. Each
radiole bears a series on each outer luargin, but the number varies from
5 to 20 or more, and they may be widely separated, jnuch crowded or
11

162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

even coalesced. They also vary much in size, and the two series on a
radiole are seldom symmetrical.

The collar is simple, cleft, but in contact and slightly inturned dorso-
medially. The dorsal half is low, of an even height, and has a shghtly
wavy margin. The ventral half rises very gradually to the apex of
the triangular lobes which nearly meet in the middle line l^ut diverge
distally. There are no lateral incisions.

A pair of prominent tentacles are united with the middle of the inner
face of the undivided base of the palpi. They rise freeh' to a length
exceeding that base, and consist of a foliaceous proximal ^, and a nar-
row ligulate distal |. Besides these a pair of minute processes occur
side by side on the middle of the head disk, and probably represent the
true prostomial tentacles.

The 174 to 184 somites, of which S are thoracic, form a slender, elon-
gated body, terete anteriorly, but very strongly arched above and with
a sole-like ridge formed by the ventral plates in the posterior part.
The lozenge-shaped anus is situated in a small pygidium. In the
thoracic region the segments are longer and distinct ; in the abdominal
they are very short and posteriorly much crowded. Here the body
walls are very thin and distended by the w^ell-filled intestine. The
ventral plates of the thoracic region are not elevated above the general
surface, but occupy the entire area between the tori. Thej^ are sepa-
rated from each other l)y deep transverse grooves, and the first from
the peristomial collar by a deep brown or black, apparently chitinous
line. The first is about 4 times as broad as long, the second 3 times,
and the others not over 1^ times. The first al^dominal plate is about f
as long as the last thoracic, the second is polygonal, and the others
become successively shorter to the caudal end and form a deeply
pigmented, narrow, sole-like ridge, divided from the anterior margin
of the third one to the anus by the faecal groove. The facal groove
divides the ventral plates continuously to the posterior margin of
somite X, around which and IX it passes obliquely to the right, and
then along the middle of the dorsum of the thoracic segments, on Avhich,
however, it is very faint.

Dense tufts of setie occupy the dorsal portion of the setigerous tori
on II to VIII inclusive, and smaller tufts of very prominent setse pro-
ject from the ventral side of those of all abdominal somites. On
somite I are two setigerous lines shaped like the sides of a lyre, which
begin wdth a just perceptible curve slightly dorsad of the succeediiig
tuft of seta?, and diverge oljliquely forward in a nearly straight line to
the base of the collar, on which they extend as an intiu-ned loop of

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163

very minute setse. The thoracic uncinigerous tori are strictly vertical,
and ventral to the setaj, and occupy an area on each side about equal
to the ventral plates. The abdominal tori are dorsal to the setse and
quite short.

On somite I the collar setse are arranged in a double series along each
line. Those of the dorsalmost series (fig. 8) are stouter, nearly straight,
and are terminated by an elongated conical hood or sheath more or
less inflated at the base, and usually bent or wavy in the slender distal
half. They are evidently intermediate in structure between the pick-
shaped uncini and limbate setse. Those of the ventralmost series (fig.
7) are more slender, sharply curved at the end, and provided on the
convex side with a short but broad obliquely striated wing. The re-
maining thoracic somites contain curved limbate setse in the dorsal
part of the fascicles and paddle-shaped spatulate setse ventrally. The
former (fig. 9) present no noteworthy features. The latter are arranged
in close double file, those of the cephalic file (fig. 10) being stouter with ,
very broad, truncate, usually more or less asymmetrical blades; those
of caudal (fig. 11) row have nearly circular blades, which usually bear
a smooth-edged mucronate tip as long as or slightly longer than the
blade. In the abdominal fascicles are 2 or 3 slender, nearly or quite
wingless capillary setse, and a small number of paddle-shaped setse (fig.
12), with small ovoid blades and a' prominent, stout, fringed terminal
process 2 or 3 times as long.

There are about 60 of each kind of uncini in the thoracic rows begin-
ning with II. The avicular form (fig. 42) has the base straight, much
prolonged posteriorly, and with a small rounded breast. From the
base the short, somewhat tapering neck inclines forward at an angle of
about 120°. There is no enlarged head, but the vertex is high, promi-
nent and narrow, with the rather short, straight conical beak bent
down at a sharp angle. The crest is scarcely difterentiated, the front
of the vertex being only faintly striated and not at all subdivided.
Pick-shaped uncini (fig. 13) are well differentiated and regularly paired
with the larger ones. They have straight, column-like stems, and
hollow sheath-like heads (sometimes slightly inflated), running
into slender, tapering processes nearly at right angles to the stem.
The abdominal uncini are fewer, smaller, and have longer necks than
the thoracic avicular uncini, but are otherwise c^mte similar.

The tube is slightly sinuous, nearly roimd in section and about
2.3 mm. in diameter. It has a peculiar tough horny texture, is thin-
walled and deep brown or almost black.

From H. phwatccnia (Schmarda) Marenzeller this species differs

164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

especially in the presence of mucronate paleee in the thoracic tori and
in the greater number of setae and palese in the abdominal somites, as
well as in the form of the palea and pick-shaped uncini and the arrange-
ment of the eyes.

Sm-uga Bay, 3,707, 63-75 fms., 4 specimens, with tubes.

Dasychone japonica Mcintosh.

The specimens have a length of 40 mm., the branchiae being 13.
There are 8 setigerous thoracic and 76 abdominal somites and 28 to 30
branchial plumes. With the exception of occasional variations having
a second small accessory tooth, the uncini are exactly as figured by
Mcintosh. The tentacles are lanceolate, + the length of the branchiae
and thickly spotted ^\^th reddish-browm. Two specimens, one in a
membranous tube to which various foreign bodies are attached, from
an imknown station.

The first dorsal appendage of each branchial radiole is fully twice as
long as and much thicker than any of the others, and is single, and not
paired, as the others are. The collar begins dorsally as a prominent lobe,
which includes the first fascicle of setae; ventrally it is thickened and
the ventral lobes overlap medially for nearly their entire width.
There are no lateral incisions.

Laonome tridentata n. sp. (PI. XII, fig. 44.)

The type and only specimen is 44 mm. long without branchiae,
which are 9 mm. in length; the thorax is 7 mm. long and 4 mm.
diameter.

The detached branchiae found in the same bottle are not known
with absolute certainty to belong to this species. The basal part of
each palp forms an undivided plate about twice the length of the peris-
tomium and of a scroll-like form with a slightly spiral roll. Each
bears 15 rather thick short radioles not exceeding twice the diameter of
the thorax. The longest barbs or filaments at the base have a length
equaUing about ^ of the body diameter, and they diminish toward the
end, where the radiole terminates in a slender naked filament longer
than the longest barbs. There are no eyes.

The peristomial collar is about as long as the second somite, slightly
more produced on the ventral side and consequently somewhat oblique.
It is deeply cleft in the middle line dorsally and slightly so ventrally,
but without lateral incisions. It is thick and stift^, with the margin
entire and slightly produced, but not lobed ventrally.

There are 8 setigerous thoracic and 62 abdominal somites. The
body is slightly flattened, with a nearly uniform width, tapering some-

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 165

what toward the posterior end, where it terminates in a slightly oblique
pygidiiim with a somewhat ventral anus. The peristomium and the
base of the collar are dusky with numerous minute spots, which con-
tinue also on to the sides of several of the succeeding somites. No
distinct ventral plates are developed, but the entire body wall appears
to be somewhat glandularly thickened. Throughout the abdominal
region the fascal groove is very narrow but distinct. Reaching the
ventral middle line of IX it bends to the right and passes obliquely
across that segment to the level of the setffi, then in the furrow VIII / IX
for a short distance, and obliquely across the dorsum of VIII to its
anterior border at the dorsal middle line, from which point it continues
forward, becoming very deep on II and I, and finally disappears in
the dorsal collar cleft.

The thoracic setigerous tubercles are quite prominent and the unci-
nigerous tori very long, the most anterior ones nearly meeting ventrally
and the posterior not much shorter. The abdominal tori are about ^
as long as the anterior thoracic.

The setas occur in strong tufts, but all are broken short off at the
body surface. A few fragments of the terminal parts indicate that
they are short and stout, with broad blades distinctly denticulated
on the margins. Both thoracic and abdominal somites bear rather
large uncini, all of one kind and arranged in a single series. A torus
on somite V contains 112, all of one size; on the abdominal somites
they are about f as large, and 41 were counted on somite XI.

They have the form (fig. 44) represented by Malmgren for the type
of the genus and quite unlike that figured by Marenzeller for his
Laonome japonica. The base is abruptly truncated posteriorly, nearly
continuing the direction of the posterior line of the neck, but is pro-
duced anteriorly into a remarkably prominent breast that reaches
beyond the tip of the beak. A short, thick, erect neck is surmoimted
by a scarcely enlarged head with a prominent, acute, slightly recurved
beak nearly parallel with the opposite border of the breast, from which
it is separated by a sinus much narrower than the diameter of the neck;
the elevated crest is composed of 3 or rarely of 4 very distinct, acute,
solid teeth of diminishing size.

Suruga Bay, 3,707, type only, without tube.
Euchone alicaudata n. sp. (PI. XI, figs. 14-16; PI. XII, fig. 43.)

The single example was taken from a tube and is regularly rounded
and of equal diameter, with the somites very indistinctly indicated, ex-
cept at the caudal end, where the body is flattened and tapers abruptly.
The total length is 38 mm., the thorax 6.5 mm., and the branchia 13

166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

mm. There are eight setigerous thoracic and twenty-five abdominal
somites. The thoracic and most of the abdominal somites are ob-
scm-ely equally biannulate. Ventral i3lates are confined to the thoracic
segments and are divided into two equal parts by the transverse inter-
annular furrows. The last eight abdominal somites are more distinctly
differentiated, and decrease rapidly in diameter to the short rounded
pygidimn. From them the broad caudal membrane arises just ventrad
of the setffi, continuing anteriorly around the ventral surface nearly to
the middle hne, but posteriorly spreading widely as a horizontal plate
with a median emargination in which the pygidium lies. The basal
part of the membrane exhibits distinct metameric thickenings which
disappear toward the margins.

The anus is situated slightly ventrad in a small slit, from which the
very faint fsecal groove passes forward between the ventral cleft of
the caudal membrane to the posterior margin of somite IX, where
it turns to the left, passes obliquely across the side of this somite and
disappears in front of the setigerous area, but reappears in the dorsal
middle line of VIII and continues to the peristomium, where it turns
slightly to the left and disappears finally on the collar.

The collar is ver}^ peculiar. It is thin and rather high, its margin
even all around, but, owing to the obliquity of the peristomium due
to the prolongation forward of its ventral plate, the height of the collar
appears to be about twice as great dorsally as ventrally. The median
ventral part is injured so that the character of the ventral lobes cannot
be ascertained. Laterally at the level of the sides of the ventral plates
is an abrupt thinning, folded in the form of a little niche terminating
at the base in a minute pit; but there is no actual incision. Dorsally
a somewhat similar condition exists, each half of the collar being ad-
herent to the median line by a very delicate membranous fold, so that
no actual cleft is present, The fold of the right side overlaps the left
broadly, and thus deflects the end of the feecal groove toward the
latter side. No eyes nor otocysts are visible on either the peristomium
or pygidium.

As indicated by the measurements the branchice are relatively
elongated, contributing about ^ of the total length. The basal lobes
are exceedingly short and are entirel}^ concealed Avithin the collar.
There are 15 branchial radioles on each side, arranged strictly in one
row and of equal length. They show no tendency to coil or twist.
The radioles of each half are connected for ^ of their length by a delicate
membrane, to which they stand in the relation of the ribs to the cover
of an umbrella, and which is continued as a delicate wing, especially

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167

wide on the most dorsal and ventral member of each group, along each
radiole and expands at their ends into a leaf-like appendage, through
which the naked end of the radiole passes like a mid-rib, and l^eyond
which it forms a short mucronatc tip. The filaments present the usual
paired arrangement and are numerous and exceedingly long, the length
of the basal ones being at least 1^ times the diameter of the thoracic
segments. Besides the ordinary filaments a number of very mucli
larger ones occur within the radioles, one apparently being attached
to the base of each of several of the latter. Though none is perfect,
they often equal ^ of the length of the radioles. As they bear slight
wings and have distinct cartilaginous axes, they probably represent
a second set of naked radioles. The region is so brittle that a thorough
study of the specimen is impossible. The tentacles are apparent!}'
short ovate-lanceolate in shape. Very small eggs completely fill the
body cavity.

The setse of the first thoracic fascicle and the abdominal somites are
apparently all slender, winged capillary, those on the latter with
extremely narrow wings. On the other thoracic somites there are
two forms; distinguished by the breadth of the wings and not always
to be sharply separated. Those in a dorsal group (fig. 14) have slender,
longitudinally striated shafts, more or less bent and drawn out to a very
fine tip, the winged margin fringed, confined to one side, of varying
width and reaching far out toward the end of the shaft. Those of a
ventral group (fig. 15) are shorter, stouter, with short, broad, usually
asymmetrical, obliquely striated double wings and an acuminate tip.
The internal structure is similar to the more slender setee.

The thoracic uncini (fig. 16), which are arranged in single rows, have
long, slender, curved stems with a slight shoulder at the surface of the
body and beyond it a neck; the head has a long, rather slender, slightly
recurved beak and a crest from which three larger spines are separated
on each side below, the rest being finely divided. The abdominal
uncini (fig. 43) are truncate behind, somewhat as in Laonome, but
with a slightly produced process ; the breast is both high and prominent
with a nearlj^ square anterior margin ; the sinus is very small ; and the
beak acute, surmounted by a crest exhibiting 6 or 7 teeth of diminishing
size along the profile.

The somewhat horny, stiff tube is covered with coarse sand grains
and minute bits of shell.

Sagami Bay, 3,698, 153 fms., type only.

168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Protula geniculata sp. nov. (PI. XI, figs. 17, IS; PI. XII, fig. 38.)

The tAvo specimens upon which this species is founded were taken
from the tubes, and are consequent!}^ in a rather poor state of preserva-
tion and altered in shape by the constraint. Except for the flattened
and tapering caudal end the form is completely terete and the thoracic
membrane is wrapped closely about the body. Following are the
measurements of the type : Total length, 27 mm. ; branchite, 5 mm. ;
thorax, 5.5 mm., and diameter of thorax, 1.2 mm.

Branchiae remain in the type specimen only, and are so fragile that
a complete study is impossible. Their bases are short and simple,
concealed by the collar ventrally but exposed dorsally. The radioles
number about 18 on each side, arise strictly in one row, although in
the retracted condition some of the dorsalmost ones are turned inward
and spirally twisted, so that they appear partly in a double row. Most
of the radioles are rounded in section, Init the dorsalmost one on each
side is flattened. There is no basal web. At the base of the radioles
the barbs are as long as one-half of the diameter of the thorax, but
become gradually shorter toward the tip, where they leave naked a
filamentous portion of the radiole about as long as the basal barbs.
There is no operculum.

The strictly ventral collar is produced directly forward to a length
about equal to an anterior thoracic somite ; the margin is smooth and
entirely without trace of any folds or incisions and with short rounded
lateral lobes. The thoracic membrane is rather prominent and pro-
duced anteriorly beyond the collar, but not overlapping its lateral
lobes. Dorsally the two sides overlap considerably in the middle line,
and are thrown into deep oblique folds at each somite, owing to the
stowing of a large surface within the small space of the tube. Posteri-
orly they reach beyond the last thoracic somite and join in a closely
appressed ventral fold covering the first abdominal somite below.

There are sev'en setigerous thoracic somites and seventy abdominal
somites. The bundles of thoracic seta are all at the same level and of
similar size; the uncinigerous tori are short, equal and widely separated
ventrally on all somites. The sides of the thoracic somites between
them are transversely wrinkled. On the abdominal region the anterior
tori are nearer the dorsal than the ventral side, but posteriorly they are
strictly lateral. At the posterior end the body is beveled toward the
dorsal side and is provided with low lateral ridges, but no distinct
caudal membrane. Dorsally this flattened region bears a narrow but
thick shield plate which tapers to an acute point anteriorly and is
partly metameric. It occupies about 20 somites and is white and

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169

chalky in appearance. In another specimen this plate is less attenu-
ated anteriorly. The body throughout is much tinged with reddish-
orange which was probably the natural color.

All of the thoracic setre are of the limbate type with rather short nar-
rowh^ lanceolate ends, especially slender on those of the smaller collar
tuft; all are colorless, very slight!}^ curved and of more uniform size
than usual. The abdominal, except at the caudal end, bear two
geniculate setse (fig. 38) on each side. They are transparent and color-
less, with broad, short, A'ery thin and pointed blades, bent nearly at
right angles to the shaft, and which appear to have the margin per-
fectly smootli. On the caudal somites the sette occur in tufts of
three, but occasionally two; they are long, slender, capillary, tapering
and curved, but wingless at the tip.

The uncini are relatively small, very delicate, and much crowded,
with about 26 distinct and some smaller obscure teeth, all strongly
bent downward and overlapping. The upper part of the tooth-
bearing margin with the larger teeth rises prominently above the body
of the vmcinus. The thoracic micini (fig. 18) have the body quach'ate
with the truncate lower margin on a level with the elongated lower
tooth, while the abdominal uncini (fig. 17) have nearly triangular
bodies with the somewhat angulatcd margin not nearly reaching to
the end of the long tooth. This tooth is really a projection of the
body of the uncinus and itself bears a fringe of fine teeth on its basal
half.

Two nearly complete tubes are present in the collection. They were
evidently attached at the base only, with the greater part upright and
straight or slightly sinuous, gradually increasing in diameter, perfectly
terete, the walls thick, porcellaneous, with a thin, somewhat rough,
chalky surface marked with distinct lines of growth, but without any
ridges or other special sculpturing.

Suruga Bay, 3,707, 63-75 fms., 2 specimens.
Vermilia ctenophora n. sp. (PI. XII, figs. 21-25.)

A complete example has a total length of 27 mm., the operculum
6.5 mm., gills 5.7 mm., and thorax 5 mm. An incomplete specimen is
larger.

The branchife are considerably contracted and very compactly
packed into the tube, without any trace of a spiral twist. The undi-
vided base is relatively prominent, composing about ^ of the total length
of the gill. Wlien the branchiae are retracted the distal margin is
decidedly oblique and much longer ventrally. Radioles 20 on each
side, in the contracted state folded by the doublino- of the base dorsad

170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

into an inner and an outer series, the barbs of wliich face each other.
The radioles are thick and short, with a short, thick, finger-hke termi-
nation lacking barbs, and in one specimen, not enclosed in a t\ibe, are
curled inward at the ends. There are no branchial eyes. Except near
the end, where they become shorter, the barbs have a length of about
f the diameter of the thorax and are numerous and crowded. Three
or four of the dorsalmost radioles each bear at the base a larger barb,
about 3 times as thick as the ordinary ones and somewhat longer.
Near the median line and at a somewhat more dorsal level is the pair
of tentacles of similar form but somewhat stouter. A membranous
fold encircles the base of the gills within and surrounds the mouth.
The last three features were clearly made out on the incomplete
specimen only, not on the type.

The operculum (figs. 21, 21a) is dorsal antl dextral. It has a slender,
■wi'inkled, somewhat flattened stalk very slightly broader at the distal
end and without wings or membranous margins. The body of the
operculum is broadly egg-shaped, the basal f with soft non-chitinous
walls somewhat longitudinally folded, the distal f a smooth, bro\An
and firm chitinous dome with a narrow thickened double ring at the
base and the surface with traces of a rough calcareous incrustation.
In the type the stalk measures 4 mm. in length, .7 mm. in diameter,
and the body is 2.5 mm. long and 2 mm. thick. On the larger
specimen these measurements are respectively 4.5, .7, 2.5 and 2 mm.

On the type the collar and thoracic membrane are closely folded
about the body from contact with the tube, but evidently fully agree
with the following description, based on their expanded state in the
larger cotype. The collar is produced directly forward for a distance
of 1 mm. from the prostomium for the entire width of the space be-
tween the ventral margins of the setigerous tubercles. At the sides
short round lobes are produced, but there are no other processes and
no clefts. The thoracic membrane extends as a broad modulating
fold from the first to the fifth torus inclusive, overlapping its fellow
medially, the lateral margin of the collar anteriorly, and the sixth torus
caudally.

The first setigerous tubercle is included in the base of the thoracic
membrane; the others form, with the uncinigerous tori, freely project-
ing flaps which increase in size and prominence from the second cau-
dally, the last being especially large, nearly twice its predecessor, and
almost reaching the median line ventrally, while dorsally it partly
covers and conceals the, in this case, detached setae tuft. The body is
slightly flattened and tapers to the caudal end, where the nearly

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 171

terminal or slightly ventral anus occupies a notch. A thickened
dorsal shield plate, of a pink color and elongated elliptical form, occu-
pies about 26 somites. There are in all 7 setigerous thoracic and about
100 abdominal somites, though the number could not be 'accurately
determined, owing to an injury to the only complete specimen.

The thoracic setse present the same general features as in V. pluri-
annulata, but are throughout more slender, delicate and acute, and
have narrower wings; the number of nearly or quite wingless ones is
also greater. Throughout the greater part of the abdominal region
l3ut two setsB (fig. 23) occur in each bundle. These are delicate,
colorless and of the same type as in V. pluriannulata, but have
narrower, less angulated and less curved blades, which in the case of
one is almost perfectly straight.

The arrangement and form of the thoracic uncini (fig. 24) is also
A^ery close in the two species, the chief difference being that in this the
teeth are usually 15 in number and exhibit a more exact alignment
with the basal plate. Very often a minute tooth occurs on the basal
plate just below the large truncate tooth, and the overlapping of the
latter by the preceding tooth is often very marked. Abdominal
"uncini (fig. 25) differ still less, but the number of acute teeth is 11-13.
The caudal setae are all broken short off.

Only a small piece of the tube is present. It is thicker than that of
Vermilia pluriannulata, measures 3 mm. in diameter at the mouth,
which is broken, and 2.5 mm. at the opposite end. The single flange
present extends only halfway around the tube on the free side, but is
very prominent and flaring. The surface of the tube is marked by
rough transverse lines of growth with a slightly spiral turn, and on
the flange section onl}^ by 5 rough longitudinal ribs.

Suruga Bay, 3,707, 63-75 fms., 2 specimens with fragments of tubes.

Vermilia pluriannulata sp. nov. (PL XII, figs. 26-32, 45; PL XI, fig. 19.)

The single example from which this species is described measures:
Total length, 1 9 mm. ; branchiae, 4.5 mm. ; thorax, 3 mm., and diameter,
2.4 mm. The branchiae are in bad condition, but show 19 radioles on
each side, w^hich are shorter and have relatively longer and more slender
naked tips than in V. ctenophora.

The operculum is developed from the left dorsal branchial radiole,
and the stalk and body each measure 2.5 mm. long. The former is
of nearly uniform diameter, very slightly depressed and marked with
numerous transverse wrinkles, as though in contraction. The body
(figs. 26, 27, 28) is broadly elliptical in face views, but in profile shows
a nearly parabolic ventral and a slightly convex dorsal outline. It is

172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

divided into two nearly equal halves, the proximal of which is soft and
longitudinally wTinkled, with a delicate ehitinous enclosing membrane,
the distal very firm and ehitinous, marked by 6 very narrow dark
ehitinous annular thickenings which have a slightly excentric arrange-
ment, as a result of which they are much crowded dorsally and more
widely separated ventrally, leaving a nearly circular, slightly excentric,
convex, pale-colored terminal disk. Probably the entire distal half,
with the exception of this disk, was originally covered with a calcareous
coat; rough fragments of such an incrustation remain especially
on the ventral surface.

The collar is higher and its lateral lobes more prolonged than in V.
ctenophora, but is otherwise similar. The thoracic membrane is also
similar, but much higher, fully equalling the dorsal distance between
the setae tufts. As in V. ctenophora its base ends at the fifth seta tuft,
but a free lobe projects much beyond this to the seventh.

There are 7 setigerous thoracic and about 110 abdominal somites,
the posterior ones very short and much crowded. For most of its
length the body is nearly terete, but at the posterior end is slightly de-
pressed and tapering. The extreme caudal end is slightly curved ven-
trad, so that the anus looks downward and is somewhat covered by the
posterior margin of the dorsal plate. The latter is much thickened and
of an ovate form, covering about 25 somites with the Inroad end tow^ard
the head.

The thoracic setse are numerous, except in the collar fascicle, and
form conspicuous pale yellow tufts. Those of the first fascicle are
mostly wingless or nearly so, the limbate ones being more slender
and with the wings narrower than usual in succeeding tufts. On the
succeeding thoracic somites the number of wingless setse is much re-
duced, and most of them (figs. 29 and 30) are stouter and distinctly
limbate on the convex side and, while differing considerably in length,
curvature and breadth of wing, they have the wings const antl}^ wider
and more dehcately striated than in V. ctenophora.

With the exception of those near the caudal end each abdominal
fascicle bears but three colorless setse (fig. 31) with slender stems and
rather broad but exceedingly thin and delicate blades. The ends are
tapering and curved, with a distinct angle at the base of the convex
side, which is fringed for f of its length. These setse are always stouter,
more angulated and less distinctly fringed than those of Vermilia
ctenophora, and the 3 exhibit a closer similarity of form and size. A
number (about 25) of the segments at the caudal end bear tufts of 4 or
5 long, slender, colorless capillary setse of a quite different form (fig. 45).

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. . 173

They about equal or exceed the body diameter, are strongly directed
ventrad, and for the greater part of their length they are gently, and
near the tip more sharply, curved; and here are also flattened and
provided with a delicate wing, beyond which they taper to an acute
point.

The tori of somite III contain about 90 uncini and more posterior
thoracic somites a much greater number. They are rather large trape-
zoidal plates (fig. 32), coarsely striated transversely. The pecti-
nate margin bears 14 or occasionally 13 acute teeth, of which the 4th,
5th and 6th are the largest, the upper ones becoming shorter and the
lower or cephalic ones especially more slender, the former more hooked,
and the latter straighter but more imbricated and appressed, and the
last 2 or 3 successively wider, flatter and more curved in the trans-
verse plane. The last tooth is much larger, tubular and truncate, and
in man}^ cases is more or less closely embraced by the preceding one.
The anterior abdominal tori bear about 20, the caudal ones as many as
50 uncini (fig. 19), which are only about h as long and much more deli-
cate than the thoracic ones which they resemble closely in form.
The apical offset from the plate is more prominent, the number of teeth
usually 13 or sometimes 12, and the truncate tooth is more closely
embraced by the one next to it than in the thoracic uncini.

Fragments of the tube are 3.5 mm. in diameter at the mouth, 2 mm.
in diameter at a distance of 30 mm. from the mouth. Externally they are
marked by a series of wide flaring flanges, sometimes completely encir-
cling the tube, sometimes coalescent with it or incomplete on one side.
The surface is marked by a varying number of delicate but rough,
undulating parallel longitudinal ridges about .7 mm. apart, the number
being usually limited to about 6, confined to one, but not always the
same, side. On the free flaring portions of the flanges these ridges
become broken into flat spines, many of which are arranged trans-
versely.

Suruga Bay, 3,713, 45 fms., type and portions of tube.
Pomatostegus latiscapus Marenzeller.

Two specimens of a Pomatostegus agree closely with Marenzeller's
description of all parts except perhaps the collar, concerning which it
is simply stated that it is produced directly forward and has no lateral
incisions. In the Albatross specimens the collar has a very irregular
and ragged border, with a long median ventral process and somewhat
smaller dorso-lateral processes at the level of the setse; but no actual
incisions. The setse and operculum agree perfectly. In one specimen
the operculum bears 4, in the other 7 platforms, and in the latter

174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

is completely enveloped in a growth of sponge which forms a spherical
mass fitting the lumen of the tube.

Suruga Bay, 3.707, 63-75 fms.; 3.740, 65 fms.
Pomatoceros auritubis sp. nov. (PI. XII, figs. 33-37; PI. XI, fig. 20.)

This species is known only from a single specimen without tube which
measures IS. 5 mm. in total length, of which the gills are 6 mm., the
operculum nearly 7 mm., and the very short thorax, without the collar,
2.5 mm. The branchiae have 26 radioles on each side, and each half
is rolled inward in a somewhat scroll-hke fashion clorsally and ven-
trally. The radioles are somewhat thick and are terminated by a short
filament free from barbs, the basal ones of which are about ^ the length
of the radioles, A tolerably well-developed web connects the basal f
of the radioles.

The operculum (figs. 33, 34, 35) is developed from the dorsalmost
left radiole. Its stalk is broad and flat with prominent lateral wings
extending its entire length and increasing in wddth to the distal end,
where they terminate in narrow, pointed processes embracing the sides
of the opercular body. The stalk is attached excentrically to the dor-
sal side of the body of the operculum, which is bent strongly ventrad.
The body is hemispherical with somewhat flaring margins, and bears
by a short thick stalk on its distal face a membranous circular concave
plate with broad, thin, flaring margins, and a low, slightly rounded
central eminence. There are no spines, but two slight marks may be
the scars of attachment of a pair. The free margins of the disk are
chitinoid, l^ut there is but little indication of calcareous infiltration,
the body of the operculum having about the consistency of a rather
soft cartilage.

The collar is high and prominent, about equalling the length of the
first two somites. Laterally it begins at the level of the first setse tufts
in a pair of lobes which are much overlapped by the dorsal membrane.
Its margin is much folded and serrated, finely on the dorsal, coarsely
on the ventral part, and in the median ventral region is produced for-
ward as a slender lanceolate lobe, but is nowhere deeply incised. The
thoracic membrane is low posteriorly, with a very delicate ventral fold,
but becomes high anteriorly wdth the dorso-anterior angle thrown
into a tuft of folds and overlapping the lateral collar lobes.

The anterior pair of thoracic setse tufts are widely separated from the
others, embedded in the thoracic membrane and project forward.
Succeeding setigerous and uncinigerous tori of the thoracic region are
at first placed at a high level, but sink lower and lower until on the
last thoracic somite the latter are entirelv on the ventral side aiid much

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 175

inclined forwarcV and inward. The last two especially have their
ventral ends entirely free, and those of the last meet in the middle line.
The ventral plates, which are included in the area between the tori,
consequently form a nearly equilateral triangle with the apex caudad.
All of the abdominal somites are short and crowded, especially poste-
riorly, and no caudal plate or membrane is developed. The anus is
terminal. No pigment remains in the specimen.

Somite I bears a compact slender tuft of pale, ghstening, lanceolate,
limbate setse. They differ considerably in length, width of wing and
curvature, but all have the margins very distinctly serrated. On the
other thoracic somites the setse are of the same form, but the wings
are generally shorter and broader, the bmidles less compact and more
spreading, and more distinctly arranged in tw^o rows, one of larger,
the other of smaller setse. Abdominal somites generally bear three
delicate colorless setae of the form shown in fig. 36. They are appa-
rently not trumpet-shaped, but spatulate, with one angle of the flat-
tened end prolonged obliquely into a conspicuous spine upon which
the dehcate teeth are continued. The stems are delicately longitudi-
nally striated. The posterior abdominal sette are all broken off.

The thoracic uncinigerous lines begin at the seta tufts and are rather
long, that of somite II containing a few more than 200 uncini, which
decrease in size toward the ventral end. Abdominal tori contain
little more than | as many. The uncini are delicate pectinate plates.
Those of the thoracic somites (fig. 37) have quadrate plates bearing
13-15 strongly decurved, very acute teeth; the lowermost scoop-tooth
is broad, opens toward the uncinial plate and projects freely beyond
the lower margin of the latter. Abdominal uncini (fig. 20) are about
•i as large and have only 11 or 12 acute teeth besides the scoop-like
one, and the plate is triangular, with its lowermost angle produced into
a process about j as long as the lowermost tooth.

Suruga Bay, 3,713, 45 fms., type only, without tube.

The Spirorbes in the collection w^ere submitted for study to Miss
Katharine J. Bush, of the Yale University Museum, who has kindly
furnished the following descriptions:
Spirorbis argutas Bush sp. nov.

Tube coiled in a low discoid sinistral form with large central cavity,
spreading around the base in a thin layer, the whorls radially enlarging
and ornamented by one large median keel which renders the surface
on each side slightly concave, all crossed by distinct transverse lines.
Smaller specimen about 1 mm. in diameter; larger^ about 1.5 mm.

176

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Jan..

Fig. a. S. argutus, operculum
mounted in gh^cerine.

Branchiae too much matted to determine their number. Operculum
(fig. a) a thin transparent elongated membranous bulb, flat on top

and protected by a thin calcareous
disk slightly thickened in the center,
borne on a long, very slender pe-
duncle.

Thorax with three fascicles of setae
and two rows of uncini on each side.
All the setae simple tapered blades
(fig. b), so small and delicate as not
to be clearly seen under a 7 objec-
tive, showing no serrations on the
edge of the blade even under y"^ oil immersion. Uncini very narrow,
hnear, the teeth appearing as but slight roughnesses on the surface,
even under the highest power. Abdominal uncini in the first series
or segment not appreciably smaller than those on the thorax; setae
not found.

Two specimens on one of the red algae with the following (S. jo-ra-
minosus), at Station 3,730. in 34 fathoms, May 16, 1900.
Spirorbis foraminosus Bush sp. nov.

Tube coiled in a similar manner
to that of S. argutus, but in the op-
posite direction, and larger, with the
surface ornamented with three distinct
carinae, the middle one the most
prominent, the surface on each side,
or the interspaces, slightly concave
and punctured by minute holes or
foramina, apparently caused by the
erosion of the thin epidermal layer;
the immature forms probably having
the entire surface crossed by numer- Fig- b.
ous prominent transverse lines.

Branchiae, the number of which is not determined, are long and folded
about, partially covering or protecting the large operculum (figs, c
and d), which is in the form of an elongated (apparenth' stiffened b}-
a very thin deposit of Hme) cylinder-like broodpouch filled with eggs ;
the end protected by a calcareous disk with flaring edge and an inner
enlarged basal portion, showing the length of the ventral area attached
posteriorly to the secondary calcareous disk on the end of the opercu-
lum proper, which is formed of many longitudinal muscles spreading

S. argutus, seta from 3d
thoracic somite.

1904.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

177

from a short peduncle, which is apparently differentiated from the
longitudinal ventral muscular layer of the body-wall and separated
from the branchial lobes.

Thoracic setae simple tapered blades with but little color in
three fascicles on each side with two series of uncini. Those on the
collar (fig. e) somewhat broader and less regularly tapered than the
others; no odd ones found in the second or third bundles. Uncini
distinctly yellow or delicate horn-color with numerous fine teeth,
clearly seen under a 7 objective, those on the abdomen much shorter
and associated with a single similarly colored seta.

Two specimens on one of the red algae with S. argutus, at Station
3,730, in 34 fathoms. May 16, 1900.

Figs, c and d. S. foraminosus, front and rear
views of operculum, filled with eggs.

Fig. c. S. foraminosus,
seta from collar fascicle.

Spirorbis bellulus Bush sp. nov.

Tube small, regularly coiled, dextral, with small central cavity, the
rounded whorls ornamented with three, sometimes four, unequal,
rounded threads, the one on the summit being more prominent than
the others.

Specimens from 1 to 1.5 mm. in diameter.

Branchiae peculiarly developed, probably abnormal, broad, thin,
flattened, with few pinnae. Operculum
(figs. / and g) on a very long peduncle,
with somewhat squarish calcareous plate
with deep erect thickened rim.

Setae (fig. h) long and slender simple
blades, similar in all the fascicles which
are three on each side of the thorax
with two series of uncini, those on the
collar showing a few comparatively
12

Figs. / and g. S. bellulus,
operculum, front and rear
views.

178

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Jan.,

coarse serrations on edge, seen under a 7 objective, Uncini very
narrow, the teeth too fine to determine. Abdominal setse and uncini
not seen.

- Steamer Albatross, May 8, 1900, at Station
3,707, off the coast of Japan, in 63-75
fathoms. Five specimens on fragments of
mollusks and pebbles.

Spirorbis dorsatus Bush sp. nov.

Tube small, regularly coiled, dextral, dif-
fering from the preceding (S. bellulus) in
having but one very prominent keel on the
middle of the whorls, rendering the tube
three-sided. A small nematode worm and
sand filled the tube, but no animal was
found.

Three specimens were found with the pre-
ceding, at Station 3,707, in 63-75 fathoms.
As no animals were found, it is impossible to determine whether or
not these tubes may not be the young of S. foraminosus.

Fig. h. S. bellulus, seta
from collar fascicle.

Explanation of Plates XI and XIT.

Plate XI, Fig. 1. — Sabella japonica. Slender lanceolate seta from ventral part
of the fascicle of V, X 480.

Fig. 2. — Sabella japonica. Small imcinus from the dorsal part of the torus
of V, X 480.

Figs. 3-6. — Potamilla acuminata.

Fig. 3. — Slender seta from dorsal part of VI, X 335.

Fig. 4. — Face view of a slender seta from XL, X 335.

Fig. 5. — Two views of a spatulate and mucronate seta from ventral part
of VI, X 335.

Fig. 6. — A pick-shaped uncinus from VI, showing a slender tip of about
the average length, X 600.

Figs. 7-13. — Hypsicomus lyra.

Fig. 7. — Limbate seta from the ventral series of the collar fascicle, X 480.

Fig. 8. — Hooded seta from the dorsal series of the same, X 480.

Fig. 9. — Limbate seta from the dorsal part of V, X 335.

Fig. 10. — Plain paddle-shaped seta from the ventral part of V, X 335.

Fig. 11. — Mucronate paddle-shaped seta from the same, X 335.

Fig. 12. — Bilimbate pointed seta from a posterior abdominal somite, X 335.

Fig. 13. — Pick-shaped uncinus from VI, X 480.

Figs. 14, 15, 16. — Euchone alicaudata.

Fig. 14. — Outline of slender seta from the dorsal part of V, X 480.

Fig. 15. — One of the more symmetrical broadly bilimbate setse from the
ventral part of V, X 480.

Fig. 16.— A crochet from VI, X 480.

Fig. 17-18. — Protula geniculata. Abdominal and thoracic uncini respec-
tively, X 800.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 179

Fig. 19. — Vermilia pluriannulata. An abdominal uncinus, X 600.

Fig. 20. — Pomatoceros auritubis. An uncinus from the middle abdominal

region, showing also the outlines of the front and back faces of the

large gouge-shaped tooth, X 600.

Plate XII, Figs. 21 to 25. — Vermilia ctenophora.

Figs. 21, 21a. — Dorsal and lateral views respectively of operculum, X S.

Fig. 22. — An average limbate seta from VI, X 250.

Fig. 23. — The smallest and most curved seta from an abdominal pair, X 440.

Fig. 24. — Uncinus from V, X 440.

Fig. 25. — An uncinus from the middle abdominal region, X 440.

Figs. 26 to 32. — Vermilia pluriannulata.

Figs. 26, 27, and 28. — Dorsal, ventral and lateral views respectively of the
operculum, X 13.

Figs. 29 and 30. — Long and short slender limbate setse from VI, X 250.

Fig. 31. — The middle seta of the three on somite XXX, X 440.

Fig. 32. — An uncinus from V, X 440.

Figs. 33 to 37.- — Pomatoceros auritubis.

Figs. 33, 34, 35. — Dorsal, ventral and lateral views respectively of the oper-
culum, X 8.

Fig. 36.— Middle abdominal seta, X 440.

Fig. 37.— Uncinus from IV, X 440.

Fig. 38. — Protula geniculata. Seta from middle abdominal region, X 250.

Fig. 39. — Sabella japonica. Uncinus from dorsal part of VI, X 360.

Pig. 40. — Sabella japonica. Uncinus from ventral portion of a middle ab-
dominal uncinus, X 250.

Fig. 41. — Potamella acuminata. Uncinus from VI, X 360.

Fig. 42. — Hypsicomus lyra. Uncinus from VI, X 360.

Fig. 43. — Euchone alicaudata. Uncinus from XXI, X 360.

Fig. 44. — Laonome tridentata. Uncinus from XVI, X 360.

Fig. 45. — Vermilia pluriannulata. End of a capillary caudal seta represent-
ing about \ of the exposed part, X 250.

180 proceedings of the academy of [feb.,

February 2.
The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.
Seventy-four persons present.

The death of Karl Zittel, a correspondent, January 5, was announced.

The Pubhcation Committee reported that the following communi-
cations had been received:

"On the Germ Cells and the Embryology of Planaria simplissima
Curtis," by N. M. Stevens (January 23).

"A Study of the Mammalian Genus Chilonycteris," by James A. G.
Kehn (January 30).

Mr. H. Clay Bordex made a communication on the Moki Indians,
their habits and customs, with special reference to their religious
dances, (No abstract.)

The following were accepted for publication :

1904,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 181

A STUDY OF THE MAMMALIAN GENUS CHILONYCTERIS.

BY JAMES A. G. REHN.

The following paper is the result of a study of an exceedingly inter-
esting series of one hundred and three specimens, of which twenty-
four w^ere preserved as skins, the remainder being in alcohol. Of this
representation forty-three were from the collection of the United
States National Museum, thirty-six from that of the Biological Survey,
eighteen from the American Museum of Natural History, and a smal
but exceedingly important series from the collection of the Academy.

The author wishes to express his indebtedness to Mr. Gerrit S. Miller,
Jr., of the United States National Museum, Dr. C. Hart IMerriam, of
the Biological Survey, and Dr. J. A. Allen of the American Museum
of Natural History, for their kindness in securing and permitting the
use of specimens from the collections under their charge.

CHILONYCTERIS Gray.

1839. Chiloyiycteris Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist., IV, p. 4. September, 1839.
Tjrpe — Chilonycteris MacLeayii Gray.

1840. Chilonycteris Wagner, Suppl. Schreber's Saugthiere, I, p. 448.
1840. Lobostoma Gundlach, Archiv fiir Xaturgeschichte, VI, bd. I, p. 357.

[Part.]
1843. Chilonycteris Wagner, Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, IX, bd. I, p. 367.

[Part.l
1843. Chilonycteris Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 20.
1843. Phyllodia Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 50. Type— P%^

lodia parnellii Gray.

1850. Chilonycteris Wagner, Abhandlungen Mathem.-Physik. CI. Akad.
Wissenschaften, Miinchen, V, p. 179. [Part.]

1851. Chilonycteris Gosse, Naturalist's Sojourn in Jamaica, p 326.

1854. Chilonycteris Burmeister, Thiere Brasiliens, I, p. 74. [Part.]

1855. Chilonycteris Wagner, Suppl. Schreber's Saugthiere, V, p. 677. [Part.]
1861. Chilonycteris Gundlach, Monatsber. K. Preuss. Akad. Wissensch.,

Berlin. 1861, p. 154.
1861. Chilonycteris Tomes, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1861, p. 65.
1872. Chilonycteris Peters, Monatsber. K. Preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin,

1872, p. 359.

1878. Chilonycteris Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 447. [Part.]

1879. Chilonycteris Alston, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Mamm., p. 34. [Part.]

1880. Chilonycteris Dobson, Rep. Brit. .\sso. Adv. Soc, 1880, p. 195.
1894. Chilonycteris J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., VI, p. 247.
1902, Chilonycteris Miller, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1902, p. 400.

Generic Characters. — Crown of the head moderately elevated above
the face line; ears separate, lateral; rostrum moderately depressed;
nostrils superiorly with a more or less distinctly developed cutaneous

182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

ridge; lower jaw with two transverse chin-lappets. Skull with the
brain-case moderately elevated above the rostrum, and with basi-
cranial axis but slightlv raised from the facial axis. Dentition

2=^2 1-1 2-2 -^3-3

' 2—2' ^- 1—1' !''• 3—3' 3—3'

Mistonj. — The genus CMlonycteris was founded by Gray in 1839 on
the Cuban C. madeayii, the describer believing the genus to be inter-
mediate between "the Saccopteri and the genus Mormoops," the latter
genus being considered by him a member of the tribe Noctilionina.
In 1840, Gundlach described the genus Lobostoma based on two species,
one of which is the Cuban representative of the genus Mormoops, the
other a synonym of CMlonycteris madeayii. The same year Wagner,
in the first supplementary volume of the Saugthiere, associated the genus
with Mormoops, and placed them in the tribe Brachyura of the Gymno-
rhina. During the year 1843 this genus received considerable atten-
tion from Wagner and Gray, the former of whom described C. per-
sonata, C. ruhiginosa and C. gymnonotus, all from Natterer's Brazilian
material. The last of these three species has since been removed to
Dermonotus {=Pteronotus auct.). Gray's work consisted of the de-
scription of the Haitian C. fuliginosa and Phyllodia parnellii from Ja-
maica, the rather different character of the latter form having impressed
him to such an extent that he created a genus for it. In comment-
ing on Phyllodia he says it is "& Noctilionine bat, with an apparent
nose-leaf, bearing a much greater resemblance to the Leaf-nosed Bats
(Phyllostomina) than even Mormoops, which, when he first described
it, Dr. Leach referred to that group." The Jamaican C. grisea was
the next form described, Gosse also giving us a figure. Burmeister, in
1854, in his system of Brazilian mammals, associated CMlonycteris
and Dysopes, and placed them in the Gymnura; while Wagner, in 1855,
placed it and Mormoops with the Noctilionine bats in the section
Brachyura of the Gymnorhina. The year 1861 witnessed the de-
scription of two more species of the genus, C. boothi from Cuba by Gund-
lach, and C. osbiirm by Tomes from Jamaica, the latter being Gray's
Phyllodia parnellii. Koch in 1862-63^ used the term Mormopida in
an indefinite way, apparently for this association of genera; while
Ciray, in 1866,^ used the term Mormopsina for Mormoops, and Phyllo-
diana for Phyllodia, CMlonycteris and Pteronotus. Peters, in his
synopsis of the Mormopes, published in 1872, associated CMlonycteris
with Mormops in the above group. Gill, in the same year,^ proposed

^Jahrb. Ver. Naturkunde Nassau, Wiesbaden, XVII-XVIII, p. 358.
^Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., XVIT, p. 93.
^Arrangement of the Families of Mammals, p. 16.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183

the family name Mormopidce. Dobson, in his historic catalogue, con-
sidered Chilonycteris and Mormops to comprise the group Mormopes,
which is coextensive with his subfamily Lobostomince. The same
author also describes the peculiar C. psilotis from an unkno\\Ti local-
ity. In 1892, Harrison Allen* raised Dobson's Lobostomince to family
rank, the Lobostomidoe. In 1902, Miller separated the Mexican type of
the rubiginosa group as C.mexicana, and distinguished a Porto Rican
representative of the boothi group as portoricensis. While treating
the genus Mormoops, the author, in the same year, considered Mor-
moops, Chilonycteris and Dermonotus representatives of a subfamily,
for which the name Mormoopince was used.

General Relations. — ^The general relationship of the genus Chilonyc-
teris to the other members of the Mormoopince has already been con-
sidered.^ Of the species in the genus the boothi and rubiginosa groups
present the greatest superficial resemblance to Mormoops, particularly
in the broad flattened head and the general form of the chin-lappets;
but that these resemblances are not supported by other characters is
evident on studying the skulls and structure of the ears and head
appendages. On the other hand, the relationship of C. psilotis with
Dermonotus is evident from the structure of the skuU, while the rubigi-
nosa group is seen to possess a skull having the same general charac-
teristics. The arrangement of species in the following portion of this
paper is in accordance with the general characters exhibited by the
skull, running from the slender arched type of C. macleayii to the
heavy short depressed skull of C. psilotis. There are several objections
to such an arrangement, but there appears to be no good evidence to
support any other classification. Dobson's psilotis is no doubt the
most aberrant member of the genus,' and, while in some tooth charac-
ters it appears to differ from all the other species, and also from Der-
monotus, its position in the genus is easily found by the shape of the
skull. Wagner's personata 1 have not seen, and probably it is closer to
psilotis than my treatment would lead one to suppose. This point
can, of coiu-se, only be settled by the examination of the specimens in
the Vienna and Berlin Museums, or by the acquisition of further
material.

Remarks. — Probably the most striking fact noticed on examining a
large series of specimens of this genus is the presence of two well-
marked color phases, one rufous, the other dark brown. This di-
chromatism is evident in every form of which an extensive series is

*Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XV, p. 437.

5 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1902, p. 161.

184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF - [Feb.,

available. The two extremes are sometimes connected by a series of
intermediate individuals possessing to a greater or less degree the dull
rather purplish-brown of one type and the rich golden rufous or warm
red-brown of the other. This dichromatic coloration is also found in
Mormoops and Dermonotus.

Key to the Forms.

a. — ^^External margin of the ear with a distinct notch at or slightly
below the middle.
h. — Internal margin of the ear basally thickened and bearing a
distinct angulate notch.
c. — External margin of the ear abruptly convex at the com-
mencement of its lower third forming an acute-angu-
late notch; forearm 35-44.5 mm.
d. — Forearm less than 43 mm. in length; cutaneous ridge
surmoimting the superior margin of the nostrils
without a deep median emargination.
€. — Length of head, body and tail considerably over
56 mm. ; calcaneum not less, usually much
more, than 18 mm. in length.
/. — Skull rather elongate and slender; greatest
zygomatic width usually less than half the
total length of the skull ; rostrum and brain-
case about equal in length,

macleayii Gray.*

ff. — Skull abbreviate; rostrum inflated; greatest

zygomatic width more than half the total

length of the skull; rostrum not as long as

the brain-case, . . m. inflata n. subsp.

ee. — Length of head, body and tail about 56 mm.;

calcaneum not over 16 mm. in length,

m. fuliginosa (Gray).
dd. — Forearm 43 mm. or more in length; cutaneous ridge
surmounting the superior margin of the nostrils with a
deep median emargination, . . m. grisea (Gosse).
cc. — External margin of the ear abruptly convex at the com-
mencement of its lower third, forming a rectangulate
notch; forearm 45.7 mm., . . . personata Wagner.
bh. — Internal margin of the ear not basally thickened and without
a distinct angulate notch,
c. — Nose wdth a comparatively high erect tubercle; tragus
apically obtuse-angulate with a large accessory lobe;
skull wath the rostrum slender.
d. — First low^er premolar in contact with third, the second
crowded out of the toothrow on the lingual side;
skull with the rostrum high ; foot rather slender,

parnellii (Gray).

* The females of this form closely approacli ???. inflata, but the males are quite
distinct.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 185

dd. — First lower premolar not in contact with tliird, the
second in the toothrow though usually displaced
toward the lingual side; skull wdth rostrum of
moderate height; foot rather robust.
e. — Size large, total length 83-85 mm. ; skull with the
rostrum rather slender, brain-case slightly de-
pressed, p. boothii (Gundlach).

ce.— Size rather small, total length 74-79 mm. ; skull
with the rostrum somewhat bullate, brain-case
evenly arched transversely,

p. portoricensis (Miller).
cc. — Nose with a low rounded tubercle ; skull with the rostrum
comparatively short and broad; tragus apically pro-
duced, with a slight accessory lobe.
d. — Size very large; forearm not less than 59 mm. in
length; head and body not less than 72 mm.,

ruhiginosa Wagner.
dd. — Size medium; forearm not more than 59 mm. in
length ; head and body not more than 63 mm.,

r. mexicana (Miller).

aa.— External margin of the ear without a distinct notch at or slightly

below the middle, psilotis Dobson.

Chilonycteris macleayii Gray.

1839. Chilonycteris MacLeayii Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist., IV, p. 5, PI. 1, fig. 2.
September, 1839. [Cuba.]

1840. Ch[ilonycteris] MacLeayii Wagner, Suppl. Schreber's Saugthiere, I,
p. 448. [Cuba.]

1840. [Lobostoma] quadrtdens Gundlach, Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, VI,

bd. I, p. 357. [Cuba.]
1850. Ch[ilonycteris] Mac-Leayii Wagner, Abhandlungen Mathem.-Physik.

CI. Akad. Wissenschaften, Mtinchen, V, p. 186. [No locality.]
1855. Ch[ilomjcteris] MacLeayii Wagner, Suppl. Schreber's Saugthiere, V,

p. 678. [Cuba.]
1855. Ch[iIonycteris] quadridens Wagner, Suppl. Schreber s Saugthiere, V,

p. 678. [Cuba.] , , ^^^.

1872. Chilonycteris MacLeayii Peters, Monatsber. K Preuss. Akad. \\ is-
sensch. Berlin. 1872, p. 360. [Part.] [Cuba; Jamaica; Haiti.]

1873. Chilonycteris Mac-Leayi Gundlach, Anales Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat , I,
cuad. 3, p. 244. [Cuba.]

1878. Chilonycteris macleayi Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Bnt. Mus., p. 449.

[Part.] [Cuba; Port au Prince, Haiti (type of fuliginosa Gray); Jamaica

(type of grisea Gosse).]
1904'. Chilonycteris macleayii Miller, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVII, p. 342.

[Guanajay and Baracoa, Cuba.]

Type Locality. — Cuba.

Distribution.— C\\h&, apparently covering the greater part of the
island, specimens from such extremes as Baracoa and Guanajay having
been examined. Gundlach (L c), in speaking of this species, says:
Very common, they frequent the houses in the country; observed also
in caves, where they sleep in clusters.

General Characters.— Size rather small (for the genus) ; ears elongate,

186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

sublanceolate, internal margin with a distinct submedian shoulder,
external margin with a prominent submedian dentiform shoulder ; nos-
trils surmounted by a sinuate ridge bearing a series of small pads,
nostrils flanked by a subacute protuberance.

Head. — Moderately elongate; rostrum considerably depressed. Ears
elongate, sublanceolate, the lower margin extending considerably
forward but failing to reach the angle of the mouth; internal margin
of the ear attached to the head anterior to the small eye, internal ridge
distinct, arcuate, passing by a moderately rounded shoulder into the
internal margin of the ear, distal two-thirds of the internal margin of
the ear straight, bearing several distinct spiniform points superior to
the shoulder of the internal ridge ; external margin and lower margin
ample, bearing a distinct acute notch at a point about opposite to the
shoulder of the internal ridge, distal portion of the external margin
straight, except the extreme apical portion which is gently concave;
apex subfalcate, rounded. Tragus subelliptical ; external margin with
a slight nodular shoulder; internal margin bearing a subapical whorl-
like accessory flap, which lies in a plane at right angles to the body of
the tragus; apex rather narrowly rounded. Nostrils ovate, bordered
by a low ridge, superior margin slightly depressed centrally and
bearing six distinct sucker-like tubercles,' lateral margins flanked by
an erect subdentiform flap. Labial chin-lappet transverse, forming
broadly rounded lobes laterally, the median portion of the inferior mar-
gin broadly and evenly concave, median portion of the lappet strongly
papillose and margined superiorly by a small rounded nonpapillose
area. Posterior chin-lappet slight, adpressed, rounded and consisting
only of a fold of skin.

Limbs. — Forearm moderately long, rather strongly bowed in the
proximal half; third digit rather short. Femora, tibiae and feet rather
slender; calcaneum very long, half again as long as the tibiae.

Membranes and Fur. — Membranes rather heavy and leathery ; trans-
verse nerves very regularly disposed in the endopatagium and meso-
patagium; propatagium large, the anterior border totally free; uropa-
tagium very large, extending beyond the enclosed portion of tail a
distance about equal to the same. Fur of moderate length, soft and
silky; throat and chin with the fur floccose; endopatagium partially
and slightly furred above ; upper hp and muzzle with the hair bristle-
like in character.

Color. ^ — Rufous phase : above mars-brown suffused on the back and

'' This character is subject to more or less variation, as in some specimens the
individual character of each protuberance is lost.
^ From skins.

1904,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187

scapular region with burnt-umber, a slight silvering of pale hairs scat-
tered irregularh' ; beneath uniform fawn color. Brown phase: above
sepia, around the head and neck paler as there the ecru under color is
very apparent; below pale Isabella color, the hair seal-brown basally.
Membranes ranging from vandyke-brown to almost pure black in color.

Skull. — Rather fragile in character; elongate, zygomata not mark-
edly expanded ; brain-case considerably elevated above the moderately
depressed rostrum; foramen magnum placed slightly above the basi-
cranial axis. Brain-case subglobose, crests but slightly marked; audi-
tory bullae considerably inflated, of medium size. Rostrum rather
low, of moderate length, evenly expanded; nasal depression consid-
erably excavated and visibly compressed; palate subequal in wddth,
moderately excavated, posterior projection extending but little
beyond the major portion, the cleft narrowly rounded; pterygoids
rather strongly divergent. Mandible with the ramus rather strong,
ascending ramus low and comparatively weak; condyle small; coro-
noid process very weak and not elevated above the condyle ; angle of
the mandible strongly developed and directed laterally, forming a pro-
nounced subfalciform process. Skulls of females are considerably
smaller, and have the rostral portion much more buUate than in the
males, in this respect approaching the race inflata, from wMch they
can, however, be separated by the slenderer skull and narrow palate.

Teeth. — Central pair of upper incisors much larger than the lateral
pair, broad, cutting edge bilobate; lateral incisors with a single acute
posteriorly placed cusp; upper canines conoid, very slightly diverging;
first upper premolar subreniform in basal outline, the posterior portion
lying against the internal border of the second premolar smaller than
the anterior portion ; second upper premolar with a large hastate pos-
terior cusp, basal outline subpentagonous ; first and second upper molars
subquadrate, protocone and hypocone developed as low pointed cusps;
third upper molar strongly transverse, protocone developed as a jagged
elevation, para-hypoconoid ridge N-shaped. Lower incisors crowded,
equal in size, trilobate; canines slender; first lower premolar uni-
cuspidate, the labial face considerably excavated; second lower pre-
molar very minute and crowded between the first and third and dis-
placed toward the lingual face; third lower premolar unicuspidate,
slightly more acute than the first premolar; molars equal in size.

Measurements. — Average of series f Total length [5] 61 mm. (59-65) ;

^ Numbers in brackets designate the number of specimens examined for that
particular measurement. This is necessitated by the condition of material, as
some alcohohc specimens are shriveled to sucli an extent that but few measure-
ments can be taken. Figures in parentheses have their usual significance as
extremes.

188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

length of head and body [2] 41.2 (41.5-44); head [3] 16.4 (15.8-17);
ear [3] 13.6 (12-16) ; tragus [3] 4.8 (4.5-5) ; forearm [10] 39 (37.5-41.5) ;
thumb [3] 6.5 (6-7) ; third digit [3] 60.6 (60-62) ; tibia [10] 14.6 (12-16) ;
calcaneum [2] 22.7 (22.5-23) ; foot [10] 8.8 (8-9.2) ; tail [3] 19.3 (18-20).
Total length of skull [6] 15.4 mm. (14.1-16.1); greatest zygomatic
width [7] 7.7 (7.5-8) ; interorbital width [7] 3.2 (3-3.5) ; height at base
of second premolar [7] 3.3 (3-3.5); height of brain-case [6] 6.1 (6-6.3);
width of palatal constriction [7] 1.4 (1.3-1.5); length of palate [7] 6.5
(6-7); width of palate including teeth [7] 5.7 (5.3-6); greatest length
of mandible [7] 11.1 (10-11.6).

Remarks. — This species is not liable to be confused with the other
species of the genus, but its three subspecies are all, with the possible
exception of C. m. grisea, quite closely related. From madeayii grisea
the true madeayii may be separated by its smaller size and the shape
of the superior margin of the nostrils; from m. juliginosa the larger
size and heavier build will distinguish it; from vi. inflata the shape of
the rostral portion of the skull, as well as the general slenderer
character of the palate and zygomata, will serve to differentiate it.

The most striking variation exhibited by this species is the occur-
rence of two forms, one considerably smaller than the other. This
fact was first noticed by Miller (l. c), and, as he states, it appears to
be independent of age or sex. The series studied, while a picked lot
from the series he examined, do not give the extreme dimensions he
cites, but the two forms can very readily be distinguished. Another
very striking variation is in the shape of the skull, and is apparently
sexual. The skulls of the females examined are shorter and more in-
flated in the rostral portion than those of the males. In this respect
they approach the Porto Rican m. inflata, but the skull of that form
appears, in both sexes, to be more inflated and robust proportionally
than the smaller females of madeayii.

Specimens Examined. — Eleven alcoholic specimens and seven skins :
Guanajay, Pinar del Rio, Cuba. (U. S. N. M.) [6.]
Baracoa, Santiago, Cuba. (U. S. N. M.) [4.]
Eight miles east of Baracoa, Santiago, Cuba. (U. S. N. M.) [8.]
Chilonyoteris madeayii fuliginosa (Gray).

1843. Chilonycteris fuliginosa Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 20.

[Haiti.]
1855. Ch[ilonyderis] fuliginosa Wagner, Suppl. Schreber's Siiugthiere, V,

p. 679. [Haiti.]
1872. Chilonycteris MacLeayii Peters, Monatsb. K. Preuss. Akad. Wissensch.,

Berlin, 1872, p. 360. [Part.] [Cuba; Jamaica; Haiti.]
1878. Chilonycteris macleayi Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 449.
[Part.] [Cuba; Port au Prince, Haiti (type of fuliginosa Gray); Jamaica
(type of grisea Gosse).]

Type Locality. — Port au Prince, Haiti.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 189

Distribution. — The island of Haiti and San Domingo. No specimens
possessing exact data available.

General Characters. — Allied to the Cuban macleayii but the size
smallest in the genus, skull smaller than in macleayii and compara-
tively slender, and calcanea shorter.

Head. — As in C. macleayii.

Limbs. — Except for the generally smaller size of the forearm and
tibia, no difference is noted from the same portions of macleayii. The
calcaneum is distinctly shorter, not at all or but slightly exceeding
the tibia in length.

Membranes and Fur. — As in macleayii.

Color. — The available alcoholic specimens have been preserved for
quite a long time and the coloration exhibited by them may be some-
what abnormal. General color above cinnamon-rufous; below seal-
brown; volar membranes prout's-brown ; ears wood-brown. The
single skin available is mummified and has been in a liquid preserva-
tive at some time ; the colors are as follows : above pale mars-brown ;
below isabelline, becoming ecru-drab on the throat; membranes drab.

Skull. — Similar to C. macleayii but smaller, the males with the whole
form comparatively more robust than in the same sex of macleayii.
The singular abbreviate skull of the females of macleayii approaches
m. fuliginosa very much, but the latter has a slenderer rostrum and
more compressed zygomata. One specimen (5072, A. N. S. P.) bears
a comparatively high sagittal crest.

Teeth. — Essentially as in C. macleayii with the following exceptions :
first upper premolar simpler in outline, more ovate than reniform;
second upper premolar more transverse in outline than pentagonal,
the anterior shoulder not as strongly developed as in macleayii.

Measurements. — Average of series: Total length [1] 56.2 mm. ; length
of head and body [3] 40.5 (39.5-41) ; head [1] 17.1 ; ear [2] 13.6 (13.2-14) ;
tragus [2] 4.5; forearm [5] 37.7 (35-40); thumb [4] 6.2 (6-7); third
digit [5] 62.2 (58.5-68); tibia [5] 15.1 (14.5-16); calcaneum [2] 15
(14-16) ; foot [5] 8.3 (8.9) ; tail [5] 18.8 (17-20).

Total length of skull [2] 14.1 (14-14.3) ; greatest zygomatic width [1]
7.2 ; interorbital width [3] 3 ; height at base of second premolar [3] 3 ;
height of brain-case [2] 6 ; width of palatal constriction [2] 1 .4 ; length of
palate [2] 6.1 (6-6.2); width of palate including teeth [3] 5.1 (5-5.2);
greatest length of mandible [2] 10.5 (10-11).

Remarks. — This form of macleayii, while not at all sharply defined,
can be recognized by the unusually small size, short calcaneum and
rather different skull. In a number of characters which reach their
extremes in macleayii and m. inflata, m. fuliginosa is intermediate, as

190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [Feb.,

might be expected from the distribution of these forms ; but that the
three types are entitled to recognition will generally be admitted on
examining representatives of the several races.

Specimens Examined. — Five, one skin and four alcoholic specimens:

Haiti. (A. M. N. H.) [1.]

San Domingo. (A. N. S. P.) [4.]

Chilonycteris macleayii inflata n. subsp.

1878. Chilonycteris Mac-Leayi Gundlach (not of Gray), Anales Soc. Espan.
Hist. Nat., VII, cuad. I, p. 140. [Bayamon and Mayaguez, Porto Rico.]

Type. — Adult cJ^ ; Cueva di Fari, near Pueblo Yiejo, Porto Rico.
No. 6,234, A. N. S. Phila. March 19, 1900. Collected by Drs. C. W.
Richmond and L. Stejneger.

Distribution. — Apparently the whole island of Porto Rico, specimens
from a cave near Pueblo Viejo and Mayaguez having been examined.

General Characters. — ^This form is distinguished from true macleayii
by the short and bullate rostrum of the skull and the rather expanded
zygomata.

Head, limbs and fur very much as in macleayii, l3ut the distal half of
the ear is shorter and broader, the apex more blunt, and not so falcate,
the external margin being straighter.

Color. — Rufous phase i^" above rather dark cinnamon; below wood-
brown, the fur basally mummy-l^rown. Brown phase: above bistre,
the short hair on the nape and sides of the neck silvery-wliite, the latter
also apparent in the general bistre tint, caused by scattered unicolored
hairs and also by the silver}^ median bands of the darker hairs ; below
with the hair basally bistre, apically drab, becoming wood-brown on
the chin and throat and whitish on the abdomen. Membranes dull
blackish. One specimen examined appears to be intermediate between
the two phases.

Skull. — Similar to that of C. macleayii, but with the rostrum shorter
and broader, the brain-case higher and the zygomata more expanded.
The rostrum is considerably shorter than the brain-case in length and
the lateral margins are rather strongly and evenly arcuate ; brain-case
strongly inflated and elevated above the rostrum a distance more than
equal to the height of the rostrum at the anterior margin of the orbits.
Palate considerably broader than in macleayii. The skulls of females
of rnacleayii are, of course, very similar to the males of m. inflata in
general appearance, but they lack the extreme characters of the rostrum
and the high brain-case is pecuhar to inflata. The skull of the female
of inflata, how^ever, is practically indistinguishable from that of
macleayii, though the latter is somewhat smaller.

'" Type in this phase.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 191

Teeth. — Similar to maclcayii but for the following exceptions : median
upper incisors very broad and very distinctly bilobate ; first upper pre-
molar small and low, considerably crowded; second lower premolar
shorter and broader, the basal outline more rounded and not so oblong
as in macleayii.

Measurements. — Type: Total length 63 mm.; head and body 45.5;
head 17.3; ear 12.5; tragus 4.S; forearm 38.5; thumb 7; third digit
63.5; tibia 16.5; calcaneum 18; foot 8.5; tail 18. Average of series:
Total length [3] 64.3 (61.5-68.5) ; head and body [5] 48.7 (41-52) ; head
[2] 16.9 (16.5-17.3); ear [2] 12.2 (12-12.5); tragus [2] 4.5 (4.3-4.8)
forearm [6] 38.7 (38-40); thumb [2] 7; third digit [2] 62.2 (61-63.5)
tibia [5] 15.6 (15-16.5) ; calcaneum [2] 19.7 (18-20.5) ; foot [6] 8.4 (8-9)
tail [4] 19.6 (17-23).

Type skull: Total length 15.3 mm.; interorbital width 3.5; height
at base of second premolar 3.5 ; height of brain-case 6.4 ; width of pala-
tal constriction 1.5; length of palate 6; width of palate including teeth
5.5; greatest length of mandible 11. Average of series of skulls : Total
length [5] 14.8 (14.2-15.3); greatest zygomatic width [3] 8 (7.9-8);
interorbital width [5] 3.2 (3-3.5) ; height at base of second premolar [5]
3.3 (3.1-3.5) ; height of brain-case [5] 6.4 (6.1-7) ; width of palatal con-
striction [5] 1.4 (1.3-1.5); length of palate from anterior foramina [5]
6.1 (6-6.4) ; width of palate including teeth [5] 5.3 (5.1-5.5) ; length of
mandible [5] 10.8 (10.6-11.1).

Remarks. — The foregoing description presents the differential char-
acters of inflata so that no general remarks are necessary. The phyla
represented by m. fuliginosa and m. infiata reaches its extreme type in
the latter race, the most apparent diagnostic character of which is the
inflated rostrum.

Specimens Examined. — Two alcoholics and four skins :

Cueva di Fari, near Pueblo Viejo, Porto Rico. (A. N. S. P. and
U. S. N. M.) [5.]

Mayaguez, Porto Rico. (U. S. N. M.) [1.]

Chilonycteris macleayii grisea (Gosse).

1851. Chilonycteris grisea Gosse, A Naturalist's Sojourn in Jamaica, p. 326,

PL VI, fig. 1. [Phoenix Park, Jamaica.]
1861. Chilomjcieris quadridens Tomes, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1861, p. 65.

[Oxford Cave, Jamaica.]
1872. Chilonycteris MacLeayi Peters, Monatsb. K. Preuss. Akad. Wissensch.,

Berlin, 1872, p. 360. (Part.) [Cuba; Jamaica; Haiti.]
1878. Chilonycteris macleayi Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 449, PI.

XXIII, fig. 1. (Part.) [Cuba; Port au Prince, Haiti (type of fuliginosa

Gray) ; Jamaica (type of grisea Gosse).]
1880. Chilonycteris macleayi Dobson (not of Gray), Rep. Brit. Asso. Adv.

Sci., 1880, p. 195. [Environs of Kingston, Jamaica.]

Type Locality.— Vhcemx Park, St. Ann Parish, Jamaica.

192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Distribution. — The island of Jamaica, specimens having been
recorded from the type locality, Kingston and Oxford Cave, while
other individuals have been examined from Lucea, Hanover Parish,
in the extreme northwestern part of the island.

General Characters. — Size quite large, largest of the madeayii group;
nostrils with the superior margin deeply and squarely emarginate cen-
trally.

Head. — Similar to C macleayii with the following exceptions: Nos-
trils with the superior margins bearing two low quadrate peg-like pro-
jections, between which is a deep emargination completely separating
them; process flanking the nostrils elongate, sublanceolate in char-
acter. Dobson's figure {vide supra) represents these characters very
clearly and was no doubt taken from the type specimen presented
by Gosse, as that was the only Jamaican specimen studied by him.

Limbs. — Similar in character to C. macleayii, but, of course, larger,
though the proportions are practically the same.

Membranes and Fur. — As in macleayii, but the free margin of the
uropatagium very curiously tucked and thickened by short longitudinal
thickenings, a character well exhibited in Gosse's original plate of the
species.

Color. ^^ — Rufous phase: above ferruginous; below chestnut, becom-
ing pale on the chin; ears and cephalic processes vinaceous-cinnamon,
the former becoming pale drab apically; volar membranes mummy-
brown. Brown phase: above bistre, sprinkled and suffused with sil-
very-white as in the brown phase of the other races of the macleayii
group; beneath clove-brown; membranes as in the rufous phase.

Skull. — Elongate, somewhat compressed; rostrum slenderer, com-
paratively, than in any of the other forms of the macleayii group;
brain-case moderately inflated.

Teeth. — As in C. macleayii, except for the first lower premolar which
is broader, with the external margin more rounded than in the typical
form.

Measurements. — Average of series: Total length [4] 68.7 (66.5-74);
head and body [4] 45.4 (44.5-49) ; head [2] 18.3 (18.2-18.5) ; ear [4] 15.2
(14-16.3); tragus [4] 5.6 (5-6.5); forearm [4] 43.8 (43-44.5); thumb
[4] 7.5 (7-8); third digit [4] 73.7 (72.5-75); tibia [4] 16.3 (16-17);
calcaneum [4] 23 (20-26) ; foot [4] 9.7 (9.5-10) ; tail [4] 23.2 (22-25).

Total length of skull [2] 16.9 (16.8-17); greatest zygomatic width
[2] 8 (8-8.1); interorbital space [2] 3.5; height of second premolar [2]
3.5 (3.5-3.6) ; height of brain-case [1] 6.3; width of palatal constriction

^' From alcohol.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 193

[2] 1.5 (1.5-1.6); length of palate from anterior foramina [2] 7; width
of palate including teeth [3] 6; greatest length of mandible [2] 12
(11.9-12.1).

Remarks. — The Jamaican form of the macleayii group is so very dis-
tinct from the other associated races that no general summary is neces-
sary.

Specimens Examined. — Four alcoholic specimens: Lucea, Jamaica.
(A. M. N. H.)

Chilonycteris personata Wagner.

1843. Chilonycteris personata Wagner, Archiv fiir Naturgeschiclitc, IX, bd. I,

p. 367. [Matto Grosso.]
1850. Chilonycteris personata Wagner, Abhandlungen Matliem.-Physik. CI.

Akad. Wissenschaften, Miinchen, V, p. 185. [St. Vincent jNIatto Grosso.]

1854. Chilonycteris personata Burmeister, Thiere Brasiliens I, p. 76. [St.
Vincent, Matto Grosso.]

1855. Ch[iIonycieris] personata Wagner, Suppl. Rchreber's Saugthiere, V,
p. 680. [Matto Grosso.]

1872. Chilonycteris personata Peters, Monatsber. K. Preuss. Akad. Wis-
sensch., Berlin, 1872, p. 360 [Brazil; Venezuela; Guatemala.]

1878. Chilonycteris persona'a Dobson, Catal. Cliiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 451.
[Guatemala; Venezuela; Matto Grosso, Brazil.]

1879. Chilonycteris personata Alston, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Mamm., p. 35.
[Guatemala; Venezuela; Brazil.]

Type Locality. — Matto Grosso, Brazil. As Wagner afterward par-
ticularly mentioned St. Vincent, Matto Grosso, it is quite probable that
it was the exact locality from which the type was obtained.

Distribution. — This species has a very extensive distribution, but as
specimens appear to be extremely rare and none are now at hand, the
records mentioned above constitute the only information. It will be
seen to range from Matto Grosso, Brazil, to Guatemala, and eastward
to Venezuela.

Description. — As no specimens have been examined in this connec-
tion, Wagner's description and notes in the Miinchen Ahhandlungen
{vide supra) are here given :

"Die Beschaffenheit der Ohren, der Klappe, der Nase, des Lippen-
besatzes imd der Schneidezahne ist ganz dieselbe wie bei Ch. fjymno-
notus.^"^ Die Sporen sind ebenfalls, aber nur sehr wenig, an den imtern
Theil des Schienbeins geheftet, und auch die Fliigel setzen sich etwas
tiefer an. Der Hauptunterschied liegt in der Behaarung, indem der
Riicken bei dieser Art eben so behaart ist als der iibrige Korper. Die
Farbe des Pelzes kann nicht mit Sicherheit angegeben werden, da das
einzige Exemplar in Brauntwein aufbewahrt ist. Sie scheint oben
schwarz oder dunkelbraun zu seyn, unten lichtbraun, indem hicr die
Haarspitzen weit heller sind. Mit Ch. ruhiginosa kann der verschied-

'■-' This is Dermonotus fulvus.
13

194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

enen Farbung und der geringeren Grosse wegen keine Verwechslung
vor sich gehen.

Korper 2" V" Schwanz 0" IV"

Hohe 1 8^ FreierTheildesselben.. 0 3

Kopf 0 7 Schenkelflughaut 1 1

Ohrlange 0 6 Yorderarm 1 8

Ohrbreite 0 4 Schienbein 0 7h

Sporen 0 10 Flugweite ohngefahr.... 10 6

"Das beschriebene Exemplar, ein Mannchen, riihrt von St. A'inconte
ill der Provinz Mato grosso her. Steht mit Ch. Mac-Leayii in naher
A'erwandtschaf t ; wenn jedoch, wie es alien Anschein hat, Gundlach's
Lobostoma quadridens mit der Gray'schen Art identisch ist, so ist von
ihren die unserige schon deshalb spezifisch verschieden, weil zwar die
untere Hiilfte des Vorderrandes des Ohrs ebenfalls erweitert ist (was
mit zu den generischen Kennzeichen zu gehoren scheint), aber die Er-
weiteriing bildet nicht 4 Zahnchen, sondern ist wie bei voriger Art
ganzrandig."

Chilonycteris parnellii (Gray).

1843. Phyllodia Parnellii Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1S43, p. 50.
[Jamaica.]

1855. Ch[ilonycteris] Parnellii Wagner, Suppl. Schreber's Saiigthiere V,
p. 680. [Jamaica.]

1861. Chilonycteris oshurni Tomes, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1861, p. 66,
PI. XIII. [Sportsman's Cave, Jamaica.]

1865. Chilonycteris sp. Osborn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1865, p. 68. [Sports-
man's Hall Cave; Oxford Cave, Manchester, Jamaica.]

1865. Chilonycteris oshurni Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1865, p. 68,
footnote.

1866. Phyllodia Parnellii Peters, Monatsber. K. Preuss. Akad. Wissensch.,
Berlin, 1866, p. 678. [No locality.]

1872. Chilonycteris Parnellii Peters, Monatsber. K. Preuss. Akad. Wis-
sensch., Berlin, 1872, p. 360. (Part.) [Cuba; Jamaica.]

1878. Chilonycteris parnellii Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit Mus., p. 452.
[Jamaica.]

1902. Chilonycteris parnellii Miller, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1902, p. 401.

Type Locality. — Jamaica.

Distribution. — Apparently restricted to the island of Jamaica, the
only definite records being from the Sportsman's Hall and Oxford Cave,
while a series of specimens examined in this connection are from Liicea,
Hanover Parish. Osbm-n (I.e.) has given us an interesting account of
the species in captivity.

General Characters. — Size rather large; ears large, subacute; the in-
ternal margin arcuate, the external margin with a distinct submedian
shoulder ; tragus rounded with a distinct accessory lobe ; nostrils supe-
riorly margined by a slight cutaneous ridge; nose bearing; a distinct
high fleshy protuberance.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 195

Head. — Rather elongate, depressed; rostrum rather broad. Ears
large, rather broad, the lower flap broad and extending forward almost
to the corner of the mouth; internal margin evenly arcuate, attached
to the head above the posterior corner of the small eye, internal ridge
distinct, the inferior lobe truncate ; external margin of the ear basaliy
arcuate, a distinct though slight submedian shoulder, distal half faintly
arcuate with a subapical concavity which throws into relief the rather
blunt though slightly recurved apex. Tragus rather short, the apex
blunt and roimded, the external margin with a sUght submedian
shoulder; accessory lobe distinct and represented by a curved fold on
the internal side parallel with, but distinct from, the main portion of
the tragus. Nostrils somewhat inflated, and each svirmounted and in-
ternally bordered by a low arcuate row of obscure tubercles. Lateral
portions of the muzzle thickened and forming a moderately elevated
ridge which gradually passes into the lateral portions of the upper lip.
Rostrum surrounded by a high rounded excrescence.^' Labial chin-
lappet rather narrow, strongly transverse, the median portion strongly
papillose, the superior margin around the semicircular chin-pad bear-
ing the largest papillae; inferior margin very faintly concave. Pos-
terior chin-lappet a simple flap almost equal to the labial lappet in
width, depressed.

Limbs. — Forearm of moderate length, slightly curved in the proxi-
mal portion; thumb rather heavy. Tibia rather heavy and stout (for
the genus) ; foot slender, the toes strongly compressed ; calcaneum not
quite half as long again as the tibia.

Membranes and Fur. — Membranes rather tliin but strong, the endo-
patagium and mesopatagium with the nerve rami longitudinal; uro-
patagium moderately large and with a great number of transverse lines
of hair; propatagium deep proximally, margin entirely free. Fur
rather thick and rather woolly in character on the lower surface, the
throat sparsely haired, the upper surface of the endopatagium with a
considerable proximal area furred. Hair on the chin-lappets and
muzzle rather setif orm ; ears with an irregular covering of white floccu-
lose hairs.

Color. — This species appears to possess two color phases, which are
not quite so clearly defined as in some of the other forms of the genus.
Brown phase ■}* above between clove- and vandyke-brown ; below clove-

'^ This curious outgrowth is exceedingly interesting. It is possibly analogous
to the nose-leaf of the Phyllostomatine bats, but this appears to be doubtful, and
probably it should be considered as representing a structure similar to that found
in some Vesper tilionine bats such as Aritrozous and Corijnorhinus.

'* From alcohol.

196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

brown, the hair with a silvery or wliitish suffusion; membranes and
muzzle mars-brown, the latter portion rather pale and tending toward
cinnamon. Rufous phase: above dark mars-broT\Ti, the hair pale
at base ; below with the hair between vandyke-brown and sepia basally,
the apical portion light and rather silvery in character; membranes a
little paler than in the brown form.

Skull. — Robvist and strongly built. Brain-case moderately ele-
vated above the rostrum, somewhat depressed longitudinally, but
rather evenly arched transversely; auditory bi-illse rather prominent;
zygomata little cm'ved, simple, greatest width posterior. Rostrum
rather high, appearing somewhat compressed when viewed from the
anterior aspect, merging into the brain-case with a very slight angle ;
nasal depression slight, shallow; palate rather deeply excavated, pos-
terior extension short and with the cleft acute-angulate. Mandible
rather slender, symphysis and anterior portion hea\y; ascending
ramus low; angle bluntly and slightly recurved.

Teeth. — Median upper incisors quadrate in outline, very obscurely
bilobate; lateral upper incisor circular in basal outline and touching
the anterior margin of the incisor, cusp very low; upper canine conoid,
very slightly recurved ; fost upper premolar reniform in basal outline,
cusp rather low; second upper premolar trigonal in basal outline, cusp
moderately liigh, caniniform, internal cingulum rather strongly marked ;
first and second upper molars with the proto-hypoconoid ridge well
marked, the hypocone considerably the lower. Lower median incisors
distinctly trilobate, laterals bilobate or obscurely trilobate, all short
and rather crowded; lower canines somewhat divergent and slightly
recurved; first lower premolar rather oblong in basal outline, cusp
rather acute; second low^er premolar small, circular and crowded be-
tween the first and third premolar and forced to the internal side of
the toothrow, which when viewed from the labial aspect exhibits Uttle
or no space between the first and third premolar; third lower premolar
compressed, elongate when viewed from above, the cusp erect and some-
what recurved with a slight anterior accessory cusp; low^er molars
similar in character to one another, the first the largest in the series,
the posterior molar with the entoconid very low when compared v ith
that cusp of the other teeth.

Measurements. — Average of series of eight alcoholic specimens:
Total length 76 (73.5-81) mm. ; length of head and body 56.7 (53-60.5) ;
length of head 23.5 (22-25); length of ear 20.6 (19.5-21.5); length of
tragus 5.3 (4.5-6) ; length of forearm 53.5 (52-54) ; length of thmnb 8.2
(7.5-8.5) ; length of third digit 85.8 (84-87) ; length of tibia 19 (18-19.5) ;

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 197

length of calcaneum 23 (21-24) ; length of foot 12.7 (12-13.4); length
of tail 20.9 (17-25).

Average of three skulls: Total length 20.6 (20.2-21); greatest zygo-
matic width 11.1 (11-11.5); interorbital width 4 (4-4.1); height at
base of second premolar 4.9 (4.8-5) ; height of brain-case 7.6 (7.2-8) ;
breadth of brain-case above roots of zygomata 10; width of palatal
constriction 1.4 (1.4-1.5); length of palate from anterior foramina 8.6
(8.3-9); width of palate including teeth 7.1 (7.1-7.2); greatest length
of mandible 15.5 (15.2-16.)

Remarks. — This species is not liable to be confused with any of the
forms of the genus except its own subspecies. From both of these
it may be separated by the crowded second premolar, the high rostral
portion of the skull and the rather slender foot.

Specimens Examined. — Eight alcohohc specimens: Lucea, Jamaica.
(A. M. N. H.)

Chilonycteris parnellii boothi (Gundlach).

1861. Chilonycteris Boothi Gundlach, Monatsber. K. Preuss. Akad. Wis-
sensch., Berlin, 1861, p. 154. ["In Fundador, audi in Guines."]

1872. Chilonycteris Parnellii Peters, Monatsber, K. Preuss. Akad, Wis-
sensch., Berlin, 1872, p. 360. (Part.) [Cuba; Jamaica.]

1873. Chilonycteris Boothi Gundlach, Anales Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat., I,
cuad. 3, p. 245. [Cuba.]

1902. Chilonycteris boothi MiUer, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1902, p. 401.
1904. Chilonycteris boothi Miller, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVII, p. 341.
[Baracoa, Santiago, Cuba.] i

Type Locality. — Fundador, Matanzas Province, Cuba. Gundlach
states that the species was also found at Guines, but Fundador was
fixed as the type locality by Miller and Rehn.^^

Distribution. — ^The species has been recorded from Guines, Havana
Province; Fundador, Matanzas Province, and Baracoa, Santiago
Province, From these records it would appear that the species is
rather generally distributed through the island. Gundlach, in speaking
of the species, says : Observed and not rare in various caves of the
departments, also gathering at night in houses in the country.

General Characters. — Similar to C. parnellii, but differing in the dis-
position of the lower premolars, the more depressed rostrum and the
more robust form. It is also very closely related to C. p. portoricensiSj
from which, however, it is separated by its larger size, slenderer
rostrum and rather depressed brain-case.

Head. — Similar to C. parnellii, but with the ear slenderer, longer and

with the apical portion decidedly falcate.

Limbs. — Much as in C. parnellii, except that the foot appears to be
. \

1^ Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., XXXI, p, 125.

198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

rather stouter and heavier. As the comparable material of C. p. hoothi
is very limited, this may prove to be incorrect when a larger series is
examined and compared.

Membranes and Fur. — As in C. parnellii.

Color. — As far as published references and available material goes,
no rufous phase is known in this race. This is no doubt due to the
limited material available, and further work wall probably show the
rufous type is also present in the Cuban form. Hair of the upper
surface silvery-gray at the base, apically dark walnut-brown, rather
pale on the nape and sides of the neck, w^here the under color shows
through and considerably weakens the brown tint; below Avith the
hair of the chest and abdomen bistre at the base, the tips of the hair on
these parts and all the hair on the throat and chin ecru-drab, this
color appearing stronger on the throat than on the other parts ; mem-
branes seal-brown.

Skull. — Similar to C. parnellii, but slightly larger, the rostrum
slightly slenderer and lower, while the nasal impression is not as
marked as C. parnellii.

Teeth. — Essentially as in C. parnellii, except that the second lower
premolar is not as crowded, having a place in the toothrow {i.e., placed
so that it is distinctly visible from either the labial or lingual aspect
of the tooth series), though still somewhat displaced toward the lingual
side.

Measurements. — Average of a series of four specimens : Total length
81.2 (76-88) ; length of head and body 64.4 (60.5-68) ; length of head»«
24.8 (24.2-25.5); length of ear^^ 22 (21.5-22.5); length of tragus^' 5.6
(5.3-6); length of forearm 52 (51-53.5); length of thumb 8.7 (8-9.1);
length of third digit 86.7 (85-90); length of tibia 19.5 (19-20); length
of calcaneum 21.8 (21-23); length of foot 11.6 (11-12.5); length of
taiP" 21 (19.5-22.5).

Average of two skulls: Total length 21 (20.8-21.2); greatest zygo-
matic width 11.2 (11.2-11.3); interorbital width 4.2; height at base
of second premolar 4.8; height of brain-case 7.4 (7.3-7.5); breadth of
brain-case above roots of zygomata 10; wddth of palatal constriction
1.4 (1.3-1.6); length of palate from anterior foramina 8.7 (8.6-8.8);
width of palate including teeth 7.2 (7.2-7.3) ; greatest length of man-
dible 15.7 (15.5-16).

Remarks. — The differential characters of this form have already been
given under the key of the species and general characters of the race.

'• From two specimens.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 199

Specim.eyis Examined. — Four specimens, two skins, two alcoholic

individuals: Baracoa, Santiago, Cuba. (U. S. N. M.)

Chilonycteris parnellii portoricensis (Miller).

1902. Chilonycteris portoricensis Miller, Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Phila., 1902,
p. 400. [Cave near Pueblo Viejo, Porto Rico.]

Type Locality. — Cueva di Fari, near Pueblo Viejo, Bayamon district,
Porto Rico.

Distribution. — Known only from the type locality, but probably
found in suitable localities throughout the island.

General Characters. — Similar to C. p. hoothi, but the size is less,
while the skull is somewhat inflated.

Head. — Essentially as in C. p. hoothi, except that the ears appear to
be slightly smaller with the apical portion blunter and less falcate.

Limbs. — Except for the slight difference in proportions, essentially
as in C. p. hoothi.

Membranes and Fur. — As in C. p. hoothi.

Color. — Above dark brown, between Ridgway's mars-brown and
bistre, pale on the nape where the ecru-drab under portion of the hair
is very evident ; below dark gray, the base of the hair on the abdomen
and chest seal-brown, on the throat and chin pale Isabella color; mem-
branes blackish-brown. The remarks made under C. p. hoothi concern-
ing color phases also apply to this form. One specimen shows a slight
approach toward the rufous form.

t* Skull. — Similar to that of C. p. hoothi, except that the brain-case is
more arched transversely and the rostrum is distinctly broader and
heavier. This character is interesting, as it is paralleled by a similar
development in the Porto Rican form of the macleayii group.

Teeth. — Essentially as in C. p. hoothi.

Measurements. — Average of series: Total length [5] 77.3 (74-79);
length of head and body [5] 57.8 (54-66) ; length of head [4] 23 (21.5-
24.3) ; length of ear [4] 20.5 (19.7-22) ; length of tragus [4] 5.3 (5-5.7) ;
length of forearm [5] 50.7 (49.6-51.5) ; length of thumb [5] 8.2 (8-8.5) ;
length of third digit [5] 81 (79-82); length of tibia [5] 18.4 (18-19);
length of calcaneum [4] 22.9 (19-25) ; length of foot [5] 11.8 (10.5-12.5) ;
length of tail [4] 21 (19.5-23).

Dimensions of one skull: Total length 20.5; greatest zygomatic
width 11.1; interorbital space 4; height at base of second premolar
4.8; height of brain-case 7.5; breadth of brain-case above roots of
zygomata 9.8; width of palatal constriction 1.4; length of palate from
anterior foramina 8.7; width of palate including teeth 7.5; greatest
length of mandible 15.6

200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF * [Feb..

Remarks. — This race needs special comparison with only one form,
C. pamellii boothi. From it portoriccnsis can be distinguished by the
rather smaller size and the form of the skull. Tlie ears do not seem to
be as good a diagnostic character as those given here, but still there is
a slight difference in the shape of the same. From C. jxtrncllii the
same characters that distinguish C. p. boothi can be applied to this
subspecies.

Specimens Examined. — Five, one skin, four alcoholic specimens:
Cueva di Fari, near Pueblo A'lejo, Porto Rico. (U. S. N. M.)

Chilonycteris rubiginosa Wagner.

1843. Chilonycteris rubiginosa Wagner, Archiv fiir Naturgescliichte, IX, bd.
I, p. 367. [Caigara, Brazil.]

1850. Chilonycteris rubiginosa Wagner, Abhandlungen IMathem.-Physik. CI.
Akad. Wissenschaften Munchen, V, p. 181, taf. Ill figs. 2-6. [Caicara,
Brazil.]

1854. Chilonycteris rubiginosa Burmeister, Thiere Brasiliens, I, p. 75. [Cai-
cara. Brazil.]

1S55. Ch[ilonycteris] rubiginosa Wagner, Suppl. Schreber's Saugthiere, V,
p. 679. [Matto Grosso.]

1872. Chilonycteris rubiginosa Peters, Monatsbericlite K. Preuss. Akad. Wis-
senscli., Berlin, 1872, p. 360. [Brazil; Guatemala; Costa Paca.]

1878. Chilonycteris rubiginosa Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 452,
PI. XXIII, fig. 3.

1879. Chilonycteris rubiginosa Alston, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Mamm., p. 35.
(Part.) [Mirador, Mexico; Duenas, Ciudad Vieja, Guatemala; Costa
Rica; Colombia; Brazil.]

1892. Chilonycteris rubiginosa Thomas, Journal Trinidad Field Naturalists'

Club. J, p. 162. [Port of Spain, Trinidad.]
1902. Chilonycteris rubiginosa Miller Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pbila., 1902,

p. 402. [Chontales, Nicaragua; Trinidad.]

Type Locality. — Caigara, ujDper Amazon, Brazil.

Distribution. — Upper Amazon region of Brazil, north to Guatemala,
east at least to Trinidad. The specimens from the latter island may,
when further material has been examined, i^rove to be a distinct race.
This form no doubt intergrades with C. r. mexicana, as specimens of
the latter race from southern Mexico approach true rubiginosa in pro-
portions. The specimen from Guatemala measured by Dobson (L c.)
was without doubt true rubiginosa.

General Characters. — Size large (largest in the genus) ; ears with the
internal margin entire; tragus apically produced and with a slight
accessory lobe; nose with a low rounded tubercle.

Head. — Moderately long, depressed; crown moderately elevated
above rostrum. Ears erect, apically acute; internal margin evenly
arcuate, the inferior lobe rectangulate; external margin slightly con-
cave in its upper half, median notch rectangulate, rather small, the
angle of the inferior shoulder rounded, lower portion of the external
margin evenly rounded and carried forward to near the angle of the

1904.] NATURAL SCTKNCKS OF PHILADELPHIA. 201

mouth, at which point it rather abriii)tly and squarely terminates.
Tragus sublanceolate; apex acutely produced: external margin evenly
rounded, with a shght emargination and thickening of the proximal
portion; internal margin thickened and bearing a slight accessory lobe,
which takes the form of a subarcuate longitudinal thickening of the
internal margin. Nose, a distance back from the nostrils, with a rather
low, rounded, subtransverse excrescence, anterior from which extend
three impressed lines, the lateral ones strong, extending down to and
flanking the nostrils, median one fainter and dividing the nostrils.
Nostrils subovate, each crowned by a very low transverse fleshy ridge,
each bearing several very poorly defined flat disk-like structures;
median line between the nostrils flanked by a row of several indistinct
nodular processes. Labial chin-lappet strongly transverse, arcuate;
lateral portions without papilla; median portion strongly and very
distinctly papillose, and margined superiorly by a semicircular imim-
}:)ressed area. Posterior chin-lappet a simple adpressed fold half the
wddth of the labial chin-lappet.

Limbs. — Forearm moderately long, slightly and evenly bowed; third
digit of medium length. Forearm, tibise and feet rather robust, the
toes occupying about half the length of the foot; calcaneum rather
short, exceeding the tibise by a fifth the length of the latter.

Membranes and Fur. — Membranes leathery, but not heavy; veins
of the endopatagium and mesopatagium regularly longitudinal, those
of uropatagium irregularly radiating from the point of exit of the tail ;
uropatagium large; propatagium deep, free its entire length. Fur
uniformly distributed over the body, and extending a moderate dis-
tance on the endopatagium, both above and below; hair around the
muzzle rather setiform in character.

Color." — Above mars-brown, with a slight hoary frosting posteriorly;
below prout's-brown posteriorly suffused with pale ochraceous. Mem-
branes sepia. The red phase is also present in this species, as both
Wagner and Dobson mention it.

Wagner possessed two specimens, one in each phase. He describes
the red phase as follows: The color of the tipper and the tinder side
is a uniform rusty cinnamon-red, that of the upper side of the body by
the nape and the breast brighter, on the belly lighter with scat-
tered spots of light brown. On the upper side the hair is tmicolor for
its entire length ; on the belly the greater under part is dark with lighter
tips. The flying membranes are brownish, the nails of the hind foot
soiled horn-brown. The second example is a dark color.

^' From one Nicaragua skin.

202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Skull. — Rather strongly built; moderately elongate, zygomata but
little expanded; brain-case moderately elevated above the short and
broad rostrum. Brain-case subglobosc, somewhat depressed, crests
faint. Rostrum of medimii height, comparatively short and distinctly
expanded, considerably less than the brain-case in length; nasal de-
pression distinctly though shallowly excavated; palate subequal in
width, moderately excavated, posterior projection extending but little
beyond the major portion, the cleft narrowly rounded; pterygoids
considerably divergent. Mandible with the ascending rami low and
quite weak, the angle being considerably elevated and moderately
produced laterally.

Teeth. — Median upper incisors moderately large, shallowly bilobate.
the external lolje considerably smaller than the internal; external
upper incisors over half the size of the median pair in basal outline,
the cusp very low and weak, no space present between the incisors and
canines; upper canines very slightly divergent and moderately re-
curved; first upper premolar reniform in basal outline, the greatest
length of the tooth oblique, cusp low and simple ; second upper pre-
molar crudely triangular in basal outline, the apex anterior, cusp
caniniform; first and second upper molars with the protocone and hypo-
cone distinct and acute. Lower median incisors trilobate; lower
lateral incisors bilobate, not half the size of the median pair and
crowded between them and the canines; lower canines considerably
divergent, slightly recurved ; first lower premolar subquadrate in basal
outline, cusp moderately elevated, compressed; second lower pre-
molar low, circular and strongly crowded between the first and third
premolar; third lower premolar oblong in basal outline, the single
cusp acute; third low^er molar smaller than the two preceding teeth
and the entoconid and hypoconid somewhat weaker when compared
with the para-proto-metaconid group.

Measurements. — ^Averages of series: Length of head and body [3]
67.5 mm. (62.5-72) ; total length [4] 89 (80-95) ; length of head [3] 25.3
(24-26.1) ; ear [3] 2L5 (21-22) ; tragus [3] 5.7 (5.5-6) ; forearm [4] 60.6
(59-63); thumb [3] 10.7 (10.3-11.5); third digit [3] 96.6 (92-101):
tibia [4] 22.1 (22-22.5); foot [3] 14.5 (14-15); tail [3] 24.9 (23-26).

Total length of skull [averages from two skulls] 22.7 mm. (22.5-23);
greatest zygomatic width 12.9 (12.5-13.3) ; breadth of brain-case above
roots of zygomata 11.2 (11-11.5); interorbital width 5; height at base
of second premolar 5.4 (5.3-5.5); height of brain-case 8.5; width of
palatal constriction 1.8 (1.7-2); length of palate from anterior fora-
mina 9.7 (9.6-9.8); width of palate including teeth 8; greatest length
of mandible 17.8.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 203

Remarks. — This species is unlikely to be confused with any form of
the genus except the race mexicana, which can readity be separated liy
the size and the intensity of the coloration in the brown phase. From
the boothi group it can readily be separated by the characters given
in the key of species.

Specimens Examined. — Four, one skin and three alcoholic individ-
uals :

Port of Spain, Trinidad. (U. S. N. M.) [2.]

Costa Rica. (U. S. N. M.) [1.]

Chontales, Nicaragua. (U. S. N. M.) [1.]

Chilonycteris rubiginosa mexicana (Miller).

1879. Chilonycteris rubiginosa Alston, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Mamm., p. 35.

(Part.) [Mirador, Mexico; Duenas, Ciudad Vieja, Guatemala; Costa Rica;

Colombia; Brazil.]
1894. Chilonycteris riibiginosus J. A. Allen. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., VI,

p. 247. (Not of Wagner.) [South shore of Lake Chapala, Michoacan,

Mexico.]
1902. Chilonycteris mexicana Miller, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1902, p.

401. [San Bias, Tepic; Hacienda Magdalena, near city of Colima, Co-

lima; Chacala, Durango; Ameca, Bolanos, Jalisco: near Ometepec,

Guerrero; Morelos; Huil tepee, Oaxaca; Mexico.]

Type Locality. — San Bias, Tepic, Mexico.

Distribution. — Specimens have been examined from localities reach-
ing from Tehuantepec and Huiltepec, Oaxaca to Chacala, Durango,
while individuals from Mirador, A^era Cruz, are perfectly typical. To
the south, no doubt, this form grades into true rubiginosa, as the speci-
mens from southern Mexico average larger than those from around the
type locality.

Miller says of this form: ''At San Bias Chilonycteris mexicana was
very common in a small narrow cave which extended like a deep
crevice into the base of the cliff on the hillside facing the town."

General Characters. — Similar to C. rubiginosa. but smaller, and the
brown phase of coloration lighter.

Limbs. — As in rubiginosa, but for the smaller size.

Membranes and Fur. — As in rubiginosa.

Color. — Bro-wn phase : above prout's-brown , rather pale on the nape;
below with the hair seal-brown basally with broccoli-brown tips, the
color weak on the throat due to the thinner character of the pelage.
Ears and membranes clove-brown.

Rufous phase: entire body and head rich tawny-ochraceous, the
hairs of the under surface brown at base (varying from cinnamon on
the throat to mummy-brown on the abdomen). Ears and membranes
clove-brown.

204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

The two color phases appear to run together as several specimens
examined are almost intermediate, for while the upper surface will
incline toward the brown phase, the lower surface strongly resembles
the rufous form. The type, described by Miller, apparently does not
represent the extreme of the brown phase. From the specimens
examined the brown phase may l^e said to be commoner than the
rufous form.

Skull and Teeth. — Except for the difference in size, the skull and
teeth are as in Ch. rubiginosa.

Measurements. — Average of representative series of fourteen speci-
mens: Total length 78.8 (77-85); length of head and body 58.8
(56.5-63.5); length of head 23.6 (22..5-24.5) ; length of ear 20.5 (18.5-
22.1); length of tragus 5.8 (5-6.4); length of forearm 56.5 (54-59);
length of thumb 9.8 (9.1-11); length of third digit 93 (87-97); length
of tibia 20.2 (19-22); length of foot 12.9 (12.5-13.5); length of tail
21.2 (19.4-23.5).

Average of eleven skulls: Greatest length 21.2 (20.9-22); greatest
zygomatic width 11.8 (11-12.5); interorbital width 4.4 (4.2-4.8);
breadth of brain-case above roots of zygomata 10.3 (10.1-10.5);
height at base of second premolar 4.8 (4.6-5.1); height of brain-case
8 (7.8-8.2); width of palatal constriction 1.6 (1.4-1.8); length of
palate from anterior foramina 8.5 (8.3-9.2) ; width of palate including
teeth 7.4 (7-7.9); greatest length of mandible 15.8 (15.4-16.5).

Remarks. — This race can easily be distinguished from true rubiginosa
by the difference in size.

Specimens Examined . — Forty-six specimens; eight skins, thirty-six
alcoholic individuals, one odd skull:

Near Tehuantepec, Oaxaca, Mexico. (Biological Survey.) [L]

Huiltepec, Oaxaca, Mexico. (Biological Survey.) [1.]

Ometepec, Guerrero, Mexico. (Biological Survey.) [3.]

Morelos, Mexico. (U. S. N. M.) [4.]

Mirador, Vera Cruz, Mexico. (U. S. N. M.) [1.]

CoHma City, Cohma, Mexico. (Biological Survey.) [2.]

Hacienda Magdalena, Colima, Mexico. (Biological Survey.) [5.]

Ameca, Jalisco, Mexico. (Biological Survey.) [5.]

Bolahos, Jalisco, Mexico. (Biological Survey.) [4.]

South shore of Lake Chapala, Michoacan, Mexico. (A. M. N. H.)

[4.]

San Bias, Tepic, Mexico. (Biological Survey.) [11.]
Chacala, Durango, Mexico. (Biological Survey.) [5.]

1904] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 205

Chilonycteris psilotis Dobson.

1878. Chilonycteris psilotis Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 451 PL
XXIII, fig. 2.

1902. Chilonycteris psilotis Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XV, p. 249. De-
cember 16, 1902. [Isthmus of Tehuantepec, Mexico.]

Type Locality and Distribution. — Dobson's types (cJ' and ?) came
from an unkno-^Ti locality, and until the recent record of the species
by Miller (vide supra) nothing was known regarding its habitat. The
Isthmus of Tehuantepec is according^ the only locality from which
the species is known.

General Characters. — Size medium; ear without distinct notch on
the external margin ; toes distinctly longer than the remainder of the
foot.

Head. — Rather short and broad; rostrum moderately depressed,
bearing on its superior aspect a distance back of the nosa a trans-
verse, arcuate fleshy ridge, equal in width to the nose-pad itself.
Ears moderately elongate, rather broad (for the genus), apically sub-
lanceolate, the lower margins extended considerably forward, but
failing to reach the angle of the mouth; internal margin of the ear
attached to the head superior to the eye, internal ridge distinct, thick-
ened, slightly arcuate, evenly rounded inferiorly and passing by a
well-marked shoulder into the internal margin of the ear, distal two-
thirds of the internal margin arcuate, slightly sinuate toward the apex
and furnished about half-way between the apex and the shoulder of
the internal ridge with a series of four small tooth-like projections ;
external margin basally convex, apically concave, without any distinct
notch; apex rather slender, subfalciform, narrowly rounded. Tragus
oblong, apex rather acute, accessory flap small and rounded. Nos-
trils transversely ovate, superior margin with a rather low ridge which
is divided into about six parts by shallow incisions, lateral margins
flanked by low rounded fleshy folds. Labial chin-lappet strongly
transverse, bearing a raised margin lateralh%" inferior margin verj^
broadly and slightly concave, median portion of the lappet with
rather obscure papillae; superior margin with a deep median emar-
gination, which lodges the simple lip-pad. Posterior chin-lappet
slight, a simple fold equal in width to the labial fold, against which it is
closely set.

Limbs. — Forearm moderately long, considerably bowed in the proxi-
mal half. Femora and tibise moderately robust (for the genus) ; foot
elongate, somewhat compressed, considerably more than half the length
of the foot occupied by the toes ; calcanea but slightly longer than th*^-
tibise and provided with a free apex.

206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Membranes and Fur. — Membranes thin and rather papery in char-
acter; transverse nerves of the endopatagium and mesopatagiiim very
regularly disposed ; propatagium much as in madeayii, but the distal
portion is rather narrower ; uropatagium rather large, extending beyond
the enclosed portion of the tail a distance equal to the same. Fur of
moderate length and extending evenly a short distance out on the
dorsal surface of the endopatagium ; both surfaces of the endopatagium
and uropatagium with scattered inconspicuous hairs; muzzle ^\ith a
number of long setiform hairs.

Color. — As the only available specimen is an old alcoholic individual,
the colors are possibly not what might be seen in fresh specimens.
Above vandyke-l^rowii, rather pale on the loins ; l^eneath drab, with a
clouding of pale whitish. Muzzle, naked spots on head and ears wood-
brown, the latter rather darker than the other portions. IMembranes
mummy-bro'^Ti, paler on the propatagium, proximal portions of the
endopatagium and uropatagium than on the remaining sections.
Dobson describes the color as follow's: "Fur orange above and beneath
with orange-brown extremities ; darker above, paler beneath."

Skull. — Comparatively short and robust, the rostral portion moder-
ately inflated and the nasal depression rather broadly and deeply exca-
vated. Brain considerably inflated and moderately elevated above
the rostrum, into wliich it evenly descends, crests hardly visible;
zygomata moderately expanded ; interorbital constriction not strongly
marked. Palate subequal in width (not including teeth), moderately
arched, posterior projection of little extent, the cleft obtuse-angulate ;
pterygoids strongly divergent. Mandible very similar to that of C.
rnacleayii, but the length is less, the build heavier and the angle dis-
tinctly falcate.

Teeth. — Upper median incisors broad, rather faintly bilobate; lateral
upper incisors small and closely pressed to the median pair and sepa-
rated from the canines by a considerable space ; upper canines moder-
ately long, very slightly curved ; first upper premolar oblong in basal
outline, longitudinal disposed and bearing a single low cusp; second
upper premolar subpentagonal in basal outline, the single cusp acute
and subcaninif orm ; first and second upper molars with the hypoconid
region developed into a rather projecting rounded lobe which is very
apparent. Lower incisors small, trifid; lower canines straight; first
lower premolar subrotundate in basal outline with the cusp rather
blunt; second lower premolar minute and displaced to the inner side
of the toothrow; third lower premolar subquadrate in basal outline;
lower molars very much as in C macleayii.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES 01'' PHILADELPHIA. 207

Measurements}^ — Total length 62 mm.; head and body 46; ear
(from meatus) 15.8; tragus 5; forearm 44; thumb 8; third digit 71;
tibia 17; calcaneimi 19; foot 9 (8); tail 16.

Total length of skull 15 mm.; greatest zygomatic width 8.2; inter-
orbital width 3.7; height at base of second premolar 4; height of brain-
case 6.5; width of palatal constriction 1.2; length of palate 6; width
of palate including teeth 5.5; greatest length of mandible 10.5.

Remarks. — This species hardly requires comparison ^^'ith any in the
genus, being smaller and differing in general aspect from the boothi and
ruhiginosa group, while the macleayii type may easily be separated by
the form of the ear. The skull closeh^ resembles that of Dermonotus,
but it is slenderer with a narrower interorbital region and different
shaped premolars. As the species seems to approach Dermonotus in
some characters, I have placed it at the end of the genus, all the other
forms appearing to l^e more homogeneous, a fact rather strongly
demonstrated by the form of the skull.

Specimens Examined. — One alcoholic; Isthmus of Tehuantepec,
Mexico. (U. S. N. M.)

^^ As some measurements of the only available specimen have already been
published by Miller {I. c), I have used his information, only filling out the pro-
portions required to make the measurements uniform with those of the remainder
of this paper.

208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.^,

ON THE GERM CELLS AND THE EMBRYOLOGY OF PLANARIA SIMPLISSIMA..

BY N. M. STEVEXS.

This planarian, which is found in small streams about Bryn Mawr.
was identified provisionalh' in 1900 by Woodworth as Planaria luguhris,
and has since figured under that name in several of Prof. T. H. Mor-
gan's papers on regeneration; also in my "Notes on Regeneration in
Planaria lugubris" (Stevens, '01).

On looking up the European species (P. luguhris) as described and
figured by Schmidt ('59, PI. Ill, figs. 5 and 6), and by Kennel ('79,
PI. VII, fig. 8), I felt sure that Woodworth must have been mistaken as
to the species; but I was unable to find any correct description or
figures, either of the external characters of the animal or of its repro-
ductive organs, and I was inclined to call it a new species. In Sep-
tember, 1903, after this paper was written, I came across an article
by Curtis ('00) on the reproductive organs of Planaria simplissima
n. sp. The reproductive organs of this species were so strikingly like
those of the form on which I had been working that, although there was
considerable difference in form, size and color, I was convinced that
the two worms must be closely related, if not local varieties of the same
species.

In answer to m^^ inquiries about Planaria simpUssima , Prof. Curtis
has recently written me that after studying specimens sent to him b}'
Prof. Morgan from Brjoi Mawr, and sectioning others of the same spe-
cies found near Baltimore in 1900 and 1901, he concluded that the
Williamstown form, P. simplissima (fig. B), and the Bryn Mawr form
P. {luguhris), (fig. A) belonged to the same species. Prof. Curtis
desires me to state that his description of the external characters of
P. simplissima was made from fixed material, living specimens not
being accessible when he discovered that he was dealing with a new
species. Later observations on living specimens from Williamstown
made it apparent that his description was at fault, especially with re-
gard to the lateral cephalic appendages which are more marked than
was evident in fixed material. A careful sketch, made at this time
from the living animal and sent to me with his letter, is a good repre-
sentation of a young specimen of the Bryn Mawr form (figs. A and B)

1904.]

XATURAI SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

209

Fij^. A. Outline sketch of a large mature specimen of Planaria simplissima,
a^gray sensory area on the lateral auricular appendage. 7J=:pharynx.
(7=genital opening.

Fig. B. Outline drawing from Curtis's sketch of a. small specimen from Wil-
liams town.

and, I think, leaves no doubt that we have the same species, which
may be described as follows:

Planaria simplissima Curtis.

Length of mature specimens 7-15 mm.; breadth 2-4 mm. Color
a nearly uniform seal-brown'(occasionally grajdsh) with an inconspicu-
ous gray area on each'cephalic appendage. Eyes gray with a crescent
of black pigment on the median side. Both anterior and posterior
ends blunt. Lateral^cephalic appendages blimt and inconspicuous as
compared with P. macvlata. Body thick as compared with P. macu-
lata. Pharynx just posterior to the middle point of the longitudinal
axis of the worm. Ovaries two, ventral, somewhat lobed, and situated
about half-way from the anterior end of the animal to tlic pharynx.
14

210

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Feb.,

Testes four or five on each side, unpaired, dorsal, and irregularly dis-
tributed from the region of the ovaries to the posterior end of the
pharynx (figs. C and D). Penis long and slender, not filling the

^pi)

•'^''g- C. Median longitudinal section of Planaria simplissima showing repro-
ductive organs. Parts out of the plane of the section are shown in dotted
lines. a=antrum. 6 — brain. o=;ovary. cc/^^oviduct. p=penis. /= testis.
w= uterus. W=vas deferens of one side. a;= ciliated tube opening into
uterus. v=:vagina.

Fig. D. Reconstruction from several cross-sections 'showing ovaries (o), ovi-
ducts {od), nerve cords {n) and testes (t).

antrum. Uterus consisting of a chamber lined with glandular epi-
thelium, dorsal to the antrum, and with an anterior prolongation in
the form of a narrow ciliated tube with no enlargement at its anterior
end. Vasa deferentia two, opening separately into the anterior en-
largement of the lumen of the penis. Oviducts two, ventral and par-
allel with the nerve-cords, uniting before entering the uterus (figs. C
and D). Vitellaria extending from the region of the ovaries to the
posterior extremity of the animaL

Foimd on the under side of stones and leaves along the margin of
small streams.

1904.]

NATURAL. SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

211

The original object of this paper was a discussion of the reproduc-
tive organs, ovogenesis, spermatogenesis and embryological develop-
ment of Planaria {luguhris). The discovery that it is not P. luguhris
but P. simplissima Curtis renders further discussion of the reproductive
organs unnecessary, and I shall therefore confine my attention to a
study of the germ-cells and the embryology of this species, which pre-
sents some peculiarities not fully described by Ijima ('84) and Hallez
(79).

Fertilization. — Copulation has not been observed in this species,
but there is every reason for supposing that it occurs, for spermatozoa
are found only in the vasa deferentia, the lumen of the penis, the
uterus and the oviduct. In nearly every specimen the anterior end
of the oviduct is crowded with spermatozoa (PI. XIII, fig. 1, od), while
only occasionally one is found in the posterior part of the duct or in
the uterus. The spermatozoa are never found among the oocytes in
the ovary, and it is probable that each egg is fertilized as it enters
the oviduct, for the spermatozoon is always found in the eggs of a
forming capsule, and no spermatozoa are found among the eggs and
yolk.

I should therefore agree with Ijima in regarding the uterus as a
gland for forming the cocoon shell, and not as the
place where fertilization occurs (Hallez), or as a re-
ceptaculum seminis (Kennel).

When an egg-capsule is forming, the antrum,
uterus and the tube x (fig. C) are all thrown into
one chamber, which is filled with eggs and yolk-
cells, the penis being pushed back against the
anterior wall of the antrum (fig. E) and the antrum
l^eing separated from the pharynx-chamber by so
thin a layer of tissue that it is often broken through
in fixed specimens, and yolk-cells are found in the
pharynx-chamber.

Ovogenesis. — The early stages in the development
of the oocytes evidently should be studied in the
summer after laying-time, for the ovaries are practi-
cally unchanged in appearance from October to lay-
ing-time in April. Figure 1, drawn from a section
cut in November, shows nearly all of the odcj^tes
in the same condition as in sections containing the
first maturation-spindle (cut in April and May).
The cytoplasm of the oocytes stains deeply with hsematoxylin and

Fig. E. Median
longitudinal sec-
tion through an
individual con-
taining an egg-
capsule (c). od=
oviduct. p=
penis

212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

contains here and there a 3'olk-granule in a vacuole (fig. 2a, y). The
nucleus is very large and shows but little stainable chromatin, and
that in the form of fine granules on threads of linin. The large nu-
cleolus, which stains deeply with orange, contains one or more
vacuoles. As in my previous work on the histology of planarians
(Stevens, '02), the best results were obtained by fixing the material
with sublimate-acetic and staining -^dth Delafield's hsematoxylin and
orange.

The first maturation-spindle is found in the ovary about twenty-
four hours before laying. In an eciuatorial stage the spindle is near
the centre of the egg. The asters are very large, but there is no evi-
dence of centrosome or sphere. The chromosomes are V-shaped,
and split longitudinally, giving V-shaped daughter chromosomes, as
in figs. 3a and 36. Only four specimens in this stage were obtained
out of a large number sectioned; and of these, three had either 3
chromosomes in an equatorial plate (figs. 2a and 25) or 6 daughter
chromosomes (figs. 3a and 35), and one had 4 in the equatorial plate
(fig. 4). Time and material were lacking to trace the egg from the
ovary to the uterus, after it was ascertained that an interA-al of about
twenty-four hours occurred between the formation of the first and
second polar bodies.

By removing the capsule before the shell is formed and staining with
Schneider's aceto-carmine, the second maturation-division can be
more advantageously studied than in sections. Figs. 8-11 were made
from such preparations; figs. 5a, 55 and 6, from sections. In only
two cases was the first polar body observed (figs. 6 and 8), and it seems
probable that it is usually lost as the egg passes down the oviduct.
The number of egg-chromosomes is 3 in most cases. In two eggs from
the same capsule the number was 6 (figs. 9 and 10), and in a few others
4 and 5 w^ere observed, indicating that, as in Ascaris mcgalocephala
and Echinus 7nicrotuberculatus , there may be two forms which occa-
sionally interbreed, one having twice as many chromosomes as the
other.

"J'hus an egg having 6 chromosomes fertilized by a spermatozoon
having 3 would give an individual having 9 somatic chromosomes
and probably 5 chromosomes in germ-cells after reduction. Union
of germ-cells having 3 and 5 chromosomes respectively woiild result in
an individual having 8 chromosomes in somatic cells, and 4 in oocytes
and spermatozoa.

Figure 8 shows an egg in which there was no doubt about the number
3 in the first polar body (p\), and at the poles of the second maturation-

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 213

spindle (p^ and e). Figure 7 is a somatic cell containing 6 chromo-
somes. Six have also been counted several times in the first segmenta-
tion-division. That the second maturation-division of the chromo-
somes is longitudinal like the first one is evident from the form of the
chromosomes and from the pairs seen at a and h in fig. 10. Figure
1 1 shows the second polar body separating from the egg.

Spermatogenesis. — ^As in the case of the ovaries, the testes should
be studied in summer after laying-time, in order to follow the develop-
ment of the spermatogonia, but occasional divisions of spermatogonia
and both spermatocyte-di visions may be observed in material pre-
served at any time during the autumn and winter. My best material
was fixed about the first of December. PI. XV, fig. 15, shows a part
of the section of a testis which contained dividing spermatogonia (a) ,
both maturation-divisions (e and /), spermatids in all stages {g,h, i, k,
I), and ripe spermatozoa. In this animal the number of chromosomes
in the maturation-divisions was 4, in the spermatogonia 8. In several
others only 3 were found in the spermatocytes (figs. 20 and 22). Vari-
ous phases of the first maturation-division are showii in figs. 16-21
and of the second in figs. 22 and 23. The form of the chromosomes
in all phases of both divisions is the same, a Y-shape, easily distinguish-
able from the V-shaped and U-shaped chromosomes of the spermato-
gonia and somatic cells. There is no evidence of a transverse, or
reducing, division. In an anaphase (figs. 20 and 22), each daughter
chromosome appears to be drawn toward the pole of the spindle by a
single fiber attached to the stem of the Y. The spindle is composed of
very few fibers, and neither centrosomes nor asters have been demon-
strated. The spermatocytes before division appear as in fig. 15, d,
and nothing corresponding to the synapsis stage described by various
authors has been found. The spermatogonia in both resting and
division-stages closely resemble the so-called embryonic or paren-
chyma cells which are scattered through the planarian body and play
a conspicuous role in regeneration (fig. 15, a).

Figs. 24—32 show^ various stages in the development of the sperma-
tozoon. The nucleus of the spermatid contracts, forming a small ball
of nuclear material which stains deeply and uniformly (figs. 24r-27, a).
This concentrated nucleus gradually elongates (figs. 27, b-29), and
finally leaves the cytoplasm tail first (figs. 15 and 29). Many empty
spermatid cells are shown in fig. 15; n. The spermatozoon appears to
be formed wholly from the nucleus of the spermatid, and stains like
chromatin throughout. The spermatozoa in the oviduct near the
ovary have a knob-like appendage near the anterior end (fig. 32)

214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

This appears to be a late development, as it is not found on the sperma-
tozoon in the testes, vasa deferentia, or lumen of the penis.

Emhryological Development. — As stated above, the first maturation-
division of the egg occurs in the ovary; fertilization probably takes
place in the oviduct; and the second maturation-division is found in
the forming capsules. The eggs of capsules just laid always show the
two pronuclei with very large nucleoli, as in PI. XIII, fig. 12, and a
few hours later the pronuclei are fused as in fig. 13, but the two
nucleoli are distinct. The development of the eggs during the first
day can be best studied in aceto-carmine. Sections of these and of
older capsules may be obtained by piercing the shell with a needle and
fixing in sublimate-acetic. The sheU must be removed before embed-
ding. The rate of development varies greatly in different capsules, and
even among the eggs of the same capsule. Laying occurs in the morn-
ing from daylight to ten o'clock. In one case the first cleavage-spindle
was found at 10.30 A.M. in one egg of a capsule, in which all the others
showed the pronuclei not fused. In other capsules eggs containing
the pronuclei were foimd as late as 5 P.M. Two, foiu and eight-celled
stages were also occasionally found late in the afternoon. Figure 14, a,
was from an egg stained wdth aceto-carmine at 4.30 P.M. There
were 6 chromosomes at each pole, as shown in fig. 14, h, obtained by
focussing down on one end of the spindle. As in the maturation-
divisions, neither centrosome nor sphere could be demonstrated.

The peculiar positions taken by the blastomeres in 2, 4 and 8-celled
stages is showTi in PL XIII, figs. 33-36. Fig. 35 is a reconstruction
from five successive sections. Fig. 36 is a section of a 32-celled stage
in which the yolk-cells near the group of blastomeres have begun to

break down in the region x x. The next stage (PI. XV, fig.'

37) shows a section of an embryo, consisting of a syncitial yolk-
mass {y^), distinct from the surroimding yolk-cells and disintegrated
yolk-material. The group of blastomeres is always irregular in
orm and eccentrically situated, coming to the surface on one
s^ide of the yolk-mass. Some of the blastomeres soon begin to wander
through the sjmcitium, and may be found dividing at any point. A
section of a capsule at this stage frequently shows sections of three
or four such embryos. The embryonic yolk-mass gradually increases
in size, as may be seen by comparing figs. 37-40, all drawn with the
same magnification. The embryo is partly or wholly surrounded by a
region of disintegrated yolk-ceUs (fig. 37, a), from w^liich material for
the embryonic syncitium is evidently dra^^^l. In some cases whole
yolk-cells appear to be taken into the syncitium in amoeboid fashion.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215

In fig. 38, p\ the first cells of the embryonic pharynx are distin-
guished from the surrounding blastomeres by their different staining
qualities. Figs. 39-41 show the characteristic structure of such a
pharynx which is well developed, but not yet functional. Fig. 40
is a median vertical-section through- the pharynx, fig. 39 a median
cross-section through the central cells (h), and fig. 41 a cross-section
through the four inner cells (d). The cells which surround the lumen
of the pharynx are twelve in number — four somewhat flattened sur-
face cells (a), four cylindrical central cells (6), and four nearly spherical
inner cells (d). MetschnikofT ('83) suggests that the latter group of
four cells, supposed by some to represent the primary endoderm, may
serve as a valve to prevent the escape of yolk-cells. The central cells
are surrounded by a considerable number of smaller cells radially
arranged and supposed to be muscle-cells serving to open the pharjmx.
Figs. 39 and 40 also show wandering blastomeres in all parts of the
sjmcitial yolk-material of the embryo. A few of these are flattened
to form a partial epithelium. Fig. 42 is a section through a functional
pharynx taking in yolk-cells (y^). The central cells (6) are much flat-
tened to form the lining of the lumen, and the muscle-cells are length-
ened radially. The two inner cells shown in dotted outline belong
to the next section.

Up to the time when the embryonic pharynx becomes functional,
the embryo is a solid ball of yolk in the form of a syncitium containing
scattered blastomeres, with the developing pharynx at one side, in
the region where segmentation began. Here and there over the sur-
face are flattened blastomeres forming an incomplete epithelium
(figs. 39-40). As the yolk is sucked in, the embryo becomes a hollow
ball filled with yolk-cells (figs. 43-47). [In these and the following
figures the space occupied by the yolk cells sucked in by the embryonic
pharynx — the secondary j^olk (i/^) — is not filled in.] Fig. 43 is a
section of a nearly spherical embryo from a capsule in which some yolk
still remained around the embryos. Fig. 44 is a cross-section of a
flattened embryo of full size, all the yolk outside of the embryos having
disappeared. In these sections the blastomeres (b) are scattered in
the primary yolk-material (y^) of the embryonic surface layer of the
embryo, and still possess the characteristics of the earlier blastomeres,
deeply-staining cytoplasm and large nucleus containing a conspicuous
nucleolus. Figs. 45 and 46 show parts of sections from somewhat
older embryos, where the embryonic pharynx (p^) is degenerating and
the blastomeres have multiplied so as to nearly fill the embryonic
layer, very little yolk remaining among them. The embryonic pharynx

21G PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

disappears completely before the adult pharynx begins to form, but
its relation to that pharynx appears to be the same as in P. maculata,
as recently described by Curtis ('02). In fig. 45 the ventral side of
the embryonic layer is easily distinguishable from the dorsal side by
its greater thickness, and the degenerating pharynx (p^) is on the dorsal
side, as in Curtis's fig. 51, PI. 17. The embryonic pharpix disappears
so early, when many of the embryos are quite irregular in form, that
it is impossible to tell whether it has a fixed position relative to the
permanent pharynx or not, but my impression is that its position is
variable. There is no evidence whatever that the embryonic pharjmx
serves as a tube leading to the anlage of the permanent pharynx, as
described by Metsclinikoff ('83) for Planaria polychroa.

Fig. 47 is from a 4-day embryo in which the pharynx-chamber
appears as a split in the thickened ventral region of the embryo. In
this stage pigment and rhabdites have begun to appear in the surface
epithelium-cells, and rhabdite-cells are found among the embryonic
cells, which are no longer like the early blastomeres, but closely resem-
ble the embryonic cells of newly regenerated regions of adult planarians.
Figs. 48 and 49 are sections of an older embryo (5-6 daj^s), showing
the permanent ectoderm well developed and full of pigment and
rhabdite-cells. So far as I am able to determine, the ectoderm is
formed from the outer embryonic cells and not by division of the earlier
scattered epithelium-cells. There is considerable evidence that rhab-
dite-cells migrate from the interior to the surface and become a part of
the ectoderm. In this embryo (figs. 48-51) the pharjTix (p^) is quite
large and has a lumen connected with the central yolk-area (fig. 50).
The yolk-area is being gradually divided up by strands of cells extend-
ing inward from the surface layer of embryonic cells to form the bound-
aries of the axial gut and its principal branches. Fig. 52 is from an
older embryo (7 or 8 days), in which the development of the digestive
tract is quite far advanced. In fig. 49 there is a section of a very young
eye (e), the pigmented cup consisting of only 5 or 6 cells. No brain
is yet distinguishable, but the lateral nerve-cords are represented by a
few strands of nerve -fibers (?i). In fig. 52 the e3'e is much further
advanced and the nerve-cords are larger. The eyes in all embryos of
this age are situated much deeper in the tissue than in the adult.
There is as yet no definite endoderm, but here and there are cells with
nuclei like those of adult endoderm-cells, and processes extend out
from them among the yolk-cells as seen in fig. 51, e.

Fig. 53 is a cross-section of an embryo just before hatching (12th
dav). The lumen of the digestive tract is still full of yolk-cells and

190-i.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217

the endoderm-cells also contain masses of yolk {y-). Figs. 55 and 56,
endoderm-cells containing large masses of yolk, were taken from the
same embryo as Fig. 53. Fig. 57 shows a similar endoderm-cell from
a young planaiian one day old. This cell contains one of the large
vacuoles {v) characteristic of adult endoderm-cells, and the yolk is
much disintegrated.

Thus it is perfectly plain, in this form at least, that the yolk-cells do
not serve as a "vicarious endoderm" (Metschnikoff) ; but endoderm-
cells, developed from the embryonic cells of the one genu laj'er, con-
sume the yolk-cells in the same manner as they do other food material
later on.

Fig. 54 is a section from the head region of the same embryo as fig. 53,
showing brain (6) and eyes (e). By the fourth day after birth the yolk
has all disappeared from the lumen of the gut, but masses of it are still
to be seen in the endoderm-cells. The late embryos and young pla-
narians contain a very large proportion of embryonic cells and few
muscle- and gland-cells compared with mature animals. The tissue
of the whole body resembles that of recently regenerated parts of
adult planarians. It is interesting to note that the interval between
egg-laying and the developmejit of the permanent pharynx, eyes and
ner\ous system in the embryo is about the same as between merotomy
and regeneration of the same organs in pieces of adult planarians.

The reproductive organs develop late, and as yet have been studied
in only two specimens. In one yoimg planarian, 8 weeks old, one ovary
was found, but no other reproductive or genital organs. In another,
10 weeks old, there was a small antrum with the penis just forming,
but no genital pore; one ovary and three testes were found. The
oocytes in these j^oung ovaries were small and only just distinguishable
from the cells of the yoke glands, which were quite well developed.
In the testes there were already mature spermatozoa.

Summary.

The points that seem to need especial emphasis are :

1. In Planaria simplissima division of the chromosomes in both
maturation-divisions is longitudinl.

2. The number of chromosomes in the maturation-divisions of the
germ-cells varies frrom 3 to 6, but is usually 3.

3. In the embrj^ological development there is nothing corresponding
to the typical blastula and gastrula. After several segmentation
divisions the blastomeres form an irregular group embedded in a syn-
citial yolk-mass which forms a part of the embryo. Some of the blasto-

218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb..

meres form the embryonic pharynx; others wander through the syn-
citium.

4. The embryonic layer which covers the secondary yolk (if) takerv
in by the embryonic pharynx, in no way corresponds to the ordinar}-
gastrula-stage. The sohd embryo has, by sucking in yolk through it--
phar3mx, become a hohow ball filled with secondary yoke-cells (i/).
The embryo now consists of a single layer of spicitial yolk-material,
containing scattered blastomeres which feed on the primary yolk-
material and multiply until they occupy the whole space previoush'
filled by the primary yolk (figs. 43-46). Then the inner embryonic
cells begin to serve as endoderm-cells to absorb the secondary yolk.

5. The axial gut and its principal branches are formed by ingrowths
from the embryonic layer, dividing up the central space which is filled
with secondary yolk (y^).

6. Ectoderm, endoderm, permanent pharynx, eyes, nervous system,
reproductive organs, gland- and muscle-cells are ah formed by direct
differentiation of the embryonic cells of the ojie embryonic or germ-
layer. There is no formation of two or three distinct germ layers,
nor are anj- of the organs formed by folding as in most other forms.

Literature,

Curtis, W. C. '00. On the Reproductive Sj^stem of Planaria slmplissima, :-.
new species. Zool. Jahrb., Bd. 13, 1900.

'02. The hfe history, the normal fission, and the reproductive organs o;"

Planaria maculata. Proc. of Boston Soc. of Nat. Hist., Vol. 30, 1902.

Hallez, p. '79. Contributions a I'histoire naturelle des TurbeUaries. Tra'-.

de Vinstitut zool. de Lille, Fasc. 2, 1879.
Ijima, I. '84. Untersuchungen iiber den Bau und die Entwicklungsgeschichte

der siisswasser-Dendrocoelen (Tricladen). Zeit. f. wiss. Zool, Bd. 40, 1884.
Kennel, J. VON. '79. Die in Deutsclilandgefundenen Land-planarien, u. s. w.

Arb. Zool. Inst. Wiirzburg, Bd. 5, 1879.
Metschnikoff, E. 'S3. Die Embryologie von Planaria polychroa. Zeit. j.

iviss. Zool., Bd. 38, 1883.
Schmidt, 0. '59. Die dendrocoelen Strudelwiirmer aus der Umgebung von

Graz. Zeit. /. u't.ss. Zool., Bd. X, 1859.

'61. Untersuchungen liber Turbellarien von Corfu u. Cephalon. Ibid..

Bd. XI, 1861.

'61. Uber Planaria torva, auct. Ibid.

Stevens N. M. '01. Notes on regeneration in Planaria lugubns. Arch. f.
Entwickelungsmech., Bd. VIII, 1901.

Description of Plates XIII, XIV, XV axd XVI.

Plate XIII, Fig. 1. — Ovary showing large oocytes and oviduct full of sperma-
tozoa (od) Bausch and Lamb, obj. ^ in., oc. C, camera.

Fig. 2, a and b. — Ovarian egg showing first maturation-spindle with S
chromosomes, y = yolk granule. B. and L. -^-C.

Fig. 3, a and b. — Same as above with 6 daughter chromosomes.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219

Fig. 4. — Same with 4 cliromosomes (a part of one chromosome in next
section).

Fig. 5, a and h. — Egg from section of a capsule before laying, showing second
maturation-spindle and 3 chromosomes, s = sperm.

Fig. 6. — Same as above, showing first polar body and 3 chromosomes.

Fig. 7. — Somatic cell from a regenerating piece of Planaria lugubris, showing
6 chromosomes. B. and L. ju-C.

Fig. 8. Egg from a capsule before laying, stained with Schneider's aceto-
carmine. p^ = 1st polar body, p'^ = chromosomes of 2d polar body,
s = sperm, e = egg-chromosomes. B. and L. |-C.

Fig. 9. — Similar egg with 6 egg-chromosomes (e) and 6 chromosomes for
the 2d polar body (p^).

Fig. 10. — Egg from same capsule as 9, showing longitudinal division at a
and b.

Fig. 11. — Similar egg showing 2d polar body (p^), sperm (s) and egg-chromo-
somes (e).

Fig. 12. — Egg from capsule just laid showing pronuclei.

Fig. 13. — Egg from capsule 3-4 hours after laying, showing pronuclei fused
but nucleoli distinct.

Fig. 14a.- — Egg from a capsule 8-10 hours after laying, showing first seg-
mentation-spindle with 6 cliromosomes at each pole.

Fig. 146. — Optical cross-section of polar plate, showing two cross-sections
of each of the 6 chromosomes.

Figs. 33-35. — 2-celled, 4-celled and 8-celled stages from sections of capsules,
showing the peculiar relative positions of the blastomeres. Fig. 35
is a reconstruction from five sections. B. and L. |-C.

Fig. 36. — Section of a 32(?)-celled stage, yolk-cells breaking down at x, x.
B. and L. J-C.

Plate XIV, Fig. 15. — One-half of a cross-section of an unusually large testis.
a = dividing spermatogonium, b = small spermatagonium after di\i-
sion. c = resting spermatgonium. d = resting spermatocyte of the
first order, e = first maturation division. / = second maturation
division. g= young spermatids, /i, i. A; = spermatids in later stages.
I == spermatid apparently twice the usual size, m = spermatozoa.
n = empty spermatid cells. B. and L. ^-C.

Figs. 16-21. — Various phases of first maturation divisions, showing 3 and
4 chromosomes. B. and L. rj— C.

Figs. 22 and 23. — Second maturation division.

Figs. 24-29. — Spermatids in various stages.

Figs. 30-31. — Spermatozoa from the testis.

Fig. 32. — Spermatozoon from the oviduct near the ovary. B. and L. xV~C.

Plate XV, Fig. 37.— Section of a slightly later stage (64-celled)(?), showing an
irregular mass of blastomeres (b), a definite embryonic yolk-area (y')
and a region of disintegrating yolk-cells (a). B. and L. ^-C.

Fig. 38. — Section of a still later stage, showing larger embryonic area con-
taining yolk-nuclei (i/), yolk-cells (i/), wandering blastomeres (6),
and the beginning of the embryonic pharynx (p'). Same magnif.

Fig. 39. — Cross-section through the central cells (b) of an embryonic pharynx
(pi), well-developed, but not yet functional, c = muscle-cells,
yi = yolk-nucleus, bl. = blastomeres scattered in the yolk of the
embryonic area, e = flattened blastomere on the surface of embryo.

Fig. 40. — Longitudinal-section through an embryonic pharynx of the same
age as 39. a = two of the 4 large surface cells bounding the lumen.
b = two of 4 central cells, c = muscle-cells, d = two of the 4 inner
lumen-cells, e = a blastomere partly on the surface of the embryo.
7j^ = yolk-nucleus. B. and L. ^C.

Fig. 41. — Cross-section of the 4 inner lumen-cells of the embryo shown in
Fig. 39.

Fig. 42. — Functional pharjmx, lumen open and yollv-cells entering. Same
magnif.

220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Fig. 43 — Section of embryo which has sucked in a large amount of yolk (y^)
but is still surrounded by yolk, p^ = functional phar^mx closed.
& == a blastomere in embryonic layer, y^ = yolk-nucleus of embry-
onic layer. B. and L. 1-C

Fig. 44. — Section of embryo from a capsule where all the yolk has been ab-
sorbed, embryo somewhat flattened. ]/ = yolk taken in by pharynx.

Fig. 45.— Part of a section of an older embryo showing blastomeres filling
the embryonic layer, slightly thicker ventral side, and degenerating
embryonic pharynx (p').

Fig. 46. — Small part of section from same embryo showing dividing blasto-
meres or embryonic cells, very little yolk and few j^olk-nuclei (t/)
among the embryonic cells. B. and L. 3— C.

Fig. 47. — Later embryo (4th day) showing a very early stage in the forma-
tion of the permanent pharynx (p^). e == ectoderm-cell containing
pigment and rhabdites. r = rliabdite-cell. B. and L. 1-C.

Fig. 48. — ^Sections from an older embryo (6th day) showing later stage of the
pharynx (p-), well-developed ectoderm, and stands of embryonic
cells beginning to divide off the central yolk-region into axial gut
and its branches, a = endoderm-cells beginning to take in yollc-
cells. e = very young eye, optic cup of about 5 pigmented cells.
n = first appearance of nerve-cord.

Plate XVI, Fig. 49.— The same as fig. 48.

Fig. 50. — Another section of pharynx (p^) from same embrj'o.

Fig. 51. — Section from same embryo, showing endoderm-cells (e) sending
out processes among the yolk-cells (//-). B. and L. i-C.

Fig. 52. — Section from an older embryo (7-8 days) showing older eye (e),
larger nerve-cord (n) and formation of gut more advanced.

Fig. 53. — Cross-section of 12th day embryo ready to hatch, showing well-
developed pharjTix (p-) and gut still filled with yolk-cells {y'^). B.
and L. 1-C.

Fig. 54. — Another section from same embryo showing well-developed eyes
and brain (To)

Figs. 55-56. — -Endoderm-cells containing large masses of yolk (y-), from
same embryo as Fig. 53. B. and L. x'— C.

Fig. 57. — Similar endoderm-cell from a young planarian one day old, yolk
considerably disintegrated.

Fig. 58. — Longitudinal section of young planarian, one day old, tail-region
shorter than in adult, (e = eye. h = brain, g = gut. p- = pha-
rynx B. and L. 1-a.

1904.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 221

February 16.
The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.

Seventy-eight persons present.

The PubHcation Committee reported that the following communica-
tions had been received :

"The Fossil Land Shells of Bermuda," by Addison Gulick (February

3).

"Xew, Little Known and Typical Berycoid Fishes," b}^ Henrj^ W.
Fowler (February 8).

"Description of a new Race of Notropis chalybseus from Xew
Jersey," by Henry W. Fowler (February 8).

"The Larval Eye of Chiton," by Harold Heath (February 10).

Prof. Arthur W. Goodspeed made a communication on radium
and the relation of its phenomena to general physical laws, especially
those of radiant matter. (No abstract.)

The following were accepted for publication :

222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

NEW, LITTLE KNOWN AND TYPICAL BERYCOID FISHES.

BY HENRY W. FOWLER.

The specimens used in the preparation of this paper are all contained
in the collection of the Academy except when otherwise stated.

HOLOCENTHRID^.
Myripristis jacobus Cuvier.

Hist. Nat. Poiss., Ill, 1829, p. 121. Martinique. (M. Achard.) Br^sil

(M. Delalande.) Havane. (M„ Desmarest.)
Rhinobenjx chryseus Cope, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XIV, 1871,

p 464, fig, St. Croix. (Thos. Davidson.)

Two examples, types of Rhinoberyx chryseus Cope.

Myripristis berndti Jordan and Evermann.

BuU. U. S. Fish Comm., 1902 (1903), p. 170. Honolulu. (U. S. Fish

Comm.)
Myripristis murdjan Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 501.

Sandwich Islands. (Dr. Benjamin Sharp.) (Not of Forskal.)

A co-type of Myripristis berndti Jordan and Evermann agrees with
the example collected by Dr. Sharp. Two examples from Cocos Island,
Galapagos Islands, collected by Messrs. Heller and Snodgrass, also
appear to be the same species.
Myripristis murdjan (Forskil).

Scioena murdjan Forskal, Descript. Animal., 1775, p. 48. Diiddae.

Head 2f ; depth 2i; D. X, I, i, 12; A. IV, i, 11; P. I, 14; V. I, 5;
scales 29 in lateral line to base of caudal, and 3 more continued on
latter; about 9 scales before spinous dorsal, 3 between latter's origin
and lateral line, and 6 between latter and origin of anal; width of head
1^ in its length; mandible Ij'^^ ; first dorsal spine 3f ; second 2^; third
2; eleventh 3§; first developed dorsal ray 1| ; third anal spine 2f; sec-
ond developed anal ray If; upper caudal lobe H; pectoral 1^; ventral
1^; ventral spine 2; least depth of caudal peduncle 3f ; snout 4f in
head measured from its tip; eye 2^; maxillary If; interorbital space

Body deep, compressed, and greatest depth near tip of ventral spine.
Upper profile from tip of snout to middle of dorsal evenly convex.
Greatest width of body not equal to that of head. Caudal peduncle
small, compressed, and its depth about equal to its length.

Head large, obtuse in front, its depth greater than its length. Snout

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 223

steep, broad, obtuse, incised in front, and with a similar shaped upper
jaw projecting. Eye large, high, and almost impinging on upper pro-
iile. Mouth superior, oblique, and gape reaching about opposite
nostril. Maxillary large, broadly expanded distally till If in eye, and
reaching a little beyond its center. Jaws strong, and heavy mandible
protruding when mouth is closed. Only lower lip developed, laterally
thick and fleshy. Teeth injjaws fine, in broad bands, those in outer
series short, enlarged, and truncate. At symphyseal knob of mandible
conspicuous patches of such teeth, those on dental surface well sepa-
rated, and others also on lower'surface of each ramus. Tongue broad,
pointed, and free. Suborbital rim narrow. Nostril large, vertical,
close to front of and midway in height of orbit. Interorbital space
rather narrow, slightly convex, and with two broad flattened longi-
tudinal ridges. Opercle with a strong spine. Margins of bones of
head serrate.

Gill-opening deep, extending forward below front margin of eye.
Rakers long, slender, compressed, longest longer than filaments or
about 2^ in orbit. Pseudobranchise longer than filaments, nearly
equal to diameter of pupil. Branchiostegal rays large, broad at bases.
Isthmus short, and membrane with narrow fold across.

Scales large, strongly ctenoid, and rather narrowly imbricated on
side. Scales along bases of dorsal and anal spinescent, but not
extending on fins. Caudal covered with small scales, except margins.
Base of pectoral with small scales. Ventral without scales except
pointed axillary scale. No flap between bases of these fins. Oper-
cles and cheek scaly, in 4 rows on latter, and rest of head naked.
Lateral line concurrent with margin of basal scales of dorsal, then
obliquely down across upper side of caudal peduncle to middle of
base of caudal.

Origin of spinous dorsal beginning a little behind that of pectoral,
heteracanthous, and graduated down from fifth to penultimate, which
is shortest. Soft dorsal inserted a little in advance of origin of soft
anal, its first developed ray longest, and margin of fin straight from
this to last which is shortest, or about ^ its length. Third anal spine
larger, though shorter than fourth. Soft anal like soft dorsal, second
developed ray longest, and last about 2f in its length. Caudal deeply
forked, with pointed lobes. Pectoral small, and inserted over ventral.
Ventral large, spine straight and reaching about half way, and rest of
fin reaching about | of distance to origin of anal.

Color when fresh in arrack rosy-red, deeper above. Base of spinous
dorsal pale rosy-red, and upper margin broadly pale orange-yellow.

224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Base of soft dorsal pale rosy-red. also same of anal and caudal. First
and second rays of soft dorsal and anal, also outer caudal rays, pale
gray or dull white. Tips of anterior dorsal and anal rays just behind
pale edge, also tips of caudal lobes, blackish. Other fins more or less
pale orange. Pectoral and ventral pale rosy, latter with a whitish
margin. Axil of pectoral deep brown. Upper edge of opercle deep
blackish-brown. Iris with a broad deep brown vertical band continu-
ous below. Peritoneum black.

Length 8| inches.

A single example from Padang, Sumatra. Coll. A. C. Harrison. Jr..
and Dr. H. M. Hiller.

According to RiippelP and Day- the iris is marked with a rather
large broad black vertical bar. Bleeker has described a form which
he identified Avith M. murdjan^ but no mention is made of this ocular
bar, or is it shown on his figure. Dr. Gilnther has indicated a dark
blotch on the upper part of the iris in his.*

Myripristis chryseres Jordan and Evermann.

L. c, p. 171. Hilo, Honolulu. (U. S. Fish Comm.)

Co-type of Myripristis chryseres Jordan and Evermann with a rather
large dark blotch on iris above pupil. Dr. Giinther's figure of M.
niurcljarf is probably this species, though it differs in the dark spot
above pectoral axil. It also shows about 35 scales in lateral line to
base of caudal.

Myripristis argyromus Jordan and Evermann.

L. c, p. 172. Hilo, Honolulu. (U. S. Fish Comm.)

Myripristis murdjan Fowler, I. c, p. 501. Sandwich Islands. (^Dr. J. K.
ToA\Tisend.) (Not of Forskal.)

The example in Dr. Townsend's collection appears to belong to this

species.

HOLOTRACHYS Giinther.
.Tourn. Mus. Godcf. (Fische der Siidsee), III, 1S74, p. 93 (lima).
Holotrachys lima (Valenciennes).

Myripristis lima Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., VII, 1831, p. 371. Islc-de-
France. (M. Dussumier.)

One from Hawaiian Islands. Dr. J. K. Townscnd.

^ Atlas zu der Reise im nordlichen Afrika, Fisch., 1828, p. 86, PI, 23, fig. 2.
' Fishes of India, II, 1876, p. 170, PI. 41, fig. 2.

KXat.Tijds.Ned.Ind., IV, 1853, p. 109. Amboina.— Ved. Tijds. Dierh.,
IV, 1874, p. 188. Java; Cocos; Batu; Celebes; Amboina; Cerani; Goram.
* Journ. Mus. Godef. (Fisclie der Siid«ee), IV, 1875, PI. 61.
'" L. c.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 225

HOLOCENTHRUS Scopoli.
The original orthography, though erroneous, cannot altogether be
considered an unintentional misprint, as its occurrence is but twice in
the entire work and in each case it is spelled exactly as above.

Subgenus HOLOCENTHRUS Scopoli.
]\largin of opercle finely serrated.
Holocentlirus adscensionis (Osbeck).

Perca adscensionis Osbeck, Reis, Ostind. Chin., 1765, p. 388. Ascen-
sionsinsul.

An adult example from Rio Janeiro, Brazil, agrees with others from
the Bahamas. In former preopercular spine reaches a trifle beyond
gill-opening, and its upper free margin is about equal to half of orbit.
Pectoral If in head, from tip of snout to tip of opercular spine. Third
anal spine, from scales, 2^-^. Soft dorsal 1^. Ventrals falling well
short of vent. Length \1\ inches.

Three smaller examples from San Domingo differ in a larger eye,
longer pointed fins, and long opercular spine reaching base of pectoral.
They also have a more slender caudal peduncle. Prof. W. M. Gabb
collection.

The form called riifus by Drs. Jordan and Evermann is evidently
the same.

Mr. W. J. Fox has called attention^ to the original spelling of the

specific name of this species which has been ignored b}^ writers.

Holocentlirus xantherythrus (Jordan and Evermann).

Holocentrus xantherythrus Jordan and Evermann, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm.,
1902 (1903), p. 175. Honolulu. Kailua.

Co-type of Holocentrus xantherythrus Jordan and Evermann.

Holocenthrus gladispinis sp. nov. Fig. l.

Holocentrus diploxiphns Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 520.
Tahiti. (Dr. J. K. Townsend.) (Not of Gunther.)

Head 3; depth 3; D. XI, 13; A. IV, 9; P. I, 14; V. I, 7; scales 44
in lateral line to base of caudal, and 4 more on latter; 3^ scales obhquely
back from origin of spinous dorsal to lateral line, and 3 in vertical
series between last dorsal spine and lateral line; 7 scales obhquely
back from lateral line to middle of belly; width of head 2 in its
length; depth of head at posterior margin of orbit 1^; snout 4f ; orbit
2fV; maxillary 2f'-o ; mandible 2y^-; interorbital space 3^; first dorsal
spine 3^; third 2; second dorsal ray 2; third anal spine If; second
anal ray 2; least depth of caudal peduncle 3f ; upper caudal lobe
1^; pectoral 1^; ventral If.

« Science, 1900, p. 717.
15

226

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Feb.,

Body moderately elongate, compressed, greatest depth about middle
of depressed ventral, and upper profile a little more convex than lower.
Caudal peduncle compressed, and its least depth If of length.

Head somewhat large, compressed, and upper profile steep, more
convex than lower. Snout short, broad, convex, upper jaw projecting
a little. Eye large, impinging on upper profile, anterior, and circular.
Mouth rather small, jaws about even, projecting, and gape reaching
about opposite front of posterior nostril. Maxillary small, slipping
below narrow preorl^ital, beyond front rim of pupil or about first third
of orbit, and its distal expansion a little less than diameter of pupil.
Teeth minute, pointed, numerous, in bands in jaws, and on palatines.

Fig. 1. Holocenthrus gladispinis Fowler.

A small patch also on vomer. Tongue attenuate, long, free and
smooth. Nostrils adjoining, and close to front rim of orbit, anterior
inconspicuous and posterior a large cavity. Interorbital space broad,
slightly concave medianly, and with a low obsolete ridge laterally.
Head with many fine denticles along edge of cranial bones. Preorbital
denticulate, with a large blunt spine in front. Opercle ending in two
small spines of equal size. Preopercle armed below at its angle with a
broad dagger-like spine equal to ^ of orbit, along its upper margin, and
reaching beyond gill-opening.

Gill-opening extending forward opposite middle of orbit. Rakers
V 2 + 9 III, longest shorter than filaments which equal diameter of

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 227

pupil, Pseudobranchise large. Isthmus not trenchant, branchiostegal
•membrane forming a short free fold across.

Scales moderately small, finely spinescent, and those on side just
below lateral line largest and imbricated somewhat narrowly. Scales
at base of spinous dorsal forming a sheath and each one ending in a
backwardly directed spine. Scales along base of soft dorsal not
enlarged, rather low. Median scales at base of soft anal elongate and
pointed. Bases of caudal and pectoral with small scales. A scaly flap
between bases of ventrals and each fin with a broad pointed axillary
scale. A series of five scales between orbit and base of preopercular
spine. A few scales on opercle, and with exception of occiput head
otherwise naked. Lateral line concurrent with dorsal profile till near
caudal peduncle, along side of which it extends a little high at first till
middle of base of caudal, though not extending on scales of that fin.

Spinous dorsal inserted over origin of pectoral, third spine longest,
also next two nearly subequal. First spine a little longer than ninth,
but eleventh shortest and joined to first dorsal ray by a low membrane.
Margin of fin deeply notched. Soft dorsal posterior, inserted nearer
base of caudal than origin of pectoral, elevated anteriorly, margin
above straight, and first developed ray longest. Spinous anal inserted
a trifle before origin of soft dorsal, first spine minute, third long,
enlarged, reaching tip of rayed fin, and fourth shorter but next in size.
Soft anal similar to rayed dorsal. Caudal forked and lobes pointed.
Pectoral rather long, slender, and upper rays longest. Ventral
inserted a little posterior, altogether behind base of pectoral, and reach-
ing about two-thirds of distance to anal. Ventral spine slender, a little
over two-thirds length of fin. Anus close in front of anal.

Color in alcohol faded brassy-brown with many silvery reflections.
Above lateral line three longitudinal pale whitish bands along each
series of scales. Below seven similar bands, those just below lateral
line broadest. Fins plain-colored like general body-color. Spinous
dorsal just above middle with a small white blotch behind each spine.
Iris straw-colored. Peritoneum silvery.

Length 5f inches.

Type No. 14,140, A. N. S. P. Tahiti. Dr. J. K. Townsend.

A single example. This species is closely related to Holocenthrus
diploxiphus (Gtinther). Dr. Giinther's figure^ shows about 3 scales
between origin of spinous dorsal and lateral line, obliquely back,
apparently about 43 in lateral line to base of caudal, ventral shorter,

■' Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1871, p. 660, PI. 60 (upper figure). Samoa Islands.
(Coll. Godeffroy.)

228

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Feb.,

third anal spine longer, a dusky blotch below base of soft dorsal, upper
caudal lobe longer, and no longitudinal alternate dark and pale bands
on side.

(Glad his, knife ; spina, spine.)

Holocenthrus gracilispinis sp. nov. Fig. 2.

Holocentrus diploxiphus Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 501.
Sandwich Islands. (Dr. J. K. Townsend.) (Not of Gunther.)

Head 3; depth 3; D. XI, 13; A. IV, 9; P. i, 14; V. I, 7; scales 47 in
lateral line to base of caudal, also several more continued on latter ; 3^
scales obliquely back from origin of spinous dorsal to lateral line ; about
8 scales obliquely forward from origin of spinous anal to lateral line;

Fig. 2. Holoccnthrus gracilispinis Fowler.

3 scales between middle of spinous dorsal basally and lateral line;
width of head If in its length; depth of head If, over posterior margin
of eye; snout 4; eye 2|-; maxillary 2f ; mandible 2^; interorbital space
3^; third dorsal spine If; first 2+; second dorsal ray If; third anal
spine If-; first anal ray If; least depth of caudal peduncle 3|; pectoral
11; ventral If.

Unless otherwise stated, all of the characters noted under H. gladi-
spinis apply equally to this species.

Profiles of body apparently more evenly convex anteriorly. Caudal
peduncle compressed, and its leQ.st depth about half of its length.
Upper profile of head more like lower than in H. gladispi7i{s. Snout a

1904.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

229

little large. Interorbital space a trifle narrow. Posterior nostril rather
large. Obsolete lateral ridge along each side of interorbital space.
A rather narrow dagger-like preopercular spine equal to about | of
orbit, along its upper margin. Rakers iii 2 + 8 iii, longest nearly
equal to diameter of pupil. Scales small. Third and fourth dorsal
spines longest, subequal, fifth a little shorter. Caudal lobes damaged,
their length about equal. '

Length 5^ inches.

Type No. 27,271, A. N. S. P. Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands. U. S.
Fish Commission (No. 14,233).

Three examples. This is the northern representative of Holocen-
thrus diploxiphus (Giinther), apparently differing in the slender pre-
opercular spine, even caudal lobes, larger ventral and comparatively
shorter third anal spine.

{Gracilis, slender; spina, spine.)

Holocentlirus polynesise sp. nov. Fig. 3.

Holocentrus poeciloptenis Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pliila., 1S99, p. 485.
Thornton Island, South Pacific (wrongly ascribed to Caroline Islands).
(C. D. Voy.)

Head 2f ; depth 3 ; scales 49 in lateral line to base of caudal ; 4 scales

Fig. 3. Holocentlirus polynesice Fowler.

obliquely back from origin of spinous dorsal to lateral line; 3 scales
between middle of spinous dorsal and lateral line; about 6? series of
scales vertically between lateral line and middle of belly; width of

230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Fcb.,

head about 2\ in its len.o'th; depth of head about 1| ; snout about Sf ;
eye about 4; maxillary (from tip of premaxillary) about 2f ; mandible
2|-; interorbital space about 5f ; first dorsal spine about 5; third about
3; third dorsal ray about 2^; third anal spine about If^; second anal
ray about 2; least depth of caudal peduncle about 3|; pectoral about
If; ventral about If.

Body moderately elongate, compressed, and apparently of somewhat
ovoid form with profiles more or less similarly convex. Greatest depth
apparently near middle of spinous dorsal. Caudal peduncle com-
pressed, and its least depth about f its length.

Head large, upper profile more or less straight, and more inclined
than lower. Snout rather short, a little broad, convex above, and
upper jaw a little protruded. Eye rather small, high, impinging on
upper profile, circular, and anterior. ]\Iouth small, jaws apparently
even when closed, projecting, and gape falling a little short of posterior
nostril. jMaxillary rather small, apparently reaching middle of pupil,
and distal expanded extremity about i of orbit. Teeth minute, in
rather broad villose bands in jaws and on palatines. A small triangular
patch also on vomer. Nostrils adjoining, close in front of eye a little
above, anterior obsolete, and posterior a large cavity. Interorbital
space rather narrow, nearly level, only slightly concave, and with a low
obsolete ridge laterally. Head with many small denticles along edges
of bones. A double-pronged nasal spine in front of snout. Preorbital
denticulate, with a large broad spine in front, immediately followed
by a smaller curved one. A curved backwardly directed spine on
narrow infraorbital. Postorbital rim also denticulate, and a little
broader. Opercle ending in two rather small spines, upper a little
longer. Preopercle armed below with a long and rather narrow spine,
slightly curved at its extremity, and equal to y ^ of orbit, along its upper
edge. It also reaches a little beyond gill-opening. Serrse along margin
of preopercle becoming a little enlarged below.

Gill-opening apparently extending forward till opposite middle of
orbit.

Scales small, and narrowly imbricated, those forming along base of
spinous dorsal not spinescent. Rather small scales along base of soft
dorsal. Greater basal region of caudal covered with small scales.
Base of pectoral also with small scales. A rather short broad scaly
flap between bases of ventrals, and each axilla of same fins with a short
scale. Five series of scales on cheek. A row of rather broad scales
along margin of preopercle on opercle. Except occiput, and otherwise
stated, head naked. Lateral line at first more or less concurrent with

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 231

dorsal' profile, and posteriorly running a little high along side of caudal
peduncle to base of caudal, but not extending on base of fin.

Spinous dorsal inserted nearly opposite origin of pectoral, fin rather
low, margin notched, first and tenth spines about equal, last shortest,
and third to fifth subequal and longest. Membrane connecting dor-
sals distinct. Soft dorsal inserted nearer base of caudal than origin
of pectoral, and elevated in front. Spino\is anal apparently inserted
a little behind origin of soft dorsal, third spine longest, broad, and not
extending as far as tip of second anal ray. Fourth anal spine slender.
Second anal ray apparently longest, first but little shorter. Caudal
forked, damaged. Pectoral somewhat small, upper rays longest.
Ventral apparently inserted behind pectoral, rather broad. Spine
about If in fin.

Color of dried skin straw-brown. About 3 olivaceous longitudinal
bands parallel with and above lateral line. Six others of same color
longitudinally below lateral line. They are all rather broad, spaces
between but little narrower than their own width. Fins and iris dull
brown like general body-color.

Length 11 inches.

Type No. 23,277, A. N. S. P. Thornton Island, Polynesia. C. D.
Voy. Presented by Prof. E. D. Cope.

Three examples. This species apparently approaches Holocenthrus
poecUoptcrus (Bleeker), but differs in color, as there are no traces of
spots on spinous dorsal.

(//o/uT, many; t-^To?, island ; Polynesia.)

Holocentlirus thorntonensis sp. nov. Fig. 4.

Holocentrus microstomus Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1901, p. 325.
Thornton Island. South Pacific. CC D. Voy.) (Not of Gunther.)

Head 2f ; depth 3; D. XI, 12?; A. IV, 7; scales 37 in lateral line to
base of caudal; 3^ scales between origin of spinous dorsal and lateral
line; 3 scales between middle of spinous dorsal and lateral line; 7
scales below lateral line to middle of belly in a vertical series ; snout 4|-
in head; eye 2f ; maxillary 2^; interorbital space 3; third dorsal spine
2^0 ', third anal spine 2; least depth of caudal peduncle 4; pectoral 2^;
ventral If.

Body elongate, rather ellipsoid, profiles about evenly convex and
greatest depth near front of spinous dorsal. Caudal peduncle com-
pressed, its least depth about f its length.

Head deep, compressed, upper profile a little more convex than
lower. Snout short, broad, forming a sharp protruding point in front.
Eye large, circular. Mouth small, well inferior. Maxillary small,

232

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Feb.,

oblique, reaching near middle of pupil. Preorbital rim narrow, with
coarse serrations. Margin of preopercle coarsely serrated. Opercle
with a strong spine above, the one just below but little shorter.
Preopercle with a strong spine reaching beyond gill-opening, but not
quite opposite base of pectoral. Nostrils small, without spines.
Interorbital space broad, flattened, the supraocular ridge formed on
each side sharp.

Gill-opening large, extending forward about opposite front margin
of pupil.

Scales large, spinescent, those on middle of side rather narrowly im-

Fiff. 4. Holocenthrus thorntonensis Fowler.

bricated. Four or five rows of scales on cheek extending up on post-
ocular region, head otherwise naked. Bases of soft dorsal and anal
scaly, line of demarcation distinct on fins. Base of caudal scaly, scales
extending well out and becoming smaller. Lateral line forming an
even convex curve, more or less parallel with dorsal profile. Tubes
simple. Base of ventral with small scaly flap.

Spinous dorsal inserted about opposite origin of ventral, third spine
longest, first and fifth of about equal length, and others all graduated
down, last very small. Soft dorsal inserted behind origin of spinous
anal, small. Third anal spine longest, rayed fin small. Caudal forked.
Pectoral small, low, inserted a little before spinous dorsal. Ventral

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233

reaching f of space to spinous anal, spine about 4 length of fin. Anus
close to origin of anal fin.

Color in alcohol brassy-silvery, brownish above lateral line and on
upper surface of head. Pale longitudinal lines on trunk about ten,
three above lateral line. Fins all pale, upper marginal portion of
spinous dorsal between first and fourth spines dusky-brown.

Length 1^^ inches.

Type No. 23,769, A. N. S. P. Thornton Island, South Pacific.
C. D. Voy. Presented by Prof. E. D. Cope.

A single example, described above. It is in the Rhynchichthys stage
and does not seem to be the young of any known species. It appears
closely related to Holocenthrus binotatus (Quoy and Gaimard),but differs
in the more slender body, fewer anal rays, dark blotch on the upper
anterior portion of spinous dorsal, and more scales in the lateral line.
It is also different from Holocenthrus hrachyrhynchus (Bleeker).

(Named for Thornton Island, formerly Caroline Island, Lat. 10° 0' 01"
S., Long. 150° 14' 30" W., in Polynesia.)

Holocentlirus siccifer (Cope). Fig. 5.

Holocentrum sicciferum Cope, Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila., XIV, 1871, p.
465. New Providence, Bahamas. (Dr. H. C Wood.)

D. XI, 14; P. I, 14; V. I, 7; 3^ scales between origin of spinous
dorsal and lateral line; 3 scales between middle of spinous dorsal and
lateral line; 7 scales between lateral line and anus; snout 5 in h'^ad,
from its own tip to end of opercular spine; interorbital space 3|-;
maxillary 3; fourth dorsal spine 2^^; fourth dorsal ray 2; third anal
ray If; least depth of caudal peduncle 4; pectoral If; ventral H;
width of head 1^; depth of head over posterior margin of eye 1^.

Body rather ellipsoid, profiles similar, and greatest depth about
midway in length of trunk. Caudal peduncle compressed, its least
depth If in its length.

Head robust, rather deep, and compressed. Upper jaw protruding
a little beyond broad and convexly rounded snout. Eye large,
impinging on upper profile, circular. Mouth small, a little oblique,
when closed mandible a trifle inferior. Rather broad bands of minute
villiform teeth in jaws. Tongue slender, pointed, and free. Nostrils
without spines, close to upper front margin of orbit. Interorbital
space broad, flattened. Margin of preopercle finely serrate, upper
free edge of spine about f of pupil.

Gill-opening extending opposite front margin of pupil. Rakers
moderate, shorter than filaments. Pseud obranchise large.

Scales large, those along middle of side narrowly imbricated. Five

234

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Feb.,

rows of scales on cheek. Small scales crowded at bases of soft dorsal
and caudal. Scales along base of spinous dorsal each with a small spine
directed^ back. A pointed scale at base of ventral. Lateral line
more or less concurrent with dorsal profile, extending a little high on
caudal peduncle to middle of base of caudal.

Spinous dorsal inserted a little in advance of origin of pectoral,
fourth spine longest, first and ninth of about equal length. Margin
of fin notched. Soft dorsal inserted a little behind origin of spinous
anal. Third anal spine longest, enlarged. Pectoral low. Ventral

Holocenthrus siccifer (Cope).

pointed, inserted a little behind pectoral, and spine about | length
of fin. Caudal forked.

Color in alcohol pale brownish with silvery reflections. After
brownish blotch on spinous dorsal a w^hite submarginal spot on each
membrane between spines. Pale or dusky oblique shades extending
up from below on each membrane between spines. Other fins all
pale like general body-color. Iris brownish.

Length 3i inches.

No. 14,138, A. N. S. P. Type of Holocentnini sicciferum Cope. New
Providence, Bahamas. Dr. H. C. Wood.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Holocenthrus albo-ruber (Lacepfede). ,, , -d • tv isn"^ no 333 372.

Holocentrus albo-ruher Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss., IV, 1803. pp. 333,
Les eaux de la Chine. -n i ^^

Two examples, one in the Museum of Stanford Un'v«s,ty. Jadang
ciumatra Coll. A. C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M Hilter. Alter
colarfson with the example described by Dr. Jordan and mysel ,
rnrOkinawa,Ri«kiu,.Iamm,ahletofi„dany.pec^e^^^^^^^^^
Thev ame in every respect, and the dark bands are stdl « ell preservea.
bS figure, does not exactly agree, as but one large distmct oper-
cu ar sp ne is shown, and the outer half of the ventral is lavender-
e. Dorsal also differently colored, as these examp es are all wrth
more or less blackish. Depth 2|. Scales on cheek.n 4 ^ene. Third
Tal spine a little shorter than anterior anal rays. Soft dorsal without

sho^^he ;irl anal spine longer than the rest of the fin an a median
narrow gray longitudinal bar on spinous dorsal for its entire length.

HoloomthrUS ensiter (Jordan and Evermann). „,,,,„ ^,,u rjomm , 1902

Holocniru. eusijer Jordan and Evermann Bull U |- « (^o""-"-
(1903), p. 176. Honolulu. Ka.lua. (U. fa. H^li ^.omm.j
Co-tvoe of Holocentrm CT«/er Jordan and Evermann. Two small
sph'es on border of anterior nostril, therein differing from other species
mentioned in this paper.

SARGOCENTRON subgen. nov.
Type Holocentrum leo Cuvier.
Margin of preopercle coarsely serrated. Size large
il7U an old name of Diplodus, one of the Spandce; ^i>rpo.,

spine.)

Holocenthrus leo (Cuvier). ^r . -n ■ ttt icjoq n I'i'^ Borabora.

Holocentnm leo Cuvier, Hist. Nat. Poiss., HI, 1829, p. 15-.

(MM. Lesson etGarnotO , g^j pi^il^ 1899, p. 483.

Holocentrus sptmfer Fo-wler^ ^^o^' ^^," ;'„„j.:Ked to Caroline Islands).

^C^D^'voyt-^L^c ; rS p. SS'^^sSa (Dr. H. C. Caldwell.)

(Not of Forskal.)

Head 2i- depth 2|; scales 43 in lateral line to base of caudal,

4s^:sbe;;ee;''origin;fsplnousdorsaland.aterallmeobh,uety^

SI scales between middle of spinous dorsal and lateral line, 8 scales
obi que y forward from origin of spinous anal to '^f- -idep*
of head at beginning of scales on occipuWim^telength^w^

-T^^i^T^T^sTivZ Mus., xxviTimp. 15.

« Aitos 7c/ii/i., VIII, 1878, PI. (3) 357 1S28 PI 22 fig 1.

10 Atlas zu der Reise im nordUchen Afnka, Fisch., 1828, fi. ^A ng

236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.;,

head 2^; snout 3|-; eye 3|; maxillary 2f ; mandible 2; first dorsal
spine S^; third 2; third dorsal ray ly%; third anal spine 2; second
anal ray about 2; upper caudal lobe about H; least depth of caudal
peduncle 3i; pectoral If; ventral If; interorbital space 2 in orbit.

Least depth of caudal peduncle about f of its length. Snout rather
long, compressed a little, and upper jaw projecting. Eye touching
upper profile. Jaws projecting a little, when open lower protrudes
a little. Distal expanded end of maxillary about f of orbit. Bands
of minute teeth in jaws, on vomer and palatines. Nostrils together,
anterior obscure, and posterior a deep cavity, its vertical diameter
nearly equal to pupil. Interorbital space nearly level, with two dis-
tinct ridges. Preopercular spine reaches beyond gill-opening till
nearly opposite origin of pectoral, and a little curved. Two nasal
prongs. Gill-opening extending forward about opposite middle of
eye. Scales well imbricated. Scales along basal sheath of spinous
dorsal hardly denticulate posteriorly. Five series of scales on cheek,
a series of broad ones along posterior margin of preopercle, and with
exception of occiput, head otherwise naked. Small scales on bases of
pectoral and caudal, extending well out on lobes of latter. Lateral line
not extending on base of caudal. Margin of spinous dorsal hardly
notched. Soft dorsal inserted a little nearer base of caudal than
middle of pectoral. Third anal spine shorter than rayed fin. Pectoral
and ventral not "of equal size," former a little longer.

Color of dried skin plain straw-brown, fins and iris unmarked.
About four narrow pale olivaceous longitudinal bands, narrower than
spaces between, extending along each series of scales above lateral
line. Below lateral line about six or seven faded or paler ones, but
a little broader.

One example. Thornton Island, Polynesia. C. D. Voy. Presented
by Prof. E. D. Cope.

Another example from Samoa.

FLAMMEO Jordan and Evermann.

BuU. U. S. Nat. Mus. (Fish N. Mid. Amer.), No. 47, III, 1S9S, p. 2,871

(marianus).
Farer Forskal, Descript. Animal., 1775, p. 44 (sammara). [Uncertain.]

Flammeo achromopterus sp. nov. Fig. 6.

Holocentrus sammara Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900. p 526.
Samoa. (Dr. H. C. Caldwell.) (Not of Forskal.)

Head 24; depth 3i; D. XI, 12; A. IV, 8; scales 41 in lateral line,
last 3 on base of caudal ; 3^ scales obliquely l^ack from origin of spinous
dorsal to lateral line; 3 scales between middle of spinous dorsal and

1904.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

237

lateral line ; 7 scales obliquely forward from origin of spinous anal to
lateral line; width of head 2yL in its length; depth of head Ih, over
posterior margin of eye; mandible H; first dorsal spine 2h; third If;
third anal spine If; first anal ray If; least depth of caudal peduncle
4\; pectoral If; ventral If; snout 4f, measured from tip of upper
jaw; eye 2; maxillary 2^; interorbital space 4^.

Body rather elongate, compressed, greatest depth near middle of
depressed ventral, and upper profile a little more bent and convex
than lower. Caudal peduncle compressed, least depth about half its
length.

Head a little large, elongate, well compressed, upper profile obtusely

Fig. 6. Flammeo achromopterus Fowler.

convex, and lower but little convex. Snout short, convex, broad,
upper jaw projecting a little, profile well inchned and straight. Eye
rather large, nearly circular, anterior, and impinging on upper profile.
Mouth rather small, mandible w^ell protruding beyond upper jaw and
gape reaching about front of posterior nostril. Maxihary rather large,
slipping below narrow preorbital, and reaching below middle of orl^it.
Expanded end of maxillary equal to f of horizontal diameter of pupil.
Supplemental maxillary large. Teeth very small, in bands in jaws
and on palatines, also a small triangular patch on vomer. Tongue
long, slender, pointed and free. Nostrils adjoining, close in front and
opposite middle of orbit, posterior a large pit. Interorbital space
broad, and slightly concave. Bones of head mostly with finely den-

238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

ticulate margins. Two opercular spines, upper a trifle larger and
longer. A short broad preopercular spine equal to f horizontal
diameter of pupil. No spines in nostril or at end of nasal bone.
Margin of preorbital well serrated.

Gill-opening extending forward till nearly opposite middle of orbit.
Rakers iv 2 + 7 ii, longest a trifle over half of horizontal diameter of
pupil. Pseudobranchia? a little less than horizontal diameter of pupil,
also a httle longer than filaments.

Scales a little large, well imbricated, and finely denticulated, those
on middle of side largest. Scales at base of spinous dorsal with small
spines directed backward. Small scales crowded at base of soft dorsal.
Base of anal scaly, and at middle rays well elongated and pointed.
Small scales also on bases of pectoral and caudal. An enlarged scaly
flap between bases of ventrals, also an enlarged axillary scale to each
ventral. Four rows of scales on cheek, some on postocular region
and occiput, and a single series of broad ones along posterior margin
of preopercle. Lateral line with simple tubes, concurrent with dorsal
profile at first, then extending a little high along side of caudal peduncle
to middle of base of caudal.

Spinous dorsal inserted a trifle behind origin of pectoral, graduated
to third spine wiiich is longest, first and sixth of about equal size,
and last much shorter than first, but also longer than penultimate.
Margin of fin notched. Origin of soft dorsal nearly midway between
middle of pectoral and base of caudal, and base of fin about f its height.
Anal inserted a trifle in advance, third spine enlarged, straight, longest,
and reaching beyond longest anal ray to base of caudal if not a Httle
beyond. Anterior anal rays longest, like those of soft dorsal. Caudal
rather small, forked. Pectoral small, low, and not reaching as far
as tip of ventral. Ventral inserted just behind base of pectoral,
reaching about f of distance to anal fin, first ray pointed, and spine
equal to f of fin.

Color in alcohol pale straw-brown. Four longitudinal series of nar-
row dark spots, one at base of each scale, above lateral line. Traces
of about seven obscure pale longitudinal bands below lateral line.
Fins with exception of marginal portion of spinous dorsal, which is pale
dusky, plain pale brown like general body-color. Iris dull brassy-
brown with a dusky blotch above.

Length 4^ inches.

Type No. 14,141, A. N. S. P. Samoa. Dr. H. C. Caldwell.

This species is related to Flammeo sammara (Forskal), from which
it differs, however, in the plain or immaculate fins.

C'A, without; XP'^", color; -rspw, wing or fin.)

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW RACE OF NOTROPIS CHALYB^US FROM
NEW JERSEY.

BY HENRY W. FOWLER.

Notropis chalybaeus abbotti subsp. nov. Plate XVII (upper figure).

Cliola chah/bwa Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1883 (1884), p. 132. A
broken dam on the Batsto river, New Jersey.

Head 3|; depth 4|; D. ii, 7; A. ii, 7; P. i, 13?; V. i, 7; scales 33
in lateral line to base of caudal; 17 scales before dorsal; 7 scales
obliquel}^ back from origin of dorsal to lateral line; 4 scales
obliquely forward from origin of anal to lateral line; width of
head If in its length; depth of head If; snout 3|; eye 3; maxillary
3^; interorbital space 2f; length of depressed dorsal 1; anal 1^;
pectoral If; ventral H; least depth of caudal peduncle 2|; length
of caudal peduncle, measured from base of last anal ray 1^; caudal
3f in head and trunk.

Body robust, elongate, and compressed, greatest depth about tip
of pectoral. Lower profile a little more convex than upper. Caudal
peduncle rather stout, compressed, and its least depth about | of its
length.

Head rather large, robust, compressed, and somewhat conic in front.
Profiles similar. Snout broad, conic, convex, and about even with
jaws. Eye circular, close to upper profile, and anterior in head.
Mouth small, a little oblique, and jaws about even. Lips rather fleshy.
Maxillary small, barely reaching beyond posterior nostril or to front
rim of orbit, and more or less concealed. Pharyngeal teeth 2, 4-4, 2,
and larger ones a little hooked. Nostrils large, adjoining, near upper
front of orbit, and frenum between forming a small flap over front of
posterior which is a little larger.

Gill-opening extending forward within a short distance of posterior
margin of orbit. Rakers few, weak, and small. Filaments well
developed, also pseudobranchise.

Scales large, not with exposed edges narrowly imbricated, those in
front of dorsal smaller and somewhat crowded in appearance. A few
scales on base of caudal, fins and head otherwise naked. Lateral line
decurved a little at first, and then continued more or less medianly
after base of anal to base of caudal. Tubes simple.

Origin of dorsal a little nearer base of caudal than tip of snout,

240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

second simple ray longest, and together with first and second developed
rays reaching beyond others or about opposite base of last anal ray.
Anal inserted well behind last dorsal ray in vertical, similar to dorsal,
and reaching f of space to base of dorsal. Caudal rather long, forked,
and lobes pointed. Pectoral low, not reaching ventral or only about |
of space. Ventral placed well before dorsal, and not reaching anal.

Color in alcohol with gromid-color pale brown, back and upper sur-
face more or less dusky, becoming deeper on median line of back and
each scale with a blackish-dusky edge. A broad black longitudinal
band, about as wide as orbit on costal region otherwise a trifle nar-
rower, extends from snout including front of mandible to base of
caudal where it forms a spot. Above this band on side of trunk and
along its upper edge ground-color is lighter like lower surface. Along
base of anal a bar of dusky which fades out on lower surface of caudal
peduncle. Dorsal, caudal and upper edge of pectoral pale dusky,
fins otherwise whitish. Black band over opercle reflected in same color
inside of gill-opening. Iris deep slaty. Peritoneum pale brownish
thickly sprinkled with minute dusky dots.

Length 2/q- inches.

Type No. 19,860, A. N. S. P. A broken dam on the Batsto river,
New Jersey. E. D. Cope.

Also 18 co-types, Nos. 19,861-78, A. N. S. P. Same data.

This form differs from Notropis chalybceus (Cope) of the Delaware
in its more dusky and deeper coloration. The lateral longitudinal
band is also broader throughout its course, the pectoral more dusky,
and the dusky dots which are collected along the base of the anal extend
along the lower surface of the caudal peduncle to the caudal. This
is true of all the Batsto minnows. All of those from the Delaware com-
prise a large series which I collected in late spring and early summer, dur-
ing 1899, in a small stream flowing into the upper end of the mill-pond
at Bristol, Bucks County, Pennsylvania. These have the lateral band
distinctly narrower. As yet I have not taken Notropis chalybceus in
any other part of the Delaware basin.

(Named for Dr. Charles C. Abbott, an earnest student of the fishes
of New Jersey.)

Explanation of Plate XVII.

Notropis chalybceus abbotti Fowler.

Type No. 19,860 A. N. S. P. Batsto river, New Jersey. (Upper figure.)
Notropis chalybants (Cope).

No. 23,983, A. N. S. P. Delaware river at Bristol, Pennsylvania. (Lower
figure.)

1904.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 241

March 1.
The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.
Forty-seven persons present.

The PubHcation Committee reported that papers under the fol-
lowing titles had been received :

"A Study of the Bats of the Genus Dermototus (Pteronotus auct.),"
by James A. G. Rehn (February 26, 1904).

"Notes on Fishes from Ai-kansas, Indian Territory and Texas," by
Henry W. Fowler (February 29, 1904).

"Descriptions of North American Aranese of the FamiUes Lycosidse
and Pisauridse," by Thomas H. Montgomery, Jr. (March 1, 1904).

Mr. E. F. Phillips made a communication on recent studies on the
habits of the honey bee. The subject was discussed by Dr. Conklin,
Mr. A. E. Brown and the President. (No abstract.)

The following were ordered to be printed :

\6

242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

NOTES ON FISHES FROM ARKANSAS, INDIAN TERRITORY AND TEXAS.
BY HENRY W. FOWLER.

Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry, while in the above-named locahties during
April of 1903, formed a small collection of fishes now in the Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

The more precise localities are:

1. Arkansas:

Rogers, White river basin.
Hartford, Arkansas river basin.

2. Indian Territory:

Wister, Arkansas river basin.
Limestone Gap, Red river basin.

3. Texas:

Hondo, Neuces river basin.
Del Rio, Rio Grande basin.
Devil's river, Rio Grande basin.
One form appears to be new, and the color-notes of others are
especially interesting on account of the season.

SILURID.^.
Ictalurus punctatus (Rafinesque).

Del Rio, Texas.
Ameiurus nebulosus (Le Sueur).
Hondo, Texas.

CATOSTOMID^.

Carpiodes grayi Cope.

Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, XI, 1S70, .p. 482. Probably one of the Western
States.

Head ^; depth 3^; D. iii, 23; A. ii, 7; P. i, 17; V. i, 10; scales 35

in lateral line to base of caudal; 7 scales obliquely from origin of dorsal

to lateral line, and 6 from latter to origin of ventral; 17 scales before

dorsal; width of head 1^ in its length; depth of head 1|; snout 3;

eye 5^; width of mouth Sf; interorbital space 2|; first developed

dorsal ray li; anal ray H; pectoral 1^; ventral 1^; least depth of

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 243

caudal peduncle 1|. Opercle with radiating parallel striae. Gill-rakers
fine, slender, numerous, shorter than filaments. Color when fresh
in alcohol dull olivaceous-brown on upper surface, pale on sides, and
dilute or whitish on lower surface. Everywhere with more or less
dull brassy reflections. Longitudinal lines following courses of scales
pale. Opercle bright brassy. Fins dilute olive-yellow, unpaired
darker and slightly dusky marginally. Cheek silvery. Iris dull
golden, dusky above. Peritoneum black. Length 12^ inches. Del
Rio, Texas.

Also three others with same data showing following: — Head 41-
to 41; depth 2f to 3^; D. iii, 22 to 25; scales to ba.se of caudal 35 to
36; total length 7| to 8f inches.

These all appear to me to agree best with Cope's description. He
gives the orbit as 4 in head, but this is probably due to a different
method of measuring. If the figure of Idiohus tumidus^ is correct it
may represent a distinct form. The pectoral is said to almost reach
the ventral, and the radii are more numerous. Girard's figiu-e of
Carpiodes damalis^ shows a smooth opercle, large subopercle, and the
ventral inserted well posterior to the tip of pectoral. In my examples
of C. grayi the first developed dorsal ray extends back about f of the
entire length of the depressed fin.
Catostomus nigricans (Le Sueur).

Color when fresh in alcohol dull olive, inclining to whitish below,
and everywhere with more or less silvery reflections. Back with five
rather indistinctly defined large saddle-like blotches composed of dusky
points. Lower surface of head silvery. Dusky dots on side of snout,
maxillary and upper opercle. Dorsal and caudal dull scarlet, margins
more or less dusky, especially that of former. Anal, pectoral and
ventral whitish. Hartford, Arkansas.
Minytrema melanops (Rafinesque).

Del Rio, Texas.

Moxostoma congestum (Baird and Girard).

Head 4J; depth 4|-; D. ii, 11; A. ii, 7; P. i, 17; V. i, 9; scales 44 in
lateral line to base of caudal, and 2 or 3 more on latter; 7 scales,
obliquely from origin of dorsal to lateral line, and 5 between latter and
origin of ventral; 16 scales before dorsal; width of head If in its
length; depth of head If; snout 2yV; eye 5-|; width of mouth 3|; in-
terorbital space 2^; first developed dorsal ray 1^; base of dorsal l-f;

* U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv., Ichth., 1859, p. 34, PI. 19, figs. 1-4.
2 Ex. Doc. No. 78, Rep. Expl. Surv. R. R. Miss. Pac, X. Fish., 1858, p. 218,
PI. 48, figs. 1-4.

244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Marcll,

third developed anal ray ly^; base of anal 2i; caudal 1; least depth
of caudal peduncle 2^; pectoral I2V; ventral 1^. Color when fresh in
alcohol dull or pale brown. Lower surface dull milky- white. Back
with more or less silvery reflections, and slightly darker even longitudi-
nal lines follow courses of scales. Dorsal and caudal dilute dusky-
olive. Anal, pectoral and ventral pale salmon. Iris pale yellowish
with grayish. Peritoneum silvery. Length 11^ inches. Del Rio,
Texas.

CYPRINID^.

Campostoma anomalum (Rafinesque).

Adult male when fresh in alcohol dark brown above, and on upper
side, lower side and under surface of body and fins white. Lower side
of trunk posterior to dorsal brick-red with sporadic clusters of pale
dusky above. Dorsal and caudal dilute dull olive-dusky, former
with a black transverse streak across its middle adjoining a brick-red
streak below. Caudal a little dusky medianly at base. Anal slightly
ruddy with a deep brown transverse streak adjoining a brick-red one
above. Pectoral grayish above at its base. Ventral wnth more or
less ruddy. Other examples are tinged with dull chrome-yellow,
and streaks on fins absent. Rogers and Hartford, Arkansas.

Chrosomus erythrogaster (Rafinesque).

Rogers, Arkansas. Most examples with bright red bellies.
Fimephales notatus (Rafinesque).

Color when fresh in alcohol dull olivaceous, becoming pale on side
and whitish below. Body with more or less silvery reflections. A
narrow well-defined dusky or blackish band about equal to pupil in
width extends from eye to base of caudal, where it forms a spot, and
also distinct on upper opercle. Scales on back all with more or less
olive-dusky dots and well-defined edges. A small pale dusky spot on
front of dorsal. Dorsal, caudal and pectoral dull grayish, tinged
with dilute red. Anal and ventral pale, slightly tinged with red.
Iris grayish. Hartford, Arkansas. Limestone Gap, Indian Territory.

Notropis blennius (Girard).

Color when fresh in alcohol pale olive-buff, whitish below, and every-
where more or less silvery. Scales on back without distinct dark
edges. An indistinctly defined and rather broad lateral band of gray
from head to base of caudal, and anteriorly including a number of
dusky or dark-brown dots. Fins pale or dilute brownish, lower ones
whitish. Del Rio, Texas.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245

Notropis shumardi (Girard).

Color when fresh in alcohol pale oHve-green, whitish below, and
scales above lateral line with slightly darker edges. Body more or
less washed with silvery. Dorsal and pectoral dilute reddish with
dusky edges above. Caudal pale dusky-gray. Ventral and anal
whitish. Snout dusky-brown. Side with a rather broad indistinctly
defined silver-gray band from head to caudal, and scales in lateral
line after dorsal with blackish dots becoming most distinct on caudal
peduncle. No spot at base of caudal. Blackish spots extending
from posterior rim of eye backward, but soon becoming indistinct
above pectoral. Iris grayish. Limestone Gap, Indian Territory.

Notropis lutrensis (Baird and Girard).

Dark nuchal band conspicuous. Small tubercles on upper surface
of head and along lower side of body above anal very numerous.
Devil's river and Del Rio, Texas.
Notropis proserpina (Girard).

Dusky dots at base of dorsal. Caudal bright yellow. Del Rio,
Texas.

PARANOTROPIS subg. nov.
Type Photogenis luciodus Cope

The species of this group closely resemble those of the subgenus
Notropis Rafinesque, which is typified by atherinoidcs. They differ
chiefly in the fewer developed anal rays, mostly 7 to 9. They are
also distinguished from the Luxilus and Hydrophlox groups by the
absence of grinding surfaces on the teeth and the broad scales which
are not narrowly imbricated. From Orcella, with which they agree
in these respects, they differ in the top of the head which is not espe-
cially elevated, so that the eye is nearer the upper than the lower profile.
Episema Jordan, based on scahriceps, is preoccupied.

{Ilapaj near; vwr»?, back, and rpoxU, keel, hence Notropis.)

Notropis pilsbryi sp. nov.

Head 4; depth 4i; D. ii, 8; A. ii, 8; P. i, 15; V. i, 8; scales 40 in
lateral line to base of caudal, and 3 more on latter; 15 scales before
dorsal; 5 scales between origin of dorsal and lateral line; 4 scales
between latter and origin of ventral; width of head IfV in its length;
depth of head If ; snout 3^ ; eye 3^ ; maxillary 3 ; interorbital space 3^ ;
length of depressed dorsal 1; depressed anal l^; pectoral 1^; ventral
If; caudal 1; least depth of caudal peduncle 2f.

Body elongate, compressed, rather slender, more or less fusiform,

246

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[March,

and greatest depth at origin of dorsal. Caudal peduncle long, com-
pressed, and its least depth 2f in its length, measured from base of
last anal ray.

Head elongate, compressetl. and upper profile more or less straight
from above nostrils. Snout convex, rather broad, and also with a
convex profile. Eye rather large, a little above middle of depth of
head, and well anterior in its length. JMouth slightl}^ curved, inclined,
and jaws subequal, lower hardly if any projecting. Maxillary reaching
about opposite front rim of orbit. Mandible rather broad, and rami
]3ut little elevated, edges of jaws rounded. Tongue rather broad,
fleshy, and adnate to floor of mouth. Lijjs thin and narrow. Nostrils
adjoining near upper edge of eye, and internasal space much less than
interorbital. Anterior nostril circular, and posterior larger, concealed
in front b}" flap of anterior. Both interorbital and internasal spaces
a little elevated, though flattened medianly. Subopercle of moderate
size.

Gill-opening extending forward below posterior rim of orbit. Rakers
small, weak, and very short. Filaments about f of orbit. Pseudo-
branchise well developed. Pharyngeal teeth 2, 4-4, 2, compressed,
and hooked. Isthmus rather broad.

Scales cj'cloid, moderately large, and exposed portions but little
deeper than broad. Except base of caudal, fins and head naked.
Lateral line slightly decurved at first, running rather low and straight
to base of caudal. Tubes simple.

Dorsal inserted about midway between tip of snout and base of
caudal, second rudimentary ray rather long closely joined with first

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 247

-articulated which is longest. Anal inserted behind base of dorsal, first
articulated ray longest. Caudal forked, lobes pointed. Pectoral
broad, falling a little short of ventral. Ventral inserted before origin
of dorsal and reaching anus which is close in front of anal.

Color when fresh in alcohol dull olive-brown above, below dull white,
and side with a broad diffuse grayish band. A band a little wider
than pupil composed of dusky dots extends from snout through
eye, along side to middle of base of caudal, where it is inten-
sified. It is also continued out to margin of caudal, as median
rays are grayish-dusky. Top of head brownish, and a median brownish-
dusky streak on back enclosing dorsal fin and continued to caudal.
Body everyw'here with more or less silvery. Fins red, deepest basally.
Dorsal, caudal and pectoral with dilute olivaceous-gray on outer por-
tions. Mandible reddish. Iris silvery, except horizontal median
dark cross-bar. Peritoneum dusky-gray

Length 3^ inches.

Type No. 24,514, A. N. S. P. Rogers, White river basin, Arkansas.
Collection Dr. H. A. Pilsbry. Also six co-types with same data.
After being in alcohol some time the colors have faded. The longi-
tudinal dusky band is, however, still present.

This species is very closely related to Notropis luciodus (Cope), differ-
ing apparently in coloration and slightly more slender body.

(Named for my friend Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry, well known among
leading conchologists.)

Subgenus NOTROPIS Rafinesque.
Notropis socius (Girard).

Del Rio, Texas.

Notropis notemigonoides Evermann.
Hartford, Arkansas.

Phenacobius scopifer (Cope).

Color when fresh in alcohol olivaceous above, whitish below. Scales
on back edged with dusky-olive. Lower surface with silvery reflec-
tions. Side of head somewhat brassy with pale dusky dots. A broad
dusky-slate bar extends from eye to middle of base of caudal, dividing
upper and lower colors of body. Top of head dark brownish-olive with
a median streak extending to dorsal and continued behind it to caudal.
A black spot at base of caudal. Fins and lower surface of head with
dilute red, dorsal, caudal and pectoral deepest. Limestone Gap,
Indian Territory.

248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [March,

CHARAOINID^.
Tetragonopterus argentatus (Baird and Girard).

Color when fresh in alcohol pale olive on upper surface, sides and
lower surface silvery- white. Upper boundary of silvery- white of
sides shows a pale diffuse leaden band, becoming distinct and dark
along middle of side of caudal peduncle to base of caudal. It is also
continued on caudal as several of median rays are same color. Dorsal
and caudal dilute pale olivaceous, latter with a pale ruddy wash.
Anal with marginal portion slightly dusky and basally with a pale
ruddy tinge. Pectoral and ventral also with a dilute ruddy tinge,
A dull slaty blotch behind opercle above. Iris pale yellowish. Del
Rio and Devil's river, Texas.

PCEOILIIDiE.
Zygonectes notatus (Rafinesque).
Hartford, Arkansas. Wister, Indian Territory.

Gambusia afiRnis (Baird and Girard).

Devil's river, Texas.

ATHERINID^.
Labidesthes sicculus (Cope).
Hartford, Arkansas.

CENTRARCHID^.
Apomotis cyanellus (Rafinesque).

Hartford, Arkansas. Devil's river, Texas.
Lepomis megalotis (Rafinesque).
Hartford, Arkansas. Devil's river and Del Rio, Texas.

PERCIDiE.
Etheostoma whipplii (Girard).

Color when fresh in alcohol olivaceous-brown, paler or whitish below.
Back and side with marblings or mottlings of deep olivaceous-brown,
though on latter about 13 diffuse spots are formed along course of
lateral line. Posteriorly, and on caudal peduncle, they become ver-
tically elongate. An enlarged black humeral scale. Head dusky
•above, and a blackish streak from eye to upper corner of gill-opening.
A dusky streak from below eye. Fins mostly orange-red with more
or less dusky basally. Spinous dorsal with a median longitudinal
orange-red band edged above and below with whitish. A bright
orange-red bar on caudal next to rather dusky margin. Pectoral and
ventral grayish, latter dark. Limestone Gap, Indian Territory.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 249

Considerable variation is noticed. Some examples have few brown
mottlings on side, others have them very distinct and wavy. All are
more or less orange-red on fins and show greater portion of caudal
dusky.

An example from Hartford, Arkansas, according to Dr. Pilsbry's
notes, had the fins vividly colored in life. The spinous dorsal and
ventrals were with green spines and rays, the rayed dorsal and caudal
with a scarlet border, and the anal scarlet Avith a green edge.

OIOHLIDiE.
Heros oyanoguttatus (Baird and Girard).

Del Rio and Devil's river, Texas.

250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

A STUDY OF THE BATS OF THE GENUS DERMONOTUS (PTERONOTUS Auot.).
BY JAMES A. G. REHN.

During the preparation of tliis paper a series of thirty-six specimens
of the genus have been examined, all being from the collections of the
United States National Museum, the Biological Survey of the United
States Department of Agriculture and the American Museum of Nat-
ural History. The author wishes to express his indebtedness to the
gentlemen in charge of the collections of the above institutions for
permitting the examination of the specimens.

DERMONOTUS Gill.

1S38. Pteronotus Gray, Mag. Zool. and Botan}^, II, p. 500. Type, Pteronotus

davyi Gray. (Not of Rafinesque, 1815.)
1S43. CMlomjcteris Wagner, Archiv fiir Natvirgeschichte, IX, bd. I, p. 367.

(Part.)
1844. Pteronotus Gray, Voyage of the Sulphur, I, MammaUa, p. 24.
1850. Chilonycteris Wagner, Abhandlungen Mathem.-Physik CI. Akad.

Wissenschaften, Miinchen. V, p. 179. (Part.)

1854. Chilonycteris Burmeister, Thiere Brasiliens, I, p. 74. (Part.)

1855. Chilonycteris Wagner, Suppl. Schreber's Saugthiere, V, p. 677. (Part.)
1855. Pteronotus Wagner, Suppl. Schreber's Saugthiere, V, p. 700.

1872. Pteronotus Peters, Monatsber. K. Preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin,
• p. 361.

1878. Chilonycteris Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus.. p. 447. (Part.)

1879. Chilonycteris Alston, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Mamm., p. 34. (Part.)
1890. Pteronotus J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Ill, p. 178.
1892. Chilonycteris Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th ser., X, p. 410.

(Not of Gray.)
1894. Pteronotus J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., VI, p. 248.

1901. Dermonotus Gill, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XIV, p. 177. (To
replace Pteronotus Gray.)

1902. Dermonotus Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XV, p. 155.

Gena'ic Characters. — Naked volar membranes extending over the back
attached only along the median line and across the shoulders, anterior
to which section the dorsal surface is normally furred. Skull with the
brain-case moderately elevated and rostrum distinctly inflated. Den-

i-x- • 2—2 1—1 2—2 3—3

tition 1. 2=72. c. j-^, p. 3-3, m. 3-3.

History. — The genus Dermonotus (Pteronotus Gray) is so closely
related to Chilonycteris and Mormoops that its history is in great part
a repetition of that witnessed in these two genera. As considerable

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 251

space has already been given to the taxonomic history of Mornioops^
and Chilonycteris,^ only such points as differ will be noticed. The
genus was originally based on a specimen from Trinidad, and associated
by Gray with the following genera: Cheiromeles, Nyctino)nus, Molossus,
Thyroptera, Myopteris and Dididurus. Wagner, in 1843, described
a specimen of this genus, taken by Natterer at Cuyaba, Brazil, as
Chilonyderis gymnonotus, unaware that Gray had created a genus for
this type of bat. Later, in 1855, he apparently did not recognize his
species as a close relative of Gray's Pteronotus davyi, as he associated
the latter, which he, of course, had never seen, wdth Cheiromeles and
Dysopes in the section Macrura. The question as to the tenability of
the genus as distinct from Chilonyderis later caused a great amount of
shifting, the individual opinions of Peters, Dobson, Alston, and Thomas
differing as to the recognition of the genus. In 1892 Thomas de-
scribed a race of davyi from Jalisco, Mexico, basing it on the brilliant
fulvous coloration of the Mexican specimens, and their slightly smaller
size. Gill, in 1901, discovered the fact that Gray's Pteronotus was
preoccupied by Pteronotus Rafinesque, a synonym of Pteropus, and to
meet the deficiency he proposed the name Dermonotus.

General Relations. — The genus Dermonotus is closely associated
with Mormoops and Chilonyderis, which constitute the subfamily
Mormoopince. The characters of the genus are such that recent
workers have all accorded it full generic rank, and as Gill has stated
{I.e.), modern systematic standards would fully allow the maintenance
of the genus as distinct from Chilonyderis. An interesting character
noted in this genus, as in the two allied genera, is the occurrence of
dichromatism. The two phases are quite marked, one being dull
chocolate-brown, the other rich fulvous.

Key to the Forms.

a. — First upper premolar longitudinal, not crowded; forearm aver-
aging 46.2 mm., davyi (Gray).

aa. — First upper premolar nearly transverse, strongly crowded
between the canine and second upper premolar; forearm
averaging 44.1 mm., davyi fidvus (Thomas).

Dermonotus davyi (Gray).

1838. Pteronotus Davyi Gray, Mag. Zool. and Botany, II, p. 500. [Trini-
dad.]

1843. Chilonyderis gymnonotus Wagner, Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, IX,
bd. I, p. 367. [Cuyaba.]

1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1902, pp. 160-172,
Ubid., 1904.

252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March

1844. Pt[eronotus] Daviji Gray, Voyage of the Sulphur, I, Mammalia, p. 24.

[Trinidad.]
1850. Chilonycteris gymnonotus Wagner, Abhandlungen Mathem.-Physik

CI. Akad. Wissenschaften, Munchen, V, p. 179. [Cuyaba, Matto Grosso.]

1854. Chilonycteris grjmnonotus Burmeister, Thiere Brasiliens, I. p. 75.
[Cuyaba, Matto Grosso.]

1855. Ch[ilonycteris] gymnonotus Wagner, Suppl. Sclireber's Saugthiere, V,
p. 680, PI. 48. [Matto Grosso.]

1855. Pt[eronotus] Davyi Wagner, Suppl. Sclireber's Saugthiere, V, p. 700.

[Trinidad.]
1872. Pteronotns Davyi. Peters, Monatsb. K. Akad. AVissensch., Berlin,

p. 361. [Brazil; Mexico.] (Part.)

1878. Chilonycteris davyi Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 453, PI.
XXIII. [Puerto Cabello; Venezuela.]

1879. Chilonycteris davyi Alston, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Mamin., p. 36. [Mex-
ico; Venezuela; Trinidad; Brazil.] (Part.)

1892. C[hilonycteris] Davyi Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th ser., X,

p 410. [Trinidad; Dominica; Venezuela.]
1892. Chilonycteris davyi Thomas, Journal Trinidad Field Naturalists'

Club, I, p. 162. [Trinidad.]
1902. D[ermonotus] davyi Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XV, p. 155.

[Dominica; Trinidad.]

Type Locolity. — Trinidad.

Distribution. — Brazil; Puerto Cabello, "\'enezuela, and Trinidad and
Dominica in the West Indies.

General Characters. — Size medium; character of the volar membranes
as described under the genus.

Head. — Occiput dome-shaped and evenh' rounded; rostrum rather
depressed, broad. Ear rather elongate, acuminate; internal margin
with the internal ridge very distinctly developed and forming a rounded
lobe inferiorly, superiorly with a blunt but distinct shoulder, beyond
which infra-median point the internal margin is evenly arcuate, curving
back to the recurved and very bluntly falcate apex; external margin
carried forward inferiorly to the angle of the mouth, external shoulder
romided and median in position, superior portion of the external mar-
gin straight except for a marked concavity caused by the recurved
apex. Tragus subrectangulate, apical portion narrower than the basal
half; external margin sinuate; apex rounded; accessory lobe rather
small, subhorizontal, rounded, forming a distinct shoulder or ledge;
internal margin inferior to the accessory lobe, sinuate and with a dis-
tinct marginal thickening. Nostrils surrounded by a very slight raised
margin, and surmounted by a fleshy ridge, which is considerably ex-
cavated in the area superior to the nasal division ; lateral portions of
muzzle with a raised fleshy ridge, which is separated from the nose-
pad by a rather deep incision. Superior portion of the muzzle with a
median rounded swelling situated a short distance back from the nos-
trils. Labial chin-lappet strongly transverse, the lateral portions
rather inconspicuous and merging into the lip proper, median portion

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253

distinctly papillose, the papillae bordering the arched incision separating
the smooth incisive pad larger than the others; posterior chin-lappet
almost equal to the labial in width, thin, closely ad pressed.

Limbs. — Forearm of medium length, very distinctly arcuate though
the distal portion is considerably straighter than the proximal; third
finger slightly more than one and one-half times the length of the fore-
arm. Femora, tibiae and feet rather slender; calcanea about a fourth
as long again as the tibiae.

Membranes and Fur. — Membranes rather thin, but very tough and
leathery; propatagium deep, extending free to the thumb; endopata-
gium and mesopatagium with the longitudinal nerves very regularly
and completely distributed, endopatagium attached along the median
line of the body by a thin membrane, otherwise free except that ante-
riorly it is squarely attached across the shoulders and posteriorly it
is tightly attached from the middle of the femur to its margin shghtly
below the middle of the tibia; uropatagium large, the calcanea bound
down to the tibiae to a point opposite the attachment of the endopata-
gium, tail with the enclosed portion slightly exceeding the free apical
section. Fur woolly, evenly distributed over the visible and concealed
sections of the dorsal surface and also the entire venter; membranes
almost entirely covered with extremely fine short hair; muzzle and
lips with groups of distinctly setiform hairs.

Color.^ — General color vandyke-browai, membranes and ears with a
shght touch of blackish. It is quite probable that typical davyi will
be found to possess a rufous form, as two phases of coloration have been
found in almost all the other species and races of the Mormoopinae.
The distinct color phases of D. davyi fidvus are very marked, but pos-
sibly the more southern type possesses but one color form, or one
strongly predominating phase, a case of which is probably found in
Chilonycteris rubiginoso. and rubiginosa mexicana.

Skull. — Rather fragile ; rostrum considerably inflated and somewhat
depressed. Brain-case evenh' arched transversely and with a shght
longitudinal depression, dipping suddenly toward the rostrum; zygo-
mata widest posteriorly and without any distinct arcuation. Rostrum
very distinctly inflated, the greatest width over the posterior molars;
nasal depression broad, smoothly excavated. Mandible rather long,
the ascending ramus very low and weak ; coronoid and condylar pro-
cesses low, inconspicuous and equal in development; angle strongly
curved laterally and with a recurved tip.

^ From alcoholic specimens.

254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

Teeth. — Central pair of upper incisors broad with a straight, shghtly
bilobate cutting edge ; lateral upper incisor low, in basal outline equal
to the median tooth; upper canine slightly recurved; first upper pre-
molar subovate in basal outline, the greatest length of the tooth sub-
longitudinal ; second upper premolar subpentagonal in outline, trans-
verse, cusp distinct and caniniform, internal cingulum developed as a
distinct rim to a slightly excavated area; first and second upper
molars subquadrate, with the para-metaconoid ridges distinct and high,
the paracone developed as a distinct shoulder, protocone and hypocone
distinct, the former higher than the latter; third upper molar trans-
verse, para-metaconoid ridge deflected internally, protocone quite
distinct. Lower incisors obscurely tridentate, the median teeth in
size considerably exceeding the laterals which are crowded against
the canines ; lower canines erect, slightly curved and slightly tapering ;
first lower premolar subquadrate in basal outline, cusp longitudinal,
acute-angulate ; second lower premolar very small, circular in basal
outline, crowded between the first and third premolars and deflected
toward the lingual side of the tooth-row ; third lower premolar rather
elongate-quadrate, cusp rather high, acute; molars with the inter-
spaces deeply excavated, the paraconid and hj^poconid lower than
the other cusps.

Measurements. — Average of five Dominican specimens: Total length
70.8 (70-75) mm.; head and body 52.2 (51.3-53); head 18.9 (18.1-
19.5); ear 16 (15.5-17); tragus 4.8 (4.5-5.5); forearm 46.2 (45-48);
thumb 8.5 (8.1-9.1); third digit 77.4 (75-79); tibia 17.5 (17-18.1);
calcaneum 21.6 (19-24); foot 11.1 (10.8-11.5); tail 20.6 (18-22).

Average of two Dominican skulls: Total length 16.7 (16.5-17);
greatest zygomatic breadth 9.1 (9-9.3); interorbital width 4; height
at base of the second premolar 3.9 (3.8-4) ; height of brain-case 6.7
(6.4-7); width of palatal constriction 1.3; length of palate from ante-
rior foramina 7.1 (7-7.3) ; width of palate including teeth 6.2 (6.1-6.3) ;
greatest length of mandible 11.9 (11.6-12.3); breadth of brain-case
above roots of zygomata 8.3 (8.2-8.5).

Remarks. — This form is apparently uniform in size through its range,
as Wagner's measurements of the type of gymnonotus {I.e.) are not ma-
terially different from those of the Dominican series examined. The
typical form can readily be distinguished from davyi fulvus by the
larger size and the position and less crowded character of the first
upper premolar.

Specimens Examined. — Five alcoholic specimens. Dominica. [U. S.
N.M.]

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 255

Dermonotus davyi fulvus (Thomas).

1872. Pteronotus Davyi Peters, Monatsber. K. Preuss. Akad. Wissensch.,

Berlin, p. 361. [Brazil; Mexico.] (Part.)
1879. Chilonycteris davyi Alston, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Mamm., p. 36. [Mexico;

Venezuela; Trinidad; Brazil.] (Part.) |

1890. Pteronotus davyi J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Ill, p. 178.

[Plains of Colima, Mexico.]
1892. Ch[ilonycteris] Davyi fulvus Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Xat. Hist.,

6th ser., X, p. 410. [Las Penas, Jalisco, Mexico.]
1894. Pteronotus davyi J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., VI, p. 248.

[South shore of Lake Chapala, Michoacan, Mexico.] (Not of Gray.)
1902. D[ermonotus] fulvus Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, X^', p. 155.

Type Locality. — Las Penas, Jalisco, Mexico.

Distribution. — Specimens have been examined or recorded from
localities from Tehuantepec to the type locality in JaHsco on the west
coast, and from Apazote, Campeche, to Mirador, 'S^era Cruz, on the
Atlantic side.

General Characters. — Similar to D. fulvus, but the size is less and the
first upper premolar is more crowded and with the greatest length
transverse.

Head, membranes and other external characters as in Dermonotus
davyi.

Skull and Teeth. — Essentially as in D. davyi, except for the smaller
size and the crowded character of the first upper premolar. This tooth
is strongly crowded between the canine and second premolar, and in
consequence is twisted so that the greatest length is almost transverse.

Color. — Brown phase: Fur above vandyke-brown ; below ecru-drab,
the hair seal-brown basally. Membranes and ears clove-brown.
Rufous phase: Fur above rich tawny, below golden ochraceous, hair
cinnamon basally. Membranes and fur as in the rufous phase. From
the series examined it would appear that the individuals are equally
divided between the two phases.

Measurements. — ^Average of series : Total length [20]* 63.3 (59.7-73.5)
mm.; head and body [21] 47.2 (41.5-60.5); head [20] 17.1 (16-18.5);
ear [20] 14.9 (12.5-16); tragus [20] 4.7 (4.2-5); forearm [30] 44.1
(42.5-46) ; thumb [30] 7.3 (7-9) ; third digit [20] 74.7 (71-78) ; tibia
[30] 17.1 (16-19); calcaneum [18] 20 (18-23); foot [30] 9.9 (8.5-10.8);
tail [23] 20.5 (18-24.3).

Average of series of skulls: Total length [10] 15.5 (15-16); greatest
zygomatic width [9] 8.7 (8.2-9.3) ; interorbital width [10] 3.6 (3.5-3.9) ;
height at base of second premolar [11] 3.4 (3-3.9) ; height of brain-case
[8] 6.3 (6-6.8); width of palatal constriction [9] 1.3 (1.2-1.5); length
of palate from anterior foramina [9] 6.2 (6-6.5) ; width of palate in-

* Number of individuals in brackets.

256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

eluding teeth [11] 5.9 (5.8-6); greatest length of mandible [10] 11.7
(11.3-12.3); breadth of brain-case above roots of zygomata [9] 7.8
(7.4-8).

Remarks. — The slightly smaller general size and the character of
the first upper premolar will be found to separate this race from typical
davyi. The characters are, however, such that merely subspecific
rank should be accorded it. The range of variation in size in davyi
fulvus is ver}^ considerable, and does not appear to depend on sex or
locality.

Specimens Examined. — Thirty-one, eleven skins, twenty alcoholic
individuals :

Tehuantepec, Mexico. [U. S. N. M.] [6.]
Santa Efigenia, Tehuantepec, Mexico. [U. S. N. M.] [2.]
Apazote, Campeche, Mexico. [Biological Surv.] [1.]
San Andres Tuxtla, Vera Cruz, Mexico. [Biolog. Surv.] [11.]
Mirador, Vera Cruz, Mexico. [U. S. N. M.] [7.]
Acapulco, Guerrero, Mexico. [Biolog. Surv.] [2.]
• Hacienda Magdalena, Colima, Mexico. [Biolog. Surv.] [1.]
Plains of Cohma, Mexico. [A. M. N. H.] [1.]

1904.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 257

THE LARVAL EYE OF CHITONS.

BY HAROLD HEATH.

In Chiton polii, according to Kowalevski, and in Ischnockiton mag-
dalenensis, Trachydermon raymondi and Nidtallina thomasi the eyes
of the larvae become clearly defined about the time of the first appear-
ance of the shell. They are situated immediately behind the velum,
half-way up the sides of the body. Concerning their structure Kowa-
levski writes/ "They are characterized by the pigment deposited about
a central clear body, and are placed almost entirely upon the lateral
or branchial nerves." As the figures of this author show, each ocellus
at this time consists of a single cell imbedded in the epithelium covering
the body. In later stages this condition of affairs in the young of
Chiton polii becomes more complex. According to Kowalevski,
the pigmented body, with its clear included vesicle, retains its early
characters, but migrates "under the skin and upon the branchial
nerve. The ectodermic epithelium, situated above the eyes, presents
certain modifications which may be related to the function of the
ocellus; its cells are here very slender, more elongated than those
adjoining, their appearance is different, and it appears to me possible
that these cells play a certain role in the transmission of luminous
raj'S to the ocellus and perform the function of a cornea."

While working upon certain problems connected with the larval
development of chitons, I have many times noticed the ocelli in
several species. In those forms enumerated above, save Chiton polii,
I have traced these structures through all stages, from their first
development until their final disappearance ; and after the metamor-
phosis of the larva have determined their fate in Ischnochiton mertensii,
I. regularis, I. cooperi, Katharina tunicata and Tonicella lineata. In
its early stages in these species each eye appears essentially as described
by Kowalevski, and this state of affairs continues as long as the ocellus
may be distinguished. Under no circumstances does it become
subepithelial. In many cases the pigmented cell sinks somewhat be-
neath the general outer surface of the epithelium and is partially over-
arched by neighboring cells, but these are in no wise different from
those elsewhere in the skin and never give the impression of forming

^ " Embryogenie du Chiton polii (Philippi) avec quelques remarques sur le
developpement des autres Chitons," .1 nn. Mus. hist. nat. Marseille, T. I, No. 5.

17

258

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[March,

a lens or cornea. There is no reason to doubt the correctness of Kowa-
levski's observations, but the eye of Chiton polii is certainly not typi-
cal. On the other hand, the eyes of the chitons I have examined are
in their histological details essentially like those of the annelid trocho-
phore. In the latter organism they are placed in the velar field and
are innervated by nerves from the cerebral ganglia; in the chitons they
are posttrochal and are situated on the pallial cords. These facts,
however, may not be fatal to the theory that the ocelli of the larva of
these two phyla are homologous, especially in view^ of the fact that their
early development is almost identical. I have shown in another paper^

A. Section through ocellus and pallial cord of sexually mature Trachydermon
raymondi (6 nun. long). B. Anterior part of nervous system of Ischno-
chiton mertensii (4 mm. long); h.g., buccal ganglion; sr.g., subradular
ganglia; o., ocellus. C. Section through eye-spot of annelid (Sabella)
trochophore.

that the head vesicle, or the part of the chiton larva anterior to the
velum, "becomes transformed into part of the first valve of the shell,
the mantle and mantle furrow of the same region, and into the pro-
boscis." Now it is obvious that if the chiton eye were situated in
front of the velum, as in the annelids, it would be most unfavorably
placed after the metamorphosis. Under the circumstances the most
available situation would be the furrow about the proboscis, where it

^ "The Development of Ischnochiton," Zool. Jahrb., Bd. XII, 1S99, p. 630.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 259

would be continually obscured and would be practically useless even
if provided with special tentacles. It seems most reasonable to sup-
pose that as the structures characteristic of the chitons appeared in
the phylogenetic development, the eye-spots gradually shifted their
position into the present more favorable location.

Pelseneer' has made a detailed study of the larval eyes of some of
the Mytilidcc and the related genus Avicula. They arise in the embryo
behind the velum and on the base of the first gill-filament. "Each
eye is open, that is to say, an invagination of the skin, and consists of

pigmented epithelial cells The cavity is filled by an elongated

crystalline body continuous with the overlying cuticle They

have a structure intermediate between the eyes of Patella and Trochus,"
and are innervated by fibers from the cerebral ganglia. Pelseneer con-
siders that this type of eye and that of the chitons are homologous.
This assumption must rest entirely upon the fact that both are post-
trochal. They certainly are fundamentally different in structure.
Even with Chiton polii this is the case, and, furthermore, this organ in
the lamellibranchs is innervated by nerves from the cerebral ganglia,
and in the chitons by the pallial nerves. Thiele's* contention that the
eye of Area noce and the chiton eye are homologous rests upon the same
foundation as Pelseneer's argument. Both are behind the velum,
but fundamentally different structurally and in their innervation. As
the matter now stands, the theory that the chiton and the annelid eye
are homologous rests upon identity of structure ; while the chiton and
lamellibranch larval eye are supposed to be genetically related
because of similarity of position.

It is improbable that the eyes of chitons are functional only in the
larvae. In the three species studied before the metamorphosis the pig-
ment appears about twenty-four hours prior to the free-swimming
stage, which lasts from fifteen minutes to twenty-four hours, according
to conditions. After the metamorphosis, which ensues after the
embryos have settled, these sense organs in at least eight species
invariably persist for a considerable length of time. In fact, they
appear to remain as long as the shell and mantle are sufficiently trans-
parent to allow the light to penetrate, or until the animal is upward of
5 mm. in length. Some of the smaller species are at this time sexually
mature; while some of the larger forms are only one-fourth or even
one-tenth their adult size.

^ "Les yeux cephaliques cliez les Lamellibranches," Arch, de Biol., T. 16.
* "Ueber Sinnesorgane der Seitenlinie und das Nervensystem von Mollusken,"
Zeit. f. IV. Zool, Bd. XLIX.

260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADE\[Y OF [Marcll

March 15.

The President, Samuel G. Dixox, ^I.D., in the Chan*.

Eighteen persons present.

The death of William M. Canby, a member, ]\Iarch 10, 1904, was
announced.

The Publication Committee reported that a paper entitled "A Revi-
sion of the Mammalian Genus Macrotus." by James A. G. Rehn, iiad
been presented for publication (March 11).

James A. Nelson, Ph.D., made a communication on the life-history,
structure, and relationships of Dinophilus, a primitive annelid worm.
It was presented for pubhcation under the title "The Early Develop-
ment of Dinophilus: A Study in Cell-Lineage."

Henry Tucker and Waldemar Lee were elected members.

The following was ordered to be printed:

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 261

DESCRIPTIONS OF NORTH AMERICAN ARANEiE OF THE FAMILIES
LYCOSID^ AND PISAURID^:.!

' BY THOMAS H. MONTGOMERY, JR.

A very considerable number of species of spiders of the families
Lycosidffi and Pisam-ida? have been described from North America,
but for the most the descriptions have barely diagnostic worth. At
the present time it is practically impossible to identify most of the
species of Walckenaer, Blackwall, Hentz and some others, because
some of their species are so insufficiently described that a particular
description applies equally well to a number of species. By far the
most thorough work so far is that of KeyserHng. When the American
species are better known than they are at present we shall be in better
position to identify the species named by the earlier writers, for then
the identification can be done by the process of ehmination. The
more deeply one enters into the closely intergrading species of the
Lycosidai especially, the more doubtful seems to be the character of
attempts to recognize poorly described forms. Nearly the whole
southeastern section of the United States and the greater part of the
region west of the Mississippi river have been untouched by modern
arachnologists; with such a hiatus in the material for comparison, it
would be unscientific to make sure of the status of species known only
by inadequate diagnoses. It is right to attempt, as far as possible,
to recognize the species of earlier writers, but not to uphold names when
the type specimens are lost and when the type descriptions are not
decisive. When all the species are known, the trial can be undertaken
of determining the earlier species.

The Lycosidffi and Pisauridffi are particularly interesting groups
because of the difficulties in the way of their study. Not only do
the species intergrade closely, but there is very considerable individual
variation apart from geographical variation, and the genera are as
difficult to define sharply as are the species. No groups are better
adapted to prove the idea that the species, as the higher groups, are but
concepts, and their dehmitation necessary purely for purposes of de-

T^tributions from the Zoological Laboratory of the University of Texas,
No. .57.

262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

scription and interpretation. What is needed above all, as the pre-
liminary to any morphological or Inroad ethological study of them,
are full and ample descriptions of the structure— of the external geni-
talia, together with the form and proportions of the cephalothorax, the
mouth parts and the legs. The number of the teeth on the tarsal claws
is of no value, for it is subject to great individual variation, as has been
shown by ni}^ student, Mr. Carl Hartmann. The number of teeth
on the chelicera is of more importance, but must be used cautiously
and at the most as a specific character, for I have found a specimen
of TrocJiosa purcelli where one cheliceron differed in the number of
its teeth from the other. The number of spines on the joints of the
legs may not be greatly subject to individual variation, but in very
closely related species it ma}^ differ, as e.g., the spines of the ventral
surface of tibia I in Pardosa. Characters of the relative position of
the eyes are decidedly variable in different individuals of some species,
apparently constant in some others. Again, some species, particularly
of Trochosa and Pirata, show consideral^le secondary sexual structural
differences. And the epigyna even, perhaps the best of any single
structural character, are often variable in their form.

In the present paper I give descriptions of the structure of all those
species seen by me, with figures of the genitalia in those cases where
they have not been figured before or where the figures have been badly
made, and descriptions of the color and dimensions only in the case of
new species or where preceding descriptions were not detailed. Where
such descriptions conflict with those of my previous papers, thej- are to
be considered as emendations of the latter. In the measurements of
the legs the coxse are included; and b}^ the term "height of the head
in front" is meant the distance from the inferior margin of the clypeus
to the superior border of the eyes of the second row. Onl}^ writers
who have given descriptions are included in the synonymical list of
each species. All the species previously described by me are described
again, but in their structure much more in detail than before; also
all the species described by Emerton (1885), except his Lycosa nigro-
ventris and Pirata insularis, are described ; and in the Keys all the spe-
cies from the continent of North America described by Kej'serling
(1876) are included. No species have been considered from the North
American continent south of the United States. With great care I
have gone over again the previous descriptions of all the species from
this region, but unfortunately the following papers were inaccessible
to me: Banks (1894a), Blackwall (1846, 1871), Cragin, Giebel (1869),
Girard (1854) and Thorell (1872). Doubtless on accoimt of these

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263

missing papers some mistakes will be found to have crept into the
identification of certain species.

My thanks are due to the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia, and to Mr. Witmer Stone in particular, for the loan of all of
their type specimens; and especially to Mr. J. H. Emerton, who not only
loaned me a considerable number of specimens, but also by correspond-
ence aided me very materially in the question of the synonymy of cer-
tain species: thus he pointed out the identity of his Pardosa hrunnea,
albomaculata and montana with species described by Thorell; of my
Lycosa ocreata pidchra with his Pardosa hilineata, and of my Lycosa
stonei with the Lycosa ocreata of Hentz.

In regard to the genera I have employed, I must candidly admit
that the delimitation of the genera was the most difficult part of the
whole study. Simon (lS98a) has withdrawn both Trochosa and Pirata
into Lycosa, wdiile I maintain their separateness, and this because these
two genera intergrade no more closely with Lycosa than does Pardosa,
so that if Pardosa is to be upheld, the others must likewise be. It is
a question of either making one large comprehensive genus, and for
purposes of description subdividing it into a number of subgenera, or
of recognizing as many genera. In either case the boundaries of the
groups, be they called subgenera or genera, are equally difficult to
define. A new genus, Geolycosa, is proposed for forms which differ
from Lycosa by the length and thickness of the first pair of legs. Par-
dosa is composed of rapidly running, usually or always diurnal species,
of small size with great length of legs and large ocular area and small
chelicera; they are essentially Lycosids which have become diurnal
runners. Geolycosa is the very opposite, large forms with strong legs
and jaws fitted for digging the deep cylindrical holes in which they
live. Some of the species of Pirata are peculiar in forming small closed
nests in which they pass the winter, little cups of silks attached to the
under surface of stones. They are generally found close to water.
The species of Trochosa are nocturnal, living under stones, where they
apparently make no excavations. Sosippus, according to Simon,
builds a large web-sheeting. Aulonia has the habits of Pirata, and
is closely related to it. Lycosa is for the most part nocturnal, and
many of the species build shallow excavations lined with silk under
stones; others are, in the breeding season at least, diurnal, such as
scutulata and ocreata, and these are forms which approach Pardosa in
their structure. So we find that the structure corresponds pretty
closely to the habit: long legs in the diurnal species, high cephalic
region in the running and digging species, and low in the sedentary

264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

forms wliich do not form holes; weak cheUcera and short lal:)ium asso-
ciated with slender legs; large eye area is found in the diurnal species,
while small eye area is associated with tubicolous forms and species
with very short legs. So the genera here defined are based upon both
morphological and ethological characters.

Finally, this paper is by no means a comprehensive monograph,
but is intended to be a help to the one who comes later with sufficient
material at his disposal to make the monograph.

Family LYCOSID^.

Trochanters deeply emarginated below at their distal ends. Legs
usually in the order IV, I, II, III. Inferior tarsal claw usually without
teeth. Eyes homogeneous, usually unequal and in three rows, the
eyes of the first generally smaller than the others. Palpal tibia of cJ^
without apophyses.

Family PISAURIDiE.

With the characters of the Lycosidce, except that the palpal tibia of
the o' has apophyses, that the inferior tarsal claws are usually toothed,
that legs I, II and IV usually differ but little in length, and that the
four posterior eyes are more nearly in a line.

Key to the North American Genera of Lycosid.e.

a. 1. — Tibia I with 5 ventral pairs of spines, eyes of the first row sub-
contiguous SOSILAUS.

a. 2. — Tibia I Avith 1-4 ventral pairs of spines, eyes of the first row not
subcontiguous.
h. 1. — Metatarsus IV in both sexes longer than the patella and
tibia combined, eyes of the second row at least 1.5 times
their diameter apart, sides of the head nearly or quite
vertical, chelicera weak and nearly straight in front,
dorsal eye area quite or almost one-quarter the length

of the cephalothorax, Pardosa.

h. 2. — Without such a combination of characters.

c. 1. — Posterior spinnerets fully 1.5 times as long as the an-
terior, chelicera weak with the anterior border nearly
straight.
(1. 1. — Posterior margin of the chelicoi-a with 4 teeth,

Sosippus.

d. 2. — Posterior margin of the chelicera with 2 or 3 teeth.

e. 1. — First eye row quite or almost as broad as the

second, labium longer than broad, sides of

head not vertical in the 9 , . . Pirata.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 265

c. 2. — First eye row shorter than the second, labium

not longer than wide, sides of the head

vertical, head projecting forward beyond

the clypeus.

/. 1. — Metatarsus IV equal in length to the

patella and tibia combined, dorsal eye

area fully one-third the length of the

cephalothorax Trab.ea.

/. 2. — jMetatarsus IV shorter than patella and
tibia combined, dorsal eye area less
than one-quarter the length of the

cephalothorax Aulonia.

c. 2. — Posterior spinnerets little or not longer than the an-
terior, chelicera usually robust with the anterior
border arched.
d. 1. — Leg I shorter than IV by not more than one-half
the length of tarsus I, and thicker than the other

legs, Geolycosa.

d. 2. — Leg I without such characteristics.

e. 1. — Cephalothorax highest at the middle and the
sides of the head oblique, first eye row
fully or almost as broad as the second, legs
usually short with short spines, Trochosa.
e. 2. — Cephalothorax highest in the cephalic region,
first eye row usuallj^ shorter than the sec-
ond, legs usually long with long spines,

Lycosa .

Genus SOSILAUS Simon, 1898a.

I have not seen this genus, which was created by Simon for a species
(S. spinigcr) from Louisiana. His diagnosis is: "Cephalothorax
postice convexus, antice longe declivis et attenuatus, facie sat angusta,
obliqua atque obtusa. Oculi quatuor antici inter se subcontigui, in
lineam leviter recurvam, medii lateralibus saltern duplo majores.
Oculi ser, 2 mediocres, inter se appropinquati, spatium transversum
oculorum linea antica multo angustius occupantes. Pars labialis
longior quam latior, attenuata et obtusa. Pedes sat longi, metatarsis
tarsisque tenuibus longis hand scopulatis, tibiis anticis aculeis pronis
5-5 metatarsis aculeis similibus 3-3 subtus armatis, aculeis que laterali-
b\is minoribus munitis."

Genus AULONIA C. Koch, 1848.
Aulonia humicola (Montg.). Pi. XX, fig. 33.

Pirata humicolus Montgomery. 1902, 1903.
IPirata mimitus Emerton, 1SS.5.

Numerous specimens from Pennsylvania and New Jersey.

£'?/<?s.— First row shorter than the second on each side by the full

266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

diameter of one of its lateral eyes, its middle eyes slightly nearer to the
lateral eyes than to each other, about double the size of the lateral
and placed a little higher. Eyes of the second row very large, separated
from each other by about four-fifths their diameter. Third eye row
slightly wider than the second. Length of dorsal eye area to cephalo-
thorax as 1 : 4.5. Quadrilateral of the posterior eyes broader than
long.

Form. — Cephalothorax in front less than one-half its greatest trans-
verse diameter, low and flattened above, highest just anterior to the
middle, its posterior declivity describing an angle of 45° with its dorsal
contour. Sides of head vertical. Chehcera with 3 pairs of teeth,
shorter than the wadth of the clypeus, their length about 1.5 times
the height of the head in front. Posterior spinnerets about 1.5 times
as long as the anterior, with the terminal joint longer than wide.
Labium about as broad as long, rounded apically. Metatarsus W
shorter than patella and tibia combined. Length of leg IV to cephalo-
thorax ( 9 ) as 3.4 : 1. The first two eye rows project forward beyond
the clypeus. 9 palpal claw with 6 fine teeth.

Comparisons. — This minute species agrees essentially with Simon's
(1898a) diagnosis of Aulonia, except that the first row of eyes is less
strongly procurved. It differs from Pirata, as I define it, in the sides
of the head being vertical, and the labium being no longer than wide.

Genus TRAB^SIA Simon, 1S76.
Trabaea aurantiaca (Emert.). PL XX, figs. 31, 32.

Aulonia aurantiaca Emerton, 1S85.
Trabcea aurantiaca (Emerton), Simon, 1898.

(1 c? from Massachusetts, collected by Mr. Emert on.)
Eyes. — First row shorter than the second, eyes equal, middle eyes
nearer to each other than to the lateral and higher than the latter.
Eyes of the second row very large, on prominences, slightly less than
their diameter apart. Third row slightly wider than the second, its
eyes on prominences and directed backward. Dorsal eye area fully
one-third the length of the cephalothorax. Quadrilateral of the pos-
terior eyes as long as broad.

Form. — Cephalothorax in front truncated and almost one-half its
greatest transverse diameter, the cephahc portion projecting forward
beyond the clypeus, highest at the ocular area. The sides of the head
vertical, head narrower at the clypeus than at the level of the eyes of
the second row. Chelicera with 3 pairs of teeth (not 2 as stated by
Simon, lS9Sa), slender and weak, their length less than the greatest
height of the head, but greater than the width of the clypeus. Labium

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 267

broader than long. Sternum longer than broad, pointed posteriorly.
Posterior spinnerets about t-^ice as long as the anterior. Tarsi w-ithout
scopulse; metatarsus IV as long as patella and tibia combined. Length
of leg IV to cephalothorax as 4 : 1.

Comparisons. — ^This genus approaches both Aidonia and Pardosa.

Genus PARDOSA C. Koch, 184S.

The main distinguishing characters of this genus are those men-
tioned in the Key, namely: Metatarsus IV longer than patella
and tibia combined; eyes of the second row at least 1.5 times their
diameter apart ; sides of the head more or less vertical ; chelicera weak
and nearly straight in front (their length not more than one and
three-fifths times the height of the head in front, with 3 pairs of teeth) ;
and the dorsal eye area quite or almost one-quarter the length of the
cephalothorax. Further, the cephalothorax is always highest at the
posterior eyes, and in front not more than one-half its greatest trans-
verse diameter; and the legs are long and slender with long spines,
the fourth leg never less than 4.2 times the length of the cephalothorax,
and very frequently the legs are proportionately longer in the females
than in the males (the reverse being the case in the other genera) . The
labium is small, not one-half the length of the maxillae, and usually
not longer than wide (except in mercurialis, glacialis and groenlandica).
The posterior spinnerets are longer than the anterior, and the first eye
row always shorter than the second. The d^ palpal organ is usually
very large. Tibia I has either 3 or 4 pairs of ventral spines.

The relationships of the genus are with Trahcea and Lycosa.

Key to Species of Pardosa.

a. 1. — Dorsal eye area more than one-quarter the length of the cepha-
lothorax, cephalothorax less than 3 mm.
b. 1. — Coxse above without spots, middle eyes of the first row

largest, scita.

b. 2. — Coxse above spotted with black, eyes of the first row
adequal.
c. 1. — Median thoracal band much narrowed behind the dor-
sal groove, body dark colored, .... minima.
c. 2. — Median band of cephalothorax with nearly parallel

margins, body pale colored, pallida.

a. 2. — Dorsal eye area not more than one-quarter the length of the
cephalothorax.
b. 1. — Cephalothorax from 3.S-5 mm. in length.

c. 1. — All the joints of the legs except the tarsi thickly cov-
ered with fine long hairs, groenlandica.

c. 2. — Hairs on the legs short, glacialis.

268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

b. 2. — Cephalothorax from 2.2-3.5 mm. in length.

c. 1. — Stern mn not darker than the cox», . . . pauxiUa.
c. 2. — Sternum much darker than the coxa^.

d. 1. — Cephalothorax with distinct median and sub-
marginal light bands.
c. 1. — Cephalothorax in front one-half its greatest
transverse tliameter, flavipcs Keyserling.
(?. 2. — Cephalothorax in front less than one-half its
greatest transverse diameter.
/. 1. — Legs hairy, posterior half of abdominal
dorsum with scattered light spots,

77iercurialis.
f. 2. — Legs with very few hairs, posterior half
of abdominal dorsum with a row of
5-6 large transverse light spots,

nigropalpis.
(L 2. — Cephalothorax without a light submarginal band,
and with the median band indistinct,
c. 1. — Coxse, trochanters and femora above darker
than the other joints of the legs,

lapidicina.
e. 2. — Coxae, trochanters and femora not darker
than the other joints of the legs,

iachypoda.

Pardosa pauxilla n. sp. PI. XIX, figs. 22, 23.

(Numerous males and females, Austin, Texas.)

Eyes. — First row nearer the second than the margin of the clypeus,
shorter than the second, the middle eyes higher and twice as large as
the lateral. Eyes of second row largest, about 1.75 times their diame-
ter apart. Dorsal eye area one-fourth the length of the cephalo-
thorax. Quadrilateral of the posterior eyes wider than long.

Form. — Cephalothorax in front trmicated and not Cjuite one-half its
greatest transverse diameter, highest at the posterior ej'cs. The head
is steep on the sides, proportionately much higher in the male. The
chelicera are shorter than the width of the clypeus, M-eak, not more
than L3 times the height of the head in front. Sternum longer than
broad. Labium wider than long, apically rounded, less than one-half
the length of the maxillse. The legs are long and slender, leg IV to the
cephalothorax, c? 4:1, 9 4.2 : 1; metatarsus IV longer than the
patella and tibia combined. Posterior spinnerets fully 1.5 times the
length of the anterior. $ palpal claAV with 3 teeth. Four ventral
pairs of spines on tibia I. c? palpus large, quite as long as the cephalo-
thorax, tibia and tarsus thickened, two rows of long hairs on the
inferior surface of the femur; tibia and tarsus with long hairs on the
median and lateral aspects.

1904.] * NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. * 269

Dimensions. c $

Cephalothorax, l.S 2-2.9

Abdomen 2 2- .3.5

Leg 1 5..5 6.3-10

Leg II o.-t 5.5- 9.9

Leg III 5 5.4- 9.2

Leg IV, 7 8.8-13

Color of Males (in alcohol). — Cephalothorax deep black in the eye
region and forehead, this black becoming brown more posteriorly; a
median yellow band arises at the dorsal groove and passes back (be-
coming gradually wider) to the posterior end of the thorax; on each
side is a broad siibmarginal yellow band; the extreme margin is black.
Sternum clear yellow, or suffused with black on its anterior half.
Abdomen above deep black or brown. In light individuals there is a
median yellow band, broadest anteriorly, extending the whole length
of the dorsum, bordered anteriorly by four }mirs of small black dots,
and posteriorly Ijanded by transverse lines of yellow wider than the
band itself. In dark individuals the dorsum is deep black, with only
a trace of the median band at the anterior end. Sides gray and the
venter yellow in one specimen ; in the others the venter is more or less
blackish with a black mark at the genital aperture, and a Inroad median
black bantl. Chelicera, maxilUe and labium deep black to yellowish.
Legs clear yellow without rings, with more or less black on the first
femora. Palpi deep Ijlack.

Color of Females (in alcohol). — Cephalothorax with the ocular region
deep black and the forehead yellow. A median yellow band arises
narrowl}' between the third eyes, shortly behind enlarges to a diam-
eter somewhat less than the distance between these eyes, narrows again
in front of the dorsal groove, enlarges again ver}^ slightly around this
groove, and then passes back, becoming narrower, to the posterior end
of the thorax. Medio-posteriorly from each eye of the third row a short-
brown line obliquely incises the median band. The median band is
bordered on each side by a broader brown band transversed by radial
lines of black. On each side is a broad submarginal j^ellow band,
narrower than the contiguous brown band, which joins with its fellow
of the opposite side below the anterior e3'es. Sternum yellow like the
coxae, sometimes with indistinct darker marginal mai'kings. Abdomen
above quite variable, either (1) with a broad shining yellow median band
along its entire length, containing in its anterior half a narrower green-
ish-yellow band terminating in a point at the middle, the latter band
with four black spots on each margin; or (2) the greenish-yellow

270 * PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF '[March,

median band is not enclosed by a broader yellow one, and behind it is
either a silvery (or yellowish) band with scalloped margins extending
back to the spinnerets, or else a series of contiguous spots of one of
these colors, each containing a pair of minute black dots. The median
light area of the dorsum is bordered on each side by a broader black
band, mottled with yellowish. The sides are gray or yellowish,
streaked with black. Venter grayish-yellow, spinnerets clear yellow,
epigynum reddish. Chelicera, maxillce and lahium yellowish. Legs
yellow, distinctly ringed with black or brown on all joints except the
tarsi. Palpi yellow, sometimes with black markings on the femora.

Comparisons. — This species approaches most nearly to pallida and
minima, but differs from both in genitalia and coloration. The sexes
are very dissimilarly colored, and sometimes show great differences
in size.

Habits. — A common species, found always near water, the males
abundant.

Fardosa mercurialis n. sp. PI. XIX, figs. 20, 21.

(Numerous specimens from Austin, Texas.)

Eyes. — First row nearer the second than to the clypeal margin,
straight, slightly shorter than the second, middle eyes largest, eyes
equidistant. Eyes of second row largest, nearly twice their diameter
apart. Third row widest, its eyes almost twice their diameter behind
the second row. Dorsal eye area almost one-fourth the length of
the cephalothorax. Quadrilateral of the posterior eyes slightly
broader than long.

Form. — Cephalothorax in front not quite one-half its greatest trans-
verse diameter, highest in the cephalic region, sides of head steep.
Chelicera weak, longer than the width of the clypeus, with three pairs
of teeth. Sternum longer than broad. Labium considerably less than
one-half the length of the maxillse, slightly longer than broad, rounded
apically. Posterior spinnerets longest. Legs very long and slender,
metatarsus IV longer than tibia and patella, combined ; length of leg IV
to the cephalothorax, 6^ 4.8 : 1, 9 5.8 : 1. Tibia I with four ventral
pairs of spines. $ palpal claw with three teeth.

Color of Females (in alcohol). — Cephalothorax above l^lack in the eye
area, followed by a broad reddish-yellow median band, which is con-
stricted before the middle, enlarged to fully the diameter of the e^-e
area around the dorsal groove (its wndest portion), and narrowed to
one-half that width behind the dorsal groove. There is a broad in-
terrupted submarginal line of the same color, the region between these

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 271

yellow bands being blackish. Sternum deep black, frequently with a
median yellow band on its anterior half. Abdomen above intricately
but distinctly patterned with black and greenish-yellow, as follows : on
the anterior half of the dorsum is a broad median band, ending bluntly
at the middle, yellow anteriorly and brown posteriorly and containing
in its anterior portion a pair of short black stripes; behind this
band are groups of small black dots on a yellow ground, the more pos-
terior of them tending to form ill-defined transverse rows. The sides
are yellow with black dots. The venter gray or yellow, blackish
aromid the epigynum, sometimes with a narrow median blackish line
that occasionally widens to form a spot in front of the spinnerets.
Chelicera reddish-brown, maxillce and labium lighter. Legs above dis-
tinctly banded with yellow and blackish on all the joints except the
tarsi, the femora greenish below. Palpi j^ellowish.

Color of Males. — Like the females, but somewhat darker, and with
the palpal tarsus black.

In life the markings are gray and black, making the animal very pro-
tectively colored; in alcohol the gray changes to yellow.

Dimensions. c? ?

Cephalothorax, 3 3.2

Abdomen, 3 4

Leg 1 11 13.5

Leg II, 10.5 13

Leg III, 10.2 13

Leg IV, 14.5 18.5

Comparisons. — This species comes closest to lapidicina Em., but is
separable from it on account of the following characters : The posterior
transverse plate of the epigynum is always much narrower, and the
(5^ palpal organ with a large tooth not present in lapidicina; smaller
absolute size, while the length of the legs is proportionately greater;
the lighter coloring of the dorsal surface and the different abdominal
pattern.

Habits. — The most abundant Lycosid in the vicinity of Austin,
diurnal, and running with great swiftness. Usually found close to
water.

Pardosa pallida Emerton.

Pardosa pallida Emerton, 1885.

Pardosa pallida Emerton, Montgomery, 1903.

(19 from Massachusetts.)

Eyes (9). — First row straight, nearer the second row than to the
margin of the clypeus, eyes adequal and equidistant. Eyes of second

272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

row largest, almost twice their diameter apart. Length of dorsal eye
area to cephalothorax as 1 : 3.75. Quadrilateral of the posterior eyes
as long as wide.

Form ( Q ). — Cephalothorax highest at the posterior eyes, in front
truncated antl almost one-half its greatest transverse diameter, the
sides of the head steep. Chelicera with 8 pairs of teeth, weak, as long
as the width of the clypeus, their length 1.5 times the height of the head
in front. Labium wider than long, apically truncated, not one-half the
length of the maxillae. Sternum longer than broad, truncated behind.
Posterior spinnerets nearly double the length of the anterior. Meta-
tarsus IV longer than the patella and tibia combined ; leg W to the
cephalothorax as 4.4 : 1 ; tiljia I with 3 pairs of ventral spines.

Pardosa lapidicina Emerton. PL XIX, fig. 24.

Pardosa lapidicina Emerton. 1S85.

Pardosa lapidicina Emerton, Montgomery, 1903.

(Specimens from AVood's Hole, Massachusetts.)

Eyes. — First row shorter than the second, straight, equidistant from
the second row and the clypcal margin, the middle eyes larger and
nearer to the lateral eyes than to each other. Eyes of the second row
largest, twice their diameter apart. I>ength of the dorsal eye area
to the cephalothorax as 1 : 4.5. Quadrilateral of the posterior eyes
decidedly broader than long.

Form. — Cephalothorax highest at the posterior e^-es, in front trun-
cated and less than one-half its greatest transverse diameter, the sides
of the head moderately steep. Chelicera with 3 pairs of teeth, shorter
than the width of the clypeus, in length L75 times the height of the
head in front. Labium a little longer than wide, not one-half the
length of the maxillae, slighth' rounded apically. Sternum longer
than broad. Posterior spinnerets longest. Metatarsus IV longer than
the patella and tibia combined; length of leg 1\ to cephalothorax,
c? 4.5 : 1, 9 5 :L ? palpal claw with 3 teeth. Tibia I with 4
ventral pairs of spines.

Pardosa scita Montg.

Pardosa scita Montgomery, 1902.

(Specimens from Pennsjdvania.)

Eyes. — First row narrower than the second, much nearer the second
row than to the margin of the clypeus, straight, middle eyes larger, eyes
ec^uidistant. Eyes of second row largest, twice their diameter apart.
Length of dorsal eye area to cephalothorax as 1 : 3.5. Quadrilateral
of the posterior eyes slightly broader than long.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273

Form. — Cephalothorax highest at the posterior eyes, m front trun-
cated and less than one-half its greatest transverse diameter. Che-
licera with 3 pairs of teeth, weak, nearly straight in front, shorter than
the width of the clypeus, in length 1.3 the height of the head in front.
Labium broader than long, apically rounded, not one-half the length
of the maxillae. Sternum longer than broad. Posterior spinnerets
nearly 1.5 times the length of the anterior. Length of leg 1\ to
cephalothorax, d^ 5 : 1 ; metatarsus lY longer than patella and tilna
combined. Tibia I with 4 ventral pairs of spines.

Pardosa minima (Keys.).

Lycosa minivia Keyserling, 1876.
Pardosa albopatella Emerton, 1885.
Pardosa albopatella Emerton, Stone, 1890.
Pardosa minima (Keys.), Montgomery, 1902.

(Specimens from Pennsylvania and Massachusetts.)

Eyes (cJ*). — First row narrower than the second, straight, shghtly
nearer the second row than to the margin of the clypeus, middle eyes
nearer the lateral than each other. Dorsal eye area to cephalothorax
as 1 : 3.5. Quadrilateral of the posterior eyes broader than long.
Eyes of the second row largest, separated by 1.75 times their diameter.

Form (&). — Cephalothorax highest at the posterior eyes, in front
truncated and less than one-half its greatest transverse diameter,
sides of head steep. Chelicera with 3 pairs of teeth, shorter than the
width of the clypeus, in length 1.5 times the height of the head in front.
Labium at the base as wide as long, truncated apically, not one-half the
length of the maxillse. Sternum longer than broad. Posterior spin-
nerets longest. Length of leg IV to cephalothorax as 4.3 : 1 ; meta-
tarsus IV longer than patella and tibia combined. Tibia I with 4
ventral pairs of spines.

Comparison. — This species is most closely related to nigropalpis.
The c? of minima can be readily distinguished from that of nigropalpis
in having the palpal patella entirely white instead of deep black, in
the different coloration of the legs, and in the difference in size of the
eye area. But the females of the two are much more difficult to dis-
tinguish, and there is no good structural difference in the structure of
the epigyna. In the $ of 7ninima it is the usual case that the palpal pa-
tella has no dark spots below (they are usually present in iiigropalpis) ;
the sternum is brown (never deep black) with a yellow median lire
anteriorly and a broader black one posteriorly and with some black on
the margins (in nigropalpis in the majority of specimens deep black
with a yellow median line anteriorly) ; the femora below usually yellow
18

274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Marcll,

spotted with black (in nigropalpis iisiialh' blackish) ; finally the cepha-
lothoracal median yellow band usually encloses a broad rcddish-browai
area at its anterior end (usually not so in nigropolpis) . Of all these
differences the only one that appears to be constant is the first. Min-
ima averages smaller in size, but then nigropalpis is very variable in
this respect; and nigropalpis has generally the dark annulations on
the legs much more distinct, but some individuals of minima from
Wood's Hole, Massachusetts, have the legs just as distinctly banded.

Pardosa glacialis (Thor.). PL XIX. fig. 25

Lycosa glacialis Tliorell, 1S72.
Pardosa brunnea Emerton, 1885.

(Specimens from Mt, Washington, New Hampshire.)
Eyes. — First row narrower than the second, nearer to the second
row than the clypeal margin, middle eyes larger and distinctly lower.
Eyes of second row largest, separated by fully 1.5 times their diameter.
Dorsal eye area to cephalothorax as 1 : 4.5. Quadrilateral of the
posterior eyes broader than long.

Form. — Cephalothorax highest at the posterior eyes, in front less
than one-half its greatest transverse diameter, sides of head rather
vertical. Chelicera wdth three pairs of teeth, longer than the breadth
of the clypeus, in length 1.5 times the height of the head in front.
Labium longer than broad, rounded at the tip, not one-half the length
of the maxillae. Sternum longer than broad, pointed behind. Pos-
terior spinnerets about 1.5 times as long as the anterior. Metatarsus
IV slightly longer than patella and tibia combined, leg IV to cephalo-
thorax as 4.3 : 1, the legs rather hairy with weak scopula?. 9 palpal
claw with 4 teeth. Tibia I with 3 ventral pairs of spines.

Pardosa groenlandica (Thor.).

Lycosa groenlandica Thorell, 1872.
Pardosa albomaculata Emerton, 1885.

(Specimens from Mt. Washington, New Hampshire.)
Eyes. — First row shorter than the second, much nearer to it than to
the clypeal margin, about straight, eyes adequal. Eyes of the second
row largest, about 1.5 times their diameter apart. Dorsal eye area to
length of cephalothorax as 1 : 4.5. Quadrilateral of the middle eyes
broader than long.

Form. — Cephalothorax highest at the posterior eyes, in front one-
half its greatest transverse diameter, sides of the head steep. Chelicera
with 3 pairs of teeth, in length more than the width of the clypeus and
1.5 times the height of the head in front. Labium longer than broad,
truncated apically, not one-half the length of the maxillse. Sternum

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275

longer than broad, pointed behind. Metatarsus IV longer than the
patella and tibia combined. Leg IV to cephalothorax as 4.4 : 1.
Posterior spinnerets 1.5 times the length of the anterior. 9 palpal
claw with 5 teeth. The legs and upper surface of the l^ody are thickly
clothed with long, soft hairs. Tibia I with 3 ventral pairs of spmes.

Pardosa tachypoda Thor. PI. XIX, fig. 26.

Pardom tachypoda Thorell, 1872.
Pardosa montana Emerton, 1885.
Pirata procursus Montgomery, 1902.

(1 ? from Mt. Washington, New Hampshire.)

Eyes ( 9 ). — First row shorter than the second and nearer it than to
the clypeal margin, eyes adecfual, middle eyes distinctly lower. Eyes
of second row largest, about 1.6 their diameter apart. Length of
tlorsal eye area to cephalothorax as 1 : 4.2. Quadrilateral of the pos-
terior eyes broader than long.

Form ( 9 ). — Cephalothorax highest at the posterior eyes, in front
decidedly less than one-half its greatest transverse diameter, sides
of the head rather oblique. Chelicera with 3 pairs of teeth, as long as
the width of the clypeus, rather strong. Sternum longer than broad,
pointed behind. Posterior spinnerets longer than the anterior.
Labium wider than long, rounded apically, not one-half the length of
the maxilla^. Third leg as long as the first ; metatarsus IV longer than
patella and tibia combined ; leg IV to cephalothorax as 4.4 : 1.

Pardosa nigropalpis Emerton.

Pardosa nigropalpis Emerton, 1885.
Pardosa nigropalpis Emerton, Stone, 1890.
Pardosa nigropalpis Emerton, Montgomery, 1902.

(Numerous specimens from Pennsylvania, Massachusetts, New
Jersey and Austin, Texas.)

Eyes. — First row shorter than the second, straight, nearer it than to
the margin of the clypeus, middle eyes slightly larger and nearer the
lateral eyes than to each other. Eyes of second row largest, 1.5 times
their diameter apart. Dorsal eye area one-fourth the length of the
cephalothorax. Quadrilateral of the posterior eyes broader than long.

Form. — Cephalothorax highest at the posterior eyes, in front trun-
cated and less than one-half its greatest transverse diameter. Sides
of the head steep. Chelicera with 3 pairs of teeth, weak, nearly straight
anteriorly, shorter than the width of the clypeus and 1.3 times the
height of the head in front. Labium shorter than broad, rounded
apically, not one-half the length of the maxillae. Sternum longer than
broad, pointed behind. Posterior spinnerets fully 1.5 times the length
of the inferior. Length of leg IV to cephalothorax, c? 4.5 : 1, 9 5:1.

276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

Metatarsus IV longer than patella and tibia coml^incd. Tibia I witli 4
ventral pairs of spines. ? palpal claw with 1 small tooth.

Comparisons. — ^This species comes very close to Lycosa {Pardoso]
flavipes Keyserhng, and appears to differ from it mainly in that the
leg IV is not longer than I by double the length of metatarsus TV.
Compare also P. minima.

The Texas specimens are lighter than the northern ones, and the
venter is often without black markings.

Genus SOSIPPUS Simon, 1888. '

The North American species of this genus described by Simon (S.
floridamis) has not been seen by me. The posterior spinnerets are
longer than the anterior, with the apical joint as long or almost as
long as the basal and garnished with fusules on its inner siu'face; the
labium is longer than wide and quite one-half the length of the maxillce ;
the posterior margin of the chelicera has 4 teeth. The face is vertical
only in the plane of the anterior eyes. The legs are long, the anterior
tarsi and metatarsi usually scopulated. metatarsus 1\ as long as the
patella and tibia combined. First row of eyes broader than the second,
the lateral eyes as large or larger than the middle ones. The integu-
ment is covered with plumed hairs. The sides of the head are nearly
vertical.

Evidently this genus is most closely allied to Pirata. Thev spin a
large web like that of an Agalena.

Genus LYCOSA Latreille, 1804 (ad partem).

I have followed Simon (1898) in defining this genus, except that I
have excluded from it Pirata and Trochosa.

The main characters are the following : The cephalothorax is highest
in the cephalic portion (except in the d^ of charonoides) , and the sides
of the head usually only moderately oblique; the first eye row is
shorter than the second (except in inhonesta and in the cJ^ of charo-
noides) ; the eyes of the second row are never separated by more than
1.5 times their diameter; the chelicera are robust and their length is
usually quite twice the height of the head in front (except in the Pardo-
soid species hilineata, relucens and ocreata) ; the posterior spinnerets
are shorter, or but little longer, than the anterior (antelucana, mccooki.
scutulata) ; tibia I has 3 pairs of ventral spines ; the labium is shorter
than one-half the length of the maxillse, but longer than wide (except
in hilineata and scutulata) ; metatarsus IV is shorter than the patella
and tibia combined (except in the c? of scutulata, antelucana and
ocreata^. The length of the dorsal eye area to the cephalothorax

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 277

varies from 1 : 4.5 to 1 : 7. The length of leg IV to the cephalotho-
rax from 2.7 : 1 to 4.7 : 1. The legs are usually well scopulated.

Lycosa intergrades very closely with Pardosa, and the species
hilineata, relucens, ocreata and scutulata are quite intermediate. The
relationship '^ith Trochosa is equally close. More remote are the rela-
tions to Pirata, yet P. elegans has a number of Lycosoid characters.

Key to Species of Lycosa.

a. 1. — Abdomen above -vv-ith a distinct, broad dark median band
extending its entire length.

b. 1. — Sternum black, punctulata.

h. 2. — Sternum yellow, scutulata.

a. 2. — Abdomen not so colored.

b. 1. — Cephalothorax smooth, without hairs, not more than 2.5
mm. long,
c. 1. — Eyes of the second row about 1.3 times their diameter

apart, venter brown, nigra.

c. 2. — Eyes of the second row not quite their diameter apart,
venter yellow with a few brown spots,

rugosa Keyserling.
b. 2. — Cephalothorax haired, more than 2.5 mm. long.

c. 1. — Cephalothorax ^\dth a very narrow median light band,

inhonesta.
c. 2. — Cephalothorax with a broad median band.
d. 1. — Cephalothorax 5 mm. or more in length.

e. 1. — Eyes of the second row fully 1.5 times their

diameter apart, pictilis.

e. 2. — Eyes of the second row about, their diameter
apart.
/. 1. — Cephalothorax less than one-c[uarter
longer than broad,

pidchra Keyserhng.
/. 2. — Cephalothorax decidedly more than one-
quarter longer than broad.
g. 1. — Legs not annulated, abdomen with a
dorso-median light band extend-
ing its entire length and including
a dark band in its anterior half,
1. lepida.

g. 2. — Legs distinctly annulated, abdo-
men not so colored.
h. 1. — Median band of the cephalo-
thorax not or scarcely con-
stricted anterior to the medi-
an groove, . . . mccookii.
h. 2. — Median band of the cephalo-
thorax deeply constricted an-
terior to the median groove.
i. 1. — Venter light, euepigynata.

278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

i. 2. — ^'enter black.

j. 1. — Legs pale yellow, first
pair not annulated,
aritelucana.
j. 2. — Tjegs deep brown, all
pairs clearly annu-
lated with black,

insopita.
d. 2. — Cephalothorax less than 5 mm. long.

€. 1. — Eyes of the second row only one-half their
diameter apart, . . modesta Keyserling.
e. 2. — Eyes of the second row quite 1.5 times their
diameter apart.
/. 1. — Sides of the cephalothorax yellow, sub-
marginal band very distinct, sternum
not darker than the legs, . bilineata.
/. 2. — Sides of cephalothorax black or blackish,
submarginal band indistinct, sternum
darker than the legs.
(/. 1. — Legs distinctly banded, dorso-me-
dian band of the cephalothorax
constricted at its middle, ocreata.
g. 2. — Legs not distinctly banded, dorso-
median band of the cephalothorax
not constricted at its middle,

relucens.
e. 3. — Eyes of the second row al^out their diameter
apart.
/. L — Metatarsus IV fully as long or longer than
patella and tibia combined.
g. 1. — Cephalothorax in front little more
than one-third its greatest trans-
verse diameter, almost one-third
longer than broad, venter yellow-
ish with small brown spots,

rufa Keyserling.
g. 2. — Cephalothorax in front almost one-
half its greatest transverse diam-
eter, one-quarter longer than
broad, venter reddish with an in-
distinct dark spot surrounding the
epigynum and extending to the
middle, . xerampelina Keyserling.
/. 2. — Metatarsus IV shorter than patella and
tibia combined.
g. 1. — Legs distinctly annulated, cephalo-
thorax 3.3 mm. long,

mackenziana Keyserling.

g. 2. — Legs not annulated, cephalothorax

4.3 mm. long, . . charonoides.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 279

Lycosa euepigynata n. sp. PI. XVIII, figs. 1, 2.

(Numerous specimens from Austin, Texas.)

Eyes. — First row equidistant from the clypeal margin and the second
row, shorter than the second (the middle points of its lateral ej^es fully
or almost as lateral as the middle points of the lateral eyes of the sec-
ond row), its middle eyes higher than and double the size of the lateral.
Eyes of second row largest, not quite their diameter apart. Eyes
of third row about one and a half times their diameter behind the
second row. Dorsal eye area about one-fifth the length of the
cephalothorax. Quadrilateral of the posterior eyes broader than long.

Form. — Cephalothorax in front truncated nearly straight and in the
9 aljout one-half its greatest transverse diameter (less in the c?), high-
est between the posterior eyes and the dorsal groove. Sides of head
steep. Chelicera longer than the width of the clypeus, about 1.75
times the height of the head in front, with 3 pairs of teeth. ? palpal
claw with 4 teeth. Sternum longer than broad. Labium longer than
broad, truncated apically, not one-half the length of the maxillae.
Anterior spinnerets longest. Legs rather slender, metatarsus of IV
shorter than patella and tibia. Length of leg IV to cephalothorax,
d" 4.1 : 1, ? 3.5 : 1.

Dimensions. d^ 9

Cephalothorax, 6.5 7.3

Abdomen, 7 10

Leg I, 22 21.5

Leg II, 20 19.8 '

Leg III, 19] 19

Leg IV, 26 26

Color (in alcohol). — Cephalothorax with a broad median buff band
arising at the posterior eyes and extending back (becoming gradually
broader) to just in front of the middle of the dorsum where it is as
broad as the eye area; just in front of the dorsal groove it is deeply
incised laterally, it expands around this groove (where it is broadest),
it is notched behind the groove and from there continues back as a
narrower band; this band usually contains two pairs of minute black
spots in its anterior third. On each side of this median band is a deep
brown or blackish band, in its middle wider than the median band and
with lobed lateral margins ; the posterior sides of the median band are
edged with deep black. Each cheek has a buff submarginal mark, and
the sides of the thorax have large submarginal marks of the same color
and of irregular shape, separated by lines of blackish radiating from the
dorsal groove. The anterior eye area is black; the extreme margin of

280- PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mai'ch,

the thorax blackish. Sternum yellowish or reddish-brown, darker than
the coxae. Ahdomen above deep browm or reddish-brown, on its an-
terior half a slightly darker median band which is widest at its anterior
end, has a pair of short lateral diverticula at its middle, and terminates
posteriorly in a transverse arc. On the posterior dorsum is a series
of four transverse arches, which become posteriorly successively smaller,
each in its anterior portion of the same color as the median band,
but posteriorly narrowly edged with whitish. At each antero-lateral
margin of the dorsum is a black mark of a U-shape, with the bend of
the U directed medio-anteriorly, and on a line with each of these marks
a row of four to six black spots which extend on each side of the dorsum
back to the spinnerets; the first two of these spots are largest and
always the most conspicuous, and sometimes all the spots of one line
are connected so as to form a broken, longitudinal black line. The
sides are deep brown mottled with spots of the same color as the me-
dian band. The venter has a band of yellowish extending from the epi-
gastric slit to the spinnerets, which is in front almost as broad as the
lung area but behind becomes slightly narrower; within this light
band are two parallel longitudinal rows of small blackish spots, most
distinct on the anterior half of the venter, and never extending back
quite as far as the spinnerets. Epigynum deep reddish-brown. Spin-
nerets chocolate-brown. Chelicera deep reddish-browTi or black, with
black and white hairs, the macula pale red; maxiUcv and labium lighter
with yellowish tips. Legs distinctly banded above, less distinctly
lielow, with black and buff on the femora, patellae blackish proximally
and buff distally, tibiae blackish at the ends and buff at the middle,
tarsi and metatarsi blackish.

Com/parisons. — Cf. L. insopita.

Habits. — Abundant near Austin, under stones near water. The
males most numerous in January.
Lycosa insopita n. sp. PI. XVIII, figs. 3, 4.

(Numerous specimens of both sexes from Austin, Texas.)

Eyes. — First row narrower than the second, but the middle points of
its lateral eyes more lateral than the middle points of the e^^es of the
second row, nearer the second row than the chqoeal margin, its middle
eyes higher and larger than the lateral. Eyes of the second row largest
in the 9 , slightly more than their diameter apart, not quite in the d'.
Third row wddest, its eyes slightly more than their diameter behind the
second row. Dorsal eye area less than one-fifth the length of the
eephalothorax. Quadrilateral of the posterior eyes distinctly wider
than long.

1904.] NATURA.L SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281

Form.— Cephalothorax in front truncated nearly straight, about
one-half its greatest transverse diameter, highest at the posterior eyes
(in the c? behind the middle), sides of the head steep. Chehcera
longer than the clj^eus wide, about 2.5 the height of the head in front,
wdth three pairs of teeth. Sternum longer than broad. Labium
longer than broad, more than one-half the length of the maxillae,
slightly concave apically. Spinnerets equal in length. Legs short,
leg IV to cephalothorax in cJ* 3.6 : 1, in 9 3.2 : 1. $ palpal claw^dth
6 teeth.

Dimensions. c? ?

Cephalothorax, 7.3 8

Abdomen, 6 10

Leg 1 24 22

Leg II 22 20.5

Leg III, 20 20

Leg IV, 26.5 25.5

Color of 9 (in alcohol). — Cephalothorax above dark reddish-brown,
with a median paler red band arising at the second eye row, enlarging
behind the eye area to a width equal to that of the second eye row,
constricted deeply a little before the middle, enlarging again (to its
greatest diameter) around the dorsal groove where its margins are
dentated, and behind this groove terminating very narrow. There is
a broad, interrupted submarginal band of the same color on each side.
Sternum deep reddish-brown like the A'entral surface of the coxae.
Abdomen above with a large black spot at the anterior end on each side
of the mid-line, and from each of these spots a blackish, interrupted
band passes back along the margin of the dorsum almost to the spin-
nerets ; in the mid-line a series of five triangular and contiguous black
markings, decreasing in size posteriorly, and the most anterior placed
just anterior to the middle; the remainder of the dorsum is purplish-
gray wdth minute black spots. The sides are finely mottled with pur-
ple-gray and brown; the whole venter black spotted laterally with
brown, lung-books orange, epigynum deep reddish-brown, spinnerets
brown. Chelicera black, labium and maxillce the same but with light
tips. Legs above and below distinctly annulated on all joints with
black and yellowish. Palpi colored like the legs.

Color of 6". — Like the ? , except that the whole venter is black (with
the exception of the lung-books) ; and that the abdominal dorsum has
on each margin a broad band of black extending its entire length, the
area between these brands being gray with transverse lines of black
in its posterior half.

282 PKOCEEDIN-GS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March.

Comparisons. — This species comes closest to L. euepigynatq, but
differs from it in shghtly shorter relative length of legs, in greater rela-
tive width of cephalothorax (in insopita less than one-quarter longer
than broad, in eucpigynata decidedly more than one-ciiiarter), in the
dark coloration of the venter, and in the structure of the genitalia.
It differs also from L. purcelli, the epigynum of which is very similar,
in the slightly greater relative length of the legs, in greater size, and
markedly in the coloration.

Habits. — Less abvuidant than the preceding, and found in drier
localities. They live under stones, where the female makes a shallow
horizontal burrow lined with silk.
Lycosa antelucana n. sp. Pi. XVIII, figs. 5, 6.

(Numerous specimens from Austin, Texas.)

Eyes. — First row almost upon the clypeal margin, shorter than the
second (but middle points of its lateral eyes as far lateral as middle
points of eyes of the second row), its eyes equidistant, with the middle
eyes decidedly larger and slightly higher than the lateral. Eyes of
second row largest, almost or wholly their diameter apart. Third
row little broader than the second, its eyes about 1.5 their diameter
behind that row. Dorsal eye area about one-fifth the length of the
cephalothorax. Quadrilateral of the posterior eyes nearly as long as
broad.

Form. — Cephalothorax slender, in front truncated in cT' and some-
what rounded in ? , fully one-half its greatest transverse diameter (?)
or less {o'), highest at the posterior eyes with the sides of the head
steep. Chelicera fully 2.3 times the height of the head in front, in the
? shorter than the width of the clypeus, with 3 pairs of teeth. Ster-
num longer than broad. Labium longer than broad, less than one-half
the length of the maxillae, apically truncated, d^ ]jalpal organ rela-
tively small. Posterior spinnerets slightly longer than the anterior.
Length of leg IV to cephalothorax, c? 4.1 : 1, Q 3.2 : 1. In the d",
but not the 9 , the metatarsus IV is slightly longer than the patella
and tibia combined. ? palpal claw with 4 teeth.

Dimensions. cJ' 9 9

Cephalothorax, 6.8 6.5- 8.5

Abdomen, 6.5 6.5-11

Leg 1 22.5 16.5-23

Leg II 21 16 -21.5

Leg III, 20.5 15.5-20

Leg IV, 28 21-29

Color of Females (in alcohol). — Cephalothorax pale brown, with a

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 283

median buff stripe (white at its anterior end) arising as a narrow band
in the eye area, enlarging between this region and the dorsal groove,
largest around the dorsal groove (where its greatest diameter about
equals the width of the eye area), and narrowed again behind the
dorsal groove. To each side of the anterior part of this band, parallel
to it and median to each eye of the third row, is a much narrower buff
line. From the dorsal groove deep brown lines radiate to a submar-
ginal. dentated buff band. Sternum black. Abdomen above with a
black-edged, brown median band which terminates bluntly about the
middle of the dorsum and is laterally dentate; behind this band are
three or four transverse arches, each blackish anteriorly and whitish
posteriorly, and between these arches are black spots in transverse
rows; the rest of the dorsvun is yellowish spotted and streaked with
dark brown. The sides are buff, the whole venter deep black. Epi-
gynum reddish-black. Chelicera, labium and maxillce deep blackish-red.
Legs above yellowish, femora I and II with an indistinct darker longi-
tudinal band on tlie median side, femora III and IV spotted with
brownish, fourth pair of legs with a black ring at ench end of the tibia
and at the distal end of the metatarsus, these black markings l^eing
much more distinct on the ventral surface. Ventral surface of the
coxae brownish-yellow or deep black.

One female (the largest obtained) differed in coloration as follows:
Cephalothorax chocolate-brown with the cheeks pale buff, this buff
extending back as a narrow submarginal band to about the end of the
anterior third of the cephalothorax, and succeeded by three to four
indistinct buff spots.

Color of Males (in alcohol). — Differ from the females in that the
median stripe on the abdominal dorsum is much more distinct, and
with a buff band contiguous to each side of it. Sternum, labiiuii,
maxillae and inferior surface of coxae chocolate-brown.

Com'parisons. — This species comes closest to L. inhonesta (Keys.),
from which it differs: (1) In the first row of eyes being upon the
clypeal margin; (2) in the head being relatively lower at the second
row of eyes; (3) in the head of the female being rounded in front;
(4) in the color of the abdominal dorsum; and (5) to some extent in
the genitaUa.

Habits. — Under stones, common in the autumn, but none found in
the winter.
Lycosa mccooki n. sp. PI. XVIII, fig. ll.

(Two females from Austin, Texas. Dedicated to Dr. Henry C.
McCook, the eminent describer of the spinning habits of spiders.)

284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

Eyes. — First row equidistant from the (?lypeal margin and the
second row, its eyes adequal and its middle eyes decidedly higher,
shorter than the second row. Eyes of second row much the largest,
less than their diameter apart. Third row widest, its eyes nearly
twice their diameter behind the second row. Dorsal eye area almost
one-quarter the length of the cephalothorax. Quadrilateral of the
posterior eyes broader than long. Third row scarcely wider than the
second.

Form. — Cephalothorax in front about one-half its greatest trans-
vei'se diameter, highest at the posterior ej'es, sides of the head steep.
Chelicera with three pairs of teeth, longer than the clypeus wide, their
length barely 1.75 times the height of the head in front. Sternum
longer than broad. Labium longer than wide, concave apically, about
one-half the length of the maxillae. Posterior spinnerets longest.
Leg IV to cephalothorax as 4.2 : 1, its metatarsus shorter than the
patella and tibia combined. Palpal claw with 4 teeth.

Dimensions.

Cephalothorax 5

Abdomen 5

Leg 1 15.5

Leg II, 15

Leg III 15

Leg IV, 21

Color (in alcohol). — CephoIotJwrax brown or blackish, white between
the eyes of the second row and a white line below each of these eyes.
A median buff or reddish-brown band, almost as broad as the eye area,
extends from the eye region along the whole length of the cephalothorax
and is slightly constricted anterior to the dorsal groove. There is a
narrow, undulating, buff submarginal band, and the extreme margin is
black. Sternum brown or black, darker than the coxce. Abdomen with-
out a median band, a large whitish or pale j-ellow spot covers almost
the anterior third of the dorsum, and behind it on the dorsum are
5-6 pairs of smaller spots of the same color, the posterior ones appear-
ing as transverse stripes due to the confluence of their component
spots; each row of these light markings is bordered laterally by a broad
black stripe. Sides mottJed with black or gray. Venter black in one
specimen, mottled black and j^ellowish in the other. Epigynum yellow.
Chelicera deep reddish-black, labium the same color with yellowish tip,
maxilla; reddish-brown or j-ellowish. Legs with femora banded dis-
tinctly with brown and buff, and (most distinctly on the anterior
pairs) with a longitudinal brown band on the posterior surface; the

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 285

posterior two pairs with the tibia blackish at the ends and yellow in
the middle, the metatarsi 3'ellow at the ends and blackish in the middle;
each coxa below with an elongate yellow spot proximalh*.

Comparisons. — Most nearly related to L. pictilis. but they differ
noticeabh^ in epigynum and coloration.

Lycosa nigra Stone. PI. XX, figs. 40, 41.

Lijcosa nigra Stone, 1890.

Lycosa nigra Stone, Montgomery, 1902.

(Of this species, hitherto known only by the 9 , an adult cJ' and 9
were loaned to me by ]Mr. J. H. Emerton, collected in Long Island,
New York.)

Eyes. — First row shorter than the second, equidistant from the
second row and the clypeal margin, straight, eyes equidistant, middle
eyes slightly larger. Eyes of second row largest, almost 1.5 times
their diameter apart. Eyes of third row fully twice their diameter
behind the second row, this row scarcely broader than the second in
the d^ , distinctly broader in the 9 . Dorsal eye are to length of cepha-
lothorax as 1 : 4.75. Quadrilateral of the posterior eyes as broad as
long in the d^ , broader than long in the 9 .

Form. — Cephalothorax in front rounded, almost one-half its greatest
transverse diameter in the 9 , not one-third this width in the cJ' ,
highest at the posterior eyes, sides of the head almost vertical in the (^ ,
more oblique in the 9 . Labium distinctly longer than broad, narrow,
not quite one-half the length of the maxillae, its sides almost parallel,
obliqueh^ truncated at the tip. Chelicera in length almost twice the
height of the head in front, rather weak but arched anteriorly. Ster-
num large, much longer than broad, continued between the pos-
terior coxae. (J* palpus almost as long as the cephalothorax. Legs
rather stout, short, without scopulae, with very few hairs and short
spines. Anterior spinnerets longest. Leg I^' to cephalothorax.
3.1 : 1 ; metatarsus IV shorter than patella and tibia combined.

Dimensions. c" 9

Cephalothorax 2.3 2.3

Abdomen, 2.8

Leg 1 5

Leg II, 4.5

Leg III, 4.3

Leg IV, 7.3 7.2

Color of Female (in alcohol). — Cephalothorax uniform shining black,
hairless, with a reddish tone, clypeal margin a little lighter. Sternum
the same color, also hairless. Abdomen above greenish-brown with a
median yellow band on the anterior third, this band pointed at both

286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

ends and narrowly edged with blackish; to each side of the mid-line
is a row of about 6 small spots, the posterior ones connected l)y narrow
transverse lines of the same color. The sides are greenish-brown,
flecked ventrally with yellow. Venter yellow with a median and a pair
of closely approximated lateral blackish, longitudinal bands \vhich
converge as they pass caudad, but are separated from the spinnerets
by an area of the same color as the sides; the lateral dark bands
diverge aroimd the epigynum and at some distance from it, but imite
anteriorly close to the peduncle. Chclicera dark reddish-lilack with
few hairs, labium the same color with yellow tip, maxilUe brownish.
Legs with the femora black (except for a yellow spot on the distal
anterior surface of the first pair) ; coxse and trochanters blackish above
but lighter below; the other joints light yellow, patellae and tibia? of
the first three pairs blackish below, fourth pair with the patella blackish
below and the tibia with a blackish ring at each end and extending to
the dorsal surface. Palpi with femora black, other joints yellow with
some blackish ventrally.

Color of Male (in alcohol).— C'f7)^«7o//iora.T hairless, shining dark
brown, a black stripe between the second and third eyes of each side.
Sternum shining brown. Abdomen above with the median band bor-
dered with small black dots, and enclosed in a broader bright yellow
area which in its posterior two-thirds contains on each side a row of
about 7 small black spots, each row more lateral than the median band,
and the two rows meeting at the spinnerets. The sides are blackish,
flecked with yellow. The venter is like that of the female, but the
median dark band is lacking. Legs with femora darkest, these being
greenish-brown, as are the trochanters; coxse yellow proximally; the
other joints pale yellow without dark markings. PaJpi greenish, the
ventral surface of the patella- and the distal end of the tarsus yellow.

Comparisons. — This species is to be distinguished from L. rugosa
(Keys.), another small species with hairless cephalothorax. in the
structure of the palpal organ ; in the wide separation of the eyes of the
second row; in the chelicera being considerably longer than the first
patellae and arched in front; and in the different color of the abdominal
venter. Hentz's L. funerea may be one of these species, but his de-
scription and figure gives so insufficient a diagnosis that it is doubtful
whether funerea can ever be recognized with certainty.
Lycosa charonoides Montg.

Lycosa charonoides Montgomer}% 1902, 1903.

(Specimens from Pennsylvania.)

Eijcs. — First row as broad as the second (c?) or shorter ( 9 ), straight.

1904,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 287

nearer the clypeal margin than to the second row, middle eyes not

quite double the size of the lateral. Eyes of second row largest, their

diameter apart (J) or slightly more ( ? ). Length of the dorsal eye

area to the cephalothorax, c? 1 : 6, 9 1 : 5.5. Quadrilateral of the

.posterior eyes broader than long.

Form. — Cephalothorax highest behind the middle (cJ*) or equally

high there and at the posterior eyes ( 9 ), its posterior declivity abrupt

and steep, in front truncated straight and less than one-half its greatest

transverse diameter. Chelicera with 3 pairs of teeth, longer than the

width of the clypeus, their length fully twice the height of the head

in front. Labium longer than broad, truncated apically, not one-half

the length of the maxillae. Sternum longer than broad, with few hairs,

pointed posteriorly. Leg IV to cephalothorax, cJ' 3.5 : 1, 9 3.8 : 1;

metatarsus IV shorter than patella and tibia combined. 9 palpal claw

with 3 teeth.

Lycosa lepida (Keys.).

Tarentula lepida Keyserling, 1876.
Lycosa communis Emerton, 1885.
Tarentula lepida Keys., Marx, 1889.
Lycosa communis Emerton, Stone, 1890.
Lycosa lepida (Keys.), Montgomer3^ 1902, 1903.

(Numerous specimens from Pennsylvania, New Jersey, jMassachu-
setts, Texas.)

Eyes. — First row nearer to the clypeal margin than to the second
row, its eyes equidistant, middle eyes larger and slightly higher. Eyes
of the second row largest, more than their diameter apart. Length
of dorsal eye area to cephalothorax as 1 : 5.5. Quadrilateral of the
posterior eyes broader than long.

Form.— Cephalothorax highest at the posterior eyes, in front trun-
cated and fully ( 9 ) one-half or less (cJ') its greatest transverse diam-
eter, the sides of the head rather steep. Chehcera with 3 pairs of teeth,
as long as the width of the clypeus, their length more than twice the
height of the head in front. I>abium longer than broad, truncated
apically, not one-half the length of the maxillse. Sternum longer
than broad. Spinnerets equal in length. Length of leg IV to cephalo-
thorax, d^ 4.2 : 1, 9 3.3 : 1; in the 6" metatarsus IV is almost as
long as the patella and tibia combined, but shorter in the 9 . 9 palpal
claw with 4 teeth.

Lycosa pictilis Emerton. PI. XVIII, figs. 7, 8.
Lycosa pictilis Emerton, 1885.
(c?, 9 , Mt. Washington, New Hampshire.)
F^/es.— First row shorter than the second, straight, eyes adequal,

288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Marclf,

equidistant from the second row and the clypeal margin. Eyes of

second row largest, about 1.5 times their diameter apart. Dorsal

eye area to cephalothorax, 1 : 5 ( 9 ) or 1 : 5.5 (d^). Quadrilateral

of the posterior eyes broader than long.

Form. — Cephalothorax highest at the posterior eyes, in front trun-.

cated straight and more (?) or less ( d^ ) than one-half its greatest

transverse diameter. Chelicera large, with 3 pairs of teeth, longer than

the width of the clypeus, their length fully 2.5 times the height of the

head in front. Labium slightly longer than broad, trmicated apically,

not one-half the length of the maxillae. Sternum longer than broad,

pointed behind. Spinnerets about equal in length. Length of leg IV

to cephalothorax, 6^ 3.5 : 1, 9 3.3 : 1; metatarsus 1\ shorter than

patella and tibia combined. ? palpal claw with 7 teeth.

Lycosa punctulata Hentz.

Lycosa punctulata Hentz, 1S41.

Lycosa punctulata Hentz, Emerton, 1885.

nee Lycosa punctulata Hentz, Stone, 1890.

(Two females from Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.)

Eyes. — First row shorter than the second, nearly straight, nearer
the clypeal margin than the second row, middle eyes slightly larger and
nearer the lateral eyes than to each other. Eyes of second row largest,
their diameter apart. Dorsal eye area to cephalothorax as 1 : 5.5.
Quadrilateral of the posterior eyes longer than wide.

Form. — Cephalothorax highest at the posterior eyes, in front trun-
cated and a little more than one-half its greatest transverse diameter,
the sides of the head rather steep. Chelicera with 3 pairs of teeth,
longer than the width of the clypeus, about one and four-fifths times
the height of the head in front. Labium large, nearly as broad as
long, slightly concave apicalh^, not one-half the length of the maxillae.
Spinnerets about equal in length. Length of leg IV to cephalothorax
as 3.4 :1; metatarsus IV shorter than patella and tibia combined.
Palpal claw with 5 teeth.

Lycosa ocreata Hentz.

Lycosa ocreata Hentz, 1841.
Lycosa ocreata Hentz, Emerton, ISSo.
Lycosa stonei Montgomery, 1902, 1903,
nee Lycosa rufa Keyserling, 1876.

(Nmnerous specimens from Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Massachu-
setts, and Long Island, New York.)

Eyes. — First row narrower than the second, a little nearer the clypeal
margin than to the second row, middle eyes slightly larger and higher.
Eyes of second row largest, 1.5 times their diameter apart. Dorsal

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 289

eye area to cephalothorax as 1 : 4.3. Quadrilateral of the posterior
eyes broader than long.

Form. — Cephalothorax highest at the posterior eyes, in front one-
half its greatest transverse diameter (?) or one-third (d ), sides of
head vertical (d) or slightly oblique ( $ ), the anterior eye row over-
arching the clypeus. Chelicera with 3 pairs of teeth, longer than the
width of the clypeus, in length 1.5 times the height of the head in front,
weak and but shghtly arched anteriorly. Labium slightly longer than
wide, somewhat rounded apically, not one-half the length of the
maxillae. Sternum longer than broad, pointed posteriorly. An-
terior spinnerets longer than the posterior. Leg IV to cephalo-
thorax as 4.7 : 1; metatarsus IV as long as tibia and patella
combined. 9 palpus ^^•ith 4 teeth. Tibia I of d with a brush of
long stiff hairs.

Lycosa scutulata Hentz.

Lycosa scutulata Hentz, 1841.
Lycosa scutulata Hentz, Emerton, 1885.
Lycosa scutulata Hentz, Stone, 1890.
Lycosa scutulata Hentz, Montgomery, 1902.

(Numerous specimens from New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and Austin,
Texas.)

Eyes. — First row narrower than the second, equidistant from the
clypeal margin and the second row, straight or the middle eyes slightly
higher, middle eyes a httle larger than the lateral. Eyes of second row
largest, fully (d) or not quite ( ? ) their diameter apart. Length of
dorsal eye area to cephalothorax, d 1 : 4.75, $1:5. Quadrilateral
of the posterior eyes longer than wide.

Form. — Cephalothorax highest at the posterior eyes, in front trun-
cated and almost (?) or less than (d) one-half its greatest transverse
diameter, sides of head steep, first two eye rows overarching the clypeus.
Chelicera with 3 pairs of teeth, longer than the width of the clypeus,
their length 1.75 times the height of the head in front. Labium longer
than broad, widest at the distal half, apically truncated, not one-half
the length of the maxillae. Sternum distinctly longer than broad.
Superior spinnerets slightly longer. Length of leg IV to cephalothorax,
d 4.7 : 1, 9 4.1 : 1; metatarsus IV shghtly longer (d) or shghtly
shorter ( ? ) than the patella and tibia combined. 9 palpal claw with
4 teeth.

Remarks. — The Texas specimens differ from the northern ones in
greater size, the 9 with a cephalothoracal length of 12 mm.
19

290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

Lycosa bilineata (Emerton).

Pardosa bilineata Emerton, 1885.

Lycosa ocreata pulchra Montgomery, 1902.

(Numerous specimens from Pennsylvania, New Jersey and Massa-
chusetts.)

Eyes. — First row shorter than the second, about equidistant from
the clypeal margin and the second row, the middle eyes almost con-
tiguous, larger and slightly higher than the lateral. Eyes of the second
row largest and about 1.4 their diameter apart. Length of dorsal eye
to cephalothorax as 1 : 4.5. Quadrilateral of the posterior eyes
broader than long.

Form. — Cephalothorax highest at the posterior eyes, in front trun-
cated straight and decidedly less than one-half its greatest transverse
diameter, the sides of the head vertical and the two anterior rows pro-
jecting in front of the clypeus. Chelicera weak with 3 pairs of teeth,
their anterior margin nearly straight, longer than the width of the
clypeus, their length about 1.5 times the height of the head in front.
Labium longer than broad, apically trimcated, not one-half the length
of the maxillae. Sternum large, longer than broad. Spinnerets equal
in length. Metatarsus IV shorter than patella and tibia combined;
length of leg IV to cephalothorax, cJ^ 4 : 1, ? 3.8 : 1. ? palpal claw
with 3 teeth. Tibia I in d^ with a thick brush of vertical hairs.

Remarks. — Emerton's description of bilineata was so brief, that I
did not consider it to be identical with my ocreata pulchra until Emerton
called my attention to the probable identity; Emerton had described
only the female.

Lycosa inhonesta (Keys.). PL XX, figs. 38, 39.

Tarentula inhonesta Keyserling, 1876.

f.Lrjcosa babingtoni Blackwall, 1846.

Lycosa nidicola Emerton, 1885.

Lycosa nidicola Emerton, Stone, 1890.

Lycosa nidicola Emberton, Montgomery, 1902, 1903

Lijcosa tigrina McCook, 1878, 1893 (Plate 30).

Lycosa tigrina McCook, Stone, 1890.

iLycosa vulpina Emerton, 1885.

Lycosa inhonesta (Keys.), Montgomery, 1902.

(Numerous specimens from Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, New
Jersey and Austin, Texas.)

Eyes. — First row nearer to the clypeal margin than to the second
row, shorter or quite as long as the second, middle eyes higher and
slightly larger. Eyes of the second row much the largest, about three-
fourths their diameter apart. Eyes of the third row about twice their
diameter behind the second row. Dorsal eye area about one-sixth

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291

the length of the cephalothorax. Quadrilateral of the posterior eyes
wider than long.

Form. — Cephalothorax highest just behind the third eyes, in front
slightly rounded and about one-half its greatest transverse diameter.
Sides of head oblique. Chehcera with 3 pairs of teeth, longer than the
width of the clypeus, their length 2.5 times the height of the head in
front. Sternum longer than broad. Leg IV to cephalothorax, cJ^ 4 : 1,

9 3.4 : 1; metatarsus IV shorter than patella and tibia combined.

? palpal claw with 3 teeth. Spinnerets about equal in length. Legs
stout with weak scopulae.

Remarks.— The Texas specimens offer as great variation in size and
color as do the northern ones (cf. Montgomery, 1903). Under stones
in the bed of Shoal Creek, at Austin, where they are very numerous,
two series of individuals may be distinguished :

(1) Smaller ones of lighter color. Cephalothorax with the light
submarginal band as distinct as the median. Abdomen above with a
pale brown to orange median band extending the whole length of the
dorsum, and enclosing in its anterior half a narrower darker band
edged with black; each side of the dorsum is darker with a row of
whitish spots that are frequently connected by transverse white lines;
venter pale brown, unspotted or with small spots. Sternum and coxae
darker brown to reddish-brown. Legs greenish or yellowish with
darker annulations. Cephalothoracal length (9) 7.5-8.5 mm.

(2) Larger ones of darker color. Cephalothorax with the submar-
ginal bands frequently interrupted or indistinct. Abdomen very dark
above and with the pattern indistinct; venter frequently blackish,
with numerous small black spots which are sometimes arranged in
longitudinal rows; rarely the entire venter is deep black. Sternum
and inferior surface of coxae reddish-brown to deep black. Legs dark
brown with more or less distinct darker annulations; leg IV sometimes
shows on the inferior surface deep black rings at both ends of the
tibia and at the distal end of the tarsus. Cephalothoracal length (?)
8.5-11.5 mm.

The intermediates between these two groups are not very numerous.
The most constant color diagnostic is the very narrow light median
band of the cephalothorax.

This species is so variable that without a large series of individuals
one might easily conclude that it included two species, namely, a
smaller one {nidicola of Emerton) and a larger and darker one, with
distinct annulations on the legs (inhonesta of Keyserling, tigrina of
McCook). But there are no valid distinctions in the genitalia of the

292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

two, and they intergrade in size and color, so that I have conckided to
regard them as one species. It is possible that Emerton's vulpina is a
color variety of this species; but of vulpina I have seen only an adult
male (labelled so by Mr. Emerton), and no adult female, so that I could
not decide the point.

Habits. — This is a species of moist ground and meadow land, and
at Austin is very abundant under stones on the margin of Shoal Creek.
The males and the young are more or less diurnal, the grown females
nocturnal.

Lycosa relucens Montg.

Lycosa relucens Montgomery, 1902.
Lycosa verisimilis Montgomery, 1902, 1903.

(Specimens from Pennsylvania, New Jersey, and Austin, Texas.)

Eyes. — First row straight, narrow^er than the second, nearer to the
clypeal margin than to the second row, eyes adequal in size. Eyes of
second row largest, about 1.5 times their diameter apart. Length of
the dorsal eye area to the cephalothorax, 6^ 1 : 4.5, 9 1:5. Quadri-
lateral of the posterior eyes broader than long.

Form. — Cephalothorax highest at the posterior eyes, in front trun-
cated and not one-half its greatest transverse diameter, sides of the
head nearly vertical (cJ*) or more oblique ( 9 ), anterior margin of the
liead projecting slightly in front of the clypeus. Chelicera with 3 pairs
of teeth, longer than the width of the clypeus, their length about twice
the height of the head in front. Labium longer than broad, apically
rounded (?) or truncated (d^), not one-half the length of the maxillae.
Sternum large, longer than broad. Length of leg IV to cephalothorax
as 4 : 1, metatarsus IV shorter than the patella and tibia combined.
Spinnerets equal in length. ? palpal claw with 3 teeth.

Remarks. — The very considerable variation in the form of the epi-
gynum led me originally to divide this into two species. Recently I
have obtained individuals with the epigynum quite intermediate in
structure between the extremes first found. The specimens from Texas
are larger than the northern ones.

GEOLYCOSA nov. gen.

I propose this new genus for those species, previously included in
Lycosa, in which the first leg is thickest and strongest, furnished with
thick scopulse on its three terminal joints, and almost as long as the
fourth (shorter by not more than one-half the length of tarsus I).
Geolycosa latifrons is the type species.

In Geolycosa latifrons the cephalothorax is very high in the cephalic

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 293

portion, and from that point to its posterior margin its dorsal contour
is almost straight without any demarcation of a posterior declivity ; the
posterior declivity is only slightly marked in arenicola and carolinensis ^
but well marked in baltimoriana and texana. In latijrons also the che-
licera are very large and thick. The first row of eyes is about as broad
as the second, except in texana. The other characters are essentially
those of Lycosa.

This genus is better demarcated from Lycosa than either Pardosa
or Trochosa. All the species dig deep cylindrical holes in the ground,
and some of them build a low turret of sticks around the aperture
{arenicola, latifrons, texana). This burrowing habit has occasioned the
thickness of the first pair of legs, and occasioned also the height of the
cephalothorax in front by the greater development of the muscles there.
Lycosa fatifera Hentz probably belongs to this genus, but Hentz's very
brief description: "Bluish ])lack; cephalothorax deeper in color at the
sides; chelicera covered with rufous hairs and vnth. a red elevation on
their external side near the base; one of the largest species," is insuffi-
cient. He states it "is common in Massachusetts," and this, together
with his description of its tube, makes it possible that he had either a
light variety of carolinensis or an unusually large and dark specimen
of arenicola.

Key to Species of Geolycosa.

a. 1. — Lateral eyes of the first row larger than its middle eyes, whole

venter deep black, carolinensis.

a. 2. — Lateral eyes of the first row not larger than its middle eyes,
whole venter not black.
h. 1. — Patellae black below, almost the whole venter behind the
lung-books deep black, this black not including lighter

markings, haltimoriana.

b. 2. — Not so colored.

c. L — First eye row distinctly shorter than the second, pos-
terior declivity of cephalothorax describing an angle

with the dorsal contour, texana.

c. 2. — First eye row fully as broad as the second, posterior

declivity of the cephalothorax in a line with its dorsal

contour.

d. 1. — Coxae and femora of legs I and II black below,

venter with a median black band, . arenicola.

d. 2. — Not so colored, latijrons.

Geolycosa texana n. sp. PI. XVIII, figs. 13, 14.

(Numerous specimens from Austin. Texas.)

Eyes. — First row nearer the second than the clypeal margin, de-

294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

cidedly shorter than the second, its eyes subeqiial, middle eyes shghtly
higher. Eyes of second row largest, less than their diameter apart.
Third row widest. Dorsal eye area less than one-fifth the length of
the cephalothorax. Quadrilateral of the posterior eyes longer than
broad.

Form. — Cephalothorax in front truncated, about one-half its great-
est transverse diameter (?) or less (d^), highest at the posterior eyes,
the ocular region marked off by a groove from the cheek region. Sides
of head rather steep. Chelicera massive, much longer than the clypeus
wide, their length nearly twice the height of the head in front, with
3 pairs of teeth ; their posterior surface with a row of numerous trans-
verse striae. Sternum longer than broad. Legs long but strong,
length of the fourth to the cephalothorax in c? 4.1 : 1, in 9 3.6 : 1 ; in
the cJ^ the fourth metatarsus is slightly longer than the patella and
tibia combined. 9 palpal claw with 6 teeth. Anterior spinnerets
longest and largest. Labium longer than broad, fully one-half the
length of the maxillse, apically truncated. Epigynum relatively small.

Dimensions. c? 9

Cephalothorax, 11 13.5

Abdomen, 11 14

Leg 1 40.5 43

Leg II 37.5 40

Leg III, 34 36

Leg IV, 45 49

Color in Life. — Cephalothorax above grayish-black, with a grayish
median band that occupies the whole surface between the eyes of the
second and third rows, passes back to almost the middle of the cephalo-
thorax, there becomes narrower and continues to the posterior margin.
Extreme margin black. There is an interrupted submarginal gray
band which is continued on to the cephalic portion. All the gray
markings are due to long whitish hairs, and finer whitish hairs are scat-
tered over the blackish regions. Sternum thickly covered with long,
stiff, grayish hairs, sometimes black on the margins. Abdomen above
on its anterior half with a median band of dark brownish edged nar-
rowly with black and containing minute black spots ; this band termi-
nates truncated about the middle of the dorsum, and on each side of it
at about its middle is a pointed black spot. This band hes in a less
distinctly defined, broader pale brownish band which extends the whole
length of the dorsum and becomes much narrower toward the spinnerets.
In this broader band, behind the narrower enclosed darker one, are
about 6-7 crescentic transverse markings each as wide as the broad

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 295

band, each black anteriorly and white posteriorly, the most anterior
being the most distinct; at each end of each of these crescentic mark-
ings is a large pale gray spot. Sides above dappled gray and blackish,
below with larger black spots scattered on a gray or yellow ground.
Venter in front of epigynum gray or yellow with a single pair of black
spots. Just behind the rima epigastrica is a broad, transverse black
band the anterior edge of which is straight and sharpl}^ demarcated,
but the posterior edge of which is extended backward as a more or less
interrupted, median black band extending to a httle in front of the
spinnerets, and a pair of lateral black bands (or rows of black spots)
M^hich curve backward to meet the median band just in front of the
spinnerets ; thus the venter appears to possess a pair of elongate yellow
or yellowish-gray areas, separated by the median black band, bordered
laterally and posteriorly by the lateral black lines, and anteriorly by
the transverse black band. Spinnerets blackish. Chelicera anteriorly
with orange and black hairs, the macula red ; maxillce reddish-brown,
labium darker. Legs above grayish mth one or two black spots on the
coxae and black longitudinal markings on the posterior aspect of the
femora; below each coxa is whitish, sometimes with a longitudinal
black stripe, each femur w^hitish with a black ring at its distal end,
each patella whitish, the first tibia blackish its entire length, the tibiae
of the other pairs whitish in the middle and black at the ends, the tarsi
and metatarsi black. Palpi grayish, unmarked except that the ter-
minal joint is black on the inferior surface.

Comparisons. — This large and beautiful species is quite distinct from
any other. It is very abundant in open areas of the limestone region of
Austin, and lives in deep cyhndrical holes lined with silk, and with
the opening of the tube raised above the surface of the ground, as in
G. arenicola.
Geolycosa latifrons n. sp. PI. XIX, figs. 15-18.

(Specimens from the vicinity of Austin, Texas.)

Eyes. — First row much nearer the second row than to the clypeal
margin, almost or fully as broad as the second row, its middle eyes
slightly larger and higher, and nearer the lateral eyes than each other.
Eyes of second row largest, separated by almost their diameter. Third
row broadest, about 1.5 times the diameter of one of its eyes behind
the second row. Dorsal eye area to cephalothorax as 1 : 6.5. Quad-
rilateral of the posterior eyes broader than long.

j^o^^. —Cephalothorax very broad in front, there from five-eighths
(cJ^) to four-fifths (9) its greatest transverse diameter, very high at
the posterior eyes and from there gradually sloping to its posterior

296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

end, the posterior dedivity not being separable from the dorsal outline.
It is very high at the posterior eyes, and the cephalic portion is marked
off from the thoracal on each side by a groove ; the sides of the head are
oblique and the cheeks very broad. Chelicera massive with a large
macula basalis, with three pairs of teeth, longer than clypeus wide, in
length about 2.5 times the height of the head from the clypeal margin
to the superior border of the second eye row, at the base almost as
thick in an antero-posterior direction as one-half their length. Ster-
num much longer than broad. Labium longer than wide, not one-half
the length of the maxillae, apically concave. Posterior spinnerets
longest. Epigynum very large. First leg noticeably thicker than the
others, particularly its three terminal joints which are thickly covered
below with scopulse. Scopulse are also present upon the tarsus, meta-
tarsus and distal half of the tibia of II, and on the tarsi of III and IV.
Fourth leg to cephalothorax, d" 3.3 : 1, ? 2.7 : 1. Metatarsus IV
shorter than patella with tibia combined.

Dimensions. <^ $

Cephalothorax, 8.5 10

Abdomen, 7 8

Leg I, 27 25.5

Leg II, 24.5 22

Leg III, 22 20.5

Leg IV, 28.3 27

Color of Females (in alcohol). — Cephalothorax with few and only short
hairs; clear to dark reddish-brown in the cephalic portion, this clear
area constricting anterior to the dorsal groove, then enlarging again
around this groove ; sides darker, interrupted by reddish bands radiat-
ing from the dorsal groove, the extreme margin black. Sternum yellow
to yellowdsh-gray. Abdomen above dull brown to chocolate-brown
without any distinct pattern on the dorsum; at each antero-lateral
angle a large elongate black spot ; sides behind this mark paler brown ;
venter very pale yellow along its whole extent, or else a little darker
behind the rima epigastrica. Epigynum clear reddish-brown. Spin-
nerets brown. Chelicera and labium dark reddish-brown, jnaxillce
yellowish. Legs without annulations, above reddish-brown (usually
paler than the light portion of the cephalothorax), below the coxae,
femora and patellae lighter (of the same color as the sternum) ; owing
to the thick scopulae the inferior surfaces of the tibiae, metatarsi (also
the dorsal portion of the distal half of these), and the tarsi of I are
black, as of the tibia, metatarsus and distal half of the tibia of II, and
of the distal ends of the tarsi of III and IV.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 297

Color of Males (in alcohol). — Differ from the female as follows: The
abdomen above is orange-brown (more clear orange anteriorly) ; at
each antero-lateral angle arises a broad black band that extends on
the side posteriorly as far as the middle ; venter pale brownish laterally,
the median region behind the lung-books being silvery mth a pair of
closely approximated narrow, darker longitudinal lines. The coxce
and femora are greenish below. Palpi with all the joints brown above
and greenish below, except the tarsus, which is wholly black.

Comparisons. — A species very well marked by the great width of
the head region, and the gradual slope of the dorsal contour of the
cephalothorax.

Geolycosa baltimoriana (Keys.). PI- XIX, fig. 19.

Tarentula baltimoriana Keyserling, 1876.
Lycosa baltimoriana (Keys.), Montgomery, 1902.

(In addition to the single male originally described by me, I have
secured three additional males from the vicinity of Austin, Texas.)

Eyes. — First row nearer the clypeal margin than the second row,
almost as broad as the second, its eyes equidistant, the middle eyes
higher and fully twice the size of the lateral. Eyes of the second row
largest, about three-fourths their diameter apart. Third row broader
than the second, its eyes almost 1.5 their diameter behind the second
row. Dorsal eye area one-fifth the length of the cephalothorax'
Quadrilateral of the posterior eyes broader than long.

Form. — Cephalothorax in front quite one-half its greatest transverse
diameter, highest at the posterior eyes, the posterior declivity inclined
at fully 45° with the dorsal outline. Head rather oblique and rounded.
Chelicera longer than the clypeus broad, almost twice the height of the
head in front, with three pairs of teeth. Labium longer than broad,
apically concave, less than one-half the length of the maxillae. Ster-
num longer than broad. Spinnerets adequal in length. Legs long and
slender, the first slightly thicker than the other (most noticeably its
tibia), and shorter than the fourth by only one-third the length of its
tarsus. Metatarsus IV shorter than patella and tibia combined. On
all the femora the hairs are short and few ; there are thick scopulse on
the tarsi and metatarsi of I and II, and on the tarsi of III and IV.
Leg IV to cephalothorax as 3.5 : 1.

Dimensions. (^

Cephalothorax, 9

Abdomen, 7

Leg I, 29.5

Leg II, 28

298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OE [March,

Dimensions. d^

Leg III, 26

LeglV, 31.5

Color (in alcohol). — Cephalotho7'ax above with a very narrow white
median line in the eye area extending back to the dorsal groove; the
extreme margin white; a broad siibmarginal band of orange on each
side, not extending to the head; a small reddish-yellow area around
the dorsal groove (and extending back to the posterior margin of the
thorax as a narrow band), from which broad radiating bands extend
to the submarginal band, about fom* of these bands on each side, and
each band narrowly white in front, black behind this, then reddish-
brown in its posterior half. The ocular area is blackish; the clypeus
and cheeks whitish above, poster o-ventral margin of each cheek with
a black spot. Sternum deep black. Abdomen above on its anterior
half with a broad median dark band edged with black, this band nar-
rowest anteriorly with sinuate margins and concavely truncated pos-
teriorly; it is bordered b}" orange-brown. At each antero-lateral mar-
gin of the dorsum arises a broader, interrupted black stripe which
extends almost to the spinnerets, and in its posterior half is simply an
area of black spots. Behind the median band is a series of four nar-
row, transverse black bands, whose lateral margins confluesce with the
lateral black stripes. Sides orange-brown, marked posteriorly with
blackish spots, ^^enter pale greenish, with a sharply boimded, deep
black band extending from the rima epigastrica in front to a little an-
terior to the spinnerets behind, this black covering the whole venter
behind the lungs but not extending up the sides. Chelicera black with
orange hairs anteriorly, labium and maxillce black with paler tips.
Legs above yellowish, femora of I and II with two almost contiguous,
parallel dark lines above, and another on the posterior aspect, these
represented by lines of black spots on III and IV; the patellae and
distal ends of the tibiae are brownish, the metatarsi and tarsi of I and II
pale brownish. Below the coxae are chocolate-brown, the femora A-ery
pale yellow, the patellae and distal ends of the tibiae deep black, the
metatarsi and tarsi reddish-brown. Palpi yellow, femora above with
two longitudinal darker stripes, patella below slightly darker than
above, whole tarsus almost black.

Comparisons.- — Of all the species of the genus it comes closest to
texana, but apart from the differences in coloration and the palpal
organ it may be distinguished by tarsus I being more than one-half the
length of the metatarsus, while in texana this joint is decidedly less than
one-half this length.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 299

Habits. — The female is unknown. One male was found in a hole

three inches deep below a stone, the other two below stones, but not in

holes.

Geolycosa arenicola (Scudd.).

Lycosa arenicola Scudde-r. 1877.

Lycosa nidifex Marx, 1881.

Lycosa nidifex Marx, Emerton, 1885.

Lycosa arenicola Scudder, Stone, 1890.

Lycosa domifex Hancock, 1899.

Lycosa arenicola McCook, 1893 (Plate 30).

Lycosa arenicola Scudder, Montgomery, 1902.

(Numerous specimens from New Jersey, Massachusetts, and Long
Island, New York.)

Eyes ( ? ). — First row as broad as the second, nearer the second
row than to the clypeal margin, its eyes equidistant, the middle eyes
shghtly larger and slightly higher. Eyes of the second row largest,
about their diameter apart. Dorsal eye area one-sixth the length of
the cephalothorax. Quadrilateral of the posterior eyes broader than
long.

Form ( 2 ). — Cephalothorax highest at the posterior eyes and from
there gradually declining to its posterior margin, with the posterior
declivity barely demarcated from the dorsal, sides of the head oblique,
in front somewhat rounded and about three-fifths its greatest trans-
verse diameter. Chelicera with 3 pairs of teeth, their length almost
twice the height of the head in front, longer than the width of the cly-
peus, at their base almost as thick antero-posteriorly as one-half their
length. Thick scopulae inferiorly upon the four terminal joints of
legs I and II, and the two terminal joints of III and IV; leg IV to
cephalothorax as 2.7 : 1 ; metatarsus IV shorter than patella and tibia
combined.

Lycosa carolinensis Walck.

Lycosa tarentula carolinensis Walckenaer, 1837.
Lycosa tarentula carolinensis Hentz, 1841.
Lycosa carolinensis Hentz, Emerton, 1885.
Lycosa carolinensis Walck., Stone, 1890.
Lycosa carolinensis Walck., Montgomery, 1902.

(Specimens from New Jersey, Pennsylvania and Martha's Vineyard,
Massachusetts.)

Eyes. — First row equidistant from the clypeal margin and the
second row, somewhat shorter than the second, the lateral eyes slightly
lower and slightly larger than the middle and placed upon tubercles
so that they are directed downward. Eyes of second row largest, not
quite their diameter apart. Dorsal eye area to the length of the cepha-

300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

lothorax as 1:6. Quadrilateral of the posterior eyes broader than
long.

Form. — Cephalothorax flat and broad, the cephalic portion clearly
marked off from the thoracic, in front fully ( 9 ) or less (d^) than one-
half its greatest transverse diameter, highest at posterior eyes ; in the 9
the dorsal outline gradually declines to the posterior margin with a
posterior declivity only slightly defined, but in the (j the posterior
declivity is well marked from the dorsal outline. Chelicera massive,
their length more than twice the height of the head in front, longer
than the width of the clypeus, with 3 pairs of teeth. Labium longer
than wide, broadest at the tip where it is truncated, one-half the length
of the maxillae. Sternum longer than broad. Posterior spinnerets
longest. Legs thick, length of leg IV to cephalothorax, c^ 3.6 : 1,
9 3.2 : 1; metatarsus IV shorter than patella and tibia combined.

Genus TROCHOSA C. Koch, 1848.

This genus is most closely allied to Lycosa, and differs from it mainly
in the following characters : The first row of eyes is fully as wide as the
second, or at least (as in avara and contestata) the middle points of the
lateral eyes of the first row are as far lateral as the middle points of
the eyes of the second row; the sides of the head are obliquely arched,
and the cephalothorax highest at or behind the middle (except in the 9
of frondicola) ; the legs are usually comparatively short (only in cinerea
has leg IV a length of four times the cephalothorax), and their spines
are usually short (in rubicunda there is only one ventral spine on tibia
I). The posterior spinnerets are never longer, usually shorter than the
anterior. Metatarsus IV is always shorter than the patella and tibia
combined. The chelicera are robust and arched anteriorly, with 3
teeth on their posterior margins (4 in contestata), and their length is
fully twice the height of the head in front. The length of the dorsal
eye area to the cephalothorax varies from 1 : 4.5 (cinerea) to 1 : 9
(rubicunda). The labium is longer than wide, and frequently one-half
or more the length of the maxillse (septdchrcdis, frondicola, furcelli,
cinerea).

There is a greater structural difference between Trochosa rubicunda
and Lycosa scutulata, than between the latter and Pardosa; so that if
we maintain the genus Pardosa we must also retain Trochosa.

Key to Species of Trochosa.

a. 1. — Dorsal eye area one-ninth the length of the cephalothorax, one
spine on the ventral surface of tibia I, . . . rubicunda.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 301

a 2 -Dorsal eye area at least one-seventh the length of the cephalo-
' ■ thorax, 3 pairs of spines on the ventral surface of tibia i.
^ l._Posterior margin of chelicera with 4 teeth . . contestata.
I) 2 —Posterior margin of chehcera with 3 teeth. .^, , •

'c, 1 — Cephalothorax smooth, without hairs or with hairs
only in the ocular area. .

(^ I _A distinct broad median and narrow submargmal
bands on the cephalothorax, . noduahunda.
^ 2.— Cephalothorax without stripes, . . • ^uhlata.

c 2 —Cephalothorax with hairs. -

^ 1 _Median band of cephalothorax narrow,

helvipes Keyserling, 187b.

d 2 —Median band of cephalothorax on the anterior half

about as broad as the ocular area, colors mainly

gray and white, cinerea

^ 3 —Median band of cephalothorax in its anterior halt

about half as broad as the eye area, colors dark.

g 1 —Median band of cephalothorax not laterally

notched anterior to the median groove.

j_ 1,— Venter pale brown, sternum not darker

than the coxse avdvci.

f 2 —Venter black or blackish, sternum darker

than coxa;, jrondicola.

e 2 —Median band of cephalothorax notched later-
ally anterior to the median groove.
/ 1 —Legs (at least the femora) distinctly an-
nulated, venter and sternum not deep

g 1 —Spines on the femora shorter than
the greatest diameter of the fem-

Qj.^ pratensis.

> g 2.— Spines on the femora longer than the

greatest diameter of the femora,

purcelli.

2 —Legs not annulated, venter and sternum

deep black, .... sepulchralis.

Trocliosa noctuabunda n. sp. PI. XVIII, figs. 9, 10.

(Several specimens from Austin, Texas.)

Eyes —First row nearer the second than to the clypeal margin,
straio-ht fully as broad as the second, the middle eyes nearly double
the size of the lateral. Eyes of second row largest, separated by about
1 3 times their diameter. Third row little broader than the second,
and almost twice the diameter of one of its eyes behind the second.
Dorsal eve area less than one-sixth the length of the cephalothorax.
Quadrilateral of the posterior eyes about as long as broad.

2^0^^.— Cephalothorax in front in the (^ rather pointed and about

302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

two-fifths its greatest transverse diameter, in the $ somewhat rounded
and sHghtly more than one-half this diameter, highest at or shghtly
in front of the middle, entirely smooth except for a few long hairs in
the ocular area. Head low and obHque on the sides. Chelicera mas-
sive with strong macula basalis, very strongly arched on the anterior
border, longer than the width of the clypeus, in length about twice the
height of the head in front, with 3 pairs of teeth. Sternum decidedly
longer than broad, rather pointed posteriorly. Labium fully one-half
as long as the maxillae, longer than broad, truncated straight. An-
terior spinnerets slightly the longest. Legs short and stout with short
spines; vertically inserted, longer, fine hairs are particularly noticeable
on the tibiae and metatarsi ; length of leg IV to cephalothorax, c? 3.8 : 1,
9 3.5 :1; metatarsus IV shorter than patella and tibia combined.
$ palpal claw with 4 teeth.

Dimensions.

c? ?

Cephalothorax, 3.4 4 (3 in smallest)

Abdomen, 3.3 5

Leg I, 9.2 10.3

Leg II, 8.8 9.8

Leg III, 8.2 9.3

Leg IV, 13 14

Color (in alcohol). — Cephalothorax above blackish or deep brown in
the eye area, with a yellowish spot postero-lateral to each posterior eye,
A median yellow band arises between the posterior eyes, just behind
them enlarges to a width slightly broader than that of the ocular
area, is deeply constricted in front of the dorsal groove, enlarged to
its greatest diameter around this groove, constricted again behind
this groove and then slightly enlarged again at the posterior mar-
gin ; in its anterior portion this band contains a median and a pair
of lateral darker lines. There is a more or less distinct broad, inter-
rupted yellow submarginal band on the posterior two-thirds of the
cephalothorax; a yellow line beneath the anterior eyes; while the
remainder of the cephalothorax is shining dark brown or blackish.
Sternum shining, with few hairs, yellowish-brown with darker margins.
Abdomen in the brightest individuals above with a narrow median
green band on its anterior half, this band pointed at each end and
bordered laterally by a broader stripe of silvery-white interrupted by
black spots; on the posterior half of the dorsum the silvery- white is
continued as a few broad transverse areas, spotted by black; lateral to
this silvery-white is a broader black area, deep black and not inter-

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 303

rupted anteriorly (on the anterior aspect of the abdomen the black
band of one side joins with that of the other), while posteriorly the
black band widens and becomes mottled with buff; sides buff, spotted
with black posteriorly; venter yellow in front of the lung-books,
behind them pale brown with small spots of darker l^rown and black.
In other individuals the dorsum shows the same general pattern, but
the silvery-white is replaced by yellow and the black by browm.
Epigynum reddish-brown. Spinnerets pale brown. Chelicera brown
or almost black, the macula red. Lahium as dark as the chelicera but
with lighter distal end, and maxillce lighter. Legs in the brightest indi-
viduals clear greenish-yellow, distinctly ringed with black on all the
joints except the tarsi, each coxa black on its anterior and posterior
aspects, the tarsi reddish-brown. Palpi colored like the legs.

Comparisons.— This species comes very close to sublata, but differs
from it in the coloration of the cephalothorax and of the abdominal
venter. The epigyna of the two are very similar.

Habits. — Not common, on damp ground under stones, on the margin
of streams.

Troohosa pratensis (Emerton).

Lycosa pratensis Emerton, 1885.

Lycosa pratensis Emerton, Montgomery, 1903.

(99 from Wood's Hole, Massachusetts.)

Eyes. — First row a little broader than the second, the middle eyes
larger and slightly lower, lateral eyes nearer the second row than to
the clypeal margin. Eyes of second row largest, their diameter apart.
Length of dorsal eye area to cephalothorax as 1 : 6.5.

Form. — Cephalothorax highest between the posterior eyes and the
dorsal groove, in front truncated and a little more than one-half its
greatest transverse diameter, sides of head obliciue. Chelicera longer
than the width of the clypeus, 2.5 times the height of the head in front.
Labium longer than wide, its sides nearly parallel, truncated apically,
one-half the length of the maxillae. Sternum longer than broad.
Spinnerets equal. Legs thick, leg IV to cephalothorax as 2.7 : 1 ; meta-
tarsus IV shorter than the patella and tibia combined. Palpal claw
with 5 teeth.

Troohosa contestata (Montg.).

Lycosa contestata Montg., 1903.

( 9 from Wood's Hole, Massachusetts.)

Eyes. — First row slightly shorter than the second, much nearer the
clypeal margin than to the second row, middle eyes double the size of
the lateral and a little higher. Eyes of the second row nearly L5 times

304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Maich,

their diameter apart. Eyes of the third row nearly as large as those
of the second. Dorsal eye area to the cephalothorax as 1 : 6.

Form. — Cephalothorax highest a little anterior to the middle, in
front truncated and about one-half its greatest transverse diameter,
the sides of the head rather oblique. Chelicera about as long as the
width of the clypeus, fully 2.5 times the height of the head in front,
with 4 teeth on the inferior and 3 on the anterior margin. Labium
longer than wide, truncated apically, one-half the length of the maxillae.
Maxilla indented on the inferior surface near the distal end. Sternum
longer than broad. Spinnerets equal. Leg IV to cephalothorax as
3.6 : 1 ; metatarsus IV shorter than patella and tibia combined.
Palpal claw with 4 teeth.

Troohosa avara Keyserling. PI. XX, fig. 42.

Trochosa avara Keys., 1876.

Lycosa avara (Keys.), Montgomery, 1903.

(One Q from Philadelphia; numerous individuals of both sexes from
Austin, Texas.)

Eyes. — First row slightly narrower than the second, straight, equi-
distant from the second row and the clypeal margin, the middle eyes
closely approximated and fully L5 the size of the lateral. Eyes of
second row largest, fully (c?) or almost (9) their diameter apart.
Dorsal eye area to cephalothorax as 1 : 6. Quadrilateral of the pos-
terior eyes longer than broad.

Form. — Cephalothorax highest behind the middle, in front truncated
and one-half (?) or less (cJ^) as wide as its greatest transverse diam-
eter, the sides of the head oblique. Chelicera longer than the width of
the clypeus, their length fully three times the height of the head in
front, with 3 pairs of teeth. Labium longer than broad, truncated
apically, not one-half the length of the maxillae. Sternum longer than
broad. Anterior spinnerets longest. Leg IV to cephalothorax ( $ )
as 3 : 1; metatarsus IV shorter than patella and tibia combined. 9
palp with 5 teeth.

Remarks. — The Texas specimens agree essentially with Keyserling's
description except in the following points : The epigynum is distinctly
broader than long. The abdomen above has a more or less dis-
tinct median darker band edged with yellowish on the anterior
half, and a pair of white spots on the posterior half, the rest
of the anterior surface being finely mottled with black and brown;
on the posterior dorsum are narrow transverse stripes of brown, be-
tween each two of which is a pair of black spots (each surrounded by
a brown ring) ; the venter is pale brown with minute black spots.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 305

Habits. — A common species in the vicinity of Austin, mider stones
on dry hillsides.

Trochosa purcelli (Montg.).

Lycosa purcelli Montg., 1902.
Lycosa kochii Keys., Emerton, 1885.
nee Tarentula kochii Keys., 1876.
Lycosa nigraurata Montgomery, 1902.

(Several specimens from Pennsylvania, New Jersey and Massachu-
setts.)

Eyes (9). — First row slightly shorter than the second, nearer the
clypeal margin than to the second row, about straight or lateral eyes
slightly lower, middle eyes 1.5 times the size of the lateral. Eyes of
second row largest, slightly more than their diameter apart. Dorsal
eye area to cephalothorax as 1 : 4.75. Quadrilateral of the posterior
eyes broader than long.

Foryn (9). — Cephalothorax highest at about the middle, in front
truncated and not quite one-half its greatest transverse diameter, the
sides of the head oblique. Chelicera with 3 pairs of teeth, longer than
the width of the clypeus, their length 2.25 times the height of the head
in front. Labium longer than broad, shghtly concave apically, not
one-half the length of the maxillae. Sternum rounded. Leg. IV to
cephalothorax as 3.5 : 1. Metatarsus IV shorter than patella and
tibia combined. Spinnerets about equal in length. Palpal claw with
4 teeth.

Remarks. — In addition to certain shght differences in the form of the
epigyna (mentioned in my preceding paper), this form is to be separated
from kochii in that the cephalothorax in front is less than one-half its
greatest transverse diameter, instead of "vorn bedeutend mehr als
halb so breit als in der Mitte," and in being highest at or behind the
middle. The male which I had described as a new species {nigrau-
rata) is an unusually bright-colored individual, with 4 teeth on the
posterior margin of one of the chelicera.

Trochosa cinerea (Fabr.). PI. XX, fig. 43.

Araneus cinereus Fabricius, 1793.

Lycosa lynx Hahn, 1831.

Lycosa halodroma C. Koch, 1848.

Arctosa cinerea Idem.

Arctosa lynx Idem.

Lycosa niaritima Hentz, 1841.

Lycosa cinerea Fabr., Emerton, 1885.

Lycosa cinerea Fabr., Stone, 1890.

Lycosa cinerea Fabr., Montgomery, 1902.

(Numerous specimens from Austin, Texas; Wood's Hole, Massa-
chusetts; Long Island, New York; New Jersey.)
20

306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

Eyes. — First row straight, as broad as the second, nearer the clypeal
margin than to the second row, middle eyes fully twice as large as the
lateral. Eyes of second row largest, their diameter apart. Dorsal
eye area to cephalothorax as 1 : 4.5. Quadrilateral of the posterior
eyes slightly longer than broad.

Fonn.— Cephalothorax highest between the posterior eyes and the
dorsal groove, in front more than one-half its greatest transverse diam-
eter ( 9 ) or less (d^) and truncated (9) or rounded (d^). Sides of
head moderately oblique and rounded. Chelicera with 3 pairs of teeth,
much longer than the width of the clypeus, in length about 2.5 times
the height of the head in front. Labium longer than broad, trimcated
apically, fully one-half the length of the maxilljp. Legs strong with
short spines ; leg IV to cephalothorax as 4 : 1 ; metatarsus IV shorter
than patella and tibia combined. 9 palpal claw with 3 minute teeth.
(^ palpal tibia twice as long as the patella, and narrower, the point of
the tarsus fully as long as the bulbus. Anterior spinnerets longest.

Comparisons. — This differs from the European form, judging from
Simon's description {Arachnides de France), in that the fourth tibia and
patella combined are considerably longer than the cephalothorax
(instead of the same length), and in that the fourth leg is 4 times the
length of the cephalothorax instead of 3.3 times. The two species may
prove to be distinct.

The Texas specimens differ from the northern ones in large size
( 9 with a cephalothoracal length of 7.5 mm.), and in being much paler
colored.

Habits. — In the North this is a species of the sea coast. At Austin
it is common, particularly in the fall, under stones close to fresh water.

Trocliosa frondicola (Emerton).

Lycosa frondicola Emerton, 1885

Lycosa frondicola Emerton, Stone, 1890.

Lycosa frondicola Emerton, Montgomery, 1902, 1903.

(Specimens from Pennsylvania and Massachusetts.)
Eyes. — First row fully as broad as the second, middle eyes larger
and slightly lower, nearer the clypeal margin than to the second row.
Eyes of second row largest, 1.4 times their diameter apart. Dorsal
eye area to cephalothorax as 1:5. Quadrilateral of the posterior
eyes broader than long.

Form. — Cephalothorax slightly highest behind the middle, in front
truncated and quite (c?) or more than ( 9 ) one-half its greatest trans-
verse diameter, with the sides of the head oblique. Chelicera with 3
pairs of teeth, longer than the width of the clypeus, their length twice

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307

the height of the head in front. Labium longer than broad, apically
truncated, one-half the length of the maxillae. Sternum large, longer
than broad. Leg IV to cephalothorax, c? 3.8 : 1,^ 9 3 : 1.' Metatar-
sus IV shorter than patella and tibia combined. 9 palpal claw with
3 teeth.

Trochosa sepulchralis (Montg.).

Lycosa sepulchralis Montgomery, 1902, 1903.
(Specimens from Pennsylvania, and from Austin, Texas.)
Eyes. — First row fully as broad as the second, middle eyes twice as
large as the lateral, straight (c?) or middle eyes lower ( $ ), equidistant
from the second row and the margin of the clypeus (?) or upon the
margin of the clypeus (c^). Eyes of second row three-fourths their
diameter apart. Dorsal eye area to cephalothoraxas 1 : 7. Quadri-
lateral of the posterior eyes broader than long.

Form. — Cephalothorax highest between the posterior eyes and the
dorsal groove, the sides of the head oblique, in front more than one-half
as broad as its greatest transverse diameter (?) or less ( c? ) . Che-
licera with 3 pairs of teeth, their length about 2.5 times the height of
the head in front, as long (cJ*) or longer ( 9 ) than the width of the cly-
peus. Labium longer than broad, apically truncated, in the 9 one-
half the length of the maxillge but less in the c?. Sternum large wdth
few hairs. Anterior spinnerets longest. Leg IV to cephalothorax,
cJ' 4 : 1, 9 3.3 : 1. Metatarsus IV shorter than the patella and tibia
combined. 9 palpal claw 'udth 3 pairs of teeth.

Trochosa rubicunda Keys. PI. XIX, fig. 30.

Trochosa rubicunda Keyserling, 1876.
Lycosa polita Emerton, 1885.

(One 9 from Massachusetts, from J. H. Emerton.)
Eyes. — First row broader than the second on each side by the
diameter of a lateral eye, the middle eyes slightly lower than the lateral
and larger. Eyes of the second row largest, one-half their diameter
apart. Third row slightly wider than the first. Ocular area much
wider than long, and not more than one-ninth the length of the cepha-
lothorax.

Form. — Cephalothorax mthout hairs, rounded anteriorly where it is
more than one-half its greatest diameter, highest at the middle and
gradually sloping down to the eye region, oblique on the sides. Che-
licera mth 3 pairs of teeth, longer than the width of the clypeus, their
length three times the height of the head in front. Labium longer
than broad, slightly concave apically, less than one-half the length of
the maxillae. Sternum very large and with few hairs, truncated

£08 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Maicll

straight anteriorly and pointed posteriorly. Anterior spinnerets long-
est. Legs short and thick, 1 ventral spine on tibia I, 2 on tibia II,
3 pairs on tibia? Ill and lY ; metatarsus IV shorter than patella and
tibia combined; leg IV to cephalothorax as 2.-4 : 1.

Trochosa sublata (Montg.).

Lycosa sublata Montgomery, 1902.

( 9 , type, Point Pleasant, New Jersey.)

Eyes. — First row slightly broader than the second, straight, nearer
the second row than to the clypeal margin, middle eyes slightly larger.
Eyes of second row largest, their diameter apart. Third row slightly
broader than the first, its eyes more than twice their diameter behind
the second row. Quadrilateral of the posterior ej'es longer than broad.
Dorsal eye area to length of cephalothorax as 1 : 5.

Form. — Cephalothorax in front somewhat roimded and more than
one-half its greatest transverse diameter, highest at the middle ; head
low and its sides obhcjue. Chelicera with 3 pairs of teeth, their length
greater than the width of the clypeus and c^uite 3 times the height of
the head in front. Labium longer than wide, truncated apically, not
one-half the length of the maxillae. Legs thick, metatarsus IV shorter
than patella and tibia combined. Length of leg IV to cephalothorax
as 3.6 : 1.

Genus PIRATA SundevaU, 1S33.

The main combinations of characters of this genus are : The first eye
row is fully as broad as the second (slightly shorter in elegans and
nigromaculatus) ; the length of the posterior spinnerets is quite 1.5
times that of the anterior, frecjuently twice; the metatarsus IV is in
both sexes shorter than the patella and tibia combined by only one-
third the length of the patella (one-half in marxi); the inferior tarsal
claw is toothed (except in marxi) ; the sides of the head are oblique
(except in elegans and the c? of liher) ; the chelicera are weak, rather
straight anteriorly, their length not more, usually less, than twice the
height of the head in front; the labium is large and longer than broad.
The chelicera have 2 or 3 teeth on the posterior border. The eyes of
the second row are less than L5 times their diameter apart. The cepha-
lothorax is highest behind the middle, or in the cephalic region (elegans).
Tibia I has 3 ventral pairs of spines. The length of leg TV to the cepha-
lothorax varies from 3.3 : 1 to 4.6 : 1 ; the legs have generally long spines
and frec^uently fine long hairs.

It is somewhat doubtful whether this genus is a homogeneous one;
marxi approaches Trochosa, and elegans, Lycosa. There are also some

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 309

resemblances to Aidonia. All the species of Pirata known to me live
beneath stones close to water, and spin for themselves during the cold
season little closed nests.

Key to Species of Pirata. '

a. 1. — Eyes of the second row not more than one-half their diameter
apart, chelicera with 2 teeth on the posterior margn, , marxi.
a. 2. — Eyes of the second row nearly or quite their diameter apart,
chelicera with 3 teeth on the posterior margin.
b. 1. — Sternum blackish with a yellow median band and 3 yellow
spots on each side, cephalothorax of the 9 only one-
quarter longer than broad, prodigiosus Keyserling, 1876.
b. 2. — Sternum not so colored, cephalothorax in the 9 one-half
longer than broad.
c. 1. — Venter with dark bands or rows of dark spots, femora

usually distinctly annulated, liber.

c. 2. — Not so colored.

d. 1. — Legs almost devoid of hairs, . . . elegans,
d. 2. — liCgs covered with fine soft hairs.

e. 1. — A large dark spot at each side of the spin-
nerets, ? with leg IV 3.3 times the length
of the cephalothorax, . nigromacidatus.
€. 2. — No such black spots, $ with leg IV 4.4 times
the length of the cephalothorax,

sedentarius.

Pirata marxi Stone. PI. XIX, fig, 27.

Pirata marxi Stone, 1890.
Pirata marxi Stone, Montgomery, 1902.
Pirata piraticus Clerck, Emerton, 1S85.
nee Pirata piraticus Clerck.

( ? ) type, Pennsylvania; 9 from Massachusetts.)

Eyes. — First row fully as broad as the second, straight, nearer the
second row than the margin of the clypeus, the middle eyes only slightly
larger than the lateral. Eyes of the second row one-half their diameter
apart. Length of dorsal e3^e area to cephalothorax as 1 : 5.5. Quad-
rilateral of the posterior ej'es much wider than long.

Form. — Cephalothorax without hairs, highest behind the posterior
eyes, posterior declivity very abrupt and steep, in front one-half its
greatest transverse diameter. Chelicera with 3 teeth anteriorly and
2 posteriorly, rather straight anteriorly, their length greater than the
width of the clypeus and about twice the height of the head in front.
Labium longer than Inroad and more than one-half the length of the
maxillse, broadest behind its middle, rounded apically. Sternum large,
nearly round. Length of leg IV to cephalothorax as 3.8 : 1; meta-
tarsus IV shorter than patella and tibia combined by one-half the

310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [iMarch,

length of the patella. No teeth on the inferior tarsal claws. Palpal
claw with 5 teeth.

Comparisons. — This is the species identifiecl by Emerton with the
European piraticus. But they are distinct, judging from the descrip-
tion given by Simon in his Arachnides de France. The structure of the
epigyna differs; in marxi the median anterior eyes are but little larger
than the lateral (instead of almost double their size) and almost con-
tiguous (instead of being separated by a little more than their diam-
eter), and further, these median eyes are much nearer each other than
to the lateral; in jnarxi also tibia and patella IV combined are longer
than the cephalothorax (instead of shorter) ; and there are differences
in coloration.

Pirata elegans Stone.

Pirata elegans Stone, 1890.

Pirata elegans Stone, Montgomery, 1902.

(Four 9 9 , types, York county, Pennsylvania.)

Eyes. — First row somewhat shorter than the .second, middle eyes
slightly higher and a little smaller than the lateral, and nearer each
other than to the lateral, equidistant from the clypeal margin and the
second row. Eyes of the second row largest, slightly more than their
diameter apart. Third row broadest, its eyes about twice their diam-
eter behind the second row. Quadrilateral of the posterior eyes as
long as broad. Length of dorsal eye area to cephalothorax as 1 : 4.3.

Forin. — Cephalothorax in front truncated and not quite one-half its
greatest transverse diameter, highest at the posterior eyes, sides of
head rather steep, head projecting in front of the clypeus. Chelicera
with 3 pairs of teeth, their length greater than the width of the clypeus
and not quite twice the height of the head in front, nearly straight
anteriorly. Labium longer than broad, not one-half the length of
the maxillae, widest just behind its middle, rounded apically. Sternum
longer than broad. Posterior spinnerets longest (almost twice the
length of the anterior). Length of leg IV to cephalothorax as 3.7 : 1;
metatarsus IV not quite as long as patella and tibia combined. One
tooth on the inferior tarsal claw.

Comparisons. — ^This species is intermediate between Lycosa and
Pirata, resembling the former in the height of the head and the short-
ness of the first eye row.

Pirata nigromaoulatus Montg.

Pirata nigromaculatus Montgomery, 1902.

(Types, Luzerne county, Pennsylvania.)

Eyes. — First row almost as broad as the second, equidistant from the

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 311

clypeal margin and the second row, eyes equal, straight or the middle
eyes slightly higher. Eyes of the second row largest, 1.3 times their
diameter apart. Third row broadest, its eyes nearly twice their
diameter behind the second row. Quadrilateral of the posterior eyes
broader than long. Length of the dorsal eye area to the cephalo-
thorax as 1 : 4.8.

Form. — Cephalothorax in front rounded (?) or truncated straight
(c?), almost ( 9 ) or decidedly less (6^) than one-half its greatest trans-
verse diameter, about equally high at the posterior eyes and the middle,
the eyes projecting in front of the clypeus. Chehcera with 3 pairs of
teeth, nearly straight anteriorly, their length greater than the width of
the clypeus and about 1.8 times the height of the head in front . Labium
longer than broad, about one-half the length of the maxillae, truncated
(?) or rounded (c^) apically. Posterior spinnerets nearly double the
length of the anterior. Metatarsus IV shorter than the patella and
tibia combined ; length of leg IV to cephalothorax ( 9 ) as 3.3 : 1.
Inferior tarsal claw with 1 tooth.

Pirata liber Montg.

Pirata liber Montgomery, 1902, 1903.

(Numerous specimens from Pennsylvania, New Jersey and Massachu-
setts.)

Eyes. — First row almost or quite as broad as the second, straight,
equidistant from the second row and the clypeal margin, eyes adequal.
Eyes of the second row 1.3 times their diameter apart. Length of the
dorsal eye area to the cephalothorax as 1 : 5.5. Quadrilateral of the
posterior eyes much broader than long.

Form. — Cephalothorax very slightly higher behind the middle than
at the posterior eyes (?) or decidedly highest at the median groove (c?) ;
the median groove lies on the dorsal surface and not on the posterior
declivity, this declivity being very abrupt in the c^ ; the cephalothorax
in front is almost (?) or decidedly less (c?) than one-half its greatest
transverse diameter ; the sides of the head nearly vertical ( c? ) or more
oblique ( ? ). Chelicera with 3 pairs of teeth, weak and straight in front,
their length about 1.75 times the height of the head in front and (in
the ? ) shorter than the width of the clypeus. Labium large, truncated
apically, longer than broad, fully one-half the length of the maxillse.
Sternum longer than broad. Posterior spinnerets more than twice
the length of the anterior. Metatarsus IV a little shorter than the
patella and tibia combined. Length of leg IV to cephalothorax ( ? )
as 3.3 : 1. Palpi and legs with long soft hairs, most noticeable on the

312 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [Maich,

tibise and metatarsi (especially in the c?). Inferior tarsal claw with 2
or 3 teeth. 9 palpal claw with 3 or 4 teeth.

Pirata sedentarius n. sp. PI. XIX, figs. 28, 29.

(Numerous specimens from Austin, Texas.)

Eyes. — First row as broad or slightly broader than the second,
straight or the middle eyes a little higher, equidistant from the second
row and the clypeal margin, the middle eyes largest and slightly nearer
to the lateral eyes than to each other. Eyes of the second row slightly
more than their diameter apart. Third row considerably broader than
the second. Quadrilateral of the posterior eyes broader than long.
Length of the dorsal eye area to the cephalothorax as 1 : 6,

Form. — Cephalothorax in front truncated and not one-half its great-
est transverse diameter, highest at the median groove, the posterior
declivity making an angle of 45° with the dorsal contour. Sides of the
head low and rounded, with long scattered hairs in the cephalic region.
Chelicera with 3 pairs of teeth, nearly straight in front in the o" , but
more arched and robust in the 9 , their length about twice the height
of the head in front. Labium longer than wide, apically truncated,
more than one-half the length of the maxillse. Maxillae slender, only
slightly enlarged distally, with nearly parallel sides, convex on the inner
and concave on the outer border. Sternum much longer than wide,
pointed posteriorly. Posterior spinnerets twice the length of the
anterior. Legs with long spines and (particularly on the til)ia and
metatarsus of I and II) with long soft hairs. Palpi long and slender.
Metatarsus IV a little shorter than patella and tibia combined ; length
of leg IV to cephalothorax as (c?) 4.6 : 1, ( 9 ) 4.4 : L Inferior tarsal
claw with 1 or 2 teeth. 9 palpal claw wuth 4 teeth.

Dimensions. cJ^ 9

Cephalothorax 2.3 2.5

Abdomen, 2.4 2.6

Leg 1 9.3 8

Leg II, 8 7.5

Leg III 6 6.8

Leg IV 10.5 11

Color (in alcohol). — The cephalothorax is marked with pale yellow
and pale brown ; the yellow forms a median band (half as wide as the
eye area) extending from this area to the median groove, and continu-
ing from there as a slightly broader band to the posterior margin;
a little distance behind each posterior eye is another yellow band

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 313

which joins the median one at the median groove; there is a broader
yellow submarginal band which does not extend to the head; the
remainder of the cephalothorax is pale brown. Sternum yellow like the
coxae, ■with a narrow brown margin. Ahdoinen above with a rather
narrow median yellow band largest at the anterior end and narrowing
to a point at the middle; from this point to the posterior end, with
more or less distinctness, is a series of 4-5 broad transverse yellow
markings, and a larger elongate yellow mark on each side of the median
band; all these yellow markings are demarcated by a ground color
of pale brown or dark greenish. The sides are mottled or streaked
with yellow or brown; the venter uniform pale yellow or pale brown.
E-pigynimi black. Chelicera and maxillce shining brownish, labium,
darker. Legs yellow, femora annulated with greenish or brownish,
a white ring at the middle of the tibise; in the c^ the tibise, tarsi and
metatarsi of I and II and the metatarsi of IV are darker than the other
joints. Palpi yellowish, in the cJ^ the tarsal joint is brown.

Comparisons. — ^This species differs from the related liber mainly in
form; greater relative length of legs; their greater hairiness; sides of
the head very oblique in the d" instead of vertical; the posterior
decHvity of the cephalothorax in the 6^ much less steep.

Habits. — ^'ery abundant at Austin, under moist stones close to
water.

Key to the North American Genera of Pisaurid^.

(This key has been compiled from Simon, 1898, since I have not seen
representatives of the genera Maypacius and Thanatidius.)

a. 1. — Area of the middle eyes longer than Inroad; tarsi usually pro-
vided with an onychium.
b. 1. — First eye row strongly procurved, the lateral usually larger
than the middle eyes ; clypeus narrow.
c. 1. — Lateral anterior eyes with the middle anterior occupy-
ing an area not broader than long,

Maypacius Simon, 1898.
c. 2. — Lateral anterior eyes with the middle anterior occupy-
ing an area much broader than long,

Thanatidius Simon, 1898.
b. 2. — First eye row straight, eyes subequal; clypeus broad,

Pisaurijia.

a. 2. — Area of the middle eyes broader, or not less broad, than long;

tarsi without an onychium, Dolomedes.

314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Marcll,

Genus DOLOMEDES Latreille, 1804.

Key to the Species of Dolomedes.

(For the females only.)

a. 1. — Second eye row broader than the first, posterior edge of the eyes
of the second row on a line with the anterior edge of the eyes
of the third row, , , . scapularis Koch, Keyserling, 1876.
a. 2. — Eyes not so.

b. 1. — Head not demarcated from the cephalothorax; cephalo-

thorax with a very distinct, white submarginal band;

sternum with 3 pairs of black spots, . . sexpundatus.

b. 2. — Head demarcated from the cephalothorax ; not so colored.

c. 1. — Median piece of epigynum only one-half its length;

leg IV longer than I by less than one-third the length

of its terminal joint, idoneus.

c. 2. — Median piece of the epigynum extending its whole
length; leg IV longer than I by almost the full
length of its terminal joint.
d. 1. — Epigynum distinctly broader than long; legs imi-
form dark color without rings below, with indis-
tinct yellowish markings on the superior surface
of the femora, coxse the same color as the ster-
num; sternum with median band indistinct;
cephalothorax without a yellow median line;
abdominal dorsum with a yellow median band,
anteriorly to the anterior end of which joins a
pair of less distinct yellow lines, and posteriorly
with 3 pairs of small white spots connected by
transverse whitish lines that are slightly curved ,

urinator.
d. 2. — Epigynum almost as long as broad; legs above
with distinct yellow marbling on the femora,
below with distinct rings on the patellse, tibiae
and metatarsi, the coxae below clear yellow and
lighter than the sternum; sternum blackish
with a distinct yellow median band; cephalo-
thorax with a distinct yellow median line;
abdominal dorsum anteriorly with 3 pairs of
lateral yellow lines connected with the median
one, posteriorly without pairs of white spots and
with a series of transverse yellow bands each of
the shape of a W, fontarms.

Dolomedes sexpunctatus Hentz. PI. XX, fig. 34.

Dolomedes sexpunctatus Hentz, 1841.
Dolomedes sexpunctatus Hentz, Emerton, 1885.
Dolomedes sexpunctatus Hentz, Montgomery, 1903.

(Numerous specimens from Austin, Texas, and one from Massachu-

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 315

Eyes. — First row broader than the second, much nearer to the second
row than the clypeal margin, middle eyes lower and slightly larger.
Eyes of the second row quite their diameter apart ( 9 ) or less (d^).
Third row broadest, its eyes on tubercles and nearly as large as those of
the second row. Dorsal eye area about one-seventh the length of the
cephalothorax. Quadrilateral of the middle eyes as long as Inroad ( 9 )
or slightly broader than long (d^).

Form (c^). — The d^ differs from the ? in the cephalothoracal out-
line being much more rounded, the head in front only one-third its
greatest transverse diameter, the clypeus vertical so that the eyes pro-
ject forward beyond it. The legs are very slender, the fourth longest
and 5.8 times the length of the cephalothorax, the first slightly longer
than the second, the third extending only to the end of the metatarsus
of the second. The palpal tibia has a large process on its external
surface as long as length of the tibia, and with a small tooth on the
ventral distal apex.

Dimensions. d^ $ from Texas-

Cephalothorax, 4.5 9.5

Abdomen, 4 11

Leg I, 25 35

Leg II, 24 34.5

Leg III, 21 32

Leg IV, 26 40

Color of Male (specimen from Austin, in alcohol). — Cephalothorax
pale yellowish-brown, sides below the submarginal white stripe darker,
otherwise as in the ? . Sternum pale yellowish-white with 3 pairs of
distinct dark spots. Abdomen with the dorsal pattern very distinct.
There is a dorso-median band along its entire length, yellow in color
and bordered on each side by a somewhat narrower blackish band con-
taining a row of 5 white spots, the two anterior of which are largest and
furthest apart, while the three posterior are connected with the corre-
sponding ones of the opposite side by transverse white lines; lateral
to each of these blackish bands is a broader greenish-brown stripe.
The sides are whitish, finely streaked with brownish. The venter is
pale yellow. Legs very pale yellow, metatarsi and tarsi a little darker.
Palpi pale yellow, the spine of the tibia and the lower surface of the
palpal organ black.

Form (?). — Cephalothorax in front truncated straight, somewhat
less than one-half its greatest transverse diameter, its greatest diameter
barely equalling the distance from the third eye row to the posterior
margin, the cephalic portion not demarcated from the thoracic, highest

316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

behind the middle, posterior dechvity very steep, clypeus obliquely
inclined. Chelicera with 4 teeth on the inferior margin. Sternum
longer than broad, rounded. Labium slightly longer than broad,
truncated straight apically, widest a little behind its middle. Relative
length of legs IV, II, I, III, III only shghtly shorter than I and 11, all
rather stout and scopulated; length of leg IV to cephalothorax as
4.3 : 1.

Remarks. — The Texas specimens are larger than the northern ones,
and the femora are more or less banded above wdth brownish.

Habits. — Very abundant at Austin, under the stones close to streams.
Females with cocoons are most abundant in the fall. An adult male
was found in November, and numerous nearly full-grown males in
January.

Dolomedes fontanus Emerton. PI. XX, figs. 35-37.

Dolomedes fontanus Emerton, 1885.
"f Dolomedes scripius Hentz, 1841.

(Specimens from Pennsylvania and North Carolina.)
Eyes. — As in urinator.

Form. — The general form of the 9 , proportions of the legs, mouth
parts, etc., are as in urinator. The c? differs in having the truncated
anterior end of the cephalothorax but little broader than one-fourth
its greatest transverse diameter, in the cephalothorax being distinctly
highest behind the middle, and in the greater slenderness of the legs,
which in order of length are IV, I, II, III. The palpus is longer than
,the cephalothorax, its terminal joint large, the tibia with an elevated
lamina on the outer side, this lamina longer than wide and with its
free border forming two larger and one smaller tooth, the ventral apical
edge of the tibia with two teeth; the proximal dorsal portion of the
tarsus has an elongated prominence and a small elevated knob lateral
to this.

Dimensions. cJ* ?

Cephalothorax, 7 7

Abdomen, 7 10

Leg I, 36 30.5

Leg II 33 31

Leg III, 32 28

Leg IV, 37 34

The largest 9 has a cephalothoracal length of 9 mm.

Color of Females (in alcohol). — Cephalothorax brown with a narrow
median line (splitting into two around the dorsal groove) from the cly-
peus to the posterior margin, from the median side of each posterior
eye arises a yellow line which passes backward and is so curved that

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 317

with its fellow of the opposite side it forms nearly a circle, its indistinct
posterior end joining the median band anterior to the middle and at
the point where a pair of small elongate black spots are apposed to
the median line. On each side of the thoracal portion are three sub-
marginal, rather broad and always distinct yellow marks which are
placed obliquely. The extreme margin is black, and there are reticular
black lines radiating from the dorsal groove. Sternum blackish with a
yellow median band. Abdomen above greenish-brown, patterned dis-
tinctly with yellow as follows: There is a narrow median orange band,
pointed at each end, which extends caudad not quite to the middle,
from which arises on each side three obhque yellow lines, one from its
posterior end, one (the longest) from its middle, and from its anterior
end one which passes like the others latero-caudad and then bends at an
angle to join the median band where the middle line joins it. On the
posterior half of the dorsum are 4 transverse yellow bands, each of the
shape of a W, the first of which is broadest and the first and second
most distinct. The sides are greenish-brown, the venter paler greenish
or yellowish. Chelicera black, labium and maxillm reddish-brown with
yellow ends. Legs above more or less distinctly ringed with yellow
and reddish-brown, with a number of alternating rings on the femora,
patellae brownish, tibiae yellow at the middle and brown at the ends,
metatarsi dark at the middle and yellow at the ends, tarsi yellow proxi-
mally and brown distally ; below the annulations are not as distinct as
above, the femora finely mottled with greenish-brown and yellow, the
coxae yellow and lighter than the sternum. Pal-pi like the legs.

Color of Male (specimen from North Carolina, in alcohol). — Cephalo-
thorax with the same pattern as in the ? , but with yellowish-brown in
place of dark brown. Abdomen like the 9 , but the yellow lines edged
with black. Mouth parts yellow. Legs pale yellow without annula-
tions, the distal ends of the tibiae, metatarsi and tarsi black. The pal
pus yellow, tibial apophysis and dorsal proximal portion of tarsus
black.

Comparisons. — This may possibly be the same as D. scriptus of Hentz,
but that species is hardly recognizable from Hentz's brief description
and poor figure. It is nearly related to D. urinator Hentz (cf.).

Dolomedes urinator Hentz.

Dolomedes urinator Hentz, 1841.
Dolomedes tenebrosus Hentz, Emerton, 1885.
Dolomedes tenebrosus Hentz, Stone, 1890.
Dolomedes urinator Hentz, Montgomery, 1902.

(Numerous 9 ? from Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, and
Austin, Texas; 1 d^ from Massachusetts.)

318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

Eyes ( $ ). — First row broader than the second, its lateral eyes
about their diameter from the second row, nearly straight, the middle
eyes being only slightly lower than the lateral. Eyes of the second row
almost their diameter apart. Third row broadest, its eyes almost as
large as those of the second row and placed upon tubercles. Quadri-
lateral of the middle eyes about as broad as long.

Form ( 9 ). — Cephalothorax in front truncated straight and not quite
one-half its greatest transverse diameter, highest behind the middle, the
cephalic portion demarcated from the thoracic, its greatest transverse
diameter equalling the distance from the posterior eyes to its posterior
end, clypeus high and slightly inclined. Chelicera with 4 ventral and
3 dorsal teeth. Labium slightly longer than broad, shghtly rounded
apically, not one-half the length of the maxillae. Sternum rounded.
Legs slender, IV, II, I, III, IV longer than I by not quite the length of
its terminal joint. Length of leg IV to cephalothorax as 4.1 : 1,
Femur IV with a tuft of thickened hairs posteriorly near its dis-
tal end.

Color in Alcohol ( 9 ). — The abdominal dorsum in all the specimens
shows anteriorly a more or less distinct median yellow line ending in a
point in front of the middle, and (generally less distinctly) a short
oblique yellow line at each side of its anterior end; on the posterior
half are 3 pairs of small white spots, connected transversely by as many
black lines which are not of the shape of a W, but slightly curved with
the concavity directed caudad; each of these white spots is surrounded
by black, and only the 3 pairs on the posterior half of the dorsum are
always distinct, but anterior to them are 1-3 pairs which are usually
very indistinct (represented usually by small obscure black spots with-
out white centers).

Characters of the c?. — An adult dried specimen of one of the original
males, described byEmerton as the male of tenebrosus,wsiS kindly loaned
to me by Mr. Emerton. The eyes are as in the $ , the first row almost
straight. The legs are in order I, II, IV, III. Femur IV has on its
posterior border near the distal end a prominent bunch of long thick-
ened hairs or short spines, which are much more prominent than in the
female. The palpal tibia has on its outer surface a long curved tooth,
and is on its ventro-distal border prolonged into a long toothed pro-
cess ; the palpus is longer than the cephalothorax. This being a dried
specimen it is difficult to compare it with the alcoholic specimens of
the females ; but the color of the legs is the same, and also the general
abdominal pattern (the 3 pairs of white spots are very distinct, and also
the slightly curved transversed blackish lines connecting them); the

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. . 319

cephalothorax has a broad submarginal white band on each side, con-
tinued also across the forehead.

Comparisons. — There is no doubt that this is the urinator of Hentz ;
it possesses the pairs of small white spots on each posterior abdominal
dorsum, and the slightly curved black lines (not of the shape of a W)
connecting them, all shown distinctly in Hentz's figure. It is closely
related to fontanus, and the epigyna of the two are very similar, but in
urinator it is always much broader than long, and its median piece has
a transverse groove just behind the middle, while in fontanus it is nearly
as long as broad and is without such a groove. There are a number of
constant differences, expressed in the key, which will serve to separate
the species. The females of idoneus may be easily distinguished from
those of both urinator and jonianus by the entirely different structure
of the epigynum, and by leg IV being longer than I by less than one-
third the length of the terminal joint.

Dolomedes idoneus Montgomery.

Dolomedes idoneus Montgomery, 1902.
?Dolomedes tenebrosus Hentz, 1841.

( 9 9 from Pennsylvania, New Jersey and Massachusetts.)

Eyes. — First row broader than the second, its middle eyes shghtly
larger and decidedly lower than the lateral (the dorsal margin of the
middle eyes extends dorsad to a little beyond the level of the ventral
margin of the lateral eyes), lateral eyes quite twice their diameter in
front of the eyes of the second row. Eyes of the second row not quite
their diameter apart. Third row broadest, its eyes on tubercles.
Quadrilateral of the middle eyes as broad as long.

Form ( ? ) . — Cephalothorax in front truncated straight, not quite
one-half its greatest transverse diameter, the cephalic portion demar-
cated from the thoracic, highest at the posterior eyes. Chelicera with
4 ventral and 3 dorsal teeth. Labium as in urinator. Sternum
slightly longer than broad. Legs rather slender, IV, II, I, III, IV and
II nearly equal in length. Length of leg IV to cephalothorax as 4.1 : 1.

Comparisons. — Of all of Hentz's species this most nearly approaches
his tenebrosus. But as I wrote before (1902), Hentz's description is
entirely insufficient as a diagnosis; further, he placed tenebrosus under
the 'Henebrosse" with the "eyes subequal, lower row as much curved
as the upper," which is not the case in idoneus; and his figm-e of the
mouth parts shows them entirely different from the condition in idoneus.
It is high time that tenebrosus, which has occasioned so much dispute,
should be allowed to fall into the synonymy on account of being
insufficiently characterized.

320 ^ PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

■ Genus PISAURINA Simon, 1898.
Pisaurina mira (Walck.).

Dolomedes mira Walckenaer, 1837.
Dolomedes virgatus Idem.
Micrommata undata Hentz, 1841,
Micrommata serrata Idem,
nee Micrommata carolinensis Hentz, 1841.
Ocyale undota Hentz, Emerton, 1885.
Ocyale undata Hentz, Stone,1890.
Pisaurina mira Walck., Simon, 1898.
Ocyale undata (Hentz), Montgomery, 1902.

(Numerous specimens from Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Massachu-
setts and Texas.)

Eyes (9). — First row separated from the clypeal margin by about
the diameter of its eyes, broader than the second row, almost straight
eyes equidistant, the middle slightly larger. Second row slightly
broader than the area of the middle eyes of the first, its eyes not quite
their diameter apart, slightly more than their diameter behind the first
row and in diameter about 1.3 times the middle eyes of that row.
Third row broadest, its eyes on tubercles and as large as those of the
second row. Quadrilateral of the middle eyes longer than wide.

For?n (9). — Cephalothorax in front truncated straight and quite
one-half its greatest transverse diameter, the cephalic portion quite
well demarcated from the thoracic, about equally high at the posterior
eyes and the dorsal groove, the clypeus nearly vertical. Sternum
almost as broad as long, pointed behind. Labium widest at the middle,
fully as wide as long, not one-half the length of the maxilla^, shghtly
convex apically. Posterior spinnerets longest. Legs slender, scopulse
not apparent, II, I, IV, III, legs I, II, and IV nearly equal in length.
Length of leg IV to cephalothorax as 4.4 : 1.

Chelicera with 3 pairs of teeth.

Form (d^). — The eyes are as in the ? , also the form and the relative
length of the legs. The palpal tibia has on its outer border one small
pointed tooth, little longer than wide.

Color of Male (in alcohol). — The only adult specimen seen (one from
Massachusetts, loaned by Mr. Emerton) had the cephalothoracal pat-
tern as in the 9 , but with the median band little darker than the sides.
The abdomen above with the narrow green median line on the anterior
half as in the ? , but the broad brown band not at all defined, so that
the dorsum is pale orange with on each side a row of several pale yellow,
short oblique lines, corresponding in position to the margin of the broad
brown band in the 9 . The rest of the coloration as in the 9 .

Nearly mature males from Texas have the dorsal dark bands as
distinct as in the female.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE I.

/fT"» ;^.-*>J;

^—'vfrtd '

a

^fl.

7b

li^

Winchester del.

PILSBRY. NEW JAPANESE MARINE MOLLUSCA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE II.

Vanatta de

PILSBRY. NEW JAPANESE MARINE MOLLUSCA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE III.

Vauatta del.

PILSBRY. NEW JAPANESE MARINE MOLLUSCA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE IV.

Vixnatta del

PILSBRY. NEW JAPANESE MARINE MOLLUSCA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE V.

Vanatta del.

PILSBRY. NEW JAPANESE MARINE MOLLUSCA.

PROC ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE VI.

Winchester ilel

PILSBRY. NEW JAPANESE MARINE MOLLUSCA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE VII.

BANKS. ARACHNIDA OF FLORIDA.

PROC ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE VIII.

BANKS. ARACHNIDA OF FLORIDA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE IX.

CHAPMAN ON PRIMATES.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE X.

CHAPMAN ON PRIMATES.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XI.

MOORE. SABELLID^e AND SERPULID.^.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XII.

MOORE. SABELLID.^ AND SERPULID^E.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

S.i.

PLATE XIII.

STEVENS. PLANARIA SIMPLISSIMA CURTIS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XIV.

//

xo

J. 2.

STEVENS. PLANARIA SIMPLISSIMA CURTIS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XV.

STEVENS. PLANARIA SIMPLISSIMA CURTIS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XVI.

"^^■■r

1° !c°o '-.

X

W • -n.

6^

fV^MS*'

:^'^

STEVENS. PLANARIA SIMPLISSIMA CURTIS

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XVIII.

MONTGOMERY ON LYCOSIDyE AND PISAURID.^.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XIX.

MONTGOMERY ON LYCOSlDyK AND PISAURID.^.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904

PLATE XX.

MONTGOMERY ON LYCOSID^C AND PISAURID.^.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 321

Dimensions of o'.

Cephalothorax, 5

Abdomen, 6

Leg 1 32.5

Leg II 34

Leg III, 27

Leg IV, 30.5

Literature,

(A complete list of all papers in which there are descriptions of Lycosidse
and Pisauridse from the Continent of North America north of Mexico, but not
including faunal lists and papers on the habits.)

Banks, N. 1892. The Spider Fauna of the Upper Cayuga Lake Basin. Proc.
Acad. Nat. Set. Phila.

1894. On the Lycosidse of Colorado. Journ. Neio York Entom. Soc, 2.

1894a. Some Missouri Spiders. Entom. News, Philadelphia, 5.

18946. A List of Spiders of Long Island, etc. Journ. New York Entom.

Soc.

1896. The Arachnida of Colorado. Ann. New York Acad., S.

1899. Some Spiders from Northern Louisiana. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash-
ington, 4.

1901. Notes on Some Spiders of Walckenaer, Koch and others. Journ.

New York Entom. Soc, 9.

1900. Arachnida. Papers from the Harriman Alaska Expedition. Proc.

W ashing f 071 Acad. Sci., 2.

• 1901. Some Arachnida from New Mexico. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.

Blackwall, J. 1846. Notice of Spiders Captured by Professor Potter in

Canada. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist , 17.

1871. Notice of Spiders Captured by Miss Hunter in Montreal, etc. Ibid.

Clerck, C. 1757. Svenska Spindlar.

CoMSTOCK, J. H. 1903. A Classification of North American Spiders. Ithaca,

N. Y.
Cragin. Contribution to the Knowledge of the Arachnida of Kansas. Bull.

Washburn Coll., 1.
Emerton, J. H. 1885. New England Lycosidse. Trans. Connecticut Acad.

Sci., 6.

1895. Canadian Spiders. Ibid., 9.

Fabricius, J. C. 1775. Systema entomologica.

GiEBEL, (J. G. 1869. Ueber einige Spinnen aus Illinois. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges.

Witn, 33.
GiRAE-^, C. 1854. Marcy's Exploration of the Red River, Louisiana,
Hentz, N. M. 1841. Descriptions and Figures of the Araneids of the United

States. Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., 4.

1875. The Spiders of the United States. Edited by Edward Burgess,

Boston,

Keyserling, 1876. Ueber amerikanische Spinnenarten der Unterordnung Citi-
gradse. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien.

1887. Neue Spinnen aus Amerika. VII. Ibid., 37.

Koch, C. 1848. Die Arachniden.

Latreille. 1804. Araignee. Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle.
McCooK, H. M. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1888,

1878. Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc, 7.

1893. American Spiders and their Spinning Work. Vol. 3, Philadelphia,

Marx, G. 1881. On Some New Tube-constructing Spiders. Amer. Nat.

- — — 1890. Catalogue of the Described Araneaj of Temperate North America,
Proc U. S. Nat. Mus , 12,

21

322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

Montgomery, T. H., Jr. 1902. Descriptions of Lycosidse and Oxyopidfc of
Philadelphia and Its Vicinity. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.

1903. Supplementary Notes on Spiders of the Genera Lycosa, Pardosa,

Pirata and Dolomedes from the Northeastern United States. Ibid.

ScuDDER, S. H, 1877. The Tube-constructing Ground Spider of Nantucket.

Psyche, 2.
Simon, E. 1876. Les Arachnides de France, 3, Paris.

1888. Ann. Soc. Entom. France.

1898a. Histoire naturelle des Araignees, 2 ed., 2, Paris.

18986. Descriptions d' Arachnides nouveaux des families des Agalenidrc,

Pisauridae, Lycosidse et Oxyopidac. Ann. Soc. Enfom. Belgique, 42.

Stone, W. 1890. Pennsylvania and New Jersey Spiders of the Family Ly-
cosidse. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.

Thorell, T. 1872. Om nagra Arachnider fram Gronland. Ofvcrs. Vet.-Aknd.
Forhandl. Stockholm, 29.

1875. Notice of Some Spiders from Labrador. Proc. Bo.^ton Soc. Nat.

Hist.. 17.

1877. Descriptions of the Aranc» Collected in Colorado, etc. BuU. U. S.

Geol. Survey of the Territories, 3.

Walckenaer, M. 1837. Histoire naturelle des Insectes, Apteres. Suites a
Buffon, Paris.

Explanation of Plates XVIII, XIX, XX.

All the figures have been drawn by me with the aid of the camera lucida, but the

degree of magnification varies for the different figures. All the drawings

of the palpal organs were made from the right-hand palpus.

Plate XVIII, Fig. 1. — Jjycosa euepigynata, r^, type, palpal organ.
Fig. 2. — Idem, 9 , type, epigynum.
Fig. 3. — Lycosa insopita, (^, type, palpal organ.
Fig. 4. — Idem, 9 , type, epigynum.
Fig. 5. — Lycosa antelucana, (^, type, palpal organ.
Fig. 6. — Idem, 9 , type, epigynum.
Fig. 7. — Lycosa pictilis, (^ , palpal organ.
Fig. 8. — Idem. 9 , epigynum.

Fig. 9. — Trochosa noctuabunda, (^, t\-pe, palpal organ.
Fig. 10. — Idem, 9, type, epigynum.
Fig. 11. — Lycosa mccooki, 9, co-type, epigynum.
Fig. 12. — Trochosa avara, c^, palpal organ.
Fig. 13. — Geolycosa texana, (^, palpal organ.
Fig. 14. — Idem, 9 , type, epigynum.

Plate XIX, Fig. 15. — Geolycosa latifrons, (^, tj-pe, palpal organ
Fig. 16. — Idem, 9, type, epigynum.
Fig. 17. — Idem, 9 , dorsal view of cephalothorax.
Fig. 18. — Idem, 9 , lateral view of cephalothorax.
Fig. 19. — Geolycosa baltimoriana, (^, palpal organ.
Fig. 20. — Pardosa mercurialis, (^, type, palpal organ.
Fig. 21. — Idem, 9, type, epigynum.
Fig. 22. — Pardosa pauxilla, ^, type, palpal organ.
Fig. 23. — Idem. 9, type, epigynum.
Fig. 24. — Pardosa lapidicina, (J^, palpal organ.
Fig. 25. — Pardosa glacialis, 9, epigynum.
Fig. 26. — Pardosa glacialis, 9 , epigynum.
Fig. 26. — Pardosa tachypoda, 9 , epigynum.
Fig. 27. — Pirata marxi, 9, from Massachusetts, epigynum.
Fig. 28. — Pirata sedentarius, (^, type, palpal organ.
Fig. 29. — Idem, 9 , type, epigj^num.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 323

Plate XX, Fig. 30. — Trochosa rubicunda, $ , epigynum.
Fig. 31. — Trabcea aurantiaca, ^f. palpal organ.
Fig. 32. — Idem, (^, lateral view of cephalothorax.
Fig. 33. — Aulonia humicola, 9 , lateral view of the cephalothorax.
Fig. 34. — -Dolomedes sexpunctatus, (J', palpal organ.
Fig. 35. — Dolomedes fontanus, (^, palpal organ.
Fig. 36. — Idem, (^ palpal tibia from the ventral surface.
Fig. 37. — Idem, 9 , epigynum.

Figs. 38, 39. — Lycosa inhonesta, 9 9 , epigyna of Texas specimens.
Fig. 40. — Lycosa nigra, (^, type, palpal organ.
Fig. 41. — Idem, (^, epigynum.

Fig. 42. — Trochosa avara, epigynum, 9 from Texas.
Fig. 43. — Trochosa cinerea, epigynum, 9 from Texas.

324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

April 5.

The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D,, in the Chair.

Twenty persons present.

Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown made a communication on post-glacial
centres of dispersal for reptiles in North America, the substance of
which will be embodied in a paper to be presented later.

The following were ordered to be printed :

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 325

THE CELL-LINEAGE AND EARLY LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF FIONA

marina, a nudibranch molltjsk.i
by dana brackenridge casteel, ph.d.

Outline.

Introduction.

Material and Method.

Nomenclature.

Earlier Work on Opisthobranch Development.

Maturation and Fertilization.

The Unsegmented Egg.

First Cleavage.

Second Cleavage.

Origin of Germ Layers.

Segregation of the Ectoblast.

Segregation of the Ento-Mesoblast.

Segmentation of the Entoblast.
Cleavage History of the Ectomeres.

The First Quartet.

The Second Quartet.

The Third Quartet.
Gastrulation.

Ecto-Mesoblast

Closure of the Blastopore.
Organogeny.

The Velum.

Later Velar Development.

Head Vesicle.

Nerve and Sense Organs.
Cerebral Ganglia.
Otocysts and Pedal Ganglia.
Eyes.

Excretory Organs.

The Enteron.

Stomodaeum and Mouth.

Shell Gland and Foot.

Larval Musculature.
Change of Axis and Form of the Developing Organism .
Abstract.
Table of Cell-Lineage.

Introduction.

The study of the cleavage and early larval history of Fiona marina
(Forsk.)^ embodied in this paper was undertaken with the view of

' Contribution from the Zoological Laboratory of the University of Penn-
sylvania.

' Dr. H. A. Pilsbry, of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, has
kindlv assisted me in identification.

326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

obtaining, as far as possible, an exact knowledge of the development
of this Opisthobranch, in order that certain doubtful points regarding
the embryology of Mollusks in general, and this group in particular,
might be better understood. Fiona has proved in many ways a diffi-
cult object for study, but in certain respects offers advantages to the
investigator. The exact origin of the germ layers as they arise in the
segmenting egg has been particularly sought throughout the cleavage
history, while in later stages attention has been directed to the rise of
larval organs from their particular protoblasts where these could be
definitely determined. Where this has been found impossible, approxi-
mate results are given. Certain questions have presented themselves
both at the beginning and during the progress of this work, some of
which may here be indicated briefly. Though it has not been my pur-
pose to consider particularly the mechanics of cleavage, this phase
of development has been borne in mind, and in certain instances
discussed. Comparisons are made between the nearl}^ equal cleavage
of Fiona and the more unequal segmentation of many other molluscan
and annelidan eggs. The manner of origin of the germ layers is nat-
urally a point of cardinal interest to the cell-lineage worker, since by
this method of investigation the most exact results are possible and
very definite comparisons ■s\'ith other forms may be made. The exact
derivation of the middle germ layer has been sought particularly.
Has it a single or double mode of origin? If both "primary" and
"secondary" mesoderm be present, which is "larval" and which forms
permanent organs? How is the mesoderm segregated from the two
primary germ layers? In the study of larval structure and develop-
ment the excretory organs are of much interest, since widely diverse
views are held regarding the mode of origin and the significance of
both primitive and definitive molluscan kidneys. The axial relations
between ovum and larva and the relations of the early cleavage planes
to the median plane of the larva and adult are points of great interest.
How and when does bilaterality first appear? Wlien does t^sion
first become manifest and what is its immediate cause? These and
other questions have arisen and have been borne in mind during the
progress of the work. Unfortunately material for the study of later
larval stages and metamorphosis has not been obtainable, so that a
complete record of development from ovum to adult has been imiDOs-
sible.

The w^ork was begun in the early summer of 1901, at the Zoological
Laboratory of the University of Pennsylvania, and continued, together
with general graduate study, during the two following years at this

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 327

University, as well as throughout the two intervening summers at the
Woods Hole Marine Biological Laboratory.

I am glad to acknowledge the many courtesies extended to me at
both institutions. I am particularly indebted to Prof. Conklin, at
whose suggestion the work was undertaken, and it is a pleasure to ex-
press here my sincere appreciation of the valuable assistance which
he has given me bj^ way of suggestion and kindly criticism.

Material and Methods.

For the material upon which this study has been made, I am
indebted to Drs. E. G. Conklin and M. A. Bigelow, by whom it was
collected at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, during the summers of 1897
and 1898. The Nudibranchs were found spawning upon floating
gulf-weed in Vineyard Sound, taken to the Laboratory and kept in
aquaria for some weeks, where they spawned prolifically and where,
from day to day, the eggs were collected and preserved. Tliey were
fixed in Kleinenberg's stronger picro-sulphuric solution and Boveri's
picro-acetic for one-half to three-quarters of an hour and washed in
50 and 70 per cent, alcohol, as is the usual custom. Living material
upon which to study the breeding habits of the animals has not been
accessible to me, though search has been made in the same locality
during the last two summers. This lack of the living adult animals
and embryonic stages has been a considerable drawback, as it is par-
ticularly desirable that one investigating the developmental history of
an organism should be able to observe its physiological activities and
thereby verify conclusions gained through pureh' morphological work.
The material at hand has been amply sufficient for carrying the work
up to the stage of the free-swimming veliger, but not to the metamor-
phosis. It is my hope that in the near future material for the study
of later stages and of the metamorphosis into the adult may be
obtained, as many questions relative to the fate of larval organs must
remain unanswered until this be accomplished.

Contrary to the conditions found among some other Nudibranchs,
the gelatinous mass surrounding the egg-capsules does not become
greatly hardened upon fixing, for upon being brought into water the
jelly usually dissolves, leaving the eggs free in their individual capsules.
The eggs may be sectioned without removing the jelly, as it cuts
without difficulty. Both whole mounts and sections were stained in
Delafield's hsematoxylin diluted with six to ten times its volume of
distilled water and slightly acidulated by the addition of a trace of
HCl, or Kleinenberg's stronger solution after the method of ConkHn.

328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

This stain gives a reddish tint which differentiates the nuclei with great
distinctness. Iron haematoxylin proved entirely unsatisfactory for
sections of both early and late stages, for even in the old veligers almost
all the cells are found to contain small yolk spherules which take up
the haematoxyhn so strongly and hold it so tenaciously that nuclei and
cell walls are indistinguishable. Eggs which have just been stained
and mounted are not favorable objects for study, but they should,
if possible, stand for some time, the longer the better, until they gradu-
ally become more transparent by the penetration of balsam. Indeed,
the most favorable slides are a few put up at the time the material
was collected. By the addition of a little cedar oil to the balsam, or
by moistening the edges of the cover with xylol at the time of using,
it is always possible to roll the eggs by moving the cover — a very
necessary'- process in cell-lineage work. Most of the observation and
drawing was done with the aid of a Leitz objective 7, ocular 4, a
Zeiss camera being used, with the paper at table level and plates re-
duced as indicated. A -^ Leitz immersion was also used for obser-
vation when necsseary.

Nomenclature.

As a matter of convenience and for the sake of uniformity, I have
followed the system used by Conklin (1897) ^vith but slight variation.

A cleavage is obHque to the right when the upper daughter cell lies
to the right of an imaginary observer whose body corresponds in posi-
tion to the primary egg axis, his head being at the animal pole and
facing the cell considered; vice versa, a division oblique to the left is
one in which the upper cell lies to the observer's left. In the first
instance the cleavage is dexiotropic, in the second loeotropic (Lillie, 1895).

The term "quartet" is used to designate a generation of cells or
their derivatives given off from the four cells meeting in the center of
the vegetative pole, regardless of their fate. The different quartets
are designated by coefficients placed before the letter indicating in
wliich of the four quadrants the cells lie, while the cell generations are
marked by exponents which follow the letter. The upper cell resulting
from a cleavage is, in all cases, indicated by the smaller exponent;
thus, 2b" indicates the upper cell in B quadrant of the second quartet
arising from the division of 2b\ while 2b^^ is the lower. "When the
spindle lies in a horizontal direction or, in other words, when the cleav-
age plane is meridional, the cell which lies to the right is given the
smaller exponent, to the left the larger. The capital letters A, B, C,
and D are reserved for the four cells which meet at the center of the

1904.] NATURAL SaENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 329

vegetative pole (''macromeres") and from which the " niicromeres "
arise; for these latter the small letters a, b, c and d are used. Child
(1900) and Treadwell (1901) have been followed in giving coefficients to
the macromeres also, to indicate their generation, this being desirable
when dealing with an egg in which, after the first few cleavages, the
"macromeres" are large in name only, "Thus A, B, C, and D form
the four-cell stage. At their next division from A arises lA and la;
from B, IB and lb, etc.; lA then divides into 2A and 2a, while la
divides into la^ and la^" (Treadwell).

Earlier Work on Opisthobranch Development.

A rather large number of older investigators have worked upon
Nudibranch larval development. Grant (1827) described the veligers
of ^olis and Doris. In 1837 Sars discovered that the young of Tri-
ionia, Doris and ^olis possess a nautiloid shell ; additional researches
by the same investigator appeared in 1840 and 1845. Loven (1839)
described a number of Nudibranch larvae together with those of other
mollusks. Alder and Hancock's magnificent monograph upon the
British Nudibranchs appeared in 1845 and contains a good general
accovmt of the results thus far obtained upon the subject of Nudi-
branch embryology. Reid in 1846 published an interesting paper upon
the breeding habits of Doris, Goniodoris, Polycera, Dendronotus, Doto,
etC;, together with the constitution of the larvae. An account of the
embryology of Tcrgipes by Nordman appeared in the same year. An
extremely thorough account of the development of the Tectibranch
Adceon by Vogt also appeared in 1846. In 1848 Koren and Danielssen
described the early stages of a number of Nudibranchs from the Nor-
wegian coast. Schneider (1858) described the veliger of Phyllorhoe.
Keferstein and Ehlers (1861) gave an accoimt of some of the develop-
mental stages of jEoUs.

The later investigations of Langerhans (1873), Lankester (1875),
Trinchese (1880-1-7), Lacaze-Duthiers and Pruot (1887), Rho (1888),
Mazzarelh (1892-3-5), Heymons (1893), Viguier (1898), Carazzi (1900),
Cluiart (1901), and other works upon Opisthobranch embryologj',
together with those of importance pertaining to the remaining mol-
luscan groups, Annelids and Platodes, will be considered during the
course of this paper.

A good general account of spaM'uing habits of Nudibranchs is found
in Alder and Hancock's "Monograph of the British Nudibranchiate
Mollusca" (1845).

330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Maturation and Fertilization.

It is not the purpose of this paper to discuss in detail the maturation
processes of the egg, but a few words in that connection may not be
amiss. Maturation appears to have begun at the time of laying, since
the first polar spindle is already formed in all eggs examined. In
fig. 1 the chromosomes have moved to opposite ends of the first matu-
ration spindle, and at a slightly later period, fig. 2, the sperm may be
seen making its way through the yolk globules toward the upper pole.
In a large number of sections examined the sperm is seen to have
entered at some point below the equator of the egg, though apparently
never directly at the center of the vegetative pole. The chromatin
of the sperm nucleus is but shghtly evident at this time, but astral
radiations are strongly marked in the surrounding cytoplasm. The
clear more protoplasmic substance of the egg becomes aggregated
principally around the first polar spindle and in the neighborhood of
the sperm nucleus, though long strands of finely granular protoplasm
extend through nearly the entire egg, forming the astral rays. The
yolk, which is in the form of rather small yolk globules, encroaches
closely upon these centers, but is not, as a rule, found within them.
As the first polar body arises, the upper surface of the egg becomes
distinctly indented immediately above the first polar spindle and from
this depression the first polar body emerges, bearing with it the distal
end of the first maturation spindle, which rises as a whole toward the
upper surface of the egg. During this process the sperm nucleus and
aster remain in relatively the same position as before. There appears
to be no telophase to this division, but without entering into a rest stage
the second polar body is given off. This arises from the same place as
the first, pushing the latter farther outward or somewhat toward the
side (PI. XXI, fig. 3), Both finally lie in the slight depression at the
surface of the egg. The female nuclear elements still left within the
egg then come to rest, at first lying closely against the cell wall below
the polar bodies. The first polar body does not divide again immedi-
ately and may never do so, though usually at a later period three are
found. If it remains undivided the first polar body exceeds the second
in size.

With the close of maturation the sperm nucleus is seen to have moved
upward through the yolk; its chromatic elements have become more
evident several large nucleoU being present. The same is true of
the female pronucleus. They now approach each other, and come to lie
with their nuclear walls closely appressed (fig. 4), the egg nucleus U-ing

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 331

above and the sperm, which is the smaller, below. The clear granular
protoplasm of the egg together with the sphere material surroimds both
nuclei. The upper surface of the egg has resumed its former rounded
outline, pushing the polar bodies farther outward. Their connection
with the egg does not appear to be a very intimate one for they do not,
in most cases, maintain at a later period any fixed relation to the poles
of the egg and so are of little value in orientation, though they are
often found in the apical region.

Unsegmented Egg.

The unsegmented egg of Fiona averages in diameter 80 micra with
polar axis slightly less. The two polar bodies lie at the animal pole.
Though the ovum is rather densely yolk-ladened, the yolk globules are
of such small size that in future cleavages they tend to become more
equally distributed among the resulting blastomeres than is the case
with eggs containing yolk in larger spheres. The yolk which en-
croaches upon the more protoplasmic environs of the nucleus consists
of smaller globules, but otherwise its distribution throughout seems
quite equal.

The universal distribution of yolk to all the cells of the segmenting
egg of Fiona is probably to be correlated with the smaller size of the
individual yolk globules. It is safe to infer that each yolk body in an
egg, whether it be small or large, is surroimded by a thin layer of
protoplasm. In eggs containing a relatively larger number of yolk
globules or, in other words, where they are small in size, a greater
amount of cytoplasm will be distributed throughout the egg, when
compared with that aggregated around the nucleus, than is the case
when the single aggregations of yolk are large. When this is the case
and division occurs the whole mass will be more influenced b}^ nuclear
and cytoplasmic divisional activit}^ than when the cytoplasmic con-
stituents are more definitely separated from the yolk. Just what this
activity is we do not know, but a comparative study of eggs showing
large macromeres with those like Fiona, in which cleavage is more
equal, will, I think, show that in the former case the individual yolk
masses are much larger than in the latter, thus allowing for greater
cytoplasmic influence where more finely divided yolk is found. The
more equal division of cells naturally results in a wider spread of yolk
through the developing organism, and it might also be added, as a corol-
lary to this, that the absorption of more finel}^ divided yolk is doubtless
much more readily accomplished than where large globules are fomid,
thus rendering it possible that such a wide distribution should occur in
cells not alimentarv'in function.

332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

r Before segmentation the nucleus lies but slightly above the center
of the egg, having moved doAvnward with its surrounding mass of
granular protoplasm. An extremely thin and easily ruptured vitelline
membrane surrounds the egg, and on account of the dehcacy of this
membrane no micropyle is present. Usuallj' one but often two or
three eggs lie together within a roomy egg capsule, containing also a
fluid substance which does not coagulate in reagents. In unstained
fixed material, and also doubtless in the living state, the eggs are quite
opaque from the yolk which they contain.

First Cleavage.

The first cleavage is initiated by nuclear rupture and increased evi-
dence of stellar radiation. With the formation and elongation of the
spindle the surrounding yolk spherules give place to the more proto-
plasmic constituents of the cell which form the immediate nuclear
environs. The spindle as it elongates moves somewhat farther down-
ward in the egg and lies but slightly above the equatorial plane. In
length it measures about half the diameter of the egg. From the first
constriction is almost equally marked all around the egg, though
slightly greater at the animal pole. After the chromosomes have
separated and are moving toward the opposite ends of the spindle, one
end appears somewhat higher than the other (fig. 5), a position which
would indicate a spiral trend of cleavage; but this is not evident in
the telophase and completed division, for in the two-cell stage the
nuclei lie directly opposite each other.

As in the usual history of cleaving eggs, the resulting blastomeres
are at first much rounded, but as their nuclei form they become closely
pressed together, forming a flattened contact surface between which
no cleavage cavity exists (fig. 6). The nuclei, together with their
surrounding cytoplasm, again approach the upper surface of the egg
and lie at rest just beneath the surface on opposite sides of the polar
bodies. There is no evidence in their position to indicate a "virtual"
rotation before the next cleavage, as is the case in Crepidida (Conklin,
1897). The daughter nuclei of the first cleavage becomes much dilated,
containing several nucleoli suspended in the chromatin network and
surrounded by clear nuclear fluid.

The two blastomeres thus formed are equal or so nearly equal in
size that they present to the observer no mark of distinction, and it
can only be conjectured which will form the anterior and which the
posterior region of the larva. Indeed, not until the appearance of
the mesentodermal cell at the close of the twenty-four-cell stage can

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 333

this distinction be dra,vm, for until that time all quadrants appear
identical, though doubtless cytoplasmic and nuclear differentiation is
present. As a result of this similarity of all the quadrants the figures,
until the appearance of the mesentoderm cell, have of necessity been
labelled arbitrarily. Of course, even in the two-cell stage lateral may
be distinguished from terminal areas, for by following succeeding
cleavages and marking the relation which the lower polar furrow bears
to the first cleavage plane and the later relation of both to the median
plane of the embryo, it can be determined that the first cleavage plane
is obliquely transverse to the median plane. But not until a later
period does posterior become distinguishable from anterior end.

In the formation by first cleavage of two cells of equal size, Fiona
agrees with a large number of Mollusks and Annelids, among the former
of which may be mentioned Ischnochiton (Heath, 1899), Neritina
(Blochmann, 1881), Crepidula (Conkhn, 1897), Ercolania (Trinchese,
1880), Tethys (Viguier, 1898), Planorhis (Rabl, 1879, and Holmes,
1900), Limax (Kofoid, 1895, and Meissenheimer, 1896), and among the
latter Lepidonotus (Mead, 1897) and Podarke (Treadwell, 1901).

Unequal cleavage appears to occur as commonly as equal among
Opisthobranchs, examples of which are Acera (Langerhans. 1873),
yl pZ^sia (Blochmann, 1883; Carazzi, 1900), Umbrella (Heymons, 1893)
afid Philine (Guiart, 1901).

Second Cleavage.

The second cleavage results in four cells of approximately equal
size. The spindles which precede it lie at right angles to the first
cleavage spindle, and nearly parallel to each other, the left end of each,
however, being slightly higher than the right, showing the Iseotrophic
character of the division. As cleavage proceeds this tendency becomes
more marked, the upper or left-hand cells (A and C) lying higher than
the right (B and D) . In consequence of this the second cleavage planes
do not meet in a line at the vegetative pole, but a portion of the original
first cleavage plane unites them in the ventral polar furrow ("Quer-
furche" or "Brechimgslinie"), the cells B and D being in contact below,
while A and C never meet at the lower pole. At the upper pole no fur-
row is present in Fiona, the four cells all joining in a common central
point. As is the rule among Annelids and Mollusks in which the
second cleavage is laeotropic, the ventral polar furrow taken in connec-
tion with the first cleavage plane, bends to the right when viewed from
the animal pole, and, vice versa, it turns to the left if considered as a
part of the second cleavage plane. Fiona is no exception to the above

334

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Ap:

rule, and by observing the position of this furrow the first and second
cleavage planes may be kept distinctly in mind until outwardly visible
differential changes in the quadrants present other landmarks for orien-
tation.

Origin of Germ Layers.
Segregation of the Ectoblast.

By the next three divisions in which the four macromeres participate
the entire ectoblast arises.

First Quartet. — The sjjindles which precede the appearance of the
first quartet of micromeres lie at first nearly radial, their prox-
imal ends being distinctly higher than the distal. As a rule, all
four spindles do not show the same stage of karyokinetic activity,
though irregularities of this nature are not as yet greatly marked
(fig. 9). As division proceeds they turn in a dexiotropic direction and
with associated cytoplasmic constrictions four small cells are given
off toward the animal pole (PI. XXII, figs. 10, 11). These, the first
quartet of micromeres, are in size about one-fourth that of their
parent macromeres. As they round out in shape they are pushed
farther toward the right, and finally come to he in the furrows to
the right of the large cells from which they arose. With the com-
pletion of cleavage the whole egg again takes on a decidedly rounded
contour, the micromeres changing materially in shape, becoming
more flattened on their outer surfaces and sharp-angled below to
fit the indentations between the macromeres (fig. 14).

Second Quartet. — The second quartet arises laeotropically, thus regu-
larly alternating in direction of cleavage with the first. The derived
micromeres are but slightly smaller than the underlying cells from
which they arise and are pushed strongly toward the left as they are
given off. By this movement the four cells of the first quartet are
also carried somewhat to the left, though the rotation is not great.
All the second quartet cells are alike in size, there being no sign of
increase in D quadrant, as is the case with many Annelids and some
Mollusks; nor is there marked difference in their time of origin, though
in future cleavages of the egg irregularities in the time at which divi-
sions occur in similar cells of the four quadrants become more and
more marked. In cytoplasmic structure these cells appear to differ
httle from their parent macromeres, though probably they contain
less yolk. Their ultimate position is opposite and beneath the divi-

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 335

sion walls of the first quartet, but they do not appear to become so
flattened as their predecessors (figs. 13, 14).

The Trochohlasts. — Before the macromeres again divide the first
quartet is seen to be in process of cleavage. There result eight cells
of nearly equal size, the more peripheral being slightly smaller than
those at the apical pole. The spindles which precede division are
Iseotropically directed, and the lower cells are pushed downward and
outward between the second quartet cells and just above the macro-
meres (figs. 15, 16). These "primary trochoblasts" or "turret cells"
do not again divide until about sixty cells are present (PI. XXV,
figs. 33, 38), when they have become considerably flattened and he
between the arms of the forming ectoblastic cross. The fate of these
very characteristic cells will be discussed later.

Third Quartet and First Division of Second Quartet. — The first
division of the second quartet and the third division of the macro-
meres occur simultaneously. Each second quartet cell forms two
of equal size by a distinctly dexiotropic cleavage, the spindles being
from the first inclined in that direction. As may be seen in figs. 17
and 18, these cells do not all divide at exactly the same time, and this
lack of regularity is also characteristic of the macromeres. By this
division of the second quartet the eight cells of the first are pushed back-
ward dexiotropically so that, in relation to the macromeres, they occupy
the same place as when given off. The division of the macromeres
results in the four cells of the third quartet. They arise in a dexiotropic
manner and are equal in size to the four cells left at the lower pole.
From this stage on these latter are "macromeres" in name only, being
equalled in size by the third quartet and but shghtly larger than the
eight derivatives of the second. Nor, indeed, do the macromeres
appear at this stage to contain much more yolk than the micromeres.
At a later period they are easily discernible from the micromeres by
their clear yellow appearance, but as the latter divide much more rap-
idly and by growth distribute the yolk which they contain over a
larger area, while much of it is doubtless absorbed, the preponderance
of this material in the individual cells of the endoderm and the larger
cells of the mesoderm as well is easily explained. As has been men-
tioned before, in the larva the amount of yolk in ectodermal struc-
tures is quite considerable, showdng its wide and universal distribu-
tion throughout the entire organism.

The twenty-four-cell stage has thus been reached and as yet the egg

336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

is radially symmetrical (PI. XXIII, fig. 19). At the center of the upper
pole lie four "apical" cells, while the " trochoblasts " or "turret cells"
extend from them into the angles between the second and third quartet
cells. The third quartet and first generation of second quartet lie
between them and the macromeres beneath, l^ut from the nature of the
cleavages do not form so marked a ring as in Crepidula or other
Mollusks with large macromeres. The ectoblast has been entirely
separated from the underlying macromeres, which contain all of the
entoblast and the greater portion of the mesoblast. A small portion
of the latter is to be derived, as will be shown later, from the third
quartet of ectoblast cells. The egg has become somewhat flattened
along its polar axis and within is a small cleavage cavity, which arose
during the last few divisions and which later becomes of considerable
size. Upon the lower surface the polar furrow remains distinct and
offers a convenient means of orientation.

The fact that in Mollusks, Annelids and Platodes the entire ectoblast
is separated from the entoblast by the first three successive divisions
in which the macromeres participate is a point of similarity of the
highest importance in considering the question of the possible genetic
relationships of the groups. With scarcely an exception {Dreissensia,
Meissenheimer, 1901) this is accomplished by regularly alternating
spiral cleavages. In most cases the first three quartets of micromeres
are small protoplasmic cells and differ widely from the yolk-ladened
macromeres, and this is particularly true of the first series being corre-
lated with the later history of the cells which compose it, since in all
cases they form the apical pole and the sense organs of the larva.
Where much yolk is not present, or the spherules are small, more equal
cleavage results, so that the macromeres are reduced in size ; as exam-
ples may be cited many Pulmonates (Planorbis, Physa, Limncea, Limax)
and Lamellibranchs ( Unio, Cyclas, Dreissensia), Chiton and Ischnochiton
among the Amphineura, Trochus for the Prosobranchs and the Opistho-
branchs Tethys and Fiona. The same is true of many Annelids
(Podarke, Amphitrite, Clymenella, Arenicola, etc.).

Both in size of cells and rate and direction of division the egg of
Tethys (Viguier, 1898) exactly parallels that of Fiona up through the
twenty-four-cell stage. The same may be said of Aplysia (Carazzi,
1900, and Georgeovitch as corrected by Carazzi, 1900), except for the
larger size of the macromeres, particularly the anterior ones, and Ca-
razzi's statement that the trochoblasts arise from di\nsion of the first
quartet — "con fusi distintamente dessiotropici." Such is, however,
not the case, as his figures show. Carazzi has evidently, in some

1904,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 337

unaccountable way, become confused with regard to the direction of
cleavage of these cells, for in another place, after quoting Conklin's
statement regarding the trochoblasts of Crepidula, that these cells
"continue to rotate in a clockwise direction," he adds "E la sua fig. 16
mostra i fusi dessiotropic". As any one acquainted with cell-lineage
work can see by reference to the figure mentioned, the upper ends of
the spindles all lie to the left of the lower, and if there be any question
as to the ultimate Iseotropic direction of these cleavages a glance at
Conklin's fig. 17 removes all doubt. In Trochus (Robert, 1903), Crepi-
dula (Conklin, 1897) and Fiona the trochoblasts are given off by divi-
sion of the four cells of the first quartet before the second quartet cells
divide. In the case of Trochus the second cjuartet is just being formed
when the trochoblasts divide. ]\Ioreover, Trochus shows no rest stage
at twenty-four cells as do the other two, for while the third c^uartet is
forming and the second is dividing for the first time all eight cells of
the first quartet again divide, and these cleavages are followed by re-
newed division of second quartet cells. The mesoblast cell, 4d, does
not form in Trochus at this time but much later (sixty-four-cell stage),
while in Crepidula and Fiona it appears immediately after a short rest
period following the twenty-four-cell stage. The sequence of cleavages
of Planorhis (Holmes, 1900) up to the twenty-four-cell stage closely
follows Crepidula and Fiona.

Segregation of Ento-Mesohlast.

After a period of rest during which no cells are dividing and twenty-
four are present in the egg, cleavage occurs in one of the macromeres.
This macromere corresponds to that which has heretofore been arbi-
trarily designated 3D, and from this period onward the four quartets
may be definitely distinguished. The division is Iseotropic and the
larger daughter cell, 4d, will later gradually sink into the segmentation
cavity, forming a depression at the posterior end of the vegetative
surface in the angle formed by the macromeres 3C and 4D, and other-
wise bounded by 3d, 3c and the derivatives of 2d. 4d is thrown toward
the left and, therefore, in the direction of the median plane, though at
first it does not lie quite in that plane but slightly to the left of it or,
in terms of spiral cleavage, to its right (PI. XXIV, fig. 24). In con-
tradistinction to conditions found in heavily yolk-ladened eggs, this
cell takes on from the beginning the position of a middle germ layer
coming shortly to lie within the cleavage cavity, though, as will be seen
later, its derivatives do not all appear to be mesodermal in character.
After all three quartets and also the macromeres with the exception
22

338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

of 4D have divided, and when there are present about 44 cells (fig. 25),
4d or, as it hereafter will be designated more usually, the mesento-
blast, ME, di\ddcs dexiotropically into cells of equal size. Before their
next cleavage occurs the egg contains about seventy cells (fig. 42). By
this division, which is bilateral, one small cell arises anteriorly from
each of the large ones (figs. 42, 49). The small cells, E^ and E^ corre-
spond to the "Primary Enteroblasts " of Conklin, and will be so desig-
nated. Considerable variation may be observed in different eggs as to
the later position of these cells, as in some they appear to have moved
backward along the sides of the large cells, Me\ Me-, from which they
arose, but, as a rule, they remain in close relation to 4D, and always in
later stages may be seen associated with the derivatives of this cell, from
which it is hard to distinguish them (PI. XXIX, figs. 71 , 73). The large
cells soon divide again into almost equal parts, though the posterior
and dorsal pair (m^z\ m^z^) are slightly smaller (fig. 71). These latter
soon divide again, giving rise to two small cells, z^ and z-, which are
posterior to the larger (fig. 73). Just before this cleavage the two
cells M^e\ M^e^ divide, giving rise anteriorly and toward 4D to two
small cells, e^ and e^ (corresponding to the "Secondary Enteroblasts"
of Conklin), which lie close to the first pair of small cells, E^, E^, the
four forming a group of little cells with deeply staining nuclei in close
contact with 4D, 5C and 5B. Behind them lie the large cells M\ M-.
In the nomenclature used these would correspond to "Mesoblastic
Teloblasts," but before they begin to function directly as such each
again divides, giving off a small cell laterally, and these two cells appear
to be dorsally directed toward the cleavage cavity above and to the
sides of the enteron, but may remain associated with E\ E-, e^ and e-.
However this may be, the mesoblastic teloblasts soon begin to divide,
•giving off an irregular row of cells which extend around the gastrula
laterally. The cells m^ and m^ also behave in a similar manner, their
derivatives being closely associated with those of the large teloblasts.
In figures 80, 81 and 82 only the derivatives of the latter are shown,
the other lying dorsal to them. As the teloblasts and the cells m^
and m^ di\dde they diverge laterally and leave behind and between
them the smaller cells E^, E^, e^, e^, closely associated with the posterior
elements of the enteron. When these cells are first given off they
lie decidedly above the level of the enteric invagination projecting
upward into the cleavage cavity, and while in this position might well
be characterized as mesodermal elements ; but later they change their
position, slipping in between the teloblasts and the posterior cells of the
enteron, and by the time the teloblasts begin to separate and wander

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHL'^. 339

toward the sides of the gastrula these small cells, which have been
derived from 4d, lie nearer the ventral surface than the cells which
form the bottom of the invaginating enteron and closely appressed
against the posterior boundary of this region. The small cells z\ z^,
which are the posterior derivatives of the division of m^z^, m^z^, also
continue to lie near the median line in the posterior region of the
gastrula, closely pressed and flattened against the ectoderm.

The later history of the enteroblasts, which I believe are concerned
in the formation of the intestine, will be discussed in connection w^th
the development of the enteron.

In comparing the mesoblast formation of Fiona with that of other
forms, Crepidula will be considered first, since in this Prosobranch
4d was first found to contain both entoblastic and mesoblastic material
(Conklin, 1897). Here 4d arises when twenty-four cells are present
and by a Isotropic division. This cell soon cleaves dexiotropically
into two of equal size. At the next cleavage there result in Crepidida
four cells of similar size, the posterior and lower pair being the first
enteroblasts, while in Fiona it is the anterior smaller cells which are
entoblastic. At the next cleavage in Crepidula the large cells Me^, Me^,
which still contain both mesoblast and entoblast, give off smaller
purely mesoblastic cells anteriorly (m^, m'), while in Fiona the larger
posterior cells give rise posteriorly to similar cells, though they may
not be purely mesoblastic. The next cleavage of M^e\ M^e^ in Cre-
pidula completely segregates mesoblast and entoblast, the cells of
the latter lying posterior to the mesodermal elements. This division
separates two more small enteroblasts in Fiona, which here lie with
the first enteroblasts anterior to the large cells, IVP, jVP; each gives
rise to another small cell anteriorly in Fiona which may be entero-
blastic, otherwise from this period on they function as teloblasts of
the mesoderm.

From the above comparison it is evident that if we consider the
position of the mesodermal and endodermal constituents of 4d in
connection with the segmented egg as a whole, directly opposite
conditions are found. In Crepidula the derivatives of this cell form
mesoderm anteriorly and laterally, entoderm posteriorly, while in
Fiona the reverse is the case. But in both forms, if we consider the
position of the enteroblasts not in relation to the egg as a whole, but
only in connection with the macromeres with which they are to be
associated, it will be seen that in both Crepidula and Fiona these cells
are directed toward the posterior region of the cells 4D, 4C, or their de-
rivatives, and that the reverse relations of the enteroblasts and meso-

340

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

blasts in Crepidida and Fiona is the direct result of epibolic gastrulation
in the one case, embohc in the other, which is in turn caused by the

quantity and nature of the yolk which the
macromeres contain. An intermediate
condition is found in Nereis (Wilson,
1898). Text-figure 1 (a) shows a sagittal
section through the cleaving egg of Crepi-
dula after one enteroblast has been sepa-
rated from the mesoblast. The ectoblast
has here but half covered the yolk, and
the entoblastic element is thrown down-
ward and backward in the direction in
which it must go if it follows the ecto-
derm over the yolk, and finally reaches a
position posterior to the blastopore as
that structiu-e is closing (Conklin's fig.
61). In Nereis, text-figure 1 (b), the ec-
toderm has advanced much farther over
the yolk when the enteroblasts arise, and
here we see that these elements are also
directed downward but at the same time
anteriorly. The next and last step in
their change of position is illustrated by
Fiona, text-figure 1 (c), in which, on ac-
count of its invaginate gastrula, the en-
teroblasts are not only anteriorly directed,
]3ut also at first lie higher than the cells
from which they arose.

In Trochus (Robert, 1903) the meso-
blast arises at about the sixty-four-cell
stage by a Iseotropic division which sepa-
rates the very large cell 4d from 4D.
This cell divides dexiotropically and
equally when eighty-nine cells are present. When there are one hun-
dred and eighteen cells, each of the two derivatives of 4d divides, and
of the resulting four cells the anterior pair are the smaller. Later
the two larger posterior cells divide. Robert has not found endo-
dermal elements to arise from 4d,'_but does not reject the possibility
of such a condition.

As might be expected from their close relationship, a nearer corre-
spondence in the cleavage series is found when we compare Fiona with

Fig. 1. — Sagittal sections
through the gastrute of

(a) Crepidula (Conklin).

(b) Nereis (Wilson) and

(c) Fiona. The entero-
blasts are lined, the meso-
blastic cells stippled.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 341

Umbrella, although Heymons' conclusion regarding the fate of the
descendants of 4d is at wide variance with the conditions which are
found in Fiona. After the cleavage of 4d into equal parts, Heymons
states that two small cells are given off from these, so that they lie in
the posterior region of the macromeres. It is very evident from his
figures that these cells, which would correspond to E^, E^ of Fiona,
at first lie quite dorsal to the enteron and in the cleavage cavity. The
large cells next divide nearly equally, the most posterior being slightly
smaller and corresponding in size and origin to m^z^, m-z^. These
latter shortly change their position in Umbrella exactly as in Fiona,
for, says Heymons, ''Bald beginnt eine interessante Lagerungsver-
schiebung einzutreten. Es rucken namlich die hinteren Zellen weiter
nach dem animalen Pol hin und legen sic vollkommen auf die vorderen
auf". While this rearrangement is occurring and after its completion
two and later other small cells are given off by the large underlying
cells toward the smaller cells originally budded forth. Exactly the
same process occurs in Fiona — compare Heymons' figs. 23 and 24 with
my fig. 71. Heymons' smaller cells M', M' (corresponding to m*z^,
m^z^ of Fiona), which have moved toward the animal pole of Umbrella,
do not appear from the account to divide again so quickly as
in Fiona, but that they later divide teloblastically is evident.
As has been mentioned before, the small anterior cells of Umbrella,
which correspond to E\ E^, e\ e^ of Fiona, at first lie entirely within
the segmentation cavity. Figures of later stages, however (Heymons'
fig. 29), show that they then lie at a level with the posterior cells of the
enteron (D, A', C, etc.), and are directly between these and the anal
cells. The same relative position is taken by the corresponding cells
of Fiona.

In interpreting the results of Heymons the above point of view is
somewhat different from the comparison of Conklin between Umbrella
and Crepidula, in which he suggests a resemblance and possible simi-
larity of origin between the enteroblasts of Crepidula and the telo-
blastic cells M, M, M', M', of Umbrella. In both these "are large cells
containing a considerable quantity of yolk, about equal in size and
grouped in a characteristic way" ; but the same may be said of the
similar cells of Fiona, yet they have no part whatever in the formation
of the enteron, though from their appearance I was led to think such
might be the case before a knowledge of their later history proved
otherwise. The explanation of the whole matter lies in the axial
change which the derivatives of 4d have undergone in the forms con-
sidered. The posterior macromeres (particularly D) of Umbrella are

342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

relatively small, the same result being here obtained as in Fiona, in
which the entoblastic elements are produced from the anterior rather
than from the posterior side of the teloblasts. If any of the descend-
ants of 4d of Umbrella described b}- Heymons are entoblastic in nature
they are those which arise in this way, and these are the cells which
must be compared with the enteroblasts of Crepidula and the small
anterior cells in Fiona.

Viguier (1898) describes and figures the formation of the mesoderm
in Tethys fimhriata as similar to that of Umbrella, and a comparison of
figures will show almost exact correspondence. Like Heymons,
Viguier does not consider the derivatives of 4d to be other than meso-
dermal in fate.

Carazzi (1900) derives both mesoderm and endoderm from the
cell 4d ("EM") of Aplysia. He states that the cleavage w^hich forms
this cell is dexiotropic in direction, and such appears to be the case
from his figures. The cell 3A of Aplysia is larger than the others,
thus throwing 3D so much to the right of the median line that a dexio-
tropic cleavage is necessary to place the mesentomere upon this line.
The divisions of 4d which follow are identical with those of Fiona, but
Carazzi's conclusions regarding the fate of the remaining blastomeres
are quite different. Four pairs of small cells are derived from the two
large cells and lie anterior to them. These correspond in position to
the four (or more?) enteroblasts of Fiona, but by Carazzi are described
as mesodermal. Two larger cells have been given off posteriorly and
correspond to m*z\ m^z^ of Fiona. From each of these a small cell
buds forth posteriorly, the two lying near the ectoderm. These small
cells are, according to Carazzi, enteroblasts, and go into the intestine.
Cells similar to these in origin and, for the time at least, in position are
found in Fiona (z\ z^) lying closely pressed against the ectoderm in
the posterior region of the gastrula. They are small in size, and at a
later time I have found it impossible to distinguish them from many
small mesodermal cells which crowd that region of the gastrula. If
they do not shift their position, they would naturally become involved
in the formation of the distal end of the intestine either directly, as
hning cells of that organ, or as muscle cells for its walls. One cannot
help feeling in comparing the development of the two forms and noting
the great similarity in the history of the early derivatives of 4d that
their fate is also the same ; and the same might also be said of the small
anterior elements which Carazzi indicates as mesodermal.

Lillie (1895) concluded that in Unio the derivatives of 4d were
entirely mesoblastic. The two teloblasts give origin to two small cells

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 343

anteriorly which He near the enteron and are probably concerned in
the formation of splanchnic musculature. Similar conditions are found
to exist in Dreissensia, according to Meissenheimer (1901).

Among the Pulmonates the work of Rabl (1879) is confirmed by
Holmes (1900), who finds that all the derivatives of the primary meso-
blast are mesoblastic in fate. More particularly he states that the
two bilaterally placed teloblasts give rise to a pair of small cells ante-
riorly, after which the large cells divide into equal moieties. Wier-
zejski (1897) says of Physa fortinalis, "Dass der Modus der Bildung
eines Theiles des Mesoderm bei Physa, desjenigen aus der Urmesoderm-
Zellen fast ganz derselbe ist wie ihn Heymons fiir Umbrella eingehenden
dargestellt". In the last stage described the mesoderm consists of
twelve cells, a group of six small cells anteriorly placed, behind which
are a pair of "Urmesoderm-Zellen " from which they arose, while behind
and above lie two other rather large mesoderm cells which have given
off a pair of small cells posteriorly. Both in sequence of origin, in
relative position and in size this group corresponds to the similar
series in Aplysia and Fiona; but Wierzejski ascribes a mesodermal
fate to the whole.

In Limax Meissenheimer (1896) describes the cleavage of 4d to a
stage in which there are four cells, the anterior pair of which are the
smaller. In fate they serve as anlagen for mesodermal struc-
tures. Similar conclusions were also reached by Kofoid (1895) on
Limax.

Heath (1899) has accurately traced the origin of the mesoblast in
Ischnochiton at the seventy-two-cell stage, and its later cleavage into
cells of equal size which lie bilaterally. At a more advanced stage
two more divisions were noted giving origin to small cells dorsally and
anteriorly. Heath was unable to determine whether these cells were
purely mesodermal or partly endodermal.

Mead (1897) describes for the Annelid Arenicola two small cells
budded off from the bilaterally situated pair of mesodermal cells, and
by further division of the large teloblasts these cells are seen later Ijang
at the ends of the mesodermal bands and appear to be mesodermal in
fate. The same conclusions were reached regarding Clymenella,
though in this case the lineage has not been traced so far. In this
Annelid the divisions of M\ M- result in cells of nearly ecjual size, a
condition which may indicate a variation in later stages.

In 1897 Wilson, having reinvestigated the history of the second
somatoblast of Nereis, discovered that the two small cells budded from
the teloblasts toward the enteron, to which in his earlier paper (1892)

344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

a mesoblastic fate was assigned, are entoblastic in nature, and the same
he thinks probably to be true of Aricia and Spio.

Child (1900) has found for Arenicola that 4d after its first cleavage
forms mesoblastic teloblasts, from which later arise two bilaterally-
placed mesoblastic bands ; all these cells are mesoblastic in fate, and it
is evident from his figures and discussion that he does not find here any
entoblastic material. Though in Sternapsis the lineage was not fol-
lowed so far as that of Arenicola, Child reaches the same conclusion,
and particularly in the latter case he states that the mesoblastic cell
is "purely protoplasmic and without yolk".

In the Annelid Podarke (Treadwell, 1901) 4d arises, together with
the other members of the fourth quartet, at the sixty-four-cell stage
and is equal in size and appearance to them. It sinks inward with
the invagination which forms the enteron, divides and lies in close
connection with the endodermal cells. By this di\dsion from the
larger cells four small cells are given to the enteron, while the remaining
two are purely mesodermal.

Torrcy (1902), in a preliminary on the cytogeny of Thalassema,
assigns to the two small cells arising from the teloblasts the fate of
enteroblasts, in a similar manner as in the Annelids above considered.

Segmentation of the Entohlast.

Shortly after the origin of the mesentoblast 4d, when the egg contains
forty-one blastomeres, all the "macromeres" except 4D are seen to be
dividing Iseotropically (fig. 24), with the result that three large cells,
4a, 4b, 4c, are given off from their respective macromeres. These
cells are slightly greater in size than those centrally grouped, but are
not so large as the cell 4d, and on this accoimt we find that of the four
cells, 4A, 4B, 4C and 4D, the last is the smallest, nor does it again
divide until over one hundred and fifty blastomeres are present.
The position of the fourth quartet may be seen in fig. 25 and
those following. When the egg contains over eighty blastomeres,
4 A, 4B and 4C again divide into equal moieties, the outer three of which
(5a, 5b, 5c) lie to the right of the central group. All these cells have
become much flattened and form a comparatively thin roof over the
segmentation cavity, into which as yet invagination has not begun.
The mesentoderm has sunken completely beneath the external layer
and extends forward as far as the center of the cavity (figs. 45, 57).
At a much later period, when there are nearly one hundred and fifty
cells present, 4a, 4b and 4c again divide (figs. 71, 72, 73), giving off
small cells to the left and outwardly (4a\, 4b\ 4c^). The invagination

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 345

to form the enteron has already begun by the depression of the smaller
cells which lie in the center of the vegetative pole, while the small cells,
E\ E^, e\ e^ at the anterior end of the teloblasts have become drawn
into the posterior region of the invagination (except for some varia-
tion, an instance of which is shown in fig. 72), where at this time they
help to close that portion of the gastral pit. As the primary enteric
cells sink into the cleavage cavity the small cells, E\ E\ e\ e\ come
into close connection with the posterior edges of 5C, 5D, 4a. Thus a
more or less complete cup-like invagination is brought about among
the entomeres, in which the smaller elements lie at the bottom with
the larger (4a2, 4b^ 4c2) between, and the small cells which have arisen
from these latter lying peripheral to them. Alwve, toward the ven-
tral surface, lie small cells of the second and third quartets around the
blastopore opening.

In the formation of the enteric cells the manner in which the fourth
quartet arises appears to be characteristic of a number of Opistho-
branchs. This quartet is in Umbrella (Heymons, 1893), Aplijsia
(Blochmann, 1883; Carazzi, 1900) and Tethys (Viguier, 1898), as well
as in Fiona, larger than the macromeres remaining at the center of
the vegetative pole.

The further development of the enteron will be discussed later.

Cleavage History of the Ectomeres.

As has been seen, the ectoblast arises immediately after the four-
cell stage by the three successively alternating cleavages in which the
macromeres participate, giving rise respectively to the First, Second
and Third Quartets of micromeres. The cleavage history of these
cells will now be taken up and their ultimate fate, as far as can be
determined, considered.

The First Quartet.

The formation of the ''turrets," la--ld-, and the ''apicals," la^-ldS
leading to the radially symmetrical twenty-four-cell stage, has already
been considered. Shortly afterward the apical cells divide in a dexio-
tropic direction, thus alternating with the preceding cleavage, and by
this division the four "basal" cells of the ectoblastic cross arise, while
between these and the central point of the egg lie the four small apical
cells from which they were derived (fig. 23). Before this cleavage had
occurred the upper and dextral cells of the second quartet had in each
quadrant given off a small cell in a Iseotropic direction (fig. 21), which

346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

after the formation of the basals occupy positions just peripheral to
them and shghtly to the left. These four small second quartet ele-
ments are the "tip" cells of the cross, 2a"-2d", and together with the
basals and apicals form the ectoblastic cross.

From the time of its formation and until a late period of cleavage
the cross of Fiona is a distinctly dexiotropic structure, the apicals of the
four arms lying to the right of their respective tips. The cross is thus
at the time of its formation (fig. 23) composed of twelve cells, of which
the apicals are the central, is radially symmetrical and its anterior and
posterior arms lie very near to, if not exactly in, the median plane of
the future embryo. In the future history of this structure the tip
cells will for convenience be described in connection with the rest of the
cross, since they are so closely connected with it.

Before further cleavage occurs in the first quartet the second and
third quartets and the macromeres show marked karyokinetic activity,
the number of cells in the egg having increased to nearly sixty. The
basal cells and the turret cells or trochoblasts then divide simultaneously
(fig. 33), though considerable variation in time occurs in different eggs
and in different quadrants, it being, however, universally observed
that kP^ divides last of the basals. It may be noted in this connection
that in all species of Crepidula examined except C. achmca the division
in the basal cell of the posterior arm is delayed for a much longer period.
The direction of cleavage of the basals kP- and Ib^^ is Iseotropic and
so alternating with the last, those of the other two doubtful; W-
usually shows a laeeotropic to radial position of spindle, while in U-^-
variations are present all the way from Iseotropic to dexiotropic. After
examining a large number of eggs the occurrence of this irregularity
was more strongly confirmed, and it thus appears that in this cell,
Ic^-, there is a strong tendency, more marked in some case's than in
others, toward non-alternation with resulting bilaterality of cleavage
in relation to its opposite cell, la^'. In Crepidula, Planorhis and Ncri-
tina the cleavage of all these basal cells is non-alternating, while in
Umbrella it is regularly alternating.

In Fiona it would appear that we have an intermediate condition in
which, though regular alternation is found in the anterior and posterior
basal cells, the two lateral, particularly Ic^-, show a tendency toward
non-alternation under the influence of approaching bilaterality. It
is just at this time that the first distinctly bilateral cleavages occur in
two cells of the third quartet in the two posterior quadrants, 3d^ and
3c^ (figs. 31, 32), and this suggestion of bilateral divisions of the cross
may be correlated with them. How^ever, the influence toward bilater-

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 347

ality must be very slight, as the radial symmetry of the upper pole is
not disturbed to any appreciable degree.

By the divisions of the basal cells above described each arm of the
cross is composed of four cells — an outer tip cell (2a"-2d"), next to it
the "middle" cell (la^^'-kP-^), an inner ''basal" cell (la^^i.^^im)^ ^^^ich
is larger than its sister middle cell, and an apical (la"-ld").

S3nichronously with the cleavage of the basals occurs that of the
turrets, the cell of this series in each quadrant dividing into two of
nearly equal size, the outer being the smaller. All divisions are
dexiotropic and alternating with those by which these cells arose
(fig. 33).

Comparing the cleavage of the turrets with conditions found in other
forms, it will be noted that considerable variation exists. While in
Fiona these cells divide when there are about sixty blastomeres in
the whole egg, in Umbrella (Heymons) approximately seventy are
present; like Fiona all four turrets divide at relatively the same time.
In Crepidula the anterior trochoblasts do not divide until there are
over one hundred cells in the egg, and Conklin states that he believes
the posterior ones never divide. The trochoblasts of Trochus (Robert)
arise very early, at the sixteen-cell stage, and have all divided when
there are thirty-two cells present. In Planorbis Holmes finds them in
division at about forty cells, and Limax (Kofoid) shows a similar con-
dition. In Unio (Lillie) there are about fifty cells, while in Ischno-
chiton (Heath) but thirty-two, when the "primary trochoblasts" of the
latter form divide. Thus Fiona appears to occupy an intermediate
position in relation to these and other molluscan forms in which the
time of cleavage of these cells has been determined.

Division next occurs in the cross at a stage of about eighty-four
cells and results in the division of the apicals into eight small cells,
of which those lying centrally form the "apical rosettes" (la"^-ld"^),
while the outer series are the "peripheral rosettes" (la"^-ld"^) of
Conklin. Direction of cleavage is Iseotropic, and of the resulting ceDs the
outer are the larger (PI. XXVII, fig. 53). Shortly after the rosette series
are estabhshed the basal cells of all arms divide again, the posterior
one last. In the anterior quadrant the spindle and resulting cells,
Ib^-" and Ib^^^^ lie radially in the lateral arms, the division of Ic^'^ is
Inotropic, that of la^^^ dexiotropic, again showing bilateral influence,
while in Id^^^ the spindle is so strongly turned in Iseotropic direction
that the resulting cells lie transversely across the posterior arm (figs.
56, 62). While this last cleavage of the basals is being accomplished
a similar process is seen in the four inner trochoblasts (la-^-ld-^), result-

348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

ing ill eight cells of equal size and occurring at relatively the same time
in all four quadrants.

With the completion of the above-described divisions the large num-
ber of cells of similar size at the upper pole of the egg makes their exact
lineage difficult to follow, so that it is desirable to make here some com-
parisons with the structure and development of the cross and trocho-
blasts in other forms, and to bring together the results already obtained
before proceeding to more uncertain ground. In formation the cross
of Fiona arises in the same manner as in Umbrella and Planorbis, by
the completion of the tip cells before the basals ; and in this it differs
from Neritina and Crepidula, where the tip arises shortly after division
has occurred to form the four basal cells. In Trochus the tips are
relatively late in appearing, as the basals have completed their cleavage
before these cells arise. At the first cleavage of the basals another
striking similarity to Umbrella is found, for in this Opisthobranch the
cleavage is Iseotropic, while in Crepidula and Neritina it is dexiotropic,
thus breaking the law of alternating cleavages ; and likewise in Planorbis
with reversed type the division is Iseotropic and non-alternating with
the preceding. Trochus shows an extremely marked Iseotropic division
of these cells, so much so, in fact, that the resulting cells he almost
transversel}^ In Fiona the anterior and posterior basals are distinctly
Iseotropic in origin and so regularly alternating, while considerable varia-
tion is found in the lateral arms, a radial type often occurring with Ic^-,
sometimes showing a decided dexiotropic direction of spindle. It
would appear from this variation in the lateral arms that Fiona shows
tendencies toward bilaterality in the first quartet at this time, and such
a condition would be in harmony with the l)ilateral cleavages of the
third quartet cells, 3c^ and 3d', occurring just previously. However,
the radial symmetry of the cross as a whole appears not to be dis-
turbed appreciably, so that though these variations may show either a
tendency toward bilaterahty or toward entire reversal in all quadrants,
as is found in Neritina, Crepidida and Planorbis, this influence has not
as yet become sufficiently marked to affect the radial symmetry of
the upper pole of the egg to any appreciable degree. In discussing the
lack of alternation of these cleavages in Crepidula as opposed to alter-
nation in Umbrella, Conklin suggests "upon this difference the future
recognizabiUty of the cross in the last-named cases {Crepidula and
Neritina) depends". In Umbrella the Iseotropic division of the basals
is much more marked than in Fiona, but even in the latter case Conk-
lin's prediction is in part, at least, fulfilled, as the cross of Fiona, after
a slightly older stage than thus far described, becomes so irregular that

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 349

its component cells are neither among themselves distinguishable nor
may they be definitely separated from the surrounding blastomeres.
Of course, this is largely due to the multiplication of the trochoblasts
and the similarity in size of most of the cells upon the upper surface of
the egg, yet the Iseotropic twist given to the basal elements at their
initial cleavage is largely responsible for that irregularity of contour
which so early marks the outlines of the cross. The peripheral ends
of the arms of the cross of Fiona become strongly twisted to the left,
and as the structure becomes older the ends tend to bend around in
that direction to a marked degree, greatly confusing their component
cells with those arising by multiplication of the trochoblasts. Up to
the stage shown in fig. 53 the cross has, with the exception of a slight
tendency toward variation in the first division of the basals, been
radially symmetrical, but at the next cleavage of the basals the cell
of this series in the posterior arm divides so that its daughter cells
lie transverse to the longitudinal axis of this arm. In the anterior
quadrant this division produces cells which lie radially, while in C
quadrant the cleavage is Iseotropic, in A dexiotropic.

The first indication of transverse splitting of the arms is thus seen
to occur in the basal cell of the posterior quadrant. In Crepidula the
reverse is the case, the anterior and lateral arms alone increasing in
width, while the posterior later elongates by radial cleavages. In Fiona
all the arms become longitudinally split at a later period. The inner
and outer rosettes have not A'et arisen in Crepidula when the splitting
begins in the cells, la-b-c^-^, while in Fiona they are present and the
egg contains many more cells, the basal cells of the anterior and lateral
arms having again divided in such a manner that these arms are length-
ened before increase in breadth occurs. The same is true of Planorbis.
The early splitting of the arms of the cross in Crepidula is probably in
part due, as Holmes suggests, to the fact that, through pressure, they
have become much wider and tend to divide in a direction opposite to
this elongation. It might also be suggested that the extreme breadth
of the cross of Crepidula and the early transverse division of its anterior
and lateral arms may be correlated with the presence of a large amount
of yolk which must be covered b}' the ectoblast, while in the posterior
region the extensive multiplication of the elements of the second quar-
tet obviates the necessary broadening of the arm which reaches in that
direction.

The transverse cleavage of the anterior and lateral arms of the cross
of Fiona occurs shortly after the initiation of a similar process in the
posterior arm, but it has been found impossible to trace the lineage

350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

of all the cells accurately though, after lateral extension has occurred,
the structure may be demarkated from the trochoblasts and underlying
second quartet cells. In fig. 75 its structure and probably cell deri-
vation may be seen. Holmes finds for Planorbis that the tip cells
divide in a transverse direction first, while in Crepidula the middle
cells are the first to cleave. The tips appear to divide last in Fiona.
In the posterior arms after the first transverse division most of the cells
divide obliquely across the arms, and in this way the arm becomes longer
than the other three. While the cross is increasing in lateral extension
the outer turret cells of all quadrants divide, so that the four groups
each consist of four cells of equal size (fig. 75) lying in the angles
formed by the arms of the cross.

The apical pole of the egg at this period shows' a sHght depression
in the region of the rosette series. It is but transient and disappears
with the elongation of the gastrula. A similar depression has been
observed in Neritina, Crepidula and Trochus. Whether the structure
is normal in Fiona is yet doubtful. Robert insists that such is the case
with Trochus.

The entire formation of the cross of Trochus is peculiar. The basals
have arisen and divided before the tips appear, and this division of
the basals is so directly laeotropic as to be practically transverse. At
the next cleavage these two cells form an oblong group of four in each
arm. The tips which lie peripherally to these groups next divide,
the cleavages of 2a" and 2c" being bilateral, the first of this nature to
occur in the egg.

From the cases cited above of the manner of formation of the
ectoblastic cross of Mollusks, it will be seen that this characteristic
structure shows great diversity of details throughout the group,
though fundamental similarity is evident. Some of the probable
causes of such variation are (1) varying amounts of yolk, leading
to early lateral extension of the arms in those forms possessing
yolk-ladened entomeres, and (2) differences in the manner and rate
of development of the trochoblasts, correlated with the later structure
and functional importance of the locomotor organ to which they
largely give rise. The radial arrangement of blastomeres around the
apical pole of the cleaving egg is primarily the result of successively
alternating spiral cleavages, and a similar arrangement may be expected
in eggs which exhibit this mode of division. A definitely marked cross
does not always arise from such an arrangement of blastomeres, as,
for example, in Polyclad cleavage, so that this but suffices as a partial
explanation. Regarding the form of the crosses of Mollusks and

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 351

Annelids Conklin says: "The cross and rosette series are the direct
result of the position, size and shape of their constituent cells". The
original position of cells resulting from regularly alternating spiral
cleavages is a function of that mode of division. The shape of cells
depends largely upon the relations which they bear to one another.
Their size is not so easily explained, and upon this factor depends, to a
large extent, the varying forms of crosses met with in different in-
stances. If it be supposed that the original arrangement of the upper
pole cells of Mollusk and Annelid eggs was radial in form, the modifi-
cations which have arisen in the two groups may, in part at least, be
referred directly to the size of the cells comprising that area. The
importance and early development of the trochoblasts of Annelids
has resulted in encroachment upon that area which in the segmenting
eggs of these forms corresponds to the cross region of Mollusks. As a
result the ''intermediate" series of Annelids, corresponding to the
moUuscan cross cells, lack the prominence characteristic of the same
cells in the latter group. ^Moreover, it is interesting to note that such
a Mollusk as Ischnochiton, which in the development of its trocho-
blasts and prototroch shows a condition intermediate between Mol-
lusks and Annelids, also exhibits a cross which is intermediate in
character. Though the trochoblasts have been taken here as an ex-
ample of the influence which variation in size or rate of division may
have upon the primitive arrangement of blastomeres in the spirally
cleaving egg, it is doubtless true that other cells may in like manner
undergo modifications which will result in similar rearrangements.

Thus it may be concluded that the group of cells constituting the
cross owes its radial arrangement primarily to the form of cleavages
by which it arose, but that the cross as a definitely marked structure
is the result of variations in the size, shape and rate of division of the
cells comprising or suiTOunding it, these variations leading, on the one
hand, to the formation of the moUuscan cross:' on the other, to the
annelid an.

Second Quartet.

Wliile the egg is yet radially symmetrical and its blastomeres num-
ber twenty-four, the original second quartet cell of each quadrant has
divided in a dexiotropic direction into cells of equal size. After the
mesentoblast has arisen, but before the basal cells of the cross are
formed, all of the second quartet cells divide in a Inotropic direction,
the upper four giving off the four tip cells (2a"-2d") toward the upper
Dole, while the lower four give origin to small cells resembling the

352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

tips in size, which are directed toward the vegetative pole (PI. XXIII,
figs. 21, 22, 23, PI. XXIV, fig. 24).

The second quartet at this time consists of four similar groups of
cells, each group consisting of two large cells, 2a^^-2d^^ and 2a^^-2d2',
lying together, with the smaller cells above and below. The two large
cells in all four quadrants, 2a*2-2d^^ 2ar^-2cV\ next divide almost
simultaneously. The direction of cleavage of the right upper cells
(2a^2_2di2) is dexiotropic, and of the resulting cells the upper (2a^-^-
2d*2') are slightly larger than the lower (2a}'^'^-2cV^^) , the divisions being
identical in all four quadrants. Synchronously with these divisions
cleavage spindles appear in the other large cells of the second quartet
{2a?^-2(P^). Of the resulting cells the lower are much the smaller.
In direction the cleavages are probably all Iseotropic and therefore
non-alternating, though in C and D quadrants the spindles are almost
meridional in position, and the cleavages horizontal. Figures 28, 29,
30, 31 and 32 show these divisions in the different quadrants.

The lack of alternation found in the above instance may be explained
as the direct result of the relative sizes of the foregoing derivatives of
the second quartet and the positions in which they lie. By an exami-
nation of fig. 30 it will be seen that should the two large cells, 2c^2 and
2c^\ have divided in the same direction a diagonal row of cells would
have been the result, with great pressure against one another and upon
the cells in the first and third quartets at the ends of the row. Lack
of alternation in direction of cleavage in one of the cells would relieve
this pressure, and this is the actual condition found. Such an expla-
nation appears to fit this individual case of non-alternation, but no
generalization may be made, as in many other instances the cleavage
of blastomeres appears to follow no rules of mutual pressure and can
be explained on no grounds so simple.

Division again occurs in this quartet at a stage of alDOut eighty cells
and great variation in time is marked in their occurrence.

The following table shows the average sequence observed in the
different quadrants, though any one egg may show marked variation
from the tabulated result:

1904.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

353

1st.

Sd.

3d.

Jith.

2a

121

211

122

212

2b

121

211

212

122

2c

121

211

212

122

2d

211

121

212

122
(or 22)

The table should be read : In A quadrant 2a^^^ cleaves first, 2a2" second,
2a"^ third and 2a^^^ fourth. In B quadrant, etc. Cleavages in A
quadrant are found in figs. 50, 58 and 63; in B, figs. 52 and 59; in C,
figs. 44, 48, 54, 60 and 65; in D, figs. 47, 51 and 61.

The divisions of 2a^^^-2d^^^ are Iseotropic in all quadrants, of 2a^"-2d^"
universally dexiotropic, of 2a^^^-2d^^ everywhere dexiotropic, while
variation is found in the direction of cleavage in the cells 2a^^^-2d"2.
Of these latter a decidedly Iseotropic direction is found in B quadrant,
horizontal to dexiotropic in D, horizontal to Iseotropic in A and ap-
proximately horizontal in C. With regard to the size of the derivative
cells, it may be said in a general way that variation is evident. More
particularly considered the following conditions are found to prevail.
The divisions of 2a^^^, 2c^^, 2d^^ result in cells of equal size, while in
the case of 2b^^ the upper cell 2b^^" is much smaller than 2b^^^ ; 2a^",
2b^", 2d^" form upper small and lower larger parts, while 2c^" divides
equally; 2)0^^, 2c^^^, and 2d^^^ show similar divisions into upper small
and lower large cells, while 2a^^^ remains so long undivided that its
derivatives are uncertain ; 2a^^^-2d^^^ divide equally.

As a result of the foregoing cleavages the second quartet contains
in all approximately forty cells. The irregularities which have char-
acterized the preceding divisions are increased in number as cleavage
continues, though until a much later period all four quadrants show
relatively the same number of cells for this quartet. If figs. 67-70,
representing the different sides of the same egg, be examined it will
be seen that in A quadrant 2a^^^ has divided dexiotropically, while
2a^"^ has divided horizontally; quadrant B shows no further multi-
pHcation of elements ; in C quadrant, 2c^^^^ is in process of division, while
2c^"^ and 2c^"^ have both given off small cells toward the upper pole;
D quadrant remains as before.
23

354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

At a stage in which there are six ceDs of the second quartet in each
quadrant in Crepidula these groups very closely resemble the similar
ones of Fiona. When there are four cells in each group in Crepidula
the larger middle pair divide and, as in Fiona, one of them shows lack of
alternation; but in Crepidula the direction of the cleavage is slightly
laeotropic in the right cell and dexiotropic in the left, while just the
opposite is true of Fiona. Planorbis shows a group of second quartet
cells in each quadrant, which may be said in this sinistral form to be
almost the mirrored image of the same cells of Fiona, though the tips
and the corresponding cells at the lower pole are somewhat larger in
Planorbis, which probably accounts for their earlier division in that
form. The large second quartet cells of Trochus, as in Fiona, show
lack of alternation in the left cells of the series (2a-^-2d^^), while the
right (2a^-2d^^) show regular alternation. The early cleavages in the
second quartet of Tethys (Viguier, 1898) closely parallel those of
the same series in Fiona. Viguier has mistaken the lower elements of
this quartet, 2a^^-2d^^, for members of the fourth, as Robert has pointed
out. Further note of the errors in this paper will not be taken here,
since they have been so thoroughly discussed by Robert. Heymons
(1893) for Umbrella shows the second quartet series up to a stage of
six cells in each quadrant, and here also similar conditions are found.
Carazzi (1900) figures the egg of Aplysia, where each quadrant contains
four second quartet cells, and here also is a marked similarity to the
other forms considered. The second quartet of Fiona maintains a
radial symmetry for a much longer period than Planorbis, this being
the result of similar cleavages in all four quadrants for a much later
period than in that Pulmonate. The same may be said of Umbrella
and Crepidula, and, as Holmes suggests, this phenomenon is probably
correlated with the earlier development and larger size of the head
vesicle of Planorbis than of the corresponding structure of Crepidula,
Umbrella or Fiona.

The Third Quartet.

Of the three quartets the third is the first to show evidences of
bilateral divisions. When the egg has cleaved into twenty-four
blastomeres this quartet has but one cell in each quadrant, and these
cells do not divide until after the second cleavage of the second quartet.
They then all divide in a laeotropic direction, but the resulting cells
are not of the same size in the different quadrants. 3a and 3b produce
cells of equal size, while 3c and 3d give rise to small cells in the direction
of the vegetative pole with very large ones above, thus forming an

1904.] NATURAL SCIENXES OF PHILADELPHIA. 355

additional landmark for distinguishing anterior from posterior quad-
rants (PI. XXIV, fig. 25). The larger cells of the posterior quadrants,
3ci and Sd^ divide [next; the spindle in Sc^ being dexiotropic and
alternating, that of 3d^ laeotropic and non-alternating; and this lack
of alternation in one of the large cells of the third quartet, taken in
connection with the regular alternation of the similar cell on the oppo-
site side of the posterior region of the egg, establishes the first bilat-
eral cleavage (PI. XXV, figs. 31, 32, 34). Both upper and lower cells
of A and B quadrants are the next third quartet elements to divide,
the direction in all cases being dexiotropic or in some instances nearly
meridional (figs. 37, 40, 41). The lower cells, 3a' and 3b-, always divide
before the upper, 3a^ and 3b\ and in all cases cleavage is equal, a gi'oup
of four similar cells arising in each of the two anterior quadrants.
In the posterior cpadrants cleavage occurs next in 3di-, 3d", 3c^- and
3c". It will be remembered that when these cells were formed it was
through a laeotropic and non-alternating division of 3d^ and a dexio-
tropic and alternating division of 3c\, thus producing a bilateral cleav-
age of similar cells of opposite sides. Xow the cells 3c" and 30^-
again divide dexiotropically, thus showing lack of alternation, while
3d" and 3di- again exhibit distinct Inotropic cleavage and a second
failure to alternate. Thus arise in each posterior quadrant two very
smaU cells, 3c"2, 3c^22 ^nd 3d"-, Sd^--, lying below the large ones, 3c"%
'Sc'-\ 3d"^ and 3cV-' (PI. XXVI, figs. 43, 44, 45, 47). After these
cleavages about eighty blast omeres are present (figs. 67, etc.). When
this number has increased to shghtly over a hundred, Ssi^\ 3a22, 3b2^
and 3b2^ each gives off a small cell toward the vegetative pole by cleav-
ages which appear horizontal (PI. XXVII, figs. 57, 59), and these divi-
sions are followed by equal and probably horizontal cleavages in the
posterior quadrants of the large cells, 3c"^ 3d"i and 3c^-» and 3di=^\
the former pair always dividing before the latter (figs. 61, 66), so that
each posterior group contains seven cells, of which three are small
and he nearest the blastopore, being bounded externally by four large
cells, 3c"", "^-, 1'", '^'\ and 3d"", '''-, ^-'\ '-'^ respectively.

The history of the third quartet of Fiona thus far given adds another
to the niunber of Mollusks in which it has been found that bilateral
cleavages first appear in the posterior quadrant, and more particularly
in the cells of the third quartet.

The initial divisions of these cells in UmhreUa appear from Heymons'
description to be nearly radial, but his figures show that in the case of
3c and 3d cleavage is Iseotropic. The lower products of these cleavages
are all smaller than the upper, in which they parallel only the posterior

356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

quadrant cells of Fiona. Moreover, these cells, 3c^ and 3d', divide
again before the anterior ones as in Fiona, and these cleavages are the
first bilateral divisions described. It would appear from Heymons'
figures that the two cells next the median plain lie higher than the
outer, and this is the condition found in Fiona. If such be the case,
these two forms stand in contradistinction to Crepidula, in which the
median pair are the lower. The cells 3c", 3d" are the protoblasts
of Heymons' excretory cells, and it will be seen later that 3c" serves
a similar purpose in Fiona, It is interesting to note that Conklin says
of 3c" and 3d" that they are "large and clear" and "have the same
characteristics in Crepidula' \ though he does not know their fate.
Heymons describes divisions at a later stage in the anterior quadrants,
while in the posterior 3c" and 3c^^, 3d" and 3d'^ give rise by horizontal
divisions to small cells which lie next to 3c^ and 3d^ — these latter in
exact correspondence with Fiona.

Of this quartet Holmes says of PZanor6ts; "The first cleavage forms
a transition from the spiral to the bilateral type, and subsequent
cleavages show a bilateral character in a more marked degree.
At nearly the same time the lower pair of cells in the two anterior
quadrants and the upper pair of cells in the posterior quadrants divide
in a nearly horizontal direction into equal moieties. Later the upper
pair of cells in the anterior quadrants divide in the same direction as
the lower pair. The lower pair of cells in the two posterior quad-
rants remain undivided until a much later stage". These divisions
closely follow those of Fiona, and the same may be said of subse-
quent ones.

In Aplysia (Carazzi) the two third quartet cells of each anterior
quadrant divide into equal moieties, while in the posterior quadrants
small cells are given off toward the vegetative pole; the same is true
•of Fiona. At the next divisions of 3c' and 3d' "si dividono con fusi
i;ransversali, cioe con divisione bilaterale," while 3a' and 3b' remain at
Test. Viguier (1898) for Tethys describes the initial division of all
the foiu- quartet cells as "suivant des plans sensiblement radiaux",
the resulting two cells in each quadrant being equal. Later cleavages
of this quartet in Fiona will be considered under the discussion of
o-astrulation and secondary mesoderm formation. Bilaterality appears
late in the cleavage of Trochus. The first divisions of this nature do
not occur imtil the ninety-seven-cell stage, and are concerned with the
cells 2c" and 2a". This is the first violation of Sachs-Hertwig's law
of alternatingly perpendicular cleavages. The cleavages of the third
quartet are very tardy in this Prosobranch, for when there are as many

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 357

as one hundred and fifty cells present this quartet consists of but four
cells in each quadrant.

Gastrulation.

With the beginning of gastrulation, marked differences appear in
the cleavages of the quadrants and the radial symmetry of the egg as
a whole gives place to a more and more distinct bilaterality. In
the posterior region, particularly among the cells of the second quartet,
great divisional activity and growth takes place; while the same series
in A, C and B quadrants show relatively slight increase when compared
with the derivatives of 2d. It has been impossible to follow the line-
age, except in particular instances, from the time these cleavages
begin, as most of the cells of the gastrula of Fiona are so similar in
size and appearance and the nvimber becomes so great that individual
identification is limited to special cases. However, by continued
observation of successively developing stages one becomes famihar
with the cell groups which will later give rise to various organs and,
aided by a few landmarks, may in most cases follow the organogeny
Avith approximate if not absolute certainty.

.'^ji examination of figs. 69 and 70 will show that 2bi=i- and 2b2"2
have divided again, and shortly afterward cleavage occurs in a num-
ber of other cells, 2b2-, 2b-"\, etc. The upper cells of the tliird quartet
in the anterior quadrants lie at fii'st well toward the upper surface,
but as invagination proceeds these move around toward the lower side,
while an increasing number of second quartet elements are found sepa-
rating the first from the third quartet at the anterior as well as the
posterior end of the gastrula. Meanwhile the second quartet cells
in the median posterior region (derivatives of 2d) have multiplied very
rapidly, and by causing increase in the surface area of the gastrula in
this region have pushed the apical pole several degrees forward. Not
only have the posterior second quartet cells increased in numbers but
also in size, marking out at an early period the region from which the
shell gland vdW develop. The second quartet groups which he laterally
below the ends of the lateral arms of the cross also grow in extent and
nimibers, this being more particularly true of those which abut upon
the enlarging cells of the same series in D quadrant.

The history of the third quartet has thus far been followed to a stage
when its members in each anterior quadrant number six, of which
four are large and two small cells, while in each posterior quadrant the
group comprises seven cells, three of which are small and four large.
By approximately horizontal cleavages of the upper cells in the two

358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

anterior quadrants four cells of equal size are formed in each quadrant,
and as the blastopore continues to narrow these cells migrate as a
group m each of the two anterior cjuadrants, approaching the blasto-
pore and slipping over the cells 3b-^^ and 3b--^ 3a-'^ and 3a--\ which lie
between them and the smaller cells of the same series (PI. XXIX,
figs. 68, 69). During this period the third cpiartet blastomeres of the
posterior quadrants remain as before.

The blastopore thus becomes entirely surrounded by the second and
third quartet elements, of which the third are much more numerous,
having the small cells 2a---2d-- or their derivatives wedged in between
them on the median and transverse line. The gastrula, taken as a
whole, is much flattened dorso-ventrally and is at first shorter in its
longitudinal than transverse axis. The blastopore assumes a slit-like
form, its longitudinal axis corresponding to the future longitudinal
axis of the embryo.

The next important change to be ol^served is the origin of the

Ecto-Mesoblast.

As the cells 3a"\ "-, ''\ '" and 3b"\. "-, '-\ '-- continue to move
toward the blastopore, the cells which they are covering over 3a^",
3a"^ and 3b-", 3b^^^, sink downward into the segmentation cavity.
As this occurs they all four divide, giving rise externally and in the
direction of the blastopore to four small cells, 3a-"^, 3a^^^^ and 3b^^",
31^2212^ while the larger daughter cells continue to retreat beneath
the overgrowing ectoderm (fig. 74). These larger cells, 3a-"S 3a-2",
3b-"^ and 3b"", are the source from which the secondary mesoderm
is derived. They later divide, as may be seen in fig. 78, and begin at
once to form two bands of several cells each, which lie in the antero-
lateral region of the gastrula and later in the anterior head region of the
larva.

Since the discovery by Lillie in 1895 of mesoderm which arose from
the ectoderm in the Lamellibranch Unio, various other cell-lineage
workers have arrived at similar conclusions concerning other forms.
As is well known, Lillie found that the larval musculature of the Gio-
chidium arose from a cell of the second quartet, 2a, which in cleavage
gives rise to a cell toward the segmentation cavity, the descendants of
which are mesodermal in fate. Conklin's results, published in 1897,
gave evidence that in the Gasteropod Crepidula ectodermal mesoderm
arose in three quadrants, in this case also from the second quartet (2a,
2b and 2c), but appearing much later then the ''larval mesoblast" of
Lillie, so late, in fact, that the exact cell origin could not be traced.

1904.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

359

In 1897 Wierzejski showed that in the sinistral Pulmonate Physa sec-
ondary mesoblast arises from certain derivatives of the third quartet
(3c and 3b), and similar conclusions were reached in the same year for
Planorhis by Holmes, 3c and 3b here also giving rise to cells which sink
into the segmentation cavity.

The formation of the secondary mesoderm in Fiona is strikingly
siinilar to its manner of origin in Planorhis, as described by Holmes.
The following diagram (text-figure 2), showing the cleavage history of
the ectomesomeres of the two forms, indicates how close a comparison
is possible.

(©(S)

03 00

Fig. 2. — Diagrams showing the manner of formation of secondary mesoderm
in (at) Planorhis (Holmes) and (6) Physa (Wierzejski) and Fiona. The cells
3ontaining secondary mesoderm are stippled.

It will be noted that four cells of each anterior quadrant are meso-
dermal in Planorhis, while in Fiona only two have this fate, the
smaller cells, 3a^^^, ^^^, and 3b^"", ^^^^, of Fiona remaining in the ecto-
derm. For Physa Wierzejski came to similar conclusions, but here
there is even closer correspondence, for the cells 3b^"^, ^^^^ and 3c^^", ^^^^
of Physa remain in the ectoderm exactly as they do in Fiona. Accord-
ing to the nomenclature used by these two investigators secondary
mesoblast arises from quadrant B and C, while in the dextrally cleaving
egg of Fiona it comes from quadrant A and B. Holmes and Wierzejski
have attempted to use the same sequence of lettering for sinistral
forms as that commonly employed for the dextral, and have thus been
led into error, Holmes particularly arguing for a non-homology of
cells upon this score. When the dextral or clock-wise sequence is
employed for a sinistral form this difference in designation necessarily
results if the cell which is to give rise to the entomesoblast be labelled
D. The more natural and logical method is to label the cells of a
sinistral form in an anti-clock-wise sequence, as Crampton (1894) has

360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

very -wdsely done for Physa. Robert (1903), in his excellent paper on
the development of Trochus, wliieh has just reached this laboratory,
calls attention to the above and confirms opinions which had already
been embodied in this paper. Animals which are sinistral, or reversed
in their larval and adult stages, develop from eggs which are hkewise
reversed in their cleavage, and the designation of the blastomeres of
the egg should coincide with the condition of the adult, if any homology
of cells exists. The eggs of sinistral Gastropods have probably at an
early stage in their ovarian development undergone complete cyto-
plasmic and nuclear inversion, for only by such a process can the
reversed condition of the larvse and adults be understood or the reversal
of direction of the cleavage spindles be explained, and if such an inver-
sion be postulated, corresponding reversal of sequence in nomencla-
ture must ensue.

Meissenheimer (1901) describes in Dreissensia a cell lying in the
cleavage cavity just under the First Somatoblast derivatives, but
which, he says, does not come from this group, though he is sure it is
of ectodermal origin. It later divides and forms muscle fibers. Simi-
lar conditions appear to be present in Cyclas (Zeigler, 1885). In the
fresh-water Prosobranch Paludina teloblastic pole cells are not found.
Scattered mesenchyme cells occur, and Tonniges (1896) states that these
have been produced from cells which lie in front of the blastopore.
If this be the case, the formation of mesoderm in Paludina is similar
to that of the secondary mesoderm of other MoUusks.

In Dinophilus (the cleavage of which is, from work now being done
in this laboratory by Dr. J. A. Nelson, typically annehdan in character)
SchimkeTsitsh (1895) appears to have recognized ecto-mesoblast, for
he says: " Gleichzeitig (with the proliferation of Urmesodermzellen)
aber findet auch eine Immigration der Ectodermzellen in der Vorder-
theil des Embryos statt, und es wird durch diese Zellen eine Mesem-
chymanlage gebildet".

In the Annehd Aricia, Wilson (1897) discovered mesoderm arising
from the two posterior quadrants which could not be derived from the
pole cells, and which he located as coming from "either the second or
third quartet" {i.e., from c^ and d^ or from c^ and c^). These conclu-
sions were strengthened by a preliminary account of Treadwell (1897)
on the cell lineage of Podarke, in which he derives secondary mesoblast
from the tliird quartet (3a, 3c and 3d), and these results are confirmed
in a later and more elaborate paper (1901). The account of the meso-
derm formation given by Eisig (1898) for Capitella differs widely from
the results of most workers on annelidan and molluscan embryology.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 361

•

Here the definitive mesoblast is said to arise from 3c and 3d, which
would be in correspondence with^Wilson's "ecto-mesoblast," while what
Eisig considers "larval" or "secondary"' mesoblast comes from that
portion of 4d which Wilson and Treadwell found in Nereis and Podarke
to form part of the wall of the enteron. These results have, it seems
justly, been called in question, though the careful investigation from
which they spring certainly gives credence to their accuracy. Tread-
well (1901) has called attention to certain figures (PI. XXXIX, fig. 42,
to PI. XL, fig. 49) of Hatschek on Eupomatus, which show "scattered
muscle cells in the upper hemisphere of the larva, which could hardly
have come from the feebly developed mesoderm bands at the posterior
end of the body", and suggests that they are of secondary origin; and
he likewise calls attention to the figures of Drasche (1884) for Pomato-
ceros which show similar conditions, though neither of these investiga-
tors appears to have realized their significance. In a preHminary paper
on the development of the mesoblast in Thalassema, Torrey (1902)
derives ecto-mesoblast from all three quartets. "In all there are
at least twenty primaiy cells of this character, but of them only ten,
arising from the first and third quartets, develop into functional mesen-
chyme, while at least ten degenerate and are finally absorbed by the
entoblasts." The greater part of the functional ecto-mesoblast comes
from three cells of the third quartet (3a, 3c and 3d) which correspond
closely to those which produce secondary mesoblast in Podarke. All
of the cells arising from the second quartet and which sink into the
segmentation cavity are rudimentary and in the end entirely degen-
erate, thus recalling AVilson's similar conclusions regarding the "rudi-
mentary" cells of the definitiA^e mesoblast of Aricia and Spio. At
least six derivatives of the seven ecto-mesoblast cells which Torrey
derives from the first quartet have a similar fate.

The mesoderm of Platodes, Annelids and Mollusks has of late years
been subject to much studj^, and various theories have been propounded
regarding the significance of the manner of formation of the middle
germ layer of these groups. Without entering into a prolonged dis-
cussion with regard to this question, a few of the more general points
may be mentioned. The results above tabulated and my own observa-
tions lead to the conclusion — which is, of course, not here stated as new
— that the primitive mesoderm of these groups is represented by that
which arises from the ectoderm, and which is alone found in the Poly-
clad (Wilson). The suggestion of Wilson that upon this hypothesis
ecto-mesoblast might well be found arising from all three quartets of
ectomeres has just been verified by the work of Torrey, and shows that

362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

in this respect Thalessema presents an ancestral condition similar to
that of the Polyclad, though this does not necessarily imply close
genetic relationship. Moreover a descending series may be formed
both among Annelids and Mollusks of forms in which the presence of
ecto-mesoblast gradually merges into conditions in which it has totally
disappeared, showing that in these groups ectodermal formation of
mesoderm is on the decline. The increasing number of cases reported
in which ecto-mesoblast is larval in fate tend also to support this con-
clusion, nor do the results of Meyer, showing that much of this building
material is used for adult structures, offer a serious objection, since it
is a well-known fact that nature is not prodigal of the living substance
on which it works, and the secondary application of ancestrally obsolete
material is a fact of almost universal occurrence. Nor can I see that
the later origin of ecto-mesoblast necessarily indicates its late phylo-
genetic appearance, as some have argued, since the early origin of
ento-mesoblast, if associated with the future elongation of the animal,
might well be supposed to be directly explained l^y the precocious
segregation of this layer in those forms in which its development is
so intimately connected with future growth and development. The
early appearance and teloblastic growth of ento-mesoblast in the pos-
terior region of Annelids and Mollusks has directly led to decrease of
the radially appearing mesoblast. The Polyclad, which shows no
endo-mesoblast, has failed to develop such a formation, though a
tendenc}^ in that direction may be appearing, being marked by the
bilateral division of one of the endodermal derivatives (Wilson).
The fact that ecto-mesoblast as well as ento-mesoblast has been shown
among Annelids to arise from the same quadrant {Aricia, Podarke,
Thalassema) argues, it seems to me, conclusively for an entirely
separate mode of origin of the two.

Closure of the Blastopore.

With the segregation of the secondary mesoblast changes appear in
the form of the gastrula. Heretofore its shape has been broadly oval,
the antero-posterior axis being the shortest, but at this period two
regions of growth become manifest leading to marked change of form.
The multiplication and growth of cells of the second quartet in the pos-
terior region increase in activity, ever pushing forward the apical pole
area, while at the same time the region just anterior to the apical pole
is seen to be rising from the surrounding surface, forming a pointed
projection, the summit of which lies at the anterior end of the forward
arm of the cross (PI. XXX, figs. 78, 79).

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 363

Synchronously with these changes the blastopore continues to de-
crease in size, being narrowed by overgrowth of cells in that neighbor-
hood. It will be seen by the examination of fig. 78 that the large
cells of the third quartet in the anterior quadrants (3a"^, "^, ^-\ ^^^ and
3b"^, "-, ^-^, ^^^) are all encroacliing farther upon the smaller cells of
the same series, which have been crowded beneath them at the edge
of the blastopore. Posteriorly, derivatives of the third quartet have
completely surrounded the blastopore by the division and migration
backward of the small cells 3c^ and 3d-, while more laterally the re-
maining small cells of this quartet and their neighboring larger cells
are crowding aroimd the depression. The second quartet cells, 2a^^
and 2c22, or their derivatives, yet lie in the lateral corners; but as
closure of the blastopore proceeds they are crowded from this position
by encroachment of the third quartet both from before and behind,
which finally (fig. 79) join each other on the sides. In the anterior
median plane, however, a cleft yet remains between the large third
quartet cells, and after the inner of these large cells have divided, as
shown in fig. 79, cells of the second quartet, represented by the deriva-
tives of 2b^^, still occupy the space between them and there bound the
blastopore. Throughout this process the greatest extension of the third
quartet is manifest in the area covered by the posterior third quartet
groups, and this is doubtless connected \vdth the disappearance from
the ectoderm in the anterior groups of the secondary mesoblast. The
blastopore closes from behind forward, to which process the larger
number of third quartet cells in the ectoderm of the posterior region
conduces.

The posterior surface of the gastrula is now covered by large cells
of the third quartet, and in the median region by second quartet
elements. On the right posterior surface (left when seen from ventral
surface, fig. 79) may be seen one very large cell, Ex. (3c""), which will
later become the principal excretory cell of the larva. The region
anterior to the blastopore has been formed from the second quartet
cells of B quadrant which have been pushed backward by posterior
and apical growth, space being left for them through the shiftmg of
the large cells of the third quartet already described. The second
quartet cells of B quadrant have shown comparatively little division
or growth, and thus appear to occupy a relative!}^ smaller space than
previously.

The blastopore of Crepidula (Conklin) is surrounded by second and
third quartet cells, all quadrants contributing. The same is true for
Ischnochiton (Heath). In Trochus (Robert) third quartet cells are

364 PROCEKDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

mainly concerned in the closure of the blastopore, though the deri^'a-
tives of 2a^^-2d^^ also bound the narrowing opening. Planorbis
(Holmes) shows a very similar condition, -v^dth the exception that 2d-^
is crowded out. In Fiona all second quartet cells but a few at' [the
anterior edge of the blastopore are excluded before the opening closes.

Orgaxogexy.
The Velum.

In its earlier stages the velum of Fiona is so ill-defined on the upper
surface of the developing larva that its study has proved most diffi-
cult, and though more time has been spent upon this region than any
other portion of the developing organism the results have not been
as satisfactory as could be wished. living material would have been
of great value, and the lack of it has been a source of much regret.
After the breaking up of the cross the whole external surface of the
gastrula, and particularly the anterior end, is characterized by cells of
small and nearly equal size, among which there appear scarcely any
cells whose size would give them prominence, or cell rows or distinctly
marked groups.

In the last stage described under the discussion of the develop-
ment of the first quartet the area covered by this series of micromeres
represents nearly the whole upper surface of the flattened gastrula (fig.
75). The four arms of the cross are split transversely, while in the
angles between them lie the four groups of turret cells, each group
consisting of four cells of equal size. In axial relation the anterior and
posterior arms correspond to the direction of the median plane, while
the lateral are respectively right and left. The Avhole first quartet
area is completely surrounded and separated from the tliird by deriva-
tives of the second. By an increased growth of D quadrant of this
series the apical pole and its surrounding area is moved forward in
the direction of the blastopore, while at the same time growth of first
and second quartet elements in the neighljorhood of the tip of the ante-
rior arm of the cross causes that region to become raised, until some-
what later the pointed anterior end so characteristic of many Opistho-
branch larvas is produced (figs. 78, 79, 96). The visible cause of the
evagination of the ectoderm at this point may be found in the direc-
tions taken by spindles of the dividing cells which produce it, as in
most cases they are radially or diagonally directed toward the point
of greatest elevation. At this time the archenteron is roughly trian-
gular in outline, the anterior point of the triangle being marked by

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 365

the large cell 4b^, which remains for a long time in this position and is
closely pressed up into this anterior cone. It may thus be possible that
the pointed anterior end of the larva is caused by the shape of the
enteron, upon which the outer layer is moulded.

At first the terminal point of elevation corresponds in position to
the tip of the anterior arm, and is thus formed by derivatives of 2b^'^
and neighboring cells. At a somewhat later period the continued
growth of the shell gland area pushes the whole apical region forward,
so that eventually (figs. 95, 98, 100) this point is carried farther down-
ward on the anterior surface. At the same time continued growth
has increased the extent of the whole apical region, so that the anterior
end becomes more rounded than pointed, and finally (figs. 101, 102),
when the veliger stage is just being approached, a broad rounded con-
tour characterizes the anterior as well as the posterior end of the larva.
It is while these changes are taking place that the first evidence of a
distinct velar area appears. Early in this period of forward movement
the anterior trochoblasts may be seen to the right and left of the ante-
rior end of the forward arm, being distinguished from the derivatives
of the second quartet by their smaller size and compact arrangement.
They thus, with the tip cell and two other cells behind them (probably
Ib^^^S Ib^^^^ derived by transverse splitting of the middle cell), form
an irregular row across the anterior edge of the first quartet area
(fig. 76). Laterally the posterior ends of this semicircle are joined by
cells in the region of the tips of the lateral arms and thus meet the
posterior trochoblast groups. These latter have grown larger than
their corresponding cells in the anterior quadrants, and so are almost
indistinguishable from second quartet elements which lie beneath
them. On this account it soon becomes impossible to separate them
from these cells, and so at a later period, when the velum in this region
becomes marked, I am imable to state how much of it is derived from
the trochoblasts, though the httle evidence at hand indicates that they
form the largest portion of it. With change of axis the anterior end of
the velum is carried forward (PL XXXVII, figs. 95, 98), and the forward
end comes upon a level with the antero-ventral surface. A lateral view
(fig. 98) shows an irregular row of nuclei (cell outlines are usually in-
distinct) running downward and backward from the anterior median
point, and becoming lost as it continues posteriorly. This row, which
has arisen from the anterior trochoblasts, derivatives of the middle
and tip cells of the anterior arm and probably tip cell derivatives of
the lateral arms, will be designated V^ Below this band of cells
another irregular row may be distinguished composed entirely of second

366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

quartet cells which have lain nearest the first quartet area, and this
row, the first appearance of which is indicated in figs. 97 and 98, will
be designated V^, since it corresponds in general to the same cells in
Crepidula which are designated by that term. Unfortunately the
cells in this region have for some time presented no distinguishing
marks, without which exact derivation is precluded by their number,
but from their positions these lower cells probably correspond to deriva-
tives of 2b^2*, *^^, 2" in the anterior group, and similar cells in the
lateral. At a later period (fig. 101) these rows tend to unite to form
an irregular line several cells in breadth, distinguishable only by their
nuclei. As the stomodaeal invagination progresses the velar rows
are drawn forward and downward in that direction, and by the growth
of the head vesicle they are also pushed downward laterally. It is
probable that elements of the second quartet which lie still lower than
those already mentioned become involved in the preoral velar area,
either functioning directly as ciliated velar cells or taking part in the
development of the underlying region of the expanding velar ridge.
At the period represented in fig. 103, two irregular rows of nuclei
may be observed in the anterior cephalic region above the stomodseum,
and these correspond in origin to the rows V^ and V- above mentioned .
The postoral velar area is but faintly demarkatecl in the preparations
studied and crosses the ventral region just behind the stomodaeum.
The cells comprising it are doubtless, in the median region, derived
from the third quartet, to which are added second quartet elements
more laterally where the postoral velum joins the preoral.

A portion of the velum does not in Fiona curve sharply toward the
apical pole, as in the case of Crepidula, where an anterior branch is
formed, but the whole extends backward around the head vesicle, so
that this part corresponds in position to the posterior branch of Crepi-
dula. This difference will be evident if a comparison is made between
figs. 78 and 82 of Crepidula and fig. 108 of Fiona. In the latter in-
stance it will be seen that the apical pole lies far forward from the pos-
terior ends of the velar edge, while in Crepidula the anterior branch
curves inward toward the apex, while the posterior branch continues
backward around the whole head vesicle, as does the entire velum of
Fiona.

In Crepidula Conklin (Supplementary Note, p. 204) finds that the
median anterior portion of the first velar row (V) probably arises
from the divided tip cells of the anterior arm, while laterally this row
is continued by the trochoblasts and cells at the ends of the lateral
arms. The second row in its mid-ventral region is probably "derived

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 367

from the cell identified provisionally as 2b", which lies just beyond
the median cells of the first row", and he adds, "I have not been able
to determine whether any part of the second velar row arises by y\ih-
division of cells of the first; if not this row may include a few of the
third quartet (3a"^ and 3b"^, fig. 56) at the points opposite the anterior
turrets". It also seems probable (Supplementary Note, page 204) that
the cells 2b^"", 2b^-^'^ lie outside the first velar row. Fig. 79 shows
two large cells between the first and second velar rows, and they appear
to represent the major portion of these cells. Smaller derivatives
from them may join 2b^" in forming the median part of the second velar
row (V^). Conklin thus finds that the preoral velum arises from " a few
cells of the first quartet, many of the second and possibly a few of the
third". I do not believe that the third quartet becomes involved
in the preoral portion of the velum of Fiona, though doubtless cells
from this series are closely connected with it in the stomodseal region
and help in the formation of the postoral velum. It will be remembered
that in Crepidula secondary mesoblast is derived from the second
quartet, while in Fiona it is furnished by the anterior groups of the
third, and in this process the large cells of this series, wliich have hith-
erto lain well up on the sides of the gastrula, migrate over the under-
Ijdng mesoblastic elements and thus become far removed from the
region where the A-elum first appears. The formation of secondary
mesoderm in the most anterior second quartet group of Crepidula
has doubtless the same effect of lessening the external area of the
quartet in that region, while the neighboring third quartet cells would
lie relatively higher in this form than in Fiona. So when the second
velar row forms in Crepidula it will lie relatively lower in the second
quartet group (2b-^) and more probably involve third quartet cells,
as Conklin states it probably does.

Regarding the lineage of the velum of Planorhis, Holmes says that
"the tip cell (of the anterior arm) divides as far as I can deter-
mine, but once, and the two daughter cells become pushed apart by
the cell Ib'^", which forms the median cell of the upper row. These
cells extend to the anterior trochoblasts on either side, but in later
stages they may sometimes be separated from them by cells which
wedge in from below". The anterior trochoblasts follow these cells
posteriorly, but Holmes states that the tip cells of the lateral arms "do
not form a part of the prototroch but enter into the formation of the
head vesicle". In this Planorhis differs from Fiona. Blochmann
states that the right and left tip cells enter the velum of Neritina.
The lower cells in the prototroch Holmes derives from the second

368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

quartet, though he adds that at a later period cells are joined to the
prototroch from below, the lineage of which is obscure.

In Ischnochiton, the larva of which is, in its velar aspects, remarkably
like the trochophore of Annelids, Heath finds that the prototroch is
composed of trochoblasts, of ''accessory trochoblasts" (derived from
the original basal cells of the molluscan or intermediate girdle cells
of the annelidan cross) of the tip cells in the anterior and lateral arms,
while in the posterior arm the tip cells go into the ventral plate, the
gap in the trochal ring being there bridged by derivatives of the median
cell of that arm of the cross. Thus in this annelid-like form of larva
none but derivatives of 2a", 2b" and 2c" from the second quartet
form the trochal ring.

The prototroch of Trochus (Robert) is composed of twenty-five
cells, sixteen of which comprise the trochoblasts, six represent the
divided tip cells of A, B and C quadrants, while the other three are the
cells 2a, b, c^^"^ A very exact and close comparison may here be
made with the prototroch of the Annelids A^wphitrite , Arenicola and
Clymenella, particularly with the former, for, as Robert says, "Vingt-
deux ont indetiquement la meme origine et la meme disposition que
celles de Amphitrite; le trois autres (2a, b and c^"^) sont des derives
des cellules correspondantes de la meme Annelide.'"

Among Annehds Wilson has found that the prototroch of Nereis
arises entirely from twelve of the sixteen primary trochoblasts, there
being no contribution from the second quartet. All sixteen of the
primary trochoblasts enter the prototroch of Amphitrite and Clymenella
(Mead), as is also the case with Arenicola (Child) and Podarke (Tread-
well). Regarding the close resemblance between the trochophore of
Ischnochiton and those of the Annehds, Heath says: "The origin,
development and fate of these cells (primary trochoblasts) is pre-
cisely similar to the primary trochoblasts in Ischnochiton. The second
quartet in Amphitrite, Clymenella and Arenicola furnishes three cells
in each quadrant except the posterior, which enter the prototroch.
Two of the three are homologues of the divided tip in Ischnochiton,
while the third corresponds to a post-trochal cell".

If now we compare the derivation and ultimate structure of the
annelidan prototroch with the typical molluscan velum some inter-
esting causal relations appear. At the time of its functional activity
the prototroch of Annelids is apparently a radially symmetrical struc-
ture. Among the Mollusks we find, as a rule, a velum strongly devel-
oped anteriorly, with a considerable area of weakly ciliated ectoderm
between the ends of its posterior arms. There are numerous excep-

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 369

tions to this typical molluscan velum, Ischnochiton and Trochus for
examples, in which the trochal ring is as complete as among the Anne-
lids. Returning now to the developmental history of the two groups
certain variations are found Avhich, when viewed in the light of func-
tional larval structure, appear as a natural result of the divergent
forms of the larvae, these variations having been precociously thrown
backward upon the cleaving cells of the ovum. In Aynphitrite, Areni-
cola and Clymenella among the Annelids, and Ischnochiton and Trochus
representing the more primitive Mollusks, all the primary trochoblasts
(la^", 2^2, ^^\ 222, etc.) in all c^uadrants go into the prototroch, while in
Nereis the same occurs with the exception of four, which ma}' for all
four quadrants be designated la"\; these are not functional in this
manner, but are pushed inward and form part of the cephalic vesicle.
In Crepidula only the anterior trochoblasts help form the preoral velum
(lar^, la^', Ib^^, Ib^'), and the same is true of Planorbis and possibly
also of Fiona. Accessory trochoblasts (la^^zi^ la^"2_ ^-j-^j form a part
of the prototroch of Ischnochiton in all quadrants, while in Podarke the
cells la^222^ lb^222^ 10^222^ corresponding to three of the above series, aid
in the formation of the prototroch (''secondary trochoblasts" of Tread-
well). In Planorbis Holmes finds that the cell lb^2ii jg |j^g "anterior
median" cell of the prototroch, but does not find similar conditions in
any other quadrants. None of these elements which are, of course,
derivatives of the annelidan outer intermediate or molluscan middle
cells (with the exception of 1]3'2" of Planorbis, which comes from the
inner basal) are found in the antero-lateral .portion of the prototroch
of Amphitrite, Arenicola, Clymenella and Nereis. In all the above
forms except Nereis elements from the second ciuartet are also added
to the prototroch, and these may be designated with Treadwell "ter-
tiary trochoblasts". In Amphitrite. Arenicola and Clymenella the
prototroch is increased in A, B and C quadrants by the cells 2a"',
2a"2^ 2a^2i^ p^c^ j^ Podarke 2a"2 and 2a'2i {^^ A quadrant, and similar
cells in B and C, function in like manner, while Ischnochiton shows the
same, for 2a"\ 2a"2^ etc., enter the prototroch from the anterior and
lateral quadrants ("secondary trochoblasts" of Heath). Of Hy-
droides Treadwell says: "Cells are added from the lower hemisphere".
For the prototroch of Trochus Robert derives the three cells from the
second quartet in A, B and C quadrants (2a"\ 2a"2, 2a^2in^ etc.). Com-
ing to those Mollusks which possess a typical veliger, more cells are
found to be contributed by the second quartet, particularly in the
anterior quadrants. In Crepidula the tip cells of the anterior and
lateral arms go into the first velar row, while below numerous cells arc
21

370 PKOCEEDLXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

added, so that the second row contains " probably a few cells of the first,
many of the second and possibly a few of the third quartet". The
velum of Planorbis is rudimentary in structure but shows the same gen-
eral type of development as Crepidula, and here in like manner second
quartet cells are added. The tip cells of the lateral arms, according
to Holmes, do not enter the prototroch, but cells of the same series
below them function in this manner. In the anterior region l)oth tip
cells and those lying beneath them from the second c^uartet enter into
the prototroch.

From this short comparison of the lineage of the trochal area in
Annelids and Mollusks, it will be seen that as in the functional larval
form the typical molluscan velum shows greater anterior development
than the prototroch of Annelids, so also cells taken from the segmented
egg to complete the velum in this region exceed in number those des-
tined to form a similar area of the anzielidan trochophore. To do this
the second quartet has become greatly encroached upon in furnishing
necessary building material for this structure in those Mollusks whose
larvae show strong anterior velar development, and in Crepidula the
third quartet also possibly becomes involved. It is natural to conclude,
as indeed the facts show, that those Mollusks which in the structure of
their larval prototrochs show great similarity to the homologous struc-
ture of the Annelid trochophore, will exhibit a similar lineage of the
-cells constituting the larval organs compared — examples, Ischnochiton
and Trochus.

Later Velar Development. — With continued invagination of the
stomodseum and constriction of the foot, the velar area, which has
thus far been marked only by an irregular double row of cells
extending around the anterior half of the head vesicle and losing
itself in the posterior portion of that larval organ, becomes more
prominent and takes on the bilobed outline so characteristic of
the anterior end of veliger larvae. At first the velar lobes are
merely rounded swellings gradually rising from the upper sides
of the head vesicle and curving around, downward and inward
toward the stomodaeum (fig. 105). The cells in this region do not
as yet exhibit that differentiation which later marks the promi-
nent ciliated margin from the undei'lying region. But as the lobes
begin to constrict beneath and become more prominent (fig. 106), those
cells which lie on their most peripheral surface show marked increase
in size, and the ciliation which hitherto has been uniform and weakly
developed becomes more prominent in these cells. Thev may now

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF i'HILADELPHIA. 371

be observed lying in a row on the rounded edge of the expanding
ridge, and though at first this series of cells is indistinctly marked,
it continues to increase in definiteness and in the size of its component
elements. Figs. 106, 107 and 108 (PI. XXXV) show successive
stages in the elaboration of these large heavily ciliated cells of the
velar edge, and sections, as figs. 91 and 92 (PL XXXII) in particular,
show the great increase in size which now marks them.

Coincidently occurs the expansion of the velar lobes to form the
broad wings or velar folds which characterize the functional larva
at the time it becomes free-swimming. As the velar area expands it
becomes deeply notched below where the lobes of the opposite side
rise to meet over the mouth, and this growth in length and breadth is
marked on the dorsal side as well. Figs. 109 and 110', side and dorsal
views of the same veliger, show the condition of development of the
velum just before the larva breaks from the egg capsule, though in these
drawings from fixed material the velum is of necessity considerably
contracted. In fig. 110 it will also be noted that the region just above
the mouth has grown out into a projecting process, and it is upon this
area that the former apical point (animal pole) lies.

Head Vesicle.

The Head Vesicle of Fiona reaches its greatest prominence at a stage
shown in fig. 104 and slightly older larvae. Somewhat later (figs. 105,
106) it becomes actually larger, but relatively smaller when compared
with the larva as a whole, and has also become greatly involved in the
formation of the velar lobes. It is composed of cells of the first quartet
lying within the trochoblasts and ends of the arms of the cross, and
its greatest extent is covered by cells which he posterior to the lateral
arms. A posterior cell plate, such as is found in Crepidula, is not here
developed, for though doubtless the same cells are present, they have
multiplied to a much greater extent than in Crepidula or Planorbis,
and form a layer of small cells which are scarcely distinguishable from
those in front or at their sides. Neither is an apical cell plate demar-
kated in the region corresponding to the location of that structure in
Crepidula, the cells in front of the apex being all of similar size and
seemingly without regularity of arrangement, so that it is with the
greatest difficulty that the apex can be located among the large number
of small cells of equal size by which it is surrounded. As has been
described before, the point of greatest forward extension lies first in the
region of the tip of the anterior arm of the cross, but ^\-ith continued
growth the apical area becomes pushed forward so that it shortly occu-

372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

pies the point of greatest anterior extension, while the tip region of
the anterior arm through which the velum runs lies ventral to the apex
in the direction of the blastopore (figs. 95, 98). At the same time the
head end becomes rounded by increased grow^th of the cephalic area.
The four original apical cells, as shown in figs. 75 and 76, divide soon
after and again at a stage represented by fig. 95, so that this region,
which in Crepidula is in the fully developed veliger still marked by four
apicals (la"", etc.), here comes to consist of at least twelve very small
cells, among which no regularity of arrangement is sufficient!}^ marked
to be of value in orientation. These cells are extremely difficult
to distinguish from numerous other cells of like form and structm-e
which cover the anterior surface of the head vesicle. The apical group
continues its for^-ard migration in relation to the larva as a whole and,
as it appears, pushes aside some of the cells which have arisen from
divisions of the inner and outer basals of the anterior arm, for at a
later period (fig. 108) the apical group lies close against the first velar
row. Either such a shifting occurs or the basals become involved in
the development of the velum. In fig. 108 a row of cells may be
distinctly observed in which the nuclei are particularly large, extending
laterally from the apical point. My first thought on seeing them was
that they were a part of the velum, but after definitely locating the
position of the apex and following the later history of the velum, it is
clearly seen that this row never enters into the latter structure, but
represents in its cell-lineage derivatives of cells of the lateral arms of
the cross. No ciliation has been discovered in the apical area, and such
structures are certainly not strongly marked, though without examin-
ing living material a denial of the possible presence of such structures
would scarcely be conclusive.

Nerve and Sense Organs.

Cerebral Ganglia. — The cerebral ganglia arise at a stage about
corresponding to fig. 105, though they do not become well marked
until somewhat later (fig. 108). During this period cells may be
seen proliferating inward from the ectoderm of the head vesicle
in the two regions which lie lateral from the apical area. A row
of cells with large nuclei are at this time plainly visible running
laterally from the apex, and it is along the anterior side of these
cells that the ganglia first arise. This row has been identified as
coming from the lateral arms of the cross, and cells lying between it
and the anterior portion of the first velar row are from the same source.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 373

Later many of these large cells also divide and go into the ganglia.
Thus it will be seen that the two cerebral ganglia arise from elements of
the two lateral arms, the anterior rosettes, and probably also from some
cells of the anterior arm which have been pushed laterally by the
advance of the apex and lie in the region where the gangUa develop.
The tip cells of the lateral arms certainly do not take part in the forma-
tion of the ganglia, as they he too far laterally and probably go into
the velum. Where no large cells, the definite lineage of which is known,
are left as landmarks, it is obviously impossible to give absolute deri-
vatives for the ganghonic rudiments. Comparing, however, the above
approximate derivation with other MoUusks which have been studied
in this connection similarities are evident. In Crepidula the ganglia
"very probably arise from the lateral extensions of the anterior arms".
Holmes has been able to state very definitely the manner of origin of
these gangHa in Planorbis, as here they are smTOunded by conspicuous
cells. He says: ''The tip cells of the lateral arms and the cells lying
immediately above them do not enter into the formation of these
masses; with the exception of these, two cells in each arm, all the cells
in the lateral arms of the cross, the cells of the anterior arm, except the
tip and basal cell, and the central region of the cross, except the four
apicals, and the two cells lying in front of them, enter into the forma-
tion of these rudiments".

Otocysts and Pedal Ganglia. — The otocysts appear at a consider-
ably earlier period than the ganglia which innervate them or the
cerebral ganglia. They are first seen as slight invaginations on
the sides of the foot slightly below the stomodaeal invagination,
and at a stage sho^^-n in figs. 103 and 104 have developed to
deep pits, the openings of which have become much constricted. As
these constrictions narrow, the two otic vesicles arise and are con-
nected with the external ectoderm by strands of cells which re-
sulted from the constriction of the outer portion of the invaginations.
Somewhat later the pedal ganglia are seen slightly external to the
otocysts in position. These ganglia arise in part from the strands
wliich connected the otocysts with the ectoderm, and in part from other
cells proliferated from the ectoderm in the same region. At first the
cerebral gangha are not connected with each other by a commissure
nor with the pedal ganglia, but later cells grow out and meeting con-
nect the cerebral ganglia together, while between cerebral and pedal
ganglia like connectives arise, probably both ganglia contributing
cells to their formation. These connectives are very large (fig. 94),

374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April^

and the whole cephahc nervous system is much concentrated. Behind
the pedal ganglia and somewhat higher dorsally may be distinguished,
particularly in older larvae, the rudiments of the pleural ganglia, which
also appear to have arisen by delamination of the ectoderm and lie in
close association with cerebral and pedal ganglia. A very heavy
commissural strand connects the two pedal ganglia, and the whole
nervous system of the larva foreshadows in its compact structure the
adult condition, individual gangha being difficult to distinguish. Figs.
92 and 94 show sections through this region at a somewhat later
period than figs. 88 and 89. Eyes have not developed to a functional
condition in the oldest larvae observed. Sections of these show pig-
ment granules within cells lying close to the cerebral ganglia, and in
some cases these cells lie around a slight invagination of the ectoderm —
the first evidence of optic organs.

Excretory Organs.

The large excretory cell which lies on the right side of the larva and
forms the chief member of a group of similar greatly vacuolated cells
lying in that region arises from the third quartet in the C quadrant,
and from its large size and conspicuous appearance its complete history
is known. Returning to a segmentation stage, in which the egg con-
tains about one hundred and twenty cells (fig. 70), it will be seen that
the third quartet group in C quadrant contains seven cells. Divisions
next occur in the three large cells, 3c^-^-, 3c"^- and 3c^^" (fig. 77). The
cell 3c"" does not divide with these, nor does it ever again divide, but
continues its growth, soon becoming the largest element in the ecto-
derm. As gastrulation proceeds this large cell, 3c"" (Ex.), the origin
of which is thus established, appears at the right of the elongating
gastrula (left of figs. 78,, 79) and with the closure of the blastopore lies
midway between dorsal and ventral surfaces, as shown in figs. 98 and
99. It has become much larger, when compared with its neighboring
cells, both from lack of division and by actual growth. As the veliger
takes form this cell becomes yet more marked (fig. 102), and when
the shell gland has become prominent (fig. 104) it is seen lying in a sHght
depression surrounded by small cells which are in an active state of
division. As the foot arises and the cephalic end of the veliger is
differentiated from the body, the large excretory cells move upward
along the body just posterior to the pedal groove, on the right side,
this change of position being a natural sequence of the general torsion
of that region (figs. 105, 106). The intestine has also become well
developed by this time as a solid strand of cells connecting the pos-

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 375

terior end of the enteric cavity with the ectoderm, and this latter point
of contact is just below the large excretory cell. Fig. 88 shows a sec-
tion through this region, showing the excretory cell to be much vacuo-
lated and to lie for the most part below the ectoderm. At a consider-
ably later stage (figs. 109, 110) its position and structure are shown
just before the vehger escapes from the egg capsule. A large nucleus,
which usually contains several small nucleoli and having the general
appearance of nuclei in cells which have for a long time remained
undivided, lies at the lower end of the cell. The cytoplasm is greatly
vacuolated and at its peripheral end, where it meets the exterior, is
seen a deep pit with constricted mouth. This appears to function
as an intra-cellular duct, for it comes into connection at its inner end
with the large vacuoles which fill the cell. Just above and anterior
to the large cell is a group of smaller ones which contain darkly stained
nuclei and pigment granules. One of these, the largest, also contains
vacuoles and lies nearest the cell 3c"". In somewhat older larvse one
or two of these smaller cells, which lie close to 3c"", have increased
much in size, JDecome greatly vacuolated and appear to function as
their larger neighboring cell. These smaller accessory excretory cells
are also doubtless of ectodermal origin and, since they lie between the
principal one and the blastopore, are doubtless derived from the same

quartet.

In- addition to the excretory cells above described others of a similar
nature are found in the larva of Fiona. Sections (figs. 90, 91) of fairly
well-developed veligers show^ two cells (Nph) nearly symmetrically
placed on the two sides of the body just behind the constriction sepa-
rating head from body region. These cells contain large nuclei and
their protoplasm is clear and greatly vacuolated. In a shghtly older
stage (the oldest larva examined) yellowish-brown granules are very
evident, lying in the meshwork of the vacuolated cytoplasm. The
cell on the left side (fig. 91) lies just to the side of and slightly higher
than the otocyst of that side, being closely associated with its ganglia,
while the one on the right side (fig. 90) lies higher and is in close prox-
imity to the smallest cells of the large excretory organ of that side. It
may be distinguished from the cells of this organ by its clear cytoplasm
and the color of the granules lying in it. In later stages another cell
of similar nature may be seen beside the one on the right side, but
only one has been observed on the left. The origin of these cells is not
known. In earlier stages cells of shghtly smaller size lie in the regions
which they later occupy, but cannot be distinguished in structure
from neighboring mesodermal elements. However they lie close to

376 PROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

the ectoderm and may have come from that source. The later fate
of these cells is unknown, but as they are increasing in size they prob-
ably function as important larval oroans. They will here be designated
"nephrocysts," for they correspond to cells of similar position and
structure described by Trinchese (ISSl) for the larva of Ercolania
and other Nudil^ranchs. by whom an excretory function was ascribed
them. Older and living material is desirable before making definite
statements regarding the nature and function of these apparently
similar larval organs of Fiona.

Numerous investigators have seen and described with various inter-
pretations the excretory organs of larval Opisthobranchs. As early as
1839 Loven observed the anal kidney in Xudibranch larvae, but did
not recognize its function, though indicating that it was probably an
undeveloped sexual organ. Likewise Sars (1840) described a similar
structure in the veliger of Tritonia, which, together with the large endo-
dermal cell which lies near it, he associated in common function with
the liver l^dng on the opposite side of the enteron. In ^olis Hke
structures were found. Later (1845) he distinguished the vacuolated
excretory cell and its neighboring pigmented cells, classing the whole
as a reproductive anlage. Reid (1846) observed a like structure in a
number of Nudibranchs (Doris, Pohjcera, Doto, etc.), considering it
to be probably the heart from contractions which he saw it imdergo.
In Vogt's very thorough paper on Actceon, appearing in 1846, the excre-
tory organ is somewhat neglected, though his figures indicate its pres-
ence. Nordman in the same j-ear described this organ in Tergipes,
and referred a reproductive significance to it. Schneider (1858) also
found it in Phyllirhoe. iDut assigned no definite fimction. Langerhans
(1873), having observed in the living larvae of Doris and Acera cells in
the anal region which contained concretions, and from which drops
were extruded considered the organ to be of an excretory nature.
In 1875 Lankester found similar conditions in Aplysia, and con-
sidered the organ to have arisen either from intestinal cells near
which it lay or from the ectoderm.

Trinchese (ISSl) described an ''anal gland for Ercolania wdiich is
strongly pigmented and Hes on the right side of the body". This he
believed arises from three or four mesodermal cells which acquire
pigment and by their division form the organ in question. The same
was found in Amphorina, Bergia and Doto, in the last case being paired.
In addition to the anal excretory organ, Trinchese also found in the
above forms two "rini primive" in the dorsal region under the ecto-
derm, one right and the other left. These he described as vesicular,

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 377

spherical or ovoid bodies having a lower part full of transparent
liquid, in which lay concretions of a yellowish color. These he denomi-
nated'"nephrocisti" (nephrocysts) and ascribed to them a mesodermal
oridn, since they have no connection with the exterior. Haddon
(1882) found a mass of cells on the right side of Jantheria and Philine,
near the anus in Elijsia on the left side, and in Pleurobranchidium on
both sides. In 1888 Rho found similar organs in Chromodoris which
he stated arise from a few mesoderm cells containing numerous con-
cretions and excreta which indicate their functional value. He con-
cluded that this structure corresponds to the right Prosobranch
kidney, considering the left to be rudimentary. Lacaze-Duthiers
and Pruvot (1887), in a paper on Opisthobranch embryology, described
the anal organ of Aplijsia, Philine, Bulla, Pleurobranchus, Doris and
members of the family ^olidida, stating that in origin it is entirely
ectodermal and that it was none other than an " anal eye." This eye,
it was claimed, becomes strongly developed in the blind larva and
later atrophies as true eyes appear. It stands in connection with a
cell-mass, ganghonic in nature, the "asymmetrical centrum" of
Lacaze-Duthiers.

Mazzarein (1892) came to some very different conclusions from work
on Aplysia. He beUeves the organ in question to have neither the
structure nor function of an eye, and, moreover, it remains present
in the larvae after eyes are developed. From its position and structure
it is doubtless a kidney. He derives it from paired rudiments which
originally were closely associated with the endodermal elements of
the^ al3oral pole (mesentodermal cells) and which later, separating,
wander into the blastocoel cavity and, after torsion begins, first the
left and then the right come to lie in the neighborhood of the anus and
together form a small cavity which acquires communication with the
exterior. This unpaired kidney is homologous to the kidney ("niere")
which in many Prosobranchs is found in the same place and, as is
well known, forms the anlage of the definitive kidney. Mazzarelli,
therefore, concludes that the anal kidney of the Opisthobranch larva
is a secondary kidney ("secondare niere"), while the primitive kidney
of these MoUusks is already known (the "nephrocisti" of Trinchese).
The anal kidney is but the anlage of the definitive kidney, which in
this case corresponds not to the right but to the left adult kidney of
the Prosobranch.

Heymons (1893) has carefully described the conditions found m
Umhrella. The excretory rudiment is here at first paired and arises
from the cells 3c^S 3d^\ which sink somewhat below the surface and

378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

divide several times, one cell in each group remaining large. Thus
the excretory cells of Umbrella are ectodermal in origin. In further
history Heymons finds that the large cell of the left side decreases in
prominence and finally is indistinguishable from those surrounding
it, while the right continues to enlarge and, with the torsion of the larva,
is carried higher on that side. Later a second large cell appears by
the side of this one, which Heymons thinks cannot represent the
original left cell, as this would presuppose too great a migration, but
rather one of those associated with the original right, the growth of
which has been delayed. The function of a larval excretory organ is
assigned only to this group of cells by Heymons.

In 1895 Mazzarelli, after a study of the development of a large num-
ber of forms {Philijie, Gastropteron, Actceon, Oscanius, Pleurohranchus,
Tethys, Archidoris, Aplysia, Hermcea, Janus, Polycera and Haminea),
came to the conclusion that the anal organ of Loven, Sars, Pruvot,
Lacaze-Duthiers and others was not, as Lacaze-Duthiers, Pruvot and
Heymons maintained, of ectodermal origin, but rather mesodermal,
arising from two large and other smaller mesoderm cells which become
pigmented and which by a slight ectodermal invagination acc{uire
an external opening. In later development he finds these cells form a
connection with the pericardium, which has arisen from a mesodermal
mass closely connected with them. Therefore, he concludes that
the anal kidney of the Opisthobranch larva is not homologous with
the head kidney of the Prosobranchs, but from its origin, position and
relation (particularly in connection with the pericardium) it is none
other than the anlage of the definitive kidney of the adult And
also, since it lies to the left of the rectum, it corresponds to the
kidney of the Gastropods which possess but one, and to the left kidney
of those with two. Viguier (1898) describes the anal kidney of Tethys,
distinguishing an excretory lumen, around which are grouped several
cells; he does not indicate its origin.

Among the Prosobranchs externally situated larval excretory organs
appear to have been found generally. Salenskj^ (1872) has described
such bodies filled with concretions lying upon the side of the body in
CalyptrcBa and Nassa. Bobretzky (1877) found the same in Fusus,
these cells lying behind the velum and without an underlying ectoder-
mal layer. This latter condition is placed in doubt by McMurrich
(1886). Similar organs to the above were found in Fissurella by
Boutan (1885), while in Capulus (v. Erlanger, 1893) a single large
ectodermal cell, probably excretory in function, was found on each
side of the body behind the velum. For Crepidula Conklin (1897) has

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 379

minutely described a group of ectodermal cells lying laterally just
behind the velum and probably arising from the second quartet; they
become much vacuolated, filled with darkly stained granules and be-
fore metamorphosis separate from the ectoderm and are lost. Erlanger
(1892) concluded that the larval kidney of Bythinia was partly ecto-
dermal and partly mesodermal, and had no connection with the
definitive kidney of the adult. The earlier results of Blitschli (1877) on
Paludina as well as Bythinia were enlarged by Erlanger (1891-2),
showing that in these fresh-water Prosobranchs the larval kidney
was formed from inner mesodermal and outer ectodermal por-
tions.

Rabl (1879) established a mesodermal origin for the primitive kidney
of Planorbis, and Holmes (1900) in his late work confirms the same.
Fol (1879) derived the larval kidney of Planorbis entirely from the
ectoderm. Wolfson (1880) described the larval kidney of Limnaa
as arising from a large velar cell on either side which migrates inward,
retaining connection with the exterior through an intra-cellular duct.
Meissenheimer (1898) says of Limax, we have "in der urniere ein rein
ekto-dermales Gebilde vor uns, zu dem das ^lesoderm auch nicht den
geringsten Beitrag geliefert hat." From his figures and discussion it
appears very evident that in this form the primitive kidney is purely
ectodermal in origin. In 1899 Meissenheimer published his investiga-
tions on the "Urniere der Pulmonaten" (of the Basommatophora,
Ancylus, Physa, Planorbis, Limncea, and of the Stylommatophora,
Succinea, Helix, Avion, Limax). In both these groups he shows the
larval kidney to be entirely ectodermal in origin and similar in struc-
ture, the urinary tube of the latter group being many-celled, while in
the former but four cells comprise it. In both a ciliated cell or cells
closes the inner end of the tube, and for this reason Meissenheimer com-
pares the primitive kidney of the Pulmonate with the end cells of the
water vascular system of the Platyhelminthes.

Among the Lamellibranchs Hatschek (1880) describes the larval
kidney of Teredo as probably both ecto- and mesodermal in origin.
In the single left primitive kidney of Cyclas, Stauffacher (1897) found
a similar though more complicated structure arising from Ijoth ecto-
dermal and mesodermal elements.

Meissenheimer (1901) finds that in Dreissensia polymorpha the larval
kidneys arise from ectodermal cells wholly, each of the two being formed
from a few in-wandering cells. ' The structure is more simple than that
of the Pulmonates and Meissenheimer suggests that it may be the
ground type of the group. This might then be described as an ecto-

3S0 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

dermal invaginating tube with the end closed by a vacuolated heavily
cihated cell.

From the above account of some of the more important observations
and conclusions upon the nature and origin of the larval excretory
organs of the Lamellibranchs and Gastropods (and of the latter more
jjarticLilarly of the Opisthobranchs), one is strongly impressed with the
feeling that much more work must be done upon these organs of mul-
luscan larvse before we are ready to come to definite conclusions
regarding their mutual relations and homologies, if such exist. Nor
has the investigation recorded in this paper brought forward facts
which justify an immediate solution of the problem. The anal kidney
of Fiona doubtless corresponds to the similar structure described for
so many members of the Opisthobranchia, Ijut its derivation is totally
different from the results obtained by some of the more recent and
careful workers in this group.

Mazzarelli's conclusions regarding its mesodermal origin, resulting
from investigations upon a large number of closely related forms, are
very different from mine. There is no point regarding the cytogeny
of Fiona of which I am more certain than that the group of cells con-
stituting the anal kidney is of ectodermal origin, and one member
of the group (the largest, 3c"") has been traced through every step
of its history, from the initial cleavages which produce it to its fimctional
condition upon the right side of the veliger larva at the time of hatching.
In this respect my results are entireh^ in accord with those of Heymons
for Umbrella and, except for the function assigned to the resulting
organ, agree closely with Lacaze-Duthiers and Pruvot's derivation
of the same structure from ectodermal cells. With regard to the
fate of this organ, the work of Rho and Mazzarelli appears to show con-
clusively that it becomes metamorphosed into the kidney of the adult,
and the latter's comparison of this organ with the adult kidney of
those Gastropods which possess but one, or with the left of those with
two, is in entire accord with the generally accepted opinion upon this
subject. Unfortunately material has not been available for a study
of the metamorphosis of Fiona. But on a priori grounds it should
be similar in all essential features to the above-mentioned processes of
development in closely allied forms. The metamorphosis of the anal
kidney of the larval Opisthobranch into the definitive kidney of the
adult might seem, at first sight, fair grounds on which to doubt its
ectodermal origin, since the latter structure has generally been con-
sidered to be a mesodermal derivative. But if in this connection be
considered the recent results of Meissenheimer, who derives the adult

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 381

kidney and allied structures of Limax and Dreissensia, representing
two distinct molluscan groups, from ectodermal rudiments, after an
investigation which bears every evidence of care and accuracy, the
possibility at least of a similar manner of formation among the
Opisthobranchs must be granted.

So little is as yet known of the "Nephrocysts" of Trinchese that any
discussion of their significance and possible homologies must of neces-
sity be largely hypothetical. An exact knowledge of their derivation
and structure would be of the utmost value. In Fiona when first seen
they lie in the cleavage cavity, but whether they have wandered there
from the ectoderm or are from the first mesodermal in character is
yet an imsolved problem. Should they prove to be of ectodermal
origin their position might justify a close homology with the Proso-
branch larval kidney, and possibly also with those of the Pulmonates
and Lamellibranchs, since Meissenheimer has indicated the larval
kidneys of the two latter groups to be of ectodermal origin, and his
work is supported bj' the earlier investigations of Wolf son and Fol.
Should these nephrocysts prove entirely mesodermal there is yet a
possibility of their similarity to the larval kidneys of the Prosobranchs,
Lamellibranchs and Pulmonates, through the investigations of Biitschli
and Erlanger for the Prosobranchs, Rabl and Holmes for the Pulmo-
nates and Hatschek for the Lamellibranchs, who derived the primitive
kidney of members of these groups in part or entirely from mesodermal
elements. However, the structure of the nephrocj'sts of Opistho-
branchs is very different from the primitive renal organs of the groups
above cited, for, as far as is known, they appear wholly enclosed in
the schizocoel with no external ducts. The fact of their very rudi-
mentary structure suggests an explanation for the great development
reached by the anal kidney. When we consider that in other groups
possessing true larval excretory organs the anlage of the definitive
kidney does not develop into a condition of functional activity until
after metamorphosis, while among Opisthobranch larvae, even before
the time of hatching, certain cells of this structure are actively con-
cerned in the work of excretion, the causal relation between rudimen-
tary structures on the one hand and advanced development on the
other is brought forcibly to mind. The nephrocyst of the Opistho-
branch is not a prominent or well-developed structure, and with its
phylogenetic decline precocious development has arisen in the rudi-
ment of the definitive kidney, resulting in functional activity in a
part at least of its formative elements long before development of
the adult organ.

382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [April,

There is yet another possil^le explanation of the renal organs as
found in Opisthobranch larvse which will be stated but briefly, since a
preponderance of hypothesis over fact is always to be regretted. It
is generally conceded that whether the anal kidney be of mesodermal
or ectodermal origin its rudiment is at first a paired structure, one
part of which may fail to develop into a renal organ (Heymons) or
unite with the other (Mazzarelli). The nephrocysts are paired struc-
tures, one lying close to the anal kidney, the other in an almost similar
position on the opposite side of the body. It is possible that the nephro-
cyst of the right side is but a part of the anal kidney of that side, while
that of the left represents the degenerate whole of the rudiment of that
side. In this case, of course, true larval kidneys would be wanting.

The Enteron.

As the archenteron arises from the cleaving cntoblast it presents,
when viewed from the vegetative pole, an irregular depression, the
bottom of which lies considerably below the edge of the blastopore.
The macromeres, 5 A, 5B, 5C and 4D, are at the bottom of this pit, with
5a, 5b and 5c lying peripherally from them, while above these and next
to the ectoblast come 4c', 4b^ 4a2 and the smaller cells 4c\ 4b^ and 4a^
In the posterior region are found the small cells E\ E^ e^ e^ (entero-
blasts) which have arisen from 4d. The fifth quartet and all the
macromeres are the next cells to divide, this resulting in enlargement
of the wall area of the enteron, and by this division into smaller ele-
ments closer contact between the blastomeres results. Hitherto the
entoblasts have been much rounded (except those meeting directly
in the center), and have lain together in a very irregular manner,
particularly after invagination began. With diminution in size and
rearrangement of these cells a distinct cavity with closed dorsal wall
arises (fig. SO). At the anterior end lies the large cell 4b2, while pos-
teriorly and laterally are found the two large cells 4:0?, 4c-; between
and behind them are the enteroblasts. At first the enteron is longer
on the right side (left of figures), the cell 4c^ lying more posterior than
4a^ this being the natural result of the division which early separated
the large mesentomere from 4D of that side and the lack of growth
and division in this latter cell for so long a period. But as development
proceeds and the whole enteron grows in antero-posterior extent it will
be noted that 4a-, which is a very large cell and easily distinguishable,
gains in its backward course upon the opposite cell of like lineage (4c^) ,
comes to lie opposite to it and later more posterior (figs. 80, 81, 82).
This process is the beginning of the torsion of the intestine, and is appa-

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 383

rently to be explained in at least its first manifestations as the direct
result of increase in growth of one side over the other. After Aa? lies
considerably more posterior than the derivatives of the large cell,
which before lay opposite it (4c-\ 4c", fig. 81). the cell ^h^ is seen to
be midivided as yet and still at the anterior median point of the
enteron, showing that the change of position of 4c- relative to its
opposite cell has" been the resiUt of greater increase in the area of the
left over that of the right enteric wall.

During this process 4a- has not been observed to divide and it main-
tains its large size throughout. On the opposite side Ac^ has divided
into cells of eciual size and divisions are continued in this region, result-
ing in the thinning of that portion of the enteric wall and an equaliza-
tion of the size of the cells which compose it. With the continued
growth of the enteron 4a- is moved still more posteriorly and finally
toward the right (left of figs. 82, 83). In fig. 84, which represents
the enteron in optical section at a stage about corresponding to fig. 104,
4a- is seen lying directly in the median fine. Above, in the anterior
median portion of the enteron, is a group of large yolk-ladened cells
which have been derived from 4b=^ and its neighboring cells. This
group will soon shift somewhat to the left and become the rudiment of

the liver.

As was seen before, the small cells W, E\ e\ e\ which were separated
from the anterior end of the mesentoderm, at first lie between isx^ and
4c\ An actual section at this stage parallel to the ventral surface
(fig. 85) shows that the inner of these cells are yet in contact with the
enteric cavity. I am confident that the cells in this figure marked
''enteroblasts'' represent mesentoblastic derivatives. Their history,
position, size and the structure of their nuclei, which are small and
darkly stained, correspond to these cells. With the increase in extent
of the left side of the enteron and, after the closure of the blastopore,
by its continued growth, these enteroblasts, which may be distinguished
from their neighbors by their darkly staining nuclei and their smaller
size, become pushed from the median plane toward the right side as the
large cell 4a- advances around to a more and more posterior position
(fig. 83). Finally, when 4a2 itself lies on the median line, these cells lie
entirely to the right and are more posterior than those which have come
from 4c and 5c. A slightly diagonal actual section, as fig. 86. shows the
large cell 4a^ in the median plane. Just behind it and slightly to the
right are shown in the section five small cells lying closely pressed
between 4a2 and the shell-gland invagination behind. These cells
correspond in position and in appearance to the small enteroblasts

384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

of fig. 85. If we now examine section fig. 87, which is taken through
a vehger shghtly older than that shown in fig. 104, the relation of the
enteron to its surrounding structures may be ol^served. The large
entodermic cell, 4a^ has been successively traced through preceding
stages from its origin on the left side of the archenteron to its final
position on the right of the enteric cavity, as is shown in the figure.
Just posterior to this will be noted a mass of cells connecting the enteron
with the ectoderm. The nuclei of these cells are compact and deeply
staining, and the cytoplasm is decidedly clearer and contains less
yolk than that of the cells directly surrounding the enteric cavity.
Moreover, their position beside the large cell 4a- and now, through the
torsion which the enteron has undergone, their later position some-
what posterior to this cell, indicates the probability of their correspond-
ence with the "enteroblasts" of fig. 86 (PI. XXXI) and earlier stages,
in which the identity of these cells is unquestioned.

It is proper in this place to consider again the results of Carazzi's
work on Aplysia and its relation to the mesentodermal history of
Fiona. It will be remembered that Carazzi's account of the hneage
of 4d up to a stage w'hen its derivatives number twelve cells exactly
parallels my results on Fiona, but regarding the fate of these cells
there is lack of agreement. The anterior small cells of Aplysia are
believed to be purely mesoblastic. while at least four of them in Fio7ia
appear, from the preceding account, to be entodermal in nature.
Carazzi, however, derives endoderm from the two small posteriorly
directed cells (e, e^ of Aplysia) which correspond to z\. z- of Fiona.
These latter cells were last seen lying at the posterior end of the gas-
trula of Fiona closely pressed against the ectoderm. At a later period,
when a large number of mesodermal elements lie in this region, the z^,
7? cells become indistinguishable from these. Sections of later stages
(fig. 87) show two cells which are larger and clearer than the entero-
blasts and which he against the ectoderm where the intestinal mass
touches it. They may represent the cells z^ z^, but of this there is
no evidence except that, given above. Anal cells are not a marked
feature of the developing embryo of Fiona, but at this time sections
in particular show two cells of somewhat larger size than the sm-round-
ing ectodermal elements, against which the forming intestine abuts
and which are doubtless comparable to the anal cells of other forms
(fig. 87, An.C).

It will now be seen that the portion of the enteron lying most
posterior and close against the shell-gland invagination has been
derived from the cells which formed the bottom and the left side of

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 385

the original archenteric invagination (oB, ob, 4C, 5C, 5c, 4D, 5A)
while dorsally and anteriorly are seen more yolk-ladened elements
whose origin may be traced to the large entoderm cell 4b- and those
around it. The stomodaeal invagination breaks through at a much later
period between the descendants of 5a and 4b and their neighboring
cells, which have been turned in an anterior direction, while doubtless
cells from 4c and 5b also push in upon this region with the closure of
the blastopore. By the torsion which the enteron has undergone the
upper mass of large yolk-ladened cells is moved more and more to the
left, while in like manner 4a- turns to the right. While this is occurring
the invaginating sliell-gland has pushed the anterior and posterior
walls of the enteron very closely together, both enteric and cleavage
cavities being practically obliterated (fig. 86). When this structure
evaginates the enteron again opens out and has then lost its elongated
form, being rounded with its wall cells in close contact (fig. 87).

In Umbrella as well as in Fiona 4b' occupies the anterior end of the
enteric mass pushing up into the pointed apex of the gastrula, and the
same is true of Aplysia in which there are but two large blastomeres,
though according to Blochmann's nomenclature such does not appear
to be the case. In later stages the positions of the large cells of the
fourth quartet of Umbrella and Fiona are identical. The intestine of
Umbrella is said to be formed by C" and D" (5c and 5d), which, as Hey-
mons did not take into consideration an entoblastic contribution from
4d, correspond fairly well to the conditions foimd in Fiona, where these
cells lie just at the place of origin of the intestine and may well take
part in its future development. The cell-lineage of the archenteron
of Crepidula is given as follows: "The four macromeres form the roof
of the archenteric cavity. The cells of the fifth quartet form its lateral
boundaries, arching the cavity on all sides save the posterior. Here
the archenteric cavity runs backward between the cells 5C and 5D (5c
and 5d) nearly to the posterior boundary of the egg. The cells of the
fourth quartet come together on the ventral side of the archenteron,
forming its floor anteriorly and ultimately giving rise to some of the
many small cells which form that part of the mesenteron, adjoining
the stomodseum." The intestine arises from the posterior lower right
region of the enteron as a tube-like evagination, formed from the entero-
blasts derived from 4d and neighboring small endodermal cells and
ending blindly against the ectoderm. Later it elongates and the end
is carried somewhat upward along the right side by trosion of the larva.
It contains a lumen from the first. As the stomach begins to enlarge
it is seen to be bounded by large cells dorsally and anteriorly in its lower
25

386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

regions. As development proceeds it is elongated, its posterior end
being ventrally directed and turned toward the right. The develop-
ment of the liver of Crepidula comes later, being retarded by the
great amoimt of yolk.

The next change in the development of the enteron of Fiona may
be observed in fig. 105, which represents a veliger in which the ali-
mentary canal is beginning to become differentiated into several parts.
Anteriorly is seen the stomodseiim, which has as yet not broken through
but touches the wall of the enteron. Above and to the left of this
point of contact is a decided lobing of the wall of the enteric cavity,
formed of the large yolk-ladened cells which at an earlier period lay in
the anterior region of the archenteron. This is the rudiment of the
liver, and as development proceeds the invagination becomes larger and
more constricted at its base, forming a rounded lobe upon the left dorsal
wall of the enteric canal. Behind the rudiment of the liver the enteron
has widened into a capacious sac which is larger at its upper anterior
end, the walls of the whole being formed of rather small cells which are
yet rich in yolk. This is the stomach, and it ends blindly against the
intestinal mass behind and to the right. The intestine is yet a solid
strand of cells connecting the posterior end of the stomach with the
ectoderm. With the growth of the veliger this strand has become
more slender, elongated and turned forward, its distal end lying well
up on the side of the body behind the constriction which forms the
foot. The huge excretory cell lies just dorsal to this point (figs. 106,
107). In figs. 90, 91, 92 and 93, which represent coronal sections of
a veliger somewhat older than figs. 105 and 106, and shghtly more
mature than that of fig. 107, it will be seen that the intestine is still a
solid strand of cells; and that the oesophagus is as yet not in open con-
nection with the rest of the alimentary canal. An examination of a
considerably older larva (figs. 109, 110) shows a very small lumen,
just beginning to form in the center of the intestinal strand, but as
yet no communication between oesophagus and enteric cavity.

Stomodceum and Mouth.

As the blastopore narrows (fig. 79) it becomes entirely surrounded,
except at the anterior end, by third quartet cells. At the anterior
point second quartet cells from 2b" and 2b-^^ lie along the edge also.
Figures of a later stage (as 97, 98) show the blastopore as a mere
rounded opening, its edges and walls below thickly set with darkly
nucleated cells, and when complete closure occurs a plug of these cells

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 387

may be observed upon lateral optical section dipping down from the
region of closure to the enteron beneath. These cells have come largely
from the third quartet of all four quadrants, and represent the smaller
cells of this quartet which lay nearest the open blastopore. This
condition exists but for a short time, for soon a broad pit may be ob-
served in this region occupying exactly the place where the blastopore
closed. As it forms the cells which have been invaginated to form the
blastopore-plug open out again so that a blind pit results, the lower
surface of which is formed by those cells which were first pushed inward
as the blastopore was closing, and correspond to the second and third
C[uartet elements w^hich are shown in fig. 79 surrounding the blastopore.
The stomodseal invagination continues to increase in depth by growth
and division of the cells which already form it and by further invagina-
tion of surrounding cells, so that, as the form of the veliger begins to ap-
pear (figs. 103, 104, 105, 106), second and third quartet cells from all
the quadrants lying in the region probably become involved. , At first
the stomodseum is broad and shallow, but as it increases in depth it
narrows and becomes more dorsally directed at its inner end. In
section, fig. 90, and in drawings of the oldest veliger shown (figs. 109,
110), the stomodseal invagination has as yet not formed an open con-
nection with the enteron, but shortly afterward this occurs, at which
time the stomodseum is much elongated. Union is established with the
stomach pouch just below the opening of the large liver lobe.

Fiona agrees with a large number of JMollusks in which the blasto-
pore closes and the stomodseum forms at the same point. Among
them may be named Nassa (Bobretzky), Neritina and Aplysia (Bloch-
mann), Elysia (Vogt), various ^Eolididse (Trinchese), Doris (Langer-
hans), Crepidula (Conklin), Planorbis (Holmes) and Trochus (Robert).
In Patella (Patten), Fusus (Bobretzky), Pteropods and Heteropods
(Fol) and Limnwa (Lankester) the blastopore is said to remain open
and pass over directly into the mouth.

Shell-gland and Foot.

If one examines the segmenting egg somewhat later than such a
stage as shown in fig. 73, it will be observed that the posterior has con-
siderably outstripped the anterior region in extent and that, together
with numerous divisions, the cells have also enlarged considerably in
size. The area which lies along the median line, and so is derived from
the second quartet, shows most plainly this rapid increase in extent,
and it is here particularly that the cells themselves become greatly

388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

enlarged and prominent. This is the region of posterior growth, and
from this area arise both the shell-gland and the foot.

Taking up first the history of the former of these two organs, it will
be found that in a stage represented by figs. 95 and 98 the whole
area between the blastopore and the end of the posterior arm of the
cross shows karyokinetic activity, but particularly in the region marked
Sh.G. the cells have increased considerably in size. As growth con-
tinues these cells upon the upper and posterior surface of the gastrula
protrude above the level of the ectoderm, the area which they cover
having the appearance of a rough cobble-stone pavement; but some-
what later they settle down and form a smooth surface. The center of
this area, which now lies just opposite the region of the stomodseum,
begins to invaginate, pushing the enteron before it and reducing its
cavity, so that there results a deep pit which, growing in size below, con-
stricts above, and around which are several row^s of large granular cells
(fig. 102). Such a condition lasts but a short time, for soon the invagi-
nated area opens outward, the whole forming a large thick-walled
cap upon the posterior end of the veliger, constricted around its edge
and merging abruptly with the thin-walled ectoderm anterior to it (fig.
104). As growth proceeds the shell-gland spreads and becomes much
thinner, while the larval shell appears as a secretion of the large cells
which compose it. As the shell continues to extend over the veliger
its outer edge is marked by several rows of large cells, which by their
secretive activity lay down the substance which forms the shell (figs.
105, 106, 107). Almost from its origin as a distinct structure the shell-
gland is slightly displaced to the left side of the body, and as it increases
in extent this lack of bilateral symmetry becomes more marked (fig.
107).

The ventral prominence wliich develops into the foot arises some-
what later than the shell-gland, and the cells which go into it come from
the second quartet of D quadrant and the third quartet of C and D
quadrants. The large ectodermal excretory cell, which in the lar\-a
lies just behind the foot, serves as a guide to show that much of the
foot, like this cell, arises from C quadrant of the third quartet; and
though no such landmark is present on the other side, the early history
of the two quadrants are so similar that we may reasonably suppose a
like origin from the third quartet for the left side of the foot. Lillie
has derived the foot of Unio from cells of the second quartet, and Conk-
lin appears to have done the same for Crepidula. Holmes states for
Planorbis that as the cells immediately behind the blastopore are of
third quartet origin, probably the "median portion of the anterior end

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 389

of the foot is derived from some of these cells". Robert describes a
similar condition for Trochus. In Fiona not only the median portion
but also much of the lateral area certainly comes from the third quartet.
The foot here does not arise as a paired swelling as in Patella (Patten),
Fulgar (Mc]\Iurrich) and Trochus (Robert), but shows from the first
a median protuberance which increases in size and later becomes
broadened and flattened (figs. 103, 108, 110). Its upper surface is
covered with numerous cells, but they are not arranged to form a
conspicuous cell-plate as in Crepidula. Large cells mark its lower
surface and they soon begin to secrete the operculum.

Larval Musculature.

It is particularly unfortunate that for a study of the muscles of the
velum no living material has been available, as without this many
points of interest must of necessity be lost. When the veliger breaks
from its capsule it presents an appearance shown in figs. 109, 110,
though it should be remembered that in fixed material, from which
the drawings were made, the muscles must be much contracted. The
whole posterior region is swollen into a huge transparent vesicle, at the
anterior end of which lies the contorted alimentary canal. In dotted
outline is represented the probable position of the cuticular-like shell
before shrinkage. In a larva of such age one of the most characteristic
features is a large dorsal retractor muscle, which has its posterior point
of attachment well to the left of the dorsal side of the posterior vesicle.
It runs forward and branches just before reaching the liver lobe, its
two anterior ends becoming attached to the ahmentary canal and the
body wall in the region of the oesophagus. In structure it is composed
of large spindle-shaped interlacing cells, which are flattened dorso-ven-
trally, giving the muscle a band-like form. In fmiction this muscle
doubtless acts as a retractor for the anterior and particularly the upper
portion of the cephalic region. A dorsal view of the same veliger
shows two lateral muscles, the right and left retractors of the foot,
which arise about midway back on the sides of the posterior vesicle
and extend forward through the lower part of the neck region, to end
in branching fibers in the foot. That of the right side is larger than
the left, and in earher stages (figs. 105, 106) is much thicker than later
and relatively larger. In figs. 105 and 106 is showoi a small muscle
(Vl.R.) extending from the dorsal neck region to the velar folds where
it branches greatly. Other similar retractor muscles of the velar
lobes extend from the walls of the alimentarv canal and the bodv wall

390 PROCEEDIN-GS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

outward into the velar area branching extensiveh'. Fine interlacing
fibers are also found in the foot in older stages.

Returning to the period marked by fig. 105, the dorsal retractor
muscle is seen to be a short thick strand of cells extending from the
shell region to the enteron near the position of the liver. It is here
already branched and runs along the sides of the alimentary canal.
The right retractor of the foot is, as shown, a very heavy cell strand
which miites the foot with the lower dorso-lateral portion of the shell.
A view from the left side would show a muscle occupying a similar
position, but in this case much thinner (fig. 107 shows their relative
sizes at a slightly later stage). Even at this early period the dorsal
retractor is posteriorly. attached to the left of the median line.

Bearing in mind the distinction of Lillie and others betw^een primary
mesoblast (ento-mesoblast) and secondary mesoblast (ecto-mesoblast
or larval mesoblast), the attempt has been made to distinguish between
these two sources of muscular tissue in the developing larva of Fiona,
with, however, but partial success. The velar retractors, w^hich lie in
the region of the head vesicle, are formed from secondary mesoblast.
Those cells which we have seen cut off from the third c^uartet in the
two anterior quadrants lie in the antero-lateral region of the gastrula,
and may for some time be distinguished from the primary mesoblast
cells. When at an early period spindle-shaped muscle fibers appear
in this region, their origin from these cells can scarcely be doubted.
The component elements of the dorsal retractor are hard to distinguish.
When this muscle first appears at a stage about midway between figs.
104 and 105, several large cells lie wedged in between the rounded
wall of the enteron and the ectodermal area in the upper region of the
shell-gland. The evidence is strong that these cells at least are from
the primary mesoblasts. At this time, however, other cells extend
along the enteron, connecting the compact posterior group with the
loosely lying spindle-shaped elements of the velar retractors. They
doubtless help form the more anterior portion of the dorsal retractor
and, lying as they do so close to where secondary mesoblast was formed,
m.ay be derivatives of it. The two retractors of the foot and the inter-
lacing fibers of that organ itself are doubtless composed of cells which
have come from 4d. From the above account it is seen that a true
"larval mesoblast" is found in Fiona, since much at least of the mus-
culature of the velum, a purely larval organ, is derived from this
secondary mesoblast.

No organ in any way comparable to a larval heart is to be found in
the oldest veligers which I have studied.

1004.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 391

Change of Axis and Form of the Developing Organism,

The egg at the time of laj'hig is spherical. ^Yith the division into
four cells the primary egg axis, running between the centers of the
animal and vegetative poles, becomes shorter than the diameter of the
equatorial plane. As segmentation proceeds this relation persists
(fig. 14), and with continued division the formation of a large cleavage
cavity becomes more pronounced. Until the cleaving egg reaches a
stage of over sixty cells its surface, when viewed from either pole,
appears almost perfectly rounded, but shortly after this its antero-
posterior axis becomes shorter than the lateral (figs. 45, 56, 74), this
relation holding until increased growth in the posterior and anterior
quadrants causes elongation in that direction. Until about a stage
shown in fig. 74 the primary egg axis, running from the center of the
animal to the center of the vegetative pole, follows a straight line.
Immediately after this, accentuated growth of the posterior region
initiates a bending of this axis, which finally results in its complete
folding upon itself, or a rotation through 180 degrees. A sharply
pointed anterior projection arises (fig. 78), while at the same time the
posterior dorsal region is rapidly increasing in extent and changing
the embryonic axis. As the gastrula elongates the apical pole is moved
forward, and by the time the first velar row becomes distinct the origi-
nal polar axis has become so bent upon itself as to form an angle of
nearly 90 degrees (figs. 95, 98). With the continued multiplication
of cells in the head region that portion of the larva changes from its
originally pointed shape into a rounded though not prominent head
vesicle, while at the same time the opposite end is rounded by continued
growth of second and third quartet elements (figs. 100, 101). The orig-
inal polar axis wall be seen in these figures to have moved through about
135 degrees. In the next stage, represented by figs. 102 and 104,
the head vesicle has reached its largest relative size when taken in
connection with the veliger as a whole. Comparing these figures with
those which have gone before, a marked increase will be seen in the
antero-posterior depth, and if this be considered in connection ^\ith the
great change of axis the enormous growth of the posterior region will
be evident. It is generally conceded that the head vesicle of mol-
luscan and annelidan larvse is of functional importance in serving as a
float. In Fiona the head vesicle is never large and prominent and a
substitute may reasonably be expected. With the differentiation of
the velar lobes and foot the shell-gland may in figs. 105, 106 and 107

392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEI^IY OF [April,

be seen to be rapidly spreading over the posterior region. As this
is being accomphshed it also grows greatly in size, producing the enor-
mous posterior vesicle which in figs. 109 and 110 extends far behind
the internal organs of the body. The importance of such an organ
must be considerable and, taken in connection with the early decrease
in size of the head vesicle, strongly suggests that its functional value
is similar in kind to that usually ascribed to the anterior or head
vesicle of other larvse.

In all older veligers figured the original polar axis has become com-
pletely bent upon itself, a rotation of 180 degrees having occurred.
With regard to the median plane of the future embryo, the first cleavage
plane is obliquely transverse to this plane. AVhen the mesoderm is
formed it is thrown over toward this median plane, and from the first
is approximately bilateral in position (figs. 24, 31, 34). The elements
of both entoblast and ectoblast, which in late stages of cleavages lie
on the median plane, appear to be derived from cells of the early
cleavages which occupied similar positions. Little rotation, if any,
is apparent other than a certain amount of irregularity found in all
portions of eggs with equal or nearly equal cleavage.

Conklin describes for Crepidula an entire rotation of the ectoblastic
cap at the time when the anterior and lateral cells of the fourth quartet
arise. Heymons shows a similar rotation in Umbrella. Such a change
of axis in the germ layers does not occur in Fiona, nor is there necessity
for it. The large macromeres of Crepidula and Umbrella are here
represented by small cells, which do not modify the positions of the
germ la3^ers at the time of their origin nor necessitate supplementary
rearrangement.

Abstract.

Maturation begins at the time of laying. Two polar bodies are
given off, the first of which may or may not divide. The un-
segmented egg of Fiona is rich in yolk, the spherules being com-
paratively small. In shape the egg is round, but shghtty flattened
in the direction of its polar axis. One to three eggs are found in a
roomy egg capsule.

The early cleavage is strictly spiral after the dextral sequence. The
first quartet of micromeres are much smaller than the macromeres,
but with succeeding divisions the cleavage becomes equal in character.
After the four macromeres are formed they give rise to successive
quartets of micromeres. The first three quartets contain all the ecto-

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 393

blast. The mesoblast arises in part from the fourth quartet cell
of D quadrant. The remaining fourth quartet cells and all the
macromeres are entoblastic, as is also the case with a small portion
of 4d.

The first quartet of ectomeres give rise to the trochoblasts and ecto-
blastic cross. To the latter structure are added as "tips" the upper
cells of the second quartet m all quadrants. The cross is radially-
spiral in symmetry, and does not increase in breadth by transverse
sphtting of its arms until a comparatively late period. Cells from the
fu-st quartet form the head vesicle, cerebral ganglia and eyes, and a
portion of the first velar row.

The second quartet has a similar cleavage history in all four quad-
rants until a stage of about 150 cells. In later development the
elements of this quartet in D (posterior) quadrant show great
increase in size and divisional activity, initiating the posterior point
of growth, with resulting bending of the embryonic axis. Cells from
this area form the shell-gland and median portion of the foot. A
large number of second quartet cells from the anterior and lateral
groups aid in the formation of the velum. The more ventral elements
of B quadrant help to close the blastopore.

In the third quartet bilateral cleavages first appear in the posterior
quadrants (cells 3c^ and 3d^). Secondary mesoblasts arise from the
anterior quadrant groups of this quartet (cells 3a^"S 3a"" and 3b^"^
3b^^"). The large anal excretory cell (3c"") and its associated cells
are derived from C quadrant of this quartet. Third quartet cells
surround the blastopore as it closes, with the exception of a small
anterior portion; much of the stomodseum and the lateral portions
of the foot come from third quartet elements.

The mesoblast of Fiona is derived from two sources, ento- mesoblast
from 4d and ecto-mesoblast from the third quartet in A and B quad-
rants. The greater amount comes from 4d and forms teloblastic
bands in the posterior region of the gastrula. The secondary mesoblast
(ecto-mesoblast) is largely "larval" in fate, since much of it goes to
form the muscles of the velum. From the history of 4d it appears
that this cell contains both mesoblastic and entoblastic derivatives,
the latter taking part in the formation of the intestine.

As is the case with many Opisthobranchs, the gastrula is sharply
pointed anteriorly, the apical point at first lying at the end of the
anterior arm of the cross.

The blastopore at the time of closure is surrounded by third
quartet cells, except at its anterior edge, where second quartet cells are

394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

present. The stomodceum later forms at the point where the blasto-
pore closed.

The shell-gland at first forms a deep invagination, which later opens
out and covers the posterior end of the veliger with a cap of large
cells which soon begin to secrete the shell. From the first the shell
is slightly shifted toward the left, and this asymmetry becomes more
marked with continued growth. With the enlargement of the shell
a conspicuous posterior vesicle results.

The foot arises as an unpaired swelling below the stomodceum. Its
under surface later secretes an operculum.

The first velar row is formed from the anterior trochoblasts (A and
B quadrants), the tips of the anterior arm of the cross, and possibly
from other cells of the first quartet in this region. The second velar
row is derived from underlying cells of the second quartet. A post-
oral velar area is but slightly marked. In later development the velum
becomes bilobed and broadly expanded.

A prominent head vesicle is not present in the older vehgers, and
with this may be correlated the development of a large posterior vesicle.
No apical sense-organ has been found, nor are distinctly marked apical
plates present. The cerebral gangha appear in the angles between
the anterior and lateral arms of the cross. Otocysts are formed by
invaginations of the ectoderm upon the sides of the foot, and pedal
gangha appear closely associated with them. The eyes are late in
appearing and are intimately connected with the rudiments of the
cerebral ganglia.

The anal kidney of the larva is derived from the ectoderm, coming
from 3c^"^ and associated cells. With the torsion of the larva this
group is shifted farther to the right, and eventually lies well up on the
right side of the veliger above the anal opening. Primitive ex-
cretory cells are also found lying in the body cavity laterally behind
the velum.

The enteron is formed by invagination of the entomeres, which at
first form an elongated sac; with the evagination of the shell-gland
this becomes rounded. The hver is derived from large yolk-ladened
cells lying at the anterior end of the enteron, and later the rudiment
of this organ becomes turned toward the left side. Torsion of the
enteron results from lengthening of the left side and is caused by
increased growth of that region. The intestine is at first a solid thick
cell-strand and is composed largely of entoblasts from 4d; it later
elongates and acquires a lumen.

1904.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 395

Literature.

Alder, J., and Hancock, A. Observations on the Structure and Development
of Nudibranchiate MoUusca. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. XII, 1843.

British Nudibranchiate Mollusca (a monograph). Roy. Society London

184.5.

Blochmaxn', F. Ueber die Entwicklung der Xeritina fluviatilis. Zeit. Wiss
Zool., Bd. XXXVI, 1881.

Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Gasteropoden. Ibid., Bd. XXXVIII, 1883.

BoBRETZKY, X. Studien tiber die embryonal Entwicklung der Gastropoden.

Arch, fur mikr. Anat., Bd. XIII, 1877.
BouTAN, L. Recherches sur I'anatomie et la developpement de la Fissurella.
Arch. Zool. Exp. Gen., Tom. Ill, Suppl., 1S8.5.

Sur le developpement de I'Haliotide. Compt. rend. Assoc. Franc. Tom. II

1892.

Sur le devleoppement de TAcmsea virginiea. Compt. rend. Acad. Sci. Paris,

Tom. CXXVI, 1898.

BuTSCHLi, O. Entwicklungsgeschichtliche Beitrage. Ueber Paludina vivipara.

Zeit. Wiss. Zool, Bd. XXIX, 1877.
Carazzi, D. L'embriologia dell' Aplysia limacina L. fino alia formazione delle

strisce mesodermiche. Anat. Am., Bd. XVII, 1900.

Georgevitch und die Embryologie von Aplysia. Ibid., Bd. XVIII, 1900.

Child, C. 'M. Preliminary Account of the Cleavage of Arenicola cristata. Zool.

Bidl., Vol. I, 1897.
Earlv Development of Arenicola and Sternapsis. Arch. f. Ent. der Orqan.,

Bd. IX, 1900.
CoxKLiN, E. G. Note on the Embryology of Crepidula fornicata and of Uro-

salpinx cinerea. Joh. Hop. Univ. Circ., Vol. X, No. 88, 1891.
The Cleavage of the Ovum of Crepidula fornicata. Zool. Anz., Bd. XV,

1892.

The Embryolog}^ of Crepidula. Journ. Morph., Vol. XIII, 1897.

Cramptox, H. E. Reversal of Cleavage in a Sinistral Gastropod. A7in. X. Y.

Acad. Sci., Vol. VIII, 1894.
Drasche, C. von. Beitrag zur Entwicklung der Polychreten. "VVien, 1884.
Elsig, H. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Capitelliden. Mitth. Zool. Stat. z.

Neapel., Bd. XIII, 1898.
Erlanger, R. von. Zur Entwicklung der Paludina vivipara. Th. I u. II.

Morph. Jahrb., Bd. XVII, 1891.
Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Gastropoden. Erster Theil.,

Zur Entwicklung von Bvthinia tentaculata. Mitth. Zool. Stat, z Neapel.,

Bd. X, 1892.

On tlie paired Nephridia of Prosobranchs. Quart. Jour. Mic. Soc, \o\.

XXXIII, 1892.

Mittheilungen fiber Bau und Entwicklung einiger marinen Prosobranchier.

I. Ueber Capulus hungaricus. Zool. Ajiz. Jahrg., XV, 1892.

Bemerkung zur Embryologie der Gasteropoden — Urnieren. Biol. Cen-

tralb., Bd. XIII, 1893; Bd. XIV, 1894; Bd. XVIII, 1898; also Arch. Biol.,
Tom. XIV, 1895.

Etudes sur le developpement des gasteropodes pulmones faites au labora-

toire Heidelberg. Arch. Biol., Tom. XIV, 1895.

FoL, H. Sur le developpement des Pteropodes. Arch. Zool. Exp. Gen., Tom. IV,
1875.

Etudes sur le developpement des Molluscs. Heteropodes. Ibid., Tom. V.

1876.

Etudes sur le developpement des Gasteropodes pulmones. Ibid., Tom.

VIII, 1880.

Georgevitch, P. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte von Aplvsia depilens. Anat.

Anz., Bd. XVIII, 1900.

Carazzi und seine Kritik. Ibid., Bd. XIX, 1901.

Grant, R. E. On the Existence and Uses of Cilia in the Young of Gastropodous

Mollusca, and on the cause of the Spiral Turn of Univalve Shells. Edinb.

Journ. Sci., Vol. VII, 1827.

396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

GuiART. J. Contribution a I'etude des Gasteropodes Opistobranches et au
particulier des Cephalaspides. Mem. Soc. Zool. France, Tom. XIV, 1901.

Haddon, a. C. Notes on the Development of Mollusca. Quart. Jour. Mic. Sci.,
Vol. XXII, 1882.

Hatschek, B. Ueber die Entwicklungsgeschichte von Teredo. Arh. Zool.
Inst. Wien, Bd. Ill, 1880.

Entwicklung der Trochopora von Eupomatus. Ibid., Bd. VI, 1885.

Heymons, R. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte von Umbrella mediterranea. Zcit.

Wiss. Zool, Bd. LVI, 1893.
Heath, H. The Development of Ischnochiton. Zool. Jahrb. Abth. Anal. u.

Ontog., Bd. XII, 1899.
Holmes, S. J. The Cell-Lineage of Planorbis. Zool. Bull, Vol. I, 1897.

Secondary Mesoblast in the Mollusca. Science, Vol. VI, 1897.

Reversal of Cleavage in Ancylus. Am. Nat., Vol. XXXIII, 1897.

The Early Development of Planorbis. Jour. Morph., Vol. XVI, 1900.

Keferstein, W. Malacoza Cephalophora. Bronn's Klass u. Ord., Bd. Ill,

1862-66.
Keferstein, W., und Ehlers, E. Beobachtungen iiber die Entwicklung von

^olis perigrina. Zool. Beitrdge, 1861.
KoFOiD, C. A. On the Early Development of Limax. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool

Harv. Coll., Vol. XXVII, 1895.
KoREN und Danielssen. Bemaerkninger til MoUuskernes Udvkling. i\yt.

Mag. /. Nat. Videnskab., Christiania, 1848.
Lacaze-Duthiers, H. Memoire sur I'anatomie et I'embryogenie des Vermets.

A7in. Sci. Nat. Zool, Tom. XIII. 1860.
Lacaze-Duthiers et Pruvot. Sur un ceil anale larvaire des Gasteropodes

Opisthobranches. Comp. rend. Acad. Sci. Paris, Tom. CV, 1887.
Lang, A. Die Polycladen des Golfes von Neapel. Fauna u. Flora des Goljes

Neap., Bd. XI, Monographia, 1884.
Langerhans, p. Zur Entwicklung der Gastropoda Opisthobranchia. Zeit.

^Yiss. Zool, Bd. XXIII, 1873.
Lankester, E. R. Observations on the Development of the Pond Snail

(Lymnseus stagnalis) and on the Early Stages of Other Mollusca. Quart.

Journ. Mic. Sci., Vol. XIV, 1874.

Contributions to the Developmental History of the Mollusca. Phil. Trans.

Roy. Soc. London, Vol. CLXV, Pt. I, 1S75.

On the Coincidence of the Blastopore and Anus in Paludina vivipara.

Quart. Journ. Mic. Soc, Vol. XVI, 1876.

On the Originally Bilateral Character of the Renal Organs of Prosobranchs,

etc. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. VII, 1881.
LiLLiE, F. R. The Embryology of the Unionidse. Journ. Morph., Vol. X,

1895.
LovEN, S. Bidrag till Kaennedomen af MoUuskernas utwickling. Kongl

Vetenskaps Acad. Handl, 1838, Stockholm, 1841.
Mazzarelli, G. Intorno al preteso occhio anale deUe larve degli Opistobranchi.

Re7id. R. Accad. Lincei, Vol. I, Ease. Ill, 1892.

Monografia delle Aplysiidae del Golfo di Napole. Mem. Soc. Ital, Tom.

IX, 1893.

Bemerkungen iiber die Analniere der freilebenden Larven den Opistho-

branchies. Biol Centralbl, Bd. XVIII, 1898.

McMuRRiCH, J. P. A Contribution to the Embryology of the Prosobranch
Gasteropods. Stud. Biol. Lab. J. Hop. Univ., Vol. 1886.

Mead, A. D. The Early Development of Marine Annelids. Journ. Morph.,
Vol. XIII, 1897.

Meissenheimer, J. Entwicklungsgeschichte von Limax maximus. I. Fur-
chung und Keimblatterbildung. Zeit. Wiss. Zool, Bd. LXII, 1896.

Entwickslungsgeschichte von Limax maximus. II. Die Larven-periode.

Ibid., Bd. LXIII, 1898.

Zur Morphologic der Urniere der Pulmonaten. Ibid., Bd. LXV, 1899.

Entwicklungsgeschichte von Dreissensia polj^morpha Pall. Ibid., Bd.

LXIX, 1901,

Meyer, E. Studien liber der Korperbau der Anneliden. Mitth. Zool Stat. z.
Neapel, Bd. XIV, 1901.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 397

NoKDMAN, A. V. Essai d'une Monographie de Tergipes Edwardsii. Ann. Sci.

Nat. ZooL, Tom. V, 1846.
Patten, W. Embryology of Patella. Arb. Zool. Inst. Univ. Wien, Bd. VI,

1886.
Rabl, C. Die Ontogenie der Siisswasser-Pulmonatea. Jena. Zeit. Naturw.,

Bd. IX, 1875.

Ueber den Entwicklung der Tellerschnecke. Morph. Jahrb., Bd. V, 1879.

Beitrag zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Prosobranehier. Sitzung. k.

Akad Wiss. Wien, Bd. LXXXVII, Abth. Ill, 1883.

\/ Reid, J. On the Development of the Ova of Nudibranch MoUusks. Ann. Mag.

Nat. Hist., Vol. XVII, 1846.
Rho. F. Studii sullo sviluppo deUa Chromodoris elegans. Atli R. Accad.

Sci. Napoli, Vol. I, 1888.
Robert, A. Recherches sur le developpement des Troques. Compt. rend.

Acad. Sci. Paris, Tom. CXXVII, 1898.

La segmentation dans le genre Trochus. Ibid., Tom. CXXXII. 1901.

Recherches sur le developpement des Troques. Arch. Zool. exp. gen.

Ser III, Tom. 2, 1902.
Salensky, W. Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Prosobranchien. Zeit.
Wiss. Zool, Bd. XXII, 1872.

Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte von Vermetus. Biol. Centralbl.. Bd. V, 1886.

Sars, M. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Mollusken und Zoophyten. Arch.

Naturgesch., Bd. Ill, 1873.

Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Mollusken. Arch. Naturgesch.,

Bd. VI, 1840. (Supplementary paper on Nudibranchs, Ibid., Bd. XI,
1845.)

ScHiMKEWiTSCH, W. Zur Kenutniss des Baues und der Entwicklung des Dino-
philus vom Weissen Meere, Zeit. Wiss. Zool., Bd. LIX, 1895.

Schneider, A. Ueber die Entwicklung der Phyllirhoe bucephalum. Arch.
Anat. u. Phys., Vol. XXV, 1858.
^ Smallwood, W. M. Notes on the Natural History of some Nudibranchs. Bull.
Syracuse Univ., Ser. IV, No. 1.

Stauffacher, H. Eibildung und Furchung bei Cyclas cornea. Jena Zeit. f.
Naturw., Bd. XXVIII, 1893.

ToxNiGES, C. Die Bildung des Mesoderms bei Paludina vivipara. Zeit. Wiss.
Zool, Bd. LXI, 1896.

Treadwell, a. L. The Cell-Lineage of Podarke abscura. (Preliminary Com-
munication.) Zool. Bull., Vol. I, 1897.

The Cytogeny of Podarke obscura. Journ. Morph., Vol. XVII, 1901.

Trinchese, S. I primi moment! dell' evoluzione nei Molluschi. Atti R. Accad.

Lincei, Mem. Vol. VII, Roma, 1880.

■ • Per la fauna marittima italiana. .^olididae e Familie affini. /6i(i., Vol. XI,

Roma, 1881.

Ricerche anatomische ed embriologiche suUa Flabellina affinis. Mem. R.

Accad. Sci. delV Instituto d>. Bologna, Tom, VIII, 1887.

Torrey, J. C. The Early Development of the Mesoblast in Thalassema. Anat.

Am., Bd. XXI, 1902.
"\"iGuiER, C. Contribution a I'etude du developpement de la Tethys fimbriata

Arch. Zool. exp. gen., Tom. XVI, 1898.
VoGT, C. Recherches sur I'embryogenie des Mollusques Gastropodes. Ann.

Sci. Nat. Zool., Tom. VI, 1846.
Whitman, C. O. The Inadequacy of the Cell Theory of Development. Woods

Holl Biol. Led., 1893.
WiERZEJSKi, A. Ueber die Entwicklung der Mesoderm bei Physa fontinalis.

Biol. Cenfralb., Bd. XVII, 1897.
Wilson, E. B. The Cell-Lineage of Nereis. Journ. Morph., Vol. VI, 1892.

Considerations on Cell-Lineage and Ancestral Reminiscence. Ann. New

York Acad. Sci., Vol. XI, 1898.

WoLFsoN, W. Die Embryonale Entwicklung des Limnaeus stagnalis. Bull.

Acad. Sci. St. Petersbourg, Tom. XXVI, 1880.
ZiEGLER, E. Entwicklung von Cyclas cornea. Zeit. Wiss. Zool., Bd XLI, 1885.

398

proceedings of the academy of

Table of Cell-Lineage.
a. quadrant.

[April,

Arrows pointing to right, dexiotropie direction of cleavage; to left, kro-
tropic; double-headed arrows, horizontal; double-headed bent arrows in history
of 4d, bilateral cleavages with relation to cells of opposite side.

1904.] natural sciences of philadelphia.

Table of Cell-Lineage,
b. quadrant.

599

400

proceedings of the academy of

Table of Cell-Lixeage.
c. quadrant.

[April,

1904.] natural sciences of philadelphia.

Table of Cell-Lineage,
d. quadrant.

401

L'(j

402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Reference Letters.

Ap Apical point,

An.C Anal cell.

Bl Blastopore.

Oes (Esophagus.

Op Operculum.

Ot Otocyst.

C.G Cerebral ganglion. [ P.B Polar Body.

Dr.R Dorsal retractor muscle. P.C Pedal Commissure.

Ebl Enteroblasts. P.G Pedal ganglion.

E.C Large enteric cell. Rt.R.Ft Right retractor muscle of

En Enteron. foot.

Ex Large anal excretory cell. Sec.M Secondary mesoderm.

Ft Foot. ! Sh.E Edge of shell.

Int Intestine. ! Sh.G Shell-gland.

L Liver. I St Stomodaeum

Lt.R.Ft Left retractor muscle of

foot.

Mo Mouth.

M.F Muscles of foot.

Nph.L Left nephrocyst.

Nph.R Right nephrocyst.

Stom Stomach.

Tel Teloblast.

V* First row of velar cells.

V^ Second row of velar cells.

Vl.L Velar lobe.

VI. R Retractor muscle of velum.

Note. — In the drawings the trochoblasts are represented with stippled nuclei ;
upper pole views show the ectoblastic cross in heavy outline. Plates I-XI,
XIII, and Figs. 101-104 of PI. XIV are reduced ^ from original drawings, the
remaining figures i. Figs. 7, 36, 39, 46 and 55 have been omitted from Plates.

Explanation of Plates XXI-XXXV.

Plate XXI, Fig. 1. — Section of egg of Fiona marina, showing first maturation
spindle.

Fig. 2. — Section. First polar body being given off. Sperm nucleus with
astral rays below.

Fig, 3. — Section. Rise of second polar body. Enlargement of sperm
nucleus and astral rays.

Fig. 4. — Lateral view of entire egg. Approach of male and female pro-
nuclei.

Fig. 5. — First cleavage ; figure seen from side.

Fig. 6. — Completion of first cleavage, as seen from above. The two polar
bodies lie between the nuclei.

Fig. 8. — Completion of second cleavage, seen from upper pole. A polar
furrow is present at the vegetative but not at the animal pole.

Fig. 9. — L^pper pole xlQVf, showing spindles which institute third cleavage.

Plate XXII, Fig. 10. — Dexiotropic turning of spindles of the first quartet,

with constriction and rounding out of these cells. Lateral view.
Fig. 11. — Same egg as fig. 10, seen from above.
Fig. 12. — Lateral view of slightly older egg than Fig. 10, showing compact

grouping of blastomeres after division.
Fig. 13. — Completion of fourth cleavage, Iteotropic in direction, by which

tlie second quartet is separated from the macromeres.
Fig. 14. — Lateral view of same egg as fig. 13.
Fig. 15. — Lfeotropic division of first quartet, by whicli the "turret cells"

(trochoblasts), la-, Ib^, Ic^, Id", arise. In following figures the turret

cells and their derivatives are indicated by stippled nuclei.
Fig. 16. — Lateral view of same egg as fig. 15.
Fig. 17. — First cleavage of the cells of the second quartet (dexiotropic).

The macromeres are about to give off the third quartet by dexiotropic

cleavage.

1904.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 403

Plate XXIII, Fig. 18. — Slightly later stage (lateral view) than fig. 17. Divi-
sion of the second quartet is about completed.

Fig. 19. — Animal pole view of egg, in which the divisions showTi in figs. 17
and 18 are fulh' completed. 2-4 cells.

Fig. 20. — Vegetative pole view of egg slightly older than fig. 19, showing
spindle which initiates the separation of 4d.

Fig. 21. — Transition stage between 25 and 33 cells (seen from animal pole).
All eight cells of the second quartet are dividing Iseotropically, the
upper four forming the ''tip" cells of the cross (2a", 2b'^, 2c", 2d").

Fig. 22. — Same egg as fig. 21, seen from vegetative pole. The Iteotropic
division of 3D, forming 4D and 4d (ME), is completed.

Fig. 23. — Animal pole view of egg containing 41—14 cells, la'-ld' have
divided in a dexiotropic direction the "apicals" (la"-ld") and the
"basals" (la'--ld'-) of the" ectoblastic cross."

Plate XXIV, Fig. 24. — Same egg as fig. 23, seen from vegetative pole. All
tlie third quartet cells have divided Iseo tropically. The macro-
meres, 3A, 3B, 3C, are dividing in a similar direction to complete the
fourth quartet.

Fig. 25. — View of vegetative pole of egg slightly older than fig. 24. The
formation of the fourth quartet is completed and the meseutomere
4d (ME) has divided into right (ME>) and left (ME') halves.

Fig. 26. — Lateral view from B quadrant of an egg same stage as fig. 25.

Fig. 27. — Lateral view of an egg, D quadrant, same stage as fig. 25.

Fig. 28. — Animal pole view of an egg showing, (1) dexiotropic divisions of
2c'-, 2a'^, 2b'- ; (2) heotropic division of 2b-' ; Iseotropic to horizontal
division of 2c-'. The trochoblasts, Ic-, Id-, are also beginning to
divide.

Fig. 29. — Same egg as fig. 2S, seen laterally from B cjuadrant.

Fig. 30. — Same egg as fig. 28, lateral view of C quadrant; 3c' is cleaving in
a dexiotropic direction.

Fig. 31. — Vegetative pole view of same egg as fig. 28, showing bilateral
divisions of 3c', 3d'.

Plate XXV, Fig. 32. — Lateral view D quadrant, slightly older stage than fig.
28, .showing bilateral divisions of 3c', 3d'.

Fig. 33. — Upper pole view of same egg as fig. 32, shownng cleavage in three
of the "basal" cells of the cross, lb'- is dividing in a la?otropic
direction; in Ic'^ the spindle is dexiotropic to radial in position; in
la'- heotropic to radial spindle. The turrets, la- and lb', show dexio-
tropic cleavage. About 60 cells.

Fig. 34. — Mew of vegetative pole of somewhat older stage than fig. 31 ;
3a', 3a^, 3b' and 3Vj- liave all divided in a dexiotropic manner.

Fig. 35. — Same stage as fig. 34, lateral view of C and D quadrants.

Fig. 37. — Lateral view of A quadrant, showing dexiotropic division of 3a-.

Fig. 38. — L^pper pole view^, showing completion of cleavage forming " l^asals"
(la'^'-ld'2') and "middle" (la'^^-ld'-) cells of cross.

Fig. 40. — Slightl}^ older stage than preceding, .showing completed cleavage
of 3b'.

Fig. 41. — Same egg as fig. 40, A cjuadrant.

Plate XXVI, Fig. 42. — View of vegetative pole of egg with about 68 bias-
tomeres. ME' and ME- are dividing bilaterally.

Fig. 43. — Lateral view, A and D quadrants of egg with about 75 blastomeres,
showing dexiotropic cleavage of 2a-" and Iseotropic divisions in
3d", 3d'^

Fig. 44. — Same egg as fig. 43, seen from C cjuadrant. 3c" and 3c'^ are divid-
ing dexiotropically.

Fig. 45. — View of vegetative surface of egg with about 80 cells. The
mesentomeres have cHvided into two small cells, E' and E-, and
two large. Me' and Me-.

Fig. 47. — Same egg as fig. 45, lateral view of D quadrant.

404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April.

Fig. 48. — Same oo;g as fig. 45, lateral view of C. quadrant. ■
Fig. 49. — Lateral view of D quadrant in egg of about 86 cells. 2d^-^ is
dividing Ineotropically ; 2d-" and 2d-^'- have divided dexiotropically.
Fig. 50. — Lateral view of same egg as fig. 49, showing A quadrant.

Plate XXVII, Fig. 5L — D quadrant, a lateral view. Me' and Me^ all dividing

bilaterally.
Fig. 52. — Lateral view, B quadrant of same egg as fig. 49.
Fig. 53. — Upper pole view of egg of about 86 cells. The "apical" (la"'-

ld"i) and "peripheral" (la"--ld''-) rosettes have been formed bj-

Iseotropic cleavages.
Fig. 54. — Same egg as fig. 51, seen from side (C cjuadrant).
Fig. 56. — Upper pole view of an egg of approximatelj^ 106 cells. The basal

cells, la'-', lb'=', Ic'^', have divided; ld'=' is dividing with spindle

transverse to posterior arm of cross. The two inner jjosterior

trochoblasts (Ic-', Id-') are dividing bilaterally.
Fig. 57. — Vegetative pole view of same egg as fig. 56. Completed division

of Me', Me- into M'e', M-e- and m'z', m-z-.
Fig. 58. — Same egg as fig. 56, showing A and D cjuadrants on lateral view.
Fig. 59. — Same egg as fig. 56, principally B quadrant.

Plate XXVIII, Fig. 60. — Same egg as fig. 56, lateral view of C quadrant.

Fig. 61. — Lateral view, D quadrant, same egg as fig. 56.

Fig. 62. — Upper pole -siew of egg slightly older than last series (over 115
cells). All the interior trochoblasts have divided, and the completed
transverse di\'ision of the basal cell of the posterior arm of the cross
is shown.

Fig. 63. — Same egg as fig. 62, showing A quadrant on lateral view.

Fig. 64. — Lateral view, same egg as fig. 62, B cjuadrant.

Fig. 65. — Lateral view, same egg as fig. 62, C quadrant.

Fig. 66. — Lateral view, same egg as fig. 62, D cjuadrant.

Fig. 67. — Egg of about 125 cells, lateral view, C quadrant.

Plate XXIX, Fig. 68. — Same egg as fig. 67, lateral view of A quadrant.

Fig. 69. — Same egg as fig. 67, lateral view of B quadrant.

Fig. 70. — Slightly later stage than fig. 67, lateral view of C quadrant.

Fig. 71. — Entomeres and mesomeres from egg of o\'er 150 cells, seen from
vegetative pole.

Fig. 72. — Entomeres and mesomeres of egg aljout stage of fig. 71.

Fig. 73. — Entomeres and mesomeres, seen from vegetative pole of egg slightly
older than the two former stages.

Fig. 74. — "\'egetative pole view of about same stage as fig. 73, showing the
overgrowth of the "secondarv" mesoblasts (ecto-mesoblasts, 3a-'",
3a-2ii, 3b="', 3b"") by other cells of the third quartet.

Fig. 75. — L'pper pole view, about the same stage as fig. 74, showing trans-
verse splitting of the arms of the cross and division of outer trocho-
blasts.

Plate XXX, Fig. 76. — Upper pole view of somewhat later stage than fig. 75.

showing increase in breadth of cross area.
Fig. 77. — Lateral view of stage similar to fig. 75, showing large excretory

cell (3c"") and neighboring cells.
Fig. 78. — Vegetative pole view of gastrula with closing blastopore, showing

pointed anterior end and complete overgrowth of the ecto-mesoblast.
Fig. 79. — Somewhat older gastrula than preceding figure.
Fig. 80. — Optical section (parallel to ventral surface) of gastrula of about

the stage shown in fig. 79.

Plate XXXI (except figs. 81-S). Figs. 81-84. — Optical sections, similar in direc-
tion to that of fig. SO, through successively older gastrula^, showing
torsion of the enteron through increase in area of the left side (right

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 405

of figures). Fig. S4 represents a section taken tlirough a young

veliger about the stage of tliat shown in fig. 104.
Fig. So. — Actual section through a gastrula similar in age to fig. 80 and in

same plane.
Fig. S6. — Actual section (sagittal) through a gastrula about the age shown

in fig. 95.
Fig. 87. — Actual section (about 30° to the right of the sagittal plane)

through a young veliger slightly older than as shown in fig. 104.

Plate XXXTI {except -fig. 94), Figs. 88-89.— Actual sections (nearly horizon-
tal) througli a veliger about the stage shown in fig. 105, showing
cerebral and pedal ganglia, pedal commissure and otocysts; also large
excretory cell on right side of larva and large enteric cell on same
side of enteron.

Figs. 90-93. — Four successive horizontal actual sections through a veliger
slightly older than that shown in fig. 107.

Fig. 94. — Nearly horizontal actual section through veliger of same age as
preceding series, showing nerve ring around oesophagus. On PI.
XXXI.

Plate XXXIII, Fig. 95. — Gastrula, seen from right side, showing first indica-
tion of the first velar row (V').

Figs. 96-97. — Upper and lower sides respectively of gastrula of the same
age as shown in fig. 95.

Figs. 98-99. — Lateral (right) and lower sides of a veliger slightly older than
that shown in figs. 96-97.

Fig. 100. — Left side of gastrula somewhat older than that shown in the two
preceding figures.

Plate XXXIV, Figs. 101-102.— Anterior and right-lateral views of larva mid-
way between gastral and veliger stages. The deep invagination of
the shell-gland (Sh.G.) has formed and the stomodseal pit (St.) is
well marked.

Figs. 103-104. — Anterior and right-lateral views of a young veliger. The
shell-gland has opened outward, the foot (Ft.) is becoming evident
and the velar lobes are just beginning to appear.

Fig. 105. — Veliger, seen from right side, somewhat older than the preceding
one, showing further development of velar lobes and foot, developing
shell, differentiation of enteron and larval musculature.

Fig. 106. — Slightly older veliger than fig. 105, seen from right side.

Plate XXXV, Figs. 107-108. — Dorsal and anterior views of the same veliger
somewhat older than fig. 106. The shell and the velar lobes show
considerable advance in development.
Figs. 109-110. — Right-lateral and dorsal views of the same veliger just
before hatching. The dotted lines represent the probable shape of
the posterior vesicle before shrinkage.

406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

THE FOSSIL LAND SHELLS OF BERMUDA.'

BY ADDISON GULICK.

Last summer (1903). through advantages offered by the new Bio-
logical Station in Bermuda, I was able to collect the shells on which
this paper is based. In the stud}^ of the material I owe much to Dr.
H. A. Pilsbry, of the Academy of Xatural Sciences of Philadelphia.

It will be necessaiy in the discussion of the fossils to compare them
with the species that are now native, in the looser sense, to the islands.
In drawing the line l^etween these and the snails supposed to have
been brought by commerce, I shall follow Dr. Pilsbry 's latest paper on
the ''Air-breathing ^lollusks of the Bermudas. "^ I shall also rule
out all the littoral species, including Truncatella, because the fossil
beds were not situated where such shells could be expected.

The most unsatisfactory feature of work on Bcrmudian fossil land
shells is the difficult}' in determining the ages of the various deposits.
The rock of Bermuda is exclusively solidified dunes of calcareous sand,
and the soil is the rust-colored residue of the weathered rock. In
weathering, the surface of the rock becomes completely broken up
into pockets and crevices packed with the earth. It is estimated^
that every inch of earth must represent eight or nine feet of rock eroded,
and thus when it is possil^le to judge of the average depth of soil formed
over a deposit, that depth can be made an index of the age of the
deposit.

Probably the oldest good fossiliferous deposit that I examined is
collecting locality No. 807 (see Map No. 3j of the Bermuda Biological
Station, at a hard-stone quarry on the west side of Knapton Hill,
about midway between Hotel Frascati and "Devil's Hole." At this
point a layer of eight or ten inches of red earth containing shells was
covered by an ancient dune. The dune has become hard limestone,
and its top has been eroded until now the red earth in its pockets must
represent a layer averaging not less than six inched in thickness. The
series of Poecilozonites that we took from this bed is very incomplete,
and the fossils of all the genera are poorly preserved, but notwith-
standing this we are able to recognize at least eleven species and sub-

^ Contributions from the Bermuda Biological Station for Research, No. 2.

2 Trans. Conn. Acad., Yo\. X.

3 A. E. Verrill, Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. XI, p. 490.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 407

species. These are enough to identify its fauna with that of another
deposit, locahty No. 806 (see Map No. 2), where the shells are abundant
and well preserved, but with no external evidence by which to estimate
their age. This locality is another hard-stone quarry, where the
excavations have uncovered a number of crevices and a cavern of
considerable size. The shells are in stalagmitic conglomerate at the
mouth of the cavern, and in the crevices, and also in the earth that
fills certain of the pockets. They may represent a considerable period
of time, but there is no way to distinguish any difference in age.

Another deposit at the same locality as the one last mentioned is a
horizontal band of slightly reddish rock about half-way up the face of
the quarry, and from two to three inches thick. This is part of the
rock out of which the cave and pockets were eroded, so that the shells
here are very much older than the others at No. 806; but here, again,
there is no basis for a comparison with the date of No. 807. The re-
mains here are obscure casts of Poecilozonites circumfirmatiis and of
what appear to be Vertigo and Carychium.

I collected from three other beds in this neighborhood what seem to
represent the same formation as the pockets of No. 806.

The first of these, locality No. 814, is a newly opened quarry just
south from Coney Island. A red-earth pocket [here contained a fine
series of Poecilozonites nelsoni, very large, but wanting the most ex-
treme examples of both the elevated and the depressed variations.
There are also fossiliferous conglomerates in caverns at this quarry,
but they are composed of gravel too fine to contain Poecilozonites
nelsoni.

The best fossil specimens of Poecilozonites reinianus came from local-
ity No. 815, near Harrington House. They are noticeably larger than
the recent specimens. No. 816, near 815, but on the shore of Castle
Harbor, has large numbers of Poecilozonites bermudensis zonatus and
Poecilozonites reinianus, the former associated with Poecilozonites
nelsoni in a conglomerate.

Bifidaria rupicola, found in the red earth of No. 806, may perhaps be
an importation subsequent to the formation of No. 807, and Strobilops
huhbardi, found at the same place, possibly may not have been a per-
manent resident; but we can safely assume that all the other species
from the above localities belong to the epoch of the red-earth streak
at No. 807. The remaining three deposits from which I collected are
clearly much more recent than No. 807. These are in sand pits, in
the nearly pure sand of partially solidified dunes. None of them have
any clear signs of red earth, either about them or overlying them.

408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April.

The shells at these places are so perfectly preserved that even the term
"semi-fossil" seems a misnomer for them. Probably the sand pre-
serves them by saturating the water with lime before it reaches them.

One of these shell deposits, locality No. 818, on the land of Mr. Benja-
min Trott, in Tucker's Town, is only from 8 to 36 inches below the
siu-face. The P. nelsoni were mostly in the upper foot of the deposit,
where the bank is thoroughly solidified by the rain ; but a few inches
lower the sand is still loose enough to be scraped out with a strong hoe.

The two localities last to be mentioned, Nos. 808 and 809, are essen-
tially ahke. They face the Devonshire marshes on the northwest
side — 808 near the north end and 809 close to the barracks. The sand
in these dunes appears to have drifted from near the present line of
the north shore — a consideration which may yet give a clue to their
age.

The following are my records of fossil and semi-fossil shells in these
localities :

Locality 807.

PCECILOZOXITES NELSONI,

" NELSONI CALLOSUS.

" CIECUMFIRMATUS, | -r ,

,, r Intergraded.

DISCREPANS. ' *

EUCONULUS TURBINATUS.
ZONITOIDES ^nXUSCULUS.

" BRiSTOLi, One specimen.

Thysanophora hypolepta.

SUCCINEA BERMUDENSIS.

Vertigo numellata.

" MARKI?

Carychium BERMUDENSE.

Casts in the Rock, Locality 806.

Pcecilozonites circumfirmatus.

Vertigo. >

Carychium?

Cave and Pockets, Locality 806.
Pcecilozonites nelsoni. Both extremes in height of spire.

" BERMUDENSIS ZONATUS.

" REINIANUS.

" CIRCUMFIRMATUS.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. . 409

PCECILOZOXITES CUPULA.
EUCONULUS TURBINATUS.

Thysanophora HYPOLEPTA.
SUCCINEA BERMUDENSIS.
Strobilops HUBBARDI.
BiFiDARiA RUPicoLA. One specimen.
Vertigo numellata.

" marki.
Carychium BERMUDENSE.

Locality 8I4.

Pcecilozonites nelsoni, ) -r , ,

C In one pocket.
" reinianus. )

" nelsoni. In crevices.

" BERMUDENSIS ZOXATUS, 1

" REINIANUS, ! In stalagmitic conglom-

" ciRCUMFiRMATUS, f erate.

EuCONULUS TURBINATUS. J

. Locality 815.
Pcecilozonites bermudensis zoxatus? Small fragments only.

" REINIANUS.

Locality 816.
Pcecilozonites nelsoni.

" bermudensis zoxatus.

" REINIANUS. (None kept in the collection.)

EuCONULUS TURBINATUS.

Locality 818 {Sand Pit).

Pcecilozonites nelsoni callosus.

" reinianus.

" discrepans.

euconulus turbinatus.
zonitoides bristoli.
succinea bermudensis.
BiFiDARiA SERViLis. One specimen.
Carychium ber:mudense.

Locality 808 {Sand Pit).

Pcecilozonites bermudensis zoxatus.
" reinianus,

410 . PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April.

PcECILOZOXITES CIRCUMFIRMATUS.
EUCONULUS TURBIXATUS.
SUCCINEA BERMUDEXSIS.

BiFiDARiA RUPicoLA. Oiie Specimen.

Carychium bermudexse.

(PoLYGYRA microdoxta? One immature specimen, which may have

crawled into the sand in recent times. We shall give it no fuiiher

notice.)

Locality 809 {Sand Pit).

PCECILOZONITES BERMUDENSIS ZOXATUS.
" REINIANUS.

" CIRCUMFIRMATUS. (None kept in collection.)

SucciNEA BERMUDENSIS. (None kept in collection.)
Carychium bermudexse.
PupoiDES margixatus. One specimen.

These lists include all the known fossils except Pacilozonites dalli.
Outside of Poecilozonites, the species that do not appear in deposit
No. 807 are:

Strobilops hubbardi,
blfidaria rupicola.
" servilis.

pupoides margixatus.

The last two of these appear only in the sand pits, and are in all
probabiHty later importations. The first two, found at No. 806, may
also have arrived after No. 807 was covered up, but the fossils at No.
807 are so poorly preserved that we cannot presume upon the absence
of these species. Ignoring these doubts, we may combine and re-
arrange the lists from Nos. 807 and 806— the more ancient fossils —
mentioning after each species the habitat of its nearest relatives in
other countries, as follows:

PcECILOZOXITES XELSOXI.

" NELSONI CALLOSUS.

" CUPULA.

" BERMUDEXSIS ZOXATUS.

" REINIANUS.

" CIRCUMFIRMATUS.

" DISCREPANS.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 411

EUCOXULUS TURBIXATUS. I

ZONITOIDES BRISTOLI. j

Vertigo numellata. I" Eastern North America.

" MARKI. I

Carychium bermudense. J

^ZoNiTOiDES minusculus. North America and West Indies.

^BiFiDARiA RUPicoLA. Florida, Cuba.

^Strobilops hubbardi. Florida, Jamaica.

Thysanophora hypolepta. West Indies.

SucciNEA bermudensis. West Indies.

Total, 17 forms, 14 of them probably peculiar to Bermuda. For
comparison we have the following recent species,' supposedly not im-
ported by man :

Pcecilozonites bermudensis, ]

" reinianus, i

circumfirmatus, I Remnant of the fossil fauna.

^Zonitoides minusculus, f- Seven species.

Thysanophora hypolepta,

succinea bermudensis, |

^BiFIDARIA RUPICOLA. J

"PupoiDES MARGiNATUs. North America, West Indies.

^Thysanophora vortex, ]

tolygyra microdonta,

•'^BiFiDARiA SERViLis, \ West Indies. Five species.

^BlFIDARIA JAMAICENSIS, I

I

Helicixa coxvexa. J

Total, 13 species, 6 of them probably pecuhar to Bermuda.

Dr. Pilsbry's conclusion, from the anatomy of Pcecilozonites, that the
oldest importations to Bermuda came from continental America, is thus
confirmed by a large maj ority of the fossil forms. Bermuda, at the time
of the No. 807 deposit, was characterized by not less than five genera
of continental affinities, of which at least one had been resident long
enough to have developed new generic characters and a respectable
diversity of species. The abundance of the individuals, too, and the
size and variability of some of the species, seem to show that the island
was not inhospital^le to continental genera at that epoch. There were
not only the large extinct species Pcecilozonites nelsoni and Pcecilozo-
nites cupula, but larger varieties also of Pcecilozonites hermuclensis and

* Species not peculiar to Bermuda.

* Species not peculiar to Bermuda.

412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Pcecilozonitcs reinianus than are now living. The largest specimens
even of Pcecilozonites circumfirmatus and Succinea hermudensis are
among the fossils. These snails must have found more food than there
is now on the uncultivated ground. There is also geologic evidence
that they belonged to a more prosperous epoch than the present. Prof.
Heilprin reports that in excavations for one of the docks, specimens
of Pcecilozonites nelsoni were brought up from a peat deposit at a depth
of forty feet below water. A rise of the land sufficient to put these
shells ten feet above sea-level (see Map No. 1) would multiply the land
area eight or ten times, changing it from a narrow ridge, hardly two
miles wide at its widest, into an elliptical area, including, it is true, some
large lagoons, but in all about ten miles across and more than twenty
miles long. A large, protected interior valley w^ould then receive the
fertile soil that is now washed into the lagoon by every storm. It
would not surprise me if the deposits at locality 807 should be shown
to date from the period of this Greater Bermuda, but a person need
hardly wait for this proof before supposing that the indigenous con-
temporaries of Pcecilozonites nelsoni were also characteristic of Greater
Bermuda.

In spite of their e\ddent prosperity, I do not think it could be proved
that these snails lived under any densely shading vegetation. The
humidity at Bermuda makes such a shade less necessary for snails
than it is in many places. I have often seen Succinea hermudensis
clinging to grass and to trunks of trees in such situations that I imagine
an American summer day would have desiccated them. The tract
about Prospect Hill (No. 809) must have been desolate, unshaded land
when the hills were growing dunes, yet the sand here (localities 808
and 809) contains numerous well-developed specimens and quite a
variety of species. These must either have lived where they are found,
or else have been blown there from some place almost equally wind-
swept.

The extinction of species that were able to prosper on those barren
parts of the island seems to me a strange occurrence. If, as I l^elieve
is probable, the sand for these dunes came from near the present north
shore, then the island must have had very nearly its present shape
and size when these snails were alive. Thus when the Greater Bermuda
sank, the change seems to have set new dunes in motion across this
section of the Lesser Bermuda; and Pcecilozonites zonatus, Cary-
chium hermudense and Euconulus turhinatus not merely survived the
subsidence, but even formed a considerable population on the parts of
the remaining island that were most damaged by the changing condi-

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 413

tions. How many other species still survived in the less altered sec-
tions it is impossible to say. It is hardly possible to prove that even
the set of fossils from No. 806 belong to any earlier date. Indeed we
might draw an analogy between Bifidaria rupicola at No. 806, which
may be one of the later arrivals, and Bifidaria servilis at No. 818 and
Piipoides marginatus at No. 809, either of which we can hardly hesitate
to treat as recent arrivals. But however this may be, the sand-pit
deposits are against the supposition that the Carychiwn and its hardier
associates were exterminated merely by the increasing barrenness of
the island. We should be in a better position to discuss the other
causes if we knew whether these species survived till after the West
Indian arrivals had begun to take possession of the land. The West
Indies snails, especially Polygyra microdonta, of Bahama, are at present
much the commonest of the ''native" snails, and it may be that their
special fitness for the more barren land of the new Bermuda made them
deadly competitors to the old species. The newer formations at the
west end of the islands, which I had not the time to visit, may perhaps
be the ones in which to look for evidence on this question.

Notes and Descriptions.

Thysanophora vortex Pfr.

Living animals quite abundant under stones; but I looked in ^•ain
for fossil specimens. Greater Antilles, Bahamas, Southern Florida.
Thysanophora hypolepta ' Shuttl.' Pils.

I foimd more examples of this than of Z. 77iinusculus among the
fossils, but among the living snails Z. minusculus seems to be far more
abundant. It is supposed to be indigenous.
Polygyra microdonta Desh.

Excluding importations from Europe, this species is the one now most
in evidence. It is partial to the coarse native grass, but is to be found
almost everywhere. I was surprised not to find any indubitable
specimens of this in the sand pits. I hope other collectors will look
for it. Bahamas.
Strobilops hubbardi Brown.

An adult and an immature specimen, from locality 806. The adult
is somewhat larger than the usual size on, the continent. Alt. 1.2,
diam. 2.8 mm. Habitat, ther Gulf States and Jamaica.

Vertigo numellata n. sp. PI. XXXVI, fig 6.

Shell rimate, minute, elliptical or bluntly pupiform, yellowish-
corneous, faintly striate, of 5 rather convex whorls; the diameter
through the body whorl not much greater than that through the whorl

414 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apiil,

preceding. A prominent, whitish, inflated ridge, appearing Hke a
second peristome, occurs behind the peristome. Aperture propor-
tionately more contracted than that of V. ovata; set with a parietal,
an angular and a columellar lamella; and with two palatal and a basal
fold. The palatal folds are prominent, the upper one slightly double-
topped, the lower one more immersed and entering spirally. The
parietal lamella is stout and blunt; the angular lamella smaller and
thinner; the columellar lamella and the basal fold low and blunt.
Peristome rather thin, expanded, and notched opposite the upper
palatal fold, as in V. ovata.

Alt. 1.7, diam. .9 mm.

In one specimen there appears a slight suprapalatal denticle. A
considerable number of smaller, more globose specimens seem to belong
to this species. One of these from locality 806 measures 1.4 x .9 mm,

I have assumed that this species is more closely related to V. ovata
than to any of the species reported from the West Indies.

Localities 806 and 807 ; the type from 806.

This is the common fossil Vertigo.
Vertigo marki n. sp. PI. XXXVI, fig. 7.

Shell rimate, ovate, yellowish-corneous, faintly striatulate; whorls
nearly 5, rather convex. Apex obtuse, but not rounded like that of
Vertigo numellata. The inflated ridge inconspicuous, whitish, crowded
close to the peristome. Aperture ovate, much longer than in Vertigo
numellata, set with four denticles, of which the parietal lamella is the
largest. The lower palatal fold denticular, smaller than that of Vertigo
numellata and less immersed; the upper palatal fold minute; and the
columellar lamella broad and low. The peristome is expanded, white,
strongly thickened within, hardly notched at the upper palatal fold.

Alt. 1.9, diam. 1 mm.

Named in honor of Dr. E. L. Mark, of Harvard, Director of the
Bermuda Biological Station for Research.

This species is somewhat suggestive of V. tridentata, but is a little
slenderer, with a longer aperture, and a heavy white peristome.

Locality 806; doubtful specimens from 807.
Bifidaria rupicola Say.

One specimen each from localities 806 and 80S, and several recent
specimens. Dr. Pilsbry reminds us that the Bermudian form has a
thicker lip than the others of this species. Cuba, Florida.
Bifidaria servilis Gld.

One specimen from locality 818, and a few recent. Cuba and other
West Indian islands.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 415

Bifidaria jamaicensis C. B. Ad.

The commonest of the recent Pupidse, but I failed to find it fossil.
Greater Antilles.
Pupoides marginatus Say.

I got one indubitable specimen from locahty 809, but it went to
pieces in my hands. I found only two or three recent ones. Mr.
Owen Bryant, who was collecting at the same time, found a larger
number. Eastern and Central North America, and some West Indian
islands.
Carychium bermudense n. sp. PI. XXXVI, figs. 11, 12.

Shell almost regularly tapering, corneous-white, imperforate, finely
striate; whorls about 5, increasing regularly, those of the spire very
convex, with deep sutures. Aperture quite obhque, obstructed by a
small parietal and a very minute, deeply placed columellar lamella.
Peristome broadly expanded and refiexed, thickened within by a white
callus, with a sHght groove on its front face, and developed inward
to form a prominence slightly above the middle of the outer margin
(near the position of the upper palatal fold in Bifidaria).

Alt. 1.8, diam. .9 mm.

This species is very dissimilar to the slender Carychium jamaicense.
The shape of the aperture allies it more nearly to Carychium exiguum
of North America, but its heavy peristome is quite its own.

It is one of the most abundant fossil species, occurring in the red
earth of locaUties 806 and 807, and even in the sand that fills the larger
shells in the sand pits.

Poecilozonites nelsoni (Bid.).

Ilijalina nelsoni Bid., Ann. Lye. N. H. of N. Y., XI, 1S75, p. 78.

P. nelsoni Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 18S8, p. 290.

P. nelsoni v. Mart., Sitzungsber. Ges. Nat. Freunde, Berlin, 1889, p. .:;U1.

The typical form of this species is, I suppose, the large, moderately
elevated form. This is represented among my specimens from locality
814, where the variation in dimensions is as follows:

Alt. 29 Diam. 39 mm.

28 37

27 41

27 40

26 35

25 39

23.5 36

23 41.5
23 (estimated) 35

The way these lay, piled together in a little pocket, compels the
supposition that they lived at about the same time, and their varia-

416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

tions in outline show what may occur in a single intergenerant colony.
The specimens from locahty 806 show even greater differences, of
which the following are the extremes:

Alt. 34

Diam. 34 mm.

31

33

19

37

19.5

39

I should like to suggest the name discoides, merely as a convenient
term by which to know the variation represented by the last two shells
(PI. XXXVI, fig. 4). I must say, however, that this suggestion
would be unfortunate if it resulted in the division of the series ob-
tained from locality 814. It seems to me, rather, that some physio-
logical peculiarity has destroyed the diagnostic value of the elevation
of the spire. The upper whorls differ less than the lower, and in the
most elevated forms the suture of the later whorls is much below the
keel of the preceding whorl, as if the slant of the spiral had been
al^normally diverted downward.
Poecilozonites nelsoni var. callosus n. var. PI. XXXVI, fig. 5.

Shell smaller than the typical form, shiny, with heavy ribbed stria),
colored with a broad yellowish-brown peripheral band on a white
ground. Whorls a trifle more than nine, increasing regularly and very
gradually. The suture does not change its character nor become de-
flected from the peripheral line of the preceding whorl. The usual
])eripheral angle is almost obsolete. The base has a stronger angle
about the umbilical perforation than is usual in the species. The
peristome is greatly thickened on the inside from 1 mm. at the suture
to fully 2 mm. near the columella. A prominent callosity covers the
parietal wall of the aperture.

Alt. 24, diam. 33 mm.

The combination of small size and large numl^er of whorls is charac-
teristic. The ratio of height to diameter is more constant than in
the typical form, and the tendency to produce the callosity is very
marked.

Type from locality 818, others from 818 and 807.

The stability of the variety, occurring as it docs in the oldest and
the latest formations, is the most interesting thing about it. It is also
my excuse for regarding such slight distinctions in a reniarkal^ly \'ari-
able species.

I suppose the color patterns of Poecilozonites nelsoni were essentially
the same as those on the living Poecilozonites bermudensis. For ex-
ample, the type specimen of collosus jirobalily had a dark lirown band

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 417

on a background of a yellowish cuticular color. The depressed speci-
men which is figured has traces of a subperipheral band, a supra-
peripheral line, and radial flaming above this fine. This flamed pat-
tern appears in several of the flat specimens.

Poecilozonites cupula n. sp. PI. XXXVI, fig. 2.

Shell sohd, dome-shaped, with somewhat flattened base, perforate,
strongly striate; pale, shiny-corneous, with subsutural and subper-
ipheral bands of darker color, and faint traces of two narrow bands
on the periphery. Whorls 7|, a little convex, increasing slowly; tho
last vaguely angulate at the periphery. The aperture is somewhat
quadrangular on account of the straight, vertical columella and the
peripheral angle. The peristome is simple, thin, ^-ith the columellar
margin reflexed.

Alt. 13 Diam. 16 mm.

Locahty No. 806.

Other specimens measure:

Alt. 13.5

Diam. 16.5 mm

12.5

17

13

19

13

20

15

15.5

The last specimen has 8f whorls.

The type was selected as the best-preserved specimen, not as the
most representative example. The majority of the specimens have
a more roimded base and periphery, giving the peristome a more oval
contour. The height of the shell and the absence of a keel distinguish
it readily from P. bermudensis zonatus, and the very round dome
and less angulate periphery separate it from immature specimens of
nelsoni.
Poecilozonites dalli n. sp. PI. XXXVI, fig. l.

Shell elevated, with roimded apex and convex base, perforate. Its
surface is polished, with incremental lines less pronounced than those
of P. cupula; milky-white, with a yellowish-brown band below the
periphery and a Hne above the periphery. The first four whorls are
translucent whitish. Whorls 7^ ; all but the final whorl are flat as if
keeled, that one has a blunt peripheral ridge, below which it is deeply
rounded. The aperture is quite oblique, round-lunate. The peris-
tome is simple, except at the columella, which it joins without an angle,
but the colunaellar margin is reflexed, partly covering the perforation.

Alt. 8.5 Diam. 7.3 mm.

27

418 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Another specimen has the height 10, diam. 7 mm., and is composed
of 9 whorls. It shows more of the brown and less of the white color.

The extreme variability of P. cupula leaves it debatable whether
this may not be a dwarf race of that species.

No specimens of this form were found last summer, and it is through
the courtesy of Dr. William H. Dall of the National Museum, that I
am able to describe and figure it. The specimens came to him without
labels, so that we are left to conjecture their age. The slender specimen
is so glossy and brightly colored that Dr. Dall doubts whether it can
be a fossil, but it seems to me the simpler hypothesis to suppose that
it was preserved in the sand in the same manner as the type of P. nelsoni
callosus, which it so closely resembles in color and polish. The shell
sand seems to be a complete protection from destructive agents. On
this hypothesis it had originally about the color of Pcecilozonites ber-
mudensis.
Pcecilozonites bermudensis Pfr.

Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1888, p. 289; 1889, p. 85.

The typical variety seems to be of recent origin. It is distinguished
from the fossil by a less rounded upper surface, less flattened apex,
larger umbilical perforation, and usually smaller number of whorls.
My largest specimen I found on Rabbit Island, Harrington Sound,
buried under drift sand at some time previous to the cultivation of
the island. It measures alt. 13, diam. 24.5 mm. The largest and
smallest living mature shells measure as follows :

Alt. 14.5 Diam. 20. mm.
14 22

10 16.5

An average fully adult specimen measures :

Alt. 11 Diam. 20 Umb. 1.7 mm.

and has a trifle more than 7 whorls.
Pcecilozonites bermudensis var. zonatus Verr. PI. XXXVI, fig. 3.

This differs from the type of the species in possessing an almost
uniformly curved upper contour line, an almost flat apex, and a more
constricted umbihcus. The keel is distinct, as in the recent form.
Whorls 7f . The aperture is surrounded by callous thickenings as in
P. nelsoni callosus. Alt. 13.5, diam. 23, umb. 1 mm.

Specimens come from localities Nos. 806, 808, 814, 816 and 809.

The extremes from locality No. 808 are :

Alt. 16 Diam. 22.5 mm.

15 25

12.5 20.5 Umb. 1 mm. wide.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 419

Thus the smallest adult is quite equal to the average recent shells.
A few selected specimens of the fossil and recent shells can hardly be
distinguished. Many of the fossils do not have the callosity.

Locality 816 has great quantities of these shells so firmly cemented
together that most of them are worthless as specimens. They have
the peculiar spheroidal upper surface, but the perforation is wider
than in the series from locality 808 — not so wide, however, as in the
recent. Several specimens here occur below some fragments of Poecilo-
zonites nelsoni in stalagmite, apparently showing that they were there
previous to the extinction of nelsoni.

Broken and immature specimens from locality 808 show that the
umbilicus was not much narrower than that of the recent variety imtil
the last whorl had commenced to grow. The peculiar contour is also
less noticeable prior to the last whorl. Thus in their smaller number of
whorls, their less rounded contour, and their larger umbihcus, the
present snails seem like an imdeveloped or degenerate race of the
former species.

It is possible that this fossil variety is what Pfeiffer {Monographia,
I, p. 80) mistook for Helix ochrolcuca Fer.

Pcecilozouites reinianus Pfr.

Helix reiniana Pfeiffer, Malak. BL, XI, 1863, p. 1.

P. reinianus Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 188S, p. 290; 1889, p. 85.

I found this species in every deposit examined except No. 807.
Further search would doubtless show it there also. At locality 815
many fine specimens were embedded in stalagmite. They show the
typical color-pattern, with the dark marks changed as usual to reddish,
and the lighter ground to ivory-yellow.

The largest specimen from No. 815 measured.... Alt. 7 Diam. 13 mm.

The largest from No. 808 _ __.... 12

The largest from No. 806 -. 11.5

The largest from the pocket at No. 814 - — . 11

The largest recent, lent by Mr. Bryant 6 11.3

My largest recent 5 10.3

From Town Hill (locality 819) come some good specimens of var.
qoodei Pils, Examples of these measure:

Alt. 4 Diam. 10 Umb. 4 mm.

3.5 9.3 3.4

3.7 10 4

The species is not so uniformly common as Pcccilozoniies circiim-
prmatus, but is very abundant in some places, for example, near
locality 806. It would be interesting to learn whether its place in the
economy of nature is different from that of the following species.

420 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Poecilozonites circumfirmatus Redf.

Helix circwmfirmata Redfield, Ann. Lye. X. H. of X. Y., VI, p. 16.
Pcecilozonites circumfirmatus Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1888, p.
291.

The modern variety comes from both formations at locaUty 806,
and from 814 and 808. Those from locahty 808 are some of them more
keeled than is now usual. A series of poor specimens from No. 807
seem to bridge the gap from these to var. discrepans.

This species has lost less in size than the others of its genus. My
largest fossil, coming from locahty 808, has alt. 7, diam. 12 mm. My
largest recent shell has alt. 7, diam. 11.5 mm. I think the fossils
average larger than the adults of the recent shells, but it is not
easy to eliminate the immature of either.

Poecilozonites circumfirmatus vp- discrepans Pfr.
Helix discrepans Pfr., Malak. Bl., 1S64, p. 1.

Localities 807, 818 and two specimens of doubtful identity from 806.
Some from 818 are extremely flat and carinate, one of them having
alt. 4.8, diam, 10.5 mm. If this were the only locality that yielded
the variety it would undoubtedly rank as a distinct species.

I should like to raise the question wdiether Poecilozonites discrepans
is not one of the extinct varieties. I believe it has not been treated
as such heretofore, but none were foimd last summer any more recent
than those from this sand pit.

Eaconulus turbinatus n. sp. PI. XXXVI, figs. 8, 9, 10.

Shell acutely conic, with contour very slightly convex; minutely per-
forate, thin, glistening yellowish-corneous, closely striate, and sculptured
with microscopic spirals. Apex rounded off abruptly. Whorls 7^,
not convex, narrow, the last strongly angulate at the periphery.
Suture simple, hardly impressed. Base rather flat, not excavated.
Aperture almost quadrangular, but with the angle at the columella
indefinite. Columella slightly curved, the columellar margin narrowly
reflexed. Alt, 3.4, diam. 2.8 mm, (from locality (807) ; diam. 3 mm.
(from locahty 808).

From locahties Nos. 807, 806, 814, 816, 808, and 818.

The above description is a composite. The general form is described
from the specimen from locality 807, but the sculpture is that of the
best specimen from 806, which should, perhaps, be considered the type,
and the base and aperture are taken from the specimen from 808.
From 814 comes the longitudinal section of one 3.8 x 2.8 mm., with an
unusually convex contour.

The genus Euconuhis is, of course, not wholly satisfactory for this
species.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 421

Zonitoides minusculus Binn.

Locality 807, and recent. Its abundance in the one deposit and
absence in the others is a Httle surprising.
Zonitoides bristoli n. sp. PI. XXXVI, fig. 13.

Shell resembling Zonitoides minusculus in general form, but much
smaller, only moderately umbilicate, white, costulate, and densely
sculptured with spiral lines ; composed of 3 convex whorls. Apex
somewhat elevated. Aperture lunate, the outer and basal margin
more imiformly curved than in Zonitoides minusculus, and the preced-
ing whorl cutting out a greater arc. Peristome simple, thin. Costulse
regularly spaced, coinciding with growth lines. The spaces between
them crowded with fine striae. A close, regular, spiral sculpturing
crosses these lines and gives the costulse a slightly tubercular appear-
ance.

Alt. .7 Diam. 1.17 mm.

Named in honor of Dr. C. L. Bristol, of New York University, Associate
Director of the Bermuda Biological Station for Research.

One specimen from each of localities 807 and 818; the type from the
latter place.

Succinea bermudensis Pfr.

I S. bermudensis Pfr., P. Z. S., 1857, p. 110; Monographia, IV, p. 817.
S. barbadensis Pilsbry, Trans. Conn. Acad., X, p. 502.

Localities 807, 806, 818, 80S, 809 and recent. In the absence of alco-
hohc specimens of S. barbadensis I have given up that name and re-
turned provisionally to the name bermudensis. Its presence as a fossil
makes it not unlikely that it may be proved distinct from S. barbadensis.
This is another species that was formerly larger than now. The largest
fossil, from locahty 808, measures alt. 13, diam. 7 mm. The largest
out of 30 recent specimens lent by Mr. Bryant has alt. 12, diam. 6.3 mm.
Helicina convexa Pfr.

If this species were indigenous we could expect it to be as abundant
formerly as it is now. Instead of that it seems to be entirely absent
from the beds I examined. The evidence seems to me strong that its
real home is elsewhere.

422

PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

Map 1.

1004.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

423

Maj:) 2.

5

4

'

X

2

J

riTA

laf

'S Ji

yoi

oau

tff

1

,«*

&»j

^

«dl4l«)

r?'

R7

23

^'haecoS*^^^'^

K

K

.

Mc

W

^^

^

,^^

■(•

""X

ffo!« -

4

ST

akoRa

/^

rzL<j

Nl

^

^

■ 1

13

1

1 T

LSW

,.i?s^^'?^^

5^

zs^'^^

i

■ »

S

^ft

^^

EJau

^'*^'^^^^^-Q^Q)Mi^9 Iticaid'

&III4

r

r '

V

j^

r^

-/^^^^^

zi

/£

ffl^

If^-^'i^Si^^^

s'-,^-^-T^"+*

S

*<

y

^^

jU-»

ma

rp

7-^-g^^4%^;;;;:^>f7^

r>^

lrjBi«

»<r<l

i»in

«w

/^

<6>

h

V'l

<<i

3^

^

'j|\^l4-

'^f^i

An

Jt

■rtdB

N

.^

u

^

,#" >^

''I?'

^

LI*

Ian

pS!;

rsL.^

-'III ^*.'?^4-'"

2

»V

rwi

^

>

i^

?5

?•»-

4/

^r"

"^

^

■^

A».

t X

Cmt

rS

Ni'^

^

1

i

f

^'

/t L

• ZY

y

iff

■»

ff

C^*

bndb

»^^

f.B&i

*^

'U

, -S14

r

;

(

er^L-at

HtyffV.

,

/

4

S

^

y

r-

JS

A.

R

B

9 .

7J

\

<h

^

J^C'

5_

5t

ft

'V

^i

R^A^

wb

ajd A

5^

h

»a«>

^BcB

th

««

iJIm

^•''

»*

^

^

S>«i

"t^

^ Z

i...f

eon..

/«<^

■ m

..^-.^^

bvui

>#

SIR

'4

O 1 — '

^bjS

20

-8i5

i

pX»

A

V

^J ' /^>

\.

^/~\

^

¥i

Oi

Kb/

.»

*

5

a»

J J

r «

r«

jr

^^r

?k»/

fl

\jr

^1^ ,

r

^^Sr

'

i_

■•»

t

^^S

tfliv^

y

r

? , "

3

■X

'•jw

;**

/MH

^

a

^

■so

'"•

> ""^

2 -S18

J

£;

.-J

1

'*%

^<

\

!l

^\-.

r:

3

If

.^

19

=sa?

.yi

>?

F

7

:;.

■y

S_

T(

/^r

•f

f

^

4

-d

^

fh^i

\

3

*=?==

:^

*A

ht

2

^

h.

mO,

1

«*J

1m»

32"

18'

As-

B.

B

s.

1

43

S

4

'\'U

2'

5

4

3

2

I
4

l'

5

4

3

"

1

64

40'

5

*

3

2

1

5

9'

4

3

2

1

8'

S

-rr*

L

1

CO

1

HO

C« 00 00 CC 00

Map of a part of Bermuda, with marginal indications of the latitude and longitude of

Jcollecting stations.

424

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

Map 3.

1

!

1

1

i

i

1

1

1

■&°

21'

iCAJ

1

^

,,

.'»«|.,Jto,br-|-

>M

1

»m

i

oK^^^g^^^^r 1

\?.(i

n^oa,

5

:-:]

-m^^

4

..

^^^

v/ i^

.• £^

♦^

r'j

>* T^ ■

3

5:^1

.«« •» j^w/f'^'^M

'*4^'

?

>'^

Jpr-

Wi

rfc ■

1

.1

19'

■

' " ^

^jBZ»ii.i*^

5

»a»^A

^S

%

?^R

4

/

^\\

3

^

■»^v

♦^

" $ M 1 T H'.Si

2 ^

;

s

•f*

>

^^-%

r\^-. ^

^|^S_g^^^

i

<*

J^

:j.

ii"

'V,

N

V ,

:^-^

^

ft^.^^s^

^

L

_^

-J.

i

y

/

i

>u>U^

^

S^^

^

rv'*^'^

^t^-^^

CNl--^

^\

^

^

75

^

£.

^

Lj

'f%

^^^^.^

rWv?!^

^i

^fl

My

X

^

5

^

0

->

fe

V

V

il^s

^4-1

1

T^.?*

i^

yx

f\l._ ^^

j.

/

._4.

c

^

<i/

^

**^^^

^^^^5''Tf*^

£^^&

3i

•^'^Jji

3

0

^
1

^

?V

P^^^^-

g^fiAJOLltMf

^

lp'1

f\^

«^

f^-

2

-V. 3T*

^^

2

^

V

/

/ ™

1

c

^

L^

> ^

A-^^
'V^

^

1^

u

'••

17

•

UAl

izzf turoLcBow' J^^

L<(^^!'^

,JnJ:'^^

p:

r

•*'

S

^

P

^

^

^=t

o

4^ jtiAi

^^^"

V

^

/

t

4

i:

yV

/*■

3

V,

^^,^

•**.«^

^

k^

yj'

n^M

4r

2

j(^

^^\ |V»(

^s^^/j^fX

¥

t

1

^

^

J^SS^1>^\

A

-..-

32r

t6

*^

^

ITT

\

/

A

aa

Sr

^

s

-^

W

c

^^

:<<*

^'

,...

4

%

A-

^

t-

c^

t'-

■ ^ ^

3

1?

F

K.

J-'

..-

2

^

t

#

•'■

♦•

1

15

P_

«•

• •

B.

B.

s.

■A,

- 1

J

81

—

~

3

2

1

t_

s

4 3

2

1

61

5

4

3

2

1

64

45

5

4

3

2

1

4

4l_

i

4

3

;'«

—807
—819

—808
-809

I I

— c

llap of a part of Bermuda, with marginal indications of the latitude and longitude of

collecting stations.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 425

Reference to Plate XXXVI.

Figures 2 to 5 are natural size; the others are variously enlarged.

Plate XXXVI Fig. 1. — Pcecilozonites dalli.

Fig. 2. — Paecilozonites cupula. Locality 806.

Fig. 3. — Poecilozonites bermudensis zonatus. Locality 808.

Fig. 4. — Poecilozonites nelsoni form discoides. Locality 806.

Fig. 5. — Pcecilozonites nelsoni callosus. Locality 818-

Fig. 6. — Vertigo numellata. Locality 806.

Fig. 7. — Vertigo marki. Locality 806.

Fig. 8. — Euconulus turbinatus. Section from compact rock, locality 814.

Fig. 9. — Euconulus turbinatus. Locality 806.

Fig. 10. — Euconulus turbinatus. Locality 808.

Figs. 11, 12. — Carychium bermudense. Locality 806.

Fig. 13. — Zonitoides bristoli. Locality 818.

426 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apirl,

April 19.
The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.

Seventy-six persons present.

The deaths of Edwin Sheppard, April 7, and E. W. Clark, April 9,
members, were announced.

The Publication Committee reported that papers under the follow-
ing titles had been offered for pubHcation :

"A Monograph of the Genus Dendrocincla Gray," by Harry C.
Oberholser (April 8).

''Post-Glacial Nearctic Centers of Dispersal for Reptiles," by Arthur
Erwin Brown (April 11).

Dr. E. G. Conklin made an illustrated communication on the earli-
est differentiations of the egg, with special reference to the mechanism
of heredity and evolution. (No abstract.)

The following were elected members: Everett F. Phillips, Herbert
Guy Kribs, Henry R. M. Landis, M.D.

The following were ordered to be printed :

1904.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 427

A REVISION OF THE MAMMALIAN GENUS MACROTUS.
BY JAMES A. G. REHN.

Dui'ing the preparation of this paper a series of one hundred and
eighty-five specimens have been examined, seventy-six preserved as
skins, the remainder being in alcohol. This interesting collection,
representing the material of this genus preserved in the leading Ameri-
can institutions, was from the following collections: ninety-two from
the Biological Survey of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, fifty
from the U. S. National Museum, thirty-one from the American Mu-
sevmi of Natural History, five from the Field Columbian Museum,
and the remainder from the collection of the Academy. The author
wishes to thank Drs. C. Hart Merriam, J. A. Allen and D. G. Elliot,
and Mr. G. S. Miller, Jr., of the above institutions, for their kindness
in permitting the use of specimens, and also for replies to inquiries
regarding the same.

MACROTUS Gray.'

1843. Macrotus Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1S43, p. 21. Type, Macrotus

waterhousii Gray.
1855. Macrotus Wagner, Suppl. Schreber's Saugthiere, V, p. 639.

1858. Macrotus Baird, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1858, p. 116.

1859. Macrotus Baird, Rep. U. S. and Mexican Boundary Survey, Vol. II,
Pt. ii, Mamm., p. 3.

1860. Macrotus Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2" serie, XII, p. 486.
1864. Macrotus H. Allen, Monograph Bats N. Amer., p. 1.

1864. Macrotus Gundlach, Monatsb. K. Preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin,
1864, p. 382.

1865. Macrotus Peters, Monatsb. K. Preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, 1865,
p. 503.

1875. Macrotus Coues and Yarrow, Rep. Expl. Surv. W. 100th Merid., V,
p. 80.

1878. Macrotus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 463.

1879. Macrotus Alston, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Mamm., p. 36.

1890. Macrotus H. Allen. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, XXVIII, p. 73.

1891. Otopterus Lydekker, in Flower and Lydekker, Mammals Living and
Extinct, p. 673.

1894. Macrotus Allen, Monograph Bats N. Amer., 1893, p. 33.

1898. Otopterus Merriam. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XII, p. 18.

1899. Otopterus Nelson, North American Fauna, No. 14, p. 18.

1901. Otopterus EUiot, Field Columb. Mus. Publ., Zool. ser.. Vol. II, p. 419.
1904. Macrotus Miller, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVII, p. 344.

' As the author does not consider that Macrotis Dejean invalidates this name,
he has retained the term applied by Gray. The name Macrotus Leach {Syst.
Cat. Spec. Indig. Mamm. Birds Brit. Mtis., 1816, p. 5) is a nomen nudum, and
therefore has no standing. For discussion of the M acrotus-Otopterus question
see True and Allen (Allen, Monogr. Bats N. Amer., 1893, p. 33).

428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Generic Characters. — Head long; muzzle conical; nose-leaf simple,
erect, lanceolate; nose-pad rounded; nostrils elongate, distinct: lower
lip wdth a triangular pad bearing a longitudinal groove; ears large,
imited; tragus lanceolate; uropatagium large; tail long, projecting
somewhat beyond the posterior margin of the uropatagium, which
completely envelopes it but the free apex; calcanea short and stout.
Skull with the rostrum moderately long, considerably lower than the
brain-case. Dentition i. ^^, c. ^, p. I^g, m. ^^. Median upper
incisors chisel-shaped, long; lateral upper incisors w^eak.

Distribution. — Cuba, Haiti, Jamaica and a number of the Bahama
Islands; Guatemala north to southern California and Arizona, but
apparently not reaching the east coast of the mainland except in Yuca-
tan.

History. — ^The genus Macrotus was founded by Gray on M. water-
housii from Haiti, and referred by him to the Phyllostomina close to the
genus Macrophyllum. Wagner, in the supplement to Schreber's monu-
mental work, placed Gray's genus in the Megadermota with Megader-
ma, Rhinopoma, Nycteris and Nyctophilus. In 1858 Baird described
the Californian M. californicus, and, probably following Wagner, con-
sidered the genus a member of the subfamily Megadermota. Saussure,
in 1860, in describing the Mexican M. mexicanus, referred the genus to
the group Phyllostomides, but Harrison Allen, in 1864, followed Wagner
and Baird, and considered it a member of the Megadermatida;. Gund-
lach, in 1864, separated the small Cuban type as M. minor, while Peters,
in 1865, considered the genus a member of his group Vampyri. Coues
and Yarrow, in 1875, placed the genus in the family Phyllostomatidce,
in the section Vampyri, of which Dobson later placed it. In both of
these papers M. californicus, mexicanus and waterhousii were consid-
ered identical. On the basis of several specimens from Guatemala,
Dobson separated a species which he called M. hocourtianus. Harrison
Allen, in 1890, separated a form of the genus from the State of Jahsco,
Mexico, as M. hullcri, comparing it with M. californicus; the same
author, in the 1894 edition of his Monograph, defended his statement
made in 1864, that Af . californicus was distinct from the West Indian
waterhousii. Lyddeker, in 1891, believing that the name Macrotis
Dejean invahdated Macrotus Gray, proposed the name Otopterus to
replace Gray's term. This action was criticised later by True and
Harrison Allen, who held that Macrotis was little used and in construc-
tion differed from Macrotus.

General Relations. — As little satisfactory material of the alhed genera
is available, no critical remarks as to the relationship of the genu? can

1904.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 429

be made. It is without doubt a member of the present Phyllosto-
matinos, but that it is not worthy of separation from some of the types
of this division is not so certain. The genus Lonchorhina does not
appear to the author to be as close an ally as Dobson's work would
lead one to suppose; and taking the allied genera broadly, Macrotus
appears to be a very distinct type, not differentiated as strongly by
skull characters as by some external developments.

Key to the Forms.

a. — General size medium or large; skull 'with the interorbital region
sUghtly and roundly depressed.
b. — Ear medium or large (averaging 26 to 28 millimeters in length) ;
skull with the rostrum rather heavy; interorbital region
broad,
c. — Foot quite robust, toes strong; West Indian forms.
d. — General color ochraceous brown or pale umber.

e. — First lower prem.olar subquadrate in basal out-
line; anterior width of the rostrum equal to
the interorbital space.
/. — Upper tooth-row heavy and strongly crowd-
ed; skull large, 26.8 inm. in length,

waterhousii Gray.
ff. — ^Upper tooth-row narrow and not strongly
crowded; skull medium, not more than
24.5 mm. in length,

w. jamaicensis n. subsp.
ee. — First lower premolar elongate-elliptical in basal
outline; anterior width of the rostrum less
than the interorbital width,

w. compressus n. subsp.
dd. — General color dark umber or dark reddish-brown,

w. minor (Gundlach).

_cc. — Foot rather slender, toes weak; Mexican and Central

American forms.

d, — Skull large (averaging 24.8 mm. in length); second

upper premolar heavy, . mexicanus Saussure.

d,d. — Skull medium (averaging 23 mm. in length) ; second

upper premolar rather weak and short,

m. hidleri (H. Allen).

hb. — Ear exceptionally large (averaging over 30 mm. in length) ;

skull quite slender with the rostrum and interorbital region

narrow, calif ornicus Baird.

aa. — General size quite small; skull with the interorbital region very

broad and strongly depressed, pygmceus n. sp.

Macrotus waterhousii Gray.

1843. Macrotus Waterhousii Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 21.

[Hayti.]
1855. M\acrotus'\ Waterhousii Gray, Suppl. Schreber's Saugthiere, V, p. 640.

[Hayti and Jamaica.] (Part.)

430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

1S65. M[acrohis] Waterhousii Peters, Monatsb. K. Preuss. Akad. Wissensch.,
Berlin, 1865, p. 503.

1878. Macrotus waterhousii Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 464.
[Haiti; St. Domingo; Jamaica.] (Part.)

1879. Macrotus waterhousii Alston, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Mamm., p. 38.
(Part.)

1896. Macrotus ivaterhousei Elliot. Field Columbian Museum Publication,
Zool. ser., Vol. I, p. 82. [San Domingo City, San Domingo.]

Type Locality. — Haiti .

Distribution. — Apparently restricted to the island of San Domingo
and Haiti.

General Characters. — Size large; skull large; rostrum as wide ante-
riorly as the interorbital space; teeth rather hea\y and robust, the
first lower premolar thick, almost quadrate in basal outline; ears
whitish basally.

Head. — Ears large, high; apex rounded yet with the angle apparent;
internal margin with the lower half strongly arcuate, the upper half
very slightly curved; internal ridge low, slight; external margin
slightly arcuate, a slight incision separating a small basal portion;
transverse plicae distinct, but not strongly marked ; tragus elongate-
lanceolate, apex acute, internal margin straight with a shght apical
emargination, external margin straight with a slight basal accessory
lobule ; connecting membrane distinct but not high. Eye medium in
size. Nose-leaf moderately high, acute, the margins of the pad free
and rounded; nostrils elliptical, directed inward and downward.
Lower lip with the pad with a distinct division.

Ldmbs. — Forearm moderately long, considerably and e^-enly arcuate,
thumb large and comparatively free. Femora, tibiae and feet rather
long and heavy.

Membranes and Fur. — Membranes rather heavy; propatagium
rather large basally, extending to the thumb as a subequal strip of
membrane with the margin totally free. Fur very long and silky,
thin on the interscapular and abdominal regions and practically absent
from the face, but otherwise regularly distributed; base of ears w4th
a short growth of fine woolly hairs; muzzle wdth a number of long
setiform hairs ; volar membranes almost unhaired.

Color. — Above Prout's brown, the basal portion of the fur white,
latter exposed on the thinly furred interscapular region ; posterior
margin and short fur on the basal portion of the ears white ; below fawn
color, wdth a silvery "bloom" caused by the silvery- white tips of the
hairs. Volar and interfemoral membranes seal-brown; ears bistre.

Skull.' — Robust and strongly built ; brain-case rounded, moderately
elevated ; rostrum considerably constricted Brain-case evenly vault-

1904.1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 431

ed, the longitudinal curve low, sagittal crest distinct and sharp; inter-
orbital region sHghtly constricted; zygomata prominent, shghtly more
expanded posteriorly than anteriorly. Rostrum attenuate, the ante-
rior width (taken behind the canines) not less than the interorbital
width, the dorsal outhne continuing, but less distinctly, the regular
descending course from the siunmit of the brain-case; palate shghtly
vaulted, posterior portion with parallel sides, the median cleft with a
sub-truncate apex; pterygoids very slender apically, moderately
flaring. Mandible rather heavy, the rami strong ; ascending rami stout,
the coronoid process acute-angulate, condylar process broad but low;
angle strong, recurved, unguical in character, distinctly bent laterally.'
Teeth.— Medi&n pair of upper incisors slender, projecting, with a
narrow cutting edge; lateral upper incisors small, low, crowded, the
external face distinctly channeled ; upper canines projecting anteriorly,
shghtly recurved; first upper premolar elongate-elliptical in basai
outline, advanced upon and crowding the canine, cusp anterior, low
and followed by a jagged cutting edge and distinct cingulum; second
upper premolar oblong in basal outline, anterior section narrowed
considerably, cusp distinct, subcaninif orm ; first upper molar sub-
quadrate, the paracone-metacone ridge distinct and with the two arms
distinctly acute at the metacone, protocone as a low blunt ridge, hypo-
cone almost obsolete, cingulum very weak; second upper molar similar
to the first in character, but larger, distinctly quadrate and with the
paracone more apparent than in the first molar; third upper molar
strongly transverse and equal to the other molars in width, paracone
strongly developed. Lower incisors narrow, compressed, strongly
crowded between the canines, cutting edges faintly bilobate; lower
canines rather strongly recurved; first lower premolar subquadrate in
basal outhne, advanced upon and strongly crowding the canine, cusp
rather low and broad; second lower premolar very similar to the first
premolar in basal outline but smaller and narrower, cusp rather sharp
and rectangulate, cingulum quite distinct; third lower premolar sub-
quadrate in basal outline, broad posteriorly, equal to the second pre-
molar in size, cusp and cingulum much as in the second premolar;
lower molars all longitudinal in basal outhne, the third smaller than
the others, the para- proto- metaconid group less distinct in the first
than m the others, the hypo-entoconid group weaker and less distinct
m the third than in the other molars.

Measurements.—Adult male (from dried skin): Length of head and
body 62 mm.; ear 25; tragus 8.1; forearm 52; thumb 14.5; third
digit 92.5; tibia 21; foot 15.5; greatest width of ear 17.

432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Skull of adult male : Total length 26.8 mm. ; greatest zygomatic
width 12.3 ; interorbital width 4.9 ; height at base of second premolar 4 ;
height of brain-case 9.3; breadth of brain-case above roots of zygo-
mata 10; width of palatal constriction 2.3; length of palate from an-
terior foramina 11 ; width of palate including teeth 8.1 ; greatest length
of mandible 17.3.

Remarks.- — True M. waterhousii can readily be distinguished by the
character given in the key. From the mainland forms the heavier
posterior limbs and the stronger skull and teeth will distinguish it.
From tv. minor the Haitian form can readilj^ be separated by the paler
coloration as well as the much greater size; from iv. jamaicensis by the
larger size and heavier teeth; from w. compressus by the broader
rostrum as w^ell as the subquadrate first lower premolar.

Specimens Examined. — One skin and skull : San Domingo City, San
mingo. (Field Columbian Museum.)
Macrotus waterhousii jamaicensis n. subsp.

1851. Macrotus Waterhousii Gosse, A Naturalist's Sojourn in Jamaica, p. 295,

PI. 6, fig. 2. [Jamaica.] (Not of Gray.)
1878. Macrotus waterhousii Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 464.
[Haiti; St. Domingo; Jamaica.] (Part.)

Type.—MvXi ? ; Spanishtown, Jamaica. No. -^^'f^^, U. S. Na-
tional Museum. Collected by William Thomas March.

Distribution. — The island of Jamaica, where according to Gosse
{vide supra) it is one of the commonest bats. Osborn, in Dobson (vide
supra), states that "when inhabiting houses these bats always live in
the cellars below ground, they are never found in the roofs."

General Characters. — Similar to the Haitian M. waterhousii, but
differing in the duller coloration, the smaller skull and narrower and
weaker upper tooth-row.

Head. — Ear quite large, much as in M. waterhousii, but the size is
greater, and the transverse pHcse more distinct ;- connecting membrane
rather high and with a distinct central emargination ; tragus as in M.
toaterhousii, but the apex is blunter. Nose-leaf and nose-pad broad,
the leaf acuminate with the apex rather broad and blmit. Lower hp
with the pad trigonal, the median cleft deep and very distinct.

Limbs. — The forearm and tibia are structurally as in M. waterhousii,
but of sHghtly larger size; the thumb and foot are, on the other hand,
of smaller size. Calcanea short and stout. Tail distinctly projecting
beyond the interfemoral membrane.

Fur. — Essentially as in M. waterhousii.

2 This is hardly visible in the type skin, but quite distinct in alcoholic speci-
mens.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 433

Color. — Above Prout's bro^^^l, the hair with sUghtly more than the
basal half white. Below between drab and wood brown, the hair
with the basal half white. Ears and uropatagium Front's bro^Ti,
endopatagium, mesopatagium and the greater portion of the ecto-
patagium clove brown.

Skull. — Siinilar to that of M. icaterhousii, but slightly smaller.
Teeth. — Similar to M. icaterhousii, but narrower and not strongly
crowded ; second upper premolar separated from the first premolar by
a distinct space.

Measurements. — Type: Total length 90.2 mm.; head and body 63.2;
ear 23; greatest width of ear 16; tragus 8.5; forearm 54.5; thumb 14.1;
third digit 92; tibia 23.5; foot 13; tail 27.

Average of series: Total length [10] 93.8 mm. (90.2-103); head and
body [10] 60.6 (57-67) ; head [9] 26 (25.5-27.5) ; ear [10] 26.3 (23-29) ;
greatest width of ear [10] 18.5 (16-20.5); tragus [10] 8.8 (8-9.5); fore-
arm [10] 53.4 (52-54.5); thumb [10] 13.4 (12-15); third digit [10] 90.3
(88-94); tibia [10] 22.3 (21.5-24); calcaneum [9] 10.4 (9.2-12); foot
[10] 13.6 (12.2-16); tail [10] 33.1 (27-36).

Type skull: Greatest zygomatic width 12.2 mm.; interorbital width
4.3; height at base of second premolar 4.1 ; breadth of brain-case above
roots of zygomata 9.5; width of palatal constriction 2.4; length of
palate 11; width of palate including teeth 7.8; greatest length of
mandible 16.5.

Average of three skulls : Total length [2] 24.3 mm. (24.2-24.5) ; greatest
zygomatic width 12 (12-12.2); interorbital width 4.2 (4.1-4.3); height
at base of second premolar 3.9 (3.7-4.1); height of brain-case [2] 9
(9-9.1); breadth of brain-case above roots of zygomata 9.4 (9.4-9.5);
width of palatal constriction 2.2 (2.1-2.4) ; length of palate 9.9 (9.3-11) ;
width of palate with teeth 7.9 (7.8-8) ; greatest length of mandible 16.1
(16-16.5).

Remarks. — This form rec|uires comparison with but one other, true
M. waterhousii, from which the compressed and spaced tooth-row will
readily distinguish it. The external characters are also of service, the
longer forearm and tibia and smaller foot being distinctive. From
M. ID. compressus and minor the characters given in the key will enable
one to separate it without difficulty.

Specimens Exa?nined. — Twelve; one skin, eleven alcoholic indi-
viduals.

Spanishtown, Jamaica. One [type]. (U. S. N. M.)
Kingston, Jamaica. One. (U. S. N. M.)
Jamaica. Two. (Biological Survey.)
Jamaica. Eight. (A. M. N. H.)
28

434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Macrotus waterhousii compressus n. subsp.

Type.— Adult 9 ; Eleiithera, Bahamas. No. 122,484, U. S. Na-
tional Museum. July 6, 1903. Collected by S. H. Derickson.

Distrihution. — Specimens have been examined from Eleuthera, New
Providence, I.ong Island and Conch Sound, Andros, Bahamas.

General Characters. — Similar to Macrotus waterhousii and M. w.
jamaicensis, but differing in the quite narrow rostrum (which is an-
teriorly narrower than the interorbital region) and elongate-elliptical
first lower premolar.

Head. — Similar to M. w. jamaicensis, except that the nose-leaf and
nose-pad appear to be slightly narrower and slenderer. This character
appears to be only an average one, however, as the series shows con-
siderable variation.

Limbs. — Similar to M. u\ jamaicensis, l^ut the forearm, tibia, third
digit and tail average smaller, while the foot averages larger. In the
latter respect compressus approaches true waterhousii, as their respect-
ive distribution would lead one to suppose, from which the limbs show
practically no differential characters.

Fur. — Essentially as in M. waterhousii and M. w. compressus.
Color. — Above Front's brown, the hair with more than the basal
half white ; fur at the base of ears and along the internal margins whit-
ish. Below the hair is white basally, ringed with pale drab, and tipped
with silvery -white. Membranes sepia, the ears and uropatagium paler
than the other portions.

Skull. — Similar to that of M. w. jamaicensis, but with the anterior
portion of the rostrum narrower than the interorbital region. The
skull of true waterhousii can readily be separated, as it is of considerably
greater size. The mandible is also seen to be slenderer than in either
the Haitian or Jamaican form.

Teeth. — Similar to M. w. jamaicensis, but with the first upper pre-
molar narrower and more elongate, and the first lower premolar is
distinctly elongate-elliptical in basal outline instead of subquadrate.
The teeth are distinctly weaker than in M. ivaterhousii, the latter
having a very heavy robust dentition.

Measurements. — Type: Total length 94 mm.; head and body 69;
ear 24; greatest width of ear 18; tragus 8.5; forearm 52; thumb 13.5;
third digit 85; tibia 21; calcaneum 11; foot 13; tail 25

Average of series : Total length [8] 96.7 mm. (88-98) ; head and body
[8] 64.5 (59-69) ; head [4] 25 (24-26) ; ear [8] 26 (23-29.5) ; greatest
width of ear [8] 18.8 (17-21.5) ; tragus [8] 8.9 (7.5-10) ; forearm [8] 52.1
(49.5-54); thumb [7] 13.9 (12.8-16); third digit [7] 88.7 (84-106);

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 435

tibia [7] 21.2 (20-23.5); calcaneiim [7] 10.4 (9.3-11); foot [8] 14.4
(13-16.8); tail [8] 30.9 (25-33.5).

Skull of type: Total length 25 mm.; greatest zygomatic width 10.6;
interorbital 4.3; height at base of second premolar 4.1 ; height of brain-
case 8.6; breadth of brain-case above roots of zygomata 8.5; width'of
palatal constriction 2.3; length of palate 1 1 ; width of palate (includ-
ing teeth) 7.6; greatest length of mandible^ 17.

Average of four skulls: Total length 25 rnm. (25-25.1); greatest.
zygomatic width 11.6 (10.6-12); interorbital width 4.3 (4.2-4.5),-
height at base of second premolar 4 (4-4.1); height of brain-case 8.3
(8-8.6); breadth of brain-case above roots of zygomata 9 (8.5-9.5);:
width of palatal constriction 2.2 (2.1-2.3); length of palate 10.6-
(10.5-11); width of palate (including teeth) 7.5 (7.5-7.6); greatest
length of mandible 16.9 (16.8-17).

Remarks. — The Bahaman form in general appearances approaches
closer to true waterhousii than to w. jamaicensis, but the skull and teeth
are decidedly different from the Haitian type and approach the
Jamaican form. Taken as a whole, however, the Bahaman race is
quite distinct from any other form of the genus.

Specimens Examined. — Nine ; five skins, four alcoholic specimens.

Eleuthera, Bahamas. One [type]. (U. S. N. M.)

Gregory town, Eleuthera, Bahamas.

Georgetown, Eleuthera, Bahamas.

Nassau, New Providence, Bahamas.

Conch Somid, Andros, Bahamas. One. (A. M. N. H.) ' '

Long Island, Bahamas. One. (U. S. N. M.)

Macrotus waterhousii minor (Gundlach).

1S64. Macrotus minor Gundlach, Monatsbr. K. Preuss. Akad. Wissensch

Berlin, 1864, p. 382. [Cuba.]
1873. M[acrotus\ Waterhousci Gundlach, Anales Soc. Espan. Hist Nat I

cuad. 3, p. 239. [Cuba.] (Not of Gray.) ' '

1878. Macrotus waterhousii Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus p 464

(Part.)
1904. Macrotus waterhousii Miller, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVII, p. 344.

[Guanajay, El Cobre, Cuba; Nueva Gerona, Isle of Pines.] (Not of Gray.)

Type Locality. — Cuba. From remarks made by Gundlach in a later
paper {vide supra) we learn that his material was from western Cuba.

Distribution. — Cuba and the Isle of Pines. Gundlach says it is a
common species in some warehouses and caves, where individuals
pass the day side by side suspended by the hind limbs.

General Characters. — A member of the Macrotus icaterhousii group
but readily separated by the smaller size and the deeper coloration.
The Cuban form is such a distinct type, with small light skull and
weak teeth, that it hardly requires comparison.

Two.

(U.

S. N. M.)

^hree.

(U.

S. N. M.)

One.

(U.

S. N. M.)

436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Head. — Essentially as in M. ivaterhousii jamaicensis.

Limbs. — As in M. iv. jamaicensis, but slightly smaller.

Fur. — As in the other forms of the ivaterhousii group, except that the
furring of the base and proximal part of the internal margin of the ear
is more marked than in any other form.

Color. — Apparently two extreme types of coloration exist in this
form, which may be sexual, l)ut the available material is not in condi-
tion to justify any statement beyond the fact that the two phases exist.
The one extreme is a deep browni, while the other (represented by but
one skin) is a rather dark ferruginous. Two specimens have a slight
tendency toward the ferruginous type, the upper surface being slightly
suffused with that tint while the lower surface is that of the browm
form. Brown phase: Above seal brown, the hair with slightly more
than the basal half white, region l^etween the ears and posterior to
the connecting membrane blackish; below the hair is wliite basally,
then conspicuously annulate with drab and rather obscurely tipped
with silvery; membranes blackish-brown. This type is distinctly
darker, both above and below, than anj' of the other West Indian forms.
Red phase : Above and below dull ferruginous, the hair unicolor ; patch
between the ears blackish ; memJDranes black. In one of the apparently
intermediate specimens mentioned above, the hair of the upper surface
is whitish basallj^ with a median annulation of smoke gra3\

Skull. — Of the general type of M. iraterhousii, but distinctly smaller
than any of the related forms. As specimens from the eastern part
ofpuba approximate slightly toward the Jamaican type, a slight differ-
ence in size is noticed in comparing the skulls of individuals from the
two extremes of the island.

Teeth. — Essentially as in M. w. jamaicensis, but the first upper pre-
molar is slightly narrower and the lower premolars are distinctly more
longitudinal and compressed. This latter character alone will immedi-
ately demonstrate the fact that while specimens from the eastern part
of the island slightly approach jamaicensis, theyjare inseparable from
typical minor from western Cuba, when the dentition is considered.

Measurements. — Average of twelve specimens: Total length 90.7
mm. (84.5-96.5); head and body 59.9 (55.5-65); head 25.1 (25-30);
ear 26.3 (21.5-30); greatest width of ear 17.3 (15-19); tragus 8.6
(7.8-10) ; forearm 51.4 (49-54); thumb 14.1 (12.5-15); third digit 85.1
(81-88); tibia 21.2 (19-22.5); calcaneum 10.9 (8.5-12.3); foot 13
(10.5-15.5); tail 30 (20-37).

Average of five skulls: Total length 23.8 mm. (23.5-24.3); greatest
zygomatic width 11.3 (11-12); interorbital width 3.9 (3.5-4.1); height

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 437

at base of second premolar 3.8 (3.5-4) ; height of brain-case 8.3 (8-8.8) ;
breadth of brain-case above roots of zygomata 9.1 (9-9.2); width of
palatal constriction 2.1 (2-2.2); length of palate 9.7 (9.2-10); width
of palate (including teeth) 7.3 (7-8); greatest length of mandible 15.4
(15-16).

Remarks. — The Cuban form minor is quite distinct from any of the
related forms except the Jamaican Macrotus waterhousii jamaicensis.
The specimens from eastern Cuba somewhat approach this latter race,
as already noticed by Gundlach {vide supra), but the general charac-
ters of the race are retained and the smaller size and weaker teeth, as
well as the deeper coloration, will serve to distinguish the two races.

Specimens Examined. — Twenty-eight; four skins, twenty-four alco-
holics :

Guanajay, Pinar del Rio, Cuba. Three. (U. S. N. M.)
Nueva Gerona, Isle of Pines. Three. (U. S. N. M.)
El Cobre, Santiago, Cuba. Two. (U. S. N. M.)
Santiago de Cuba, Cuba. Twenty. (U. S. N. M.)
Macrotus mexicanus Saussure.

1860. Macrotus mexicanus Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2" ser.

XII, p. 486. [Cuautla, near Yautepec, Morelos, Mexico.]
1865. M[acrotus] mexicanus Peters, Monatsb. K. Preuss. Akad. Wissensch.,

Berlin, 1865, p. 504.
1876. Macrotus bocourtianus Dobson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser

XVIII, p. 436. [Vera Paz, Guatemala.]
1878. Macrotus xcaterhousii Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus.. p. 464.

(Part.)

1878. Macrotus bocourtianus Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 467
[Vera Paz, Guatemala.]

1879. Macrotus waterhousii Alston, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Mamm., p. 38
(Part.)

1879. Macrotus bocourtianus Alston, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Manmi., p. 38

[Vera Paz, Guatemala.]
1898. Otopterus mexicanus Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XII, p. 18

[Morelos, Mexico.]

Tijpe Locality. — Cuautla, near Yautepec, Morelos, Mexico.

Distribution. — From Colima, Michoacan, and Morelos, Mexico, south
to Vera Paz, Guatemala.

General Characters. — Size large; ears rather large; limbs robust;
skull heavy, the rostrum not narrower than the interorbital region;
teeth heavy, the first upper premolar moderately compressed, the
third lower premolar somewhat crowded.

Head. — Ear, when stretched forward, extending beyond the muzzle
a distance not exceeding the length of the nose-leaf; internal margin
strongly arcuate basally, gently so apically; apex rather narrowly
roimded; external margin slightly curved, basal notch distinct, basal
lobe rather low; tragus lanceolate, apex acuminate, external basal

438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

lobe low; internal connecting membrane rather high, with a slight
median emargination. Nose-leaf acute; nose-pad with the inferior
margin more or less free; nostrils crescentic. Pad on the lower jaw
trigonal, median incision of varying depth, but usually rather Inroad
and shallow.

Limbs. — Forearm long and heavy, with a distinct and even arcuation.
Posterior limbs moderately robust (for the genus) , femora and tibise of
equal length ; foot about half the length of the femur, rather heavy ;
calcaneum thick and flattened. Tail rather long, one or one and a
half terminal joints free.

Membranes and Fur. — Essentially as in the waterhousii group.

Color. — Two color phases are present in the series examined — one
dark brown the other of a more rufescent type — between which two
extremes arc a number of intermediate specimens. Dark browTi phase :
Above bistre with a slight overlying silvery ''bloom," the basal three-
fifths of the hair white; below wood brown, the hair Avith the basal
section as above, the whole with the tips of the hair white; hair at
the base of the ears and the auricular hairs whitish; membranes bistre.
Rufous brown phase: Above cinnamon, slightly more than the basal
half of the hair white ; below the hair white basally, then ringed with
cinnamon, and tipped with ecru drab, thus producing a paler color
than that of the upper surface ; hair at the base of the ears and auricular
hairs whitish; membranes mummy brown.

Skull. — Similar to M. ivaterhousri, but slightly smaller, with the inter-
orbital region more depressed and the rostrum slightly slenderer.

Teeth. — As in ilf. waterhousii. except that the canines are distinctly
weaker, the first upper premolar is more compressed, the second upper
premolar slightly longer, and the lower tooth-row more compressed.

Measurements. — Average of four Cuernavaca specimens: Total
length 93.1 mm. (87-101); head and body 59.8 (56.5-64); head 24;
ear 25.2 (24-27); greatest width of ear 17.7 (17-18.5); tragus 9.2
(9-9.6); forearm 49.6 (47.5-51.5); thumb 12.5 (11.5-13); third digit
87.1 (85.5-90); tibia 21.2 (21-21.5); calcaneum 10.3 (9-11.3); foot
12.7 (11.8-13); tail 33.5 (30-37).

Average of eight Tehuantepec skins : Total length [1] 100.5 mm. ; head
and body 60.9 (57-69) ; head [1] 29.2; ear 26 (24-28.5) ; greatest width
of ear [3] 18.8 (17.9-19.5); tragus 8.5 (8-10); forearm 52.5 (51-53.5);
thumb [7] 12.3 (12-13.5); third digit [5] 87.8 (87-89); tibia 22.2
(20-23.5); calcaneum 10 (9-11); foot 13.1 (13-13.5); tail [1] 31.5.

Average of eight skulls from Tehuant(>pec and Reyes, Oaxaca: Total
length 24.8 mm. (24-25.5); greatest zygomatic width 12 (11.5-12 5);

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 439

interorbital width 4.1 (3.9-4.5); height at base of second premolar 3.7
(3.5-3.9); height of brain-case 9 (8.1-9.5); breadth of brain-case at
roots of zygomata 9.2 (9-9.6) ; width of palatal constriction 2.2 (2-2.5) ;
length of palate 9.4 (9-9.8); width of palate (including teeth) 8
(7.9-8.2); greatest length of mandible 16.4 (16-17.6).

Remarks. — The Macrotus mexicanus group is closely related to the
West Indian waterhousii group, from which, however, it can be dis-
tinguished by the characters mentioned above. The slenderer build,
larger ears and lighter skull will at once separate M. calif ornicus from
this form, while the race bulleri is a smaller type of the viexicanus
character quite easily recognized.

Dobson's Macrotus bocourtianus is, no doubt, simply the extreme
development of this form, and his measurements are almost identical
with those of the type of mexicanus given by Saussure. Specimens
from Tehuantepec average larger than ]\Iorelos specimens, but some
specimens in the same series are smaller than Cuernavaca individuals,
and as no other characters appear to be at variance, they should be
considered extreme mexicanus. ]\Iany of Dobson's measurements of
bocourtianus are smaller than the average of four Cuernavaca specimens
examined, and in several cases are actually smaller than the same
measurements of Saussure's type.

Specimens Examined. — Nineteen; eleven skins, eight alcoholic
specimens :

Cohma, Cohma. Two. (Biol. Surv.)

La Salada, Michoacan. Five. (Biol. Surv.)

Cuernavaca, Morelos. Four. (Biol. Surv.)

Reyes, Oaxaca. One. (Biol. Surv.)

Tehuantepec, Oaxaca. Seven. (A, M. N. H. and Field Columbian
Mus.)
Macrotus mexicanus bulleri (H. Allen).

18S9. Macrotus californicus J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., II,

p. 166. [Bolaiios, Jalisco, Mexico.] (Not of Baird.)
1890. Macrotus bulleri H. Allen, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, XXVIII, p. 73.

[Bolaiios, Jalisco, Mexico.]
1894. Macrotus bulleri H. Allen, Monogr. Bats N. Aiiier., p. 41. [Bolaiios,

Jalisco, Mexico.]
1898. Otopterus mexicanus Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XII, p. 18.

[Maria Madre, Tres Marias Islands.] (Not of Saussure.)

1898. Otopterus bulleri Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. AVash., XII, p. 18. [Bo-
laiios, Jalisco, Mexico.]

1899. Otopterus mexicanus Nelson, North American Fauna, No. 14. p. 18
[Maria Madre, Tres Marias Islands.] (Not of Saussure.)

Type Locality. — Bolahos, Jalisco, Mexico.

Distribution. — From Guadalajara north to Durango and southern

Chihuahua, also including the Tres Marias Islands.

440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

General Characters. — Similar to M. mexicamis. but smaller, with the
dentition more crowded, and the second upper premolar shorter and
somewhat weaker.

Head. — As in M. mexicamis, except that the ears are larger.

Limbs. — As in M. mexicanus, but rather slenderer, the foot and cal-
caneum distinctly weaker.

Membranes and Fur. — As in M. jnexicanus.

Color. — This race occurs in two phases, one of which appears to be
that of immaturit}'. The dark brown type, which is apparently the
immature coloration, is connected by intermediates with the dull
rufescent brown type. Brown phase: Above bistre, the hair with the
basal half white; base of ears and auricular hairs whitish; below drab,
the hair white at the base and tipped with silvery-white ; membranes
clove brown. Red phase : Above between chestnut and hazel (Ridg-
way's Nomenclature of Colors, pi. iv), the hair light and rather vinaceous
basally ; base of ears and auricular hairs of the under color of the upper
surface; below dull pinkish vinaceous; membranes between chestnut
and liver brown. The intermediate specimens have the upper surface
cinnamon rufous, while of this type has the extreme base of the hair
smoke-gray, thus making the hair triannulate^ — smoke gray, white and
cinnamon rufous. The original series of this race was composed
entirely of immature individuals and accordingly all are of the dark
brown type.

Skull. — Very similar to that of M. mexicanus, but distinctly smaller.
with the rostrum, for its size, heavier.

Teeth. — As in il/. mexicanus, but the second upper premolar is with-
out the produced anterior shoulder noticed in mexicanus, and the
inferior premolars are comparatively shorter and broader.

Measurements. — Average of five alcoholic topotypes: Total length
87.6 mm. (84.5-92); head and body 55.1 (53.5-56.5); head 23 (22.5-
23.5); ear 28.5 (27-30.5); greatest width of ear 19.2 (18.5-20.5); tra-
gus 9.5 (9-10); forearm 49.2 (48.5-50.5); thumb 12.6 (12-13.2); third
digit 83.8 (81-87); tibia 20.2 (19-21); calcaueum 10.6 (10-11.2); foot
12.4 (12-13); tail 32.5 (30.5-35.5).

Average of eleven topotypic and Guadalajara skulls : Total length 23
mm. (22.5-23.5) ; greatest zygomatic width 10.8(10.5-11.1) ; intcrorbital
width 4 (4-4.2); height at base of second premolar 3.6 (3.3-4); height
of brain-case 8.2 (8-9) ; breadth of brain-case above roots of zygomata
8.6 (8.3-9) ; width of palatal constriction 2 (2-2.3) ; length of palate 8.6
(8.3-9) ; width of palate (including teeth) 7.4 (7-7.8) ; greatest length
of mandible 15 (14.6-15.5).

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 441 -

Remar'ks. — This well-marked race of mexicanus can be easily recog-
nized by the smaller size, the weak second upper and distinctly crowded
third lower premolars. The Tres Marias specimens appear to be
inseparable from the mainland form.

Specimens Examined. — Fifty-two ; twenty-seven skins, twenty-five
alcoholic individuals :

Near Batopilas, Chihuahua. Four. (Biol. Surv.)

Chacala, Dm-ango. Five. (Biol. Surv.)

Bolanos, Jalisco. Twenty-one. (A. M. N. H., Biol. Surv., and Field
Columb. Mus.)

San Pedro, near Guadalajara, Jahsco. Five. (A. M. N. H.)

Ameca, Jahsco. Six. (Biol. Siu-v.)

Maria Madre, Tres Marias Islands, Tepic. Eleven. (Biol, Surv.)

Macrotus californicus Baird.

ISoS. Macrotus Californicus Baird, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 116.
[Fort Yuma, California.]

1859. Macrotus calijornica Baird, Rep. U. S. and Mexican Boundary Sur-
vey, Vol. II, Pt. 2, Mamm., p. 4. PL 1, fig. 2. [Fort Yuma, California.]

1864. Macrotus californicus Allen, Monogr. Bats N. Amer., p. 3, figs. 2 and 3.
[Fort Yuma, California; Cape St. Lucas, Lower California.]

186.5. M[acrotus] californicus Peters, Monatsb. K. Preuss. Akad. Wissensch.,
Berlin, 1865, p. 504.

1875. Macrotus waterhousii Coues and Yarrow, Rep. Expl. Surv. W. 100th
Merid., V, p. 80. (Not of Gray.)

1878. Macrotus waterhousii Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus., p. 465.
[Cape St. Lucas, Lower California.] (Part.)

1879. Macrotus xcaterhousvi Alston, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Mamm., p. 38.
(Part.)

1894. Macrotus californicus Allen, Monogr. Bats N. Amer., p. 34, Pis. 1 and 2.

[Fort Yuma, California; Cape St. Lucas, Lower California; near Tucson,

Arizona.]
1901. [Otopterus'l californicus Elliot, Field Columb. Mus. Publication, Zool.

ser., II, p. 420.

Type Locality. — Fort Yuma, San Diego county, California.

Distribution. — Arid region of the southwestern United States, Lower
Cahfornia and Sonora. Specimens have been examined from as far
east as Tombstone, Cochise county, Arizona, west as far as De Luz,
San Diego county, California, and from as far south as Camoa, Rio
Mayo, Sonora, and Cape St. Lucas. Caj^e St. Lucas and Sonoran speci-
mens are slightly smaller than topotj'pes, but are otherv^dse indistin-
guishable.

General Characters. — Size large; form slender, ears extremely large,
subovate in outline ; limbs very slender; skull slender, rostrum narrow;
teeth weak; colors usually pale.

Head. — Elongate, slender; rostrum rather attenuate; brain-case
moderately elevated. Ear very large, elliptical, when stretched for-
ward, exceeding the muzzle by a third the entire length of the append-

442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

age ; internal border arcuate, strongly so basally ; apex blunt rectangu-
late; external margin very slightly curved, almost straight; basal lobe
low, but separated by a distinct notch; transverse plicae weak, sepa-
rated; internal ridge narrow, rather inconspicuous; interauricular
membrane moderately high with a rounded median emargination ;
tragus lanceolate, greatest width not more than a third of the length,
apex attenuate, internal margin moderately arcuate at the base,
external margin with a pair of slight accessory lobes at the base. Eye
of medium size. Nose-leaf blunt lanceolate, higher than the width of
the pad ; nostrils crescentic ; nose-pad with the margins free to a greater
or less extent. Lower jaw with the pad triangular and of medium size,
divided more or less distinctly.

Limbs. — Forearm moderately robust, slightly l^owed ; thumb long
and slender. Posterior limbs slender and weak, the feet narrower
and with the toes strongly compressed. Tail slender, exceeding the
apical margin of the interfemoral membrane by the length of one or
one and a half vertelDrte.

Membranes and F?fr.— Membranes thin and rather weak; propa-
tagium deep proximally, very narrow distally, but with the margin
free to the thumb; uropatagium large, apical margin sul^truncate;
endopatagium with the nerves extending parallel to the humerus and
femur; mcsopatagium with the nerves with a general antero-posterior
trend. Fur thick and long, rather silky in texture, uniform in distri-
bution except on the interauricular region of the head, which is par-
tially bare; ear with the posterior and internal bases as well as the
anterior margin very distinctly haired, the anterior margin with the
hair long and scattered.

Color. — Upper surface ranging from pale drab to mars l^rown, the
basal two-thirds of the fur white, which shows through distinctly at
the nape and on the crown, at which latter point the ])rown tips are
almost absent in some specimens. Under surface ranging from ecru
drab to broccoli brown, the hair white basally and with silvery tips,
the latter being more marked in some individuals than in others. Hair
at base and on the margin of the ears whitish. Membranes and muzzle
appendages Front's brown.

Skull. — Slender, elongate, rostrum produced and moderately acumi-
nate. Brain-case slightly compressed, evenly arched; sagittal crest
low and weak; interorbital constriction distinct, not or very slightly
vader than the width of the rostrum at the canines; zygomata with
the greatest width posterior, not arched. Rostrum at the orbits twice
as wide as at the canines, gently acuminate and passing into the brain-

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 443

case without any abrupt depression ; palate with the posterior portion
rather broad, subequal. Mandible rather slender; ascending rami low,
coronoid process rather sharp, condylar process broad but compressed,
angle recurved, deflected laterally to a considerable extent.

Teeth. — Central pair of superior incisors slender, compressed, dis-
tinctly projecting forward; lateral upper incisors of about the same
basal area as the median pair, but very low, not one-fourth the height
of the median pair. Upper canines slightly flaring, subreniform in
basal outline; first upper premolar elongate, strongly compressed, casp
low and placed anteriorly; second upper premolar touching and
slightly overlapping the first, elongate pyramidical in basal outline,
the apex interior and deflected toward the internal margin of the
tooth-row, cusp moderately high ; first upper molar narrowed anteriorly,
metacone inconspicuous and pressed against the hypocone-metaconule
ridge; second upper molar quadrate, cusps regularly placed; third
upper molar strongly transverse. Lower incisors small, compressed,
edges very faintly bilobate; lower canines slightly recurved; first
lower premolar oblong in basal outline, the internal margin slightly
rounded, cusp obtuse and low; second and third lower premolars
similar in basal outline, oblong, the third not more crowded than the
second; first lower molar smaller than the second, cusps similar in
character except that the entoconid is distinctly stronger in the second
than in the first tooth; third lower molar with the meta-paraconid
section very slight and weak in strong contrast to the distinct and
heavy ento-metaconid fold.

Measurements. — Average of series of five alcoholic topotypes: Total
length 88.6 mm. (84.5-92.5) ; head and body 54.7 (50-58) ; head 23.8
(22.5-25); ear 30.7 (28-33); greatest width of ear 21.2 (20.5-22.5);
tragus 10.9 (10-12); forearm 50.5 (49.3-51); thumb 11.9 (10.8-12);
third digit 79.9 (77-83); tibia 21.7 (21-22.2); calcaneum 11.5 (10.2-
12.8); foot 11.5 (11-12.5); tail 33.9 (30-37).

Average of six skulls: Total length 23.5 mm. (23-24.1); greatest
zygomatic width 11.5 (11-12); interorbital width 3.9 (3.8-4); height
at base of second premolar 3.5 (3-3.9) ; height of brain-case 8.1 (8-8.8) ;
breadth of brain-case above roots of zygomata 8.7 (8.4-9) ; width of
palatal constriction 2.2 (2-2.5); length of palate 9.5 (9.2-10); width
of palatal constriction 7.3 (6.9-7.9) ; greatest length of mandible 15.7
(15.2-16).

Remarks. — This species can be distinguished from the waterhousii
group by the slenderer structure of the whole body and skull the
longer ear and the weaker dentition.

444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April^

From M. mexicanus and M. huUeri, californicus can be distinguished
by the characters given in the key.

The Cape St. Lucas specimens are shghtly differentiated from the
typical Yuma specimens, but the differences are so extremely shght
that they would not justify the separation of the Cape series.

Specimens Examined.— YiiXy-mnQ; twenty-one skins, thirty-three-
alcoholic individuals :

Yuma, Arizona. Five. (Biol. Surv.)

Thirty-five miles east of Yuma, Arizona. Two. (U. S. N. M.)

Parker, Yuma coimty, Arizona. One. (U. S. N. M.)

San Xavier, Pima county, Arizona. One. (U. S. N. M.)

Ai-izona. Five. (A. M. N. H.)

Tombstone, Cochise coimty, Arizona. Two. (Biol. Surv.)

Vallecito, San Diego county, California. Seventeen. (Biol. Surv.
and U. S. N. M.)

De Luz, San Diego county, Cahfornia. Two. (Biol. Surv.)

Indian Wells, San Diego coimty, Cahfornia. Four. (U. S. N. M.)

Ortiz, Sonora, Mexico. One. (Biol. Surv.)

Camoa, Sonora, Mexico. Eleven. (Biol. Surv.)

Cape St. Lucas, Lower Cahfornia. Eight. (A. N. S. Phila. and
U. S. N. M.)

Macrotus pygmseus n. sp.

Type.—MvM skin and skuh; Izamal, Yucatan. No. 12,756] 11, 043,.
American Museum of Natural History. Collected by George F..
Gaumer.

Distribution. — Ivnown only from the type locality.

General Characters. — Size extremely small (for the genus) ; skull with
the interorbital region very broad and distinctly flattened ; teeth large
and strongly crowded.

Head. — Ear rounded ; internal margin evenly arcuate ; apex rounded
with but a slight trace of an angle; external margin evenly arcuate,
basal notch very slight, basal lobe subobsolete ; transverse plicse dis-
tinct; interauricular membrane distinct and moderately high; tragus
lanceolate, apex rather blimt, external margin with a slight basal
accessory longitudinal lobule. Nose-leaf high, lanceolate, with the
nose-pad over twice as high as the width of the pad; apex rather
acute; nostrils slightly crescentic. Extremity of lower jaw with the
triangular pad bearing a shallow mecUan depression.

Limbs. — Forearm short, robust, evenly arcuate. Thumb rather
long, enveloped in membranes for more than half its length. Third-
digit moderately long. Posterior hmbs heavy; feet strong and but
moderately compressed; calcanea long, stout and compressed.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 445

Membranes and Fur. — Membranes thick and leathery ; propatagium
•broad. Fur long, silky above, woolly below; skin of the head at the
-base of the ears and the interorbital region bare; base of ears and
greater part of the internal margin of the ear clothed with long hair;
muzzle with a number of long setiform hairs.

Color. — ^Above mars brown, the hair grayish white basally; below
•ecru drab, the hair unicolor; flight membranes clove brown; ears and
nasal appendages Front's brown ; auricular hairs the color of the upper
•surface.

Skull. — Light and rather fragile ; brain-case strongly elevated above
the rostrum. Brain-case when viewed from the posterior aspect sub-
tectate, evenly arched longitudinally; sagittal crest distinct; zygo-
mata rather evenly arched, but greatest width posterior; interorbital
region broad, depressed, curving evenly toward the rostrum and the
brain-case. Rostrum moderately produced, rather low, width at
canines considerably less than the interorbital width; palate rather
narrow, shallowly excavated, posterior extension rather broad with
the cleft acute-angulate with the apex blunt; pterygoids strongly
•divergent. Mandible rather long; ascending ramus low; coronoid
process blunt; condylar process broad transversely; angles blunt,
-divergent.

Teeth. — Median pair of upper incisors narrow, cutting edges entire;
lateral upper incisors very small, low and without a distinct cusp or
•other structure; upper canines rather heavy, slightly divergent; first
upper premolar subelliptical in basal outline with a distinct median
•constriction, cusp rectangulate and low; second upper premolar
crudely pyramidical in basal outline, the internal posterior margin bear-
ing a distinct rounded shoulder; molars of the type usual in the genus.
Lower incisors narrow, compressed; lower canines rather heavy, diver-
gent, projecting slightly forward; lower premolars subquadrate in
basal outline, the first and third more longitudinal than the second,
<iusp of the first tooth rectangulate, of the second and third acute; first
lower molar with the para-proto-metaconid gi'oup much less sharply
defined than in the other lower molars ; third lower molar with the
liypo-entoconid group reduced as in the other members of the genus.

Measurements.^ — Total length 79.3 mm. (Gaumer) ; head and body
46; ear 17.2; greatest width of ear 13; tragus 7; forearm 35.5; thumb
10; third digit 65.5; tibia 14.9; calcaneum 9; foot 10.5; tail 28 (Gau-
mer); nose-leaf and nose-pad, 7.2.

Skull: Greatest zygomatic width 9.2 mm.; interorbital width 4.2;

^ From dried skin, unless otherwise credited.

446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

height at base of second premolar 3.2; height of brain-case 7.6; breadth
of brain-case above roots of zygomata 8; width of palatal constriction
2; length of palate 8; width of palate (including teeth) 6.5; greatest
length of mandible, 12.8.

Remarks.— This diminutive species is so very distinct that no further
comparison or special comment is necessary.

Specimens Examined. — One, the type.

1904.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 447

A MONOGRAPH OF THE GENUS DENDROCINCLA Gray,
BY HARRY C. OBERHOLSER.

The purpose of the investigation -whose results are set forth in the
following pages is to clear up to such degree as may be possible the
measurable uncertainty of identification attending the birds of the
genus Dendrocinda. This Dendrocolaptine group is composed en-
tirely of plainly attired species which present often but slight differ-
entiating characters; and many of the original descriptions are both
so short and so unsatisfactory that the determination of their positive
identity is a matter sometimes of considerable difficulty. Individual
color variation is very marked in a few of the forms, occasionally
amounting to a greater degree of difference than that which distin-
guishes some entirely distinct species; and the sexes, though alike in
color, frequently differ widely in size. The color of the bill, which some
writers have relied on to furnish specific distinctions, seems to change
with age, being darkest in immature birds.

The name Dendromancs^ under which Dr. Sclater proposed to sepa-
rate Dendrocinda anahatina and a few of the other small species, at
first generically,^ then subgenerically,- seems to have no standing other
than as a simple synonym of Dendrocinda, since the alleged characters
do not prove to be significant; furthermore, there are no other struc-
tural differences among the species of the genus, aside from some com-
paratively slight variations in length of tail, and none of these seem
cause sufficient for even subgeneric division.

For the purposes of the present review there have been available
examples of all the twenty forms here recognized, save two — the newly
described D. macrorhyncha and the well-known D. longicauda — com-
prising altogether considerably over 100 specimens. In a difl^cult
group like Dendrocinda the examination of types is of great value —
in many cases of prime importance — and in this we have been fortunate
enough to handle the original specimens of D. tyrannina, D. atrirostris,
D. 0. lafresnayei, D. meruloides, D. rufo-olivacea, D. castanoptera and

1 Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1859, p. 382.
^ Sclater and Salvin, Ibid., 1868, p. 54.

448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

D. olivacea anguina, thereby being able to elucidate some problems
of doubtful relationship.

The most important papers dealing with the species of this genus
appear to be as follows:

Lafresnaye, Revue et Mag. de Zoologie, 1851, pp. 465-468.
RiDGWAY, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X, 1888, pp. 488-497.
ScLATER, Cat. Birds in Brit. Mus., XV. 1890, pp. 162-168.

Although the present writer's work began with the collection of the
United States National [Museum, including that of the Biological Sur-
vey, he is under great obligations to the authorities of the American
Museum of Natural History, and of the Boston Society of Natural
History, as well as to Mr. (3utram Bangs, for the loan of material, with-
out which, particularly the valuable type specimens, it would have
been impossible to arrive at anything like satisfactory conclusions. To
Mr. Glover M. Allen he is also indebted for the verification of some
obscure references; and especially to Mr. Ridgway, whose constantly
courteous assistance has contributed to make this paper much better
than it otherwise would have been.

Genus DENDROCINCLA Gray.

Dryocopus Wied, Beitr. Naturg. Bras., Ill, 1831, p. 1111 {nee Boie) (type,
Dendrocolaptes turdiniis Lichtenstein).

Dendrocincla Gray, List Gen. Birds, 1840, p. 18 (type, Dendrocolaptes
turdinus Lichtenstein).

Dendromanes Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1859, p. 382 (type, Dendro-
cincla anabatina Sclater).

Dendrocichla Sharpe, Hand-List Gen. and Spec. Birds, III, 1901. p. 74 (nom.
emend, pro Dendrocincla) (type, Dendrocolaptes turdinus Lichtenstein).

Chars, gen. — Similar to Dendrocolaptes, but nares linear and some-
what operculate, instead of round and open; bill somewhat more
compressed. Species mostly smaller and of plainer colors.

Type. — De7idrocolaptes turdinus Lichtenstein.

Geographical Distribution. — Southern Mexico; Central America;
Tobago; Trinidad; and all of South America down to Bolivia and
southern Brazil.

Key to the Species and Subspecies of Dendrocincla.

A. — Wing over 115 mm.

a. — Wing less than 135 mm.

h. — Exposed surface of wing-quills decidedly tinged with

olivaceous ridgwayi.

h' . — Exposed surface of wing-quills clear chestnut.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 449

c— Under parts lighter, more olivaceous; pileum and

jugulum more distinctly striated . . iijrannina.

c' . — Under parts darker, more rufescent; pileum and

jugulum less distinctly striated . . . brunnea.

a'.— Wing more than 135 mm macrorhijncha.

B. — Wing not over 115 mm.

a. — Outer webs of secondaries ta^\^l3^, in sharp contrast to the
dark brown upper wdng-coverts.

6.— Darker anahatina.

6'.— Paler tijphla.

o! . — Outer webs of secondaries chestnut or olive-brown, not in
sharp contrast to the wing-coverts.
h. — Pileum with distinct pale buffy or ochraceous shaft stripes.

c— Tail about equal to wing longicauda.

c' . — Tail decidedly shorter than wing.

d. — A conspicuous ochraceous postocular stripe;
exposed siu-face of wing-quills bright chestnut

atrirostris.
d'. — No conspicuous ochraceous postocular stripe;
exposed sm-face of wing-quills oUvascent.
e. — Much more rufescent; throat and sides of
head darker ; shafts of rectrices brown

turdina.

e'. — Much more olivaceous ; throat and sides of

head paler; shafts of retrices mostly

black enalincia.

^'' — Pileum without distinct pale buffy or ochraceous shaft
stripes.
c. — Pileum rufous-chestnut, decidedly contrasted with
* back.

d. — Back and lower parts more olivaceous . ruficeps.
d'. — Back and lower parts more rufescent.

e. — Smaller and paler .... iiomochroa.

e'. — Larger and darker acedesta.

c'. — Pileum concolor with back, or more olivaceous.

d. — Exposed surface of secondaries decidedly less
rufescent than tail.
e. — Larger and much more rufescent . ridgwayi.
e' . — Smaller and much more olivaceous.

/.—Darker olivacea.

f • — Lighter lafresnayei.

d'. — Exposed surface of secondaries not decidedly
less rufescent than tail.
e. — Feathers of throat with conspicuous pale

shaft streaks fuliginosa.

e'. — Feathers of throat T\ithout conspicuous pale
shaft streaks.

. — Chin rufous or oUve-rufous, concolor
■v\ith breast.

450

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

g. — More rufescent throughout

meruloides.
(/ . — More ohvaceous throughout

a'phanta.
. — Chin whitish, pale grayish, or buffy,
much paler than breast.
g. — Lower surface darker, chin more

whitish merula.

g' . — Lower surface lighter, chin more
buffy phceochroa.

Dendrocmcla macrorhyncha Salvadori and Festa.

Dendrocinda macrorhyncha Salvadori and Festa, Boll. Mus. Zool. ed Anat.
Comp. Torino, XV, 1899, No. 362, p. 27.

Type Locolity. — Pun, eastern Ecuador.

Geographical Distribution. — Eastern Ecuador.

This recently described species is the largest of the genus, and may
readily be distinguished by this character alone. In other respects
it appears to be close to Dendrocinda tyrcmniiui tyrannina, of which
it may prove through further research to be but a subspecies.

Dendrocinda tyrannina tyrannina (Lafresnaye).

Dendrocops tyranninus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1851, p. 328.

Type Locality. — Bogota, U. 8. Colombia.

Geographiccd Distribution. — United States of Colombia.

This is one of the large forms (wing 118-L30 mm.), with the throat
conspicuously pale-streaked. It appears to be confined to Colombia,
as birds from western Ecuador belong under the next. The two types
in the Lafresnaye collection measure as follows :^

Sex.

^"'^- \ T'"'- !x:'

Tarsus.

Middle
Toe.

?

127 ' 111 28

128 , 117 29

27.5
26

17
18

Dendrocinda tyrannina brunnea (Salvadori and Festa).

Dendrocinda brunnea Salvadori and Festa, Boll. Mus. Zool. ed Anat. Comp.
Torino, XIII, 1898, No. 330, p. 2.

Type Loccdity. — Nanegal, Ecuador.
Geographical Distribution. — Western Ecuador.

Similar to D. tyrannina tyrannina, but darker, more rufescent below;
the throat deeper ochraceous; the foreneck and pileum less distinctly.

^ All measurements in this paper are in millimeters.

1904.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

451

even to scarcely striated. Specimens examined, including one from
the type locality, and compared with the type and other examples of
tyrannina, show brunnea to be an easily recognizable race, which its
describers hastened unnecessarily to suppress.^ There seems to ba
no doubt, however, of its being only subspecifically distinct.

Dendrocincla longicauda Pelzeln.

Dendrocinda longicauda Pelzeln, Orn. Bras., 1S6<S, p. 60.

Type Locality. — Borba, Amazonas, Brazil.

Geographical Distribution. — Lower Amazon to British Guiana.

Evidently a very good species, though not seen, differing conspicu-
ously from Dendrocincla tyrannina in its reduced size, and particularly
by reason of its comparatively much longer tail.

Dendrocincla atrirostris (d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye).

Dendrocolapies atrirostris d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. de Zool., 1838,

CI. ii, p. 12.
Dendrocincla minor Pelzeln, Orn. Braz., 1868, p. 60 (San Vicente, Matto

Grosso, Brazil.)

Type Locality. — Guarayos, Bolivia.

Geographical Distribution. — Eastern Bolivia and southwestern
Brazil.

Apparently a very distinct species, as pointed out by Mr. Ridgway,^
though for some time confused with Dendrocincla olivacea lafresnayei,
but really much more closely allied to tyrannina and longicauda than
to either lafresnayei or olivacea. From D. tyrannina tyrannina it
differs principally in much smaller size ; rather paler upper and much
paler lower parts ; very conspicuous postocular stripe ; and the more
ashy chin and cheeks. The two tj^es in the Lafresnaye collection
(Nos. 2,308 and 2,309) are the only specimens of this species that have
been examined. Both are apparently not quite adult, though fully
grown; one of them is considerably more olivaceous than the other,
but this seems imdoubtedly to be only an individual difference. They
measure as follows:

Sex.

Wing.

Tail.

Exposed
Culnien.

Tarsus. ^^^^f'

?
•?

97
100

90

85

22*
26

24 , 14

24 1 15

* Cf. Saltadori and Festa, Boll. Mus. Zool. ed Anat. Comp. Torino, XV,
1899, No. 362, pp. 26-27.
5 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X, 1888, p. 493.
® Tip of maxilla broken.

452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

The bird described by Pelzeln as Dendrocincla minor ^ from San
Vicente, Matto Grosso, Brazil, which has hitherto remained unidenti-
fied, is undoubtedly the same as that previously called atrirostris by
Lafresnaye. This is evident from a comparison of the original descrip-
tion of minor with the types of atrirostris, which shows a perfect agree-
ment both in dimensions and other characters. Furthermore, San
Vicente, the type locality of minor, is in southwestern Brazil, not far
from Guarayos, Bolivia, whence came the first specimens of atrirostris.
This species appears to have a limited distribution, being kno\^^l from
only eastern Bolivia and Matto Grosso, Brazil, for all citations of
atrirostris from Ecuador and Colombia belong elsewhere.

Dendrocincla anabatina anabatina Sclater.

Dendrocincla anabatina Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. Loiid., 1859, p. 54, PI. CL.

Type Locality. — Omoa, Honduras.

Geographical Distribution. — Southeastern Mexico (Vera Cruz) and
Guatemala to Panama.

One of the most conspicuous forms of the genus. In a general way
it resembles Dendrocincla atrirostris, but may at once be distinguished
by its immaculate buffj^ or ochraceous buff chin, in sharp contrast to
the color of the breast; by the color of the outer webs of the'second-
aries, which is tawny or bright tawny-rufous, unique in the genus and
strikingly different from the olive-brown of the wing-coverts or the
dark fuscous of the tips of the wing-quills ; by a much shorter tail ; as
well as by other less obvious characters. Birds from Panama are not
distinguishable either in size or color from those of Nicaragua or even
the States of Tabasco and "\"era Cruz, Mexico; but those examined
from Guatemala are rather paler, though not sufficiently so to warrant
either their separation or their reference to typhla.
Dendrocincla anabatina typhla, subsp. nov.

Chars, subsp. — Similar to Dendrocincla anabatina anabatina, but
decidedly paler throughout, particularly on the lower surface.

Geographical Distribution. — States of Yucatan and Campeche,
Mexico.

Description.— Type, male adult, No. 167,499, U. S. N. M., Biological
Survey Collection; Puerto Morelos, Yucatan, Mexico, March 12, 1901;
E. W. Nelson and E. A. Goldman.

Upper parts deep reddish raw-umber brown of decidedly olive shade,
rather more rufescent on pileum, where the darker edges of the feathers
produce an obscurely squamate effect, paler on rump, and passing into

^ Orn. Bras., 1868, p. 60.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 453

deep rufous on the upper tail-coverts; tail chestnut; wing-quills chest-
nut along the shafts, dull rufous exteriorly, shading basally into buf!
on their inner margins, and broadly tipped with fuscous; superior
Tving-coverts rufescent olive-brown like the back; sides of head and
neck olive-browm mixed with ochraceous, the lores paler, and a notice-
able postocular stripe dull ochraceous; chin buff, shading gradually
into the raw-umber hrovm of the remainder of the lower surface;
jugulum wdth broad spots and shaft streaks of dull ochraceous; longest
lower tail-coverts rufous; lining of wing ochraceous. Wing, 99, tail,
75, exposed culmen, 21, tarsus, 25, middle toe, 16.5,

A local form of rather restricted distribution, specimens of which
have been examined from only Yucatan and Campeche, IMexico, those
from the latter locality being, however, indistinguishable from Yucatan
examples. The type of Dendrocinda anahatina anahatina came from
Omoa, Hondm-as, and although this is not far from the eastern part
of Yucatan, yet a specimen seen from La Puerta, Honduras, near the
type locahty, is decidedly different from tijphla, and indistinguishable
from those taken in Guatemala, while one from Santa Ana, Honduras, is
still darker. This, therefore, fixes anahatina as the dark form, leaving
the Yucatan bird to be supphed with a name, as above.
Dendrocinda fuliginosa (Vieillot).

Dendrocopus fuliginosus Vieillot, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., XXVI, 1818,
p. 117.

Dendrocolaptes fumigatus Liohtenstein, Abhandl. Kon. Alvad. Wiss. Berlin,
1820, p. 203 (Cayenne, French Guiana). ^ ,

Dendrocinda rufo-olivacea Ridgway, Proc. United States Nat. Mus., X, 1888,
pp. 490, 493 (Diamantina, Lower Amazon, Brazil).

Type Locality. — Cayenne, French Guiana.

Geographical Distribution. — Lower Amazonia, south to Bahia, north
to British Guiana.

Similar to D. atrirostris, from which, however, it may readily be dis-
tinguished by its much more olivaceous coloration both above and
below, as well as its lack of pale shaft streaks on the feathers of the
pileum. Its olivaceous colors separate it from also D. anahatina ana-
hatina, and in other respects it differs from this form much as D. atri-
rostris does. Mr. Ridgway's Dendrocinda rufo-olivacea; which imfor-
tunately he was unable to compare ^-ith authentic examples of fuligi-
nosa, seems to be identical with D. fuliginosus, as some time ago con-
sidered by Sclater;^ so that unless more abundant material should
prove it a recognizable geographical race occupying the Amazon valley

8 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X, 1888, pp. 490, 493.
» Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., XV, 1890, pp. 165-166.

454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

from the vicinity of Santarem westward, it must be relegated to syn-
onymy. The type and two other specimens from Diamantina, together
with one from Para, Brazil, which represent the material at Mr. Ridg-
way's disposal when describing rufo-olivacea, have all been examined
in the present connection, and these alone, although the only specimens
now available, indicate a considerable amount of individual variation
in D. fuliginosa. The type of rufo-olivacea and one other from Dia-
mantina are evidently much paler, more grayish below than ordinary
fuliginosa, and are quite different from the Para specimen, with which,
however, the third Diamantina example very closely agrees.

Dendrocincla turdina (Lichtenstein).

Dendrocolaptes hirdinus Lichtenstein, Abhandl. Kon. Akad. Wiss. Berlin,
1820, p. 204, PI. II, fig. 1.

Type Locality. — Bahia. Brazil.

Geographical Distribution. — Eastern Brazil (Bahia).

Resembling D. atrirostris, but apparently larger (wing 100-107 mm.) ;
throat and sides of head more rufescent ; exposed surface of wing-cpiills
duller, more olivaceous, not so much contrasted with the color of the
back; chin paler; ochraceous postocular stripe lacking. From D.
fuliginosa it differs in very much more rufescent upper and lower parts ;
smaller bill; and conspicuouslj- pale-streaked pileum.

In the Lafresnaye collection there are two specimens of this species
marked as the types ; but this is evidently not quite correct, for they
were probably nothing more than the specimens used for description
by Lafresnaye in his monograph of the genus Dendrocolaptes,^'^ as the
species was originally named by Lichtenstein,^^ and the real type is,
or should be, in the Berlin Museum, where many, if not most, of Lich-
tenstein's types were deposited. Dr. Sclater records a specimen of
Dendrocincla turdina from Rio, Brazil,^- which is possibly to be referred
to D. enalincia, though without examination this is of course impossible
to determine. The decided variation in size among specimens of
this form examined b}^ Dr. Sclater'^ is undoubtedly merely sexual.

Dendrocincla enalincia, sp. nov.

Chars, sp. — Resembling Dendrocincla turdina, but upper and lower
parts, including the wings, much more olivaceous; sides of head paler
and more grayish, not so sharply defined against the light color of the

>» Rev. Zool., 1851, p. 46.5.

'1 Abhandl. Kon. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1820, p. 204. PI. II, fig. 1.

^"■Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., XV, 1890, p. 167.

*^ Loc. cit.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 455

throat; exposed surface of closed ^vings, and the broad fuscous tips of
the wing-quills darker; upper surface of the shafts of the rectrices
mostly deep brownish-black, instead of reddish-bro^ii, the fourth and
fifth pair of tail feathers with a large blackish terminal area on the
inner webs; mandible (in skin) less yellowish; lining of wing paler.

Geographical Distribution. — Southeastern Brazil.

Description. — Type, adult, No. 177,707, U. S. N. M., Bauru, Rio Feio,
Sao Paulo, Brazil, 1901 ; E. Garbe.

Upper surface rufescent olive-brown, the rump decidedly paler, the
longest superior tail-coverts chestnut, the feathers of pileum with tawny
ochraeeous shaft streaks which are most conspicuous anteriorly; tail
chestnut, the upper surface of the shafts brownish-black, the fifth pair
of tail feathers, counting from the outside, having the inner webs
broadly tipped with blackish, the same existing though to a less degree
on the fourth pair; inner webs of wing-quills basally chestnut, paler on
their margins; outer webs of primaries and broad terminal portions
on both vanes of primaries and secondaries fuscous, these tips largest on
the primaries, more narrow and confined largely to the inner webs on
the secondaries, almost absent on the tertials; remaining portions of
exterior webs of secondaries reddish olive-bro\\'n ; upper wing-coverts
olive-brown like the back, though rather darker and duller; lores dull
grayish-brown, with buffy shaft streaks; cheeks and auriculars of
similar color, but somewhat darker and more rufescent, with buffy
shaft lines, these most conspicuous on the auriculars; sides of neck
like the back, but lighter and somewhat more grayish; chin wood-
brown; under tail-coverts light chestnut; remainder of lower parts
raw-umber brown, more grayish on the breast, lighter on the throat,
the feathers of which have buffy shafts; color of the throat passing
gradually into that of the paler chin and the darker sides of the head;
lining of wing ochraceous-buff. Wing, 106 ; tail, 87; exposed culmen,
22; tarsus, 24; middle toe, 17.

In a considerable series of typical Dendrocincla turdina, exhibiting
the usual amount of individual variation in depth and shade of color
to which members of this genus are commonly subject, there is no
specimen that can be considered intermediate between turdina and
enalincia. In view of this, as well as of the fact that in Dendrocincla
perfectly distinct species are often very much alike, enalincia, on ac-
count of its decided characters, has here been given full specific rank,
although it may in time prove to be but the southern subspecific
representative of D. turdina.

456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Dendrocincla merula (Lichtenstein).

DendrocoJapfes meruln Lichtenstein, Abhandl. Kon. Akad. Wiss. Berlin,

1820, p. 208.
Dendrocincla casfanoptera Ridgway, Proc. United States Nat, Mus., X, 1888,

pp. 490, 494 (Diamantina, Lower Amazon, Brazil).

Type Locality. — Cayenne, French Guiana.

Geographical Distribution. — Valley of the Amazon, to eastern Peru;
north to British Guiana and the Orinoco river, Venezuela.

This very distinct species resembles to some extent D. tiirdina, but
is darker above; very much darker, more olivaceous below; the throat
is more whitish ; the pileum without pale shaft streaks ; the wings are
clear chestnut instead of tinged with ohvaceous, being thus more con-
trasted with the color of the back; and the hning of the wing is darker.

The specimen of this species in the Lafresnaye collection, marked
''type" (No, 2,304), is probably only the specimen used by Lafresnaye
for descriptive purposes, as Lichtenstein's original example is still in
the Berlin Museum. Mr. Ridgway's Dendrocincla castanoptera^* is
regrettably a synonym of D. merula, for the type and one other speci-
men now in the U. S. National Museum do not differ in any essential
respect from two examples in the collection of the American Museum
of Natural History, taken by S. M. Klages at Suapure, Venezuela, nor
from the Lafresnaye specimen above mentioned. The two examples
of castanoptera are considerably smaller than the Lafresnaye specimen
of merula with which Mr, Ridgway compared them, but this is certainly
but a sexual distinction. This sexual difference may easily be appre-
ciated by reference to the following comparative measurements:

Sex.

Locality.

■ 1 1
Winq. 1 Tail. Exposed Tarsus. Middle
1 Culmen} \ Toe.

9
t^3

Diamantina, Brazil

Suapure, Venezuela

92

98
101

73
75-

81

23 23

24 24
23 25

16
17

17

Dendrocincla olivacea olivacea Lawrence.

Dendrocincla olivacea Lawrence, Ann. N. Y. Lye Nat. Hist., VII, 1862, p.
466.

Type Low/iY;/.— Panama R. R., Atlantic side of Isthmus of Panama.

Geographical Distribution. — Panama to southern Honduras.

Similar to D. fuUginosa. but darker above and below; the exposed
surface of wing-quills much more olivaceous than the tail, instead of
being of the same color. From D. menda it differs in having the

» Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X, 18S8. pp. 490, 494.

15 Lafresnaye Collection, No. 2,304, the reputed "type" of Dendrocincla merula.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 457

notaeum more olivaceous; wing-quills much washed with olivaceous;
upper wing-coverts olive-brown in place of mostly chestnut; sides of
head more ashy; throat less whitish; lower sm-face paler, rather more
rufescent, and a slight ochraceous postocular stripe. It is very dis-
tinct from Dendrocmcla atrirostris bj^ reason of its decidedly darker,
more olivaceous upper parts ; olivaceous tinged wing-quills ; more
deeply colored, rather more olivaceous ventral surface; almost obso-
lete ochraceous postocular stripe; and lack of pale shaft streaks on
the pileum.

Mr. Ridgway'^ was the first after Lawrence to recognize this species as
distinct from D. atrirostris, although it is much more closel}^ allied to
D. fuliginosa and D. merida than to D. atiirostris. The specimens
from Guayaquil, Ecuador, placed imder this form by Mr. Ridgway.*^
belong, however, under D. olivacea lafresnayei, since true olivacea
must be restricted to Central America. Birds from Panama are in-
termediate between olivacea and lafresnayei, but nearer the former.

Dendrocincla olivacea lafresnayei (Ridgway).

Dendrocincla lafresnayei Ridgway, Proc. United States Xat. Mus., X, 1888,

pp. 489, 492 (Upper Amazon?).
Dendrocincla olivacea lafresnayi Allen, Bull. Amer. ^lus. Xat. Hist., XIII,

1900, p. 156.
Dendrocincla olivacea anguina Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XII, 1898,

p. 138 (Santa Marta, Colombia).

Type Locality. — Upper Amazon River.

Geographical Distribution. — Ecuador and Colombia.

Like Dendrocincla olivacea olivacea in size ; but in color lighter, more
rufescent above and below, the lining of wing paler. From D. atri-
rostris it may be distinguished principally by lack of pale shaft streaks
on the pileum; obsolescent or absent ochraceous postocular stripe;
more olivaceous upper surface; and conspicuously more olivaceous
wings.

As may thus easily be seen, lafresnayei is far more nearly related to
D. olivacea, D. fuliginosa, and even D. meridoides than to D. atrirostris,
although nearly all writers excepting Mr. Ridgway have, at least in part,
confused lafresnayei with atrirostris; and all records of atrirostris or
olivacea from Ecuador or Colombia refer undoubtedly to the present
form. Examples from. Ecuador seem to agree with the type, and those
from Colombia are not separable from either. A series of some eleven
specimens from the Santa Marta region, Colombia, including the type
and original suite of Mr. Bangs' D. olivacea anguina,^'' exhibits a

18 Proc. U. S. Nat. Miis., X, 1888, p. 492.
" Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XII, 1898, p. 138.

458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [April,

considerable amount of individual variation in the depth and shade
of color, both on the upper and lower surfaces, which differences com-
prise all that appear to distinguish anguina from lafresyiayei; in conse-
quence of which anguina must be considered a synonym, as has
already iDcen indicated by Dr. Allen. ^^

The specimen in the Lafresnaye collection labelled as one of the types
of D. atrirostris, and referred l)}^ Mr. Ridgway to D. olivacea,^^ is un-
doubtedly an example of lafresnayei. Specimens of olivacea from
Panama, clearly intermediate between olivacea and lafresnayei, point
conclusively to the necessity of using a trinomial for the latter.

Dendrocincla olivacea phaeocliroa (Berlepsch and Hartert).

Dendrocinda (sic) pJucochroa Berlepsch and Hartert, Novit. ZooL, IX, 1902,
p. 67.

Type Locality. — ]\Iunduapo. Orinoco river, Venezuela.

Geographical Distribut io n . — ^^ene z uel a .

Very close to Dendrocincla olivacea lafresnayei, and in size and gen-
eral color both above and IdcIow not distinguishable ; iDut it has the
chin and cheeks less graj'ish. as well as the chestnut of the wing-qviills
less washed with olivaceous. It differs more decidedly from true
olivacea, however, in its lighter, more rufescent coloration, more ochra-
ceous chin, and less olivaceous wdng-quills. From D. merula, although
of the same size, it may be readily distinguished by its paler, rather
more olivaceous upper parts; much lighter, more rufescent or ochra-
ceous ventral surface, the throat buffy or ochraceous instead of whitish
or grayish ; lighter lores ; and a slightly evident ochraceous postocular
stripe.

Three specimens in the collection of the American Museum of Natural
History, collected by S. M. Klages in ^'enezuela — two from Suapure,
one from La Union, Caura — agree perfectly with Messrs. Berlepsch and
Hartert's original description of pJueochroa. These have l^een carefully
compared with the type of lafresnayei as well as with the considerable
series of that form at present availal^le, with the result of demonstrating
that phceochroa is at l^est Ijut a subspecies of olivacea, since the only
characters discernible to separate it from lafresnayei are shown to be
not entirely constant; yet it still is probably quite entitled to stand as
a geographical race on its merits as above said.

Dendrocincla ridgwayi, sp. nov.

Chars, sp. — Similar to Dendrocincla olivacea lafresnayei, l)ut larger;

18 Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XIII, 1900, p. 156.
" Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X, 1888, p. 492.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 459

chin, lores, cheeks, and auriculars less ashy; entire upper and lower
surfaces, including the wings, much more strongly rufescent.

Geographical Distribution. — Costa Rica.

Description.— Ty^e, adult male, No. 64,819, U. S. N. M. ; Talamanca,
Costa Rica, 1873; J. C. Zeledon.

Upper surface deep reddish mummy-brown, rather paler and more
grayish on the pileum, lighter and somewhat more rufous on the rump,
the longest upper tail-coverts chestnut ; tail chestnut ; wings chestnut,
the exposed surface rather duller and slightly tinged with olivaceous,
the tips of outermost primaries broadly fuscous, the inner inargins of
the quills basally ochraceous, all the superior wdng-coverts mummy-
brown, somewhat less rufescent than the back; a short, narrow, poorly
indicated ochaceous postocular stripe ; lores dull brownish-gray; sides
of head dull mummy-brown, the auriculars with paler shaft streaks ;
chin dull grayish-brown, lighter than the remainder of the lower surface
which, excepting the chestnut under tail-coverts, is dull, dark, rufescent
tawny-olive brown; lining of wing tawny-ochraceous. Wing, 115;
tail. 96; exposed culmen, 2%f tarsus, 25.5; middle toe, IS.

This new species appears to be undoubtedly most closely allied to
Dendrocincla olivacea lafresnayei. From D. olivacea olivacea, whose
territory it inhabits, it differs in much the same respects as from lafres-
nayei, but more strongly. The type and sole specimen has been for
some years in the U. S. National Museum collection, and has been
successively identified as D. merula, D. olivacea and D. atrirostris! It
seems to be undoubtedly a distinct and hitherto undescribed species,
for its peculiarities are not such as appear readily or satisfactorily
explainable on grounds of individual variation. It bears its present
name in honor of Mr. Robert Ridgway, as a shght token of the author's
appreciative esteem.

Dendrocincla meruloides meruloides (Lafresnaye).

Dendrocops meruloides Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1851, p. 467.
Dendrocincla merulina Cabanis and Heine, Mus. Hein., II, 1859, p. 34 (nom.
emend, pro Dendrocops meruloides Lafresnaj'e).

Type Locality. — "Cote ferme" (= British Guiana).

Geographical Distribution. — British Guiana.

Similar to D. ridgwayi, but smaller and more brightly colored;
cheeks and chin more rufescent; superior wing-coverts and wing-
quills less inclined to olivaceous.

The type of this species, which is now in the Museum of the Boston
Society of Natural History, along with the rest of the Lafresnaye col-

^^ Tip of maxilla broken.

460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April

lection, has been compared with specimens from British Guiana and
found to be identical, from which the assumption is apparently safe
that it hailed originally from that region, particularly as the birds from
Venezuela prove to be different. It is evidently an adult female, and
measures as follows: Wing, 95; tail, 73; exposed culmen,20.5; tarsus,
24.5; middle toe, 14.5. All the specimens of true meruloides exam-
ined are females, and agree in size with those of the same sex of D.
meruloides aphanta. The measurements of meruloides given by Mr.
Ridgway-' are also based on female examples, and are therefore too
small. The name Dendrocinda merulina of Cabanis and Heine-- is a
mere puristic emendation of D. meruloides, and must therefore be
considered identical in application.

Dendrocinda meruloides aphanta, subsp. nov.

Chars, suhsp. — Like Dendrocinda meruloides meruloides, but chin
and sides of head usually more grayish; entire upper and lower
surfaces, particularly the former, much more olivaceous.

Geographiced Distribution. — Tobago, Trinidad, and Venezuela.

Description.— Type, adult female. No. 74,883, U. S. N. M. ; Tobago,
West Indies, April, 1878; F. A. Ober.

Upper parts deep rufescent tawny-olive, darker on the pileum,
where the feathers have dusky margins, paler and brighter on the
rump, the longest upper tail-coverts chestnut; tail chestnut; wings
chestnut, the inner margins of the quills basally ochraceous, the second-
aries with terminal shaft streaks of dusky, the outer webs of the outer-
most primaries and broad tips of all fuscous, the superior wing-coverts
like the back, save for those of the greater series, which are rather more
reddish; lores dull brownish-gray; auriculars the same but darker;
remainder of sides of head and neck brown like the back; under tail-
coverts chestnut, but lighter than the tail; all the remaining lower
surface rufescent tawny-olive, like the upper parts, but lighter, the
chin and upper throat decidedly grayish ; lining of wing tawny-ochra-
ceous. Wing, 92; tail, 73; exposed culmen, 22.5; tarsus, 23; middle
toe, 15.

""■ Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X, 18S8, p. 490.
-2 Mus. Hein., II, 1859, p. 34.

1904.] NATUKAL SaENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 46 1

The measurements of five adult males are as below:

Locality.

Wing.

Tail.

Exposed
Culmen.

Tarsus.

Middle
Toe.

Quebrada Secca, Venezuela .

99

82

87

84.5

85

78

22

22.5

22

24

24

25

24.5

24.5

24.5

25

16 5

105.5
104
105.5
103

15

Caparo, Trinidad

15.5

Princestown, Trinidad

li (I

16.5
16

Average

103.4

83.3

22.9

24.7

15.9

This new race differs from D. olivacea lafresnayei in its decidedly
more rufescent coloration both above and below; less ashy chin and
cheeks, the former more uniform ^nth the breast ; and less olivaceous
upper sm-face of the wings. It is much more rufescent throughout than
D. olivacea phceochroa, with the chin not conspicuously different from
the rest of the lower parts.

Specimens from Venezuela are apparently like the type ; but a con-
siderable series from Trinidad exhibits some individual color variations,
while as a whole it is intermediate between aphanta and meruloides ,
though decidedly nearer the former.

Dendrocincia ruficeps (Sclater and Salvin).

Dendrocincla ruficeps Sclater and Salvin, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1868, p. 54.

Type Locality. — Panama City, Panama.

Geographical Distribution. — Panama.

Resembles D. meruloides meruloides, but is much darker throughout,
particularly on the abdomen; the chin, however, is lighter, and de-
cidedly contrasted with the breast ; sides of head more rufescent ; the
pileum still more so, and conspicuously different from the distinctly
olivaceous back.

A very satisfactory series of eleven specimens of D. ruficeps, while it
evidences considerable individual difference in color, yet appears to
establish beyond reasonable doubt the validity of the species; for none
of these examples are so reddish on the back, rump, and lower surface
as either homochroa or acedesta. Wlien Mr. Ridgway wrote^^ he had
no specimens of real ruficeps, and all the birds referred by him to this
form, and upon which he predicated its subspecific relationship with
D. homochroa, prove to belong ^dthout doubt to Dendrocincla homochroa
acedesta. The localities from which specimens have been examined

' Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X, 1888, p. 491.

462

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

by the present writer are Boquete and El Banco, Chiriqiii, and the
Panama Railroad, Panama.

Five adult males show the f ollowino; dimensions :

Locnlitij. Wing.

■

Tail. Exposed' Tarsus.
Culmen.i

Middle
Toe.

Boquete, Chiriqui, Panama

101 T-i ' 5>4 ! 'iP-^

16 5

<( • (( u

102
100

76.5
74.5

78
83

24 26
23 25.5
25.5 27

25 26

17 5

u 11 a

17

Panama Railroad, Panama

106
102

18
18

Average | 102.2 77.2

24.3 26

17.4

Dendrocincla homochroa homochroa (Sclater).

Dendromanes homochrous Sclater, Proe. Zool. Soc. London, 1859, p. 382,

Tjjpe Locality. — Teotalcingo, Oaxaca, Mexico.

Geographical Distribution. — Southern Mexico (Oaxaca, Campeche,
and Yucatan) and Guatemala,

In size like D. ruficeps, and otherwise similar, but of a lighter, brighter
rufous throughout; the back, rump, and ventral surface less olivaceous;
the pileum less trenchantly defined from the back. It resembles also
D. mcruloicles meruloides, but in color is much brighter rufous; the
pileum is rufous-chestnut, instead of olive-rufous, and is more con-
trasted with the back ; the am-iculars are rufous in place of olive-brown ;
the throat and sides of the head much more rufescent.

This is the brightest rufous of all the species of the genus. Birds
from Yucatan and Campeche, Mexico, seem to be rather paler than
those from Guatemala, but the difference is barely appreciable,

Dendrocincla homochroa acedesta, subsp. nov.

Chars, subsp. — Similar to Dendrocincla honiochroa homochroa, but
larger; decidedly darker and rather more olivaceous throughout.

Geographical Distribution. — Panama, Costa Rica and Nicaragua.

Description.— Ty^Q, adult male. No. 62,043, U, S. N, M. ; Chiriqui,
Panama; Enrique Arce.

Upper surface burnt-umber brown with a slight olive shade, the
pileum more rufescent, the rump also more reddish, and paler, the
longest upper tail-coverts chestnut; tail and wings, including the upper
wing-coverts, chestnut, the primaries tipped with fuscous; sides of neck
and head dull reddish-brown, the lores dull light browaiish-gray ; chin
dull tawny; under tail-coverts chestnut; rest of ventral surface dull

1904.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

463

reddish-brown like the back, but somewhat paler; lining of wing light
chestnut.

Five adult males exhibit the following measurements :

Locality.

Wing.

Tail. Exposed
Culm en

-••;■■; ■": 105

Chiriqui, Veragua, Panama 105

,, " " " '' ; 107

Navarro, Costa Rica 107

Sacuya, Nicaragua 106

Average.

77

78

84

82.5

81.5

23
23
24
26
25

Tarsus.

Middle
Toe.

27

26.5

26

26.5

25.5

106

80.6 ! 24.2

26.3

17
17
17
16

17

16.8

ion

This form of Dendrocinda, though occupying in part the same reg
as D. ruficeps, is apparently distmct, differing in its larger size ; much
more reddish rump, back, and lower parts; and more uniform' upper
surface, the pileum being in color less definitely distinct from the inter-
scapular region.

-* Lafresnaye Collection, No. 2,310.
« Type.

464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

POST-GLACIAL NEARCTIC CENTRES OF DISPERSAL FOR REPTILES.

BY ARTHUR ERWIN BROWN.

If lasting values are to be reached in the study of geographical dis-
tribution, its conclusions must accord with all else that is know^^ of
the dynamics of evolution. Or, stated with more- exact reference to
its especial problems, the areas marked off by it must correspond to
the distributional relations of genetically connected species and, at
the least, must not be at fault with possible Imes of dispersal from
centres of development by which they may have come to occupj^ their
present range. What is proposed here is an attempt to determine such
centres for Reptilia in North America.

The scarcity of Tertiary remains of reptiles belonging to existing
groups confines the student of geographical distribution in the main
to post-glacial conditions, with little more knowledge of those pre-
ceding than the practical certainty that genera now widely ranging
are of great antiquity and were likewise wide ranging in earlier periods,
and that a former north Atlantic land connection between Europe
and America must have coincided with a climate of sufficient warmth
to serve for the passage of reptiles belonging to genera now common
to both.

In other ways the problem is simplified by the absence in later periods
of a circumpolar reptilian fauna, a consequence of which is that the
chief zoological bond of connection between the eastern and western
continents is wanting, and for reptiles a "Holarctic" region or an
"Arctogsean" realm can not be said to exist, the families and genera
common to more southern portions of both being insufficient to
link them. For this reason Mr. Sclater's term ''Nearctic" is used
here. It should be said, however, that if for purposes of convenience or
uniformity it be desired to retain these later and broader generaliza-
tions, no harm is likely to ensue if it be remembered that they do not
express the exact facts of present reptilian distribution, whatever they
may have been during the Tertiary.

A further simplification results in northern regions from this same
absence of boreal reptiles, for it eliminates the meeting ground of a
northern with a southern migration, which constitutes the "Transition"

1904,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 465

zone of various authors in other groups. If a transition zone existed
in the Nearctic for reptiles it would follow meridians of longitude west
of the Mississippi river, instead of extending from c ast to west.

I ha\'e stated elsewhere* that the present distribution of Nearctic
reptiles points to the two post-glacial centres indicated by Prof. C. C.
Adams/ one in the southeastern Austroriparian, the other southwest-
ern, in the Sonoran. Some space must now be given to the evidence.

In the same paper it was shown that m the southern Nearctic the
eastern and western reptilian faunas are so distinct that the community
between them is limited to a few species belonging to widely ranging
genera, and that the zone of change between them lies approximately
between the 96° and 98° meridians of longitude in Texas. In a
general way this zone may be carried north along those meridians, to
mark the separation between the whole Atlantic and the whole Sonoran
faunas, widening, however, toward the north in following up the rivers
of the Mississippi drainage.

The division is in some measure obscured by the presence in the
lowlands of the Mississippi and its tributaries of a few species, chiefly
serpents, originally derived from both faunas and occupying the
contiguous portions of their respective areas.

The proposition that original post-glacial centres must have lain
far to the south, is more logically necessary in the case of reptiles than
with other vertebrates, and follows from their dependence as a class
upon warmth. If further evidence were needed, it would be found in
their great numerical superiority, both in species and iiidividuals, in the
south. The whole extent of North America reaching from the border
of the great plains eastward to the Atlantic coast, and from the Gulf
of Mexico to the northern limit of reptiles, which, following Agassiz,
will here be known as the Atlantic subregion, to avoid confusion
with Its Eastern district, contains 113 species and recognizable sub-
species in all orders of reptiles. Of these 56 are confined to some por-
tion of the Austroriparian district, and 15 are exclusively Eastern
with 42 common to both, practically all of which are southern intru-
sions to varying distances into the Eastern. In the western Nearctic
the distribution of species is vastly more complex as to its details
on account of the great variety of surrounding conditions in contiguous
areas produced by rapid changes in altitude, and is not yet fully known
but the excess of southern species is even greater, for assuming that
5'l^^^^;i;^^^n^s_dnasi^^ from the western border of the

I Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Phila., 1903, p. 551
Biological Bulletin, Vol. Ill, p. 121 (1902).
•SO

466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Atlantic subregion to the Pacific coast into a Lower and an Upper
Sonoran accords best with present knowledge, the Lower Sonoran
seems to have about 74 peculiar species, and the Upper Sonoran plus
his Transition has but about 13, with 35 common to both, of which
19 may be regarded as Lower Sonoran and only 6 as Upper. The
remainder belong to the Atlantic fauna. It should be explained that
these estimates are based upon a somewhat conservative view as to
species, but if the method of minute analysis characteristic of the pres-
ent time be followed, the predominance of Lower Sonoran forms will be
even greater.

Both from the logical necessity of the case and from the application
of one of the main criteria in common use, it seems clear that the areas
which at the retreat of the ice contained the elements from which our
present reptilian fauna has developed, must be sought for in the south.

The briefest examination of the character and the abounding rich-
ness of the reptiles inhabiting the dry plateau extending from Texas
to Arizona and south into Mexico, as well as the physical geography
of the whole Sonoran subregion, are enough to show that the dispersal
centre of that faura M-as hfre, in Cope's Chihuahuan.

The Austroriparian is less clear without close examination of evi-
dence. Two localities in this subregion excel all others in variety of
species, one in the extreme southeast toward Georgia and Florida, cor-
responding to the fauna termed by Cope Ocmulgian; the other, or
Louisianan, on the lower Mississippi. Fifty-one species are common to
both, and in addition the Ocmulgian, including Cope's Floridan,
presents 21 not extending into the Louisianan, which in turn has 14,
one half of them, however, only entering its western border from the
Sonoran. Of the two the Ocmulgian shows a decidedly greater diver-
sity in species.

A study in some detail of the genera points in the same direction.
Little argument is required to demonstrate the proposition that genera
now common to the Nearctic and the western Palsearctic must have
had that range established at a time when a Tertiary north Atlantic
land connection coincided with a w^aim climate in the north, for the
absence from all beyond the northern border of the Neotropical of
such vigorous Nearctic genera as Coluber, Zamenis, Tropidonotus,
Eutcenia, Ophiholns and others, which are identical with or nearly re-
lated to Holarctic genei'a, renders it impossible that such community
in northern regions could have come about by means of the Antarctic
continent whose former existence is now urged by many palaeontolo-
gists, however well this would serve to explain such anomalies as the

1904.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

467

presence of pleurodire turtles in South America, and of two genera of
Neotropical Boida3 in Madagascar. It has been showai by Heer, in
his researches upon Arctic fossil plants, that in the process of secular
cooling the mean temperature of northern Greenland, as late as the
early Miocene, was not far removed from that of central Virginia at
the present time — quite warm enough for the needs of such hardy stocks
as the genera above named — and the differentiation of reptiles of
modern types" had progressed so far by the close of the Mesozoic, that
not much risk is incurred in believing that many existing genera were
in existence long before the end of the Eocene. Assuming a north
Atlantic highroad to have been the means of communication, the
longest Nearctic establishment of these common forms is likely to
have been in the older geological regions far in the east. It is further
true that with many of them traces of their primitive representatives
appear to be found in existing species of the eastern part of the Austro-
riparian.

Omitting mere Neotropical intrusions into the southern border of
the Nearctic, such as Alligator, Crocodilus, Anolis, Sphcerodactylus ,
Helicops, Spilotes, Rhadinea, Drymobius, Tantilla, ErytJirolamprus
and Elaps, as well as Trionyx, Chelydra, Emys and Testudo, each of
which had a wide Tertiary extension in northern regions, but whose
recent distribution throws no further light on the present question,
most of the remaining genera may be referred for their origin to the
Austroriparian or Lower Sonoran faunas.

A ustroriparian :

Macroclemmys

Aromochelys

Cinosternum

Chrysemys

Malaclemmys

Terrapene

Ophisaurus

Liolepisma

Rhineura

Eutoenia

Tropidonotus

Seminatrix

Storeria

Clonophis

Tropidocloniiim

Haldea

Amphiardis

Coluber

Zamenis

Cyclophis

Liopeltis

Diadophis

Ophibolus

Stilosoma

Carphophis

Farancia

Abastor

Virginia

Cemophora

Heterodon

Ancislrodon

46S

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

Lower Sonoran:

Ctenosaura
Dipsosaurus
Crotaphytus
■Sauromalus
Callisaurus
•Uma

Holbrookia
Uta

■Sceloporus
Phrynosoma
Eublepharis
Heloderma

Gerrhonoius

Xantusia

Verticaria

Cnemidophorus

Eumeces

Anniclla

Glaucoma

Lichanura

Charina

Arizona

Pityophis

Salvadora

Phyllorhynclms

Contia

Ficimia

Chilomeniscus

Rhinochilus

Hypsiglena

Trimorphodon

Sibon

Sistrurus

Crotolus

In searching for the localities which may l)e conceived to have
been those of the Nearctic origin of genera, it is to be observed that
little is to be learned from Chelonia, for the aquatic habits of most of
the order renders them relatively untrustworthy as guides in terrestrial
distribution and, furthermore, we are as yet ignorant of the characters
in most genera which should be regarded as primitive. Nevertheless,
it is obvious that conditions best favoring the development of fresh-
water turtles must have always been far more completely presented
in the well watered Atlantic subregion than in the arid Sonoran.

In Cinosternidae the extensive range of the Atlantic species, Cino-
sternum pennsylvanicum and Aromochelys odoratus, favors the view
that they have been longest established, and it would appear further
that the Louisianan and Sonoran species do not exhibit any great
amount of differentiation from these forms.

Of the thirteen species of Chrysemys found in the whole Nearctic,
ten are restricted to the Atlantic subregion. Eight of these are Austro-
riparian, three of them entering the Eastern. The near relationship
between C. concinna, C. mobilensis, C. scabra and C. rubriventris . all
especially numerous on the southeastern coast, points to their long
presence there.

In the Nearctic, Emys and Clemmys are confined to the Eastern,
with the exception of one species of Clemmys on the Pacific coast,
but each has a representative in the Palsearctic, and Emys is known
from the Eocene of both continents. No reason can be assigned for
their present limited Nearctic range, which must be looked upon as
one of the anomalies of survival of ancient forms.

The box tortoises of the genus Terrapene range everj^where east of

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 469

the Rocky mountains, but if the view of Dr. Baur be accepted, that the
gradual disappearance of the quadrato-jugal is a progressive character,
T. major of the southern Austroriparian and T. hauri of Florida are
the most primitive.

A distinctly negative character of the whole Atlantic subregion
is its poverty in lizards, their almost complete absence being, in fact,
the correlative of an abundance of water turtles. Its lizards are So-
noran, with the exception of Ophisaurus, restricted to the Austro-
riparian, whose close relationship to the Palsearctic Pseiidopus justifies
placing its original centre along the Atlantic coast, and Rhineura, now
only found in Florida, but perhaps known from the Oligocene of Da-
kota. Ldolepisma laterale, which occupies only the Austroriparian
and the southeastern corner of the Eastern as far as New Jersey,
belongs to a genus of wide extension in the Austrahan, Ethiopian and
Oriental regions, but having no other representative in the Holarctic
except one in China, whose specific characters are identical with it.^
This instance conforms to the unknown law which has preserved
on the eastern shores of Asia and North America so many allied rem-
nants of ancient groups among both animals and plants.

More exact e\'idence is afforded by Ophidia, for with two exceptions
it is believed that the genera now widely spread in the Nearctic can
be shown to have probably originated in the eastern centre. Of those
more locally restricted, which must in most cases be descendants of
these earlier forms, a difficulty must be admitted in the comparative
absence of structural clues to relationship, especially in Colubridge.
The relative position assigned to genera by Mr. Boulenger, however,
merits a high degree of confidence and has been much relied upon.
It may be added that there are quite enough cases where high proba-
bility can be assm-ed, to warrant propositions with which the uncertain
ones at least fail to conflict.

The genus Tropidonotus, cosmopolitan as to the greater life areas
except that it enters only the northern border of the Neotropical, in
the Nearctic is absent from the Pacific coast, and in fact enters the
Sonoran only by its river bottoms, from which the assumption is
justified that it originally entered North America from western
Europe. The common species of the whole Atlantic subregion,
Tropidonotus sipedon, seems quite surely to have been near the parent
form, though it is less clear which of the two subspecies, T. s. sipedon
or T. s. fasciatus, should be regarded. The young of both, as a rule.

3 Boulenger, Cat. of Lizards, Vol. Ill, p. 264.

470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

have the color pattern of the adults, but more or less cross-banding
with narrow interspaces frequently replaces the spots on the forepart
of the body in young and some adult T. s. sipcdon, resembling those
which form the normal pattern on the whole length in eastern examples
of T. s. fasciatus — a fact which perhaps signifies the partial retention of
an ancestral pattern, now completely lost in the third subspecies, T. s.
transversus of the Louisianan fauna. It is probable that T. s. fasciatus
of the southeast represents the earliest form. Within the bounds of
the Ocmulgian, T. cyclopeum and T. taxispilotus have developed
from T. sipedon, while farther west, in the Mississippi valley, the way
to T. rhombifer was through T. s. transversus. The whole of the ill-
defined series grouped about T. compressicaudus and T. ustus is Flori-
dan and shows the wealth of differentiation, still unstable as to fixity
of character, which has resulted in the Ocmulgian under conditions
highly favorable to the genus. There seems no clue to the direct ori-
gin of the group of species represented hj T. leberis and its allies, with
seventeen or nineteen rows of scales and longitudinal stripes, but it is
worth noting that a similar distribution of color occurs m a number of
eastern Palsearctic and Oriental Tropidonotus.

Separated structurally from the foregoing genus only by its entire
anal plate is Eutcenia, which covers the whole Nearctic to the northern
limit of snakes, and perhaps equals in number of individuals all other
species combined. From its cosmopolitan extension Tropidonotus
must be the parent. It is suggestive that the eastern form of the com-
mon garter snake, known as E. sirtalis ordinatus, with dark spots on
a greenish ground and no stripes, much resembles some color phases
of Tropidonotus natrix of Europe, and has like it nineteen rows of
scales and seven upper labials. The yellow collar of T. natrix is not
known in any race of E. sirtalis, but it possibly reappears in the pale
postoral crescents of some Sonoran species, as E. marciana and E.
hammondi.

E. s. ordinatus grades into E. s. sirtalis, whose western representative,
E. s. parietalis, on the Pacific coast rims into E. elegans through such
examples as those which Cope regarded as E. infernalis,* and in the
southwestern Sonoran into E. marciana, E. hammondi and E. eques.

The species of the great plains, E. radix, has commonly twenty-one
scale rows and seven upper labials, but often presents the scutellation
of E. sirtalis and probably is derived from it, an important change
being that the lateral stripe has moved up one row of scales. And it

^ A. E. Brown, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Phila., 1903, p. 288, etc.

1904.1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

471

is of interest here to note that certain garter snakes from Indiana,
about the eastern limit of E. radix, called by Cope E. butleri, show irreg-
ularities in the position of the lateral stripe perhaps indicating transi-
tion. E. radix is a connecting link on the one hand with E. proxima
of the Mississippi valley, which in the east has given off E. saurita
and E. sackeni, and on the other, in the southwest with E. 7negalops
and doubtles other Mexican forms.

If this hypothetical family-tree of Eutasnia is correct, an interesting
lesson in lines of dispersal of Austroriparian genera may be gained
from their diagrammatic representation :

E. s. leptocephala
E. s. pickeringi

E. e. elegans

E. e. vagrans

E. hammondr
E. eques/

E. marciana

E. megalops

E. s. parietalis

E. radix

E. s. ordinatus
-E. s. sirtalis

E. proxima

E. saurita

E. sackeni

Of the remaining so-called Natricinae, all of which are small and
more or less degenerate representatives of Tropidonotus and EutoBnia
or of the stock from which they came, the most widely spread genera,
Storeria, Haldea and Virginia are chiefly Atlantic, Seminatrix is
wholly Ocmulgian, Tropidoonium, of limited range and probably of
relatively late origin, belongs to the Mississippi valley, and the very
few specimens of Amphiardis known are from Dallas, Texas, on the
western borderland of the Austroriparian.

Among other widely ranging genera, Zamenis is an ancient form
whose present distribution includes also the Palsearctic and Oriental
regions. The earliest Nearctic style seems likely to be represented by
Z. flageUum flagellum, which belongs to the Ocmulgian centre. The
young of this species show narrow cross-bands, and occasionally much
wider ones, as well as a tendency to form narrow stripes on the centres
of some of the lateral scale rows, all of these being present as diagnostic
characters in various combination in adults of most other American
species. The inequality of color between the anterior and posterior
portions of the body, characteristic of all, is most pronounced in
Z. f. flagellum.

472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Coluber has about the same range as Zamenis, but in the Nearctic
does not pass beyond the Rocky mountains. The distribution of
color most common in the genus consists of three rows of spots, but
in many species, especially in America, there is a disposition for these
to run together by their corners and form longitudinal stripes. This
is indicated more especially in some western and Central American
species, as C. subocularis and C. lineaticolUs, and culminates in C. quad-
rivittatus, which is spotted when young and wholly striped when
mature. C. ohsoletus confinis is in most respects generalized as to
pattern, and either this species, or less probably C. guttatus, both
chiefly Ocmulgian, are likely to be near the primitive form.

In the Lower Sonoran Coluber has given off Arizona and Pihjophis,
the last having sent one species, P. melanoleucus , the most specialized
of the genus in the shape of its rostral, and in disappearance of the
head bands in adults, back into the Atlantic as far north as New Jersey.

The genus Ophibolus, generally distributed in the Nearctic, except
in the northwest, is nearly related to Coronella of the western Palse-
arctic and Ethiopian. It does not seem possible to determine whether
the parent is represented by some color form of 0. gctulus or 0. doliatus,
but the coronelline affinity indicates with sufficient certainty that OpM-
holus must have come from a soiu-ce whose Palsearctic connections
were by way of the eastern or north Atlantic route. It may be
significant that while no subspecific distinction is warranted, most
Floridan examples of 0. gchdus getulus, which is the most vigorous and
extended species, seem to be rather generalized in the character of the
dorsal spots and bands, as between northern specimens of the same
form and the Louisianan 0. g. sayi. The further fact has a bearing, that
the specific characters of forms from the western part of the Nearctic
seem to show less stability than the eastern ones, especially so in 0. g.
boylii and 0. g. californice, thus pointing to a more recent development
of these subspecies.

Liopeltis and Cyclophis are examples of the remarkable discontinuity
already noted in the range of certain other genera common to eastern
Asia and eastern North America. In the last Liopeltis covers the
whole Atlantic subregion, while Cyclophis is mamly Austroriparian.
Both extend to no great distance into the Sonoran.

The case for Heterodon is not free from doubt. The form of its
rostral seems to suggest that it belongs among the types which have
been so freely developed in the dry Lower Sonoran, and its possible
relationship to the South American Lystrophis would accord with this
assignment, but on the other hand, the largest and most widely spread

1904,] NATURA.L SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 473

Species, H. platyrhinos, is found upon suitable soils over most of the
Atlantic subregion and is especially common on the coast from New
Jersey to Florida; H. simus is Austroriparian and chiefly Ocmulgian;
while the smallest and most feeble species only, H. nasicus, is Sonoran
and does not extend west of the Rocky mountains. There is good
reason, therefore, to refer Heterodon to the Austroriparian, in which
case its Neotropical affinity renders it probable that Florida was the
region of its origin.

Among Crotalida^, Ancistrodon only can be referred to the Atlantic
subregion, A. contortrix being spread over its whole extent and A.
piscivorus confined to the Austroriparian, where numerically it is in
excess in the extreme southeast. Both species enter the borders
of the Sonoran at suitable localities. The assignment of the genus
to the Atlantic coast is further justified by its occurrence in eastern

Asia.

Of these more or less cosmopolitan, or Holarctic genera, which must
be supposed to have occupied the Nearctic during the Tertiary, and
even of related groups restricted to the Nearctic but of sufficient
extension there to warrant belief in their relatively considerable age,
it is seen that there is reason to believe that all but Sceloporus, Cnemi-
dophorus, Eumeces, Sistrurus and Crotalus belonged to the Atlantic
post-glacial centre, which from the present numerical proportion of
species and individuals, as well as the geological age of the region,
seems to have been the Ocmulgian.

From this centre a route to the north has been freely open along the
low coast plain east of the Alleghenies, to distances into the Eastern
district determined for each migrant by limiting conditions, of which,
in this case, temperature must be regarded as the most important.
A few powerful species, such as Coluber obsoletus obsoletus, Ophibolus
doliatus triangulus and to a less extent PityopMs melanoleucus, have
chosen this route to the region north of the Ohio river, turning west-
ward about the Potomac or Susquehanna.

The other main highway was westward along the Gulf coast to the
Mississippi river and up that valley, where conditions are highly
favorable to reptilian life, spreading eastward at the north to southern
Indiana and Ohio. Few species traveled this route unaltered, for with
most of them the changed conditions encountered have resulted in
the establishing of variations, at least of color, with which a sound
taxonomy must reckon. An excellent example of this is Ophibolus
getulus getulus, which ranges from Florida north to the pine region of
New Jersey with no change which has yet been held to warrant a new

474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

trinominal, l^iit on its western course, as it enters the Louisianan it be-
comes 0. g. sayi, and still further west, in the Texan, is even now per-
haps differentiating into a color form known as 0. g. splendidiis. The
Louisianan subspecies has moved up the Mississippi valley as far as
southern Illinois, and even in that region an occasional specimen shows
the pattern of splendidus. The lower Mississippi valley may indeed,
with some reason, be regarded as a secondary and more modern centre
of development in Chelonia and Ophidia.

Quite different from the condition of temperature which has limited
the northward extension of Ocmulgian forms, that which has checked or
transformed them on the western route is the lack of moisture encoun-
tered beyond the Mississippi, about the beginning of the great plains.

Another northwestward route from the Ocmulgian may have been
directly through or around the lower end of the Alleghenies by way of
ancient river valleys, but it is not probable that this was traveled as
freely as those leading by the coast plain in either direction.

It may be repeated that the present study deals only with post-
glacial conditions. If, as has been assumed, the interchange of reptiles
between the Nearctic and the Palsearctic was by means of a north
Atlantic connection, their Tertiary centres of development were doubt-
less of greater area and much farther to the north.

1904.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 475

May 3.

]\Ir. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Thirty-nine persons present.

A Spencer Objective. — Mr. F. J. Keeley described a microscope
objective of one-fourth inch focus, made in 1860 by Charles A. Spencer.
It was recently necessary to take apart the back system for re-balsam-
ing, Avhen it was fomid to consist of five lenses, three of which were
convex and two concave. One of these proved, on examination with
polarized light, to be fliiorite, which mineral, while isotropic, exhibits
characteristic optical anomalies between crossed prisms that permit
of its identification, at least in contradistinction from glass or other
material used for lenses. The fluorite lens is perfectly preserved, as
might be expected from the stable character of the mineral. When
objectives of more recent manufacture containing fluorite have deteri-
orated, the fluorite has been blamed for faults which should imdoubtedly
have been attributed to unreliable glass used in connection with it.

This objective is historically interesting as illustrating the complex
nature of the corrections adopted by Spencer at so early a date, as
well as confirming the previous reports that he had appreciated the
possibilities connected with the use of fluorite in securing superior
color corrections and employed it for the purpose twenty years before
it came into use abroad.

The objective has an aperture of 142 to 152 degrees, according to
position of adjustment, which acts by rectilinear movement of back
systems, and is unusualh^ well corrected for color. It resolves Pleuro-
sigma angulatum sharply into dots with central light from mirror,
and with oblique illumination resolves markings 76,000 to the inch.
In some respects its performance was possibly slightly sacrificed in
eHminating color, for with a large central illuminating cone, its defi-
nition is somewhat inferior to that of objectives of similar power made
by Tolles at slightly earlier and later dates, which show considerably
more color. The latter, although both over forty years old, compare
favorably, optically and mechanically, with best achromatics made to-
day, and it seems not unlikely that Spencer abandoned the use of
fluorite because he realized that sharp definition was more important
than the elimination of last trace of color, rather than from any fear
of its lack of permanency.

The Publication Committee reported that a paper had been presented
for publication under the title "Observation on Hyrax," by Henry
C. Chapman, M.D. (April 29, 1904).

The following was ordered to be printed :

476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

OBSERVATIONS ON HYRAX.

BY HENRY C. CHAPMAN, M.D.

The structure of Hyrax has been so thoroughly investigated by Pal-
las/ Owen,2 Brandt,^ Mirie and Mivart/ and George,^ as well as by other
anatomists, that little or nothing remains now to be said by any one
to whom the rare opportunity is afforded of dissecting this interesting
animal. In exhibiting to the Academy the muscular system and viscera
of a fine male specimen of Hyrax {Procavia Brucei), most kindly put at
the disposition of the writer by Messiem-s Edmond, Perrier and Gervais,
of the Jardin des Plantes, Paris, attention was nevertheless called to
the fact that the figures illustrating the form of stomach as offered
by Pallas, Brandt and George give an imperfect, even an erroneous,
idea of that of the stomach of the Hyrax dissected by the writer.
According to the anatomists just referred to, the cardiac portion of

the stomach in Hyrax is large and
globular, the pyloric portion small and
narrow, whereas exactly the reverse
obtains in the stomach of the specimen
submitted to the writer (fig. 1). In-
^ Xy'/v I asmuch as the narrow cardiac portion

' ' ^ of the stomach is extremely muscular

in Hyrax, it might be supposed that
such condition may have been due
to the fluid m which the speci-
men had been preserved. In the
Fig. 1. judgment of the writer the marked

difference in contour presented by the two regions of the stomach
cannot be so accounted for. In confirmation of the view that the
form of the stomach so found was normal and not due to post-mortem

^ Spicilegia Zoologica, 1767, p. 16.
2 Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1832, p. 202.

' Memoires de I Acad. Imp. des Sciences de St. Pcterbourg, VII Ser., Tome
XIV.

< Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1865, p. 329.

' Annates des Sciences Nat., 6me Serie, I, 1874.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 477

contraction, it should bo mentioned that when the animal was opened,
although the two parts of the stomach were distended with food, it
nevertheless presented two distinct cardiac and pyloric portions. At
the same time the small intestine was empty, which would not have
been the case had the stomach contracted to any extent upon its con-
tents. It is well known that in the six-banded armadillo {Dastjpus
sexcindus), in the two-toed ant eater (Myrmecophaga didadyla) and m
the two-toed sloth {Chplcepus Hofnianni) the coecum presents two coecal
processes, and in Hyrax, in addition to a coecum proper, the alimentary
canal is provided with a second dilatation, terminating also in two
coecal processes resembling somewhat those just referred to as occur-
ring in the edentates just mentioned. It will be observed, however,
that the two coecal processes found in Hyrax, but in no other mam-
mal, so far as is known to the writer, are appendages of the colon and
not of the coecum proper. The significance of these colonic append-
ages is not known.

The length of the alimentary canal in Hyrax is as follows accord-
ing to

Owen George Chapman

Small intestine, 54 64 38 inches.

Coecum, ^ ^^ ,,

Colonic coecum, ^ q? ''

Large intestine, 58 oz 60

112 120 778

The length of the alimentary canal was nearly five times that of the
animal, measured from snout to anus, a ratio not differing essentially
from that of Owen^ and George.^

The villi of the small intestme of Hyrax, as is well known, are re-
markably well developed, indeed as long proportionally as in the
rhinoceros.^ The attention of anatomists does not appear, however,
to have been directed to the fact that some of the vilh are longer than
others, the former terminating in branched or club-like processes
(fig 2) resembling somewhat the villi of the Indian rhinoceros
studied 'by the writer. In view of the difference of opinion that
has prevaUed among systematists as to the affinities of Hyrax
with the remaining mammalia, this fact might be urged as con-

" Exclusive of colonic coeca.

' Op. cit., p. 204.

' Ov. cit., p. 38. . , „;■ Q roc

» Meckel, Systeme der vergleichenden Anatonne, Band iV, b. t,Jiy.

478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACXdEMY OF [M&Y

firming the view held by Ciivier'" and Owcn/^ that Hyrox is nearly
related to the rhinoceros, as shown by its rhinoceros-like incisor and
molar teeth, the incisor teeth being developed as in
the extinct Rhinoceros incisiviis, the molar teeth
presenting essentially the same pattern in both ani-
mals; the position of the oesophagus in regard to the
stomach, the relatively simple stomach and complex
coecum, the perissodactyle number of ribs 22, the
hoofs of the unsymmetrical tetradactyle fore-foot
and tridactyle hindfoot as in Aceratherium, an ex-
tinct hornless rhinoceros, etc. On the other hand, as
I^'ig- -■ first shown by Home,'- the placenta in Hyrax is

zonular, like that of the elephant and carnivora — a fact somewhat
inconsistent with the view that would regard Hyrax as a little
rhinoceros. Still, it must be admitted, since it has been shown by
the writer'^ that the same kind of mammals (Edentata) may have
different form of placenta and different kinds of mammals the
same form, that the form of the placenta is of little or no value in
the classification of the mammalia. In the absence of fossil re-
mains of Hyrax, though the extinct Hyracotherium may be some-
what allied, it is impossible to assign Hyrax to any livmg form of
mammals. For the present, therefore, it may be regarded as siii
generis the representative of an extinct order Hyracoidra, of which
Dendrohyrax is also a member. As a matter of record, it may be
stated that fragments of a species of tapeworm (Moniezia) were found
in the small intestine, and also a number of specimens of Ascaris ferox,
as identified by my colleague. Prof. Percy Moore. In regard to the
urogenital apparatus, its disposition was found to be essentially the
same as described by Pallas, George, etc. In the specimen of
Hyrax dissected by the writer, the testicles were found lying in the
abdominal cavity below the kidneys, and were longer rather than
shorter than the latter, as hitherto described. The ureters opened
into the fundus of the bladder, the aperture of the left one being situ-
ated a trifle lower than that of the right one. The vasa deferentia,
as they pass behind the bladder, become so much convoluted as to
resemble a second epididymis, terminating finally in two openings
situated in the under part of the veru montanum of the urethra.
The lower convoluted portions of the vasa deferentia, just referred to,

'» Ossemens Fossiles, 1834, Tome 3, p. 251.

'^ Owen, Anat. of Vertebrates, III, p. 742.

" Led. on Com-p. Anat., Vol. VI, 1S28, PI. 61-62.

'2 Proc. of Acad, of Nat. Sci. Phila., 19U1, p. 36G.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 479

are regarded by George" as performing the functions of seminal vesicles.
Owen, however, states^^ having found true seminal vesicles quite dis-
tinct from the convoluted portions of the vasa deferentia just men-
tioned. Further, there are two additional pairs of glands, the ducts of
the first opening into the upper portion of the veru montaniim, those
of the second into the bulb of the urethra, and regarded respectively
by George" as prostate and Couper's glands. The prostate glands were
considered by both Pallas'^ and Cuvier^* to be the seminal vesicles,
but as the ducts of the latter terminate by openings quite distinct
from those of the vasa deferentia, their nature as interpreted by George
is probably the correct one. The levatores muscles of the penis arise
from the symphysis pubis, and terminate in a single tendon, as was
the case in the rhinoceros dissected by the writer, a disposition first
noticed by Owen.^'' The erectores and acceleratores muscles were
well developed.

The Hyrax is regarded by naturalists and Biblical scholars as being
the animal referred to in the Bible as the " coney" — the |DJ^ (saphan) of
the Hebrews and the /otpoypuUtu^ of the Greeks. The Hebrews were
forbidden by their law to make use of the coney as an article of food, it
being considered by them to be unclean, "because he cheweththe cud,
but divideth not the hoof" (Lev. xi. 5). Biblical scholars, in their
efforts to determine what kmd of an animal the coney of the Bible
really was, do not appear, however, so far as known to the writer, to
have noticed that, according to readings of Tischendorff and
Van Ess, Vetus Test Greece (Leviticus xi. 5), the coney does not
chew the cud, " xac '<>'■' ■^(npnyiiuHtir^^ on duk w^uysc pjjpo-'UfrfKr/" ;

whereas, according to Deuteronomy xiv. 7, it does chew the cud,

" xac raura tiu ipayzaOz a-o roiv w>aYi).ixu)'j pripoy.inp.ovP There is no
such discrepancy of reading, however, between the corresponding
texts in the Hebrew, the Vatican Codex^° and Sweet's Septuagint,
the Latin and English versions of the Bible, it being stated in all

" Op. cit., p. 192.

»5 O-p. cit., p. 206.

" Op. cit., p. 193.

" Op. cit., p. 29.

'» A7iat. Comp., Tome VIII, p. 165.

" Op. cit., p. 207

^° It is a curious fact that notwithstanding the Tischendorff Septuagint is
supposed to be an exact copy of tlie Vatican Codex, the ovk that occurs in the
former (Lev. xi. 5) is absent in the latter, and that no reason is given for the
variant reading. The writer takes tlie opportunity of expressing his thanlcs to
Prof. W. C. Lamberton, the distinguished Greek scholar, for giving him the
opportunity of consulting the different Greek versions of the Old Testament
referred to in the text.

480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

the versions that the coney cheweth the cud. As a matter of fact the
Hyrax does not chew the cud, even though the movements of its jaws
during feeding would suggest such action. Its stomach, though
divided into two distinct regions, is not adapted for rumination, and
the animal has never been observed to perform that act either in the
wild state or in captivity. It is possible, therefore, that the Hyrax of
Syria, after all, is not the animal referred to in the Bible as the coney,
even though the rocks were a refuge for the latter, according to the
Psalmist (civ. 18), as they still are for the Hyrax, and that the coneys,
like the Hyrax, are a "feeble folk, yet make their houses in the rocks"
(Prov. XXX. 26). On the other hand, if the Hyrax is stUl to be regarded
as the coney, as the Arabs think, then the Biblical texts in which it is
stated that the coney cheweth the cud should be revised to make
them consistent with what is known to be the habit of Hyrax in
this^ respect.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 48 1

May 17.

The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.

Thirty-six persons present.

The deaths of Maxwell Sommerville, a member, May 5, and of
Henry M. Stanley, a correspondent. May 10, were announced.

The Publication Committee reported that a paper entitled "New
Polychaeta from California," by J. Percy Moore, had been offered for
publication (May 16).

Summer Activity of Some Spring Flowers. — Dr. Ida Keller re-
marked that the suddenness with which the first warm days of spring
call into bemg the so-called "spring flowers" is a yearly repeated
surprise, and although the following summer months are characterized
by conditions far more conducive to vegetative activity, we are accus-
tomed to find the plants which were conspicuous in April, May and
June sinking gradually into insignificance. Their time of active ser-
vice seems, therefore, to be confined within narrow limits.

The slightest acquaintance with the laws governing plant physiology
leads to the conclusion that the complex structures thus quickly appear-
ing are in reality the result of the usual slow and elaborate processes
of the various phases of metabolism, and indeed close observation
shows that at least some of our well-known species are busily at work
during the entire summer, preparing with great care and circumspec-
tion for the sensational outburst of the vernal season.

No better illustration of this point could be found than the May-
apple. It is interesting to dig in the soil about these plants in July or
early August. Close to the surface the trowel is impeded by a network
of tough stems. Instead of growing upward, these formidable struc-
tures run parallel to the surface, or they run diagonally downward,
or perhaps they may even point vertically downward, in defiance to
the laws of geotropism. The stems are anchored in the ground by
rather stout roots which come off at various points, and each stem is
terminated by a large bud. Lateral buds are also to be found. At
this time of the year the overground portion is in a process of slow de-
composition. The decaying leaf-stalk gives no evidence of this under-
ground activity, as a result of which we have great patches of Podo-
phyllum early the following year.

While making these observations she had also noticed the False
Solomon's Seal. The flowering plants of the season had produced
fruit, but there were also many younger plants which had not yet
reached the flowering stage. On none of the plants were long under-
ground stems visible, but their rhizomes were all well supplied with
31

482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

conspicuous buds. It was worthy of notice that the plants which
were too immature to produce flower and seed readily form several
underground buds, indicating that the latter method of reproduction
takes place at an earlier stage than that of seed formation. Owing to
this wise arrangement the danger of extermination from the ravages of
enthusiastic collectors is much reduced, since the plants thus reproduce
freely at this early stage of their existence without offering any temp-
tation to the hunters of wild flowers, who abound in the woods at this
time of year.

By far the most interesting observations on this underground method
of reproduction were made on Ariscema triphyllwn.

On the 27th of July a locality was found on Crum creek where the
plants were very plentiful and in the various stages of development.
At the time of year mentioned the fruit was formed, and while still
green in color it showed a tendency to turn red. Below was the
thick corm and the two leaves were showing symptoms of decay by
their yellowish tinge. In some cases the leaves had already dropped
off completely. In one case the corm was of the same shape as that
of the mature plant, namely, depressed globose, while in another the
form was markedly different, being decidedly elongated and at the free
end there was the appearance of a scar, indicating some previous
attachment. It was these longish corms which appeared to indicate
some hidden meaning and which led her to contmue the observation
in regard to their origin and significance.

Some years ago, in a short paper entitled Underground Runners, she
had called attention to peculiar growths on Ariscema triphyllum as
found in April. At that time of year they were small knob-like pro-
jections on the corm, while in July these formations were at least an
inch in length. There may be several of them on the same corm, nor
are they restricted to the mature plants. This species also repro-
duces freely before it reaches the flowering age and thus decreases the
chances of extermination. This may partially explain the persistence
of the plant in our woods in spite of the fact that it is one of the favor-
ites of the enthusiastic collectors before mentioned.

She had found that these structures drop off very readily, and was
much impressed with this peculiarity. In fact, it seemed impossible
to keep a corm and its growth intact. On close inspection it appeared
that there had been. a separation between the main body of the corm
and the structure even before they were disturbed. The attachment
was entirely superficial, being simply due to a layer of skin which loosely
covered and hid the point of separation. The body is somewhat
bean-shaped, the bulk being made up of nourishing material, while
the apex is occupied by the terminal bud and the scar at the base marks
the point where it was originally connected with the parent plant.
A space already indicated the separation. Although still loosely
united by the skin above alluded to, each of the two structures is pre-
pared for an independent existence.

On the 20th of September she again observed the patches with the
view of determining the sequel of the interesting story. By this time

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 483

most of the plants had died down, the still remaining leaves were yel-
lowish and m a state of decay. The red fruits were numerous, and it
did not seem as though the plants were in immediate danger of exter-
mination, even if their sole method of propagation were by seed On
uprootmg some, she had found that the growths had been completely
severed from the parent corms, and that, in fact, they seemed to be
mo^-ing away from them. It is a significant fact that we do not find
the Jack-m-the-pulpit growing close together in tufts, as would natur-
ally follow were these short underground growths to develop in con-
nection with the corms from which they spring. The result of the
spontaneous loosening leads naturally to a prevention of this condition
-buture observations must determine just how far the young corms
may travel from the spot where they had their origin. The elongated
form termmated by a point would offer but slight resistance to any
force which would tend to carry them away. Thus we find in this
plant a rather unusual form of reproductive bodies in these under-
ground sprouts and probably also an unusual method of dissemination
A considerable amount of activity is manifested in the formation of
these bodies, but this by no means represents the entire summer work
of this typical sprmg flower, even aside from the fruit formation. On
removmg the decaymg stems from the plant, a large pinkish, whole-
some bud comes mto view. Within the three heavy protecting sheaths
the Jack-m-the-pulpit is completely formed in miniature. The leaf
is unmistakable m its form, standing bolt upright, even emphasizing
the peculiarity of the adult leaf. Close to it is the inflorescence with a
fully formed spathe and the flowers within are marked by well-defined
masses of cells. Thus all is in readiness for the first warm days of the
following sprmg.

To some extent the same is true of Podophyllum. In the vigorous
buds termmatmg the underground stems, described above, the leaf
and flower are also plainly formed. It is also true of SmUadna
racemosa, though perhaps to a less degree. Here the future raceme
is foreshadowed by the characteristic shape of the vegetative point

We may safely conclude, therefore, that the summer months are
also a busy season with these spring flowers. We can appreciate how
heavy the demands are on the vegetative activity of the leaves of
Anscema tnphylhim when we remember that one current must carry
nutrition to the forming fruit, at least in the seed-bearing plants,
another stream travelling in the opposite direction must provide for
the food supply of the miniature plant in the bud, and also for the for-
mation of the underground reproductive bodies above described
The season IS indeed one full of activity up to the time when its close
IS marked by the fruit dropping heavily from the exhausted stalk.

Henry D. Jordan, M.D., and James Harold Austin were elected
members.

The following were ordered to be printed:

484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

NEW POLYCHJETA FROM CALIFORNIA.

BY J. PERCY MOORE.

Some Polychseta gathered by Mr. E. C. Starks, at San Diego, Cali-
fornia, were recently sent to me for determination by Prof. Harold
Heath, of Leland Stanford, Jr., University. Besides the eight herein
described the collection includes about thirty species, most of which
have been recorded from the Pacific coast by Johnson, Baird, Fewkes
and others. A full list of these wOl be published in another connection.
Diopatra californica n. s. (PI. XXXVII, figs, l to 9.)

This species probably attains a length of 200 mm., although the
only complete example measures only 110 mm. long and 5 mm. wide at
the termination of the region of long branchise. Prostomium small,
mostly concealed by the bases of its appendages. Frontal tentacles
nearly in contact at their bases, fusiform, nearly equal to the pros-
tomium in length. Five principal tentacles similar in size, form and
structure, arising in close contact from an arcuate area nearly covering
the dorsum of the prostomium. The basal fourth of each forming a
conspicuous ceratophore divided into twelve to fom'teen rings equalling
in length the head and frontal tentacles, the styles smooth, slender
and tapering, apparently subequal, but the tips imperfect. Eyes, a
pair of prominent, slightly pigmented swellings nearly in contact and
occup3dng most of the region of the head posterior to the tentacles.
Palps prominent, slightly bilobed processes bounding the mouth in
front and in contact mesially.

Peristomium slightly shorter than the prostomium, which it em-
braces laterally. Nuchal tentacles on its extreme anterior margin,
and in line with the outer edge of the inner lateral tentacles. The
next two or three somites nearly equal the peristomium, and are
rounded at the margins, while the remaining ones are much shorter,
usually only about one-sixth or one-eighth of their width. For about
the first fifth of the body through the branchial region they are much
flattened, but beyond that become gradually rounded and taper toward
the tail, which is terminated by a bead-like pygidiimi bearing near the
middle line a pair of delicate ventral cirri having a length equal to the
last eight or nine somites.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 485

The fii-st distinct parapodium is on the somite following the peris-
tomium and consists of a setigerous body with three cirri, a postsetal
lobe and a dorsal and ventral cirrus, all slender and conical and the latter
about tT\-ice as long as the others. The second and third parapodia are
similar, with the dorsal cirri longer. As far as the sixth or seventh the
dorsal cirri continue to increase in length, then gradually diminish
through the branchial region, and behind the latter remain small and
slender to the end. The ventral cirrus undergoes no change in the first
four parapodia, but suddenly disappears in the fifth, where it is repre-
sented by a small glandular prominence, which increases in size and in
the middle branchial region extends about one-fourth of the distance
across the venter. Beyond the branchial region it becomes smaller.
The postsetal lobe is likewise largest on the first four somites, and after
reduction in the first few branchial segments, accompanied by a rota-
tion ventrad, remains for the entire middle region of the body a blunt,
moderately sized lobe ventro-caudad of the setse tuft. In the posterior
half of the body all parts of the parapodia are reduced and finally
become mere low papillae.

In the region of their greatest development the branchiae are large
and prominent, of a tall and slender form, much like a juniper tree, but
with the spirally disposed branches more open in arrangement and,
below them a distinctly annulated basal portion of the trunk. They
begin abruptly on the fourth parapodium, and the first is about
three-fifths as long as the largest on the sixth or seventh parapodium.
Beyond this point they gradually decrease in size, the number of
whorls of branches at the same time increasing, and their arrangement
becoming more open. By the twenty-seventh parapodium the spiral
arrangement has disappeared altogether and the stem is simply curved,
with the branches in a linear series on the convex side, an arrangement
which begins to appear at the tip of some of the preceding gills, as
though they were gradually unwinding. The number of turns in
different branchiae of the type is 11 on the first, 13 on the second,
15 on the third and foiu-th, 13 on the sixth, 10 on the tenth, 7 on the fif-
teenth, 4 on the twentieth, and none on the twenty-fifth. Beyond
the thirtieth parapodium each gill consists merely of a stalk, usually
curved at the free end and bearing a terminal tuft of short branches,
with a few others in a series below. These gradually decrease in size,
and by the fortieth parapodium are nearly or quite simple, and finally
disappear by the sixtieth parapodium.

On the first four parapodia the setae are of two kinds, guarded uncini
and simple slender setae. The former are nearly colorless and have '

486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

an incomplete transverse fracture or joint near the outer end and a
strongly hooked tip with a stout subterminal spur; the guard extends
somewhat beyond the terminal hook, and in the larger uncini at least
reaches far down the shaft, along which its margin is distinctly free
and denticulated. They are arranged in three groups, a ventral of
two small and slender uncini (PI. XXXVII, fig. 2), a middle of one
large stout (PI. XXXVII, fig. 1) and three to five smaller ones, and a
dorsal group of one or two which are usually longer, especially in the
end piece, than any of the others and intermediate in thickness.
The more slender uncini, as shown in the ventral one figured, have the
guards more prolonged. Of the simpe setae (PI. XXXVII, fig. 3) there
are but one or two in each foot, and they arise just dorsad of the pos-
terior row of uncini, the longest one reaching nearly or quite to the
tip of the posterior lobe and nearly equalling in diameter all but the
very stoutest uncini. They are colorless, translucent, have barely
visible oblique striations, become increasingly curved toward the tip,
and when perfect are terminated by a small flexible filament.

On the tenth and succeeding parapodia the character of the setae
is altogether changed. There are no uncini, but in their place a spread-
ing ventral vertical row of rather stout pale yellow strongly striated
setae, four to six in number, with the outer ends broadened, flattened
and rather strongly curved and tapered to a very acute point (PI.
XXXVII, fig. 4). Dorsad of the postsetal lobe is a compact horizontal
row of more numerous, longer, narrower and straighter setae of other-
wise similar form and structure. At the base of these, on the dorsal
side, is a group of a few colorless spatulate setae with slender stems
and abruptly broadened fork-shaped ends with seven tines (PL
XXXVII, fig. 5).

By the thirty-fifth parapodium the setae are practically all confined
to the horizontal dorsal fascicle and the spatulate setae are more
numerous, and have broader more curved plates with as many as nine
rather spreading tines. Among them are also a few very small spatu-
late setae with ovoid blade and simple mucronate tip. Posteriorly
the setae, especially the simple ones, are reduced in number, become
more slender and project far beyond the now very small ventro-caudal
lobe. By the seventy-fifth parapodium only about six such setae
remain, and the spatulate setae have continued to widen and bear as
many as eleven times. Still further caudad the number of setae is
further reduced and they become more slender.

The four anterior parapodia are each supported by about three
slender aciculi which enter the base of the dorsal cirrus, and the same

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 487

number of stouter ones in the setigerous lobe. A single hooked and
guarded aciculus appears ventrally at about the tenth parapodium,
and by the twenty-fifth there are two very stout ones (PI. XXXVII, fig.
6), and above these a vertical row of four or five less stout but more
opaque and deeply colored aciculi, whose ends project freely as acute
points which increase in length dorsally where they pass mto the regular
series of setae. Just beyond the point of their emergence is a slightly
swollen deep brown spot, at which they readily break, indicating the
existence of an imperfect joint (PI. XXXVII, fig. 7). The arrangement
just described continues to the seventy-fifth somite at least, and prob-
ably considerably beyond, but the one hundred and twenty-fifth has
two hooked aciculi, only two pointed ones and a single simply bent and
unguarded one (PI. XXXVII, fig. 8).

The jaws (PI. XXXVII, fig. 9) are nearly black and stout. The
maxillse have short, broad carriers, not united in the middle, and their
bases bear two prominent tubercles. The next dorsal plate bears six
or seven stout teeth, the next five on the left and seven on the right
side, with a thin edentulous plate on each side. The extra plate on
the left side bears seven or eight teeth. The mandibles have the ter-
minal piece white and translucent, the carriers deep brown, loosely
joined, very broadly rounded at the base and with a prominent longi-
tudinal ridge.

Eunice biannulata n. s. (PI. XXXVII, figs. 10-18; PI. XXXVIII, fig. 42.) ]

The type and largest example is 137 mm. long and 5.3 mm. between
the tips of the parapodia at the widest point. The prostomium is
short and broad, the length barely exceeding one-half the width, the
anterior border scarcely emarginated, but the anterior lobes or palpi
swelling broadly ventrad and laterad, and separated by a distinct
median ventral furrow passing backward to the mouth, while a faint
transverse groove separates a small anterior from a larger posterior
portion. The tentacles arise in a nearly straight transverse line
across the anterior portion of the white posterior half of the pros-
tomium; the paired tentacles are in contact at their bases and are
separated from the median tentacle by a distance about equalling the
diameter of the latter. Ceratophores all very low and broad ; styles
constricted at the base, increasing gradually in diameter for one-fourth
or one-fifth of their length and then tapering regularly to the end,
simply articulated at the base, strongly beaded distally, the terminal
joints caducious. The first joint is always much the longest, the second
very short and often imperfectly differentiated, the others increasing
in length more or less irregularly to the end, giving the impression of

4SS PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

a budding zone at the distal end of the basal segment. The type speci-
men, which has suffered less from maceration than the others, has the
median tentacle with twenty-one articulations reaching to the middle
of VI, the inner lateral thirteen articulations reaching IV, and
the outer lateral seven articulations reaching II. Eyes black, some-
what elongated and crowded into the recess behind and between the
bases of the lateral tentacles.

Peristomium considerably longer than the prostomium and slightly
wider than its widest part, the anterior third distinctly separated dor-
sally as a ring which is sometimes elevated prominently above the head.
The principal ring presents the usual lateral or mandibular lobes and
a smooth unfurrowed ventral lip. The nuchal cirri have the characters
of the tentacles, about equal the peristomium in length and have four
to seven articulations. Somite II is very short, scarcely more than
one-fourth of the prostomium, V is slightly enlarged, and behind it
the remaining somites are of nearly uniform length until they begin
to diminish at the posterior end. They are all smooth, simple and,
especiall}^ in the branchial region, very clearly defined. A short
cylindrical pygidium bears a pair of short stiff cirri and laterad of these,
but still ventral to the anus, a pair of long, slender, flexible cirri equal-
ling the fifteen terminal segments.

The first parapodium is strictly ventro-lateral ; those following rise
gradually to a half-way level. In form they imdergo the changes
usual in the genus, their chief characteristic being the prominence of
the cirri, which are retained both dorsally and ventrally throughout the
entire length of the worm. The dorsal cirri are especially prominent
and distinctly articulated anteriorly where each consists of a larger
basal and two smaller jomts, together equalling the basal one. About
XXV one of these disappears, and a little farther on the other, the cir-
rus at the same time becoming more slender, but remaining about twice
as long as the setigerous lobe; posteriorly, as the latter becomes
smaller, the cirrus is relatively much more slender, three or four times
the length of the setigerous lobe, and often famtly articulated. The
ventral cirrus also, while undergoing reduction in the middle region,
exceeds the setigerous lobe throughout and always bears a small ter-
minal joint.

The branchise are of typical uniserial pinnate form, the main stem
curving mediad over the back and the end not being strongly bent
upward. The branches are long, slender and simple but never exceed
the dorsal cirri; they arise from the main stem at right angles, not
dichotomously, and curve slightly mesiad. On two specimens they

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 489

have the following average distribution and complexity : Begin on
V with one filament, 3 on VI, 5 or 6 on VII, 6 to 8 from VIII to XXX,
4 or 5 to XXIX, 3 to XLII, 2 to XL VI, 1 to LIV, and cease by LV.

The first parapodium (III) is supported by a pair of pale yellow,
simple pointed, sharply bevelled aciculi (PI. XXXVII, fig. 13), and
bears a small number of ventral compoimd and dorsal capillary setse,
as well as one or two spatulate setse. On IV the number of each kind,
especially the last, is increased. By VI the typical number, size and
arrangement is attained. The neuropodial aciculi are two or rarely
three, stout and blunt, and in the case of one somewhat enlarged at the
end (PI. XXXVII, fig. 14). Between XL and L a single ventral crochet
appears, and the dorsal aciculi become tapered and slightly curved
at the end (PI. XXXVII, fig. 15). The number of both compound
and capillary setse decreases in this region, and in the posterior somites
the latter seem to be absent altogether. The compound setse also un-
dergo a slight alteration in form. The dorsal cirrus throughout is sup-
ported by about three slender aciculi.

The compound setse (PI. XXXVII, fig. 10) are all rather slender,
nearly colorless, have curved, finely striated stems moderately enlarged
at the ends ; the appendix is not over two and one-half times the great-
est diameter of the stem, the end is prominently hooked and bidentate,
the accessory tooth distinctly triangular, guard narrow, scarcely
covering the end. From the posterior branchial region caudad the
hook gradually diminishes, while the accessory tooth increases in
size, the base of the appendix becomes more oblique, and the end of
the shaft more strongly curved and thicker (PI. XXXVII, fig. 11).
Throughout most of the branchial region the compound setse are ar-
ranged in a nearly complete circle somewhat open both dorsally and
ventrally.

The capillary setse form a dense dorsal tuft reaching far beyond the
compound setse. They are pale greenish or nearly colorless, curved,
finely pointed and faintly obliquely striated (PI. XXXVII, fig. 12).
Back as far as the end of the branchial region they exhibit a slight
enlargement in the outer third, but posteriorly are strictly capillary.
Spatulate setse (PI. XXXVIII, fig. 42) form a close dorsal tuft at the
base of the capillary. They are colorless and very delicate, the ends
half round with the outer angles prolonged and the distal margin
folded and split mto nine or ten processes tipped with short filaments
which bend abruptly inward nearly at a right angle. These setae
appear as a single one or two in the first parapodium and continue to
C at least.

490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

The jaws (PI. XXXVII, fig. 18) are delicate and nearly colorless,
except in the thickest parts, which are brow^l. The maxillae are slen-
der, acute and at the base extend beyond the small carriers laterally.
The basal dorsal plates have five or six teeth, and the much smaller
anterior plates six and ten teeth on the left and right side respectively.
The extra plate on the left side has six teeth.

Even in alcohol the colors of this species are well preserved and rich.
The cuticle is everywhere smooth, polished and iridescent. For most
of its length the body is beautifully annulated with a rich brown on a
creamy- white ground. Each somite is marked on the dorsum with
two narrow brown half rings separated from each other by an often
impure area of the ground color, often divided by a narrow transverse
brown line, and from the bands of the neighboring somites by a nar-
rower, purer and more sharply defined intersegmental ring, also usually
divided in the middle by a narrow transverse line. A dark median
dorsal line is also often evident. The ventral colors are more obscure,
but each somite in the anterior region has a dull brown cross-stripe.
Farther back the stripes break into a paired series of spots replaced
posteriorly by a series of narrow median spots, three on each segment,
a very small one in the furrow, followed by a considerable interval,
then a larger spot, a small interval and then the largest, an oval spot
which extends over nearly one-half the length of the somite. The
sides of the segments and, except anteriorly, the parapodia are color-
less. For about the first ten somites the brown color becomes richer
and nearly continuous on the dorsum, except that the somewhat en-
larged fifth segment is pure white and conspicuous and the ninth is
chiefly white. On the caudal region of the body the color approaches
orange and becomes more suffused. Except for a row of minute dots
about its dorsal posterior margin and a pair of larger spots at the base
of the caudal cirri, the pygidium is white. The head is pale below with
a brown spot in the ventral furrow; above its anterior half and a nar-
row median triangle extending from the base of the median tentacle to
the posterior margin are brown, the rest pale. All of the tentacles,
tentacular cirri and the anterior dorsal cirri are similarly colored ; the
ceratophore and all of the constrictions are brown, the enlargements
white, resulting in a very sharply defined color annulation. The longer
anal cirri are chiefly brown with white rings.
Lumbriconereis erecta n. s. (PI. XXXVII, figs. 19 to 22; PI. XXXVIII, figs. 23 to 25.)

The form and general aspect are about as usual in the genus, though
the unusual length and prominence of the lobes of the posterior para-
podia overcomes the trimness general to these worms. Full-grown

1094,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 491

specimens are 300 mm. or more in length, and have a width of 3.5 mm.
without and 5 mm. inckiding the parapodia. The usual number of
somites is about 330. The prostomium is sugar-loaf shaped in outline,
slightly depressed, the length slightly exceeding the basal width, the
apex narrowly rounded; at the base it is slightly mortised into the
peristomium above and on the sides is marked by a pair of faint
oblique grooves, in front of which are a few pigment spots but no dis-
tinct eyes; on the middle of the lower surface is a shallow median de-
pression. Mouth large, bounded laterally by a pair of prominent
L-shaped lobes connected with the peristomium, a much wrinkled fold
of which bounds the mouth posteriorly. The peristomium is divided
into two rings (perhaps somites) by a furrow which is very distinct
above, obsolete below; the first ring equals the first setigerous somite,
the second is two-thirds as long. Body nearly terete, very slightly
depressed toward the ends; the somites all well marked, simple,
smooth except for a very slightly raised welt around the middle ; their
length nearly uniform, from one-third to one-fifth their width, which
is greatest at the middle. Toward the posterior end of the body there
is a faint neural groove. The pygidium is a small platform ventral to
the anus and provided with a pair of prominent short and thick bifid
cirri, the median lobes of which come into contact in the median line.
In the middle region of the body the parapodia are situated about
midway between the dorsal and ventral surfaces which are equally con-
vex, but toward the ends they assume a lower level and the ventral
surface becomes flattened. The parapodia (PI. XXXVII, figs. 19-21)
have a short, thick rounded base, a very small notopodial tubercle
which receives four to six aciculi, a presetal lobe which is very short,
thick and rounded throughout the series, and a promment postsetal lobe
which gradually increases in size from before backward, and in the
middle and posterior regions has the form of a long finger-like process
which generally bends abruptly upward at a right angle and rises above
the back. The setae are of the usually acute, winged and the hooded,
hooked forms and vary greatly in details and particularly in the degree
of curvature and geniculation. The anterior parapodia contain the
acute type only (PI. XXXVIII, figs, 23 and 24), at first in a somewhat
broken fan-shaped tuft, but soon in a dorsal group of longer and
middle and ventral groups of shorter setae. At about XLV, guarded
imcini (PI, XXXVIII, fig. 25) appear in the ventral group, and by L
are alone present to the number of four or five, which is further reduced
to tw^o or even one posteriorly. The ventral setae of the dorsal bundle
exhibit a reduction in size at about L, and by LX have given place

492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

to uncini, but the slender setae do not altogether disappear until about
LXXV, from which point backward the uncini become stouter and the
number gradually reduced to from one to three in each parapodium.

The jaws are coarse, black and very brittle. The mandibles (PL
XXXVn, fig 22) are pale, stout and broad, with the two halves
strongly united, especially by transverse striated bands across the end
pieces. The bases are broad and roughly lammated.

Much of the original color has been lost, but the head and anterior
region of the body retains a rich bronze with a beautiful blue and
green iridescence; the posterior part is dull brown, due to heavy
masses of pigment which are scattered everywhere through the deeper
integument, but especially in a narrow transverse band and a pair of
dorso-lateral spots on each somite.

Cirratulus spirabranchus n. s. (PL XXXVIII, figs. 26 and 27.)

Form rather stout, thickest in middle and tapering almost equally
both ways. The type is 105 mm. long and 5.5 mm. in diameter at the
widest part. Prostomium elongated, pointed and slightly depressed,
wdth a short oblique groove on each side above and near the union
with the peristomium. No eyes visible. Peristomium enlarged, its
length equal to six succeeding somites, somewhat irregularly divided
into three or four rings of which the last is much longer than the others.
There are about 300 setigerous somites, of which the first three or four
are longer than the others. Nearly terete, but slightly flattened ven-
trally where the muscle coats are considerably thickened particularly
toward the ends. All somites clearly marked, but short and uniannu-
late. The anus is a large dorsal slit reaching through 7 or 8 faintly
marked somites and followed by a minute tubercle-like pygidium.

The branchiae are numerous and crowded and usually more or less
spirally coiled. They differ much in size, probably, however, only as
a result of loss and regeneration, but their length does not exceed
about five times the diameter of the body. Beginning with the first
setigerous a pair occurs on every somite except the last thirty, arising
immediately dorsad of the notopodial setae or from the margin of the
elevated band just above them. On the seventh setigerous somite
occur the special branchia? in a pair of dense tufts of about 20, arranged
in two transverse rows which nearly meet medially. They are mostly
smaller than the ordinary branchiae, and owing to the crowding of this
region usually appear to cover two somites, either VII and VIII or
VIII and IX."

The setigerous tubercles (PI. XXXVIII, figs, 26, 27) are separated
by a smooth space about 3 or 4 times as broad as they, and both are

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 493

placed on a wide elevated band, the dorsal margin of which rises
prominently about the notopodial tubercles and bears the branchiae on
its edge. The usual spines and capillary setse are present, distributed
as follows: Anterior to somite XL the latter only occur, but at XL
or thereabout small, nearly colorless spines appear among the capillary
bristles in the neuropodial fascicles; by L there are usually five, quite
distinct and dark colored, though small; they alternate with the setse,
and as the latter diminish the former increase in number, the maximum
of six being found from about C to CL, behind which the capillary setse
have nearly or quite disappeared, and the number of the spines be-
comes again reduced to four or five, a number which remains constant
to the end, though further diminution in size occurs. In the notopodial
fascicles the spmes are smaller, slightly more numerous and first appear
a little more caudad than in the ventral fascicles,

Cirratulus luxuriosus n. s. (PI. XXXVIII, figs. 28 to 31.)

Form slender throughout, thickest at about end of anterior third
(somite C), tapering thence very gently to posterior end. The type
and largest specimen is 110 mm. long and 4.5 mm. in diameter at somite
C. In the best-preserved specimens the body is strongly convex above,
concave below and angulated at the setse levels, particularly the neiu-o-
podial, Prostomium about three-fifths as long as broad, rounded
anteriorly, depressed, slightly retracted within the peristomium,
grooved below in the middle line, thus leaving a pair of lateral palp-
like thickenings which bound the mouth above; no eyes nor sensory
slits apparent. Peristomium somewhat inflated, about twice as long
as the prostomium and divided into two or three annuli. Setigerous
annuli numerous (358 in the type), all very short and distinct, those of
the posterior third rather longer and with faint indications of irregu-
lar division into two wings. The branchise form a conspicuous tangled
mass, and even in the alcoholic specimens are very long, equalling ten
times the diameter of the body but, unlike C. spirabranchus , exhibiting
little tendency to coil spirally. They begin on the first setigerous
somite in contact with the notopodia above, but continually rise to a
higher level, until toward the posterior end they are much nearer to the
dorsal middle line than to the setse. To the 200th somite at least a
pair of branchise occurs on every somite, but for the next 70 or 80
on every second, third or fourth somite only; there is no diminution in
size posteriorly. The special branchise are in a pair of close tufts
crowded on the sides principally of the fourth setigerous somite. The
number appears to be 12 or 14 on each side, but cannot be ascertained

494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

with certainty. Anus rather small, nearly transverse, widely open
and succeeded by a small median ventral tubercle.

The setigerous tubercles (PI. XXXVIII, figs. 28 to 30) are very
small, not elevated on any special muscular band, though appearing
at the lateral angles posteriorly, and are well separated throughout.
The first 30 somites bear capillary setae only. Spines appear at that
point in the ventral fascicle and soon become thick and dark brown.
By XL there are usually four of these spines associated with capillary
setae, but the number soon becomes reduced to three, the number of
capillary setae simultaneously diminishing. From CXX to CL there are
two spines and the capillary setae have disappeared ; beyond CL there
is one (or rarely two) large, stout, nearly black spine which continues
to increase gradually in size. Toward the posterior end a reverse
change begins, and behind CCC there are usually two comparatively
slender and pale spines. In the notopodial fascicles spines appear later,
the first at about L. At about C three small pale spines usually occur,
with the capillary setae. The fascicles undergo changes analogous to
those just described, but in the same segment the spines are almost
always more numerous, not over one-third as large and always asso-
ciated with capillary setae.
Maldane disparidentata n. s. (PI. XXXVIII, figs. 28 to 31.)

The length of complete examples is from 100 to 150 mm., and 4 to 6
mm. in diameter in the somewhat contracted state; some fragments
indicate specimens of larger size. Probably owing in part to contraction,
as indicated by a distinct fold of the first setigerous somite which over-
laps the head ventrally, the latter is truncated with little obliquity; its
V ntral length, including the united prostomium and peristomium,
is scarcely one-third more than the dorsal. Cephalic plate broadly
oblong-elliptical, its width at least four-fifths its length, the surface
smooth and slightly elevated in the center. The frontal ridge low,
broad and inconspicuous; beginning just anterior to this elevation and
ending anteriorly in the palpode ; its length equal to one-third the cepha-
lic plate; posteriorly one-third as wide as the plate, gradually widening
for its posterior half, then suddenly expanding into the palpode which
is broad, thick, rounded, smooth and separated from the cephalic
margin laterally by only a slight emargination. Sensory slits short,
sharply defined but inconspicuous. Cephalic margin nowhere much
produced, low and thick, probably in part the result of contraction;
a pair of lateral clefts divide the posterior one-third from the anterior
two-thirds. The former is lower, embraces the latter at the sides and
has its margin divided into about fifteen low, broad, truncate teeth,

1904.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 495

very irregular and inconstant in different individuals, but always dimin-
ishing in size and distinctness toward the posterior middle line and
often grouped in pairs. The lateral lobes, which reach forward to
the palpode, are considerably more elevated and bear five or six larger,
more prominent, rounded teeth. The mouth is a conspicuous opening
bounded behind by a transverse fold and laterally by distinct thickened
lobes. Behind it is a distinct peristomial half-ring rendered more
conspicuous by contraction.

There are nineteen setigerous somites, the first seven thick-walled
and largely glandular, the first six strongly biannulate with the anterior
ring larger and setigerous. This region is usually slightly depressed
with each of the first six somites about as long as wide, but the unian-
nular seventh only ec[ualling the larger anterior ring of the others.
Behind VIII the somites increase gradually in length and become some-
what narrower to XVI, which is three times as long as wide; XVIII,
XIX and XX become successively shorter. From the eighth to the
nineteenth inclusive the parapodia are posterior in position, and the
more anterior are situated on complete glandular zones which soon be-
come incomplete and restricted to the lateral faces of the somites.
Distinct constrictions occur at the in termetameric furrows which are
rendered much more conspicuous by the prominent tori preceding them.
The surface of all somites is more or less annularly furrowed and bears
numerous small glandular and sensory papillae. The last somite (XXI)
bears no setse and is smooth and uniannulated. Caudally it enlarges and
passes gradually into the anal funnel, dorsad of which the anus is situ-
ated behind a somewhat wrinkled anterior fold. The anal funnel con-
sists of two parts, the ventral funnel proper, the cavity of which reaches
to the anterior end of the anal segment while the margin is even and
not at all flaring, and the dorsal platform, which arises within the dorsal
part of the ventral funnel and spreads in a flat, broad petaloid form
vertically behind the anus. The margins of both parts are slightly
irregular, but entirely without lobes or processes.

On the anterior somites the parapodia are strictly lateral, on the
posterior ventro-lateral and more prominent. Somite II bears setae
alone. III to XX both dorsal setse and ventral uncini. The setae are
of three forms which, however, vary and intergrade. The several
kinds arise in more or less distinct fascicles, but spread in such a man-
ner that they appear at the surface in pairs or triplets composed of one
of each kind; thus on II they form a fan-shaped figure of about 25
pairs, on III about 15, on IV 12, on V 10 and a more irregular arrange-
ment in triples on the abdominal segments. Slender capillary wingless

496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

setae, rather abruptly attenuated at the surface of the body wall, occur
in all setigerous somites. The anterior ones project about one-third
as far ar the larger setse, but in the posterior segments they become
much longer and filamentous. Winged setse also occur in all somites.
They are about three or four times the diameter of the smaller ones in
their exposed parts and quite deeply colored, nearly straight, tapered
to an acute tip, broadly winged on one margin and very slightly on
the other. The stoutest ones occur in the posterior thoracic somites,
where also setse of intermediate form are present, some of the smaller
ones having short basal wings. In the abdominal bimdles most of
the larger setse are provided with delicate doubly spirally fringed tips
(PI. XXXVIII, fig. 35) which differ considerably in length, the longest
in the middle abdominal region forming more than one-half of the
exposed portion. Posteriorly the number of setse is reduced, the fila-
mentous ones predominating.

The uncini are all rather stout and of a deep yellow color; 7 or 8
occur on III, about 10 on V, and about 35 on VIII and the following
somites. On somites III to V the uncini have the form shoTvm in PI.
XXXVIII, fig. 32. The stems are very slightly curved, strongly stri-
ated and have a scarcel}^ perceptible shoulder; the heads are but little
enlarged with a blunt pointed beak bent at an angle of 100° to 120°;
a crest composed of two rows of teeth, the anterior with a few large
teeth in the middle, the posterior and lateral smaller, and a simple
guard of about 12 spreading hairs ending at the tip of the beak. On
the remaining somites the crochets form a much longer row and have
the stems more curved, the shoulder larger, the head more expanded,
the beak much longer, more acute, much more strongly hooked at an
acute angle, the crest more elevated, with the smaller teeth in more
numerous rows and more closely embracing the base of the beak, and
the guard arising from a distinct flange below a re-entering angle (PI.
XXXVIII, fig. 33).

This species is represented by a large number of examples.

Terebella (Schmardanella) californica n. .=. (PI. XXXVIII, figs. 36, 37.)

This species has the general aspect of Amphiti'ite spiralis Johnson,
from which it is readily separated by the much smaller number of
setigerous somites in addition to other characters. The type measures
75 mm. from the pygidium to the tip of the prostomium, but another
less perfect specimen is nearly twice as large; the diameter at X is 3.3
mm. The prostomium is prominent, little arched, projects forward
and is faintly trilobed its margin slightly revolute and its lateral por-

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 497

tion distinctly reflexed. Eyes absent. Tentacles very numerous,
deeply grooved, arising from the posterior border of the prostomium
for its entire width in three or four transverse crowded rows, behind
which is a slightly elevated border. Most of the tentacles are colorless,
but usually some are pale brown. Mouth large with a broad peris-
tomial lower lip. Peristomium about as long as succeeding somites,
distinctly visible as a ring both above and below.

Branchise two pairs on the posterior part of somites II and III, the
first just anterior to the first seta3 tuft, the second above and behind it.
All of the branchise are prominent, and of about equal size. They
are of a spreading bushy form; the main stem very short, dichotomy
occurring almost immediately and the outermost branch again dividing
at once, so that three main branches appear to arise almost separately.
After about four or five dichotomous divisions, which are usually un-
equal, one or two uregular divisions occur, the result being a very
large number of terminal twigs. When contracted the minor divisions
coil inward toward the axis, so that the gill presents a very compact
appearance. There is, however, much irregularity in this respect,
some of the filaments merely shortening, others coiling spirally.

The body is slender and club-shaped, nearly terete throughout the
abdominal region, gently tapered to the anus and the anterior end of
the thorax somewhat enlarged. The thoracic segments increase
slightly in diameter to about X, and then decrease very gradually into
the abdominal region. The dorsum is regularly arched, the venter
somewhat angulated, fiattened or slightly convex, according to the
state of the specimen. Above the somites are somewhat indistinctly
separated and somewhat irregularly divided into three rings which are
usually again biannulate. On the ventral half the intersegmental fm'-
rows are well marked and the somites only biannulated. This region
is also rough and thickened, and separated from the faintly granu-
lated, thin-walled dorsal region by a longitudinal groove below which
is a ridge-like row of glandular thickenings. The first one or two ven-
tral plates are very short. They increase in length to the tenth, and
in width decrease regularly and gradually to the sixteenth, which is
square, while the tenth is twice, and the fifth three times as wide as
long. Usually a cross-furrow divides each one and the surface is
wrinkled. On most specimens the fifth or sixth plate is sunken below
the general surface. Behind the sixteenth they become very small,
but may be traced for some distance further. The thorax passes very
gradually into the abdomen, which is very prommently arched and
thin-walled, the somites numerously and finely ringed and indistinctly
32

498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

separated from one another. At the posterior end the metamerism
becomes obscure and the pygidium is truncated.

Throughout the thoracic and much of the abdominal region the
uncinigerous tori are prominent. They begin on V, increase in length
to about XIII, remain practically uniform to about XX, and then very
gradually diminish, the last thoracic beuig about equal to the seventh.
As they become smaller and the ventral plates narrower, the tori are
carried more and more to the ventral surface, imtil in the middle ab-
dominal region they form bead-like swellings on a pair of muscular
ridges separated by a narrow median groove. Toward the posterior
end they^ are barely recognizable. Setigerous tubercles begin on IV,
and continue for from twenty-three to twenty-eight somites, tw^enty-
six being the most frequent number. They stand out prominently
from the dorsal end of the tori, especially the anterior ones, which bear
the greatest number of setae. Whitish glandular thickenings occur
just dorsadiof the setae lobes as far as somite XXII and prominent
nephridial papillae from VII to XX inclusive, and less prominently
and regularly on some of the succeeding somites.

The setse (PI, XXXVIII, fig. 36) are noteworthy for the prominence
of their pennant-like fringed tips. They are arranged as a single row
of larger ones flanked on one or both sides by a row of smaller setae.
The former are straight or slightly cm'ved, with about one-half of the
exposed portion included in a loose sheath beginning abruptly and
tapering to the terminal pennant which begins as a sudden, much
flattened, very thin angulated expansion, curved strongly to one side,
tapered to a delicate point and prominently fringed on one margin.
The smaller setae are little more than one-half as thick as their exposed
parts, only half as long as the larger. Their form is generally similar,
but the' sheath is less evident and the tips broader, longer and more
abruptly bent to one side. Setae of the fu'st tuft are more slender and
of the posterior ones fewer than elsewhere.

The uncini (PI. XXXVIII, fig. 37) are biserial and opposite on XI
and all following somites; uniserial on those anterior to XI. They
have a rather short base strongly convex below with a prominent toe,
a small posterior ligament process and a subrostral process with a
guard; the sinus is narrow with subparallel sides, the beak long, acute
and strongly hooked and the crest prominent, elevated and composed of
three or four transverse tooth rows, the lowermost large. On the
posterior somites the uncini are small, lack the posterior ligament
process and are consequently less angulated and they have a larger
number of teeth in the crest.

1904,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 499

Distylia rugosa n. s. (PI. XXXVIII, figs. 38 to 41.)

This is a large, handsome species, somewhat resembling Bispira
polymorpha Johnson, but differing from that species in the fewer spiral
tm-ns of the branchial base, the greater number of branchial radioles,
the arrangement of the eyes, the form of the spatulate thoracic setae
and pick-shaped uncini and probably the deep rugous dorsal folds.

Exclusive of the branchiee, the type is 67 mm. long, the width at the
posterior end of the thorax to the middle abdominal region being 8
mm. and the depth at the same points 6 and 5 mm. respectively. The
ventral ends of the stiff, cartilage-like branchial bases are prolonged
and spirally coiled, but make only 1^ tm-ns. The radioles, which reach
a length of 22 mm. at the dorsal and somew^hat less at the ventral end
of the series, arise to the number of 58 on the left, 55 on the right, in a
crowded, closely interlocking double row from the entire distal margin
of the basal lobes. Each is strictly simple and perfectly free from the
others to the base; the outer surface is rounded and the inner bears
the numerous barbs, which have a length about twice the diameter of
the radiole, in a crowded double series for its entire length except a
short naked terminal region. In this species the eyes are less perfect
but far more numerous than in D. polymorpha, the number on each
radiole approximating 100. They are very irregularly distributed in
groups on both margins, most plentifully on the distal half, where a
very constant group of large eye-spots occurs just proximad of the
naked tip. In the type the branchiae are pale-colored, each plimie
with three brown spots, one near the base and two m the outer half ;
the other specimen has the gills almost continuously pale reddish-
brown mottled with white, especially on the basal half. The palpal
membrane has a free margin completely encirclmg the bases of the
branchial radioles within. It extends around the sides of the mouth,
ventrad to which the two halves meet as a pair of vertical plates con-
tiguous to the middle line, and entering the ventral collar incision
partly join the somewhat swollen bases of the ventral collar lobes.
The tentacles are about as long as the basal branchial lobes, and have
the basal half broadly margined, the distal half filamentous.

The collar is rather thick, stiff, flarmg and prominent throughout
its extent. The dorsal opening is equal to nearly | the body width at
the peristomium, with the broadly rounded dorsal lobes bounding it
slightly, curving around the dorsal side of the first pair of setae fascicles,
but free from them. The ventral opening is narrow but deep and, as
mentioned above, is partly occupied by the ventral prolongations of
the circumoral membrane; on each side of it are the short, broad and

500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

thick ventral lobes. There is a pair of slight lateral emarginations, but
no well-marked incisions.

Except at the rounded peristomium the body is depressed. It in-
creases in width to the end of the thorax, from which point it diminishes
very gently to the posterior one-tenth or beyond, and then very rapidly
to the small pygidium, on each side of which is a conspicuous cluster
of numerous brown pigmented eye-spots. There are 8 setigerous
• thoracic and 107 abdominal segments. The coalesced peristomium
and first setigerous somite are about twice as long as succeeding somites.
Besides the collar they bear an undivided, very thick ventral plate,
which is about twice as long and much wider than any succeeding
thoracic plate, but about equal in the latter respect to the first abdomi-
nal. The remaining thoracic plates are about equal in length, but
from the third, which is the narrowest, they increase gradually in
width to the last. Owing to lateral extensions anterior to the unci-
nigerous tori, the margms of the ventral plates are strongly serrated.
The abdominal ventral plates are also thick and occupy about three-
fifths of the ventral area. Widest at the anterior end, the first 15 or
20 become gradually narrower, after which there is no change until at
the posterior end of the body they diminish correspondingly. Through-
out they are sharply defined by straight margins. In the alcoholic
specimens all of the segments are short and sharply defined, and an
" extensive area on the dorsal surface is thrown into very deep rugous
glandular folds, occupying on the posterior one-third of the type speci-
men the entire width of the dorsal area, but anteriorly becoming lower
and more and more restricted to the middle region imtil they finally
fade out. On the second specimen they are less conspicuously devel-
oped, but are otherwise similar. A well-marked f a cal groove divides
the abdominal ventral plates into equal halves to the first, cuts this
obliquely to the left and passes dorsad in the thoracico-abdominal
groove to the level of the abdominal setaj tufts, and then obliquely
across the last thoracic somite dorsal to its setae tuft to the middle line,
along which it proceeds as a deep and conspicuous groove to the dorsal
collar openmg.

All setae tufts are large and prominent, the abdominal strictly verti-
cal and ventral, the thoracic dorsal and slightly ob'ique, except the first,
which is nearly horizontal, entirely free from the collar and sliglitly
smaller than the others. The imcinigerous tori are also well marked, on
the thoracic i^omites meeting the ventral plates below and slightly
hooked backward above. The first pair, on the second setigerous
somite, are the longest; the seventh and last about three-fourths as

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 501

long; reduction in length takes place at both ends and the setae tufts
descend to a correspondingly lower level. All abdominal tori are
shorter than the last thoracic and they diminish gradually and con-
stantly to the posterior end. They are especially prominent dorsally
where they terminate in a prominent projection marked with a con-
spicuous black spot.

All setae are nearly colorless, translucent and striated. Those of the
first or collar fascicle are all of one form, slender, narrowly lanceolate,
slightly curved and with a single narrow wing, but differ consider-
ably in length. On other thoracic somites those in the dorsal rows of
the bundles are similar (PI. XXXVIII, fig. 38), but the ventral ones
(PI. XXXVIII, fig. 39) are shorter, spatulate, doubly winged, and have
acute but not mucronate tips; they differ somewhat in curvature and
breadth of wings, but the one figured is typical. The abdominal setae
are again all of one kind, rather more broadly lanceolate than, but
otherwise similar to, those of the collar fascicle.

The thoracic uncmi are of two kinds — large aviculae and smaller
pick-shaped hooks, arranged in opposed parallel rows, there being 105
of each on II, 97 on V, and 90 on VIII on the type specimen. The
aviculse (PI. XXXVIII, fig. 40) are of a very pale yellow, the bases
long, slender, slightly curved ; the neck and head prominent and erect,
slightly inclined forward; the breast prominent, hemispherical; the
neck slightly tapered and about as long as thick at the base, the head
scarcely enlarged with the rather stout but acute beak strongly bent
downward, the crest little elevated and forming a dense sheath of fine
spines arranged in numerous transverse and longitudinal rows closely
appressed on the upper half of the beak. Abdominal aviculse differ
only in their somewhat shorter bases and less prominent breasts. They
are not associated with pick-shaped uncini and the type specimen has
about 80 in each torus.

The pick-shaped uncini (PI. XXXVIII, fig. 41) have stems about as
long as the bases of the aviculae, but much more slender; they are
nearly straight, but more or less slightly enlarged and bent at about the
beginning of the outer one-third. The tip curves to a short blunt
point enclosed within a loose expanded hood, from which arises a deli-
cate, colorless, very slender process, making an angle of about 60°
with the stem.

Except as already described for the branchiae, all pigment has faded
out. Distylia Quatrefages is employed instead of the earlier Bis'pira
Kroyer, because the author of the latter seems never to have applied
the name to any species.

502 proceedings of the academy op [may,

Explanation of Plates.

Plate XXXVII.

Diopatra californica, Figs. 1 to 9.

Fig. 1 . — Large guarded and hooked seta from the middle of the third para-
podium. X 250.
Fig. 2. — Small one from ventral bundle of the same. X 250.
Fig. 3. — Simple slender seta from the same. X 250.
Fig. 4. — Broader winged seta from the tenth parapodium. X 250.
Fig. 5. — Spatulate and pectinate seta from the same. X 440.
Fig, 6. — Crochet-shaped aciculus from the twenty-fifth parapodium. X 250.
Fig. 7. — Simple pointed aciculus from L. X 250.
Fig. 8.— Simple blunt aciculus from LXXV. X 250.
Fig. 9. — Jaws, all parts in dorsal view; on the left the maxillae are shown
in situ, on the right the plates are separated. X 8,

Eunice biannulata, figs. 10 to 18.

Fig. 10. — Compound seta from second parapodium. X 250.

Fig. 11. — Compound seta from somite LXX. X 250.

Fig. 12. — Slender seta from second parapodium. X 250.

Fig. 13. — Pointed aciculus from the first parapodium. X 250.

Fig. 14. — Flattened aciculus from X. X 250.

Fig. 15. — Dorsal aciculus from LXV. X 250.

Fig. 16. — Dorsal aciculus from LXX. X 250.

Fig. 17. — Hooked and guarded ventral aciculus from LXV. X 250.

Fig. 18. — Dissected jaws viewed from above. X 12.

Lnmbriconereis erecia, figs. 19 to 22.

Figs. 19, 20, and 21.— Anterior views of the 10th, 100th and 250th parapodia

respectivelv. X 33.
Fig. 22.— Mandible. X 8.

Plate XXXVIII.

Lumhriconereis erecta, figs. 23 to 25.

Figs. 23 and 24. — Slender winged seta from the 10th and 25th parapodia

respectively. X 130.
Fig. 25. — Hooded crochet from middle of the 10th parapodium. X 250.

Cirratulus spirabranchus , figs. 26 and 27.

Fig. 26. — Outline of side of 50th setigerous somite. X 24.
Fig. 27. — Same of 150th setigerous somite. X 24. a, ventral, and b, dor-
sal spine. X 55.

Cirratulus luxuriosus , figs. 28 to 31.

Fig. 28. — Outline of side of 50th setigerous somite. X 24.

Fig. 29. — Outline of side of 150th setigerous somite. X 24.

Fig. 30. — Outline of side of 150th setigerous somite. X 24.

Fig. 31. — A spine from the ventral bundle of the 50th somite. X 55.

Maldane disparidentata, figs. 32 to 35.

Fig. 32. — Outer end of a crochet from the 2d setigerous somite. X 250. "
Fig. 33. — Outer end of a crochet from the 14th setigerous somite. X 250.
Fig. 34. — Front view of the last. X 250.
Fig. 35. — Portion of a spirally fringed seta from the 14th somite. X 440.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 503

Schmardanella califomica, figs. 36 and 37.

Fig. 36. — A seta from somite XI. X 600.

Fig. 37. — An uncinus from tlie same somite. X 600.

Distylia rugosa, figs. 38 to 41.

Fig. 38. — Slender seta from dorsal part of VI. X 250.
Fig. 39. — Broad seta from ventral part of VI. X 250.
Fig. 40. — Avicular uncinus from VI. X 250.
Fig. 41. — Pick-shaped uncinus from VI. X 440.

Fig. 42. — Eunice biannulata. A spatulate and pectinate seta from a middle
parapodium. X 440.

504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

THE FISHES OF NANTUCKET.

BY DR. BENJAMIN SHARP AND HENRY W. FOWLER.

Fish are taken in Nantucket by hand-lines, trolling, litie-trawls,
drift- and set-nets and pounds or traps. Hand-lining is employed for
scup, plaice, flatfish, cod, haddock, and in times past for dogfish and
halibut. The line-trawls are used in the spring and fall for cod and
haddock, drift-nets in the spring for mackerel, set-nets in the summer
and fall for bluefish and bonito. The two poimds fixed in water of
about 4 fathoms are inside, that is on the west of Great Point, about
midway between the Koskata U. S. Life Saving Station and Great
Point Lighthouse. These pounds are the property of the Petrel Fishing
Company, which employs a small steamer and a sailboat. Every
species of commercial fish found about the island has been taken in
the pound, and many others mentioned in this list. Bluefish are very
rarely found in them. During the spring of the year the steamer
Petrel is employed drifting for mackerel off the south side of the islands
of Nantucket and Tuckernuck. During the summer she steams around
the island for bluefish and an occasional trip is made for swordfish,
when she cruises some 30 or 40 miles from the land. The bluefish are
taken by sweeping nets around a school of fish. This is done by dories
which put out from the steamer when a school is discovered.

The steamer Waquoit is also employed in fishing for mackerel, sword-
fish and bluefish. This steamer and the Petrel are the only two steam
fishing-boats owned in Nantucket.

The line-trawls are used in the spring and fall in the cod and haddock
fisheries. These are set from dories which put out from the beaches
on the south and east sides of the island when the weather permits,
and on returning are hauled up out of the surf to a safe place and the
fish carted to town.

At Quidnet there are a number of houses where the Portuguese salt
codfish. Salting and drying codfish is also carried on by a number
of fishermen from the Cape. They have established a small village on
Coatuc ("New Chatham"), and in catboats sail out of the "opening"
at the head of the harbor and fish off the eastern side of the island.

A gasoline-power boat, the San Antonio, has recently been built by

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 505

some enterprising Portuguese on Nantucket, and is employed in various
kinds of fishing about the island.

The set-nets, used in the fall for catching bonito, are hung in the
"Cod" of the Bay — the sheet of water enclosed by the arm of the
island called Great Pomt.

Collections of Nantucket fishes have been made by the senior writer
and presented by him to the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel-
phia. The * affixed to certain species indicates that material from
this source has been examined.

In conclusion, we wish to thank the members of the "Petrel Com-
pany " for their kindness and interest in helping us in this work.

PETROMYZONTIDiE.
Petromyzon marinus Linnaeus. (" Lamprey.")

Specimen taken in the pound, April 28, 1904, about 3 feet in length.

GALEORHINID^.
♦Mustelus canis (Mitchill).

Found associated with Squalus acanthias.

Prionace glauca (Linnceus). ("Blue Dog." "Man-eater.")

Caught with the sand shark (Carcharias littoralis), but by no means
so common.

"Sharking" is one of the sports of the island. Those caught are
not used now commercially. Some years ago, when "sharking" was
carried on regularly at Wawinet, a village at the head of the harbor,
the livers of all the sharks caught were saved, dried out in the sun and
the oil shipped away.
Carcharliinus obscurus (Le Sueur) 7

About 6 or 8 examples probably of this or some closely related
species have been taken at various times at or near Great Point. A
large example was taken by the senior writer during the summer of
1877, weighing 650 pounds. It measured 11 feet 6 inches.

SPHYRNID^.
*Sphyrna zygaena (Linnaeus).

Two examples seen. One washed ashore many years ago, and another
taken in a set-net September 25, 1903. The latter examined by the
junior writer.

ALOPIID^.
Alopias vulpes (Gmelin). ("Thrasher.")

Two examples seen. Both taken at Great Point, one with a line
and the other in the pound. The tail of the latter measured 7h feet.

506 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

LAMNID^.
Isurus dekayi (Gill)? ("Mackerel Shark.")

Taken in the spring in the mackerel drift-nets.

CARCHARIID^.
*Carcliarias littoralis (Mitchill). ("Sand Shark.")

This is the commonest shark in these waters. They are taken on
lines and sometimes rolled up in the set-nets. Occasionally in the har-
bor. A small one was taken a few years ago in one of the doclcs. It
measm-ed about 5 feet.

SQUALID.^.

Squalus acanthias Linnseus. (" Dog Fish.")

They breed on the bar in May. Some years ago they were regularly
fished for by sailboats. They were so plentiful that it was the custom
to break off the barb of the hook to make it easier to get the fish off
when caught. They are a great nuisance to the mackerel fishermen,
not only in tearing the nets, but in mangling the mackerel already
in the net. In October, 1903, for two or three days they filled up the
pounds.

RAJIDJE.
Kaja erinacea Mitchill. (" Skate.")

Common all about the island and associated with —

Eaja laevis (Mitchill). (" Skate.")

MYLIOBATID^.
Ehinoptera bonasus (Mitchill).
Only one specimen seen. Taken in the pound, October 16, 1902.

ACIPENSERIDJB.
Acipenser sturio Linnseus. ("Sturgeon.")

Often seen "breaking" (jumping out of water) on still days off the
east end of the island. Occasionally taken in the nets.

ANGUILLID^.
*Anguilla chrisypa Rafinesque. ("Eel.")

Taken by spearing in shallow water in the harbor and in Madequet
" creek/' a tide-water stream at the western end of the island. They
are also taken at night torching and with the " bob." In winter holes
are cut in the ice and the eel-spear thrust through into the mud and
many eels taken. This was especially resorted to in the long freeze-up

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 507

of 1904. A perfect albino specimen was taken by Henry Folger in
the spring of 1903 and is now in the Academy's coUection.^

ELOPIDJE.
♦Elops saurus Linnaeus. (" Lady Fish.")

Taken in the pound in October, 1903.

CLUPEID^.

Clupea harengus Linnaeus. ("Herring.")

Taken in the spring by opening the south head of the Hummock
pond (fresh-water) to the sea. As they rim in they are scooped out
with hand-nets. Many remain through the summer in the pond after
it is closed. They are also taken in the pound.

Pomolobus pseudohareiigus (Wilson) ? (" Herring.")
Alosa sapidissima (Wilson). ("Shad.")

A few taken in the poimd in the spring of 1901. Tradition says that
they were common about the island before the bluefish became so
numerous. Thirty-six taken April 29, 1904, and 30 taken May 7,
1904, in the poimds.

*Brevoortia tyrannus (Latrobe). (" Menhaden.")

SALMONID^.
Salmo salar Linnaeus. ("Salmon.")

One weighing 3^ pounds taken off Tuckernuck in the mackerel drift-
nets of the Waquoit on the night of May 6 and 7, 1904.

PCECILIID^.
♦Fundulus majalis (Walbaum). (" Cat Fish.")

Caught with the following about the wharves l^y boys, and the name
given as they are caught for cats' food.
♦Fundulus heteroclitus macrolepidotus (Walbaum). ("Cat Fish.")

Abundant about the wharves. Used with the above for bait for
plaice fish.

SYNGNATHIDJE.
Siphostoma fuscum (Storer). (" Pipe Fish.")

Conunon on the bars in August and September. Associated with
and closely resembling floating eel-grass. This is undoubtedly a case
of color and form protection,

*A spotted eel about four feet long has been noticed by the senior writer.
Three specimens were seen at different times, one on exhibition four or five years
ago and two were seen in October, 1902, which were sent to Albany by Sydney
Fisher. They were called Conger Eels by the fishermen, and thought to be related
to Murcena ocellata.

508 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

ATHERINIDu?E.
♦Menidia notata (Mitchill).

BBLONIDiE.
*Tylosurus acus (Lacdpfede). ("Bill Fish.")

Rare. One taken September 23, 1901, and another August, 1903,
in the pound.

SOOMBRID^.
Scomber scombrus Linnaeus. ("Mackerel.")

Caught in drift-nets which are set at night off the south side of the
island in the spring of the year. Sometimes in the fall they are taken
on hand-lines in Nantucket Sound. Some taken also in the pounds.
First taken (in the pound) in 1904, April 28. On April 29, 32 taken;
on May 6 and 7, 160 taken by steamer Waquoit "drifting" off south
side.

Thunnus thynnus (Linnaeus). (" Horse Mackerel.")

Caught around the island by the Petrel with swordfish gear, and also
in the pounds. Schools of 60 or 70 have been seen.

Sarda sarda (Bloch). ("Bonito.")

Caught in set-nets through September and October, rarely caught
trolling.

Scomberomorus maculatus (Mitchill). ("Spani.'ih Mackerel.")

TBICHIURID^.
*Trichiurus lepturus Linnaeus. (" Hair Tail. ')

Three large examples secured, four in all, taken in the pound in July,
1903.

XIPHIID^.
Xiphias gladius Linnaeus. ("Sword Fish.")

Common in July -off the south side of the island, from 20 to 40
miles from the land. They are taken by the ordinary swordfish
gear by the steamers Petrel and Waquoit. Many years ago sail-
boats from Nantucket made a business of swordfishing.

CARANQID^.
*Seriola zonata (MitchiU). ("Rudder Fish.")

Taken in pound, 1903.

*Caranx crysos (Mitchill). ("Yellow Tail.")

Taken in pound, 1903.

Selene vomer (Linnaeus). ("Moon Fish.")

A small example taken in the pound, September 26, 1901.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 509

Trachinotus carolinus (Linnaeus). (" Pompano.")

Two examples taken in the pound, September, 1901.
POMATOMIDiE.
Pomatomus saltatrix (Linnseus). ("Blue Fish.")

These are taken by trolling in the Rips— Muskeget Rip, Great Point
Rip and Bass Rip (off Sankaty Head)— and for many years great
numbers were caught by boats in the opening which broke through
some fifty years ago between Nantucket and Tuckernuck. This place
is now given up. When the bluefish first became common about the
island, in the early 60's, they were caught in the harbor, now they
are rarely seen there. Set-nets were also used, but of late these are
but little used. The Petrel gets them off the south and east ends of
the island by means of sweep-nets. When a school is seen— and this
can be done at some distance by the terns which hover over them—
the net is shot from dories and pulled around the school, the fish in
darting away get gilled and are then taken from the net.

"Heaving and hauling"— i.e., throwing a drail or leaded hook from
the shore and hauling in— is now occasionally done at the south shore,
and on September 26, 1903, an example weighing 27 pounds was taken.
This is considerably larger than the largest heretofore reported by
Jordan and Evermann, Food and Game Fishes, 1902, p. 321, where one
weighing 22 pounds and measuring 3 feet in length is mentioned.

Up to 1880 hundreds were often caught in an afternoon from the
south shore.

C BNTROL OPHID^.
*Palinuriclitliys peroiformis (MitchiU). (" Rudder Fish.")

STROMATEID^.
*Rhombus triacanthus (Peck). (" Butter Fish." "Butter Scup.")

These have never been known to take a hook. All the specimens are
taken in the pounds, as many as twenty barrels having been obtained
in a day. The first taken in 1904 was on May 6, and two the next day.

PERCID^.

Perca flavescens (MitchiU). (" Pond Fish." "Perch.")

Only taken in the fresh-water ponds, and very abundant.

SERRANID^.
Roccus lineatus (Bloch). ("Striped Bass.")

Rarely taken on the scup grounds.

510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Centropristes striatus (Linnaeus). (" Black Bass.")

In October, 1903, about ten barrels were taken one day from the
pounds. Occasionally taken on the scup grounds.

SPARID^.

♦Stenotomus chrysops (Linnteus). (" Scup " [abbreviation of Indian word Mishcuppauog].)

This is an important food fish, and until the introduction of the
pounds was only taken by hand-lines. They arrive in these waters
about June 1. The first fish are always the largest. Later in the sea-
son smaller ones occur. It is said that the first fishing-boat built with
a well (in 1763) was first employed in the scup fishery. In the summer
of 1903 these fish practically abandoned these waters, a few were
taken in the pounds, and the hand-lining was given up. The first
(two) were taken in the pound in 1904 on May 8.

SCI^NID^.
*Cynoscioii regalis (Schneider). ("Squi-dee.")

Common since the bluefish have become scarce. Occasionally
taken trolling, but never, as far as we know, have they been fished for
with rods — so commonly practiced in the Jersey waters. Large num-
bers taken in the pounds.

Menticirrhus saxatilis (Schneider). (" Whiting.")

Taken with the mackerel in drift-nets in the spring and are given
away, not being very highly esteemed as a food fish.

L ABRIDGE.
Tautogolabrus adspersus (Walbaum). (" Wharf Fish.")

Fished by boys for cat food. Common about the wharves.

Tautoga onitis (Linnaeus). C'Tautog.")

Not common. Taken on the scup grounds and hi the pounds.

BALISTID^.

*Balistes vetula Linnaeus. ("Trigger Fish.")

Taken on the scup grounds. The three secured were taken in the
pound in 1903.

TETRAODONTID^.
Spheroides maculatus (Schneider). ("Swell-belly.")

Taken on the scup grounds.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 511

MOLID^.

Mola mola (Linnaeus). ("Sun Fish.")

Rare. Seen in deep water on calm days about the island. One taken
some years ago was sent by Dr. Harold Williams to Tuffts College,
Massachusetts.

COTTID.iE.

♦Myoxoceplialus octodecemspinosus (Mitchill). (" Sculpin.")

On scup grounds and in pound. One seen in pound, May 7, 1904.

C YCLOPTERID.i^ .
Cyclopterus lumpus Linnaeus. ("Lump Fish.")

One specimen (8 inches long) taken in the pound, May 8, 1904.

TRIGLIDiE.
♦Prionotus carolinus (Linnseus). (" Peter Grunter.")

Common on scup grounds. At times as many as two or three
barrels taken in the pound. Not used as food. The senior writer has
often eaten them, and finds them excellent. Seen on May 6, 1904.

ECHENEIDID^.
Echeneis naucrates Linnaeus. (" Sucker.")

Rare.

MERLUCCIID^.
Merluccius bilinearis (Mitchill). ("Hake.")

But one adult seen. Taken in the trap October, 1903. In the spring
of 1902 the young, about 4 inches in length, were very abundant about
the wharves.

GADID^.
FolacMus virens (Linnaeus). ("Pollock.")

Caught trolling off east coast. Since the introduction of the pound
they have been taken in great numbers. From April 9 to May 5,
1904, very nearly 20,000 were taken by the Petrel.

Gadus callarias Linnaeus. (" Cod.")

Taken in the spring and fall by hand-lmes and line-trawls on the
shoals about the island and occasionally in the Sound at Long Hill.
Most of those taken by the Petrel Company are sent away, fresh, in ice,
some are pickled and others salted and dried. These fish for the
last two years have greatly diminished in number.

Melanogrammus aeglefinus (Linnaeus). ("Haddock.")

Mostly taken in the spring of the year.

512 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

PLEURONEOTIDiE.
Hippoglossus hippoglossus (Linnaeus). ("Halibut.")

Many years ago regularly fished for off Great Point. In April, 1904,
Mr, Burehell, while cod-fishing off the east end of the island, caught a
halibut on a codfish hook, but lost him. He estimated the fish, which
he saw, as weighing about 100 pounds.

Paralichthys dentatus (Linnaeus). ("Plaice.")

Very common on the bar in the summer of 1903.

Paralichthys oblongus (Mitchill). (" Flounder.")

Two or three taken in the pound early in May, 1904.

Lophopsetta maculata (Mitchill). ("Flat Fish.")
Pseudopleuronectes americanus (Walbaiun). (" Winter Flounder.")

Fished for in the harbor in the late fall and early spring.

LOPHIID^.

LopMus piscatorius Linnaeus. (" Goose Fish." "Monk Fish.")

About fifty seen at one time in the pound in the fall of 1903, and
appeared to average from 50 to 75 pounds apiece.

1904.] NATURAL SCIPJNCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

513

NOTES ON ORTHOPTERA FROM NORTHERN AND CENTRAL MEXICO.
BY JAMES A. G. REHN.

The following study is based entirely on material in the collection
of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. The States of
Chihuahua, Jalisco, San Luis Potosi and Tamaulipas arc represented
in the^ series of about four hundred specimens studied. The most
extensive series is that, comprising two hundred and sixty-four speci-
mens, collected in Jalisco, chiefly at Guadalajara, in 1903, by Mr. J. F.
McClendon, and purchased by the Academy. An exceedingly interest-
ing collection of seventy-one specimens from San Luis Potosi and
Tamaulipas was collected by Mr. M. E. Hoag, and this limited series has
furnished a surprising number of new and little known forms. Three
smaller collections are embraced in this study; a number of Guadala-
jara specimens collected and presented by Mr. C. H. T. Townsend; a
few interesting individuals from Victoria, Tamaulipas, collected by
S. N. Rhoads, and a series of Casas Grandes, Chihuahua, specimens,
collected and presented by Dr. W. E. Hughes.

Family BLATTID^.

Genu? PSEUDOMOPS Serville.
Pseudomops oblongata (Linnaeus).

Tuxpan, Jalisco, September 4, 1903. (McClendon.) One male. '

Pseudomops discoidalis (Burmeister).

Guadalajara, Jalisco. August 24 and September 18, 1903. (Mc-
Clendon.) Two females.

These specimens agree with the descriptions and single Orizaba
specimen examined, except that the antenna are not annulate with
whitish and the general color of the tegmina is more blackish.

Periplaneta americana (Linnaeus).

Guadalajara, Jalisco. August 24, 1903. (McClendon.) One male.
Family MANTID^.

Genus STAGMOMANTIS Saussure.
Stagmomantis limbata (Haan).

Guadalajara, Jalisco. September 14 and 18, 1903. (McClendon.)
One male, five females.

One of the females in this series represents the dark wine-color phase.
33

r)14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jline,

Genus OLIGONYX.

1869. Oligonyx Saussure, Mittheil. SHiwoiz. Ent. GeselL, III, pp. 58, 71.
Included minuta Drury, hlcornis and filifonnis Saussure and fihim Lich-
tenstein.

Oligonyx mexicanus Saussure and Zehntner.

1894. Oligonyx mexicanus Saussure and Zehntner, Biol. Ccnt.-Amer. .
Orth.,I, p. 172, tab. IX, figs. 13-15. [Presidio, Mexico; Cuhulco, Vera
Paz, Guatemala.]

Guadalajara, Jalisco, August 23, 1903. (McClendon.) One male.

This specimen is referred here with some little doubt as the pro-
notum is slightly shorter and the tegniina slightly longer than Saus-
sure and Zehntner's measurements, but these discrepancies are slight,
and the specimen in all probability represents this species.

Genus VATES Burmeister.
Vates townsendi Rehn.

Guadalajara, Jalisco. August 9 and September IS, 1903. (McClen-
don.) One male, one female.

Family PHASMID^.
Genus DIAPHEROMERA Gray.
Diapheromera calcarata Burmeister.

Guadalajara, Jalisco. September 14, 1903. (McClendon.) Two
males.

These specimens agree perfectly with individuals previoush' recorded
from Alta Mira, Tamaulipas.^

Genus PSEUDOSERMYLE Caudell.
1903. Pseudosermyle Caudell, Proc. U. S. National Museum, XX'S'I, p. 867.
Type. — Pseudosermyle banksii Caudell.
Pseudosermyle tridens (Burmeister).

Tuxpan, Jalisco. September 4, 1903. (McClendon.) One male.
Guadalajara, Jalisco, September 18, 1903. (McClendon.) One
female.

These specimens agree perfectly with a series of six specimens of
both sexes from Cuernavaca, Morelos and Iguala, Guerrero.

Genus BOSTRA Stil.
Bostra jaliscensis n. sp.

Type: a"; Tuxpan, Jalisco, Mexico. September 4, 1903. (J. F.
McClendon.) [Coll. of Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.l

Related to B. incompta Rehn,^ from Costa Rica, but differing in the

» Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 50.
- Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 57.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 515

smaller size, more elongate and posteriorly constricted head, more
elongate ninth dorsal abdominal segment, heavier cerci and more pro-
duced inferior angle of the subgenital opercle. No close relationship
exists with B. dorsuaria Stal or turgida (Westwood).

Size medium; form very elongate; surface smooth. Head dis-
tinctly longitudinal, the posterior portion with a marked but
gradual constriction; eyes elliptical, not prominent; ocelli absent;
antennae with the basal joint longitudinal, depressed, external margin
not distinctly sulcate. Pronotum slightly shorter than the head,
slightly expanded posteriorly; cruciform impression weak, the central
portion more apparent than the extremes; lateral margins distinctly
cingulate. Mesonotum very slender and elongate, equal to the median
femora. Metanotum (with median segment) two-thirds the length of
the mesonotum; median segment slightly shorter than the remaining
portion of the metanotum and slightly longer than the j&rst abdominal
segment. Abdomen with all the six basal segments quite elongate,
the fifth slightly and the sixth distinctly shorter than any of the basal
four; seventh, eighth and ninth segments subequal in length, the sev-
enth expanded apically, the eighth constricted apically, the ninth sub-
equal and with the apical half bearing several distinct longitudmal
sulci, apical margin sinuato-truncate ; cerci simple, straight, somewhat
compressed, slightly shorter than the ninth dorsal abdominal segment;
subgenital opercle compressed, not exceeding the apical margin of the
eighth dorsal segment, inferior angle produced into a distinct claw-like
point. Anterior femora equal to the mesonotum, pronotum and half
of the head in length, straight, distinctly carinate, basal flexure short
but distinct ; tibiae exceeding the femora by the length of the pronotum,
very slender, carinate; metatarsi slender, exceeding the remaining
tarsal joints in length, superior surface with a narrow and rathei- in-
distinct longitudinal sulcus. Median femora equal to the mesonotum
in length, slightly arcuate; tibiae exceeding the femora in length;
metatarsi slightly shorter than the remaining tarsal joints, sulcus as hi
the anterior metatarsi. Posterior femora reaching to the middle of the
fifth abdominal segment, slender, very slightly arcuate; tibiae slightly
exceeding the femora; metatarsi subequal with the remaining tarsal
joints, no distinct sulcus above.

General color drab, suffused on the apex of the abdomen with, and a
broad lateral streak on the head cream color; eyes mottled cinnamon
and umber; postocular streak on head and pronotum hair-brown;
limbs drab, more or less distinctly annulate with broad bands of dull
brownish, some of the pale annuli wood-brown.

516 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jline,

Measurements.

Total length, 96 mm.

Length of head, 4.3 "

Length of pronotmn, 3.3 "

Length of meson otiim, 24.3 "

Length of metanotum (including median segment), . . . 15.5 "

Length of median segment, 7 "

Length of abdomen, 49 "

Length of anterior femora, 28.5 "

Length of anterior tibise, 33.5 "

Length of median femora, 24.5 "

Length of posterior femora 29.5 "

Genus PARABACILLTJS Caudell.

1903. Porabacillus Caudell, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Miis., XXVI, p. 865.
Type. — Bacillus coloradus Scudder.

Parabacillus palmeri (Caudell).

1902. Bacillus palmeri Caudell, Ent. News., XIII, p. 274. [Durango,
Mexico.]

Guadalajara, Jalisco. July 22 and August 16, 1903. (McClendon.)
Four females.

Family ACRIDID.^.

Subfamily ACRIDIN^.

Genus ACHURUM Saussure.

1861. Achurum Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser., XIII,
p. 313.

Type. — Truxalis sumichrasti Saussure.

Achurum sumichrasti (Saussure).

1861. Tr[uxalis] Sumichrasti Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e
ser., XIII, p. 313. [Temperate Mexico.]

Guadalajara, Jalisco. August 20 and September 18, 1903. (Mc-
Clendon.) Two females.

Genus SYRBULA St&l.
1873. Syrbula Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, I, p. 91, 102.
Included Oxycoryphus montezuma Saussure and Syi-bula leucoccrca
Stal.

Syrbula pacifica Bruner.

1904. Syrbula pacifica Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 44. [Tepic]
Guadalajara, Jalisco. September 14 and 18, 1903. (McClendon.)

Male and female.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 517

Syrbula eslavae Rehn.

1900. Syrbula eslavce Rehn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, XXVII, p. 90. [Eslava,
D. F., Mexico.]

La Joya, San Lids Potosi. August 10, 1903. (M. E. Hoag.) One

male, one immature female.

Genus MACH.ff;ROCERA Saussure.

1859. Machcerocera Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser., XI,
p. 391.
Type. — M. mexicana Saussure.

Machaerocera mexicana Saussure.

1859. Miacharocera] mexicana Saussure, Revaie et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e
ser., XI, p. 391. ["Mexico calida."]

Alta Mira, Tamaulipas. June 26, 28 and 30, 1903. (M. E. Hoag.)
Two males and one female.

A study of twenty-two specimens of this species from Tamaulipas,
Vera Cruz and Morelos furnishes no constant diagnostic character
for separating the Vera Cruz form as Thomas's sumichasti, as has been
done by Bruner.^ A pair of this species, labelled in Saussm-e's hand-
writing and presented by him, the male from "Mexique; Sumi-
chrast," and the female "Orizaba, reg. temp. Sumichrast," agree with
the rather large series studied. As the latter specimens are authori-
tatively determined and agree with specimens from Jalapa as well as
Alta Mira, I feel justified in considering them all one species.

Maohaerocera pacifica Bruner.

1904. Machcerocera pacifica Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 51.
[Tepic, on the Pacific slope, not far from San Bias.]

Guadalajara, Jalisco. August 24, September 14 and 18, 1903.
(McClendon.) Five males.

A fairly well-marked species, distinguished by the slender posterior
femora and rather hea\der antennae.

Genus AMBLYTROPIDIA sai.
1873. Amhlytropidia Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, I, pp. 93, 107.
Type. — A. ferruginosa Stal.

Amblytropidia ingenita Bruner.

1904. Amblytropidia ingenita Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 67.
[Orizaba; Chilpancingo, Guerrero; Cuernavaca, Morelos.]

Cuernavaca, Morelos. September, 1900. (Barrett.) One female.
This individual is rather larger than Bruner's maximum measure-
ments.

^Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 51.

518 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Amblytropidia elongata Bruner.

1904. Amblytropidia elongata Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 68.
[Tepic, Jalisco.]

Tuxpan, Jalisco. September 4, 1903. (McClendon.) One female.
The following key based on the female will serve to separate several
species studied:

A. — Fastigium broad; eye ovoid; disk of the pronotum with the
greatest width about two- thirds the length ; posterior margin
of the pronotum obtuse-angulate ; lateral lobes of the prono-
tum higher than long.
B. — Form heavy; fastigium rather blunt; face somewhat
rounded ; posterior femora heavy, the slender distal portion
less than one-third the total length,

occidentalis (Saussiu-e).
BB. — Form rather slender; fastigium acute; face distinctly angu-
late ; posterior femora with the slender apical portion more
than one-third the total length, . . mysteca (Saussure),
A A. — Fastigium rather narrow; eye elongate-ovoid; disk of the pro-
notum with the greatest width but slightly more than half
the length; posterior margin very broadly obtuse-angulate;
lateral lobes longer than high, .... ingenita Bruner.

Genus ORPHULELLA Giglio-Tos.

1S94. Orphulella Giglio-Tos, Bollett. Miis. Zool. Anat. Comp., IX, No. 184,
p. 10.

Based on 0. punctata (DeGeer), intricata (Stal), gracilis and elegans
Giglio-Tos, of which the first may be justly considered the type.

Orphulella tepaneca (Saussure).

1861. St[enoboth]r[us] tepanecus Saussure, Revue et Maeasin de Zooloeie
2e ser., XIII, p. 319. [Mexico.] '

Alta Mira, Tamaulipas. June 24 and 25, 1903. (M. E. Hoag.)
Two females.

Genus DICHROMORPHA Morse.
1896. Dichromorpha Morse, Psyche, VII, pp. 326, 383.
Type. — D. viridis (Scudder).

Dichromorplia viridis (Scudder).

1862. C[hloealtis] viridis Scudder, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist., VII p. 455
[Connecticut.] '

Guadalajara, Jalisco. August 6, 24, September 14 and 18, 1904.
(McClendon.) Sixteen males, thirteen females.

These specimens are not typical viridis, and more material and study
may show that they represent another form. The tegmina and wings
reach to, or almost to, the tip of the abdomen in all the females, while
the males have those members considerably exceeding the apex of the

IDOL J NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 519

abdomen. A number of other characters exhibit more or less apparent
differences, such as the shape of the eye and the vertex, the more gib-
bous anterior and median femora of the male, and the longer posterior
limbs.

Genus BOOPEDON Thomas.
1S70. Boopedon Thomas, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1870, p. S3.
Included B. nigrum Thomas { = Gryllus nuhilus Say) and B. flavo-
fasciatum Thomas.

Boopedon nubilum (Say).

1825. GfrijJlus] nuhilus Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., IV, p. 308. [Arkan-
sa . near the base of the Rocky Mountains"; probably referring

to the country at the exit of the Arkansas River from the mountauis.]

Casas Grandes, Chihuahua. September, 1902. (Dr. W. E. Hughes.)

Two males.

These individuals are both of the black type of coloration, and in
one the pregenicular annuli of the posterior femora are absent.

Boopedon hoagi n. sp.
Type: d^ ; La Joya, San Luis Potosi, Mexico. August 10, 1903.

(M. E. Hoag.)

Allied to B. nubilum, but differing in the smaller head and the longer
and more distinctly carinate pronotum, the metazona of which is
strongly punctate.

Size medium (equal to the male of nubilum); form moderately
elongate, subbrachypterous, as is usual in the genus. Head of medium
size, face moderately declivent, occiput rounded, hardly elevated above
the pronotum, no distinct median carina present but with an exceed-
ingly faint one on the fastigium; fastigium considerably broader than
long, anteriorly obtuse-angulate, not excavated, margins very slightly
elevated ; lateral f oveol® linear, slightly marked ; interspace between
the eyes hardly narrower than the fastigium; eye subovate, anteriorly
somewhat truncate, slightly longer than the infra-ocular portion of
the geme; frontal costa moderately broad, subequal, not quite reach-
ing the clypeus, slightly excavated at the ocellus; antennae about
equal to the tegmina in length, somewhat depressed in the apical half,
apex acute. Pronotum with the disk subequal in width, prozona and
metazona subequal in length; anterior margin subtruncate, posterior
margin obtuse-angulate ; median carina very distinct, moderately high,
lateral angles sharp but not truly carinate; metazona strongly punc-
tate ; lateral lobes higher than long, the inferior margin obtuse-angu-
late. Tegmina slightly shorter than the abdomen; greatest width
one-third the distance from the base, costal expansion very large;

520 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

apex rounded. Wings eciiial to the tegmina in length. Abdomen with
the apex not elevated; siibgenital plate moderately acuminate; supra-
anal plate triangular, somewhat convex and with a slight median longi-
tudinal depression; cerci simple, styliform, apex rather blunt. Ante-
rior and median limbs slender for the general size. Posterior femora
robust, inflated basally, distal fourth subequal, scalariform markings
obtuse; posterior tibiae slightly shorter than the femora.

General color blackish, a faint line from the superior margin of the
eye, a pregenicular annulus on the posterior femora and a proximal
annulus on the posterior tibiae dull ochraccous ; distal half of the pos-
terior tibiae flesh-colored, the spines blackish apically; anterior and
median limbs brownish sprinkled with black spots; antennae flesh on
the basal third, blackish bej^ond.

Measurements.

Length of body, 20.5 mm.

Length of pronotum. 5.7 "

Greatest dorsal width of pronotum, 3.2 "

Length of tegmina, 1L2 ''

Length of posterior femora, 15.5 "

The type and an inmiature topotypic male are the only specimens
examined. I have dedicated this species to the collector, the well-
known entomologist, Mr. M. E. Hoag.

Boopedon gracile n. sp.

Type: d ; Alta Mira, Tamaulipas. June 25, 1903. (M. E. Hoag.)
Quite distinct from any of the previously known species of the genus,
and easily recognized by the slender form, fully developed tegmina
and wings, and distuict carinae of the fastigium and pronotum.

Size medium ; form slender. Head of moderate size ; occiput slightly
flattened, but elevated somewhat above the pronotum; fastigium
slightly broader than long, anteriorly rectangulate, shallowly but dis-
tinctly excavated, a disthict and sharp median carina present, margins
as distinct as the median carina; inters})ace between the eyes about
equal to the width of the fastigium; frontal costa rather broad, slightly
constricted below the ocellus, reaching the clypeus, slightly excavated
at and for a slight distance below the ocellus; eye ovate, subtruncate
anteriorly, longer than the infra-ocular portion of the genae; antennae
slightly more than half as long again as the head and pronotum.
Pronotum rather narrow, disk about half as long again as the greatest
(posterior) width; anterior margin rotundato-truncate, posterior
margin obtuse-angulate and with the apex rounded ; metazona slightly

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 521

longer than the prozona; median carina very distinct, sharp; lateral
carinse distinct anteriorly, rounded on the metazona, which latter is
very closely punctate; lateral lobes higher than broad, infe ' ^r niargin
obtuse-angulate, rounded posteriorly. Tegmina considerably exceed-
ing the apex of the abdomen and but very slightly short( r than the
tips of the posterior femora, subequal in width, the costal field mod-
erately expanded; apex obliquely rotundato-truncate. Wings equal
to the tegmina in length. Abdomen not recurved apically. Posterior
femora slender (for the genus), tapering through the entire length;
posterior tibiae slightly shorter than the femora.

General color bistre; the top of the head, disk of the pronotum and
anal field of the tegmina broccoli-brown; lateral lobes of the prozona
and the gense shining blackish; face and antennae wood-brown, the
latter infuscated in the apical half. Pronotum with the lateral carinae
marked anteriorly with buff. Anterior limbs pale cinnamon. Pos-
terior femora blackish externally and inferiorly, except for a pregenicu-
lar annulus of ochraceous, superior and internal faces ochraceous with
four blackish bars, the two proximal ones of which do not join the black-
ish external face, their distribution being, one genicular, one post-
median, one pre median and the other basal; posterior tibiae blackish
proximally with a broad dull ochraceous annulus, followed by a black-
ish annulus, the remainder dull Isabella color suffused with blackish, the
spines all blackish apically ; tarsi ochraceous.

Measurements.

Length of body 22 mm.

Length of pronotum, 5

Greatest dorsal width of pronotum, 3

Length of tegmina, 18.7

Length of posterior femora 16 "

The type is the only specimen of the species examined.

Genua PLECTROTETTIX McNeill.
1897. Plectrotettix McNeill, Psyche, VIII, p. 71.

Proposed to replace Plectrophorus McNeill (preoccupied) and includ-
ing P. viatorius (Saussure) and P. gregarms (Saussure).

Plectrotettix viatorius (Saussure).

1861. St[enobothrus] viatorius Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie,
2e ser., XIII, p. 317. ["In tota Mexico occurrunt et gregibus copiosus
campis damnuna inferrunt."]

Guadalajara, Jalisco. June 28, July 17 and September 18, 1903.
(McClendon.) Four males, six females.

522 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [JlUlO,

Zapotlanejo, Jalisco. July 31, 1903. (McClendon). One male.

Zapotlan, Jalisco. July 7, 1902. (C. H. T. Townsend.) Four
males, five females.

La Joya, San Luis Potosi. August 10, 1903. (M. E. Hoag.) Two
females.

Alta ^lira, Tamaulipas. June 24, 1902. (M. E. Hoag.) One male.

Genus AULOCAEA Scudder.
1 76. Aulocara Scudder, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr., II, p. 266.
Type. — A. coeruleipes Scudder = A. eUiotti (Thomas).

Aulocara elliotti (Thomas).

1870. S[tauronotus] EUiotti Thomas, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1870, p.
82. [Eastern Colorado.]

Casas Grandes, Chihuahua. September, 1902. (Dr. W. E. Hughes.)
One female.

Subfamily CEDIPODIN.E.
Genus ARPHIA StAl.
1873. Arphia Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum. I, pp. 11.3, 119.
Included A. sulphurea (Fabricius) and A. sanguinnria Stal, of which
the former may be considered the type.

Arphia simplex Scudder.

1875. Arphia simplex Scudder, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII, p. 514.
[Dallas, Texas.]

La Joya, San Luis Potosi. August 10, 1903. (M. E. Hoag.) One
male, two females.

Alta Mira, Tamaulipas. June 24 and 25, 1903 (M. E. Hoag.) Four
males.

Victoria, Tamaulipas. January 14 or 15, 1903. (S. N. Rhoads.)
Two males.

The male specimens are slightly smaller than several Texan repre-
sentatives examined, but their measurements are about equal to those
given by Scudder. The females, however, have the tegmina distinctly
shorter than Texan individuals, but otherwise appear to fully represent
this species.
Arphia truculenta n. sp.

Type: o" ; Guadalajara, Jalisco, Mexico. September 18, 1903.
(McClendon.)

Allied to A. nietana Saussure,^ but differing in the slenderer pos-
terior femora, the broader and less sulcate frontal costa, and the more
acute posterior process of the pronotum,

* Comparisons made with specimens of nietana from Eslava, D. F.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 523

Size medium; form robust. Head with the vertex subhorizontal ;
scutehum of the vertex as broad as long, not appreciably excavated
except for the distinct transverse depression, rugulose, median carina
continued posteriorly on to the occiput, lateral carince of the scutellum
low, but distinct; lateral foveolse subc[uadrate, slightly excavated;
frontal costa broad at and below the ocellus, slightly constricted below
the latter, superiorly contracted and with an mdistinct median carina,
broadly sulcate at and for quite a distance below the ocellus; eye sub-
ovate, equal in length to the infraocular portion of the gena3; anternse
of medium length, slender basally, apically somewhat expanded and
depressed. Pronotum with the disk of the prozona rather inflated,
that of the metazona depressed; median carina distinct, but not high,
subequal in height; anterior margin very obtusely angulate, posterior
margin rectangulate with the angle rounded and the remainder of the
margin rather sinuate; surface of the prozona rugose, of the metazona
longitudinally verrucose; lateral lobes deeper than wide, subequal in
breadth, inferior margin roundeel with the angles not pronounced.
Interval between the metasternal lobes slightly longer than broad.
Tegmina exceeding the posterior femora by about one-fifth their total
length, rather broad, apex obliquely truncate; dilation of the costal
margin basal and very pronounced ; intercalary vein nearer the ulnar
vein proximally, nearer the meelian vein distally. Wings wdth the
apex slightly falcate. Posterior femora rather slender (for the genus),
the apical half tapering without any curve; posterior tibia; slightly
shorter than the femora.

General color w^ood-brown strongly maculate and closely punctulate
with bistre. Head with the portion posterior to and below the eye
blackish; antennae blackish apically; eyes Prout's brown. Pronotum
with the lateral lobes blackish. Pleura blackish. Tegmina very dis-
tinctly and closely punctulate with the overlying shade except the
axillary field which is unicolor. Wings with the disk orange-chrome;
fuscous band, which is very much circumscribed, limited to little more
than the apical fourth of the wing and failing to reach the posterior
margin, blackish in color, the tip of the same color and separated by
a small subhyaline area from the band itself; ulnar taenia broad, sub-
equal and solid in color, reaching more than two-thirds the way to the
base of the wdng; costal margin colored as on the disk. Posterior
femora externally with inelications of a preapical annulus; genicular
region blackish; internal face blackish with tw^o transverse dull yel-
lowish bands. Posterior tibiae dull cinnamon; spines tipped with
black.

524 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juiie,

Measu7'e7nents.

Length of body, 22.2 mm.

Length of pronotiim 6 "

Greatest width of pronotum 4 "

Length of tegmina 23 "

Greatest width of tegmina 4.5 "

Length of wings, 22.2 "

Length of posterior femora, 16.5 "

Three males of this species have been examined, all from Guadala-
jara. They agree perfectly in structure, but exhibit some diversity
in coloration. The black on the lateral lobes of the type is not so
distinct in the other specimens, and the general features of the color
pattern more subdued in both of them.

Genus ENCOPTOLOPHUS Scudder.
1875. Encoptolophus Scudder, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII, p. 478.
Type. — G^dipoda sordida Burmeister.

Encoptolophus costalis (Scudder).

1862. CE[dipoda] costalis Scudder, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist., VII, p. 473.

[Texas.]

Alta Mira, Tamaulipas. June 24, 1903. (M. E. Hoag.) One female.

Zapotlanejo, Jalisco. July 31, 1903. (McClendon.) Three males,
three females.

Juanacatlan, Jalisco. July 22, 1903. (McClendon.) One female.

This series is quite uniform structurall}^, and such color differences
as exist are very slight. The Alta Mira specimen has a more reddish
cast when compared with Jalisco specimens of the same sex, but this
coloration is found in the Jalisco males.

Encoptolophus parvus Scudder.

1875. Encoptolophus parvus Scudder, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII,
p. 480. [Dallas, Texas.]

Guadalajara, Jalisco. August 8 and 20, 1 903. (McClendon.) One
male, one female.

Genus HIPPISCUS Saussure.

1861. Hippiscus Saussure, Revue et Maeasin de Zoologie, 2e ser., XIII.
p. 398.

Type. — CEdi-poda {Hippiscus) ocelote Saussure.

Hippiscus ocelote Saussure.

1861. (E[dipoda] (Hippiscus) ocelote Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoolo-
gie, 2e ser., XIII, p. 398. [Mexico.]

Guadalajara, Jalisco. September 14 and 18, 1903. (McClendon.)

Eight males and eight females.

Saussure has recorded this species from Cordova and Guanajuato.

1904,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 525

Hippiscus zapotecus Saussure.

1884. X[anthippus] zapotecus Saussure, Prodr. CEdipod., p. 91. [" Agei
mexicanus."]
Guadalajara, Jalisco. August 17, 1903. (McCIendon.) One female.

Genus LEPRUS Saussure.

1861. Leprus Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser., XIII, p. 398.
Type. — CEclipoda (Leprus) elephas Saussure.

Leprus elephas Saussure.

1861 (E[dipoda] (Leprus) elephas Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie,
2e ser., XIII, p. 398. [Mexico.]

La Joya, San Luis Potosi. August 10, 1903. (M. E. Hoag.) One
male, three females.

These specimens exhibit considerable variation in the extent of the
inflation of the prozona and in the pattern and intensity of the colora-
tion. .

Genus TROPIDOLOPHUS Thomas.

1873. Tropidolophus Thomas, Synopsis Acrididie N. Amer., p. 138.
Type. — Tropidolophus formosus (Say).

Tropidoloplius formosus (Say).

1825 Griillus formosus Sav, American Entomology, II, PI. 34 text page
four (unnumbered). [Colorado: "About an hundred and fifty miles
from the mountains, on the banks of the Arkansaw river. ]

Casas Grandes, Chihuahua. September, 1902. (Dr. W. E. Hughes.)

One female.

Genus SPHARAGEMON Scudder.
1875. Spharagemon Scudder, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII, p. 467.
Type. — Gryllus ceqiialis Say.

Spharagemon cristatum Scudder.

1S75. Spharagemon cristatum Scudder, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII,
p. 470. [Dallas and Waco, Texas.]
La Joya, San Luis Potosi. August 10, 1903. (M. E. Hoag.) Two
adult males, one immature individual.

These specimens are considerably smaller than Scudder's measure-
ments, but otherwise agree very well with this species.

Genus LACTISTA Saussure.
1884. Lactista Saussure, Prodr. CEdipod., p. 142.
Included L. gibhosus, punctatus, pulchripennis and pelkpidus, cf
which punctatus may be considered the type.

526 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Lactista punctatus (Stai).

1873. 0[E(Jipocla] pnudata Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, I, p. 130. [^lex-
ico.]

Alta Mira, Tamaiilipas. June 24, 25 and 30, 1903. (M. E. Hoag.)
Three males and one female.

The female is of imusually large size, but otherwise these specimens
agree very well with Presidio, Vera Cruz, indi\'iduals.

Genus TOMONOTUS Saussure.

1861. Tomonolus Saussuro, Re\iie et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser., XIII,
p. 320.

Included T. zimmermanni , mexicanus, nietanus and otomitus, of
which mexicanus is the only one uneliminated, and it consequently is
the type of the genus.

Tomonotus mexicanus Saussure.

1861. Tom[onotuii\ mexicanus Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie,
2e ser., XIII, p. 321. [Temperate Mexico.]

Guadalajara, Jalisco. July 17, August 24 and 29, September 14
and 18, 1903. (McClendon.) Twenty-six males and twenty-five
females.

Zapotlanejo, Jalisco. July 31, 1903. (McClendon.) One female.

Zapotlan, Jalisco. July 7, 1902. (Townsend.) Two males.

This large series is extremely interesting and shows considerable
variation in the size of the male.-^

Tomonotus orizabae Saussure.

1861. CE[dipoda] mexicana Saussure. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser.,

XIII, p. 397. [Mexico.]
188-4. T[oynonotus\ Orizaba Saussure, Prodrom. (Edipod., p. 98. [Texas;

Mexico; Guatemala.]

Zapotlan, Jalisco. July 7, 1902. (Townsend.) Three males, two
females.

Inseparable from a specimen from Uruapan, Michoacan.

Tomonotus azteCUS (Saussure).

1861. CE[dipoda] azteca Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser.,
XIII, p. 397. [Mexico.]

Alta Mira, Tamaulipas. June 25, 1903. (M. E. Hoag.) Two males.
Victoria, Tamaulipas. January 14 or 15, 1903. (S. N. Rhoads.)
One female.

' The specimens recorded by the writer from Mazatlan as Lactista gibhosuf
{Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, XXIX, p. 10) are a species of Tomonotus, and in all
probaliility T. mexicanus. The individuals there recorded had been dried from
alcohol and many characters exliiliited by them are misleading. The receipt of
a specimen of true L. gibbosus from California (Claremont: C. F. Baker) caused
me to make a second studv with the above results.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 527

La Joya, San Luis Potosi. August 10, 1903. (M. E. Hoag.) One
female.

The males are inseparable from an individual of that sex from Cuer-
navaca, Morelos.

Genus MESTOBREGMA Scudder.

1876. Mestobregma Scudder, Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geograph. Surv. Terr.,
II, p. 264.
Type. — (Edipoda plattei Thomas.

Mestobregma mexicanum (Saussure).

1884. Ps[inidia] mexicana Saussure, Prodr. CEdipod., p. 164. [''Ager mex-
icanus."]
Guadalajara, Jalisco. August 17, 1903. (McClendon.) One male.
La Joya, San Luis Potosi. August 10, 1903. (M. E. Hoag.) One
male, one female.

The female individual has the metazona dull green and the anal field
of the tegmina margined with rosaceous.

Genus TRIMEROTROPIS Stll.
1873. Trimerotropis Stal, Recensio Orthopt., I, p. 118, 134.
Included T. placida Stal { = ocliraceipcnnis Blanch.) and T, maritima
(Harris), of which the latter may be considered the type.

Trimerotropis vinculata Scudder."

1876. Trimerotropis rinculata Scudder, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,
XVIII, p. 270. [Guadalupe Island, off Lower California; San Diego,
Cal.; Mexico.]
La Joya, San Luis Potosi. August 10, 1903. (M. E. Hoag.) Two
males, three females.

San Luis Potosi, State of San Luis Potosi. August 5, 1903. (M. E.
Hoag.) Five males, three females.

Guadalajara, Jalisco. August 24 and 28, September 14, 18 and
22, 1903. (McClendon.) Three males, seven females.

Zapotlanejo, Jalisco. July 31, 1903. (McClendon.) Three males.

Genus HADROTETTIX Scudder.

1876. Hadrotettix Scudder, Rep. Chief Engineers, 1876, Pt. 3, p. 511.

Type. — Gryllus fasciatus Say.

Hadrotettix trifasciatus (Say).

1825. Gryllus trifasciatus Say, Amer. Ent., II, PI. 34, page seven of text
(unnumbered). ["In Arkansaw, at the distance of about three hundred
miles from the Rocky Mountains."]

Casas Grandes, Chihuahua. September, 1902. (Dr. W. E. Hughes.)

« The specimens previously recorded by me as T. fascicula {Trans. Amer. Ent.
Soc, XXVII, p. 227, and XXIX, p. 11) prove to belong to this common species
of the western United States.

528 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juiie,

One male, one female, one nymph. This record extends the range of
the species south of the Mexican boundary line.

Genus HELIASTUS Saussure.
1884. Heliaslus Saussure, Prodr. ffidipod., p. 212.
Included H. sumichrasti, venezuelce, aztecus and ohesus, of which the
first may be considered the type.

Heliastus sumichrasti (Saussure).

1861. (E[dipoda\ Sumichrasti Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie,
2e ser., XIII, p. 324. ["Mexico calida."]

Alta Mira, Tamaulipas. June 28' 1903. (M. E. Hoag.) One fe-
male.

This individual fully agrees with two authentic specimens from
Ruatan Island, Honduras, and Chilpancingo, Guerrero, received from
Dr. Saussure.

Heliastus aztecus Saussure.

1884. H[cJiastus] aztecus Saussure, Prodr. Gildipod., p. 214. ["Ager mexi-
canus septentrionalior.'"]

Victoria, Tamaulipas. January 14 or 15, 1903. (S. N. Rhoads.)
One female.

Genu- BRACHYSTOLA Scud<ler.

1876. Brachystola Scudder, Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geograph. Surv. Terr.,
II, p. 267.

Type. — Brachypeplus virescens Charpentier.

Brachystola magna Girard.

1854. Brachi/peplus viagnus Girard, Explor. Red River Louisiana, p. 231,
Zoology, Pi. XV, figs. 'l-4. [Northern Texas.]

Casas Grandes, Chihuahua. September, 1902. (Dr. W. E. Hughes.)
Six females, two nymphs.

Subfamily PYRGOMORPHIX-E.

Genus SPHENARIUM Charpentier.
1845. Sphenarium Charpentier, Orthopt. Dcscr. et Depict., tab. 31.
Type. — S. purpurascens Charpentier.

Sphenarium borrei Bolivar.

1884. Sphenarium Borrei Bolivar, Monograf. Pirgomorfinos, p. 99. [Guan-
ajuato.]

Guadalajara, Jalisco. September 14 and 18, 1903. (McClendon.)
One male, five rather immature females.

The male individual is rather strikingly colored, having the genicular
regions of the posterior femora and the antennce blackish, and the
posterior and inferior margins of the pronotum purplish.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 529

CALAMACRIS- n. gen.

Allied to Orthacris Bolivar,* but differing in the more elongate form,
the more prominent fastigium, the presence of tegmina and the com-
pressed abdomen. In general appearance it somewhat approaches
Dyscolorhinus Saussure^ from Madagascar, but it is separated by a
number of characters.

Form elongate, moderately compressed. Head with the fastigium
strongly produced ; eyes elongate-elliptical ; antennae moderately elon-
gate, depressed. Pronotum cylindrical. Prosternum erect, conoid,
blunt. Interspace between the mesosternal lobes distinctly narrower
than long, enlarged anteriorly. Tegmina very short, simple. Abdomen
distinctly compressed, carinate above. Cerci simple, tapering. Sub-
genital plate moderately produced, compressed and keelec' above
apically. Anterior and median limbs rather short; posterior limbs
elongate, femora tapering, tibise with a distinct apical spine on each
margin.
Calamacris clendoni n. sp.

Types: cJ* and 9. Guadalajara, Jalisco, Mexico. August 25 (9)
and September 18 (rj), 1903. (J. F. McClendon.) Coll. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila.

6^ . Size rather small ; surface lineato-granulate. Head elongate ; fasti-
gium moderately broad, produced in front of the eyes a distance equal
to the length of one of them, apex rounded; eye ecjual to the tubercu-
lous postocular ridge; antennce subequal in width, apical segment
lanceolate, the entire length about equal to that of the head and pro-
notum. Pronotum with the median and lateral carinse represented by
imperfect ridges of granules ; anterior margin arcuate, posterior margin
with a deep median triangular sinuosity; lateral lobes nearly twice as
long as the apparent height, anterior^ angle obtuse, inferior margin
slightly sinuate, posterior angle rectangulate, but slightly produced
posteriorly. Mesonotum almost hidden under the pronotum. Meta-
notum simple and resembling an abdominal segment, but shorter.
Tegmina not reaching the apex of the metanotum, subequal in width,
about four times as long as wide, the apex rounded. Abdomen with
a number of longitudinal granulose strigse on the dorsal surface.
Supraanal plate acute trigonal, slightly longer than the preceding
abdominal segment. Cerci about equal to the subgenital plate in
length, compressed, slightly incurved with a distinct apical crook.

' KalafiT]^ stalk of corn, and uKpir^ grasshopper.

* Monogr. Pirgomorfinos, p. 93.

» Abhandl. Senckenb. Naturf. GefelL, XXI, p. G40, taf. XXXVIIl fig. 38.

34

530 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF JunC,

Subgenital plate strongly compressed apically, and bearing a very
distinct keel on the apical half of the upper siu'face ; apex when viewed
laterally blunt. Anterior and median limbs short, the femora stout.
Posterior femora not reaching the apex of the abdomen, slender.

9 . Size medium; form much as in the ma^e but slenderer; svu'face
finely tuberculate. Head as in the male but proportionately shorter,
the interspace between the eyes broader, and the eyes themselves not
so elongate; antennse triqueteous, rather short, but slightly exceeding
the head in length. Pronotum as in the male, but the traces of the
lateral carinse slight, and the posterior emargination more pro-
nounced. Ovipositor jaws rather straight, blunt, compressed. Pos-
terior limbs weak, in fact hardly exceeding the male limbs in size,
the femora not exceeding the fifth abdominal segment in length.

General color of male above clay color, finely and rather obscurely
sprinkled and washed with dull olive. Eyes walnut-brown; antennse
olivaceous at the bases, washed with sienna apically. Under surface
buffy.

General color of female dull olive-greenish, probably more brilliant
in life.

Measurements. r? ?

Length of body, 19.5 mm. 39 mm.

Length of antenna, 7 " 8 ''

Length of pronotum, 3 " 4.5 "

Greatest width of pronotum 2.2 '' 3.8 ''

Length of tegmina, .... 1 " 2.5 "

Length of abdomen, 1L5 " 23 ''

Length of posterior femora 8.2 " 11 "

This species is dedicated to Mr. J. F. McClendon, who secured the
type while making a very interesting collection of Orthoptera in Jalisco.

A paratypic female, in addition to the tyi:e, has also been
examined.

Subfamily LOCUSTIX.E.
Genus T.ENIOPODA Stil.
1873. Twniopoda Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, I, pp. 32, 51.
Included Monachidium superbum Stjil and T. ipicticornis Stal ( =
Rhomalca jncticornis Walker), of which the latter may be considered the
type.

Taeniopoda burmeisteri Bolivar.

1901. T[€cmopodn] Bin-))icisteri Bolivar, Boletin Soc. Espail. Hist. Nat.,
1901, pp. 265, 266. [Mexico.]

City of Mexico. November, 1901. (Mrs. Charles Schaffer.) One
female.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 531

Guadalajara, Jalisco. August 5 and 10, September 14, 1903.
(McClendon.) Fifteen males, eleven females.

Tuxpan, Jalisco. September 4, 1903. (McClendon.) One male.

Monterey, Nuevo Leon. One male.

This species exhibits a great amount of color and coasiderable struc-
tural variation. The single individual from Tuxpan is almost solid
black in color, but no doubt represents this species, as extreme Guada-
lajara specimens have the pronotum and head, aside from the yellow
lines and borders which are faintly marked in the Tuxpan individual,
solid black. The City of Mexico specimen is much more robust than
any of the others examined, and may possibly prove to be a distinct
species. This form can readily be distinguished from picticornis
(Walker) by the orange instead of crimson antennae. This character
may be subject to variation, as most the other color characters of the
species are, but nevertheless it holds true in the above series, and in
eight specimens of picticornis. Good structural characters exist,
however, to separate the two forms.
Taeniopoda tamaulipensis n. sp.

Type : 9 ; Alta Mira, Tamaulipas, Mexico. July 4, 1903. (M. E.
Hoag.) Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.

Allied to T. picticornis (Walker), but differing in the higher and
slightly more arcuate median carina of the pronotum, the greater
interspace between the eyes, and the different coloration

Size large; form very robust. Head with the occiput inflated,
median carina obsolete; fastigium obtuse-angulate with distinct but
rather low lateral ridges; frontal costa narrow, strongly constricted
and evanescent inferiorly, distinctly sulcate; eye subreniform, some-
what prominent, slightly shorter than the infraocular portion of the
genee. Pronotum cristate, the prozona exceeding the metazona in
length; anterior margin obtuse-angulate, posterior margin acute-
angulate; prozona with the median carina arcuate and cut, but not
deeply, by three transverse sulci; metazona with the crest bent
arcuate and very slightly higher than that of the prozona; metazona
with distinct lateral angles but no carinoe ; lateral lobes slightly longer
than deep, the inferior margin slightly emarginate anteriorly; surface
rugoso-punctate. Tegmina equalling the apex of the abdomen, ante-
rior margin arcuate, apex somewhat constricted and very slightly
oblique truncate. Wings large, equally as long as the tegmina when
in repose; apex slightly falcate. Posterior femora almost equal to
the abdomen in length, rather slender.

General color burnt-sienna, the median carina and posterior margin

532 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

of the7pronotiim as well as a median line on the head ferruginous,
median stripe of the pronotum bordered by clear black longitudinal
lines. Tegmina blackish, the veins olive-green. Wings with the disk
pale geranium-red, the apex and almost the entire margins blackish.
Abdomen above blackish with an interrupted median line of orange-
ochraceous. Beneath tawny-ochraceous, the lower part of the face
cream color, the abdomen with a longitudinal lateral line of black.
Limbs maculate and punctate with blackish as is usual in the genus,
the ground color of the anterior and median pair being graj'-brown.
the posterior ochraceous.

Measurements.

Length of body, 61.5 mm.

Length of pronotum, 19.5 "

Greatest width of pronotum, 11 "

Length of tegmina, 42 "

Length of wing, 37 "

Length of posterior femora, 27.5 "

The type is the only specimen of this species seen.

Taeniopoda auricornis (Walker).

1870. Rhomalea auricornis Walker, Catal. Spec. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus.,
Ill, p. 538. [Oaxaea; Vera Cruz.]

Alta Mira, Tamaulipas. July 4, 1903. (M. E. Hoag.) One male,
one female.

After comparison with Walker's description, I have concluded that
these specimens represent his species. They are closely related
to T. centurio (Drury), but can be separated by the larger size, shorter
wings, which also have the apical third narrowed, the more produced
posterior margin of the pronotum, the greater space between the eyes,
and the slenderer posterior limbs.

Genus CHROMACRIS Walker.
1870 Chromacris Walker, Catal. Spec. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., V, p. 643.

Included C. speciosa and colorata, of which the former ( = miles) was
represented by specimens and can be considered the type.

Chromacris colorata (Serville).

1839. Acridium coloratum Serville, Orthopteres, p. 674. [South Caro-
lina(?)].

Alta Mira, Tamaulipas. June 25, 26 and 28, 1903. (M. E. Hoag.)
Three males, eight females.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 533

Genus LEPTYSMA St&l.
1873. Leptysma Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, I, pp. 42, 85.
Included Opsomala filiformis Serville, Truxalis ohscurus Thunberg
and Opsomala marginicoUis Serville, of which the latter may be con-
sidered the type.

Leptysma marginicoUis (Serville).

1839. Opsomala marginicoUis Serville, Orthopt^res, p. 591. [Xorth Amer-
ica.]

Ojos del Diablo, Chihuahua. May 2, 1902. (C. H. T. Townsend.)
One female.

Zapotlanejo, Jalisco. July 31, 1903. (McClendon.) One female.
Guadalajara, Jalisco. August 9 and 25, 1903. (McClendon.) One
male, one female.

Genus PROCTOLABITS Saussure.

1859. Proctolabus Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e s4r., XI,
p. 393.

Type. — Ommatolampis mexicana Saussure.

Proctolabus mexicanus (Saussure)?.

1859. 0[mmatolampis] mexicana Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie,
2e s^r., XI, p. 393. [Toluca, Mexico.]

Guadalajara, Jalisco. September 14 and 18, 1903. (McClendon.)
One male, two females.

This specimen belongs to this genus and probably to this species,
but several characters are at variance with those given in the
brief original description. The lower portion of the lateral lobes
of the pronotum as well as the meso- and metapleura of the male
are milky- white, while the lower as well as the upper face of the
posterior femora of the same sex bear a line of the same color.
Anterior and median limbs and external face of the posterior femora
of the male are solid French green. The females are almost uniform
olivaceous.

Genus SCHISTOCERCA Stil.
1873. Schistocerca Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, I, p. 64.
Included Acridium peregrinum, melanocercum, americanum, pall&ns,
hivittatum, flavo-fasciatum, and columbinum, of which americanum may
be considered the type.

Schistocerca vaga (Scudder).

1876. Acridium vagum Scudder, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., XVIII,
p. 269. [Guadalupe, Island off Lower California; San Diego, California;
California.]

Guadalajara, Jalisco. July 17 and September 14 and 18, 1903.

(McClendon.) Two males, three females.

534 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Zapotlan, Jalisco. July 8, 1902. (C. H. T. Townsend.) One
female.

La Joya, San Luis Potosi. August 10, 1903. (M. E. Hoag.) One
male, two females.

Schistocerca pyramidata Scudder.

1899. Schistocerca pyramidata Scudder, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci-
ences, XXXIV, pp. 443, 455. [Cuernavaca, iMexico.]

Zapotlan, Jalisco. July 18, 1902. (C. H. T. Townsend.) One
male.

Guadalajara, Jalisco. August 26, 1903. (McClendon.) One male.
Schistocerca obscura (Fabricius).

1798. [Gryllus] obscurus Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl., p. 194. [North
America.]

Guadalajara, Jalisco. September 14, 1903. (McClendon.) Two
males.

Schistocerca lineata Scudder.

1899.^ Schistocerca lineata Scudder, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sciences,
XXXIV, pp. 445, 465. [Barber county, Kansas; Texas; San Antonio,
Texas; Gulf Coast of Texas; Montelovez, Coahuila, Mexico.]

Guadalajara, Jalisco. September 14 and 18, 1903. (McClendon.)
Three females.

Schistocerca americana (Drury).

1770. Libell[uJa] Amcricanus Drury, Illust. Nat. Hist., I, pp. 128 and two
of index, PL LXIX, fig. 2. [Virginia; Antigua; New York; Madras in
the East Indies; Sierra Leon in Africa.]

Guadalajara, Jalisco. August 15 and 24, 1903. (McClendon.) One
male, two females.

Genus PH.ffi;DROTETTIX Scudder.
1897. Phcedrotettix Scudder, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XX, p. 22.
Type. — P. augustipennis Scudder.

Phaedrotettix augustipeunis Scudder.

1897. Phcedrotettix augustipennis Scudder, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XX,
p. 22, PI. II, fig. 7. [Mount Alvarez, San Luis Potosi, Mexico; Comacho,
Durango, Mexico; Corpus Christi Bay, Nueces county, Texas.]

Victoria, Tamaulipas, January 14 or 15, 1903. (S. N. Rhoads.)
Two males, two females.

One of the male specimens was kindly compared by Mr. A. N. Cau-
dell with typical specimens from San Luis Potosi, and he states that
they are probably identical, though some slight differences do exist.
The drawing of the genitalia given by Scudder is misleading, as one
receives the impression that the subgenital plate is longer in the Vic-
toria males, while Mr. Caudell, after comparison with a co-type, states
that the reverse is true.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 535

Genus SINALOA Scudder.
1S97. Sinaloa Scudder, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XX, p. 40.
Type. — S. hehrensii Scudder.

Sinaloa brevispinis n. sp.

Types: d and ? ; Victoria, Tamaulipas, Mexico. January 14 or 15,
1903. (S. N. Rhoads.) Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.

Allied to ,S. hehrensii from Sinaloa. but differing in the shorter but
distinctly spiniform furcula, the subtruncate tips of the tegmina, and
in the different coloration.

d^ .—Size rather small. Head with the occiput flattened ; interspace
between the eyes but little more than half the width of the frontal costa ;
fastigium strongly declivent, rather shallowly excavated; frontal costa
subequal, except above where it is slightly narrowed, moderately sul-
cate at and below the ocellus; eye ovate, moderately prominent.
Pronotum strongly rugoso-punctate, with the median carina present
as a rather coarse ridge, subobsolete between the sulci, the traces of
the lateral carina of the faintest character; transverse sulci distinct;
prozona almost twice as long as the metazona ; anterior margin arcuate,
posterior margin with a broad shallow median emargination; lateral
lobes slightly longer than high, the posterior and inferior margins
sinuous. Prosternal spine erect, retrorse, rather blunt; interspace be-
tween the mesosternal lobes longitudinal, almost twice as long as wide ;
metasternal lobes subattingent. Tegmina reaching to the apex of the
metanotum elongate-ovoid, apex rotundato-truncate, longitudinal
veins distinct. Abdomen faintly carinate above, the apex somewhat
upturned; furcula spiniform, compressed, attingent, as long as the
last dorsal segment; supraanal plate semi-ovate, apex obtuse-angu-
late, median ridge dividing centrally and sending forward two parallel
branches, lateral sections of the plate rather deeply excavated ; cerci
simple, about two and a half times as long as the basal width, moder-
ately tapering, the apical fourth with a slight emargination of the
posterior margin ; subgenital plate moderately produced, the apex mod-
erately acute but not elevated. Anterior and median limbs with the
femora considerably inflated; posterior femora robust, genicular
region rather large ; tibia with nine spines on the external margin.

9 .—Size medium. Head with the interspace between the eyes but
little narrower than the frontal costa; frontal costa evenly but dis-
tinctly constricted inferiorly as well as above the ocellus ; eye elongate-
subovate, distinctly longer than the infraocular portion of the gense;
antenna slightly shorter than the head and pronotum, blunt. Pro-

536 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

notum as in the male but broader, more inflated and subtectate. Pro-
sternal spine very short, thick and blunt; interspace between the meso-
sternal lobes slightly longitudinal; metasternal lobes subattingent.
Posterior femora with ten or eleven spines on the external margin.
Ovipositor valves exserted.

General color olive-green above, beneath dull yellowish. Head with
a line along the superior border of the eye and a postocular streak
greenish-yellow; eyes umber in the male, chestnut in the female;
antennae brownish with the basal portion dull yellow. Pronotum
with the postocular streak continued along the lateral margins of the
disk, rather broken in the female ; lateral lobes in the male bearing on
the inferior half a broken bar of dull yellow. Tegmina dull vinaceous.
Abdomen with the median portion of the dorsal surface bearing a
series of triangular patches of dull brownish. Limbs (except the
posterior tibiae) oil-green, more or less infuscate ; genicular region of the
posterior femora outlined with blackish; posterior tibiae basally ver-
diter-blue, apical portion and tarsi scarlet-vermilion.

Measurements. ^

Length of body, 17.5 mm.

Length of pronotum, 4.3 '^

Greatest width of pronotum 3.9 "

Length of tegmina, 2.8 ''

Greatest width of tegmina 1.5 ''

Length of posterior femora 10.5 ''

Three specimens (one male, two females) from the type locality have
been examined in addition to the types. Considerable variation exists
in the intensity of the coloration, the two paratypic females being uni-
form wood-brown with the femora conspicuously fasciate internally
with blackish.

Genus AIDEMONA. Scudder.i«

1897. Aidemona Scudder, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sciences, XXXII,
pp. 198, 204.

Type. — A. azteca (Saussure).

Aidemona azteca (Saussure).

1861. PIlatyphTjma] aztecum Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e
s6r., XIII, p. 161. [Temperate Mexico.]

Guadalajara, Jalisco. July 17, August 23 and 29, 1903. (McClen-
don.) One male, tw^o females.

Zapotlanejo, Jalisco. July 31, 1903. (McClendon.) Two males.

'"This name is not available from Brunner, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat.
Genova, XXXIII, p. 145.

9

26.5 mm

6 "

6 "

4.2 "

2 "

13.5 "

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 537

Zapotlan, Jalisco. July 1, 1902. (C. H. T. To^Tisend.) Two
males.

La Joya, San Luis Potosi. August 10, 1903. (M. E. Hoag.) One
female.

Genus HESPEROTETTIX Scudder.

187.5. Hesperotettix Scudder, Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr., II,
No. 3, p. 262.

Type. — Hesperotettix viridis Scudder (not of Thomas) = Hespero-
tettix festivus Scudder.

Hesperotettix meridionalis Scudder.

1897. Hesperotettix meridionalis Scudder, Proc. U. S. Xat. Mus., XX, p. 59.
[Guanajuato; Sierra Xola, Tamaulipas.]

La Joya. San Luis Potosi. August 10, 1903. (M. E. Hoag.) One
female.

This specimen, while fully agreeing in measurements, structural
characters and major color characters, differs from Scudder's descrip-
tion in the more uniform greenish-yellow color of the head, and in the
presence of dull red pregenicular annuli on the anterior and median as
well as the posterior femora.

Genus MELANOPLUS StM.
1873. Melanoplus Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, I, p. 79.
Type, as designated by Scudder, M. femur-ruhrum (De Geer).
Melanoplus marculentus Scudder.

1897. [Melanoplus] marculentus Scudder, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, XXXVI,
p. 6. [Montelovez, Coahuila; Sierra Nola, Tamaulipas; Sierra de San
Miguelito, and mountains twelve leagues east of San Luis Potosi; San
Luis Potosi; Bledos, San Luis Potosi; Zacatecas; Aguas Caliente,
Mexico.'^]

La Joya, San Luis Potosi. August 10, 1903. (M. E. Hoag.) Two
males.

One of the above specimens is considerably larger than Scudder's
measurements, and also has the tegmina much longer than either
the typical measurements or the other specimen examined.

Melanoplus spretis (Thomas).

"1865. Acridium spretis Thomas, Trans. 111. St. Agric. Soc, V, p. 450."
Guadalajara, Jalisco. August 17 and 24, September 14 and 18,
1903. (McClendon.) Five males, two females.

Melanoplus atlanis (Riley).

1875 Caloptenus atlanis Riley, Seventh Ann. Rep. Missouri State Ent., p.
169. [New Hampshire.]

Guadalajara, Jalisco. August 27, 1903. (McClendon.) One male.

" As Scudder gives no localities in his preliminary paper, the above informa-
tion is taken from his later paper (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XX, p. 141).

538 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [JlUie,

Melanoplus reflexus Scudder.

1897. [Melanoplus] j-eflc.riis Scudder, Proc. Anier. Philos. Soc, XXXVI,
p. 9. [Cuidad del Maiz, San Luis Potosi.'-]

La Joya, San Luis Potosi. August 10, 1903. (M. E. Hoag.) One
female.

This specimen fully agrees with Seudder's description of the single
female individual seen by him.

Melanoplus palmeri Scudder.

1S97. [Melanoplus] palmcri Scudder, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, XXXVI,
p. 23. [Fort Wingate, Bernalillo county. New Mexico; Fort Whipple,
Yavapai county, Arizona.^^]

Casas Grandes, Chihuahua. September, 1902. (Dr. W. E. Hughes.)
One male.

This specimen extends the range of the species considerably to the

south.

Melanoplus corpulentus Scud<ler.

1897. [Melanoplus] corpulentus Scudder, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, XXXVI,
p. 27. [Tlalpan, Mexico; hills about San Luis Potosi, Mexico; mountains
twelve leagues east of San Luis Potosi, Mexico; Sierra de San Miguelito,
San Luis Potosi, Mexico; Zacatecas, Mexico; Sonora, Mexico; Silver City,
Grant county. New Mexico.'^]

Guadalajara, Jalisco. September 14, 1903. (McClendon.) One
male.

This specimen, when compared with individuals of this species from
the Federal District of Mexico, is seen to he larger and with slightly
longer (comparatively) tegmina and wings.

Melanoplus differentialis Thomas.

1871. Caloptenus differentialis Thomas, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871,
p. 149. [Jackson county, Illinois.]

Guadalajara, Jalisco. September 14, 19 and 22, 1903. (McClendon.)
Eight males, one female.

Genus PCECILOTETTIX Scudder.

1897. Poecilotettix Scudder, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sciences, XXXII,
pp. 203, 206.

Type. — Caloptenus {Hesperotettix) picticornis Thomas ( = Acridium

pantheririum Walker).

Poecilotettix pantherinus (Walker).

1870. Acridium pantherinum Walker, Catal. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., IV,
p. 623. [Mexico.]

Guadalajara, Jalisco. September 1, 1903. (McClendon.) One

male.

" LocaUtv from Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XX, p. 222.
"Localities from Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XX, p. 231.
>< Localities from Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XX, p. 314.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 539

Genus OSMILIA StSl.

1873. Osmilia Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, I, p. 68.

Included Acrydium flavo-lincatum De Geer, Gryllus violacevs Thun-

berg, Gryllus rufipes Thimberg, Gryllus ohliquus Thiinberg and Acridnim

wxwulosimi Stal, of which flavo-lineatum may be considered the type.

Osmilia toltecum (Saussure).

1861. A[cridiu77i] ioltecum Saussure, ReA'ue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser.,
XIII, p. 163. [Temperate Mexico.]

Guadalajara, Jalisco. August 24, September 18, 1903. (McClen-
don.) Two females.

Alta Mira, Tamaulipas. June 28, 1903. (M. E. Hoag.) One
female.

Genus DACTYLOTUM Charpentier.
1845. Dadylotum Charpentier, C)rthopt. Descr. et Depicta, tab. 52.
Type. — D. bicolor Charpentier.

Dactylotum variegatum (Scudder).

1879. Pezotettix variegatum Scudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XX,
p. 75. [San Diego, California; Sonera; Fort Whipple and Buchanan,
and forty miles east of Tucson, Arizona.]

Casas Grandes, Chihuahua. September, 1902. (Dr. W. E. Hughes.)
One female, two immature males.
Dactylotum histricum n. sp.

Type: ? ; La Joya, San Luis Potosi, Mexico. August 10, 1903.
(M. E. Hoag.)

Allied to D. variegatimi (Scudder), but differing in the slightly nar-
rower and more acuminate tegmina, the slenderer posterior femora,
the shorter metazona of the pronotum and the rather distinctive
coloration.

Size rather large; form as usual in the genus. Head with the occi-
put hardly elevated above the pronotum, rounded ; interspace between
the eyes twice as wide as the inferior width of the frontal costa; fasti-
gium broad, very shall owly and broadly excavated; frontal costa
slightly constricted above, but broader than below the ocellus, greatest
width immediately above the ocellus, moderately sulcate throughout;
eyes elongate-ovate, truncate anteriorly, very slightly longer than the
infraocular portion of the gense; antennae equal to the head and pro-
notum in length, the extreme apex blunt and slightly depressed.
Pronotum slightly arched transversely and with a very noticeable trans-
verse convexity, as usual in the genus; transverse sulci strongly im-
pressed ; median carina absent on the prozona, finely marked on the
metazona, the latter only two-thirds the length of the prozona and

540 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Strongly punctate; anterior margin subtruncate with a very slight
median emargination. posterior margin arcuate, the apex subtruncate;
lateral lobes longer than deep, the lower margin distinctly obtuse-
angulate. Prosternal spine rather short, blunt, slightly retrorse;
interval between the mesosternal lobes broader than long; interval
between the metasternal lobes quadrate. Tegmina equal to the pro-
notum in length, slightly less than two-thirds as wide as long, subattin-
gent; apical portion subacute, the apex itself rounded. Posterior fem-
ora moderately slender, slightly more than four times as long as wide ;
posterior tibiae with seven or eight spines on the external margin.

General color bluish-black, variegated with orange-vermilion, orange,
lemon-yellow and apple-green. Head ornamented with orange ver-
milion on the posterior inferior portion of the gena, an infraocular
blotch, a line along the clypeal margin of the face, and a crude semi-
circle margining the posterior superior borders of the eyes and the
interocular space. Pronotum with the usual median crescent and the
short anterior median bar orange-vermilion, fading along the posterior
median bar into orange, which color decorates the posterior margin of
the pronotum, very broadly on the lateral lobes, narrowly on the disk.
Tegmina reticulate with apple-green. Abdomen with the dorsal
segments posterior margined with lemon-yellowy developed on the
median line into a series of triangular blotches which are connected by
a narrow line of the same color, an obscure lateral series of lemon-
yellow dots are also noticeable; ventral segments dull lemon-yellow
with the bluish-black reduced to a series of lateral basal spots, and a
broad triangular basal spot on the subgenital plate. Prosternal spine
lemon-yellow; mesosternum and metasternum dirty luteous. Ante-
rior and median femora with a median or premedian blotch of orange-
vermilion. Posterior femora with three broken bars of lemon-yellow,
one basal, one premedian, the other median; external face with the
scalariform impressions outlined with yellowy posterior tibiae blackish-
blue, the spines black apically.

Measurements.

Length of body, 31.5 mm.

Length of pronotum, 7.5 "

Greatest width of pronotum 5.7 "

Length of tegmina, 7.5 "

Greatest width of tegmina 4.5 "

Length of posterior femora, . . 15.2 "

Two female specimens examined.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 541

Genus PERIXERUS Gerstaecker.
1873. Perixerus Gerstaecker, Entom. Zeit. Stettin, XXXIV, p. 192.

Type. — P. squami'penms Gerstaecker.
Perixerus variabilis n. pp. •

Type: $ ; Guadalajara, Jalisco, Mexico. September 18, 1903.
(J. F. McClendon.) Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.

Allied to P. Icevis Rehn,'^ but differing in the narrower interspace
between the mesosternal lobes and the y6ty different blue-gray and
yellow coloration.

Size medium; form moderately slender; surface sparsely clothed
with long hairs. Head with the occiput moderately inflated, obscurely
punctate; interspace between the eyes rather broad, slightly wider
than the frontal costa; fastigium depressed, broad, blunt, with a broad
and shallow excavation; frontal costa subequal, not reaching the
clypeus, rather shallowly sulcate at and below the ocellus ; eye subreni-
form, longer than the subocular portion of the gense; antennse slightly
shorter than the head and pronotum. Pronotiim with the transverse
sulci moderately distinct; prozona about half again as long as the
metazona; anterior and posterior margins subtruncate; lateral lobes
slightly longer than high, the lower margin sinuate anteriorly; surface
rugoso-punctate, the metazona with the punctures finer. Prosternal
spine short, thick and blunt. Interval between the mesosternal lobes
cjuadrate ; interval between the metasternal lobes distinctly longitudi-
nal. Tegmina elongate-ovate, reaching to the apical margin of the
first abdominal segment, internal margins distant; apex bluntly
rounded; surface coriaceous-reticulate. Anterior and median limbs
moderately slender; posterior limbs rather slender, the imbrications
of the femora pronounced ; tibiffi with seven or eight (on one side) spines
on the external margin.

General colors oil-green and lemon-yellow varied with verditer-blue.
Head bluish above, with a dull median triangular yellowish spot, and
a yellowish post-ocular streak which is bordered above and below with
blackish; lower part of face dull bluish and green, the gense greenish,
with the margins clear yellow and an obscure inferior bluish patch;
eyes chestnut; antennae bluish-black narrowly annulate with dull
bluish-green. Pronotum above blue with a distinct median line of
yellow, the posterior and inferior margins also narrowly edged with
dull yellow ; lateral lobes of the pronotum yellowish-green ; the trans-
verse sulci black except at the yellow median line. Tegmina glaucous

15 Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, XXVII, p. 98.

542 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [JlUie,

green. Alxlomen above bluish, except for a median longitudinal line
which, with the inferior surface, is dull yellowish. Limbs dull yellowish-
green sprinkled with blackish ; posterior femora with the imbrications
distinctly outlined with black, genicular region with a crescent of black;
tibiae glaucous, the spines with their apical half l^lack.

Measurements.

Length of body, 22.5 mm.

Length of pronotum 5.5 "

Greatest width of pronotum 5 "

Length of tegmina 4.8 "

Greatest width of tegmina 3 "

Length of posterior femora 14.2 "

The type is the only specimen examined.

Family TETTIGONID^.

Genus HOEMILIA Stdl.

1873. Hormilia Stal, Ofversigt af K. Vetensk.-Acad. Forhandlingar, XXX,
No. 4, p. 41.

Type. — Phaneroptera tolteca Saussure.

Hormilia prasina Saussure and Pictet.

1897. Hormilia prasina Saussure and Pictet, Biol. Cent-.Amer., Orth., I,
p. 319, tab. XV, fig. 14. [Mazatlan, Sinaloa; Guerrero.]

Guadalajara, Jalisco. August 24, 1903. (McClendon.) One male.

This individual fully agrees with the original description, except

that the posterior margin of the pronotum is centrally emarginate.

Genus AKETH.ffi;A Stdl.

1876. Areihcea Stal, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handiliigar, Bd. 4,
No. 5, p. .55.

Type. — Ephippitytha graciUpes Thomas.

Arethaea gracilipes (Thomas).

1870. E[phippitijtha] gracilipes Thomas, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1870,
p. 76. [Southern Colorado.]

Casas Grandes, Chihuahua. September, 1902. (Dr. W. E. Hughes.)
Two adult males, two immature females.

These specimens are badly shriveled and faded, having*loeen collected

in spirits, but they apparently belong to this species.

Arethsea carita Scudder.

1902. Aretlma carita Scudder, Proc. Davenport Acad. Sciences, IX, p. .52,
PI. 4, fig. ,5. [Mesilla Park, New Mexico.]

Casas Grandes, Chihuahua. September, 1902. (Dr. W. E. Hughes.)

One female.

This specimen fully agrees with Scudder's description and figure.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 543

Genus SCTJDDEEIA StM.

1873. Scudderia Stal, Ofversigt ak K. Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandlingar,
XXX, No. 4, p. 41.

Type. — Phaneroptera curvicauda De Geer.

Scudderia mexicana (Saussure).

1S61 Phaneroptera mexicana Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie,
2e ser., XIII, p. 129. [Mexico.]

Guadalajara, Jalisco. August 24 and September 4, 1903. (McClen-
don.) One male, one female.

Scudderia ungulata Scudder.

1898 Scudderia ungulata Scudder, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sciences,
XXXIII, p. 280, fig. 6. [Tepic, Mexico.]
Guadalajara, Jalisco. September 14 and IS, 1903. (McClendon.)
Three males, one female.

Genus STILPNOCHLORA StM.

1873 StilpnochJora Stal, Ofversigt af K. Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandlingar,
XXX, No. 4, p. 40.
Type. — Phijlloptera margineUa Serville.

Stilpnoclilora azteca (Saussure).

1859. Ph[i/lloptera] azteca Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser.,
Xi, p. 203. [Mexico (Cordova, etc.).]

Guadalajara, Jalisco. July 17 and August 2, 1903. (McClendon.)
Three females.

Genus CONOCEPHALUS Thunberg.

1815. Conocephalus Tliunberg, Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb., V, pp
218, 271.
Included C. suhulatus, triops, lanccolalus, hemipterus, acuminaius,
nasutus, olbifrons, falx, cinereus, varius, virens, discolor, griseus, bilin-
eatus, inflatus, armatus, cornutvs, spinigerus, trifidiis, tricornis,
triceps, viridissimus, rugosus and elongatus.

Conoceplialus obscurellus Redtenbacher.

1891. Conocephalufi obscurellus Redtenbacher, Verh. Zool. Bot. Gesell.
Wien, XLI, p. 397. [Cuernavaca, Mexico; Guatemala; Guita; Antilles;
Venezuela; Nicaragua; Cuba.]

Guadalajara, Jalisco. (McClendon.) One female.

Genus STIPATOR Rehn.

1859. Orchesticus Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser., XI,
p 201. (Not of Cabanis. 1851.)
■ 1900. Stipator Rehn, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, XXVII, p. 90.

Type. — 0. aviericanus Saussure.

544 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Stipator grandis n. sp.

Type: 9 ; Alta Mira, Tamaulipas, Mexico. June 27, 1903. (M. E.
Hoag.) Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.

This new species is quite distinct from any of the previously known
species in the genus, and can readily be distinguished by its large size,
very long and powerful posterior limbs and comparatively short ovi-
positor.

Size very large; form elongate-fusiform. Head with the fastigium
about as wide as the length of the eye, bluntly rounded, touching the
facial process; eye ovate, comparatively small and not prominent;
antennse slightly exceeding the body and ovipositor in length, basal
joint flattened inferiorly. Pronotum slightly expanding posteriorly,
decidedly prolonged; slightly flattened on the disk, but lateral angles
rounded; anterior margin truncate, posterior margin broadly rounded,
no carina present; lateral lobes longer than high, the posterior margin
slightly emarginate, the inferior margin oblique, the angles obtuse.
Prosternum with two suberect slender spines; mesosternum and
metasterniun acutely lobate. Tegmina or wings not apparent.
Abdomen moderately compressed, each segment with a slight
thickening of the posterior margin on the median line, on the
distal segments supplemented by additional like structures, which
are arranged in longitudinal series. Ovipositor slightly curved,
short, but slightly longer than the pronotum and not more than
half the length of the posterior femora, subequal in width ; the apex
very acute, with superior margin straight for a short distance;
subgenital plate subtruncate apically. Anterior cox» strongly spined ;
femora about equal to the pronotum in length, two or three spines on
the anterior margin, unarmed on the posterior margin; tibiiE slightly
longer than the femora, bearing three spines on the posterior superior
margin. Median coxse unarmed; femora slightly longer than the
anterior femora, margins unarmed except for the short paired spines on
the genicular lobes; tibia slightly longer than the femora, anterior
superior margin with two spines, posterior superior margin with four
spines, one of which is apical. Posterior femora ec^ual to the body in
length, strongly inflated l^asally, slender apically, internal inferior
margin spined except apically; tibise about equal to the femora, sub-
quadrate, the superior margins closely and evenly spined.

General color prout's brown, marked on the dorsum with vandykc
brown and on the lower portion of the lateral lobes and the pleura with
wood-brown. Head with the facial portion and the gense suffused
with bistre, a faint postocular streak present; antennae narrowly annu-

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 545

late with eerii-drab. Pronotum with the upper half of the lateral lobes
bistre; posterior margin of the lateral lobes narrowly blackish. Meso-
notum and metanotum with lateral blackish patches, more distinct
on the mesonotum.

Measurements.

Length of body, 37 mm.

Length of pronotum, . 12.5 "

Greatest width of disk of pronotum, 7.5 "

Length of posterior femora, 37 "

Length of ovipositor, 18 "

A paratypic female has also been examined.

Genus CEUTHOPHILUS Scudder.
1862. CeuthophUus Scudder, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist., VII, p. 4.33.
Included C. macidatus (Harr.), C. brevipes Scudd., C. lapidicola
(Burm.), C. uhleri Scudd., S. scahripes (Hald.), C. divergens, C. latens,
C. niger and C. calijornianus Scudd., C. stygius (Scudd.), C. agassizii
(Scudd.) and C. gracilipes (Hald.). The first of these, macidatus, may
be considered the type.

Ceuthophilus macropus n. sp.

Type: 9 ; Guadalajara, Jalisco, Mexico. September 14. 1903.
(Mcfclendon.) Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.

This new species is provisionally placed in CeuthophUus, but it is
possibly distinct, as the median coxse are not spined. It does not
appear to be closely related to any of the previously known species,,
though running to occultus and discolor in Scudder's key of the genus,,
to which, however, it is not closely related.

Size medium; form compressed, elongate-fusiform. Head short and
broad; occiput sloping downward and forward; eye rather small, sub-
trigonal ; antennae about twice as long as the body. Pronotum arched
transversely; anterior and posterior margins truncate; lateral lobes
slightly longer than high, inferior margin very broadly and slightly
arcuate, angles rounded. Mesonotum and metanotum subequal in
lateral depth, extending below the inferior margin of the lateral lobes
of the pronotum. Abdomen compressed, surface smooth. Ovipositor
slightly longer than the pronotum, straight, tapering evenly from the
base to one-third the length from the apex, subequal in the apical
third; apex obliquely truncate, the superior margin with a prominent
rounded emargination which gives the extreme apex an almost needle-
like character; internal valves bearing five prominent spines on their
inferior margins. Anterior coxse unarmed; femora about one-fifth
35

546 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

longer than the pronotum, somewhat compressed, anterior infeiior
margin with two distal spines, one large and one small, no genicular
spine present; tibiae about equal to the femora, unarmed above.
Median coxse unarmed ; femora about equal to the anterior femora in
length, slenderer, anterior inferior margin armed distally with three
or four spines, increasing in size toward the apex, posterior inferior
margin with ^several very small spines on the distal half, genicular
spine distinct; tibiae slightly longer than the femora, armed on the
anterior superior margin with two large and two small spines, posterior
margin armed with two or three spines. Posterior femora almost equal
to the body in length, moderately inflated, the length about three and
a half times the breadth, external inferior margin unarmed, internal
inferior margin supplied with a series of small depressed spines, no
genicular spine present; tibise straight, exceeding the femora by about
one-eighth the length of the latter, armed on the upper surface with
four pair of spurs, the smaller spines very uniform and rather stout,
median apical spurs equal to the metatarsus in length; second joint of
the tarsi about half the length of the metatarsus, third joint of the
tarsi slightly more than half the length of the second.

General color cinnamon, suffused on the upper surface of the abdo-
men, thorax' and head and the entire anterior limbs except the tarsi
with liver brown; antennee cinnamon; posterior femora with the
inferior margins and two longitudinal bars on the external face
blackish-brown.

Measurements.

Length of body, 13.S mm.

Length of pronotum, 5.2 "

Greatest width of pronotum, 4

Length of posterior femora, 14.2

Length of ovipositor, 6

The type is the only specimen examined.

Family GRYLLID^.
Genus GRYLLUS Linnaeus.
1758. Gryllus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Xth edit., p. 425.
Type. — Gryllus domesticus Linnaeus.^®

Gryllus assimilis Fabricius.

1775. [Gryllus] assimilis Fabricius, Sj-st. Ent., p. 2S0, [Jamaica.]
Guadalajara, Jalisco. August 21, September 14 and 18, 1903.
(McClendon.) Eleven males, six females.

i« Vide Rehn, Canad. Entom., XXXIII, pp. 118-121.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 547

These specimens, though sHghtly smaller, agree very well with
individuals from Jalapa and Teocelo, Vera Cruz.

Gryllus barretti Rehn.

1901. Gryllus barretti Rehn, Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc, XXVII, p. 221.
[Cuernavaca, Morelos.]

Tuxpan, Jalisco. September 4, 1903. (McClendon.) One female.

This individual fully agrees with the type of barretti, and is interesting
as it demonstrates the fact that the species is brachj'pterous as well as
macropterous, the typical series being in the latter condition.

Gryllus mexicanus Sausaure.

1859. Gryllus mexicanus Saussure, Re\-ue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser.,
XI, p. 316. [Mexico.]

Guadalajara, Jalisco. September 18, 1903. (McClendon.) One

female.

Zapotlanejo, Jalisco. July 31, 1903. (McClendon.) One male.

Genua (ECANTHTIS Sendlle.

1831. (Ecanthus Serville, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 134.

Included CE. italicus ( = pellucens Scopoli), CE. bipunctatus and (E.
niveus. Of these, the first may be selected as the type.

CEcanthus niveus (De Geer).

1773. Gryllus niveus De Geer, Mem. I'Hist. Ins., Ill, p. 522. [Pennsyl-
vania.]

Guadalajara, Jalisco. September 18, 1903. (McClendon.) Three
males,

CEcantlius varicornis Walker.

1869. (Ecanthus varicornis Walker, Catal. Derm. Salt. Suppl. Blatt. CoU.
Brit. Mus., p. 94. [Mexico.]

Guadalajara, Jalisco. September 14, 1903. (McClendon.) One
female.

This specimen does not fully agree with Saussure's figures and descrip-
tion in the Biologia Centrali- America" as the pronotum is not so elon-
gate, though this may be due to sex, as Saussure figured a male and
the individual in hand is the other sex. Walker's description is so
general that little can be made of it, but the Guadalajara specimen
fully agrees with it as well as the structure of the opposite sex and the
insufficiency of the diagnosis will allow. This species has been
recorded from as far north as Tepic.

" Biol. Cent.-Amer., I, p. 254, tab. XII, figs. 24 and 25.

548 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Genus THAMNOSCIRTTJS Saussure.

1878. Thamnoscirtus Saussure, Melanges Orthopt^rologiques, VI, p. 630,
fig. XLVI, No. 1.

Included Phylloscirtus cicindeloides and vittatus Gerstaecker, of
which the former may be considered the type.
Thamnoscirtus cseruleusln. sp.

Types: c5^ and 9 ; Guadalajara, Jahsco, Mexico. September 16 (c5^)
and 18 (?), 1903. (McClendon.) Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.

Allied to T. cicindeloides, but differing in the very distinctive colora-
tion, the larger eyes, the more compressed pronotum and a number of
minor characters. No close relationship exists with vittatus Ger-
staecker and montanus Saussure, while vindicator Saussure can be
readily separated by the coloration.

cJ^. — Size medium; appearance cicindeliform as is usual in the genus.
Head trigonal, depressed, interocular region flat; eye subelliptical,
prominent, in greatest length almost equal to the interocular width.
Pronotum deplanate, somewhat constricted mesially, anterior margin
truncate with a slight median emargination, posterior margin truncate ;
central portion of disk with a distinct longitudinal impressed line which
fails to reach either the anterior or posterior margin; lateral lobes of
the pronotum with the inferior margin broadly arcuate. Tegmina
slightly shorter than the abdomen; axillary veins straighter and less
curved than in cicindeloides. Anterior tibiae with the tympanum on
the anterior face small and elongate-elliptical. Posterior femora mod-
erately inflated, slightly shorter than the tegmina. (The male indi-
vidual has been somewhat crushed and many structural features have
been damaged or changed to such an extent as to preclude any mention
of them.)

9 . — Size medium; form as in the male, but slenderer. Head as in
the male. Pronotum as in the male except that the posterior portion
is not slightly broader than the anterior as in the male, and the median
impressed line is less distinct. Tegmina arched, slightly exceeding the
apex of the abdomen, subcoriaceous, apex acute; lateral field of the
tegmina apically truncato-emarginate and with but three instead of
six principal veins as in cicindeloides. Wings with the apical section
caudate but not projecting beyond the tegmina. Ovipositor shorter
than the posterior femora, moderately arcuate, rather broad and sub-
equal in width ; superior margin of the apical section with an oblique
truncation, apex finely serrulate above and below. Posterior femora
about two-thirds as long as the tegmina.

General color very deep metallic blue in the male, deep metallic

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 549

greenish in the female; eyes dull brown; interocular region with an
obscure transverse elliptical spot of brick red ; limbs orange-ochraceous.

Measurements.

Length of body, 10.5 mm. 8.1 mm.

Length of pronotum, 1.9 " 2.2

Greatest width of pronotum 2 " 2

Length of tegmina, 6.2 " 6.5

Greatest width of dorsal field of tegmina, . . 3.5 " 1.7

Length of posterior femora, 5.2 " 5.6

Length of o\apositor, 3.3

The types are the only specimens which have been examined.

Genus PAR(ECANTHUSISaussure.

1859. Paroccanthus (laps. p. Paraecanthus) Saussure, Revue et Magasin de
Zoologie, 2e s6r., XI, p. 317.

Type. — P. mexicanus Saussure.

Paroecantlius mexicanus Saussure.

1859. P[aroccanthus] mexicanus Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie,
2e s6r., XI, p. 317. [No locality given.]

Alta Mira, Tamaulipas. June 25, 1903. (M. E. Hoag.) One
female.

This species has been recorded from Tampico, Tamaulipas, to Teapa,
Tabasco.

550 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July

NEW JAPANESE MARINE MOLLUSCA: PELECYPODA.
BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

The Pelecypods described herein were nearly all received from Mr.
Y. Hh-ase, of Kyoto, Japan. Most of them are from Hirado, Hizen,
at the extreme west of Kyushu, where the wide-ranging species of
the central Indo-Pacific province rule, and the exclusively Japanese
faunal element is less conspicuous than farther north and east. That
many new forms are encountered even here but confirms the experi-
ence of other recent workers, that in all parts of the Indo-Pacific area
there has been great local differentiation.

In these Proceedings, p. 6, I described a Conus from Ivikai-ga-shima
as C. dormitor. My attention has been called by several friends to
the prior use of this name for an Eocene species; and I would there-
fore call the Japanese form Conus comatosa. It is probably ancestral
to the recent C. sieholdi Rve.
Mactra carneopicta n. sp. PI. XXXIX, figs. 1, 2, 3.

Shell oval, the beaks shghtly in front of the middle ; moderately thin,
pure white inside; externally profusely painted with flesh-colored
rays on a whitish ground, covered with a very thin yellow cuticle
toward the margins. Anterior and posterior dorsal areas closely and
deeply radially sulcate, and the lower part of the anterior half is con-
centrically irregularly sulcate; the rest of the surface being smooth.
The palHal sinus is very short and semicircular, the muscle-impressions
and paUial line but faintly marked. The hinge is that of the typical
group of Mactra. Length 60, alt. 45, diam. 28.5 mm.

Wakatsuuri, Etami. Type No. 86,294, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,281
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This species resembles M. antiquata Spengl. somewhat, but is not
triangular and is white within. It is not unlike some forms of M.
stultorum in coloration.

Spisula (Oxyperas) bernardi n. sp. PI. XXXIX, figs. 4, 5, 6.

Shell long and narrow, the altitude contained about 1.8 times in
the length; somewhat triangular, compressed; moderately solid; the
beaks at the anterior two-fifths of the length. White under a closely
adherent drab and whitish cuticle, which is irregularly dappled with

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 551

purple-brown spots. Sculpture of coarse and irregular concentric
wrinkles and sulci, the umbonal region smooth. Interior of a peculiar
Isabella tint. Pallial sinus wide and extending to or a trifle beyond
the middle of the shell's length. :\Iuscle scars well impressed. Hinge
spisuloid, with the bearing faces of the lateral teeth vertically crenu-
late.

Length 58, alt. 32.5, diam. 19 mm.

Fukura, Awaji. Type No. 86,313, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,561 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

Compared with S. aspersa Sowb.,^ this species differs in proportions,
being longer and narrower. A specimen of S. aspersa before me meas-
ures°length 53, alt. 33, diam. 18.5 mm., the altitude being therefore
contained about 1.6 times in the length. The beaks are correctly
stated by Reeve to be at the anterior third. The palhal sinus is much
longer than in S. bernardi, nearly three-fifths the length of the shell.
The lateral teeth are longer in *S'. bernardi. The external sculpture is
conspicuously unlike in the two species. It is named in honor of the
late M. Felix Bernard.
Cytherea crispata amica n. subsp. PI. XXXIX, 6gs. 10, 11.

Shell shortly ovate, ventricose, rather thin, the beaks at about the
anterior third of its length. Pale buff, marked with three indistinct
diverging brown rays, the color confined chiefly to the lamellae, and
with some scattered spots, and narrow oblique stripes on each side of
the beaks. The beaks are rather full; the lunule cordate and defined
by sunken lines; no escutcheon is defined on the right valve, but a
depression marks it in the left. The immersed ligament is narrowly
lanceolate. The anterior end is rounded, the posterior subtruncate.
Sculpture of very numerous rounded radial riblets, wider than their
intervals, and undivided throughout. These are crossed by many thin
erect concentric lamellse. The upper side of each one is fluted, the
ridges corresponding to intervals of the radial riblets, while the lower
side is much more deeply fluted, a narrow buttress arising from each
radial riblet. The interior is white, the pallial sinus short and ascend-
ing, rounded at the end. Muscle impressions and pahial line are very
faintly indicated. The anterior and median cardinal teeth are simple
and rather slender in the right valve, the posterior tooth deeply bifid.
In the left valve the anterior cardinal is simple compressed and high,
the middle one wide and deeply bifid, the posterior slender and lamellar.
A curved ridge extends from the hinge-plate partly around the anterior

1 Conch. Icon., Mactra, PI. 14, fig. 65.

552 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

adductor scar, anteriorly. The anterior margin is finely crenulated
from the beaks down, and along the basal margin, the posterior end
being without internal crenulation.

Length 51, alt. 43, diam. 32 mm.

Hirado, Hizen. Type No. 86,299, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,511 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

This is a less ponderous species than either Cylherea puerpera or C.
reticulata, the radial riblets are more numerous and the concentric
lamellse thinner and higher than in either, and quite different in sculp-
ture. The hinge and teeth, while of the same type, are decidedly
more delicate. I rank the form as a variety of Venus crispata Desh.
(P. Z. S., 1853, p. 2, No. 8), but the lamellae of that species are stated
to be "Hi medio et ad margines crassioribus , inflexus," terms hardly
applicable to the present species. The description of the interior —
"valvis intus in fornice croceis; sinu pallii latissimo, profunda" — is also
at variance with the specimens before me.
Chione micra n. sp. PI. XLI, figs. 4, 5.

Shell minute, oval, moderately thick, cream-white, some or all of the
ribs stained with light reddish-brown. Beaks small, at about the an-
terior third. Lunule cordate, not distinctly defined, escutcheon lanceo-
late, slight!}^ excavated. Ligament immersed, short and lanceolate.
Sculpture of radial, rounded ribs, 18-20 in number, of wdiich three are
on the lunule. The ribs are wider near the anterior end, where several
of them are flattened and divided by a median groove, and in the inter-
vals of these bifid ribs a minute riblet is interposed near the lower
margin. Elsewhere the intervals are about as wide as the ribs. The
concentric riblets are low in the intervals, but on the ribs they rise as
erect flat scales. The interior is livid -whitish in the cavity, the muscle-
impressions, pallial sinus and space below the pallial line being purple-
brown, fading to white at the edge. The pallial sinus is short and
ascending, round at the end. Both ends and the ventral margin are
minutely crenulate within, and the margin within the lunule has very
fine crenulations nearly parallel to the long axis of the shell. In the
left valve the anterior and posterior cardinal teeth are simple, the
median one bifid, the posterior tooth being very thin. The right valve
has a bifid median cardinal, simple ones on each side, the anterior tooth
very thin.

Length 5.6, alt. 5, diam 3 mm.

Hirado, Hizen. Types No. 80,583, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,209 of Mr.
Hirase's collection.

I have had these minute shells for several years without being able

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 553

to identify them as the young of any larger species, although I am
disposed to believe that it will be found to reach a larger size. The
small number of radial riblets is a prominent feature of the sculpture.
Venus imbricata Sowerl^y is a longer species with the lamellae obsolete
in the intervals. V. scahra Hanley is unlike in sculpture, but both of
these seem related to C. micra.

Chione hizenensis n. sp. PI. XLI, figs. 1, 2.

Shell small, shortly ovate, compressed, yellowish, irregularly macu-
late with reddish-brown. Beaks slightly in front of the middle, small
and projecting but slightly. Anterior end broadly rounded, posterior
end narrower and somewhat tapering. Sculpture of about 42 rounded
radial riblets, a little wider than their intervals, becoming very small
at the two ends of the series, though they are largest at the anterior
end of the shell. The ribs of the anterior half of the shell are divided
by a narrow median groove, on the lower half of each rib. These
radial riblets are crossed by many regular narrow concentric ridges,
higher on the ribs than in the intervals; the whole producing the effect
of a tiled roof. The interior is white, usually with a drop-shaped
purple-brown streak at one or both ends, and more or less extensive
stains of similar tint in the cavity. The pallial sinus is short and
rounded. The edge is crenulated in harmony with the riblets along the
posterior half of the lower margin, but along the anterior half there
are about two denticles to each rib. The two ends are very finely
crenulate, and the anterior side of the dorsal margin is crenulate par-
allel to the longest axis of the shell, the posterior dorsal margin being
smooth. The two obliquely triangular cardinal teeth in the right
valve and the short median tooth in the right valve are slightly bifid.

Length 10.8, alt. 8.6, diam. 5 mm.

Hirado, Hizen. Types No. 86,281, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,0386 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

V. costellifera Adams and Reeve (Zool. "Samarang," Moll., p. 79
pi. 21, fig. 18) is a larger, differently colored form from the Philippines,
which seems from the description and figure to be closely related, but
the scales are stated to be semilunar, while in C. hizenensis they are
straight. V. marica differs in sculpture and in the pattern of internal
crenulation of the valve margins.

Pitar sulfurea n. sp. PI. XXXIX, figs. 7, 8, 9.

The shell is triangular-oval, inflated, solid; pale sulphur-tinted out-
side, and distinctly, very finely striate throughout, with some impres-
sions indicating former growth-arrests. Beaks full and prominent,

554 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

about at the anterior third. Anterior end a httle narrower than the
posterior, the margin sloping straight to the beak; the posterior upper
margin arcuate. No kmule or escutcheon are defined. The hgament
is deeply sunken and narrowly lanceolate. The interior is bright red-
dish-ochre colored in the cavity, white outside the pallial line. YsLlve
margins smooth. The hinge is rather broad, the teeth much like those
of Pilar citrina Lam. The pallial and muscle scars are but slightly
impressed. The pallial sinus small and ascending, extending a little
beyond the posterior third of the shell's length.

Length 30.5, alt. 26.5, diam. 19.5 mm.

Length 25.5, alt. 23, diam. IS mm.

Fukm-a, Awaji. Types No. 82,135, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,297 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.
Tellina hirasei n. sp. PI. XLI, fig. 3.

,Shell irregularly ovate, compressed, white and thin. Posterior end
tapering to a narrowly rounded termination, the anterior end longer
and broadly rounded; lower margin strongly arcuate, upper margins
nearly straightly sloping, the beaks very small and but slightly pro-
jecting. Sculpture of very fine low rounded simple radial riljlets, at
least twice the width of their narrow^ interstices, crossed by equally
spaced, thin, erect, minutely crimped concentric lamellar threads, about
one-half a mm. apart on the middle of the disk of the type specimen.
There is a slight radial ridge posteriorly, the surface of the valves being
elsewhere regularly convex. Interior white and glossy, very faintly
showing a very deep and wide pallial sinus, extending beyond the
middle of the shell, and partly confluent with the pallial line below.
In the right valve there are two delicate diverging cardinal teeth,
the ends overhanging the cavity, and strong, triangularly elevated
lateral teeth. The left valve has two cardinal teeth, the anterior one
vertical, slightly bifid, the posterior tooth very thin, and parallel to
the posterior dorsal slope. On each side the margin is raised into small
lamellae fitting above the lateral teeth of the other valve. The liga-
ment is narrow and oblique as usual.

Length 18.5, alt. 13.6, diam. 7 mm.

Hirado, Hizen. Type No. 86,268, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,524 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

This is an exquisitely sculptured shell, with more delicate concentric
lamellae than Semele exarata Ads. and Rve., a species curiously like it
in sculpture. It is apparently referable to the subgenus Pseudarco-
pagia of Bertin. It resembles Tellina corhis Bronn in sculpture and
to some extent in contour.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 555

Tellina fabrefacta n. sp. PI. XLI, figs. 11, 12.

Shell oblong, compressed, thin and white; equilateral, the two ends
about equally rounded, the upper and basal margins arcuate, the small
beaks but slightly projecting, opisthogyrous. Sculpture of coarse
concentric ridges nearly as wide as their intervals, the latter decussated
with delicate radial riblets, slightly cuneate in each interval. At the
posterior end the ridges are broken up, and in combination with the
radii form lozenge-shaped tubercles. The glossy interior shows a very
capacious linguiform and ascending pallial sinus, rounded at the end,
which extends decidedly past the middle of the valve, its lower margin
not confluent with the pallial line. In the left valve there is one short,
erect cardinal tooth; in the right valve two short, diverging cardinals,
and minute anterior and posterior laterals remote from them.

Length 6, alt. 3.4, diam. 2.1 mm.

Hirado, Hizen. Types No. 86,304, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,545 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

Totally unlike any other species known to me.

Codakia bella delicatula n. subsp. PI. XLI, figs. 15, 16.

Compared with C. bella this form is smaller, more inflated, the
diameter decidedly exceeding half the length, with finer, more delicate
sculpture.

Length 11.3, alt. 11, diam. 6.5 mm.

Length 10.5, alt. 11, diam. 6 mm.

Riukiu Island. Types No. 82,048, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,307 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

Typical examples of the widespread Codakia {Jagonia) bella Conr.
occur in Japan, having been sent from Hirado, Hizen, by Mr. Hirase
(No. 1,530 of his register). It has also been reported by Dunker and
others as Lucina diver gens Phil., a name which Dall has shown to be
synonymous. Reeve's Lucina fibida is apparently a composite of
two species, but the Oriental form included by him and by Adams
and Reeve under that name is doubtless identical with C. bella Conrad.

Cardium hungerfordi Sowerby. PI. XLI, fig. 17.
Journal of Malacology, VIII, p. 103 (1901).
A figure of this species is given for comparison with the two forms
following. All of them occur at Hirado, Hizen, preserving their indi-
viduality without intergradation, so far as the material submitted to
me shows. All of them are more fragile than C. papyraceum Brug.,
which has been reported from Japan, but which I have not seen from
north of the Philippines. It is not unlikely that the records of Papy-

556 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

raceum from Japan were based upon specimens of this species or of
C. anncB.

C. hunger fordi is flesh-colored, either almost imiform or with narrow
darker concentric zones alternating with wider pale zones. The
shell figured measures, length 10, alt. 9, diam. 6.5 mm. It is from
Hirado, Hizen, No. 80,601, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,234 of Mr. Hirase's
collection.

Cardium hungerfordi undatopictum n. subsp. PI. XL, figs. 14, 15.

Shell extremely thin, similar in shape to the preceding or with the
posterior end longer. Sculpture as in C. hungerfordi, except that very
low riblets are visible across the whole valve near the basal margin.
Concentrically streaked and profusely marked in zigzag pattern with
flesh tint on a whitish ground, the beaks dark. Interior more distinctly
marked with waved or zigzag concentric streaks of flesh color or crim-
son; radially finely grooved, and the inner margin is distinctly crenu-
late in the middle as well as toward the ends.

Length 16,5, alt. 16.5, diam. 10 mm.

Hirado, Hizen. Types No. 80,521, A. N, S, P., from No. 880 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

This form is much larger than C. hungerfordi Sowb. Ill, equally thin,
but with another pattern of color, much like that of C. amice Pils.,
from which it differs in sculpture. As in other forms of the group, there
is more or less minute roughening of the ends by fine asperities. The
marginal crenulation of this form is a feature strongly differentiating
it from C. hungerfordi and stigmaticum.
Cardium hungerfordi stigmaticum n. subsp. PI. XLI, figs. 13, 14.

This is a small, thin, nearly equilateral white species, with the apex
of each valve red-brown, a vertical streak of the same color on the con-
vexity of the valve below it, and sometimes some faint stains of the
same at the sides. The white interior shows the median streak, with
usually side streaks and often some mottling or a streak along the
pallial line. The sculpture consists of about 9 rather strong but low
rounded ribs on the posterior slope, divided into two sets by a shallow,
wide radial valley, the last rib dorsally having a linear riblet on each
side of it. The median portion of the valve is almost smooth, showing
the faintest traces of fine riblets near the lower margin ; but where the
lower passes into the anterior slope the ribs are decidedly stronger,
and denticulate the edge. There is a minute punctulation at both ends
in perfectly fresh shells. The right valve has anterior and posterior
lateral teeth, the anterior wanting in the other valve.

Length 11.3, alt. 12, diam. 7,3 mm.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 557

Hirado, Hizen. Types No. 86,279, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,410 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

This very pretty little form differs from C. hungerfordi Sowb. chiefly
in coloration. The latter occurs at Hirado, Hizen, also (1,234 of Mr.
Hirase's collection).

Cardium annae n. sp. PI. XL, fig. 20.

Shell subcircular and inflated, almost perfecth^ equilateral, thin
white, profusely marked with pale flesh-pink zigzag streaks, the beaks
fleshy-brown. Sculpture of fine radial riblets at the ends, each scored
at the summit with a finely punctured groove, the grooves persisting
over the median portion of the shell where the riblets are obsolete or
nearly so. Anteriorly there are about 16 very regular riblets not ex-
tending to the edge above, a lanceolate lunular area being left smooth.
Posteriorly the riblets are coarser, less regular, part of them flattened
and sulcate down the middle. The riblets scarcely crenulate the mar-
gins of the valves. The smoothish median part of the shell is regularly
marked with close punctured lines, the spaces between them being
perceptibly concave. The interior is slightly fluted by the external
ribs at the two ends, nearly smooth elsewhere. The zigzag external
markings show rose or crimson on a white ground, which deeper in the
cavity changes to fleshy-brown.

The right valve has two contiguous cardinal teeth, the anterior one
standing almost above the posterior, and well developed anterior and
posterior lateral teeth. In the left valve the cardinals diverge, the
anterior being the larger. The anterior lateral is well developed, the
posterior obsolete.

Length 27, alt. 25, diam. 16 mm.

Hayama, near Kamakura, Sagami, on Sagami Bay. Types No.
86,319, A. N. S. P., collected and given to the Academy by Miss Anna
C. Hartshorne.

This beautiful Cardium is related to C. papyracetim Brug., which I
have not yet seen from Japan. It is more fragile and more delicately
sculptured than that species, in which the inner margins of the valves
are closely and deeply fluted. jMoreover, the altitude of C. 'papyraceum
decidedly exceeds the length, while in C. annce the length is greater.
In C. papyraceum the posterior end is more produced than the anterior,
the latter being noticeably straightened and subvertical, while in C.
amice the two ends are almost equally rounded. The coloration also
differs.

There is a specimen of this species in the collection of the Academy,
received many years ago from Andrew Garrett, labelled "C. tcheliense

558 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

Debeaux, China." Debeaux collected in Chinese waters and pub-
lished a little-known and not very valuable paper on his results in
Recueil de Memoires de Medicine, de Chirurgie et de Pharmacie mili-
taires, redege sous le surveillance du Conseil de Sante, 3 ser., VI, Paris,
1861 ; but no mention is made therein of a Cardium tchcliense. I have
been unable to trace it in the literature examined. The name suggests
that of a province of northern China, but being orthographically
defective, I have thought its retention undesirable.

Kellia porculus n. sp. PI. XLI, figs. 18, 19, 20.

The small cream-white subglobular shell resembles K. japonica Pils.
in outlines, except that it is decidedly more ventricose. The glossy
surface is minutely striate, with stronger irregularities at unequal dis-
tances indicating periods of growth-arrest. In the right valve there is
a single rather Inroad, oblique cardinal tooth, with a socket and a
minute tubercle above it, and a small, triangular lateral. The left
valve has two erect, subequal cardinals and a strong, triangular lateral.

Length 8.5, alt. 8, diam. 6 mm.

Hirado, Hizen. Type No. 86,266, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,011a of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

In 7v. japonica Pils. the teeth are all much more delicate and the
shell is less inflated. The hinge of K. japonica is figured for compari-
son, pi. XLI, fig. 21.

Solecardia vitrea japonica n. subsp. PI. XLI, fig. 6.

Shell resembling S. vitrea Quoy and Gaimard {Scintilla aurantiaca
Desh.) in shape, but smaller and white.

Length 10.3, alt. 5, diam. 3 mm.

Hirado, Hizen. Types No. 86,276, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,544 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

Myodora reeveana Smith. PI. XLI, figs. 7, 8, 9, 10.

Shell small, solid, yellowish-white, with the right valve quite convex
and projecting beyond the other below, the left valve flat and smaller.
Behind the beaks the dorsal valve-margins are concave and excavated,
in front of them they are slightly convex. The basal margin is strongly
arcuate, the posterior end truncate and biangular, and the anterior
end narrowly rounded. Both valves are irregularly sculptured with
coarse wrinkles, the convex valve more strongly so. The pallial sinus
is small and triangular. In the right valve the anterior lateral tooth
is a long, perfectly straight ridge, the posterior tooth is very small and
narrow, largely overhung by the concave valve margin. In the left

1904,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 559

valve there is a small erect anterior lamella, and a curved posterior
one.

Length 7, alt. 5, diam. 2 mm.

Hirado, Hizen. Figured specimens are No. 86,301, A. N. S. P.,
from No. 914 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

A peculiar, very asymmetrical little species, originally described
from China. Mijodora proxima Smith, 1880 {= triangularis "A. Ad."
Dkr., 1882), has also been taken by Mr. Hirase at Hirado, Hizen.
These two with M. fluduosa Gld. are the only species of the genus yet
reported from Japan.
Ostrea circumpicta n. sp. PI. XL, figs. 12, 13.

The shells of this oyster are very irregular and rough, showing a
few radial ridges on the upper valve, and rough lines of growth-arrest.
Nearly the whole lower valve has been attached. The exterior is
gray or with some pm-ple pencilling. Both valves have long, projecting
beaks, and are usually about equally concave within. The interior
is bluish-white or dirty white, extensively olive-stained, and often
with some purple stains. The borders are smooth or nearly so near
the hinge, and smooth or finely, irregularly scalloped elsewhere, and
the distal and lateral margins are in part or wholly painted with a
rather wide border of purple or groups of purple lines. The length of
a well-grown shell is 87, breadth 56 mm.

Hirado, Hizen. Types No. 80,448, A. N. S. P., from No. 500 of Mr.
Hirase's collection.

0. inocquivalvis Sowb.,^ from :\radagascar and Mauritius, is similar in
internal coloring. 0. vitrefada Sowb.^ also resembles this species
somewhat, but that is conspicuously crenate wdthin.

Area kobeltiana n. sp. PI. XL, figs. 16, 17, 18, 19.

Area ocellata'! Kobelt, Conchylien Cabinet, Area, p. 87, PI. 24, figs. 1-4.
Not A . ocellata Reeve.

This is a deep, narrow Area, with a strong diagonal keel and another
defining the posterior border of the ligament-area. The surface where
unworn is many-ribbed and densely hirsute, but this sculpture and
covering persists only at the edges of the specimens before me. The
ventral margin gapes rather widely. The wide ligament-area is marked
off into concentric lozenges by very numerous ligament-filled diagonal
broadly V-shaped sulci, of which I count 11 in a shell 44 mm. long,
17 in one 55 mm. long. The hinge-Hne is narrow, the teeth fine, close

2 Coneh. Icon., XVIII, Ostrea, fig. 82.

3 Conch. leon., XVIII, Ostrea, fig. 80.

560 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

and vertical in the middle, somewhat irregular there and anteriorly,
but posteriorly they become coarse and very oblique, and strongly
crenulate on the upper edges. The count of teeth in three shells is
as follows, the anterior end preceding :

23, 17 = 40 teeth; length of shell 44 mm.

18, 26 = 44 teeth; length of shell 44 mm.

15, 30 = 45 teeth; length of shell 53 mm.

The interior is dirty white, sometimes with brown stains, the edges
crenulate and brown.

Length 53, alt. 24, diam. 26 mm.

Length 44, alt. 21, diam. 23 mm.

Co-types No. 78,750, A. N. S. P., from the east coast of Japan, col-
lected by Miss Anna C. Hartshorne (fig. 17), and No. 58,082, received
in a lot of shells from northern Japan, probably Yesso, but the exact
locality is unknown.

I take these shells to belong to the species described by Kobelt in
his excellent monograph cited above, and referred by him with great
doubt, and on the authority of Mr. E. A. Smith, to A. ocellata Reeve,
described from Singapore. Having before me topotypes of A. ocellata,
as well as several Japanese specimens which agree with them, I am
compelled to regard the two species as entirely distinct, and not even
closely related, although they agree in general shape. The ligament-
area in A. ocellata is smooth, scored by only a few, usualh' imperfect
ligament grooves, there being a large oblique triangle posteriorly and
an erect triangle between the beaks free from them. The two oblique
triangles marked by grooves are usually covered with a smooth yellow
(or in some Japanese shells, blackish) cuticle, while the rest of the
area is whitish. This is well shown in the dorsal aspect of a specimen
of A. ocellata from the province of Suruga (No. 71,041, A. N. S. P.),
drawn in fig. 21 of pi. XL.

Area ocellata does not attain nearly the size of A. hobeltiana, an adult
Singapore shell measuring, length 26, alt. 12.5, diam. 13 mm. The
Japanese specimens with unworn surface are somewhat more regular
in growth than those from Singapore, and have a very narrow ven-
tral gape. One measures, length 20.5, alt. 11.6, diam. 10.6 mm. The
diagonal keel is very acute.

Reference to Plates XXXIX-XLI.

Plate XXXIX, Figs. 1, 2, 3. — Mactra carneoplda Pils.
Figs. 4, 5, 6. — Spisula bernardi Pils.
Figs. 7. 8, 9.—Pitar sulfurea Pils.
Figs. 10, 11. — Cytherea crispata amida Pils.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Plate XL, Figs. 12, 13.— Ostrea circumpida Pils.

Figs. 14, 15. — Cardium hungerfordi undatopictum Pils
Figs. 16, 17, 18, l^.—Arca kobeltiana Pils.
Fig. 20. — Cardium annce Pils.
Fig. 21. — Area ocellata Reeve.

Plate XLI, Figs. 1, 2.—Chione hizenensis Pils.
Fig. 3. — Tellina hirasei Pils.
Figs. 4, 5. — Chione micra Pils.
Fig. 6. — Soletellina vitrea japonica Pils
Figs. 7, 8, 9, lO.—Myodora reevcana Smith.
Figs. 11, 12.— Tellina fabrefada Pils.
Figs. 13, 14.— Cardium hungerfordi stigmaticum Pils
:tigs. 15, IQ.—Codakia bella delicahda Pils.
I'lg. 17. — Cardium hungerfordi Sowb
Figs. 18, 19, 20.— Kellia porculus Pils.
Fig. 21. — Kellia japonica Pils.

561

36

562 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

NOTES ON ORTHOPTERA FROM ARIZONA, NEW MEXICO AND COLORADO.

BY JAMES A. G. REHN.

The specimens mentioned in the following pages are almost all con-
tained in the collection of the Academy, and chiefly represent collec-
tions made in the summer of 1902 in central Arizona, northern New
Mexico and central Colorado by C. F. Oslar, and in the summer of
1903 by C. R. Biederman, at Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. A
few specimens from Yuma county, Arizona, belonging to the Hebard
Collection, have also been studied in this connection.

Family PORFICULIDiE.
Labia melanoholica Scudder.

Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. (C. R. Biederman.) Seven speci-
mens of both sexes.

This species, described from either Waco or near Austin, Texas, has
apparently been imrecognized since the original description until the
capture of the above-recorded individuals.

Family BLATTID^
Periplaneta americana (Linnseus).

Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. (C. R. Biederman.) Numerous
individuals.

Family MANTIDJE.
Litaneutria minor (Scudder).

Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. July 26, September 20 and Octo-
ber 9, 1903. (C. R. Biederman.) Three males, three females.

Two of the females show decided traces of a rich vermilion coloration,
which apparently suffused the entire abdomen, thorax and limbs.
Stagmomantis Carolina (Linnaus).

Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. July 13, 1903. (C. R. Bieder-
man.) Two males,
stagmomantis limbata (Hahn).

Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. July 26, August 10 and September
4, 1903. (C. R. Biederman.) One adult and two immature females.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 563

Family ACRIDID^.
Mermiria bivittata (.Serville).

Albuquerque, Bernalillo county, New Mexico. July 16, 1902.
(Oslar.)

Salt Lake Valley, Utah. August 2, 1896. One male.

Acrolophitus Mrtipes (Say).

Raton, Colfax county. New Mexico. August 1, 1902. (Oslar.)
Four females.

Bootettix argentatus Bruner.

Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. July 13, 1903. (C. R. Bieder-
man.) One adult female and four nymphs.

Chloealtis abdominalis (Thomas).

Truchas Peak, Rio Arriba county. New Mexico. August 4, 1902.
(W. P. Cockerell.) One female.

Inseparable from a female individual from Manitoba, Canada.

Horesidotes cinereus Scudder?

Yuma county, Arizona. September, 1903. One male. Coll. Mor-
gan Hebard.

This specimen probably belongs to this genus and species, but several
characters, such as the proportions of the prozona and metazona, do
not agree with the description. These parts are said to be "of sub-
equal length," while in the specimen at hand the metazona is decidedly
shorter than the prozona. Generally, however, the specimen agrees
very well with the description.

Gomphocerus clepsydra Scudder.

Truchas Peak, Rio Arriba county, New Mexico. 13,000-14,000 feet
elevation and above timber line. August 2, 1902. (W. P. Cockerell.)
One male, two females.

I am not prepared to make any critical remarks on the standing of
the several American "species" of this genus, and accordingly the use
of clepsydra as a full species should not be considered an expression of
opinion, but simply the utilization of a term to designate a type the
validity of which is, to say the least, doubtful.

Boopedon nubilum (Say).

Thumb^Butte, Arizona.J^July 11, 1902. (Oslar.) One male.

LigurotettixSkunzei Caudell.

Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. July 1, 1903. (C. F, Biederman.)
One male.

564 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

Arphia arcta (Scudder).

Jerome, Yavapai county, Arizona. June 26. 1902. (Oslar.) Two
males, two females.

Albuquerque, Bernalillo county, New ^lexico. July 12, 1902.
(Oslar.) One female,

I cannot agree with CaudelP in uniting A. teporaia with this species.
They appear to me quite distinct, and separable by the length of the
tegmina and wings in the female, and in the form of the vertex. In
this connection I have examined thirty-seven specimens of the two
species.

Arphia canora n. sp.

?1902. Arphia nietana Scudder and Cockerell, Proc. Davenport Acad. Sci.,
IX, p. 28. (Not of Saussure.)

Types: d^ and 9; Salt Lake City, Utah (c"). and Albuquerque,
Bernalillo county. New Mexico. (Oslar: July 15. 1902.) ( ? )

Allied to A. nietana Saussure, but differing in the slenderer form, the
narrower vertex, the more vertical face, the longer metazona and the
slenderer posterior femora.

(^. — Size medium; form somewhat slender. Head with the occiput
bearing several longitudinal rug£e, the median one extending forward
to the tip of the scutellum of the vertex; scutellum p\Tiform, longer
than broad, very slightly excavated, margins moderately high, the
median carina broken centrally; lateral foveolae elongate, subtrigonal,
not strongly marked; frontal costa broad and subequal inferiorly, at
the ocellus expanded and slightly and shallowly excavated, above the
ocellus distinctly constricted, subequal, apex truncate, this portion
w^ith a distinct median carina; eye not prominent and about equal in
length to the infraocular portion of the genae; antenna a1)out equal
to the head and pronotum in length. Pronotum with the median
carina rather low, even, distinctly cut by the last sulcus; anterior
margin very obtuse-angulate ; posterior margin acute-angulate with
the angle rounded ; surface of the disk rugoso-granulate ; lateral lobes
of the pronotum subequal, deeper than wide. Interval between the
metasternal lobes slightly longer than broad. Tegmina moderately
long; apex obliquely truncate; greatest width about median. Wings
not elongate, two-thirds as wide as long. Posterior femora robust,
reaching to the apex of the abdomen, superior and inferior margins
equally arcuate.

9. — Similar to the male with the following important exceptions:
Scutellum of the A-ertex broad, about as broad as long; frontal costa

1 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, p. 785.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, "^^ 565

distinctly silicate below the ocellus; antennse somewhat shorter than
the head and pronotum. Median carina of the pronotum lower than in
the male; posterior margin of the pronotmii rectangulate with the
apex rounded. Intervals between the metastcrnal lobes verj^ slightly-
broader than long.

General color blackish-brown, sprinkled with small obscure blackish
maculations. Abdomen and under surface dull yellowish in the male,
varying from yelloT\ish-brown to dark wood-brown in the females, and
the paler specimens of the latter sex have the abdomen with regular
lateral blotches of brownish-black. Tegmina of the general color.
Wings with the disk flame-scarlet, the fuscous bar rather dark but
fading on the posterior margin of the wing ; apex suffused with fuscous ;
taenia rather broad, solid, but not reaching the base of the wing; costal
margin of the color of the disk. Posterior femora externally with
traces of several transverse dark bars, the apical one of which is fairly
apparent and somewhat contrasts a weak pregenicular annulus of
ochraceous; genicular region blackish; internal face with the pre-
genicular annulus yellowish and distinct, the remainder black with
the superior and inferior margins cut by two broken bars of yellowish.
Posterior tibise greenish-yellow {o") or dull brown, dark apically;
spines tipped with black.

Measurements.

Length of body, 24 mm. 27 mm.

Length of pronotum, 6 " 6 "

Greatest width of pronotum, 4.1 " 4.5 "

Length of tegmina, 24 " 26.5 "

Greatest \sadth of tegmina, 5 " 5.5 "

Length of wdng, 19.5 " 23 "

Length of posterior femora, 13.7 " 14.2 "

The series of this species examined comprises twelve specimens
from the following localities: Salt Lake City, Utah (three males);
Silver Lake, Utah [Skinner] (two males); Albuquerque, New Mexico
[Oslar] (two females); Jerome, Arizona [Oslar] (three males and two
females). The most striking variation exliibited by the series is in
color, size being quite constant. The ground color in some individuals
is almost uniform, in others strongly maculate, while several have the
posterior margin and the entire lateral lobes of the pronotum conspicu-
ously barred with the two primary shades. In several specimens the
axillary field of the tegmina is straw-colored, while a great amount of
variation is exhibited in the intensity of the external bars of the

566 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

posterior femora. The color of the disk of the wings appears to be

constant.

Arphia pseudonietana (Thomas).

Las Vegas, San Miguel county, New Mexico. (Oslar.) One male,
one female.

Albuquerque, Bernalillo county. New Mexico. July 14, 1902.
(Oslar.) One male.

Jerome, Yavapai county, Arizona. (Oslar.) One male, two females.

Enooptolophus subgracilis CaudeU.

Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. May 8, July 10 and August 25,
1903. (C. R. Biederman.) Four females.

One of these specimens is considerably smaller than the others, but
otherwise they are structurally uniform. The disk of the pronotum,
top of the head and the posterior femora are pea-green in one specimen ;
the others have these parts of the brownish shades noted in the original
description.
Camnula pellucida (Scudder).

Prescott, Yavapai county, Arizona. (Oslar.) One male.

Thumb Butte, Arizona. (Oslar.) One immature female.

Hippiscus zapotecus (Saussure).

Pecos, San Miguel county, New Mexico. June 20, 1902. (W. P.
Cockerell.) One female.

Las Vegas, San Miguel county, New Mexico. July 20, 21 and 25,
1902. (Oslar.) Nine females.

Hippiscus CUpiduS Scudder.

Jerome, Yavapai county, Arizona. June 27, 1902. (Oslar). Two
males.

Prescott, Yavapai county, Arizona. May 19, 1902. (Oslar.) One
female.

Leprus elephas Saussure.

Reef, Cochise county, Arizona. October 29, 1903. (C. R. Bieder-
man.) One female.

This specimen is inseparable from individuals from the state of San
Luis Potosi.

Dissosteira Carolina (Linnaeus).

Gallinas Canon, San Miguel county. New Mexico. July 23, 25 and
26, 1902. (Oslar.) One male, one female, four nymphs.

Sapello Canon, San Miguel county, New Mexico. July 26, 1902.
(Oslar.) One male.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 567

Las Vegas, San Miguel county, New Mexico. July 21, 22 and 23,
1902. (Oslar.) Three males, three females.

Albuquerque, Bernainio county, New Mexico. July 12, 15, 16 and
17, 1902. (Oslar.) Five males.

Spliaragemon inornatum Morse.

Gallinas Canon, San Miguel county. New Mexico. July 21, 1902.
(Oslar.) One female.
Derotmema laticinctum Scudder.

Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. (C. R. Biederman.) One male.

Derotmema haydeni (Thomas).

Gallinas Canon, San Miguel county, New Mexico. July 21, 29 and
30, 1902. (Oslar.) Six females.

Santa Fe, Santa Fe county. New Mexico. July 19, 1902. (Oslar.)

One male.

Cerro del Corazon, New Mexico. July 16, 1902. (Miss Alice Blake.)

Three females.

Trepidulus rosaceus McNeill.

1901 Trepidulus rosaceus McNeill, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, pp.

394,398. January 19, 1901. [San Bernardino, Cal.]
1901. ArcEopteryx penelope Caudell, Canad. Entom., XXXlii, p. iO-.

April, 1901. [Prescott, Arizona.]

Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. July 26 and August 10, 1903.
(C. R. Biederman.) One male, one female.

The above synonymy is evident after studying each description. It
is unfortunate that the exceedingly poor and insufficient description of
T. rosaceus should have precedence over the excellent one of ArmjJ-
teryx, but the law of priority leaves us no other course.

Mestobregma kiowa (Thomas).

Raton, Colfax county. New Mexico. (Oslar.)
This is apparently the first New Mexican record.

Conozoa acuminata Scudder?

Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. June 8 and July 9, 1903. (C. R.
Biederman.) Two males.

Phoenix, Maricopa county, Arizona. April 22, 1902. (Oslar.)
One male.

There is a little doubt as to the identity of these specimens, but they
fit this form better than any other.
Trimerotropis laticinota Saussure.

Gallinas Canon, San Miguel county. New Mexico. (Oslar.) One
male, one female.

568 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

These specimens are grayer than a female individual from Sidney,
Nebraska, received from Prof. Bruner. The female has the tegmina
decidedly longer than in the Nebraskan example.

Trimerotropis vinculata Scudder.

Raton, Colfax county, New Mexico. (Oslar.) Two males, one
female.

Albuquerque, Bernalillo county, New Mexico. (Oslar.) Three
males, one female.

Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. May 3, 5 and 8 and August 18,
1903. (C. R. Biederman.) Two males, two females.

Phoenix, Maricopa county, Arizona. April 10, 17, 19, 22, 24 and 28,
1902. (Oslar.) Four males, six females.

Prescott, Yavapai county, Arizona. May 7, 1902. (Oslar.) Two
males, one female.

Trimerotropis rubripes n- sp.

Type: 9 ; Albuquerque, Bernalillo county, New Mexico. July 15,
1902. (Oslar.)

Allied to T. agrestis McNeill, but differing in the longer wings and
tegmina, the weaker lateral fastigial carina and the darker coloration.

Size rather large. Head with the interspace between the eyes
moderately broad; scutellum of the vertex slightly longer than broad,
but slightly excavated and without a median carina; lateral foveolse
minute, subtrigonal; frontal costa not reaching the clypeus, faintly
expanded inferiorly, superior portion subequal, all moderately sulcate ;
eye moderately prominent, rather small, decidedly less than the infra-
ocular portion of the gense in length; antennae slight. Pronotum with
the disk flat, median carina distinctly carinate anteriorly, but very
weak posteriorly; prozona about half the length of the metazona;
anterior margin very obtuse-angulate, posterior margin acute-angulate ;
lateral lobes of the pronotum subequal in width, the inferior margin
posteriorly with a small angulate process. Interval between the meta-
sternal lobes shallow and strongly transverse. Tegmina long, over
five times as long as the greatest width; apex obliquely truncate.
Wings slender, considerably more than half again as long as wide;
apex somewhat falcate. Posterior femora robust, the inferior margin
distinctly more arcuate than the superior.

General color ecru-drab, suffused more or less strongly with russet.
Head and pronotum strongly infuscate and punctulate with russet.
Tegmina with two transverse bars poorly represented by groups of
russet annuli and small maculations, these almost limited to the dis-

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 569

coidal field, one median in position and the other equidistant from this
and the base ; distal portion of the tegmina hyaline except in the costal
region. Wings with the disk about as broad as long, sulphur-yellow
in color; fuscous bar broad, one-fourth as broad as the length of the
wing, clove-brown in color; ulnar taenia broad but short, and not reach-
ing half way to the base of the wing; apical third hyahne, except for
the proximal portion of the costal margin, which is brownish. Pos-
terior femora pale cinnamon externally, the carinse dotted with black-
ish, and the superior face with traces of two fuscous bars; internally
ecru-drab with a rather narrow preapical band and a broad medio-
basal blotch of black ; inferior sulcus orange-vermilion with a preapical
bar of black; genicular region blackish internally. Posterior tibiae
orange-vermilion, the basal portion externally hoary; spines narrowly
tipped with black.

Measurement

Length of body, 33.5 mm.

Length of pronotum, 7 "

Greatest width of pronotum, 5.5 "

Length of tegmina, 36 "

Greatest width of tegmina, 6 "

Length of wings, 32 "

Width of wings, 18.5 "

Length of posterior femora, 15.8 "

The type is the only specimen of this species examined.

Trimerotropis cyaneipennis Bruner.

Prescott, Yavapai county, Arizona. July 5, 1902. (Oslar.) Two
males.

Circotettix undulatus (Thomas).

Beulah, San Miguel county. New Mexico. 1902. (W. P. Cockerell.)
One male.

Albuquerque, Bernalillo county. New Mexico. July 12 and 13, 1902.
(Oslar.) One male, two females.

It is quite possible that some point more elevated than the immediate
vicinity of Albuquerque is the real locality from which these latter
specimens were taken.

Circotettix suiFusus (Scudder).

Las Vegas, San Miguel county. New Mexico. July 21, 1902.
(Oslar.) One female.

Albuquerque, Bernalillo county, New Mexico. July 15, 1902.
(Oslar.) One female.

570 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

The remarks made under the previous species apply with equal force
to the above records.

Hadrotettix trifasciatus (Say).

Raton, Colfax county, New Mexico. August 1, 1902. (Oslar.)
One male.

Las Vegas, San Miguel county. New Mexico. July 23, 1 902. (Oslar.)
One female.

Copper Basin, Arizona. (Oslar.) One immature male.

Heliastus aridus (Bruner).

Quartzsite, Yuma county, Arizona. April 20, 1903. Four females.
These specimens agree very well with a large New Mexican series.

Paropomala virgata Scudder.

Yuma county, Arizona. September, 1903. Three males, seven
females. Hebard Coll.

The great amount of color variation noticed by Scudder is also
evident in this series, the range of general color being from chalky-
white and brownish to dull greenish.

Schistoceroa shoshone (Thomas).

Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. July 10, 25 and 26 and October
9, 1903. (C. R. Biederman.) Two males, four females.

ScMstocerca vaga (Scudder).

Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. May 8, 31 ; June 4, 8, 24; July 23,
26; August 25; September 20, 1903. (C. R. Biederman.) Six males,
seven females.

Hesperotettix festivus Scudder.

Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. August 10 and September 20,
1903. (C. R. Biederman.) Two males, three females.

These individuals fully agree with a series from Phoenix, Arizona.
All five specimens possess reddish pregenicular annuli.

Hesperotettix viridis (Thomas).

Gallinas Canon, San Miguel county. New Mexico. July 21, 1902.
(Oslar.) One female.

Jerome, Yavapai county, Arizona. June 27, 1902. (Oslar.) One
female.

The collection also contains a short-winged individual, apparently
similar to the ones mentioned by Scudder, from Ruby Valley, Nevada,
which I have doubtfully referred here. It was taken at Prescott,
Arizona, July 5, 1902, by Oslar.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 571

Melanoplus herbaceus Bruner.

Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. June 2 and August 10, 1903.
(C. R. Biederman.) Two females.

Melanoplus fiavidus Scudder.

Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. August 25 and October 3, 1903.
(C. R. Biederman.) One male, one female.

Mr. Caudell has compared these specimens with U. S. National
Museum material and regards them as fiavidus. From specimens of
fiavidus from Wyoming, determined by Bruner, they differ in the slen-
derer form, in which respect they are approaching M. elongatus, but
the structure of the cerci are not as in that species.

Melanoplus exoelsus Scudder.

Truchas Peak (at timber-line, 13,000-14,000 feet), Rio Arriba
county, New Mexico. August 2, 1902. (W. P. Cockerell.) Two
males.
Melanoplus atlanis (Riley).

Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. May 8, 18, and 20 and September
20, 1903. (C. R. Biederman.) Three males, one female.

Las Vegas, San Miguel county. New Mexico. July 10, 1902.
(Oslar.) One male.

Melanoplus aridus (Scudder).

Florence, Pinal county, Ai'izona. July 13, September 20 and Octo-
ber 3, 1903. (C. R. Biederman.) One male, two females.

Melanoplus altitudinum (Scudder).

Raton, Colfax county, New Mexico. August 1, 1902. (Oslar.)
One female.

Prescott, Yavapai county, Arizona. June 9, 1902. (Oslar.) One
male.

Copper Basin, Arizona. July 7, 1902. (Oslar.) Two females.

The above individuals fully agree in structure wdth a series from the
Big Horn Mountains, Wyoming, but are slightly smaller; in this respect
similar to several specimens from the Sacramento Mountains, southern
New Mexico.

Melanoplus sapellanus Scudder.

Truchas Peak, Rio Arriba county. New Mexico. August 2, 1902.
(W. P. Cockerell.) Three females.

Melanoplus femur-rubrum (DeGeer).

Prescott, Yavapai county, Arizona. June 7, 1902. (Oslar.) One
male.

572 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juty,

Melanoplus canonicus Scudder?

Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. September 20, 1903. (C. R,
Biederman.) One female.

There is some doubt attached to the identification of this specimen.

Melanoplus minor (Scudder).

Pecos, San Miguel county. New Mexico. June 28, 1902. (Gra-
bhens.) One male.

Prescott, Yavapai county, Arizona. June 9, 1902. (Oslar.) One
male.

These specimens are inseparable from eastern individuals. This is
the first record of the species from Arizona.

Melanoplus differentialis (Thomas).

Albuquerque, Bernalillo county, New Mexico. July 15, 1902.
(Oslar.) One male.

Melanoplus bivittatus (Say).

Sapello Canon, San Miguel county, New Mexico. July 26, 1902.
(Oslar.) One female.

Albuquerque, BernaMo county, New Mexico. July 12, 1902.
(Oslar.) One male.
Poecilotettix sanguineus Scudder.

Bill Williams Fork, Mohave-Yuma counties, Arizona. August.
(F. H. Snow.) One male, one female.

Dactylotum pictum (Thomas).

Arrayo,- Pecos river. New Mexico. July IS, 1902. (Oslar.) One
male, three females.

Cerro del Corazon, New Mexico. July 16, 1902. (Miss Alice Blake.)
One male, three females.

Family TETTIGONID^.
Hormilia elegans Scudder.

Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. June 8, 14; July 13, 23, and Sep-
tember 20, 1903. (C. R. Biederman.) Two adult males, five adult
females, four n3^mphs.

This species is exceedingly variable in coloration and slightly so
in structure. The typical form of Scudder is represented more or less
closely by five of the specimens in the collection, but the two adult
males have the basic color of the tegmina olivaceous, and the "herring-
bone" pattern of the typical form replaced by regularly disposed
patches of glaucous green, while the distal portion of the posterior

' Apparently an error for arroyo, i.e., torrent-bed or guUy.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 573

femora and the proximal portion of the posterior tibia? are ornamented
with a broad ring of glaucous green. The lateral carina? of the pro-
notum also vary considerably in strength.
Conocephalus ensiger Harris.

Rio Grande river, New Mexico, July 17, 1902. (Oslar.) Three

This is the first record of the species from New ISIexico, and while the
data is vague, it is evident they were taken in northern New Mexico.

Xiphidion fasciatum (DeGeer).

Rio Grande river. New Mexico. July 15 and 16, 1902. (Oslar.)

Two males.

Capnobotes fuliginosus (Thomas). • r^ i ^

Jerome, Yavapai county, Arizona. June 27 and 28, 1902. (Oslar.)
One male, one female.
Drymadusa arizonensis n. sp.

Type: d^ ; Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. 1903. (C. R. Biedcr-
man.) Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.

This specimen is unquestionably a member of the Palearctic genus
Drymadusa, and is closest related to D. limhota Brunner,^ from Asia
Minor, but is easily separated by the much smaller size and slenderer
tegmina, as well as the more apparent maculations of the same.

Size rather large; form considerably elongate. Head with the
occiput rounded transversely, not elevated sloping gradually to the
rather narrow, partially sulcate fastigium, which latter is deflected
and touches the frontal process, width of the fastigium less than that
of the fu-st antennal joint; eyes wide apart, prominent, subglobose;
antenna as long as the tegmina. Pronotum selliform; anterior mar-
gin shallowly emarginate, posterior margin broadly and evenly rotun-
date; lateral lobes with the inferior margin rather narrowly rounded;
posterior sinus very sHght. Tegmina elongate, exceeding the apex of
the abdomen by half their length, the greatest width is contained six
and a half times in the length, apex obliquely truncato-rotundate,
costal expansion regular but not marked, greatest basally and narrowing
gradually toward the apex. Wings equal to the tegmina in length.
Abdomen somewhat compressed ; supra-anal plate triangvdar, deeply
and very narrowly divided into two elongate acute lobes; cerci rather
short, the apical portion with two distinct hooks on the internal face;
subge'nital plate compressed, deep, inferiorly carinate, apical margin
triangularly incised. Anterior femora longer than the pronotum,

^Prodr. Europ. Orth., p. 314.

574 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Julv,

internal inferior margin with three to four very distinct spines; tibise
with two spines on the external superior margin. Median femora
slightly longer than the anterior, external inferior margin with one or
two spines; tibise with two spines on the external superior margin and
three internal superior margin. Posterior femora slightly shorter
than the head and body, apical half slender and subecjual, basal half
moderately expanded; tibise slightly longer than the femora, com-
pressed quadrate in section, regularly spined above, except basally,
where the spines are fewer, inferior face with seven pairs of spines and
several odd ones, upper inner calcar much exceeding the external in
size; posterior tarsi of the type usual in the genus.

General color ochraceous bufif (probably greenish in life) washed with
apple-green on the tegmina. Head darker above than below; eyes
hazel. Pronotum with an hour-glass-shaped figure on the median
portion of the disk and a line along the posterior portion of the lateral
lobes approximately parallel to the margin blackish-brown; posterior
margin of the disk of the pronotum broadly bone- white. Tegmina
with a distinct median longitudinal series of subcircular opacjue whitish
spots, flanked above by a short series not so distinct, a few poorly de-
fined blotches along the anal margin and an irregular jumbled series
in the costal field.

Measurements.

Length of body, 29 mm.

Length of pronotum , 6.8 "

Greatest dorsal width of pronotum, 5 "

Length of tegmina, 41 "

Greatest width of tegmina, 6.5 "

Length of posterior femora, 24.5 "

The type is the only specimen which has been examined.
Ateloplus notatus Scud-Jer.

Jerome, Yavapai county, Arizona. June 26, 1902. (Oslar.) One
immature male.

Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. July, 1903. (C. R. Biederman.)
One female.

The immature specimen was studied by Mr. Caudell, and compared
with the type. This species was originally described from San Diego,
California.
Ceathophilus arizonensis Soudder.

Jerome, Yavapai county, Arizona. June 26, 1902. (Oslar.) One
male.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 575

Sapello Canon, San Miguel county, New Mexico. July 25, 1902.
(Oslar.) One female.

The only previous New Mexican record of this species is from Fort
Wingate.

Family GRYLLID^.
Nemobius neomexicanus Scudder.

Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. July, 1903. (C. R. Biederman.)
One female.
Gryllus personatus Uhler.

Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. September 5, 1903. (C. R.
Biederman.) One female.

Flagstaff, Coconino county, Arizona. July 12 and 13, 1903. (Oslar.)
Eight males.

Phoenix, Yavapai county, Arizona. April 23, 1902. (Oslar.) One
male.

All the specimens of this species examined are macropterous.
Gryllus pennsylvanicus Burmeister.

Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. July 12, 1903. (C. R. Biederman.)
One female.

Flagstaff, Coconino county, Arizona. July 12, 1902. (Oslar.)
One female.

Gallinas Canon, San Miguel county. New Mexico. July 21, 1902.
(Oslar.) One male, one female.
Miogryllus lineatus (Scudder).

Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. June 8, 1903 [one]. (C. R.
Biederman.) All more or less immature, four males, two males.

The two females are much larger than the other individuals and liave
the heads solid blackish-brown.
(Eoanthus fasciatus Fitch?

Florence, Pinal county, Arizona. July 26 and September 20, 1903.
(C. R. Biederman). Two females.

These individuals are referred here with considerable doubt.

576 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

ON A COLLECTION OF BIRDS AND MAMMALS FROM MOUNT SANHEDRIN,1I

CALIFORNIA,

BY WITMER STONE.

(With Field Notes by A. S. Bunnell.)

The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia has recently se-
cured a valuable collection of Calif ornian birds and mammals, formerly
the property of Mr. A. S. Bunnell, of Berkeley. Mr. Bunnell collected
most of his specimens in the neighborhood of Berkeley and about Mount
Tallac in the Sierras, both of which localities have received consideralDle
study of late years, especially with regard to their avifauna. The most
interesting portion of the collection, however, comes from Mount Sanhe-
drin, in ^lendocino county, and as practically nothing has been pub-
lished upon the fauna of this region, it seems desirable to present the
results of Mr. Bunnell's work. In reply to my request for informa-
tion as to the nature of the country, he has very kindly furnished me
with the following account, which I quote in full.

"I was located at Lierlie's ranch, 2,100 feet elevation, which is a
cluster of cottages on the north side of a range of spruce-covered hills
that rise from Thomas creek, a tributary of Eel river. On the opposite
side of this creek from the ranch rises Mount Sanhedrin, which attains
an elevation of about 5,000 feet. The whole country is covered with
Douglass Spruce and Bull Pine forests on the north sides of the hills,
with a few cedars in the shady parts. In more level places there are
madronos and black oaks, and on exposed sunny slopes either manza-
nita and other brush or else grassy clearings. Where the forests are
not deep there is much underbrush, and along Thomas creek are alders
and willows. The creek is a wild trout stream about twenty feet in
width, tumbling throughout its length, while Eel river is about thirty
yards wide. There is an abundance of water, although the region lies
east of the humid coast belt, and there are no redwoods to be found.

''The ranch is in the transition zone, apparently nearly on the bound-
ary, as one can hear at the same time the songs of the Russet-back and
Dwarf Hermit Thrushes and the calls of the Valley Quail and Plumed
Partridge. Mount Sanhedrin runs up into the Hudsonian, and on its
top, where the snow disappears in May, are found the Thick-biUed
Sparrow, Golden-crowned Kinglet and ■Mountain Chickadee. The top

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 577

of the mountain is mostly covered with low snow-crushed spiny brush,
while White-barked Firs grow on the north side."

The specimens were collected on two trips made in 1897 and 1899,
during the months of May, June and July.

MAMMALS.

Twenty-one species of mammals were secured by Mr. Bunnell,
and eleven others are reported by him as occurring in the vicinity. For
the identification of the bats I am indebted to Mr. J. A. G. Rehn, while
Mr. W. H. Osgood has kindly examined several of the other species and
compared them with specimens in the collection of the U. S. Biological
Survey. Species reported by Mr. Bunnell but not represented in the
series are marked with an asterisk.

Citellus graminiirus douglasii (Richardson). Columbian Spermophile.

Two males. June 11 and July 14. Central shoulder patch jet black,
and sides very bright silvery gray.

Eutamias hindsi (Gray). Hinds' Chipmunk.

A male and female, May 30 and June 28, are in the dull pelage, but
another pair secured July 8 have patches of bright rusty hairs cropping
out on the back and sides.

Sciurus douglasii albolimbatus Allen. Sierran Chickaree.

One female example, June 30, which seems absolutely identical with
central Sierra specimens and shows no tendency toward moUipilosus
of the redwood belt.

Sciurus griseus Ord. Oregon Gray Squirrel.

Six specimens, June 1 to July 24.
Reithrodontomys longicauda (Baird).

One specimen, a female, June 11. ^leasurements as follows: Length
115 mm., tail 37 (partly lost), hind foot 19, ear 15. Apparently identi-
cal with Berkeley specimens.
Peromyscus gambelii (Baird). White-footed Mouse.

Represented by a full series of specimens.

Peromyscus truei (Shufeldt). Big-eared Mouse.

Four adults in tawny pelage, May 29 to June 14; two probably
younger, June 13 and 14, much less tawny, and five young, May 29-
June 14, in mouse gray pelage, some of them with buff patches on the
sides, showing the molt into the preceding stage.

I was at first inclined to think that some of these were P. boylii, but
comparison with specimens of the latter, kindly loaned by Mr. D. G.
37

578 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

Elliot from the collection of the Field Columbian Museum, convinces
me that they all belong to the present species.

Neotoma fuscipes Baird. Round-tailed Wood Rat.

Two adults and two young, June 13-15. These seem identical with
Berkeley specimens, and it is noticeable that one from each locality has
a partly bicolor tail. In this and other respects this rat seems subject
to much individual variation, and I cannot but think that some of the
recently established forms which do not seem to have any distinctive
geographic range will prove to have been based upon unstable charac-
ters.

Microtus californicus (Peale). California Vole.

One specimen, identical with those from Berkeley.

Phenacomys longicaudus True.

One female example of this rare mouse was found dead in a road,
June 30. 1899 (No. 11,625, Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.). The occur-
rence of this species so far south of its previously known habitat in
C)regon is of particular interest, apart from the fact that this is, so far
as I am aware, only the third specimen that has been secured.^

In color this specimen is pale rusty, with an admixture of grayish-
white hairs, especially about the head and shoulders, and with long
rather inconspicuous black hairs scattered over the whole upper surface,
beneath grayish-white with the plumbeous bases of the hairs showing
through, feet pale rusty above, grayish-white below, tail dark brown
with a mixture of silvery white hairs below which make it appear
indistinctly bicolor.

Length 170 mm., tail 70, hind foot 19.

The skull resembles that of P. preblei (the only one available for com-
parison) in general appearance, but is relatively narrower. Basilar
length 20 mm., zygomatic breadth 14, occipito-nasal length 24, length
of nasals 7. The teeth have been described in detail by Mr. Miller.
Those of the present specimen are considerably worn.

Thomomys bottae (Eydoux and Gervais). California Gopher.

Three specimens.

Lepus badnnani W^aterhouse. Bachman's Rabbit.

Two specimens, a female and young male, July 6 and June 14.

*Lepiis californicus Gray. California Jack Rabbit.

Jack rabbits are reported as abundant in Mr. Bunnell's notes.
1 Cf. Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XI (1897), p. 85.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 579

Odocoileus columbianus (Richardson). Columbia Black-tailed Deer.

Mr. Bunnell states that black-tailed deer are abundant, but no mule
deer are to be found. Old elk horns have sometimes been found in the
region.

Myotis lucifugus longicrus (True).

Male. July 15.

Myotis californicus caurinus Miller.

Three males and two females, ^lay 26 to July 8.

Myotis evotis (H. Allen). Big-eared Bat.

Male. July 25.

Lasionycteris noctivagans (LeConte). Silver-haired Bat.

Three examples. June 4 to 16.
Pipistrellus hesperus (H. Allen).
Female. July 21.

Eptesicus fuscus (Beauvais). Large Brown Bat.

Male and female. July 21 and 25. These specimens arc identical
with topotypes of E. fuscus from Philadelphia.

♦Mephitis occidentalis Baird. Large Skunk.

Skunks are reported as ''very common."
Spilogale phenax Merriam. Little Skunk.

Also "very common." One specimen secured seems to be typical of
this species.

♦Lutreola vison energumenos Bangs? Pacific Mink.

Minks are "common."

*Mustela caurina Merriam ? Pacific Marten.

]\Iarteixs are reported as occurring sparingly.
*Lutra canadensis Schreber. Otter.

"Fairly common."
♦Putorius xanthogenys (Gray).

"Brindled weasel common," presumably this species.

Procyon psora Merriam? Raccoon.

"Common." One specimen obtained.
*TJrsus americanus Pallas. Black Bear.

"A few, especially on the mountain."

•Canis ochropus Eschz.? Coyote.

"A few are found."

*TJrocyon californicus (Mearns). California Gray Fox.

"Common."

580 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

*Felis oregonensis Rafinesque. Oregon Puma.

''Fairly common," presumably this form.

*Lynx sp. Wildcat.

''Common."

BIRDS.

The collection of birds contains representatives of fifty-six species,
all of which, from the time of capture, may be regarded as breeding.
To these Mr. Bunnell has added thirty-three species observed, but not
secured. These are marked with an asterisk. The collection has been
carefully identified with reference to subspecific differences, as the
locality is to some extent on the borderland of the humid coast, the
Sierran and the Upper Sonoran faunas. The field notes are entirely
from Mr. Bunnell's journal.

*Aix sponsa (Linn.)- Wood Duck.

Occurs on Eel river.

*Ardea herodias Linn. Great Blue Heron.

On Eel river.
Actitis macularia (Linn.). Spotted Sandpiper.

On Eel river.

Lophortyx califomicus vallicola (Ridgw.). Valley Partridge.

Abundant. Birds are quite typical.

Oreortyx pictus plumiferus (Gould).' Plumed Partridge.

Abundant, range overlaps that of the preceding.

*Dendragapus obscurus fuliginosus Ridgw. Sooty Grouse.

Numerous, especially in the spruce forests of the higher ridges.

*Zenaidura macroura (Linn.). Mourning Dove.

Very common, especially at deer salt licks.

*Cathartes aura (Linn.). Turkey Vulture.

Everywhere, collecting by the dozen on dead trees to roost.

Accipiter velox (Wils.). Sharp-shinned Hawk.

Young hatched July 1, in nest in small spruce in timber.

Accipiter cooperi (Bonap.). Cooper's Hawk-

Trapped in chicken yard.
Accipiter atricapillus striatulus Ridgw. Western Goshawk.
Male, August 1, 1S99.

*Buteo borealis calurus (Cass.). Western Redtail.

Abundant.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 581

♦Falco sparverius phalaena (Lesson) Desert Sparrow Hawk.

Not common,
*Hali8etus leucocephalus (Linn.). Bald Eagle.
Rare.

*Aquila chrysaetos (Linn.). Golden Eagle.

Rare.

Otus asio bendirei (Brewster) California Screech Owl.

Abimdant. Young hatched June 29.

*Asio magellanicus subsp. Horned Owl.

In spruce woods.
Glaucidium gnoma californicum (Scl.). California Pigmy Owl.

Fairly common. Note a prolonged trill. It sometimes' kills' quail,
and one was observed being mobbed by a large mixed flock of birds.

*Ceryle alcyon (Linn.). Belted Kingfisher.

On Eel river.

Dryobates villosus hyloscopus (Cab.). Cabanis's Woodpecker.

Numerous on oaks and spruces. The specimens approach harrisii,
but are nearer to hyloscopus.
Dryobates pubescens turati (Malherbe). Willow Woodpecker.

Numerous. Two specimens obtained show a decided tendency
toward gairdneri. In one the tertials are unspotted, in the other those
of one side are spotted, while those of the other arc not. The supercili-
ary stripe and back are pure white.

Sphyrapicus ruber (Gmel.). Red-breasted Sapsucker.

More common on the higher ridges. The only specimen obtained
is typical.

Ceophloeus pileatus abieticola Bangs. Northern Pileated Woodpecker.

Not common. The specimen obtained is small, perhaps indicating
a diminution in size, such as we find in the Southern States on the
Atlantic coast. It is a female and measures wing 8.75 ins., culmen
2 ins. A female from Vernon, B. C, shows wing 9.20, culmen 2.25,
while one from Alva, Florida, has wing 8.80, culmen 1.94.
*Melanerpes formicivorus bairdi Ridgw. Californian Woodpecker.

Rather common.

Colaptes cafer collaris (Vig.). Red-shafted Flicker.

A few specimens are a trifle darker than other examples in the
Academy's collection, but are not saturatior.

Phalaenoptilus nuttalli californicus Ridgw. Dusky Poor-will.

In scrub oak brush on high ridges. Two eggs found on a bare rock,
July 23.

582 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

*Calypte auna (Less.). Anna's Huminingbinl.

Common,

*Selasphorus alleni Hensh. Allen's Hummingbird.

Common,

Tyrannus verticalis Say. Arkansas Kingbird.
Numerous, nesting in the oaks,

Myiarchus cinerascens (Lawr.). Ash-throated Flycatcher.

Common, in small groves.

*Sayornis nigricans (Sw.) Black Phoebe.

Along creek and river.

Nuttallornis borealis (Sw.). Olive-sided Flycatcher.

In rather thinly wooded localities, perching on top of small firs.

Contopus riohardsonii (Sw.). Western Wood Pewe?

In open timber or clearings.

Empidonax difficilis Baird. Western Flycatcher

Occurs with the last.

Aphelocoma californica (Vig.). California Jay.

Fairly numerous.

Cyanocitta stelleri carbonacea Grinnell. Coast Jay.

Range overlaps that of the preceding. All the specimens are very
brown on the back, but I attribute this to the wear of the plumage.
Altogether the specimens are nearest to carbonacea, though they ex-
hibit much variation in the development of the frontal spots. In one
they are barely appreciable, in two moderately developed and blue,
while in one they are strongly developed and tipped with white,
*Corvus brachyrhynchos hesperis llidgw. California Crow.

Rare.

♦Sturnella magna neglecta (Aud.). Western Meadow Lark.

Does not range above Potter Valley.

Agelaius phoeniceus caurinus Ridgw. Northwestern Redwing.

Abundant in a small tule swamp, where they return every night to
roost and fill the evenings with their notes.
Euphagus cyanocephalus (Wagl.). Brewer's Blackbinl.

Abundant in oaks and swamps, nesting in the former.

Icterus bullocki (Sw.). Bullock's Oriole.

Common, nesting in the oaks.

Carpodaous purpureus californicus Baird. California Purple Finch.

A few.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 583

*Carpodacus mexioanus frontalis (Say). House Finch.
A few.

Astragalinus psaltria (Say). Arkansas Goldfinch.

Common.

Spinus pinus (Wils.). Pine Siskin.

Common. Habits similar to the goldfincli.

*Passer domesticus (Linn.). English Sparrow.

Reached Potter Valley in 1900.

*Cliondestes grammacus strigatus (Sw.). Western Lark Sparrow.

Only in Potter Valley.

Spizella socialis arizonae Coues. Western Chipping Sparrow.

Everywhere.
Junco oregonus thurberi (Anthony). Thurber's Junco.

Common, especially on Mount Sanhedrin.

Melospiza cinerea samuelis (Baird). Samuel's Song Sparrow.

Nest in swamps. Only one specimen secured which is rather more
rusty than samuelis, and possibly inclines toward deonensis.
*Passerella iliaoa megarhyncha (Baird). Thick-billed Sparrow.

Only on the top of Blount Sanhedrin and adjoining ridge, in the
brush.
*Oreospiza chlorura (Aud). Green-tailed Towhee.

Associated with the preceding species.
Pipilo maculatus megalonyx (Baird). Spurred Towhee.

Common in brush. Specimens are somewhat intermediate, the bill
is distinctly narrower than in true oregonus, and there is more white
above and on the outer rectrices. Compared with megalonyx from
Arizona, there is not nearly so much white and the brown is decided!}'
paler,

*Pipilo fuscus crissalis (Vig.). California Towhee.

Common.

Zamelodia melanocephala (Sw.). Black-headed Grosbeak.

Very common, and destructive to blackberry crop
Cyanospiza amoena (Say). Lazuli Bunting.

Common.

Piranga ludoviciana (Wils.). Lousiana Tanager.

Very common in spruces and oaks.

♦Hirundo erythrogaster Bodd. Barn Swallow.
Only observed in Potter Valley.

5S4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

Petrochelidon lunifrons (Say). Cliff Swallow.

Common.

*Iridoprociie bicolor (Vieill). Tree Swallow.

A few.
*Tacliycineta thalassina lepida (Meams).
Common, full-grown young July 22.

Riparia riparia (Linn.). Bank Swallow.

On Eel river.

Vireo gilvus swainsonii (Baird). Western Warbling Vireo.

Common.

Vireo solitarius cassinii (Xantus). Cassin's Vireo.

Common.

Vireo huttoni Cass. Mutton's Vireo.

One specimen, July 8.

HelminthopMla rubricapilla gutturalis Ridgw. Calaveras Warbler.

Rather numerous. Found nest under the bank of a stream.

Helminthopliila celata lutescens (Ridgw.). Lutescent Warbler.

One secured June 5.

Dendroica sestiva (Gmel.). Yellow Warbler.

Common.

*Dendroica auduboni (Towns.). Audubon's Warbler.

Only on Mount Sanliedrin.

Dendroica nigrescens (Towns.). Black-throated Gray Warbler.

Common.

Geothlypis tolmiei (Towns.). Macgilllvray's Warbler.

Abundant,

Icteria virens longicauda (Lawr.). Long-tailed Chat.

Common and often heard singing at night.

Cinclus mexicanus Sw. American Dipper.

Very common on Eel river and Thomas creek. Many^ full-grown
young in June, and by this month the old birds have' stopped singing,
simph' making a loud rattle.
*Thryomanes bewicki spilurus (Vig.). Vigor's Wren.

Fairly common.

Troglodytes aedon parkmani (Aud.). Parkman's Wren.

Fairly common.

Certhia familiaris occidentalis Ridgw. California Creeper.
Common.

1904,] NATURALSCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 585

Sitta carolinensis aculeata (Cass.).ISlender-billed Nuthatch.

Common.

Parus gambeli Ridgw. Mountain Chickadee.

Only on the mountain.

Paras rufescens Towns. Chestnut-backed Chickadee.

Common about the ranch. Fom- specimens too worn for satisfactory-
comparison. They seem, howcA^er, to be fairly intermediate in char-
acter between rufescens and neglectus.

♦Chamaea fasciata subsp.? Wren Tit.

A few in the brush.
Psaltriparus minimus (Towns.). Bush Tit.

A few in the manzanita. One specimen obtained seems to be true
minimus.

Regulus satrapa olivaceus Baird. Western Golden-crowned Kinglet.

Some young observed in the firs on Mount Sanhedrin and a speci
men secured.

Polioptila coerulea obscura Ridgw. Western Gnatcatcher.
Not common.

*Hylociclila ustulata (Nutt.). Russet-backed Thrush.

Edge of timber~and about the house.

*Hylociclila guttata nana (Aud.). Dwarf Hermit Thrush.

In high timber. Sings all day, but the song is not so beautiful as
that of the Sierran bird.

Merula migratoria propinqua Ridgw. Western Robin.
Common, especially on ]\Iount Sanhedrin.
*Sialia mexicana occidentalis (Towns.). Western Bluebird.

Common at a little lower elevation, but rare about the ranch.

*Sialia arctica Sw. Mountain Bluebird.

Only on Mount Sanhedrin. Xests in holes in trees.

586 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

NOTES ON A COLLECTION OF CALIFORNIAN MAMMALS.

BY WITMER STOXE.

The following list of mammals, obtained by Mr. A. S. Bunnell in the
neighborhood of Berkeley and in the Sierras, and now forming part of
the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, is
published as a contribution toward our knowledge of the distribution
of the various species and subspecies. The bats have been studied and
identified by Mr. J. A. G. Rehn.

Berkeley Collectiox.

Citellus grammurus beecheyi (Rich.).
A series from Berkeley.

Neotoma fuscipes Baird.

A number of specimens from Berkeley; two have partly bicolor
tails and the color of the adults varies considerably, some being
much redder than others. In view of this individual variation it
would seem that the N. fuscipes affinis of Elliot and probably some of
the other races recently proposed will, with .V. monochroura of Rhoads,
be eventually relegated to synonymy.

Peromyscus gambelii (Baird).
A series from Berkeley.

Peromyscus californicus (.Gambel).

A number from Berkeley. Through the kindness of Mr. D. G. Elliot
I have received from the Field Columbian ]\Iuseum topotypes of his
P. dyselius and certain other specimens, including P. hoylii, for compari-
son with the above series. The result is that I find in the Berkeley
lot typical specimens of both P. californicus and dyselius and others
that appear to be ecpially referal^le to either, and my conclusion is
that the latter form is leased upon younger or smaller examples of
californicus. Rhoads' P. major is likewise a synonym of californicus,
as shown conclusively by a comparison of the types in the Academy
collection. Mr. Bunnell got no specimens of P. hoylii at Berkeley —
that is, none of the form so identified by ^Ir. Elliot {Field Col. Mus.
Puhl, Zool. Ser., I, No. 10, p. 206).

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 587

Microtus californicus (Peale).

A series from Berkeley.

Lepus bachmani Waterhouse.

A number of specimens from Berkeley and^^Belmont.

Lepus floridanus audubonii (Baird).

Two specimens. Belmont, November 28, and Berkeley, August 27.

Lepus californicus Gray.

Belmont, November 26.

Dipodomys californicus Merriam.
Belmont, April 2.

Reithrodontomys longicauda (Baird).

Berkeley; a series.

Thomomys bottae CEyd. and Gerv.).

A series; Berkeley.

Sorex californicus Merriam.

One specimen. Berkeley, December 19.

Sorex montereyensis Merriam

Several from Berkeley,

Scapanus californicus Ayres.

Several from Berkeley and San Francisco.

Antrozous pallidus pacificus Merriam.

Berkeley, September 17.

Myotis evotis (H. Allen).

Belmont, November 4.
Lasiurus cinereus (Beauv.).

A pair. Berkeley, April 2.
Nyctinomus cynooephalus californicus (H. Allen;.

A series. Belmont. These specimens have the forearm considerably
longer than in the Eastern cynocephalus , and differ appreciably in
color, though the latter is rather uncertain as few skins of cynocephalvs
are available for comparison. A skin of cynocephalus appears decidedly
brownish when compared with californicus; the upper parts are mummy
brown against seal brown ^^-ith a grayish suffusion in californicus, the
under parts are raw umber compared with sepia suffused with ashy
gray in californicus.

The relationship with N. mexicanus (Saussure) it is not possible to
ascertain, as too little material is available.

588 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July;

Comparative measurements are as follows :

Average of Average of

nine speci- five s p e c i -

mens of cy- mens of cali-

nocephalus^ fornicus.

Total length, 99.7 mm. 102.8 mm.

Length of forearm, 39.5 " 42.6 "

Canis ochropus Eschz.

Belmont, March 23, 1900.

Lynx fasciatus oculeus Bangs.

Belmont, March 14, 1900.

SiERRAx Collection.

These specimens were all secured in June and July, 1898 on a trip
to Mount Tallac. Some specimens obtained to the east of the moun-
tains as well as a few from western Nevada, are included.

Ammospermophilus leucurus (Merriam).

July 18. Gardnerville, Nevada. Rather pinker than any of our
leucurus series, but the latter are all winter specimens, which i30ssibly
accounts for the difference in tint.

Colobotis beldingi (Meniam).

A series from Mount Tallac.
Citellus grammurus beeeheyi (Rich.).

Two females. Mount Tallac, July 4 and 6. A silver suffusion ex-
tends across the central dark band on the hind neck and shoulders,
nearly obliterating it, thus tending toward fisheri.
Callospermophilus chrysodeirus (Merriam).

A series from Mount Tallac shows great variation in the depth of
color on the head and shoulders,
Eutamias senex (Allen).

A series from Mount Tallac, Several of the July siDCcimens show
rusty spots in the pelage.

Eutamias minimus pictus (Allen).

Gardnerville, Nevada, July 11.
Eutamias amoenus (Allen).

Six specimens. Mount Tallac and Mount Sugar. One taken July 17
is bright rusty red on the sides and more red above, being well ad-
vanced in the molt to the post-breeding pelage.

» Bangs, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XXVIII, p. 218.

1904.] ' [natural sciences of Philadelphia. 589

Sciurus douglassii albolimbatus Allen.

Two from Pyramid Peak, June 22, and one from Mount Tallac,
June 27.

Sciuropterus alpinus lascivus Bangs.

Two topotypes. Mount Tallac. July 6 and 8. While these agree
with Bangs' diagnosis, they are certainly very close to S. a. californicus
Rhoads, of which I have the type before me.

Arctomys flaviventer Aud. and Bach.

Two from Mount Tallac, June 13 and July 4.

Neotoma desertorum Merriam.

Gardnerville, Nevada. Eight specimens.

Neotoma cinerea (Ord.).

A series from Mount Tallac.

Peromyscus texanus deserticola (Mearns).

A large series from i\Iount Sugar and Gardnerville, Nevada, seem
referable to this race.
Peromyscus texanus artemisiae (Rhoads).

A number of specimens from Slippery Ford, El Dorado county,
agree well with Rhoads' type series.
Zapus trinotatus alleni Elliot.

A series from Mount Tallac and Slippery Ford.

Microtus mordax (Merriam).

One from Mount Sugar, Nevada, kindly identified by Mr, Vernon
Bailey.

Thomomys monticola Allen.

Three specimens from Slippery Ford, El Dorado county, one of
which is changing from the purplish-brown pelage to a bright yellow-
brown.
Thomomys aureus perpes Merriam.

Four specimens from Mount Sugar, Nevada.
Lepus arizonae (Allen).

Gardnerville, Nevada, One specimen, July 12.

Lepus californicus Gray.
Valley Springs, June 2.

Ochotona schisticeps (Merriam).

Three from Mount Tallac, June 12, June 26 and July 8.

Sorex obscurus (Merriam).

One specimen. Slippery Ford, June 8.

590 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [J^jly?

Myotis yumanensis (H. Allen).

One specimen, Mount Tallac. July 6.
Eptesicus fuscus melanopterus Rehn n. subsp.

Tt/Pe.— Mount Tallac, California, z. July 10, 1898. No. 11,685,
Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pliila. Collected by A. S. Bunnell.

General Characters. — Similar to E. fiiscus osceola Rhoads in size and
cranial characters, but differing in the darker upper surface, the grayer
under parts and the blacker membranes. From fuscus it may immedi-
ately be differentiated by the more reddish-brown upper surface and
less silvery under parts.

Distribution. — Specimens from the type locality only have been
examined.

Size. — In general proportions fuscus. f. osccola and /. meIa7iopterus
seem almost identical. The average of five specimens of each shows
that /. melanopterus has the forearm averaging almost three milli-
meters longer than in fuscus, Avhile osceola is considerably smaller than
the former, and very slightly less than the latter.

Color. — Above rather dark cinnamon, lightest on the top of the head
and at the shoulders. Under surface reddish wood brown. Mem-
branes and face deep blackish. In true fuscus the upper surface is
drab, below pale isabella color. In fuscus osceola the upper parts are
much the same tint as in melanopterus, but not as rich in tone, while
the under parts are more of a yellowish-brown, and not as ashy in tint.
The membranes of fuscus osceola are much paler in coloration than in
melanopterus.

Skull. — Identical with the typical form.

Teeth. — The last upper molar in melanopterus appears to be broader
than in fuscus or /. osceola. Otherwise the dental series seem to be
identical.

Remarks. — The form from Mount Tallac is no doubt closest related
to /. osceola than any of the form of fuscus. The original series of the
former has been examined in this connection, and the differential
characters were drawn from it. The relationship with true fuscus
is not so close as an examination of a series of thirty specimens from, or
within a radius of, twenty miles of the type localit}^ shows. No close
relationship exists with E. f. hernarclinus Rhoads, which is a very
pale type quite different from any of the forms here considered. From
/. osceola the new form may be easily distinguished by the richer
color of the upper parts and the more smoky under surface, as well
as the more blackish membranes.

Measurements. — Type : Total length 104 mm., length of tail vei'tebrae

1904.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

591

40 mm., length of ear 12 mm., length of tibia 17 mm., extent 314 mm.
Specimens Examined. — Type and four paratypes (skins).

Comparative Measurements.

Average of Average of

five topo- five topo-

tjT)es of types of

fuscus. /. osceola.

Total length, 114.6 mm. 113.6 mm.

Length of forearm, 44.2 " 43.2 "

Length of tibia, 17 " 17.8 "

Length of tail vertebra, . . . 42.2 " 45.4 "

Average of
five speci-
mens of
/. melnnop-
terus.

112.6 mm.
47

18 "
43.8 "

Lasiurus borealis teliotus (H. Allen).

Linden, San Joaquin county, California. 9 . June 2, 1898.

On comparison with Eastern specimens of borealis, this specimen
has the under surface much paler and more of a pale buff tint. This
does not seem to have been noticed by Miller (North Amer. Fauna, No.
13, pp. 110-111) in summarizing the differential characters of the race.

592 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Auo".

ON CERTAIN RHACHIGLOSSATE GASTROPODA ELIMINATED FROM THE

AQTJILLID^.

BY H. A. PILSBRY AND E. G. YANATTA.

Among the smaller species described Iw the older authors as "Tri-
tons," and referred by Tryon and others to the subgenus Epidromus,
there exists some diversity in shell characters, and a much greater
difference in the soft anatomy. Morch many years ago eliminated
his Muricid genus Aspella from this assemblage, and Kesteven, in an
able and interesting paper, has recently shown an Australian species,
Triton speciosus Angas, to belong to Trophon, figuring its operculum
and teeth. ^

Another Muricid genus is represented by Triton bracteatus Hinds,
and its allies, characteristic and widespread littoral Polynesian species.
This group may be called

MACULOTRITON Dall.=

The shell is acuminate-oblong, longitudinally plicate and spirally
tuberculate-lirate, with a smooth trochoidal nucleus of about 3+ whorls.
Aperture ovate, the outer lip thick, dentate within, and strengthened
by a rounded varix outside, another varix often developed opposite
it on the last whorl. Anterior canal open, very short. A small pos-
terior sinus is defined by a low callous on the parietal wall. Opercu-
lum with basal nucleus.

1 Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales for 1902, p. 479, fig. 3.

=> In a paper issued last February, one of the'present authors suggested that
Colubraria hchum., which had always been associated with the xlnioglossate
Triton, might prove to be Rhachiglossate, and remarked that "a series of An-
tillean and Pacific species referred to this division bv Trvon and others of
which decapitatus Reeve and bracteatus Hinds are typical, belongs to the Rhachi-
glossa, as Mr. Vanatta and the writer will elsewhere show." In a paper on
the Tritons and Frog-shells just issued. Prof. W. H. Ball adopts but does not
define a fanuly Colubrariidce to include Colubraria, the groups we had indicated
as Rhachiglossate and one or two others. He anticipates the appearance of
the data promised by us, by giving names to the groups we had indicated as
Rhachiglossate. It remains, therefore, for us to substitute in our proof-sheets
the names given by Dall for those we had written, and to e.xpose the true char-
acters and family relationships of the gastropods in question

As to the "Family Colubrariida'," the typical genus Colubraria is as yet known
by the shell alone. The other groups referred to it by Dall, of which the dentition
is known belong without any doubt to the Aluricidce and Buccinidce. Is science
advanced by the formation of family groups upon such grounds?

1904.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

593

The radula is Muricoid, the rhachidian tooth very wide, straight,
with a long curved central cusp inserted far forward, and on each
side there are two adjacent side cusps, the outer ones larger. Lateral
teeth with a single slender cusp.
Type, M. hradeatus (Hinds).
The shell in this genus has much the appear-
ance of the Buccinoid Tritonidea.

Maculotriton differs from Occndrnt (type a-ina-
cca L.) in the form of the central teeth of the
radula, which in Ocenchra have a very character-
istic structure. The dentition in our new genus
agrees with that of Trophori dathratus as figured by y^^ i.— Apex of
Troschel f but the conchological characters of these Macxdotriton digi-

, . , • J ?;' 7 ,. /«/j.S (KVC), V 111 lb.

Indo-Pacific snails bar then' entrance mto / w])h<ni
or fi()n'()(ro})Ii,on.

Fig. 2. — MacalotrUon, digitalis
(Rve.), Hahajima, Ogasawara (87,491,
A. N. S. P.).

Fig_ :i. -^Maculotriton bractcatm^
(HdsO var., Hilo, Hawaii (85,843,

A. N. s. r.).

Tlie following species belong to Maculotriton:
Maculotriton digitalis (Rve.). Triton (UgitaUs Reeve, Covrh. law.,

TI, PI. 19, fig. 86.
Maculotriton hradeatus (Hinds). Triton hradeatus Hinds, Zool. " Svl-

plmr," Moll., p. 11, PI. 4, figs. 5, 6.
Maculotriton hradeatus lativaricosvs (Rve.). Triton lativaricosus

Reeve, Conch. Icon., II, PL 19, fig. 90.
Maculotriton hradeatus longus Pils. See below.

Some other species will doubtless be added to the group. Canlharus
pundicidatus Dkr. as figured by Sturany* has much the appearance
of our group, but its dentition is unknown. Cantharus watcrhousim
Braz.,-^ recently figured by Hedley,« may also belong here.

3 Das Gebiss der Schnecken,Tl. n, fig. U. ,, , ■ ni ^o^ K

* Gastropoden des Rothen Meeres, in Denkschr. dermath.-rmturwiss. CI. der K.
AkadderWissenschaften, LXXIV, p. 242 (34), PL 7, fig. 4. Tryon has suggested
that Buccinum senate Desh. is identical with jmndiculatus .

^Proc Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales XXI, 1896, pp. 345, 818.

«Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 1899, p. 434, fig. 7.

38

594

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
BUCCINID^.

[Aug.,

Another series of species, formerly placed in Triton, proves to belong
to the Pisama-Tritonidea group of Buccimdcv; and for them a new sub-
genus of Triton idea may he erected.

CADUCIFER Dall.

The shell in this group resembles that of Tritonidca in sculptiu-o
and characters of the aperture, but it is more slender than in that
genus. The teeth resemble those of Euthria Hneata as figured by
Troschel. The teeth of the central row have a group of three cusps
springing from a short, arcuate basal-plate. The laterals have large
curved cusps at the outer and inner margins, with a smaller intermedi-
ate cusp near the inner one.

Type T. fruncata (ffinds).

iMg. 4. — T. decapitata (Jive.), Mau-
ritius (58,058, A. N. S. P.).

Fig. 5. — T. parva C. B. Ad., Port
Antonio, Jamaica (62,041, A. N. S. P.).

This group comprises the following species:

^-Tritonidca {Caducijcr) dccapitdta (Rve.). Triton dcnipitdlns ]\v(>.,

Condi,. Iron., II, Triton, PI. 18, fig. 85.
Tritonidca {Caducijcr) cylindrica (Pse.). Triton c, Pease, Anicr.

Jour. Conch., IV, p. 94, PI. 11, fig. 9.
^'Tritonidca {Caducijcr) truncata (Hinds). I'riton trnucatinn. liiiids,

Zoot. ''Sulphur;' p. 11, PL 4, figs. 9, 10.
TrUonidca {Caducijcr) cxirnia (Rve.). Triton cxiniius Ivac, Condi.

/ro//., II, PI. 18, fig. 77.
'^•Tritonidca {Caducijer) jmrra, ((_'. P>. Ad.). Triton /Kirrus ('. B.

Adams, Contrib. to Conch.., No. 4, j). 59.
Tritonidca {Caducijcr) parva intricata (Dall). /V/o.s jxirrus vav. iutri-

catus Dall, Trans. Wagner hist., Ill, }). lol.

The dentition has been examined in the three species marked with
an asterisk, the third species being the type. The other forms men-
tinned liMve been :iddpd frdin tiieir dose cojichnlotrjc; resemblanr^e t*^)

1904. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 595

those known to belong together. Probably some other species will
be found to belong here. Some of the species lose their early whorls
in the adult stage, and are abruptly truncate, an unusual condition in
the Buccinidce. The group is not closely related to Phof; (type P. smfi-
coftus) or to Nassaria.

Triton decollatus Sowb., Conch. Icon., Triton, PI. 18, fig. 82, left in
E-pulromufi l)y Tryon, is identical with Pifiam'a strigata Pease, Amer.
Jour, of Conch., IV, PI. 11, fig. 6, which Tryon correctly includes in
the genus Pisania. [Dall has erected a section Toeniola for it in his
heterogeneous genus f'oJ)i})r(rria: hut i( clearly belongs to Pisania.]

Maoulotriton braoteatus longus n miI.si.

The shell is much more slender iliaii i]f. /^/-oc/m/z/.s-/ gray-white with
11 ))and of black-l:)iT)wn s]')ots at the periphery on the tubercles of every
rib, another on the base extending into the concavity, and an irregulai-
series of more widely spaced spots below the suture. The single varix
strengthens the lip. Scnlptnre as in M . t)rartrafiis, the ribs coarser
than in M. di<jitalifi.

I^ength 11.5, diam. 4.7 iimi.

Tanabe, Kii. 1ypes No. 86,288, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,400 of I\li-.
llirase's collection. Also Hachijo-jima, Izu, Hirase, No. 1,393.

^ Triton bracfeaivs Hinds, Zool. "S^ttphur," p. 1 1 , PI. 4, figs. 5, 6. Tj^e locality
Marquesas Islands. A series of several liundred specimens collected tliere by
C 1). Voy agrees closely with the type figures in size and coloration. East
Indian and some Polynesian specimens are often larger.

596 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP [Aug.,

VAKIABILITY AND AUTOTOMY OF PHATARIA.

BY SARAH P. MONKS.

Phataria (Linckia) unifascialis Gray, var. hifascialis is a starfish
that is remarkable for the variabihty in the size and number of its
rays. Regularity is the exception. In over 400 specimens examined
not more than four were symmetrical and no two were alike. Fig.
13, PI. XLII, is a nearly symmetrical six-raj^ed star, but one of its
rays has been broken off and renewed.

The plate shows the great variability in size of stars, number of rays
and different breaking places.

The animals vary in size from four to seventeen centimeters. This
difference may in some measure be due to age. but there is evidently
also considerable difference in size in adult specimens.

The normal number of rays is five, but some specimens have onl\^
one, while others have four, six, seven, or even nine; four, five or six
being most common numbers. Of 248 specimens examined 29 had
one ray, 34 four rays, 135 five rays, 44 six rays, 5 seven rays and 1
nine raj^s.

There is a marked irregularity in the size of the rays, for the breaking
and renewing occur at all ages, or, at least, at all sizes. Single
living rays without any externa! sign of disk are not micuinnion.
Twenty-two in a lot of 240 were single. In animals measured the rays
varied in length fi'om 22 75 mm., and wei-e in all conditions, from speci-
mens which sht)wed by tlie raw siu'face tiiat the l^reakage was recent,
through all grades of healing surfaces to stars where new rays appeared
as mere buds, to the comet series and to the \'arious rays of adnlt
Phataria'.

Comets are fiv(iuently found; tlicic were foi'ty-oneof tiiein in 240
specimens. These are stars with one long I'uy and a nuniln'r of small
rays extending from a minute disk. 'J'iiey aw rays that ha\'e made a
new body. In PI. XITI, 3-11 are. comets. The long ray is from
2-7 cent, in length. ( )n account of their small size the single rays and
comets are more easily overlooked by collectors.

This species of Phataria is mottled reddish-brown and ash color, with
the tips of the I'ays and the small new raj's, or new })ortioii of the ray,

1904.] NATURAL SCIENPES OF PHILADELPHIA. 597

a brighter and uniform red. It is easy to distinguish new parts by
this growth "color," even when the line of breakage is obliterated.

From the great discrepancy in the size of the rays it follows that one
or two rays may be sexually mature, while others are small or even
buds. In two indi\aduals sexually mature August 4, 1901, the meas-
urements of rays show: &, 77.70.58.20 mm.; 9 , 70.65.52.13 mm.

This species generally has two or more madreporites and two or
more ani.

There is a great difference in the size of the madreporic body and
frequently, but not always, it is larger in large specimens. In 174
specimens 6 had one, 154 had. two, 11 had three, 2 had four and 1
had five madreporites.

The ani are only visible in live animals. In 6S specimens 15 had
one, 48 had two, 3 had three, 1 had four ani.

There may be some connection, as has been suggested, between
madreporites and breaking plane, but I have failed to find anything
satisfactory on the subject. Sometimes the largest ray, or a large ray,
is between two madreporic bodies. In 132 specimens 87 long arms
and 45 short arms were between the madreporites.

There is a further irregularity in this species in the place from whicli
the reproductive material finds exit. Usually in asteroids it comes
from tlie angle between rays, but in Phataria the sperm and ova may
come from any part of the inner two-thirds of a ray.

1 have also found this year (August, 1904) that a Phataria may have
two mouths. In fig. 22 there is a mouth at each meeting point (A and
B) of the ambulacral furrows. In No. 11 there are also indications
of two mouths, and in another specimen I have, but owing to the
rareness of the peculiarity I have not wished as yet to d(^stroy these
two sijecimens in order to prove the surmise.

The want of symmetry in tliis Pliataria suggests the belief that the
al)ility to bf(nik and regenerate is greater in this species than in ordi-
nary Asteroidea, and that it is a common factor in the life of the species.
Most starfish can lose their rays and make new ones, but it is a gener-
ally accepted opinion among zoologists tliat :i. ray cannot make a new-
body unless some portion of the disk is present, in 1\ hi.fascialis (_!r.
there is a suggestion that a ray can regenerate a Ixidy, althougli the
evidence is inconclusive. The suggestion is seen in the series of figs.
1-11 in the plate. ^

' Since writing the above in 1901 I have been fortunate in a series of experi-
ments extending to the present time, August, 1904, in having a number of single
rays, cut at various places, regenerate the disk and other rays. I cut off rays,
and in that way the stretching of the pyloric cteca and tlie consequent loss of

5-'<S rK(K;REi)iN(;s ok tiik acadkmv ok I--^"?;"-,

This suggestion springs from various facts: The extent of the
''growth color" in comets, the apparent absence of disk in single rays,
and the constant place of breaking in the pyloric caeca.

The breaking place in the skeleton may occiu- near the disk, IVom
f)-12 nun. fVom tlie angle of th(^ ray, or at almost any |)oint on the i-ay.
I have never seen a break tliat was decidedly inside the disk.

In 18 S]:)ecimens with '20 regenerating rays, 4 were less than 3 mm.,
20 wci-c from .T-G mm., and 2 wci'e Hf) and 4") mm. from angle.

The cause of breaking is obscure. Tnlike Ophiurians th(\y are
exceedingly tougli. At touch Phatariti becomes hard, tough and
rigid, and wlien it is thus contracted it. requires considerable strength
to pull it asunder, :ind it is ;i (ntiiriill mnlter ^^\■^']\ to cut among the
ossicles.

If :iny cxleiiial force br.-irs n pnii in hrcnking the nnimal it is prob-
able that the (-reature is surprised when lim)) and relaxed, but 1 am
inclined to think that Phdlarid always breaks itself, no matter
what may b(^ the im])ulse. They may break wlien conditions are
changed, somcd-imes within a few hours after being placed in jars,
or a few days, or even not for months. Some never In-eak, but stand
all kinds of inconvenience of heat and cold and stagnant water.

Ther(^ is no season for the breaking, for they are found newly broken
in the sea in all seasons of the year. The sensitiveness of this species
to our cold spells in winter and hot spells in sununer has put an end
to many promising experiments. Whatever may be the stimulus the
aninud can and does break of itself.

Dm'ing the years 1901-04 1 have watche<l more tlian fifty stai'Iish
disunite. There is a regulai'ity about the matter that indicates that
the breaking is not an accident, or the fancy of a day, l)ut a habit of
the species. The breaking is automatic. Exjjeriment confirms the
inference that naturally arises on seeing a large number of specimens
together that the irregularity is due to an inherent character of this
species of Phatarin. The process is deliberate. It is not a breaking in
the proper sense of the word, but a drawing or pulling asunder. It
requires from half an hour to three or four hours, with resting spells,
and the motions arc perceptible.

The ordinary method is for the main portion of the starfish to remain
fixed and passive with the tube feet set on the side opposite the
departing ray, and for this ray to walk slowdy away at right angles to

time for its withdrawal were avoided and after a number of months the ray liad
reached the comet stage. In one case two arms started to grow from the "place
from which one had been cut. The pliotograpli and statement of facts appeared
in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Mav. 1904.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 590

the body, to change position, twist, and do all the active labor neces-
saiy to the breakage. If there are more rays than are needed to resist
the pulling arm they take a negative part and position. Frequently
they hang limp with their ambiilacrae withdrawn.

There seems to be the same coordination in this work as in the walk-
ing of Asteroidea, for in the six or eight positions taken during the
severing of a ray the larger portion of the star always keeps pulling in
a direction opposite that of the parting ra}", and not in any, or all, of
the fom-, five or six directions of radiation.

The skeleton breaks in one of two ways. In one way the ray swells
about its midpoint and grows smaller at its proximal portion as it
pulls away from the body. In the region of strain the ossicles become
separated for a space of about 25 mm., so that the white connective
and muscular tissues shine between them till finally, just before part-
ing, they stand out like beads on a network of shiny white floss. There
is much more elasticity in the animal at this time than would seem
possible in a starfish.

Immediately after the break the ossicles recover their compact
position and the two parted edges show a more or less jagged surface.
This way is rapid, the body wall being pulled apart in from three to
thirty minutes after the arm becomes narrowed.

In the other way of breaking onh^ a small area is affected l)y the
strain, and the breaking place shows from the first as a fracture. There
is no narrowing of the ray, no strained surface and no gradual separa-
tion of ossicles. A small opening, something like a crack, appears on
the dorsal side of the ray, and this increases with an uneven edge till
tlie l)ody wall is parted around the entire ray. The first visible evi-
dence of this kind of division is, either the ray is in a strained ])osition
opposite the body or it lo{)s over and hangs limp, letting its weight act
as the pulling power. The invarial)le methofl in Phataria I }ui\-e
watched, after the body wall l)reaks, is: The arm walks away; the
pyloric ca;ca are pulled out of tlie arm, sometimes for 80 mm., and
kept v(My tense; then a break occurs in llic tube connecting Hi'' |)\ loiic
Cffica with the stomach ; \]w pyloric c;ecaur(> wilhdvawn into the at tu luid
the small portion of the liilx* into the l)0(ly and the arm is ivw. The
))arting of the soft tissues is not abrupt, is acconiplislied by simdering
strands thread by thread. The pyloric ca-ca and tube are wonderfully
elastic. Sometimes the tube is stretched till it appears as the finest
thread.

After breaking the pyloric caeca coil up, and as they are retracted to
thoir ordinary ])')sili(in an occasional s|)asiii(>(lic jerk is seen in Ihcni.

000 riiOCEEDlNGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug.,

Sometimes tliey are withdrawn immediately, Ijut frequently an arm
crawls around for hours, or days, trailing tire cipcuui till it is withdrawn
or falls away.

Probably if the caeca are not taken in within a few hoiu's the nuiscles
ose their elasticity and the caeca decay and drop off. Occasionally
these organs are left on the disk and sometimes the tube is broken in
such a manner as to leave them hanging like two coiled trails. After
freeing itself the ray crawls up the glass and stations itself with the
broken i)art downward and remains so for a long time. This is the
attitude of a single ray till all, or nearly all, the pyloric caecum assumes
its noi"mal position.

After one arm is s(>)jarated, or even wlien it is going, another may
break away. 1 saw one animal try to break tlK> disk apart after having
lost two rays. It took many positions, strainc^d the (issues and worked
for hours, j)ut died before the disk was broken.

Tlic results of my observations are: The breaking is automatic; and is
effected by pulling apart or fracture without strain; there is cijordina-
tion of parts in producung the separation; the tissues relax at the plane
of rupture; this ])lane may be near the disk or a variable distances
from it on the ray; the ])yloric cieca arc always pulled out and nuich
stretched; the break of the caecum occurs at the tube connecting ihv.
stoma(!h and glandular portion; the ])yloric (;iecum is gc^ierally taken
])m'k into the arm; the severed ray may live more than a week, even
mider adverse circumstances, without signs of regeneration; and,
from my experiments extending over a ])eriod of three years, 1 have;
found that rays cut various distances from the disk make disks,
moutlis and new rays in about six montlis.

1'jXplanation of Plate XIJI.

The plate shows growth-series and comets; variabihty in number and size of
rays, in size of animal and in breaking places ; color distribution and general
characteristics of species; and all except figs. 17 and 18 are as they were found.
Fig. 1. — Side view, recently healed.
Fig. 2. — Oral view, showing growing down of aboral surface. This also shows

in fig. 7.
Fig. 3. — Oral view, new rays and mouths.
Figs. 3-10.— Comets.

Fig. 11. — Eight new rays, probably two mouths.
Figs. 12 and 15. — Five-rayed, showing new arms as "buds."
Figs. 14 and 16. — Four-rayed; fig. 16 shows color arrangement.
Figs. 17 and 18. — Cut '03 and died '04, a new ray on fig. 17 and a new body on

fig. 18.
Fig. 19. — A large Phataria with 2 madreporites, A and B.
Figs. 13 and 20. — Twenty-three six-rayed.
Fig. 21. — Shows four distinct break planes and has only one good ray. This

is a type of the thick specimens.
Fig. 23. — Is a type of the thin species.
Fig. 22. — Shows two mouth places, A and JJ.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XXI.

A3-

CASTEEL ON FIONA MARINA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XXII.

,3 ^-^ ^C

CASTEEL ON FIONA MARINA.

PROC ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XXni.

iU' IC' ic' ^,

£g"

CASTEEL ON FIONA MARINA.

PROC, ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904
o3 '.^"

PLATE XXIV.

ME ME'

CASTEEL ON FIONA MARINA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904

!C'

>':' ,y^^i> ':''%^"ia- ;a-

ed'

CASTEEL ON FIONA MARINA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XXVI.

iC"

£ci"'

^;d

^d'

ic"

i("

,„ IC

£Cl"'

P

^ <<

f\l

fT

(

\ ,

^^"'\'/\

.

V^

ein"

^a

ea""

»s<Z"'

^d"^'

CASTEEL ON FIONA MARINA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XXVII.

£-<>'■' ■''' tO >^'2

^a'^'^

CASTEEL ON FIONA MARINA.

FROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XXVIII.

ic"'

tc"

ac'"

eb'"'

£C""

£e""'

%f'"" .

^c"'"

\ ^c'-""

3^"""

^'\ ]^c""

ec- /^\

vi""""

.c K

V
•ic"" V

b""

slf'"-

CASTEEL ON FIONA MARINA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904
£<2" 6S.

PLATE XXIX.

CASTEEL ON FIONA MARINA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904

PLATE XXX

CASTEEL ON FIONA MARINA,

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XXXI.

SS. ^

/ &t Af-

Slc.K,

a.Cr.

AnC

CASTEEL ON FIONA MARINA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XXXII.

CASTEEL ON FIONA MARINA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XXXIII.

ShCr.

h- S8.

6hG:

SU.

CASTEEL ON FIONA MARINA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XXXIV.

CASTEEL ON FIONA MARINA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XXXV.

■'"' MR.Ft.

CASTEEL ON FIONA MARINA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XXXVI.

11 12

GULICK. FOSSIL LAND SHELLS OF BERMUDA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XXXVII.

MOORE. NEW POLYCH^^TA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XXXVIII.

MOORE. NEW POLYCH^^TA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XXXIX.

PILSBRY. NEW JAPANESE MARINE MOLLUSCA • PELECYPODA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XL

PILSBRY. NEW JAPANESE MARINE MOLLUSCA: PELECYPODA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XLI.

PILSBRY. NEW JAPANESE MARINE MOLLUSCA : PELECYPODA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XLII.

MONKS ON PHATARIA.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 601

THE COMPARATIVE AGE OF THE DIFFERENT FLORISTIC ELEMENTS OF
EASTERN NORTH AMERICA.

BY JOHN W. HARSHBERGER, PH.D.

The historic element must be considered in a phytogeographic study
of any country. Many questions concerning the present distribution
of plants depend upon the character and extent of the past distribu-
tion of the species of any region or formation. The degree of invasion
of new species into a region is determined by the presence or absence
of vegetation. If vegetation is present, then the botanist is compelled
to account for its presence by a consideration of the physiographic
history of that part of the earth's surface, the association of species
and the probable origin of these species, whether indigenous or derived.
The determination of the indigenous and derived species of a formation
or larger division is of the utmost importance, as it enables us to retrace
the steps by which the formation has reached its present condition
and association of species, and to reconstruct formations that have
long since disappeared.

The methods which must be adopted in scrutinizing the flora of a
country are several:

1. The botanist must determine the past and present physiography
of the region concerned.

2. He must determine, if possible, the geologic time at which the
recorded physiographic changes took place.

3. He must recognize the indigenous species by eliminating the
derived.

4. A study of the distribution of species will enable him to determine
to some extent the age of the different fioristic elements, and the appli-
cation of the following criteria will also aid him in the solution of
questions such as are considered here.

a. Location of greatest differentiation of type.

b. Location of dominance or great abundance of individuals.

c. Location of synthetic and closely related forms.

d. Location of maximum size of individuals.

e. Location of greatest productiveness and its relative stability.
/. Continuity and convergence of lines of dispersal.

g. Location of least dependence upon a restricted habitat.
39

602 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

h. Continuity and directness of individual variations, or modifica-
tions radiating from the centre of origin along the highways of dispersal.
i. Direction indicated by biogeographic affinities.^

5. Old regions, botanically speaking, may be determined where the
number of specific forms of single genera is small, and new regions may
be determined where the number of species of single genera is ordinarily
very large.

6. Drude's classification of endemic plants, as corresponding and
as relict, is of great assistance to the botanist in determining the age of
floristic elements. Plants are corresponding when the original con-
tinuous area of a variable species has been interrupted in such a way
as to form several smaller areas occupied by subspecies or new species,
while relicts are those species originally of extensive distribution able
to maintain themselves in a limited area only on account of changed
conditions of life. Having enunciated these general principles, I will
endeavor to apply them in the determination of the age of the different
floristic elements of eastern North America.

All of eastern America north of the great terminal moraine which
marks the southern boundary of the great ice sheet, with the exception
of the nunataks, has been tenanted by plants which have migrated
into the territory abandoned by the great continental glacier. Geolo-
gists believe, from evidence afforded by the time that it has taken for
the river to cut the gorge at Niagara, that 10,000 or 15,000 years have
elapsed since the close of the glacial period. If their deductions are
sound, then the flora of the northern part of eastern America cannot
be older than 15,000 years at the outside. Some of its elements may
be much older, and we have reason to believe that many boreal plants
existed as such on the nunataks, which were unglaciated areas above
the great ice sheet. The first wave consisted of the distinctly glacial
flora, which skirted the border of the ice sheet. The second wave,
younger as a floristic element of the North, consisted of boreal plants,
many of which, as bog plants, tenanted the bogs and margins of the
glacial lakes that were formerly much more abundant in the North
than at present. These bog and tundra types pushed early into the
barren ground left by the retreating ice. The tundra was closely
followed by the coniferous forests on the western and eastern sides of
the glaciated areas and these trees constitute a third floristic element,
much younger in point of the time in which they have occupied the
North. These trees, and those forming a still younger element, sur-
rounded the bog plant societies which were trapped by the surround-

' Adams, Chas. C, Biological Bulletin, III : 122.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 603

ing tree vegetation, and as the bog was gradually transformed by bio-
logic influences into firmer ground gradually encroached on the bog
plant associations. Present bog habitats are continuations of similar
habitats which existed in early postglacial times, when tundra
conditions and tundra vegetation were dominant.^ The fourth
element just mentioned consisted of deciduous shrubs and trees,
oaks, hickories and the like, which at present are south of the
great coniferous belt of forest. In the East, among the highlands,
exceptional circumstances were afforded for the preservation of the
northern forms.

The flora of Mount Washington is perhaps an exception to this.
During the glacial period it was a nunatak, and during this time it was
tenanted by such plants as Sile^ie acaulis L., Arenaria groenlandica
Sprang., Geum radiahnn Michx., Solidago virga-aurea L. var. alpina
Bigel., Prenanthes bootii Gray, Cassiope hypnoides Don, Bryanthus
taxifolius Gray, Diapensia lapponica L., Oxyria digyna Hill, Salix phy-
licifolia L., Salix uva-ursi Pursh, Salix herbacea L., Phleum alpinum
L., Lycopodium selago L., etc., which have remained as permanent
tenants of this mountain. If w^e take Mount Washington as a
mountain, the summit flora is older than that of the lower alpine
slopes of the mountain above timber-line, and the flora, therefore, of
these slopes is in turn older than that of such gorges as Tuckerman's
Ravine, Huntingdon Ravine and Great Gulf, which probably sup-
ported local glaciers for many centuries after the great ice sheet had
retreated from the Presidential Range.

Mount Katahdin, 161 miles northeast of Mount Washington, has a
less number of alpine plants than that mountain, and most geologists
believe it to have been buried entirely beneath the glacial^ ice sheet.
If that is so, then the alpine flora of Mount Katahdin is, as a floristic
element, much younger in point of time than that of Mount Washing-
ton. The same differential arrangement of the plants on Mount
Katahdin is found as on Mount Washington. The place where the
boreal flora, upon the retreat of the continental ice sheet, encroached
upon Mount Katahdin is determined largely by the physiography of
the mountain. The glaciers occupying the various basins of the
mountain retarded the re vegetation of the mountain, but with a
favorable opportunity the encroachment perhaps began from the
southwest and west. This idea seems to be confirmed by the present
distribution of the spruce and fir which ascend higher on this side
and their apparently greater age. As to the east side of the mountain,

^'Transeau, E. N., Botanical Gazette, XXXVI: 401.

604 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

and in particular the basins, it seems probable that the great basin^
was first tenanted by plants, and that the North Basin opposed this
migration a much larger time for the reason that this basin, which
presents a scene of desolation, was the seat of a local valley glacier
which was, perhaps, the last to disappear. As a consequence, the
basin presents an appearance even more xerophytic and alpine than
some of the upper parts of the mountain itself. The pucker bush
(Krummholz) reaches here an unusual development, with the trees
lying in most places prostrate and gnarled and twisted to a high degree.

The swamp societies of the northern America stand in contrast to the
bog societies made up of more southerly forms, and must be considered
to be the normal hydrophytic vegetation of present climatic condi-
tions. The swamps of the North have had a much later origin than the
bogs, for we find that if the depressions provided with water have ex-
isted since the days of the tundra they may show a bog flora to-day;
if they are of recent origin the plants will correspond to the normal
swamp plants of the present climatic conditions.

Another interesting problem which presents itself is that of the
presence of typical seashore plants on the coasts of the Great Lakes.
Such plants as Ammophila arundinacea Hast., Sabbatia angularis Piu'sh,
Lathyrus 7naritimus Bigel., Hudsonia tomentosa Nutt., Cakile americana
Nutt., Hibiscus moscheutos L., Gerardia purpurea L., Euphorbia polygo-
nifolia L., Myrica cerifera L., Strophostyles peduncularis Ell. are found
not only on the shores of the Great Lakes, but some of them near the
Lake of the Woods. The most satisfactory explanation seems to be
that in post-glacial times the valleys of the St. Lawrence, Hudson, Lake
Champlain, and probably also Lakes Ontario and Superior, were then
occupied by the sea, because of the northeasterly depression of the
land. During this period of submergence the typical seashore plants
gained access to the interior of the continent.

The country south of the great ice sheet shows some interesting
problems of geographic distribution in line with the subject of this
paper. The northward extension of the pine barren flora on Long
Island and Staten Island is a case in point.*

The soil of the region is generally sandy, but is occasionally more
firm where strata of clay approach and form the surface. The geo-
logical formations to the south and southeast of a line drawn from a
point below Long Branch to another near the head of Delaware Bay

^ Harvey, L. H., "A Study of the Physiographic Ecology of Mount Katahdin,
Maine," University of Maine Studies, No. 5, December, 1903.

^Cf. N. L. Britton, on the "Northward Extension of the N. J. Pine Barren on
Long and Staten Islands," Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club, VII, 81, July, 1880.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 605

are Tertiary, while those to the north of it are Cretaceous. The Ter-
tiary soils extend southward along the Atlantic to Florida. As the
soil over both the Cretaceous and Tertiary is composed of similar
materials, it is impossible to say, from surface indications, where one
ends and the other begins. We will deal with the flora of the
northern extension of these sandy stretches of Cretaceous age. On
Staten Island these strata are exposed in its extreme southern
portion. They doubtless extend over the entire southern and eastern
sections, but are mostly covered by a layer of material of variable
thickness derived from the glacial drift. On Long Island, the great
terminal moraine occupied a position marked by a range of hills extend-
ing throughout its whole length at an average distance of ten miles
from the Atlantic. South of these hills sandy plains prevail, the
material composing them having been formed partly from the modified
drift of the hills, partly from the underlying Cretaceous strata.
Those species detected on the Cretaceous soils of Staten Island, and
not on the drift, are thirty-four in number: Magnolia glaiica L., Hud-
sonia ericoides L., Ascyrum cnix-andrece L., Arenaria squarrosa Mich.,
Polygala lutea L., Tephrosia virginiana Pers., Desmodiuvi Icevigatum
D. C, Desmodium viridiflorum Beck, Rubus cuneifolivs Pursh, Cra-
taegus parvifolia Ait., Eupatorium rotundifolium L., Astey- nemoralis
Ait., Aster concolor L., Chrysopsis mariana Nutt., Gnaphalium pur-
pureum L., Gaylussacia dumosa J. and G., Andromeda mariana L.,
Kalmia angustifolia L., Ipomoea pandurata ^leyer, Phlox suhulata L.,
Asclepias^ohtusijolia ]\Iichx., Eupliorhia ipecacuanha; L., Quercus nigra
L., Quercus prinoides Will., Quercus phellos L., Spiranthes simplex Gray,
Juncus scirpoides Lam. var. macrostemon, Xyris flexuosa Muhl., Cy-
perus cylindricus N. L. B., Stipa avcnacca L., Glyceria ohtusa Tin., Pani-
cum verrucosum Muhl., Andropogon macrourus Michx., Lycopodium
inundatum L. var. higelovii Tuck. Of these the following four have
been detected in Suffolk County, Long Island : Desmodium viridiflorum
Beck, Rubus cuneifolius Pursh, Ipomoea pandurata Meyer, Phlox subu-
lata L. In addition to the above list, however, the following sixteen
additional species have been detected in Suffolk county, Long Island :
Drosera filiformis Raf ., Ascyrum stans Michx., Eupatorium hyssopifolium
L., Eupatorium leucolepis T. and G., Eupatorium album L., Aster
spectabilis Ait., Solidago puberula Nutt., Chrysopsis falcata Ell.,
Helianthus angustifolia L., Coreopsis rosea Nutt., Utricidaria subulata
Le Conte, Cupressus thyoides L., Juncus pelocarpus E. Meyer, Xyris
caroliniana Walt., Eleocharis melanocarpa Torr., Sporobolus serotinus
Gray. Thus it appears that thirty-four of these characteristic pine

^06 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

barren 'plants grow in the southern part of Staten Island, and that
forty-six of them have been detected in Suffolk county, Long Island.

It would seem that these species have a tendency to follow the course
of the two more recent geologic formations throughout their whole
extent along the Atlantic coast. Another fact which stands out promi-
nently in this connection is that not a single one of the above-mentioned
plants, growing, as we have seen, along the edge of the glacial drift,
is native of Europe, but belong to a true American flora, which had its
origin in the southern part of the continent and migrated northward
into Staten Island and Long Island at the close of the great ice age.
In contrast to this fact we have another one, equally prominent, and
that is, that of the species of plants growing on the morainic material
about one-third are common to northern Europe and America, thus
pointing to a common origin of each in the territory now occupied by
the ice and snow of the Arctic regions. The flora north of the morainic
line in Staten Island and Long Island clearly antedates in point of
occupancy of the country the more southern and American pine barren
flora, wliich migrated northward at a date subsequent to the migration
of the flora with strong European affinity.

Another interesting illustration of the historic factors instrumental
in plant distribution is afforded by the peculiar flora of the Kittatinny
or Shawangunk mountains of northwestern New Jersey, This moun-
tain chain forms a wall of almost constant altitude, averaging over
1,200 feet in height, along the eastern side of the Delaware river from
Port Jervis to the Delaware Water Gap. Its summits and western
slopes are composed of a coarse or fine, very hard silicious conglomerate
or sandstone, with little soil but that derived from the limited disin-
tegration of these rocks, and it is therefore highly silicious. While
the mountain sides are extensively glaciated there is very little glacial
drift on the ridge.

On these mountains exist a number of plants which are also found
in great numbers in sandy soil along the Atlantic coast. Among the
species which are thus noteworthy, as discovered by N. L. Britton, are:
Juncus greenii Oakes and Tuckerm., Solidago puberula Nutt., Orontium
aquaticum L., Tephrosia virginiana Pers., Lespedeza hirta Ell., Lupinus
perennis L., Quercus ilicifolia Wang., Corema conradii Torrey. At
Culver's Gap were found by Britton : Polygala polygama Walt., Gerardia
pedicularia L., Lechea racemulosa Michx., all abundant in sandy soil
along the coast, and Prumis pumila L. At Sunfish Pond, northwest
of the Water Gap, occur Juncus militaris Bigel., Lycopodium inun-
datum L., Vibwnium nudum L. While all along the mountains grow

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 607

Aster linariifolius L., Quercus ilicifolia, Gaylussacia resinosa |Tott and
Gray, G. frondosa Torrey and Gray, Vaccinium vacillans Sol., Epigcea
repens L., Gaultheria procumbens L., Cassandra calyculata Don and
Rhododendron viscosum Torrey. Another peculiarity is the substitu-
tion of Pinus rigida ^lill on the mountains for the Piniis slrobus L.
of the surrounding country.

The ridges of the Green Pond system, known at Greenwood Lake as
Bearfort and Bellvale mountains, and in New York as the Skimne-
munk, have a somewhat similar summit flora, consisting of Quercus
ilicifolia Wang., Solidago puberula Nutt., Tephrosia virginiana Pers.,
Lespedeza hirta Ell., Arctostaphylos uva-ursi Spreng, Aster linariifolius
L., various huckleberries, blueberries and other sand plants.

The reason for the somewhat remarkable similarity of the pine
barren and summit mountain floras is usually attributed to the simi-
larity of the soil on the mountains to that of the plains bordering the
coast. It is probably true that the plants occupy these areas because
they have adapted themselves to growing in soils of silicious sands,
but to say that the soil is the prime factor in their distribution is put-
ting the case too strongly. The writer believes, from an investigation
that he has made of the problems involved, that the flora of the moun-
taiixs is peculiarly an endemic one, showing relict endemism, and that
the flora of the pine barren is a derived one, and is an illustration of
Drude's principle enunciated above. The crest of the Kittatinny Moun-
tains represents the level of a plain that existed prior to the great period
of erosion which carved out the mountain ranges and has been several
times elevated and depressed. During the period of its more extensive
plain character, the plants above mentioned were distributed over
the area now represented by the crests of the Shawangunk Moun-
tains in New Jersey and the Skunnemunk Mountains in New
York. With the wearing away of the plain this more ancient flora
remained in a relict form on the summits of the mountains mentioned.
This antedated many years the upheaval of the New Jersey coast plain,
which was, after its appearance above the surface of the sea. an open
field for the migration of plants from nearby formations. The pioneers
into the elevated coastal plain were those species nearest at hand and
most mobile and, by reason of occupancy of a similar soil, well adapted
to meet the new conditions of environment. If we apply these princi-
ples to the prolslem in hand, we naturally reach the conclusion that
certain plants of the coastal flora are derived from the formations near-
est at hand which present similar environmental conditioas, and are,
therefore, for the coastal region comparatively new, so that the summit

608 .PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [Sept.,

flora of the mountains may be looked upon as relatively older in point
of time than that occupying the territory along the sea coast.

An interesting confirmation of this position is found in a study of
the succession of the floras on the Pocono Mountain plateau, following
the destruction of the original forest by lumber operators. The
original vegetation of this plateau consisted, as far as I have been able
to determine, of four elements, viz. : a forest of pitch pine, Pinus rigida
Mill., which covered the looser morainic material of the great terminal
moraine in the eastern and southern parts of the plateau; the broad-
leaved deciduous forest with its oaks and associated species on the
eastern slopes and edge of the tableland ; the chestnut and black locust
forest which occupied Laurel Ridge along the western rim of the plateau,
and a forest of white pine with a thicket of Rhododendron maximum L.
beneath, mixed in many places with the black spruce, Picea nigra Link,
the red maple and other plants characteristic of the Catskill mountains
and farther north, grading over to a hemlock forest in the region of
Tobyhanna. The open sphagnum bogs culminated in the presence
of the larch, Larix americana Michx., with which were associated
Kalmia glauca Ait., Ledum latifolium Ait., Rhododendron rhodora Don,
and other northern plants. With the destruction of the white pine,
hemlock and pitch pine forests, the vegetation of this tableland has
undergone an entire change. The succession of the species has not
been worked out in detail, but what has been observed is instructive.
The botanist is impressed by the general appearance of the landscape.
The flora over the eastern half of the i^lateau in aspect resembles that
of the pine barren regions of southern New Jersey, from which the
original pitch pine and Jersey pine have been cut. A study of the
species shows that this appearance is due to the close similarity of the
flora in the plant species w^hich constitute the tw^o regions. We have
an instructive example of mass invasion of such plants as Quercus
ilicifolia Wang., Pinus rigida Mill., Gaylussacia resinosa Torr. and
Gray, Vaccinium vacillans Solander, Epigcea repens L., Gaultheria pro-
cumbens L., Rhododendron viscosuni Torr., Kcdmia angustifolia L.,
Lilium philadelphicuni L., Amianthium musccBtoxicum Gray, Lyco-
podium inundatum L., etc., from the morainic hills westward into the
region occupied by the white pines. We naturally inquire from what
locality the pitch pine formation has proceeded, and it seems to me we
are forced to conclude that this association of species has been derived,
not from the barrens of New Jersey, but from the nearby mountains
northwest of the Delaware Water Gap which, as previously mentioned,
support such a flora. This relict flora on the Kittatinny and other

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 609

highlands has been under iini;siial stress of circiims-tances, and when
more favorable, but on the whole similar, edaphic conditions were
supplied, a mass invasion from these mountain highlands took place
at two different and widely divergent periods of time in two directions.
After the uplift of the Jersey pine barrens region, the nearby flora of
the upland plateaus being edaphically better adapted to the new region,
supplied the barren ground with a vegetable covering. Similarly, when
the glaciers retreated a mass invasion of pitch pines and associated
species moved from the unglaciated Kittatinny Mountains on to the
sandy gravelly soil of the great moraine, and when the lumbermen
disturbed the forest these plants, adapted to growing in sandy soils
and exposed to xerophytic conditions, supplied the constituent ele-
ments of the present flora in the greater part of the eastern half of the
plateau.

A consideration of the strand flora of New Jersey, upon which I have
spent considerable study, reveals the fact that the time element is
important in an explanation of the distribution of the seashore plants.
If we contrast the character of the association on the northern and
southern shore of New Jersey, we find that the formations on Barnegat
beach, for example, are usually open, while those on Wildwood beach
are closed and have culminated in the forest type of vegetation. This
argues for a greater age of the strand flora of Wildwood, as compared
with that, for example, at Sea Side Park in the north. This conclusion
is substantiated by the fact that the bays behind the sandy sea islands
are converted into salt marshes in the south, while in the north they
are wide and still open bays of brackish or salt water. Physiographi-
cally and botanically the coast line from Bay Head south to Ocean
City is younger than the coast south of the latter place extending to
Cape May.

The latest periods of submergence and uplift had a powerful influ-
ence on the distribution of sea-coast species. The present distribution
of the swamp rose-mallow, Hihisms moschevtos, in the Atlantic coastal
plain illustrates this. The plant normally occurs in brackish marshes
from Massachusetts to Florida and Louisiana and on lake shores in
saline situations locally in the interior to western Ontario. When it
occurs in fresh-water swamps it is reasonably certain that these swamps
represent a converted salt marsh present during a former time of sub-
mergence. New Jersey shows this best. During the Pensauken sub-
mergence southern central New Jersey was an extensive sea island sepa-
rated from northern New Jersey by Pensauken Sound. Hibiscus
moscheutos in its present distribution in New Jersey follows the former

610 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [Sept.,

shore line of that ancient island, for it occurs in the salt marshes of the
coast, on both banks of the Delaware river to the head of tide water,
and also in fresh-water marshes along the New York Division of the
Pennsylvania Railroad between Trenton and Newark, the roadbed
between these cities being laid upon the geologic site of the Pensauken
Sound.

South of New Jersey the region, including southeastern Pennsylvania,
may be divided historically according to the age of the flora into several
well-marked divisions.

1. The flora of the Southern Appalachians and its northeastern
extension into southern and southeastern Pennsylvania, The facts
presented in two former papers-^ all argue for the great antiquity of
the flora of North Carolina and southeastern Pennsylvania, because
this flora, in all probability, represents the more or less modified de-
scendants of that characteristic flora which in later Eocene or Miocene
time extended to high northern latitudes.

2. The flora of the coast plain occupied by the long leaf pine with its
associated species, which probably represent the ultimate stages of
successions initiated at the time of the final elevation of the sea bottom
along the coast line. These plants probably entered the elevated
coastal region by a mass invasion from a circimiscribed area contiguous
to the Atlantic shore line, for it has been established that contiguous
vegetation furnishes 75-90 per cent, of the constituent species of an
initial formation. The reason for this is to be found not only in the
fact that adjacent species have a much shorter distance to go and hence
will be carried in greater quantity, but also in that species of the forma-
tions beyond must pass through or over the adjacent ones. In the
latter case, Clement states that the "number of disseminules is rela-
tively small on account of the distance, w^hile invasion through the
intermediate vegetation, if not entirely impossible, is extremely slow,
so that plants coming in by this route reach the denuded area only to
find it already occupied."*^

3. Plants of probable Neotropic origin which have, according to
Kearney, in all likelihood made their first appearance in the Appalachian
region in geologically very modern times, probably after the close of
the so-called glacial epoch.

* Harshberger, J. W.", "An Ecologic Study of the Flora of Mountainous
North Carohna," Botanical Gazette, XXXVI, 241-258, 368-383, 1903, and "A
Phytogeographic Sketch of Extreme Southeastern Pennsylvania," Bulletin
Torrey Botanical Club, XXXI, 125-159, March, 1904.

* Clements, Frederick E., "Studies of the Vegetation of the State, III. —
The Development and Structure of Vegetation," Botanical Survey of Nebraska,
1904.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 611

4. A relict flora of a former widespread plateau region, similar to
the one mentioned for northeastern Pennsylvania, in which we find a
close similarity between the flora of some of the higher mountain sum-
mits and the flora of the coastal plain. We have previously mentioned
in the physiographic changes which have taken place in this mountain
region an explanation of such peculiarities of distribution. The pres-
ence of Hudsonia montana Nutt. on the summit of the Table Rock is
probably thus explained, for Table Rock represents an undenuded
remnant of a former jDeneplain. It is likely, therefore, that Hudsonia
montana Nutt. was once more extended in its distribution, but has been
isolated by the erosion of the plain on which it formerly grew in abun-
dance. The presence of LeiophyUum buxifolium Ell., Xerophyllum
asphodeloides Nutt., Amianthium rnusccBtoxicum Gray on the mountain
summits and on the coastal plain is also similarly explained.

5. The distribution of plants in the southern extremity of Florida is
an interesting confirmation of the historic development of a flora.
Seven plant formations can be recognized, viz.: (1) The sea-strand
formation; (2) The mangrove swamp formation; (3) The everglade for-
mation; (4) The grassland (" prairie " ) formation; (5) The savanna
formation; (6) The pine-land formation; (7) The hummock-land for-
mation. Historically the sea-strand formation and the hummock-land
formation are the oldest, floristically speaking. The strand flora, con-
sisting of such plants as Uniola paniculata, Panicwn amarurti, Ipoincea
pes-caprce, Batatas littoralis, Iva imhricata, Cakile maritima, Agave
decipiens (ontropic section), has existed as an element of the flora of
peninsular Florida since the land was elevated above the sea, and
perhaps was derived from an earlier seashore flora which existed along
the shore of the mainland or the coasts of the larger and more elevated
sea islands.

Nearly all the tropic species recently added to the flora of the United
States were discovered in or about the hummocks, which are essentially
duplicated by similar formations in the West Indies. The total area
of the hummock-land is relatively insignificant when compared with
the pine-lands, yet the flora, as shown in the enumeration below^, is
as rich, if not comparatively richer;

Pine-lands, 43 per cent.

Hummocks, 42 "

Everglades, 15 "

The hummocks consist of isolated groups of hardwood trees, shrubs
and vines. These hummock formations with an overlying soil thicker
than the pine-lands, due without doubt to the accumulation of vegetal

612 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

detritus, vary in size from an acre to many hundred acres, and are
scattered as islands in the everglades and pine forests instead of sur-
rounded by the ocean, as they formerly were before the sea bottom be-
tween them became dry land by elevation. The trees, shrubs and
woody vines harbor an almost incredible growth of plants of various
categories. The growth of epiphytes is especially striking, for in num-
erous cases the tree trunks and branches are completely clothed with
air plants, and so prolific are the orchids and bromeliads that many
individuals are forced to growth on the ground and on the neighboring
pine trees.' Here occur the great majority of flowering plants now
known to be common both to the West Indies and the mainland of
North America. As the rock of New Providence Island, of the Bahama
group, is essentially identical with that of the Florida south of Miami,
and as there are many trees and shrubs common to the two regions, as
well as to Cuba, while many species are endemic to each of the three
regions, we are forced to conclude from the evidence that the flora
gives that geologically and to a certain extent floristically the hummock-
lands formed originally part of the Antillean region. The hummock-
lands, perhaps, represent part of the ancient system of Keys which
existed at the time when the Gulf Stream left the American Mediter-
ranean through a channel which existed across the northern half of
Florida. It was when these islands formed an extended archipelago
coextensive with the Bahamas that the hummocks were occupied by
their present flora, which, therefore, shows the closest relationship to
that of the nearby Bahama islands. With the elevation of the land
through the epeirogenic movements of the earth's crust, through the
agency of coral polyps, vegetation, ocean and wind currents, the Gulf
Stream was directed into its present channel and the sea islands which
now exist in south Florida in the form of hummocks were connected
by dry land or by partially submerged banks to form the present
peninsula of Florida.

With the appearance of level plains by the removal of the shallow
sea over a sandy bottom, the isolated trees and herbaceous plants
which associated together constitute the savanna formation appeared
and clothed the ground. Imperceptibly these savannas were trans-
formed by the appearance of trees into the pine-land formation. This
formation is characterized by a scattering growth of Pinus heterophyUa

' Consult the articles by J. K. Small, and N. L. Britton, in Journal New York
Botanical Garden, III, No. 26, February, 1902; IV, No. 39, March, 1903; V, No.
51, March, 1904; V, No. 5.5. July, 1904; V, No. 56, August, 1904, to which the
writer is indebted for many facts herein set forth under the new cloak of general-
ization.

1904.] NATURAL SCIEXCE3 OF PHILADELrHIA. 613

and numerous shrubs, shrubby herbs and herbaceous perennials,
together with a few annuals. Four species of palms belonging to the
genera Sabal, Serenoa, Coccothrinax, and the Sago palm, Zamia
floridana, are prominent representatives of the pine-land formation.
These pine-lands are light and any, with comparatively thin soil.
The growth of timber is scattered and the plants found in this for-
mation are not duplicated in the West Indies. Relatively, then, the
flora of the pine-land formation is younger than that of the hummocks,
and may be older or younger than the everglade formation, according
to whether this association of species encroached on elevated plain
land or whether it captured grassland or an everglade formation.
The evolution of the pine woods may be represented for sake of
clearness diagrammatically as follows :

Very Shallow Water

Dry Elevated Sea Bottom Swamps

I
Savanna Grassland

Pine Woods

The culmination from either condition has been a pine forest.

The everglades, then, historically speaking, may be older than the
pine woods, or they may be younger. WTiatever their position in point
of time, they cover an area of about one hundred miles wide and perhaps
one hundred and fifty miles long, the elevation being about eighteen
feet above sea-level. This area consists of an extended saw-grass
swamp traversed by winding river channels, and covered with scattered
hmnmock-lands. Its flora consists of grasses, sedges and other herba-
ceous plants, among which are many aquatic and mud-inliabiting plants.
The vegetation of the everglades is of a more northern character than
that of the hummock-lands.

The mangrove formation represents an important element in the
flora of southern Florida. The mangrove swamps are particularly
abundant along salt or brackish shores and along the sea islands, the
so-called Florida Keys.^ Their vegetation is confined almost exclu-
sively to the mangrove trees and such few Tillandsias and orchids as
grow upon their branches. Frequently on the borders of these swamps
occurs a large showy species of AcrosticJium with leaves often six to
eight feet long. The area shut off from the sea by the fringe of man-

* Phillips, O. P., "How the Mangrove Tree adds New Land to Florida," The
Journal of Geography, II, 1-14, January, 1903.

614

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Sept.,

groves becomes dry ground and eventually grassland (in Florida
" prairie" ).

The results of this survey as to the southern extremity of Florida
may be arranged below:

Ancient Strand Flora

Ancient Sea Island Flora

Northern Element

Plain Flora

Swamp Flora

Savanna Flora -^

Grassland

Present Strand Flora

\ >

Pine-land Flora

Present Hummock Flora

Lastly are the ruderal plants and weeds that, introduced by the
hand of man, have become established in America. The history of
the introduction and spread of many of these plants is known to an
exactness, whereas many have appeared and become established the
history of which is involved in considerable doubt. The time which
has elapsed since the advent of these outsiders does not exceed two or
three hundred years, and yet in that time many American varieties
of common European plants have by mutation or otherwise arisen
to demarcate the American from the European forms.

I have endeavored to present in this paper the fact that the compo-
nent elements of the flora of eastern North America have had an his-
toric development, and I have attempted to give the methods of
determining their relative or comparative age, as well as the philo-
sophic reasons underl3ang their distribution. The outcome of these
observations may be tabulated and arranged as follows, the top of
the table representing the oldest elements of our flora:

1904.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

615

fH

^

w

a

CQ

u

e

O

eo

S

-s

§

-ta

a

<u

a

a>

^-4

S

f=^

;z;

616 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

DESCKIPTIONS OF NEW LAND SNAILS OF THE JAPANESE EMPIRE.

BY H. A. PILSBRY and Y. HIRASE.

In January of this year collecting was begun in Tokuno-shima,
Osumi, in the Riukiu chain, by ^Ir. Nakada, whose laurels as a collector
have been won by his able campaigns in the Islands of Izu (1903) and
other parts of the empire. His work was continued in the islands
southward, Okinoerabu-shima and Yoron-jima, completing the chain
from Oshima to Okinawa or Riukiu. Kume-jima, Riukiu, an islet west
of Okinawa, was then visited. No land mollusks had been collected
from any of these islands ; and Mr. Nakada's results, as they are stud-
ied, are found to add enormously to our zoogeographic data on the
Riukiu group. The Miyakojima subgroup of the Southwestern islands
was also further explored, and some remarkable species of genera or
subgenera new to the fauna were obtained, such as Pledopylis hirasei,
a species of Chinese type, and Diplommatina vespa P. and H.

The Clausiliidce obtained by ]\Ir. Nakada greatly enlarge our knowl-
edge, about doubling the number of Riukiuan species, and adding
several new endemic groups, especially to the Zaptychoid phylum.

Meantime Mr. Azuma has been collecting in southern Kyushu,
chiefly in Satsuma and its islands, particularly the Koshikijima group.
His results are good, although, as was expected, the number of new
species discovered was not great. Some unexpected forms were found,
such as Sitala rimicola Bens., a Himalayan species, and Clausilia
azumai, a fine snail belonging to the Riukiuan group Luchuphcedusa .

A collector has also been sent to Ivita-iwo-jima, of the Sulphur
group, near Ogasawara-jima, but the results were disappointing. It
seems to be, from the faunal indications, a very recent volcanic island.
It will be remembered that Mr. Hatai lost his life a few years ago in an
attempt to collect upon these remote islets.

The present paper deals only with the new species and subspecies
received, exclusive of the Clausiliidce.

CYCLOPHORID^.

Japonia tokunoshimana n. sp.

Shell turbinate-conic, umbilicate, olive-brown, somewhat shining.
Sculpture of close fine growth-strise, and fine spiral striae with much
larger threads at intervals, becoming much weaker on the penultimate

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 617

and earlier whorls. Whorls 4^, the last tubular, bearing a series of
flat paddle-shaped cuticular processes at the shoulder and another
at the periphery. Aperture circular, the peristome simple, interrupted
a short distance where it touches the previous whorl.

Alt. 3.75, diam. 4 mm.

Tokunoshima, Osumi. Types No. 87,512, A. X. 8. P., from No. 1,206
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This form is a little larger than J . barbata Old. of Oshima, Osumi,
and has not the two more conspicuous spiral ridges described for that
species.

The flat spatulate cuticular processes upon the last whorl are very
readily lost, and probably never perfectly preserved in adult shells.

Alycseus purus n. sp.

Shell much depressed, oblong in contour, Avhite, the first whorl rufous
tinted. Whorls 3 J, convex, those of the spire nearly smooth, the last
whorl very closely, finely and delicately rib-striate as far as the neck,
which is decidedly constricted and smooth, the whorl enlarging and
striate again beyond it. The last half of the last whorl is much en-
larged and straightened, making the umbilicus oblong. The sutural
tube is long. The aperture is oblique, circular; the peristome is thin,
with a small delicate collar close to the edge.

Alt. 1.7, diam. 3 mm.

Tokunoshima, Osumi. Types No. 87,683, A. N. S. P., from No.
1,219 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

The sculpture is much finer than in ^1. tancgashimcc, and the neck is
more constricted. It is more depressed than most Japanese species^
and it is more oblong in outline, viewed from above.

Alycaeus tokunoshimanus n. sp.

Shell depressed, light red. Whorls 3^, the first smooth and glossy,,
the following ones nearly smooth to the last whorl, which is very densely
and finely rib-striate, the strise weak or wanting on the neck. The
last half of the last whorl is much enlarged and somewhat straightened,,
moderately constricted at the neck, enlarged beyond it and deeply
deflexed. The aperture is oblique, circular; the peristome continuous^
thickened outside and bevelled to the edge.

Alt. 2.3, diam. 3.7 mm.

Tokuno.shima, Osumi. Types No. 87,505, A. N. S. P., from No. 931a
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This shell is sculptured much as in .4. purus, and is nearly as de-
pressed as that species, but it is larger, colored, less oblong in peripheral
40

618 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

outline, with the neck nearer the aperture and the peristome stronger.
The sutural "tube" is long, as in A. purus.

Alyoseus laevicervix n. sp.

The shell is rather depressed, light olive greenish. Whorls 3^, the
first projecting and smooth, the rest finely rib-striate and latticed by
lower, finer spiral strioe. The last half of the last whorl is swollen, with
closer rib-striaj, the spirals becoming obsolete. The sutural "tube" is
short and irregular. The neck is moderately contracted, and smooth
to the aperture. Aperture oblique, circular, the peristome somewhat
thickened, with a low thin rib close to the edge.

Alt. 3.7, diam. 4 nun.

Kuchinoerabushima, Osumi. Types No. 87,699, A. N. 8. P., from
No. 1,280 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This species is related to A. satsumanus, but it is larger, with a shorter
sutural "tube," a smooth neck, and more prominent spiral striae.

Pupinella oshimae tokunoshimana n. subsp.

The shell is dirty white, more slender than P. oshimce, and umbilicate,
the umbilicus half covered by the lip, and bounded by a very strong
keel. The upper or anal notch of the aperture is narrow, straight and
oblique, its two bounding walls of nearly equal length, while in P.
oshimce the outer lip of the canal is decidedly shorter than the inner,
and the canal is thus enlarged and opens more backwards. The parietal
callous and that at the opening of the anal canal are less extensive than
in P. oshimce.

Length 9.3, diam. above aperture 4, greatest diam. 5 mm.

Tokunoshima, Osumi. Types No. 87,506, A. N. S. P., from No.
1,214 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

Cyolotus nudus n. sp.

Shell openly umbilicate, lusterless, whitish under a very thin slightly
yellov\-ish cuticle, readily lost, with an opaque whitish sutural margin
from which short whitish streaks radiate. The surface is but slightly
roughened by growth-lines, and an intermediate whorl of the spire is
very finely, closely striate spirally; the last Ih whorls hardly or not
showing spirals. The spire is small and acutely conic. The first 1^
whorls are brown, project nipple-like, and are distinctly tilted. Whorls
41 to 4^, very convex, the last tubular, barely in contact with the pre-
ceding at the apertiu-e. The aperture is circular, vertical, the peris-
tome simple. The operculum is whitish and lodges just within the
peristome, is concave externally, with a sunken smooth nucleus and
a'spiral lamella closely re^•oh■ing on the other whorls.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 619

Alt. 6, diam. 7.5 mm.

Alt. 5.5, diam. 7 mm.

Miyakojima, Riukiii. Typos No. 87,633, A. N. S. P.. from Xo. 1,296
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This species has a more elevated spire than the related C. minutus
of Formosa.
Cyathopoma iota n. sp.

Shell minute, umbilicate, conic, thin, yellowish corneous, subtrans-
lucent. Surface glossy, nearly smooth. Whorls 3^, very convex,
tubular, parted by a deep suture, the last whorl at the aperture barely
in contact with the preceding. Aperture slightly oblique, circular,
the peristome thin and simple. The operculum lodges a short distance
within, is externally somewhat concave, cream-colored, concentrically
delicately striate, with a large somewh^^t sunken glossy translucent
central spot.

Alt. 1, diam. 1.3 mm.

Kumejima, Riukiu. Types No. 87,698, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,292
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This species is intermediate in contour between the Japanese C.
micron Pils. and C. innocens Sykes of Ceylon. It is much more ele-
vated than the former species. This species and Cyclotus micron belong
evidently to the subgenus Jerdonia of the genus CyatJiopoma, the oper-
culum being discoidal and somewhat biconcave, as in Cyclotus. Both
Cyathopoma and Jerdonia are Indian groups, not hitherto reported
from China or from any part of the Japanese Empire.

DIPLOMMATINID^.

The Diplommatinas of Japan and the Riukiu Islands are very closely
related to those of China. Besides Adelopoma,^ two subgenera or
sections of Diplommatina are represented.

I. — Constriction at the beginning of the last whorl, in front, or on the
latter part of the penultimate whorl on the right side ; a palatal
plica and a parietal or "spiral" lamella developed in front of
the constriction, to which the columellar lamella also extends.

Section Sinica Mlldff.

II. — Constriction in the first part of the penultimate whorl, on the

front or left side; the columellar lamella therefore nearly two

whorls long; a palatal plica but no parietal lamella developed.

Section Angigaster, type D. vespa P. and H.

Sinica- includes all of the known Japanese and Riukiuan species

1 Nautilus, XVII, p. 59.

2 Vide Jahrb. D. Malak. Ges., XII, 1885, p. 369. The type of Sinica is Diploma
matina sculptilis MUdff., from the Chinese province Guang-dung.

620 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

except D. vespa. which represents a line of differentiation parallel to
the Bornean Paradianda.
Diplommatina tosana n. .<p.

Shell imperforate, cylindric, the upper third conical, tapering; light
red, darker red toward the apex, paler and sometimes more of a yellow
tint toward the last whorl; closely, finely and delicately rib-striate
throughout, the striae becoming more widely spaced on the cone, the
first whorl smooth. Whorls Qh, the last rounded below, ascending in
front. The weakly marked constriction near the end of the penulti-
mate Avhorl is close to the peristome, being immediately behind it. The
aperture is round-ovate; peristome narrowly refiexed, strengthened by
a "collar" or lamella a short distance behind it. The parietal callous
extends nearly to the suture above. The columellar lamella is strong.
Palatal plica long, visible through the parietal callous, and not
extending beyond it.

Length 3, diam. 1.7 mm.

Nogawa, Tosa. Types No. 84,190, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,026 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

The constriction and palatal plica lie farther back than in D. cassa,
which is also a more slender species.
Diplommatina tosanella n. .■>]).

This form is very similar to D. kyushucnsis in contour and appear-
ance. The last two whorls are dull red, the rest of the spire l^right
orange-red. Sculpture of fine close rib-strise on the last two whorls,
while on the spire the intervals between riblets are about twice as wide.
Whorls nearl}' 6+, convex, the slight constriction being in the middle
of the front side, visible externally as an obliciue light line; the last
whorl is rounded below. Aperture nearly circular, the peristome thick-
ened outside. Parietal callous rather small, not approaching the
suture above. The columellar tooth is small. Palatal plica short,
wholly to the left of the parietal callous and situated as high as its
upper edge. The columellar and spiral lamellte and palatal plica are
low inside, not nearly so strong as in D. kijushuensis.

Alt. 2.6, diam 1.3 mm.

Nogawa, Tosa. Types No. 87,642, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,026a of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

D. cassa is decidedly more cylindrical and more evenly striate than
this species.

Diplommatina gibbera n. sp.

Shell cylindric below, the upper half tapering in a rather long straight
cone ; varying from dull red with an orange lip to nearly white, with the

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 621

lip pale yellowish Very delicately and evenly striate throughout.
Whorls 6^, convex, the last whorl very obtusely angular at the base,
very much swollen on the ventral face to the left of the parietal callous.
It is distinctly constricted in front, at or shortly in front of the inser-
tion of the outer lip. The aperture is very irregular in shape, the
peristome strongly thickened outside, bevelled and obtuse, the l^ack
of the lip-thickening lacing white. Columellar margin straightened,
vertical, the columella bearing a strong tooth. Parietal callous ex-
tending in a rather narrow lobe nearly to the suture. Palatal plica
long, in large part overlaid by the parietal callous.

Alt. 3, diam. 1.6 mm.

Nomimura, Tosa. Types No. 87,643, A. X. S. P., from Xo. 1,027 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

This species is readily distinguished by the conspicuous swelling of
the last whorl in front of the aperture. The tapering portion of the
spire is longer than in most allied species.
Diplommatina goniobasis n. sp.

Shell cylindric l;)elow, tapering and conic above, dull red. Surface
finely and evenly striate. Whorls 6j, convex, the last ascending in
front, becoming biangular on its last half, the angles obtuse, one near
the suture, the other bounding the flattened basal area, the surface
between the angles being flattened. The constriction is at the termi-
nation of the outer lip. The aperture is very irregular in shape, the
lip heavily thickened with a wide but rather thin external rib. Colu-
mella vertical, short, with a very strong horizontal lamella. The pala-
tal plica is short and wholly covered by the parietal callous, which
extends nearly to the suture.

Alt. 2.7, diam. 1.4 mm.

Irazuyama, Tosa. Types No. 87,646, A. X'. S. P., from X'o. 1.178
of Mr. Hirase's collection. Also a variety from Onomura, Tosa (l,027o).

This species is very distinct by its irregular aperture, strong colu-
mellar lamella and peristome, and the biangular last whorl. It is
related to D. gibhera.
D. g. onoensis n. subsp.

The specimens from Onomura, Tosa, are dirty yellowish in color,
with the two angles of the last whorl less strong and the constriction a
little more receding, so that it falls behind the insertion of the outer
lip.
Diplommatina kyushuensis n. sp.

Shell obesely fusiform, the penultimate whorl largest, those above
tapering regularly, the last whorl also smaller. Pale yellowish-brown,

622 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

sometimes whitish. Sculpture of very fine, low and delicate vertical
striae, obsolete on the front of the last whorl, and often largely lost by
wear. AYhorls 6^, convex, the constriction at the beginning of the last
whorl, above the insertion of the outer lip; last whorl rounded below.
Aperture vertical, subcircular, the peristome reflexcd, thickened within,
continuous in a delicate callous with raised edge across the parietal
wall; somcAvhat angular at the junction of the columellar and basal
margins. Columellar lamella strong at the mouth and opposite the
palatal plica. Palatal plica strong and long, its inner end only under
the parietal callous. Spiral lamella long but rather low.

Alt. 2.7, diam. 1.5 mm.

Kagoshima, Satsuma. Types No. 81,896, A. N. S. P., from No. 702
of ]\lr. Hirase's collection. It has been sent also from Kami-Koshi-
kijima, Satsuma; Watarimura, Kij^oragi and Fukuregi in Higo; Sa-
ganoseki, Bungo; and Obi, Huga.

We formerly considered these forms to belong to D. cassa; but
further study has shown them to be shorter and less cylindric than
cassa, with a more ventrally situated and more distinct constriction.
D. cassa has not yet been found in Kj^ushu, and D. ky^isJmeyisis has
not occurred in Hondo or Shikoku. The form from Kami-Ivoshiki-
jima, Satsuma, is slightly smaller and more slender. Most species of
these islets show more or less modification.
Diplommatina tokunoshimana n. sp.

Shell conic above, cylindric below, dull reddish, rather closely, finely
and delicately striate. Whorls 6^, moderately convex, the last rounded
beloAv, strongly ascending in front. Constriction slight, just in front
of the upper insertion of the peristome. Aperture circular, with a
notch at the base of the columella, the peristome thick, thickened out-
side. Columella straight. Columellar tooth strong. Parietal cal-
lous large, approaching the sviture above. Palatal plica moderately
long, situated under the parietal callous.

Length 3.3, diam. 2 mm.

Tokunoshima, Osumi. Types No. 87,649, A. N. S. P. , from No. 1 ,217
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

Very peculiar by the spout-like base of the aperture, unlike any
other species of Japan or the Riukiu Islands.
Diplommatina ventriosa n. sp.

Shell obese-fusiform, the penultimate whorl large and swollen, the
spire conic, last whorl smaller; dull reddish-brown; evenly, closely
and almost obsoletely striate. Whorls 6^, very convex, the last well
rounded. Constriction slight, situated in front of the insertion of the

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 623

outer lip. Aperture subcircular. the peristome expanded, thickened;
baso-cohmiellar margin rounded. Cohunellar tooth small. Parietal
callous rather large. Palatal plica long, partially covered by the cal-
lous.

Length 2.8, diam. 1.6 mm.

Length 2.8, diam. 1.4 mm.

Kumejima, Riukiu. Types No. 87,629, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,288
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

Related to D. oshimcv, but the whole shell is ^yider and the back of
the last whorl is convex, not flattened and tapering as in that species.
Diplommatina kumejimana n. sp.

The lower half of the shell is C3dindric, the upper half tapering in a
long cone; dull red; evenly, delicately striate. Whorls 7, convex, the
last whorl convex below, ascending in front. The constriction is at
the end of the penultimate whorl, close behind the upper insertion of
the peristome. The aperture is circular; peristome thickened and
reflexed. Columella arcuate, with a small columellar tooth. Parietal
callous approaching the suture above. Palatal plica moderately long,
wholly under the callous.

Length 3, diam. 1.4 mm.

Kumejima, Riukiu. Types No. 87,654, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,288a
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

Related to D. oshimce, but the sculpture of the spire is finer, and the
constriction is behind the peristome, while in D. oshimce it is in front,
above the aperture.
Diplommatina lateralis n. sp.

The upper half of the shell is long-conic, the lower half cylindric,
but the penultimate whorl is contracted on the right side. Dull
brownish-yellow, evenly, delicately striate. Whorls 7^ to 7f, convex,
the last well rounded, somewhat ascending in front. Constriction
lateral, on the penultimate whorl some distance behind the lip. Aper-
ture subcircular, the lip thickened, expanded and reflexed. Columella
bearing a quite small tooth. Parietal callous not extensive. The pala-
tal plica is concealed by the suture, from its recession following the
constriction.

Length 3, diam. 1.6 mm.

Miyakojima, Riukiu. Types No. 87,636, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,298
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This species is well distinguished b}^ the lateral constriction.
Diplommatina immersidens n. sp.

Shell convexly tapering above the penultimate whorl, dull red,
evenly sculptured with delicate, not close rib-striiie. Whorls 7|, convex

624 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [^f'Pt.,

the last rounded below. Constriction slight, immediately in front
of the upper insertion of the outer lip. Aperture subcircular, the peris-
tome thin and reflexed, a little thickened within. Columellar tooth
hardly visible in a front view, stronger within. Parietal callous exten-
sive. Palatal plica long, partly under the callous, partly projecting
beyond it.

Length 3.7, diam. 1.7 mm.

Miyakojima, Riukiu. Types No. 87,655, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,299
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This is the largest Sinica of the Riukiu Islands which we have yet
obtained. The columellar tooth is very small in a front view.
Diplommatina vespa n. sp.

Shell oblong, the upper third conic, the rest sulieylindric; diill red
or ashy brown. Sculptured with delicate rib-strite which are fine and
close on the cylindric portion of the shell, much more widely spaced
upon the conic spire, the first Ih whorls smooth. Whorls 8 to 8^, very
convex. The penultimate whorl abruptly contracts in front or on the
left side and continues narrow to the end, the last whorl being of nor-
mal proportions and very convex throughout. The aperture is sub-
circular, the lip broadl}^ expanded and reflexed. The columellar la-
mella is rather small at the mouth, but larger inside. It ascends nearly
two whorls, to the constriction, where there is also a rather small
palatal plica, but no parietal spiral lamella.

Length 3.9, diam. 1.8 mm.

Length 3.7, diam. 1.7 mm.

Length 3.5, diam. 1.7 mm.

Miyakojima, Riukiu. Types No. 87,634, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,297
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

The closing apparatus recedes much more deeply in this than in
other Japanese Diplommatinas, but it does not lie cjuite so far back as
in a Bornean group of which D. everetti Smith is typical, called Paradi-
ancta, and subordinated to the genus Diancta by von Mollendorff and
Kobelt, whose classification of the Diplommatinidce shows some strange
groupings for which no reason is apparent. The section Metadiancta
Mlldff., based upon a series of Diplommatinas from the northeastern
frontier of India, has also some similarity. These forms as described
by Godwin- Austin are characterized bj' the position of the constriction,
which is on the side, near the end of the penultimate whorl, behind the
peristome, as in D. lateralis and kuyncjimana, described above, but
differing from them in the deficient internal armature.

It seems that in various places forms of Diplommatina have inde-

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

625

pendently arisen having a tendency toward recession of the closing
apparatus.

HEIilCINID^.

Helicina verecunda degener n. subsp.

Similar to H. verecunda Gld., Except that it is decidedly smaller and
somewhat more elevated.

Alt. 3.2, diam. 4.3 mm.

Okinoerabushima, Osumi. Types No. 87.686, A. N. S. P., from No.
1,255 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Also Yoronjima. Osumi (1,255a).

HELIOID^.

Eulota (.Egista) friedeliana var. humerosa n. n.

This name is to replace that of E. friedeliana goniosoma P. and H.,
preoccupied.
Eulota (JEgista) omma n. sp.

The shell has the general shape of E. ocidus (Pfr.). It is yellowish
olivaceous-brown, densely obliquely striate above, more glossy and
smoother below, the first two whorls nearly smooth. Whorls 7, but
•slightly convex, enlarging slowly and regularly; the last whorl slightly
deflexed in front, obtusely angular at the periphery, the base very con-
vex. The deep and ample umbilicus is nearly one-third the diameter
of the shell; its last half-whorl enlarges more rapidly. The aperture
is rather small, hardly larger than the umbilicus, oblique, rounded, the
preceding whorl excising about one-fourth of the circle. Peristome
narrowly refiexed throughout, the columellar margin very steeply
ascending, hardly dilated.

Alt. 10.5, diam. 17 mm. (Taramajima, Xo. 87,574).

Alt. 11.5, diam. 19 mm. (Taramajima, fossil. No. 87,575).

Alt. 10, diam. 18 mm. (Riukiu, No. 83,917).

Taramajima, Riukiu. Types No. 87,574, A. N. S. P., from No. 998a
of Mr. Hirase's collection. Also found fossil in sand at the shore. No.
^7,575 (Hirase's No. 9986).

This species was at first thought to be the Formosan jEgista suh-
chinensis 'Nevill' Mlldff.,^ but further stud}' of the description and
the finding of a Formosan specimen in the collection of the Academy
have shown that material differences exist l^etween the Formosan and
Riukiuan forms. In subchinensis the columellar margin slopes to
the insertion instead of rising almost vertically as in E. omma — much
more steeply in fact than in E. ocidus, which is the most closely related
species.

3 Jahrb. d. D. Malak. Ges., XI, p. 355, PI. 7, fig. 8.

626 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

In each of the three lots examined a small form occurs with the
larger shells. Three of these smaller specimens measure:

Alt. 7.5, cliam. 14.4 mm. ; whorls 6.

Alt. 9, diam. 15.5 mm.; whorls 6| (fossil).

Alt. 8, diam. 14.5 mm. ; whorls 6.

The color also in the small form is concentrated, being of decidedly
darker shade than in the larger shells.

The names E. omma and E. oculus allude to the appearance
of the basal aspect of the shell — a dark pupil-like umbilicus surrounded
by a brownish band, like the iris of the eye.
Eulota (Euhadra) okinoerabuensis n. sp.

Shell very narrowly umbilicate, moderatel}^ depressed with conoidal
spire. The specimens are fossil. Avhite with a narrow reddish band
above the periphery. The surface in the best preserved specimens
is glossy, sculptured with weak Avrinkles along growth-lines, and very
fine, faint, close spiral strisp. Whorls about 5f, slowly increasing,
convex, the last rounded below and at the periphery, very slightly
deflexed in front. The aperture is slightly oblique, lunate, the lip thin,
narrowly expanded, slightly refiexed, dilated at the axis, half covering
the small umbilicus.

Alt. 21, diam. 27.5 mm.

Alt. 19.5, diam. 26 mm.

Okinoerabu-shima, Osumi. in sand on the seashore. Types No.
87,542, A. N. S. P., from Xo. 1.252 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This is a small, elevated member of the group of E. mercatoria, as
yet only found fossil. The ver}' small umbilicus and elevated spire
give it something the appearance of the large form of E. submandarina
of Yakushima.

Eulota callizona montivaga n. subsp.

This race resembles E. c. minor Gudc in general appearance, but it
is more conic, less globose. The aperture consequently is lower and
wider.

The color is (1) either yellow, with a light reddish-brown peripheral
belt, a darker streak at the back of the lip, and some tinting with the
same color around the lunbilicus, or (2) greenish-yellow, with three
blackish-brown bands, the first one very narrow, bordering the suture,
the second wide, at the periphery, and the third is a circular area cover-
ing the greater part of the base. The lip is purplish in all specimens
seen.

Alt. 23, diam. 28.5 mm.

Alt. 19, diam. 24 mm.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 627

Irazuyama, Tosa. Types No. 85,740, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,100 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

Eulota (Acusta) despecta ikiensis n. subsp.

A small, rather thin, globose race, less depressed than E. d. kikaiensis,
thinner, and with no roseate streaks, the peristome not pink-lipped,
though the columella is pale flesh-tinted. It is weakly, irregularly
wrinkle-striate, showing traces of spiral striation in places; pale yel-
lowish-corneous or greenish, with narrow yellowish-brown streaks,
the early whorls delicateh^ flesh-tinted.

Whorls 5 to 5^.

Alt. 15, diam. 15 mm.

Alt. 14, diam. 14 mm.

Yawata, Iki. Types No. S4,SS1, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,087 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

Eulota (Acusta) despecta prsetenuis n. subsp.

This form is very thin and light, like E. sieholdiana, from which it
differs by the decidedly open umbilicus (like that of E. despecta) and
by being distinctly decussate throughout, with close spiral strise
crossing the oblique, irregular growth-wrinkles. Whorls 5^. Color
light greenish-yellow or yellowish-green.

Alt. 20.5, diam. 25 mm.

Alt. 21, diam. 23.5 mm.

Kuchinocrabu-shima, Osumi. Types No. 87,559, A. N. S. P., from
No. 394a of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This is one of those perplexing forms which unite characters of two
very distinct species. It might be treated as a subspecies of E. sie-
holdiana, of E. despecta, or a distinct species, according to the weight
one places upon this or that feature. Indeed, one of us had provision-
ally ranked it under sieholdiana as a variety. Its geographic location
is between the areas of the two Japanese Acustas — E. sieholdiana rang-
ing from Kyushu north, and E. despecta inhabiting the Riukiu Islands.

Eulota nioyaka n. sp.

Shell umbilicate, globose-depressed, thin, glossy, pale yellowish-
corneous, faintly marked with fine growth-wrinkles. Spire low conoid ;
whorls 5, convex, the last rounded peripherally, convex below,
slightly descending in front. Aperture roundly lunate, oblique, the
peristome white, thin, expanded and narrowly reflexed.

Alt. 6, diam. 8.6, width of umbilicus 1.5 mm.

Alt. 6, diam. 8 mm,

Alt. 5.8, diam. 7.6 mm.

628

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Sept.,

Toba, Shima. Types No. 87,656, A. N. S. P.. from No. 5a of Mr.
Hirase's collection.

This is a larger species than E. commoda A. Ad., with less conic spire
and better developed peristome.
Trishoplita nitens n. sp.

Shell umbilicate, depressed, with very low conoid spire, obtusely
angular periphery and convex base; thin, glossy, rather bright green-
ish-yellow, the earlier Avhorls denuded and bluish-white. Surface
weakly marked with wrinkles along growth-lines, and showing some
very faint spiral striae on the base. Whorls 5, slowly increasing, the
last wide, slightly defiexed in front. Aperture oblique, oval-lunate, the
peristome thin, narrowly expanded.

Alt. 6.5, diam. 11.5, width of umbilicus 2 mm.
Tokunoshima, Osumi. Types No. 87,598. A. N. S. P., from No.
1,231 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

A very bright, glossy and depressed species, of a genus not before
reported from any island south of Kyushu.
CMoritis obscurus n. sp.

Shell umliilicate, somewhat depressed, the spire low-conoidal; thin,
and dull, dark brown. Surface lusterless, slightly striate and indis-
tinctly punctate in places, the points bearing no hairs
and rather irregularly spaced. Whorls nearly 5, the last
about double the width of
the preceding, very slightly
descending at the aperture,
rounded at the periphery.
Aperture broadly lunato-
oblique, the peristome thin,
l^rown, narrowly expanded
y / throughout, more broadly

dilated at the umbilical
insertion.

Alt. 9, greater diam. 13, lesser diam.
11.3 mm.; umbilicus 1.8 mm. wide.

Tokunoshima, Osumi. Type No.
1,227 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

A small, dull species, known by
a single specimen, but very unlike
any other Riukiuan or Japanese species
yet known. The convex spire and
expanded Hp, as well as the very obscure punctulation, are its more
prominent characteristics.

(^

Surface X 2.5 ; one square
millimeter indicated.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 629

The surface under a strong magnification is seen to be very densely,
microscopically, irregularly granulate (this sculpture too small to be
shown in the figure), and set with low, rounded or oblong grains
arranged more or less obviously in oblique lines, in most places less
regular than where the figure was taken, on the upper part of the last
whorl, a short distance behind the aperture. The whitish apical whorl
seems to be slightly rugose, but not punctate.

Chloritis tosanus osumiensis n. subsp.

This form agrees in shape and color with C. tosanus, but it differs
in being smaller, with the hairs a little more widely spaced. The spire
is somewhat convex, with the apex turned down; whorls 4; lip thin
and sharp.

Alt. 9, diam. 14.5 mm.

Koneshima, Osumi. Types No. 87,339, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,248
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

Koneshima is a place on the western coast of Osumi, on Kago-shima
Bay, about opposite the southern extremity of Satsuma.

Ganesella tokunoshimana n. sp.

Shell narrowly umbilicate, globose-conoidal, thin, the outlines of
the spire convex, apex very obtuse. Yellow, with (1) four black-brown
bands, a narrow^ one below the suture, a wide one at and above the
periphery, a narrower band midway between peripher}^ and umbilicus,
and a fourth band inside the umbilicus, or (2) very pale reddish-brown
fading to yellowish near the suture and on the base, with a narrow
light band at the periphery.

Surface glossy, the first 2 whorls smooth ; then faint growth-lines
and spiral striae appear; these become progressively stronger, the last
whorl being covered with close incised spirals. Whorls 5^, convex,
the last but slightly or not deflexed in front, angular or subangular at
the periphery in front, becoming rounded on the last half or third, con-
vex beneath. The aperture is oblique, widely lunate, colored within
like the outside. The lip is thin, narrowly reflexed, white, at least at
the edge, dark. at the ends of the bands, the columellar margin dilated.

Alt. 21, diam. 26 mm.

Alt. 22, diam. 26.2 mm.

Tokunoshima, Osumi. Type No. 87,595, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,213
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This beautiful species stands close to G. adelmce of Oshima and G.
sororcula of Kikaiga-shima, but differs from both in the obtuse spire,
the early w^horls Ijeing depressed. It is less closely related to G.

630 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

largillierti of Okinawa, that species having the umbiHcus far smaller,
no noticeable spiral striation, and a conic spire.
Ganesella myomphala okinoshimana n. subsp.

Shell imperforate, smaller than G. myomphala, with a much wider
(1.5 to 2 mm.) peripheral dark band. Whorls 6^ to 6^.

Alt. 23.5, diam. 31 mm.

Alt. 18.5, diam. 28 mm.

Okinoshima, Tosa. Types No. 80,822 and 87,644, A. N. S. P., from
No. 583 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

Like G. m. rninor Gude, of Awaji, this is a small insular form, but
doubtless independently evolved.
Ganesella selasia textilis n. subsp.

Similar to G. selasia in the somewhat triangular aperture and rather
large umbilicus, but differing in the following respects: The spire is
lower, more convexly conoidal; the surface is very minutely, obso-
letely and irregularly granulose in places, and there are irregular spiral
lines on the base, especially near the umbilicus; just above the periph-
ery there is a very faint brown band ; and, finally, the lip is white and
thicker than in selasia. Whorls about 5+, the last slightl}^ deflexed in
front and noticeably contracted behind the peristome.

Alt. 12.5, diam. 17 mm.

Alt. 12.7, diam. 16.5 mm.

Arakura, Tosa. Types No. 84,778, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,035 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.
Ganesella selasia zonata n. subsp.

The shell is much more depressed than G. selasia or G. s. textilis,
openly umbilicate, with low, convexly conoid spire and depressed last
whorl, which is almost angular in front. Surface glossy, very minutely
and densely but subobsoletely granulose. Whorls about 5^, the last
wide, slightly deflexed in front, and usually somewhat contracted
behind the peristome. The aperture is sul^triangular, the lip white and
somewhat thickened. The shell is light brown or corneous-brown,
with a narrow brown band immediately above the periphery, and
ascending the spire just above the suture.

Alt. 14, diam. 19.6 mm.

Alt. 13, diam. 18 mm.

Amasaki, Tosa. Types No. 85,728. A. N. S. P., from No. 1,107 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

The low spire gives this subspecies an appearance very different from
G. selasia. It is much more closely related to G. s. textilis; and it has
affinity to G. wiegmanniana, also a Shikoku species; but both zonata

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 631

and textilis differ from iviegmanniana in minute sculpture and in the
somewhat triangular shape of the mouth — characters allying them to
selasia of Ivii. It is quite impossible at present to fix definitely the
status of many of these forms, which often have affinities with several
very dissimilar species. In the series of selasia, textilis, zonata and
wiegynanniana the umbilicus is much larger than in G. japonica, G.
ferruginea and the forms grouping around them.

STREPTAXID^.
Ennea iwakawa miyakojimana n. subsp.

This race resembles E. i. oshimana, but the parietal lamella is longer
and more slender and approaches nearer to the upper palatal tubercle.
The striation is finer and closer. Whorls S.

Length 4, diam. 1.7 mm.

Miyakojima, Riukiu. Types No. 87,637, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,300
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

VERTIGINID^.
Vertigo hirasei glans n. subsp.

Shell shorter than V. hirasei, with the suture less impressed. Teeth
practically typical.

Okinoerabushima, Osumi. Types No. 87,689, A. N. S. P., from No.
1,261 of Mr, Hirase's collection.

Vertigo hirasei okinoerabuensis n. subsp.

Shell larger than V. hirasei, with 4^ whorls. There is an upper
palatal plica developed in addition to the teeth present in V. hirasei.
Color pale brownish-corneous, translucent. Length 1.7 mm.

Okinoerabushima, Osumi. Types No. 87,690, A. N. S. P., from No.
1,261a of Mr. Hirase's collection.
Pupa insulivaga n. sp.

Shell very small, cylindrical, obtuse at the ends, ashy-brownish, thin
and smooth. Whorls 6|-, convex, separated by an impressed suture.
Aperture truncate-ovate, with an obtuse, wide, deeply seated colu-
mellar prominence, and a short lower palatal fold in the throat. The
peristome is thin, just perceptibly expanded at the edge; right margin
straightened in the middle, arcuate above.

Length 1,7, diam, .8 mm.

Yoronjima, Osumi, Types No, 87,624, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,264
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This minute, cylindrical species is very unlike any hitherto known
from the region, but closely resembles P. minutissima Hartm. of central

632 PROCEEDIN'GS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

Europe. The latter, however, is a slightly larger species with strongly
striate surface, while insulivaga is smooth. The palatal plica also
differentiates the snail of Yoronjima from its European relative.

ZONITIDiE.
Trochomorpha cultrata n. pp.

Shell openly umbilicate, much depressed, the spire low-conic, base
convex; light reddish-brown, rather thin. Surface slightly shining^
very minutely striate, the lower surface most minutely decussate wdth
spiral striae. Whorls 6f . the first two convex, the rest convex below
the suture, concave above the following suture. Last whorl very
acutely carinate, concave above and below the keel, distinctly angular
around the conic umbilicus. Aperture small, oblique, rhombic, with
thin, unexpanded peristome.
Alt. 7, diam. 20 mm.

Tokunoshima, Osumi. Types No. 87,502, A. N. S. P., from No..
631a of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This species is much more depressed than T. gouldiana, with much
more widely open umbilicus. T. horiomphala Pfr. is a still more
depressed species, with a distinct keel around the umbilicus.
Trochomorpha cultrata esuritor n. var.

Similar to T. cultrata, but decidedly smaller, and somewhat less
depressed.

Alt. 6, diam. 16.5 mm.. Avhorls 6^.

Okino-Akimejima, Osumi. Types No. 87,518, A. N. S. P., from No.
1,246 of Mr. Hirase's collection.
Sitala insignis n. sp.

Shell imperforate, trochiform, thin and fragile, pale yellowish. Sur-
face minutely striate spirally, and with rather coarse, low wrinkles of
growth. Whorls nearly 3, the first 1^ very convex, the rest flatly
sloping, the last whorl acutely carinate, base convex. Aperture large,
very oblique, angular at the position of the keel, the peristome thin and
simple.

Alt. 1, diam. 1.7 mm.

Irazuyama, Tosa. Types No. 87,530, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,179 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

This is a remarkable species, not lik{^ any other Japanese or Indian,
Sitala known to us. Though very small, it seems to be mature, and
could not be the young of any known species of the region.
Sitala latissima conica n. subsp.

Similar to S. latissima, but paler and more elevated.
Yoronjima, Osumi. Types No. 87,573, A. N. S. P., from No. 9536 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

1904.] NATURAL SCIEN'CES OF PHILADELPHIA. 633

Kaliella kikaigasMmse n. .'ip.

Shell imperforate, thin, pale yellowish, somewhat translucent,
glossy; trochiform, the outlines of the spire nearly straight, the periph-
ery rounded, and the base convex. Whorls nearly 5, convex, parted
by a deeply impressed suture. Aperture broadly crescentic, the colu-
mella subvertical, "^dth reflexed edge.

Alt. 3, diam. 3.5 mm.

Kikaiga-shima, Osumi. Types No. 87,578, A, N. S. P., from No.
1,063 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This species is quite unlike any reported hitherto from the Riukiu
Islands. It is much larger than K. bimaris, the most nearly related
of the Riukiu species, the color is paler and the aperture a more ample
crescent. It is the first Kaliella to be found on Ivikaiga-shima.
Kaliella humiliconus n. sp.

Shell perforate, amber-colored, somewiiat dull above, glossy beneath;
conic above the spire with nearly straight, slightly convex lateral out-
lines and obtuse apex, the periphery carinate, base convex. Whorls
5^, convex, separated by an impressed sutm-e. Aperture truncate-
crescentic, the columella vertical, its edge dilated and reflexed.

Alt. 2.6, diam. 3.6 mm.

Gokashomura, Ise. Types No. 87,928, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,169
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This species is closely related to K. sororcula, but is smaller and has
a vertical, not sloping columella. It is not so elevated as K. higash-
iyamana.

Kaliella okiuoshimana n. sp.

Shell imperforate, trochoidal, elevated, amber colored, subtrans-
lucent, glossy. The outlines of the spire are very slightly convex^
nearly straight. Apex obtuse ; the periphery has a delicately project-
ing acute keel, and the base is convex. Whorls 6^, slightly convex.
Suture narrowly margined above. The aperture is squarish-oblong, a
little curved. Columella short, subvertical, with dilated edge.

Alt. 4, diam. 4,7 mm.

Okinoshima, Tosa. Types No. 87,929, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,182
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This species stands near K. sororcula, but it has a more glossy surface
and the columella is vertical. It is a larger and more elevated shell
than K. humiliconus.

Kaliella bimaris n. sp.

Shell small, subperforate, brownish-yellow, rather dull above, glossy
beneath; trochiform, the outlines of the spire slightly convex, the
41

634 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

periphery rounded, base convex, deepl}' indented in the middle.
Whorls 5^, very convex, parted by a deeply impressed suture. Aper-
ture lunate, the columellar margin broadly dilated and reflexed.

Alt. 2.1, diam. 2.-3 mm.

Naha, Okinawa Island, Riukiu. Types No. 87,580, A. N. S. P.,
from No. 1,160 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This species is intermediate in shape between K. pagoduloides and
K. modesta.
Kaliella gudei persubtilis n. subsp.

Similar to /v. gudei of southern Yesso, but perceptibly lower and wider.

Alt. 5, diam. 7 mm.

Toshima, Izu. Types No. 85,766, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,091a of
Mr. Hirase's collection. Also Kozujima, Izu, No. 1,091.

The islands of Izu have a fauna of great interest, though it is not
rich in species. Some forms, like Zaptyx in the Clausiliidse and the
varieties of Eulota submandarina , show close affinity to the Riukiu
fauna, and can scarcely have reached these islands in any other way
than by drift along the Black Current. Others, like the present species,
are related to Yesso forms, and probably indicate a former extension
southward upon the main island of species now northern in distribu-
tion.

Kaliella pallida Pils.

This species was described from Hachijo-jima, Izu, in error. It
comes in reality from Mizuma-mura, Izumi. The types are 83,378,
A. N. S. P., from No. 952 of Mr. Hirase's collection.
Microcystina vaga n. sp.

Shell almost imperforate, depressed trochiform, amber-colored, sub-
transparent, smooth and glossy. Spire low-conic with convex outlines.
Whorls 6, convex, slowly increasing, the last subangular at the periph-
ery, convex beneath. Aperture lunate, the columella thickened with
a white callous within, dilated and reflexed above.

Alt. 3.1, diam. 4.3 mm.

Muya, Awa, Shikoku. Types No. 84,439, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,006
of Mr. Hirase's collection. Also from Iwaya, Awaji (No. 1,006a),
Midzuma, Idzumi (606c), Gojo, Yamato (606), and Hakusan, Kaga
(973).

There are more whorls than in M. tanegashimce . M. obtusongida is
a more depressed species.
Microcystina lampra n. sp.

Shell perforate, depressecl-trochiform, pale amber colored, subtrans-
parent, smooth and glossy. Spire low-conoid, with slightly convex

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 635

outlines; apex obtuse. Whorls 5^, convex, slowly widening, the last
rounded at the periphery, convex beneath. Aperture crescentic;
columella arcuate, calloused within, the margin dilated and narrowly
re flexed above.

Alt. 2.9, diam. 4 mm.

Yakushima, Osumi. Types No. 87,558, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,282
of Mr. Hirase's collection. Also No. 1,282a from Kuchinoerabushima,
Osumi.

This species closely imitates M. vaga, but it is readily distinguishable
by the rounded, not angular, last whorl. The whorls arc more closely
coiled than in M. tanegashimcB, and larger than M. yakuensis. Some
specimens from Matsubara-mura, Echizen (Mr. Hirase's No. 6066),
where M. vaga would be expected, seem to be M. lampra.

This group of species is somewhat difficult. M. tanegashimce is a
larger species than M. yakuensis, more depressed than vaga or lampra,
with fewer whorls, the last one wider. M. yakuensis is probably iden-
tical with M. nuda, and both stand close to M. hilgendorfii Reinh.; but
that is described as whitish — " albida" — while the others are yellow or
amber colored. M. circumdata differs from all of the above species
in being spirally striate.

MaorocMamys dulcis koshikijimana n. subsp.

This form has the shape and microscopic spiral striation of M. dulcis
Pils., with the same number of whorls, but the spire is more elevated,
and viewed from above it is wider.

Alt. 7, greater diam. 12, lesser 10.5 mm.; width of spire 7 mm.

Shimo-Koshikijima, Satsuma. Types No. 87,521, A. N. S. P., from
No. 1,236 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

In a specimen of M. dulcis of the same diameter the spire is a milli-
meter narrower.

MaorocMamys subelimatus n. sp.

Shell perforate, depressed, pale yellow, translucent, smooth and
glossy. Spire very low-conic. Whorls 4^, slowly increasing, the last
very wide, double the width of the preceding, rounded at the periphery
and base, indented around the perforation. Aperture slightly oblique,
lunate, the lip thin and simple, a trifle dilated at the columellar inser-
tion.

Alt. 2.5, diam. 4 mm.

Tokunoshima, Osumi. Types No. 87,553, A. N. S, P., from No.
1,286 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This species differs from M. semisericatus by the more glossy upper

636 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

surface. It has a half whorl more, the last one embracing more of the
preceding whorl, causing the aperture to be more narrowly lunar.
The last whorl is much wider, viewed from above, than in the species
of Microcystina of similar size,

Macrochlamys gudei inclytus n. subsp.

Shell similar to M. gudei, but larger.
Alt. 9, diam. 13.5 mm.

Tokunoshima, Osumi. Types No. 87,509, A. N. S. P., from No.
1,208 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

Zonitoides apertus n. sp.

The shell is depressed, widely, openly umbilicate, the spire but
slightly convex. Pale greenish corneous-brown when fresh, " dead "
shells light brown. Surface glossy, closety, deeply and a little irregu-
larly striate throughout except the first whorl which is nearly smooth.
There are no spiral striae. Whorls 4, slowly increasing at first, the
last whorl much wider, double the width of the penultimate, rounded
at the periphery. Aperture oblique, oval-lunate, decidedly wider than
high, the peristome simple as usual.

Alt. 2.1, diam. 4.7 mm,

Okinoerabushima, Osumi. Types No. 87,522, A. N. S. P., from No.
1,258 of Mr, Hirase's collection.

Very distinct by its discoidal form, wide last whorl and strongly
striate surface.
Hirasea insignis n. sp.

Shell imperforate, depressed, with low-conic spire and convex base,
impressed in the center. Brown. Very finely and regularly striate
radially above, smooth below. Whorls 5, convex, very slowly widen-
ing. Aperture crescentic, narrow, the lip strengthened by a strong
white rib within, abruptly stopping short of the upper insertion. A
long, erect callous lamina stands at the edge of the parietal callous.

Alt. 2, diam. 3.5 mm.

Mukojima, Ogasawara. Types No. 87,514, A. N. S. P., from. No.
1,194 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

Like Brazieria in its parietal barrier, and the only known Ogasa-
waran species with this structure.

ENDODONTID^.
Punctum atomus n. pp.

Shell minute, moderately umbilicate, pale yellow, glossy, sculptured
with sharp, close strise and very fine spirals. Whorls 3, convex, sepa-
rated by a deeply impressed suture, the last whorl well rounded at the

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 637

periphery and beneath. Aperture rounded-lunate, the lip simple and
acute.

Alt. .5, diam. 1 mm.

Nishigo, Uzen. Types No. 87,933, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,266 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

This species is the size of P. japonicum or somewhat smaller, but
differs from that by its fine sculpture, without wide-spaced riblets.

Punctum rota n. sp.

Shell moderately umbilicate, pale greenish-corneous or olive-brown,
shining, sculptured with delicate, wide-spaced oblique riblets, the in-
tervals finely striate. Spire low-conic. Whorls 3^, convex, the last
rounded peripherally and beneath. Aperture quite oblique, rounded,
nearly one-third of the circle excised by the penultimate whorl. Peris-
tome thin, the columellar margin dilated at the insertioiv,

Alt. 1, diam. 1.7 mm.

Nishigo, Uzen. Types No. 87,930, A. N. S. P., horn No. 1,191 of
Mr. Hirase's collection. Also occurs at Kyoto, Yamashiro, No. 1,221
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This form is more elevated and more rounded peripherally than P.
jyretiosum Gude. The umbilicus is larger than in P. morseanum. Very
similar specimens, but of perceptibly darker brown color, were collected
on Okinoerabushima, Osumi. Although so distant from the type
locality, I can find no other distinctive characters.

ACHATINID^3.
Opeas brevispira n. sp.

Shell openly perforate, oblong, very short for the genus, corneous,
translucent, glossy, finely wrinkle-striate, the striae arcuate. Spire
short, regularly tapering to the obtuse apex. Wliorls 5 j, moderately
convex. Aperture long, rhombic-ovate, the outer lip arched forward
in the middle, columellar lip reflexed, not adnate except at the insertion,
columella straight.

Length 6, diam, 3, length of aperture 2.6 mm.

Kashima, Harima (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types No. 79,097, Coll. A. N.
S. P.

Similar to 0. kyotoensis in the obtuse apex, open perforation and stri-
ation, but differing in being very much shorter and broader. The short
contour is quite unusual in this genus.

Opeas kyotoensis n. sp.

Shell almost imperforate, turreted, translucent, waxen whitish, glossy,
arcuately, inconspicuously wrinkle-striate, smoother below. General

638 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Scpt.,

slope of the sides straight, apex very obtuse. Whorls 7h, quite convex,
separated by deeply impressed sutures. Aperture slightly oblique,
somewhat effuse below; outer lip sinuous, thin; columella straight,
vertical, the edge reflexed and appresscd except for a minute umbilical
chink.

Length 10, diam. 3.3, longest axis of aperture 3.3 mm.

Length 7, diam. 2.8, longest axis of aperture 2.7 mm.

Kyoto, Yamashiro. Types No. 78,757, A. N. S. P.

The chief character of this species is its blunt, rounded apex. It is
very near 0. prestoni 8ykes of Ceylon, but that species is a little less
striate and perceptibly more glabrous,
Opeas obesispira n. sp.

Shell minutely perforate, turreted, translucent, whitish corneous,
the columella visible through the shell; glossy with faint, arcuate
wrinkles. Lateral outlines decidedly convex above. Whorls about 8^,
moderately convex, separated by impressed sutures, which appear to
have a translucent margin below. Aperture subvertical; outer lip
thin, arched forward in the middle, somewhat retracted below. Colu-
mella subvertical, with a distinct spiral twist below; its edge reflexed
above.

Length 12, diam. 3.3, longest axis of aperture 3.3 mm.

Riukiu. Types No. 79,093, A. N. S. P., from No. 4566 of Mr. Hirase's
collection.

This species is smoother and less distinctly perforate than 0. gracile,
and the spire is thicker above, giving quite a different aspect to the
shell. The columellar reflection is narrower than in 0. prestoni Sykes.
All of the shells seen contain rather large white eggs.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 639

THREE ODD INCIDENTS IN ANT-LIFE.

BY ADELE M. FIELDE,

1. A case of hypnotism among ants?

I had a small artificial nest containing twelve workers of Cremasto-
gaster lineolata that had spent the first month of their lives in a mixed
colony of Lasius latipes, Stenamnia fiilvum and their own kind. They
had then been transfeiTed to their present abode, where they had lived
for eleven months, never meeting ants of other species, except upon a
few rare occasions when I introduced a visitor into their nest. On
August 20, 1904, they were happily occupied in care of some promising
pupae from their old wild nest, when I dropped into their nursery a
single Lasnis latipes, somewhat larger and probably older than any of
their number. She was a stranger from the wild nest of their quondam
associates. As I dropped the strong-smelling, vigorous yellow worker
into their nest, I glanced at my watch to note the minutes they would
spend in slaying the intruder. When I looked back at the ants, I was
at once impressed by the curious and sudden change in the positions
of all the little black Cremastogasters and by the remarkable rigidity
of five of them. Five were in the food-room, and they do not enter
further into this narration ; two were on the roof-pane of the nursery ;

and five were motionless under the
touches of the Lasius, who, instead of
fleeing or hiding, as do ants who are
among enemies outnumbering them, was
traversing two sides of the nursery at a
leisurely-rapid pace from the hallway,
marked H, to the corner marked A
where there was a little pile of pupse,
and then on to the B corner where
was a similar pile. She made more than
eleven journeys to and fro, taking nearly
The straight lines indicate the the same track, sometimes walking Over
sides of the nest; the dotted line j^j^ ^j-^^ qj. two, sometimes brushing the
the path of the yellow ant; the ., . , , 4.- „„

dashes the positions of the five Side of one as she passed, sometnnes
black ants. slightly varying her route so as to pass

between two on the A B side of the nest. Whatever her course, every
ant of the five swayed the abdomen slowly toward her as she passed,
and swayed it back as soon as she had passed it. This swaying of the

H -:^....A

B

640 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Scpt.,

abdomen, with slight movements of the antennae, were the only signs
of life given by any of the five ants during forty-five minutes. Mean-
time one of the other residents came down from the roof-pane, and
while the yellow ant was at H with the heads of all the spellbound
ones turned aw^ay from her, this solicitous sister went and touched
three of the entranced ones, but failing to rouse them, she withdrew
again beyond the line of the yellow visitor's march. I was observing
the ants through a pane of orange-tinted glass which protected them
from such liglit as they were aware of/ and I several times lifted the
pane, letting the daylight fall full upon them, but even this stimulant
did not impel any of them to move.

During all this time none of the five ants that were in the food-room
returned through the only ingress therefrom, the hallway H, and the
young, ordinarily attended upon without intermission, were wholly
neglected. The yellow ant finally stayed awhile in the hallway, and
within the ensuing five minutes all the three ants between A and B
began to walk slowly forward. I then shoved the other two with the
end of a needle, and they also moved slowly about.

I did not again look into this nest until the following morning, when
I found the yellow ant dead, and carried to the rubbish pile. I then
introduced another ant of the same colony and of the same appearance,
but this second ant was no Svengali, and only the expected thereupon
happened.

Yet another, introduced later, came in like manner to an immediate
and violent death.

2. A wolf in sheep's clothing?

I had in August, 1904, a nest of Crcmastogaster lineolaia, containing
one queen, a hundred workers, and much young in the egg, larval and
pupal stages. These ants had been in my care during all their lifetimes,
and I know that they had never met Lasins latipes in active life. In
the previous June I had introduced into their nest a half-teaspoonful
of the larvae of Lasius latipes, for them to use as food, and this alien
larvae had been taken care of, had become pupae, and had gradually
disappeared. On August 21 there hatched from what was perhaps the
last of these alien pupae a tiny Lasius, that the Cremastogasters per-
mitted to live. Its bright amber-yellow body was very conspicuous
among its jet-black associates. During several days the infant Lasius,
of a different subfamily from its foster-sisters, shared their labors and
passed unnoticed among them, and then it was nipped to death.

It is probable that this Lasius, having been long among the Cremas-
togasters, had acquired an overlaying of their inlierent odor, concealing
its own, and that it thereby escaped hostile attack until such time as it

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ' 641

inherent odor became subject to the critical examination of an associate
or of the queen. Then instinctive race-prejudice impelled the Cremas-
togasters to eliminate from their community one whose education had
already been such as to secure them from injury through her misbe-
havior.

3. Can an ant remember acquaintances after lapse of three j^cars or
more?

In August, 1904, I had a nest of Camponotus pennsylvanicus , con-
taining some larvoe and fourteen large workers, all of whom had hatched
in my nests between l\Iay 1 and May 10, and who were therefore about
three months old. They had spent the first two months of their lives
with Stenamma fiilvum ants who were from seven to nine months old,
and they had not met ants of other species. They had been segregated
about one month, when I dropped into their nest two Formica lasiodes
of unknown age. several newly hatched Stenamma fulvum of the C
colony, two adult Stenamma fulviim of the X colony and two Stenam-
ma fulviim that were more than three years old, having been captured
as adults and kept three years in one of my artificial nests, a section of
the C colony. From the first introduction of these ants to the nest
of Camponotus, one of the three-year-old Stenammas, who was of the
same colony as were the early acquaintances of Camponotus, went
freely and happily among them, apparently without fear and without
reproach. She was permitted to stand among or upon the cherished
larvce, or on the backs of the resident ants. The affiliation between
her and them was as complete as if she had always lived among them.
Her odor may have become familiar to them in the nest of Stenammas
where they had spent their early lives. But if this Stenamma had ever
been acquainted with Camponotus it was at a time previous to her resi-
dence in my artificial nests, and more than three years since she had
met any ant of other species than her own. The remarkable ease and
friendliness of her intercourse with these ants, among whom she was as
a brown pigmy among black bristly giants, is a fact requiring explana-
tion; and the only explanation offered by known characteristics of ants
lies in her recognition of an odor that she had previously encountered,
and that she recognized the odor after the lapse of more than three
years.

All the other ants introduced at the same time as was this Stenamma
were killed by the resident Camponotus within a few hours. The
Stenamma continued to live among the Camponotus until I removed
her at the end of eight days.

The incidents were observed at the ^larine Biological Laboratory
at Wood's Hob, Massachusetts.

642 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.

THE EEACTIONS OF ANTS TO MATERIAL VIBRATIONS.

BY ADELE M. FIELDE and GEORGE H. PARKER.

While it is well established that some insects react to sound vibra-
tions that reach .them through the air, and in this sense may be said to
hear, many competent authorities, such as Huber (1810), Ferris (1850),
Forel (1874, 1900), and Lubbock (1894), have admitted their inability
to bring to light any evidence that ants are thus stimulated. Even
the discovery of the so-called chord otonal organs in ants by Lubbock
(1894) and Janet (1894) has not led to positive results, so far as the
reactions of these animals to material vilDrations are concerned, though
two American investigators, Weld (1899) and Metcalf (1900), have
claimed that ants are very sensitive to certain tones.

Because of these somewhat conflicting opinions, it seemed to us de-
sirable to reinvestigate this question,^ and for this purpose we carried
out experiments on the following species of ants:

Camponotine ants:
Camponotus pennsylvanicus (Deg.), workers;
Formica sanguinea Latr., queens and workers;
F. fusca L., var. suhsericea Say, queens and workers;
Lasius umbratus (Nyl.), queens and workers;
L. latipes (Walsh), workers.

Myrmicine ants:
Stenanima fidvum Roger, var. piceum Emery, queens and workers;
Cremastogaster lineolata (Say), queens and workers.

Poncrine ants:
Stigmatomma pallipes (Haldm.), workers.

All these ants had lived more than a month in the artificial nests
in which they were tested. They had established their nest-odor,
had their young in charge and were well domesticated in their respec-
tive abodes.

These ants were tested for two general classes of material vibrations :
first, those that reached them through the air surrounding them, and,
secondly, those from the solid base upon which the ants rested.

^ These investigations were made in the summer of 1903, at the Marine
Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Mass.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 643

As sources for air vibrations we used a piano, a violin,, and a Gallon
whistle. The keys of the piano gave us a range from 27 to 4176 vibra-
tions per second. The Galton whistle had a range from about 10,000
to about 60,000 vibrations per second, and was provided with a mova-
ble threaded core whereby any intermediate vibration could be ob-
tained. The range from the highest note of the piano, 4,176, to the
lowest one of the whistle, about 10,000, was bridged over b)^ vibrations
obtained from the violin. Thus a series of vibrations from 27 to 60,000
per second were available for experimental purposes.

In testing the ants with these vibrations the artificial nests were so
arranged that their air was in free communication with the outer air
in which the vibrations were produced, but this was carried out in such
a way that draughts, to which ants are very sensitive, could not enter
the nests. The nests were placed upon thick paper, so as to isolate
them from vibrations that might reach them through the table upon
which they rested. The observer then closely watched a quiescent
ant under a hand magnifier, while a second person at several metres dis-
tance produced the vibrations as desired. As a rule, each key of the
piano was struck ten times in slow succession. If the ant under obser-
vation seemed to respond, it was given a resting period, and then re-
tested at the pitch to which it apparently reacted. The range of the
whistle, 10,000 to 60,000 vibrations, was divided into sixty intervals,
and these were treated as the keys of the piano, each note being blown
ten times while an ant was under observation. Ants were also watched
while the pitch of the whistle was gradually changed by slowly screwing
the core either in or out. A gradual change of pitch was also
produced on the violin.

All the species mentioned as tested by us were subjected to this
range, 27 to 60,000 vibrations per second, and in no single instance
was any unquestionable reaction observed. Now and then an ant
would seem to respond to a given note, but in every case repetitions
of the experiment gave a negative result. We, therefore, conclude
that aerial vibrations between 27 and 60,000 per second give rise to
no observable responses -in the ants we worked upon, and as these
included representatives of three subfamilies of the Formicidffi, it is
highl}^ probable that a like condition will be found among other ants.

Our results, then, agree Avith those of Hubcr, Ferris, Forel and Lub-
bock, but are opposed to what is stated by Weld and by Metcalf. In
one instance we worked upon the same species as Weld, namely,
Cremastogaster lineolata, and tested it with a note approximately that
used by Weld (4,096 vibrations), but obtained from the piano and from

644 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Scpt.,,

the violin instead of from a metal bar. Nevertheless we got no reac-
tion. Weld does not make clear that his ants were always isolated
from all except aerial vibrations, nor that their reactions were constant
under repeated stimulation. It seems to us possible that his ants may
have reacted at times to vibrations of the solid base upon which they
rested and to which, as we shall show presently, they are very sensitive,
or their supposed reactions may have been accidental. Certainly our
own experimental evidence gives us not the least reason to suspect
that ants are stimulated by sound waves in air.

Having reached this conclusion we next endeavored to ascertain
whether ants would respond to vibrations of the solid base upon which
they stood. Wlien a nest containing Stenanima fulvum was held in
the air within a centimetre or so of the woodwork of a piano, and the C,
giving 261 vibrations per second, w^as struck, no response followed.
When, however, the nest was allowed to rest on the woodwork and the
note was again sounded, almost all the ants started forward simul-
taneously. Thus a vibration that comes to an ant through the air
is not necessarily followed by a reaction, though the same vibration
when it reaches the ant through a solid may be very stimulating. All
the eight species of ants with which we experimented were thus stimu-
lated, though they failed to react to the same vibrations in the air.
The range of the different species was by no means uniform. All
reacted to the 27 vibratioas per second and to higher notes up to a
certain pitch characteristic for each species. Crcmastogastcr reacted
at 522, but to no higher note. The superior limit for Formica fusca,
var. suhsericea was 1,044, and for Lasius latipes and Stigmatomma 2,088.
Stenamma always reacted at 2,088, usually at 3,915, but failed at 4,176.
Camponotus regularly reacted at 3,480, but failed at 4,176. Formica
sanguinea, which invariably responded at 2,088, occasionally did so
at 4,176, a pitch regularly reacted to by Lasius umhratus. Thus each
species seemed to have a characteristic superior limit for stimulating
vibrations received through solids.

Ants are not only sensitive to the tones of a piano transmitted
through a solid, but they are also sensitive to vibrations from other
sources similarly transmitted . This is well seen in the following experi-
ment on Stenavima. When the edges of two Petri dishes were
rubbed against each other in the air, the ants did not respond; l^ut
when the edge of the dish in which the ants were held was rubbed even
lightly by the edge of another dish, they reacted with great precision.
These reactions occurred even when the Petri dish containing the ants
was floating on water and the edge of the vessel containing the water

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 645

was rubbed. Some idea of the delicacy of these reactions may be
gained from the fact that ants in a Petri dish resting on a pine table-top
reacted to the scratch of a pin on the table at a distance of ten feet
from the dish. A measure of the stimulus necessary to call forth the
most delicate reaction, usually a jerking movement of the antennae, was
obtained in the following way : A small artificial nest was built on the
end of a long board clear of knots and, after the ants had become ac-
customed to their nest, stimuli were introduced by dropping a shot
weighing half a gram on the board at different distances from the nest
and from different heights. It was found that the ants reacted to a
blow given to the board 4.3 metres (14 feet) from the nest when the
shot fell from a height of 15 centimetres (6 inches), but that they did
not react when it fell through only half that distance.

Ants not only react to material \Tibrations received through wood,
glass, water, etc., but they will also react to such vibrations when
resting on a bit of sponge in an artificial nest or on the soil in which they
construct their nests. Thus ants within their natural earth nests may
be stimulated by the vibrations of the material on which they stand,
though they will not respond to similar vibrations in the air about
them.

To ascertain what parts of the body of the ant are concerned in its
reaction to the vibrations of non-gaseous materials, we performed
experiments on a number of individuals of Stenamma fulvum piceum
that had been deprived of portions of the body.

All the mutilated ants, except those lacking heads or abdomens, had
undergone the necessary surgical operations so long as three or four
weeks previous to the experiments, and had therefore had time for
full recovery from shock-effects.

The irritability of workers deprived of their funicles, or of the whole
of the antennae, was such as to make it necessary to isolate each in
order to prevent mutual slaughter, though all were of the same colony.
This irritability continued even after they had recovered from shock-
effect, had become alert and active, and had been more than a month
without funicles, or without both funicles and scapes. Queens similarly
mutilated were scarcely more irritable than when in normal condition,
and nearly all of the thirty operated upon survived the operation
more than two months and laid eggs.

Queens and workers deprived of only one antenna were no more
irritable than normal ants, and hardly any deaths resulted from this
mutilation, while not more than twenty per cent, of the workers survived
the loss of either both funicles or both antennae.

64G

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Sept.,

i ■

\

^

, \

1 ■>. .-ii. "

... . /> V--'

. -,. ,

V. *

Queens and workers deprived of a pair of legs, the amputation being
made at the coxal joint (see figure), lived in groups as amicably as
do whole ants, and there was little loss of life through this operation.

The delicate structure of the leg
manifestly renders it a probable com-
municator of vibration from any solid
with which it might be in contact.

There was throughout a direct
ratio between the degree of irritabil-
it}^ produced and the percentage of
deaths conseciucnt upon the surgical
operations. The operations were as
far as possible carried out asepti-
cally and careful nursing was at-
tempted for all cases.

The mutilated ants wTre tested
in Petri dishes, first by scratching
together in the air the edges of two
Petri dishes to ascertain whether
the ants were stimulated by air vibra-
tions, and next by gently scratching
the edge of the dish in which the ants
were. As might be expected, no
reaction was ever obtained from
mutilated ants submitted to air
vibrations. The reaction of the ants
to the vibrations of the dish con-
taining them and the states of the
ants, so far as the operations that
they had undergone were concerned,
are given in the following summary :

1 . Queens from which both f unicles
had been removed reacted by slight
locomotion, usually moving back-
ward or sidewise, rarely forward.

2. Queens from which one antenna
had been removed reacted like
normal queens by forward, back-
ward or sidewise locomotion.

3. Queens deprived of the whole of
both antennae reacted by moving
backward or sidewise.

Prothoracic leg of a young Stcnamma
fidvum piceum. X 48.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENX'ES OF PHILADELPHIA. 647

4. Workers deprived of both fiuiicles moved forward, backward or
turned side wise.

5. Workers deprived of one antenna moved forward or turned side-
wise, as did the normal workers.

6. Workers without antennae moved forward or backward or turned
side wise.

It is thus evident that the antennae are not essential to the reactions
of these ants to vibrations from a solid, for the ants invariably reacted
irrespective of the conditions of the antennae, and the slight differences
in the nature of their reactions seem to us insignificant of the function
of hearing in parts removed. This opinion, that the antennae are not
essential to these reactions, is in accord with certain observations on
normal ants. When a normal ant in a Petri dish was resting with its
antennae high in air, it was olDserved to react vigorously to a slight
scraping on the edge of the dish, without, however, bringing the antennas
in contact with the dish.

7. Decapitated queens and workers reacted by movements of the
legs, without, however, showing any determinate form of locomotion.

8. Queens and workers deprived of their abdomens reacted by
moving forward or side wise.

9. Queens deprived of any one pair of legs reacted by moving
forward, l^ackward or sidewise.

10. Workers ■deprived of an}' one pair of legs reacted by moving
forward or turning sidewise.

11. Queens and workers deprived of any two pairs of legs reacted by
making ineffectual efforts to walk, their direction of locomotion being
very irregular.

It is thus evident that the reactions of the ants to the vibrations of
the underlying solid arc not dependent upon the antennae, head, abdo-
men, any pair or two pairs of legs. It seems to us probable that stimu-
lation is effected by the transfer of the vibration from the underlying
solid to the body of the ant, without reference to any special sense-
organ. That the various movements of the ants are true reactions,
and not merely motions transferred mechanicallv from the vibratino-
base to the body of the ant, as to any small particle capable of vibrating,
is seen from the fact that the body of a dead ant does not show these
movements, and further that in a live ant these movements cease after
the stimulus has been repeated a few times, but begin again after the
ant has been allowed a resting period of at least ten minutes.

In none of our experiments was there any evidence of a directive
influence exerted by the stimulus on the movements of the ant.

648 PROCP^EDIXGS OF THE. ACADEMY OF [Scpt.,

The observations and experiments recorded on the preceding pages
lead us to conclude that ants are insensitive to air vibrations, such as
are audible to us, and that they are ver}^ sensitive to the vibration of
the solid material upon which they stand, be this wood, glass, sponge
or the earth of their nests. These vibrations apparently affect their
whole bodies, reaching them through their legs or any other part in
contact with the solid base. It is of course conceivable that if an
air vibration were strong enough — i.e., if the sound were loud
enough — it might stimulate the body of the ant directly, but ap-
parently this is not usually the case; for, as we have already shown,
sounds of ordinary intensity, which call forth no response from the
ants when they reach , these animals through the air, are very
effective as stimuli when they reach the animal from a solid
base. It therefore seems probable to us that ants in their nests are
stimulated, not by the sound waves in the air of the nest, but by the
vibrations of the solid parts of the nest itself. Hence the effectiveness
of a heavy footstep in the neighborhood of an anthill as contrasted with
the ineffectiveness of the human voice in causing an active emergence
of the ants. These animals are, as it were, in the condition of a per-
fectly deaf person who feels through his feet the vibrations caused by
a passing wagon, but cannot hear the sound it produces in the air.
This sensitiveness of the ants to the \dbrations of the base upon which
they rest and their insensitiveness to air vibrations is exactly what
would be expected from the requirements of their subterranean life
as contrasted with that of aerial insects.

Because of the analogy between the ants and a deaf person we do
not wish, however, to be understood to deny hearing to ants; neither
do we affirm it.

It has long been recognized by physiologists, if not by the scientific
public, that touch and hearing in the vertebrates are very closely
related. The apparent separateness of these senses in us is due to
the fact that the air waves by which our ears are usually stimulated
are too slight to affect our organs of touch. If, however, we transfer
our experiments to water, we at once meet with a medium in which,
as has long been known, vibrations can be both heard and felt. In
dealing with a like question among the lower animals it therefore seems
to us misleading to attempt to distinguish touch from hearing, and we
shall be more within the bounds of accuracy if we discuss the question
from the standpoint of mechanical stimulation rather than attempt
to set up questionable distinctions based upon human sensations.
We therefore prefer to ignore the question of hearing in ants and to

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 649

restate our conclusion in the form already given, that these animals are
insensitive to the ordinary vibrations of air, but are very sensitive to
the vibrations of the solid upon which they stand.

It seems to us probable from our experiments that the material
vibrations that stimulate ants reach them in this way rather than
through the air. Janet (1893; 1896, p. 19) has described an ingenious
method whereby the stridulating of ants can be heard by the human
ear, and Wheeler (1903, p. 66) has been able to note a faint sound when
a large number of stridulating ants are collected in a bottle. Undoubt-
edly these stridulations are of ecologic importance to an ant community,
but it is our belief, based upon our experiments, that what can be heard
by the human car through the air is probably not the vibration that
affects the ants, but rather that the stridulation produces a vibration
of the solid constituents of the nest, and that this vibration is the
effective one in stimulating the inmates.

Summary.

1. The ants experimented upon did not react to aerial sound waves
from a piano, ^dolin, and Galton whistle, which collectively gave a range
from 27 to 60,000 vibrations per second.

2. They reacted to most vibrations that reached them through the
wood, glass, sponge or nest-earth upon which they stood, though
different species seem to have different superior limits in respect to the
rate of the \dbrations.

3. These reactions are not dependent upon the funicles, the antennae^
the head, the abdomen, any pair or two pairs of legs of the ant, but are
usually received through the legs, and probably affect the body of the
ant as a whole.

4. The stimulation of ants by the vibration of the solid upon which
they stand, and not by the vibration of the surrounding air, accords
well with their subterranean life as contrasted with the aerial life of
most insects.

5. It is misleading to ascribe or deny hearing to ants; they are very
sensitive to the vibration of solids, not to those of air; their reactions
could be as appropriately described as resulting from touch as from
hearing.

42

650 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Scpt.,

Bibliography.

FoREL, A. 1874. Les fourmis de la Suisse. Zurich, 4°, iv + 457 pp., 2 pi.
1900. Experiences et remarques critiques sur les sensations des Insectes.

Deuxieme partie. Como, Svo, 76 pp.
HuBER, J. P. ISIO. Recherches sur les moeurs des Fourmis indigenes. Paris,

Svo, pp. 13 + 328, 2 pi.
Janet, C. 1893. Note sur la production des sons chez les Fourmis et sur les

organes qui les produisent. Annales de la Societe entomologique de France,

tome 62, pp. 159-168.
1894. Sur les nerfs de I'antenne et les organes chordotonaux chez les Fourmis.

Comptes rendus de VAcademie des Sciences, Paris, tome 118, pp. 814-817.
1896. Les Fourmis. Paris, Svo, 37 pp.
Lubbock, J. 1894. Ants, Bees and Wasps. The International Scientific Series,

No. 42, revised edition. New York, Svo, xix + 448 pp., 5 pis.
Metcalf, M. M. 1900. Hearing in Ants. *Saence, new series. Vol. 11, No. 266,

p. 194.
Perris, E. 1850. Memoire sur le siege de I'odorat dans les Articules. Annales

des Sciences naturelles, Zoologie, serie 3 tome 14, pp. 149-178.
Weld, L. D. 1899. The Sense of Hearing in Ants. ^Science, new series, Vol. 10,

No. 256, pp. 766-768.
Wheeler, W. M. 1903. Ethological Observations on an American Ant {Lepto-

thorax emersoni Wheeler). Journcd jiir Psychologie und Neurologic, Bd. 2,

pp. 31-47, 64-78.

1904.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 651

NEW CHILOPODS.

BY RALPH V. CHAMBERLIN,

Lithobius centurio sp. nov

Dorsum dark brown, the principal scuta darkened along posterior
border and along middle; head a little lighter, darkened over middle
caudally; antennae light brown; legs mostly yellowish, the posterior
pairs becoming darker, brown; posterior portion of venter darkest,
all the scuta excepting the most anterior with a paler central circular
area.

Body much narrowed anteriorly.

Posterior angles of the 9th, 11th and 13th dorsal plates produced.

Antennae of moderate length; articles 19-22, the distal ones,
excepting the ultimate, reduced.

Ocelli 22, arranged in 5 series (2, 5, 6, 6, 1 + 2).

Presternal teeth 2-2.

Coxse of last two pairs of legs armed dorsally and also dorso-laterally
at the furrow, which is more dorsal in position than usual. Anal legs
with claw unarmed; spines 1, 3, 2, 1. Claw of penult legs armed with
a single spine; spines 1, 3, 3, 1. Spines of first legs 2, 3, 2.

Coxal pores small, round, 3, 3, 3, 3.

In the male the femur of the anal legs is abruptly produced into a
lobe at its distal end above, and the tibiae is produced into a larger lobe
at its proximal end above adjacent to the femoral lobe, the lobe being
truncate above and somewhat bent distally. The penult legs have
the tibia produced into a moderate lobe at its distal end.

Length 14 mm.; width of 10th dorsal plate 2.6 mm.

Locality. — Las Vegas, New Mexico (Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell).

One male.
Lithobius cookerelli sp. nov.

Brown to chestnut, head darkest, some dorsal scuta in one specimen
with the posterior margin lined with dark and with a dark stripe along
middle; antennae concolorous with head or but little paler; legs light
brown.

Angles of none of the dorsal plates produced.

Antennae moderately long, articles 28-29, in length long and mod-
erate.

652 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

Ocelli 15, arranged in 4 series (5, 1 + 4, 3, 2),

Presternal teeth 2-2, obtuse, those of each side close together and
toward middle.

Three posterior pairs of coxae armed laterally with a stout spine, un-
armed beneath. Anal legs with claw unarmed; spines 1, 3, 3, 1.
Penult legs with claw armed with two spines; spines 1, 3, 3, 2-1, 3, 3, 3.
Spines of first legs 2, 3, 2.

Coxal pores small, round, 4, 5, 5, 5.

Claw of female gonopods entire, acute, short; basal spines 2-2, the
inner shortest.

Length 22 mm.; width of 10th plate 2,6 mm.

Locality.— New Mexico (Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell).

Lithobius fungiferopes sp. nov.

Dark purple-brown, head darkest, almost black; antennae rufous
distally; legs light purple-brown proximally, yellow distally.

Posterior angles of 9th, 11th and 13th dorsal plates produced.

Antennae short ; articles 20, mostly short.

Presternal teeth 2-2.

Posterior coxae unarmed. Anal legs with claw armed with a spine;
spines 1, 1, 0, 0! Penult legs with claw armed with one spine; spines
1, 1, 0, 0. Spines of first legs 0, 0, 0!

Claw of female gonopods wide, short, tripartite; basal spines stout,
acute, subequal.

Anal and penult legs of male strongly swollen; none of the joints of
anal legs produced into lobes, but the fifth joint of the penult legs bear-
ing at its distal end above a peculiar pilose process which is rounded
distally and constricted at base, fungiform.

Length 5-6 mm.

Locality. — Ithaca, New York.

Not uncommon under fallen leaves in woods.
Lithobius euthus sp. nov.

Brown, the first and the last dorsal scuta darker, reddish ; head red-
dish brown; antennae brown to reddish brown, paler distally.

Angles of 11th and 13th dorsal plates produced in adults or some-
times nearly straight, this character being evidently variable in this
form.

Antennae short (5.4 mm.) ; articles 25-28, moderate.

Ocelli 8 in 3 series.

Presternal teeth 2-2.

Posterior coxae unarmed either ventrally or laterally. Anal legs
with claw armed wath a single spine ; spines 1, 3, 2, 0. Penult legs with

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 653

claw armed with a single spine; spines 1, 3, 3, 2. Spines of first legs
1, 2, 1-1, 1, 1.

Coxal pores small, round, 4(5), 4, 4, 4.

Claw of female gonopods entire, long and acute; basal spines coni-
cally acuminate, the inner shorter.

Length 15 mm.; width 2 mm.

Locality. — Austin, Texas (Prof. J. H. Comstock).

Lithobius navigans sp. nov.

Reddish to purplish brown, the middle plates lightest; head yellow;
antennse dark brown basally, becoming yellow distally; presternum
and legs yellow; venter yellowish, the first and the last plates darker.

None of the dorsal plates with posterior angles produced.

Antennse short (2 mm.) ; articles 28 or 29, short.

OcelH 12 in 3 series (5, 1 + 5, 1).

Presternal teeth 2-2, small.

Posterior coxse unarmed beneath or laterally. Anal legs wdth claw
armed with a single spine; spines 1, 3, 3, 1. Spines of penult legs
1, 3, 3, 1. Spines of first legs 0, 1, 1.

Coxal pores 2, 3, 3, 2-3, 4, 4, 4, small, round.

Claw of female gonopods tripartite, lobes acute, the middle longest;
basal spines 2-2, short, equal, a little clavatcly thickened upward and
then conically pointed.

Length 7 mm. (c?)-7.5 mm. ( ? ).

Locality. — Bermudas (Prof. J. H. Comstock).

Several specimens, d^ and 9 . It is related to the European species
lapidicola Mein,, but is sufficiently distinct to warrant separation. In
the same collection were specimens of Lithobius provocator Poc, Mecis-
tocephalus guildingii Newp., and Julus moreleti Lucas, all previously
reported from this locahty.

Peotiniunguis montereus sp. nov.

Very similar in general appearance and structure to P. americanus
Boll., but readily separated from this as also from the other two previ-
ously described species by the fact that the anal legs are each armed
with a large claw. In plusiodontus Att. there is a mere vestige of a
claw, while in the other species there is no trace of one.

The known species of this genus may be separated by means of the
following key:

a. — Prebasal plate exposed.

a'. — Anal legs armed with a claw, montereus sp. nov.

b'. — ^Anal legs unarmed, americanus Boll.

654 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

b. — Prebasal plate not exposed.

a'. — Ventral pores not existing on segments beyond the 28th;

pleural pores absent, europcBus Attems.

b'. — Ventral pores on all plates from the first to the penult ; pleural
pores present, plusiodontus Attems.

The specimens of montereus examined are, in alcohol, light brown
anteriorly and pale yellow posteriorly, the head being brown with the
frontal region lighter. The color seems to have faded in the alcohol
and in life was probably reddish.

The two individuals have respectively 59 and 61 pairs of legs. They
are very gradually though conspicuously attenuated anteriorly, and
strongly and rapidly attenuated posteriorly.

The cephalic plate is longer than wdde (6.4: 5.8) ; sides nearly straight
and but slightly converging caudad; the posterior angles well rounded;
posterior border truncate, not mesally at all incurved.

Antennae moderate, the ultimate article distinctly shorter than the
two preceding together (1.5 : 2).

Ventral pores and last ventral plate nearly as in americanus.

Length of larger specimen 48 mm.

Locality. — Pacific Grove, Bay of Monterey, California.

Geophilus regnans sp. nov.

Light brown, paler posteriori}^ Body wide anteriorly, attenuated
gradually posteriorly.

Head large.

Cephalic plate attenuated in front of middle ; anterior border broadly
triangular; sides behind straight and subparallel; posterior margin
wide, a little incurved mesally. Frontal plate coalesced. Prebasal
plate exposed at the middle, the basal plate being a little covered by
the cephalic laterally. Basal plate thrice wider than long.

Claws of prehensorial feet when closed not attaining the front margin
of head ; presternum in front widely angularly emarginate, unarmed ;
all joints and the claw unarmed.

Antennae very short, subsparsely pilose; the ultimate article about
equalling in length the two preceding together.

Sulci of dorsal scuta not deep.

Anterior spiracles oval, oblique, the first few large, the others gradu-
ally decreasing; median and posterior spiracles circular, small.

Last ventral plate very wide, its sides convexly curving, moderately
converging posteriorly; posterior margin wide, gently incurved. Last
pleurae moderate in size; pores entirely covered by the ventral plate,
few, small.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 655

Anal legs stouter and much longer than the penult, armed with a
long, stout claw; like the other legs, almost destitute of hair.

Pairs of legs 79-81.

Locality. — Southern California (Los Angeles, etc.).

I am inclined to think this species the Strigamia cephalica of Wood.
But it is really a Geophilus, and a new name must under any conditions
be given to it, as the name cephalicus was previously given by Wood to
another species in this genus.

Geophilus cayugae sp. nov.

Body little attenuated anteriorly, strongly attenuated posteriorly.

Cephalic plate with anterior and posterior margins truncate ; angles
well rounded; sides nearly straight, subparallel; longer than wide
(7.4 : 6.7). Frontal plate not distinctly separated. Basal plate two
and a half times wider than long.

Claws of prchensorial feet when closed barely reaching the front
margin of head ; presternum with chitinous lines, front margin widely
angularly emarginate, unarmed; femur and claw also unarmed.

First two spiracles large, subcircular, those following circular, gradu-
ally decreasing in size caudad, the last very small.

Last ventral plate rather narrow; sides straight, converging pos-
teriorly. Last coxae enlarged, covered over entire exposed surface,
except posteriorly, with large and small pores, of which there are 30 or
more on each side.

Anal pores distinct, of moderate size.

First pair of legs much smaller and more slender than those following,
the second pair somewhat intermediate in size. Anal legs stouter and
much longer than the penult, each armed with a very long and slender
claw.

Pairs of legs 65 ( ? ). Length 55 mm.

Locality. — Ithaca, New York.

Evidently close to lanius Br5l. In cayugw, however, the anal pores
are conspicuous, not concealed (absent?) as in lanius. Also the an-
tenna3 are relatively much shorter than in lanius, the cephalic plate is
of a different shape, the number of pleural pores is much larger and
cover the pleurse above as well as below and laterally, and the pairs of
legs number 65 ( 9 ) as against 57 ( 9 ) in lanius.
Mecistooephalus anomalus sp. nov.

Body and legs waxy yellow; head pale, somewhat reddish brown;
antennae pale yellowish brown.

Gradually attenuated from the head caudally.

Cephalic plate longer than wide in ratio of 7 : 4.75; strongly nar-

656 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.

rowed caudally, posterior margin truncate. Basal plate moderately-
narrowed, wider anteriorly than long in ratio of 3 : 2; pleiirse exposed
in usual manner.

Antennae not attenuated distally, all articles excepting ultimate
obconic; ultimate article a little shorter than the two preceding
together; length 3.2 mm.

Claws of prehensorial feet when closed reaching but slightly beyond
front margin of head; presternal teeth pale, obtuse; median furrow
of presternum wide, shallow, not well marked posteriorly; femora with
a stout, blunt black tooth, the next two joints with small, black
tubercle-like teeth, the claws with an acute tooth.

Anterior prsescuta short but all distinctly exposed, the median and
posterior ones long. A number of anterior dorsal scuta with a distinct
median sulcus between the two lateral sulci.

The anterior ventral scuta with a deep median sulcus which does
not attain the margin.

Anterior spiracle large, oval, subvertical, the second and third of
similar form but smaller, those following circular, rapidly decreasing
in size, those of the middle and posterior region being very small.

Last ventral plate wide, strongly narrowed caudally, the sides
straight. Last pleurae inflated, having along the edge of the ventral
plate on each side a row of 4 or 5 very small pores and at a distance on
middle part a clearly larger isolated single pore.

Anal pore moderate.

First pair of legs much shorter and more slender than the second.
Anal legs stouter and much longer than the penult pair.

Pairs of legs 41( !). Length 22 mm. ; width 1 mm.

Locality. — Pacific Grove, California.

One male.

This species cannot well be identified with the M. limatus of Wood,
which is apparently a much larger form. Aside from other minor
differences more or less uncertainly indicated by Wood's description,
the number of legs of limatus is given as "43-44," indicating that sev-
eral specimens were examined. The number 44 is, of course, an error;
but it is practically certain that the number of pairs of legs, which so
far as known is absolutely fixed for each species in this genus, was 43,
and not the unusual number 41,
Linotaenia rubelliana sp. nov.

Color in life bright red, fading in alcohol to a uniform brown, the
antennae alone remaining somewhat brighter.

Cephalic plate narrowed anteriorly, in front subnarrowly rounded,

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 657

behind widely truncate. Frontal plate clearly separated. Prebasal
plate well exposed. Basal plate twice wider than long, with no indi-
cation of a median furrow.

Antennse short, attenuated distally, the ultimate joint little shorter
than the two preceding together; all articles sparsely hirsute with
short fine hairs.

Claws of prehensorial feet when closed falling much short of the
front of the head; femora unarmed; tooth of claw large, acute; front
margin of presternum deeply excavated.

All ventral scuta marked with a distinct median furrow, from the
posterior end of which extends outward over each half to the sides a
shallow^ oval impression in front of the posterior margin.

Anterior spiracle moderate, a little elongate subvertically, the second
similarly shaped and but little smaller ; others circular, very gradually
decreasing in size caudally.

Last ventral plate very wide; sides convexly rounded, strongly
converging caudally.

Last pleurae much enlarged; pores serially arranged along and be-
neath the last ventral plate.

Anterior pair of legs distinctly shorter and more slender, the legs
regularly increasing in size from the first to about the sixth pair.

Anal pair of legs scarcely shorter than the penult, a little more slen-
der, armed with a claw.

Pairs of legs 71-75. Length 60-82 mm,; width of largest specimen
2.2 mm. Length of antennae of largest specimen 4 mm.

Locality. — Pacific Grove and Palo Alto, California,

This large and handsome species cannot be the form described by
Wood under the name epileptica from an individual captured near
Puget's Sound, The latter species is apparently much more like im-
perialis BroL, the type of which comes from near the same locality.
According to the published descriptions and figures, these species agree
with each other and difTer from ruhelliana, among other points, in
having the prebasal plate covered and in the larger number of legs
(81-83 pairs).

658 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Scp

STUDIES IN THE ORTHOPTEROUS SUBFAMILIES ACRYDIIN^ (TETTIGIN^),
EUMASTACIN^ AND PROSCOPIN^.

BY JAMES A. G. REHN.

The material treated in the foHowing pages is contained in the
collections of the Academy, the United States National Museum and
of Mr. Morgan Hebard, of Chestnut Hill, Philadelphia. The material
studied consisted of two hundred and twenty-seven specimens, repre-
senting forty-six species and thirty-one genera, of which one genus and
twelve species are described as new. The author wishes to thank Dr.
W. H. Ashmead, of the U. S. National Museimi, and Mr. Hebard for
their kindness in permitting the use of material.

Subfamily ACRYDIIX^E (Tettigince auct.).

Section Cladonotae.

DASYLEUROTETTIXi n. gen.

Allied to Diotarus and Trachytettix Stal, but differing from the former
in the presence of tegmina and wings, the rugulose vertex, deplanate
and scabrous pronotum, and the truncate character of the cephalic
margin of the same. From Trachytettix it is separated by the form of
the antennae, the unspined vertex, the longer cephalic femora and the
position of the antennae.

Form depressed, subquadratc in transverse section at the humeral
angle ; surface scabrous. Facial scutellum with a V-shaped longitudi-
nal excavation, carinse distinct, subparallel ; antennae placed against
the carinae of the facial scutellum and distant from the eyes, apex of
width equal to the remainder of the appendage, vertex broad, about
twice the width of one of the eyes. Pronotum truncate cephalad, pro-
duced caudad beyond the tips of the caudal femora; humeral angle
prominent. Cephalic femora nearly three times as long as wide.
Caudal femora heavy and with the paginae moderately sculptured.
Posterior metatarsi distinctly longer than the third tarsal joints.
Dasyleurotettix curriei n. sp.

Types: cT' and 9 ; Mount Coffee, Liberia. April, 1897. (R. P.
Currie.) [U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 8111.]

Head short and broad; vertex transverse, the cephalic margin trun-

1 daavg rough, /isvpog flat, tetti^ grasshopper.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 659

cate and without a distinct frontal carina; median carina of the vertex
low, slightly projecting cephalad; facial scutellum longitudinal, sub-
parallel, the margins arcuate and the costa distinctly sinuate above
and below; antennae inserted on a level with the ventral margin of
the eyes, placed against the facial scutellum, when extended caudad
reaching to the humeral angle of the pronotum; eyes subpyriform in
outline, moderately prominent. Pronotum strongly depressed, arcuate
cephalad, closely and uniformly scabrous, obscurely lineato-rugose;
cephalic margin truncate; humeral angles broad, extended, depressed;
lateral lobes with the elytral sinus moderately deep, inferior sinus deep
and acute, caudal angle produced and apically truncate; lateral
carina scabro-denticulate, obsolete cephalad of the humeral angles;
median carina depressed, arcuate cephalad, caudad of the humeral
angles irregularly undulate; caudal process long, subulate, extending
caudad of the tips of the caudal femora. Tegmina cylindrical ovate,
the surface finely tuberculate. Wings large, extending slightly bej^ond
the apex of the caudal process of the pronotum. Ovipositor valves of
the female rather short, thick, serrato-dentate. Cephalic femora mod-
erately undulate dorsad and ventrad. Median femora undulate dor-
sad, trilobate ventrad. Caudal femora short, inflated, femoral lobe
short and thick, dorsal carina with several subobsolete points, ventral
carina with several subobsolete lobes, external pagina and dorso-lateral
face decorated with strong diagonal scabrous ridges; tibiae strongly
spined, the canthi minutely serrate; metatarsi slightly exceeding the
remaining tarsal joints in length, pulvilli subequal in length.

General color bistre, the wings with the cephalic margin and a large
rounded spot covering the great part of the wing mummy brown,
median limbs barred with cinnamon, caudal limbs more or less regu-
larly blotched with obscure cinnamon.

Measurements.

Length of body, 10.7 mm. 12 mm.

Length of pronotum, 12.5 " 13 "

Greatest width of pronotum, 4.8 " 5.2 "

Length of posterior femora, 6.5 " 7 "

This curious genus and species is represented by a series of five males
and nine females, all of which are from Mount Coffee. Little variation
is exhibited by the series, a slight difference in the intensity of the
scabrous character of the pronotum being all that is noteworthy. I
take pleasure in dedicating this species to my friend Mr. Rolla P.
Currie, of the U. S. National Museum, who collected the types.

660 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

PANTELIA Bolivar.

1887. Pantelia Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Entom. Belg., XXXI, pp. 192, 214.

Type. — P. cristulata Bolivar ( = Cladonotus horrendus Walker) .-

Pantelia armata Bolivar.

1893. Pantelia armata Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, LXII, p. 176. [Assini,
Ivory Coast.]

Mount Coffee, Liberia. April, 1897. (R. P. Currie). [U. S. N. M.]
Three females.

These individuals seem to agree very well with Bolivar's description
except that they are somewhat larger. Two of the three specimens
have the caudal process of the pronotum produced, the remaining indi-
vidual having the caudal femora hardly exceeded by the pronotum.
These two individuals possess well-developed wings, which extend
beyond the process of the pronotum.

The genus Pantelia includes three species: P. horrendus (Walker')
(P. cristulata Bolivar), from Sierra Leone and the Ivory Coast; P.
armata Bolivar from Liberia and the Ivory Coast, and P. uncinata
Bolivar^ from Caconda, Angola.

Section Scelimenae.
SCELIMENA ServiUe.
1839. Scelimena Serville, Orthopteres, p. 762.
Included Tetrix producta, harpago and uncinata Serville, of which the
first may be selected as the type.

Scelimena abbotti n. sp.

Type: 9 ; Khow Sai Dow, Trong, Lower Siam; 1,000 feet. Janu-
ary-February, 1899. (Dr. W. L. Abbott.) [U. S. Nat. Mus., No.
8112.]

Closely allied to S. producta,^ but differing in the smaller size, the
narrower vertex, the slightly more compressed form, the uncurved
character of the spines on the lateral angles of the pronotum, and in
the absence of protuberances on the ventral carinse of the posterior
femora.

Size medium; form elongate; surface minutely scabrous. Head
with the vertex very distinctly narrower than one of the eyes, sub-
truncate, declivent and rounded cephalad, median carina low but dis-
tinct; frontal costa forked between the ocelli; rami little divergent,

2 Vide Karsch, Entom. Nachr., XVI, p. 27.

3 Catal. Spec. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., V, p. 842.

* Jornal Scienc. Math. Phys. Nat. Lishoa, 2a ser., I, p. 217.

^ Compared with a pair of S. producta presented by Dr. Saussure.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 661

when viewed laterad distinctly arcuate and sinuate dorsad; antennae
slender, about two-thirds the length of the caudal femora, inserted on
a level with the ventral margin of the eyes; paired ocelli placed half-
way between the vertex and the insertion of the antennae; eyes sub-
globose, quite prominent, somewhat elevated. Pronotum elongate,
depressed dorsad, surface undulate with rounded boss-like elevations;
cephalic margin truncate, cephalic lateral spines short and blunt;
lateral carinas parallel cephalad; lateral spines strong, depressed,
directed laterad without any cephalic curve; inferior sinus rectangu-
late; humeral angle little extended and represented by the lateral
carinae; median carina low, fading caudad and subobsolete between the
sulci; elevations of the pronotum distributed as follows: one large
median boss in the interhumeral region, two series of paired protuber-
ances placed caudad; caudal process extending beyond the cau?fal
femora a distance equal to their length. Tegmina elongate, acuminate,
apex narrowly rounded, surface coarsely reticulate. Wings reaching to
the tip of pronotal process. Cephalic femora with the carinae undulate.
Median femora slenderer than the cephalic and wdth the carinae undu-
late. Caudal femora rather slender, sparsely granulate, carinae not
undulate or dentate, femoral lobe low and subobsolete, external pagina
and dorso-lateral face with strong oblique sculpture; tibiae with the
margins expanded, lamellate, unarmed but very finely serrate; meta-
tarsi about half again as long as the remaining tarsal joints.

General color bistre, obscm'ely marked on the lateral carinae and the
pronotal spines with ferruginous. Cephalic and median limbs with
several obscure bands of wood brown. Caudal tarsi, margins and
proximal portions of the tibiae and two obscure bands on the dorsal
aspect of the femora wood brown.

Measurements.

Length of body, 15 mm.

Length of pronotum, 21.5 "

Humeral width of pronotum, 4 "

Greatest width of pronotum (including spines), .... 6.8 "

Length of caudal femora, 8.5 "

A paratypic female, identical with the type in all respects, has also
been examined.

I take pleasure in dedicating this striking species to the collector.
Dr. W. L. Abbott, who by his tireless energy has placed in the hands
of American zoologists an enormous amount of valuable exotic mate-
rial.

662 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

CRIOTETTIX Bolivar.
1887. CriofeUix Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Entom. Belg., XXXI, pp. 193, 226.

Included tricarinatus, nexuosus, horrei, nigellus, saginatus, miliaris,
haeri, subulatus, vidali, perminutus, rugosus, insidiosus, pidcher, pnllus,
and clavitarsis Bolivar, nodulosus Stal, hrevis and emarginatus Haan
and bispinosus Dalman. Of these the last is the oldest and probably
the best known and may with justice be considered the type.

Criotettix bispinosus (Dalman).

1818. Acrydium hispinosum Dalman, Ivongl. Vetenskaps Academiens
Handlingar, 1S18, p. 77. [East India.]

Batu Sangkar, Tanah Datar, Padangsche Bovenland, Sumatra,
August-September, 1901. (A. C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller.)
[A. N. S. Phila.] One female.

This species has a very extensive range, the territory covered includ-
ing Burma, Sumatra, Java, Borneo and China. The only previous
Sumatran record was from Batang Singalang, mentioned by Haan.

Criotettix bispinosus japonicus (Haan).

1839-44. A[cridium] (Tetrix) bispinosutn var. Japonica Haan, Bijdragen
Kennis Orthoptera in Verhandl. Natuurl. Geschied., p. 169.

Loo Choo Islands, Japan. (Through Y. Hirase.) Nine males, eight
females. [A. N. S. Phila., and Hebard Coll.]

These specimens represent a well-marked geographic race of bispi-
nosus, characterized by the more apparent linear rugosities on the pro-
notum and the slightly broader fastigium.

Section Metrodorse.
SYSTOLEDERUS Bolivar.
1887. Sj/stolederus Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Entom. Belg., XXXI, pp. 194, 234,
Included ang usticeps a,nd uncinatus Sia\ , cephcdiciis Haan, and ophthal-
micus, haani and languidus Bolivar; of which haani is well figured and
may be considered the type.

Systolederus cephalicus (Haan).

1839-44. A[cridium] (Tetrix) cephcdicum Haan, Bijdragen Kennis Orthoptera,
in Verhandl. Natuurl. Geschied., p. 169. [Batang Singalang, Sumatra.]

Batu Sangkar, Tanah Datar, Padangsche Bovenland, Sumatra.
August-September, 1901. (A. C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller.)
[A, N. S. Phila.] Three males, four females.

These specimens appear to represent this species which is known
only from Haan's brief description. Bolivar, having never seen the
species, was unable to add any information to the original description.
The possession of a pair of more or less apparent post-humeral spots of
velvety black is shared by all the specimens, which are, however,
somewhat smaller than Haan's measurements.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 663

MAZARREDIA Bolivar.
1887. Mazarredia Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XXXI, pp. 194, 236.

Included sculpta, remissa, semperi, abbreviata, insularis, atypa, lauta,
gemella, celebica and centrosa Bolivar, gallinacea, fuscipes and rufipes
Stal. As gemella is the only species figured it can be selected as the
type.
Mazarredia aptera n. sp.

Type : c? ; Island of Labuan, British North Borneo. [Hebard
Collection.]

Differing from all the previously known species of the genus, except
M. minuta and truncata Bolivar, in the absence of tegmina and wings,
and from these two species it can readily be distinguished by the
greater size and acute caudal process of the pronotum.

Size medium; form depressed; surface scabrous. Head with the
occiput not elevated above the level of the pronotum; vertex truncate,
about equal to one of the eyes in width, median carina projecting con-
siderably beyond the cephalic margin, lateral carinse distinct but by
no means as apparent as the median, no frontal carina present; frontal
costa forked slightly above the ocelli, rami considerably divergent,
moderately arcuate when viewed laterad and sinuate dorsad ; antennae
inserted on a level wdth the ventral margin of the eyes; median ocellus
placed distinctly ventrad of the antennse, paired ocelli placed between
the middle of the eyes; eyes subovoid, moderately prominent. Pro-
notum depressed above, subconcave; cephalic margin very broadly
and obtusely angulate; humeral angle not prominent; caudal process
not exceeding the apex of the abdomen and not reaching the tips of
the caudal femora, gradually acuminate to a short distance from the
apex where it becomes sharply acuminate with the apex hastate and
slightly subulate ; posterior angle of the lateral lobes moderately pro-
duced and rectangularly extended when viewed dorsad, apically trun-
cate, inferior sinus rectangulate, elytral sinus represented by a very
slight emargination; median carina slight, cephalad of the humeral
angles very slightly arcuate and elevated, undulate caudad; lateral
carinae obsolete cephalad, arcuate caudad of the humeral angles. No
tegmina or wings present. Cephalic and median femora not appreci-
ably undulate. Caudal femora short, strongly inflated, dorsal and
ventral margins evenly arcuate, femoral lobe short, blunt, external
pagina and dorso-lateral face with distinct but rather low sculpture;
tibiae well supplied with low blunt spines, canthi sparsely and weakly
serrulate; metatarsi equal to the third tarsal joint in length, pulvilli
low.

664 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

General color vandykc brown, obscurely marked along the carinse
of the pronotum ^vith and having annulations on the limbs of pale cinna-
mon. The pale annulations on the caudal femora are much narrower
than the dark bands, and on the caudal tibiae but one distinct annulus
is present, that being preapical; genicular regions of the caudal femora
blackish.

Measurements.

Length of body, 11 mm.

Length of pronotum, 9.8 "

Width across humeral angles of the pronotum, .... 4 "

Greatest width of pronotum, 5.2 "

Length of caudal femora, 7.8 "

The type is the only specimen of this species seen.

CHIRIQUIA Morse.
1900. Chiriquia Morse^ Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, pp. 5, 6.
Type. — C. serrata Morse.
Chiriquia serrata Morse.

1900. Chiriquia serrata Morse, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 7, fig.
[Castillo, Nicaragua; Volcan de Chiriqui, 2,500 to 4,000 feet, Panama.

Carrillo, Costa Rica. [Hebard Coll.] One immature male.

This individual presents several characters which are more or less
at variance with Morse's figure, the head being more compressed and
with the carinse of the vertex developed into distinct erect processes,
and the median carina of the pronotum has but two distinct undulations.
As the specimen is immature these differences in all probability are
due to the stage of the insect.

AMOKPHOPUS Serville.
1S39. Amorphopus Serville, Orthopteres, p. 756.
Type. — A. notahilis Serville.

Amorphopus antennatus Bolivar.

1887. A[morphopus] antennatus Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Entom. Belg., XXXI,
p. 251, figs. 19, 19a-&. [Upper Amazon.]

Venezuela. [A. N. S. Phila.] One female.

MITRARIA Bolivar.
1887. Mitraria Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XXXI, pp. 194, 253.
Included M. producta Bolivar and phyllocera (Haan), of which the
former may be considered the type, as phyllocera was apparently
unrepresented in the material studied by Bolivar.
Mitraria pontificalis n. sp.

Type: 9 ; Mount Coffee, Liberia. February, 1897. (R. P. Currie.)
U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 8113.]

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 665

Differing from either of the previously known species of the genus
in the unarmed margins of the cephahc process, and in the smaller
size. The generic diagnosis given by Bolivar will require some modi-
fication to include this form, as the antennse are inserted between the
eyes and the metatarsi of the caudal limbs are distinctly longer than
the third tarsal joint.

Size rather small; form elongate; surface finely granulose. Head
with the cephalic process produced a distance before the eyes equal
to the greatest length of one of the latter, depressed dorsad, acute, the
apex rounded, margins entire and carinate, median carina distinct;
face distinctly declivent; frontal costa forked slightly cephalad of the
ocelli; rami slightly divergent; median ocellus inserted on a level with
the ventral margin of the eyes, paired ocelli placed directly between
the eye; eyes subtrigonal, hardly prominent; antennae short, very
slender, apex acute, inserted directly between the eyes and equi-
distant from them and the frontal costa. Pronotum slender, very
elongate, caudal process extending beyond the tips of the caudal
femora a distance about equal to their length, very slightly subu-
late; cephalic margin very broadly obtuse-angulate ; dorsum slightly
arched transversely; median and lateral carinse distinct, the inter-
humeral region bearing a pair of short accessory carinse placed on
each side of the median carina; lateral lobes with the posterior angle
acute, inferior sinus rectangulate, elytral sinus slight. Tegmina
cylindrical ovate. Wings extending sHghtly beyond the apex of the
caudal process of the pronotum. Cephalic and median femora with
their margins very slightly undulate. Caudal femora slender, margins
evenly curved, genicular spine distinct and acute, femoral lobe distinct,
external pagina with distinct but irregular diamond-shaped sculpture ;
tibise slightly sinuate, armed apically with distinct spines, canthi
minutely serrulate; metatarsi equal to the remaining tarsal joints in
length, the two apical pulvilli each slightly longer than the basal one.

General color wood brown, irregular dotted and blotched along the
caringe with vandyke brown; face blackish brown; eyes ecru drab.

Measurements.

Length of body, 10.2 mm.

Length of pronotum, 13 "

Humeral width of pronotum, 2 "

Length of posterior femora, 5.2 "

A paratypic female has been studied in addition to the type.

43

666 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.

Section Tettigiae.
PROTOTETTIX Bolivar.
1887. Prototettix Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XXXI, pp. 195, 255.
Included P. fossulatus Bolivar, and impressus and lohulatus (Stal);
of which Bolivar's species may be considered the type.

Prototettix fossulatus Bolivar.

1887. P[rototettix] fossulatus Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XXXI, p. 256.
[Apiahy, Sao Paulo, Brazil.]

Lota, Chile. January, 1904. (C. S. Reed.) [A. N. S. Phila.]
Three males.

These specimens fully agree with Bolivar's description, except that
the pagina of the caudal limbs are elevated into plicate ridges as in
lohulatus. From lohulatus, however, they differ in the partially hidden
tegmina, the sinuate ventro-caudal margins of the pronotum and the
more apparent median carina. As the original description was based
on a female these specimens are materially smaller than the measure-
ments given by Bolivar.

ACRYDIUM Geoffroy.
1764. Acrydium Geoffroy, Hist. Abreg. Insect, I, p. 390.''
Included six non-binomial species, the genus being later restricted
by Fabricius^ to include but two species, hipundatum and suhulatum, of
which two the latter may be considered the type.

Acrydium japonioum (Bolivar).

1887. T[ettix] japonicus Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XXXI, p. 263.
[Japan.]

Kyoto, Japan. (Y. Hirase, No. 41.) [A. N. S. Phila., and Hebard
Coll.] Twenty-nine males, eighteen females.

This species is a close relative of A. tilrki (Krauss), and also bears a
superficial resemblance to the American genus Neotettix. It is, how-
ever, a member of the genvis Acrydium in the restricted sense.

PARATETTIX Bolivar.
1887. ParateUix Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XXXI, pp. 195, 270.

Included twenty-eight species, of which peruvianus and cayennensis
have been removed to Allotettix, schochii made the type of Clypeotettix,
and fallax and aztecus placed in Telmatettix. Of the remaining species
the only European one can be considered the type, meridionalis Ram-
bur.

^ The edition of 1762 is not available for examination, but that of 1764 is said
to be identical, except for a few minor details.
' Syst. Ent., pp. 278, 1775.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 667

Paratettix frey-gessnerii Bolivar.

1887. P[aratettix] Frey-Gessnerii Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Entom. Belg., XXXI,
p. 276. [Cuba.]

Portland, Jamaica. (Johnson and Fox.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One
male.

The similarity of this species to the Old World P. meridionalis is, as
noticed by Bolivar, very striking.

Paratettix caudatus (Saussure).

1861. T\ettix\ caudata Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser., XIII,
p. 399. [Guiana.]

Bartica, British Guiana. April 2 and May 11 and 12, 1901. (R. J.
Crew.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Two males, three females.

One of these specimens has the coloration more contrasted than the
others, the interhumeral region being bright ochraceoiis margined pos-
teriorly by a broken line of velvety black.

Paratettix mexicanus (Saussure).

1861 . T[ettix] mexicana Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser., XIII,
p. 400. [Tropical Mexico.]

Monte Redondo, Costa Rica. January, 1903. (C. F. Underwood.)
[A. N. S. Phila.] Two males.

This species has previously been recorded from Volcan de Irazu,
Costa Rica.

Paratettix scaber (Thunberg).

1815. A[(:rijdiu)7i] scabru n Thunljerg, Nova Acta Reg. Soc. Sclent. Upsal.,
VII, p. 159. [Cape of Good Hope.]

Congo. [U. S. Nat. Mus.] Two males, three females.

This species has been recorded from Gaboon, Zanzibar, Caffreria,
Lourenco Marquez, and East Indies by Bolivar, and from Adeli, Togo-
land, by Karsch.

Paratettix histricus (Stil).

1860. Tetrix histrica Stal, Kong. Svenska Freg. Eugenies Resa, Ins., p. 347.
[Java.]

Loo Choo Islands, Japan. (Through Y. Hirase, No. 71.) [A. N. S.
Phila., and Hebard Coll.] Two males, seven females.

This has previously been recorded from localities reaching from
Sumatra to the Philippines, including North Australia and New Cale-
donia.

CLYPEOTETTIX Hancock.

1902. Chjpeoteitix Hancock, The Tettigida; of North America, pp. 36, 124.

Type. — Paratettix schocki (laps. p. schochii) Bolivar.

Clypeotettix schochii (Bolivar)?

1887. P[arateUix] schochii Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XXXI, p.''274
[Guatemala; Mexico]

668 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

Venezuela. [A. N. S. Phila.] One male.

Chinandega, Nicaragua. (C. F. Baker.) [A. N. S. Phila.] One male.

These specimens are questionably assigned to this species, as they
are much smaller and more rugose than Mexican individuals which
undoubtedly represent schochii. It is very probable the two above
listed specimens represent a new species, but in view of the known
variability of schochii I should hesitate to describe them.

HEDOTETTIX Bolivar.
1887. Hedotettix Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XXXI, pp. 195, 283.
Included ten species, of which the first and oldest — gracilis Haan —
may be considered the type.

Hedotettix gracilis (Haan).

1839-44. A[cridium] (Tetrix) gracile Haan, Bijdragen Kennis Orthoptera, in
Verhandl. Natuurl. Geschied., p. 169. [Ivrawang, Tondano.]

Trong, Lower Siam. (Dr. W. L. Abbott.) [U. S. Nat. Mus.] One
male.

Batu Sangkar, Tanah Datar, Padangsche Bovenland, Sumatra,
August-September, 1901. (A. C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller.)
[A. N. S. Phila.] One male.

This species has been recorded from Burma by Brunner/ and if he
is'correct in synonymizing H. festivus it is also found in Ceylon. As
far as the character of the median femora goes, the specimens men-
tioned above support his contention, as, although true gracilis, they
have the median femora heavier and with the carinse more arcuate
than in the cephalic pair. The cephalic margin of the pronotum is
obtuse-angulate in both specimens.

ALLOTETTIX Hancock.

1899. Allotettix Hancock, Ent. News., X, p. 276.

Type. — Allotettix prolongatus Hancock.

Allotettix peruvianus (Bolivar).

1887. P[aratetHx] 'peruvianus Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XXXI, p. 272.
[Pumamarca, Peru.]

CarriUo, Costa Rica. [Hebard Coll.] Seven males, five females.
This species has previously been recorded from Panama and Darien,
in addition to the type locality.

Allotettix cayennensis (Bolivar).

1887. P[aratettix] cayennensis Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XXXI, p. 273.
[Cayenne.]

Bartica, British Guiana. April and May, 1901. (R. J, Crew.)
[A. N. S. Phila.] Eight males, three females.
* Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, XXXIII, p. HI.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 669

Section BatrachidesB.
TETTIGIDEA Scudder.
1862. TeUigidea Scudder, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., VII, p. 476.
Type. — T. lateralis (Say).

Tettigidea pulchella n. sp.

Type: $ ; Bartica, British Guiana. April 27, 1901. (R. J. Crew.)
[A. N. S. Phila.]

Differing from all the other species of the genus in the truncate
fastigium.

Size rather small; form moderately elongate; surface scabrous.
Head with the vertex about equal to one of the eyes in width, truncate
cephalad and projecting but slightly cephalad of the eyes, not exca-
A^ated, median carina distinct and rather prominent, frontal carina
distinct; frontal costa arcuate when viewed laterad, rami very slight
and very gradually diverging; antennae inserted between the ventral
portions of the eyes; eyes subtrigonal in outline, slightly prominent.
Pronotum subtectate, caudal process reaching the tips of the o\aposi-
tors but not of the caudal femora; cephalic margin rectangulate, pro-
duced centrally into an acute spine; median carina distinct, moderately
arcuate cephalad; lateral carinae obsolete between the sulci; humeral
angles not projecting; posterior process of the lateral lobes rectangulate,
inferior sinus long but not very deep, elytral sinus acutely cut. Teg-
mina cylindrical ovate, apex broad and blunt. Wings slightly exceed-
ing the caudal process of the pronotum. Cephalic femora with the
dorsal sulci distinct but shallow. Caudal femora rather short and
heavy, the dorsal outline strongly arcuate, the ventral outline nearly
straight, femoral lobe sharp and projecting, genicular spine short and
blunt, margins finely serrate, external pagina and dorso-Iateral face
shall owly but distinctly sculptured; tibise rather strongly armed,
canthi serrate; metatarsi equal to the third joint in length.

General color bistre, inclining toward cinnamon below; antennae
tawny proximad, blackish distad; cephalic and median limbs more or
less distinctly annulate with the darker shade on a cinnamon ground.

Measureme7its.

Length of body, ... 9.8 mm.

Length of pronotum, 9 "

Humeral width of pronotum, 2.5 "

Length of caudal femora, 6 "

The type is the only specimen which has been examined.

670 PROCEEDINGS OF THE acade:my OF [Sept,

SAUSSURELLA Bolivar.

1897. Saussurella Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XXXI, pp. 196, 303.
Type. — S. cornuta (Haan).

Saussurella sumatrensis Bolivar.

1898. Saussurella sumatrensis Bolivar, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova,
XXXIX, p. 80. [Pangherang-Pisang, Sumatra.]

Goenong Soegi, Lampong, Sumatra. October-November, 1901.
(A. C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Two
males.

As the specimens examined by Bolivar were females, the measure-
ments of a male individual may be of interest. Length of body
12.5 mm., length of pronotum 16.5, length of pronotal process 2.7,
length of caudal femora 7.

Section TripetaloceraB.
DISCOTETTIX Costa.
1864. Discotettix Costa, Annuario ]\Ius. Zool. Univ. Napoli, II, p. 59.
Tjrpe. D. armatus Costsi= Tetj^ix helzebuth Serville.
Discotettix belzebuth (Serville).

1839. Tetrix Belzebuth Serville, Orthopteres, p. 759. [Java.]
Ena Balu, British North Borneo. [Hebard Coll.] One male, two
females.

Island of Labuan, British North Borneo. [Hebard Coll.] One
female.

One of the Kina Balu females has the pronotum not exceeding the
tips of the caudal femora.

Subfamily EUMASTACIN.E.
Section Ohoroetypi.

ORCHETYPUS Brunner.

1898. Orchetypus Brunner, Abhandl. Senckenb. Xaturfor. Gesell., XXI^'
heft 2, p. 220.

Included 0. rotundatus and subtruncatus Brunner, of which the latter
may be considered the type as it is figured.
Orchetypus ocreatus n. sp.

Type: 9 ; Luebo, Congo. (D. W. Snyder.) [U. S. Nat. Mus.,
No. 8114.]

Closely allied to the Ceylonese 0. ceylonicus Karsch, but differing in
the strongly sinuate caudal portion of the median carina of the prono-
tum, the larger spines on the caudal tibice, the more subequal tegmina
and the shorter caudate apex of the wings.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 671

Size large; form compressed; surface riigulose. Head with the occi-
put and vertex ascending; fastigium produced, elevated, not retrorse,
slightly antrorse, acute, apex truncate with a slight median cmargina-
tion, median carina present dorsad and cephalad; face flattened,
slightly concave, much as in 0. ceylonicus; infra-ocular carinae very
sharp; frontal costa with a flask-shaped expansion between the an-
tennae; antennse short, but slightly exceeding the greatest length of
the eye; eyes crudely elongate-ovate, distinctly shorter than the infra-
ocular portion of the gense, little prominent. Pronotum strongly com-
pressed ; median crest strongly elevated, produced over the head almost
to the tip of the fastigium, very slightly arcuate in the cephalic half,
bisinuate on caudal half; caudal process acute, slightly recurved at
the apex; lateral lobes about as high as long, cephalic and caudal
margins straight, inferior margin truncato-sinuate. Tegmina elongate,
lanceolate; apex acuminate, narrowly rounded, exceeding the tips of
the caudal femora; costal margin strongly dilated proximad. Wings
equal to the tegmina in length, tips caudal and extending beyond the
major portion of the wing a distance equal to one-fifth the total length
of the member. Ovipositor valves with the margins crasso-dentate.
Cephalic femora dilated, pyramidical in outline the apex proximal;
tibiae slightly bowed. Median femora with the dorsal carina slightly
elevated and arcuate, the cephalo-ventral carina moderately lamellate
distad; tibiae straight. Caudal femora heavy, dorsal carina arcuate
and strongly serrato-dentate, ventral carina minutely serrate, external
pagina with an irregular rhomboid pattern; tibiae slightly sinuate dis-
tad, proximal section with an acute trigonal lobe on the dorsal surface,
spines on the internal margin larger than those on the external ; meta-
tarsi slightly shorter than the remaining tarsal joints.

General color tawny-olive, suffused on the dorsal half of the pro-
notum with raw umber ; a broad bar of buff covering the genae and the
lateral lobes of the pronotum, the distal half of the caudal femora, the
proximal half of the caudal tibiae and the cephalic and median femora
irregularly blotched and suffused with the same tint.

Measurements.

Length of body, 38.5 mm.

Length of pronotum, 13 "

Greatest depth of pronotum 11 "

Length of tegmina, 21.5 "

Length of caudal femora, 17 "

The type is unique.

672 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

PLAGIOTRIPTUS Karsch.
1889. Plagiotriphis Karsch, Entom. Nachr., XV, p. 8.
Type. — Plagiotriptus hippiscus (Gerstaecker).

Plagiotriptus hippiscus (Gerstaecker).

1873. Choroetypus hippiscus Gerstaecker, Von der Decken's Reisen in Ost-
Afrika, Bd. Ill, Abth. 2, p. 42, taf. 2, fig. 8. [Mombasa.]

Mombasa, East Africa. [Hebard Coll.] One female.

Section Erianthi.

ERIANTHUS Stai.

1876. Erianthus Stal, Ofversigt af K. Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandlingar, 1876,
No. 3, p. 55.

Type. — According to Biirr^ Mastax guttata Westwood.

Erianthus nipponensis n. sp.

Type: $ ; Nikko, Hondo, Japan. [U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 8115.]
Belong to the group comprising E. guttatus Westwood, flavoinflatus
Brunner and acutipennis Saussure. From all of these it differs in having
the f astigium unreflexed ; from guttatus it also differs in the lower and
more obtuse fastigium; from flavoinflatus in the smaller size, obliquely
truncate apical portion of the tegmina, and non-dentate cephalic mar-
gin of the pronotum, and from acutipennis in the form of the tips of
the tegmina and the rotund ato-angulate caudal margin of the prono-
tum. Considerable affinity exists also with E. ohtusus Burr, but that
species has the fastigium obtuse.

Size rather large; form elongate. Head with the occiput and vertex
sharply ascending, the fastigium elevated above the eyes a distance
equal to half the length of the latter, not re flexed, rectangulate, a
median carina present on both the dorsal and cephalic aspects; frontal
costa with the interantennal expansion elongate pyriform, the costal
carinse apparent almost to the clypeus ; antennae inserted slightly below
the middle of the eyes; eyes elongate ovate, moderately prominent.
Pronotum hardly selliform, slightly tectate, median carina distinct,
somewhat undulate; cephalic margin sinuato-truncate with a distinct
median emargination ; caudal margin obtuse-angulate with the angle
rounded; dorsal surface strongly rugose, transverse sulci not apparent;
lateral lobes slightly longer than the caudal depth, inferior margin
obliquely sinuate, cephalo-ventral angle broadly rounded, caudo-ven-
tral angle rectangulate. Tegmina reaching to the apex of the abdomen,
enlarged apically and obliquely truncate. Wings ample, as long as the
tegmina. Ovipositor valves with the teeth decidedly crassate and

Anal. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat., XXVIII, p. 103.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 673

blunt; subgenital plate acute, with a distinct median sulcus. Caudal
femora slender, falling slightly short of the apex of the abdomen, the
dorsal and dorso-lateral carinse sparsely serrato-dentate, genicular
lobes spinose, genicular spine acute; tibise slightly sinuate, the spines
of the internal margin longer than those of the external margin; meta-
tarsi about equal to the remaining tarsal joints in length, dorsal carina?
serrato-dentate.

General color raw umber; the head inclining toward cinnamon,
eyes vandyke brown; tegmina with a preapical hyaline spot on both
the cephalic and caudal margins; caudal femora wood brown with
three obscure annuli of darker brown; caudal tibiae of the general tint
with several obscure annuli of wood brown.

Measurements.

Length of body, 30 mm.

Length of pronotmii 4.2 "

Length of tegmina, 22 "

Length of caudal femora, 15 "

The t3rpe is unique.

Erianthus malcolmi Bolivar.

1903. Erianthus Malcolmi Bolivar, Boletin Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat., Ill, p.
302. [Malacca, Kwala, Lumpur, Strait Settlements.]

Trong, Lower Siam. (Dr. W. L. Abbott.) [U. S. Nat. Mus.] Three

males.

These specimens fully agree with Bolivar's description, except that

the face, the lateral lobes of the pronotum and the anal area of the

tegmina are suffused with dull greenish, which is probably due to the

condition of the specimens.

Section Erucii.

ERUCIUS St&l.

1875. Erucius Stal, Bihang till K. SvenskaVetens.-Akad. Handl., Ill, No.
14, p. 36.

Type. — Mastax agrionoides Haan.

Erucius vitreus (Wcstwood).

1845. Mastax vitrea Westwood, Arcana Entom., I, p. ICO, PI. 2G, fig. 2.
[Java.]

Goenong Soegi, Lampong, Sumatra. October-November, 1901.
(A. C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Two
males, one female.

It is worthy of note that the specimens examined by Brunner^" and

10 Ahhandl. Senckenb. Naturf. Gesellsch., XXIV, heft 2, p. 227.

674 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept..,

considered vitreus are not Westwood's species, an examination of the
measurements of the two making this fact very apparent. The male
of vitreus has the subgenital plate acuminate instead of truncate as
described by Brunner.

Erucius magnificus n. sp.

71898. Erucius vitreus Brunner, Abhandl. Senckenb. Naturf. Gesellsch.,
XXIV, heft 2, p. 227.

Type : $ ; Island of I.abuan, British North Borneo. [Hebard Col-
lection.]

This species may be separated from vitreus Westwood by its larger
size and more ample tegmina and wings. As no males have been
examined it is possible that it represents the female of E. pictus Saus-
sure," based on the male only.

Size large; form as usual in the genus. Head strongly elevated,
the occiput and vertex sharply ascending, the interocular region quite
narrow, about half as wide again as the frontal costa at its widest part;
frontal costa narrow, strongly compressed at the ocelli, subequal below
except for a slight widening at the median ocellus, rather deeply sulcate ;
antennae very short, the insertion strongly crowded between the eyes
and the frontal costa; eyes subelliptical, moderately prominent.
Pronotum selliform; cephalic margin sinuato-truncate, caudal margin
arcuate ; prozona with three distinct transverse ridges, metazona reticu-
late with a slight median carina; lateral lobes slightly deeper than
long, cephalo-ventral angle obtuse, caudo-ventral angle rectangulate,
ventral margin oblique, sinuate. Tegmina large, exceeding the apex
of the abdomen by more than one-fourth their length, considerably ex-
panded at the tips, costal margin strongly arcuate distad,apex oblic^uely
truncate. Wings equal to the tegmina in length. Ovipositor valves
punctate, the margins crasso-dentate ; subgenital plate apically acute
with a slight median longitudinal depression. Caudal femora slender,
falling slightly short of the tips of the ovipositor valves, the distal half
slender, dorsal and dorso-lateral carinse sparsely serrato-dentate; tibiae
slightly sinuate in the proximal half, external spines decidedly smaller
than the internal ones; metatarsi slightly shorter than the remaining
tarsal joints, superior carinse serrato-dentate.

General color (specimen discolored) bistre, the face washed with
cinnamon; tegmina tawny olive, with two faint oblique apical bars of
umber parallel with the apical margin; caudal femora with faint traces
of several annuli of a light shade; caudal tibiae marmorate with umber
on a wood brown ground.

" Revue Suisse de Zoologie, XI, fasc. I, p. 85, fig. 13. [Nanza-Badan, Borneo.]

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 675

Measurements.

Length of jjody, 30.5 mm.

Length of pronotum, 4.8 "

Length of tegmina, 30.5 "

Length of caudal femora, 16.5 "

Two females of this species have been studied, the additional speci-
men being in every way identical with the type.
Erucius dimidiatipes Bolivar.

1898: Erucius dimidiatipes Bolivar, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Geneva,
XXXIX, p. 81. [Si-Rambe, Sumatra.]

Goenong Soegi, Lampong, Sumatra. October-November, 190L
(A. C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Killer.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Two
males.

The basal portion of the caudal femora of these specimens have re-
tained their original color, which is Chinese orange. By an unfortu-
nate transposition in Burr's key the femora of this species are de-
scribed as ''basi nigra, apice pallida," while Bolivar's original reads:
"Femora postica pallida, dimidio apicali nigro."

Section Eumastaces.
EUMASTAX Burr.
1899. Eumastax Burr, Anal. Soc. Espail. Hist. Nat., XXVIII, p. 257.
Type. — Mastax tenuis Perty.

Eumastax dentatus Saussure.

1903. Eumastax dentatus Saussure, Revue Suisse de Zoologie, XI, fasc. I,
p. 91. [Palmares, Costa Rica.]

Carrillo, Costa Rica. [Hebard Collection.] One male, one female.
Costa Rica. (Schild and Bergdorf.) [U. S. Nat. Mus.] One male.
The female individual is somewhat smaller than Saussure's measure-
ments, but otherwise is identical.

PAEAMASTAX Burr.

1899. Paramastax Burr, Anal. Soc. Espafi. Hist. Nat., XXVIII, p. 268.

Type. — Mastax nigra Scudder.

Paramastax magna (Giglio-Tos).

1898. M[astax] magna Giglio-Tos, BoUett. Mus. Zoolog. Anat. Comp XIII
No. 311, p. 38. [Valley of Santiago, Ecuador.]

Pichesjand Perene Valleys, Peru, 2,000-3,000 feet. (Soc. Geog. de
Lima.) [U. S. Nat. Mus.] One male.

The'male of this species is said by Burr to have the face unicolor, but
in the individual before me it and the genae are marked with a broad
band_of yellowish, as in Iceta. personata and other species. The charac-

676 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

ters of the cerci and the coloration of the limbs, however, place it in
magna, the aljsence of the facial decoration in Burr's species possibly
being due to the fact that his specimens were from Mexico, and for that
reason representing another species. As far as can be made from
Giglio-Tos' diagnosis of the female this specimen is his species.

MASYNTES Karsch.
1SS9. Masyntes Karsch, Entom. Nachr., XV, pp. 26, 31.
Type. — Mastax gundlachii Scudder.

Masyntes borellii Giglio-Tos.

1897. Masyntes Borellii Giglio-Tos, BoUett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino,
XII, No. 302, p. 17. [San Pedro, Paraguay.]

Chapada, Matto Grosso, Brazil. April. (H. H. Smith.) [U. S.
Nat. Mus.] One male, one female.

The female specimen agrees very well with the original description,
except that the size is slightly less. The subgenital plate of the male
is more produced and acute than in tigris, while the fastigium is more
distinctly truncate, with a very slight median emargination which is
more apparent in the male than in the female. The orange maculation
on the dorsal surface involves two segments in the male instead of one
as in the female, and the lateral lobes of the pronotum are subequal in
depth, not produced ventrad as seen in M. tigris.

Masyntes tigris Burr.

1899. Masyntes Tigris Burr, Anal. Soc. Espaii. Hist. Nat., XXVIII, p. 276.
[Paraguay.]

Corumba, Matto Grosso, Brazil. March (Highland). (H. H.
Smith.) [U. S. Nat. Mus.] Two males.

Chapada, Matto Grosso, Brazil. October (Campo). (H. H. Smith.)
[U. S. Nat. Mus.] One male.

The Chapada individual has the tegmina but half the length of those
organs in the Corumba specimens. This species is considerably larger
than borellii, but very closely related.

Section Thericleis.

THERICLES Stdl.

1875. Thericles Stal, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handlingar, III
No. 14, p. 35.

Included T. ohtusifrons and com'pressijroris Stal; the latter since
having been removed to Pseudothericles leaves as the type ohtusifrons.

Thericles gnu Karsch.

1896. Thericles gnu Karsch, Stettin Entom. Zeit., LVII, p. 248. [PtU
Nsororo, 2,000 m.. East Central Africa.]

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 677

Liiebo, Congo. (D. W. Snyder.) [U. S. Nat. Mus.] One male,
one female.

As far as can be determined from Karsch's rather meagre descrip-
tion of a female, the above specimens represent his species. Differ-
ence is noted in the unicolorous face, the limbs, however, being suffused
with blackish, which is limited on the caudal femora to the distal half.
The male is gaily colored as in T. zebra and is but slightly smaller, but
the genae are solid yellowish from the eye down, the caudal margin of
the lateral lobes of the pronotum are more broadly yellowish than the
cephalic, the ventral margin is blacldsh, and the lateral aspect of
the proximal abdominal segments are almost solid black. The apex
of the male abdomen is strongly clavate, recurved and directed cepha-
lad; the subgenital plate is inflated, subcylindrical, elongate; cerci
simple, styliform, hidden under the subgenital plate.

Subfamily PROSCOPIXiE.
CORYNORHYNCHUS Brunner
1890. Corynorhynchus Brunner, Verhandl. K. K. Zool.-Bot. Gesell., Wien,
XL, p. 101.

Included C. radula, hispidus and spinosus Klug, and hispidulus and
latirostris Brunner. Of these radula may be considered the type.

Corynorhynchus radula (lOug).

"1820. Proscopia radula Ivlug, in Nees ab Esenbeck, Hors Phys. Berol.
p. 20, tab. Ill, fig. 4. [Rio de Janeiro; Para, Brazil.]"

Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. November. (H. H. Smith.) One male,
two females.

One of the female specimens is considerably larger than the other
and very materially exceeds Brunncr's measurements. No other
difference, however, can be detected between it and the other female,
which fully agrees wdth the above-mentioned measurements.

TETANORHYNCHUS Brunner.

1890. Tetanorhynchus Brunner, Verliandl. K. K. Zool.-Bot. Gesell., Wien,
XL, p. 104.

Included punctatus lOug, suhlavis, propinquus, incertus, longirosiris

and angustirostris Brunner. Of these punctatus may be considered

the type.

Tetanorhynchus bihastatus n. sp.

Types : d" and 9 ; Corumba, Matto Grosso, Brazil. March (High-
land). (H. H. Smith.) [U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 8116.]

Closely allied to T. humilis Giglio-Tos from Paraguay,^^ ^^^ differing

>2 Co-types of this species received from Dr. Borelli have been used for com-
parison.

678 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

in the finer sculpture, the longer subgenital plate of the male and the
more acute supraanal plate of the female.

Size medium; form as usual in the genus; surface finely punctate.
Head elongate; rostrum in the male but slightly more than half the
length of the remainder of the head, in the female subecjual to the
remainder of the head, acuminate, apex narrowly rounded, carinse dis-
tinct; eyes elongate-ovate, quite prominent in the male; antenna very
slightly longer than the rostrum in the male, slightly shorter in the
female, basal joint distinctly shorter than the eye in the male, slightly
shorter in the female. Pronotum with the limbs inserted mesad,
cephahc margin broadly rounded. Mesonotum and metanotum
slightly strigate. Abdomen with the strigoe absent in the male, faintly
marked in the female; supraanal plate of the male acuminate, apex
rounded; subgenital plate of the male narrowly produced, needle-like;
supraanal plate of the female acuminate, apex very narrowly rounded;
ovipositor valves stout, the margins unarmed ; subgenital plate of the
female broadly arcuate. Cephalic and median limbs subequal in size,
shorter than the pronotum. Caudal femora elongate, reaching to the
middle of the fifth abdominal segment in the male and of the fourth
in the female; caudal tibise armed on the margins with fifteen to
sixteen spines in the male and twenty in the female.

General color olive-green, in the male washed along the sides of the
pronotum and the postocular region of the head with yelloAvish green.

Measurements.

& 9

Length of body, 63.5 mm. 91 mm.

Length of head, 10.5 " 15 "

Length of rostrum, 4 " 7.5 "

Length of pronotum, 13.5 " 19 "

Length of cephalic femora, 9.7 " 13 "

Length of caudal femora 23 " 27.2 "

Length of caudal tibia?, 24 " 31.5 "

Length of subgenital plate, 5 "

Two specimens of each sex have been examined. The paratypic
female has lost both caudal tibiae, the paratypic male, however, exliibits
a spine armament of twenty spines, which is rather different from that
of the type. Otherwise the specimens exhibit no striking variation.

Tetanorhynchus smithi n. sp.

Type: d^ ; Corumba, Matto Grosso, Brazil. March (Highland).
(H. H. Smith.) [U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 8117.]

Allied to 7\ humilis and T. hihastatu^, but differing in the more

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 679

robust build and the heavier cephahc aiid median femora. The form
of the subgenital plate closely resembles that of bihastatus.

Size rather large ; form more robust than usual in the genus ; surface
of thorax, head and limbs distinctly punctate, abdomen very obscurely
punctate. Head acuminate; rostrum about half as long as the
remainder of the head, tapering, apex blunt, carinate distinct but not
sharp; eyes elliptical ovate, rather prominent; antennae about twice
as long as the rostrum, basal joint but slightly more than half the length
of an eye. Pronotum with a slight median supracoxal dilation;
cephalic margin roundate, shallowly emarginate mesad; caudal margin
sinuato-truncate. Mesonotum and metanotum moderately inflated,
strigse distinct and serrato-dentate. Supraanal plate acuminate,
apex moderately acute, proximal half with a shallow median emargi-
nation; subgenital plate produced, needle-like. Cephalic and median
limbs similar, the cephalic pair slightly smaller than the median.
Caudal femora elongate, reaching to the middle of the fifth abdominal
segment ; caudal tibiae with thirteen spines on the external and twelve
to fourteen on the internal margins.

General color pale apple-green, suffused dorsad, on the ventral surface
of the rostrum and on the entire dorsum of the abdomen wdth olive.

Measurements.

Length of body, 71.5 mm.

Length of head, 11.5 ''

Length of rostrum, 4 "

Length of pronotum, 14 '*

Length of cephalic femora, 11.5 "

Length of caudal femora, 25.5 "

Length of caudal tibiae, 29 "

Length of subgenital plate, 5.2 ''

The type is the only specimen^of this species seen.

HYBUSA Erickson.

! 1844. Hybusa Erickson, Wiegman's Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, X, Bd. II,
p. 298.

Type. — Proscopia occidentalis Westwood.
Hybusa reedi n. sp.

Type: 9 ; Chile. (E. C. Reed.) [U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 8118.]

Differing from H. occidentalis in the slenderer head and pronotum ,
the rather longer limbs and narrower abdomen.

Size medium; form depressed in the thoracic region; surface rugu-
lose. Head conic, the section caudad of the eyes slightly concave, the
margin not distinctly serrate and but slightly rugulose; rostrum l^ut

6S0 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Scpt.,

slightly longer than the eyes, tapering, apex blunt and broad, depressed
with very distinct lateral carinae; face concave; eyes elliptical ovate;
antennae with the basal joint about one-third the length of the eye.
Pronotum with the limbs inserted caudad of the middle; cephalic mar-
gin rotundate with a median truncation, caudal margin truncate,
lateral margins slightly constricted cephalad of the insertion of the
limbs. Mesonotum and metanotum fused, strongly impressed rugulose
dorsad, depressed. Abdomen somewhat compressed, carinate, sub-
equal, narrower than the meso-metathorax ;^^ supraanal plate sagittate;
ovipositor valves heavy, blunt, margins unarmed; subgenital plate
very slightly rotundato-truncate. Cephalic and median femora very
similar in structure, the cephalic pair slightly the larger. Caudal
femora slender, reaching nearly to the distal margin of the sixth
abdominal segment; caudal tibiae bearing twenty to twenty-one spines
on the external margins, twenty- two on the internal margins.
General color gallstone-yellow, the eyes dull greenish.

Measurements.

Length of body, 57 mm.

Length of head, 9

Length of rostrum, 2.2

Length of pronotum, 8.5

Length of cephalic femora 8.5

Length of caudal femora, 22.5

Length of caudal tibiae, 22

An immature specimen from Cautin, Chile (C. S. Reed; January,
1904; A. N. S. Phila.) I also refer to this species. It is a male, but
fully agrees with the type in all essential characters.

CEPHALOCCEMA Serville.
1839. Cephaloccema Serville, Orthoptdres, p. 577.
Type. — Proscopia sica Serville.

CephaloccEma sica (Serville).

1839. Proscopia sica Serville, Orthopteres, p. 577, PI. 14, fig. 1. [Southern
part of Campos Geraes, Brazil.]

Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, Brazil. September 1 and 7, 1900. (Adolph
Hempel.) [A. N. S. Phila.] Two males.

These specimens have the subgenital plate more produced and elon-
gate than in Serville's figure, but otherwise they fully agree with this
species.

" This condition may be due to the artificial compressing of the abdomen,
but it is very evident that the width is by no means as great as in the female of
occidentalis figured by Brunner (Verhandl. K. K. Zool.-Bot. Gesell., Wien, XL,
taf. V, fig. 10).

1904,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 681

Cephalocoema multispinosa Brunner.

1890. Cephalocoema multispinosa Brunner, Verhandl. K. K. Zool.-Bot. Gesell.,
Wien, XL, p. 116. [Porto Alegre, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil.]

Paraguay. [A. X. S. Phila.] One female.

The measurements of the limbs of this specimen are slightly smaller

than those given by Brunner.

Cephaloccema costulata Burmeister.

18S0. Cephalocoema costulata Burmeister, Abhandl. Naturforsch. Gesell.,
HaUe, XV, heft I, p. 9, taf. I, figs. 5-7. [Argentina.]

Sapucay, Paraguay. [Hebard Collection.] One female.

This specimen is equal to Burmeister's and Brunner's maximum
measurements and is considerably larger than two individuals of the
same sex from Carcarana, Argentina, in the collection of the Academy.
The Sapucay specimen, also, has the rostrum longer than in Burmeis-
ter's figure, and in the other specimens examined, but not exceeding
the maximum given by Brunner,

Cephalocoema chapadensis n. sp.

Types: cJ^ and 9 ; Chapada, Matto Grosso, Brazil. July (6^) and
August (?). (H.H.Smith.) [U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 8119.]

Closely allied to C. costulata but differing in the longer and subequal
rostrum, the more marked longitudinal strigse and the heavier antennae.

Size medium ; surface of the body with distinct longitudinal strigse,
weaker on the pronotum than elsewhere. Head elongate, tapering;
rostrum of the male about equal to the length of the head, of the female
slightly longer than the remainder of the head, tapering in the male
with a rather blunt apex, subequal in the female, apex rather blunt
and subcruciform when view^ed cephalad; antennse equal to the ros-
trum in the male, about two-thirds the length in the female, basal
joint slightly less than half the length of the eye; eyes subelliptical ;
face very slightly concave. Pronotum elongate, slightly broader
caudad than cephalad, limbs inserted very slightly caudad of the
micklle; cephalic margin rotund ato-truncate, caudal margin truncate,
lateral margins very slightly expanded dorsad of the coxce ; strigse dis-
tinct, but not high. Mesonotum and metanotum little broader than
the pronotum, strongly strigate. Abdomen with the strigse very dis-
tinct; supraanal plate of the male sagittate, apex blunt; subgenital
plate of the male compressed, elongate, subequal, the apex obscurely
bilobate; supraanal plate narrow, produced, apex bluntly rounded;
ovipositor valves strongly compressed, margins unarmed; subgenital
plate of the female apically rotund ato-truncate. Cephalic and median
limbs subequal in size and form. Caudal femora of the male slightly
44

682 PROCEEDIJSrGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

surpassing the apex of the fourth abdominal segment, of the female
just reaching the apex of the same segment, slender; caudal tibiae in
the male with sixteen to seventeen spines on the external margins and
fourteen to fifteen on the internal, in the female with twelve on the
external and nine to ten on the internal margins.

General color wood-brown, the rostrum infuscate ventrad.

Measurements.

Length of body, 62 mm. 75.5 mm.

Length of head, n.5 " 15.5 ''

Length of rostrum, 5 " 8.5 "

Length of pronotum, 11.5 " 15.5 ''

Length of cephalic femora, 7.5 " 10.5 "

Length of caudal femora, 19 " 23 "

Length of subgenital plate, 4 "

A female from Paraguay, in the collection of the Academy, has also
been examined. It differs from the type of that sex only in the smaller
size and slightly greater number of tibial spines.

Cephalocoema flavirostris (Blanchard).

1851. Proscopia flavirostris Blanchard, in Gay, Hist. Fis. Pol. Chile, Zool.,
VI, p. 61. [Province of Coquimbo, Chili.]

Zemuco, Chile.^^ January, 1904. (Carlos S. Reed.) [A. N. S.
Phila.] One male, one female.

As far as can be made out from the poor original description, these
specimens probably represent this species. The pronotum and pro-
sternum have a lateral series of yellowish tubercles which is the only
character approaching "prothorace .... lateribus flavescenti."

Cephalocoema lineata Brunner.

1890. Cephaloccema lineata Brunner, Verhandl. K. K. Zool.-Bot. Gesell.,
Wien, XL, p. 119, taf. V, fig. 11. [Mendoza, La Plata, Argentina.]

Cordova, Argentine. (F. Schulz.) [U. S. Nat. Mus.] One male,
one female.

The female is slightly smaller than the type measured by Brunner.
This species is very close to C. lancea Burmeister.

ASTROMA Charpentier.
1845. Astroma Charpentier, Orthop. Desc. et Depict., tab. IV.
Type. — Astroma chloropterum Charpentier.

Astroma chloropterum Charpentier.

1845. Astroma chloropterum Charpentier, Orthop. Desc. et Depict., tab.
IV. [ChUi.]

** Possibly an error for Temuco, Cautin, Chile.

1904.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

683

Colchagua, Chile. December, 1903. (Carlos S. Reed.) [A. N. S.
Phila.] Ten males, ten females.

Lota, Concepcion, Chile. January, 1904. (Carlos S. Reed.) [A.
N. S. Phila.] One male.

Zemuco (Temuco?), Chile. January, 1904. (Carlos S. Reed.) [A.
N. S. Phila.] One male, one nymph.

Cautin, Chile. January, 1904. (Carlos S. Reed.) [A. N. S.
Phila.] One male.

Chile. (E. C. Reed.) [U. S. Nat. Mus.] One male, one female.

The above series is rather constant in size and general characters.
One female from Colchagua is abnormal in the brevity of the rostrum,
that process having been injured and reduced to a mere stump.

684 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.j

October 4.
The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.

Eighteen persons present.

The Secretary reported that papers under the following titles had
l)een received on the dates given, and accepted for publication since
the last meeting:

''Comparative Age of the Different Floristic Elements of Eastern
North America," by John W. Harshberger, Ph.D. (May 28).

"The Fishes of Nantucket," by Dr. Benjamin Sharp and Henry W.
Fowler (May 31).

''The Morphology and ^letamorphosis of the Alimentary Canal of
the Mosquito," by M. T. Tliomson (June 6). Transferred to the Ento-
mological Section.

"Notes on Orthoptera from Northern and Central Mexico," by James
A. G. Rchn(Junc 11).

"Notes on Orthoptera from Arizona, New Mexico and Colorado,"
by James A. G. Rehn (June 29).

"Variability and Autonomy of Phataria," by Sarah P. Monks (July
12).

"Notes on a Collection of California Mammals," by Witmer Stone
(July 13).

"On a Collection of Birds and Mammals from j\It. Sanhedrim, Cali-
fornia," by Witmer Stone and A. S. Bunnell (July 13).

"On certain Rhachiglossate Gastropoda eliminated from the
Aquillidffi," by H. A. Pilsbry and E. G. Vanatta (July 23).

"Studies in the Orthopterous Subfamilies Acrydiinse (Tettiginse),
EumastacinjE and Proscopinse," by James A. G. Rehn (August 17).
^ "Three Odd Incidents in Ant-Life," by Adele M. Fielde (August 27).

"The Structure and Development of the Compound Eye of the
Honey-Bee," by Everett Franklin Phillips (August 30).

"New Chilopods," by Ralph Y. Chamberlin (September 2).

"Description of New Land Snails of the Japanese Empire," by H. A.
Pilsbry and Y. Hirase (September 6).

"The Development and Structure of the Larva of Paragordius," b}-
Thomas H. Montgomery, Jr. (September 9).

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 685

"The Reaction of Ants to Material Vibration," by Adele M. Fielde
and George H. Parker (September 20).

The deaths of the following members were announced: Henry
Biinton Coxe, William S. Magee and Edward K. Tryon, Jr.

The deaths of R. A. Philippi, and Edward von Martens, correspond-
ents, were also announced.

Dr. H. a. Pilsbry made a communication on the stages of growth
and decline in the land mollusca. (No abstract.)

Dr. J. P. Moore spoke of sexual polymorphism in annelids, with
special reference to the Polychseta. (No abstract.)

October 18.

The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.

Thirty-two persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication:

"The Orthoptera of Thomas County, Georgia, and Leon County,
Florida," by James A. G. Rehn and Morgan Hebard (October 11).

"Annotated List of the Types of Invertebrate Cretaceous Fossils
in the Collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,"
by Charles W. Johnson (October 14).

Dr. Benjamin Sharp reported his experience during the summer on
a trawler from Hull which fished in the North Sea between England
and Helgoland, and on the cutter which brought the catch to London.
(No abstract.)

A new Centrifuge. — Dr. Henry Emerson Wetherill described a
compact centrifuge that will do all the work of the ordinary centrifuge
with the advantages of being more compact, less complex, and more
easily cleaned.

It does away completely with the heretofore unnecessary gearing
required for the revolutions, this being accomplished by a double
rotating motion produced by the twisting of rawhides or rope. This
to-and-fro motion gives a more level precipitation, and the magnifying
bulbous end of the graduated bottle enables a measurement of the
smallest amounts of precipitate. The bottles are tightly corked, thus
preventing the mixture of the precipitate with the supernatant liquid,
and serving as a safeguard in revolving infectious material.

The instrument will fit in the vest pocket like a clinical thermometer,
and when one of the little pocket microscopes now to be had is used

686 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [[Oct.,

with it the work at the bedside is facihtated. Not only can urine be
sedimented, but by reversing the tube small amounts of cream in milk,
of a sufficient quantity, can be tested for. The speed is ample, and
reduces the time for testing to one minute.

The following were elected members :

Michael F. McDonough, Charles D. Hart, M.D., and Mrs. Charles
Roberts.

Frantisek Vidovsky, of Prague, and A. A. W. Hubrecht, of Utrecht,
were elected correspondents.

The following were ordered to be printed :

1904,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 687

THE EARLY DEVELOPMENT OF DINOPHILTJS: A STUDY IN CELL-LINEAGE.

BY JAMES A, NELSON, PH.D.,
University of Pennsylvania.

Contents.

I. Introductory and Historical 687

II. Material and Methods 689

III. Nomenclature 691

IV. History of the Cleavage to the Formation of the Germ Layers 692

(1) Unsegmented Ovum.

(2) The Primary Cleavages.

(3) The Segregation of the Ectohlast.

(4) The Segregation of the Mesoblast.

V. Outline of the P'urther Development 702

VI. History of the First Quartette 705

(1) The Cross and the Intermediate Girdle Cells.

(2) The Prototroch.

VII. Historv of the Second and Third Quartettes 714

(1) M (X).

(2) 2a, 2h and 2c and the Third Quartette.

VIII. History of the Fourth and Fifth Quartettes 721

(1) The Entomeres.

(2) The Mesomeres.

IX. Axial Relations. 724

X. The Phylogenetic Relationships of Dinophilus in the Light pi its

Early Development 727

It is a pleasure to me to acknowledge my debt of gratitude to Prof.
E. G. Conklin, of the Zoological Laboratory of the University of
Pennsylvania, for his kindly advice and constant encouragement in
the preparation of this paper. I wish also to thank Prof. T. H.
Montgomery and Dr. J. P. Moore for many valuable suggestions
offered dviring the pursuance of the work. To Prof, C, 0. Whitman
I am indebted for courtesies extended me at Wood's Hole, Massa-
chusetts, In finishing the figures and in preparation of the manu-
script for publication, it gives me pleasure to acknowledge my
indebtedness to my wife for invaluable assistance.

I, — Introductory and Historical,

The phylogenetic relationships of Dinophilus have presented a per-
plexing problem to morphologists since the establisliment of the genus
by Oscar Schmidt in 1848. The various views as to its systematic
position may be conveniently classed under three heads: (1) those
referring Dinophilus to the Turbella ia; (2) those referring it to the

688 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

Nemertina, and (3) those ]-cforring it to the Annelida, or to some
position intermediate between the annelids and the rotifers. The older
writers, with the exception of van Beneden, referred the genus to the
Turbellaria, on account of its obvious external resemblances to that
group. Among these authors may be mentioned Schmidt (1848) (who,
however, later changed his opinion), Max Schultze (1849), Diesing
(1874), Mereschkowsky (1879), Korschelt, in his first paper on Dino-
philus (1882), and Weldon (1886).

In 1861 van Beneden described a species from the coast at Ostende,
and referred the genus to the nemerteans, principally, it would seem,
on account of the character afforded in the possession of a proboscis.
Of recent writers who have inchned to this opinion we have only
Verrill (1895), who, however, does not enter into a discussion of the
relationships of the group, but only provisionally refers it to the
nemerteans.

The first to place Dinophilus among the annelids was Schmarda
(1861), who described a species from the coast of South America, and
assigned it to a place in the Oligochsete family of the Naidse, next to
the primitive genus jElosoma. The claims of Dinophilus to a place
among the annelids have, however, been based chiefly on its remark-
able resemblance to certain annelid larvse, especially those of the poly-
trochal type. The first to call attention to this fact was Metschnikoff
(1866), who in his paper on Apsilus wrote concerning the systematic
position of Dinophilus: "Dass Dinophilus als eine stationare Anneliden-
larva zu betracten ist, und mithin zu der Anneliden ebcnso wie Appen-
dicularia zu den Ascidien sich verhalt." He also notices some resem-
blances to certain rotifers. As a curious parallel to this view may be
cited Oscar Schmidt's (1882) comparison of the position of Dinophilus
among the annelids to that of Axolotl among the true salamanders.

Graff (1882), in his fine monograph on the Turbellaria, removes
Dinophilus from the Turbellaria, and considers it as more properly
belonging near the Annelida.

Lang (1884) places Dinophilus in the line which leads through the
Archiannelida to the rotifers. Harmer (1889) also regards Dinophilus
as nearly related to the Archiannelida; Rcpiachoff (1SS6) considers it
a true annelid, as does Korschelt (1893); while of the most recent
writers Schimkewitsch (1895) considers Dinophilus as affording char-
acters which relate it to both the rotifers and annelids.

These various views have been based almost entirely on anatomi-
cal evidence, since but three papers deal with the embryology, viz.:
Korschelt (1882), Repiachoff (1886) and Schmike^vdtsch (1895).

1904.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 689

Korschelt studied the living egg and described the manner in which
the eggs were laid, the early stages of the cleavage, an epibolic gastrula-
tion, and observed that at hatching the young Dinophilus closely
resembles the adult. Repiachoff's paper is more complete as regards
the embryology, giving numerous figures of the cleavage and sections
of the gastrula. Two important discoveries are to be attributed to
this investigator, viz. : That the mesoderm arises from a pair of meso-
blast cells situated posterior to the blastopore, and that a considerable
portion of the ectoderm of the adult arises from a pair of large cells
situated at the posterior end of the embryo and derived from the largest
cell of the 4-cell stage. Schimkewitsch follows along the same lines
as Repiachoff, and does little more than confirm the latter's results,
though the figures given by Schimkewitsch are much in advance of
those given by RepiachofT. These authors, Korschelt, Repiachoff
and Schimkewitsch, attempted to compare the cleavage of the Dino-
philus ovum wdth that of the rotifers and consequently failed to prop-
erly interpret it.

In view of the fact that so little is at present known concerning the
early development of this form, the evidence as to its relationships
being principally anatomical, it has seemed highly desirable to study
the embryolog}^ thoroughly, from the earliest cleavage on.

The present paper is concerned almost wholly with the cell-lineage.
This has been done for two reasons : first, because such a careful study
of the cleavage as is involved in a study of the cell-lineage gives a firm
and secure basis for work on the later development; and second,
because the study of the cell-lineage of mollusks and annelids has
brought to light such striking resemblances that there can scarcely
be any doubt that they are of phylogenetic significance.

II. — Material and Methods.

The species of Dinophilus with which this paper is concerned has
not been determined with certainty. Both sexes correspond closely
to the description given by Korschelt (1882) for the species found by
him in aquaria at Freiburg, and named by him Dinophilus apatris.
Repiachoff (1886) has supposed that this species is identical with D.
gyrociliatus 0. Schmidt. The individuals of the species found in the
aquaria at the Universit}^ of Pennsylvania agree with D. apatris, and
differ from D. gyrociliatus in lacking the last or perianal circle of cilia,
and also appear to differ from D. gyrociliatus in another important
respect, i.e., in having no segmental organs. E. Meyer (1887) figured
for the females of D. gyrociliatus five pairs of nephridia of the type found

690 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

in annelid larvae (protoncphriclia). Careful study of fixed and living
material has thus far afforded me no CA'idcnce whatever of nephridia
of any sort.

The ova which were studied in the preparation of this paper were
collected from the sea-water aquaria in the vivarium of the University
of Pennsylvania during the months of January to May, 1902.

The ova arc laid in gelatinous capsules as described by Korschelt for
D. apatris, each capsule containing three to seven ova of two sizes, the
smaller about one-third the diameter of the larger. The smaller ova
give rise to the minute and degenerate males, while the larger ova
give rise to the female individuals. The number of the large female
ova exceeds that of the male. In fifty capsules 214 ova were counted,
of which number 79 were male ova and 135 female. These latter have
been the object of my investigation, the small size (ca. 30 micra in
diameter) and smaller number of the male ova rendering them much
less favorable for study. The capsules were found attached to the
various sea-weeds in the aquaria, and particularly to the Ulva. A
quantity of the sea-weed was taken from the tanks in which the animals
were found to be most abundant and squeezed over a large watch
crystal. The eggs thus washed out from their capsules, together with
much vegetable debris, soon settled to the bottom of the watch crystal,
from which they were picked out, under a lens, by means of a fine-
pointed pipette and transferred to a small vessel. The vessel found
most useful for this purpose was made from the hemispherical bottom
of a small test-tube cemented to a slide. The ova collected in this
manner proved to be in all stages of development, from the unseg-
mented ovum to an embryo ready to escape.

The ova were in all cases killed Avith Ivleinenberg's stronger picro-
sulphuric fluid, and after washing in 70 per cent, alcohol, were stained
with Conklin's (1902) picrohsematoxylin. This method of fixing and
staining has proved satisfactory with so many forms that it was con-
sidered advisable, in view of the scarcity of the material, not to experi-
ment further. The ova were then dehydrated, cleared in cedar oil
or xylol, and mounted in balsam under covers supported by thin glass
feet, thus providing a space in which the eggs may be rolled about by
displacing the cover glass.

It has been noted by several observers that Dijwphilus practically
disappears at the approach of warm weather, and this fact was found
to be true in this case also. This is interpreted by Korschelt to mean
simply that the period of sexual activity has come to an end. How-
ever, species of Dinophilus have been found at Wood's Hole, Massachu-

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 691

setts, during the summer months by Verrill (1895) and by Miss Moore
(1899), so that it would appear that some few individuals lived over
the summer.

The animals found in the aquaria were probably imported on sea-
weed gathered at Wood's Hole, Massachusetts, or at Sea Isle, N. J.,
and owing to the favorable conditions afforded by the aquaria they
multiplied and became abundant During the past three seasons,
however, Dinophilus has not become abundant until late in the autumn
or in the early winter. The largest number of ova were gathered in
January and February, the number diminishing from that time, until
by May their nmnber was so small that it did not pay to collect them.
Diu-ing the past three years the animals have nearly all disappeared
by the middle of June.

Fig. I. A and B, diagrams of ova with circumscribed loxodromic curves,
a-b, egg axis. Copied from Mead (1897).

III. — Nomenclature.

The nomenclature adopted in this paper is that modification of
Wilson's system (1892) used by Conklin (1897), with the further modi-
fication adopted by Child (1900) in prefixing coefficients to the macro-
meres, as well as to the micromeres. The macromeres are designated
by capitals, the micromeres by small letters.

WTien the cleavage plane of two cells approximates the direction
of the loxodromic curve shown in text fig. I, A, it is dexiotropic ; when
it approximates the direction of that shown in text fig. I, B, it is
leiotropic.

The number of the quartette is indicated by a coefficient. Thus la
is the member of the first quartette located in the A quadrant. The

692 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

product of a division which lies toward the animal pole receives the
exponent 1, that toward the vegetal pole the exponent 2. Thus la^
lies nearer the animal pole than la-. If the cleavage is meridional
the right cell, as seen by an imaginary observer located at the animal
pole, receives the larger exponent. Thus la^-^ lies to the right of la^--.

The macromercs receive a coefficient corresponding to the number
of the quartette to which they last contributed. Thus 4A last gave
rise to 4a.

When cells arise whose origin and fate are similar to those of annelids
or mollusks which have already received special names, as, for example,
the "trochoblasts" or the "intermediate girdle cells," I have made
use of these names. I do not, however, wish to imply that the cells
arc necessarily homologous with those to which these names were first
applied.

The animal pole is that point at which the polar bodies are given
off, the point opposite is the vegetal pole.

IV. — History of the Cleavage.
(1) Unsegmented Ovum.

J\Iy observations on the unsegmented ovum have unfortunately been
confined entirely to fixed and stained material. Since in each lot of
material all stages were found, from the unsegmented ovimi to the
larva about to hatch, a considerable amount of time and labor would
have been involved and many ova lost in selecting for study the few
which were still in an unsegmented condition. The ova are approxi-
mately spherical and not elongated in one dimension, as Korschelt
describes them in D. apatris. J\Ieasurements of the diameters of six
unsegmented eggs were respectively 108 micra, 100 micra, 90 micra,
96 micra, 92 micra and 100 micra, giving as the average diameter of
the egg 97.66 micra. These measurements nearly approach those
given by Korschelt for D. apatris, i.e., Ill micra x 92 micra.

Closely smTOunding the ovum is a delicate wrinkled vitelline mem-
brane. The protoplasm in the living ovum is nearly opacjue, this
opacity being due to the presence of minute deutoplasmic spheres uni-
formly distributed throughout the cytoplasm. These deutoplasmic
spheres give to the stained and mounted ova a darkly granular appear-
ance, which in many cases makes both mitotic figures and cell outlines
difficult to distinguish. Fig. 1^ shows the ovum just after the extrusion
of the second polar body. The latter is spherical in shape and about
half as large as the first polar body, which is somewhat ovoid. In
the first polar body a faint nucleus can be made out, but none in the

^See Plates XLIII-XLVIII.

1904.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 693

second. Neither of them have been seen to divide. The polar bodies
in Dinophilus, as in all animals, mark the animal pole, but are, however,
not a reliable means of orienting the later stages, since through some
cause they tend to become displaced and are ultimately taken into the
cells over which they happen to lie. In fig. 8, for example, the first
polar body is already sinking into the cell Ic, while the second is still
free.

In fig. 1, beneath the polar bodies lies the female pronucleus, formed
of four nuclear vesicles, each vesicle resembling a small nucleus in
appearance, having a distinct bounding membrane and containing
small granules of chromatin of varying sizes. Below the vesicles, and
contaimng them as in a cup, is a large hemispherical aster. Somewhat
below and to the right of the center of the ovum lies the male pro-
nucleus with its accompanying aster, which lies on the vegetal pole
side of the nucleus.

The stage next studied is represented in fig. 2, where the two pro-
nuclei are seen to have come together. The male pronucleus is prob-
ably the large bilobed vesicle which lies on the side of the nucleus
toward the vegetal pole; the female pronucleus is probably represented
by the eight smaller vesicles on the other side. The ovum is in the
early prophase of division, a large and deeply staining aster being on
each side of the nucleus, though no spindle fibres can yet be distin-
guished.

(2) Primary Cleavages. 1-4 Cells.

The spindle for the first cleavage is shown in fig. 3. The cell body
has elongated and the spindle is in the anaphase, while the unequal
character of this cleavage is clearly indicated by the inequality in the
diameter of the two asters as well as by the eccentric position of the
spindle. The spindle is inclined at a slight angle to the horizontal
plane, the end which is to form the smaller cell being the lower. The
explanation of this is not clear; possibly the spindle was oscillating,
or perhaps the position of the spindle may have something to do with
the beginning of spiral cleavage. Unfortunately this is the only ovum
which I have seen in which the spindle is in either metaphase or ana-
phase, so that it is not absolutely certain that this oblique position is
normal. The plane of this division passes through the animal pole,
but lies to one side of the pole opposite. The products of this division
(fig. 4) are very unequal, the cell C-D greatly exceeding A-B in size.

Immediately after division both cells prepare to divide again, but
the two halves of the second cleavage are not simultaneous, C-D divid-

694

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Oct.,

ing much in advance of A-B, as fig. 5 shows. As seen in the figm-e, the
spindle in C-D has reached the late anaphase, the chromosomes lying
close to the centrosomes, while a double row of microsomes has ap-
peared on the spindle fibres. On the other hand, in A-B the spindle
has only just reached the metaphasc. The division of A-B is nearly
equal, A being slightly the larger product, while the division of C-D is
highly unequal. The spindles for both divisions arc inclined in a
leiotropic direction, as is especially well shown by the division of
A-B in fig. 6, in which the left pole of the spindle is much higher than
the right.

The four cells formed by the second cleavage all differ in size (figs. 6
and 7, text fig. II, A and B); while D is relatively colossal, C, B, and
A are more nearly alike. Of these C is the largest, A slightly smaller
than C, while B is the smallest of all. The enormous size of D can be

A B

Fig. II. A, 4-cell stage from animal pole; B. same from right side.

appreciated only when the 4-cell stage is viewed from the side, as shown
in text fig. II, B.

The size relation of the four cells A, B, C and D appears to be some-
what unusual. In all Annelida and Mollusca investigated which have
imequal cleavage the left posterior blastomere D is the largest one of
the 4-cell stage, except in the case of Aplysia (Blochmann, 1883; Ca-
razzi, 1900) and the Pteropoda thecosoniata (Fol, 1875). A and B are
usually equal, while C is more or less intermediate between B. and D.
Among the Lamcllibranchia there appear to exist cases parallel to that
of Dinophilus. An examination of the figures given for Cyclas (Stauff-
acher, 1893), for Unio (Lillic, 1895) and for Dreissensia (Meisenheimer,
1901) seems to indicate that in these forms B is the smallest of the four
cells, while it is fairly evident that C exceeds A in size, although I find
no precise statement of these facts in the text of the papers mentioned
above. In all these forms D is relatively enormous.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 695

In the 4-cell stage of the Dinophilus ovum but one polar furrow
is usually present, that at the animal pole, formed by the junction of
A and C. This furrow is very long and turns to the right when seen
in the second cleavage plane. At the vegetal pole all four cells meet
at a point (figs. 6 and 7, text fig. II, A and B). The condition where
a polar furrow exists at the animal pole is also found in the Lamelli-
branchs mentioned alone ; in these, however, the furrow is formed by
the junction of B and D. The phenomenon of a long polar furrow
existing at the animal pole in Unio is explained by Lillie (1895) as
being due to the fact that "the greater mass of the first blastomeres
is ectodermal." This explanation fits the case of Unio very well, since
the blastomere D which contains the greatest mass of ectoderm takes
part in the formation of the polar furrow, but does not explain the
situation in Dinophilus, where D is entirely excluded from the polar
furrow. This condition is probably due to two factors: (1) the ex-
treme obliquity of the second cleavage spindles; and (2) to the rela-
tively small size of B. The inclination of the spindles in A-B and C-D
cause A and C to lie above B and D and so meet in a long cross furrow.
Were B as large as either A or C it would meet D in a furrow at the
vegetal pole, but since its mass is so much less than that of the other
cells it just touches D at the vegetal pole.

The somewhat complex relation of the first and second cleavage
planes to the embryonic axis will be discussed in a later section; for
the purpose of convenience in description, however, the blastomeres
A and B will be considered as anterior, C and D as posterior.

(3) Segregation of EctoUast. 4-26 cells.

Immediately after the second cleavage of the ovum the nuclei of
the blastomeres resume mitotic activity. In fig. 6 asters are seen in
all four cells, while between A and C there are still the remains of
spindle fibres to be seen. In D the asters have assumed nearly their
definitive position, indicating where the ends of the dexiotropic spindle
are to lie.

At this time there comes to light a curious and striking feature of
the cleavage of the Dinophilus egg, mentioned by Lang (1884) as occur-
ring in Discocoelis, by Lillie for Unio (1895) and by Jennings for
Asplanchna (1896), also by Child (1900) as occurring occasionally in
Arenicola at the third cleavage. This peculiarity consists in the fact
that the macromeres never divide simultaneously, but always succes-
sively and in a regular and invariable order. This order is the same
as that of Unio and Arenicola, i.e., D, C, A, B, while that of Asplanchna

696 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

is D, C, B, A. This order of division is maintained by the macromeres
through five successive cleavages, and is more or less perfectlj^ retained
by their descendants. This succession is well shown in the ovum
represented in fig. 8, where the nuclei of the cells ID, IC, Id and Ic
are in the prophase of the next division, while a bundle of spindle
fibres still connects the nuclei of lA and la and the micromere 11) is
scarcely yet cut off from IB. This sequence in the division of the
macromeres is clearly correlated with the difference in the sizes of A
B, C and D, since it has already been pointed out that in relative size
the macromeres follow one another in the order D, C, A, B, which is
also the order of their division. It is evident that this is only a special
instance of a widespread class of phenomena, discussed by Kofoid
(1894), who points out that in many ova the larger blastomeres, i.e.,
those containing a greater amount of yolk, or rather more cytoplasm,
tend to divide more rapidly than do the smaller ones. This, as Kofoid
shows, is in contradiction to Balfour (1880), who formulated a law
which supposes yolk to retard the cleavage. Kofoid ingeniously
explains the contradiction l^y suggesting that "difference in the rapid-
ity of cleavage is apparently correlated with the greater or less absolute
amount of protoplasm," and that the amount of protoplasm in turn
may be increased through the appropriation of yolk and the ratio of
division may be thus indirectly hastened. In Dinophilus, however,
while it seems tolerably plain that the difference in the time of division
of the macromeres is related to their difference in size, yet the latter
fact at first sight appears scarcely adequate to explain the great delay
in the divisions of B as compared with those of A, since between these
two blastomeres the difference in size is comparatively slight. On
the other hand, it must be remembered that since the macromeres
have different rates of division the gap between the time of division of
the four blastomeres may be considerably widened as the cleavage
progresses; in other words, A may start with but a slight lead over
B, yet it is, through its more rapid rate of division, enabled to increase
that lead in subsequent divisions. This difference in the rates of
division of the four quadrants will become obvious by reference to
the table of cell-lineage at the back of the i)aper.

The spindles for the third cleavage are inclined strongly to the right,
and the daughter cells, the first quartette of ectomeres, when first
formed lie in the furrow between the macromeres. The diameter of
these cells, as figs. 8 and 9 show, is about two-thirds of that of the
macromeres from which they arose. They are not, however, all of the
same size, the two posterior micromeres Id and Ic being equal in size

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 697

and larger than the anterior pair la and lb which also arc equal.
This size relation between the members of the first quartette occurs
in Nereis (Wilson, 1892), Amphitrite and Clymenella (Mead, 1897), in
Arenicola (Child, 1900), and, as the figures appear to indicate, in Capi-
tella (Eisig, 1898), although Eisig states (p. 7) that the micromeres
are "unter sich aber annaherend glcich grosscn Zcllen." Among the
Mollusca this size relation seems not to appear at all.

The next cleavage, the fourth, is inaugurated by the second division
of ID. In fig. 8 this macromere is seen to be already in the pro-
phase of division, and while the other cells in the ovum are preparing
for division ID separates by a leiotropic division into the relatively
enormous cell 2d and the macromere 2D, which has now been reduced to
the size of its fellows (figs. 9 and 10). 2d, the "first somatoblast" of
von Wistinghausen (1891), which I shall label X, following Goette and
most recent writers on the cell-lineage of annelids, lies in the second
cleavage furrow slightly to the left of the mid-line. This cell is a most
valuable aid to orientation, owing to its large size and fixed position.
In this last division the macromere 2D, the smaller division product,
becomes displaced, being crowded downwards so as to be almost directly
below lA (figs. 9 and 10). A similar displacement of 2D occurs also
in Unto (Lillie, 1895), Dreissensia (Meisenheimer, 1901), Capitella
(Eisig, 1898), and probably whenever the cell 2d greatly exceeds in
size its parent macromere. 2D subsequently returns to the level of
the other macromeres.

At about the time 2d is produced the first quartette undergoes a
rotation in an anti-clockwise direction, so that each micromere comes
to lie exactly over the macromere from which it arose (cf. figs. 8 and
10). This rotation is undoubtedly brought about by the division of
ID to form 2d, the latter cell being pushed backward and upward in a
leiotropic direction. In Crepidula (Conklin, 1897), Arenicola (Child,
1900) and in other forms a similar rotation is brought about through
the formation of the cells of the second quartette.

The micromeres Id and Ic next divide, the spindles being inclined in
a leiotropic direction. Through these divisions there are budded off
from Id and Ic, on their peripheral sides, small cells of equal size,
Id- and Ic^, kP being formed first (figs. 9 and 10). These cells, though
formed by a truly spiral division, come to lie laterally to their parent
cells and overhung by them (figs. 10, 11, and 12). A little later la and
lb follow in a similar division, the cells la^ and Ib^ being equal in size
and somewhat smaller than kP and Ic^, and come to lie in the furrow
below the micromeres la^ and 11)^ and to the right of them. These
45

698 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

last-formed cells are minute and were at first difficult to detect, being
overhung by their parent cells. The four cells Id^, Ic^, la^ and Ib^
correspond both in origin and subsequent fate to the " trochoblasts "
of annelids and to the "turret cells" of mollusks, and will be termed
"trochoblasts," since the cleavage resembles that of the annelids
rather than that of the mollusks.

While the trochoblasts are forming, lA and IC are in division (figs.
11 and 12), giving rise to two other members of the second quartette.
The division of the two macromeres is nearly simultaneous, though C
is slightly in advance. The two micromeres 2c and 2a are nearly
equal in size to the two anterior cells of the first quartette.

Coincident with the division of lA and IC is the division of X (2d),
the first step in the fourth cleavage (figs. 11, 12 and 13). X buds off
a cell of about a third of its own diameter, low down on the right side
(x^, figs. 12 and 13). Closely following the formation of x* is the leio-
tropic division of IB to form 2b, the last member of the second quar-
tette, and the dexiotropic division of 2D to form the first member of
the third quartette, 3d (figs. 13 and 16). Thus the macromere of
the D quadrant has now obtained a lead of one division over the macro-
mere of the B quadrant, and this lead is maintained as far as the for-
mation of the fifth quartette. 3b is the smallest member of the second
quartette, while 3d will prove to be the largest member of the third.
Soon after 3d the other members of the third quartette appear one by
one, 3c and 3a equal in size, and last 3b, the smallest of the four, which
does not appear until after the formation of the mesoblast cell 4d
(figs. 13 to 20).

Meanwhile divisions arc occurring in the first and second quartettes.
The divisions of the former are dexiotropic and concern the four larger
cells only. The left products are nearly alike in size ; smaller than the
right products in the posterior quadrants, nearly equal to them in the
anterior. There is thus formed a flat cap of eight cells (fig, 14), four
of which lie radially and four interradially ; the former, la^--, Ib^-^, Ic^-^,
Id^-^, correspond in origin and very probably in fate to the "intermedi-
ate girdle cells" of Nereis (Wilson, 1892), and they will hereafter be
called such. The four remaining cells, following the same terminology,
will be called "stem cells." While these last divisions are in progress
and the third quartette forming, 2a and 2c each buds off a small cell at
its apex (figs. 15 and 16, 2a^ and 2c^). According to the rule of altei-
nating cleavage this division should be leiotropic; in fact it is nearly
equatorial, though the division of 2b, which occurs later, is strongly
dexiotropic. The ovum represented in figs. 14, 15 and 16 is the only

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 699

one seen which shows this division in progress. However, the subse-
quent position of the cells 2a^ and 2c^ shows this division to be very
nearly an equatorial one, though the next division of the cells 2a^ and
2c2 is strongly leiotropic (figs. 26 and 27). The cells 2a^ and 2c^ lie
above their parent cells and in contact with the stem and intermediate
girdle cells, at the same level with the trochoblasts. In consideration
of their origin and subsequent fate they will be given the name " second-
ary trochoblasts," which is given by Mead (1897) to cells of similar
origin and fate in Amphitrite and Clymenella. During these last divi-
sions X has given rise to a cell on its left side x^, in size similar to x*,
and nearly opposite that cell but at a somewhat higher level (figs. 16
and 18 and fig. 42). At the same time x^ is also undergoing division,
giving off a cell x*-^ at its lower side. This is the so-called anal cell
(Mead, 1897).

(4) Segregation of Mesoblast.

In the ovum represented in figs. 15, 16, and 17, a large spindle is
seen in 3D. In fig. IS the spindle is in the anaphase and the cell body
has elongated, clearly indicating by the unequal size of its lobes the
very unequal character of the division products. The latter are shown
in fig. 24, the division having been completed. The posterior larger
product is 4d, the chief mesoderm cell of mollusks and polychsetous
annelids. According to the law" of alternating cleavage the spindle
for this division should be leiotropic; in fact it is dexiotropic. This
reversal in direction of the spindle can be accounted for partly by the
crowding downward of 4d during the process of its formation. In the
ovum represented in fig. 16 the spindle in 3B is nearly horizontal, while
in that represented in fig. 18 it is inclined almost 40° to the horizontal
plane. This inclination is clearly brought about by the great size of
both 4d and X. Abutting as it does against X, 4d is prevented from
attaining the level of 4D, and thus the left end of the spindle comes to
be the lower. Why the spindle should not be inclined leiotropically
at first is not clear.

The position of 4d in front of and below X and slightly to the left
of the mid-line is almost precisely that of 4d in Nereis (Wilson, 1892),
where the conditions concerned in its formation are very similar to
those prevailing in Dinophilus.

4D is now reduced to about half the size of its fellows. This great
reduction in size of the macromere 4D is not known among the anne-
lids, but among mollusks it is a fairly common condition, e.g.,
Umbrella (Heymons, 1893), Unio (Lillie, 1895), Ischnochiton (Heath,
1899), Dreissensia (Meisenheimer, 1901), Trochus (Robert, 1903).

700 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

With the formation of 4d and 3b the segregation of the germ layers
now consists of 29 cells distributed as follows :

{ First quartette, 12 cells.

Ectoblast \ Second quartette 8 "

[ Third quartette, '. 4 "

Mesoblast . Fourth quartette (4d), 1 "

Entoblast . Entomeres. 4 "

Total, 29 "

Thus in Dinophilus another example is already added to a long list
of forms in which the ectoblast arises from the first three quartettes
of micromeres, the mesoblast from the left posterior cell of the fourth
quartette, and the entoblast from the remaining cells. To this mode
of origin of the germ layers apparently the cephalopods alone form
an exception. Among the annelids it is at present known to obtain

A B

Fig. Ill, illustrating the reduction of the cleavage cavity. A, optical section of
stage of about 54 cells; B, 72 cells. Cleavage cavity stippled.

only in the groups of the Polychaeta and Echiuridce. The fine paper
of Eisig (1898) on Capitella seems to indicate that this manner of
derivation of the germ layers does not extend to the Capitellidse,
since in Capitella Eisig derives the permanent mesoblast ("coelo-
mesoblast") from cells of the third quartette (3c^ and 3d^), while
4d gives rise to larval or secondary mesoblast ("paedomesoblast")
and ectoderm. However, in view of the probable tendency of the ova
of Capitella to abnormal development, it is, I think, permissible to
doubt these somewhat surprising results until they are verified in the
same or some allied form. These results seem all the more surprising
in view of the great resemblance which, in other respects, the cleavage
bears to that of the Polychaeta, Among the Echiuridse, Torrey (1902,
1903) has found that Thalassema in its cleavage and in its mode of
origin of the germ layers agrees closely with the Polychseta.

1904.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

701

As compared with the Polychaeta the origin of the mesoblast cell 4D
in Dinophihis occurs very early. In fact the segregation of the three
germ layers is completed at almost the same instant, since while 3D is
dividing to form 4d, 2B is also dividing to form 3b, If, as Mead (1897)
urges, the mesoblast belongs to the ideal 64-ceU stage, then 4d should
typically arise only after the 32-cell stage. As a matter of fact, it

A • B

Fig. IV, A, B, C, D, E, diagrams of embryos of Dinophilus at different stages,
illustrating the migration of the ectoderm during the closure of the blasto-
pore. The ova are dra-mi as seen from the right side. The approximate
limit of the first quartette is shown by a dotted line. The entoderm uncov-
ered by ectoderm is stippled. From camera sketches.

does so arise in all the Polychaeta whose early development has been
investigated, and also in Thalassema (Torrey, 1902, 1903). On the
other hand, in Capitella 4d belongs to the 29-cell stage, while among
the Mollusc a are several forms in which 4d is segregated before the
32-cell stage, e.g., Neritina (Blochmann, 1882), Crepidula (Conklin,
1897), Physa (Wierzejski, 1897). At the other end of the series

702 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

stands Ischnochiton (Heath, 1899), in which the formation of 4cl is
delayed until the 72-cell stage. Yet, in spite of these modifications,
which are plainly of a coenogenetic nature, it is a remarkable fact,
as Heath (1898) has pointed out, that the definitive mesoblast pre-
serves its origin from 3D.

V. — Outline of the Further Development.

In order to make the histories of the quartettes more intelligible, it
is desirable to give a brief account of the later history of Dinophilus,
up to the time of hatching. My observations in regard to the main
points agree essentially with the account given by Schimkewitsch
(1895) for the White Sea form.

After the segregation of the germ layers, i.e., at the 29-cell stage, a
cleavage cavity of considerable size has been formed, and this cleavage
cavity persists up to a stage of about 54 cells w^hen it has reached its
maximum size (text fig. Ill, A). The ovum is now roughly spherical
in outline. Very soon, however, the ectoderm cells which roof the
cleavage cavity spread out and flatten dowm, thus greatly reducing it,
and finally causing it to be obliterated completely (text fig. IV,
A and B). This flattening of the cap of ectoderm produces a pro-
nounced change in the contour of the embryo, which is now decidedly
elongated at right angles to the egg axis, i.e., in an antero-postcrior
direction, and this elongation becomes more pronounced as develop-
ment progresses. The ectodermal cap — that is, all of the ectoderm
exclusive of the 2d group — now moves over the entoderm in a forward
direction. The various stages of this movement are illustrated in
text fig. IV, A, B, C and D. In the embryo A, the Ijoundary of the
first quartette, marked by a dotted line, lies in a plane nearly parallel
to the long axis of the embryo; the apical rosette and the vegetal pole
are still nearly opposite one another. In the embryo B the forward
movement of the ectodermal cap can plainly be seen to have begun.
Embryos C, D and E show^ the further movements leading to the
closure of the blastopore, which brings the first quartette into a posi-
tion at the anterior end of the embryo, after having rotated through
an angle of about 80 degrees. That part of the ectoderm which for-
merly marked the am'mal pole, the apical rosette or its derivatives, is
now just dorsal to the anterior pole of the embryo, while the boundary
of the first quartette lies in a plane almost at right angles to the long
axis of the embryo. This forward movement of the ectoderm is
brought about by the mitotic activity of the cells of the 2d group
dorsal to X — X, viz., x', x^-x'*, x^-x'^ etc., and probably also of cells de-

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 703

rivetl from the intermediate girdle cell of the D quadrant. IMead (1897),
Treadwell (1901) and Torrey (1903) have shown that in the annelids
Am'phitrite, Podarke and Thalassema respectively cells from this region
wander out through the dorsal gap of the prototroch and contribute to
the dorsal ectoderm of the trochophore. The thinness of the dorsal
ectoderm of the Dinophilus embryo after the closure of the blastopore
bears witness to the great mitotic activity in this region (compare figs.
54 and 56 and fig. 58). While this forward movement is taking place the
ectoderm is increasing in lateral extent, as comparison of the embryos
illustrated in text fig. IV readily shows. At the same time on the ven-
tral side cells of the ventral plate have covered over the mesomeres,
so that now the entoblast is completely enclosed with the exception
of a small area at the vegetal pole, the blastopore. This soon closes,
the ectodermal cells fusing so smoothly as to leave no visible trace of
their union. Meanwhile the entodermal cells have undergone a
change in that their lower or vegetal pole ends have become progres-
sively smaller as the blastopore closes, while their upper or animal pole
■ends have become correspondingly larger. During this change in
shape of the entomeres their nuclei recede from the surface and move
inward (figs. 53-56).

The stomodseum appears as a shallow depression of the ectoderm
at the point where the blastopore closed (fig. 58). The ventral
plate now begins to grow forward very rapidly, pushing the stomo-
dseum before it until the latter reaches a subterminal position, the
position of the definitive mouth (fig. 59, st.). The stomodaeal invagina-
tion now deepens from a shallow depression to a finger-like inpushing,
directed somewhat backward. In fig. 59 the posterior wall of the
stomodseum is seen to have thickened ; this mass of cells (pro.) is the
rudiment of the proboscis. In fig. 60 this organ (pro.) has assumed
essentially its definitive structure and relations. From the stomodseal
invagination is formed all of the alimentary canal anterior to the
stomach, including the Vormagen or proventriculus.

While these changes are taking place the entodermal cells have been
slowly dividing and have arranged themselves about a centrally situ-
ated cleft, the rudiment of the lumen of the future stomach and intes-
tine (fig. 59, sto.l.). As the development progresses the entodermal
cells assume the arrangement and appearance of an epithelium, while
at the same time the lumen of the future stomach increases in extent.
In fig. 60 the entoderm cells are now seen to form a cuboid al epithelium,
while the lumen of the stomach is a long and narrow cleft, extending
obliquely downward and forward. From the posterior end of the

704 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

stomach projects a short diverticuhim, the rudiment of the intestine
(int. 1.).

The proctodseum appears, at the time that the stomodseum has
assumed its final position, as a simple thickening of the ectoderm at the
posterior end of the body (fig. 59, pr.). At a later stage a small depres-
sion appears in this thickening (fig. 60, pr.). The proctodseum prob-
ably forms only the terminal portion of the intestine, or anus. Fusion
of the proctodseum and stomodseum with the entodermal portion of
the alimentary tract does not take place until very shortly before
hatching.

The rudiment of the brain appears early. Just after the blastopore
has closed, the ectoderm at the anterior end of the embryo is thicker
than elsewhere, presenting the appearance shown in optical section
in fig. 58. The cells of this region multiply rapidly, and the ectoderm
here soon becomes many-layered (fig. 59). At a later period (figs. 60
and 61) a transverse band of nerve fibres (br.com.) is seen below
and in contact with the ectoderm at this point, while the nuclei of the
deeper layers have become very numerous. The latter undoubtedly
constitute the nuclei of the ganglion cells, while the band of nerve
fibres constitutes the commissure connecting the lateral lobes of the
brain of the adult. The brain is now essentially similar to that of the
adult, which remains throughout life in contact with the ectoderm of
the head.

The further changes before hatching consist principall}^ in the elonga-
tion of the body and the formation of somites. The rapid growth of the
ventral plate causes the embryo to bend strongly to^^•ard the dorsal
side, as is shown in fig. 60, though here the flexure is not nearl}^ so great
as it becomes at a still later period. This rapid growth of the ventral
ectoderm is apparently not compensated for by a corresponding
growth of the dorsal ectoderm until shortly before hatching. The
head is separated from the trunk by a constriction at a stage corre-
sponding to that illustrated in fig. 59, that is, as soon as the stomodseum
has taken up its final position at the anterior end of the embryo. The
trunk segments do not appear until the body begins to elongate, when
the constrictions which mark them off appear successively from in
front backward. In the embryo shown in horizontal section in fig.
61, one trunk segment, the first, is clearly shown, while two more are
indicated posterior to this one.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 705

VI. — History of the First Quartette.
(1) The Cross and the Intermediate Girdle Cells.

At the time of the formation of the mesoblast cell 4d, the first quar-
tette consists of twelve cells — four stem cells, four intermediate girdle
cells and four trochoblasts (fig. 14). According to the ideal scheme
the trochoblasts should by this time have divided once, but their rate
of division is very greatly retarded, obviously in correlation with the
comparatively late period at which they become functional.

The stem cells are the next to divide. Even before 4d is formed, the
posterior stem cells (Id^-^ and Ic^-^) are preparing for a leiotropic
cleavage (fig. 14), These divide and la^-^ and Ib^-^ soon follow; the
upper (left) products resulting from the division are four small cells
of equal size, forming a quatrefoil at the animal pole, the ''rosette"
of Nereis (Wilson, 1892) and other annelids (fig. 20).

While the rosette is forming, the intermediate girdle cells arc also
engaged in a leiotropic division which is unequal in all save the D
quadrant (fig. 20). In the A, B and C quadrants the right and periph-
eral product is a small cell, to which, in consideration of its origin and
probable fate, has been given the name "accessory trochoblast," a
term applied by Heath (1899) to cells of Ischnochiton of similar origin
and fate.

While the division of the stem cells and intermediate girdle cells is
in progress the trochoblasts also divide (figs. 20, 21, 22 and 29).
Ic^ and Id^ usually divide at nearly the same time, although in fig. 14
Ic^ is the only trochoblast showing a spindle; la^ follows more or less
closely on Id- and Ic', while lb- is always delayed. The division is
meridional in the posterior trochoblasts ; in the anterior pair the plane
of division, although very nearly meridional, is nevertheless inclined
sufficiently to indicate a dexiotropic cleavage (fig. 29).

Returning to the stem cells, the posterior pair of these are found to
be again in mitotic activity, their spindles having reached the meta-
phasc before the last division of Ib^"^ is fully completed (fig. 20).
These spindles are not spiral, but truly radial in position. Their
central ends lie at a higher level than their peripheral ends.

This division marks the beginning of bilateral cleavages in the first
quartette, though these do not appear in the intermediate girdle cells.
In fig. 20 the symmetrical position of the spindles in Ic*-^ and Id^-* is
obscured owing to the clockwise rotation of the first quartette, caused
by the formation of x^ in a dexiotropic direction. In fig. 25 may be
seen the products of this division: of these the peripheral products
are slightly the larger, and are overlapped by the central products.

706

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Oct.,

owing to the oblique position of the spindle. Meanwhile the first
quartette has rotated in an anti-clockwise direction, being thus restored
to its original position. Next la^-^- and Ib^-^-^ divide, the spindles in
their cells being also truly radial, with the central ends the higher.
The cell pattern produced by these divisions is similar to that first
found by Wilson (1892) in Nereis, Polymnia, Spio and Aricia, and
called by him "the cross." The characteristic feature of the cross is
the radial divisions of the stem cells. This, as has just been described,
is also the case in Dinophilus, but the cell pattern is marred by the
belated division of Ib^-^-^, which does not occur until the basal cells of
the posterior arms of the cross are again in division (fig. 30). The
cross is formed also in Amphitrite, Clijmenella and Lepidonotus (Mead,
A B

I'h

V, A, the "cross" of Nereis, copied from Wilson (1S92); B, diagram of the
"cross" of Dinophihis. The four cjuadrants are represented as having

divided simultaneously.

1897), Capitella (Eisig, 1898), Arenicola and Sternaspis (Child, 1900),
and Podarke (Treadwell, 1901). In Podarke the spindles are slightly
dexiotropic, and in Chcetopterus (Mead, 1897) they are so much so
that the cross is not formed at all. In Dinophilus the spindles are
truly radial, no trace of the spiral tjqoe having been observed. The
comparison of the Dinophilus cross and that of the polychatous annelid
Nei'eis will be made clear by reference to text fig. V, A. and B.

The radial spindles forming the cross mark the appearance of bilat-
eral cleavage in the first quartette. Not only is the cross in itself a
symmetrical structure, but it is bilaterally symmetrical with respect
to the median plane of the embryo, and this is, as Wilson pointed out
in Nereis (1892), "an adult bilaterality foreshadowed, long before

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 707

bilateral divisions begin, in the arrangement of the cells." In other
words, the adult bilaterality is expressed in the arrangement of the
four cells la^-^-, Ib^-*-^ Ic*-*-' and Id*-*-^ brought about through spiral
cleavages, and in fact foreshadowed in the 8-cell stage. These facts
have all been shown to be true for all the forms in which a cross occurs,
and need not be dwelt upon here.

While the anterior stem cells are dividing to form the anterior arms
of the cross, new spindles appear in the intermediate girdle cells la*-^-^
and lc'-2-^ (figs. 25, 26 and 27). These cells then give rise at their
peripheral margins to tiny cells with a deeply staining nucleus (figs.
30, 31 and 32). The direction of these divisions is somewhat uncer-
tain, but judging by the position of the smaller products it is clexio-
tropic in la*-^-* and leiotropic in Ic^--*- Later Ib^-'-^ gives rise to a
similar cell (figs. 37 and 41). This division is unmistakably dexio-
tropie. It is of interest to note that in Amphitrite (]\Iead, 1897) and
Are7iicola (Child, 1900) these same cells should also be small and pro-
vided with a densely staining nucleus. In Thalassema (Torrcy, 1902,
1903) these cells are truly rudimentary, and it seems quite probable
that such is the case in Dinophilus also, judging from their minute-
ness and staining reactions.

Closely following the division of Ib^-^- to form the right anterior
cross arm, indeed almost simultaneous with this division, is that of
the posterior basal cells of the cross. The plane of this division is
meridional, as is also the case in the annelid cross, but differs from the
latter in that the division is an asymmetrical one, since the left product
of the left posterior basal cell is very much smaller than the right
product, Avhile the products of the right posterior basal cell are equal
(figs. 30 and 37). This curious divergence from the annelid type I
am at present unable to explain. Possibly a further study of the
cleavage and of the history of the individual cells of the cross might
offer a solution of the problem. Closely following the divisions of the
posterior basal cells comes the division of the posterior terminal cells.
The spindles for this division are meridional, and the upper and central
products of this division are minute cells, which lie above their parent
cells as shown in figs. 37, 38 and 39. These correspond in origin to the
" nephroblasts," which in Nereis (Wilson, 1892) form the head kidney
(or possibly slime glands), and which in Amphitrite (Mead, 1897) give
rise to the large mucous glands of the umbrella of the trochophore. In
Podarke (Tread well, 1901) these cells are also minute and occupy
relatively the same position as in Dinophilus. Treadwell describes
small cells of the first quartette which sink through the ectoblast and,

708 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

reaching the cleavage cavity, there degenerate. Torrey (1902, 1903)
suggests that among these small cells are those two mentioned above,
viz., id^-i-2-i and Ic^-^-^-^-^ In Chjmenella the nephroblasts are also
small and form part of the dorsal ectoderm of the head, as they do in
Arenicola. What the fate of these cells is in the case of Dinophilus
I do not know.

The significance of the annehd and molliiscan crosses and of bilateral
cleavage in general has been most thoroughly discussed by recent
writers on cell-lineage, and on this particular point I have nothing to
add. Since, however, it is generally agreed that bilateral cleavages
are not directly referable to purely mechanical causes, but are the
result of unknown factors, which cause the throwing back of the
bilaterality of the adult upon the embryo, it is remarkable that this
appearance of the adult bilaterality should have occurred in the same
cell generation, in the same direction, and resulting in the same
cell pattern as in the Polychseta. This resemblance is still further
continued in the direction of division of the posterior cross arms.

The rosette cells at the time of their formation lie in the furrows
between the stem cells, but almost immediately afterward they move
in a clockwise direction (cf. la^-^-^ and la*-^-^ in fig. 20), so that the cells
now lie interradially, instead of radialh^, as in the annelid cross (text
fig. V, B).

At a stage numbering between one hundred and one hundred and
fifty cells, the rosette divides dexiotropically and equall3^ Its cells,
which possibly later undergo another division, form a cluster of cells
much smaller than those surrounding it, and can be thus distinguished
nearly to the time of the closure of the blastopore. As far as my
observations on both fixed and living material extend, the rosette
never bears cilia. In Capitella also an apical tuft of cilia is never
present, though the rosette is formed as in other Annelida.

The further history of the first quartette is comparatively simple.
The forward movement of the cells of the first quartette has already
been described (see text fig. IV, A-E). The limits of the first quar-
tette have been determined by two landmarks, the cells 2a^--^ and
2(,2.2.i Q^ ^YiG right and left sides respectively, and that chain of small
cells which I have identified as the prototroch. These latter extend
over the sides, passing just anterior to the cells 2a--' and 2c---^, and
around the ventral side as a continuous row, but on the dorsal side
there is the wide gap so often found in the early stages of the trocho-
phorc larva, and due to the same cause, viz., the non-participation of
the products of 2d in the formation of the prototroch. Owing to this

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 709

fact I have not been able to trace with certainty the dorsal posterior
limits of the first quartette. On the ventral side the boundary of
the first quartette is indicated in fig. 55 by the most anterior row of
small cells, and curves forward in a semicircle in front of the blastopore.
The position and general outline of the first quartette are sufficienth-
indicated in text fig. IV, E. It covers like a cap the anterior end of the
embryo and corresponds to the umbrella of the trochophore.

At the time of the appearance of the stomodseum the ectoderm at the
anterior end of the embryo is seen (fig. 58) to consist of high columnar
■cells, while the ectoderm cells covering the rest of the embryo — except
at the posterior end, where are the still large remnants of the X cells —
are cubical or flattened. The centre of this thickened area is not pre-
cisely the anterior pole of the larva, but slightly dorsal to that point, at
which place the descendants of the rosette were last recognized. This
thickening is the rudiment of the brain of the adult. At a later stage
the cells of the thickened area have multiplied and become so closely
crowded together that their outlines are barely distinguishable. In fig.
■59 the brain rudiment has increased both in thickness and extent, and
has at the same time moved somewhat dorsad owing to the rapid
growth of the ventral plate. In fig. 58 the thickened area represents,
as comparison wdth text fig. IV. E, will show, less than half of the first
quartette; in fig. 59 it has increased to nearly twice its former area.
Fig. 60 shows the brain in sagittal section at a slightly later stage. On
the dorsal side, just behind the brain, is a deep furrow which in the
adult separates the head from the trunk. The lateral extent of the
brain is shown in fig. 61, a horizontal section of a stage more advanced
than that shown in fig. 60. In this embryo the brain already shows
signs of its bilobed character. From these figures it can be seen that
nearly the whole of the first quartette is involved in the formation of the
brain, if we assume that the second preoral ciliated band of the adult
arises from the trochoblasts, as is probably the case, since the brain
rudiment is limited posteriorly by the constriction which separates
the head and trunk; while the second preoral ciliated band of the adult
(prototroch) appears on the elevation of the head just anterior to this
constriction.

The cell origin of the cerebral ganglia among the mollusks has been
very fully described by several recent investigators (Conklin, 1897;
Holmes, 1900; Meisenheimer, 1901; Robert, 1903); among the anne-
lids by von Wistinghausen (1891) and Ijy Wilson (1892) for Nereis,
by Mead (1897) for Amphitrite, by Eisig (1898) for Capitella. Wilson
has shown that A'on Wistinghausen's account was incomplete and

710 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

erroneous, and believed that the cereliral jjan^lia arise from the cross.
I.ater investigators have been unaV)le to either pro\'e or disprove tliis
statement. It is at least certain that the brain is formed from the
first cjuartette of micromeres, and its first rudiment is found in the
neighborhood of the rosette. These facts, however, can be gathered
from the works of the older investigatf)rs (Hatschek, Salensky, ct ol).
In Dinophilus the rudiment of the cerebral ganglia involves more
than the cells of the cross alone. Its development, however, is typi-
cally annelidan, since the ectodermal thickening which represents the
earliest rudiment of the brain appears beneath the rosette, which in
the trochophore bears the apical tuft of cilia. This 7'udiment then is
to be regarded as the ontogenetic representative of the '' Scheitelplatte" of
the annelid trochophore.

(2) The PrototroeJi.

The head of both the larval and adult individuals of Dinophilus
gyrociliatus (apatris) is encircled by two narrow transverse l^ands of
long cilia, similar to those which are found on the metameres of the
trunk, as illustrated in text fig. ^T. Both of these bands are preoral;
the first being situated just anterior to the eyes, the second surrounds
the head near its juncture with the trvmk, and passes ventrally just
anterior to the mouth. This second preoral band corresponds in posi-
tion and function to the prototroch of the trochophore. It first appears
at a stage nearly corresponding to that figured in fig. 59 as two delicate
tufts of cilia on each side of the head.

The history of the cells composing this second preoral ciliated band,
which I have already taken the liberty of calling the prototroch, will
be considered under the head of the first quartette. I have done this
chiefly because of the important ]ilace given in the literature of cell-
lineage to those components of the annelid prototroch and the mollus-
can velum derived from the first quartette, the "primary trocho-
blasts" (Mead, 1897).

At the 29-cell stage the primary tr()chol)lasts are already beginning
to divide (figs. 14 and 15). The division is equal in all. The posterior
pair divide meridionally, while in the anterior pair the spindle is in-
clined from the horizontal plane in a dexiotrojiic direction. While
the posterior pair begin to divide as early as the stage shown in fig. 14
(26 cells), lb" does not complete its division until a stage numbering
54 or more cells is reached. Meanwhile the cells of the second quar-
tette in the A and C quadrants have each given off a small cell above, by
a nearly equatorial cleavage (figs. 14, 15, 16, IS and 19). 2b later also
divides, but this cleavage, instead of4)einge(|uatorial. is strongly dexio-

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 711

tropic, as it should be, following the law of alternating cleavage (fig. 29).
While this division is in progress, the lateral cells of the second quartette
are again in division (figs. 26 and 27). This division is leiotropic; its
result is that a cell similar to but smaller than 2a^ and 2c^ is placed to
the left of these cells. Lastly, 2b^ divides similarly, the products being
shown in fig. 41. For the six cells thus formed from the second quar-
tette, 2a^, 2a^-^, etc., I have adopted Mead's name of "secondary trocho-
blasts/' though they arc not precisely identical in origin with those
to which Mead gave this name. At a stage of about 81 cells the second-
ary trochoblasts 2a^ and 2c^ divide leiotropically and equally (figs. 34
and 35). No doubt 2b^ also follows suit, though I have not seen this
division.

The origin of the "accessory trochoblasts" la^-^-^, etc., by the dexio-
tropic division of the intermediate girdle cells has already been de-
scribed. There is now an irregular row, formed of 22 small cells,
which encircles the embryo at a level just between the first and second
quartettes. These cells are arranged as follows, passing from left to
right: ld2-2-kP-i-2a2-»-2ai-2-2ai-i-la- ■^ etc. It is very probable that
the accessory and primary trochoblasts soon divide again, since in
the embryo from which fig. 50 was drawn Ic^-^ and Ic^-^-^ were both
undergoing an equal and meridional division. The row" of cells thus
formed is clearly distinguishable up to the closure of the blastopore,
and it was by means of this row as well as by the large size of 2a---' and
2c^-^-' that I have been able to trace the boundary of the first quartette,
as shown in text fig. IV, A. The trochoblasts are very transparent,
and become elongated in the direction of the cell row^

At the stage shown in fig. 55 the prototroch is nearly transverse to
the long axis of the embryo, as is also shown by the dotted line in text
fig. IV, E, but in front of the blastopore it bends sharply forward in a
semicircle. In these figures the trochoblasts are represented by the
most anterior row of that group of small cells lying just anterior to
the blastopore. Beyond the stage represented in fig. 55 I have not
been able to trace this group, since all the cells of the ectoderm, through
rapid mitosis, soon become nearly uniformly small in size. In fig. 44,
where the trochoblasts were last identified, they were on the ventral
side, but a short distance anterior to the blastopore, and j^assed up on
each side in a row nearly transverse to the long axis of the embryo (cf.
text fig. IV, E). Since the stomodseum appears at the point where
the blastopore closed and is then pushed forward through growth of
the ventral ectoderm (ventral plate), it follows that the trochoblasts
must still remain as a more or less transverse row passing in front of
the stomodseum. At the close of the eml^rvonic life, when the trans-

712

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Oct.,

verse ciliated bands characteristic of the embryo are acquired, among
these is one which passes around the head just in front of the mouth,
and occupying precisely the position that the row of trochoblasts
would be expected to assume after the growth changes which have
taken place. It must either be supposed that the ciliated ring in
question is derived from the trochoblasts or else from other cells
occupying a very similar position. Of the two hypotheses the latter
appears to me much the more probable, especially in view of the per-
sistence of the prototroch in many annelid larvse, where it encircles the
head, passing ventrally just anterior to the mouth, its position thus
essentially coinciding with that of the second preoral ciliated band of
Dinophilus.

The cell origin of the annelid prototroch has been determined in
Nereis (Wilson, 1892), Amphitrite and Clymenella (Mead, 1897), Areni-
cola (Child, 1900) and Podarke (Treadwell, 1901). Among the mollusks
the precise cell origin of the velum has been determined in but two
forms, Ischnochiton (Heath, 1899) and Trochus (Robert, 1903),
although in two other forms, Crepidula (Conklin, 1897) and Planorbis
(Holmes, 1900), the origin of the velum has been determined with con-
siderable, if not absolute, certainty. Below is given, for the sake of
convenience in comparison, a table of the components of the proto-
troch and velum in the A quadrant of those forms in which it has been
most carefully worked out. The components of the prototroch of
Dinophilus are added for comparison.

Nereis

Amphitrite ]
Clymenella !

Lepidonotus , ]

Arenicola J

Podarke

Thalassema

Ischnochiton

Trochris

Dinophilus la

Primary

Secondary

Accessory

Trochoblasts.

Trochoblasts.

Trochoblasts.

la^

None

None

[ 2a^-i-i

1

1

la-

{ 2ai-i-2

!> None

1 2ai---i

1
J

I

la^

) 2a'-''

I la'-'-'--

{ 2a^-i-i

'

la^

\ 2a}-''
2ai-2-i

\ la'-'-'-'

]

la^

j 2&'-'-'
1 2a'-'-
f 2ai-i-i

j- la'-'-'-'

1

la^

\ 2ai-i-
[2a'--'-'-'
f 2ai-i+

\ None

1
1

2ai-2+
2a='-i+

lai---+

1904.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA,

713

All the forms mentioned have the primary trochoblasts in common;
in all, except Nereis, the gaps between the four groups of primary
trochoblasts are closed partly or entirely by cells derived from 2a^, 2c^
and 2bS" Ischnochiton, Podarke and Dinophilus agree in that the cells
la*-^-^, Ib^-^-^ and Ic^-^- participate in the prototroch. In common
with the annelids, there is also a dorsal gap in the prototroch, owing to
the fact that none of the cells of the D quadrant, except the primary
trochoblasts, take part in its formation.

Dinophilus differs from all the other forms in (1) the small size of
the primary trochoblasts, (2) that at least the posterior pair of the
primary trochoblasts probably divide twice meridionally, and (3) in
that 2a^-\ 2b^-^ and 2c^-^ also take part in closing the gaps between the
groups of primary trochoblasts in the quadrants A, B and C. These
differences, however, are of slight importance compared with the great
and striking similarity to the annelids manifested in the origin of the
cells which almost certainly form the second preoral ciliated band of
the adult Dinophilus. In the light of this similarity the conclusion
is almost unavoidable that the second preoral ciliated band of Dino-
philus is truly the homologue of the annelid prototroch.

The peculiarities in the formation of the Dinophilus prototroch
become readily comprehensible if the character of the end result,
i.e., the second ciliated band, be considered, and also the time at
which this organ comes into functional
activity. The cleavages involved in the
formation of the prototroch are thus clearly
seen to be of prospective significance, or
inorphogenetic.

The ciliated bands of the larval or adult
Dinophilus are, as compared with the pro-
totroch or velum of such forms as Amphi-
trite, Arenicola, Podarke, Ischnochiton or
Trochus, relatively narrow tracts (text fig.
VI), consisting of but a few rows of long
cilia, as shown in the figures of Korschelt
(1882) or Meyer (1887). Moreover, these
tracts probably do not become functional
until late in embryonic life. Conklin
(1897) has shown that the size of the pro-

toblast of an organ is related not only to the size of that organ, but
also to the time at which it becomes functional. In the light of this
fact the small size of all the trochoblasts is easily explained.
4ti

Fig. VI, head and first two
trunk somites of Dinophilus
larva, soon after hatching.
Drawn from a living indi-
vidual

714 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

The two meridional cleavages of the primary trochoblasts and the
participation of 2a?\ 2b2-i and 2c--^ in the prototroch tend toward the
same end, i.e., the production of a narrow band of small cells. 2a, 2b
and 2c, instead of each giving off one large cell to the prototroch
which subdivides into four cells, covering a broad area, each lays
down side by side two small cells, which may then divide meridionally
(or nearly so) without violation of the law of alternating cleavages, and
thus increase the length of the prototroch, but not its breadth.

VII. — History of the Second and Third Quartettes.

(1) 2d ( = X).

The origin of 2d ( = X) has already been described. The size of this
cell is enormous as compared with that of the other cells of the embryo.
This relatively enormous size recalls the conditions found among the
lamellibranchs, Cijclas (Stauffacher, 1893), Unto (Lillie, 1895) and
Dreissensia (Meisenheimer, 1901), and among annelids in Arenicola
(Child, 1900), and also in Clepsine (Whitman, 1878). The first two
divisions of this cell have already been described ; the products of these
divisions and the first product of the third division, x^ are shown in fig.
42. In this figure it is seen that x^ and x^ are not precisely symmetrical
with respect to X, either in size or position, since x^ is somewhat larger
than x^ and placed at a higher level on X. x^-^ lies precisely in the
ventral mid-line, x^ lies dorsally to the left, as viewed from behind,
and has been formed by a dexiotropic division of X. The approaching
division of x*-^ and x^-^ as shown in the figure is of interest, since x^-*
is the first cell in the embryo to violate the law of alternating cleavages,
inasmuch as the spindle for this division has the same direction as
that which formed x^-^. This reversal of the spindle in x^-^ was first
pointed out l)y Mead (1897) for Ampkitrite, and was also found by
Child (1900) in Arenicola. The products of this division and the cor-
responding one of x2 are shown in fig. 43. In this figure are also shown
the spindles for the fourth cleavage of the X group. Two points are
to be noted in this cleavage : (1) the division of x^ has evidently pushed
x^ toward the left (right in the figure), bringing it almost into the mid-
line ; and (2) X is dividing into bilaterally placed halves. This bilateral
division of X is a striking and constant feature of the unequal type of
cleavage among the polychsetous annelids. A similar division occurs
in the lamellibranchs, but appears at the fifth cleavage, instead of at
the fourth. All the products of the fourth cleavage of X are shown
in fig. 44. x^-^^ has budded off a small cell below; x^-^ has divided into
neariy equal parts by a meridional cleavage; while x^ has split into

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCIOS OF PHILADELPHIA. 715

unequal parts, the left product being the greater, and occupying a
median position in the cleft between X and X. The cell x----^ is now
nearly equal to x.^'^-\ and their next two divisions (figs. 47 and 49)
are bilaterally symmetrical. The same may be said of the small cells
x^-^-^ and x^-^ (figs. 41 to 48). While I have not followed the history
of these latter cells further, it is extremely probable that their divisions
are also bilaterally symmetrical. There is here then an instance of a
symmetrical arrangement of cells derived by asymmetrical divisions,
examples of which are found in the annelid and molluscan crosses, and
in the X group of Ani'phitrite (Mead, 1897) and Arenicola (Child, 1900),
and probably also in many other forms. While x^-^-^-^ and x---^ are
almost equal, x^-^-^ is really somewhat the smaller of the two; and in
this connection it is of interest to remember that on this side, the left,
next to x^--\ lies the largest member of the third quartette, viz., 3d.
Returning to figs. 44 and 45, the cells x^-^-^ and x--^ are seen to have each
given off a minute cell toward the vegetal pole. These cells are also
shown in figs. 38 and 39.

The products of the bilateral division of X, called by Wilson (1892)
the "posterior proteleblasts," and by Child (1900) the "posterior stem
cells," undergo a series of bilateral divisions. The first is shown in
figs. 45-47, X* and x^. These cells have pushed forward x'-^-'-^ and
-j.2.i.i_ 'Y]^Q qqY[s formed by the next division of the posterior stem
cells come to lie together near the median plane, and are also budded
oflf toward the animal pole. Meanwhile x^-^ has been divided into equal
parts by a meridional plane, and these three cells assume a symmetrical
arrangement (fig. 48). I regret that I have not followed the division
of the members of the X group beyond this point. Figs. 53 and 55
show what is probably the next division of the posterior stem cells,
by means of which two large cells, x*'-x'^, are separated off ventrally
and laterally. After the closure of the blastopore the posterior stem
cells each undergo a further subdivision into two cells by a meridional
cleavage. The four cells thus formed resemble in appearance the
"posterior tcloblasts" of Nereis (Wilson, 1892).

The lineage of those cells which lie on the vegetal pole side of the
posterior stem cells was followed as far as is indicated in the figures, but
a consideration of their cleavages is of little value, inasmuch as there
is no sign of a paratroch at the time when the blastopore closes, and
the cells on the ventral side of the embryo have by this time become
so small and thin as to be very difficult to distinguish satisfactorily.

There are two points in connection with the cleavage of X which
require special mention. The first of these concerns the first four

716 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

cleavages of X. These cleavages are essentially the same as those of X
in Amphitrite and Clymenella (Mead, 1897) and Arenicola (Child, 1900).
This similarity extends not only to the direction of the cleavages,
but also to their products, which bear to one another a very similar
size relation. This striking resemblance cannot be ascribed to the
effect of alternating cleavages, since at the third cleavage this law is
violated in x*\ at the fourth in X. The divisions of X in Dinophilus
and Nereis (Wilson, 1892) differ no more than do the corresponding
divisions in Nereis and other annelids {Amphitrite, etc.). These differ-
ences are, that in Nereis x^ is formed exactly in the dorsal mid-line,
and that the division of x^ is delayed, and is nearly equal when it occurs.
In all the Polychata whose cytogeny is known (except Podarke) bilat-
erality appears in X at the fourth cleavage. It may then be said of
Dinophilus that hilaterality appears in the cell X in the same cell genera-
tion as in all polychcetous annelids investigated having the unequal type
of cleavage, and appears in x^ at the same cleavage as in at least three
polychcetous annelids.

The second point concerns the arrangement of the cells of the X
group. In Nereis the main body of the descendants of X are so dis-
tributed that they come to lie on the vegetal pole side of the stem cells,
the latter remaining near the prototroch. In the other Polychaeta, up
to the time of the closure of the blastopore, the descendants of X are
uniformly distributed about the posterior stem cells, so that up to a
late stage the latter occupy a central position with regard to their
products. In Dinophilus, on the other hand, the greater part of the
descendants of X, up to the time w^hen the blastopore is closed, are
distributed dorsal and lateral to the posterior stem cells. This pecu-
liarity is related to the peculiar shifting of areas, which has already
been briefly described in the chapter on the later development. This
distribution is not due entirely to a difference in the direction of the
division of X — though in Nereis two cells, x* and x^ are budded off
toward the vegetal pole — but to a shifting of the cells among them-
selves. For example, in Amphitrite the cells x^ and x- shift to the
vegetal pole side of X, while in Dinophilus the same cells always retain
a lateral position.

The further history of this group, as far as I have been able to trace it,
is as follows. At a time near the closure of the blastopore, as shown in
fig. 55 and text fig. IV, E, the first quartette has been shifted forward
through nearly 90 degrees, being pushed forward through the forma-
tion of x^-x'*, x^-x'^, etc., until the descendants of these cells cover the
dorsal surface of the embryo up to the limits of the first quartette and

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 717

also cover a large portion of the lateral surface. Behind the blastopore
the descendants of X form a small group of cells, which in fig. 53 have
not yet covered in the primary mesoblasts. Mitotic activity in this
region has been very slight, as may be gathered from examination of
the optical section shown in fig. 54. The effect of active mitosis in
the posterior dorsal region is perceived in the thinness of the ectoderm
in this region. The X cells posterior to the blastopore appear to ad-
vance and fuse with the other ectoderm cells surrounding the blasto-
pore. Whether they actually form part of the blastopore I cannot at
present say, but judging from their position in fig. 55 it seems probable
that they do. The stomodaeum is formed, as has already been stated,
at precisely the point where the blastopore closed. It then moves
rapidly forward to occupy the position shown in fig. 59. This move-
ment is caused by the growth of the cells posterior to the blastopore,
which up to this time have been slow in dividing, as well as by new
additions from the posterior stem cells. This ventral plate of cells
derived from X corresponds in origin and position to that group known
among the annelids as the "ventral plate." Examination of the ven-
tral side of an embryo at this stage shows numerous mitotic figures,
and the rapid growth of this region is testified to by the thinning of
the ventral ectoderm and by the dorsal flexure shown in figs. 59 and 60.
From this time on, it is evident that the further growth of trunk
ectoderm is due entirely to growth of the cells of the X group, for, since
the appearance of the segments from in front backward indicates ter-
minal growth, it is evident that the descendants of X can alone be
concerned. 2d or X, then, contributes at least the larger part of the
trunk ectoderm, as is the case in all the polychaetous annelids whose
cell lineage has been studied. A larva of four segments is shown in
horizontal section in fig. 61. By comparison of this figure, which is
drawn to the same scale as the other figures, an adequate idea can be
obtained of the relatively enormous extent of the trunk ectoderm.
When it is recollected that this latter is formed principally, if not exclu-
sively, from 2d, without any addition of food material from the exterior,
the colossal size of 2d is very readily comprehended. A very similar
case is found in the development of Arenicola. In this form, as
already remarked, the first somatoblast is also unusually large, and
furnishes material for the first three segments of the adult worm. In
Dinophilus direct development has wholly supplanted the larval type,
since the material stored up in 2d forms six body segments, the
total number found in the adult.

718 PROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

(2) 2a, 26 and 2c and the Third Quartette.

The divisions of the cells 2a, 2b and 2c up to an advanced stage have
been described in dealing with the history of the prototroch. There is
left but one division to record, which I have observed only in 2a^-^ and
2c^.-^. This division is shown in figs. 34 and 35. The plane of the
division is nearly equatorial, but inclined slightly in a leiotropic
direction in the C quadrant, in a dexiotropic direction in the A quad-
rant. Of the two products the lower is somewhat the smaller. I have
never witnessed a corresponding division in 2b- -^j but it very probabl}'
occurs. The position and small size of this cell make it difficult to
study in the later stages. The two products of 2a^- and 2c^-^ respec-
tively are quite conspicuous up to an advanced stage, although they
probably divide into smaller cells just before the blastopore closes.

The origin of the third quartette has been dealt with in the descrip-
tion of the cleavages. 3d is the largest cell in this quartette, 3b the
smallest, while 3a and 3c are intermediate in size. At the 40-cell stage
3d divides equally and leiotropically. The products of this division
are shown in fig. 22. A little later 3c divides, but in quite a different
manner, budding off a small cell toward the animal pole. The plane
of the division is equatorial (fig. 26). Next 3a also buds off a cell
toward the animal pole, the spindle being nearly vertical, though the
position of the products indicates a leiotropic division. 3b divides
some time after 3a, and here the spindle is decidedly leiotropic (fig. 34).
It is interesting to note that both 3b and 2b, in their respective quar-
tettes, are the most conservative in retaining the primitive direction
of their divisions. Wliile 3a is in division, spindles are seen in 3d^ and
3d^ (fig. 27). These cells bud off tiny cells toward the animal pole (fig.
32) . Of these latter that derived from 3d^ is the smaller. The spindles
for this division are nearly vertical, but sufficiently inclined to make the
division leiotropic, in direct violation to the law of alternating cleav-
ages. Even before 3b has completed its first division 3c has budded
off another cell toward the animal pole, the spindle being inclined
dexiotropically, as it should be according to the law of alternating
cleavages (fig. 34). With this division, or rather the one which follows
it, i.e., that of 3b, I have ceased to follow the cell-lineage of the entire
egg.

In fig. 53 the position of the cells 2a2-2i, 2a- -2-, 2c^--\ and 2c2-2-2 is
clearly seen. Each pair of cells form a portion of the lateral margin
of the blastopore; 2a^-^-^ and 2c^-^-^, which formerly were above, that
is, to the animal pole side of 2a--- and 2c---, now lie anterior to them.
They still, however, maintain their relative position in the ectoderm,

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 719

and their changed relation to the entoderm and the X group is the
result of the shifting of the ectoderm already described. A clear idea
of the change of position of the cells in question may be obtained from
a glance at text fig. IV, A-D. The corresponding cells in the B quad-
rant have not been seen. Doubtless 2b^-^ divides, as do 2a^-^ and 2c^-^,
though at a much later period, but the products of such a division are
not to be recognized in fig. 53. In the embryo represented in the
figure the trochoblasts can plainly be discerned dorsal to 2a^-^-^ and
2c^--*; on the ventral side of the embryo they form an irregular cell
row. Below this there is a group of small cells which presents to the
eye no definite arrangement. These represent the descendants of
2b^--; 3a and 3b. Posterior to the blastopore are those cells which in
annelids form the ventral plate. These cells barely cover the posterior
face of the primary mesoblasts. Just posterior to 2a^-^-^ and 2c^-^-^ are
one or two small cells on each side whose lineage has not been deter-
mined, but which are probably descendants of 3d and 3c. Turning to
fig. 55, the relations of the cells surrounding the blastopore are much
less clear. On each side of the anterior portion of the blastopore are
two cells slightly larger than those surrounding them. These are
probably the descendants of 2^^-''-^, 2a2-2-2, 2c2-2-i and 2c2-2-2. The
blastopore has meanwhile narrowed to an irregular cleft, the cells
anterior to it forming a seam, while the cells of the ventral plate have
only advanced sufficiently to cover in one of the mesoblasts and part
of the other. All of the cells which constitute the rim of the blastopore
are small and extremely thin and transparent, making their outlines
very difficult to discern, and the exact lineage of any of these impossible
to determine. From a comparison of figs. 53 and 55 it is seen that the
cells of the ectoderm have crowded toward the vegetal pole from all
directions, but especially from the sides. It is also evident that the
anterior portion of the margin of the blastopore, between 2a^-^-^ and
2c^-^-\ is composed of the descendants of 2b^-^, 3b and 3c; that the
lateral margin is at least partly composed of the descendants of 2a and
2c, unless the small cells which form the blastopore rim in fig. 55 have
all slipped in around 2a--^-^, 2a---^, 2c^-^-^ and 2c2-^ -^ It seems probable
that this is not the case, but that the small cells comprising the lateral
margin of the blastopore are derived from the second quartette. It is,
however, fairly certain that some small cells have pushed in between
the descendants of 2a and 2c and the cells of the X group. These must
be the descendants of 3c on one side and 3d on the other.

In Nereis, Wilson (1892) described these cells 2a^, 2c? and 2b^ as
"stomatoblasts," since they converge to form an arc of cells as the

720 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

blastopore closes, and arc concerned in the formation of the stomo-
dseum. Mead (1897) states that in Amphitrite 22?, 2\? and 2c^ come
to occupy positions similar to the "stomatoblasts" of Nereis, but is
in doubt as to their precise fate. In Capitella, Eisig (1898) finds that
the margin of the blastopore is composed entirely of the products of the
second quartette ("oesophagoblasts"). In Podarke (Treadwell, 1901)
at least one cell from the second quartette forms a portion of the stomo-
daeal wall, as do also products of 3a, 3b and 3c. In Arenicola (Child,
1900) eight products from the third quartette function as stomato-
blasts and form an arc of cells similar to that formed by the stomato-
blasts of Nereis.

Various conditions are found among the ]\Iollusca. In Ischnochiton
(Heath, 1899) products of both the second and the third quartettes
take part in the formation of the blastopore lips; this appears to be
also the case in Planorhis (Holmes, 1901), while in Trochus (Robert,
1903) the lips are formed at first by cells derived from both the second
and third ciuartettes, but later the products of the second quartette
are excluded from the rim of the blastopore.

In conclusion, it may be said that in Dinophilus no one set of cells
3an be denominated stomatoblasts, but that products from both the
second and third quartettes take part in the formation of the blasto-
pore rim. The products of 2b^-^, 3a and 3b, since they lie immediately
in front of the blastopore, probably contribute to the formation of the
stomodaeum. The fate of the cells 2a--^-^, 2a--^-^, 2c^-^-^ and 2c^-^- is
problematical. It is possible that they, too, contribute to the forma-
tion of the stomodseal wall. On the other hand, it seems pretty certain
that but a small part of 3c and 3d contribute to the formation of the
stomodaeum. Their position, just anterior to the cells of the X group,
which is not materially altered during the shifting of the ectoderm,
together with their large size, makes it possible that they contribute
largely to the lateral ectoderm of the head.

Mesoblast of ectodermal origin (larval mesoblast, Lillie ; psedomcso-
blast, Eisig) has been described for a number of Mollusca, and the
annelids Podarke (Treadwell, 1901), Capitella (Eisig, 1898), Aricia
(Wilson, 1898) and Thalassema (Torrey, 1903). Schimkewitsch (1895)
describes cells from the ectoderm in the anterior part of the Dinophilus
embryo as migrating into the body cavity and there contributing to
the mesenchyme. Certain cells, of whose exact lineage I am ignorant,
belonging to the first quartette, do invaginate (figs. 57 and 58), and it
is quite possible that one or more of them may give rise to the mesen-
chyme of the head and the mouth segment region; but it is my belief

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 721

that ectomesoblast, if such exists, is very small in amount, and that
the greater part, if not all, of the mesenchyme of the adult as well as
the ovaries are formed from 4d.

VIII. — History of the Fourth and Fifth Quartettes.
(1) The Entomeres.

The entoderm, at the time 4d is formed (fig. 17), consists of 2A, 2B.
IC and 3D. The origin of the third quartette and the primary meso-
blast cell 4d have already been described. The other three members
of the fourth quartette arise by an equal and leiotropic cleavage.
Figs. 23 and 24 show the origin of 4c, fig. 29 that of 4a, while figs. 33
and 41 show 4b already formed. At the 72-cell stage 4D has divided
dexiotropically into 5D and 5d (fig. 33), the latter product being the
smaller. The inequality of this division compensates, so to speak, for
the inequality of the division preceding, since at the completion of
the seventh cleavage the original macromeres 5A, 5B, 5C and 5D are
alike in size. After the division of 4D, 4C, 4A and 4B divide equally
and dexiotropically to form the fifth quartette (figs. 51 and 52). The
original macromeres now form a cross, the arms of which lie radially.
Since up to the last division the macromeres lay interradially, it is
evident that a rotation of the macromeres through an arc of 45 degrees
has been brought about. This rotation has taken place in an anti-
clockwise direction, viewing the ovum from the animal pole, as can be
seen by a comparison of figs. 50 and 52. This movement is due to the
reduction in size of the macromeres and their superficial position at
the seventh cleavage. During this cleavage the members of the fifth
quartette are, on the other hand, held in place by their greater surface
contact with the surrounding cells of the egg, so that the macromeres
5A, etc., are rotated, as were the members of the first quartette at the
time of their origin, A similar rotation apparently occurs also in
Amphitrite, Clymenella (Mead, 1897) and Arenicola (Child, 1900).

After the division of the fourth quartette the entomeres cease divid-
ing and enter a resting stage which continues until after the closure of
the blastopore. They now form a thick, roughly ovoid mass of cells,
fourteen in number. At the centre of this mass on the ventral side
(fig. 52) lie the four macromeres, 5D posterior, 5B anterior, while 5C
and 5A lie laterally. Alternating with the macromeres are the four
members of the fifth quartette, while at the outer ends of the cross
formed by the macromeres lie the three pairs of entomeres belonging
to the fourth quartette. This relation is very similar to that described

'•>■)

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

by Wilson (1892) for Aricia. In both cases this arrangement is prob-
ably brought about by the mechanical processes involved in spiral
cleavage. Each cell approximates in shape a four-sided prism, the
nuclei lying in the lower ends of the cells, near their ventral surface.
As the blastopore narrows, however, these nuclei begin to move
inward (figs. 54 and 56). This movement is associated with a change
in shape of the entomeres, which in turn is part of the process of gas-
trulation. As the blastopore lips draw together (figs. 53 and 55) the
lower or vegetal pole ends of the entomeres grow smaller, while the
upper or animal pole ends become larger (figs. 54 and 56). These cells
thus change from a prismatic to a pyramidal shape. Viewed in a sagit-
tal optical section their outlines radiate fanwise from the blastopore
(fig. 56). This condition is figured by Repiachoff (1886) and also by
Schimkewitsch (1895). This peculiar phenomenon may be a remi-
niscence of a time when the type of gastrulation was embolic and not
epibolic, and the latter condition may have been brought about by
acquisition of food yolk during the phylogeny. Such acquisition of
yolk is a secondary character commonly associated with a change
from larval to direct development, and it is perfectly possible that a
change from emboly to epiboly may have been brought about in this
manner. The nuclei have meanwhile undergone changes in structure
as well as in position. The chromatin, which before was distributed
in the nuclear vesicles in the form of small granules, is now concentrated
in each vesicle in one deep staining chromatin nucleolus (fig. 56). This
condition is not an uncommon one in resting cells, and is also seen in
the entomeres of Crepidula (Conklin, 1897, figs. 52, 53 and 54).

The further history of the entoderm I have not been able to follow
in detail. At a period when the stomodseum has assumed the position
of the definitive mouth, the entoderm cells are seen to have multiplied
somewhat and to have assumed an arrangement quite different from
that found in earlier stages. In fig. 57, which is a horizontal, optical
section of a stage when the stomodseum is just making its appearance,
the entoderm cells have still the radial arrangement which they as-
sumed at the time of the closure of the blastopore. In fig. 59, a sagittal
section of a much later stage, the arrangement is totally different;
the entoderm cells have multiplied and are now arranged in a more
or less definite layer about a small central lumen.

(2) The Mcsomeres.

At the 29-cell stage 4d is but just formed and lies on the lower side
of the cleaving ovum, below and in front of X and to the left of the

1904.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 723

mid-line. Very soon after its formation 4d divides again. This divi-
sion parts it, by a bilateral cleavage, into two equal cells, the primary
mcsomcres M and M. This division is illustrated in figs. 28 and 44.
The primary mesomeres remain undivided up to the 72-ceIl stage, when
they undergo a division of great interest. This division is shown in
figs. 33 and 36. By it two small cells are budded ofT anteriorly toward
the vegetal pole, and close to the line of juncture of the two mesomeres.
This division is, however, not bilaterally symmetrical, hut is, on the
other liand, 'plainly dexiotropic, and follows the law of alternating cleavages.
The product of the left mesomere thus lies in the furrow formed by
the juncture of the two mesomeres and the entomeres 5D and 5d.
The product of the right mesomeres, on the other hand, lies between
its parent cell and 5D. The next division of the mesomeres (fig. 50)
is also not symmetrical. By this division the left mesomere buds off
a small cell on its left anterior surface, that is, leiotropically ; on the
other hand, the right mesomere violates the law of spiral cleavage by
dividing in the same direction as before and placing a small cell to
the left of its first product (fig. 50). The next division marks the
beginning of trvie teloblastic cleavages. Each mesomere in this divi-
sion buds off dorsally and laterally a small cell. Just how many of
these divisions occur before the closure of the blastopore I cannot say,
but probably not more than two. After the closure of the blastopore
the mesomeres begin to shift apart, moving laterally, forward and
somewhat dorsally. In the horizontal optical section shown in fig. 57
they have reached a position which, I think, is their final one. In this
movement they not only have changed their position with regard to one
another, but also with regard to the median plane of the embryo. Up
to the time of the closure of the blastopore the mesomeres are situated
at the left of the ventral mid-line, but, as shown in fig. 57, at the
close of this movement the mesomeres are bilaterally situated with
respect to the median plane of the embryo.

The cause of this shifting apart is not clear, but I think it is to be
explained by the peculiar shape of the entomeres. These are, at the
time the blastopore closes, pyramidal in form, with their apices at
the blastopore. This point, as will be seen by reference to figs. 53
and 55, is just anterior to the junction of the mesomeres. After the
ectoderm of the ventral plate has enclosed the mesomeres, they are
subjected to a pressure from the ectoderm which tends to force them
inward against the narrow ends of the entomeres. These latter press
in between the mesomeres and wedge them apart. They are, however,
prevented from passing backwards, and in fact compelled to move

724 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

forward, by contact with the cells of the X group. In Thalassenia there
occurs a similar shifting apart of the mesomeres, which Torrey (1903)
also explains as being caused by pressure of the entomeres.

The position occupied by the mesomeres is at first sight somewhat
different from that occupied by similar cells among the mollusks and
annelids. In the majority of these forms the mesomeres, soon after
their formation, are invaginated into the cleavage cavity. In Dino-
philus they remain on the exterior until covered by ectoderm, when
they move laterally to the entoderm. There was, however, at an
early stage a cleavage cavity between the ectoderm and the entoderm,
and had the mesomeres moved into it, then their behavior would have
been that of the corresponding cells in most mollusks and annelids.
As it is, their migration into the cleavage cavity is postponed until a
later period of the history of the embryo, but their final position is
not essentially different from that of other forms.

In fig. 57 a band of mesoblast cells is seen on each side of the ento-
derm, running forward from the mesomeres, which are in division.
The mesoblast is also shown in fig. 59 ventral to the entoderm.

The later history of the mesoblast has not been followed out in detail.
It is my hope to be able at a later period to determine precisely to
what organs and tissues the mesomeres contribute, but it seems fairly
certain that they give rise to the mesenchyme and sex organs (ovaries)
of the adult.

Of especial interest would be the fate of the first two products of
each mesomere, in the light of the discovery made by Conklin (1897)
that part of 4d is in Crepidula entodermal.

Following Conklin's discovery, Wilson (1897) in Xereis, Treadwell
(1901) in Podarke and Torrey (1903) in Tlialassema found that part
of the mesomeres in these forms was entodermal, I have not been
able to follow out the fate of the first two products of each meso-
mere, since their small size and position causes them to become inextri-
cably blended with the ectodermal cells surrounding the posterior lip
of the blastopore. The position of three of these cells in the mid-line
suggests, however, that their fate may be different from that of the
other products of the mesomeres.

IX.— Axial Relations.

The discussion of the axial relations of the Dinophilus embrj'o falls
naturally under two heads, viz. : (1) The relation of the first and second
cleavage planes to the future median plane of the adult, and (2) the
shifting of areas which occurs in relation to the closure of the blasto-

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 725

pore. Both of these questions have received much attention from
embryologists, and have been so thoroughly discussed by the writers
on cell-Hneage that it would be superfluous for me to attempt here to
treat the subject at length, and so I shall confine m3^self to stating what
these relations are in the Dinophilns embryo and to comparing them
with a few other forms.

As already mentioned, the cell 2d is of very great value as a landmark.
From its origin up to the time when the last traces of it are seen, it
marks the posterior end of the embryo. Of course it may be said that
since the first three cleavages are of the spiral type, and not of the
bilateral type, and since x^ and x^ are not exactly eqvial in size, that the
centre of 2d before these cleavages could not well be situated at the
same point as that of 2d after them. This, however, is not a point of
practical importance. To all intents and purposes the centre of the
cell 2d lies in the future median plane of the embryo. The animal and
vegetal poles lie in this plane, so that its relation to the cleaving egg
can now be determined.

2d, after its formation, lies in the furrow between Ic and ID. A
glance at the figures from fig. 10 to fig. 33 shows that the second cleav-
age plane between the macromcres, up to the 72-ccll stage (fig. 33), very
nearly coincides with the median plane of the embryo, since both 2d
and the vegetal pole lie in this furrow. At the 72-cell stage, however,
these relations are beginning to undergo a change. As described under
the history of the entomeres, the macromeres undergo a rotation
through 45 degrees, bringing 5D and 5B into the former plane of the
second cleavage. This point will be made clear by reference to figs.
50 and 52. The median plane of the embryo and adult then passes
through 5B and 5D, and forms an angle of 45 degrees with the plane of
the second cleavage between the original macromeres. In conclusion,
it follows, since 2d marks the posterior region of the embryo, and since
during the early cleavage stages it lies in the furrow between the pos-
terior macromeres, that the second cleavage plane does coincide in a
general way with the future sagittal plane of the embryo, although it
is evident that at the 4-cell stage the cleavage plane between C and D
must pass to the right of the sagittal plane of the embryo. This
result is at variance with the results obtained among the Annelida by
most writers, though Wilson (1892) found that the second cleavage
coincides with the sagittal plane of the future embryo. Much import-
ance, however, cannot be attached to these relations of the entomeres
with the embryo, since they are the result of shiftings between the
macromeres and micromeres, which may occur at an early period. In

726 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

Dinophilus, for example, the members of the first quartette when' first
formed lie in the furrows between the macromeres ; at the next cleav-
age they are shifted in a sinistral direction, so that they lie precisely
over their parent macromeres (cf. figs. 8 and 10), and this relative
position is retained up to the formation of the fifth quartette. In
Amphitrite (Mead, 1897) and Arenicola (Child, 1900) this sinistral
totation does not bring the micromeres so precisely over the corres-
ponding macromeres.

In considering the relation of the cleavage plane with the embryonic
axis, the micromeres are of far more importance than the macromeres.
An examination of the figures of the later cleavages will show that the
planes of the first and second cleavages as traced over the entire embryo
do not coincide with its transverse and sagittal planes, but that here
the rule laid down by Lillie (1895) holds good, viz.: "The members of
the odd generations of ectomeres, as well as the entomeres, are
distributed two each, right and left of the middle line; those of the
even generations are placed anterior, posterior, right and left."

The shifting of the axis, which is largely concerned in bringing about
the closure of the blastopore, has been already described in chapter V.
It was there spoken of as a forward movement of the first quartette,
or rather of the ectoderm of the anterior half of the embryo. This
shifting, I think, might better be looked upon as a shifting backward
of the ectoderm of the posterior half of the embryo, considering the
animal pole as the fixed point. In the first case the blastopore would
be closed from in front backward; in the latter from behind forward,
which brings it into line with what we know of other forms. In either
case the egg axis is bent through an angle of nearly 90 degrees, but not
quite, since the animal pole is, as Wilson (1892) showed to be the case
in Nereis, probably slightly dorsal to the anterior pole of the embryo.
This shifting of areas during the process of gastrulation is almost pre-
cisely similar to that which occurs in Crepidula, as described by Conk-
lin (1897). There is in that form a bending of the egg axis through
90 degrees, and also caused by rapid growth of the cells of the D quad-
rant, which pushes forward the ectoderm of the aboral surface over the
entoderm, the vegetative pole being apparently the fixed point. This
condition is attributed by Conklin to the accinnulation of yolk in the
entoderm cells, and doubtless this is the cause of the similar relations
existing between entoderm and ectoderm in Dinophilus, the solid
yolk-laden mass of entoderm cells altering their form and relative
positions but little, while the ectoderm is shifted over them.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 727

X. — The Phylogenetic Relationships of Dinophilus in the
Light of Its Early Development.

In this chapter I wish to briefly compare the early development of
Dinophilus with that of other groups, and to consider what light a
study of its cell-lineage sheds on its systematic position. That the
study of cell-lineage is of value in determining relationship has been
abundantly shown by the results accomplished in this particular branch
of zoological research. These have in a most striking degree corrobo-
rated the results attained by the study of comparative anatomy, and
have further shown that in a large number of forms, representative of
large and important groups, the characters of the various forms as
manifested in the cleavage are as constant as the anatomical characters,
and must therefore be as truly inherited. Furthermore, since coeno-
genetic changes may be supposed to affect the later stage of develop-
ment first, we may expect to find the earlier stages retaining longer their
primitive characters, although even the earliest stages have been
affected by precocious segregation and are no longer highly primitive.
The study of the early development cannot be regarded as a sure or
certain guide in determining relationship in every case, yet it may,
I think, be very properly called to aid in the determination of the
relationships of doubtful forms. In the case of Dinophilus, the cleav-
age has presented such startling and accurate resemblances to the
chsetopod annelids that it seems impossible that they do not indicate
relationship, for so many and minute correspondences could hardly
have arisen independently. I have already stated these resemblances
separately, but wish here to bring them together, in order that their
force may be more apparent.

In the first place the manner of origin of the germ layers — ectoderm
arising from the first three quartettes, mesoderm from the left posterior
member of the fourth quartette, and entoderm from the remaining
cells — brings Dinophilus into a list of forms already large and still
increasing, containing members of the Lamellibranchia, Gasteropoda,
Polychaeta and Echiuridse. In common with many Annelida and
Mollusca the larger part (or all) of the ectoderm of the trunk is
derived from one cell, the posterior member of the second quartette.
A little later the resemblances to the annelids become more marked.
In the development of the second preoral ciliated band of Dinophilus
is recognized the prototroch of the trochophore, and the earliest rudi-
ment of the brain appears at the same point as the annelid "Scheitel-
platte." There are, however, in the cleavages themselves resem-
blances to the cleavage of the polychajte annelids which are most

728 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

striking, viz., in the origin of the bilateral cleavages. In the cross
and in the products of 2d the transition from the spiral type of
cleavage to the more specialized bilateral type occurs in precisely
the same cells and in precisely the same directions as in the Poly-
chseta. Moreover, the second bilateral divisions of the cells of the
posterior arms of the cross continue this resemblance. All these
characters, if such they may be called, when viewed as a whole,
point in no uncertain way to a descent from the annelid stem, and at
a point not far from that at which the Polychaeta arose.

If we consider, as I think at present we must, that the trochophore
is a larval form common at least to the Annelida, we cannot regard the
development of Dinophilus as primitive. This view is upheld by many
features of the cleavage, especially by the many departures from the
spiral type exemplified in the divisions of the primary trochoblasts
and many other cells, and also in the discrepancy between the size of
2b and 3b as compared with their sister cells. Further evidence of
secondary change is found in the enormous size of 2d and 4d, which
have acquired a very large amount of cytoplasm in order to supply
material to build up the trunk region, which in the trochophore is
ordinarily acquired from the exterior through active feeding. Besides
these there is the retarded development of the adult organs, which do
not become functional until the animal is nearly ready to hatch, but
which must have been primitively functional at a much earlier period.
Such organs are the intestine and prototroch. The latter, together
with the rosette^ and possibly the perianal band of cilia, which may
represent the paratroch, are the sole relics of organs peculiar to the
trochophore. It is to be regarded as doubtful if even these would now
be recognizable, were it not for the fact that these are also concerned
in the formation of adult organs. How quickly such a larval organ as
the prototroch may disappear is illustrated in the development of
Sternaspis (Child, 1900), where the prototroch has entirely disappeared,
though this larval organ is highly developed in related forms. Thus
in the light of the cleavage, as well as in that afforded by the more
recent work on the anatomy of Dinophilus, Metschnikoff's conjecture
appears almost prophetic. Dinophilus probably is to be regarded as a
"stationare Annelidenlarva," but one in which the larval stage has
become an end stage toward which the development tends and which
has become correspondingly modified.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 729

Postscript.

Since the above paper was presented for publication there have come
to hand two papers by Prof. John H. Gerould: "The Development of
Phascolosoma " {Arch. Zool. exp. et gen. 11, 2, 1904) and " Studies on
the Embryology of the Sipunculidse: I. The Embryonal Envelope
and Its Homologies " {Mark Anniversarj/ Volume, Art. XXII). In
the former of these two papers Prof Gerould shows that in Phasco-
losoma the ectoderm arises from the first three quartettes of micro-
meres, the mesoderm from 4d, and the entoderm from the remaining
cells, thus adding a representative of the Sipunculids to the list of
forms mentioned in section IV (4) of the present paper. The author
further points out the presence of a typical annelid "cross" and
"rosette" in Phascolosoma, that the prototroch of the larva is formed
from the sixteen "primary trochoblasts," and that the "somatic
plate" arises from 2d. The second paper mentioned, among other
interesting facts concerning the relation of the larva of Sipunculus
and Phascolosoma, establishes the homology of the "serosa" of
Phascolosoma with the prototroch of Sipu7iculus.

730

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Oct.,

1904.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

731

U3J3

coco

CO

732

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Oct.,

rvj fO.

O

<

Q
<

D

o

pa
<

«_?

1904.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

733

<

o

o

H

734 proceedings of the academy of [oct.,

Literature Cited.

1880. Balfour. Comparative Emhryology. Vol. 1.

1861. Beneden, P. J. VAN. Sur un nouveau Nemertien de la cote d'Ostende.
BiiU. de VAcad. R. de Belgique, XVIII, 1.

1883. Blochmann, F. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Entwickelung der Gastero-
poden. Zeit. wiss. ZooL, XXXVIII.

1900. Carazzi, Dav. L'embriologia dell' Aplysia limacina L. Anat. Anz.,

XVII, 4 and 5.
1900. Child, C. M. The Early Development of Arenicola and Sternaspis.

Archiv Entwickehings Mech., IV, 9.

1897. CoNKLiN, E. G. The Embryology of Crcpidula. Journ. Morph., XIII, 1.

1902. CoNKLiN, E. G. Kar5'okinesis and Cytokinesis in the Maturation, Fer-
tilization and Cleavage of Crepidula and other Gasteropoda. Journ. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., 2d Series, XII. 1.

1874. DiEsiNG, C. Revision der TurbeUarien. Sitzungsber. K. Acad. d. Wiss.
Wien, XLIV, 1, and XFV, 1.

1898. Elsig, Hugo. Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Capitelliden. Mittheil.
ZooL Stat. Neapel, 13.

1875. FoL, H. Sur le Developpement des Pteropodes. Arch. ZooL e.rp. et
gen., 5.

1882. Graff, L. Monographie der TurbeUarien, I. Leipzig, 1882.

1889. Harmer, S. F. Notes on the Anatomy of Dinophilus. Journ. Marine

Biol. Assn. United Kingdom (N. S.), I.
1885. Hatschek, B. Entwickelung der Trochophora von Eupomatus uncinatus

Phillipi. Arh. ZooL Inst. Wien, 6.

1899. Heath, Harold. The Development of Ischnochiton. ZooL Jahrb.
Abth. /. Anat. u. Ontog., XII.

1893. Heymons, Richard. Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte von I'mbrella
mediterranea Lam. Zeit. Wiss. ZooL, 56.

1900. Holmes, S. J. The Early Development of Planorbis. Journ. Morph.,
XVI, 2.

1895. Jennings, H. S. The Early Development of Asplanchna Herricki De
Guerne. Bzdl. Mus. Comp. ZooL Harvard ColL, XXX.

1894. KoFoiD, C. A. On Some Laws of Cleavage in Limax. Proc. Am. Acad.
Arts and Sci. (N. S.), XXI.

1882. KoRSCHELT, EuGEN. Ueber Bau und Entwicklung des Dinophilus

apatris. Zeit. iviss. ZooL, XXXVII.
1893. KoRSCHELT, EuGEN, und Heider, Karl. Lehrbuch der vergleichenden

Anatomic. Specieller Theil, Kap. X.

1884. Lang, Arnold. Die Polycladen (Seeplanarien) des Golfes von Neapel
vmd der angrenzenden Meereabschnitte. Fauna und Flora des Golfes von
Neapel, XI.

1895. LiLLiE, F. R. The Embryology of the Unionidse. Journ. Morph., X.
1897. Mead, A. D. The Early Development of Marine Annelids. Journ.

Morph.,XUl,2.

1901. Meisenheimer, Jok. Entwickelungsgeschichte von Dreissensia poly-
morpha. Zeit. wiss. ZooL, 69, 1.

1879. Mereschkowsky, C. Ueber einige TurbeUarien des weissen Meeres.

ArcJiiv fur Naturgesch., XU, 1.
1866. Mecznikow, E. Apsilus lentiformis, ein Raderthier. Zeit. wiss. ZooL,

XVI.
1887. Meyer, E. Studien ueber den Korperbau der Anneliden. Mitth. ZooL

Stat. Neapel, VII.
1899. Moore, Anne. Dinophilus gardneri (sp. nov.). Biol. Bull., 1, Oct.
1886. Repiachoff. Zur Anatomic und Entwickelungsgeschichte des Dinophilus

gyrocilatus O. Schmidt. Zapiski Notvoross. ObtscJiestwa, etc., X, 1. Odessa.
1903. Robert, A. Recherches sur le Developpement des Troques. Paris.

Arch. zool. exp. Se serie. X.
1861. Schmarda, L. K. Neue wirbellose Thiere beobachtet und gesamnndt auf

einer Reise um die Erde. I. TurbeUarien, Rotatorien und Anneliden.

Leipzig.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 735

189.5. ScHiMKEwiTscH, W. Zur Kenntniss des Baues und des Entwickelung
des Dinophilus vom Weissen Meere. Zeit. wiss. Zool., LIX, 1.

1848. Schmidt, Oscar. Neue Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der Wurmer. Jena.
1882. Schmidt, Oscar. Handbuch der Vergleichenden Anatomic, 8. Jena.

1849. ScHULTZE, Max. Ueber die Microstomeen, eine Familie der Turbellarien.
Troschel's Archiv, XV, 1.

1893. Stauffacher, H. Eibildung und Furchung bei Cvclas cornea. Jena
Zeit. f. Naturw., XXVIII.

1902. ToRREY, J. C. The Early Development of the Mesoblast in Thalassema.
Anat. Anz., XXI, 9.

1903. ToRREY, J. C. The Early Embrj^ologv of Thalassema Mellita (Conn').
Ann. New York Acad. Sci., XIV, 3.

1901. Treadwell, a. L. The Cytogeny of Podarke obscura Verrill. Journ.

Morph., XVII, 3.
1895. Verrill, A. E. Dinophilidse of New England. Trans. Connecticut Acad.

Arts and Sci., VIII.
1886. Weldon, W. F. R. On Dinophilus gigas. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci.
1878. Whitman, C. O. The Embryology of Clepsine. Quart. Journ. Micr.

Soc, XVIII.
1897. Wierzejski, Anton. Ueber die Entwickelung des Mesoderms bei Physa

fontinalis L. Biol. Centralblatt, XVII, 11.

1891. Wistinghausen, C. v. Untersuchungen ueber die Entwickelung von
Nereis DumeriUi. Alitth. Zool. Stat. Neapel, 10.

1892. Wilson, E. B. The Cell-Lineage of Nereis. Journ. Morph., VI, 3.

1897. Wilson, E. B. Considerations on Cell-Lineage and Ancestral Reminis-
cence. Ann. New York Acad. Sci., XI, 1.

1898. Wilson, E. B. Cell-Lineage and Ancestral Reminiscence. Ann. New
York Acad. Sci., XI, 1.

Explanation op Plates XLIII-XLVIII.

The figures have, with few exceptions, been drawn with the camera lucida at
the table level under Zeiss homo. imm. yV, oc. 2. With whatever lenses used
however, all the figures were drawn to the same scale of magnification.

Reference Letters.

bl.. Blastopore. mes., Mesoderm.

br.. Brain. pr., Proctoda?um.

br. com., Commissure of brain. pro.. Proboscis.

gl.. Gland st., Stomod^um.

int.l.. Lumen of intestine. sto.l.. Lumen of stomach.

m., Mouth. v.p.. Ectoderm of ventral plate.

Plate XLIII, Fig. 1. — Unsegmented o\aim, after the expulsion of the second
polar body. The female pronucleus lies at the animal pole of the
egg, surrounded on its lower side by a large aster. The sperm nu-
cleus, with its accompanying aster, is seen to the right of and below
the centre of the ovum.

Fig. 2. — Unsegmented ovum after union of the two pronuclei.

Fig. 3.— Early anaphase of first cleavage spindle. The cell-body is begin-
ning to elongate.

Fig. 4. — Two cells. Prophases of spindles for second cleavage.

Fig. 5.— Two cells. A-B in metaphase, C-D in anaphase of division.

Figs. 6 and 7. — Four cells. Spindle fibres still connecting A and B. Ani-
mal pole.

Fig. 8. — Seven to eight cells. Animal pole. Ic and Id formed and in pro-

736 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [[Oct.,

phase of next division, la just formed and lb in process of forma-
tion. Ic is taking in one of the polar bodies.

Fig. 9.— Nine cells, left side. 2d just formed; Id preparing to give off Id^.

Fig. 10. — Twelve cells, animal pole, la^ just formed.

Fig. 11. — Thirteen to fourteen cells, animal pole, lb about to divide.

Fig. 12.— Thirteen to fourteen cells, right side. 2c just formed; 2d=X
dividing to form x*.
Plate XLIV, Fig. 13. — Thirteen to fourteen cells, left side. 2a in process of
formation.

Fig. 14.— Twenty-six cells, animal pole, lb*-' just formed; Ic'-^ and Id'-'
preparing to form rosette.

Fig. 15. — Twenty-six cells from right side. Spindle fibres connecting] 3C
and 3c; Ic^ preparing to divide.

Fig. 16. — Twenty-six cells, left side. 2a and 3D preparing to divide; spindle
fibres connecting X and x^, and 3A and 3a.

Fig. 17. — Twenty-sLx cells, vegetal pole, x'-^ forming; 3D in metaphase
of division.

Fig. 18.— Twenty-eight cells, left side. 2a' formed; cell body of 3D
elongated.

Fig. 19. — Twenty-eight cells, right side. 2B in division.

Fig. 20. — Forty cells, animal pole. Ic'-'-^ and Id'-'-^ preparing for tlieir
first bilateral division.

Fig. 21. — Forty cells, right side.
Plate XLV, Fig. 22.— Forty cells, left side.

Fig. 23. — Forty-two cells, right side. 4c just formed.

Fig. 24. — Forty-two cells, vegetal pole. 4d preparing for bilateral division.

Fig. 25. — Fifty-four cells, animal pole. Bilateral division of the posterior
stem cells of the first quartette completed.

Fig. 26.— Fifty-four cells, right side. 2c^' formed.

Fig. 27.— Fifty-four cells, left side.

Fig. 28.— Fifty-four cells, vegetal pole. Bilateral division of 4d completed;
X preparing for bilateral division.

Fig. 29. — Fifty-three cells, anterior end. Divisions of 3A, 2b, 3b, lb and
2c^ shown.

Fig. 30. — Seventy-two cells. Division of cells of posterior arms of cross ;
arm of cross in the B quadrant just formed.
Plate XL VI, Fig. 31. — Seventy-two cells, right side.

Fig. 32. — Seventy-two cells, left side.

Fig. 33. — Seventy-two cells, vegetal pole, x^-^ divided; 5d just formed.

Fig. 34.— Eighty-one cells, right side. 2&'^- and 2c'- divided.

Fig. 35. — Eighty-one cells, left side. 2a}-'^ and 2s} in process of division.

Fig. 36. — Eighty-one cells, vegetal pole. Dexiotropic division of M. and M.

Fig. 37. — Eighty-nine cells, animal pole. Division of Ib''^-'.

Figs. 38 and 39. — Eighty-nine cells, right and left sides respectively.
Plate XLVII, Fig. 40. — Eighty-nine cells, vegetal pole.

Figs. 42-49. — Products of 2d=X viewed from the posterior end. Fig. 42
was drawn from the same ovum as represented in Fig. 20 ; Fig. 44
likewise corresponds to Fig. 30; Fig. 45 to Figs. 34-36; and Fig. 47
to Fig. 37.

Fig. 50. — Vegetal pole. Formation of 5a and second division of M and M.

Fig. 51.— Vegetal pole. 4c divided; 4a and 4b dividing.

Fig. 52. — Division of entomeres completed.
Plate XLVIII, Figs. 53 and 55.— Two stages during the closure of the blasto-
pore. They show also the division of X and X to form x^ and x'.

Figs. 54 and 56. — Optical sagittal sections of same, showing change in
form of the entoderm cells and the inward migration of their nuclei.

Fig. 57. — Horizontal optical section of embryo at the time of the appear-
ance of the stomodseum. The mesomeres, which are seen in division,
have moved apart. In front of each mesomere is seen the band of
mesoblast to which it has given rise.

Fig. 58. — Optical sagittal section of same stage, showing formation of

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 737

stomodseum. At the anterior end is also seen the ectodermal
thickening which gives rise to the brain.

Fig. 59. — Sagittal section of a much later stage than the last. The stomo-
dseum has assumed the position of the definitive mouth, while the
entoderm cells have multiplied and arranged themselves about the
rudiment of the intestinal lumen. Below the entoderm cells is seen
the mesoderm.

rig.'60. — Sagittal section of a late stage. The entoderm cells now form
an epithelial layer about a well-defined lumen. The rudiment of the
intestine is making its appearance.

Fig. 61. — Horizontal section of an embryo with four segments.

Fig. 62. — Transverse section of a stage similar to that illustrated in Fig.
60, showing the relations of the three germ layers.

738 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

THE DEVELOPMENT AND STRUCTURE OF THE LARVA OF PARAGORDIUS.

BY THOMAS H. MONTGOMERY, JR.,
Professor of Zoology in the University of Texas.

The embryology of the Gordiacea is a subject full of mystery and
interest, notwithstanding the attempts at its solution. It is one
fraught with technical difficulties, and one where the obtaining of
material is usually a matter of chance. With a peculiar delight then,
after many vain attempts to collect the eggs, I found in March and
April of the present year numerous adults of both sexes, with egg-
strings in abundance, of Paragordius varius (Leidy) in a small stream
that passes through the town of Austin, Texas.

Ovipositing females were brought to the laboratory, and the egg-
strings kept for weeks in small jars of water aerated by plants. The
full-formed larval stage is reached in from ten to twelve days, and
these larvfe live for more than a week longer before they leave the
egg-membranes. After leaving the latter they live for only a few
days unless they reach their proper host.

In Texas, as in Pennsylvania, the last host is the large cricket
{Acheta abbreviata) ; in this host are found individuals from about one-
third the ultimate size to the adult stage. As is well known for all
the species of Gordiacea, the adults leave their terminal hosts and come
into the water, wdiere the eggs are fertilized and laid. Whether the
cricket is the only host of Paragordius varius, or whether there is a pre-
ceding one into which the larva first enters, I have not yet been able
to determine. Attempts were made to infect crickets with larvae, by
crushing the egg-strings containing the latter so as to liberate the larva,
and placing drops of water filled with the larvae upon grass fed to the
crickets. None of the adult crickets lived longer than a month in
confinement; and each one out of about 75 kept under observation
was examined in vain at the time of its death for Paragordius larv£e.
Crushed egg-strings were placed in water containing Amphipods
(Gammarids) ; at the end of two weeks the Amphipods showed numer-
ous larvffi encysted in the intestine and musculature, but these larvae
underwent no further development. Terrestrial Isopods (Oniscus)
found in damp places were placed in contact with water containing

1904.] NATURAL SCIENX'ES OF PHILADELPHIA. 739

larvae, and such water was dropped upon their mouths; two weeks
later a single one of them showed a single larva in the intestine, en-
cysted but dead. Pieces of egg-strings were placed in aquaria with
brook minnows ; the fish some three weeks later showed larvae encysted
in the intestine, and a few in the muscles, but here again no further
development of the larva? was obtained. Finally infection attempts
were made with tadpoles of Bufo. The first lot of tadpoles were small
(but operculum present), and crushed egg-strings were placed in their
water on April 12; most of the tadpoles died between the 16th and the
ISth of Api-il, the last on the 19th; the autopsy showed large numbers
of larvae (not encysted) in the intestine, but most if not all of the larva
were dead. About the same results were reached with two other lots.
Larvae placed in w^ater containing mosquito larvae {Culex) encysted
themselves in the mosquitoes and soon caused their death.

These results are, of course, quite indecisive, except in showing that
mosquito larvae and toad tadpoles cannot l)e normal hosts of the
parasites. So I have not been able to secure the early post-larval
development of Paragordius, and in the present contribution shall
deal with that literature only which concerns the development up
to the larval stage.

Since the ultimate host is a land insect, while the parasites are at
first aquatic, it is of value to determine how long the mature worms
can withstand desiccation. One adult female within a few hours after
emerging from a cricket was placed in a dry dish ; four hours afterward
she was alive, but with dry cuticle; eighteen hours afterward she was
shriveled up and did not resuscitate on being placed in water. Several
adult females, a few hours after escaping from crickets, were placed in
an open dish on moist filter paper; twenty-four hours afterward they
were still alive though the body surface was dry, and on placing them
in water they lived for several days. Egg-strings when dried shrivel
up and the eggs die quickly.

Portions of egg-strings at timed periods were preserved in three
fixatives: Zenker's fluid, made up of 5 per cent, of corrosive sublimate
and 5 per cent, of glacial acetic acid in Miiller's solution (bichromate
of potash 2 parts, sulphate of soda 1 part, water 100 parts) ; a mixture
of 95 per cent, alcohol, 3 per cent, nitric acid, and aqueous solution of
corrosive sul^limate in equal parts; and a mixture of glacial acetic
acid 10 parts, and 95 per cent, alcohol 90 parts. The fixation with
Zenker's fluid is by far the best of these, producing no distortion and
preserving admirably dalicate cellular details. To my surprise I found,
contrary to the results of other workers, that the ova, despite their

740 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

membranes, are readily penetrated, and that all alcoholic and strong-
acid solutions are to be avoided, Flemming's fluid (osmic acid, acetic
acid and chromic acid) penetrates easily, but blackens the tissues too
quickly. A fixation of three to twenty hours in Zenker's fluid is
followed by rinsing in distilled water for fully the same length of time ;
then the egg-strings are brought through successive alcohol grades up
to 83 per cent. They remain in the latter for several days, then are
brought down gradually to distilled water. With each egg-string in a
narrow, round-bottomed vial, I take a glass rod and thoroughly crush
the egg-string in water after it has been well hardened in alcohol ; thus
the eggs are easily freed from each other and none are lost. An
aqueous stain is then poured upon them; and for material fixed in
Zenker's fluid I found Delafield's hsematoxyline, diluted with an equal
volume of water, for two to three hours, the best. The ova, still within
the same vial, are brought up through successive grades of alcohol to
absolute alcohol, half an hour in each grade; then into a mixture of
equal parts of absolute alcohol and xylol ; then into pure xylol. They
are then mounted in Canada balsam. These methods have been given
in detail, because only after numerous failures have I been able to
secure fine preparations. In the structure of the larva much can be
determined by study of it in life. And one can best investigate the
armature of the proboscis by causing it to be permanently evaginated
through treatment with a rather strong aqueous solution of caustic
potash; this swells up the whole body. Sections were made of numer-
ous egg-strings, but the paraffine imbedding causes great distortion
of the cells, and it is necessary to imbed for several hours. The
whole mounts of the ova and larvse were the most instructive.

1. The Early Development.

The structure of the adult reproductive organs has been previously
described by me (1903) in detail, and it is necessary here to recall only
a few points to make the development clear. The ovaries are a pair
of long tubes extending nearly the entire length of the body, each con-
sisting of a longitudinal tube, the "uterus" of the authors, and of very
numerous lateral diverticula or pouches, "ovaries" in the narrow
sense, each of which communicates by an apertui'e with the uterus.
The posterior ends of the two uteri are ciliated, and are termed the
oviducts, and these open into the atrium, into the anterior end of
which opens also the large receptaculum seminis. The end of the
intestine communicates with the atrium, and from that point to the
posterior end of the body extends the tubular cloaca, with the cloacal

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 741

aperture between the three tail lobes. The atrium is lined with a
glandular epithelium, as is also the proximal end of the cloaca; the
remainder of the cloaca bears a cuticular lining.

The egg-cells contained in the lateral diverticula of the ovaries
of adult females (individuals whose external cuticula is of a dark color)
are all ovocytes of the first order at the end of the growth period (fig. 1,
PI. XLIX). The nucleus is more or less central in position, contains
one large dcepl}^ staining nucleolus, and a nuclear sap which shows no
trace of chromatin and only in a few cases exceedingly delicate linin
fibres ; even strong iron hsematoxyline stains fail to demonstrate chro-
matin particles. The cell-body evinces a zone of yolk globules (shaded
in figs. 1 and 15), placed near the periphery; while the cytoplasm is
coarsely alveolar, and the meshes of very regular size in the perinuclear
area.

Wliile these ovocytes are passing from the "ovaries" to the "uteri,"
but before they have entered the latter, their nuclei are in prophases
of the first maturation mitosis; such stages are shown in figs. 2-5.
The nucleolus becomes smaller and stains less intensely, while there
appear, usually close to it, chromosomes in the form of long loops
(figs. 2, 3) ; these do not first appear simultaneously, but successively.
These chromosomes shorten into the form of minute dumbbell-shaped
bodies, seven in number (fig. 4), and for the first time is seen in the
nucleus an achromatic network (fig. 5). These are bivalent chromo-
somes, as shown by their shape and by the fact that there are fourteen
single chromosomes in the cells of the embryo. Two points are
remarkable in regard to them : first, that no trace of them is to be seen
in the preceding rest stage; and second, that they appear in succession
close to the nucleolus, and later arc frequently found in a compact
group — a condition infrequent in a prophase. The evidence is that
these chromosomes come out of the nucleolus, and that during the rest
stage they are contained within it. Such a condition has recently
been demonstrated for the egg of Asterias by Hartmann (1902); but
that it is by no means a usual condition in Metazoa, on the contrary is
decidedly unusual, was previously shown by me (1898). As the ovo-
cyte enters the uterus the seven double chromosomes are arranged in
the equator of the first polar spindle (fig. 6; fig. 7, a pole view of the
spindle); this has the form of the corresponding spindle of Ascaris,
and no centrosomes are demonstrable. As the ovocytes, closely com-
pacted together, are propelled rapidly backward along the uteri antl
so through the oviducts into the atrium, the spindle moves gradually
nearer the periphery of the egg.

742 PR(3CEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

The females are impregnated with sperm, and the receptaculum
seminis filled with a great mass of it, before the ovocytes enter the
uteri, so before the first polar spindle is formed. This I have proved
by examination of numerous adult females. There is an intimate
coition, the male placing his cloacal aperture against that of the female ;
and the sperm has to traverse the length of the cloaca before reaching
the receptaculum. Ova will apparently not develop unless fertilized,
for there was no development at all in the egg-string of a female whose
receptaculum was without spermatozoa. In the testes of the adult
male only mature spermatozoa are present, and in this species there
appears to be no spermatophorcs.

When the ovocytes reach the atrium they become surrounded by
the minute flagellate spermatozoa issuing from the receptaculum,
and in the posterior part of the atrium and the proximal end of the
cloaca the sperm enters the egg (fig. 6). The pole spindle is now ex-
centric; the spermatozoon enters usually at a point of the periphery
furthest removed from the spindle, but sometimes quite near it (fig.
6). On strongly destained hsematoxyline preparations the spermato-
zoon head is sharply distinguishable. The ovocytes are propelled
backward within the cloaca compacted into an egg-string. While the
ovarian egg has a limiting membrane of very delicate nature, the egg
in the proximal part of the cloaca has a thicker membrane that stains
with hsematoxyline (fig. 6); this increases in thickness as the egg pro-
gresses backward and becomes the outermost envelope of the egg
(figs. 8, 10). At the posterior end of the cloaca each egg shows a
spermatozoon wathin the cell membrane, and the first polar spindle
at the periphery of the cell (fig. 8). At this stage the egg has two
membranes: the outer, thinner one staining with chromatin stains,
already mentioned, and a thicker inner one that stains faintly with
cytoplasmic stains (fig. 8) ; both are closely adherent to the cytoplasm.
But where the polar spindle touches the periphery these membranes
are not present. It is probable that both these membranes are pro-
ducts of the cytoplasm, and not of any gland cells of the genital passages
(as I had previously opined), else one could not explain their absence
in the region of the polar spindle. The outer membrane has at its
inception probably a glutinous nature, serving to hold the eggs
together in a string.

The eggs pass out of the cloaca in a cylindrical continuous string,
usually much convoluted, and in the first few days snowy white; the
worm may occupy as much as twenty-four hours in the discharge of
its egg-string, and then, with its body flaccid and flattened, it expires.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 743

The first pole-body is cut off by the egg shortly after the expulsion
from the body, and when it is cut off the two cell-membranes separate
it from the surface of the egg (fig. 9). Shortly afterward these two
jnembranes swell, probably by osmotic action of the surrounding water,
and together compose a double membrane removed from the surface
of the egg (fig. 10), while the cytoplasm has formed a third delicate
membrane which remains adherent to it. By this means the first polar
body becomes removed from the surface of the egg. The ovocyte of
the second order (fig. 10) shows the second polar spindle, like the first
in form, and without an intervening rest stage, and this also contains
seven chromosomes (fig. 11). The chromosomes are too minute to
allow a determination of which of these is the reduction division ; the
second polar body is then cut off (fig. 12), but remains adherent to the
egg, and the stage of the ovotid is reached.

During the process of formation of the second polar body the sper-
matozoon is changing into the sperm nucleus (figs. 10, 12), in that its
head becomes a rounded chromatin mass lying within a clear vacuole.
Quite frequently there is polyspermy, but I have no evidence that such
cases develop into embryos. When the second polar body is cut off
we find the sperm nucleus in the form of a large spherical nucleus, with
a nucleolus and a linin network ; and the egg nucleus in a less advanced
stage (fig. 13). Finally the two nuclei are seen, both in the rest stage
(fig. 14). It is remarkable, and to my knowledge unique in the known
cases of fertilization, that the two pronuclei are unequal in volume
in the rest stage (fig. 14), as also in the prophases of the first cleavage
(fig. 15); not a single case was found in which they were of equal
volume. The smaller one appears to be the egg nucleus, because in
most cases it is the one nearest the second polar body. Its smaller
size is probably due to the fact that it is formed in less time than the
sperm nucleus, and that the period is very short between its rest stage
and the formation of the first cleavage spindle.

Fig. 15 shows the two pronuclei in the prophase of the first cleavage,
the sperm nucleus being the one at the left hand ; the nuclear membrane
of each has disappeared at the point where there is an accumulation
of finely structured cytoplasm, resembling the "archoplasm" of the
similar stage in Ascaris. Each pronucleus contains a linin network
and seven minute chromosomes ; these are shown in the drawing much
less distinctly than in the preparation, where the chromosomes are
stained intensely blue and the linin very faintly. The first cleavage
spindle (fig. 16) contains 14 chromosomes (only 12 seen in this figiu-e),
and the spindle, unlike the polar spindles, is pointed at each end ; but

744 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

neither at this stage nor at any of the later ones have I been able to
determine the presence of centrosomes.

The double egg-membrane, which we saw had become separated
from the surface of the egg, is still present and continues to include
the embryo until the larval stage is a week old or more. It is a com-
plete protection for the egg against any bacterial organisms.

In the matter of the cleavage I have spent much time in the en-
deavor to work out the cell-lineage, but have been unable to do so.
The egg is spherical ; the second polar body varies in its position with
regard to the axis of the first cleavage spindle; the yolk appears to
be rather uniformly distributed near the periphery. So there is no
means of orientation of the uncleaved egg. The cleavage is total and
adequal (figs. 17-21). The two blastomeres of the 2-ccll stage are
almost equal in volume, but one is always slightly larger than the
other (fig. 17). In the 4-cell stage (fig. 18) there are two larger blasto-
meres and two smaller ones, but the difference is very slight. The axes
of the spindles in the 2-cell stage may be parallel or not, and the cells
may divide simultaneously or successively. In the 4-cell stage it is
most frequent that a line connecting the two smaller blastomeres is
perpendicular to one joining the two larger, in such a way that all four
blastomeres do not lie in one plane; they apparently never arrange
themselves in the T-shape so characteristic of Ascaris. Then the
blastomeres are not spherical, but so moulded by mutual contact that
it is exceedingly difficult to determine their relative volumes. Again,
the blastomeres of the 4-cell stage may divide simultaneously or not.
For these reasons I have found it impossible to work out the cell-
lineage, without, however, wishing to imply that it may not be per-
fectly determinate.

A coeloblastula (fig. 20) is formed at an early cleavage, sometimes
as early as six blastomeres, almost always at the 8-cell stage (fig. 19).
At the 16-cell stage (fig. 21) the cleavage-cavity is large. On optical
sections one pole of the blastula shows cells somewhat larger than
those of the opposite pole.

While there are but a relatively small number of blastomeres, an
invagination of the larger-celled wall of the blastula commences and
leads to the establishment of a typical invagination gastrula (figs. 22-
27). All the lining (mesentoderm) of the gastroccel is not formed b}^
an inpushing of the wall of the blastula, but it appears rather that only
a small number of cells are invaginated, and that by the cell division
of these the mesentoderm increases in amount. The orifice of the
invagination, the blastopore is very narrow, and in a position that

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 745

corresponds with the ventro-posterior end of the larva; and the end
toward which the mesentoderm turns (figs. 23, 24, 26) is anterior; so
we can now distinguish anterior and posterior, dorsal and ventral, right
and left. The invaginated layer of cells is a mesentoderm, because from
it comes both the mcscnchym and the entoderm, as shown in figs. 25-27,
where the mesenchym cells are shaded. From that area where the
mesentoderm joins the ectoderm (the outer cell-layer) takes place a
proliferation of cells of the mesentoderm, leading to the formation of
loose cells and masses of cells, the mesenchym, lying within the cleavage-
cavity. Fig. 23 shows just at the blastopore two particularly large
blastomeres, which I first took to be mesenchym pole cells; but I
found them in only one case, and do not believe there is a proliferation
from a pair of pole cells, though the proliferation comes from the region
near the blastopore. In no case was there any evidence of formation
of the mesenchym from the side of the ectoderm; in these stages the
mitotic spindles of the ectoderm cells lie always parallel to their free
surface, never perpendicular to it, as would be necessarv for the forma-
tion of mesenchym. Particularly decisive in this matter are cases like
that shown in fig. 25 — mesentoderm cells dividing at right angles to
the surface of the mesentoderm. This embryonic tissue is properly
ftiesenchym and not mesoderm, since the cells do not arise as an epi-
thelium or in compact masses, but separately; and cases like that of
fig, 27, where they appear for a time to compose solid masses, are delu-
sive and due to the difficulty of distinguishing the cells. At no stage
up through the larva do these cellular elements become epithelia.

The remainder of the early development may be traced rapidly, and
simply in order to clarify the organization of the larva. The blastopore
closes early {BL, figs. 24-29), or remains as a very narrow opening.
The entoderm grows foi-w- ard and is largest at its apex (fig. 26) ; this
portion of the cntodermal canal will become the gland of the larva
(figs. 2S-30, GL). By cell division the few first-produced mesen-
chym cells form more numerous smaller elements within the
cleavage-cavity, shown as the shaded cells in figs. 26-32, The
next notable change is that at a point nearl}^ opposite the blasto-
pore (BL) the ectoderm thickens (fig. 28), becoming two to three
cell-layers deep, whereas elsewhere it has become much thinner; at
this stage also the anterior end of the cntodermal canal is becoming
constricted off from the remainder. In the next stage the thickened
ectoderm mass commences to invaginate (fig. 29), this being the com-
mencement of the proboscis; at the inner surface (that surface border-
ing on the cleavage-ca^■ity) this invaginated ectoderm shows an annular
48

746 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

proliferation {Di., fig- 29), which is the perceptible beginning of the
diaphragm of the larva. Now also the anterior portion of the ento-
dermal canal is nearly cut off from the posterior, it is the immature
condition of the larval gland {Gl.) ; sometimes, as in fig. 29, its anterior
end is pointed and in contact with the ectoderm of the proboscis, and
probably this pointed end represents the beginning of the tube duct
of the gland; at least I have no fiurther evidence as to the mode of
development of the duct. Fig. 30 shows the ectodermal invagination
further progressed, and the gland {Gl.) completely cut off from the
intestine {In.)] the mesoderm cells are numerous. In the stage of
fig. 31 the embryo is bent upon itself, comma-shaped, since the growth
is not of volume but of length, and the double egg-membrane prevents
growth in a straight line. The embryo is bent in the region of the
diaphragm {Di.). The diaphragm and the whole proboscis anterior
to it is ectodermal, except for a few mesenchym cells (shaded) that
have now become young muscle cells. Behind the diaphragm, all
that region which may be termed the "trunk," we find entoderm com-
posing the embryonic intestine {In.) and gland {GL), mesenchym
(shaded), and a thin layer of ectoderm which, on the ventral surface
near the diaphragm, is thickened (embryonic nervous epitheliiun).
Fig. 32 is an immature larva with the armature of the proboscis
developed.

During these stages the ectoderm of the surface of the body becomes
very thin, and its component cells fewer in number (compare figs. 27
and 31) ; this is evidently due to a participation of the whole ectodermic
layer in the proboscidial invagination. In the intestine also the nuclei
move to the two ends (compare figs. 29 and 32), so that elsewhere
the intestinal wall becomes very thin. The blastopore is completely
closed, but its position still marked by the angle of junction of the
ectoderm (hypodermis) and entoderm (intestine). The gland loses
its central lumen,

2, The Larva (Plate L).

The larva is still included within the double egg-membrane, and is
not noticeably larger in volume than the egg-cell, so that during all
this time it can have taken no nourishment from without.

A transverse diaphragm (fig. S6, Di.), the margins of which are
fused with the hypodermis {Hy.), separates the body into two regions
an anterior proboscis and a posterior head-trunk. The diaphragm is
with difficulty demonstrable, somewhat thicker than the hypodermis,
and staining slightly with ha?matoxyline ; on its anterior surface are

190i.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 747

a few nuclei, of which four central ones are notably conspicuous.
It is traversed only by the duct (Gl.d.) of the gland (GL). It is
owing to the presence of this diaphragm that movements of the
proboscis cause no movements whatever of the fluid within the cavity
(archicoel) of the head-trunk.

The proboscis is seen in evaginated condition in fig. 36, in contracted
in fig. 37. The evagination is due to the contraction of longitudinal
muscles (Mus.) lying beneath the body wall and reflected over the :
axial stalk of the proboscis. A contraction of these muscles evaginates
the armature, partly perhaps by a direct pull, partly perhaps by pro-
ducing a pressure upon the fluid contained ^^•ithin the cavity of the
proboscis. A comparison of figs. 36 and 37 furnishes the best repre-
sentation of the mechanics of this process. Wlien the armature is
evaginated the wall of the proboscis shows its annular folds ^-ery close
together (fig. 36); when retracted, further apart and less numerous.
\A^iat causes the retraction of the armature is difficult to decide, but
it is perhaps due to the tension of certain long cells (Fib.) lying at the
base of the axis.

The hypodermis of the outer wall of the proboscis is exceedingly
thin from the diaphragm to the base of the third row of spicules (Sp. 3)
of the armature, and contaias not more than one or two nuclei. On its
outer surface is a thicker homogeneous cuticula which does not extend
over the armature region. Cuticula and hypodermis together compose
a very thin outer wall which is thrown into folds, so that the larva
appears to be superficially annulated. As well as I could determine
these folds are temporary, and their number changes with movements
of the proboscis, though the annulations are always present. There
are no circular muscles to produce them. The hypodermis is thickened
below the spicules and stilets which compose the armature, and shows
one nucleus at the base of each stilet and each spicule; at the base of
the stilets {St., figs. 36, 37) the hypodermis becomes continuous with
the axial ectodermic cell mass.

The armature, best studied in life or on individuals treated with
caustic potash, shows three rows of spicules and three stilets (figs.
33-37). The first row of spicules {Sp. 1) is composed of a circle of
six spicules, namely, a pair of dorso-lateral and a pair of dorso-ventral
spicules, and a pair of lateral ones considerably larger than the others.
The second row {Sp. 2) is made up of a circle of four spicules, a dorso-
lateral and a ventro-lateral pair lying beneath the corresponding pairs
of the first row; these are the smallest of all the spicules. The spicules
of both of these rows are flattened, pointed cuticular plates, with

748 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

slightly thickened margins. The third row of spicules (Sp. 3) is com-
posed of a circle of needle-hke spines, seven in number: one dorsal,
one pair of dorso-lateral, one pair of dorso-ventral, and one pair of
closely approximated ventral spicules. All these spicules project
backward when the armature is evaginated. The three stilets point
forward; one of them is ventral {St.v., figs. 33-35), and the others
''fi'^Tso-lateral (St.d.). Each is a slender rod, with the proximal end
widfe^Aed, but with a depression on each side of the expansion (there
shapecl ^ike a human red blood corpuscle) ; and with the distal end also
expanded and bearing on its median surface a series of fine parallel
ridges. The stilets surround a delicate canal, at the base of which
opens the duct of the gland {Gl.d.). The whole armature is an exqui-
site device for the penetration of the tissues of the host, and for moving
through them — the stilets penetrating, the spicules by their gripping
pidiiVig the larva forward. One does not know which to admire more,
%ke perfection of the larva for occasioning torture or the beneficence
of the Providence allowing such torment.

The axis of the proboscis is separated from the outer wall by a space,
archico?!, and is composed of a cord of cells extending from the base of
the stilets to the diaphragm (figs. 36, 37). That part of this cord
nearest the stilets passes over continuously into the hypodermis, and
is composed of a mass of cells without perceptible boundaries, contain-
ing a number of large nuclei. So far as I can determine these are sim-
ply undifferentiated ectodermic cells. The other end of the cord is
made up of a numl:)er of long spindle-shaped cells (Fib.), attached at
one end to the diaphragm ; these may serve as elastic retractors of the
evaginated armature.

The musculature of the proboscis is composed exclusively of longi-
tudinal fil^res (Mus. of figs. 36 and 37), the only faintly shaded struc-
tures in these drawings of the proboscis. These muscle cells are too
minute for any determination of their finer structure ; one can simply
determine their long spindle shapes, the presence of nuclei in them, and
the fact that they do not form a continuous layer, but are separated
from one another though parallel. Their arrangement is shown in figs.
36 and 37.

All this region anterior to the diaphragm has been called by me the
proboscis, because evidently the whole is simply an organ for penetra-
tion and locomotion in the host, even though it composes about one-
half of the body. There is no entoderm in its constitution (except
the duct of the gland body situated behind the diaphragm), and mesen-
chvm onlv in the form of the musculature; all the remainder is ectoder-

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 749

mic. It has no intestine, and no nervous system, unless, indeed, the
large cells of the axis may be considered embryonic nerve cells, or some
of the cells on the anterior surface of the diaphragm. It is not com-
parable with a head, nor is it to be regarded as a segment of equal
morphological value with the head-trunk. The proof is yet wanting,
but it will probably be found that this proboscis is the essential larval
organ, disappearing more or less completely before the adult condition,
and that the head-trunk is the persisting region.

The posterior head-trunk (fig. 36) is bent upon the proboscis, as the
larva lies within the egg-membranes, but by the action of the longi-
tudinal muscles the whole body may be straightened. Its hypodermis
and cuticula is of the same structure as that of the posterior portion
of the proboscis, except for the presence of two pairs of cuticular
hooks {H.), placed right and left on each side of the posterior end,
and for the presence of a thickening of the hypodermis. This thicken-
ing {Nv.) lies ventral just behind the diaphragm, and shows a double
row of large nuclei, one row to the right and the other to the left of the
median line, and each row with four to five nuclei. This thickening
is to be regarded as the nervous system of the larva. It is an ectoder-
mal thickening of definite form in every larva; and its ventral position
corresponds with the position of the nerve cord of the adult. There
are no other parts of the larva which can be considered nervous, unless
the large hypodermal cells composing the axis of the proboscis have
that function — against which assumption a number of objections
might be urged. This thickening is then a double row of neuroblasts,
recognizable only on carefully stained preparations; nerve fibres cannot
be determined.

The longitudinal muscle-cells {Mus.) lie just beneath the hypodermis,
and terminate anteriorly against the diaphragm. They have the same
appearance as those of the proboscis, but are more difficult to perceive,
particularly those of the dorsal side. Here also there is no trace of
circular muscles.

In the archicffil, at the anterior end of the head-trunk, is placed a
large gland {Gl.), which, as we have seen, arose as an abstriction from
the entodermal canal. By a long duct (fig. 36, Gl.d.) it is connected
with the exterior at the base of the stilets {St.) of the proboscis. This
gland lies free within the archicoel, and contains about eight large
nuclei; cell boundaries are bareh^ distinguishable, and the cytoplasm
is dense and stains uniformly. The long, convoluted duct can usually
be found onh' in life, when it appears as a perfectly clear, convoluted
line. On a few preparations, however, its portion within the gland

750 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

body was deeply stained by hsematoxyliiie. It arises near the pos-
terior end of the gland body, extends through the length of the latter,
then piercing the diaphragm extends forward through the archicoel
of the proboscis, i.e., on the surface of the axial stalk. Whether this
extremely delicate canal is intercellular or intracellular in the gland
body, I could not ascertain; if it were intercellular it would represent
a portion of the gastrocoelic cavity. As to the function of this gland,
the position of its external aperture at the base of the stilets would
point to its being a poison gland. There is no good reason for judging
it to be an excretory organ; and indeed we shall see that what are
probably excretory masses become stored up within the cavity of the
intestine.

The intestine {In., fig. 36) of the larva is a closed tube, terminating
blindly at its anterior end, and at its posterior connecting with the
cuticula of the body wall without external opening; this latter point
corresponds with the blastopore {Bl.). This posterior end of the in-
testine appears as a narrow, solid stalk, with two or four nuclei apposed
to its surface. The wall of the remainder of the intestine is very thin,
except at the opposite ends where it is thickened and embraces several
large nuclei. Within the intestinal lumen are always present usually
two, sometimes more, large globules {Glo.) of a pale brownish color
and viscid consistency. These appear first when the larva is not quite
mature as a thinner fluid, but subsequently accumulate as homo-
geneous, rounded globules. These cannot represent food substance,
for the blastopore is closed and the intestine has no connection with
the exterior. It is then probable they represent products of metabolic
waste, in which case the intestine of the larva would serve as an excre-
tory reservoir.

Within the archicoel, just at the posterior end of the head-trunk, is a
mass of a few small cells {Mus.), evidently mesenchym cells that have
not become specialized; they are embryonic, and may be germ cells.

Finally, the body-cavity of the larva is an archicoel, without floating
cells and apparently without connective tissue. There are no meso-
dermal epithelia (mesothelia) ; and the only transverse septum of
the body, the diaphragm, is ectodcrmic.

3. Previous Work.

I have not seen the papers of Grube (1849) and Meissner (1856), nor
yet the last paper on the early development, one in Russian by Tretia-
kow (1901).

Leidy (1850, 1870) gives a very superficial account, with no figures,

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 751

of the formation of the larva; he noted the proboscis invagination,
and the spicules (''filaments") of the armature.

Villot (1874) was the first to give an extended account of the develop-
ment of the larva. He described the formation of the egg-string
("nid amentum"), and the appearance of the egg-envelopes; and
describes the polar bodies as being very variable in number, form and
volume. He found the segmentation to be total and equal and leads
to a "germe" formed of two concentric spheres (the process of which
was not determined), ectoderm and entoderm respectively. He noted
the ectodermal invagination at the anterior end of the embryo and in-
terpreted it to be the beginning of the "head" (equivalent to my term
"proboscis"). His fig. 49 is the most detailed sketch yet given of the
structure of the larva. The whole armature of the proboscis is de-
scribed very accurately. But he describes an anterior mouth com-
municating by an oesophagus with a posterior intestine, and the latter
by an open anus with the exterior — failing to see the diaphragm, and
mistaking for an oesophagus the solid axial cord of the proboscis. He
saw correctly the gland and its duct, but interpreted it as an excretory
organ. The musculature is noted, and the body-cavity described as
filled with cells. His second paper (1891) is mainly a criticism of the
work of Camerano.

Camerano (1889) studied the development not quite to the point
of the larval stage, figures the chromosomes and certain details in the
formation of the polar bodies, which he finds to be two in number.
The earliest penetration of the spermatozoon he did not see, but
describes a succession of stages of the two pronuclei, and figiu-es them
as of unequal size. The early cleavage he finds to be quite variable in
different eggs, though holoblastic. In regard to the process of gastru-
lation his results are entirely different from mine. He finds the embryo
at the end of the cleavage to be a flattened plate, not a sphere, a disk
composed of two layers of cells— a sterroblastula. This plate becomes
quadrangular instead of circular in outline ; then an invagination takes
place at one end of the plate, which he interprets as a prostoma, and
concludes the sterroblastula to have become a coelogastrula, I can
only interpret Camerano's results as follows: First, that the strong
fixatives employed produced flattening of the embryos, which I have
frequently observed after fixation with acetic acid or strong alcohol;
second, that he did not see the gastrula invagination at all (which
would take place at the stage of his figs. 43 to 45), and mistook the
ectodermal proboscidial invagination for the gastrula cavity.

Villot was in error in describing the true larva as the "etat embry-

752 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct,,

onnaire" or "premiere forme larvaire/' and the immature worm found
as a parasite in insects the "etat larvaire proprement dit" or "deux-
ieme forme larvaire.'' Camerano and Vejdovsky (1894) are quite
right in insisting, in opposition to Villot and von Linstow, that the
organism as it leaves the egg-membranes is the larva, and that thefe
is no second larval stage. That stage is the larva which is equipped
with a temporary larval organ, the proboscis ; all later stages, as far as
they are known, are but progressions toward the adult condition.

4. Conclusions.

The opinion I had previously expressed (1903) from a study of the
adult anatomy of Paragordius was as follows: "With the Nematoda
the Gordiacea have in common only one important structure, the
tubular genitalia and their opening into the cloaca. With the Annelida
they agree in the structure and innervation of the musculature, and
in having dorso-ventral mesenteries which di\dde body-cavities
bounded by cell-layers. But there is good reason for doubting the
homologies of these mesenteries and body-cavities in these two groups
of animals. They differ from the Annelida in showing no trace at all
of true metamerism (either in the nervous system, the body-cavities,
the genitalia or the body wall) ; in the absence of a cerebral ganglion,
of a vascular system, of setal sacks or extremities ; and very markedly
in the structure of the genitalia. In ^-iew of these facts the Gordiacea
cannot be regarded as even highly degenerate Annelida, as Vejdo\'sky
has done, nor yet as modified Nematoda, the view of most of the
writers, but must rather be considered a group of isolated position,
as Grenadier, von Siebold and Villot have regarded them."

The present study of the early development confirms this \aew, but
shows that there is considerable correspondence of the cleavage and
gastrulation processes wdth those of the Nematoda. The middle germ-
layer is not a connected mesoderm, but a mesenchym of disconnected
cells, arising from the mesentoderm close to the blastopore.

The larva has two marked peculiarities. First, by a transverse
septum, the diaphragm, the body is partitioned into an anterior
proboscis and a posterior head-trunk. This proboscis is entirely ecto-
dermal except for mesenchymatous muscles, and lacks any nervous
system, excretory system, and any portion of an intestine. Though
it composes half the body, it is probably a purely larval organ that
takes no part in the adult structure : the diaphragm marks the future
boundary of the adult head, and the proboscis is precephahc. A sup-
port for this view, apart from good anatomical considerations, is to

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 755

be found in the work of Vejdovsky (1894), particularly his fig. 17; this
represents an outline of the head of an immature individual, showing
at the tip of the definitive head the still persisting proboscis with a
transverse septum. The future head and trunk proper then lie behind
the proboscis of the larva, and this head-trunk becomes the complete
body of the adult; this we can say certainly, even though the early
post-larval development is entirely unknown.

This head-trunk has a wall like the proboscis, a hypodermis with
cuticula, and longitudinal mesenchymatous muscle fibres. There is
no coelom, no peritoneum or mesenteries. The nervous system is
simply a ventral thickening of the hypodermis. In the head-trunk
is found the second striking peculiarity of the Paragordius larva — a
gland connecting by a long duct with the anterior end of the proboscis.
This gland is entodermal, arising as an abstriction from the anterior
end of the entodermal tube. In point of origin it resembles an entero-
coel, a mesoderm sack, and its early lumen is a portion of the gastroccel.
But there the resemblance ceases, for it becomes a gland, evidently
secretory and not excretory, which later develops a duct to the exterior.
Its origin is unpaired. The only forms which show a similar unpaired
enteroccfil arising from the anterior end of the entoderm tube are the
Holothurians, and there an outgrowth of a portion (hydrocoel) of the
hydro-enterocoel connects it, in the form of the stone canal, with the
exterior. But it would be a rash comparison, in no Avay justified,
between a Gordiacean and a Holothurian. This gland probably
continues to a late stage of the development under the form of the
"braune Driise" of Gordius, described by Vejdovsky, but is not
homologous with the problematical ''supraintestinal organ" that I
found in the adult of Paragordius.

When we consider this ectodermal proboscis, the cctodermic dia-
phragm and the enterocoelic gland; the absence of any coelomic
cavities, ciliary wreaths and excretory organs; the lack of a mouth
and the mesenchymatous musculature, we must conclude this union of
characters to make the Gordiacean larva unique, not closely comparable
with any other larva.

If my interpretation of the larva is correct, then the early post-larval
development, which has yet to be studied, should show the mouth
arising in the plane of the diaphragm, probably as an ectodermic
stomodseum; the dorsal commissure of the brain developing in the
same region; and the reproductive organs arising from the small
mass of mesenchym cells at the posterior end. But the point of most
importance that remains to be investigated is the first origin of that

754 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

tissue so peculiar to the Gordiacea, the ''parenchym," and its arrange-
ment into layers. Not until that is done can the structure of the adult
be adequately interpreted.

Literature List.

Camerano, L. 1889. I primi momenti della evoluzione clei Gordii. Mem.

Real. Accad. Sci. Torino, XL.
Idem. 1892. Ricerche intorno al parasitismo ed alio sviluppo del Gordius

pustulosus. Atti Accad. Sci. Torino.
Grube. 1849. IJeber einige Anguillulen und die Entwickelung von Gordius

aquaticus. Arch. Naturg., 29.
Hautmann, M. 1902. Studien am thierischen Ei. 1 Ovarialei und Eireifung

von Asterias glacialis. Zool. Jahrb., 15.
Leidy, J. 1850. Notes on the Development of the Gordius aquaticus. Proc.

Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.
Idem. 1870. The Gordius or Hairworm. Aiuer. Entoni. and Bot., 2.
LiNSTOW, O. V. 1890. Ueber die Entwickelungsgeschichte und die Anatomic

von Gordius tolosanus. Arch. mikr. Anat., 3-4.
Idem. 1891. Weitere Beobachtungen an Gordius tolosanus und ]NIermis.

Ibid., 37.
Meissner. 1856. Beitrage zur Anatomie und Phj'siologie der Gordiaceen.

Zeit. ^viss. Zool., 3.
Montgomery, T. H., Jr. 1898. Comparative Cj'tological Studies with Especial

Regard to the Morphology of the Nucleolus. Joiirn. Morph., 15.
Idem. 1903. The Adult Organization of Paragordius varius (Leidy). Zool.

Jahrb., 18.
Tretiakow, D. 1901. Trav. Soc. Imp. Natural. St. Petersbourg, 32.
Vejdovsky, F. 1894. Organogenie der Gordiiden. Zeit. tviss. Zool., 57.
ViLLOT, A. 1874. Monographie des Dragonweaux. Arch. Zool. Exper., 3.
Idem. 1891. L'Evolution des Gordiens. Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool.

Explanation of Plates XLIX and L.

The following abbreviations have been emploj^ed in the figures :

BL, blastopore.

Cut., cuticula.

Di., diaphragm.

Fib., fibre cells.

Gl, gland.

Gl.d., gland duct.

Glo., globules within intestine.

H., cuticular hooks.

Ily., hypodermis.

In., intestine.

Mes., mesenchjmi cells.

Mus., musculature.

Nv., nervous thickening of hypodermis.

Sp. 1-Sp. 3, spicules of rows 1-3.

St.d., dorsal stilets.

St. v., ventral stilet.

All the figures, except 33-35, are camera lucida drawings at a magnification
of 1312 diameters.

Plate XLIX, Fig. 1. — Ovocyte from lateral diverticulum of ovary, at end of the

growth period; the yolk globules shaded.
Figs. 2-5. — Nuclei in successive prophases preceding the formation of the

first polar body.
Fig. 6. — Portion of an egg near the proximal end of the cloaca, showing the

first polar spindle and the entering spermatozoon.
Fig. 7. — Pole view of the first polar spindle.
Fig. S. — Outline of the whole egg, from a posterior end of the cloaca, showing

the two egg-membranes, first polar spindle and spermatozoon.
Fig. 9. — Portion of the periphery of an egg, showing first polar body formed.
Fig. 10. — Outline of egg, showing second polar spindle, sperm nucleus and,

separated from the surface of the egg, the two membranes.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 755

Fig. 11. — Pole view of second polar spindle.

Fig. 12. — Outline of egg, sperm nucleus and expulsion of second polar body.

Figs. 13, 14. — -Outline of eggs, second polar body on surface, egg nucleus at
right, sperm nucleus at left in both figures.

Fig. 15. — Prophase of first cleavage, seven chromosomes in each nucleus;
sperm nucleus at left, egg nucleus at right ; yolk globules shaded.

Fig. IG. — First cleavage spindle and second polar body.

Figs. 17-19.— 2-cell, 4-cell and S-cell stages.

Fig 20. — Optical section of a blastula.

Fig. 21. — 16-cell stage.

Figs. 22-24. — Successive gastrula stages, optical median section.-;.

Figs. 25-27. — Optical median sections of later gastrulaj, showing the early
formation of mesenchym cells (shaded).

Fig. 28. — Optical median section at stage of ectodermal thickening; mesen-
chym shaded.

Fig. 29.— Optical median section at stage of beginning ectodermal invagina-
tion; mesenchym shaded.

Figs. 30-32. — Similar views of successive later stages.

Figs. 33-35.— Freehand drawings to show the armature of the proboscis in
extended position. 33, slightly oblique ventral view; 34, view from
the right side ; 35, slightly oblique dorsal view.
Plate L, Fig. 36. — Freehand drawing, on a much larger scale than on the preced-
ing plate, of a larva from the right side, with the proboscis fully
extended.

Fig. 37. — ^Similar drawing of the proboscis in invaginated condition.

756 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

November 1.
The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.

Twenty-four persons present.

The deaths of Samuel W. Woodhousc, M.D., October 23, Ralph F.
Cullinan, October 30, and A. F. Mueller, M.D., October 20, members,
were announced.

Mr. Witmer Stone made a communication on the birds of the
Galapagos Islands. (No abstract.)

November 15.
The President. Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.

Twenty-seven persons present.

Mr. Stewardson Brown spoke of the between-tide plants of the
Delaware river. (No abstract.)

Nominations of Officers, Councillors and members of the Committee
on Accounts were made, to be balloted for at the annual meeting.

The following was accepted for pubhcation:

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 757

NEW, EARE OE LITTLE KNOWN SCOMBROIDS. No. 1.
BY HENRY W. FOWLER.

The present paper is one of a series now in preparation, which will
be intended to give accounts of the more interesting Scombroids con-
tained in the collection of the The Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia. While a few of the species appear to be new, others are
rare, and some are of value in establishing identifications of older
naturalists. I have framed complete descriptions of some species
which have at all times needed elucidation, while a number of others
are supplemented with notes. Changes in nomenclature which appear
necessary are given. In such cases some are due entirely to a rigid
adherence to the original orthography. In the introduction of several
new subgenera it may be remembered that where transitional forms
occur, like those in the older conception of Caranx, the better defined
groups, possibly of different lines of descent, had, at least best be
indicated even if only provisionally.

SCOMBRID^.
SCOMBRIN.^.

Subgenus SCOMBER Linna>us.
Scomber scombrus Linnaeus.

Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 1758, p. 297. In Oceauo Atlantico. Bonaparte. Cat.

Met. Pesc. Europ., Napoli, 1846, p. 73.

Five examples from Italy. Bonaparte Coll. (No. 386.). Dr. T. B.
Wilson.

Subgenu.s PNEUMATOPHORUS Jordan and Gilbert.
Scomber kanagurta Ruppell.

Atl. Reis. Nordl. Af., Fisch., 1828, p. 93. Gonil'uda. [Red Sea.] Fowler,

Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., XII (2), 1904, p. 506, PI. 12, upper figure.

Head 3yV; depth 4; D. VIII-I, 11, 5; A. I, 11, 5; P. i, 20; V. i, 5;
scales about 148 in lateral series to base of caudal; about 13 scales
in a transverse series between origin of second dorsal and lateral line;
about 24? scales between lateral line and origin of anal; width of head
2 in its length; depth of head H; snout 3^; eye 3^; maxillary 2h;
mandible If; interorbital space 3|; depressed dorsal If; base of
second dorsal 2j\; base of anal 2yV; pectoral 2 (damaged); ventral
2-^; least depth of caudal peduncle 8|.

758 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV..

Body elongate, rather deep, compressed, and greatest depth near
middle of its length. Caudal peduncle small, its width f its depth.

Head triangular, deep, and compressed, and profiles evenly though
slightly convex above and below. Snout long, conic, sides becoming
compressed, and top of head flattened anteriorh-. Eye high, nearly
touching upper profile, and a little anterior. ]\louth moderate, its
gape reaching about half way in space between tip of snout and front
rim of pupil. Preorbital long, of about even width, and groove
extending about opposite middle of eye. Maxillary when exposed
reaching front rim of orbit, but when mouth is closed reaching front
rim of pupil, and entirely concealed posteriorly by preorbital. Teeth
small, conic, rather few, and uniserial in jaws. Tongue small, anterior,
elongate, tip rounded and free. No teeth on roof of mouth. Nostrils
lateral, and space between each moderate. Anterior circular, about
midway between tip of snout and front of eye. Posterior a short
vertical slit. Interorbital space broad, flattened, or onl}^ slightly
concave in middle. Top of head, posterior to eyes, convex.

Gill-opening large, its posterior margin forming a vertical undulation
leaving a large flap at lower corner, and extending forward till nearly
opposite posterior nostril. Shoulder girdle furnished with two broad
fleshy processes with a rather broad space between. Isthmus long and
thin, but without a sharp edge. Rakers 13 + 23, long, though a little
shorter than longest filaments, or about equal to space between tip
of snout and posterior nostril. Rakers compressed, rather attenuate,
and furnished with a series of fine pointed and rather flexible bristles
on each inner edge. Filaments longest on middle of ceratobranchial.
Pseud obranchise about equal to space between tip of snout and anterior
nostril. Air-bladder rather large.

Scales small, all narrowly imbricated, those about pectoral and just
behind gill-opening enlarged. Scales below second dorsal small.
Cheeks and top of head scaly, rest of head naked. Lateral line con-
ciurent with back till after first dorsal, then inclined straight to base
of caudal. A short keel at base of each caudal lobe laterally. Pectoral
without flap, but with a ridge along scales above to its tip. Soft dorsal
and anal covered with minute scales, other fins except pectoral, naked.
Adipose eyelid large, leaving only middle third of eye exposed.

Dorsal spines slender, pungent, first two close together, third longest,
and others graduated to last which is short. Depressable in a groove
which extends well beyond its tip when fin is depressed, and origin
falling a little nearer base of soft dorsal than tip of snout, or about over
first f of pectoral. Second dorsal small, inserted nearer origin of pec-

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 759

toral than base of caudal, and anterior rays elevated. Spine weak.
Finlets of both dorsal and anal similar, at equal distances, and last
longest. Anal similar to soft dorsal, inserted about midway between
origin of pectoral and base of caudal, or a little behind origin of
soft dorsal. Pectoral high, small, and reaching beyond middle of
base of spinous dorsal. Ventral low, inserted a trifle behind(?) origin
of pectoral. Caudal small, deeply emarginate.

Color when fresh in arrack, blue-black above, with many round deep
or darker spots than body-color, and area above well separated from
lower surface of bodj-^ by a sharp line of demarcation which reaches
lateral line below first -finlets. Sides of head, trunk, and caudal pedun-
cle, together with all of lower surface of bod}^, silvery- white. Dorsal,
caudal and pectoral grayish, latter especially on its outer and inside
basally blackish. Ventral and anal whitish. Inside of gill-opening
grayish. Peritoneum silvery.

Length 8^ inches.

Thirty-one examples, but all of the others young. Padang, Sumatra.
Coll. A. C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila. and Stanford University. In the example described above
I found a small Lciognathus ly\ inches in length. It was taken from
the gullet.

I provisionally adopt the name Scomber kanagurta, though derived
from Russell's Indian fish^ and based on that of the Red Sea by Riippell,
who subsequently described S. chrysozonus^ and S. microlepidotus^
from the same place. Kner recorded the latter from the Nicobars
and Hong Kong,* and Bleeker from Pinang.^ Dr. Steindachner con-
siders both identical wdth S. loo,^ and Day^ united all three with
S. kanagurta, S. moluccensis,^ and S. reani,^ though Dr. Klunzinger
separated S. microlepidotus, retaining S. kanagurta and S. chrysozonus
as distinct.

Dr. i\Ieek records microlepidotus from Aden.^° One of his examples
now in the Museum of Stanford University I have examined. It has
exceedingly long gill-rakers, the longest almost equal to snout and one-

^ Kanagurta Russell, Fishes of Coromandel, II, 1803, p. 28, PI. 136.

^ Neue Wirbelthiere, Fisch., 1835, p. 37, PI. 11, fig. 1. Massaua. [Red Sea.]

= L. c, p. 38, PL 11, fig. 2. Massaua.

* Reis. Freg. Norara, ZooL, I, 1865, p. 143.

5 Versl. Kon. Ak. Wet., XII, 1861, p. 74. [Record.]

" Sifz. Ak. Wiss. TFten, LVII, 1868, p 987. Rothen Meere.

' Fishes of India. II, 1876, p. 250. L. c. in Supplement, 1888, p. 790.

* Bleeker, Act. Soc. Sci. Ind. Neerl. (Besch. Yisch. Amboina), I, 1856, p. 40.
Amboina, in mari. (M. Dnijmaer Van Twist.)

" Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1870, p 441.

10 Field Mus. Pub., 22, ZooL, Ser. I, No. 8, Nov., 1897, p. 172. [Record.]

760 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

third of orbit. In number about 30 on lower part of first arch. Shoul-
der girdle inside gill-opening nearly smooth and with obsolete pro-
cesses. Later Dr. Meek kindly examined the other examples, which
are at present in the Field Columbian Museum, and informs me that
the gill-rakers are long, and numerous, longest reaching from tip of
snout to middle of pupil, 2^ to 2f in head.

SARDIN.E.

Auxis bisus (Rafinesque).

Scomber bisus Rafinesque," Carat. Alcun. Nuov. Gen. Spec. Animal. Piant.

Sicilia, 1810, p. 45, PI. 2, fig;. 1. Palermo.
Aitxis bisus Bonaparte, Cat. Met. Pesc. Europ., Napoli, 184G, p. 74.

Head (measured from tip of upper jaw'^) 4; depth about 4|; D.
XI-iv, 7, 8 ; A. IV, 9, 7 ; P. i, 20 ; V. i, 5 ; width of head 1| in its length ;
depth of head at posterior margin of preopercle 1|; snout 4^; orbit 5^;
interorbital space 4; base of rayed dorsal, without finlets, 3^%; base
of anal, without finlets, 5; mandible 2f ; least depth of caudal peduncle
3 in snout. This example agrees with Goode's figure, except that the
origin of the spinous dorsal would fall nearer the tip of the depressed
pectoral than its base. Length 19 inches. Italy. Bonaparte Coll.
( V"). Dr. T. B. Wilson.

On comparison with a single example from Newport (Rhode Island)
collected by Samuel Powel, and agreeing with Goode's figure, ^^ this
difference is still carried out. However, the Newport example is only
about 12^ inches long, and thus it may be accounted for by age.
Goode's figure does not show the keel above the base of the pectoral
fin and parallel w'ith the upper margin of the same fin. It is more
distinct and extends further posteriorly in my Italian example.

I retain Rafinesque's name provisionally until more material is
compared, as it is possible that the East Indian form^'* may be different.

PELAMYS Walbaum.

Ivlein, in Walbaum, Pet. Arted. Gen. Pise., Ill, 1792, p. 584. (Type here

affixed is Scornber pelamis Linnteus.)
Gijvmosarda Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, p. 125 (unicolor).

Pelamys alleterata (Rafinesque).

Scomber alleteratus Rafinesque, Carat. Alcun. Nuov. Gen. Spec. Animal.

Piant. Sicilia, 1810, p. 40. Palermo.
Scomber aletteratus Rafinesque, I. c, PI. 2, fig. 3.

" I do not know whether this name is later than Scomber rochet Risso, or not.
Rafinesque's preface is dated April 1, 1810

1' Also measured in same manner for the other comparisons.

^^ Fishery Indust. U.S. (Nat. Hist. Aquat. Animal, I), 1884, PL 92, upper
figure.

^* Scomber thazard Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss., IT, 1800, p. 599. L. c, III,

1800, p. 9. Vers le septieme degr^ de latitude australe, aupres des rivages de la
NouvelU'-Guinee.

190-1.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 761

Two examples from the island of St. Thomas, West Indies. The)'

agree, and "both differ from the following example in the smaller

head, which is at least 3f in its own length and that of the trunk.

Pelamys afl6ne (Cantor).

Thf/nnus affims Cantor, Journ. Ass. Soc. Bengal (Cat. Malay. Fish-), XVIII,

1850, p. 106. Sea of Pinang. Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus.. II, 1860,

p. 363. (Type.)

I provisionally retain this as a distinct form from that of the Atlantic.

Cantor's fish may be identical, though East Indian and Micronesian

examples need comparison. The single example from Honolulu, now

before me, has a larger head than the West Indian examples, being

contained less than 3^ or about 3^ in the length of head and trunk.

Dr. Giinther's figure^^ of an example from the Seychelles shows the

pectoral high in position, its origin level with the upper margin of the

eye, a character which I have not observed as yet in any examples of

Pelamys.

Germo germon (Lac^pfede).

ScombeT germon Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss., II, 1800, p. .598. No locality.
Scomber germo Lacepede, /. c, IV, 1803, p. 1. Le grand Ocean austral,

imprpprement appele mer Pacifique, vers le vingt-septieme degre de

latitude nieridionale et le cent troisieme de longitude. [Eastern Indian

Ocean.]
Germo germon Fowler, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., XII (2), 1904, p. 506,

PI. 8, lower figure.

Head 3^; depth 4; D. XIII-iii, 11, 9; A. iii, 11, 8; P. i, 31; V. i, 5;
about 158 scales in a lateral series to base of keel on caudal peduncle;
width of head H in its length; depth of head 1|; snout 3^; eye 5f ;
maxillary 2h; mandible 2\; interorbital space 2>\; first dorsal spine 2\;
height of soft dorsal, measured from middle of its base, 2f ; height of
anal 2|; least depth of caudal peduncle about lOf ; width of caudal
peduncle, measured across keels at their widest part, 4^; ventral 2h;
pectoral 3y in body; space between tip of caudal lobes when expanded,

Body elongate, broad, fusiform, thick, and greatest depth about
middle of its length. Caudal peduncle broad, depressed, and with a
broad cutaneous keel on each side.

Head deep, conic, and sides compressed. Snout conic, sides hardly
compressed. Eye anterior, high, with narrow adipose eyelids, and its
posterior margin midway in length of head. Mouth oblique, tip c£
mandible even with snout, and maxillary reaching posteriorly till
opposite first third of eye. Maxillary with its upper portion slipping
under preorbital, its distal expanded extremity -f of orbit, and with a

15 Journ. Mus. Godef. (Fische der Sudsee), V, 1876, PI. 95.
49

762 PKOCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Xov.,

short oblique groove from its lower angle. Teeth small, conic, sharp
and uniserial in jaws. Vomer with a patch of minute teeth. Palatines
with similar elongate and narrow patches. Tongue free, elongate,
thick, and broadly rounded in front. Anterior nostril nearer front
rim of pupil than tip of snout. Posterior a vertical slit a little less
than half of orbit and placed in last third of space between its front
rim and anterior nostril. Interorbital space and entire top of head
convex.

Gill-opening deep, broad, and extending forward till opposite space
between nostrils. Rakers 5+16, compressed, pointed, and longest f
of orbit. Filaments numerous, long, and longest a trifle longer than
eye. Pseudobranchise about f of eye. Isthmus long, slender, and
with rounded edge.

Scales minute, and cycloid, those forming small corselet greatly en-
larged anteriorly. Soft dorsal and anal, together with base and middle
of caudal, covered with minute elongate scales. Lateral line superior
and convex at first, then extending down on middle of side of caudal
peduncle to keel. Base of caudal with a low keel above and below.
A narrow scaly keel above upper pectoral ray running back for about f
length of fin. Scales on outside basal portions of ventrals enlarged.
Head naked, and cheek with long narrow horizontal l)undles of muscular
fibres.

Spinous dorsal depressable in a groove, anterior spine longest,
enlarged, close to second, and others from third all shorter and further
apart. Insertion of spinous dorsal nearly midway between front
margin of eye and origin of soft dorsal, which falls well in front of that
of anal, or midway between front rim of orbit and base of caudal.
Finlets similar, evenly distributed, and with a long point behind.
Caudal broad, lunate, strong, and lobes narrow. Pectoral long, and
reaching origin of anal. Ventral small, strong, inserted a little behind
origin of pectoral and fitting in a depression on belly.

Color when fresh in arrack faded probal^ly. Back and upper surface
apparently faded steel-gray. Side grayish with round whitish spots
on side of abdomen. Lower surface silvery- white. Dorsal and caudal
dusky-brown. Upper finlets grayish, lower whitish with a gray blotch.
Anal grayish. Pectoral blackish-gray, ^'entrals white with gray
membranes. Keel on caudal peduncle blackish. Peritoneum pale.

Length 17^ inches.

One example from Padang, Sumatra. Coll. A. C. Harrison, Jr., and
Dr. H. M. HiUer.

This form has never been compared with the Atlantic fish, in view of

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 763

which it would seem best to retain Lacepede's name for the Indian
form. Bennet records a fish from Polynesia, which may probably be
identical.^®

Sarda sarda (Bloch).

Scomber sarda Bloch, Naturg. Ausl. Fisch., VII (X), 1793, p. 44, PL 334.

Im mittlandischen, als audi im atlandischen Meere.
Pelamys sarda Bonaparte, Cat. Met. Pesc. Europ., Napoli, 1846, p. 74.

Head about 4; snout 3|- in head; eye 7; maxillary 2; interorbital
space 4yV- Length about 18f inches. Italy. Bonaparte Coll. (4).
Dr. T. B. Wilson.

This single dried example is in poor condition. It agrees with
Goode's figure^^ so far as one is able to judge from its preservation.

Germo alatunga (Gmelin).

Scomber alatunga Gmelin, Sj'st. Nat. Linn., I, 1788, p. 1,330. Periodice

gregarius in mari mediterraneo, migrans, edulis.
Thynnus alalonga Bonaparte, Cat. Met. Pesc. Europ., Napoli, 1846, p. 74.

Head^* 3^; depth about 4f ; D. XV-iii, 11,9; A. iii, 11?, 7; P. ii,
32; V. I, 5; width of head If in its length^*; depth of head, at posterior
margin of eye-socket, about 2 ; snout 31; eye-socket 4J; maxillary 2f :
interorbital space, about middle of eye-socket, 4; mandible 2^; great-
est width of caudal peduncle 7|-; pectoral 3^ in space between tip of
snout and base of caudal. Origin of spinous dorsal inserted posterior to
origin of pectoral a distance about equal to h length of snout.
Origin of the anal would fall about opposite base of last dorsal
ray. First two dorsal finlets small, especially the first which is like
that of Germo germon}^ Ridge along upper edge of pectoral distinct
nearly to tip of fin. Color obsolete though pale blotches on side of
abdomen seem to be separated by oblique lines. Length 27 inches.
Italy. Bonaparte Coll. (|^). Dr. T. B. Wilson.

Goode's figure^'' is rather poor. It shows the origin of the spinous dor-
sal opposite that of the pectoral, and the pectoral fin reaching opposite
the first dorsal finlet, which is also not especially smaller than the

'* Other references are probably:

Thynnus pacificus Cuvier, Hist. Xaf. Poiss., VIII, 1831, p. 96. (Based on
Commerson.)

Thynnus argentivittatus Cuvier, I. c, p. 97. La mer des Indies. (M. Dussu-
mier.) (Part.)

Scomber germo Bennett, Nar. Whaling Voyage, II, 1840, p. 278. Coasts of the
Polynesian Islands.

" Fishery hidust. U. S. (Nat. Hist. Aquat. Animal, I), 1884, PI. 92, lower
figure.

'* The head is here measured, for all comparisons of this species, from tip of
snout.

'^Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., XII (2), 1904, PL 8, lower figure.

^° Fishery Indust. U. S. (Nat. Hist. Aquat. Animal, I), 1884, PL 95A.

764 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

others. The scales above the base of the pectoral are much larger,
and those directly above in the corselet are on the contrary indicated
as smaller.

I adopt Gmelin's original spelling as there is no evidence that it is
an imintentional error, though of course incorrect.

Subgenus SCOMBEROMORUS Lac^pfede.

Gill-rakers 8 to 12 on first arch below angle. Dorsal spines XVII or
XVIII. Teeth 30 to 40 in each jaw. Lateral line somewhat wavy
and descending obliquely.
Soomberomorus argyreus sp. nov. Plate LI, lower figure.

Head 4; depth 4|; D. XVII-iii, 13, 8; A. v, 13,8; P.i,20; V. i, 5;
width of head 2f in its length; depth of head If; snout 3; orbit 4^;
maxillary If; mandible If; interorbital space 3f ; fourth dorsal spine
2|; third simple dorsal ray 2^; height of anal fin (damaged) 2^; least
depth of caudal peduncle 4|.

Body apparently compressed, rather deep, profiles similar, and great-
est depth between origins of soft dorsal and anal. From this point
back tail well compressed, especially small caudal peduncle. Latter
with depth about | of its length, measured to end of last vertebra.

Head a little small, compressed apparently, and triangular anteriorly
in profile. Snout sharply conic, equal to about 1^ eye-diameters. In
front this is formed by broad maxillaries which project well forward
to form pointed tip of snout. Eye circular, a little high, and a little
anterior. Mouth large and mandible even with tip of snout in front.
Maxillary extending posteriorly till opposite posterior rim of orbit, slip-
ping below orbital rim for good portion of its length, and width of
distal extremity f of diameter of pupil. Teeth compressed, 2qEi9 ii^
jaws. Tongue rather broad, obtuse, thick, small, and a little free in
front. Patches of very minute teeth on vomer, palatines, and ptery-
goids. Tongue almost perfectly smooth, but surfaces of branchial
bones in pharynx finely asperous. Nostrils distinct, well separated.
Anterior circular, and a little less than diameter of pupil from front of
eye. Posterior a vertical slit close in front of eye, also a little less in
length than half of pupil. Interorbital space broad, and elevated
convexly a little. Margin of opercle rounded posteriorly, hardly form-
ing a blunt angle.

Gill-opening extending far forward till opposite anterior nostril.
Rakers small, i, 3-hl2, longest | length of longest filament, rather far
apart and not sharp. Longest filaments about i of orbit. Pseudo-
branchiae well developed, though a little smaller. Isthmus long, sharp,
and trenchant.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 765

Scales not evident except in lateral line where they are very small.
Tubes small. A few small scales above base of pectoral behind gill-
opening, and along base of spinous dorsal. Lateral line a little high
at first then sloping down gradually behind soft dorsal, wavy to base
of caudal, though median, and not forming a keel. Pectoral with
distinct axillary cavity. Inner ventral ray well adnate to abdomen
by means of membrane. Eye without adipose eyelid, but skin on
postocular region just behind eye adipose-like.

Spinous dorsal inserted well forward, about midway between tip
of snout and origin of soft dorsal, a little behind that of pectoral,
anterior spines longer than others, first two close together and fourth
longest. Base of fin depressable in scaly sheath. Soft dorsal inserted
a little in advance of that of soft anal, nearly midway between front
margin of orbit and base of caudal, anterior rays highest, graduated
down from first developed ones. Anal similar, also finlets. Caudal
broad, deeply forked, lobes slender, their outer edges straight, and
tips pointed. Pectoral broad, high, and upper rays longest, first simple
and enlarged. Ventral small, inserted well behind origin of pectoral
or about under its posterior base, and rays stout.

Color in alcohol, back and uppermost surface rather light brown,
without traces of spots or markings. Lower surface including greater
portion of sides bright silvery-white. Greater part of head with
silvery. Fins pale or dilute warm olive-brown, except spinous dorsal.
Latter whitish, except upper anterior portion which is blackish-brown.
Pectoral with brownish, especially proximally. Ends of elevated soft
dorsal and caudal lobes dusky. Ventral and anal whitish. Iris dilute
brassy-white. Peritoneum pale or silvery.

Length 7 inches.

Type No. 11,400, A. N. S. P. West coast of Africa. Dr. Savage.

One example which differs from Scomberomorus tritor (Cuvier)-'
in the fin radii. That fish cannot be identical with Scomberomorus
cavalla (Cuvier) as claimed by Dresslar and Feslar^^ if the original figure
is correct as it shows the depth about 4^. Bleeker's fish^^ is closer,
though it may be different. This latter agrees best with S. argyreus.
Apodontis may represent a distinct subgenus, as it is said to have strong
conical teeth .^^

i^Apybpioq^ silvered.)

■^ Hist. Nat. Poiss., VIII, 1831, p. 129, PI. 218.

2= Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., VII, 1887 (1889), p. 444.

23 Nat. Verh. Hoi. Maat. Wet. Haarlem, XVIII, 1863, p. 72.

" Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1, 1830-1, pp. 146, 169.

766 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Xov.,

Scomberomorus guttatus (Schneider).

Scomber yidtatus Schneider, Syst. Ichth. Blooh, ISOl, p. 23, PI. 5. Ad
Trauquebariam pelagius inter saxa.

Head 4f ; depth 4J; D. XVII-iv. 15, 8; A. v, 14, 9; P. i, 20; V. i,
5: width of head 2 in its length; depth of head 1^; snout 2f ; eye 5;
maxillary li; mandible If; interorbital space 3; least depth of caudal
peduncle 4: pectoral ly=^; ventral about 3. Gill-rakers 2 + 9, short,
barely half length of filaments. Color when fresh in arrack deep
slaty-glaucous above, side and lower surface of body silvery-white.
Back and upper portion of sitle with numerous round spots or elongate
blotches of deep glaucous, nnich deeper than ground color. Fu'st dor-
sal black. Soft dorsal, caudal and pectoral grayish. Lower finlets,
ventral and anal whitish, and upper finlets somewhat grayish. Length
13f inches.

Four examples, two of which are young. The latter have the body
plain-colored, hardly evidences of spots or only a few ill-defined darker
blotches. Spinous dorsal deep black, except white posterior base.
Lateral line not forming a scaly keel on side of caudal peduncle, and
no keels at bases of caudal lobes. Adult with 27 teeth in upper jaw.

Padang, Sumatra. Coll. A. C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. ]\L Hiller.

Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. and Stanford University.

Scomberomorus regalis (Bloch).

Scomber regalis Bloch. Naturg. Ausl. Fisch., MI (X), 1793, p. 3S, PI. 333.
(Based on Pater Plunuer's MS., and evidently from the West Indies.)

Head 4i; depth 4^; D. XVII-v, 12, S: A. v. 14. 8: eye 5 in head;

snout 2|; maxillary li; interorbital space 3f. Gill-rakers 3 + 12.

Teeth in jaws jgiij^. Maxillary reaching posterior margin of eye. A

dark longitudinal line just below dark color of back toward caudal

peduncle where it becomes obsolete. Iris pale brassy. Lobe of soft

dorsal above blackish-brown. Length 9f inches. One example from

San Domingo, West Indies. Prof. W. M. Gabb.

SIERRA subgen. nov.
Type Cybium cavalla Cuvier.
Less than 8 gill-rakers below angle, on first arch. Dorsal spines
XIV or XVI. Teeth about 30 in each jaw. Lateral line abruptly
descending below soft dorsal.

{Sierra [Spanish], saw. Applied to these fishes by the Mexicans, in
the United States corrupted into Cero.)
Scomberomorus cavalla (Cuvier).

Cybium cavalla Cuvier, Regne Animal. II. Ed. II. 1829, p. 200. (Basedon

Guarapucu Marcgrave. Hist. Xat. Brasil., 164S, p. 178. Brazil.)
Cybium acervum Cope, Trans. Amer. Philcs. Soc, XIV, 1871, p. 472.

Head 4f ; depth 4|; D. XV-vi, 12, 9; A. v, 14, 8; snout 2f in head;

1904.] XATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 767

eye 5^; maxillary 1§; interorbital space 3^; pectoral U. Gill-rakers

1 + 7 on first arch. Lobe of soft dorsal deep brown. Length 15 inches.
San Domingo, West Indies. Prof. W. M. Gabb. Also a smaller
example w-ith same data.

The three examples recorded from St. Martins, West Indies, are also
identical. They have depth 4 to 4^, D. XV (one XVI), and rakers

2 + 6 (one 7), more or less rudimentary.

LEMNISOMID^ fam. nom. nov.'s

LEMNISOMIX.E subfam. nom. nov.

LEMNISOMA Lesson.

Voy. Aut. Mond. Coquille. ZooL. July 25, 1827, p. 160 (thyraitoides).
Gempylus Cuvier, Regne Animal, II, Ed. II, 1829, p. 200 (serpens).

Lemnisoma serpens (Cuvier). Plate LI, upper figure.

Gempylus serpens Cuvier, I. c. (Based on Serpens marinus, etc. Sloane
Voy. Jam., I, 1707, p. 26, PI 1, fig. 2. About the Tropick of Cancer.)

Gempylus ophidianus Poev, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, II, 1856-58 (1861)
p. 246, PI. 18, fig. 1 (head). Cuba.

Head (damaged) about 5; depth about 17; D. XXXII, in, 10, 6; A.
I. II, 9, 7; P. II, 12; V. I, 4; width of head about o\ in its length;
depth of head about 3^; mandible about If; pectoral about 2^; lower
caudal lobe (damaged) about If; snout about ly^^ in head, measured
from tip of upper jaw; eye about of; maxillary about 1|; interorbital
space about 7 (damaged); least depth of caudal peduncle about 8;
seventh dorsal spine about 4|.

Body very elongate, strongly compressed, and trunk of nearly uni-
form depth. Caudal peduncle compressed, its least depth about 4 its
length, measured from base of last lower finlet.

Head compressed, attenuate, and profiles of both jaws nearly
straight, upper a little concave above nostrils. Snout long, conic, and
pointed. Eye apparently circular, high, close to upper profile, and
its anterior margin a little posterior in middle of length of head.
Mouth large, not completely closing, and large mandible with a rather
large hard, conic, fleshy point produced well beyond in front, tip of
upper jaw fitting in lower anteriorly. ^laxillary reaching a little be-
yond front rim of orbit, slipping below thin edge of preorbital
for good portion of its length, and its distal expanded extremity
about equal to infraorbital space. Teeth ji~"^~^'!. compressed,
uniserial, broad, sharp pointed, and three mediardy in front of
upper jaw enlarged and posteriorly along edges barbed. A series of
small irregular teeth on palatines, none on vomer. Tongue long

2^ Lemnisoma Lesson has priority over Gempylus Cuvier if identical, thus the
above changes. Their generic status, however, needs investigation. It may
also be noted that Gempylince Jordan and Evermann must give place to Lemni-
fominoe.

768 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [XoV-;

slender, smooth, and united to floor of mouth by membrane, only
tip free. Nostrils small, far apart. Anterior circular, high on side
of snout, and about 4 of an eye-diameter before front rim of orbit.
Posterior a small vertical slit in last third of space between anterior
and front rim of orbit. Interorbital space a little broad and somewhat
convex.

Gill-opening large. Rakers rather few small irregular obsolete
pricks. Filaments about f of orbital diameter. Pseudobranchise
well developed, but smaller. Pharyngeal teeth in elongated series
and thorn-like.

Narrow thin elongate small scales only evident on caudal peduncle
and base of caudal. Lateral line double, and originating opposite base
of first dorsal spine. Upper branch extends high along back till oppo-
site anterior elongated dorsal rays, where it suddenly becomes incom-
plete. Lower branch, till it becomes median, along side well behind
pectoral, then continuing straight to base of caudal.

Origin of spinous dorsal about an eye-diameter, or possibly a trifle
more, in advance of that of pectoral, and base of fin about equal to ^
of total length of specimen. Spines placed rather far apart, slender,
longest about f to f of depth of body, and margin of fin not notched,
membranes forming an entire edge. Posteriorly spines become
shorter, so that soft dorsal is distinct. Entire fin depressable in a
groove. Soft dorsal inserted near last f of total length, elevated
anteriorly, and rays graduated from second simple one which is longest.
Finlets slender, rather high, and posterior margin of each adnate to
back by a membrane. A small rudimentary spine a short distance in
front of soft anal. Soft anal inserted opposite and similar to soft
dorsal. Caudal forked, rudimentary rays strong, and with a slight
elevation laterally on base at terminus of lateral line. Pectoral small,
falcate, and upper rays much longer than others. \^entral rudimentary,
inserted a little behind base of pectoral, and spine strong though short.

Color in alcohol brown with traces of leaden-silvery, and l^ack appar-
ently brown. Top of head brown. Dorsal brown, caudal brownish,
and anal pale brown. Pectoral brownisli, a little darker basally.
Iris dull slaty. Peritoneimi pale brownish.

Length 31f inches.

One example from San Domingo, West Indies. Prof. W. ^\. Gabb.
This rare species is only known, since originally described, from the
accounts by Pocy and Liitken. The Polynesian form, Gempylus colu-
ber Cuvier,^^ considered identical by Dr. Giinther,-^ needs comparison.

'^Hist. Nat. Poiss., VIII, 1831, p. 155, PL 221.

" Journ. Mus. Godef. (Fische der Siidsee), IV, 1S75, p. 106, PL 68, fig. B.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

769

1904.]

Dr. Giinther's figure does not indicate the maxillary reaching the front
of the orbit, and the small scales on the caudal peduncle and base of
the caudal. It shows what is probably intended for the lateral
line originating apparently opposite and level with the base of the
pectoral, but no dorsal branch is indicated. Poey also pointed out
that the example figiu-ed by Valenciennes, =« if correct, must be different

from L. serpens.

Dr. Waite has pertinent remarks concerning this species in Aus-
tralian waters.^

ISTIOPHORID^.

Istiophorus nigricans (Lac^pfede).

Makaira nigricaris Lac^pede, Hist. Nat. Poiss., IV, 1803, p.
rivage de la mer voisin de la Rochelle. (M. Traversay.)

Sur un

Fig. 1. — Istiophorus nigricans (Lacepede).
Head, figured above, of an example without data.

Tetrapturus imperator (Schneider).

Xiphias imperator Schneide

mari Mediterraneo. ^"
Tetrapturus bclone Bonaparte, Cat. Met. Peso. Europ., Napoli, 1846, p. 80

Xiphias imperator Schneider, Syst. Ichth. Bloch, 1801, p. 93, PI. 21. In
mari Mediterraneo. ^°

Fig. 2. — Tetrapturus imperator (Schneider).

A dried head, figured above, very probably belonging to the old
Bonaparte collection, as it bears the number 457.

28 mane Aniinal, Ed. Grav., 18—, descr. PI. 49, fig. 2.

^^Rec. Austral. Mus., VIII (7), June 15, 1900, p. 199. Also see reference,

I c ,Y (3), March 11, 1904, p. 198 (based on same example).

5" Based on De I'Empereur ou Poisson a Epee, Duhamel du Monceau and de
Lamarre, Trait. Gen. Pesch., IV, suite de la second partie, tome III, section \,
1769-82, p. 333, PI. 25, fig. 2. Mediterranee.

770 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [XOV.,

XIPHIID^.
Xiphias gladius Linnaeus.

Syst. Nat,, Ed. X, 1758, p. 248. In Oceano Europse. Bonaparte, Cat.

Met. Pesc. Europ., Napoli, 1846, p. SO.

Two examples from Italy, Bonaparte Coll. (Nos. 367 and ^.) Dr.
T. B. Wilson. One of these is a dried skin about 3 feet in length.

LEPIDOPID^.

Lepidopus caudatus (Euphrasen).

Trichiurus caudatus Euphrasen, Kon. Schwed. Akad. Wiss. Abhaiidl., IX,

1788, p. 48, PL 9, upper figure. In Oceano, ad Cap. b. Spei.
Lepidopus ensiformis Bonaparte, Cat. Met. Pesc. Europ., Napoli, 1846, p. 78.

Several examples in the Bonaparte Coll. from Dr. Wilson. Italy.

TRICHIURID^.

TRICHIURUS Linnceus.

Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 1758, p. 246 (lepturus).

Encheliopus Klem, in Walbaum, Pet. Arted. Gen. Pise, III, 1792, p. 583.

(Type Trichiurus lepturus Linna?us.)
Enchelyopus Bleeker, Versl. Med. Kon. Ak. Wet. Amsterdam, (2) II, 1868,

p. 292 Qiaumela).

LEPTURACANTHUS subgen. nov.
Type Trichiurus sarcda Cuvier.

Anterior anal spine enlarged, and the others all more or less distinct.
Eye usiialh^ small.

(AsTTTvi, slender; ahpd, tail; a/.w^Oa^ thorn.)

Trichiurus savala Cuvier.

Hist. Nat. Poiss., Vm, 1831, p. 184, PI. 224. Pondichery. (MM. Lesclie-
nault et Dussumier.)

Head 7f ; depth 18; D. about 107?; A. LXXIV? (and a few more
obsolete); snout 2| in head, from tip of upper jaw; eye 7; maxillary
2\; interorbital space 7. Rakers 5 + 8. First anal spine enlarged.
Iris silvery. Body apparently uniform silvery. Fins pale. Length
14f inches. Singapore, ^Malacca. Dr. M. Burrough.

Subgenus TRICHIURUS Linnseus.

First anal spine not enlarged.

Trichiurus lepturus Linnaeus.

Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 1758, p. 246. America. China.
Many examples from San Domingo and St. Martin's (West Indies),
Surinam and coast of Brazil. A number are small, and the largest is
nearly 3 feet long. They range about as follows : Head 6^ to 7f ; depth
12^ to 16i; D. 132 to 138; A. XCVIII to CVII; snout 2f to 3^ in head,
from tip of upper jaw; eye 5 to 7; interorbital space 6i to 7^.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 771

Triohiurus haumela (Forsk&l).

Clupea haumela Forskal, Descript. Animal., 1775, p. 72. Mochha?. [Red

Sea.]
Trichmrus haumela Fowler, Journ. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phila., XII (2), 1904,
p. 506, PI. 7, lower figure.

Head 6^; depth 14; D. about 134; A. about CVII; P. i, 10; width
of head 5^ in its length; depth of head 2y%; mandible If; pectoral 3;
depth of body at anus 2^; snout 2f in head, from tip of upper jaw';
eye 6|-; tip of snout to end of maxillary 2f ; interorbital space 7^.
Tip of mandible broad and rounded in front, "with a small fleshy
papilla. Front of upper jaw armed with 4 large barbed fangs. Front of
lower jaw with 2 smaller barbed fangs. Teeth uniserial, compressed,
and becoming larger posterior^, in sides of jaw. Teeth of upper jaw
concealed posteriorly by broad preorbital. Small maxillary also con-
cealed when mouth is closed, and reaching opposite front rim of pupil.
Tongue elongate, pointed, and free, Interorbital space flat. Gill-
opening extending forward below nostril. Rakers 5 + 8, short, sharp
pointed, and with rather broad bases. Isthmus trenchant. Anal
fin represented by broad short truncate spines. Color in arrack, when
fresh, silvery -white, upper surface leaden-gray, darker on top of head
and back. Dorsal pale or whitish on lower half, and upper or marginal
half grayish, becoming dusky on anterior portion of fin. Pectoral
grayish. Iris pale yellowish. Peritoneum gray. Length 27yV inches.
Two examples. Padang, Sumatra. Coll. A. C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr.
H. ]\I. Hiller. Stanford University and Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.

A small example, 16^ inches in length, from Beirut, Syria, probably
belongs to this species. It has — Head 7f ; depth 17; D, about 124;
A. LXXX? (and a few obsolete) ; snout 3 in head, from tip of upper
jaw; eye oh; interorbital space 7; maxillary 2h; pectoral 3.

This species is closely related to Trichiurus lepturus Linnaeus, differ-
ing apparently in the less numerous dorsal rays and the deeper body.
T. haumela was recorded a number of times from India,^^ although
Day considered his T. malaharicus^ from Cochin as identical.

31 Based on Savala Russell, Fishes of Coromandel, I, 1803, p. 30, PI. 41.
22 Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1865, p. 20.

772 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.

December 6.
Mr. Arthur Erwix Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Twenty persons present.

The death of T. M. Drown, a member, November 16, was announced.
Papers under the following titles were presented for publication:

"New, Rare and Little-known Scombroids, No. 1." by Henry W.
Fowler (October 31).

"New ClausiUidae of the Japanese Empire," by Henry A. Pilsbry
(November 22).

"Description of a New Species of Earthworm {Diplocardia longa)
from Georgia," by J. Percy Moore (November 30).

"A Catalogue of the Erigonese of North America," by Cyrus W.
Crosby (December 5).

"A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Orthoptera of South and
Central Florida," by James A, G. Rehn and Morgan Hebard (Decem-
ber 12).

"New, Rare and Little-known Scombroids, No. 2," by Henry W.
Fowler (December 13).

Some Practical Color Tests. — Dr. Henry Emerson Wetherill
explained a series of charts illustrating practical color tests as applicable
primarily to man, although the charts can be used for work in other
fields.

An ante-mortem blood-color scale represents the amount of Oxy-
hsemoglobin with 100 per cent, as normal. It is made circular to facili-
tate its use. There are perforations between the adjacent colors so
that they may be the better matched. A similar series of colors repre-
sents the blood twenty-four hours after death.

The relative humidity of the air is illustrated by a moistiu-e scale,
which can also be used to measure the amount of cutaneous excretion.

The colors of the urine are represented by two charts, and a scale for
the colors of the feces enables one to report nimierically the conditions
as found.

An improvement of the Dimethylamidoazobenzol test for HCL
was shown, and remarks made on its application.

These scales serve as standards of comparison. A classification was
contained in the book given to the Academy.

1904.] natural sciexces of philadelphia. 773

December 20.

The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.

Thirtj'-four persons present.

The following were accepted for publication :

774 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC.

THE] ORTHOPTERA OF THOMAS COUNTY, GEORGIA, AND LEON COUNTY,

FLORIDA.

BY JAMES A. G. REHN AND MORGAN HEBARD.

The material on which the following study is based comprised over
three thousand specimens, of ninety-four species. The majority of
this extensive series is contained in the collection of the junior author,
but a thoroughly representative series is in the collection of the Acad-
emy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, part being collected by Rehn
and part presented by Hebard.

The series studied contains material taken on dates extending from
December, 1902, to April, 1904. The junior author resided at Thomas-
ville from December, 1902, to May, 1903, and from late November,
1903, to early April, 1904. During the summer of 1903 a collector
was employed to work in the vicinity of Thomas ville, and a very good
series of the summer and early autumn species obtained. The senior
author spent from March 14 to April 5, 1904, with Mr. Hebard and
they together examined considerable of the surrounding country.
Several trips were made over the State line into Leon county, the
adjoining portion of Florida, one in 1903 and two in 1904.

The critical portion of the following paper is almost entirely the work
of the senior author, while the field notes, which are followed by M. H.,
are the work of the junior author, but the}^ agree in all the state-
ments made.

As a general description of the country is usually of great value in
a faunistic paper, we have summarized the principal features of the
region under consideration and also made some notes on the occurrence,
time of abundance and local environment of a number of the more
interesting species of Orthoptera.

Thomasville, Georgia, the county seat of Thomas county, is situated
in the southwestern part of the State, some twelve miles distant from
the Florida line and about fifty miles from Alabama. The surrounding
country is gently rolling and covered with fine pine forests, and divided
into large plantations, many of which have the greater part of their
area cleared and under cultivation, the chief crops being corn and
cotton. Sweet potatoes, sugar cane and peanuts are also extensively

1904.] NATURAL SCIEN'CES OF PHILADELPHIA. 775

produced. The pine forests are usually wholly composed of the long-
leaf variety, but here and there a forest of nothing but the short-leaf
pine is to be found. In the pine woods there are hardly any other trees
excepting occasional oaks, sweet gums and dogwoods. These woods are
very open and there being hardly any undergrowth, a wagon may be
driven through them almost anyw^here. The ground is in nearly all
places thickly carpeted with wire-grass and other small plants, with
here and there a dense clump of gall-berry bushes, while everywhere
the long pine needles are thickly scattered. Throughout these woods
the yellow jasmine grows in great luxuriance and when in flower is
most beautiful. In each depression of the land a stream is to be
found, called in this country a "branch." These streams are almost
invariably filled with a thick growth of magnolias, bay, black gum,
tulip, beech and other trees, while the undergrowth of blackberry,
grape and other vines is usually very dense, and an occasional thicket
of pipe cane adds to the difficulty of following the course of one of
these streams. To this must be added the fact that in many places
the ground on both sides of the "branch" is boggy and there are
muddy holes covered by sphagnum between the roots of the trees.
There are a few places where the pine forests have been cut down and
the land left uncultivated ; in these situations has sprung up a dense
growth of scrub oak, which has completely choked out almost all other
vegetation. In other unreclaimed fields the short-leaf pine thrives,
and less frec^uently one finds a heavy growth of young long-leaf pines.

The Ocklockonee river flows within five miles of the town, and is a
stream about thirty feet in width during the dry part of the year, but
diu-ing the heavy rains it spreads for a mile or more over the nearby
country, which is in most places low and swampy.

Along portions of the river bank are dense swamps of gum, cypress
and other trees. Through these swamps run numerous ridges of clay
and sand with here and there shallow lagoons, which with the great
height of the trees and the numbers of fallow and mouldering logs
lend to these bottoms a very wild aspect. These places are the only
situations in this part of the country where deer, wildcats and an occa-
sional bear may be found. The character of the country just across
the line in Leon county, Florida, differs noticeably from that about
Thomasville. It is more rolling, with small lakes in every depression.
This country is unhealthy, for in the summer these lakes dry up expos-
ing to the sun a great amount of decayed vegetable matter. The
largest lakes near Thomasville are lamonia and Miccosukee. They are
distant from the town about fifteen and eighteen miles respectively.

776 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC.,

The former, although some miles long, occasionally goes dry in a very
short space of time, and fills up again with as great rapidity. The
water has been found to flow in and out through a subterranean pas-
sage, and once, when the lake went dry, a peculiarly marine fish was
taken from the opening through which the water had receded. This
opening was filled with a great number of fish, although they had been
left dead by the thousand on the bed of the lake when the water dis-
appeared.

The soil of this region is rich, but not deep, the red clay, which is
everywhere, often being within a few inches of the surface of the high
ground where, however, the crops seem to grow as well as anywhere.
The Orthoptera of the country around Thomasville is best repre-
sented in the pine woods. Here among the wire-grass and pine needles
which carpet the ground many interesting species are to be found.
In early December, before the frosts have thinned their numbers,
Amblytropidia occidentalis, Aptenopedes sphenarioides and Radinotatum
brevipenne are most abundant through these forests; Schistocerca
damnifica, Melanoplus keeleri, M. nigrescens and M. scudderi are then
by no means common but more restricted to colonies. Among the
really scarce species are Melanoplus sijlvestris and Gymnoscirtetes
pusillus. By December OrphuleUa pratorum, which swarms in the
open spots of the woods in the fall, becomes quite scarce, as is the case
with Arphia xanthoptera, and to a considerable extent that of Dicty-
ophorus guttatus. By the end of December almost all Orthoptera dis-
appears owing to the cold weather, and during the following two months
the conditions usually remain the same. In March, at the advent of
warm weather, Amblytropidia occidentalis and Aptenopedes sphena-
rioides are again very plentiful and Schistocerca americana appears
common in certain localities, while S. damnifica and Arphia sulphurea
are generally noticed. The Forficididce is represented by several
species, only one of which. Labia burgessii, is abundant. Infrequently
Labia minor and Anisolabis anmdipes are found, and occasional small
colonies of Labia guttata and Spongophora brunneipennis located.
These colonies are usually found in dead magnolias or other hardwood
trees, but occasional specimens may be taken from bark on pine logs.
The Blattidce is represented by Ceratinoptera lutea, which is sometimes
very common among the dead leaves under oaks, sweet gums and
hickories. In the pine logs between December and March many imma-
ture Ischnoptera may be taken by peeling off the loose bark; mature
individuals begin to appear about the middle of April, and by May
most specimens are fully developed. The most plentiful species of

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 777

Mantidce is Stagmomantis Carolina and its favorite habitat is a black-
berry bush or other low growth, occasionally in the pine woods, but
more often in branches and fields. The slender Thesprotia graminis
is a purely pine woods species, and is found among the wire-grass,
where it is so well protected by both form and coloration as to almost
defy detection. In the spring Conocephalus appears in numbers in the
broom sedge and other grasses throughout the pine w^oods. The
Gryllidce in the fall before the frosts is represented by a few species,
of which Nemobius ambitiosus is most plentiful, and it may be found
in diminished numbers throughout the winter. Under rubbish Gryllus
are common, and Orocharis gryllodes may be found hibernating under
signs on oak trees. During the spring, in certain restricted localities,
Falcicula hehardi is quite plentiful among the wire-grass, and later in
the summer Hapithus brevipennis, while OEcarithus appears frequenting
1he bushes and shrubs, especially those growing on the sides of the
branches. The Orthoptera found in these branches differs greatly
from that of the pine woods. Here in the late fall hardly anything is
to be found except Nemobius carolinus and exiguus which are plenti-
ful, the former in beds of sphagnum only; and some Paroxya floridiana
restricted to a few sunny spots. In the spring, however, Tettigidea
lateralis is very common in all grassy spots, and in certain localities
Tettigidea spicata is found. In other locations Acrydium arenosum,
Paratettix texanus and Neotettix femoratus may be taken, the best
places being where these streams empty into a lake or flow through
low sandy stretches of fields. The species of Acrididoe found in the
fields just before the heavy frosts are Chortophaga viridifasciata,
Melanoplus propinquus and Orphulella pratorum, all in great numbers;
Psinidia fenestralis, Melanoplus atlanis and Spharagemon ivyomingi-
anum are moderately common earlier but soon disappear, while Dichro-
morpha viridis, which swarms in the summer, is not in evidence.
Among the species found during the summer months are Hippiscus
phoenicopterus, H. riigosus, Spharagemon bolli, Dissosteira Carolina, and
Trimerotropis citrina.

Family FORPIOULID.^.
Labidura bidens (Olivier).

This species is apparently not uncommon at Thomasville, as speci-
mens were taken May 2, 21, 26 and 29; August 12, and a series of eight
the first week in October, 1903. These individuals are indistinguish-
able from Cuban specimens, and exliibit considerable variation in
size, but'in color are quite constant.
50

778 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC.

These specimens were taken in hot weather only and were attracted
to the arc Hghts. (M. H.)

Anisolabis annulipes (H. Lucas).

Specimens of this species taken at Thomasville, December 24, 1902
(under pine bark), August 20, September 9, December 9, 1903 (in
house), and March 23, 1904, are the first individuals recorded from the
United States. In one individual (December 9) the maculations on
the limbs are rather weak.

The few specimens of this species taken were all met with accident-
ally. It appeared to be at all times very scarce. (M. H.)
Spongophora brunneipennis (Serville).

A number of specimens (ten) of this species were taken at Thomas-
ville under magnoHa bark, December 10, 11 and 13, 1903. They are
equally divided between the sexes and are constant in size and colora-
tion. An unmature specimen was also taken under pine bark in Leon
county, Florida, on April 7, 1903.

All the specimens of this species were taken from under the bark of a
dead magnolia tree. They were found in colonies of three or four
huddled closely together, and upon the bark which concealed them
being pried off they made vigorous attempts to escape. The speci-
mens of this species taken, with hardly an exception, were under
bark five or more feet from the ground, where the decayed wood was
dry and pithy and not as far gone as that at the foot of the tree.
(M. H.)

Labia minor (Linnaeus).

A specimen of this species from Thomasville, but without further
data, was examined.

Labia guttata Scudder.

Three female specimens of this species have been examined from
Thomasville, one taken January 1, 1903, another January 24, 1903,
and the other in Georgia pine woods on March 1, 1904.

A scarce species in this locality, taken from under the bark of dead
pine logs. In 1904 but one colony, consisting of four or five specimens,
was discovered, although during the year many logs were thoroughly
examined. (M. H.)

Labia burgessii Scudder.

This species is quite common at Thomasville under the bark of dead
trees. A series of over a hundred and fifty specimens, representing
the adult condition of both sexes and immature forms, has been exam-
ined. This series plainly demonstrates that there is considerable

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 779

variation in the size of the adults of both sexes, but coloration appears
to be quite uniform', such difference as is apparent being due to the
extension of the abdomen, which causes the insect to appear more of a
chestnut color than is the case when in normal position. The speci-
mens were all taken in the months of December and March.

This species is seldom to be met with, but when found is almost in-
variably in very large numbers. In 1903 a few specimens were taken
in the woods about Thomasville, and one colony of over forty specimens
was discovered in Leon County in a dead pine log under the loose
bark. In 1904 but one colony was observed; this was in the trunk
of a large magnolia which, though long dead, was still standing. The
specimens were all taken from the trunk less than five feet above the
ground where the wood was soft, damp and pulpy and the bark loose.
By visiting this tree several times and picking off all the loose bark and
soft wood over one hundred and fifty specimens were obtained, the
specimens usually found singly. This was the same tree on which
Spongophora hrunneipennis was found. Quite a number of immature
specimens of S. hrunneipennis were taken among individuals of this
species. (M. H.)

Family BLATTID^.

Ischnoptera inaequalis Saussure anJ Zehntner.

Immature specimens of what appears to be this species were taken
at Thomasville, on March 23 and April 9, 1904. The individuals taken
on the latter date were from Linton's Pond, a body of water several
miles southeast of Thomasville. All were on oak. A single adult
male was taken at Thomasville, on May 6, 1903, and this appears to
be unquestionably incequalis. Blatchley has recently recorded this
species from Indiana, and with the original localities — North Mexico
and Texas — and Costa Rica, we have some idea of the distribution of
the species. The immature Thomasville specimens are in such condi-
tion that the identification is attended by a little uncertainty, but no
other known North American species agrees with them as fully as
inaequalis.

All the immature specimens taken were found under advertising
signs on white oak trees only, and were extremely rapid in their move-
ments. (M. H.)

Isclinoptera jolmsoni Rehn.

This species is represented in the Thomasville collections examined
by an adult male taken July 23, 1903, and a series o' immature indi-
viduals taken December 1, 1903, March 1, 23 and 25, and April 9,
1904. The immature specimens were all taken under sign, on trees

780 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF U^eC.,

or under bark. Naturally some little uncertainty is attached to the
identification of the specimens, but they can safely be considered
johnsoni. Some individuals possess light narrow lateral margins to
the pronotum, mesonotum and metanotum.

All the immature specimens taken were found under signs on oak
trees in company with immature individuals of other species of Isch-
noptera. When revealed the majority in their hurry fell from the tree
and hid in the leaves at its foot, but a few, relying in their protective
coloration, would press themselves closely to the bark and remain
motionless. (M. H.)
Ischnoptera uhleriana Saussure.

Adult Thomasville specimens of this species taken ]\Iarch 23, April 6,
May, July 10 and 25, 1903, have been examined. They fully agree
with specimens from Pennsylvania and New Jersey. Data with
some specimens informs us they were taken from under pine bark.

This is the most abundant roach found in this region under the bark
of dead pine logs. It was hardly ever met with except on pine.
(M. H.)

Ischnoptera major (Saussure and Zehntner).

A large series of immature individuals, some nearly adult, we refer
to this species. The larger specimens are undoubtedly major, but the
smaller ones may represent other species as well. The localities
represented are Thomasville, Tyty Plantation and the Ocklockonee
river, and the dates range from February to October.

Almost all the immature specimens taken of this species were from
under the bark of dead pine logs. (M. H.)

Ceratinoptera lutea Saussure and Zehntner.

Several immature specimens of this species were taken at Thomas-
ville on December 31, 1902.

This species is occasionally very abundant in dead oak leaves.
Many immature specimens were also seen under signs on trees, espe-
cially on sweet gum, in company with immature specimens of Isch-
noptera. (M. H.)
Periplaneta aTuericana (Linnaeus).

This omnipresent species is represented in the collections by a num-
ber o' Thomasville specimens taken in April, June and December.
Periplaneta truncata Krauss.

This species, which was previously known from the United States
by one record from Victoria, Texas,^ is represented by two females

' Caudell, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mas., XXVI, p. 779.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 781

from Thomasville, taken in October, 1903, and on January 9, 1904.
These individuals, as is the case with the Texan specimens, are
referable to the "var. a," of Saussure and Zehntner.

The specimen of this species which was taken on January 9, 1904,
I found dead on the sidewalk of Jackson street, under a large live oak.
(M. H.)

Family MANTID^.

Stagmomantis Carolina (Johansson).

This species is represented in the collection by immature individuals
taken in July and August, and adults taken in August, September and
October.
Gonatista grisea (Fabricius).

A single specimen of this species from Thomasville was examined.
It was taken in early winter resting on the dead leaves of a small water
oak.
Thesprotia graminis (Scudder).

This species is represented in the Thomasville material by two
somewhat immature individuals taken August 19 and September 30,
1903.

This species is found in the wire-grass which carpets the pine forest,
and which it so closely resembles that the closest scrutiny is required
to reveal its presence. (M. H.)

Family PHASMID^.
Anisomorpha buprestoides (Stoll).

This species is represented by specimens taken at Thomasville,
March 20, 1903, and at Tyty Plantation, Thomas county, December
12, 1903. The latter individuals, a pair, were taken on pine in coitu.

A number of half-grown specimens of this species were taken by
beating the gall-berry bushes growing near a "branch" which crosses
the river road nearly two miles from town. (M. H.)

Family ACRIDID^.
Acrydium arenosum (Burmeister).

This species is found common in the vicinity of water, on sandy
beaches and wet soil, but probably is local in its distribution even in
such environment, as it was taken at but three points. In a piece of
bayou country, amid cypress and black gum, on the Ocklockonee
river west of Thomasville, this species was taken on February 29, March
29 and April 1 and 9, 1904. In the vicinity of a small lake in northern
Leon county, specimens were taken on March 21, 1903, and March 22,
1904. The series examined consists of sixty specimens, and exhibits

782 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DcC,

a great amount of variation in the rugosity of the pronotum, the char-
acter of the median carina of the pronotum, and a slight amount of
color variation, the latter chiefly in the intensity of the pair of spots
posterior to the humeral angles.
Neotettix bolteri Hancock.

A single specimen of what appears to be this species was taken in
Leon county, March 22, 190-4, in swampy ground at the edge of a small
lake.

Neotettix femoratus (Scudder).

A variable and interesting series of specimens from Thomas ville,
taken in late June, early July, September and October, 1903, and
April 9 and 10, 1904, are referable to this species. While a great
amount of variation is exhibited by the specimens examined, they
appear, after comparison with the tj-pe, to represent Scudder's species.
Three individuals belong to a type with the posterior portion of the
pronotum elongate.

This species, during the summer, was found moderately plentiful.
(M. H.)

Paratettix texanus Hancock.

Three Thomasville specimens, two males, one female, are contained
in the series examined. They were taken on marshy meadow or sandy
beach at Linton's Pond on March 21, April 10, 1904. This species has
been recorded from Texas, Louisiana, Mississippi, Georgia and South
Carolina. Its status appears to be more likely that of a mere subspecies
of P. cucullatus.

Tettigidea spicata Morse.

This species is represented by a series of seventeen specimens taken
at two localities in Thomas county. At one point about two miles
west of Thomasville, in wet pine woods, it was taken on December 14,
1903, April 9, 1904; while on February 29, March 29 and April 1 it
was taken in bayou country along the Ocklockonee river. A form
with the pronotum elongate is represented by four specimens, two of
each sex.

Tettigidea lateralis (Say).

This species was very abundant in moist localities in Thomas and
Leon counties. In bottom land as well as on sandy stretches and
moist meadow this interesting little locust was noted. Specimens
examined were taken in the months of February, March, April, July,
August and September. The series examined, over one hundred and
thirty in number, exhibits a considerable amount of variation in size
and in the angulation of the anterior margin of the pronotum.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 783

Eadinotatum brevipenne (Thomas).

This interesting and peculiar species is mainly a common inhabitant
of pine woods in Thomas and Leon counties. It lives among the dried
needles and apparently depends for safety more on protective resem-
blance and coloration than on anything else, as the saltatorial powers
are limited and the flight organs useless. Three color types are repre-
sented in the series of one hundred and eleven specimens examined,
one type being uniform brownish of varying shades, another brownish
with the dorsal surface of the head, pronotum and tegmina grass green,
and the third brownish with the lateral aspect greenish. From the
material examined it would appear that around Thomasville the species
is represented by mature individuals in late spring and early summer
(April to July), September individuals being extremely small, while
a large number of November, December and March specimens show a
gradu^ increase in size. The peculiar character of the subgenital
plate of the male is pronounced in specimens taken in November.
Color notes from life: Green phase, nymph, Thomasville, Georgia,
November 30, 1903 ; color of the dorsal surface, antennae, eyes, mandi-
bles, labrum, median and anterior limbs, posterior tibiae and tips of the
posterior femora wood brown; lateral aspects, face, meso- and meta-
sternum and posterior femora (except the distal portions) apple green.
Brown phase, nymph, Thomasville, Georgia, November 30, 1903; gen-
eral color wood brown, obsciu^ely and rather irregularly lined and spot-
ted with broccoli brown, a rather distinct postocular and pronotal
streak being developed; posterior femora with the apical portions
blackish. The color of adult males is grass green on the dorsal surface
of the pronotum and tegmina, the abdomen, lateral aspect and dorsal
surface of the femora as in the immature ; inferior margin of the lateral
lobes of the pronotum pale ochraceous. The adult female is uniform
wood brown, except the eyes, which are umber obscurely spotted with
darker brown. One adult female, however, has a green and brown
coloration, but the pattern is exactly the reverse of that found in the
males, the green being lateral instead of dorsal. Several specimens
examined are strongly overcast with blackish spots.

I noticed many immature specimens of this species pale straw brown
in color, and one or two specimens taken were profusely marked with
small black dots. On April 7, 1904, I noticed several mature males of
this species in the sprouting broom sedge at the edge of the golf course
near thick woods. Returning to this place two days later, I took a
number of mature males and several females almost adult. These
males were nearly all of the green form, while the females were entirely

784 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

brown. Roturning to this place on the next day, I at last succeeded in
taking a mature female. (M. H.)
Syrbula admirabilis (Uhler).

Seven specimens of this species taken at Thomasville, in 1903, have
been examined. Four of the seven are immature and were taken on
June 30, July 6, 7 and 16. The four adults were taken June 30 (cJ^),
July 6(9), September 30 ( 9 ) and December 14 ( 9 ). An interesting
feature noticed in this series, and substantiated by other material
from the Middle Atlantic States, is the transition from a depressed
ensiform antenna in the immature form to a slender, subfiliform type
in the adult. From a phylogenetic standpoint this fact would indicate
a type with ensiform antennsc, like Mermiria, as the ancestor of the
genus Syrhula.

I captured one female specimen of this species in damp low pine
woods in December. (M. H.)
Amblytropidia occidentalis (Saussure).

This modestly colored but lively species is almost without exception
found in pine and black gum woods, but in pine woods the species is
more abundant than elsewhere, being found in association with Radino-
tatum and Aptenopedes. The series examined contains ninety-eight
specimens from Thomas and Leon counties, and exhibits a great amount
of variation in color and some in structure. In some female speci-
mens the pronotum is more expanded than in others, and the head also
appears slightly stouter. The amount of color variation is remark-
able, though confined to browns and grays. From an extreme black-
ish-brown form all intergrades are present to types of a uniform sienna
and ashy gray. Some individuals are obscurely lined on each side of
the median carina of the pronotum. The following color notes are
from life: Female, Thomasville, November 30, 1903; general color
mars brown and mummy brown spotted and streaked; eyes broccoli
brown; posterior femora laterally mars brown, darkest dorsally, above
wood brown with a few mars brown spots, beneath pinkish-vinaceous,
internally milky white blotched with blackish and dull brown; posterior
tibise basally wood brown becoming l:)luish-black apically; abdomen
with the dorsal surface pale ochraceous-rufous, laterally wood brown
washed blackish basally, each segment with the apical margin milky
white; inferior surface pinkish-vinaceous. Female, Thomasville, No-
vember 30, 1903; similar to the specimen described above, except that
the dorsal surface is overcast with a pale whitish suffusion and the
lateral lobes of the pronotum, the pleura and the genjE and postocular
regions of the head are suffused with dull orange-rufous. The only

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 785

immature specimen in the scries examined was taken on November 30.
The adults were taken on dates extending from the latter part of
October to the early part of April.

This species of the pine forest, although it is singularly protected by
its coloration when in its favorite haunt among the pine needles, is,
nevertheless, a most wary and active species. Both males and females
fly with the greatest rapidity and when alarmed will keep on the wing
for a considerable distance. When approached quietly they will
spring up with great speed, but only fly a short distance. Diving
into a tuft of w^ire-grass and pine needles, they seem to literally glide
down to the most obscure place at the roots of the grass, where,
although perfectly hid, they remain alert and upon the approach of
anything make another rapid flight to some still safer place. I have
never been able to ascertain how these insects are able to start out of
the center of a thick tuft of grass at full speed and dive into the very
center of another in the space of time required by them. This is the
only species I know of that can slip out of one's hand when, after
approaching within a few inches of the specimen, one pounces upon it.
It can not only do this, however, but can escape with such speed that
track of it is very easily lost. (M. H.)

Orphulella pratorum Scudder.

This species is, judging from the amount of material examined,
exceedingly abundant at Thomas\allc from late June to late October,
but particularly in September; while individuals taken in November,
December, May and early June show its presence then, but probably
not in such numbers as in summer and early fall. The series examined
numbers four hundred and twenty-four specimens and represents all
types and shades of coloration, as well as illustrating the great diversity
in size exhibited by specimens of the female sex.
Dichromorpha viridis (Scudder).

This species is represented by a series of one hundred and forty-three
specimens from Thomasville, taken in the months from June to
December inclusive. As usual in the species, great variation in size
is exhibited by the series, and both color forms are represented, the
green being greatly in the majority.
Arphia xanthoptera (Burmeister).

This species is represented in the material studied by four specimens,
one male and three females, taken at Thomasville, March 16, Septem-
ber 24, November 30 and December 10.

Between December and March a stray specimen of this species may
occasionally be met with in the oak and hickory woods. (M. H.)

786 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF iDeC,

Arphia granulata Saussure.

A male and female of this species from Thomasville, taken May 27,
1903, have been examined.

Arphia sulphurea (Fabricius).

Specimens of this species were taken in Leon county, and at Thomas-
ville, in March and April, in pine woods. An immature specimen
taken in January has also been examined.

This species appeared to be moderately common in the spring of
1903 in pine woods with many scrub oaks about. I found the imma-
ture specimens of this species plentiful throughout the winter months
in dead leaves under oak, hickory and sweet gum trees. (M. H.)

Cliortophaga viridifasciata (DeGeer).

This common species is represented by a series of ninety-two speci-
mens, the brown phase outnumbering the green form. The series
covers adult specimens taken in every month of the year.

I have found this species late into December in colonies along the
edge of woods. (M. H.)

Hippiscus phcBiiicopterus (Burmeister).

The species is represented by specimens taken in May (27th) and
June (2d and 8th), 1903, at Thomasville.

Hippiscus rugosus (Scudder).

A single specimen taken at Thomasville on August 13, 1903, I have
referred to this species. It has, how^ever, cinnabar wings, but struc-
turally is inseparable from Pennsylvania specimens of rugosus.

Dissosteira Carolina (Linnseus).

This species is represented by specimens from Thomasville taken
May 25 and 26, June 8 and 12, and July 27, and from Metcalfe taken
September 17. One specimen taken July 27 is immature.

Spharagemon boUi Scudder.

A single male specimen of this species is included in the material
examined. It was taken at Thomasville, July 14, 1903.

Spharagemon coUare wyomingianum (Thomas).

A series of nine Thomasville specimens are assigned here with some
uncertainty. They agree with New Jersey specimens of wyomingiarium
except for the sharper fastigium, which also forms a more acute angle
with the face. Considerable color and minor structural variations
are exhibited by this series. The specimens were taken in June, July,
August and November.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 787

Psinidia fenestralis (Serville).

This sazid-loving species is represented by a series of eighteen speci-
mens taken on dates extending from June to November.

I took one specimen of this species on November 30, a mature female
so battered and worn it could scarcely fly. (M. H.)
Trimerotropis citrina Scudder.

This species which is here recorded from the Southeastern States for
the first time, is represented by a series of sixteen specimens taken at
Thomas ville and Metcalfe. May, June and September are the months
represented by the material studied.
Diotyophorus guttatus (StoU)."

This large and striking species is fairly numerous in southern Georgia,
and attains full size by August. Several images taken in August,
September and October have been examined, one male being of small
size. Another comparatively small male from Brunswick, Glynn
county, Georgia, is in the collection of the Academy.

I have found very young specimens of this species as early as the
first week in April. They were then in colonies of a dozen or more in
the pine woods. (M. H.)

Stenaoris' cMorizans Walker.

This cat-tail loving species is represented by several Thomasvillc
specimens and eight individuals from Leon county, Florida. The for-
mer series was taken on March 7, 1903, and March 25, 1904, the exact
locality being a large boggy meadow cut by numerous streams, formerly
covered by a dammed body of water locally known as Mitchell's Pond.
Several specimens were also noticed, but not taken, at a large pond sev-
eral miles north of Thomasville. The Leon county specimens were all
taken on the margins of a large pond in the extreme northern part of
the county, within half a mile of the Georgia line, on March 21, 1903,
and March 22, 1904.

But four of the series examined have the white lateral line distinct,
the others being almost unicolorous, two, however, having the upper
surface suffused with rosaceous.

I found this interesting species the most numerous among the cat-
tails growing in the deep water at the edge of the pond. When alarmed

' It is evident that ^toll's Gryllus g^dtatus (Nahmrl. Afbeeld. Beschr. Zabel-
springhjnen, Treks pringhanen, Krekels en Kakkerlakken, p. 23, and Register, p.
12, PI. X.b, fig. 34) is the same as Thunberg's Dictyophorus relicidatus, and is two
years earlier.

^ This generic name is revived in place of Arnilia Stal, which it antedates by
three years. It was proposed (Catal. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., IV, p. 651, 1870)
for three species, lanceolata concolor and chlorizans the latter of which can
be selected as the type.

788 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DcC,

it would at once fly swiftly and silently away to the stem of a cat-tail,
apparently in a safe place, and would then, when approached, dodge
around to the opposite side and remain motionless, pressing itself to
the stem, which I noticed would almost invariably be the same color
as itself. It could then be taken by a stealthy approach and a
quick grasp of the hand, for it seemed to rely on its resemblance to its
support and would not take wing unless alarmed by a quick movement
or a too close approach. When badly alarmed I noticed several speci-
mens fly up into the trees and hide on the small twigs, as they had before
done on the cat-tails. Not one of the species was to be found on the
brownish rushes where Leptysma was common, which latter species
was precisely the color of its surroundings. The flight of this species is
much stronger and more rapid than that of L. marginicolUs , and owing
to this fact and the locality in which it is found , it is quite difficult to take
a specimen when thoroughly alarmed. Those specimens seen on the
meadow where Mitchell's Pond had once been were afforded poor cover,
as the grass was short, and I noticed that they would almost always
take flight when I was still a number of feet distant, no matter how
cautiously I approached. (M. H.)

Leptysma marginicolhs (Serville).

This species, which is somew^hat similar in habit to the preceding, is
represented by specimens taken at Thomasville during March and in
Leon county on March 22, 1904.

This species was most numerous among the dried rushes on the edge
of the pond in Leon county mentioned as the habitat of the preceding
species. The specimens were easily alarmed by a quick movement, but
could be easily approached and grasped if this was done in a slow and
careful manner. They were as well protected by their color on these
brown rushes as the S. chlorizans were with their bright green colora-
tion on the cat-tails whose stems were the same color; the latter species,
however, showed much less confidence in its concealment and was
much more difficult to approach. (M. H.)
Schistocerca americana (Drury).

This elusive and powerful species is represented by eight specimens
taken at Thomasville in January, March, May, October and December.
Leon county is represented by specimens taken in March.

Much of the time this species is common in the open pine woods.
Its flight is powerful and it usually takes refuge on the pine trunks
over eight feet from the ground. Its color blends remarkably with the
bark, and it, remaining motionless, with hind femora drawn closely to
the body ready to spring, does not take flight until closely approached.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 789

Like the two preceding species, even the heaviest females fly well, and
I have never seen one jump except when in such close quarters that
flight was impossible. (M. H.)

Schistoceroa damnifica (Saussure).

An interesting series of fifty specimens of this species is included in
the material studied. The females are all larger than Northern speci-
mens, and have the median stripe of the pronotum more obscure.
The males, however, are very similar to New Jersey representatives,
except that the tegmina appear to be slightly longer. The material
comprises adults taken in every month in the year except August.

The males of this species are active and are found common in the dead
leaves under scrub oaks, hickories, sweet gums and other trees in the
pine woods. They fly well and are so much the color of their surround-
ings that they are very hard to follow. The females are, on the other
hand, invariably large and unwieldy, and seem to find great difficulty
in even jumping, and they very seldom fly. (M. H.)

Gymnoscistetes pusillus Scudder.

This very peculiar species was found by Mr. Hebard to be fairly
common in one locality near Thomas ville, and a series of twenty-one
individuals, sixteen males and five females, are included in the series
studied. They are quite constant in size, but in a number of other
characters considerable variation is exhibited. The anterior and
posterior margins of the pronotum are truncate in some, emarginate
in others ; the number of spines on the external margins of the posterior
tibiae varies from eight to ten; the median carina of the pronotum is
quite distinct in some, absent in others, while the inferior portion of
the frontal costa varies greatly in the strength of the constriction.
Color is rather constant, such variation as is exhibited being in intensity
and not pattern. The females are uniformly lighter in color than the
males.

The following color notes were made from a fresh male specimen:
Dark lateral bars seal brown, light lateral bars pale glaucous green be-
coming emerald-green on the meta- and mesopleura; dorsal surface
a semi-metallic drab becoming quite pale toward the dark lateral
bars; eyes of the same color as the dark lateral bars, obscurely spotted
with drab; antennae of the same color as the dorsal surface, strongly
suffused with blackish apically; limbs very pale yeflo wish-green
minutely blotched with umber.

I took one specimen of this species in the wire-grass of the pine forest
near town on November 30, 1904, but although I searched the locality

790 [proceedings of the academy of [Dct'-,

carefully for several daj^s no more were taken. A short time later I
discovered a colony of this species in a similar situation on the river
road, about two miles from town. They were very difficult to capture,
as it took the most intent searching before a specimen could be found,
and even then it was by no means an easy matter to make the capture,
for these small grasshoppers are masters of the art of jumping. They
can jump so quickly that owing to their color the eye cannot follow
them, and the strangest thing is that they can jump in any direction
with such rapidity that it is w^holly impossible to see in which direction
they have gone. They jump from one tuft of wire-grass to the top of
another tuft and there cling tightly to the highest straw ready to make
another leap. Although they are so small I have seen them frequently
spring several feet. The females, although much heavier than the
males, are almost equally agile. This species has the habit of edging
around its support when approached and remaining motionless with
hind femora drawn close to the body. It can be seen, however, to
be w^atching that which has alarmed it most closely, and on the first
quick movement or on too near approach it jumps at once. (M. H.)
Melanoplus scudderi (Uhler).

It was with considerable surprise that this species was recognized
in the collections, as the distribution of it is thus extended a consider-
able distance south w^ard. Six male and sixteen female specimens from
Thomas\ille have been examined, taken November 30, 1903, Decem-
ber 1, 3, 5, 6 and 10, 1903, and December 14, 1902. There is consider-
able variation in the coloration, some being unicolorous, others
sprinkled with small blackish dots and maculations.

Color of live male: Thomasville, November 30, 1903; general colors
burnt umber and cinnamon mingled in a pepper-and-salt combination,
the paler tint predominating toward the lower surface ; lateral bar on
the upper part of the prozona seal brown ; posterior femora wdth the
external bars not very distinctly marked, the internal bars milky
pink and dull seal brown, the whole overcast with the general "pepper-
and-salt" suffusion; posterior tibiae scarlet vermilion; under surface
of the body and posterior femora gamboge yellow suffused anteriorly
and posteriorly with gra3^-brown, clear on the basal segments of the
abdomen. Female: color much as in the male, but the under surface
duller and the pronotum dorsally suffused with fawn color and the
lateral bar on the prozona rather indistinct; antennae reddish-brown,
grading from poppy red at the base to maroon apically.

This species is moderately plentiful during the fall months in the
pine woods. Its color blends almost exactly with the pine needles,

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 791

and it is for this reason that, although it is a slow species at taking
alarm and poor at jumping, it is sometimes hard to capture. (M. H.)

Melanoplus sylvestris Morse.

This recently described species is apparently represented by three
female specimens taken at Thomasville and Metcalfe in September,
November and December, 1903. The original specimens were all from
western North Carolina. Wlien compared with specimens of M.
islandicus, females of sylvestris can be separated by the precurrent
median carina of the pronotum, the broader metazona, the more pro-
nounced sulcation of the frontal costa, and the more quadrate interval
between the mesosternal lobes.

Found in the same places as the preceding species, but more agile
and easily alarmed. Its coloration affords it even greater protection
than that of M. scudderi. (M. H.)

Melanoplus nigrescens (Scudder).

A series of fifteen males and seventeen females represents this large
and rather striking species. All the specimens are from Thomasville,
and were taken in November and December. Considerable variation
is exhibited in the shape of the cerci of the males.

Color of live specimens: Female; Thomasville, November 30, 1903;
general color mummy brown, the "pepper-and-salt" effect caused by
a minute speckling of pale wood brown, postocular streak clear
mummy brown, eyes mars brown, antennae with the base wood
brown and the apical portion vandyke brown; tegmina with the
anal field clear wood brown, discoidal and costal regions mummy
brown; stripe on the metapleura and the paler bars on the hind
femora ecru drab, dark bars on the femora seal brown; posterior
tibiae blackish basally, dull maroon apically. Male; Thomasville,
November 30, 1903; general color clove-brown becoming dull umber
on the anal field of the tegmina ; lateral lobes of the pronotum
and lower part of head deep blue-gray blending into the general tint
of the upper surface; eyes mottled clove brown and wood brown;
stripe on metapleura and pale bars and spots on posterior femora
almost pure white, suffused slightly with grayish toward the dorsal
sm'face; dark bars on the posterior femora and base color of meso-
and metapleura solid black; anterior and median limbs similar to
the lower part of the head in color; posterior tibiae apically poppy red,
dull on the superior surface, basal portion blackish with a dull reddish-
pregenicular annulus; surface of the meso- and metasternum dull
glaucous green, of the under surface of the abdomen gamboge yellow.

792 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

During November and December I have found this splendid species
in colonies among the pine woods. It preferred the vicinity of the
scrub oaks, and it was among these that I found a group of over a dozen
specimens of this species within the space of a few square yards. The
males seemed peculiarly unwary, and occasionally one would be almost
trodden before it would jump. Earlier in the season, during the warm
fall weather, they probably exhibited much greater activity, for I
noticed them to feel cold severely and the slightest cooler weather
would greatly thin their numbers. All the specimens I took were
probably at their prime several weeks earlier, and from this I conclude
that the best time to take this species is toward the latter part of
October and during early November. The females were more unwieldy
than the males but were very powerful. Both sexes, owing to the
shortness of their wings, were wholly unable to fly. (M. H.)

Melanoplus keeleri (Thomas).

This species is represented by a series of twenty males and twenty-
nine females taken at Thomasville in September, October, November
and December. The intensity of the coloration is quite variable.

This species is found in the same locality and at the same time as
the preceding species, but in greater numbers. The males are much
smaller than the females, and are therefore less powerful, but they are
able to fly well and are occasionally quite shy. The females are usually
unable to fly at the time I was collecting as it was late in the season,
and all were more or less worn. (M. H.)

Melanoplus clypeatus (Scudder).

Four female specimens of this species from Thomasville, taken
August 3 and December 17, 1903, have been examined. They have
longer tegmina (22-22.5 mm.) than the female measured by Scudder.

Melanoplus propinquus Scudder.

This is the most abundant species of the genus at Thomasville, and
in consequence it is represented by a very large series — three hundred
and forty-eight in number. The months represented by the material
are January, INIay, June, July, August, Septeml^er. October and De-
cember.

This species has almost the exact habits of its close northern ally,
M. femur-rubrum. It is found in great numbers in all open country
during the summer and fall and is quite plentiful even in the spring.
(M. H.)

Melanoplus atlanis (Riley).

This destructive species is represented by five male individuals
from Thomasville^ taken in April, July, October and December.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 793

This species is common in the corn fields durins; warm weather.
(M. H.)

Paroxya atlantioa Scudder.

A series of thirteen specimens were taken at Thomasville and Tyty
Plantation in Jiuie, August, October and December. The males agree
very well ^^■ith two specimens of that sex, one from Ormond, Florida,
the other from Florida without further data.

Found along the branches. (M. H.)

Paroxya floridiana (Thomas).

This marsh-loving species is abundant at Thomasville in late summer
and fall, and is represented by a Series of one hundred and sLxty-five indi-
viduals, taken in July, August, September and December. Consider-
able variation in color is exhibited by this assemblage, as is usual in
the species, but the extremes are connected by numbers of intermedi-
ates.

Found in great abundance along all streams and in all damp spots
during the warm weather. I took quite a series of tattered specimens
of this species in a sheltered spot along the edge of a branch in Decem-
ber, 1903. (M. H.)

Aptenopedes sphenarioides Scudder.

This beautiful and common species is found usually in the pine woods
among the dead needles and wire-grass. The series comprises two
hundred and fifty-six specimens, about ecpially divided between the
sexes. The months represented by the material are January, Febru-
ary, March, April, June, August, September, October, November and
December. The species was observed in Leon county in the latter
part of March. Some individuals possess but one tegmen, and in a
few individuals both tegmina are missing. This latter condition ap-
pears to be abnormal, as the specimens are otherwise inseparable,
and are cpiite distinct from a specimen of aptera from Miami, Florida.
After comparing the types of A. clara Rehn^ with individuals of
sphenarioides, the former is seen to be immediately distinguishable by
the peculiar cerci. Two color phases are present, one purplish-brown,
the other a rich paris green. The following notes have been made from
living adult specimens. Green phase: female; Thomasville, November
30, 1903; general color paris green, on the under surface becoming pale
and on the sides of the abdomen suffused with whitish; eyes mummy
brown; antennae dull crimson, infuscate apically; lateral line on the
pronotum and tegmina composed of two colors, above peach blossom

* Enf. News, XIII, p. 14.
51

794 PR0CEEDIXG3 OF THE ACADEMY OF [DcC,

pink, below blackish; lower margin of the pronotum very narrowly
lined with white; anterior and median femora of the body color; tibiae
dull crimson; posterior femora with the lateral face of the body color,
darkest above; inferior carina white, superior carina bicolor similar
to the tegmina, genicular arches black; posterior tibia? glaucous blue,
spines whitish with the tips black. Green phase: male; Thomas ville,
November 30, 1903; general color of the upper surface paris green
becoming apple green on the sides and under surface; eyes mummy
brown finely sprinkled with wood brown; lateral lines practically the
same colors as in the female, except that the rosy tint is paler on the
pronotum than on the tegmina; abdomen with the median portion
dull salmon flanked with pure black, the latter carrying a small white
spot at the apical margin of each segment; in other respects similar
to the female.

Brown phase: female; Thomasville, November 30, 1903; general
color of the dorsal surface broccoli brown, overcast with an irregular
hoary suffusion of ecru drab, this being limited to the median portions
of the segments on the abdomen; lateral lines much as in the green
phase, but more subdued and the usual pinkish stripe on the tegmina
rather brownish; face, eyes, gcnse, lateral lobes of the pronotum,
pleura and external faces of the posterior femora, as well as the anterior
and median limbs, vandyke brown obscurely scrumbled with broccoli
brown ; lower margin of the pronotum and lower carina of the external
face of the posterior femora whitish; posterior tibiae maroon. Brown
phase: male; Thomasville, November 30, 1903; general color much as
in the female, but the hoary suffusion weaker; lateral line well marked
and more ecru than pinkish; pronotum with the blackish tint weak;
the inferior external carinse of the posterior femora with a broken white
line; superior face of posterior femora scrumbled wood brown; an-
tennae whitish. Nymph ; November 30, 1903 ; general color wood
brown obscurely lined and spotted with mummy brown; upper portion
of lateral lobes of the pronotum and postocular region blackish.

I have always found this species prevalent except during the cold
weather of late December, January and the greater part of February.
This species is to be found almost everj^vhere in the pine woods, but
is more abundant where the wire-grass-grows heaviest near the
"branches." The males are very active, springing wdth alacrity and
often alighting on weed stalks and vines a foot or more above the
ground, where they remain motionless but watchful, ready to spring
to another place if approached. The females, being much heavier, are
less spry, but nevertheless sometimes difficult to capture. (M. H.)

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 795

Family TETTIGONID^.
Arethaea phalangium (Scudder).

A single male individual of this species was taken at Thomasville,
June 29, 1903.

Scudderia texensis Saussure and Pictet.

This is the commonest species of the genus in the vicinity of Thomas-
ville, and it is represented by a series of twenty-eight specimens repre-
senting both sexes. They were taken in May, June, July, September
and October.
Scudderia furcata Brunner.

One female and three male specimens represent this species. They
were taken at Thomasville in the second week of October and Decem-
ber 14, 1903.

The specimen taken in December was beaten from gall-berry bushes
in the pine woods, and was in a battered condition. (M. H.)
Scudderia cuneata Morse.

This recently described species is represented by two male individ-
uals taken at Thomasville, on August 17 and September 10, 1903.
This record extends the range of the species east of the type locality —
Alabama.

Amblycorypha oblongifolia (DeGeer).

This species is represented by four Thomasville specimens, two males,
two females, taken July 29, August 4, S and 26, 1903. The males
have the tympanum of the tegmina narrower than in Maryland, Dela-
ware and Pennsylvania specimens of the species, but nevertheless
do not appear separable.

Amblycorypha uhleri Stil.

One male and one female representative of this species have been
examined, both taken at Thomasville, one on July 16, 1903, the other
in the second week of October, 1903.

Belocephalus subapterus Scudder.

One female specimen of this species was taken at Thomasville,
August 24, 1903. This is the first record outside of the State of Florida.
Conocephalus atlanticus Brunner.

A series of three males of this species from Thomasville have been
examined. They were taken September 12, 15 and 17, 1903, and on
comparison with paratypes prove inseparable.
Conocephalus retusus Scudder.

A single female taken at Thomasville, September 17, 1903, is referred
to this species. The specimen has the tegmina and ovipositor slightly

796 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,

longer than Scudder's original measurements, but the specimen appears

to belong here.

Conocephalus mexicanus Saussure.

Two female specimens of this species were taken at ThomasA'ille,
December 3, 1903, in undergrowth in pine woods, and on ]\Iarch 10,
1904.

Both specimens taken were in good condition; the first was taken
among the dead brown leaves of a hickor}^ in the pine woods, where it
was very conspicuous on account of its bright green color. (M. H.)

Conocephalus fuscostriatus Redtenbacher.

Three male Thomasville specimens of this species have been exam-
ined. One is without date, the others were taken March 16 and April
4, 1904, and all are typical representatives of the species.

This species appeared early in March and was soon plentiful in the
woods, especially in the broom sedge in damp locations. The speci-
mens, when pursued, always took to wing and made off with a strong
but zigzag flight, never alighting until quite a distance had been tra-
versed. I followed one specimen for several hundred yards across a
field and finally lost sight of it, as it had flown up until some forty feet
above the ground, and could not be followed by the eye in the twilight.
The males begin their serenade just as dusk begins to fall and keep up
a continuous zeeeee late into the night. Their song is, however, not
nearly so ear-splitting as that of C. mexicanus. (M. H.)

Orchelimum glaberrimum (Burmeister).

This large species is represented by a series of thirty-one individuals
representing both sexes. They are all from Thomasville, taken in
August and September, 1903. A considerable amount of variation
is exhibited in the intensity of the brown markings on the pronotum.

Orchelimum nitidum (Redtenbacher).

A series of fifty-seven specimens of both sexes represents this species.
They are all from Thomasville, taken in August and September, 1903.
The remark made under 0. glaberrimum regarding markings on the
pronotum applies with equal force to this species.

Orchelimum nigripes Scudder.

A single female of this species was taken at Thomasville on August
4, 1903. This is the first record for the Gulf States.

Orchelimum cuticulare Serville ?

A single male intli^'idual, taken at Thomasville on August 28, 1903, is
very doubtfully referred to this species.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 797

Xiphidion fasciatum (DeGeer).

This widely distributed species is represented by a series of ninety-
five specimens, all from Thomasville. The months represented are
June, August, September, October and December (one specimen), 1903.

I took but one specimen of this species, that in December, 1903. It
was procured among tall grass in a swampy hollow. (M. H.)

Xiphidion brevipenne Scudder.

Three females and four males of this species from Thomasville have
been examined. They were taken in August, September, October
and December, 1903.

The single specimen of this species which I took in December, 1903,
was secured in the damp undergrowth of the pine woods near a
"branch." (M. H.)

Xiphidion saltans Scudder.

Two females and five males of this species are included in the mate-
rial studied. They were taken at Thomasville in September, October
and November, 1903, the one taken in the latter month being from
meadow land.

Odontoxiphidium apterum Morse.

This recently described genus and species is represented by a series
of twenty males and twenty-two females, all from Thomasville, taken
in September, October, November and December, 1903. Those indi-
viduals bearing information in addition to the date and locality are
labelled as having been taken in imdergrowth in pine woods. The
series agrees very well with the description, exhibiting the color varia-
tion noted in the original series.

The specimens which I took of this species were all captured in the
wire-grass of the pine woods. Although active, they were easily cap-
tured. (M. H.)

A male specimen of this species from Brunswick, Glynn county,
Georgia, taken September, ISSl, is in the collection of the Academy.

Atlanticus gibbosus Scudder.

As far as can be determined from the very inadequate description
and the immature condition of the majority of the twelve specimens
examined, I should refer the representatives of this genus to gibbosus.
But one individual, a female, is fully grown, the others being in such
condition as make them almost useless for study. The dates repre-
sented are March 16, 17, 22, 23, 24 and 29 April 9, July 23 (adult) and
December 10, all from Thomasville.

In December, March and April I have found immature individuals
of this species plentiful in the pine woods, where they live among the

798 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [UeC,

wire-grass. I found many in the locality which yielded the large series
ofGymnoscirtetes pusillus. (M. H.)
Ceuthophilus virgatipes n. sp.

Types: cJ* and ? ; Thomasville, Thomas county, Georgia. August
13, 1903. Collection of Morgan Hebard.

Closely allied to C. secretus Scudder, but differing in the longer
median internal calcaria and the much shorter ovipositor. Relation-
ship also exists with C. varicator Scudder, but that species has the
first tarsal joint as long as the others united, as well as having a long
ovipositor.

Size medium; body compressed. Head with the occiput declivent,
vertex somewhat flattened; interspace between the eyes equal to the
long diameter of one of them; ej^es inverted subpyriform; antennae
rather short and rather heavy, but slightly longer than the body;
terminal palpal joint distinctly longer than the third. Pronotum
strongly compressed ; anterior margin wnth a slight median emargina-
tion, posterior margin truncate ; lateral lobes slightly longer than high,
inferior margin moderately arcuate, the anterior angle by no means as
apparent as the posterior; surface of the pronotum as well as the
mesonotum and metanotum obscurely tuberculate, more pronounced
in the female than in the male. Abdomen strongly compressed, the
exposed portion of each segment roughened and picked. Cerci short,
thick basally, tapering. Ovipositor short, thick basally, apical half
subequal, margins almost straight, superior angle produced into a dis-
tinct spiniform process, internal valves with five apical spines. Ante-
rior femora a third as long again as the pronotum, armed on the ante-
rior inferior margin with 3-0 spines, unarmed on the posterior margin.
Median femora about equal to the anterior in length, armed on the
anterior margin with three spines which are larger in the female than
in the male, and increase in size distally, posterior margin armed with
two or three spines. Posterior femora thick and short, strongly bullate, ■
the apical third slender, inferior margins with irregularly disposed
serrations, intervening sulcus comparatively broad; posterior femora
distinctly more than a tenth longer than the femora, not bowled, spurs
large, median calcaria extremely long, the internal equalling the meta-
tarsus; second and fourth tarsal joints subequal, third decidedly less
than half the length of second; metatarsus shorter than the other
joints united.

General color cinnamon overlaid with bistre, the superior surface
of the posterior femora with distinct diagonal bars of the two tints;
under surface wdth little of the overlying tint.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 799

Measurements.

Length of body, 14.2 mm. 19.5 mm.

Length of pronotum, 4.2 " 6 "

Length of posterior femora, 13.5 " 17.2 "

Length of posterior tibisp, 15 " 19 "

Length of ovipositor, 7.2 "

A series of nine specimens of this species, inckiding the types, has
been studied.

As all the specimens of this species were collected in my absence
from home, I can only state that they were taken in a heavy swamp.
(M. H.)

Family GRYLLID^
Gryllotalpa borealis Burmeister.

Several specimens of this species from Thomasville have been exam-
ined, taken March 25, August 31 and September 11, 1903. An indi-
vidual was taken just over the line in Leon county, Florida, on March
17, 1903, in a very peculiar situation — a distance up a cherry tree.
Tridactylus terminalis Scudder.

Two individuals of this species were taken at Linton's Pond, near
Thomasville, one on March 18, and the other April 10, 1904. The
exact locality was a sloping sandy beach constantly dampened by
the flow of several springs, situated in an overhanging bank and close
to a stream.

Diligent search revealed two other specimens of this species, but
owing to the absence of a net at the time they readily escaped. (M. H.)

EUipes minuta (Scudder).

This species was found in several places in the vicinity of Thomasville
and in Leon county. The locations are moist meadow land or sandy
beaches, and here this active little species was very numerous. At
Linton's Pond it was taken on April 10, and in northern Leon county
on ]\Iarch 22. Nine specimens have been examined.
Cycloptilum squamosum Scudder ?

A single male specimen is questionably referred to this species. It
was taken at Thomasville, August 13, 1903. The condition of the
specimen is such that accurate identification is impossible, but the
description of squamosum contains nothing radically different from
the specimen examined.
Nemobius maculatus Blatchley.

This species is represented by a scries of fifteen individuals of both
sexes, taken at Thomasville. The months represented are June, July,

800 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dt'C,

August, September, October, November and December. As is usual
with the species of this genus a great amoiuit of variation in size is
noticed in the series.

All the specimens of this species which I took were captured among
the weeds of an unused field and in the grass in our yard. The males
stridulate continually, and their constant creeee-creee-creee may be
heard from every side on a warm day. This species fills the place
which is occupied by Nemobius fasciatus in the North. (M. H.)

Nemobius socius Scudder.

This sti iking form is represented b}' one male and ten female speci-
mens, all taken at Thomasville in Ma}', June, July and September.
But two of the specimens are brachypterous, the other nine possessing
caudate wings.

These specimens were collected at night about the arc lights, to which
they were attracted by the light. (M. H.)

Nemobius ambitiosus Scudder.

The beautiful but subdued coloring of the male of this species makes
it an easily recognized form, and a series of thirty individuals of both
sexes have been examined. They were taken at Thomasville in Febru-
ary, March, April, October, November and December. In the spring
of 1903 several individuals were taken in Leon count}^ There is some
variation in the depth of color in the females, ranging from dull black-
ish to blackish brown and umber.

This beautiful species is ever present, lacing astir on the coldest
winter days. I heard one specimen stridulating in the pine straw on a
morning when the mercury had just risen above freezing. The sound
produced by the males is quite different from that of any other species,
but it would be indeed difficult to describe the pitch which makes it so.
(M. H.)

Nemobius cubensis Saussure.

This species, which bears quite a superficial resemblance to N. socius,
is represented in the collection by five specimens, one male and four
females, the male individual being referred here with a little doubt.
All the specimens were taken in May and June, 1903, at Thomasville.
Nemobius exiguus Blatchley.

It was with considerable surprise that this species was recognized
in the material studied, but a series of forty-seven specimens appear
to be perfectly referable to this species, previously known only from
Indiana. Thomasville individuals were taken in January, February
and December, and one specimen was collected at the Ocklockonee
river on March 29, 1904.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 801

This species was very plentiful in certain localities in the pine woods
along the branches, where the ground was low and marshy. The series
of forty-seven could easily have been doubled. (M. H.)

Nemobius carolinus Scudder.

Thirteen specimens, five males and eight females, represent this
beautiful species. They were all taken at Thomasville in December
on sphagnum.

All of these specimens were taken at Thomasville during December
in beds of sphagnum. The specimens were wary, and when in danger
would hide in the sphagnum, from which they could then be easily
taken. The bright lacquer color of the head, legs and body of these
distinguished them at a glance from all other species. (M. H.)

Gryllus pennsylvanicus Burmeister.

Four specimens of this species are contained in the collection, two
males and two females, from Thomasville, taken on August 29, 1903.

Gryllus rubens Scudder.

This species, which was described from a single female individual
from Auburn, Alabama, is represented by a series of sixty specimens,
almost equally divided between the sexes. They are all from Thomas-
ville, taken in July and August; one immature individual, however,
having been taken in March. A great amount of variation is exhibited
in the intensity of the color pattern, some individuals having the dull
reddish markings on the lateral portions of the pronotum obsolete,
and the red on the posterior femora is more extensive in some individu-
als than in others.
Gryllus luctuosus Serville.

Specimens of this species from Thomasville, taken in ]\Iay and June,
1903, have been examined.

(Ecanthus quadripunctatus Bentenmiiller.

This species is represented by a series of one hundred and twenty-
two specimens from Thomasville. The months represented are June,
September and October. Considerable variation is exhibited in the
pattern and intensity of the black markings on the basal joints of the
antennae.

Anaxipha exigua (Say).

Three specimens of this species, one male, two females, have been
examined, all taken at Thomasville in April and July. The females
are slightly larger than Pennsylvania specimens.

802 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

Falcicula hebardi Rehn.

This interesting species is represented by a series of fifteen males, ten
females and four immature individuals. The months represented are
March, April and July. The immature individuals are considerably
darker and more wine-colored than the adults, and are longitudinally
striped with dark brown which gives them a rather peculiar appearance.

This species, although restricted to colonies among the wire-grass
of the pine woods, may be taken in numbers at the right time of year.
Although very active and resembling the wire-grass closely in color,
they are easy to capture with the aid of a net. I noticed them to jump
from clump to clump of the grass, clinging to the topmost blades.
Both sexes are equally agile. (M. H.)
Hapithus brevipennis Saussure.

This species, which was described from Georgia and Louisiana, is
represented by three adult males, two adult females and three imma-
ture individuals from Thomasville. The months represented are July,
August and October. The males have the stripe on the margin of the
dorsal field much more richly colored than in the females.
Orocharis gryllodes (Pallas).

This beautiful species is represented by a series of four male and seven
female specimens, taken at Thomasville in December, 1903. One
female individual is uniformly colored as in the males, but the others
are sprinkled with umber. This species is easily separated from 0.
saltator by the broader and subequal pronotum and the greater number
of rami of the mediastine vein.

All of these specimens were taken from under sign boards on oak
trees, where they were evidently hibernating. On one occasion several
specimens were taken from under the same sign. (M. H.)

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 803

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORM (DIPLOCARDIA LONGA)

FROM GEORGIA.

BY J. PERCY MOORE.

Forming part of a small collection of earthworms gathered by Mrs.
T. W. Walker in Pulaski county, Georgia, and secured for the Academy
through the interest of Mr. Joseph Willcox, are seven specimens of a
hitherto unnoticed species of Diplocardia. Its most distinctive feature
is found in the coexistence of the second gizzard and the first pair of
spermathecffi in the same somite, in which respect it is unique among
known species of the genus. In the presence of the gizzards in somites
VI and VII it resembles D. michaelseni, but differs from that species
in the possession of three pairs of spermathecse. The latter character
and numerous others which appear in the following description evi-
dently ally it to the communis group, but the great number of segments,
high level of the nephridial openings, form of the spermathecfe, etc.,
are diagnostic.

Diplocardia longa n. sp.

Size of D. covimunis; length in moderate extension up to 275 mm. ;
diameter at VII 5 mm., behind the clitellum 4 mm. Number of seg-
ments 270 to 330. Form slender, terete throughout ; diameter increas-
ing to VII, then diminishing to the clitellum which is slightly enlarged
and prominent, then narrowing a little and remaining nearly uniform
to near the end, where a slight club-shaped enlargement precedes a
final shrinkage to the anal ring.

Prostomium very short, broad and nearly truncate, in most speci-
mens scarcely projecting beyond the peristomium into which it is
tenoned for about one-half the length of the latter. The exact form,
however, differs in the several specimens ; in some the two sides nearly
meet within the peristomium; in others they are more nearly parallel
and may be continued by grooves nearly to the posterior border of the
latter, or they may merge into transverse grooves. Both prostomium
and peristomium are much marked above with longitudinal wrinkles
and the former has a deep ventral furrow.

The somites increase in length to VII, and then diminish to about
one-half in the postclitellial region, after which they change but Httle

804 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

till the posterior end is approached. Somites II and III are simple;
IV is biannulate, with the furrow just behind the setse and consequently-
nearer to the posterior margin; V has a median setigerous annulus
partially cut off from the larger annulus. The remaining preclitellial
segments are conspicuously triannulate, the middle or setigerous annu-
lus being the narrowest but most prominent. Occasionally the first
annulus is again subdivided into two. When the clitellum is present,
as in most of the specimens, the segments of this region are smooth
and undivided, dorsally at least, but in immature worms the annula-
tion appears here also. In all but the most posterior of the postclitellial
somites also the triannular structure is apparent, but is generally in-
conspicuous except in the more anterior ones or those strongly con-
tracted.

The usual four pairs of setse are present on all somites except the
peristomium, a few preanal, and XIX, the latter of which lacks the
ventral pairs only. All are strictly paired and strongly ventral in
position, but the intervening spaces vary somewhat. On XVI the
setal formula is a-b < j a-a, a-a= 2 J c-d, a-b = %c-d, b-c < a-a, d-d =
about f semi-circumference. Ordinary seta? stout, sigmoid, blunt-
pointed, thickened distad of middle, the outer end slightly sculptured
with a reticulum of fine lines giving to the setse an appearance of being
covered with delicate scales. Spermathecal copulatory setse (the
ventral ones on VII, VIII and IX) similar but with much bolder sculp-
turing and apparently unaccompanied by special glands. Penial setse
(the ventral ones on XVIII and XX) capillary, tapering, somewhat
thickened within the body-walls, with slight sinuous curvatures,
especially near the end, which may be slightly hooked. They are
about twice as long, or somewhat more, than the ordinary setse, and
only -I" to 1^ as thick. Near the end is a sculptured region marked with
close transverse lines appearing as fine notches on the profiles, but the
end itself for a considerable distance is smooth or longitudinally
striated.

Dorsal pores begin at ^ or usually j^-^ and are conspicuous. The
position of the nephridiopores is remarkable in being widely removed
from the dorsalmost seta; while the former are situated at approxi-
mately the two ends of the transverse diameter of the body the latter
are fully 15° to 30° below these points. Successive nephridiopores
are usually alternately at a little higher and lower level and are on the
extreme anterior borders of the somites — almost in the furrows — the
first on III. Spermathecal pores are less easily found. They occur
in line with seta a on the anterior part of somites VII, VIII and LX,
and are consequently presetal and postseptal.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 805

Though present in all but one, the clitcllum is perfect!}^ developed
only in the largest specimen. It covers seven segments, XIII to XIX
inclusive, and is completely annular and of uniform thickness on the
first five, but interrupted or much thinner on the middle ventral region
of the last two. On the posterior clitellial and several of the immedi-
ately succeeding segments occur certain papillae and grooves utilized
during copulation. Two pairs of papillse, situated on the posterior
part of XVII or on -^^ and on the posterior part of XX or -f ^, are
constant on all of the specimens ; a third pair situated on XXI or ^j^^^
is complete in one specimen, represented by a median papilla in one,
by the left only in three specimens, by the right only in one, and is
totally absent in the seventh, in which, however, indistinct thickened
areas appear in the median field of ™j and ^gj\. In one specimen a
small median papilla is present on XVII between those of the pair.
When the papillse overlap the contiguous iDorders of two segments,
which is the normal condition, the affected furrows are obliterated
ventrally. In most cases the first pair of papillae are much the largest
and the third the smallest, but in this respect also they are variable.
All of the papillffi are low, broad disks of an irregular elliptical or some-
times circular form. The central portion is more translucent and
either elevated or depressed above the more opaque, firmer rim which
contains a circle of glands. The entire structure of these papillse
indicates that in addition to a secretory adhesive function of the rim
the center acts as a true vacuum sucker. Just anterior and posterior
to each pair of suckers transverse grooves usually extend across the
venter and other shorter and less constant ones may occur. Very con-
stant and conspicuous are a pair of longitudinal grooves reaching in the
line of the ventral seta from the middle of XVIII to the middle of XX.
Each groove consists of three parts: a short anterior section reaching
from the setaj of XVIII to the furrow ^x^x^, a longer middle section
extending for the entire length of XIX, and a short posterior section
completing the groove to the setae of XX. All three sections are
strongly curved, the anterior and posterior with the convexity outward.,
the middle with the convexity directed inward. At the point of junc-
tion of the anterior and middle sections, in the furrow ^xix"' ^'^^' g^'oo'^'^
enlarges into a small triangular sinus containing a minute papilla upon
which the male pore opens. This is perhaps situated rather more on
XIX than XVIII. At each end of the groove and just external to the
closely approximated penial setse of somites XVIII and XX are the
external openings of the two pairs of prostate glands, the secretion of
which is therefore brought to the sperm by means of this groove. Tl.c

808 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DcC,

female pores are situated close together between the ventral setae of
XIV, but a-c invisible in surface views.

*- No complete coelomic septa exist anterior to ^j , this space being
largely occupied by the radiating pharyngeal muscles; ~^^ is slightly
thickened, y^^ and ^jj about twice as thick, and ^j^^j to -Jj each about
fom- times as thick as ordinary septa and extremely muscular. From

VT VIII

vn *^ IX" *^^^ septa are strongly funnel-shaped and "nested." The
pharynx occupies III and IV, a short oesophagus X, the strongly mus-
cular gizzards VI and VII ; then follows a straight narrow canal which
appears to lack calciferous pouches, but is slightly enlarged with yel-
lowish, thickened and very vascular walls in the posterior part of X
and presents a similar' but less pronounced structure in XI. The true
sacculated intestine begins in XVIII. The anus is a wide vertical
slit. The brain is transverse, about five times as wide as long, without
median constriction or any lobing, and is situated in II. The ventral
cord is remarkable for the complete and extremely thick muscular
sheath, which equals h the diameter of the cord proper at a ganglionic
enlargement. Although present in other species of Diplocardia, the
muscular sheath is in this one thicker than usual. Apparently there
are no peculiarities of the vascular system. Unlike the type species
the dorsal vessel is single and undivided throughout in the three exam-
ples dissected. Strongly enlarged hearts occur in XIII, and a slightly
enlarged pair in XII. The nephridia begin in III, and appear to be
present in every succeeding somite. Except for the first five pairs,
which are more compactly coiled and of smaller size, they have the
long-looped form described for other species of the genus.

Three pairs of spermathecse exist in the anterior parts of somites
VII, VIII and IX, attached to th? body floor at the base of the corre-
sponding septa, behind which they rise freely to a high level, though
occasionally they pass through the neural arch of the
septum nto the preceding somite. All of the sperma-
thecse have the pouch and stalk very distinctly differ-
entiated and 'are especially characterized by the great
length of the latter and the very low position of the
diverticulum which arises from its lateral s'de at the
point at which it enters the body wall. The pouch
has in general the form shown in fig. 1, which represents
the second spermatheca, and in all of the specimens
examined is strongly flattened latera ly. The stalk is
Fio-. 1 ^ ^^ \esLSt as long as and usually longer than the pouch,
£.nd also more or ?ess flattened by the pressure of the

1904.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

807

neighboring organs. The flat, spreading diverticulum opens into the
base of the stalk by a short, narrow duct. In three specimens dis-
sected the pouch increases in size successively from the first to the
third spermatheca and the diverticulum diminishes correspondingly.
While completely divided into two or even three lobes in the first,
the latter is in the second and third cither simple or very faintly
bilobed.

The testes occupy the usual position in somites X and XI, and two

IX

pairs of sperm sacs are borne on the anterior face of septum ^ and
the posterior face of septum ^. The latter are much and deeply
lobulated, having the aspect of dense tufts of broadly clavate or stalked
spheroidal bodies. The sperm funnels lie in somites X and XI attached
to the posterior septa near the coelomic floor and close to the ventral
nerve cord. They are of simple form and consist chiefly of a pair of
broad lobes partly folded together like the two lobes of a Dioncea leaf.
After penetrating the septa the vasa deferentia plunge at once into the
longitudinal muscular layer of the body wall which they penetrate
to a depth of about i of its thickness, and continue at this level in
the line of the ventral setae to a point near the male gonopore, when
they bend sharply outward toward the surface. Throughout their
course the two vasa deferentia of each side lie side by side, but are
perfectly distinct untfl quite at the external orifice, where they coalesce
at a common opening. The ovaries are conspicuous, fimbriated, fan-
shaped structures consisting of numerous
chains of ova attached to the posterior face
of septum -xin- Trumpet-shaped oviducts,
the mouths of which are formed very much
like the sperm funnels, perforate the septum
-^^, and at once penetrate the body floor
obliquely backward and inward. Near the
fxternal surface they bend sharply toward
the median line and open in the setae zone on
the ventral surface of XIY, separated by an
interval of about j a-a or less than the
transverse diameter of the nerve cord with
its sheath. The external pores are so
small that they can be detected only n sec-
tions. The prostate glands (fig. 2) are large
and conspicuous, and are variously folded
sharply back and forth evcral times within
the limits of the single segments XVIII

808 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

and XX which the two pairs respectively occupy. The glandular
portion and the muscular duct are sharply differentiated, and the
latter arises directly from the end of the former. The former is
about three times as thick and three and one-half times as long as
the latter, cylindrical and tubular, with a distinct lumen throughout
and thick walls composed of gland cells in various stages of activity.
The integuments are translucent and the colors dull in life. The
anterior and usually the extreme posterior ends are hair brown, varying
in shade ; the clitellum is russet, and the remainder of the body neai-ly
salmon pink or sometimes ecru. Through the less pigmented portions
of the skin the blood vessels show conspicuously of a deep purple color.
These worms are very sluggish, but may be stimulated to greater ac-
tivity by exposure to light, which they seek to avoid. They ovcur
in moi-;t sandy soil.

1904.] NATURAL SCIE^■CES OF PHILADELPHIA. 809

NEW CLAUSILIID^ OF THE JAPANESE EMPIRE— X.
BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

In this tenth^ article upon Japanese Clausiliidce, the species discov-
ered by Mr. Nakada in the Ryiikyu Islands and by Mr. Azuma in
Satsiima and its islands, are dealt with, together with a few forms from
other parts of the empire. The two collectors mentioned, working
under ^Ir. Hirase's direction, have about doubled the number of land
mollusks known from the Ryukyu Islands. Tokunoshima has proved
particularly rich. The transition from the Ryukyuan fauna to that
of Japan proper is found in Yakujima and Tanegashima, Osumi, and
in the Koshikijima group, south of Satsuma. In these islands there
is a strong Ryukj^ian strain, but the Kyushu faunal element predomi-
nates.

In the Ryukyu group the Clausiliidce are present in abundance.
Except Stereophcedusa, none of the Japanese groups are represented,
the species I formerly referred to Hemiphcedusa being so far specialized
that thoy may more properly be segregated as separate groups. Luchu-
phcedusa and the Zaptychoid forms predominate. Some of them are
wonderfully specialized. Diceratoptyx, for instance, has almost lost
the lunella, which remains as a minute vestige only; the lower palatal
plica has been crowded upward, and its place taken by the dilated
subcolumellar lamella. Oligozaptyx and some Luchuphsedusas are
almost ec|ually modified in other directions. As a whole, the Clau-
siliidce are more specialized than those of either China or Japan,
and bear out the proposition I have elsewhere advanced, that insular
faunas age more rapidly than those of larger or continental areas.

HeMIPH.EDUSOID PHYLUM.
Section MEGALOPH.EDUSA Bttg.

Clausilia ducalis rex n. subsp.

Larger and especially wider throughout than C. ducalis; superior
lamella contiguous to the spiral lamella, but not united with it; prin-

* Seven papers haA'e appeared under the title "Additions to the Japanese
Land Snail Fauna," Parts II to VIII; one as "Catalogue of Clausiliidte of the
Japanese Empire," and one, "Land Mollusks of the Loo Choo Islands, Clau-
siliidse." All were published in these Proceedings, 1900 to 1903.

52

810 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC.

cipal plica short; upper palatal plica short but well developed, a low
ridge (lunella) below it.

Length 42, diam. 9 mm. ; whorls 11.

Length 39, diam. 9 mm.; whorls 10.

Amagisan, Izu. Types No. 85,730, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,139 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

Clausilia cymatodes n. sp. PI. LIV, figs. 29, 30, 31, 32, 33.

Shell rimate, strong, the last two whorls of about equal diameter,
occupying over half the length of the shell, those above rapidly taper-
ing, somewhat attenuate toward the apex. Yellowish-brown.

Surface glossy, sculptured with coarse strong somewhat irregular
ribs, rapidly decreasing to striae on the spire, the early whorls smooth
from wear. Whorls 10^, convex, the last flattened laterally. The
aperture is rhombic-ovate, vertical. Peristome continuous, rather
broadly reflexed and thickened within. Superior lamella marginal,
rather high, continuous with the spiral lamella, which penetrates to a
point above the superior lamella. Inferior lamella low and receding,
thick below, obliquely ascending, as long inside as the spiral lamella.
Subcolumellar lamella emerging. Principal plica dorsal and lateral,
extending past the palatal plicae, of which there are three, lateral in
position.

Length 22, diam. 5 mm.

Length 21, diam. 4.7 mm.

Clausilium (PI. LIV, figs. 29, 30, 31) narrow and parallel-sided, obtuse
and obliquely rounded at the apex, bluntly angular in the middle of
the palatal margin, not excised near the filament.

Tajiromura, Osumi. Types No. 87,610, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,249
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This rib-striate little Megalophcedusa is related to C. hiraseana. It
differs in being much smaller, light colored, not quite so coarsely
sculptured, wdth emerging subcolumellar lamella. C. nagashimana
of the neighboring province Satsuma is more closely related, but that is
also a large dark form. Both of these species differ widely from
C. cymatodes in the shape of the clausilium, which in cymatodes is very
obtuse at the distal end. The number of palatal plicae will probably
prove to be variable.

Clausilia nagashimana n. sp. PI. LIV, figs. 25, 26, 27, 2S.

The shell is similar to C. hiraseana Pils., but it is much more finely
sculptured, and the superior lamella does not reach the margin.

Length 28, diam 6.6 mm.; whorls about IH.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 811

The clausilium (PI. LIV, figs. 27, 28) is long and narrow, attenuated
distally, and not excised near the filament.

Nagashima, Satsuma. Types No. 87,607, A. N. S. P., from No.
1,243 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

The type specimen is colored like C. hiraseana; the superior is con-
tinuous with the spiral lamella, and the subcolumellar lamella emerges,
though it does not reach the lip-edge.

Another specimen, evidently from a more moist locality, is eroded,
dull whitish, partially overgrown with green algse. The subcolumellar
lamella is immersed, and the superior lamella is separated from the
spiral. The clausilium is like that of C. hiraseana. Without a larger
series of specimens it is impossible to tell whether this represents
another race or not.

Section HEMIPH^DUSA Bttg.
Clausilia ventriluna n. sp. PI. LV, figs. 68, 59, 60.

Shell slender, fusiform, attenuated toward the apex; rather solid
and strong; brown, somewhat glossy; very closely and finely striate,
the striae a little closer on the back of the last whorl. Wliorls 9^ or
10, the first one globose, sometimes self-amputated. The attenuated
early whorls are very convex, the later ones less so, and the last whorl
is somewhat flattened laterally, with a noticeable impression marking
the position of the principal plica. The aperture is trapezoidal-ovate,
somewhat oblique, the peristome reflexed, slightly thickened, con-
tinuous and well raised across the parietal wall. The superior lamella
is small, marginal and oblique, continuous with the spiral lamella,
which is very high within and penetrates across the ventral side. The
inferior lamella recedes deeply, and within the back ascends obliquely,
and is nearly straight. It is far smaller and lower than the spiral
lamella, but penetrates as deeply. The subcolumellar lamella emerges
to the lip-edge. The principal plica is very long, reaching nearly to
the peristome, and penetrating inward to a point above the sinulus.
The lunella with the upper and lower palatal plicae is shaped like the
letter I, and is nearly ventral in position.

Length 15.7, diam. 3 mm.

Length 15.3, diam. 3.4 mm.

The clausilium (PI. LV, figs. 58, 59) is long and narrow, parallel-sided,
obliquely rounded distally, and very deeply excised on the columellar
side of the filament.

Yasuda-mura. Tosa. Types No. 87,576, A. N. S. P., from No, 1,011
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

812 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

In this Hemi'phcedusa of the group of C. aulacophora the phcse and
lamellae penetrate very deeply — across "the ventral side — and the
lunella stands in a ventral position, above the coliimellar margin of the
peristome. In C. aulacophora and C. pigra the lunella is lateral, but
of the same shape. C. ventriluna is very closely related to C. cary-
ostoma and C. c. jayi, which have the armature similarly deep-seated ;
but neither of these forms has a perfect lunella uniting the two palatal
plicae.

The clausilium is not thickened distally as in Tyrannophcedusa, but
otherwise C. ventriluna has much in common with C. (Tyr.) aurantiaca.

Other specimens from Tsushima, Awa (Shikoku), are smaller than
those from Yasuda-mura, and the superior lamella is either separated
from the spiral lamella or but weakly connected therewith. The prin-
cipal plica is a little shorter inside. In some of the specimens the sub-
columellar lamella emerges to the lip-edge, and is bounded by furrows.
In others it is immersed or very feebly and slightly emerges. These
shells are No. 1,187 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

Clausilia ikiensis n. sp. PI. LV, figs. 45, 46, 50, 51.

Shell small, fusiform, dark or pale reddish-brown, somewhat shining,
weakly striatulate, the last whorl becoming densely and finely striate
on the back. Spire decidedly attenuate above. Wliorls 9^, convex,
the last somewhat flattened peripherally. Aperture rhombic-ovate,
somewhat oblique, the peristome continuous, reflexed and somewhat
thickened within; the parietal margin well raised, straight or a little
emarginate over the superior lamella. Superior lamella slightly
oblique, compressed, marginal, continuous with the spiral lamella,
which extends inward scarcely to the middle of the ventral side.
Inferior lamella deeply receding, straightly ascending within the back,
not penetrating quite so deeply as the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar
lamella very weakly emerging. Principal plica not long, dorsal and
lateral. Upper palatal .plica short, united in the middle to the oblique ,•
narrow lunella, which curves inward below. Below the lower end of
the lunella there is a short, straight lower palatal plica.

Length 12, diam. 3 mm.

Length 11.5, diam. 2.8 mm.

The clausilium (PI. LV, figs. 50, 51) is parallel-sided, rounded dis-
tally, and deeply excised on the columellar side of the filament. It is
decidedly arcuate.

Mush5zumura, Iki. Types No. 86,063, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,088
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This Hemiphcedusa is structurally similar to species of the group of

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 813

C. awajiensis, except in having a lower palatal plica distinct from the
lunella — a structure not found in any other known species of that
group. The lower end of the lunella curves inward less than in most
species of the group of C. awajiensis. It has some characters of
Hemizaptyx.

Clausilia platydera var. minoensis nov.

Shell smaller than platydera, with the last whorl built forward, carry-
ing the aperture shortly free. Upper palatal plica rather long, arcuate,
making an angle with the lunella instead of being merely a short curve
continuous with the latter. The subcolumellar lamella is immersed
or weakly emerges.
/^. Length 18, diam. 3.9 mm.

Length 18, diam. 3.5 mm.

Length 15, diam. 3.3 mm.

Minakamimura, Mino. Types No. 86,468, A. N. S. P., from No.
1,172 of Mr. Hirase's collection,

Clausilia mikawa n. sp. PI. LIV, figs. 39, 40, 41.

Shell subcylindric below, tapering above, the spire moderately
attenuate and rather thick, the four or five upper whorls widening
very little, then the intermediate whorls increase rapidly. Thin, pale
greenish-yellow, imperfectly translucent. Sculpture of nearly regular,
oblique and fine rib-striae, the intervals very finely striate spirally.
The sculpture is not noticeably coarser on the back of the last whorl.
Apex obtuse. Whorls 11, convex. Aperture sub vertical, widely ovate,
the peristome white, narrowly reflexed, somewhat thickened within,
adnate above, but continuous in a slightly raised ledge across the
parietal wall. Superior lamella small and compressed, oblique, contin-
uous with or contiguous to the spiral lamella, which penetrates to the
middle of the ventral side. Inferior lamella receding, but visible as a
rather sharp fold in the throat, slightly spiral as seen within the back, and
penetrating a little deeper than the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar
lamella immersed or weakly emerging. Principal plica short, dorsal
and lateral. Palatal plicae 3 or 4, visible through the shell, subequal
or the intermediate 1 or 2 shorter.

Length 21 to 22, diam. 5 mm.

Clausilium thin and rounded distally, not excised near the filament.

Sanganeyama, Mikawa. Types No. 86,519, A. N. S. P., from No.
1,167 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This pale and rather thin species is more distinctly decussate between
the striae than other forms known to me. It has the color of some

814 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

species of the group of C. sublunellata, but the sculpture is stronger
and the palatal armature better developed. The smaller C. decussata
Marts., from Tsukuba-san, Hitachi, may be related, but I have not
seen that species. The spiral striae are not sufficiently indicated in
fig. 41.

Clausilia hosayaka n. sp. PI. LV, figs. 61, 62, 63.

Shell slender, regularly tapering from the penultimate whorl, the
upper third attenuate, apex obtuse ; thin but moderately strong, light
brown. Surface glossy, very finely striate. Whorls about 13^, mod-
erately convex, the last somewhat flattened on the back. Aperture
small, oblique, squarish-piriform, the peristome reflexed, somewhat
thickened within, continuous, the parietal margin shortly raised, and
emarginate above the superior lamella. Superior lamella compressed,
only slightly oblique, continuous with the spiral lamella, which pene-
trates to the middle of the ventral side. Inferior lamella receding, visi-
ble in the aperture as a small fold, straightly ascending within the back,
penetrating a little further inward than the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar
lamella either emerging to the lip-edge or immersed. Principal plica
short, chiefly dorsal. Upper palatal plica short, oblique, not connected
with the very weak lateral lunella, which is obsolete below, and curves
inward above or connects with a short, weak second palatal plica.
There is no lower palatal plica.

Length 22.5, diam. 4.5 mm.

Length 21.5, diam. 4.3 mm.

Kamomura, Shima. Types No. 86,521, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,176
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

By its palatal armature this species belongs to the Hemiphsedusan
group of C. sublunellata. It is readily distinguished from other known
species of that group by the greater number of whorls and more slender
spire. The lunella is very feebly developed, and probably will be
found to be sometimes obsolete, as in some other species of the group.

Clausilia koshikijimana n. sp. PI. LV, figs. 53, 54, 55, 56, 57.

Shell fusiform, much attenuated above, very solid and strong; pale
yellow, somewhat glossy, closely and finely striate. Whorls 9, the first
quite small, the rest convex, the last whorl somewdiat flattened. The
aperture is ovate and projects shortly free; peristome white, reflexed
and thickened within. The superior lamella is marginal, low and
ol)lique, continuous with the spiral lamella, which penetrates to a
point above the sinulus. The inferior lamella recedes deeply, is straight
and oblique within, and thickened at the lower end. It does not pene-

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 815

trate quite so far as the spiral lamella. The siibcolumellar lamella Ls
deeply immersed. The principal plica is dorsal and lateral, approach-
ing the lip. There is an oblique series of about 5 small, slender palatal
plicae situated upon a low ridge.

Length 14.3, diam. 3.4 mm.

Length 13, diam. 3.3 mm.

Length 11, diam. 3 mm.

The clausHium (PI. LV, figs. 55, 56) is narrow, the distal half tapering
to the rounded apex. It is moderately excised on the columellar side
of the filament.

Shimo-Koshikijima, Satsuma. Types No. 87,604, A. N. S. P., from
No. 1,239 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

A small, solid, pale species, not closely related to any form I have
seen. The several palatal plicae stand upon a low callous ridge. There
is a good deal of variation in size.

Section TYRANNOPH.EDUSA Pils.
Clausilia aurantiaca sakui n. subsp. PI. LV, fig. 52.

Shell similar in form to C. aurantiaca, but quite thin, finely, distinctly
and sharply striate, pale brownish-yellow; whorls 9 to 10. Superior
lamella separated from the spiral; subcolumellar lamella emerging ; clau-
silium with the upper and lower palatal plicae imperfectly I-shaped
(PI. LV, fig. 52), latero- ventral. Clausilium similar to that of C.
aurantiaca, but more delicate.

Length 13, diam. 3 mm.

Riujin (Akizu), Kii. Types No. 86,473, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,046
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This form is also somewhat similar to C. caryostoma and C. c. jayi,
both of which have the closing armature subventral; but the clau-
silium differs, and the palatal plicae are shorter in C. a. sakui.

Section NESIOPH.EDUSA nov.

Group of C. ptycJwchila Pils., Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1901, p. 418.

Phaedusoid Clausilise of normal contour, with a tendency to weak
interlamellar plication. Inferior lamella prominent in the mouth,
spirally ascending, thick, sometimes indistinctly doubled within; pala-
tal armature lateral, the lunella arising from the middle of a strong
lower palatal plica, and curving inward above in a short upper palatal
plica. Clausilium very convex on the palatal side, tapering distally
to a blunt, thickened apex, channeled on the outer face. Type C.
hernardii Pfr.

816 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

I formerly included the species of this section in Hemiphcedusa, from
which they differ totally in the form of the clausilium, and in the spir-
ally ascending inferior lamella. C. exceUens, of which the clausilium
and palatal armature are unknown, will probably be found to belong
to Luchuphcedusa. The other species are closely related.
Clausilia okinoerabuensis n. sp. PI. LII, figs. 13, 14.

Shell subcylindric below, the upper half tapering and somewhat
attenuate; pale uniform yellowish-corneous. Surface glossy, finely,
strongly striate, the striation coarser on the back of the last whorl.
Whorls 10, the upper 3 smooth. Aperture ovate-piriform, the peris-
tome re flexed and thickened, with a small notch on the right side of
the superior lamella, and very indistinct traces of crenulation near it.
Superior lamella marginal, small, subvertical, continuous with the
spiral lamella which penetrates to the left side. Inferior lamella form-
ing a rather prominent fold in the aperture, calloused and spirally
ascending within, shorter than the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar
lamella emerging to the lip-edge. Principal plica short, dorsal and
lateral. Lunella strong, oblique, arising from the middle of a strong
lower palatal plica, and bending inward above in a rather long upper
palatal plica.

Length 22 to 23, diam. 5 mm.

Clausilium (PI, LIII, figs, 23, 24) well curved, the columellar margin
straight, slightly excised at the filament, the palatal margin very con-
vex, then tapering and concave toward the apex, which is blunt and
thickened.

Okinoerabushima, Osumi. Types No. 87,611, A, N, S. P., from No.
1,251 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

A smaller species than C. crenilabium, with the upper palatal plica
better developed, with scarcely any interlamellar plication of the upper
lip, and a callous but not internally double inferior lamella. The
clausilium is less deeply channeled distall}'. It is not so coarsely
sculptured as C. bernardii, and is more slender than C. ptijchochila.

Fossil specimens from a deposit of calcareous sand on the shore of
Okinoerabushima are similar to the living specimens in structure, but
some specimens are shorter:

Length 23.6, diam. 5 mm.

Length 21, diam. 5.4 mm.

Section LUCHUPH.EDUSA Pils.
Clausilia azumai n. sp. PI. LII, figs. 6, 7,

Shell solid and strong, cylindric below, the upper half regularly taper-

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 817

ing, slightly attenuated above. Pale yellow. ■\\Tiorls IH, convex,
finely striate, the last whorl becoming coarsely striate behind. Aper-
ture broadly piriform, white. Peristome with the outer and basal
margins well reflexed and thickened within; columellar and parietal
margins beautifully crenulate. Superior lamella marginal, compressed,
continuous with the spu-al lamella, which penetrates past the aperture
to the left side. Inferior lamella forming a rather small, subhorizontal
fold in the aperture, with an accessory fold below it extending to the
margin; as long inside as the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar lamella
emerging to the lip-edge, decidedly shorter inside than the other lamella.
The principal plica is long, visible in the throat, extending across the
ventral side. The upper palatal plica is very oblique. Lower palatal
plica long and angularly bent, a very oblique and rather long lunella
arising from the angle. It lies in a sub ventral position.
Length 25.3, diam. 6 mm.

Clausilium rather broad, truncated distally, with a wide and rather
long, thick apical projection on the columellar side, and a slight pro-
jection on the outer side of the end; the palatal margin rounded.

Shimo-Koshikijima, Satsuma. T}T3e No. 87,603, A. N. S. P., from
No. 1 ,237 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This fine species is related to C. calHstochila, from which it differs in
the following peculiarities : The striation is finer; the inferior lamella is
more distinctly doubled below; the lunella is longer and more ventral
in position, and the clausilium has a larger process at the apex. It is
also related to C. una Pils., of Goto, Hizen; but in that species the
lunella is shorter and lateral, and the clausilium is much less specialized,
being much like that of Stereophcedusa.

C. azumai is one of the finest species collected this year by Mr. Azuma
in the islands of Satsuma.

Clausilia una, which I formerly placed in StereojjJicEdusa, should
probably be transferred to Luchu'phcedusa or to a separate and special
section allied to Luchuphadusa, characterized by the unspecialized
clausilium, while all other structures are Luchuphsedusoid,
C. azumai idiopylis n. subsp. PI. LII, fig. 8.

Somewhat smaller than C. azumai and dull reddish-brown; inner
lip less strongly crenate; inferior lamella thickened but not distinctly
doubled below; subcolumellar lamella immersed. Clausilium (PI.
LIII, fig. 17) more oblique and more distinctly notched distally.
Length 22, diam. 5.3 mm.; whorls 11^.

This form, sent with azumai, may prove to be included in the
range of variation of that species, but in the absence of interme-

818 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DcC,

diate specimens it seems best to call attention to its differential
features.

Clausilia nakadai n. sp. PI. LI I, fig.s. 9. 10, 11.

Shell fusiform, moderately attenuate above; yellow, the worn early
■\\horls whitish, nearly lusterless, finely striate. Whorls 10, convex, the
latter half of the last flattened. Aperture piriform, white within, with
distinct, slightly retracted sinulus. Peristome broadly reflexed, with
a fold or doubling behind, thickened within. ColumeUar and parietal
margins crenulated. The superior lamella is compressed, vertical and
marginal, and continuous with the spiral lamella, which is very high,
and penetrates past the ventral side to the middle of the left side.
The inferior lamella projects as a very strong columellar fold in the
aperture, and penetrates inward slightly farther than the spiral lamella.
The subcolumellar lamella emerges to the lip-edge, and penetrates as
deeply as the spiral lamella. The principal plica extends nearly to the
lip, and enters deeply. There is a rather long, oblique upper palatal
plica, and an obliqueh^ ascending and entering lunella arising from
the summit of a long, angularly bent lower palatal plica; all lying in a
nearly ventral position. The lower end of the lower palatal plica is
visible in the aperture in an oblique view.

Length 20.5, diam. 5 mm.

Length 18.5, diam. 4.8 mm.

Clausilium (PL LIII, figs. 18, 19) strongly curved spirally, the colu-
mellar side of the apex projecting in a thick blunt process, the
palatal side rounded, a wide shallow notch in the middle. Proximally
it tapers gradually and without excision into the filament.

Matsubara, Tokunoshima. Types No. 87,594, A. N. S. P., from No.
1,205a of Mr. Hirase's collection.

C nakadai is intermediate between C. callistochila and C. oshimas in
size, geographic position and morphology. The aperture resembles
that of oshimce in shape, but is wider, and the right lip is more crenu-
lated. The lamellae are not quite so long as in oshimoi. The lunella
is better developed than in either of the other species, and the lower
palatal plica is far shorter than in C. oshimce, but differs from that of
callistochila in shape.

This handsome Luchuphcedusa is named in honor of Mr. Nakada,
who has brought to light more Riukiuan land snails than all other
collectors combined.
C. nakadai degenerata n. subsp. PL LII, fig. 12.

Fresh specimens are pale corneous-buff, very glossy, and typically
more slender than nakadai, with the aperture a little narrower and

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 819

more projecting, the right hp less re flexed, thin, irregularly and more or
less ohsoletely crenulate. In internal structure it agrees with nakadai.
The clausilium (PI. LIII, fig. 22) is more deeply notched distally than
in C. nakadai.

Length 24, diam. 4.6 mm.; whorls IH.

Length 21, diam. 4.5 mm.; whorls 104.

From Sanmura and Matsubara specimens were sent (No. 1,205)
agreeing with Nakada's Clausilia in internal structure, but with the
right lip thin and crenulate only at the edge. Some are glossy and
slender, others somewhat stouter and decorticated throughout.

Clausilia tokunoshimana n. sp. PI. LII, figs. 4, 5.

Shell cylindric below, the upper half rapidly tapering, solid, very
pale brownish-yellow. Surface glossy when unworn, costulate, more
• coarsely so on the back of the last whorl. Whorls 10^, moderately
convex, the last half of the lower whorl contracted. Aperture trape-
zoidal-ovate, white, the outer margin of the peristome well reflexed
and thickened within; columellar and parietal margins narrower,
closely and finely crenulate (the crenulation sometimes subobsolete).
Superior lamella marginal, rather small, continuous with the spiral
lamella, which penetrates to the middle of the left side. Inferior
lamella forming a prominent columellar fold, more or less distinctly
doubled below, penetrating inward as deeply as the spiral lamella.
Subcolumellar lamella emerging to the lip-edge, ascending within
nearly as far as the other lamellsB. The principal plica is rather short,
latero-ventral, not visible in the aperture. Upper palatal plica small,
oblique. Lower palatal plica long and bent; the long and very oblique,
ventral lunella arising from it in the middle. The lower palatal plica
is not visible in the aperture.

Length 17, diam. 4.2 mm.

Length 16, diam. 4 mm.

The clausihum (PI. LIII, figs. 20, 21) is very broad distally, and has
a long projection on the columellar side; the palatal side is broadly
rounded. It is not excised at the filament.

Tokunoshuna, Osumi, the types from Sanmura, No. 87,586, A. N.
S. P., from No. 1,200 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Other similar speci-
mens were sent from Teteyama, near Sanmura (No. 1,200a).

This species is allied to C. mima of Oshima, but differs in being
larger and very coarsely sculptured; the lunella is nearly ventral,
and there is a whorl or two more. The clausilium is similar in the
two species.

820 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

Section OOPH^DUSA nov.

The clausilium is well curved, spatulate, with a thick rib near the
columellar side of the distal half, continued and projecting finger-like at
the apex; proximally it tapers into the filament, and is not emarginate.

The shell is short, oblong, of few whorls (6-6^ in the species known),
the summit very obtuse, entire. Superior continuous with the spiral
lamella. Inferior lamella strongly spiral within, l^ifid below. Upper
and lower palatal plica long, the latter united with an oblique lunella.

The only species now known has a crenulate lip, like Luchiiphosdusa,
and the palatal armature and clausilium are similar in the two groups;
but in Luchuphcedusa the shell is shaped like ordinary Clausilias, while
in Oophcedusa the thick-set shell is not in the least attenuate above,
being shaped like a snake's egg, and there are but few whorls.

Clausilia ophidoon n. sp. PI. LII, figs. 1, 2, 3.

Shell oblong, fusiform with blunt ends, the penultimate whorl widest;
moderately strong; brown; finely striate throughout except the first
whorl, which is whitish and smooth; somewhat shining. Wliorls 6^,
the first rather large, not projecting, forming a large, very obtuse apex;
last whorl tapering. Aperture slightly oblique, piriform, the peristome
white, reflexed, thickened within, the columellar and parietal margins
closely and strongly folded, the edge crenulate. Superior lamella thin
and high, marginal, continuous with the spiral lamella, which pene-
trates past the aperture to the left side. Inferior lamella emerging to
the lip-edge, spirally ascending within, and penetrating about as far
as the superior lamella; below it branches off in a columellar lamella
which also emerges to the lip-edge. Subcolumcllar lamella emerging.
Principal plica extending from the middle of the dorsal side to a point
above the sinulus, visible through from the outside. Upper palatal
plica latero-ventral, long, converging inward toward the principal
plica. Lower palatal plica very long and very oblique, united with a
very oblique lunella, nearly parallel with the plica.

Length 14.4, diam. 5 mm.

Length 13, diam. 4.5 mm.

Clausilium (PI. LIII, figs. 15, 16) strongly curved, spatulate, the
palatal margin strongly arcuate. A callous rib arises about midway
of the columellar margin, and projects in a finger-like process at the
apex.

Shimo-Koshikijima, Satsuma. Types No. 87,602, A. N. S. P., from
No. 1,235 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This remarkable species has no near allies among known Clausilias.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 821

One specimen sent with the type lot is smaller, length 11.7, diam. 4
mm., with 6 whorls, pale yellowish in color, and the inferior lamella
proper, while visible in the throat, does not extend to the lip (PI. LIT,
fig. 3).

Rection STEREOPH.EDUSA Bttg.
Clausilia subMckonis n. sp. PI. LIV, figs. 34, 35, 36, 37, 38.

^Shell fusiform, attenuate above, but terminating in a rather large
apex, solid, light yellow, rather strongly rib-striate. Whorls 12 to 12^,
convex, the first 3 or 4 cylindric, the penultimate whorl swollen as seen
dorsally, last whorl flattened, convex below, not noticeably different
in sculpture. Aperture ovate, subvertical, the peristome white,
roflexed and thickened within, continuous in a slightly raised ledge
across the parietal wall, a little sinuous or notched at the position of the
superior lamella. Superior lamella decidedly oblique, marginal, con-
tinuous within with the spiral lamella, which penetrates inward to the
middle of the ventral side. Inferior lamella appearing in front as a
strong, subhorizontal fold crossing a much more oblique callous colu-
mcllar fold wdiich continues weakly upon the lip; the whole appearing
as two nodules. Within the back the inferior lamella is strongly
spiral but not very high. It penetrates inward more deeply than the
supeiior lamella. The subcolumellar lamella emerges to the lip-edge.
The principal plica is very short and lateral. Palatal plicae 4, strong,
somewhat oblique and parallel, the lower one a little arcuate, the two
intermediate plicae shorter than the others.

Length 21 to 22.5, diam. 5 mm.

The clausilium (PI. LIV, figs. 34, 35) is narrower than usual in
Stereophcedusa; the columellar margin is straight, a little excised near
the filament; the palatal margin convex, contracting distally; the
distal end is compressed and ridged inside, and the apex is rounded
and noticeably thickened.

Isobe, Shima. Types No. 86,499, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,168 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

This Stereophceclusa is related to CI. hickonis Kobelt, but hickonis is
more attenuate above, has more whorls, which are less convex, finer
sculpture, longer upper and lower palatal plicse, the latter more curved,
and the superior lamella in C. hickonis is visually separated from the
spiral lamella, or at least much lower at their junction.

C. suhhickonis has been taken also at Gokasho-mura, Ise, a place not
very far from the type locality. The columella is not quite so con-
spicuously binodose in these specimens, two of which measure —

822 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

Length 24, diam. 5.5 mm.
Length 23.5, diam. 5 mm.

Like most of the larger Clausilise, it is sometimes overgrown with
green algae, and the original surface destroyed.

Clausilia hickonis saucia n. sub?p.

Shell fusiform, solid, brown. Surface glossy, rather coarsely striate,
the striae nearly as wide as the intervals. Penultimate whorl widest,
the spire regularly tapering, summit broadly truncate. Whorls remain-
ing about 8i (several whitish empty ones sometimes persisting above
the apical plug), moderately convex, the last tapering downward.
Aperture vertical, piriform, brown within. Peristome white, continu-
ous, reflexed, and thickened within; the parietal margin short, straight-
ened, barely free. Superior lamella marginal, high and compressed,
very oblique, continuous with the spiral lamella, which penetrates
past the middle of the ventral side. Inferior lamella strong, approach-
ing the superior, appearing below like a strong lamella crossing an
oblique, callous columellar fold ; extending inward as far as or further
than the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar lamella more or less emerging,
but not reaching the lip-edge. Principal plica short, lateral. Upper
palatal plica rather long, obliquely converging inward to the principal
plica. Lower palatal plica nearly as long, strong, somewhat arcuate,
parallel to the upper; a shorter plica midway between them.

Length 26.3, diam. 6.4 mm.

Length 27, diam. 6.5 mm.

Clausilium rather long and nearly parallel-sided, well curved, obtuse
and noticeably thickened apically, a little excised on the palatal side
of the apex, the rest of the palatal margin being arcuate. Both mar-
gins regularly taper to the filament.

Sodayama, Tosa. Types No. 84,784, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,023 of
Mr. Hirase's collection.

The broadly truncate summit and robust stature distinguish this
from C. hickonis. C. fultoni Sykes, which is merely a weakly charac-
terized variety of C. vasta Bttg., differs by its more straightly ascending
inferior lamella as well as by the entire apex.

Zaptychoid phylum.

The material brought together by Mr. Hirase's collector in the islands
of the Ryukyu curve this year, enlarge our knowledge of this phylum
to such a degree that a revision of the group is required.

The entire series of Zaptychoid Clausiliae consists of small, often

1904.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

823

very small, species, few-whorled , with a clausilium very deeply excised
on the columellar side of the filament, and abruptly bent and twisted
there. The closing apparatus is always lateral or dorso-lateral, the
lamellse rarelj- penetrate as far as the middle of the ventral side, and
the spiral lamella is usually low.

The sections Oligozaptyx and Diceratoptyx constitute two new second-
ary phyla, independently evolved from the typical group. In both
the clausilium is notched, and the whole structure shows great speciali-
zation. Another line of difTerentiation is represented by the sections
Metazaptyx and Parazaptyx, in wliich the inferior lamella has become
spiral, thereby obstructing the throat, and the clausilium Ls strongly
curved. In Parazaptyx the clausilium is further modified in a peculiar
and unexampled manner. Then we come to a series of groups in which
the shell is without accessory plicae and lamellae, and now defined as
Hemizaptyx and Stereozaptyx. The species of these groups I had
formerly appended to various sectional divisions as aberrant forms.
The e\ddence now at hand indicates that they are either degenerate
or primitive branches of the Zaptyx phylum. Stereozaptyx may
well be a secondarily simplified form of Parazaptyx, in which the
accessory plicae and lamellae have been obliterated in the general and
extreme thickening of the shell walls. If so, immature shells might
possibly still show some trace of them.

The interrelations of the subordinate groups and their approximate
phylogeny, so far as I understand the recent and fossil forms now
known, may be represented by the following diagram. The names of
those groups of which the position is hypothetical are in italics.

Oligozaptyx Diceratoptyx

Zaptyx-

Parazaptyx

Metazaptyx

Stereozaptyx

Hemizaptyx

824 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

A key to the sections follows:

I. — Limella oblique, straight, becoming more or less incurved below;
above united with or contiguous to a short or moderate upper
palatal plica, somewhat in the shape of the letter J (except in
a few forms where the upper palatal plica is absent).
a. — Inferior lamella receding, obliquely ascending and straight-
ened within the last whorl; clausilium parallel-sided,
rounded or acuminate distally, usually rather straight
except near the filament.
b. — Shell without sutural plicce. fulcrum or parallel lamella,

Section Hcmizaptyx.
h^. — Shell thin; sutural -pMcce, fulcrum and parallel lamella

developed, Section Zaptyx.

a^. — Inferior lamella spirally ascending within the last whorl,

usuall}^ projecting into the aperture; clausilium strongly

curved.

h. — Clausilium tapering distally to an acuminate apex; shell

solid and strong, without sutural plicte or accessory

lamellae within; no upper palatal plica.

Section Stereozaptyx.

h^. — Clausilium wide, the apex obtuse; shell thin, the inferior

lamella approaching the superior as a thin fold in

the aperture.

c— Clausilium smooth on the outer (convex) face;

sutural plicae present, . . Section Metazaptyx.

cV — ClausUium buttressed on the outer face by an erect,

transverse plate; shell without sutural plicse.

Section Pamzaptyx.
II. — The lunella arises from the middle of a long, arched lower palatal
plica, and curves inward at its upper end ; no superior lamella ;
sutural plicae, fulcrum and parallel lamella developed. Clau-
silium short, deeply notched on the palatal side near the apex.

Section Oligozaptyx.

III. — The upper palatal plica is very long, an extremely short lunella

branching from near its inner end ; superior lamella and sutural

plicse developed. Clausilium notched on the palatal side near

the apex, Section Diceratoptyx.

These groups are new with the exception of Zaptyx. Thej' are re-
viewed below except Stereozaptyx (= group of C. entospira, Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1901, p. 644), type C. entospira Pils. No other species
of Stereozaptyx is known.

Section HEMIZAPTYX nov.

A group of small species differing from Zaptyx in lacking sutural
plicse and accessory lamellse, and often in the texture of the shells.
They are all small, mostly under 11 mm. long. Most of tliose known

1904.1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 825

arc from Tancga-shima and Yaku-shima, bvit the group extends south
to Tokuno-shima. Type C. pinto.

The following species belong here :

C. pinto PlIs. Tanega-shima, Osumi.

C. ptychocyma Pils. Tancga-shima, Osumi.

C. ptychocyma ijakushimce Pils. Yakushima, Osumi.

C. asperata Pils. Shimo-Koshikijima, Satsuma.

C. caloptyx Pils. Yakushima, Osumi.

C. agna Pils. Yakushima, Osumi.

C. purissima Pils. Miyakejima, Izu.

C. hyperaptyx Pils. Tokunoshima, Osumi.

C. munus Pils. Oshima, Osumi.

Key to Species of Hemizaptyx.
I. — Clausilium rounded at the distal end.

a- — Upper palatal plica extremely short or apparently absent,
merely an enlargement of the upper end of the lunclla.
6. — Solid and strong, nearly smooth; lip very thick, hardly
free above; superior lamella contiguous to the spiral;
subcolumellar lamella emerging. Tancgashima,

C. pinto.

b^. — Extremely solid and strong; almost smooth, the last whorl

coarsely wrinkled behind the lip; superior lamella sep-

rated from spiral ; subcolumellar lamella emerging

or immersed. Tancgashima and Yakushima,

C. ptychocyma.

b^. — Moderately strong; very finely striate, the last whorl with

spaced riblets behind; superior lamella continuous with

the spiral; subcolumellar lamella immersed. Shimo-

Koshikijima, Satsuma, C. asperata.

a*. — Upper palatal plica short but distinctly developed.

b. — Solid and strong; surface sculptured with strong straight
ribs; length 7 to 8 mm. Yakushima, . C. caloptyx.
b^. — Surface smooth, brilliantly glossy; more or less transpar-
ent.
c. — Whorls 6J to 8; shell stoutly fusiform, the diameter
contained 3^ to 4 times in the length; subcolumellar
lamella weakly emerging. Yakujima, . C. agna.
c^.- — Whorls 10; shell slenderly fusiform, the diameter con-
tained 5 times in the length; subcolumellar lamella
immersed. ]\Iiyakejima, Izu, . . C. purissima.
n. — Clausilium angular or acuminate at the distal end; superior
lamella continuous with the spiral ; upper palatal plica rather
short, scarcely connected with the slightly curved lunella.
a. — Shell dark, glossy and rather thin, 10 to 11 mm. long; about
7^ whorls; sides of the clausilium strongly reflexed.

Tokunoshima, C. hyperaptyx.

r).3

826 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

aV — Shell brown, 13 to 15 mm. long; about 9 to 10 whorls. Distal
half of the clausilium flat. Oshima, . . . . C. munus.

Clausilia purissima n. sp. PI. LV, figs. 47, 48, 49.

Shell slenderly fusiform, rather thin, transparent, with a greenish
tint, the surface polished, with a brilliant gloss, faintly marked with
slight growth-wrinkles. Spire regularly tapering to the obtuse apex,
the lateral outlines nearly straight. Whorls 10, convex, parted by a
well-marked suture, the last wiiorl a little compressed laterally. Aper-
ture oval, the peristome slightly expanded, a little thickened, continu-
ous, the parietal margin barely free, short and straightened, Superior
lamella marginal, rather high and thin, oblique, continuous with the
spiral lamella, which penetrates about to the middle of the ventral
side. Inferior lamella hardly visible in a front view, receding,
straightly ascending, shorter within than the superior lamella. Sub-
columellar lamella very deeply immersed, penetrating inward about
as far as the inferior lamella. Principal plica short, dorso-lateral,
visible in the throat, penetrating slightly past a lateral position.
Upper palatal plica short, dorso-lateral. Lunclla oblique, straight,
strongly curving inward at the lower end, not quite reaching the upper
palatal plica.

Length 12.3 to 12.8, diam. 2.3 mm.

Clausilium (fig. 47) parallel-sided, the apex rounded; abruptly and
deeply excised on the columellar side of the filament.

Miyakejima, Izu. Types No. 85,731, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,089
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

In this exquisite species the shell is so pellucid that the plicae, lamellae
and axis may be seen through. It is not closely related to any known
species, but seems to belong to a group characteristic of the islands
south of Kyushu. It is with some doubt, however, that I place C.
purissima in the group Hemizaptyx. It may belong to Hcmiphwdusa.

Clausilia asperata n. sp. PI. LV, figs. 42, 43, 44.

Shell fusiform, the spire noticeably attenuated above, moderately
strong, grayish-brown; glossy; very finely striate, the back of the last
whorl sculptured with narrow, widely spaced riblets. Whorls 8^ to 9^,
convex, the last tapering. Aperture ovate, the peristome thin, ex-
panded and reflexed, shortly free and projecting above. Superior
lamella small, marginal, continuous with the spiral lamella, which is
rather high within, and penetrates nearly to the middle of the ventral
side. Inferior lamella deeply receding, not visible from in front;
inside it is nearly straight, thickened and quite high; penetrating a
little less deeply than the spiral lamella. The subcolumellar lamella

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 827

is wholly immersed. Principal plica short. The upper palatal plica
is extremely short, a mere enlargement of the summit of the narrow
lunella, which is straight above, ciurved inward below.

Length 11.2, diam. 2.3 mm.; whorls 9+ (figs. 43, 44).

Length 9, diam. 2 mm.; whorls 8^ (fig. 42).

The clausilium is parallel-sided, nearly straight, rounded at the apex,
excised on the columellar side of the filament. The palatal margin
is recurved and dilated.

Shimo-Koshikijima, Satsuma. Types No. 87,606, A. N. S. P., from
No. 1,242 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This species is the only Zaptychoid form yet known from the Koshi-
kijima group. It is related to C. pinto from Tanegashima, but differs
in the anteriorly projecting aperture, thinner lip, less solid shell,
immersed subcolumellar lamella and the somewhat differently shaped
clausilium. Moreover, the back of the last whorl is sculptured with
spaced riblets, while the rest of the shell has very close, delicate strise,
becoming imperceptible above the middle of the shell. The largest
specimen (figs, 43, 44) is extensively worn, and therefore figured in
outline. The sculpture is well shown in fig. 42.

Clausilia hyperaptyx n. sp. PI. LVI, figs. 85, 86, 87, 88.

The shell is fusiform, glossy, dark reddish-brown, weakly, finely
striate, the back of the last whorl densely and sharply striate. Upper
half of the spire rapidly tapering to a rather acute apex. 'Wliorls 7^.
Aperture like that of C. hyperoptyx, but the peristome is somewhat
more widely expanded. Superior lamella continuous with the spiral
lamella, which penetrates to the middle of the ventral side, and is
much dilated within. There is no fulcrum or parallel lamella. The
inferior lamella recedes deeply, is high, strong and nearly straight
within the last whorl, and penetrates nearly as deeply as the spiral
lamella. The subcolumellar lamella emerges. The principal plica is
a half whorl long, dorsal and lateral. The upper palatal plica is short,
and lies mainly inward from the upper end of the lunella, with which
it is scarcely connected. The lunella is slightly arcuate. There are
no sutural plicce.

Length 10.9, diam. 2.3 mm.

Length 10, diam. 2 mm.

Clausilium (PI. LVI, figs. 85, 87, 88) rather long, parallel-sided, the
two sides very strongly recurved (see fig. 85), the columellar side is
narrowly thickened; the distal end is somewhat acuminate.

Tokunoshima, Osumi. Types No. 87,597, A. N. S. P., from No.
1,230 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

828 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DcC,

This species closely resembles C. hyperoptyx in color and sciilpture,
but is somewhat more obese, with more acute apex, and it is quite
different in internal structure and in the shape of the clausilium. It
is not closely related to any other species now known.

The clausilium resembles that of C. miinus in shape, except that in
munus it is flat, not rolled back on the two sides.

Section ZAPTYX Pilsbry, s.str.
Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1900, p. 672.

To the definition of this group may be added : Inferior lamella but
slightly curved and obliquely ascending within the last whorl; superior
and spiral lamellse sometimes continuous; end of the clausilium
rounded.

The following species belong to this group:

C. hirasei Pils. Kagoshima and Sakura Island, Satsuma.

C. kikaiensis Pils. Kikaiga-shima, of the Oshima group.

C. sarissa Pils. Okinoerabu-shima, of the Oshima group.

C. hyperoptyx Pils. Ryukyu.

C. hyperoptyx yoronfimana Pils. Yoronjima.

C. yaeyamensis Pils. Yaeyama.

It is likely that C. strictaluna Bttg., of Kyushu, a species I have not
seen, will prove to belong to Zaptyx; but the clausilium is still unknown.

Clausilia hirasei Pils. PI. LVI, figs. 64, 65, 66, 67.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, pp. 446, 673.

The original figure was in outline, and new ones are now given for
comparison with the other species herein described.

The clausilium (figs. 66, 67) is more dilated on the palatal side of
the filament than in C. hyperoptyx, C. sarissa, or other related species.

The types were from Kagoshima, Satsuma. The specimens now
illustrated are from Sakura Island, in Kagoshima Bay. It is not
known from any other localities.

Clausilia kikaiensis n. sp. PI. LVI, figs. 68, 69, 70, 71.

C. hirasei, a more slender form , etc., from Kikai, Pilsbry, Proc. A. N. S. Phila.,
1901, p. 465.

C. hirasei var. kikaie7isis Pils., Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1901, p. 651 (no descrip-
tion).

Shell small, slender, fusiform, tapering from the penultimate whorl
to the small but obtuse apex, near which it is slightly attenuated.
Chestnut-brown of varying shades, the last whorl often darker. Sur-
face glossy, faintly striate, nearly smooth, the back of the last whorl
striate, the strise usually widely spaced. Whorls about 8. Aperture

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 829

piriform, the peristome very narrowly refiexed, whitish. Superior
lamella small and low, widely separated from the low short spiral
lamella. Inferior lamella receding, not visible in a front view ; low and
obliquely ascending within. Subcolumellar lamella emerging, very
slender, rising angularly on the palatal w^all below the lunella. A short
fulcrum and parallel lamella are present. Principal plica dorsal and
lateral, visible in the aperture. Upper palatal plica extremely short,
weakly connected with the lunella, which is straight above, but curves
inward slightly at the lower end. There are three short sutural plicse,
the middle one often inconspicuous.

Length 9, diam. 2.1 mm.

Length 7.2, diam. 1.7 to 2 mm.

Clausilium (PI. LVI, figs. 68, 69) rather long, parallel-sided, rounded
at the apex, deeply excised at the columellar side of the filament.

Kikaiga-shima. Osumi. Types Nos. 79,728 and 80,787, A. N. S. P.,
from Nos. 557 and 5576 of Mr. Hirase's collection. It has also been
found by Mr. Nakada at Tokuno-shima, Osumi (No. 1,203 of Mr.
Hirase's collection). It will probably turn up on the intermediate
islands of the Oshima subgroup.

This species is closely related to C. hyperoptyx of Ryukyu (Okinawa),
but it differs in the less swollen embryonic whorls, shorter upper palatal
plica, less developed superior lamella and usually smaller size, though
the largest specimens of kikaiensis are equal to hyperoptyx. C. hirasei,
from Satsuma, along Kagoshima Bay, is a decidedly wider shell, with
less attenuated spire. The clausilium in C. kikaiensis resembles that
of C hirasei and C. sarissa, but it is decidedly less dilated on the palatal
side of the filament than in C. hirasei.

1 formerly considered the Kikai specimens to be a variety of C.
hirasei (these Proceedings for 1901, p. 465), but fiuther study of much
larger series of both forms shows that their differential features are
constant. They are rather widely separated geographically.

Clausilia sarissa n. sp. PI. LVI, figs. 72, 73, 74, 75.

Shell cylindric below, tapering and a little attenuated above ; brown,
the fully adult shells marked with whitish or creamy lines and streaks.
Surface somewhat glossy, very faintly striatulate, nearly smooth, the
last third of the last whorl sharply, finely striate. Whorls 8, quite
convex. Aperture ovate, the peristome narrow, refiexed, and in fully
adult shells somewhat thickened at the edge. Superior lamella small,
vertical, not continuous with the low small spiral lamella. Inferior
lamella receding, visible only in an oblique \"iew in the aperture, high

830 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ' ' " [Dec,

and a little curved within, not continued parallel to the spiral lamella,
but a very small inserted lamella {I. inserta) appears near the end of
the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar lamella ivlwlly immersed. There
is a fulcrum and a parallel lamella. Principal plica short, dorsal
and lateral, visible in the mouth. Upper palatal plica short, joined
in the middle to the long lunella, which is straight above, curved in-
ward below. A single sutural plica is developed, with the trace of a
second upper one.

Length 10, diam. 2.2 mm.

Length 9, diam. 2.3 mm.

Clausilium (PI. LVI, figs. 72, 73) parallel-sided, rounded at the apex,
deeply excised on the columellar side of the filament.

Okinoerabushima, Osumi. Types No. 87,613, A. N. S. P., from No.
1,253 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This species resembles C. hirasei, but differs in the decidedly stronger
striation of the last whorl behind the lip, the wider peristome, immersed
subcolumellar lamella, the more convex whorls and the poorer develop-
ment of sutural plicae. It is nearly opaque. As in C. hirasei, the
inferior lamella is interrupted within. The palatal side of the filament
is less dilated above than in C. hirasei. The specimen figured has a
thicker peristome than most of those sent. The figure is too distinctly
streaked.

Clausilia hyperoptyx Pilsbry. PI. LVI, figs. 76, 77, 78, 79.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, pp. 446, 472; 1901, pp. 423.

The statement in the original description that the "upper palatal
plica is very short" was an error, which the figure (PI. 14, fig. 12)
corrects. The upper palatal plica is rather long, united in the middle
with the lunella. The superior lamella is higher, better developed than
in C. hirasei and C. kikaiensis. The tapering spire is distinctly attenu-
ated above, but the apex is larger than in the related species ; and the
striation is better developed than in C. hirasei or C. kikaiensis. It is
known only from Great Ryukyu Island (Okinawa); the specimens
reported from Yaeyama prove to be specifically different.

Length 9 to 10, diam. 2 mm.

The clausilimn (PI. LVI, figs. 76, 77) is rather wide, rounded distally.
It is wider than that of hirasei, kikaiensis or sarissa.

Clausilia hyperoptyx yoronjimana n. subsp.

The superior and spiral lamellse are more or less completely discon-
nected, and the lunella joins the middle of the short upper palatal plica,
as in C. hyperoptyx; but the shell is perceptibly wider, and the last

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 831

whorl is decidedly less striate. It is also paler and somewhat more
transparent.

Length 10 to 10.5, diam. 2.4 mm.

Yoronjima, Osumi. Types No. 88;767, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,253a
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

Clausilia yaeyamensis n. sp. PI. LVI, figs. 80, 81, 82, 83, 84.

Shell cylindric below, regularly tapering from the penultimate
whorl to the apex; dark chestnut, paler near the apex. Surface glossy,
evenly, -finely and sharply striate, the back of the last whorl a little more
irregularly so. Whorls 8^, the earlier ones quite convex, the later
much less so. Aperture piriform, the peristome expanded, whitish.
Superior lamella rather high, compressed, weakly continuous with the
spiral lamella, which penetrates nearly to the middle of the ventral
side. Inferior lamella deeply receding, nearly straight and obliquely
ascending within, shorter than the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar
lamella emerging. A parallel lamella and fulcrum present. Principal
plica about one-half a whorl long, dorsal and lateral, visible in the
aperture. Upper palatal plica very short, connected with the straight
lunella, which bends inward at its lower end. There are two sutural
plicae.

Length 11, diam. 2.3 mm.

Length 10.5, diam. 2.3 mm.

Clausilium (PI. LVI, figs. 80, 81, 82) wider above than below,
obtusely rounded distally, abruptly excised at the filament.

Yaeyama, Ryukyu. Types No. 80,963 and 87,561, A. N. S. P., from
No. 4576 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This species is related to C. hyperoptyx, from which it differs in the
even striation and very short upper palatal plica, and the weakly
continuous superior and spiral lamellae. The clausilium closely resem-
bles that of C. hyperoptyx. I reported this species under the name
hyperoptyx in these Proceedings for 1901, p. 651, not having at that
time opened the specimens. C. hyperoptyx has not been found on
Yaeyama, and probably does not occur in the southwestern group of
islands.

Section METAZAPTYX nov.

Similar to Zaptyx, except th^t the inferior (lamella ascends spirally
within and in the mouth is visible as a fold approaching the superior
lamella; the base of the shell is somewhat sack-like. The clausilium
is broad, strongly curved distally, shorter than thatjof Zaptyx, and
rounded at the apex.

832 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

The few species now known of this group are scattered over a wide
expanse :

C. hachijoensis Pils. Hachijo-jima, Izu group.

C. doBmonorum Pils. Kikaiga-shima, Oshima group.

C. doemonorum viva Pils. Tokuno-shima, Oshima group.

C. pattalus Pils. Tarama-jima, Oshima group.

C. pattalus miyakaensis Pils. Miyaka-jima, Oshima group.

Clausilia pattalus n. sp. PI. LVII, figs. 93, 94, 95, 96, 97.

Shell cylindric below, tapering from the penultimate whorl in a long,
somewhat attenuate spire; brown, becoming whitish at the apex.
Surface glossy, finely and rather weakly striate, becoming finely and
sharply striate on the last third of the last whorl. Whorls S^ to 9,
convex, the second disproportionately long, the last compressed laterally,
very convex beneath. Aperture irregularly ovate, the peristome
whitish, refiexed, somewhat thickened within. Superior lamella small
marginal, continuous with the low spiral lamella, which penetrates to
a point above the columellar lip. Inferior lamella deeply receding,
scarcely visible in a front view, but seen in an oblique view as a small
fold approaching the superior lamella; within it ascends spirally, and
penetrates as far as the spiral lamella. The subcolumellar lamella is im-
mersed. Fulcrum and parallel lamella are developed. Principal plica
about one-third of a w^horl long. Upper palatal plica rather long,
connected in the middle with the lunella, which curves inward below.
There are two sutural plicae, the upper one weak or indistinct.

Length 11.2, diam. 2.5 mm.; whorls 9.

Length 10, diam. 2.3 mm. ; whorls 8^.

Clausilium (PL LVII, figs. 93, 94, 95) rather short, parallel-sided,
the distal end very strongly curved ; the apex is blunt, tapering a little
on both sides. It is somewhat thickened along the palatal side, and
is very abruptly and deeply excised near the filament.

Taramajima, one of the Mij'ako subgroup of the Southwestern
group.

Types No. 87,639, A. N, S. P., from No. 1,301a of Mr. Hirase's col-
lection.

This species is stronger than C. dcBmonorum viva, from which it differs
in the immersed subcolumellar lamella, the less dilated, more immersed
inferior lamella, and the better development of the peristome and inter-
nal lamellae. There are also differences in the shape of the claasilium.

C. pattalus miyakoensis n. subsp.

Shell thinner, paler, and often smaller than C. pattalus, with the supe-
rior lamella smaller. All of the lamellae and plicae are weaker.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 833

Length 10.3, diam. 2.3 mm. ; whorls 9.

Length 9, diam. 2 mm. ; whorls 8.

Miyakojima. Types No. 87,638, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,301 of
Mr. Hu'ase's collection.

As the differences between these specimens and those from Tarama-
jima, though slight, are constant, I have thought it best to signalize
them by a name.

Claasilia dsemonorum Pila. PI. LVII. figs. 98, 99.
Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1902, p. 381.

Having onlyj fossil specimens without the clausilium, I described
this species originally as a Stereophcedusa. Recent discoveries by Mr.
Hirase have now made it clear that there exists a group of species
closely related to Zaptyx, in which the inferior lamella is spiral within.
The types of C. dcemonorum show, now that they are more per-
fectly cleaned, two sutural plicce, which I did not see when originally
describing the species.

C. dcemonorum differs from C. kikaiensis in the more swollen, sack-
like base, larger superior lamella and the less immersed, spirally ascend-
ing inferior lamella.

The species is apparently extinct in the type locality, Kikaiga-shima,
a small, low island which has been pretty thoroughly examined for
land shells; but a closely related living form has been sent from
Tokunoshima.

The figures are drawn to a smaller scale than the others on the same
plate.

C. dsemonorum viva n. subsp. PI. LVII, figs. 89, 90, 91, 92.

Shell cylindric below, tapering from the penultimate whorl to the
apex, pale yellow or brownish-yellow, more or less transparent; thin.
Surface glossy, with low wrinkles of growth, and behind the lip some
stronger striae. Whorls 8^, those of the spire quite convex, the last
two somewhat flattened; last whorl compressed laterally, very convex
mid sack-like below. Aperture trapezoidal-ovate, the sinulus a little
retracted; lip thin, expanded and narrowly reflexed, white. Superior
lamella marginal, small, vertical and compressed, continuous with the
spiral lamella which is low and delicate. Inferior lamella receding,
forming a high compressed fold and approaching the superior lamella
in the throat; within the back of the last whorl it is dilated and ascends
in a broadly spiral curve. It is short within, and does not run parallel
to the spiral lamella. The subcolumellar lamella emerges. The ful-
crum and parallel lamella are very small. The principal plica is about

834 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,

one-third of a whorl long. The upper palatal plica is very short, and
connected with the very oblique and curved lunella. There are two
weak sutural plicae.

Length 9.8, diam. 2.2 mm.

Length 9.5, diam. 2 mm.

The clausilium (PI. LVII, figs. 90, 91) is rather short, wider below
than above, and strongly curved near the rounded apex; it is abruptly
and deeply excised near the filament, as usual.

Bomayama, Tokunoshima, Osumi. Types No. 87,588, A. N. S. P.,
from No. 1,201 of Mr. Hirasc's collection.

This little Clausilia has much in common with the fossil C. dcemono-
rum of Kikaiga-shima, but it is somewhat less specialized in having the
superior and spiral lamellae continuous. The upper of the two sutural
plicae is very w^eak, and in some specimens hardly perceptible. In one
opened I saw a very weak lamella inserta.

Section PARAZAPTYX nov.

The shell is similar to Zaptyx, except that the inferior and subcolu-
mcllar lamellae ascend spirally, as in Metazaptyx; fulcrum and parallel
lamella and sutural plicae are absent. The clausilium is wide, tapers
strongly to the apex, and is strengthened by a transverse lamellar rib on
the convex side.

The extraordinary clausilium of this group finds no parallel in
Asiatic Clausiliidce. Parazaptyx is another of the highly specialized
phyla of the Riukiu Islands which give evidence of the ancient origin of
these insular faunas.

In its spirally ascending lamellae and wide clausilium, this Section
resembles Metazaptyx, but it is like Hemizaptyx in lacking accessory
plicae, and the clausilium is unique.

Clausilia thaumatopoma n. sp. PI. LVII, figs. 100, 101, 102, 103, 104.

Shell cylindric below, the upper half tapering and a little attenuated
near the apex; brown, the apex pale. Whorls 9, convex, the first two
smooth, the second whorl disproportionately wide; third and subse-
quent whorls closely, finely and sharply striate, shining, the striation
coarser behind the lip. The aperture is trapezoidal-ovate, retracted
at the sinulus, not projecting, brown inside ; the peristome is pale-edged,
very narrowly reflexed, obtuse but hardly thickened. The superior
lamella is subvertical, marginal, rather high, and continuous with the
low spiral lamella, which penetrates to the middle of the ventral side.
The inferior lamella recedes very deeply, and is not visible in a front

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 835

view, though seen obliquely from the base it appears as a rather high
thin lamella. Within it ascends in a widely spiral curve. The sub-
columellar lamella emerges to the lip-edge, and ascends in a sigmoid
curve. The principal plica is about a half whorl long, dorsal and
lateral. The u])pcr palatal plica is veiy oblicj[ue, and weakly joined
to the lunella, which is oblique, straight above, arcuate, curving inward
below.

Length 10.5, diam. 2.5 mm.

Clausilium (PI. LVII, figs. 100, 101, 104) short and wide, well curved,
at the distal end tapering to a blunt apex, somewhat excavated on the
palatal side. It is deeply excised on the columellar side of the filament.
On the outer, convex surface there is a transverse plate extending from
side to side.

Kumejima, Ryukyu. Types No. 87,631, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,293
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

Externally this species is much like the striate species of Zaptyx,
but the sigmoid lamellse and unique clausilium distinguish it.

Section OLIGOZAPT^^K nov.

The shell is very small, fusiform, with no superior lamella. The
inferior lamella forms a squarish fold in the throat and the subcolu-
mellar lamella is obsolete below. There is a long lower palatal plica
and short upper united with the lunella. Sutural plicae and a lamella
fulcrans are developed. The clausilium is notched on the palatal side
of the projecting apex, and excised on the columellar side of the fila-
ment.

Type C. hedleyi.

In this extraordinary phylum the clausilium resembles that of
Diceratoptyx, while the palatal armature is totally unlike any other
known Zaptychoid form by the development of a large lower palatal
plica. The whole closing apparatus is of a highly evolved type.

Clausilia hedleyi n. sp. PI. LVII, figs. 105-110.

Shell very small, jusiform, attenuated above, amber-colored, trans-
parent; almost smooth, with a brilliant gloss, the last whorl slightly
striate behind the lip. Whorls 7|, convex, the last narrow and taper-
ing downward. Aperture projecting free in front, piriform, the white
lip narrowly reflexed. Superior lamella obsolete, represented merely
by a slight thickening of the peristome. Spiral lamella small, low and
short, lateral. Inferior lamella receding, forming a strongly projecting
squarish and bifid fold in the throat, low within. Subcolumellar

836 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

lamella wholly immersed, subobsolete. Principal plica long, extending
from a ventral position nearly to the aperture. Lunella lateral, united
to the middle of a long, curved lower palatal plica, and with its upper
end continued inward in a shorter upper palatal plica, much as in C.
platydera and its allies. There are two minute sutural plicae and a
short lamella julcrans.

Length 7.8, diam. 1.7 mm.

Clausilium (PI. LVII, figs. 105, 106, 107, 108) rather short, parallel-
sided, abruptly bent at the apex and twisted into a sort of spout,
notched on the palatal side of the projecting apex.

Tokunoshima, Osumi, at Matsubara. Types No. 87,589, A. N. S. P.,
from No. 1,202 of Mr. Hirase's collection.

This is one of the smallest as well as one of the most specialized of
Asiatic Clausilise. It is named in honor of my friend, Charles Hedley.

The clausilium is both abruptly curved and twisted near the apex,
so that its true shape is not easily conveyed by figures. The apical
end, however, is well shown by figs. 105 and 108, while it is seen much
foreshortened in figs. 106 and 107.

Section DICERATOPTYX nox.

The glossy shell is Zaptychoid, the superior lamella developed,
inferior lamella receding, calloused below. Subcolumcllar lamella
rising high on the palatal wall, dilated in a lateral position. Upper
palatal plica very long, an extremely short lunella descending from near
its inner end. Lamella fulcrans and parallela and sutural plicae are
developed. Clausilium deeply excised as usual at the filament, and
with a deep notch excavated near the apex on the palatal side.

The very long upper palatal plica and diminutive lunella, and the
peculiar clausilium, are characteristic. The dilated subcolumellar
lamella, which rises high on the palatal wall, takes the place of a lower
palatal plica.

The clausilium resembles that of Oligozaptyx, but the notch near the
distal end has been independently evolved in the two groups ; that of
Diceratoptyx being adapted to fit over the dilated subcolumellar lamella,
whUe in Oligozaptyx the notch fits over the lower palatal plica, and
has been evolved with the evolution of the latter.

The internal structure is partially shown in PL LVII, fig. 113: /,
fulcrum; p, parallel lamella; sp, spiral lamella; inf, inferior lamella;
sc, subcolumellar lamella. The characteristic dilation of the latter
is^well shown, as w^ell as its course upon the palatal wall of the shell,
through which it is seen by transparence.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 837

Clausilia cladoptyx n. sp. PI. LVII, figs. 111-115.

Shell cylindric below, the upper half regularly tapering; amber or
brownish-amber colored; almost entirely smooth, with a varnish-like
gloss. Whorls 9, quite convex. Aperture ovate; peristome reflexed,
slightly thickened. Superior lamella small, vertical, marginal, con-
tiguous to or continuous with the spiral lamella, which penetrates
nearly to the ventral side. Inferior lamella more or less receding,
forming a very strong fold in the throat, ascending in a very broad
sigmoid plate, abruptly diminishing to a small thread above, which
revolves parallel to the spiral lamella, but does not penetrate so deeply.
Subcolumellar lamella emerging to the lip-edge ; inside it dilates, rising
in an angle in a lateral position. Outside of the spiral lamella there are
two short equal, parallel lamellae {lamella fulcrans and I. parallela).
The principal plica is dorsal and lateral, visible in the throat, and nearly
a half whorl long; below it there is a very long upper palatal plica,
which at its inner end gives out a very short oblique branch downward,
the lunella. Below this there is a short palatal plica, at least in some
specimens. Above the principal plica there are two sutural plicse,
the lower one well developed, the upper small.

Length 10, diam. 2.2 mm.

Length 9, diam. 2 mm.

The clausilium (PI. LVII, figs. Ill, 112) is short and wide, parallel-
sided ; there is a deep semicircular notch near the apex on the palatal
side, and a deep excision on the columellar side of the filament. A
marginal rib runs along the columellar side from the excision to the
notch.

Tokunoshima, at Teteyama, near Sanmura. Types No. 87,592,
A. N. S. P., from No. 1,204a of Mr. Hirase's collection.

Specimens from Sanmura, Tokunoshima, differ from typical C.
cladoptyx in the smaller size: length 9, diam. 2 mm. to length 7.5,
diam. 1.8 mm.

The plicse are visible from the outside through the shell, as in Oligo-
zaptyx.

EuPHiEDUSOID PHYLUM.

Section EUPH.EDUSA Bttg.
Clausilia tryoni var. miyakejimana subsp. nov.

This race differs from C. tryoni in having two or three small, short
palatal plicae below the upper one. The striation of the last whorl is
also denser and finer.

Miyakejima, Izu. Types No. 86,464, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,068
of Mr. Hirase's collection.

83s proceedings of the academy of [dec,

Explanation of Plates LII-LVII.

Plate LII, Figs. 1, 2, 3. — Clausilia ophidoon Pils.
^_^ Figs. 4, 5. — Clausilia tokunoshimana Pils.
. _, Figs. 6, 7. — Clausilia azumai Pils.

Fig. 8. — Clausilia azumai idiopylis Pils.

Figs. 9, 10, 11. — Clausilia nakadai Pils.

Fig. 12. — Clausilia nakadai degenerata Pils.

Figs. 13, 14. — Clausilia okinoerahuensis Pils.
Plate LIII, Figs. 15, 16. — Clausilia ophidoon Pils. Clausilium.

Figs. 17. — Clausilia azumai idiopylis Pils. Clausilium.

Figs. 18, 19. — Clausilia nakadai Pils. Clausilium.

Figs. 20, 21. — Clausilia tokunoshimana Pils. Clausilium.

Fig. 22. — Clausilia nakadai degenerata Pils. Clausilium.

Figs. 23, 24. — Clausilia okinoerahuensis Pils. Clausilium.
Plate LIV, Figs. 25, 2G, 27, 28. — Clausilia nagashimana Pils.

Figs. 29, 30, 31, 32, 33.— C/aw.sz7m cymatodes Fi\s.

Figs. 34, 35, 36, 37. — Clausilia subhickonis Pils.

Fig. 38. — Clausilia subhickonis, variety.

Fig. 39. — Clausilia mikawa Pils., palatal aspect.

Figs. 40, 4:1 .—Clausilia mikawa Pils., type.
Plate LV, Figs. 42, 43, 44. — Clausilia asperata Pils.

Figs. 45, 46. — Clausilia ikiensis Pils.

Figs. 47, 48, 49. — Clausilia purissima Pils.

Fisg. 50, 51. — Clausilia ikiensis Pils. Clausilium.

Fig. 52. — Clausilia aurantiaca sakui Pils.

Figs. 53, 54, 55, 56, 57. — Clausilia koshikijimana Pils.

Figs. 58, 59, GO.— Clausilia ventriluna Pils.

Figs. 61, 62, 63. — Clausilia hosayaka Pils.
Plate LVI, Figs. 64, 65, 66, 67 .—Clausilia hirasei Pils.

Figs. 68, 69, 70, 71. — Clausilia kikaiensis Pils.

Figs. 72, 73, 74, 75. — Clausilia sarissa Pils.

Figs. 76, 77, 78, 79. — Clausilia hyperoptyx Pils.

Figs. 80, 81, 82, 83, Si.— Clausilia yaeyamensis Pils.

Figs. 85, 86, 87, 88. — Clausilia hyperaptyx Pils.
Plate LVII, Figs. 89, 90, 91, 92. — Clausilia damonorum viva Pils.

Figs. 93, 94, 95, 96, 97 .—Clausilia pattalus Pils.

Figs. 98, 99. — Clausilia doimonorum Pils. These figures are drawn to a
smaller scale than the others on the plate.

Figs. 100, 101, 102, 103, IQA.— Clausilia thaumatopoma Pils.

Figs. 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, llO .—Clausilia hedleyi Pils.

Figs. Ill, 112, 113, 114, 115.— Clausilia dado ptyx Pils

1904.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 839

The following reports were ordered to be printed :

REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY.

Sixteen meetings have been held during the year, on the first and
third Tuesdays from October to May inclusive, with an average attend-
ance of thirty-six. Verbal communications were made by ]\Iessrs.
A. E. Brown, Sharp, Keeley, Calvert, Chapman, Pilsbry, Fowler,
Stone, Borden, Goodspeed, Phillips, Conklin, Nelson, Willcox, S. Brown,
Moore, Wetherill, Miss Wardle and ]\Iiss Keller.

Fifty-two papers were presented for publication, as follows : James
A. G. Rehn, 7; Henry W. Fowler, 4; Henry A. Pilsbry, 4; J. Percy
Moore, 4; Thomas H. Montgomery, Jr., 2; T. D. A. Cockerell, 2; Henry
C. Chapman, 2; J. A. G. Rehn and Morgan Hebard, 1; Nathan Banks,
1; N. M. Stevens, 1; Addison Guhck, 1; Harold Heath, 1; Thomas L.
Casey, 1 ; James A. Nelson, 1 ; Harry C. Oberholzer, 1 ; A. E. Brown, 1 ;
John H. Harshbergcr, 1 ; Benjamin Sharp and H. W. Fowler, 1 ; M. F.
Thompson, 1; William F. Allen, 1; David H. Tennant, 1; Sarah P.
Monks, 1 ; Witmer Stone, 1 ; Witmer Stone and A. S. Bunnell, 1 ; H. A,
Pilsbry and E. ^^anatta, 1 ; H. A. Pilsbry and Y. Hirase, 1 ; R. W. Shu-
feldt, 1; Mary H. Greenwalt, 1; Adele M. Fielde, 1; Adele M. Fielde
and G. H. Parker, 1 ; Everett F. Phillips, 1 ; R. V. Chamberlin, 1 ;
Charles W. Johnson, 1; Albert M. Reese, 1.

One of these. Fowler's Fishes of Sumatra, forms the concluding num-
ber of Volume XII of the Journal, six were returned to the authors, two
were transferred to the Entomological Section, one is held under
consideration, four have been accepted for publication in the volume
for 1905, and the others constitute the current volume of the Pro-
ceedings.

A paper by Edward G. Conklin, Ph.D., entitled The Organization
and Cell-Lineage of the Ascidian Egg, to form the first number of the
Journal, A'olume XIII, is going through the press, and will be ready
for publication as soon as five of the plates in color, now being preparetl
in Germany, are received.

Eight hundred and ninety-five pages of the Proceedings and 59
plates, 70 pages and 22 plates of the Journal, 352 pages and 20 plates
of the Entomological Neivs, 299 pages and 20 plates of the Transactions
of the American Entomological Society (Entomological Section of the

840 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DcC,

Academy), and 353 pages illustrated by 60 plates of the Manual of
Conchology have been published.

The issues of the Proceedings and Journal have been distributed as
follows :

Proceedings, delivered to members 498

" exchanged, 560

" to subscribers, 40

1,098

Journal, exchanged, 72

" to subscribers, 34

106

The decrease in the number of copies of the Proceedings sent out is
due to a careful revision of the Exchange List, those societies being
dropped, after due notification, from whom it is unlikely that a return
will be received.

Sixteen members and two correspondents have been elected. The
deaths of sixteen members and four correspondents have been an-
nounced. The following have resigned their membership: William J.
Scott, Norris J. Scott, H. B. Gross, O. S. Paxson, William D. Joyce,
William R. Reineck, C. M. Thomas and H. H. Furness.

In consequence of a decrease in the membership of the Conchological
Section it ceased to exist in March, and the publication of the Manual
of Conchology, the property of the Section since the death of the first
editor, Mr. George W. Tryon, Jr., has been assumed by the Academy.
The work will be continued under the direction of Henry A.
Pilsbry, Sc.D. Mr. S. Raymond Roberts, formerly Treasurer of the
Conchological Section, has kindly consented to retain the financial
administration of the Manual, and has reported on the receipts and
expenditures since the dissolution of the Section.

Dr. Charles B. Penrose was elected a member of the Council to fill
the vacancy caused by the absence of Mr. Charles H. Cramp.

The resignation of Mr. Harold Wingate from the Committee on
Accounts, becavise of removal from the city, w^as accepted.

The meetings of a number of related societies continue to be held
in the rooms of the Academy.

I desire to acknowledge my obligation to Mr. William J. Fox for
most efficient assistance in the preparation and distribution of tlic
publications and in other matters connected with my office.

Edward J. Nolan,

Recording Secretory.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 841

REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY.

During the past year, as usual, the bulk of the correspondence with
scientific societies and institutions was concerned with the exchange
of periodical publications, the number of which acknowledged shows
a material increase. Several proposals to exchange publications were
referred to the Publication Committee, and requests for the loan of
collections or offers of specimens to the Curators.

The year has been noteworthy for the number of deaths of prominent
scientific men and for the importance of its international congresses of
learning. Formal notices of no fewer than eight deaths of Presidents
of societies and Directors of museums were received and duly acknowl-
edged in letters of condolence.

Invitations to the Academy to participate were received from the
Organizing Committees of four international congresses, but in each
case, beyond an expression of interest, no formal action was taken by
the Academy and no delegates were appointed.

The deaths of four distinguished correspondents — Karl A. Zittel,
Henry M. Stanley, R. A. Phillippi and Eduard von Martens — occurred
during the year and were announced from the Chair. In the election
of Profs. A. A. W. Hubrecht, of Utrecht, and Frantisek Vejdovsky, of
Prag, the high standard of scientific attainment now required by the
Academy as a condition of corresponding membership is maintained.
Fourteen correspondents have contributed their photographs, accom-
panied in most cases by biographical sketches.

Following are the statistics of the year's correspondence:

Communications Received.

Acknowledging the Academy's publications, 197

Transmitting publications, 71

Requesting exchanges and the supply of deficiencies, 7

Invitations and notices, 6

Announcements of deaths of scientific men, 8

Circulars concerning the administration of scientific institutions, etc., . . 11

Photographs and biographies of Correspondents, 14

Letters from Correspondents, 13

Miscellaneous letters, 35

Total received, 362

Communications Forwarded.

Acknowledging gifts to the Library, 877

Acknowledging gifts to the Museum, 77

54

842 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

Acknowledging photographs, 14

Requesting the supply of deficiencies, 50

Correspondents' diplomas and notices of election, 3

Letters of sympathy and congratulation, 10

Letters to Correspondents, 23

Miscellaneous letters, 36

Copies of Annual Reports, 262

Total forwarded, 1,352

Respectfully submitted,

J. Percy Moore,

Corresponding Secretary.

REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN.

Six thousand three hundred and ninety-two additions were made
to the Library during the past year. Of these 5,078 were pamphlets
and parts of periodicals, 1,066 were volumes. There were, in addi-
tion, 181 photographs, drawings, etc., and 67 maps. They were
derived from the following sources:

Societies, Museums, etc 2,261

I. V. Williamson Fund 1,890

Editors 684

General Fund 372

Authors 176

Mrs. M. T. S. Schaeffer 169

United States Department of

Agriculture 102

J. A. Meigs Fund 94

Manuel E. Griffith 76

Wilson Fund 66

United States Department of

Interior 65

Daniel D. Berolzheimer 51

Comite G^ologique Russe 27

Imperial Geological Survey of

Japan 24

Horatio C. Wood, M.D 20

University of Chicago 17

Paul Hagemans 14

Thomas Biddle, M.D 14

Trustees of British Museum 14

G eological Survey of Canada 14

Pennsylvania Department of

Agriculture 13

Ministere des Travaux Publics,

France 13

Clarence B. Moore 12

Sveriges Geologiska Undersok-

ning 11

National Committee of Audubon

Societies 11

Ministerio de Fomento, Peru 10

Geological Survey of India 10

H. A. Pilsbry 10

William J. Fox 9

United States Department of

State 8

Department of Agriculture, Cape

of Good Hope 7

Secretario de Estado, Mexico 7

Government of India 7

Department of Mines, Victoria.... 6

Pennsylvania State Librarjr 6

Estate of James G. Meigs 6

H. C. Chapman, M.D 5

Albert I, of Monaco 5

Department of the Interior, Can-
ada 5

Library of Congress 4

1904.1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

843

United States Department of

Commerce and Labor 4

United States Treasury Depart-
ment 4

Conchological Section, Academy.. 4
Department of Mines, New South

Wales 4

United States War Department.. 3

Botanical Survey of India 3

Instituto Geologico de Mexico 3

Wisconsin Geological and Nat-
ural History Survey 3

Kommission zur Wissenschaft-
lichen Untersuchungen der

Deutsclien Meere in Kiel 3

Edward Potts 3

United States Commission of Fish

and Fisheries 2

Alfred Sharpless 2

Trustees, Bernice Pauahi Bishop

Museum 2

Royal Society 2

Vlaamsch Natuur-en Genesskun-

digCongres 2

Geological Survey of New Jersey.. 2

Monsieur le Due de Loubat 2

Danish Government 2

Department of Geology and Nat-
ural History, Indiana 2

Bureau of Geology and Mines,
Missouri 2

United States Coast and Geodetic
Survey

Bureau of American Ethnology..

J. A. G. Rehn

Botanical Garden, Kew

Howard Crawley

S. Raymond Roberts

P. P. Calvert, Ph.D

Department of Public Gardens,
etc., Jamaica

Martin I. J. Grifhn

Museo Nacional de Mexico

Dr. H. Burgin

F. J. Keeley

Philippine Government Board in
the United States

Norske Gradmalingskommission..

Geological Survey of Alabama

Free Public Museum, Liverpool..

R. Accademia Petrarca di Arezzo

Miss A. R. Murphy

Home Secretary's Office, Queens-
land

Council of the Fridtjof Nansen
Fund for the Advancement of
Science

Surveyor General's Department,
Natal

Philippine Weather Bureau

Iowa Geological Survey

They have been assigned to the following departments of the Library :

Geography 36

Bibliography 27

Mineralogy 17

Helminthology 17

Journals 4,738

Botany 466

Geology 330

General Natural History 134

Ornithology 83

Ichthyology 76

Voyages and Travels 71

Entomology 70

Agriculture 67

Anatomy and Physiology 52

Conchology 47

Mammalogy 46

Anthropology 43

Physical Science..

Herpetology

Chemistry

Medicine

Encylcopedias

Philology

Mathematics

Unclassified

12
9
6
4
4
3
2

22

Shelf-lists of the special departments of the Library were compiled
in 1885, 1886 and 1887. A careful comparison of the books on the

844 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DcC,

shelves with these lists leaves nineteen works unaccounted for. With
the exception of two volumes of bound pamphlets and four of somewhat
antiquarian interest, they are recent works of small pecimiary value
which can readily be replaced.

That a like account of stock may be taken of the journals and
periodicals it will be necessary that a similar shelf-list be made of this
department. This will be a work of some mao;nitude and of undoubted
importance. It is hoped that it may be accomplished next A^ear.

Ten hundred and twenty-six volumes have been bound, and 72 maps
trimmed, backed with linen and added to the collection.

A collection of twenty-six catalogues, announcements, etc., issued by
the University of Athens, were transferred to the library of the Univer-
sity of Pennsylvania; 3 volumes and 13 pamphlets on theology to the
Seminary of St. Charles Borromeo, 19 volumes and 175 pamphlets
on miscellaneous literature to the Free Lil)rary of Philadelphia. An
accumulation of 103 State documents, in no way related to the
Academy's work, were returned to Harrisburg.

A set of fine mahogany cases, formerly containing the library of the
late Dr. Charles Schaeffer, has been presented to the Academy by Mrs.
Schaeffer. They have been placed in the Council room, replacing those
received in 1895 with the Meigs librar}^, and great!}" improve the
appearance of the apartment.

As heretofore, I am glad to acknowledge the intelligent service of
my assistant, Mr. William J. Fox, in all departments of the library
work.

Edward J. Nolan,

Librarian.

REPORT OF THE CURATORS.

The collections in the care of the Curators are in an excellent state
of preservation, with all the data carefully recorded. During the
past year important progress has been made in the details of arrange-
ment and identification.

Additions and alterations to the heating i)lant have permitted the
heating of the Museum. Many needed repairs have been made to
the roof and other parts of the building.

Additional window-shades have been placed in the Museiun and in
the alcoholic department to protect the specimens from the light.

The Council room has been completely renovated and handsomely

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 845

furnished with mahogany book cases, the gift of ]VIrs. Charles Schaeffcr,
who has hkewise presented a lantern and screen.

The grounds adjoining the Museum have been sown with grass and
carefully tended during the year, greatly improving their appearance.

In the Museum the installation of plate glass and mahogany cases
has continued, 3,500 cubic feet of exhibition space having been pro-
vided during the year for mammals, birds and invertebrates. An
oak wall-case has been placed in the Archaeological department and
the w^oodwork of most of the old cases has been refinished. Numerous
storage cases for birds, mammals, insects, plants and mollusks have
been purchased.

Through the liberality of Mr. Clarence B. Moore, Messrs. Stewardson
Brown and H. W. Fowler were sent on a six-weeks' trip to the south-
western Florida keys in search of specimens of Ligiius to supplement
a valuable series collected and presented by Mr. Moore from the
eastern and western coasts and adjacent keys. Though unsuccessful
in its immediate object, the expedition obtained valuable collections
of fishes, plants, etc. Later Mr. Moore sent out a second expedition,
securing a series of the desired mollusks.

Dr. H. A. Pilsbry spent two months in Cuba investigating the mol-
luscan fauna in the interests of the Academy, and Mr. J. A. G. Rehn
was engaged for one month in collecting insects and birds in southern
Georgia.

Mr. Clarence B. Moore has added a number of valuable specimens to
his collection of Indian antiquities from Florida. Among other notable
gifts of the year may be mentioned a large series of Indian implements,
plants, birds and minerals, the collection of the late Dr. Charles Schaeffer,
presented by Mrs. Schaeffer, a collection of ethnological material from
Lieut. Frederick Schober, and numerous valuable specimens of mam-
mals, birds and reptiles from the Zoological Society of Philadelphia.
Several important collections have also been secured by purchase.

Besides the work detailed in the appended reports of the Sections,
Mr. Fowler has continued the arrangement and identification of the
fishes, and made numerous local collections.

Dr. Moore has cared for and added to the helminthological collection.

Dr. Pilsbry and Mr. Vanatta have made important advances in the
identification and arrangement of the mollusca. The report of the
Special Curator of this dejiartment is added.

Mr. Rehn has cleaned the greater part of the small mammal skulls
belonging to the Rhoads and Bunnell collections, upward of 3,000 being
thus added to the study series.

846 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DcC,

Mr. Stone, with the assistance of the Jessup students, has rearranged
the entire series of reptiles and batrachians, reUeving their overcrowded
condition, and has labelled and tagged with metal numbers the entire
series of Garter Snakes, as well as all recent accessions. Twelve
thousand metal tags have been prepared and the work of tagging the
whole collection will be pushed as rapidly as possible.

Miss H. N. Wardle has been constantly engaged in labelling, cata-
loguing and arranging the archaeological collections, rendering them
much more instructive to the student and visitor.

The preparator, Mr. McCadden, has mounted a number of mammals,
notably an African Buffalo, and has prepared many specimens for the
study collections.

Besides the services rendered by the Museiun staff and the students
of the Jessup Fund, the Curators are indebted to Dr. Philip P. Calvert,
Mr. Erich Daecke, Mr. H. W. Wenzel, Mr. H. L.Viercck and Mr. E. T.
Cresson, Jr., for assistance in the Entomological department.

The Anti-Tuberculosis Society, Philadelphia Botanical Club, Nomen-
clature Committee Botanical Club A. A. A. S., Mycological Club,
Delaware Valley Ornithological Club, Pennsylvania Audubon Society
and Delaw^are Valley Naturalists' Union have held meetings in the
Academy building during the year.

The collections have been extensively studied by visiting specialists,
while material has been loaned to the following: Robert Ridgway,
H. C. Oberholser, G. S. Miller, Jr., E. B. Williamson, O. P. Hay, C. F.
Sands, T. H. Montgomery, Jr., E. S. Steele, W. B. Scott, Florence
Bascom, W. E. Meehan, James H. Lambert, J. F. Holt, C. V. Piper,
E. L. Morris, W. B. Clarke, Paul Bartsch, J. W. Harshberger, Lawrence
Bruner, H. W. Fowler, J. A. Allen and A. E. Ortman.

Samuel G. Dixon,

Curator.

Report of the Special Curator of the Department of Mollusca,

The accessions to the collection of mollusks during 1904 have ex-
ceeded in number those of any year since the reception of the A. D.
Brown collection in 1S87. Specimens have been received from 78
sources, the most valuable or extensive being the following:

A series of 330 lots of shells from the keys and adjacent mainland of
Florida, from Mr. Clarence B. Moore, part collected by his own party,
part by others sent by him to collect mollusks. This is by far
the most extensive series of mollusks ever obtained on the Florida

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 847

keys. The specimens have been determined and studied, and it is
hoped that the results, suitably illustrated, will be published during the
coming year.

A series of Japanese mollusks, some 650 lots, received from Mr. Y.
Hirase, of Kyoto, has also been studied, but only the new forms have
been publislied, comprising about 140 new species and about 30 new
subspecies.

Mr. J. H. Ferriss has generously divided his valuable Arizona col-
lections with us. The study of this material, with that collected by
Mr. FerrLss and the Special Curator in 1903, is nearly complete. An
unexpectedly large number of new and interesting forms were found.

Early in the year an attempt was made to increase our collection of
fresh-water bivalves of the genus Pisidium. Some 70 lots were
obtained from various correspondents, 10 of them cotypes and a large
number of them topotypes. With the specimens already in our pos-
session, these additions probably make our collection the most com-
plete in existence.

A series of the mollusks of the Alabama river system, collected this
year by Mr. H. H. Smith, has been purchased. It consists of about
17,000 specimens. These remain to be determined and installed.

During the spring the Special Curator explored a portion of central
Cuba for mollusks, obtaining a collection of some 500 lots, about 10,000
specimens. This collection also remains to be studied.

The chief work in the Museum has been the revision of the African
Achatinidce. Much other work of correction and relabelling has been
done in connection with studies on new" material.

Four papers have been published in the Proceedings of ithe Academy
by the Special Curator, one with Mr. Vanatta, and one in conjunction
with Mr. Hirase, while ten have been published by the Special Curator
in the Nautilus. These have chiefly dealt with the classification and
description of new material.

The time of the Special Curator has been largely occupied, as hitherto,
in the publication of the Manual of Conchology. The volume for this
year treats of the African family Achatinidce.

The efficient assistance of Mr. E. G. Vanatta in the work of the
department throughout the year should be acknowledged,

H. A. PiLSBRY,

Special Curator of the Department of Mollusca.

848 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

REPORTS OF THE SECTIONS.

MiNERALOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL SECTION.

The Section has this 3^ear kept up its meetings and field excursions
even more zealously than last year, with about double the number of
communications, one-third larger attendance on the meetings,
one-half more on the excursions, and an increase of more than
one-quarter in membership.

There have been nine meetings, with an average attendance of over
11. Communications were made by Miss Emma Walter, on old
stream-beds; by B. S. Lyman, on the immense time indicated
by erosion; by Prof. B. L. Miller, on graphite occurring in Chester
County, Pa.; by B. S. Lyman, on the Bechtel graphite mine, near
Boyerstown, Berks County, Pennsylvania; by Miss Mary S. Holmes,
on the A'irginia Natural Bridge; by B. S. Lyman, on topography
an aid to geology; by Miss Emma Walter, on clay near Saylorsburg,
Monroe County, Pennsylvania; by IMr. F. J. Keeley, on the trap of
Cape Ann, Massachusetts; by Miss ]\Iary S. Holmes, on some prob-
lems suggested by the excursion along the Perkiomen; by ]\Ir. T.
Chalkley Palmer, on serpentines of Delaware County, Pennsylvania;
by Mr. F. J. Keeley, on serpentines under the microscope; and about
20 shorter communications, besides various discussions.

There were 7 field excursions, with an average attendance of 43.
The excursions visited: 1. The crystalline rocks and their minerals,
particularly kaolin, between Hockessin, Delaware, and Kennett
Square, Chester County, Pennsylvania; 2. The crystalline rocks near
Glen Mills and Lenni, on Chester Creek, and at Mineral Hill, Delaware
County, Pennsylvania; 3. The crystalline rocks near Avondale, Strath-
Haven, Rose Valley and ]\Icdia, Delaware County, Pennsylvania;
4. Portions of the New Red Perkasie shales and Pottstown shales and
trap, from Lodel Creek to Spring jNIountain, near the Perkiomen, and
Schwenksville, ^lontgomery County, Pennsylvania; 5. Portions of the
New Red Norristown shales and Gwynedd shales, and some of the
gneiss southward, between Noble Station and Doylestown; 6. The
crystalline rocks near Newtown Square, Delaware County, Pennsyl-
vania; 7. The crystalline rocks between Newtown Square and Media,
Delaware County, Pennsylvania.

The membership of the Section has increased by ten in all, namely,
seven contributors and three members of the Academy, one of whom
became a member through his interest in the Section. The Section

190-4.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 849

now contains 27 members of the Academy and 21 contributors, or 48
in all.

The following officers of the Section have been elected for the year
1905:

Director, Benjamin Smith Lyman.

Vice-Director, George Vaux, Jr.

Recorder and Secretary, . . . Miss Mary S. Holmes.

Treasurer, . . ... . Miss Emma Walter.

Conservator, Frank J. Keeley.

Respectfully submitted by order of the Section,

Ben J. Smith Lyman,

Director.

The Biological and Microscopical Section.

The numerical strength of the Section is the same as that of last
year, two members ha\dng withdrawn and two having been admitted.

The interest in the regular sessions has been increased by the dis-
cussions at the informal meetings which have formed a pleasant feature
of the year's work. Numerous communications have been made,
among which may be especially mentioned those of Mr. F. J. Keeley. on
various accessories of microscopic manipulation; by Mr. T. C. Palmer on
Trachelomonas; by Dr. D. E. Owen on dredgings in Saco Bay, and by
Mr. Hugo Bilgram on Myxomycetes. Every member present has made
an effort to offer at each meeting some object or subject which, if not
new, has at least stimulated the work of others. A special topic which
has occupied the attention of the Section is that of the microscopic
structiu'e of rocks.

The Conservator reports that the instruments belonging to the Sec-
tion are in good working order, and the following additions have been
made during the past year : One Zentmayer Portal^le Histological Stand ,
one Dissecting ^Microscope, one Beck Microscope Lamp, one Acme
Microscope Lamp, one Balance, two large Slide Cabinets with Drawers,
four small Slide Cabinets with Trays, some miscellaneous accessories
and over 500 mounted slides, all presented by Mrs. Charles Shaeffer.
One hundred and fifty-eight slides, prepared by L. Woolman, were
presented by Mr. F. J. Keele}^

One Tolles J^-inch Objective was purchased.

The officers elected for the following year are as follows :

850

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Director, .
Vice-Director, .
Conservator,
Recorder,

Corresponding Secretary,
Treasurer,

J. Cheston Morris, M.D.

T. Chalkley Palmer.

F. J. Keeley.

C. S. Boyer.

S. L. Schumo.

Thomas S. Stewart, M.D.

Charles S. Boyer,

Recorder.

The Entomological Section.

Ten meetings were held with an average attendance of twelve per-
sons. The communications made were of scientific interest, and have
been published in the Entomological News and Proceedings of the Ento-
mological Section. This journal has been continued and Volume X\'
completed with 352 pages and 20 plates. One hundred and five book
or Schmitt boxes have been purchased, and three of the new tin pest-
proof cases to hold them. Rearrangements have been made of por-
tions of the collections and new material added by gift, purchase and
exchange, to the number of over 7,000 specimens. The collection of
Orthoptera has been increased by the presentation of nearly 500
specimens, the gift of ]\Ir. Morgan Hebard. This order has also been
em-iched by the reception of over 700 specimens from Dr. Henri de
Saussure, containing many genera and species new to the collection.

Valuable additions have been made to the cabinets by purchase,
including 766 Orthoptera from Japan and the Loo Choo Islands; 274
Orthoptera from the Philippines; 1,000 Hymenoptera from Mexico;
342 Chilean Orthoptera, and 2,000 insects from Georgia, collected for
the Academy by Mr, J. A. G. Rehn.

Three associates have been elected, and at the annual meeting, held
December 22, the following persons were elected officers to serve for
1905:

Director,

Vice-Director,

Treasurer, .

Recorder and Conservator,

Secretary, .

Puhlication Committee,

Philip Ijaurent.
H. W. Wenzel.
E. T. Cresson.
Henry Skinner.
Frank Haimbach.
C. W. Johnson,
J. H. Ridings.

Henry Skinner,

Recorder.

1904.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 851

The Botanical Section.

During the year much progress has been made in the arrangement
of the Herbarium, the collections now being in better condition and
more readily accessible than ever before.

The erection of new cases in the centre of the south herbarium room
has resulted in the rearrangement of all the flow^ering plants, thus
relieving the congested condition of many of the cases.

The large case containing seeds, etc., formerly in the south room, has
been moved to the north gallery room, where it is readily accessible
to any one desiring to study its contents.

Over 18,000 sheets have been added to the collection during the
year, acquired principally by purchase and exchange, although many
liberal donations have been received.

These include the herbarium of the late Dr. Charles Schaeffer, con-
taining his collections for many seasons in the British Columbia
region, presented by Mrs. Mary S. Shaeffer;and the gift by Dr. Ida
A. Keller of her entire herbarium, including a number of plants from
Europe.

Smaller collections were received from Mr. Charles S. Williamson,
from the eastern United States; Mr. Benjamin H. Smith, from south
Florida; the United States National Museum and Messrs. Witmer
Stone, E. G. Vanatta, Dr. Campbell E. Waters, Edward Potts, Henry S.
Conard, and the Conservator. These are noted in detail in the
Additions to the Museum.

The Section has purchased a collection of 178 sheets of Washington
plants from Mr. Henry S. Conard, and 365 sheets of California plants
from Mr. A. A. Heller, the collections of the past season, containing
many novelties.

The important collection made by Mr. Herbert H. Smith in the
Santa Marta region of Colombia has been purchased by the Academy,
and numbers 2,500 sheets; also the West African collections of Dr.
Pritzel, numbering 1,776 sheets, and the herbarium of Alexander
MacElwce, acquired through purchase and exchange, numbering
approximately 10,000 sheets, a considerable proportion of which are
mounted.

The Academy's expeditions added 450 sheets, as follows :

Thomasville, Georgia, 50 sheets, collected by Mr. J. A. G. Rehn;
Cuba and southern Florida, 125 and 25 respectively, collected by Dr.
H. A. Pilsbry, and from the Florida keys, 250 sheets, collected by the
Conservator.

852 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DcC,

All the specimens received have been poisoned, and a considerable
nnniber mounted and distributed through the Herbarium.

The series of field excursions conducted during April and early May
by the Conservator were largely attended.

^luch assistance was rendered during the year to students and
visiting botanists desiring to consult the collections.

The Philadelphia Botanical Club has continued to hold its meetings
during the year, its members having contributed over 400 sheets to
the local Herbarium, which collection has been placed in excellent
condition through the unremitting labors of Mr. Samuel S. ^^an Pelt.

At the meeting of the Section held December 13, 1904, the following
were elected as officers for the ensuing year :

Director, Mr. Benjamin H. Smith.

Vice-Director, Mr. Joseph Crawford.

Recorder, Dr. Ida A. Keller.

Secretary, Mr. John T. Pennypacker.

Treasurer and Conservator, . . Stewardson Brown.
Respectfully submitted ,

Stewardson Brown,

Conservator.

The Ornithological Section.

The ornithological collections of the Academy were never in better
condition nor more accessible to the student than at present.

During the past year three additional exhibition cases have been
erected in the new gallery, permitting the transfer of the entire series
of Raptorial birds, as well ag the Pigeons. The rearrangemcait and
labelling of the former group has been completed and many duplicate
specimens not required for exhibition have been arranged in the study
series. At the present time only the Passerine and Picarian birds
remain in the old building, and the majority of these will be transferred
next year.

Thirteen additional tin storage cases and ten wooden cases have been
provided for the accommodation of the study collection, greatly
facilitating the arrangement of many groups, especially the birds of
prey, and providing needed space for the numerous accessions.

The Conservator has examined practically all the large bird skins
during the year, and carefully rearranged the old unmounted material
which has been listed to facilitate consultation.

Many important additions have been made to the collection, fore-

1904.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

853

most among Avhich is a series of 360 Philippine birds purchased by the
Academy; a handsome collection of mounted Humming-birds, the gift
of Cahdn Pardee, Esq., and collections from the West Indies, Colorado
and California, presented respectivel}^ by Dr. J. Percy Moore, Robert
T. Young and W. 0. Emerson.

The Delaware Valley Ornithological Club has continued to hold its
meetings at the Academy, and has done much to stimulate ornitho-
logical study. The collections have been largely consulted during the
year, and considerable assistance has been rendered to visiting orni-
thologists.

The Conservator would acknowledge valuable assistance in the care
of the collections to Mr. Paul L. Lorrilliere.

At the annual meeting of the Section, held December 19, 1904, the
following officers were elected :

Director,

Vice-Director,

Secretary,

Recorder,

Treasurer and Conservator,

Spencer Trotter, ]^1.D.
George S. Morris.
William A. vShryock.
Stewardson Brown.
Witmer Stone.

WiTMER Stone,

Conservator.

The annual election of Officers, Councillors and Members of the
Committee on Accounts to serve during 1905 was held with the fol-
lowing result :

President,
Vice-Presidents,

Recording Secretary,

Corresponding Secretary,

Treasurer,

Librarian,

Curators, ....

Samuel G. Dixon, M.D,
Arthur Erwin Brown,
E. G. Conklin, Ph.D.
Edward J. Nolan, M.D.
J. Percy Moore, Ph.D.
George Vaux, Jr.
Edward J. Nolan, M.D.
Arthur Erwin Brown,
Samuel G. Dixon, M.D.
Henry A. Pilsbrj^, Sc.D.
William S. Vaux, Jr.

854

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Councillors to serve three years,

Committee on Accounts,

Councillor to serve for unexpired
term of two years,

Thomas H. Fenton, M.D.
Edwin S. Dixon,
John Cadwalader,
WilHam Sellers.
Charles Morris,
Samuel N. Rhoads,
Dr. C. Newlin Peirce,
John G. Rothermell,
Howard Crawley.

Frederick Prime.

COUNCIL FOR 1905.

Ex-ofjicio. — Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., Edwin G. Conklin, Ph.D.,
Arthur Erwin Brown, Edward J. Nolan, M.D., J. Percy Moore, Ph.D.,
George Vaux, Jr., Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., and William S. Vaux, Jr.

To serve Three Years. — ^Thomas Fenton, M.D., Edwin S. Dixon, John
Cadwalader and William Sellers.

To serve Two Years. — Dr. C. Newlin Peirce, Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D.,
Thomas Biddle, M.D., and Frederick Prime.

To serve One Year. — Thomas A. Robinson, Charles B. Penrose, ^I.D..
Charles Morris, Isaac J. Wistar.

Curator of Mollusca,
Assistant Librarian,
Assistants to the Curators,

Taxidermist,
Jessiip Fund Students,

Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D.
William J. Fox.
Witmer Stone,
Henry Skinner, M.I).,
Stewardson Brown,
J. Percy Moore, Ph.D.,
Edward G. Vanatta,
Henry W. Fowler,
J. A. G. Rehn,
H. Newell Wardle.
David McCadden.

H. Newell Wardle,
J. A. G. Rehn,
Paul L. Lorrilliere.

1904.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 855

Janitors, Charles Clappier,

Daniel Heckler,
James Tague,
Jacob Ac])ley.

ELECTIONS DURING 1904.

MEMBERS.

January 19. — Harold Sellers Colton, James K. Clarke, Walter B.
Smith, William INIorgan, Gilbert Van Ingen, Frank P. Hendley.

March 15. — Henry Tucker, M.D., Waklemar Lee.

April 19.— Everett F. Phillips, Herbert Guy Kribs, Henry R. ]\I.
Landis, M.D.

May 17. — Henry D. Jordan. M.D., James Harold Austin.

October 18.— Sirs. Charles Rol^erts, M. F. McDonough, Charles D.
Hart, M.D.

CORRESPONDENTS.

October 18. — Frantisek Vijdovsky, of Prague; A. A. W. Hubrecht,

of Utrecht.

856 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

ADDITIONS TO THE MUSEUM.

ArCH-EOLOGY.

Bishop Museum (in exchange). A collection of tapa cloths, Hawaiian Islands.

H. W. Hand. A piece of tapa cloth.

Allen Irwin. Collection of boomerangs, Solomon Island spears, shield, etc.

Clarence B. Moore. Numerous specimens from the Florida mounds.

Mrs. Charles Schaffer. Collection of Indian baskets, etc., and Chilkat
blanket.

' Lt. Frederick Schober. Twenty-two lots of archteological specimens,
Samoa, Alaska, Japan, etc

Mrs. James M. Willcox. Indian vessel, mound at Mecklenberg, \a..

Mammals.

Jacob Aschenbrand. Mounted Fox Terrier.

W. E. Hughes, M.D. Little Chief Hare {Ochotona princeps), Idaho.

P. L. LoRiLLiERE. Muskrat (Fiber zibethicus) , Collingdale, Pennsylvania.

Charles J. Pennock. Six Muskrats, Delaware.

R. A. F. Penrose, Jr. Mounted Jack Rabbit.

Purchased. Five skins and skulls of Oryzomys palusU-is, Salem county, New
Jersey; three Deer, two Peccaries and several skulls, from Mexico.

Purchased (for mounting). Puma (Felis concolor oregonensis) , two Musk
Oxen {Ovibos moschatus wardi), three Mountain Sheep (Ovis canadensis crem-
nobates), one Mindoro Buffalo (Bubalis mindorensis), male Bison (Bison bison).

J. A. G. Rehn (Academy Expedition to Georgia) . Two skins and skulls of
Lepus floridanus, Thomasville, Georgia.

Samuel N. Rhoads. Two black Muskrats (Fiber zibethicus), Audubon, New
Jersey.

Mrs. Charles Schaffer. Human skeleton, mounted.

Mrs. Charles Schaffer (on deposit). Collection of mounted heads of mam-
mals and two skins.

E. G. Vanatta. Four skulls of Muskrats (Fiber zibethicus) , Chester town,
Maryland.

C. S. Welles. Deer blouse (Peromyscus leucopus), Delaware county, Pennsyl-
vania.

Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Specimens prepared as follows:
Mounted: Flat-headed Cat (Felis planiceps), Cat Squirrel (Sciurus niger), Long-
tailed Porcupine (Hystrix longicaudata) , Spotted Dasyure (Dasyurus inaculatus),
Common Dasyure (D. viverrinus), Prong-horned Antelope young (Antilocapra
a??ien'cano), African Buffalo (J5os caffer cequinoctialis) . To be mounted: Kanga-
roo (Macropus robustus), Semnopithecus sp., Thick-tailed Gallago (Gallago crassi-
caudata), Mongoose Lemur (Lemur mongoz), Sambur Deer (Rusa unicolor). Skin

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 857

and skull: Two Vulpine Phalangers (Trichosurus vulpecula), Texan Wild Cat
{Lynx ruff us texensis), Stanley's Chevrotain {Tragidus stanleyanus), Spotted
ChevTOtain (Tragulus memmina), Binturong (Ardictis binturong), Siberian Mar-
mot {Arctomys bobac), young Puma (Felis concolor), Indian Antelope (Anti-
lope cervicapra), Kangaroo Rat (Dipodomys sp.), Deer Mouse (Peromyscus tex-
anus). Skin and skeleton: Female Bison {Bison bison), Formosan Macaque
{Macacus cyclopis), two Rocky Mountain Goats {Oreamnos montanus), skull of
young Bison {Bison bison), skin of Black Bear {Ursus americanus) , skeleton
of Antelope (Antilocapra atnericmia) . Alcoholic: Kch'idna, {Tachyglossa aculeata) ,
young Vulpine Phalanger {Trichosurus vulpecula), young Pig-tailed Macaque
{Macams nemestrinus) , young Kangaroo {Macropus robustus).

Birds.

E. Allen. Wood Thrush {Hylocichla mustelina).

C. B. Moore (collected by S. Brown and H. W. Fowler). Skins of Centurus
carolinus and Ardea occidentalis.

W. O. Emerson, Seventy-five skins of Californian birds.

W. E. Hughes, M.D. Two skins of Dendroica coerulea and two of Buteo line-
atus, Choptank Mills, Delaware.

William M. Mpigs. Two skins of Caracara from Florida.

J. Percy Moore. Collection of bird skins from Jamaica and Bahamas.

Calvin Pardee. A collection of mounted Humming-birds and a Lyre-bird.

C. J. Pennock. Three Grebes {Podilymbus podiceps), Delaware.

Purchased. Three hundred and seventy skins of Philippine birds.

Carlos S. Reed. Two bird's eggs, Chili.

J. A. G. Rehn (Academy Expedition to Georgia). Collection of bird skins,
Thomasville, Georgia.

Mrs. Charles Schaffer. Collection of mounted birds.

Mrs. F. Schick. Case of mounted birds.

A. B. VAN DER Weilen. Four skins of Wyoming birds.

Joseph Willcox. Skin of White-tailed Kite {Elanvs leucurus).

Robert T. Young. Fifteen bird skins, Boulder, Colorado.

Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Skins of the following: Pternistes
leucoscepus, Cereopsis novce-hollandice, Cissa chinensis, Ajiser anser, Trupialis
superciliosus, Zonotrichia leucophrys, Icterus buUocki, Ajaia ajaia, Dryonastes
chinensis, Anthropoides virgo, Euphonia laniirostris.

Reptiles.

Albert Alber. Horned Toad {Phrynosoma blainvillei) .

William M. Beeckley. Tantilla coronata, Florida.

Mrs. p. p. Calvert. Rattlesnake and House Snake swallowing Water Snake,
Pennsylvania.

H. C. Chapman, M.D. Specimens of Menobranchus and Siren.

Otto Eggeling. Two Chondrotes tenebrosus, Felton, Santa Cruz county, Cali-
fornia.

H. W. Fowler. Snapping Turtle {Chelydra serpentina), Holmesburg, Phila-
delphia.

55

858 PROCEEDINGS OF TPIE ACADEMY OF [DcC,

H. W. Fowler and Thomas D. Keim. Several reptiles, Port Alleghany, Penn-
sj'lvania.

W. E. Hughes, 'M.D. Two specimens of Skinks {Eumeces fasciatus).

Charles Leby. Phrynosoma hlainvillei.

Carlos S. Reed. Two specimens of batrachians, Chili.

J. A. G. Rehn (Academy Expedition to Georgia). Collection of reptiles and
batrachians, Thomasville, Georgia.

Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Two spiny soft-sheUed Turtles
(Aspidonedes spinifer), Zamenis mucosus, Viper sp., Crotalus scutulatus,
Rough-eyed Caiman (C. sclerops), Varanus bengalensis.

Fishes.

Charles C. Abbott, M.D. Jar of fishes from the vicinity of Trenton, N. J.

Captain E. E. Bates. Hippocampus, Key West, Florida.

Dr. Bergen. Gold Fish.

C. B. Moore (collected by S. Brown and H. W. Fowlerj. Collection of fishes,
Florida Keys.

H. C. Chapman, M.D. Hippocampus.

JaivIes K. Clarke. Jar of fishes from Florida.

H. W. Fowler. Collections of fishes, Holmesburg, Philadelphia; Crosswicks
Creek, New Jersey; Neshaminy Falls and Kennett Square, Pennsylvania.
Collection of breeding Suckers. Collection of marine fishes, Grassy Sound, New
Jersey. Series of fresh-water fishes, Chadd's Ford, Pennsylvania.

H. W. Fowler and Thomas D. Keim. Six jars of fishes. Port AUeghany, Penn-
sylvania.

H. W. Fowler and Witmer Stone. Collection of fishes from Speedwell, New
Jersey.

William Friedericks. Gold Fish.

Asa Hodgkins. Jaws of a Shark (Lamna cornutum), Bar Harbor, Maine.

Philip Laurent. Three dried fishes.

Leland Stanford University. Large series of Japanese fishes.

William E. Meehan. Five Sticklebacks.

Petrel Fishing Company, A collection of fishes from Nantucket.

C. P. Ray, Jr. Jar of fishes.

J. A. G. Rehn (Academy Expedition to Georgia). Collection of fishes, Thom-
asville, Georgia.

C. Schmalzried. Gold Fish.

Benjamin Sharp, M.D. Jar of gobioid fislies, Swatow, China.

E. I. Simpson. Two fishes, Salem, New Jersey.

Visitor. Burr Fish, Atlantic City, N. J.

H. T. Wolf. Two jars of fishes, Dingman's Ferry, Pennsylvania; Moor Gold
Fish.

MOLLUSCA.

Helen Abbott. Fifteen species of land and fresh-water shells from Lake
Minnetonka, Minnesota.

John A. Allen. Fifty-nine trays of land and fresh-water shells from Maine
and Ohio.

1904.] " NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 859

Rev. E. H. Ashmun. Seven species of land shells from Arizona, Idaho and
Mexico.

F. C. Baker. Six species of Lyvincca and a Testacella from Illinois.

P. Bartsch. Polygyra hopetonensis Shutt. from Brighton, Virginia.

C. E. Beecher. Forty-nine sets of fresh-water shells.

C. R. BiEDERMAN. Four species of land and fresh-water shells from Arizona.

A. C. BiLLUPS. Pyramichda alternaia Say from Calhoun Falls, South Carolina.

Stewardson Brown. Two species of land sliells from York county, Penn-
sylvania.

F. W. Bryant. Physa virgata Gld. from Lakeside, California.

Owen Bryant. Vitrea lucida Drap. from the Botanical Garden, Bermuda.

H. C. Chapman, M.D. Mya arenaria L. and Purpura lapUlus L. from Bar
Harbor, Maine.

T. D. A. Cockerell. Five species of moUusca from California and New
Mexico.

George H. Clapp. Fifty-one sets of land shells from Alabama.

0. Collett. Twenty-five jars of land shells from Ceylon.

H. S. CoLTON. Thirty-one lots of marine shells from Mt. Desert, Maine.

Annie P. Cope. Two species of Muricidce from Flint Island.

W. H. Dall, M.D. Lymncca atkensis Dall from Alaska and six species of
Cerion from Bermuda.

L. E. Daniels. Fifteen trays of American Pisidium and seven species of
other American land and fresh-water shells.

C. Abbott Davis. Thirty-seven sets of Bermuda shells.

1. N. De Haven. Oreohelix cooperi W. G. B. from Yellowstone Park.

S. G. Dixon, M.D. Three species of Polygyra and Pyramidula from Cranberry,
North Carolina

J. H. Ferriss. One hundred and forty trays of land shells from Arizona and
New Mexico.

W. H. Fluck. Four species of marine shells from Nicaragua.

Dr. Grabham. Thirty-one lots of land and marine shells from Madeira.

H. A. Green. Two species of Polygyra from Tryon, North Carolina.

R. E. Griffith, M.D. Four species of marine shells.

G. K. GuDE. Four species of Asiatic land shells.

A, GuLiCK. Twelve trays of fossil land shells from Bermuda.

Mrs. Frank Guptil. Odostomia impressa Say and two other marine shells
from Osprey, Florida.

Miss A. C. Hartshorne. One hundred and three trays of Japanese shells.

H. Heath. One jar of Cymbuliopsis vitrea Heath from Monterey Bay, Cali-
fornia.

Morgan Hebard. Seven species of land shells from Key West, Florida, and
Nassau, New Providence.

J. B. Henderson, Jr. Three species of Urocoptis from Haiti and Jamaica.

Junius Henderson. Thirty-one lots of land and fresh-water shells from
Colorado.

A. A. HiNKLEY. Eighty-five sets of fresh- water shells from Alabama.

Y HiRASE. Six hundred and forty-one species of Japanese land and marine
shells.

William E. Hughes, M.D. Polygyra piychophora from the Bitter Root Moun-
tains, Idaho.

860 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

P. W. Jarvis. Seventy-eight trays of Jamaican Urocoptis.
C. W. Johnson. Anoma radiata Chitty from Jamaica.

T. D. Keim and H. W. Fowler. Seventeen species of land and fresh-water
shells from jMcKean county, Pennsylvania,

Ida a. Keller, Ph.D. Two species of marine shells from New Jersey.
R. J. KiRKLAND, M.D. Twenty-six trays of Pisidium from Michigan.

C. M. Latourette. Limax maximus L. from Oak Lane, Pennsylvania.
Herbert N. Lowe. One Chiton.

D. N. McCadden. Fulgur perversum L. from Stone Harbor, New Jersey.
Mrs. M. C. W. Merrihew. Three species of Muricidce from Newport, Cali-
fornia, in exchange.

Thomas H. Montgomery, Jr., Ph.D. Eleven species of land and fresh-water
shells from Austin, Texas.

Clarence B. Moore. Three hundred and thirty lots of shells from the
Florida Keys and adjacent mainland, including one hundred and fovirteen col-
lected by jMessrs. Brown and Fowler.

A. E. Ortman. Two species of fresh-water sl^ells from Western Pennsylvania

George A. Phillips, M.D. Zirphoea crispata L., in alcohol from Bar Harbor,
Maine.

H. A. PiLSBRY, Sc.D. Two hundred and seventy trays of shells from Florida.

George Pine. Two lots of Unio and Ampullaria from Florida.

John Ponsonby. Dorcasia and Copiocheilus in alcohol.

Edw. Potts. Twenty-three traj's of marine shells from Tarpon Springs,
Florida, collected by W. Beeckley.

Princeton Patagonian Expedition. Fifty-seven species of marine and
fresh-water shells.

Purchased. A set of Polygyra vannostrandi Bland from Aiken, South Caro-
lina; three hundred and thirty-nine trays of Calif ornian shells, collected by H.
Hemphill ; large collection of land and fresh-water shells from Alabama.

P. B. Randolph. Three slugs from Alaska.

C. Paul Ray, Jr. Six species of land and fresh-water shells from Sparrow
Lake, Canada.

J. A. G. Rehn (Academy Expedition to Georgia). Three species of laud and
fresh-water shells from Thomasville, Georgia.

S. N. Rhoads. Thirty-five trays of land and fresh-water shells from Delaware
and Mexico.

John Ritchie, Jr. Eight species of land and fresh-water shells from Nevada,
Mauritius and Japan.

S. Rayjiond Roberts. One specimen of Ampxdlaria and a Hyalea from Japan.

Mrs. T. E. Ruggles. Nacella mytilina Helb.

William P. Seal. Planorbis magnificus Pils. from Wilmington, North Caro-
lina.

C. T. Simpson. Pleurodonta gigantea Scop, from Haiti.

Miss Ruth Spencer. Goniobasis proxima Say from Green River, North Caro-
lina.

Dr. V. Sterki. Eleven trays of Pisidium.

CuRWEN Stoddart, Jr. PoHniccs heros Say from Front's Neck, Maine.
Rev. H. H. Thomas. Nine species of land and marine shells from New Jersey
and New York (in exchange).

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 861

E. G. Vanatta. Philomycus carolinensis Bosc. from New Garden, Pennsyl-
vania.

T. Van Hynixg. Twenty-one sets of land and fresh-water shells from Des
Moines, Iowa.

H. L. ViKRECK. Ai-ca and Planorbis from Connecticut and North Carolina.

Bryant Walker. Eighteen trays of Pisidium and sixteen other fresh-water
shells from the Eastern States.

Rev. W. H. Webster. Calliosioma pellucicbim\al., Devonport, New Zealand.

H. W. Wenzel. Four Polygyra from Pennsylvania and New Jersey.

Joseph Willcox. Forty-nine trays of shells from North Carolina and Florida.

H. T. Wolf. Five species of land and fresh-water shells from Dingman's
Ferry, Pennsylvania.

Insects.

Australian Museum. Sixty-seven Orthoptera (exchange).
C. F. Baker. Eighty-six Orthoptera, California, Nicaragua.
W. J. Baumgartner. Three Orthoptera, Illinois.
W. M. Beeckley. One Hemiptera, one Oithoptera, Florida.

C. R. Beiderman. Two thousand five hundred insects, Arizona (purchased) .
AV. L. Blatchley. Ninety-four Orthoptera, Indiana, Florida.

W, E. Britton. Thirteen Hemiptera, Connecticut.

P. P. Calvert. Six Lepidoptera, Pennsylvania; ten Hymenoptera, Africa.

D. M. Castle. Five Coleoptera, Florida; four Hymenoptera.
J. D. Chandler. Four Coleoptera.

T. D. A. CocKERELL. Fourteen Orthoptera, Colorado; one Hemiptera, New
Mexico ; Kermes gillettei type, Colorado.

E. Daecke. One Lepidoptera, New Jersej' ; one gall, New Jersey ; two Diptera,
New Jersey; ten Ijepidoptera, Germany.

E. Dietrich. Two hundred and seventy-four Orthoptera, Philippines (pur-
chased) .

S. G. Dixon. Three Lepidoptera, Pennsylvania.
Charles Dury. Four Coleoptera, Ohio.
SiGMUND Graenicher. Twenty Hymenoptera, Wisconsin,
G. M. Greene. Four Coleoptera, Pennsylvania.

F. Haimbach. Four Diptera, Philadelphia.

R. V. Harvey. Twenty-seven Hymenoptera, Colombia.

M. Hebard. Two Lepidoptera, Michigan; two hundred and seventy-four
Orthoptera, North America; two hundred and eleven Orthoptera, Georgia,
Florida.

Y. HiRASE. Three hundred and twentj'-five Orthoptera, Japan; four hundred
and thirty-one Orthoptera, Loo Choo Islands (purchased).

H. Hornig. Five Lepidoptera, New Jersey.

W. D. Hunter. Twenty-five Coleoptera, Texas.

Louis Jackson. One Orthoptera, Philadelphia.

University of Kansas. Sixteen Orthoptera.

W. D. Kearfoot. Forty Lepidoptera, United States.

P. Laurent. One Lepidoptera, Philadelphia.

J. F. McClendon. One thousand Hymenoptera from Mexico (purchased) ;
six hundred and forty-six insects from Mexico.

862 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

Marian Mackenzie. One Lepidoptera, Cuba.

W. M. Meigs. Five Lepidoptera, Florida.

L. W. Mengel. Nine Lepidoptera, East Indies. (

L. Navas. Eighty-two Odonata, Spain.

W. D. Pierce. One Coleoptera, Nebraska.

H. A. PiLSBRY. Ten insects, Cuba.

C. S. Reed. Tliree hundred and forty-two Orthoptera, ChiU (purchased) ;
sixty-two insects, Chih.

J. A. G. Rehn. Two thousand insects, Georgia (Academj' expedition) ; one
Coleoptera, Philadelphia.

Wirt Robinson. Twenty-four insects, Cuba.

Henri de Saussure. Seven hundred and sixty-seven Orthoptera, Mundus.

Charles Schaffer. Three Coleoptera, Texas.

E. A. ScHWARZ. One Coleoptera, Arizona.

W. J. Seal. Twenty-five Diptera, New Jersey.

F. Sharpless. Two insects. South America.

Henry Skinner.. Fifteen Lepidoptera, New Jersey; nineteen Lepidoptera,
British Columbia.

B. H. Smith. Ninety-six insects, Florida.
WiTMEE Stone. One Orthoptera, Pennsylvania.
H. L. ViERECK. One Diptera, New Jersey.

H. W. Wenzel. One hundred and three Coleoptera, Pennsylvania; seventeen
Lepidoptera, New Jersey; two Coleoptera, New Jersey.

Joseph Willcox. Thirty-six insects, Florida; twenty-five insects, Pennsyl-
vania.

J. D. Windsor. Ten Hymenoptera, Pennsylvania.

H. J. Wolf. Fifteen insects. United States.

Other Invertebrates.

Helen Abbott. Helicopsyche arenifera, Lake Minnetonka, ^Minnesota.
John A. Allen. Cjjpris, Nesqually, Washington.
Capt. E. E. Bates. Palinurus, Key West, Florida.
Francis Beeckley. Limulus, Tarpon Springs, Florida.
William M. Beeckley. Spirobolus marginatus, Florida.

C. Biederman. One bottle Allolohophora.

H, C. Chapman, M.D. Three parasitic Worms, two vials of parasitic Nema-
todes.

H. W. Fowler. MacrobdeUa decora, Trenton, New Jersey; Ascaris and
Placobdella ; Camharus hartoyii and robustus, Port Alleghatiy, Pennsylvania.

G. M. Gray. Autohjtus cornutus.

Miss A. C. Hartshorne. Two lots of Crustacea, Sagami, Japan.

Junius Henderson. Helicopsyche arenifera, Colorado.

T. H. Montgomery, Jr., Ph.D. Sabelleria, Florida.

J. P. Moore. Forty-five bottles of Polycha;ta, fifty-seven bottles of Nereidae,
ninety-three bottles of Leeches.

Clarence B. Moore. Twelve lots of invertebrates from Florida Keys, col-
lected by Messrs. Brown and Fowler.

Miss Caroline W. Murphy. Starfish, Point Pleasant, New Jersey.

1904.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 863

A. E. Ortman. Collection of Crawfish.

Charles B. Penrose, M.D. Four species of Xematodes and Cestodes, two
parasites.

H. A. Pilsbry. Nineteen lots of invertebrates from the United States and
Cuba.

Edward Potts. Scorpion and Siphosto7na fuscum, Florida; collection of
mounted slides of fresh-water slides, being the types of his species.

Maj. Robert P. Robins. Two glass Sponges, Philippines.

Mrs. Chas. Schaffer. Collection of microscopical slides.

James Tague. Phagocata gracilis, Philadelphia.

H, A. Linville. Placobdella rugosa.

U. S. Fish Commission. Four bottles of Polycheeta, including co-types of
three species, several bottles of Serpulidse and Pcecilasma kaempferi.

H. L. ViERECK. Two specimens of Naidilograp.'ius minutus, Cape May, New
Jersey.

B. Walker. Rhynchodemus, Michigan.

Joseph WiLLCox. A'^ems, Florida; Erpohdella puncto^o. Little Sarasota Bay,
Florida.

Fossil Invertebrates.

R. E. Griffith, M.D. A set of Pentremites.

Frank J. Keeley. A specimen of rock containing bones and shells from
Durham Furnace, Pennsylvania.

A. L. McDonald. Thirty-six trays of fossils from St. Joseph, Missouri (in
exchange) .

T. Van Hyning. Polygyra albolabris Say from a deposit opposite Fort Madi-
son, Iowa.

Joseph Willcox. Polygyra carpenteriana in rock from Manatee county,
Florida, and Mitra carolinensis Conr. from Duplin county, North Carolina.

Lewis Woolman. Fifteen fossils from United States and England.

Vertebrate Fossils.
Harvey J. Mitchell. Fossil fish remains.

Plants.

American Philosophical Society (on deposit). Collections of plants from
the herbaria of Muhlenberg, Barton, Lewis and Clarke, Short, Pursh, Baldwin,
Mary Forest, and five volumes marked Herbarium Britanicuyn by G. Don, and
Herbarium Americanum, 1795, all received in 1897, and one package of Muhlen-
berg Mosses, received in 1904.

Botanical Section. One hundred and seventy-eight Washington plants,
three hundred and sixty-five Californian plants.

Stewardson Brown. One hundred and fifty species, Pennsylvania and New
Jersey.

Henry S. Conard. Artemisia gnaphaloides.

Campbell E. Waters, Ph.D. Fifty sheets of ferns.

864 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

, Ida a. Keller, Ph.D. One thousand five hundred sheets of plants in case.

Edward Potts. Flowers of Grevillea robusta.

Purchased. H. H. Smith collection, two thousand five hundred sheets, from
Santa Marta, Colombia; Alexander McElwee herbarium, ten thousand sheets,
mainly North America.

John T. Reeder. Agaricus from mine at Calumet, Michigan.

Mrs. Charles Schaffer, One thousand plants from British Columbia, her-
barium of Dr. Charles Schaeffer.

' Benjamin H. Smith. One hundred and eighty-eight Florida plants and two
European species.

WiTMER Stone. Twenty-nine species from Choptank Mills, Delaware, and
fifty-eight sheets of local Violets.

U. S. National Museum. Forty-three sheets of Fungi, Williams collection.

E. G. Vanatta. Sixty-five species of ^Maryland plants.

C. S. Williamson. Two hundred and seventy-two North American plants.

Rev. Milton Waldo. Distorted branch of Water Beech.

J. A. G. Rehn (Academy expedition to Georgia). Fifty sheets.

H, A. PiLSBRY (Academy expedition to Cuba). One hundred and forty-eight
sheets.

Stewardson Brown (Clarence B. Moore expedition to Florida). Two hun-
dred and fifty sheets.

Minerals, Etc.

Mrs. E. J. Bartol. Piece of flexible Sandstone.

Harry T. Carson. Mineral specimen.

S. G. DixoN, M.D. Magnetic Iron Ore, Cranberry, North Carolina.

Fritz Gleim. Specimens of Pyrite, Elba, Italy.

M. E. Griffith. Several specimens of minerals.

John T. Reeder. Specimens of native sheet Copper, Calumet, Michigan.

Joseph C. Roop, Water from phosphorescent lake in Bahamas.

Mrs. Charles Schaffer. Collections of minerals and rocks.

George Vaux, Jr. Ores from silver mines of British Columbia.

Wm. S. Vaux Collection. A number of specimens purchased.

Visitor. Chrysocolla, Arizona.

1904.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

865

INDEX TO SPECIES, ETC., DESCRIBED AND REFERRED TO
IN THE PROCEEDINGS FOR 1904.

Species described as new are indicated by heavy-faced; synonyms by
italic numerals.

Abastor 467

Acacesia foliata 130

Acanthoderus mexicanus 51

oileus 89

Acarina 143

Accipiter atricapillus striatulus.... 580

cooperi 580

velox 580

Acera 333, 376

Aceratherium 478

Achatinidse 637

Acheta abbreviata 738

Achurum 516

sumichrasti 516

Acipenser sturio 506

Acipenseridaj 506

AcrididjB 516, 563, 781

Acridinse 516

Acridium americanum 533

bivittatum 533

(Tetrix) cephalicum 662

coloratum 633

colunibinimi 533

flavo-fasciatum 533

(Tetrix) gracile 668

(Tetrix) bispinosum var. Ja-

ponica 662

maculosum 539

melanocerum 533

pallens 533

pantherinum 538

peregrinum 533

spretis 537

toltecum 639

A-agum 533

Acrolophitus hirtipes 563

Acrophylla 84

Acrophyllinae 84

Acrosoma spinea 128

rugosa 128

Acrostichium 613

Acrydiina3 658

Acrydium 666

arenosum 777, 781

bipunctatum 666

bispinosum 662

flavo-lineatum 539

japonicum 666

scabrum 667

subulatum 666

turki 666

Acta?on 329, 376, 378

Actineda agilis 144

Actitis macularia 580

Adapidae 149

Adapis 155

Adelopomax 619

Admetus fuscimanus 142

iEgista subchinensis 625

J]:oiis 329,376

iElosoma 689

Agalena 276

nsevia 124

Agalenidse 124

Agave decipiens 611

Agelaius phoeniceus caurinus 582

Aidemona 536

azteca 536

Aix sponsa 580

Alligator 467

Allionia viscida 108

AUocosa funerea 135

Allotettix 666,668

cayennensis 668

peruvianus „ 668

prolongatus 668

Alnus tenuifolia 108

Alopias vulpes 505

Alopiidse 505

Alopus cocophages 85, 85

Alosa sapidissima 507

Alycseus Isevicervix 618

purus 617,618

satsumanus 618

866

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Alyca?us tanegashimjB 617

tokunoshimanus 617

Amalthea conica 24, 25

Amblycorypha oblongifolia 795

uhleri 795

Amblyomma tuberculata 144

Amblytropidia 517

elongata 518

ferruginosa 517

ingenita 517, 518

mysteca 518

occidentalis 518, 776, 784

Ameiurus nebulosus 242

Amianthium muscfetoxicum 608, 611

Ammophila arundinacea 604

Ammospermophilus leucurus 588

Ammotrecha cubie 143

Amorphopus..... 664

antennatus 664

notabilis 664

Amphiardis 467,471

Amphitrite, 336, 368, 369, 697, 699,

703, 706, 707, 709, 712-716, 720,

721, 726

spiralis 496

Amphorina 376

Anaptomorphus 150, 153

Anaxipha exigua 801

Anchiale 88

confusa 88

maculata 88

nffivia 88

stoUi 88

Ancistrodon 467, 473

contortrix 473

piscivorus 473

Ancylus 379

Andromeda mariana 605

Andropogon macrourus 605

Angigaster 619

Anguilla chrisypa 506

Anguillidse 506

Anisolabis annulipes 776, 778

Anisoinorph a buprestoides 78 1

Anisomorphinse 91

Anniella 468

Anogra coronopifolia 108

Anolis 467

Anophelepis xiphias 71, 71

Antiacodon 150

Antrozous 195

pallidus pacificus 587

Anyphsena fallens 123

floridana 124

fragilis 124

gracilis 121, 123

velox 123

Aphelocoma calif ornica 582

Aplopus 63

achalus 68

angulata 68

Aplopus cytherea 63

ligia 65

micropterus 63, 68

similis 65

Aplysia, 333, 336, 342, 343, 345, 354,

356, 376, 377, 378, 384, 385, 387,

694

Apodontis 765

Apollon 22

Apomatus 158

cyanellus 248

Apopus jamaicensis 68

Apsilus 689

Aptenopedes aptera 793

clara 793

sphenarioides 776, 793

Aquila 22

chrysaetos 581

Aquillidse 21,22

Aquillus 21,22

cutaceus 22

exaratus 23

labiosus 23

Ara^apteryx penelope 567

Araneus cinereus 305

Area kobeltiana 559, 560

nose 259

ocellata 555,560

Archidoris 378

Arctocebus 152

Arctomys flaviventer 589

Arctopitheca 149, 152

Arctosa cinerea 305

lynx 305

Arctostaphylos uva-ursi 607

Ardea herodias 580

Arenaria groenlandica 603

squarrosa 605

Arenicola.336, 343, 344, 368, 369, 695,

697, 706, 707, 712-717, 720, 721,

726

Aretha?a 542

carita 542

gracilipes 542

phalangium 795

Argentinia anserina 108

Argiope argentata 131

aurantia 131

transversa 131

trifasciata 131

Argyrodes floridana 126

globosum 126

nephilsp 126

trigonum 126

Argyrcepeira 131

Ariadne bicolor 122

Aricia 344, 360, 361, 362, 706, 720

Arion 379

Aris£ema triphyllum 481, 483

Arizona " 468,472

Arnilia 787

1904.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

867

Aromochelys 467

odoratus 468

Arphia 522

arcta 564

canora 564

granuJata 786

nietana 522, 56 Ji.

pseudonietana 564

sanguinaria 522

simplex 522

sulphurea 522, 776, 786

teporata 564

tniculenta 622

xanthoptera 776,785

Arrhidaeus 85

capito 85

cephalotes 85

longiceps 85

nigricornis 85

palamnus 85,86

palinurus 85

roseus 85

stall 85

styxius 85

vittatus 85

Aruanoidea 78

aruana 78

osmylus 78

punctata 80

Salmanazar 78

Asagena americana , 127

Ascaris 743,744

ferox 478

Asclepias obtusifolia 605

Asc5'rum crux-andrese 605

stans 605

Asio magellanicus 581

Aspella 592

Asplanchna 695

Aster concolor 605

linariit'olius 607

nemoralis 605

spectabilis 605

Asterias 741

Astragalinus psaltria 583

Astragalus simulans 109

Astroma 682

chloropterum 682

Ateles 152, 153, 154

Ateloplus notatus 574

Atemnus elongatus 141

floridanus IJ^l

Atherinida^ 248,508

Atlanticus gibbosus 797

Attida^ 137

Attus familiaris 1S9

tripunctatus 1S7

Aulocara 522

cairuleipes 522

elliotti 522

Aulonia 263, 265, 266, 267, 309

Aulonia aurantiaca 266

humicola 265

Auxis bisus 760

Avicula 259

Axiothea campanulata 157

Axolotl 689

Aysha orlandensis 121

Bacillus coloradus 516

mozambicus 83

natalis 8S

palmeri 516

souchongia 80

Bacteria 61

(Bacunculus) calcarata 50

cubensis 62

peruana 56, 56

tridens 51

turgida 57

yersiniana 53

Bacterida3 107

Bacterince 61, 107

Bactrododema 70

sestuans 70

miliaris 70

tiarata IfO

welwitschi 70

Bacunculidse 107

Bacunculinae 61

Bacunculus 53

Balistes vetula 510

Balistidffi 510

Bathyphantes anglicanum 128

floridana 128

micaria 128

sp 128

Batrachidege 669

Bdellidfc 144

Bdella cardinalis 144

Belba 146

Bellinda cancellata 126

Belocephalus subapterus 795

Belonida; 508

Berberis fendleri 108

Bergia 376

Bifidaria jamaicensis 411, 415

rupicola....407, 409, 410, 411, 413,

414

servilis 409, 410, 411, 413, 414

Biplex 22

Bispira 501

polymorpha 499

Bittium oosimense 26

scalatum 26

Blattida; 513, 562, 776, 779

Boopedon 519

gracile 520

hoagi 519

nubilum 519,563

Boophilus annulatus 144

Bootettix argentatus 563

Boreotrophon 593

868

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Bostra 57, 60, 514

dorsuaria 57, 514

jaliscensis 514

martini 59,60

podagrica 60

remiformis 58

turgida 57, 58, 515

Bostria incompta 57, 514

Brachypeplus magnus 528

virescens 528

Brachystola 528

magna 528

Brachyura 182

Brazieria 636

Brevoortia tyrannus 507

Bryanthus taxifolius 603

Buccinidae 19, 592, 594, 595

Buffo 22

Bufo 739

Bufonaria 22

Bulla 377

Butatas littoralis 611

Buteo borealis calurus 580

Bythinia 379

Caducifer 594

Cakile americana 604

maritima 611

Calamacris 529

clendoni 529

Callethrix 151

Callilepis imbecilla 123

Callisaurus 468

Callospermophilus chrysodeirus 588

Caloptenus atlanis 537

differentialis 538

(Hesperotettix) picticornis 538

Calvisia 71

atrosignata 73

graminea 72

maculiceps 71

maculicollis 72

nigrofasciata 72

thisbe 71

viridilineata 71

Calynda 57

bicuspis 57

Calypte anna 582

Calyptrsea 24,378

Calyptrseidse 24

Camnula pellucida 566

Camponotus pennsylvanicus..641, 642,

644

Campostoma anomalum 244

Canis ochropus 579, 588

Cantharus puncticulatus 593

waterhousise 593

Capitella, 360, 697, 700, 701, 706, 708,

709, 720

Capnobotes fuliginosus 573

Capulus 24,378

Carangidie 508

Caranx crysos 508

Carausius 42

bracatus 42

macer 42

mammatus 44, 46

obiensis 46

strumosiis 42

Carcharias littoralis 505, 506

Carchariidse 506

Carcharinus obscurus 505

Cardium annse 556, 557

hungerfordi 555, 556, 557

h. stigmaticum 556

h. undatopictum 556

papyraceum 555, 557

stigmaticum 556

tcheliense 557, 558

Carepalexis tuberculata 131

Carphophis 467

Carpiodes damalis 243

grayi 242,243

Carpodacus mexicanus frontalis 583

purpureus calif ornicus 582

Carychium 407,413

bermudense, 408, 409, 410, 411,412,

415

exiguum 415

jamaicense 415

sp 408

Cassandra calyculata 607

Cassiope hypnoides 603

Castilleia integra 109

intermedia 109

Catarrhinae 149

Cathartes aura 580

Catostomidaj 242

Catostomus nigricans 243

Caulonia 48

Cebus 150, 151, 152, 153

Cemophora 467

Centrarchidfe 248

Centrolophida? 509

Centropristes striatus 510

Centrums carolinianus 141, 142

gracilis 141, 142

hentzi 142

margaritatus 142

Ceophloeus pileatus abieticola 581

Cephalocoema 680

chapadensis 681

costulata 681

flavirostris 682

lineata 682

multispinosa 681

sica 680

Ceratinella emertoni 127

Ceratinopsis similis 127

Ceratinoptera lutea 767, 780

Cereus triglochidiatus 108

CerithiidiB 25

Cerithium subscalatum 25

1904.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

869

Cerithium trailli 25

t. kikaiensis 25

Ceroys 48

bigibbus 48,49

multispinosus 48

perfoliatus 48, 61

rabdota 48

Certhia familiaris occidentalis 584

Ceryle alcyon 581

Ceuthophilus 545

agassizii 545

arizonensis 574

brevipes 545

calif ornicus 545

discolor 545

divergens 545

gracilipes 545

lapidicola 545

latens 545

macropus 545

maculatus 545

niger 545

occultus 545

scabripes 545

stygius 545

uhleri 545

virgatipes 798

Chsetopterus 706

ChamjEa fasciata 585

Characinidffi 119,248

Charina 468

Cheironieles 251

Chelanops atfinis 141

dentatus 141

floridse 140

latimaiius 141

latus 140

oblongus 140

tumidus 141

Chelifer biseriatum 140

floridanus 140

muricatus 140

Chelonia 474

Chelydra 467

Chernetida; 120

Chilomeniscus 468

Chilonycteris 180, 181-207, 250, 251

boothi 182, 183, 197, 207

davyi 255

d. fulvus 255

fuliginosa 182, 188, 191

grisea 182, /5S-191

gymnonotus, 182, 193, 251, 252,

254

macleayii, 182-185, 188, 188-lU,

199, 206, 207

m. fuliginosa 184, 188, 189, 191

m. grisea 184, 188, 191

m. inflata 184, 187-190, 191

mexicana 183,^03

osburni 182,254

Chilonycteris parnellii, 184, 194, 197,

198, 200

p. boothi 185, 197, 199, 200, 203

p. portoricensis 185, 197, 199

persona ta 182, 183, 184, 193

portoricensis 183, 199, 200

psilotis 183, 185, 205

quadridens 185, 191

rubiginosa, 182, 183, 185, 193, 200,
203, 204, 207, 253

rubiginosus 20S

r. mexicana 185, 200, 203, 253

Chione hizenensis 553

micra 552, 553

Chiracanthium albeus 123

inclusa 123

Chiriquia 664

serrata 664

Chiromys 149, 155, 156

Cliiroptera 149

Chiton 221,336

pohi 257-259

Chitoniscus 107

Chloealtis abdominalis 563

viridis 518

Chloritis obscurus 628

tosanus 629

t. osumiensis 629

Chlorostoma rugatum 33

r. sublsevis... 33

turbinatum..... 33

Cholcepus hofmanni 477

Chondestes gramniacus strigatus.... 583

Chorietypus hippiscus 672

Choroetypi 670

Chortophaga viridifasciata 777, 786

Cliromacris 532

colorata 532

miles 532

speciosa 532

Chromodoris 377

Chrosomus erythrogaster 244

Chrysanthemum leucantheraum.... 108

Chrysemys 467,468

concinna 468

mobilensis 468

rubriventris 468

scabra 468

Chrysopsis falcata 605

mariana 605

Chrysso albomaculata 128

Chthonius pennsylvanicus 141

spinosus 141

Cichhdse 249

Cinclus mexicanus 584

CinguUna cingulata 30

circinata 30, 31

japonica 30, 31

subulata 30

terebra 30

Cinosternum 467

870

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Cinosternum pennsylvanicum 468

Circotettix suffusus 569

undulatus 569

Cirratulus luxuriosus 493

spirabranchus 492, 493

Citellus fisheri 588

gammurus beecheyi 586, 588

g. douglasii 577

Cladomorphus 61

pliyllinus 61

Cladonotce 658

Cladonotus horrendus 660

Clanculus gemmulifer pallidus 34

hizenensis 34

h. yar. fraterculus 33

Clathurella centrosa 11

chichijimana 11

dichroma 11

lischkeana 12

maculosa 11

tincta 11

Clausilia agna 825

asperata 825,826

aulicophora 812

(Tj-rannophsedusa) aiiranti-

aca 812

a. sakui 815

awajiensis 813

azumai 616, 816, 817

a. idiopylis 817

bernardii 815, 816

callistochila 817,818

caloptyx 825

caryostoma 812

c.jayi 812

cladoptyx 837

crenilabium 816

cymatodes 810

dsemonorum 832, 834

d.viva 832,833

ducalis rex 809

excellens 816

fultoni 822

hachijoensis 832

hedleyi 835

hickonis 821,822

h. saucia 822

hiraseana 810, 811

hirasei 828, 829, 830

h. var. kikaiensis 828

hosavaka 814

hyperaptyx 825,827

hyperoptyx 827-831

h. yorongiwana 828, 830

ikiensis 812

kikaiensis 828, 830, 833

koshikijimana 814

mikawa 813

mima 819

mimus 825, 826, 828

nagashimana 810

Clausilia nakadai 818

n. degenerata 818, 819

okinoerabuensis 816

ophidoon 820

oshimaj 818

pattalus 832

p. miyakaensis 832

pigra 812

pinto 825,827

platydera var. minoensis 813

ptychochila 815,816

ptychocyma 825

p. vakushimse 825

purissima 825,826

sarissa 828,829

strictaluna 828

subhickonis 821

sublunellata 814

thaumatopoma 834

tokunoshimana 819

tiyoni 837

t. var. mlA-akejimana 837

una ' 817

vasta 822

ventriluna 811,812

vaeyamensis 828, 831

Clausiliida? 616,809

Clematis ligusticifolia 108

Clemmys 468

Clepsine 714

Cliola chalybaja 239

Clitumnina^ 80

Clonaria 82

Clonistria bartholomsea 60

linearis 60

Clonophis 467

Clubiona tibialis 123

Clubionida> 123

Clupea harengus 507

haumela 771

Clupeida? 507

Clymene harai 157

Clymenella, 336, 343, 368, 369, 697,
699, 706, 712, 716, 721

Clypeotettix 666,667

schochii 667

Cnemidophorus 468,473

Coccothrinax 613

Codakia bella 555

b. delicatula 555

(Jagonia) bella 555

Colaptes cafer collaris 581

Coleosoma blanda 138

fioridana 128

Collonia rosa 31

Colobotis beldingi 588

Coluber 466, 467, 472

guttatus 472

lineaticollis 472

obsoletus C'onfinis 472

o. obsoletus 473

1904.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

871

Coluber quadrivittatus 472

subocularis 472

Colubraria 22, 592, 595

maculosa 22

Colubrariidce 592

Columbella albinodulosa 14

a. A'ar. ogasawarana 14

deshayesii 14

digglesi 16

divaricata 16

dunkeri 15

hahajimana 15

liocyma 14

palumbina 14

sandwichensis 14

sinensis 16

somnium 15

troglodytes 16

turturina 13

t. borealis 13

varians 14

Columbellidae 13

Conidse 6

Conocephalus 543,777

acuminatus 543

albifrons 543

armatus 543

atlanticus 795

bilineatus 543

cinereus 543

cornutus 543

discolor 543

elongatus 543

ensiger 273

falx 543

fuscostriatus 796

griseus 543

hemipterus 543

inflatus 543

lanceolatus 543

mexicanus 796

nasutus 543

obscurellus 543

retusus 795

rugosus 543

spinigerus 543

subulatus 543

triceps 543

tricornis 543

trifidus 543

triops 543

varius 543

virens 543

viridissimus 543

Conozoa acuminata 567

Contia 468

Contopus richardsonii 582

Conus aculeiformis 6

acutangulus 6

comatosa 550

dormitor 6, 550

Conus gratacapii 7

kikaiensis 6, 7

sieboldi 550

Coralliophila jeffreysi 16

■j. var. hiradoensis 16

Corema conradii 606

Coreopsis rosea 605

Coriarachne floridana 132

versicolor 132

Coronella 472

Corvus brachyrhynchos hesperis.... 582

Corynorhinus 195

Corynorhynchus 677

hispidulus 677

hispidus 677

latirostris 677

radula 677

spinosus 677

Cottidse 511

Crataegus parvifolia 605

Cremastogaster lineolata, 639, 640, 642,

643

Crepidula, 24, 332, 333, 336-350, 354,

356, 358, 363, 366, 367, 369-373,

379, 385-389, 392, 697, 701, 712,

722, 724, 726

adunca 346

crepidula 24

plana 24

unguiformis... 24

walshi 24

Oricjjettix 662

baeri 662

bispinosus 662

b. japonicus 662

borrei 662

brevis 662

claAatarsis 662

emarginatus 662

insidiosus 662

miliaris 662

nexuosus 662

nigellus 662

nodulosus 662

perminatus 662

pulcher 662

puUus 662

rugosus 662

saginatus 662

Bubulatus 662

tricarinatus 662

vidali 662

Crocodilus 467

Crotalus 468,473

Crotaphytus 468

Crypta 24

Ctenida; 136

Ctenosaura 467

Oulex 739

Cumia 22

bracteatus 23

872

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Cumia decapitatus 23

lanceolata 22

Cupiennius sallei 121, 136

Cupressus thyoides 605

Cyanocitta stelleri carbonacea 582

Cyanospiza amoena 583

Cyathopoma 619

innocens 619

iota 619

micron 619

Cybium acervum 766

cavalla 766

Cyclas 336, 360, 379, 694, 714

Cyclophis 467,472

Cyclophoridte 616

Cyclopteridje 511

Cyclopterus lumpus 511

Cycloptilum squamosum 799

Cyclosa bifurca 131

thorelli 130

Cyclotus 619

micron 619

minutus 619

nudus 618

Cyllene gibba 20

japonica 19

Cynorta ornata 140

Cynoscion regalis 510

Cyperus cylindricus 605

Cyphocrania tamyris 70

Cyprinidffi 244

Cythara 10

Cytlierea crispata arnica 551

puerpera 552

reticulata 552

Dactylotum 539

bicolor 539

histricum 539

pictum 572

variegatum 539

Damgeus 146

Daphnella maculosa 8

radula 8

Dasychone japonica 164, 165

Dasyleurotettix 658

curriei 658

Dasypus sexcinctus 477

Dasyurus 154

Datames 89

ffiqualis 89

mouliotii 89

Datura tatula 109

Decidia 91

soranus 91

Dendragapus obscurus fuliginosus. 580

Dendrocichla I^J^S

Dendrocincla 426,447-463

acedesta 449, 461

anabatina 447, 449, 452

a. anabatina 452, 453

a. typla 452, 453

Dendrocincla aphanta 450, 461

atrirostris, 447, 449, 451-454, 457-

459

brunnea 449, ^50, 451

castanoptera 447, 4^6

enalincia 449, 451, 455

fuliginosa 449, 453, 454, 456, 457

homochroa 449, 461

h. acedesta 461, 462

h. homochroa 462

lafresnayei...449, 451, 457, 458, 459

longicauda 447, 449, 451

macrorhyncha 447, 449, 450

merula 450,456-459

merulina 459, 460

meruloides...447, 450, 457, 460, 461

m. aphanta 460

m. meruloides 459-462

minor 4'^^} 452

olivacea 449, 451, 45^-459

o. anguina 448, 4^7, 458

o. lat'resnayei 447, 451, 457, 458,
459, 461

o. olivacea 456, 457, 459

o. pha'ochroa 458, 461

phaeochroa 450, 458

ridgwayi 448, 449, 458, 459

ruficeps 449, 461, 462, 463

rufo-olivacea 447, 453, 454

turdina 454, 455

typhla 449

tyrannina 447, 449, 451

t. brunnea 450

t. tyrannina 450, 451

Dendrocolaptes 448, 454

atrirostris 451

fumigatus 4-53

merula 456

turdinus 448, 449, 454

Dendrocops meruloides 459

tj^ranninus 450

Dendrocopus fuliginosus 453

Dendrohyrax 478

Dendroica nigrescens 584

Dendromanes 447, 448

homochrous 462

Dendronotus 329

Deudryphantes floridanus 138

octavus 137, 138

Dermacentor americanus 144

Dermonotus, 182-184, 207, 241, 250,

251

davyi 251, 252, 253, 256

d. fulvus 251, 253-256

fulvus \9Z,255

Derotmema haydeni 567

laticinctum 567

Desmodium lajvigatum 605

viridiflorum 605

Diadophis 467

Diancta 624

1904.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA,

873

Ditipensia lapponica 603

Diapheromera 50, 514

calcarata 50, 514

femorata 51

sayi 50

Diceratoptyx 809, 823, 824, 835, 836

Dichromorpha 518

viridis 518,777,785

Dididunis 251

Dictyna floridana 121, 125

foliacea 124

sublata 125

Dictynida? 124

Dictyophorus guttatus 776, 787

reticulatus 787

Diraorphodes 84

mancus 84

prostasis 84

Dinophilus 260, 360, 688-737

apatris 689

gyrociliatus 689

Dinopsis spinosus 125

Diopatra californica 484

Diotarus 658

Diplocardia communis 803

longa 803

michaelseni 803

Diplocentrus lesueurii 142

Diplomniatina 624

cassa 620,622

everetti 624

gibbera 620,621

goniobasis 621

g. onoensis 621

inimersidens 623

kumejimana 623, 624

kyushuensis 620, 621, 622

lateralis 623,624

oshimif 623

sculptilis 619

tokunoshimana 622

tosana 620

tosanella 620

ventricosa 622

vespa 616, 619, 620, 624

Diplommatinida? 619, 624

Dipodomys californicus 587

Dipoena crassiventris 127

Dipsosaurus 468

DiscoccElis 695

Discotettix 670

armatus 670

bdzebuth 670

Dissosteira Carolina 566, 777, 786

Distorsio 22

Distortrix 22

Distylia 501

rugosa 499

Diura 84

Dixippus 41

crawangensis 41

56

Dixippus insularis 44

nodosus 41, 42

sumatranus 41

uniformis 41, 42

Dolomedes 313,314

albineus 136

fontanus 314, 316, 319

idoneus 314,319

mira 820

scapularis 314

scriptus 316,317

sexpunctatus 136, 314

tenebrosus S17, 318, 319, 319

urinator 314, 317, 319

virgatus 320

Doris 329, 376, 377, 387

Doto 329,376

Drassidae 122

Dreissensia, 336, 343, 360, 381, 694,
697, 699, 714

polymorpha 379

Drillia albiguttata 8

strep tonotus 7

zebra 8

Drosera filiformis 605

Drymadusa arizonensis 573

limbata 573

Drymobius 467

Dryobates gairdneri 581

harrisii 581

pubescens turati 581

villosus hyloscopus 581

Dryocopus 44^

Dynie 5Q, 56

bifrons 56

Dyscolorhinus 529

Dysderidffi 122

Dysopes 182,251

Echeneididce 511

Echeneis naucrates 511

Edentata 478

Eilica bicolor 123

Elaps 467

Eleocharis melanocarpa 605

Ellipes minuta 799

Elopidte 507

Elops saurus 507

Elj^sia 377,387

Empidonax difficilis 582

Emys 467,468

Encheliopus 770

Enchelyopus 770

Encoptolophus 524

costalis 524

parvus 524

subgracilis 366

Endodontidse 636

Ennea iwakawa miyakojimana 631

i. oshimana 631

Epeira l)alaustina 129

domiciliorum 129

874

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Epeira fasciata ISl

floridensis 129

fuscovittata 130

gigas 129

globosa 129

juniperina 130

labyrinthea 129

pratensis 129

scutulata 130

septima 129

spinigera 121, 130

strix 129

thaddeus 129

trivittata 129

undecimtuberculata 121, 130

wittfeldte 129

Epeiridse 128

Ephippity tha gracilipes .542, 5^2

Epidromus 22, 592, 595

Epigaea repens 607, 608

Episema 245

scabriceps 245

Eptesicus fuscus 579

f. bernardinus 590

f. melanopterus 590

f. Osceola 590

Ercolania 333, 376

Erenifeus 146

floridanus 145

Ergsea 24

walshi 24

Erianthi 672

Erianthus 672

acutipennis 672

flavoinflatus 672

guttatus 672

malcolmi 673

nipponensis 672

obtusus 672

Eriophyes oleiovorus 146

Eriophj'idse 146

Erodium cicutarium 108

Erucii 673

Erucius 673

dimidiatipes 675

magnificus 674

pictus 674

vitreus 673, ^7^

Erythrseidee 144

Erythrffius sp 144

Erythrolamprus 467

Etheostoma whipplii 248

Eublepharis 468

Euchelis hachijoensis 35

lischkei 34

Euchelus atratus 35

cancellatus 35

(Hybochelus) cancellatus ori-

entalis 35

gemmatus 35

Euchone alicaudata 165

Euconulus turbinatus, 408-411, 412,

420

Eucta caudata 132

Eucynopotamus 119

Eugnatha pallida 132

Eulecanium 112

Eulima 29

dentiens 28, 2S

Eulimidaj 29

Eulota callizona minor 626

c. montivaga 626

commoda 628

despecta 627

(Acusta) d. ikieusis 627

d. kikaiensis 627

(Acusta) d.prcetenuis 627

d. sieboldiana 627

f riedeliana goniosoma 625

(^gista) f. var. humerosa 625

mercatoria 626

nioyaka 627

oculus 625, 626

(Euhadra) okinoerabuensis 626

(/Egista) omma 625, 626

submandarina 626, 634

Eumastaces 675

Eumastacinse 670

Eumastax 675

dentatus 675

Eumeces 468,473

Eunice biannulata 487

Eupatorium album 605

hyssopifolium 605

leucolepis 605

rotundit'olium 605

Euphsedusa 837

Euphagus cyanocephalus 582

Euphorbia ipecacuanhas 605

polygonifolia 604

Eupodidse 144

Eupomatus 361

Euryopis argentea 127

Euryta 5

brazieri 5

pulchella 5

trilineata 5

Eustala prompta 130

EutEenia 467, 470, 471

butleri 471

elegans 470

e. elegans 471

e. vagrans 471

eques 470,471

hammondi 470,471

infernalis 470

marciana 470, 471

megalops 471

ordinatus 471

proxima 471

radix 470,471

saokeni 471

1904.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

875

Eutaenia saurita 471

sirtalis 470

s. leptocephala 471

s. ordinatus 470

s. parietalis 470, 471

s. pickeringi 471

s. sirtalis 470, 471

Eutamias amcenus 588

hindsi 577

minimus pictus 588

senex 588

Euthria lineata 594

Evermannella ' 119

biserialis 119

Palcicula hebardi 777, 802

Falco sparverius phalcena 581

Fallugia acuminata 109

a. micrantha 109

micrantlia 109

paradoxa acuminata 109

Farancia 467

Farer 236

sammara 236

Felis oregonensis 580

Ficimia 468

Filistata hibernalis 122

Filistatidfe 122

Fiona 325-405

marina 325-405

Fissurella 378

Flammeo 236

achromopterus 236

marianus 236

sammara 238

Fluorite 475

Forficulidce 562, 776, 777

Formica fusca var. subsericea...642, 644

sanguinea 642, 644

Frontina coccinea 128

Fuentes lineata 139

Fundulus heteroclitus macrolepi-

dotus 507

majalis 507

Fusidse 18

Fusus 378,387

suboblitus 18

Gadida? 511

Gadus callarias 511

Galago 153

Galeopithecus 149

Galeorhinida> 505

Galumna 146

affinis 146

emarginata 145

Galpinsia I'endleri 108

Gamasidffi 145

Gamasomorpha floridana 121, 122

Gamasus sp 145

Gambusia affinis 248

Ganesella adelinae 629

i'erruginea 631

Ganesella japonica 631

largillierti 630

myomphala 630

m. minor 630

m. okinoshimana 630

selasia 630,631

s. textilis 630,631

s. zonata 630, 631

sororcula 629

tokunoshimana 629

wiegmanniana 630, 631

Garypus floridensis 141

Gasteracantha cancriformis 128

Gastropteron 378

Gaucelmis augustinus 127

Gaultheria procumbens 607, 608

Gayenna parvula 124

Gaylussacia dumosa 605

frondosa 607

resinosa 607, 608

Gea heptagon 128

GempyliniB 767

Gempylus 757,767

coluber 768

ophidianus 767

serpens 767

Geolycosa 263, 265, 292

arenicola 293, 295, 299

baltimoriana 293, 297

carolinensis 293,299

latifrons 292, 293, 295

texana 293,298

Geophilus cayugse 655

lanius 655

regnans 654

Geothlypis tolmiei 584:

Gerardia pedicularia 606

purpurea 604

Germo alatunga 763

germon 761,763

Gerrhonotus 468

Geum radiatum 603

Gibbula incarnata 34

vittata 34

Glaucidium gnoma californicum 581

Glaucoma 468

Glyceria obtusa 605

Gnaphalium purpureum 605

Gnapliosa sericata 123

Gomphocerus clepsydra 563

Gonatista grisea 781

Goniodoris 329

Gordius 753

Gorilla 149

Graeffea 85

cocophages 85

fulvescens 85

lifuensis 85

Grammonota maculata 127

Gratidia 82

inclinata 83

876

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Ciratklia natalis 83

prostrostrata ".... 83

sansibara 82

Giindelia inornata 108

(JryllidtP 546, 575, 799

(iryllotalpa borealis 799

Gryllus 546,777

sequalis 525

assimilis 546

barretti 547

domesticus 546

fasciatus 527

formosus 525

guttatus 787

luctuosus 801

niexicanus 547

necydaloides 95

(Mantis) necydaloides 88

niveus 5Ji.7

nubilus 519

obliquus 539

obscurus 534

pennsylvanicus 575, 801

personatus 575

phthisicus 95

(Mantis) phthisicus 97

rubens 801

rufipes 539

(Mantis) siccifohus 105

trifasciatus 527

violaceus 539

Gymnoglossa 29

Gymnorhina 182

Gymnosarda "^^0

Gyninoscirtetespusillus....776, 789, 798

Gymnura 182

Gyrina 22

Gvrineum ^-2

Habrocestum pulex 139

Hadrotettix 527

trifasciatus 527,570

Hahniasp 124

Haldea 467,471

HaMa:'tus leucocephahis 581

Hamalatiwa grisea 137

Haminea 378

Hapale 150,151,152,154

Hapithus brevipennis 777, 802

Haplopus cvtherea 63

eucnemis 61

Hedotettix 668

lestivus 068

graciUs 668

lleUanthvis angustii'olia 605

annuus 168

petiolarus 168

Hdiastus 528

aridus ■• 570

aztecus 528

obesus 528

sumichrasti 528

Hehastus venezuekc 528

Helicidie 625

Hehcina convexa 411, 421

verecunda 625

V. degener G25

Hehcinidaj 625

Hehcops 467

Helix 379

circunifinnatus 4^0

discrepans 420

ochroleuca 419

reinianus 419

Helminthophila c'elata lutescens... 584

rubricapilla gutturalis 584

HeloderiTia 468

Hemiphffdusa, 809, 811, 812, 816, 826

Hemizaptyx 813, 823, 824-826, 834

Hermffa 378

Heros cyanoguttatus 249

Hesperophasma 47

Hesperotettix 537

festivus 537, 570

meridionalis 537

viridis 537,570

Heterodon 467, 472, 473

nasicus 473

platyrhinos 473

simus 473

Heteronemia 53, 56

festuca 54

ignava 54

mexicana 53, 54

striata 54

yersiniana 53

Heteronemina:> 47, 61, '107

Heteropoda vcnatoria 121, 134

Heteropterj'gina' 89

Heteropteryx 89

australis 89

castelnaudii 89

dehaanii 89

dilatata 89

grayii 89

niiilleri 89

rollandi... 89

rosenbergi 89

westwoodii 89

Hibiscus moscheutos 604, 609

Hippiscus 524

cupidus 566

ocelote 524

phoenicopterus..... 777, 786

rugosus 777, 786

zapotecus 525, 566

Hippoglossus hippoglossus 512

Hipponyx acutus 25

australis 24

cornucopia>a 25

orientalis 25

suturalis 25

Hirasea insignis 63(>

1904.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

877

Hirundo erythrogaster 583

Histiagonia rostrata. 127

Holbrookia 468

Holocenthridse 222

Holocenthrus 225

albo-ruber 235

adscensionis 225

binotatus 233

brachjTlnnichus 233

diploxiphus 227, 229

ensifer '235

gladispinis 225, 226, 228

gracilispinis 227

leo "■;.■" 235

polynesise 229

rut'us 225

siccifer 233,234

thorntonensis 231 232

xantherythrus '225

Holocentrum leo 235 SS5

sicciferum ggs'^ 234

Holocentrus albo-ruber ' ^35

diploxiphus 225,228

ensifer 235

microstomus 231

pa>cilopterus 229, 231

ruber 235

sammara 236

spinifer 235

xantherythrus 225

Holotrach3^s 224

lima 224

Homalattus cyaneus 139

Homo 149^ 150

Horesidotes cinereus 563

Hormilia 542

elegans 572

prasina 542

Hudsonia ericoides 605

montana 611

tomentosa 604

Humulus lupulus neomexicanus.... 108

Hyalina nelsoni ^75

Hybusa 679

occidentalis 679,680

reedi 679

Hyctiapikei 139

Hydroides 369

Hydroplilox 245

Hylocichla guttata nana 585

ustulata 585

Hyopsodinse 149

H5^psicomus lyra 161

phiBatgenia 163

Hypsiglena 468

Hyracotherium 478

Hyrax 476-480

leius elegans 138 j

floridana 138 '

pleuralis 138 I

wickhami 138 '

Ictalurus punctatus 242

Icteria virens longicauda 584

Icterus bullocki 582

Ictiobus tumidus 243

Ignacia 95

Insectivora 149

Ipomoea pandurata 605

pes-carpse 611

Iridoprocne bicolor 584

Isagores 105

Ischnochiton, 333, 336, 343, 347 350

363, 368-370, 699, 702, 705, 712,

713,720

cooperi 257

magdalenensis 257

mertensii 257

regularis 257

Ischnopoda 69

pliillipsi 69

reyi 69

Ischnoptera 767, 780

insequalis ' 779

johnsoni 779

major .' 780

uhleriana 780

Isometrus maculatus 142

Istiophoridse 769

Istiopliorus nigricans 769

Isurus dekayi 506

Ivaimbricata 611

Ixodes scapularis 144

Ixodidse 144

Jantheria 377

Janus Z'.'.'.'.'.'... 378

Japonia barbata 617

tokunoshimana 61(»

Jerdonia 619

Julus moreleti 653

Junco oregonus thurberi 583

Juncus greenii 606

militaris 606

pelocarpus 605

scirpoides var. macrostemon... 605

Kaira alba 121 130

Kaliella bimaris '633

gudei 634

g. persubtilis 634

higashiyamana 633

humiliconus 633

kikaigashimaj 633

modesta 634

okinoshimana 633

pagoduloides 634

pallida 634

sororcula 633

Kalmia angustifolia 605, 608

glauca '608

Katharina tunicata 257

Kellia japonica 558

porculus 558

Kochia 145

878

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Labia burgessii 776, 778

guttata 776

melancholica 562

minor 776, 778

Labidesthes sicculus 248

Labidura bidens 777

Labridse 510

Lactista 525

gibbosus 525, 526

pellepidus 525

pulchripennis 525

punctatus 525, 526

Lielaps sp 145

Lamnidse 506

Lampas 22

Lampusia 22

pilearis 22

Lampusidae 21

Laonome 167

' tridentata 164

Larinia directa 131

Larix americana 608

Lasionycteris noctivagans 579

Lasiurus borealis teliotus 591

-i cinereus 587

Lasius umbratus 642, 644

latipes 639, 640, 642, 644

Lathrodectus mactans 127

Lathyrus decaphyllus 108

.: maritimus 604

Lechea racemulosa 606

Ledum latifolium 608

Leiognathus 759

Leiophyllum buxifoliuiii 611

Lemnisoma 767

serpens 76V, 769

thyrsitoides 767

Lemnisomid£e 767

LemnisominEe 767

Lemur 150

Lemuravidse 149

Lepidonotus 333, 706, 712

Lepidopidse 770

Lepidopus caudatus 770

ensiformis 770

Lepomis megalotis 248

Leprus 525

elephas 566

Lepturacanthus 770

Leptysma 533, 788

marginicoUis 533, 788

Lepus arizonse 589

bachmani 578, 587

californicus 578, 587, 589

floridanus audubonii 587

Lespedeza hirta 606, 607

Leueauge 131

argyra 121, 131

hortorum 131

Liacarus concolor 146

Libellula americanus 53^

Lichanura 468

Ligurotettix kunzei 563

Lilium philadelphicum 608

Limax 333, 336, 343, 347, 379, 381

Limnaea 336, 379, 387

Limnotherium 150

Linotfenia epileptica 657

rubelliana 656, 657

Linum australe 108

puberulum 108

Linyphia communis 128

Liobunum bicolor 140

formosum 140

vittatum 140

Liolepisma 467

laterale 469

Liopeltis 467,472

Litaneutria minor 562

Lithobius centurio 651

cockerelli 651

euthus 652

fungiferopes 652

navigans 653

provocator 653

Lithyphantes fulvus 127

7-maculatus 127

Lobostoma 181, 182

quadridens 185

Lobostomidfe 183

Lobostominae 183

LocustiniE 530

Lonchodes porus 40

Lonchodidse 107

LonchodiniB 38

Lonchorhina 429

Lopaphus coccophagus 85

Lophiidae 512

Lophius piscatorius 512

Lophopsetta maculata 512

Lophortyx californicus 580

Loris 149, 152

(Stenops) 149

Lotoriidae 21

Lotorium 21,22

femoralis 22

lotor 22

Loxosceles rufescens 122

Luchuphaedusa, 616, 809, 816-817, 820

Lucina divergens 555

-fibula 555

Lumbriconereis erecta 490

Lupinus perennis 606

Lutra canadensis 579

Lutreola vison energumenos 579

Luxilus 245

Lycopodium inundatum 606, 608

i. var. bigelovii 605

selago 603

Lycosa 263, 265, 267, 276, 277, 292,

293, 300, 308
angusta 121

1904.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA,

879

Lycosa antelucana 276, 278, 282

arenicola 299

avara S04

babingtoni 134,290

baltimoriana 297

bilineata 276, 277, 278, 290

carolinensis 134, 299

charonoides 276, 278, 286

cinerea 305

communis 287

contestata 303

domifex 299

erratica 134

euepigynata 277, 279, 282

fatifera 293

(Pardosa) flavipes 276

floridana 134

frondicola 306

funerea 286

glacialis 274

groenlandica 274

halodroma 305

helluo 134

hentzi 135

inhonesta 276, 277, 283, 290

insopita 278, 280, 282

kochii 305

(Pirata) Isennbergi 121

lenta 121,134

lepida 277,287

Ivnx 305

mccooki 276, 277, 283

mackenziana 278

maritima 305

minima 273

modesta 278

nidicola 290,291

nidifex 299

nigra 277,285

nigraurata 305

nigroventris 262

ocreata 263, 276, 277, 278, 288

o. pulchra 263, 290

pictilis 277, 285, 287

polita ; 307

posticata 134

pratensis 303

pulchra 277

punctulata 134, 277, 288

purcelli 282,505

rabida 135

relucens 276, 277, 278, 292

riparia 134

rufa 278,288

rugosa 277, 286

scutulata, 135, 263, 276, 277, 289,

300

sepulchralis 307

stonei 2QS, 288

sublata 308

tarentula carolinensis 299

Lycosa tigrina 290, 291

(Pirata) transversolineata 121

A^erisimilis 292

\Tilpina 290,292

xerampelina 278

Lycosida; 134, 241, 261, 264

Lynx fasciatus oculeus 588

sp 580

Lj'^ssomanes ^^ridis 140

Lystrophis 472

Macacus 151, 155

Macella 80

caulodes 80

dentata 80

Machajrocera 517

mexicana 517

pacifica 517

sumichrasti 517

Macrocheles sp 145

Macroclilamys dulcis 635

d. koshikijimana C35

gudei 636

g. inclytus 636

semisericatus 635

subelimatus 635

Macroclemmys 467

Macrophyllum 428

Macropus 154

Macrotis 427,428

Macrotus 260,427-446

bocourtianus 428, 437, 439

buUeri 428, 439, 444

californicus, 428, 429, 437, 439,

441,444

mexicanus, 428, 429, 437, 439, 440,

441, 444

m. bulleri 429, 439

minor 428, 435, 437

pygmseus 429, 444

waterhousi, 428-430, 432, 432-
437, 441

w. compressus 429, 432, 433. 434

w. jamaicensis....429, 432, 434-439

w. minor 429, 433, 435

Mactra antiquata 550

carneopicta 550

stultorum 550

Maculotriton 592,593

bracteatus 593, 595

b. lativaricosus 593

b. longus 593, 595

digitalis 593,595

Macus cynomolgus 155

Majvia vittata 139

Magnolia glauca 605

Mahadeva verrucosa 128

Makaira nigricans 769

Malaclemmys 467

Maldane coronata 157

disparidentata 494

gotoi 157

880

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Malvastrum cockerelli 109

Mangilia cinnamomea 10

c. peraffinis 10

cylindrica 9

decussata 10, 11

delacouriana 10, 11

(Cythara) hirasei 10

kawakurana 9

planilabruni 10

pura 9

semicarinata 9

Mangora gibberosa 130

placida 130

Mantida? 513, 562, 777, 781

Mantis arumatia 61

ferula 61

linearis 60

maculata 88

siccifolia 105

Maransis 83

rufolineatus 83

Marmessoidea 73

cercyon 73

eurybates 73

marmessus 73

phluctainoides 73, 74

rubescens 73

sumatranus 74

Marpissa undata 139

Mastax agrionoides 673

gundlachii 676

guttata 672

magna 675

tenuis 675

vitrea 673

Mastigoproctus giganteus 143

Masyntes 676

"borellii 676

tigris 676

Maypacius 313

floridanus 136

Mazarredia 663

abbreviata 663

aptera 663

atypa 663

ceiebica 663

centrosa 663

fuscipes 663

gallinacca 663

gemella 663

insularis 663

lauta 663

minuta 663

remissa 663

rufipes 663

sculp ta 663

semperi 663

truncata 663

Mazatlania 5, 6

Mecistocephalus anonialus 655

guildingii 653

Mecistocephalus limatus 656

Megaderma 428

Megadermata 428

MegadermatidEe 428

Megalophwdusa 809

Megisthanus 121

floridanus 145

Melanerpes formicivorus bairdi 581

Melanogrammus seglefinus 511

Melanoplus 537

altitudinum 571

aridus :.. 571

atlanis 537, 571, 777, 792

bivittatus 572

canonicus 572

clypeatus 792

corpulentus 537

differentials 538,572

elongatus 571

excelsus 571

i'emur-rubrum 571

flavidus 571

herbaceus 571

islandicus 791

keeleri 776,792

marculentus 537

minor 572

nigrescens 770, 791

palmeri 537

propinquus 777, 792

reflexus 537

sapellanus 571

scudderi 776, 790, 791

spretis 537

sylvestris 776, 791

Melospiza cinerea samuelis 583

cleonensis 583

Menidia notata 508

Menticirrhus saxatilis 510

Mephitis occidentalis 579

MerlucciidjE 511

Merluccius bilinearis 511

Mermiria 784

bivittata 563

Merula migratoria propinqua 585

Mesosoma niger 140

Mestobregma 527

kiowa 567

mexicanum 527

Metacyrba taniola 139

Metadiancta 624

Metazaptyx 823, 824, 831, 834

Metriotes 105

acuticornis 105

agathocles 105

blanchardi 105

brevipennis 105

bubastes.... 105

dictys 105

diodes 105

ni vrsilus 1 05

iyu4.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

881

Metriotcs obscura 105

rugicollis 105

santara 105

servillei 105

stollii 105

venosa 105

Metrodorae 662

Micariaagilis 122

punctata 122

Microcystina circumdata 635

hUgendorfi 635

lampra 634, 635

nuda 635

obtusangula 634

tanegashimse 634, 635

vaga 634, 635

yakuensis 635

Micromata pinicola 136

Micrommata carolinensis S30

serrata 320

uudata 3£0

Microtus californicus 578, 587

inordax 589

Mimetus interfector 127

Minytrema melanops 243

Miogryllus lineatus 575

Misumena bellula 133

oblonga 133

rosea 132

spinosa 132

viridans 133

Mitra helvacea 13

hirasei 12

pretiosa 13

rufilirata 13

Mitraria 664

phyllocera 664

pontificalis .• 664

producta 664

Mitridff 12

Mola mola 511

Molida; 511

Molossus 251

Moniezia 478

Monilea ( Rossi teria) nucleolus 34

Monoplex 22

cynocephalus 22

Mormoopinae 183, 251

Mormoops 182, 183, 184, 250, 251

Mormopes 182

Mormopida 182

Mormopidas 183

Mormops 182,183

Mormopsina 182

Moxostoma congestiun 243

Murtena ocellata 507

Murex femoralis 22

labiosus 23

lotorium 22

Muricidff 16,592

Mustela caurina 579

Mustelus canis 505

Mycetes 151, 152, 154

Myiarchus cinerascens 582

Myliobatidfe 506

Myodora fluctuosa 559

proxima 559

reeveana 558

triangularis 559

Myopteris 251

Myotis californicus caurinus 579

evotis 579, 587

lucifugus longicrus 579

yumanensis 590

Myoxoceplialus octodecemspino-

sus 511

Myrica cerifera 604

MjTipristis argjTomus 224

berndti 222

chrj^seres 224

jacobus 222

lima 224

murdjan 222, 222, 224, 224

MATinecophaga didactyla 477

Myronides 38

ashmeadi 38

filum 38

porus.

40

Mysmena bulbifera 127

quadrimaculata 127

Mytilidffi 259

Myzusrosarum 113

Nassa 378,387

f estiva 21

hiradoensis 21

incrassata 21

mendica 21

semiplicata 21

s. hiradoensis 20

s. hizenensis 21

teretiuscula 21

Nassaria 17, 595

Nassidse 20

Natica draparnaudii 24

Naticidte 23

Necroscia aruana 78

cercyon 73

chlorotica 76

cyllarus 99

hemus 71

marmessus 73

medora 71

pansetius 76

samsoo 76

sangarius 71

sarpedon 76

scabra 76

sipylus 76, 76

smaragdula 72

styxius 85

virbius 71

viridilineata 71

882

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Necroscia zeuxis 71

Necroscidse 107

Necroscinse 71

Nemobius ambitiosvis 777, 800

carolinus 777, 801

cubensis 800

exiguus 777,800

fasciatus 800

maculatus 799

neomexicanus 575

socius 800

Neohirasea 84

Neoliodes concentricus 146

floridensis 146

Neotettix 666

bolteri 782

femoratus 777, 782

Neotoma cinerea 589

desertorum 589

fuscipes 578, 586

f. affinis 586

monochroura 586

Nephila plumipes 131

Nereis, 340, 343, 361, 368, 369, 697,

699, 706, 707, 709, 712, 713, 715,

716,719,720,724,726

Neritina 333, 340, 3-18, 367, 387, 701

Nesiophsedusa 815

Noctilionina 182

Notaspis 146

Notharctus 150

tenebrosus 155

Notropis 247

atherinoides 245

blennius 244

chalybieus 221, 239, 240

c. abbotti 239

luciodus 247

lutrensis 245

notemigonoides 247

pilsbryi 245

proserpina 245

shumardi 245

socius 247

Nuttallina thomasi 257

Nuttallornis borealis 582

Nycteris 427

Nycticebidse 152

Nycticebus 152

Nyctinomus 251

cynocephalus 587, 588

c. californicus 587

mexicanus 587, 588

Nyctipithecus 153

Nyctophilus 428

Obisium parvulum 141

Ocenebra 593

erenacea 593

Ochotona schisticeps 589

Ocinebra japonica 17

monoptera 17

Ocinebra nassoides 17

Ocyale undata S20

Odocoileus columbianus 579

Odontostomidse 119

Odontoxiphidium apterum 797

OEcanthus 547,777

bipunctatus 547

fasciatus 575

italicus 547

niveus 547

pellucens 547

quadripunctatus 801

varicornis 547

CEcobiida? 122

CEdipoda azteca 536

costalis 534

(Leprus) elephas 525

mexicana 526

(Hippiscus) ocelote 524

plattei 527

punctata 5S6

sordida 524

sumichrasti 528

CEdipodinse 522

Oligonyx 514

bicornis 514

filiformis 514

filum 514

mexicanus 514

minuta 514

Oligozaptyx 809, 823, 824, 835-837

Olpium obscurum 141

Omniatolampis mexicana 533, 533

Oncotophasma 59, 60

martini 60

Oniscus 738

Onosmodium thurberi 109

Oonopida; 122

Oophiedusa 820

Opeas brevispira 637

gracile 638

kyotoensis 637

obesispira 638

prestoui 638

Ophibolus 467,472

doliatus 472

d. triangulus 473

getulus 472

g. boylii 472

g. californise 472

g. getulus 472, 473

g. sayi 472, 474

g. splendidus 474

Ophidia 474

Ophisaurus 467,469

Opisthacanthus elatus 121, 142

Oppia 146

Opsomala filiformis 533

marginicoUis 533, 533

Orcella 245

Orchelium cuticulare 796

1904.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

883

Orchelimum glaberrimum 796

nigripes 796

nitidiim 796

Orchesticus 5^3

americanus 543

Orchetypus 670

ceylonicus 670, 671

ocreatus 670

rotimdatus 670

subtruncatus 670

Oreophoetes 56

peruana 56

Oreortyx pictus plumifenis 580

Oreospiza chlorura 583

Oribata 146

floridana 146

Oribatidse 145

Oribatula 146

Orocharis gryllodes 777, 802

Orontium aquaticum 606

Orphulella 518

elegans 518

gracilis 518

intricata 518

pratorum 776, 777, 785

punctata 518

tepaneca 518

Orthacris 529

Orxines 71

xiphias 71

Oscanius 378

Osmilia 539

toltecum 539

Ostrea circumpicta 559

ina?quivalvis 559

vitrefacta 559

Otopterus >^^7, 428

bulleri 439

calif ornicus 441

mexicanus 4^'^, 4^9

Ottonia granulosa 143

trombidiodes 143

Otus asio bendirei 581

Oxybaplius angustifolius var. vis-

cidus 108

Ox)^coryphus montezuma 516

Oxyopes laminatus 121

salticus 137

scalaris 121, 131

Oxyopidse 137

Oxyptila floridensis 132

Ox3rria digyna 603

Pachygnatha sp 132

Palinurichtliys perciformis 509

Palophus 70

reyi 69

Paludina 360,379

Panicum amara 611

verrucosum 605

Pantelia 660

armata 660

Pantelia cristulata 660

uncinata 660

Papeo 151

Parabacillus 516

palmeri 516

Paraclonaria 82, 83

affinis 83

hamuligera 83

longelaminata 83

postrostrata 83

Paradiancta 620

Paragordius 738-754

varius 738

Paralichthys dentatus 512

oblongus 512

Paramastax Ia>ta 675

magna 675, 676

personata 675

Paranotropis 245

Parapachymorpha 84

(Neohirasea) japonica 84

nigra 84

spinosa 84

Paratettix 666

aztecus 666

caudatus 667

cayennensis 666, 668

fallax 666

frey-gessnerii 667

histricus 667

meridionalis 666, 667

mexicanus 667

peruvianus 666, 668

scaber 667

schochii 666, 667

schocki 667

texanus 777,782

Parazaptyx 823, 824, 834

Pardosa.... 262-264, 267, 277, 293, 300

albomaculata 263,^74

albopatella 273

bilineata 263,290

bilobata 121

brunnea 263,^74

flavipes 268

floridana 136

glacialis 267,274

groenlandica 267, 274

lapidicina 268, 271, 272

longispinata 121

mercurialis 267, 268, 270

milvina 121, 135

minima, 136, 267, 270, 273, 274,

276

montana 263,275

nigropalpis 268, 273, 274, 275

pallida 267, 270, 271

pauxilla 268

saxatilis 135

scita 267,272

tachypoda 268, 275

884

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Pardosa venustulata 135

Parcecanthus 549, 649

mexicamis 549, 549

Paropomala virgata 570

Paroxya atlantica 793

floridana 777,793

Parthenocissus quinquefolia 108

Parus gambeli 585

neglectus 585

rufescens 585

Parviterebra 5

paucivolvis 5

Passer domesticus 583

Passerella iliaca megarhyncha 583

Patella 259,387

australis 24

cassida 24

Pectiniunguis americanus 653, 654

europaeus 654

montereiis 653, 654

plusiodontus 654

Pelamys 760

affine 761

alleterata 760

sarda 76S

Pellenes brunneus 139

cristatum 139

peregrinum 139

viridipes 139

Perameles 154

Perca adscensionis 225

flavescens 509

Percid* 248,509

Periplaneta americana 513, 562, 780

truncata 780

Perixerus 541

Isevus 541

squaniipennis 541

variabilis 541

Peromyscus boylii 577, 586

calif ornicus 586

dyselius 586

gambeli 577, 586

major 586

texanus artemisise 589

t. deserticola 589

truei 577

Petrochelidon lunifrons 584

Petromyzon marinus 505

Petromyzontidse 505

Peucetia viridans 137

Pezotettix variegatmn 539

Phffidrotettix 534

angustipennis 534

Phalsenoptilus nuttalli californicus 581

Phalangida 140

Phaneroptera ciirvicauda 543

mexicana 543

tolteca 542

Phantasis 47

Phascolosoma 729

Phasianella tristis 32

Phasianellida' 32

Phasma 62,95

angulata 63

arumatia 62

bemiettii 91

calamus 62

dilatatum 89, S^

elongata 40

ferula 62

filiformis 62

flabelliformis 105

(Acanthoderus) japonicum, 84, 84

(Lopaphus) macklottii 71

(Necroscia) maculicoUis 72

menius 97

naevium 88, 88

necydaloides 88,55

(Necroscia) nigrofasciatum 73

niponense 40

nympha 105

perspicillare 93

planulum 47

soranus 91, 91

sumatranum 41

(Lonchodes) uniforme 42

Phasmida?.... 38. 91, 514, 781

Phataria (Tinckia) imifascialis var.

bifascialis 596-600

Phenacobius scopifer 247

Phenacomys longicaudus 578

preblei 578

Phibalosoma cantori 70, 70

hypliarpax 70

lepeletierii 61

tiarchus 70

Phidippus audax 137

bilineatus 121

cardinalis 121, 137

clarconensis 121

insolens 121, 137

miniatus 137

oaklandensis 121

otiosus 137

pulcherimmus 121, 137

rufus 137

variegatus 137

Philadelphus micropliyllus 108

Philaeus militaris 137

rimator 137

Philine 333, 377, 378

Philodromus floridensis 133

ornatus 133

vulgaris 133

Phleum alpinum 603

Phlox subulata 605

Pholcida; 122

Pholcus phalangioides 122

Phos 595

par\'us var. intricatus 594

senticosus 595

1904.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

885

Photogenis luciodus 245

Phraortes 40

elongatus 40

mikado 40

Phry-nida [ 142

Phrynosoina 468

Phthoa g3

Phybalosoma cubensis 62

PhyllidjB 107

Phyllinfe ..Z'Z 105

Phyllirhoe 376

Phyllium ...'j05, 107

bioculatum 106

pulchrifoliuin 106

scythe 106

Phyllodia i5/, 182

parnellii isi, 182, 194

Phyllodiana : 182

Phyllop t era azteca 54s

marginella 543

Phyllorhoe 329

Phyllorhynchus 468

Phvlloscirtus cicindeloides 548

vittatus 548

Phyllostomatidae 428

Phyllostomatinse 429

PhA-llostomides 428

Phyllostomina 428

Phyllotreta pusilla 109

Physa..... 336, 359, 360, 379, 701

fortinalis 343

Physalis pubescens 108

Picea nigra 60S

Pimephales notatus 24-4

Pinus heterophylla 612

"gifla ;. 607,608

strobus 607

Pipilio fuscus crissalis 583

maculatus megalonyx 583

oregonus 583

Pipistrellus hesperus 579

Piranga ludoviciana 583

Pirata, 262, 263, 264, 266, 276, 277,

308, 309

elegans 277, 308, 309, 310

luimicolus £6S

insularis 262

li'^er 308^ 309, 311

marxi 308, 309, 310

luiiiutus 263

nigromaculatus 308, 309, 310

piraticus g09

procursus ^75

prodigiosus 399

sedentarius 309,312

P'sania '595

stngata 595

Pisauridffi 136, 241, 261, 264, 313

Pisaiirina 313 320

mira ' 320

undata 136

Pitar citrina 554

sulfurea 553

Pithecanthropus 149

erectus 156

Pithecea 153

Pityophis 468,472

melanoleucus 472,473

Plagiotriptus 672

hippiscus 672

Planaria lugubris 208, 211

polychroa ' 216

simpUssima 180,208-220

Planorbis, 333, 336, 337, 346-350, 354,

356, 359. 364, 367, 369, 370, 371,

373, 379, 387, 388, 712, 720

Planudes 99

crenuHpes 100

paxillus 100

perillus 99^ loo

Platycrana punctata 80

Platyphyma aztecum 536

Platyrrhinaj 149

Plectana stellata 128

venusta 129

Plectopyhs hirasei 616

Plectrophorus 521

Plectrotettix 521

gregarius 521

viatorius 52 1

Pleurobranchidium 377

Pleurobranchus 377 378

Pleuronectidise ' 512

Pleurosigma angulatum 475

Pleurotoma nassoides 12

Pleurotomidse 19

Plexippus paykulli 138

Pneumatophorus 757

Podarke. 333, 336, 344, 360-362,' 369

703, 706, 707, 712, 713, 716, 720,

724

Podophyllum 481 483

Poeciliidse 248* 507

Poecilotettix ' 533

pantherinus 533

sanguineus 572

Poecilozonites 406 410 411

bermudensis 411,' 416,' 418

b. zonatus 407-410,' 417,' 418

circumfirmatus, 407-410, 4 12,' 4 19,

' 420

c. var. discrepans 420

cupula 409, 410, 411, 417, 418

dalh 410,417

discrepans 408, 409, 410, 420

nelsoni 407-412, 415-417 419

n. callosus....408, 409, 410, 410,' 418

n. discoideus 410

reinianus 407-4167412, 419

r. var. goodei 419

zonatus 412

Polachius virens ' 511

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Polinices cumingianus 24

effusa 24

powisianus 24

p. var. draparnaudii 23, 24

sagamiensis 23, 24

Polioptila coerulea obscura 585

Polycera 329, 376, 378

Polychseta 481,484-503

Polygala lutea 605

polygama 606

Polygyra microdonta 410, 411, 413

Polymina 706

Pomatoceros 361

auritubis 157, 174

Pomatomidse 509

Pomatomus saltatrix 509

Pomatostegus latiscapus 173

Pomolobus pseudoharengus 507

Populus angustifolia 108

Potamilla acuminata 159

torelli 161

Prenanthes bootii 603

Prexaspes 105

Priene 22

Prionace glauca 505

Prionotus carolinus 511

Prisopus 105

berosus 105

draco 105

sacratus 105

Procavia brucei 476

Proctolabus 533

mexicanus 533

Procyon psora 579

Proscopia flavirostris 682

occidentalis 679

radula 677

sica 680

ProscopinEe 677

Prostheclina aurata 139

Prosthesima depressa 123

ecclesiastica 123

floridana 123

Prototettix 666

fossulatus 666

impressus 666

lobulatus .- 666

Protula geniculata 168

Prunus pumila 606

Psaltriparus minimus 585

Pseudarcopagia 554

Pseudomermyle 51, 514

banksii 514

tridens 514

Pseudomops 513

discoidalis 513

oblongata 513

Pseudophasma 95

cryptochlore 98

cyllarus 99

gambrisius 98

Pseudophasma menius 97

perezi 95

phaeton 95

pholcus 98

phthisicum 97

prasinum 98

urazi 95

Pseudophasminse 91

Pseudopleuronectes americanus 512

Pseudopus 469

Pseudoscorpionida 140

Pseudosermyle 51

Pseudothericles 676

Psinidia fenestralis 777, 787

mexicana 627

Pterinoxyhis 61

difformipes 61

eucnemis..... 61

Pteronotus 182, 241, 250, 251

davyi 251, 251, 252, 255

Pteropoda thecosomata 694

Pteropus 251

Pulchriphyllium 105

Punctum atomus 636

japonicum 637

morseanum 637

pretiosum 637

rota 637

Pupa insulivaga 631, 632

minutissima 631

Pupinella oshimse 618

o. tokunoshimana 618

Pupoides marginatus, 410, 411, 413,

415

Purpura tosana 17

Putorius xanthogenys 579

Pyrgomorphinse 528

Quercus havardi 108

ilicifolia 606-608

leptophylla 108

nigra 605

novomexicana 108

phellos 605

prinoides 605

Radinotatum brevipenne 776, 783

Rajaerinacea 506

Isevis 506

Rajidse 506

Ranularia 22

Regulus satrapa ohvaceus 585

Reithrodontomys longicauda....577, 587

Reptilia 464

Rhadinea 467

Rhineura 467,469

Rhinoberyx chryseus 222

Rhinoceros incisivus 478

Rhinochilus 468

Rhinopoma 428

Rhinoptera bonasus 506

Rhodites spinosellus 112

Rhododendron maximum 608

1904.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

887

Rhododendron rhodora 608

viscosum 607, 608

Rhomalea auricornis 532

Rhombus triacanthus 509

Rhyncholophidae 143

Rhyncholophus floridanus 143

longipes 143

maculatus 143

punctatus 143

simplex 143

Rhynichthys 233

Ricinula morus 18

Riparia riparia 584

Rissoa crassilabrum 28, 28

ogasawarana 26

semiglabrata 28

semiphcata 28

tokyoensis 26

tridentata 28, 28, 29

Rissoidfie 26

Rissoina 27

bidentata ^5,29

coronata ^5,28

costulata 28

curta 28

euhmoides ^5,29

(Rissolina) Isevi costulata 27

materinsulse 27

plicatula 25

rex 27

(Zebina) tridentata 28

Roccus lineatus 509

Rodentia 149

Romphea fictilium 126

Rosa acicularis 115, 116

aciculata 114, 115

arkansana 110-117

blanda 112,116,118

b. var. aciculata 114

calif ornica 116

c. ultramontana 116

fendleri 113, 114, 115, 116, 117

engelmanni 115, 116

grosseserrata 113

gj'mnocarpa 114

macounii 115, 116

macdougali 117

manca 115

maximiliani 116

melina 117

neomexicana Ill, 114, 116, 118

nutkana 117

pecosensis 110-116

pisocarpa 113, 114, 115, 116

prfetincta 110, 111, 112

pratincola 115

sayi 114,115,117

suffulta 115,117

ultramontana 116

woodsii Ill, 113, 114, 115, 116

Rubus cuneifolius 605

Runcinia aleatoria 132

Sabal 613

Sabbatia angularis 604

Sabella japonica 157

(Potamilla?) assimilis 161

Sabellidffi 157

Salix herbacea 603

irrorata 108

phyllicifolia 603

uva-ursi 603

Salmo salar 507

Salmonidse 507

Salsola tragus 108

Salticus albocinctus 139

Salvadora 468

Sarda sarda 508, 763

Sardinaj 760

Sargocentron 235

Sauromalus 468

Saussurella 670

cornuta 670

sumatrensis 670

Sayornis nigricans 582

Scapanus californicus 587

Scelimena 660

abbotti 660

producta 660

Scelimense 660

Sceloporus 468,473

Schistocerca 533

americana 534, 776, 788

damnifica 776, 789

lineata 534

obscura 534

pyramidata 534

shoshone 570

vaga 533, 570

Scisena murdjan 222

Scisenidse 510

Scintilla aurantiaca 558

Sciuropterus alpinus californicus.... 589

a. lascivus 589

Sciurus douglasii albolimbatus,577, 589

griseus 577

Scomber 757

alatunga 763

alleteratus 760

aletteratus 760

bisus 760

chrysozonus 759

germon 761

germo 761, 763

kanagurta 757, 759

loo 759

microlepidotus 759

moluccensis 759

pelamis 760

reani 759

regalis 766

sarda 763

scombrus 508, 757

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Scomberoniorus 764

argyreus 764,765

cavalla 765,766

Ruttatus 766

maciilatus 508

regalis 766

tritor 765

Scombridai 508, 757

Scombrinse 757

Scorpionida 141

8cotolemon spinigera 140

Scudderia 543

cuneata 795

furcata 795

mexicana 543

texensis 795

ungulata 543

Scytodidffi 122

Selasphorus alleni 582

Selene vomer 508

Selenops aissa 134

Semele exarata 554

Seminatrix 467, 471

Seminella 16

Senmopithecus 151

Septa 22

australis 22

rubicunda 22

Septidffi 21

Serenoa 613

Sergiolus cyaneoventris 122

variegata 122

Seriola zonata 508

Sermyle 51

fftolus 51

mexicana 51

physconia 51

Serpens marinus 767

Serpulidse 157

Serranidse 509

Sialia arctica 586

mexicana occiden talis 585

Sibon 468

Sidalcea neomexicana 108

Sierra 766

Silene acaulis 603

Silurida; 242

Sinaloa 535

behrensi 535

brevispinis 535

Singa floridana 131

inaculata 130

modesta 131

nigripes 131

pratensis 131

Sinioa 619,624

Siphonaria aniara 36

rucuana 36

subatra 36

Siplionariid;e 36

Siphostoma fuscum 507

Sipunculus 729

Sipyloidea 76

pojciloptera "7

scabra 76

sipylus 76, 77

warasaca 76

Sistrum (Ricinula) morus var. bo-

realis 18

Sistrurus 468,473

Sitala insignis 632

latissima 632

1. conica 632

rimicola 616

Sitta carolinensis aculeata 585

Smaris australis 143

Smilacina racemosa 483

Solanum ela-agni folium 108

jamesii 108

Solecardia vitrea 558

V. japonica 558

Solidago virgo-aurea var. alpina... 603

puberula ' 605, 006, 607

Solpugida 143

Sophia halictorum 108

Sorex californicus 587

montereyensis 587

obscurus 589

Sosibia 71

nigrispina 71

Sosilaus 264,265

spiniger 265

Sosippus 263, 264, 276

floridanus 121, 135, 276

Sparassidse 134

Sparidaj 510

Spectrum I'emoratvmi 50

Sphseralcea fendleri 108

Sphserodactylus 467

Spharagemon 525

bofli 777,786

coUare wyomingianum 786

cristatum 525

inornatum 567

wyomingianum 777

Sphenarium 528

borrei 528

purpurascens 528

Spheroides maculatus 510

Sphyrapicus ruber 581

Sphyrna zyg»na 505

Sphyrnidte 505

Spilogale phenax 579

Spilotes 467

Spintharus fiavidus 126

Spinus pinus 583

Spio 343, 361, 706

Spiranthes simplex 605

Spirorbis argutus 175, 176, 177

bellulus 177

dorsatus 177

\_ foraminosus 176, 177, 178

1904.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

889

Spisula aspersa 551

(Oxyperas) bernardi 550, 551

Spizella socialis arizonae 583

Spongophora brunneipennis, 776, 778,

779

Sporobolus serotinus 605

Squalidse 506

Squalus acanthias 505, 506

Stagmomantis 513

Carolina 562, 777, 781

limbata 513, 563

Stauronotus elliotti 622

Stenacris lanceolata 787

chlorizans 787,788

concolor 787

Stenamma fulvum 639, 641, 644

f. var. piceum 642, 646

Stenobothrus tepanecus 518

viatorius 521

Stenotomus chrysops 510

Stereoph£edusa 809, 817, 821, 833

Stereozaptyx 823,824

Sternapsis 344

Sternaspis 706,728

Stigmseus floridanus 144

Stigmatomma pallipes 642, 644

Stilosoma 467

Stilpnochlora 543

azteca 543

Stipa avenacea 605

Stipator 543

grandis 544

Storeria 467,471

Stratocles 91

cinctipes 91

costaricensis 93

forcipatus 91

multilineatus 91

Streptaxidse 631

Strigamia cephalica 655

Strobilops hubbardi...407, 409, 410, 413

Stromateidse 509

Strophostyles peduncularis 604

Sturnella magna neglecta 582

Succinea 379

barbadensis 421

bermudensis 408-412,421

Syna?ina bicolor 132

Synemosina formica 140

Syngnathidi? 507

Syrbula 516,784

admirabilis 784

eslavfe 517

leucocerca 516

pacifica 516

Systolederus 662

angusticeps 662

cephalicus 662

haani 662

langiiidus 662

ophthalmicus 662

57

Systolederus uncinatus 662

Tachycineta thalassina lepida 584

Ta^niola 595

Tseniopoda 530

auricornis 532

burmeisteri 530

picticornis 531

tamaulipensis 531

Tantilla 467

Tapinattus melanognathus 138

Tarentula baltimoriana 297

inhonesta 290,2^1

kochii 305

lepida 287

Tarsius 149, 153, 154, 155

spectrum 149

Tautoga onitis 510

Tautogolabrus adspersus 510

Tegenaria derhami 124

Tellina corbis 554

fabrefacta 555

hirasei 554

Telmatettix 666

Tephrosia virginiana 605, 606, 607

Terebella (Schmardanella) califor-

nica 496

Terebra 6

angasi 5

awajiensis 4

lischkeana..... 5

hedleyi 3

hizenensis 4

mariesi 3

nitida 5

serotina 3

subtextilis 4

tantilla 5

Terebridae 3, 6

Teredo 379

Tergipes 329,376

Terrapene 467,468

bauri 469

major 469

Testudo 467

Tetanorhynchus 677

angustirostris 677

bihastatus 677, 678, 679

humilis 677,678

incertus 677

longirostris 677

propinquus 677

punctatus 677

smithi 678

Tethys ....333, 336, 345, 354, 356, 378

fimbriata 342

Tetragnatha banksii 132

grallator 132

laboriosa 132

Tetragnathidae 132

Tetraodontidae 510

Tetrapturus belone 769

890

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Tetrapturus imperator 769

Tetragonopterus argentatus 248

Tetranychiclse 144

Tetrany chus bimaculatus 1 44

mj'tilaspidus 144

sexmaculatus 144

tumidus 144

Tetrix belzebuth 670

harpago 660

histrica 667

producta 660

uncinata 660

Tettigia? 666

Tettigidea 669

lateralis 669, 777, 782

pulchella 669

spicata 777, 782

Tettigonida- 542, 572, 795

Tettix caudata 667

japonicus 666

mexicana 667

Thalaexilis 13

ogasawarana 13

Thalamia floridana 122

parietalis 122

Thalassema, 344, 361, 362, 700, 701,
703, 707, 712, 720, 724

Thamnoscirtus 548

cseruleus 548

cicindeloides 548

montanus 548

vindicator 548

vittatus 548

Thanatidius 313

dubius 136

Thargalia crocata 124

descriptus 124

floridana 124

longipalpus 124

Thelyphonida 143

Thericleis 676

Thericles 676

compressiformis 676

gnu 676

obtusiformis 676

zebra 677

Theridiida; 125

Theridiosoma argentea 131

Theridium amputatum 126

differens 125

floridensis 125

globosum 126

immaculatum 126

inornatum 126

lyra 125

pictipes 126

punctosparsum 126

sp 126

studiosum 125

tepidariorum 126

volatile 121,125

Theridula quadripunctata 126

sphferula 126

Thesprotia graminis 777, 781

Thiodina retarius 138

Thomisidte 132

Thomomys aureus perpes 589

botts 578,587

monticola 589

Thryomanes bewicki spilurus 584

Thunnus thynnus 508

Thynnus affinis 761

alatunga 763

argentivittatus 763

pacificus 763

Thyroptera 251

Thysanophora hyolepta, 408, 409, 411,

413

vortex 411, 413, 415

Tibellus duttoni 133

Tirachoidea 70

can tori 70

Tityus floridanus 142

Tmarus caudatus 133

floridensis 133

griseus 133

Tmeticus tridentatus 127

Tomitherium 150

Tomonotus 526

aztecus 526

mexicanus 526

nietanus 526

orizabfe 526

otomitus 526

zimmermanni 526

Tonicella lineata 257

Tornatina decorata 37

insignis 36

Tornatinida? 36

Touterea rusbyi 109

Trabsea 265, 266, 267

aurantiaca 266

Trachinotus carolinus 509

Trachvdermon raymondi 257

Trachytettix 658

Trepidulus rosaceus 567

Trichiurida; 508,770

Trichiurus 770

caudatus 770

haumela '. 771

lepturus 508, 770, IIQ, 771

inalabaricus 771

savala 770

Tridactylus terminalis 799

Triglida? 511

Trimerotropis 527

agrestis 568

citrina 777,787

cyaneipennis 569

fascicula 527

laticincta 567

maritima 527

1904.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA,

891

Trimerotropis ochraceipennis 527

placida 527

rubripes 568

vinculata 527, 568

Trimorphodon 468

Trionyx 467

Tripetalocerse 670

Trishoplita nitens 628

Triton 21, 22, 592, 594

bracteatus 592, 593, 595

cylindrica 594

decapitatus 594

decollatus 595

digitalis 593

exaratum 23

eximius 594

labiosus 23

lativaricosus 593

nassoides 17

parvus 594

speciosum 23

speciosus 592

truncatum 594

Tritonia 329,376

Tritonidea 593,594

(Caducifer) cylindrica 594

(Caducifer) decapitata 594

(Caducifer) eximia 594

parva 594

(Caducifer) parva 594

(Caducifer) parva intricata.... 594

tosana 19

truncata 594

(Caducifer) truncata 594

undulata 19

Tritonidse 21

Tritoniidfe 21

Tritonium 22

excavatum 23

Trochidse 32

Trochomorpha cultrata 632

c. esuritor 632

gouldiana 632

horiomphala 632

Trochosa, 262, 263, 265, 276, 277, 293,

300, 308

avara 300, 301, 304

cinerea 135, 300, 301, 305

contestata 300, 301, 303

floridana 135

frondicola 300, 301, 306

helvipes 301

noctuabunda 301

pratensis 301,303

purcelli 262, 300, 301, 305

rubicunda 300,307

sepulchralis 300, 301, 307

sublata 301, 303, 308

Trochus, 259, 336, 337, 340, 347, 348,
350, 354, 356, 360, 363, 368, 369,
370, 387, 389, 699, 712, 713, 720

Trochus acutangulus 32

altus 33

conus 32,33

hirasei 32,33

maximus 33

niloticus 33

turris 33

Troglodytes aedon parkmani 584

Trombididse 143

Trombidium sericeum 143

Trophon 592,593

clathratus 593

Tropidoclonium 467, 471

Tropidolophus formosus 525

Tropidonotus 466, 467, 469-471

compressicaudus 470

cyclopeum 470

leberis 470

natrix 470

rhombifer 470

sipedon 469

s. fasciatus 469, 470

s. sipedon 469, 470

s. transversus 470

taxispilotus 470

ustus 470

Truncatella 406

Truxalis obscurus 533

sumichrasti 516, 516

Tupaia 148-156

ferruginea 148

pictum 148

Turbinidse 31

Turbonilla bicincta 30

(Cingulina) cingulata 30

hiradoensis 29

h. var. badia 30

spina 30

(Cingulina) terebra 30

(Cingulina) triarata 31

Turbonillidae 29

Tydeus gloveri 144

Tylosurus acus 508

Tyrannus verticalis 582

Tyroglyphidse '. 146

Tyroglyphus sp 146

Tyrannophsedusa 812, 815

Ulesanis americana 127

Uloboridae 125

Uloborus plumipes 125

Ulva 690

Uma 468

Umbrella, 333, 341-343, 346-348, 354,

355, 377, 378, 380, 385, 392, 699

Unio, 336, 342, 347, 358, 388. 694, 695,

697, 699, 714

Uniolapaniculata 611

Urocyon californicus 579

Uropodasp 145

Ursus americanus 579

Uta 468

892

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Utricularia subulata 605

Vaccinium vacillans 607, 608

Vampyri 428

Vates 514

townsendi 514

Venus costellifera 553

crispata 553

imbricata 552

marica 553

scabra 553

Verbascum thapsus 108

Verbena macdougali 108

Vermilia ctenophora 169, 171, 172

pluriannulata 171

Verticaria 468

Vertiginidse 631

Vertigo 407

hirasei 631

h. glans 631

h. okinoerabuensis 631

marki 408, 409, 411, 414

numellata....408, 409, 411, 413, 414

ovata 414

sp 408

tridentata 414

Viburnum nudum 606

Vicia americana 108

Viola neomexicana 108

Vireo gilvus swainsonii 584

huttoni 584

solitarius cassinii 584

Virginia 467, 471

Vixia infumata 130

Wagneria tam-icornis 121, 128

Walagrenada 121, 138

mitratus 138

Wala pabnarum 138

Xanthippus zapotecus 525

Xantusia 468

Xerophyllum asphodeloides 611

Xerosoma 101

canaliculatum 101

glyptomerion 101

senticosa 101

Xiphias gladius 508, 770

imperator 769

Xiphidion brevipenne 797

fasciatum 273,797

saltans 797

Xiphiidffi........ 508,770

Xyris caroliniana 605

flexuosa 605

Xysticus cunctator 132

floridanus 132

Zamelodia melanocephala 583

Zamenis 466, 467, 471, 472

flagellum flagellum 471

Zamia floridana 613

Zaptyx, 634, 823, 824, 828, 831, 833,

834, 835

Zapus trinotatus alleni 589

Zebina 29

Zenaidura macroura 580

Zonitidse 632

Zonitoides apertus 636

bristoli 408, 409, 411, 421

minusculus 408, 411, 421

Zygoballus bettina 139

parvus 139

sexpunctatus 139

Zygonectes notatus 248

1904.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

893

GENERAL INDEX.
1904.

Addition.s to Museum, 856.

Banks, Nathan. The Arachnida of
Florida (Plates VII, VIII), 119, 120.

Biological and Microscopical Section,
report of, 849.

Borden, H. Clay. The Moki Indians,
180.

Botanical Section, report of, 851.

Boyer, Charles S. Report of the Bio-
logical and Microscopical Section,
849.

Brown, Arthur E. Post-glacial Nearc-
tic Centers of Dispersal for Reptiles,
426, 464.

Brown, Stewardson. Between-Tide
Plants of the Delaware River, 756.
Report of Botanical Section, 851.

By-Laws, Committee of Council on, 1.

Casteel, Dana Brackenridge. The
Cell-Lineage and Early Larval De-
velopment of Fiona marina, a Nudi-
branchiate Mollusk (Plates XXI-
XXXV), 325.

Chamberlain, Ralph V. New Chilo-
pods, 651, 684.

Chapman, Henry C, M.D. Observa-
tions on Tupaia ferruginea, with
reflections on the Origin of Primates
(Plates IX, X), 2, 148. Observa-
tions on Hyrax, 475, 476.

Clark, E. W., announcement of death
of, 426.

Cockerell, T. D. A. The Roses of
Pecos, New Mexico, 2, 108.

Committee on Accounts, 853.

Committee of Council on By-Laws, 1.

Committee on Finance, 1.

Committee on Instruction and Lec-
tures, 1.

Committee on Library, 1 .

Committee on Publications, 1.

Conklin, E. G., Ph.D. Earhest Dif-
ferentiations of the Egg, 426.

Corresponding Secretary, report of,
841.

Council for 1905, 854.

Councillors, 853.

Coxe, Henry Brinton, announcement
of death 6f, 685.

Crosby, Cyrus W. A Catalogue of the
Erigonese of North America, 772.

CuUinan, Ralph F., announcement of
death of, 756.

Curators, report of, 844.

Dixon, Samuel G., M.D., report of
Curators, 844.

Drown, T. M., announcement of death
of, 772.

Finance, Committee on, 1.

Elections during 1904, 855.

Entomological Section, report of, 849.

Fielde, Adele M. Three Odd Incidents
in Ant-Life, 639, 684.

Fielde, Adele M., and George H. Par-
ker. The Reactions of Ants to
Material Vibrations, 642, 685.

Fowler, Henry W. A Collection of
Fishes from Sumatra, 2, 119. Note
on the Characinidse, 119. Descrip-
tion of a New Race of Notropis
chalybseus from New Jersey (Plate
XVII), 221, 239. New, Little
Known and Typical Berycoid Fishes,
222. Notes on Fishes from Arkan-
sas, Indian Territory and Texas, 241,
242. New, Rare or Little Known
Scombroids, No. 1 (Plate LI), 757,
772. New, Rare and Little Known
Scombroids, No. 2, 772.

General Index, 893.

Goodspeed, Arthur W. On Radium,
221.

Gulick, Addison. The Fossil Land-
Shells of Bermuda (Plate XXXVI),
221, 406.

Harshberger, John W., Ph.D. The
Comparative Age of the Different
Floristic Elements of Eastern North
America, 601, 684.

Heath, Harold. The Larval Eye of
Chitons, 221, 257.

Index to Genera, etc., 865.

Instruction and Lectures. Committee
on, 1.

894

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Johnson, Charles W. Annotated List
of the Types of Invertebrate Creta-
ceous Fossils in the Collection of The
Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia, G85.

Keelev, F. J. A Spencer Objective,
475.

Keller, Ida. Summer Activity of Some
Spring Flowers, 481.

Librarian, report of, 842.

Library, Committee on, 1.

Lyman, Benjamin Smith. Report of
the Mineralogical and Geological
Section, 848.

Magee, William S., announcement of
death of, 685.

Martens, Edward von, announcement
of death of, 685.

Mineralogical and Geological Section,
report of, 848.

Monks, Sarah P. Variability and
Autonomy of Phataria (Plate XLII),
596, 684.

Montgomerj-, Thomas H., Jr. De-
scriptions of North American Aranese
of the Families Lycosidte and Pi-
saurida^ (Plates XVIII, XIX, XX),
241, 261. The Development and
Structure of the Larva of Paragor-
dius (Plates XLIX, L), 684, 738.

Moore, J. Percy. New Polychseta
from California (Plates XXXVII,
XXXVIII), 481, 484. Sexual
Polymorphism in Annelids, 685.
Description of a New Species of
Earthworm from Georgia, 772, 803.
Report of Corresponding Secretary,
841.

Moore, J. Percy, Ph.D., and Katherine
J. Busch. Sabellidse and Serpulidae
from Japan (Plates XI, XII), 119,
157.

Mueller, A. F., M.D., announcement of
death of, 756.

Nelson, James A., Ph.D. The Early
Development of Dinophilus : a Study
in Cell-Lineage (Plates XLIII-
XLVIII), 687.

Nolan, Edward J., M.D., report of Re-
cording Secretary, 839. Report of
Librarian, 842,

Oberholser, Harry C. A monograph
of the Genus Dendrocincla, 426, 447.

Officers, 853.

Ornithological Section, report of, 852.

Philippi, R. A., announcement of death
of, 685.

Phillips, E. F. Habits of the Honey
Bee, 241. The Structure and De-
velopment of the Compound Eye of
the Honey Bee, 684.

Pilsbry, Henry A. New Japanese
Marine MoUusca: Gastropoda (Plates
I-VI), 3. New Japanese Marine
Mollusca: Pelecypoda (Plates
XXXIX, XL, XLI), 119, 550.
Stages of Growth and Decline in
the Land Mollusca, 685. New Clau-
siliida? of the Japanese Empire — X
(Plates LII-LVII), 772, 809. Re-
port of the Special Curator of the
Department of Mollusca, 846.

Pilsbry, H. A., and Y. Hirase. De-
scriptions of New Land Snails of the
Japanese Empire, 616, 684.

Pilsbry, H. A., and E. G. Vanatta.
On Certain Rhachiglossate Gastro-
poda Eliminated from the AquiUidte,
592, 684.

Publications, Committee on, 1.

Recording Secretary, report of, 839.

Rehn, J. A. G. Studies in the Orthop-
terous Family Phasmidse, 2, 38. A
Study of the Mammalian Genus
Chilonycteris, 180, 181. A Study of
the Bats of the Genus Dermonotus
(Pteronotus auct.), 241, 250. A
Revision of the Mammalian Genus
Macro tus, 427. Notes on Orthop-
tera from Northern and Central
Mexico, 513, 684. Notes on Orthop-
tera from Arizona, New Mexico and
Colorado, 562, 684. Studies in the
Orthopterous Subfamilies Acrydiinae
(Tettiginaj), Eumastacinse and Pros-
copinse, 658, 684.

Rehn, James A. G., and Morgan Heb-
ard. The Orthoptera of Thomas
County, Georgia, and Leon County,
Florida, 685, 774. A Contribution
to the Knowledge of the Orthoptera
of South and Central Florida, 772.

Sharp, Benjamin. Fishing in the
North Sea, 685.

Sharp, Benjamin, and Henry W.
Fowler. The Fishes of Nantucket,
504, 684.

Sheppard, Edwin, announcement of
death of, 426.

Skinner, Henry, M.D., report of
Entomological Section. 850.

Sommerville, Maxwell, announcement
of death of, 481.

Special Curator of the Department of
Mollusca, report of, 846.

Standing Committees, 1. E' - -^

Stanley, Henry M., announcement of
death of, 481.

Stevens, N. M. On the Germ Cells and
the Embryology of Planaria sim-
plissima Curtis (Plate XIII-XVI),
180, 208.

1904.]

NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

895

Stone. Witmer. Xotes on a Collection

of Californian Mammals, 586, 684.

Birds of Galapagos Islands, 756.

Report of Ornithological Section,

852
Stone/'Witmer, and A. S. Bunnell. On

a Collection of Birds and Mammals

from Mount Sanhedrin, California,

576, 684.
Thomson, M. T. The IVIorphology

and Metamorphosis of the Ali-

mentary Canal of the Mosquito

684.
Tryon, Edward K., Jr., announcement

of death of, 685.
Wetherill, Henry Emerson. A New

Centrifuge, 685. Some Practical

Color Tests, 772.
Woodhouse, Samuel W., M.D., an-
nouncement of death of, 756.
Zittel, Karl, announcement of death of,

180.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XLIII.

NELSON ON DINOPHILUS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 15

PLATE XLIV.

NELSON ON DINOPHILUS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XLV.

iai-2-t

NELSON ON DINOPHILUS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XLVI.

2b'^ la^i

sb^a

ibi-' "'-=! lb
38 lb"' sbi 5b

lai.a.li

,CV2,11

.,01,1.2,12

V

^

-^

.icl 1,2.^1

n

\
../I

KlC-
'Ycl-ia 2 2

ig'-'-

IC

aa

9.1

\

xl"

^

11211

\

NELSON ON DINOPHILUS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XLVII.

NELSON OM DINOPHILUS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE XLVIII.

.sto.l

NELSON ON DINOPHILUS.

PLATE XLIX.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

MONTGOMERY. LARVA OF PARAGOBDIUS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

MONTGOMERY. LARVA OF PARAGORDIUS.

m

a

o

S

r

DO

p]

PI

S

3 z

O

GO

o

o

>

cn

(n

>

Q

-<

PO

Z

PI

W

G

^_^

Cfi

o

C

"Ti

<

o

5

r

•^-^

M

::o

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE LTI.

i^

10

Pilsbry, del.

12

"''/i , \

PILSBRY. NEW JAPANESE CLAUSILIIDvE.

PROC. ACAD. NAT SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE LIII.

19

Pilsbry, del.
PILSBRY. NEW JAPANESE CLAUSILIID^S.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE LIV.

37 38

PILSBRY. NEW JAPANESE CLAUSILIIDvE.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE LV.

42

^l

\^IP 57
Klsbry, del.

PILSBRY. NEW JAPANESE CLAUSILIID^E.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

PLATE LVI.

r^

V^siPy'

64

\ / 65

74

66 67

^

. —

f

I

\

1
1

i

\

"^^^ 72

\
73

r\

\

68 69

r^^

i ■~\

70 71 \:

O

76 77

m

78

^:

80

V

81 !

\J 85 86 \^

83

Pilsbry. del.

/

82

\

84 - "-— ^ 67

PILSBRY. NEW JAPANESE CLAUSILIID^E

88

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1904.

w

w

89

-<^

IV^

98

/!:*■:

90

iib--^-'

91

\.

92

99

V

105

106

107

108

V~5
\

PLATE LVII.

93

94

96

97

I

" "'^>^"'

100

101

1^

102

104

103

1 1 1

i

/ '■

1 12

.e. '^

-^

'f /

113 114

110 VJ x^j

PILSBRY. NEW JAPANESE CLAUSILIID^.

115

MBL WHOI LIBRARY

WH lflS3 3